Skip to main content

Full text of "Proceedings of the American Pharmaceutical Association at the annual meeting"

See other formats 


This  is  a  digital  copy  of  a  book  that  was  preserved  for  generations  on  library  shelves  before  it  was  carefully  scanned  by  Google  as  part  of  a  project 
to  make  the  world's  books  discoverable  online. 

It  has  survived  long  enough  for  the  copyright  to  expire  and  the  book  to  enter  the  public  domain.  A  public  domain  book  is  one  that  was  never  subject 
to  copyright  or  whose  legal  copyright  term  has  expired.  Whether  a  book  is  in  the  public  domain  may  vary  country  to  country.  Public  domain  books 
are  our  gateways  to  the  past,  representing  a  wealth  of  history,  culture  and  knowledge  that's  often  difficult  to  discover. 

Marks,  notations  and  other  marginalia  present  in  the  original  volume  will  appear  in  this  file  -  a  reminder  of  this  book's  long  journey  from  the 
publisher  to  a  library  and  finally  to  you. 

Usage  guidelines 

Google  is  proud  to  partner  with  libraries  to  digitize  public  domain  materials  and  make  them  widely  accessible.  Public  domain  books  belong  to  the 
public  and  we  are  merely  their  custodians.  Nevertheless,  this  work  is  expensive,  so  in  order  to  keep  providing  this  resource,  we  have  taken  steps  to 
prevent  abuse  by  commercial  parties,  including  placing  technical  restrictions  on  automated  querying. 

We  also  ask  that  you: 

+  Make  non-commercial  use  of  the  files  We  designed  Google  Book  Search  for  use  by  individuals,  and  we  request  that  you  use  these  files  for 
personal,  non-commercial  purposes. 

+  Refrain  from  automated  querying  Do  not  send  automated  queries  of  any  sort  to  Google's  system:  If  you  are  conducting  research  on  machine 
translation,  optical  character  recognition  or  other  areas  where  access  to  a  large  amount  of  text  is  helpful,  please  contact  us.  We  encourage  the 
use  of  public  domain  materials  for  these  purposes  and  may  be  able  to  help. 

+  Maintain  attribution  The  Google  "watermark"  you  see  on  each  file  is  essential  for  informing  people  about  this  project  and  helping  them  find 
additional  materials  through  Google  Book  Search.  Please  do  not  remove  it. 

+  Keep  it  legal  Whatever  your  use,  remember  that  you  are  responsible  for  ensuring  that  what  you  are  doing  is  legal.  Do  not  assume  that  just 
because  we  believe  a  book  is  in  the  public  domain  for  users  in  the  United  States,  that  the  work  is  also  in  the  public  domain  for  users  in  other 
countries.  Whether  a  book  is  still  in  copyright  varies  from  country  to  country,  and  we  can't  offer  guidance  on  whether  any  specific  use  of 
any  specific  book  is  allowed.  Please  do  not  assume  that  a  book's  appearance  in  Google  Book  Search  means  it  can  be  used  in  any  manner 
anywhere  in  the  world.  Copyright  infringement  liability  can  be  quite  severe. 

About  Google  Book  Search 

Google's  mission  is  to  organize  the  world's  information  and  to  make  it  universally  accessible  and  useful.  Google  Book  Search  helps  readers 
discover  the  world's  books  while  helping  authors  and  publishers  reach  new  audiences.  You  can  search  through  the  full  text  of  this  book  on  the  web 


at|http  :  //books  .  google  .  com/ 


No 

Boston 

Medical  Library 

Association, 

19    BOYLSTON    PLACE. 


^ 


Digit  zed  by  VjOOQ IC 


I 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


Digitized  by  VjQOQlC 


w 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


r^. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


PROCEEDINGS 


JratritKii  pariHtmlitai  JasumtiflD 


THIRTY-SEVENTH  ANNUAL  MEETING, 


HELD  AT  SAN  FRANCISCO,  CAL.,  JUNE,  1889. 


CONSTITUTION,  BY-LAWS  AND  ROLL  OF  MEMBERS. 


PHILADELPHIA  : 

PUBLISHED  BY  THE  AMERICAN  PHARMACEUTICAL  ASSOCIATION 

1889. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


C.^_kJ 


CATAL06UED, 

E.H.B.  ( 

ipMdi  . 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


OFFICERS  OF  THE  ASSOCIATION. 
1889-90. 


PRESIDENT. 

EMLEN  PAINTER New  York. 

FIRST   VICE-PRESIDENT. 

KARL  SIMMON St.  Paul,  Minn. 

•  SECOND  VICE-PRESIDENT. 

WI-LLIAM  M.  SEARBY San  Francisco,  Cal. 

THIRD  VICE-PRESIDENT. 

JOSEPH  W.  ECKFORD Aberdeen,  Miss. 

TREASURER. 

SAMUEL  A.  D.  SHEPPARD Boston,  Mass. 

PERMANENT  SECRETARY. 

JOHN  M.  MAISCH Philadelphia,  Pa. 

LOCAL  SECRETARY. 

CHARLES  E.  DOHME Baltimore,  Md. 

REPORTER  ON  PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 

C.  LEWIS  DIEHL Louisville,  Ky]^ 

Digitized  .ilC 


(iii) 


STANDING  COMMITTEES. 


COMMITTEE  ON  COMMERCIAL  INTERESTS. 

Leo  Eliel  (Chairman) South  Bend,  Ind. 

F.  B.  Kilmer  (Secretary),  New  Brunswick,  i  N.  A.  Kuhn,  Omaha,  Neb. 

N.  J.  J.  W.  EcKFORD,  Aberdeen,  Miss. 

G.  Mennen,  Newark,  N.  J.  I 

COMMITTEE  ON  SCIENTIFIC  PAPERS. 

H.  M.  Whelpley  (Chairman) .  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

Ch.  F.  Dare  (Secretary),  Bridgeton,  N.  J.  I  J.  M.  Good,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

COMMITTEE  ON  PRIZE  ESSAYS. 

(Appointed  by  the  Chairman  of  the  Section  on  Scientific  Papers.) 

Edgar  L.  Patch  (Chairman) Boston,  Mass. 

Geo.  F.  H.  Markoe,  Boston,  |  J.  U.  Lloyd,  Cincinnati,  O. 

Mass. 

COMMITTEE  ON  PHARMACEUTICAL  EDUCATION. 

P.  Wendover  Bedford  (Chairman) New  York,  N.  Y. 

A.  B.  Stevens   (Secretary),  Ann  Arbor,  I  H.  M.  Whitney,  Lawrence,  Mass. 
Mich. 

COMMITTEE  ON  PHARMACEUTICAL  LEGISLATION. 

P.  W.  Bedford  (Chairman) .    .  New  York,  N.  Y. 

A.  B.  Stevens,  (Sec'y),  Ann  Arbor,  Mich.  I  H.  M.  Whitney,  Lawrence,  Mass. 

COMMITTEE  ON  THE  REVISION  OF  THE  U.  S.  PHARMACOPOEIA. 

(Continued  by  vote  of  the  Association.) 

Albert  E.  Ebert  (Chairman) Chicago,  III. 

Lewis  C.  Hopp,  Cleveland,  O.  I  Alexander  K.  Finlay,  New  Orleans,  La. 

Alfred  B.  IIuested,  Albany,  N.  Y.  |  John  H.  Dawson,  San  Francisco,  Cal. 


(*^)  Digitized  by  Google 


SPECIAL  COMMITTEES  OF  THE  ASSOCIATION. 


COMMIITEE  ON  ARRANGEMENTS. 

Chas.  E.  Dohme  (Chairman) Baltimore,  Md. 

T.  Roberts  Baker,  Richmond,  Va.  I  P.  W.  Bedford,  New  York,  N.  Y. 

Edward  C.  Jackson,  Norfolk,  Va.  |  John  F.  Hancock,  Baltimore,  Md. 

COMMITTEE  TO  VISIT  THE  AMERICAN  MEDICAL  ASSOCIATION. 

Joseph  P.  Remington  (Chairman) Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Chas.  A.  Heinitsh,  Lancaster,  Pa.  I  Wm.  M.  Massey,  New  York,  N.  Y. 

Karl  Simmon,  St.  Paul,  Minn.  |  Wm.  H.  Cotton,  Newport,  R.  I. 

COMMITTEE  TO  VISIT  THE  NATIONAL  WHOLESALE  DRUG 
ASSOCIATION. 

Leo  Eliel  (Chairman) South  Bend,  Ind. 

Mahlon  N.  Kline,.  Philadelphia,  Pa.         |  John  N.  Hurty,  Indianapolis,  Ind. 

COMMITTEE  ON  NATIONAL  FORMULARY. 


C.  Lewis  Diehl  (Chairman)  .... 
C.  S.  Hallberg,  Chicago,  III. 
G.  H.  C.  Klie,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

And  the  following  representatives  of  State 
Alabama,  Philip  C.  Candidus,  Mobile. 

Arkansas, '       Jas.  E.  Gibson,  Little  Rock. 
California.       Val.  Schmidt,  San  Francisco. 
Columbia yDist.Vi.  E.  Kalusowski,  Washing- 
ton. 
Connecticut.      Chas.  A.  Rapelye,  Hartford. 
Vakota^North.  E.  C.  Maxey,  Fargo. 
Dakota, South.  G.  W.  Lowry,  Sioux  Falls. 
Delaware.         Linton  Smith,  Wilmington. 
Florida.  J.  M.  Dixon,  Titusville. 

Georgia.  Geo.  D.  Case,  Milledgeviile. 

Illinois.  R.  E.  Rhode,  Chicago. 

Indiana.  G.  W.  Sloan,  Indianapolis. 

Iowa.  Geo.  H.  Schafer,  Fort  Mad. 

ison. 
Kansas.  Lucius  E.  Sayre,  Lawrence. 

Kentucky.  Edward  Goebel,  Louisville. 
Louisiana.  R.  N.  Girling,  New  Orleans. 
Maine.  N.  S.  Harlow,  Bangor. 

Maryland,  Chas.  Caspar i,  Jr.,  Baltimore. 
Massachusetts.  Wm.  W.  Bartlet,  Boston. 


(V 


Louisville,  Ky. 

I  C.  T.  P.  Fennel,  Cincinnati,  O. 
I  Apam  Conrath,  Milwaukee,  Wis. 

(or  District)  Pharmaceutical  Associations : 
Michigan.  A.  B.  Stevens,  Ann  Arbor. 

Minnesota,         F.  F.  Stark,  Minneapolis. 
Mississippi,        Jos.  \V.  Eckford,  Aberdeen. 
Missouri.  J.  M.  Love,  Kansas  City. 

Nebraska.  Chas.  L.  Mullen,  Manley. 

NewHampshire.^i.     S.    Woodman,    West 

Lebanon. 
New  Jersey,      Chas.  B.  Smith,  Newark. 
i\ew  York.        C.  S,  Ingraham,  Elmira. 
North  Carolina.^.  V.  Zoeller,  Tarboro. 
Ohio.  J.  A.  Nipgen,  Chillicothe. 

Pennsylvania.  Chas.  T.George,Harrisburg. 
Rhode  Island.   E.  A.  Calder,  Providence. 
5tf«M  CVjro/m«.Chas.  F.  Pank  nin , Charleston. 
Tennessee,  James  O.  Burge,  Nashville. 

Texas.  E.  M .  Wells,  Fort  Worth . 

Virginia.  Hugh  Blair,  Richmond. 

West  Virginia.  Edwin  L.Boggs,Charleston. 

A.  Conrath,  Milwaukee. 

Joseph  Contant,  Montreal. 

E.  Gregory  Lindsay. 

GooQle 


Wisconsin, 

Quebec. 

Ontario. 

) 


Digitized  by" 


^gf 


COUNCIL. 


MEMBERS  OF  THE  COUNCIL. 

«  pirefi 

890.    The  Officers  of  the  Association,  ex^officio  : 

"       James  M.  Good St.  Louis,  Mo. 

Lewis  C.  Hopp Cleveland,  O. 

"       William  Dupont Detroit,  Mich. 

1891.  Henry  Canning Boston,  Mass. 

**       Jacob  H.  Rrdsecker Lebanon,  Pa. 

"  Christian  L.  Keppler New  Orleans,  La. 

1892.  Leo  Eliel South  Bend,  Ind. 

"  William  Scott  Thompson Washington,  D.  C. 

"  John  H.  Dawson San  Francisco,  Cal. 

OFFICERS  OF  THE  COUNCIL. 

James  M.  Good,  Chairman.  W.  S.  Thompson,  Vice-Chairman. 

George  W.  Kennedy,  Secretary. 

COMMITTEES  OF  THE  COUNCIL. 
On  Membership:  Karl  Simmon,  Chairman, 

J.  H.  Dawson, 

C.  L.  Keppler, 

J.  W.  Eckford, 

Henry  Canning, 

The  Treasurer  and  Permanent  Secretary  of  the 
Association,  ex- officio. 
On  Finance:  Wm.  Dupont,  Chairman, 

Leo  Eliel, 

W.  S.  Thompson. 
On  Publication  :  C.  Lewis  Diehl,  Chairman, 

Lewis  C.  Hopp, 

W.  M.  Searby, 

J.  H.  Redsecker, 

John  M.  Maisch, 
On  Centennial  Fund:  Emlen  Painter,  Chairman, 

William  Dupont, 

John  M.  Maisch. 

SPECIAL  COMMITTEE  ON  EXPENDITURES. 
Henry  Canning,  Chairman. 
Henry  M.  Whitney,  Lawrence,  Mass. 
Freeman  H.  Butler,  Lowell,  Mass.  ^  I 

(y\\  Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


o 
< 

< 
o 

o 

in 

H 


O 
CO 


C/5 

o 


o 


Q 
W 
w 
< 
W 
o 
w 

Q 


•a 


-3 


rl 
5 


•c 


a 


5  -a  -^    8  •?    g 


1. 


*4    '^  »^ 

•^   ^  > 


A. 


c 
o 

-2 

o 
O 

'% 

£  p  ^^  •§ 


8  .2 

^  .a 

►2  s  Tj 

:z;  ^  P. 


g^.-.^^^ 


is 


'^ 


■-  -^ 


^  .c 


1^ 


?:   ^2 


;?; 


•^ 


PQ    2 
2 


.2  J 


•  I     ?     ^ 


o     . 


K    > 


1^ 


^   .^ 


^     O 

«    -    S 

:s  k2  "^ 

fi.  ^  tt 

S 


<2 

• 

; 

>^ 

■• 

i' 

, 

> 

i 

t3 

.2 

1 

o 

;z; 

s 

rt* 

B 

§ 

12; 

.£!" 

*© 

•§. 

■5 

-^ 

s 

•§, 

O 

s 

-^ 

•s. 

sT 

1 

4> 

•s 

1 

1 

C3 

a 
a 
o 

B 

u 

1 

0) 

1 

B 

o 

> 

1 

1 

fo 

^ 

u^ 

NC 

t^ 

00 

On 

1 

N 

s? 

o 

00 

00 

i? 

M 

^ 

"S 

00 

00 

OO 

^. 

^ 

a 

^ 

^ 

lO 

^ 

ol 

00 

-^ 

r^ 

^ 

t^ 

00- 

M 

N 

»^ 

■" 

r* 

3 

a. 

i 

(vii) 


VIU 


LIST  OF  OFFICERS  OF  THE   ASSOQATION. 


a 


0^ 


> 

Id 


o 


C/5 

w 

o 
o 

C/5 


c 
o 


b 

3 

i^ 

•^ 

a> 

^ 

a 

> 

^ 

■« 

> 

c 

73 


I 


ii" 

B 
ca 


^5 


;!  {8  ^  d 
^  i  JT^- 
.jg  u;  ^.  o  -g 

o  n 


"§1 


«  2. 


IS  d  BP 
^^^^ 

^  J  ffi 

1  ii  "iS 


So 

C 

.S 

a 

1 

6 

6 

o 

a 

o 

to 

6 
>> 

s 

1 

"2 
1 

•    G   ,2J     o 


w 


J^ 


CJ  ^  52 


.« ■§  a 


35   g 


Ui 


o 


r'r.  ^   4 


pL, 

o w 


15  I  S 


^1 


o 


3« 


^  <  8  « 


-a 


t»    «    p 

•a  :=  .S 


•c  iJ 


«   X 
^  « 


Q  ^ 


s^ 


•3  O 

55  I  g  ^  ^   I 
E      u       «o 


.s  g 


S  3 


W  3 


a 
c 

I 

•s  -c    > 


"3     « 


m 


"S  15 


_:5._^ 


1^ 


tju       N      ^tj       w       «^       w       < 


8      S 


.2       — « 


s      S 


^         *t 


o 


O 

a     z 


6 


IS 


O 

a 


o 


13 


;5 


O 

6 


>% 

^ 


iT     s 


^ 


B 
O 

-a 

o 


i 

>o" 

i 

s 

sg^ 

g. 

t** 

s 

00 

oo 

^ 

00 

00 

00 

00 

00 

00 

00 

dO 

00 

^ 

lo 

rT 

o* 

00 

t^ 

fO 

N 

fo 

S 

00 

fC 

M 

w 

^ 

^ 
^ 


c2 


(^  M«  g.  B« 

Digitized  by  VjO'OQIC 


LIST  OF   OFFICERS   OF   THE  ASSOCIATION.  IX 


--       .  8  ,S      s    .  §  o    .     1  f*  §  8  I  X  S  -  -S  X      g  S  8  -g  I 
^   g  g   2  ^  I  "   „-S5  ^3.  3  M  «  ?:  §  fe  «  ^  S  **   «   I  -3  ^.  ?  W  I 

2:  g'il^"^lll^-illKlll||li-"tNl 


c      g 

S||<5|^J^.i=|,-s|,^^.ll||   ;i|§•fi 
l-S||-•lil=i^|l.i1l'5!»*1J=fSlS^ 


•P  c 


f.a|ss"5  i  »-g"2«     li'l'J      .^-1  »KTfol|  c  . 

"■s""  §  58^  %Z-S'%^<  s"-9^s»c<g  §.•  c-"  g<  i&> 

?^ -•         !> 

5      •     •     «     ^-    I    5^    S    iS      .    "•      •      •    "^^    s 

-§.      H      o       -o       ^.      g       t2       I       I       ^       I       -5"      g       •§      c3 


I 


1         I        I        I        f        I         ^       I         I        I        1        •§        1        ^       ^ 


S       §      .S       3       5      -5 

,5        "S        '?         §         rt        .3        .«        :3         w         P         c         "S         S       !5 


c         W)       -S        ^ 
£        H        <        J5        J5        ^        g        ?^        g        g        tS        0        Q        (g       5 


^0  t**X  OnQ  i^  N  ro^iovO  <^52  On© 

r^i;>.t^r^o5ooci6ooooooooooooooo\ 
ooooooooeoooooooooooooooQOoooo 

««►$  wS'S  *>S^5  «r«a>  4)3« 

Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


LIST  OF  OFFtCKRS  OF  THE  ASSOCIATION. 


C8 


00 


f 


I 


-§,00 


PL,      nj 

I- 


^1 


^     .a 


S  ^  fl 

•g  t2  « 


C 

S^  s 


fi 


oj    00     fl 


-    .  Q 

V       ^       M 


f^  cJ  < 


1  « 

6 


■  lo  vO  r«*  00  o>  Q 
OO  00  OO  00  00  On 
00  00  00  00  00  00 


i  -§  s  s  5  J 

eg  <  W   "  -'  - 


< 

Ex 

o 


CO 

00 


\4 


S  6  ^  ^ 


—   m  V 


,  T3    ro    t>»    t>.    t>.   t>»  C 

V  00    OO   00    00   OO   c 

I     ^       M        M        M        M        M 


O 
PL, 


1 

6  j2i^ 


I  «  ^  -c  - 

pu  <  K  ^^a  K 


6^ 


SO 

o  s 

^4 


!I3    S  ^ 


'"  ,"^  ^  ^ 
O  kj  kj  ^ 


B  •''   r^  00 

S  U  00  CO 

•5  rfs   «    11 


On   O     w     ^«     •^    ^ 

"O      t>.    !>.    t*^     t^     t^ 

00    00    00    00    00    00 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


AUTHORIZED    AGENTS    OF    THE   AMERICAN 
PHARMACEUTICAL  ASSOCIATION. 


Appointed  by  the  President  in  compliance  with  the  following  resolutions: 

Resohtedy  That  the  President  he  directed  to  appoint  authorized  agents,  where  needed 
in  the  different  States,  for  the  collection  of  dues,  distribution  of  the  Proceedings,  etc.; 
such  agents  to  be  designated  by  the  Treasurer  and  Permanent  Secretary  of  the  Associa- 
tion, and  a  list  of  the  agents  to  be  published  in  the  Proceedings.  ( Passed  at  Baltimore, 
1870.) 

Resotvedy  That  the  President  of  this  Association  be  requested  to  appoint,  in  every 
locality  where  more  than  three  members  reside,  a  local  agent,  whose  duty  it  shall  be  to 
aid  the  Treasurer  in  the  collection  of  members'  dues  in  his  section,  and  to  procure  new 
members  by  placing  before  the  pharmacists,  and  others  eligible  to  membership,  the  great 
advantages  that  they  will  derive  from  associating  themselves  with  this  body.  (Passed  at 
Indianapolis,  1879.) 

Resolved^  That  whilst  it  is  desirable  that  the  authorized  agents  shall  at  all  times  render 
their  accounts  as  promptly  as  convenient,  it  is  especially  to  be  desired  that  they  render  a 
complete  account  to  the  Treasurer  of  such  moneys  as  are  in  their  hands  on  the  first  day 
of  August  and  December  in  each  year,  in  order  that  the  Treasurer  may  be  able  to  make 
his  yearly  accounts  as  full  as  possible.     (Passed  by  Council,  1883.) 


Alabama, 

Arkansas, 

California, 

Colorado, 

JXs.  of  Columbia, 

Connecticut, 


Delaware, 
Georgia, 


P.  C.  Candidus,  Mobile. 

John  B.  Bond,  Main  and  5th  streets.  Little  Rock. 

William  T.  Wenzell,  San  Francisco. 

Edmund  L.  Scholtz,  Denver. 

John  A.  Milburn,  1 120  Thirteenth  St.,  N.  W.,  Washington. 
John  K.  Williams,  391  Main  street,  Hartford. 

Warren  A.  Spalding,  19  Church  street.  New  Haven. 

Luzerne  L  Munson,  Apothecaries'  Hall,        Waterbury. 
Linton  Smith,  corner  Church   and  Bennett 

streets,  Wilmington. 

Theo.    Schumann,    Whitehall    and    Hunter 

streets,  Atlanta. 

Robert  Ift  Land,  812  Broad  street,  Augusta. 

John   Ingalls,   corner   Fourth    and    Poplar 

streets,  Macon. 


(xi) 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


Xll 


AGENTS   OF   THE  AMERICAN   PHARMACEUTICAL   ASSOCIATION. 


Illinois, 
Indiana^ 

Iowa, 

Kansas, 
Kentucky, 

Louisiana, 
Maine, 

Maryland, 
Massachusetts, 


Michigan, 

Minnesota, 

Mississippi, 

Missouri, 

Nebraska, 
Nevada, 

New  Hampshire, 
Ne7v  Jersey, 


C.  S.  N.  Hallberg,  69  Dearborn  street,  Chicago. 

David  G.  Plummer,  6  Main  street,  Bradford. 

Charles  Zimmermann,  423  S.  Adams  street.  Peoria, 

Henry  J.  Schlaepfer,  Second  and  Main 
streets,  Evansville. 

George  W.  Sloan,  304  N,  Meridian  street,     Indianapolis. 

David  Hilt,  84  Main  street,  Lafayette. 

Jacob  Baur,  Terre  Haute. 

John  W.  Ballard,  106  West  Second  Street,     Davenport. 

Theodore  W.  Ruele,  379  Main  street,  Dubuque. 

George  H.  Schafer,  129  Front  street,  Fort  Madison. 

Silas  H.  Moore,  80  Fourth  street,  Sioux  City. 

George  Leis,  90  Massachusetts  street,  Lawrence. 

Robert].  Brown,  113  Delaware  street,  Leavenworth. 

George  A.  Zwick,  Eleventh  street  and  Madi- 
son avenue,  Covington, 

William  H   Averill,  435  Main  street,  Frankfort. 

C.  Lewis  Diehl,  corner  Third  and  Broadway,  Louisville. 
Alexander  K.  Finlay,  186  Camp  street.  New  Orleans. 
Noah  S.  Harlow,  4  Smith's  Block,  Bangor. 
Edmund  Dana,  Jr.,  373  Congress  street,         Portland. 

D.  M.    R.   Culbreth,   Charles    and    Eager 

streets,  Baltimore. 

Thomas  W.  Shryer,  103  Baltimore  street,       Cumberland. 
George  M.  Hoyt,  210  Columbus  avenue,         Boston. 
Joel  S.  Orne,  493  Main  street,  Cambridgeport. 

B.  Frank  Siacey,  5 1  Vine  street,  Charlestown. 

Frederick  T.  Whiting,  Main  street,  "  Great  Barrington. 

Freeman  H.  Butler,  141  Central  street,  Lowell. 

Joseph  W.  Colcord,  153  Union  street,  Lynn. 

James  E.  Blake,  65  North  Second  street.       New  Bedford. 
Joseph  J.  Estes,  Union  and  Church  streets,     Rockland. 
Thomas  B.  Nichols,  159  Essex  street,  Salem. 

William  Bush,  56  Front  street,  Worcester. 

Ottmar  Eberbach,  12  South  Main  street,        Ann  Arbor. 
James  Vernor,  235  Woodward  avenue,  Detroit. 

Jacob  Jesson,  Western  avenue  and  Jefferson 

street,  Muskegon. 

E.  Floyd  Allen,  1020  Hennepin  avenue,        Minneapolis. 
Karl  Simmon,  Seventh  and  Sibley  streets,      St.  Paul. 
Joseph  W.  Eckford,  Commerce  street,  Aberdeen. 
Matthew  F.  Ash,                                               Jackson. 
William  T.  Ford,  1305  Cherry  street,  Kansas  City. 
James  M.  Good,  2348  Olive  street,                  St.  Louis. 
Charles  F.  Goodman,  180  Farnham  street,     Omaha. 
William  A.  Perkins,  213  Main  street,              Virginia  City. 

E.  S.  Russell,  69  Main  street,  Nashua. 

Albert  P.  Brown,  Fifth  and  Federal  streets,  Camden. 
Jonathan  B.  Drake,  132  Broad  street,  Elizabeth. 

Hermann    Klussmann,   Fourth    street    and 

Lafayette  avenue,  Hoboken. 


Digitized 


by  Google 


AGENTS   OF  THE  AMERICAN   PHARMACEUTICAL  ASSOCIATION. 


Xlll 


Maxwell  Abernethy,  i88  Newark  avenue,     Jersey  City. 

Charles  B.  Smith,  §31  Broad  street,  Newark. 

Howard     P.    Reynolds,    Pari?    and    North 
avenues,  PlainBeld. 

Nrw  Yorif  Charles  H.  Gaus,  202  Washington  avenue,    Albany. 

G.  C.  Close,  67  Cumberland  street,  Brooklyn. 

Charles  O.  Rano,  1872  Niagara  street,  Buffalo. 

William  L.  Dubois,  281  Main  street,  Catskill. 

John  Hepburn,  103  Main  street,  Flushing. 

Harvey  G.  Goodale,  P.  O.  Box  29,  Jamaica. 

James  T.  King,  cor.  Main  and  South  streets,  Middletown. 

John  McKesson,  Jr.,  91  Fulton  street,  New  York. 

G.  H.  Haass,  105  East  Main  street,  Rochester. 

John  G.  Bissell,  45  Dominick  street,-  Rome. 

Charles  F.  Fish,  114  Broadway,  Saratoga. 

Willis  T.  Hanson,  195  State  street,  Schenectady. 

Charles  W.  Snow,  28  East  Genesee  street,     Syracuse. 

William  Blaikie,  202  Genesee  street,  Utica. 

North  Carolina^         William  Simpson,  33  Fayetteville  street,         Raleigh. 

John  H.  Hardin,  124  South  Front  street,       Wilmington. 
Ohiot  Andrew  M.  Armstrong,  106  East  Market 

street,  Akron. 

Walter  H.  Howson,  Water  and  Walnut  sts.,  Chillicothe. 

J.  U.  Lloyd.  Court  and  Plum  streets,  Cincinnati. 

George  H.  Hechler,  1099  Broadway,  Cleveland. 

Charles  Huston,  43  South  High  street,  Columbus. 

Otto  S.  Weusthoff,  218  East  3d  street,  Dayton. 

Thomas  J.  Casper,  41  East  Main  street,         Springfield. 

Charles  Hohley,  248  South  street,  Toledo. 

Edgar  M.  Hatton,  Fifth  and  Main  streets,      Zanesville. 
Pennsylvania ^  Jacob  A.  Miller,  cor.  Second  and  Chestnut 

streets,  Harrisburg. 

Charles  A.  Heinitsh,  16  East  King  street,      Lancaster. 

Joseph  L.  Lemberger,  8  North  Ninth  street,  Lebanon. 

Richard  M.  Shoemaker,  cor.  Fourth  and  Race 
streets,  Philadelphia. 

George  A.  Kelly,  loi  Wood  street,  Pittsburgh. 

Philip  M.  Ziegler,  526  Penn  street,  Reading. 

John  M.  McNeil,  Broadway,  Scottdale. 

Edward  A.  Cornell,  Tenth  and  Pine  streets,  Williamsport. 
Rhode  Island^  James  H.  Taylor,  104  Thomas  street,  Newport. 

Wm.  K.  Reynolds,  254  Friendship  street,      Providence. 
South  Carolina,         Charles  F.  Panknin,  181  Meeting  street,  Charleston. 

Tennessee,  Jas.  S.  Robinson,  Third  and  Madison  streets,  Memphis. 

John  C.  Wharton,  38  Union  street,  Nashville. 

Texas,  Thomas  W.  Powell,  10  Houston  street.  Fort  Worth. 

Vermont,  Geo.  A.  Grossman,  2  Simonds  Block,  Brandon. 

Virginia,  T.  Roberts  Baker,  9IQ  East  Main  street,         Richmond. 

Washington,  Henry  E.  Holmes,  19  Main  street,  Walla  Walla. 

West  Virginia,  Edwin  L.  Boggs,  Kanawha  Bank  Building,  Charleston. 

Edmund  Bocking,  i  Odd  Fellows'  Hall,        Wheeling^ 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


XIV         AGENTS   OF   THE   AMERICAN   PHARMACEUTICAL  ASSOCIATION. 

Wisconsin,                 John  R.  Drake,  365  East  Water  street,  Milwaukee. 

Albert  H.  Hollister,  25  Pinckney  street,  Madison. 

Prov.  Nova  Scotia,    Francis  C.  Simson,  Halifax. 

Prov.  Ontario,          John  Lowden,  18  DeBreseles  street,  Toronto. 
Prov,  Quebec,            Henry   R.   Gray,  144  St  Lawrence   Main 

street,  Montreal. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


THE  PERMANENT  FUNDS  OF  THE  AMERI- 
CAN PHARMACEUTICAL  ASSOCIATION. 


At  the  San  Francisco  meeting  in  1889,  the  Permanent  Secretary  was  directed  to  pub- 
lish annually  in  the  Proceedings,  a  brief  history  of  the  origin,  money  value,  and  use  to 
which  each  fund  may  be  applied. 

There  are  three  permanent  funds  at  the  present  time,  all  of  which  are  invested  in 
government  bonds,  in  the  name  of  the  Treasurer  \)f  the  American  Pharmaceutical  Asso- 
ciation, and  kept  in  the  custody  of  the  Chairman  of  the  Council. 

THE  LIFE  MEMBERSHIP  FUND. 

The  Constitution  as  originally  adopted  in  1852,  and  up  to  the  year  1856,  contained  no 
provision  for  life  membership  or  for  the  creation  of  a  permanent  fund.  In  the  year 
named,  a  revised  Constitution  was  reported  by  a  committee  and  after  consideration 
adopted  (see  Proceedings  1856,  pp.  12,  14,  27  and  79).  Article  II,  Section  7,  (after- 
wards Section  8)  contained  the  following  provision 

"  Members  who  have  paid  their  annual  contribution  for  ten  successive  years  shall  be 
considered  life  members,  and  exempt  from  their  yearly  payments,  and  entitled  to  a  cer- 
tificate to  that  effect." 

Owing  to  increased  expenditures  for  the  publication  of  the  Proceedings,  etc.,  the  As- 
sociation found  it  necessary  in  1867  (Proceedings,  p.  75)  to  increase  its  revenue,  one  of 
the  measures  being  the  erasing  of  Section  8,  and  the  total  abandonment  of  life  member- 
ship in  the  future. 

In  1870  a  revised  Constitution  was  adopted  (see  Proceedings,  1870,  pp.  87-96),  and 
is  in  force  at  the  present  time,  containing  the  following  : 

Article  IV.  All  moneys  received  from  life  membership,  together  with  such  funds  as 
may  be  bequeathed,  or  otherwise  donated  to  the  Association,  shall  be  invested  by  the 
Treasurer  in  United  States  Government  or  State  securities,  M<  annua/  interest  of  which 
only  shall  be  used  by  the  Association  for  its  current  expenses. 

Chapter  VI,  Article  5,  of  the  By-laws  adopted  the  same  year  read  as  follows: 

Any  member  who  shall  pay  to  the  Treasurer  the  sum  of  seventy  five  dollars  at  a  time 
shall  become  a  life  member,  and  shall  be  exempt  from  all  future  annual  contributions. 

In  the  roll  of  members  for  the  year  1872  (page  338)  the  name  of  the  late  Charles  W. 
Badger,  of  Newark,  N.  J.,  appears  for  the  first  time  as  a  life  member,  and  the  only  one 
(until  the  time  of  his  death  in  1877)  under  this  provision,  which  was  subsequently  modi- 
fied (Proceedings  1879,  page  799)  so  as  to  reduce  the  sum  to  be  paid  into  the  treasury 
by  those  who  had  1  een  members  for  from  five  to  twenty  years.  In  the  same  year  the 
published  roll  contained  the  names  of  two  new  life  members.  The  article  on  life  mem- 
bership was  further  modified  in  1888  (Proceedings,  page  52)  so  as  to  apply  also  to  those 
who  have  been  members  for  over  twenty  years  (See  Chapter  VHI,  Article  4  of  By-laws). 
Under  this  clause  the  life  membership  (new  style)  of  the  present  roll  is  twenty-seven,  as 
published  in  the  Proceedings,  page  746.  ^  I 

/  j^y  \  Digitized  by  VjOOQ IC 


XVI  PERMANENT    FUNDS   OF   THE  ASSOCIATION. 

The  Treasurer's  report  for  1880  (page  524)  states  the  life  membership  fund  to  be  ;S75, 
for  1881  (p.  513)  I613,  for  1882  (p.  608)  $685,  for  1883  (p.  436)  5904.38,  and  for  1884 
(p.  524)  $944.14.  At  the  Milwaukee  meeting  held  in  the  same  year,  the  Association 
directed  (Proceedings,  p.  525)  that  $316,  which  amount  had  been  in  past  years  donated 
to  the  funds  of  the  Association  by  various  members,  be  withdrawn  from  the  general 
fund  and  be  added  to  the  life  membership  fund.  At  the  Providence  meeting  in  1886, 
(Proceedings,  p.  147)  it  was  recommended  by  the  Finance  Committee,  and  approved  by 
the  Council  and  by  the  Association,  that  the  sum  of  $3000  be  transferred  from  the  gen- 
eral  fund  to  the  life  membership  fund.  At  the  Cincinnati  meeting  in  1887,  (Proceed- 
ings, p.  471)  the  Association  ordered  again  a  transfer  to  the  same  fund  of  $4000. 

Since  1887  the  annual  reports  of  the  Chairman  of  the  Council  give  the  number  of  each 
bond  of  the  Government  securities  in  which  the  life  membership  fund  is  invested.  The 
report  published  on  page  17  of  the  present  volume  shows  that  on  May  i,  1889  the  value 
of  the  life  membership  fund  was  $9710.41,  of  which  sum  the  annual  interest  only  can  be 
used  by  the  Association  for  its  current  expenses. 

THE  EBERT  FUND. 

At  the  Richmond  meeting  in  1873  (Proceedings,  page  58)  Mr.  Albert  E.  Ebert  pre- 
sented to  the  Association  the  sum  of  five  hundred  dollars,  to  be  used  in  the  following 
manner : 

"  The  money  to  be  properly  invested  by  order  of  the  Executive  Committee,  and  the 
annual  interest  derived  therefrom  to  be  appropriated  for  conferring  a  suitable  prize  for 
the  best  essay  or  written  contribution  containing  AN  original  investigation  of  a 
MEDICINAL  SUBSTANCE,  determining  new  properties,  or  containing  other  meritorious 
contributions  to  knowledge ;  or  for  improved  methods  of  determined  merit,  for  the 
preparation  of  chemical  or  pharmacal  products ;  the  prize  to  be  awarded  by  a  suitable 
committee  within  six  months  after  the  annual  meeting  at  which  the  essays  are  presented 
for  competition ;  provided,  that  in  case  no  one  of  the  essays  offered  is  of  sufficient  merit 
to  justify  the  award,  in  the  judgment  of  the  Committee  on  Prize  Essays,  all  may  be  re- 
jected, and  the  sum  added  to  that  of  the  Fund." 

The  offer  was  accepted  by  the  Association,  and  by  a  special  vote  {Ibid.,  page  70)  the 
fund  was  ordered  to  be  called  the  Ebert  Fund,  and  the  prize  awarded  from  the  proceeds 
to  be  known  as  the  Ebert  Prize. 

The  Ebert  Prize  was  awarded  for  the  year  1874  to  Chas.  L.  Mitchell;  for  1877,  to 
Fred.  B.  Power;  for  1882,  to  John  U.  Lloyd;  for  1886,  to  Emlen  Painter;  for  1887,  to 
Edward  Kremers,  and  for  1888,  to  Jos.  F.  Geisler. 

The  Ebert  Fund  amounted  in  1883  (Proceedings,  p.  436)  to  $683.43.  Since  1887 
the  reports  of  the  Chairman  of  the  Council  specify  the  securities  in  which  this  fund  is 
invested.  On  May  i,  1889,  (Proceedings,  p.  17)  its  reported  value  was  $811.78.  The 
annual  interest  must  be  applied  to  a  prize  for  an  original  investigation  meeting  the  re- 
quirements stated  above. 

THE  CENTENNIAL  FUND. 

After  the  meeting  held  in  Philadelphia  in  1876,  the  local  committees  on  settling  all 
accounts  for  the  entertainment  of  the  Association  had  an  unexpended  balance  left,  which 
by  subsequent  collections  made  in  Philadelphia  was  increased  to  $525.  At  the  Toronto 
meeting  in  1877  (Proceedings,  p.  481),  Dr.  A.  W.  Miller,  local  secretary  for  1876,  pre- 
sented this  sum,  in  the  name  of  the  local  committees,  to  the  Association,  with  this  condi- 
tion, "  that  a  like  amount  be  subscribed  by  the  members  within  one  year,"  with  a  view  of 
establishing  a  fund  to  aid  in  the  prosecution  of  original  investigations,  the  interest  accruing 
from  the  investment  of  the  fund  to  be  devoted  to  the  defraying  of  expenses^-actually  ki- 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


PERMANENT   FUNDS   OF   THE   ASSOCIATION.  XVU 

curred  by  members  in  conducting  investigations  in  some  branch  of  science  connected 
with  pharmacy.  The  Association  accepted  the  conditions  (ibid.f  pp.  526,  528),  and 
adopted  the  name  Centennial  Fund. 

The  collection  of  a  like  amount  by  the  Association  was  completed  at  the  Saratoga 
meeting  in  1880  (Proceedings,  p.  553)  when  ^582.81  had  been  thus  received.  A  com- 
mittee of  the  Centennial  Fund  was  provided  for  in  the  By-Laws  of  the  Council,  Chapter 
VII.,  in  1 88 1  (Proceedings,  pp.  490,  549).  Members  have  not 'availed  themselves  of 
this  fund  to  the  extent  contemplated  ^t  its  foundation  ;  for  the  amounts  paid  out  have 
been  only  $^.50  to  Rob.  B.  Warder  for  material  used  for  investigations  reported  in  1885, 
and  l76.8ou6ed  by  the  Committee  on  National  Formulary  during  the  years  1886  and 
1887.     (Proceedings,  p.  436.) 

The  original  sum  of  $1117.81  ($5254-582.81),  had  increased  in  1883  to  $1232.76. 
Since  1887  the  securities  in  which  the  fund  is  invested  are  specified  in  the  reports  of  the 
Chairman  of  the  Council;  the  reported  value  was $1499.57  in  May  1889  (see  Proceed- 
ings, p.  17).  Tke  interest  accruing  from  this  fund  is  to  be  used  for  defraying  the  ex^ 
penses  incurred  in  conducting  original  investigations  in  pharmacy  or  an  allied  science. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


AMENDMENTS  TO  THE  BY-LAWS. 


TO   BE  ACTED  ON  AT  THE  THIRTY-EIGHTH  ANNUAL  MEETING. 


To  be  acted  on  at  the  thirty  eighth  annual  meeting. 

The  amendments  of  which  notice  has  been  given  by  Karl  Simmon  at  the  Ninth  Ses- 
sion of  the  San  Francisco  meeting,  have  been  formulated  as  follows  f 

Chapter  VII.,  Article  I.  In  first  line  strike  out  six  and  insert  Jive,  and  in  fourth  and 
fifth  lines  strike  out  a  Committee  on  Legislation,  and  a  Committee  on  Pharmaceutical 
Education,  and  insert  in  place  thereof  afid  a  Committee  on  Pharmaceutical  Legislation 
and  Education,  so  as  to  make  the  article  read  as  follows : 

Article  I.  There  shall  be  five  standing  committees:  A  Committee  on  Commercial  In- 
ter.ests,  and  on  the  Revision  of  the  U.  S.  Pharmacopoeia,  each  to  consist  of  five  members ; 
a  Committee  on  Scientific  Papers,  a  Committee  on  Prize  Essays,  and  a  Committee  on 
Pharmaceutical  Legislation  and  Education,  each  to  consist  of  three  members. 

Article- VII.  In  first  line  and  also  in  second  line,  strike  out  the  words  on  Legislation, 
and  insert  in  both  places  the  words  on  Pharmaceutical  Legislation  and  Education; 
strike  out  in  fourth  line  the  words  the  subject,  and  insert  in  place  thereof  pharmaceutical 
subjects  ;  also  in  sixth  line  strike  out  and,  and  after  the  word  "  discussion"  add,  and  shall 
attend  to  such  duties  as  may  be  delegated  to  them  by  the  Section;  so  as  to  make  the  article 
read  as  follows : 

Article  VII.  The  Committee  on  Pharmaceutical  Legislation  and  Education,  which 
shall  be  elected  by  the  Section  on  Pharmaceutical  Legislation  and  Education,  shall  keep 
a  record  of,  and  compile  for  reference,  the  enactments  of  the  different  States  regulating 
the  practice  of  pharmacy  and  the  sale  of  medicines.  They  shall  report  to  each  stated 
meeting  of  the  Association  what  legislation  on  pharmaceutical  subjects  has  occurred 
during  the  year.  They  shall  arrange  the  business  of  the  Section  in  advance  of  its  meet- 
ings, propose  suitable  subjects  for  discussion,  and  shall  attend  to  such  duties  as  may  be 
delegated  to  them  by  the  Section. 

Article  IX.  Strike  out  the  whole  article. 

Chapter  IX.,  Article  II.  In  first  line  strike  ont/our  and  insert  three;  and  in  last  line 
strike  ovX  Education;  4.  Legislation,  znA  insert  Legislation  and  Education ;  so  as  to 
make  the  article  read  as  follows : 

Article  II.  To  expedite  and  render  more  efficient  the  work  of  the  Association,  three 
Sections  shall  be  formed,  as  follows;  I.  Scientific  Papers;  2.  Commercial  Interests;  3. 
Pharmaceutical  Legislation  and  Education. 

Strike  out  the  present  Article  VII.,  and  insert  in  place  thereof  the  following : 

Article  VII.  At  the  eighth  session  the  Section  on  Pharmaceutical  Legislation  and 
Education  shall  consider  the  business  assigned  to  that  Section. 

(  xviii ) 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


CONTENTS. 


PAGB 

Ufliccrs  of  the  Association,  X889-90 iii 

Standing  and  Special  Committees iv 

Council :  Members,  Officers  and  Committees vi 

List  of  Officers  of  the  Association  since  its  Organization vii 

Authorized  Agents  of  the  Association xi 

The  Permanent  Funds  of  the  American  Pharmaceutical  Association xv 

Amendments  to  the  By-laws  to  be  Acted  on  at  the  38th  Meeting xviii 

PreCatory  Notice xxiii 

Minutes  op  thb  Thirty-sbvbnth  Annual  Mbbting. 
Minutes  of  the  First  Session  : 

Address  by  Hon.  Mr.  Pond z 

Address  by  Dr.  Melvin 2 

Annual  Address  by  Pre&ident  Alexander 3 

Letter  from  Messrs.  Redington  &  Co • 5 

Invitation  from  California  State  Board  of  Trade 6 

Propositions  for  Membel^bip ;  report  on  credentials ;  invitations  from  L.  Lachman  &  Co.,  and 

from  Purity  Wine  Co 6 

Reports  of  Committees  Read  by  Title 6 

Minutes  of  Council;  Appropriation  of  ^500  to  Defray  Expense  of  the  Committee  of  Arrange- 
ment; Motion  Directing  Accounts  to  be  Closed  May  i,  1889;  Committee  to  Examine 

Treasurer's  and  Secretary's  Accounts 7 

Recommendation  of  New  Members;  Committee  to  Examine  Credentials 7 

Report  of  Committee  on  Publication 7 

Report  of  Committee  on  Membership 9 

Report  of  Examining  Committee 14 

Summary  of  Cost  of,  and  Receipts  from  Sales  of  National  Formulary .  15 

Report  of  Cha  irman  of  Council 17 

Report  on  Invested  Funds 18 

Report  of  Treasurer 19 

Report  of  Committee  on  Finance 23 

Appointment  of  Treasurer /r<7/r«/«r*;  letter  from  Mrs.  L.  E.  Markoe  referred  to  a 

Committee 24 

Amendment  to  By-laws  Recommended 24 

Resignation  of  G.  F.  Dinsmore  ;  Motion  to  furnish  Proceedings  to  Public  Libraries,  etc.  25 

Supplementary  Report  of  Treasurer 25 

Motion  for  Special  Session  to  Consider  Report  on  Revision  of  Pharmacopceia 26 

Report  of  Committee  to  Visit  National  Wholesale  Drug  Association 26 

Appointment  of  Nominating  Committee 27 

Appointment  of  Committee  on  President's  Address 28 

Minutes  of  the  Second  Session : 

Minutes  of  Council,  Recommendations  for  Membership 28 

Report  of  Nominating  Committee      a8 

Invitation  to  Visit  Salem,  Oregon ;  Recommendation  of  Asbury  Park  for  Place  of  Next  Meeting.  29 
Appointment  of  Committee  on  Time  and  Place  of  Next  Meeting  ;  Reading  ot  Reports  of  Com- 
mittees      30 

Report  of  Committee  on  Prize  Essays;  Discussion  of  Place  for  Next  Annual  Meeting  .   ...  31 

Report  of  Committee  on  Time  and  Place  of  Next  Meeting 37 

Proposed  Law  Relating  to  Apothecaries  of  U.  S.  Navy 38 

Minutes  ofThird  and  Fourth  Sessions .--   •  •  •   t  3^ 

(  xix  )  Digitized  by  VjOOQ IC 


XX  CONTENTS. 

PAGB 

Minutes  of  Special  Session : 

Report  of  Committee  on  Revision  of  Pharmacopoeia 39 

On  Pharmacopoeial  Weights  and  Measures 40 

Discussion  of  Weights  and  Measures 4^ 

Adoption  of  first  two  Recommendations  of  Committee 47 

Discussion  of  Admission  of  Medicinal  Chemicals  in  U.S.  P 47 

Adoption  of  Third  Recommendation  as  Amended,  and  of  Fourth,  Fifth,  and  Sixth  Recom< 

mendations 4^ 

Discussion  on  Adopting  a  New  Class  of  Preparations ;  Report  of  Committee  on  Revision 

adopted 49 

Minutes  of  the  Fifth  Session : 

Minutes  of  Council;  Payment  of  Bills 50 

Propositions  for  Membership 50 

Minutes  of  Sixth,  Seventh  and  Eighth  Sessions 50 

Minutes  of  Ninth  Session  : 

Minutes  of  Council ;  Election  of  Officers  ;  Appointment  of  Standing  Comn*ittees  of  Council  .  *  50 

Election  of  New  Members ;  Report  of  Committee  on  President's  Address 51 

Appointments  of  Local  Secretary  and  member  of  Council;  Discussion  on  Discontinuance  of 

Printing  of  Papers 52 

Installation  of  New  Officers 54 

Votes  of  thanks ;  Delegates  to  the  Convention  on  Revision  of  the  U.  S.  Pharm 56 

Appointment  of  Committee  on  Arrangements  :  the  Committee  to  Confer  with  Secretary ; 

Adjournment 57 

MiNU'iBS  OP  Secticn  ok  Commercial  Interesis. 

First  Session :  Report  of  Secretary 58 

Questions  Submitted  to  the  State  Pharmaceutical  Associations .  59 

Replies  Received ;  Discussion  on  Reduction  of  Alcohol  Tax 60 

Discussion  on  the  Cutting  of  Prices 65 

Invitation  from  State  Viticultural  Commission ;  Questions  Referred  to  a  Committee,  and  to 

Section  on  Legislation 68 

Nominations  for  Officers 68 

Second  Session  :  Election  and  Installation  of  Officers , 69 

Special  Session  :  Report  of  Committee  on  Rebate  Plan 69 

Appointments  Completing  Committee  on  Commercial  Interests 70 

Minutes  of  Section  on  Scientific  Papers. 
First  Session : 

Address  by  Chairman  Painter 71 

Appointment  of  Committee  on  Chairman's  Address ;  Nominations  for  Officen 73 

Laboratory  Notes.     By  L.  E.  Paich 73 

Discussion  on  the  Paper 74 

,  Arsenic  in  Wall  Paper.     By  D.  H.  Galloway 75 

Discussion  on  Arsenic  in  Wall  Paper 78 

On  the  Influence  of  Heat  and  Moisture  upon  Drugs.     ByJ.  U.Lloyd 79 

Discussion  upon  the  foregoing  subject 83 

Photo-Micrography.     By  W.  H.  Krug  and  A   B.  Stevens 84 

The  Pharmacopoeial  Nomenclature.     By  Oscar  Oldbcrg 86 

On  Wool-Fat  or  Lanoleum.     By  C.  S.  Hallberg 95 

Donovan's  Solution.     By  E.  Goodman 100 

A  Simple  Ureameter.     By  L.  E.  Sayre loi 

Second  Session : 

Election  of  Officers ;  Nomination  of  Third  Member  of  Committee 104 

Cantharidin  in  Pharmacy.     By  F.  A.  Grazer 104 

Discussion  on  Cantharidin 107 

On  the  Use  ot  Commercial  Glucose  in  Pharmaey.     By  Fred.  A.  Rometch. 108 

Discussion  on  the  Paper no 

Relative  Value  of  Various  Pepsin  Tests.    By  F.  A.  Thompson iia 

On  the  Quality  of  Commercial  Belladonna  Root.     By  W.  Simonson.   . xao 

Hypophosphorous  Acid  and  Ferrous  Solutions.     By  John  Devine 124 

Discussion  on  the  Paper 130 

On  Patent  and  Trade-Mark  Laws.     By  F.  E.  Stewart •,  '3' 

Digitized  by' 


/Google 


CONTENTS.  XXI 

PAGB 

Extract  of  Opium.    By  John  Calvert 156 

Discussion  on  Extract  of  Opium 159 

How  to  Conduct  a  Quiz  Class.    By  H.  M.  Whclplcy 161 

Third  Session : 

On  Mairc  Oil.    By  George  W.  Kennedy 169 

Maize  Oil.    By  Chas.  A.  Heinitsh 175 

Discussion  on  Maize  Oil 17^ 

Morrhuol.     By  S.  A.  M'Donnell 178 

Extemporaneous  Preparation  of  Oleate  of  Morphine.     By  S.  A.  M'Donnell T79 

The  Behavior  of  Some  New  Remedies.     By  S.  A.  M'Donnell 180 

A  Pointer  in  Dispensing.     By  S.  F.  Hughes 181 

Notes  on  Oil  Contained  in  Ground  Flaxseed  ol  the  Chicago  Market.    By  W.  A.  Puckner  .   .  189 

The  Division  of  Powders.    By  E.  B.  Stuart  and  E.  B.  Tainter 183 

Examination  of  Fabiana  Imbricata.     By  M.  Rockwell x88 

The  Nature  of  the  Precipitate  found  in  Tincture  ot  Boletus  Laricis.     By  C.  W.  Phillips  ...  194 

.     Pharmacy  as  Applied  to  Preparations  for  the  Skin.     By  Fred.  B.  Kilmer 210 

On  the  Poisonous  Plants  Indigenous  to  California.     By  Hans  H.  Behr 221 

The  Pines  of  California.     By  James  G.  Steele 226 

A  Contribution  to  the  Knowledge  of  the  Coloring  Principle  of  Flowers.     By  W.  T.  Wenzell .  244 

On  Bitter  Waters.     By  Enno  Sander 250 

Picrotoxin  in  Beer.     By  S.  F.  Hui(hes 255 

Discussion  on  Picrotoxin 258 

Active  Constituents  ot  Rhamnus  Purshiann.     By  A.  C.  Zcig 361 

Salicylic  Acid,  its  Isomers  and  Homologucs.     By  Bernard  C.  Hes.^ 265 

Installation  of  New  Officers ;  Report  of  Committee  to  Watch  Working  of  the  Order  of  Busi- 
ness    276 

Discussion  on  recommendation  that  Committee  on  Scientific  Papers  act  as  a  Board  of  Censors  277 

MiNUTBS  OP  Section  on  Pharmaceutical  Education. 

Address  by  Chairman 279 

Report  of  Committee  on  Preliminary  Examinations 281 

Discussion  on  Publishing  "  Reply  to  Queries  Proposed  at  Detroit  Meeting."   ........  284 

On  the  College  Training  of  Students  in  Pharmacy.     By  Jos.  P.  Remington 285 

Discussion  on  College  Training  of  Students 287 

What  kind  of  Training  in  Latin  is  best  Suited  to  the  Pharmaceutical  Student.     By  L.  E. 

Sayre 290 

Nominations  for  Officers :  Discussion  on  Course  of  Instruction  of  Colleges 293 

Minutes  of  Section  on  Pharmaceutical  Legislation. 

Communication  from  Chairman 296 

Discussion  on  National  Uniformity  in  Examinations 297 

Discussion  on  the  Scope  of  Pharmacy  Laws 298 

Discussion  on  Examinations  as  Conducted  by  Boards  of  Pharmacy • 299 

Examinations  by  Boards  of  Pharmacy.    By  Robert  G.  Eccles 300 

Letter  in  Regard  to  Condition  of  Apothecaries  in  U.  S.  Navy 304 

Discussion  on  Republishing  Pharmacy  Laws  in  the  Proceedings 305 

Pharmacy  Laws  of  Florida,  Louisiana  and  New  York 306 

Report  <jn  Progress  of  Pharmacy. 

Introductory  :  Editorials,  etc 313 

Pharmacy  :  Apparatus  :jnd  Manipulations 334 

Preparations 365 

Materia  Medica :  Vegetable  Drugs 428 

Animal  Drugs 498 

Inorganic  Chembtry 503 

Organic  Chemistry 584 

Appendix. 

Last  of  Life  Members 746 

List  of  Members  from  Whom  Money  has  been  Received  Previous  to  July  x,  '89 748 

List  of  New  Members 755 

Lbt  of  Members  and  Delegates  in  Attendance 757 

Entertainments 759 

List  of  Colleges  and  Associations  Sending  Delegates ^.  ..  .,   .  ^  -C*   •0(^0'l^* 


XXll  CONTENTS. 

PACK 

List  of  Publications  Received 764 

List  of  Societies  Receiving  Complimentaxy  Copies 765 

General  Incorporation  Law  of  the  District  of  Columbia 770 

Certificate  of  Incorporation  of  the  American  Pharmaceutical  Association 77X 

Constitution  and  By-laws  of  the  American  Pharmaceutical  Association 773 

By-laws  of  the  Council 784 

Forms  of  Propositions  and  for  Completing  Membership ••.... 787 

General  Rules  on  Finance .  788 

Roll  of  Members 789 

Alphabetical  List  of  Members 813 

List  of  Resignations 837 

List  of  Deceased  Members 837 

Index 833 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


PREFATORY  NOTICE. 


According  to  the  By-laws,  the  Report  on  the  Progress  of  Pharmacy 
must  embrace  the  publications  up  to  June  30th  of  the  year  in  which  it  is 
presented.  The  minutes  of  the  different  sessions,  together  with  the 
papers,  were  printed  by  the  time  the  report  could  be  finished. 

From  an  obituary  received  too  late  for  publication  with  the  report  of 
the  Committee  on  Membership,  the  following  extract  is  here  inserted : 
Hugo  R.  Hartung  was  born  in  Pittsburgh,  Pa. ,  where  he  graduated  from 
.the  High  School  and  then  learned  the  drug  business.  Afterward  he 
studied  in  Germany,  then  clerked  in  Wheeling,  W.  Va.,  and  in  Denver, 
Col.,  and  since  1886  studied  medicine.  He  died  in  New  York  City  of 
hemorrhage  of  the  lungs. 

With  the  exception  of  1856  (out  of  print),  and  1861  (none  published), 
the  Proceedings  of  the  Association  can  still  be  furnished  complete,  be- 
ginning with  the  initial  meeting  in  1851  ;  but  of  several  years  only  from 
thirty  to  forty  copies  are  on  hand.  The  Committee  on  Publication, 
thinking  that  many  members  would  like  to  complete  their  sets,  has  de- 
cided to  considerably  reduce  the  price  of  the  older  volumes,  and  to  offer 
them,  including  postage^  as  follows : 

UNBOUND  (in  paper  COVER). 

1851,1852,1853,1854,1855 each25cts. 

1857 "50  CIS. 

1858, 1864, 1865, 1866, 1867, 1868, 1869, 1870,  I87I,  1872 •«  ll  00 

1873,  i8>4,  1875,  1876,  1877,  1878,  1879,  1880 «   2  50 

1881,  1882, 1883,  1884,  1885 "   3  50 

1886,  1887,  1888 "   5  00 

BOUND. 

"857 "  75 

1858,  1859,  i860 "  I  00 

1862,1863,1864,1865,1866,1867,1868,1869,1870,1871,1872  .  .  .  .  "  150 

1873,  1874,  1875,  1876,  1877,  1878,  1879,  1880 "  3  00 

1881,  1882,  1883,  1884,  1885 "  4  00 

1886,  1887, 1888, 1889 "  5  50 

IN  SETS  (exclusive  OF  THE  POSTAGE  OR  EXPRESS  CHARGES). 

For  any  two  or  three  volumes  a  discount  of  10  per  cent,  on  the  above  prices. 

For  any  four  to  eight  volumes  a  discount  of  20  per  cent,  on  the  above  prices. 

For  any  nine  to  fifteen  volumes  a  discount  of  30  per  cent,  on  the  above  prices. 

For  any  sixteen  to  twenty-two  volumes,  a  discount  of  40  per  cent,  on  the  above  prices. 

For  any  twenty-three  to  thirty  two  volumes  a  discount  of  50  per  cent,  on  the  above 

P"*'^-  Digitized  by  GoOQle 

For  any  more  than  thirty- two  volumes  a  discount  of  60  per  cent,  on  the  above  prices? 

(  xxiii ) 


XXIV  PREFATORY   NOTICE. 

The  National  Formulary,  published  by  the  Association  in  1888,  is 
sold  at  the  following  prices,  including  postage  :  bound  in  cloth,  75  cents ; 
cloth,  interleaved,  |i.io;  cloth,  raised  nails  (for  use  in  the  laboratory), 
90  cents;  sheep,  Ji.io;  sheep,  interleaved,  J1.25.  For  sale  by  the 
Authorized  Agents  of  the  Association,  by  wholesale  druggists  and  book 
sellers. 

All  orders  for  Proceedings  should  be  addressed  to  the  Permanent  Sec- 
retary, John  M.  Maisch,  143  North  Tenth  street,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

The  price  of  the  nickel  badge  has  been  reduced  by  vote  of  the  Council 
to  25  cents,  on  receipt  of  which  sum  by  the  Permanent  Secretary  the 
badge  will  be  sent  by  mail. 

The  Thirty-eighth  Annual  Meeting  will  be  held  at  Old  Point  Comfort, 
Va.,  on  the  second  Monday,  eighth  day  of  September,  1890,  at  3 
o'clock  p.  m. 

Blank  forms  for  recommendations  for  membership  may  be  obtained, 
from  the  Permanent  Secretary  or  from  the  Committee  on  Membership. 
Such  recommendations  should  reach  the  Secretary  of  the  Committee, 
George  W.  Kennedy,  Pottsville,  Pa.,  at  least  one  week  before  the  meet- 
ing ;  if  sent  later,  they  should  be  addressed  to  the  Council  of  the  Ameri- 
can Pharmaceutical  Association,  in  session  at  Old  Point  Comfort,  Va. 

According  to  an  arrangement  made  by  the  chairmen  of  several  of  the 
Secsions,  the  lists  of  queries  have  not  been  printed  as  part  of  the  Proceed- 
ings, but  a  copy  of  the  queries  will  be  mailed  with  the  present  volume  to 
every  member  of  the  Association. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


,''^ 


OF  THE 


THIRTY-SEVENTH  ANNUAL  MEETING. 


First  Session — Monday  Afternoon,  June  24,  1889. 
The  Thirty- Seventh  Meeting  of  the  American  Pharmaceutical  Associ- 
ation convened  in  Eureka  Hall,  Odd  Fellows*  Hall,  San  Francisco,  on 
Monday,  June  24,  1889.  More  than  a  quorum  being  present.  President 
Alexander  called  the  meeting  to  order  at  3:10  o'clock,  p.  m.  Prayer 
was  offered  by  Rev.  Dr.  Wm.  H.  Scudder,  after  which  the  Hon.  Mr. 
Pond,  mayor  of  the  city  of  San  Francisco,  was  introduced,  and  addressed 
the  meeting  as  follows : 

Ladies  and  Gentlemen  of  the  American  Pharmaceutical  Association: 

On  behalf  of  the  city  of  San  Frlncisco,  it  affords  me  pleasure  to  welcome  you  to  our 
city  and  to  thank  you  for  making  it  the  place  of  your  meeting  this  year.  We  treat  you, 
not  as  strangers,  but  as  friends,  coming  from  the  various  parts  of  our  common  country — 
from  the  land  of  our  fathers  away  over  the  mountains,  where  most  of  us  spent  our  earlier 
days,  and  of  which  we  have  fond  recollections  of  the  pleasant  hours  of  youth.  We  fully 
realize  the  sacrifice  which  you  have  made  in  choosing  San  Francisco  as  the  place  of 
your  meeting  this  year — the  long  distance  that  you  have  had  to  travel,  over  hills  and 
valleys,  mountains  and  praines,  to  meet  us,  away  on  the  western  confines  of  the  conti- 
nent— and  we  greet  you  and  welcome  yon  with  outstretched  hands  and  warm  hearts. 
Your  profession  is  one  that  commends  itself  among  all  the  commercial  callings  and  to  all 
vankind;  as,  while  laboring  for  yourselves,  you  are  doing  much  to  minister  to  the  com- 
forts as  well  as  the  necessities  of  life.  You,  as  representatives  of  the  scientific  ability 
found  in  the  pharmaceutical  profession,  meeting  for  the  laudable  purposes  of  your  orga- 
nization, to  improve  the  standard  of  your  profession,  commercial  and  scientific,  are  cer- 
tainly warmly  welcome  by  your  co-laborers  here,  whom  we  honor  and  esteem  as  our 
neighbors;  and  as  their  friends  I  bid  you  welcome  to  the  hospitality  of  our  citizens,  and 
believe  and  hope  that  you  will  find  them  fully  equal  to  the  occasion.  You  will,  doubt- 
less, find  here  old  friends  as  well  as  new,  and  while  I  would  not  recommend  you  to 
believe  all  they  tell  you  of  this  wonderful  country  of  their  adoption,  still  I  hope  that  you 
will  find  your  visit  he^'e  not  only  profitable,  but  your  intercourse  with  them  full  of  .pleas- 
ure, and  that  you  will  carry  home  with  you  only  pleasant  recollections  of  your  visit  here. 
Again  I  welcome  you. 

(  I  )  Digitized  by  GOOglC 


2  MINUTES   OF   THE   FIRST   SESSION. 

The  President. — Your  Honor,  most  of  the  merrbers  here  to  day  are  strangers,  and 
have  visited  the  Pacific  slope  for  the  first  time  in  the  history  of  their  lives.  Now,  when 
we  are  met  at  the  very  threshold  of  the  city,  the  Golden  Gate  is  i oiled  back,  and  we  are 
invited  to  enter  by  one  of  California's  disiinj^uished  citizens,  we  feel,  just  as  you  say,  that 
we  are  strangers  no  longer,  and  in  order  that  you  may  have  a  filling  response  to  your 
waim  address  of  welcome,  I  will  call  upon  Mr.  Ebcrt,  of  Chicago,  to  respond. 

Mr.  Ebert. —  Vtur  J-.ottor,  Mr.  Ptesidtnt,  ladies  and  Gentl^mtu :  1  do  not  know 
why  ihe  honor  should  have  been  be.'-towed  upon  me  to  respond  to  the  hearty  welcome 
of  his  Honor,  the  mayor  of  San  Francisco,  but  I  would  say  that  after  having  listened  to 
this  welcome,  I  feel,  and  I  know  that  feeling  is  shared  by  every  one  present,  whether  he 
has  come  a  short  distance  or  a  long  one,  that  we  will  be  well  repaid  in  our  visit;  that 
when  we  shall  leave  here  we  must  confess  the  journey  has  been  crowned  with  profit  and 
pleasure,  and  that  we  will  not  regret  to  have  come  the  distance.  In  behalf  of  the  visitors. 
I  thank  you,  gentlemen  and  ladies  of  the  Pacific  coast.  We  are  glad  that  we  have  come 
among  you,  and  I  hope  that  we  will  leave  as  good  an  impression  upon  you  as  certainly 
has  been  made  upon  us  in  coming  here.  As  1  am  not  prepared  at  this  moment  lo  amply 
thank  you  for  your  hospitality,  I  simply  will  say  that  it  is  one  of  the  crowning  acis  of  ihe 
American  Pharmaceutical  Association  to  hold  a  meeting  on  the  Pacific  coast.  For  ten 
long  years  we  have  endeavored,  year  after  year,  lo  meet  with  }ou,  and  have  striven  to 
fulfil  our  promise  and  to  comply  with  your  invitation,  but  it  is  only  one  year  ago  that 
we  succeeded  in  convincing  the  Association  at  large  that  w  e  should  come  and  meet  you 
at  this  time.  Deeply  appreciating,  Mr.  Mayor,  your  proferred  hospilalily,  I  thank  you 
once  more  on  behalf  of  the  Association. 

President  Alexander  then  introduced  Dr.  Melvin,  President  of  the 
California  Pharmaceutical  Society. 

Dr.  Melvin. — Ladies  and  gentlemen,  history  informs  us  that  some  nineteen  hundred 
years  ago,  certain  wise  men  journejed  westward  over  a  sandy  desert,  guided  by  the  star 
of  hope,  in  search  of  a  promised  Messiah.  History,  to  some  extent,  repeats  ilSv^lf  in  your 
case,  gentlemen  of  the  American  Pharmaceutical  Association.  You,  too,  represent  the 
wise  men  of  our  chosen  craft ;  you,  too,  have  been  guided  by  the  star  of  empire,  seeking 
a  land  of  promise,  the  equal  of  which  can  only  be  found  after  we  pass  the  other  golden 
gate.  As  the  executive  officer  of  the  California  State  Pharmaceutical  Society,  it  affords  me 
great  pleasure  to  welcome  you  each  and  all  to  our  Golden  State,  and  we  trust  that  your 
stay  will  be  made  satisfactory  and  pleasant.  We  shall  do  our  share  to  show  our  gratifi- 
cation by  acts  of  hospitality  which  shall  at  least  convince  you  of  our  sincerity.  Ever 
since  Sir  Francis  Drake  sailed  through  the  Golden  Gate  and  discovered  the  most  beau- 
tiful bay  in  the  world,  people  have  visited  California  and  have  lauded  iis  praises;  and  the 
■  citizens  of  the  Stale — well,  they  are  so  enthusiastic  in  their  praises  that  our  Eastern  friends 
are  disposed  lo  believe  their  praises  are  the  emanations  of  disordered  brains.  But,  gentle- 
men, now  that  you  are  here,  I.  leave  you  to  judge  for  yourselves  of  the  many  advantages 
of  our  "glorious  climate,"  and  view  with  your  own  eyes  the  magnificent  scenery  that 
attracts  artistic  pilgrims  from  all  parts  of  the  world,  and,  if  you  carry  back  kind  mem- 
ories of  our  State  and  its  inhabitants,  we  shall  be  well  satisfied  with  our  part  in  the  Con- 
vention of  the  American  Pharmaceutical  Association. 

Again  I  desire  to  say  to  you,  on  behalf  of  our  Association,  that  we  bid  you  a  cordial 
welcome. 

The  President. — We  are  certainly  under  great  obligations  to  you  for  your  kind 
words  of  welcome,  and  I  don't  believe  any  of  us  will  go  away  without  appreciation  of 
the  beauties  we  have  seen.  . 

Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


PRESIDENT  S   ADDRESS.  3 

Vice-President  Wilcox  now  occupied  the  chair,  and  the  President  read 
the  following  address : 

It  is  with  pleasure  I  offer  my  greeting  to  so  many  of  my  fellow  members  assembled 
together  at  the  Thirty- seventh  Annual  Meeting  of  the  American  Pharmaceutical  Associa- 
tion, held  in  this  city  of  San  Francisco,  and  the  first  ever  held  west  of  the  Missouri  River. 
It  was  feared,  when  the  Association  determined  to  meet  on  the  Pacific  Slope,  that  the 
attendance  would  be  very  small,  owing  to  the  time  and  expense  that  would  necessarily 
be  consumed  by  the  members  in  making  the  trip;  but  in  this  we  are  happily  disap- 
pointed. .  While  we  miss  from  their  places  many  familiar  faces  we  are  accustomed  to  see, 
and  regret  their  absence,  yet  the  large  increase  of  new  members  will  make  our  meeting 
interesting  and  profitable. 

I  propose  to  make  my  address  quite  brief,  (or  several  reasons.  It  was  not  with  the 
expectation  that  I  would  deliver  an  elaborate  essay  that  I  was  elected  your  President, 
nor  is  it  at  this  time  necessary.  Heretofore  the  President  has  been  the  "  historiographer  ** 
of  passing  events,  relating  to  the  interest  of  the  Association  during  the  year.  Now,  the 
Reporter  on  the  Progress  of  Pharmacy,  and  the  Chairmen  of  the  various  sections,  give 
complete  reports  upon  all  scientific,  business  and  other  matters  relating  to  the  Associa- 
tion; and  again,  as  the  Committee  to  whom  was  referred  the  exhaustive  and  scholarly 
address  delivered  by  my  predecessor,  Mr.  J.  U.  Lloyd,  at  the  last  annual  meeting,  was 
not  acted  upon  for  want  of  time  to  properly  consider  it,  but  will  come  before  you  for 
discussion  at  this  meeting,  I  feel  that  a  short  address  will  not  be  a  matter  of  regret  at 
this  time. 

Our  membership  seems  to  be  increasing  every  year,  yet  the  amount  received  from  an- 
nual dues  remains  at  nearly  the  same  figures,  showing  that  the  delinquents  and  those 
dropped  from  the  list  about  equal  our  increase.  I  wish  to  say  a  word,  right  here,  in  re- 
gard to  membership  in  this  Association.  It  has  been  suggested  and  recommended,  that 
members  who  are  not  apothecaiies,  or  not  actually  engaged  in  dispensing  medicine, 
should  be  denied  the  right  to  vote  for  officers,  hold  office,  or  take  part  in  debate  upon 
business.  If  the  Association  enact  such  a  law,  I  think  it  would  be  disastrous,  and  soon 
lead  to  a  dissolution  of  the  Association.  We  would  be  robbing  ourselves  of  the  services 
of  some  of  the  most  intelligent  and  energetic  members.  If  we  limit  membership  to 
apothecaries,  I  do  not  know  where  the  Association  will  get  its  members,  as  there  are  at 
this  day  very  few  apothecaries,  pure  and  simple;  most  of  them  carry  quite  as  large  a 
stock  of  goods  outside  of  medicine  as  they  do  of  medicine,  such  as  perfumery,  cosme-^ 
tique,  toilet  articles,  patent  medicines,  and  a  variety  of  other  goods ;  I  am  free  to  con- 
fess that  I  want  in  this  Association  all  who  may  be  engaged  in  dispensing  and  prepar- 
ing medicine,  whether  it  be  as  an  apothecary,  or  a  manufacturing  chemist,  wholesale  or 
retail  druggist,  or  teacher  in  a  college  of  pharmacy  ;  and  I  would  have  them  entitled  to 
all  the  privileges  of  full  membership,  with  perhaps,  the  exception  of  being  entitled  to 
hold  the  office  of  President,  or  the  Chairmanship  of  the  Council. 

You  will  remember,  some  six  years  since, at  a  meeting  held  in  Washington  City,  there 
was  organized  a  National  Retail  Druggists'  Association,  whose  object  was  to  protect  and 
consider  the  business  interests  of  its  members.  Why  was  this  Association  formed? 
Simply  because  the  American  Pharmaceutical  Association  was  thought  to  have  made  no 
provision  for  considering  the  business  interests  of  its  members ;  but  as  soon  as  our  grand  old 
Association  said  she  would  provide  for  all  the  interests  of  her  members,  and  established 
a  Section  on  Commercial  Interests,  the  National  Retail  Drug^sts'  Association  ceased  to 
exist ;  and  I  would  not  now  disturb  the  relations  of  any  members  who  may  have  come  to 
us  under  the  guarantee  of  that  reorganization.  This  is  the  third  year  that  we  have  been 
working  under  tb6  reorganized  rules  effected  at  Cincinnati ;  and  while  they  may  not  be 

Digitized  i^^ 


4  MINUTES  OF  THE    FIRST   SESSION. 

all  that  is  desired,  I  think  it  better  to  continue  upon  the  same  lines,  than  make  any  rad- 
ical change  until  a  more  thorough  trial. 

In  a  communication  I  received  from  the  Treasurer,  he  calls  attention  to  the  fact  that, 
for  several  years  past,  we  have  been  spending  for  our  current  expenses  more  than  our  in- 
come. In  iSSSf  we  received  from  membership  $5,220.00,  and  paid  out  $5,412.00;  in 
1887  received  $5*195.00,  and  paid  out  $6,256;  and  this  year  our  expenses  will  exceed 
our  income  by  a  considerable  sum.  We  have  for  some  years  past  been  carrying  over 
into  the  next  year  an  item  of  $950.00  which  properly  belongs  to  the  current  year's  ex- 
penses. This  item  is  for  the  salaries  of  the  Reporter  on  Progress  of  Pharmacy  and  the 
Secretary  of  Council.  As  the  salaries  of  the  other  officers  are  paid  when  due,  these 
gentlemen  are  entitled  to  theirs ;  consequently  if  this  sum  is  paid  this  year,  as  it  should 
he,  we  will  find  our  treasury  something  over  a  thousand  dollars  short.  While  it  is  true 
that  in  1887  we  placed  to  the  credit  of  the  Life  Membership  Fund,  the  sum  of  $3,000, 
that  was  owing  to  the  fact  of  $2,195.00  being  paid  in  by  a  former  officer,  and  an  un- 
precedented amount  of  delinquent  dues  collected  by  a  systematic  Treasurer.  Let  us 
live  within  our  income. 

Before  the  next  annual  meeting  of  this  Association,  the  seventh  Decennial  Convention 
for  revising  the  United  States  Pharmacopceia  will  commence  its  sessions,  and  its  Presi- 
dent has  issued  notice  to  this  Association  to  elect  a  number  of  delegates,  not  exceeding 
three,  to  assemble  in  Washington  City  on  the  first  Wednesday  in  May,  1890.  This  will 
be  the  first  time  the  American  Pharmaceutical  Association,  as  a  body,  has  had  representa- 
tion in  the  Conventions  for  the  revision  of  the  Pharmacopoeia.  It  was  at  the  Convention 
of  1880  that  this  body  was,  by  resolution  invited  to  send  delegates;  before  that  year,  I 
believe  only  incorporated  Associations  were  invited. 

This  is  probably  one  of  the  most  important  conventions  that  assemble  in  this  country; 
and  I  think  not  least  among  the  subjects  that  will  come  before  it,  is  whether  the  metric  sys- 
tem of  weights  and  measures  shall  be  adopted  as  the  standard  system  in  the  United  States, 
and  place  our  Pharmacopoeia  in  accord  with  the  authorized  editions  of  other  advanced 
nations  of  the  world.'  England  and  the  United  States,  I  believe,  are  the  only  two  nations 
of  importance,  that  have  not  as  yet  incorporated  this  system  into  their  national  works, 
and  these  two  nations  do  not  agree  with  each  other  in  their  system  of  weights  and 
measures.  While  I  would  recommend  the  adoption  of  the  metric  system,  I  would  not 
recommend  the  dropping  of  the  parts  by  weight  as  used  in  1880.  I  think  if  the  metric 
system  is  adopted,  it  will  be  of  interest  to  all  apothecaries.  It  will  familiarize  and  in- 
duce them  to  keep  full  sets  of  metric  weights  and  measures  in  their  dispensing  depart- 
ments, and  do  away  with  the  troublesome,  and  to  some  difficult,  practice  of  reducing  the 
metric  system  to  the  ordinary  weights  and  measures  now  in  use.  Other  important 
matters  will  come  up,  but  they  may  be  left  to  the  standing  committee  on  the  revision  of 
the  Pharmacopoeia,  whose  duty  it  is  to  collect  and  codify  such  facts  as  may  serve  as  a 
basis  of  the  report  to  be  presented  by  this  Association  to  the  National  Convention,  who 
will  make  their  report  to  you  in  its  regular  order. 

The  American  Medical  Association  meets  in  Newport  upon  the  26th  of  this  month ; 
and  I  am  informed  that  they  will  have  under  consideration  a  project  that  will  be  of 
interest  to  this  Association.  It  is  contemplated  to  form  a  section  on  Pharmacy ;  to  what 
this  may  lead,  or  what  particular  advantage  it  may  be  to  the  pharmacist,  I  am  not  pre- 
pared to  say ;  but  as  we  have  a  Committee  appointed  to  visit  the  American  Association 
in  the  interest  of  the  National  Formulary,  I  have  appointed  this  same  committee  to  look 
into  the  merits  of  this  proposed  section,  and  report  by  telegraph  to  us  at  this  place,  if 
they  think  necessary. 

We  have  now  Boards  of  Pharmacy  in  thirty-one  States,  and  most  of  them  are  doing 
good  work  in  raising  the  standard  of  pharmacy,  and  educating  the  community  to  discrimi- 
nate in  favor  of  the  educated  pharmacist.     Care  will  have  to  be  observed  by  members  of 


president's  address.  5 

Boards  in  conducting  their  examinations  of  applicants  for  registration.  I  do  not  think  it 
ever  was  the  intention  of  State  legislatures,  in  creating  Boards  of  Pharmacy,  that  the  ex- 
aminations should  be  of  a  technical  character ;  but  rather  that  the  Board,  by  examina- 
tion, should  discover  whether  the  applicant  had  sufficient  knowledge,  experience,  and 
intelligence  to  conduct  a  drug  store  in  a  safe  and  proper  manner.  There  appears  to  be 
great  difficulty  in  getting  State  legislatures  to  create  pharmacy  laws.  I  think  if  there 
was  a  little  judicious  advertising  before  the  meeting  of  legislatures,  circulated  throughout 
the  State,  giving  the  people  a  correa  idea  of  the  uses  of  such  a  Board,  and  showing  that 
It  was  for  their  protection,  and  not  to  put  money  into  the  pockets  of  the  Board,  there 
would  be  less  opposition.  I  do  not  think  that  Boards  of  Pharmacy  will  attain  their  full 
efficiency,  or  receive  the  hearty  co  operation  of  the  druggists  themselves,  until  the  system 
by  which  they  are  now  supported  is  changed,  and  the  State  makes  an  appropriation  to 
pay  the  necessary  expenses  of  the  commissioners.  Much  of  the  opposition  to  pharmacy 
laws  comes  from  the  druggists;  they  look  with  suspicion  upon  any  enactment  that  as- 
sesses them  with  from  one  to  five  dollars  per  head,  in  addition  to  their  regular  taxes,  in 
order  to  carry  on  their  business. 

At  the  last  meeting  of  our  Association,  notice  was  given  that  a  resolution  would  be 
offered  to  amend  Section  7,  Chapter  9,  of  the  By-Laws,  so  that  the  sections  on  Legislation 
and  Pharmaceutical  Education  should  be  consolidated ;  the  notice,  however,  was  with- 
drawn. I  would  recommend  that  the  notice  be  renewed,  as  the  sections  are  so  closely 
allied  that  they  would  be  better  merged  into  one. 

Many  members  of  the  Association,  particularly  the  most  recent  ones,  are  unacquamted 
with  the  meaning  and  origin  of  what  are  called  Invested  Funds — the  Ebert,  Centennial, 
and  Life  Membership  Fund.  Would  it  not  be  well  to  have  a  page  placed  in  each  journal 
of  our  Proceedings,  giving  the  value  in  money  from  date  of  last  report,  a  brief  history  of 
origin,  and  the  use  to  which  the  proceeds  of  each  Fund  mav  be  applied  ?  This  page 
might  be  placed  immediately  after  the  page  giving  the  names  of  the  members  of  the 
Council.  The  Life  Membership  Fund  is  referred  to  in  the  Constitution^  and  the  Cen- 
tennial Fund  in  the  By-Laws  of  the  Council,  in  so  far  as  the  disposition  of  the  proceeds 
of  each  fund  is  concerned ;  but  nowhere  do  I  find  anything  in  regard  to  the  Ebert 
Fund.  I  would  recommend  that  the  Secretary  be  authorized  to  have  such  a  page  placed 
in  the  journal. 

With  these  two  recommendations,  and  thanks  for  your  attention,  and  the  many  cour- 
tesies that  I  have  received  at  your  hands,  I  will  bring  my  address  to  a  close. 

M.  W.  Alexander,  President. 

On  motion  of  Mr.  Simmon,  the  President's  annual  address  was  received 
and  ordered  to  be  referred  to  a  committee  of  five,  to  be  appointed  by  the 
chair,  for  consideration,  and  report  on  the  suggestions  contained  therein. 

President  Alexander  resumed  the  chair,  and  the  Secretary  read  the 
following  letter : 

San  Francisco,  June  241/1,  i88g. 
Prof.  Jko.  M.  Maisch,  Sec'y  A,  P.  A.,  Odd  Feliows'  Nail,  City. 

Dear  Sir:  Acting  in  behalf  of  President  Kelly  and  the  members  of  the  National 
Wholesale  Druggists'  Association,  we  desire  to  extend  to  your  Association  our  greetings 
and  best  wishes  for  the  success  of  the  meeting  now  being  held  under  your  auspices  in 
this  city. 

We  hope  your  visit  here  may  be  a  pleasant  one,  and  the  convention  result  in  strength- 
ening the  bond  of  good-fellowship  and  codperatton  now  existing  between  the  members 
of  your  Society.  Yours  truly, 

'         le 


6  MINUTES   OF   THE   FIRST   SESSION. 

On  motion,  the  letter  was  received  and  ordered  to  be  acknowledged 
by  the  Secretary.  The  same  action  was  also  taken  on  the  following 
letter  read  by  the  Secretary: 

California  State  Board  of  Trade,  60s  Market  S/.,  San  Francisco,  Oti.,  June 

24ih,  i88g. 
To  the  President  and  Members  of  the  Pharmaceutical  Association — Greeting, 

The  California  State  Board  of  Trade  heartily  invite  you  to  visit  its  rooms  at  any  time 
during  your  sojourn  in  the  city,  to  view  the  products  of  the  several  counties  of  the  state. 

Very  respectfully  yours, 

Jno.  Q.  Brown,  General  Manager, 

Mr.  Kennedy,  Secretary  of  the  Council,  reported  the  names  of  forty- 
nine  candidates  duly  proposed  for  membership  in  compliance  with  the 
By-laws,  all  of  whom  were  elected. 

The  Secretary  read  the  list  of  delegations,  the  credentials  having  been 
examined  by  the  Council,  showing  that  delegates  to  the  present  meeting 
had  been  accredited  as  follows : 

Colleges  of  Pharmacy  :  California,  Chicapjo,  Cincinnati,  Illinois,  Louisville,  Maryland, 
Massachusetts,  National  (Washington,  D.  C),  New  York,  Philadelphia  and  St,  Louis. 

State  Pharmaceutical  Associations:  Alabama,  Arkansas,  Calfomia,  Connecticut, 
Dakota  (South),  Florida,  Georgia,  Illinois,  Indiana,  Iowa,  Kansas,  Kentucky,  Louis- 
iana,  Massachusetfs,  Minnesota,  Missouri,  Nebraska,  New  Hampshire,  New  Jersey, 
North  Carolina,  Ohio,  Pennsylvania,  Rhode  Island,  Virginia,  and  Wisconsin. 

Local  Associaticns :  Dauphin  Co.,  Pa.;  Detroit,  Mich.,  and  St.  Louis  Microscopists. 

Alumni  Associations  of  Colleges  of  Pharmacy  :  California,  Chicago,  Cincinnati,  Phil- 
adelphia, and  St.  Louis. 

The  following  letter  was  read  by  the  Secretary  and  accepted : 

Minneapolis,/^/*^  z^-M,  i88g, 
John  M.  Maisch,  Esq.,  Sec'y  A.  P,  A. 

My  Dear  Sir:     I  have  the  pleasure  to  advise  you  that  the  following  firms,  members 
of  our  Association  residing  at  San  Francisco,  are  appointed  as  delegates  to  the  meeting 
of  the  American  Pharmaceutical  Association,  at  San  Francisco,  June  24th  : 
Redington  &  Co., 
Langley  &  Michael, 
J.  J.  Mack  &  Co. 
Hoping  the  A.  P.  A.  will  have  a  pleasant  and  profitable  meeting  and  the  individual 
members  a  safe  and  pleasant  journey,  I  remain,        Yours  truly, 

A.  B.  Mkrriam,  Sec'y. 

Letters  were  read  by  the  Secretary  from  S.  Lachman  &  Co.,  and  from 
the  Purity  Wine  Co.,  of  California,  inviting  the  members  and  their  visit- 
ing friends  to  visit  their  stores  and  wine-vaults.  The  process  of  purifying 
and  ageing  wines  by  electro-magnetism,  was  stated  to  be  in  full  operation. 
The  invitations  were  accepted,  and  directed  to  be  acknowledged  by  the 
Secretary. 

Reports  of  Committees  being  called  for,  the  following  were  read  by 
title  and  laid  upon  the  table  for  future  consideration:  On><prizeessays; 

jitized  by  Vj 00 


REPORT   OF  THE   COMMITTEE   ON    PUBLICATION.  ^ 

on  revision  of  the  U.  S.  Pharmacopoeia;  on  arrangements;  on  visit  to 
the  National  Wholesale  Druggists*  Association;  and  on  the  National 
Formulary. 

Mr.  Kennedy  read  the  minutes  of  the  Council  since  the  Detroit  meet- 
ing, which,  on  motion,  were  duly  approved.  Besides  the  action  taken  on 
the  report  of  the  Committee  on  Prize  Essays  for  1887,  which  was  pub- 
lished on  page  602  of  last  year's  Procef  dings,  the  following  business  was 
transacted  by  the  Council  after  the  adjournment  of  the  Dttroit  meeting: 

February  15,  1889.  Enilen  Painter  moved  that  the  sum  of  five  hundred  dollars  ($500) 
be  appropriated  from  the  funds  of  the  Association  to  defray  the  necessary  expenses  of 
the  Committee  on  Arrangements  in  making  preparations  for  the  meeting  in  Sin  Fran- 
cisco. Cal.,  June  24th,  1S89. 

To  bring  the  above  motion  properly  before  Council,  it  was  seconded  by  J.  M.  Maisch. 

The  rooluiion  was  passed  by  nine  affirmative  vr»tes,  while  six  members  of  Council 
voted  nay,  and  two  members  desired  to  be  excused  from  voting. 

March  23.  1889.     It  was  moved  by  S.  A.  D.  Sheppard  and  seconded  by  J.  M.  Maisch  : 

1st.  That  the  Rules  of  Finance  be  so  far  suspended  as  that  the  Treasurer  and  Chair- 
man of  the  Council  shall  be  instructed  to  close  their  books  May  i,  1889,  and  send  them 
to  the  Examining  Committee  as  soon  after  that  date  as  possible. 

2d.  That  the  Secretary  be  instructed  to  close  his  National  Formulary  accounts  at 
same  date,  and  send  them  to  the  Examining  Committee  as  above. 

This  motion  was  unanimously  adopted. 

Chairman  Good  appointed  the  following  Committee  to  examine  the  l)ooks  of  the 
Treasurer  and  the  Permanent  Secretary's  accounts  of  the  National  Formulary:  VVm. 
Dupont,  Jas.  Vernor,  and  Arthur  Bassett,  of  Detroit. 

Second  Session  of  Council-t-Palace  Hotel,  San  Francisco,  June  24TH,  9  a.  m. 

(7  members  present.) 

During  the  temporary  absence  of  Vice-Chairman  Painter,  M.  \V.  Alexander  was  called 
to  the  chair.     The  minutes  were  read  and  approved. 

The  Secretary  of  the  Committee  on  Membership  presented  the  names  of  49  candidates; 
on  motion,  they  were  recommended  to  the  Association. 

1..  C.  llopp  was  appointed  a  Committee  to  examine,  with  the  Permanent  Secretary, 
the  credentials  of  accredited  delegates  to  the  present  meeting.  A  list  of  ddegaticms  was 
subsequently  reported  (see  page  6)  and  accepted. 

The  following  report  was  read  and  approved  : 

REPORT  OF  THE  COMMITTEE  ON  PUBLICATION. 

The  volume  containing  the  Proceedings  of  the  meetine:  held  at  Detroit,  was  promptly 
published  and  distributed  to  the  members  entitled,  during  the  month  of  January.  It  con- 
tains a  reprint  in  full  of  the  National  Formulary,  which  has  increased  the  cost  of  the  vol- 
ume by  the  amount  of  $108.90,  irrespective  of  the  increase  in  postnge  for  distributing, 
which  will  amount  to  al>out  $50  more. 

The  Proceedings  for  1888  make  a  voUini'S  of  722  pages,  and  with  the  Formulary  910 
pages.  The  expenses  for  publishing  and  distributing  this  volume,  and  for  insuring  the 
proj-terty  of  the  Association,  were  as  follows  : 

Digitized  tyVjOOQlC 


8 


MINUTES  OF  THE   FIRST  SESSION. 


Proceedings :  Phonographic  Report $15000 

G)mposilion,  paper,  and  press  work 141 9  54 

Reprints  of  queries,  papers,  etc. 8  70 

Binding  and  wrapping 318  25 

National  Formulary  as  part  of  the  volume 10890 

Freight '  .    .    .  4  75 


-$2010  14 


Journals  for  use  of  Reporter  of  1888 $2$  52 

"  1889 12*37 


37  88 


Other  expenses  of  the  Secretary : 


Wood  cuts I4  00 

Telegrams 2  72 

Circulars,  etc 37  75 

Packing  boxes 50 

Freight  and  expressage 33  07 

Postage  stamps 403  70 

Binding  old  volumes 1200 

493  74 

Premium  for  Bre  insurance  (German  F.  I.  Co.,  Phila.) 1500 

Salaries  of  Reporter  and  Secretary 1 500  00 


Total I4056  77 

The  increase  in  the  above  expenses  as  compared  with  the  preceding  year  amounts  to 
I247.25.  This  is  in  part  due  to  the  re-publication,  with  last  year's  volume,  of  the  Na- 
tional Formulary,  which  item,  as  stated  before,  amounts  to  about  $158,  the  balance  of 
the  increase,  about  $90,  being  caused  by  the  change  inaugurated  during  the  past  year  in 
the  manner  of  distributing  the  volume. 

The  stock  of  Proceedings  on  hand  and  stored  at  the  Philadelphia  College  of  Pharmacy 
is  as  follows : 


I85I. 

285  ii 

paper. 

1871'. 

95  in 

paper. 

50  bound 

1852. 

69 

*( 

1872. 

89 

•• 

10 

*« 

1853. 

70 

t( 

1873. 

18 

« 

92 

«< 

1854. 

43 

t( 

1874. 

'30 

« 

>7 

<« 

1855. 

86 

(( 

1875. 

65 

ti 

39 

f( 

1857. 

241 

(( 

10  bound. 

1876. 

42 

(» 

49 

»< 

1858. 

54 

«< 

9 

« 

115  loose. 

1877. 

48 

u 

86 

ft 

1859. 

26 

« 

1878. 

60 

<f 

III 

tt 

i860. 

195 

(( 

1879. 

18 

«i 

94 

(t 

1862. 

264 

t< 

1880. 

82 

(1 

50 

«f 

1863. 

253 

•( 

1881. 

55 

t( 

29 

tt 

1864. 

'74 

n 

lOI 

« 

1882. 

48 

« 

75 

tt 

1865. 

150 

" 

14 

•« 

1883. 

42 

•< 

130 

«( 

1866. 

66 

« 

65 

t( 

1884. 

50 

« 

202 

C( 

1867. 

148 

(( 

72 

« 

1885. 

no 

t< 

235 

.< 

18^8. 

57 

(. 

138 

tt 

1886. 

62 

tt 

266 

tt 

1869. 

98 

«< 

134 

It 

1887. 

60 

«4 

201 

«« 

1870. 

107 

fi 

83 

(t 

1888- 

7" 

.f 

188 

it 

The  Committee  desires  to  direct  the  s]  ecial  attention  of  every  member  of  the  Associa- 
tion to  the  reduction  in  the  price  of  the  older  volumes  of  the  ProceecUii^Sfva&stated  in 

^  Digitized  byVjOXj 


REPORT  OF  THE  COMMITTEE   ON   MEMBERSHIP. 


the  Prefatory  Notice  (page  xxi.)  of  the  last  volume.  It  will  be  seen  from  the  Treasurer's 
report  that  several  members  have  availed  themselves  of  this  offer,  and  completed  their 
sets  of  Proceedings,  and  il  is  to  be  hoped  that  others  may  do  likewise,  and  thus  secure  a 
serial  of  publications  which  will  be  valuable  for  reference  for  many  years  to  come. 

The  expenses  incurred  and  income  derived  from  the  publication  of  the  National 
Formulary  as  a  separate  volume  will  he  found  in  a  statement  prepared  for,  and  verified 
by,  the  Auditing  Committee.  It  is  sufficient  to  state  here,  that  for  this  item  all  the  ex- 
penses incurred  by  the  Association — including  the  cost  of  the  copies  furnished  free  of 
charge  to  the  members  of  1887,  and  to  others;  likewise  the  total  expenses  of  the  Com- 
mittee on  the  National  Formulary  since  1885 — have  been  paid  back  into  the  treasury; 
that  an  amount  in  excess  of  the  total  expenses  has  been  received  ;  and  that  a  stock  re- 
mains on  hand  which  will  yield  a  further  income  to  the  Association.  This  favojrable 
result  has  been  largely  due  to  the  advantageous  terms  secured  by  the  Committee  for  the 
printing  and  binding  of  the  Formulary,  which  enabled  them  to  distribute  the  book  with- 
out additional  expense  for  the  labor  in  packing,  and  that  no  expenses  were  incurred — 
postage  excepted — for  keeping  the  accounts  and  carrying  on  the  necessary  voluminous 
oorrespondence. 

Respectfully  submitted  for  the  Committee  on  Publication, 

John  M.  Maisch, 
Lewis  C.  Hopp, 
Frederic  Wilcox. 

Mr.  Kennedy  read  the  following  report,  which  was  accepted. 

REPORT  OF  THE  COMMITTEE  ON  MEMBERSHIP. 

To  the  Chairman  and  Members  of  the  Council  of  the  American  Pharmaceutical  As-- 
sociation  : 

Gentlemen. — The  Secretary  of  the  Committee  on  membership  would  respectfully 
submit  this  report  for  your  consideration  and  disposal.  In  compliance  with  instructions 
received  at  the  first  sesbion  of  Council  held  last  year  in  the  city  of  Detroit,  the  Secre- 
tary of  the  Committee  on  Membership  sent  to  all  the  members  of  the  Association  in  the 
early  part  of  May  last,  a  circular  shewing  clearly  the  method  of  admitting  new  mem- 
bers, together  with  a  blank  proposition  for  membership. 

Under  the  new  system  of  receiving  members  into  our  Association,  the  total  number 
recommended  at  Detroit  was  205,  representing  25  states,  also  Canada,  and  Central 
America.  The  first  year's  trial  of  the  new  method  was  not  satisfactory,  as  but  thirty- 
three  (^2i)  of  ^^c  436  invited  at  the  Cincinnati  meeting  to  join  our  organization  made 
their  membership  good  This  year  it  is  very  gratifying  for  me  to  be  able  to  report  that 
106  of  the  205  proposed  and  invited  have  completed  their  membership. 

Since  the  publication  for  the  Proceedings  fur  1888,  the  following  gentlemen  proposed 
at  the  Detroit  meeting  have  completed  their  membership : 


J.  W.  Deutsch,  Cleveland,  O. 

M.  M.  Heller, 

C.  N.  Schocnhut,         "  " 


Jno.  H.  Winter,  New  York. 
Chas.  M.  Zinck,  Meadville,  Pa. 


REPORT  OP   MEMBERSHIP. 

Members  in  good  Standing  at  last  report 1257 

**  elected  since  last  report 106 

*<  received  as  delegates  .   . 10 

Toul membership .  .^^..-.-^GOOgr^ 


lO 


MINUTES   OF  THE    FIR3T   SESSION. 


LOSS    IN   MEMBERSHIP. 

By  resijTnati«)n 34 

Dropped  from  the  roll  for  various  causes 60 

By  death 16 

Total  loss no 

Number  in  good  standing  at  this  r2port .1 263 

HONORARY   MEMBERSHIP. 

Number  on  the  roll  same  as  last  report 25 

The  Treasurer,'S.  A.  D.  Sheppard,has  reported  a  list  of  4Sna'nes  of  delinquent  mem- 
bers who  are  liable  to  be  dropped  from  the  roll. 

Of  this  number  are  in  arrears  17  for  3  years,  17  for  4  years,  13  for  5  yeirs,  i  for  6 
years.  The  Treasurer  believes  very  few  of  the  reported  will  pay  up.  Since  receiving 
the  report,  three  of  the  delinquents  have  paid  up,  and  probably  others  will  do  so  before 
the  next  volume  of  Proceedings  is  issued. 

During  the  year  that  has  closed  the  ever-moving  reaper  of  death  has  again  called  away 
from  the  labors  of  life  some  whose  fellowship  we  have  enjoyed,  and  by  whose  counsel 
we  have  profited.  The  following  list  includes  all  who  have  died  since  our  last  meeting, 
or  that  have  been  reported  to  the  Committee.  I  would  here  request  all  members  when 
they  hear  of  the  demise  of  any  members  of  the  Association,  to  notify  the  Secretary  of  the 
Committee  on  Membership  at  their  earliest  convenience. 


•Lorenz  Blahnik,  Chicago,  111. 
John  Carle,  Jr.,  New  York,  N.  Y. 
Wm.  W.  Dale,  Chicago,  111. 
Charles  E.  Fougera,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 
Samuel  S.  Garrigues,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich. 
Hiram  E.  Griffith,  Niagara  Falls,  N.  Y. 
Hugo  R.  Hartung,  Denver,  Col. 
Thomas  Jones,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 
Wm.  J.  Martin,  Cincinnati,  Ohio. 


Archibald  McClure,  Albany,  N.  Y. 
Charles  A.  Robbins,  New  York,  N.  Y. 
Wm.    S.    Robinson,    Yorkville,    Toronto, 

Ont.,  Can. 
David  J.  Sewall,  Boston,  MasS. 
Wm.  S.  Sweet,  Warsaw,  N.  Y. 
S.  D.  "Smith,  Reading,  Pa. 
Benjamin  Ward,  Mobile,  Ala. 


Lorenz  Blahnik  was  born  at  Malo  Rolenka,  Bohemia,  December  2Sth,  1845.  ^^ 
attended  the  high  school  (Gymnasium)  at  Klatlan  from  1857  to  1862,  after  which  he 
became  an  apprentice  to  the  apothecary  business  at  Blovitz,  having  served  three  years. 
He  came  to  this  country  in  the  year  1866,  and  in  Chicago  was  employed  for  two  years  by 
Messrs.  Renter  and  Fiske.  In  1868  he  went  into  business  on  his  own  account  at  88 
West  1 8th  St.,  where  he  remained  up  to  the  time  of  his  death,  which  occurred  on  the 
first  day  of  August,  1888.  He  was  esteemed  and  highly  respected  by  his  customers  arid 
the  community  for  his  honesty  and  professional  ability,  and  by  close  attention  acquired 
a  large  and  profitable  business.  Deceased  was  elected  a  member  of  our  Association  at 
the  meeting  held  in  Kansas  City,  Mo.,  in  1 881. 

John  Carle,  Jr.,  probably  the  oldest  druggist  in  the  city  of  New  York,  died  there  Oc- 
tober 28th,  1888.  at  the  age  of  84.  He  was  born  in  Long  Island,  and  at  the  age  of  12 
entered  the  drug  store  of  his  uncle,  Silas  Carle,  then  at  Fulton  and  Water  streets,  and 
for  72  years  he  was  identified  with  that  business,  though  for  the  past  four  years  he  had 
practically  withdrawn  from  active  participation  in  its  cares,  having  given  it  in  charge  of 
his  only  son.  Mr.  Carle's  long  life  was  marked  by  simple,  unostentatious  habits,  a  care- 
ful attention  to  business,  a  willingness  to  aid  in  all  good  objects,  and  by  friendliness  to 

Digitized  by  VaOOQlC 


REPORT  OF  THE   COMMITTEE   ON    MEMBERSHIP.  II 

the  needy.  For  many  years  he  was  identified  with  the  New  York  College  of  Pharmacy 
as  a  Vice  President  and  Trustee,  and  for  more  than  a  third  of  a  century  he  was  a  Trustee 
of  the  Bowery  Savings  Banlc.  All  through  his  long  and  useful  life  he  enjoyed  the  con- 
fidence and  esteem  of  all  who  knew  him  ;  and  while  he  is  sincerely  mourned,  yet  his  ex- 
ample and  honorable  career  will  be  remembered  as  one  who  well  and  truly  filled  his 
sphere  in  life.  Deceased  was  connected  with  our  Association  28  years,  having  joined  in 
i860,  at  the  meeting  held  in  the  city  of  New  York. 

Wm.  M.  Dale,  of  Chicago,  died  there  in  the  latter  part  of  '1887.  Mr.  Dale  was  born 
in  Kilmarnock,  Ayrshire,  Scotland,  forty- five  years  ago,  and  at  a  very  early  age  was  sent 
to  learn  the  chemist's  business.  He  served  a  short  apprenticeship  in  a  drug  store  in  his 
native  town,  and  then  went  to  Glasgow,  where  he  became  thoroughly  conversant  with 
the  details  of  his  profession  under  the  tutilage  of  Dr.  Buchanan,  one  of  the  best  known 
chemists  at  that  lime.  When  twenty-one  years  of  age,  young  Dale  determined  to  cut 
himself  loose  from  the  old  country,  and  to  carve  out  a  career  for  himself  by  emigrating  to 
America  in  1863.  Arriving  in  New  York  and  remaining  there  but  a  short  time,  he  pro- 
ceeded to  Chicago,  and  at  once  secured  employment  with  Buck  and  Raynor,  where  he 
remained  some  years.  By  his  untiring  industry  and  rigid  economy,  he  was  soon  able  to 
go  into  business  for  himself,  which  he  did  by  forming  a  partnership  with  John  Heiland. 
For  several  years  the  firm  did  a  thriving  business  on  Clark  St.  Finally  Heiland  was 
bought  out  and  deceased  conducted  the  business  alone.  In  1879,  ^^  established  himself 
at  the  comer  of  Clark  and  Madison  Sts.,  employing  four  clerks;  custom  began  to  pour 
in  upon  him,  and  at  the  time  of  his  death  eighteen  active  young  men  were  kept  on  the 
jump  day  and  night  to  supply  the  wants  of  customers.  It  is  acknowledged  by  those  in 
position  to  know  that  he  did,  probably,  the  largest  retail  business  in  the  United  States. 
Deceased  was  regarded  as  a  conscientious  and  reliable  man.  He  leaves  a  widow,  one 
son  and  four  daughters.  In  1880,  at  the  meeting  held  at  Saratoga  Springs,  he  was 
elected  a  member  of  our  Association. 

Charles  E.  Fougera  was  born  at  Chateauroux,  department  de  I'Indre,  France,  on 
May  23,  1821,  and  came  to  New  York  in  1846.  He  was  a  graduate  of  the  University 
of  France  and  of  the  New  York  College  of  Pharmacy,  also  a  member  of  several  phar- 
maceutical, philanthropical  and  scientific  associations  in  this  country  and  abroad.  The 
foundation  of  his  fortune  was  laid  at  30  North  William  street,  where  he  established,  in 
1849,  ^^6  extensive  business  of  importing  French  and  other  foreign  medicinal  prepara- 
tions, in  addition  to  manufacturing  his  own  pharmaceuticals.  The  house  is  still  in  exist- 
ence, under  the  name  of  E.  Fougera  &  Co.  In  1869  he  founded  the  retail  drug  store 
on  the  comer  of  Atlantic  avenue  and  Clinton  street,  Brooklyn.  The  Fougera  apartment 
house  in  Brooklyn  was  erected  at  an  expense  of  ^5oo,ooo.  He  was  thoroughly  honest, 
of  quiet  demeanor,  very  domestic  in  his  habits,  and  a  humanitarian  in  every  sense  of  the 
word.  His  last  wishes  were  that  his  funeral  be  as  simple  as  possible  and  that  no  flowers 
be  used.  Mr.  Fougera  became  a  member  of  our  Association  at  the  meeting  held  in 
New  York  city  in  1 867. 

Hiram  E.  Griffith,  of  Niagara  Falls,  New  York,  died  January  12,  1889,  aged  51  years 
and  1 1  months,  of  heart  trouble.  Mr.  Griffith  was  born  in  Drummondville,  Ontario  co., 
in  1837,  but  lived  nearly  his  whole  life  at  Niagara  Falls,  where  he  was  educated  in  the 
village  schools.  He  chose  pharmacy  as  a  profession,  and  after  he  was  thoroughly  pre- 
pared for  business,  opened  a  store  for  himself,  remaining  in  the  same  location  from  the 
start.  He  was  held  in  high  esteem.  He  filled  many  important  positions  of  trust,  as 
president  of  the  village,  treasurer  of  the  board  of  education,  etc.,  in  which  positions  he 
handled  large  sums  of  money.  His  wife  and  two  sons  are  left  to  mourn  his  loss.  In 
1875  he  was  elected  a  member  of  our  Association  at  Boston.  The  success  of  the  meeting 
of  1882  was  largely  due  to  his  efficient  service  as  local  secretary.  GoOqIc 


12  MINUTES   OF  THE   FIRST  SESSION. 

Samuel  S.  Gamgues,  Ph.  G.,  Ph.  D.,  died  at  Ann  Arbor,  Michigan,  after  a  pro- 
tracted sickness,  May  i6th,  1889,  in  the  sixty- first  year  of  his  age.  Among  the  Huguenot 
exiles  who  left  their  homes  in  the  province  of  Languedoc,  in  France,  by  reason  of  the 
revocation  of  the  edict  of  Nantes  by  Louis  XIV.,  in  1685,  were  three  brothers,  Matthew, 
Francis  and  John  de  la  Garrigue.  They  escaped  from  France,  and  landed  on  the  island 
of  St.  Christopher,  which  belongs  to  Great  Britain,  and  from  thence  they  went  to  Phila- 
delphia. The  family  name  in  time  became  anglicized  to  Garrigues.  The  deceased  was 
born  in  Philadelphia,  September  7th,  1828.  His  early  education  was  received  in  the 
school  maintained  by  the  Society  of  Friends.  He  afterwards  entered  the  public  schools 
of  his  native  city,  and  graduated  from  the  high  school  in  1847.  His  knowledge  of 
pharmacy  was  obtained  in  the  store  of  his  father,  Edward  B.  Garrigues,  loth  and  Fair- 
mount  avenue,  and  with  the  late  F.  L.  John,  on  Race  street  above  Third.  Graduating 
from  the  Philadelphia  College  of  Pharmacy  in  1851,  the  same  year  he  went  to  Europe; 
after  a  year  spent  at  the  university  in  Berlin,  he  entered  the  University  at  Gdttingen,  and 
after  a  course  of  two  years,  graduated  from  that  institution,  receiving  the  degree  of  Ph.  D. 
During  the  vacations  of  his  student  life  abroad,  he  made  pedestrian  trips  through  Ger- 
many and  into  Switzerland  and  Italy.  Botany  being  one  of  his  favorite  studies,  he  col- 
lected during  these  excursions  an  extensive  and  valuable  herbarium,  which  he  after- 
wards present^^ed  to  the  University  of  Michigan.  In  1854  he  returned  to  Philadelphia, 
and,  with  Mr.  Magee,  engaged  in  the  manufacture  of  chemicals  for  photography.  After 
the  firm  dissolved  in  1857,  he  removed  to  New  York,  where  he  remained  until  1863, 
when  the  development  of  the  salt  interests  in  Michigan  led  to  his  connection  with  that 
industry  as  a  chemist.  In  1869  he  was  appointed  State  inspector  of  salt  in  Michigan, 
and  held  that  office  until  his  declining  health  made  it  necessary  for  him  to  withdraw 
from  active  duties.  The  reports  prepared  by  him  on  the  salt  and  lumber  interests  are 
valuable  State  papers  on  the  resources  of  Michigan.  As  a  member  of  our  Association 
he  was  for  many  years  very  active,  having  served  as  Chairman  of  the  Executive  Com- 
mittee and  of  the  Committee  on  Sales  of  Poisons,  a  member  of  the  Committee  on 
Weights  and  Measures,  also  on  the  Committee  on  the  Progress  of  Pharmacy.  He  con- 
tributed several  very  valuable  and  interesting  papers  on  the  following  subjects;  Bro- 
mine, and  its  production  from  the  Saginaw  Brines;  St.  Louis  Medical  Springs;  Michigan 
Salt;  American  Bromine,  and  Insect  Powder.  After  locating  in  Michigan,  he  took  an 
active  interest  in  the  advancement  of  pharmacy  in  that  State,  was  president  of  the 
Michigan  Pharmaceutical  Association,  and  was  interested  in  the  passing  of  the  Phar- 
macy Act  of  that  State.  He  was  a  member  of  the  Franklin  Institute  and  of  the 
Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  in  Philadelphia.  He  was  married  in  1864  to  Miss  Addie 
M.  Burt,  of  Saginaw,  Michigan.  His  widow,  a  son  and  a  daughter  survive  him.  In 
1855  deceased  became  a  member  of  our  Association,  and  at  the  time  of  bis  death  was  a 
life  member  (old  style). 

Thomas  Jones,  of  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.,  died  there  in  February  last,  aged  53  years,  of 
Bright* s  disease.  Deceased*  was  born  in  Wales,  where  he  received  a  good  education ; 
after  which  he  began  the  study  of  Pharmacy,  and  continued  in  the  business  up  to  the 
time  of  his  death.  Mr.  Jones  is  spoken  of  as  being  a  very  skilled  man  in  his  profession, 
unassuming  and  very  attentive  to  business.  He  united  himself  with  us  in  1868,  at  ttie 
meeting  held  in  the  city  of  Philadelphia. 

Wm.  J.  Martin,  one  of  the  leading  pharmacists  of  Cincinnati,  Ohio,  died  February  7th, 
1889.  Mr.  Martin  was  born  in  1840,  and  entered  the  drug  business  when  18  years  of 
age.  For  many  years  past  he  has  been  in  business  on  his  own  account,  and  as  Martin 
&  Heiser,  at  7th  and  Elm  sts.  In  business  and  social  circles  he  bore  an  unblemished 
reputation.  He  was  an  active  member  of  the  Ohio  Pharmaceutical  Association,  and  had 
served  both  as  Secretary  and  President  of  the  Cincinnati  College  of  Pharmacy.     Resolu- 


REPORT   OF  THE  COMMITTEE   ON   MEMBERSHIP.  I3 

tions  of  regret  were  adopted  by  the  college.  Mr.  Martin  was  not  married.  His  mem> 
bership  in  our  Association  dates  back  from  the  meeting  held  in  Kansas  City,  Mo.,  in 
1881. 

Archibald  McClure,  of  Albany,  New  York,  passed  away  at  the  age  of  54  years.  Mr, 
McClnre  was  of  Scotch>Irish  decent,  bom  in  Albany  in  1835,  had  but  a  moderate  edu- 
cation, and  entered  the  drug  store  of  his  father  in  1852,  becoming  a  partners  in  1857, 
enlarging  the  business  greatly,  and  adding  to  the  firm,  at  later  periods,  his  brother  Wm. 
H.  McClure,  Wm.  J.  Walker  and  Charles  Gibson.  His  personal  character  was  marked 
on  the  side  of  Christian  activity  and  benevolence.  He  was  President  of  the  Board  of 
Governors  of  the  Albany  Hospital,  a  trustee  of  the  Albany  Medical  College,  a  trustee  of 
the  College  of  Pharmacy,  and  Treasurer  of  the  Old  Ladies'  Home,  besides  acting  as  a 
Director  in  a  National  Bank,  a  Savings  Bank,  and  a  Fire  Insurance  Company.  His 
benevolence  was  proverbial,  but  unostentatious,  and  many  homes  were  made  happier  by 
his  thoughtfulness.  A  widow  and  one  daughter  survive  him.  Deceased  became  a  mem- 
ber of  our  Association  in  1880,  at  Saratoga  Springs,  N.  Y. 

Dr.  Cbas.  A.  Robbins,  of  New  York,  was  born  in  Brooklyn  thirty-four  years  ago,  re- 
ceived his  education  in  the  BrookI>n  Polytechnic  Institute,  and  completed  his  studies  at 
the  Berlin  University,  where  he  took  the  degree  of  Ph.  D.  He  also  graduated  from 
the  New  York  College  of  Pharmacy.  He  was  an  expert  chemist,  and  his  knowledge  in 
that  line  was  of  valuable  assistance  during  his  business  career.  His  first  commercial 
experience  was  in  the  house  of  McKesson  &  Robbins,  and  after  becoming  acquainted 
with  the  details  he  was  given  an  interest  in  the  firm  and  made  several  trips  abroad  for 
Ihe  house.  He  and  his  father,  the  late  D.  C.  Robbins,  w^orked  together  in  extending 
the  business  of  their  respective  departments,  and  the  latter  generally  relied  on  the  good 
judgment  of  his  son,  whom  he  would  consult  before  giving  a  definite  decision  about  any 
matter  of  importance ;  and  Doctor  Robbins,  in  turn,  would  solicit  the  matured  opinion 
of  his  respected  parent  in  determining  commercial  questions.  In  1885  he  withdrew 
from  the  firm  of  McKesson  &  Robbins,  when  he  and  his  father  entered  into  partnership, 
under  the  name  of  Robbins  &.  Robbins,  to  manufacture  quinine  and  chemicals,  a  large 
factory  having  been  erected  in  Brooklyn  for  that  purpose.  Subsequently  the  firm  name 
changed  to  the  present  style  of  the  New  York  Quinine  and  Chemical  Works,  Limited, 
and  last  December  the  deceased  severed  his  connection  with  it.  In  1882  he  married 
Miss  K.  R.  Delano,  daughter  of  Warren  Delano,  of  Newburgh,  N.  Y.  She  and  two 
children  survive  him.  Dr.  Robbins  was  elected  a  member  of  this  As.sociation  in  1876, 
at  the  meeting  held  in  Philadelphia. 

William  S.  Robinson,  of  Yorkville,  Toronto,  Canada,  was  born  in  Grimsby,  Lincoln- 
shire, England,  on  March  3d,  1834.  He  was  there  apprenticed  to  a  druggist,  and,  when 
about  twenty  ye.irs  of  age,  came  with  his  wife  to  Canada.  He  commenced  business  at 
Whitby,  Ont.,  where  he  suffered  loss  by  fire;  then  he  went  to  Toronto  and  managed  the 
business  carried  on  by  Mr.  Robert  Brumpton,  at  Yonge  and  Bloor  streets,  which  busi- 
ness he  acquired  in  1867,  removing  immediately  to  some  distance  north,  and  uhimately 
to  his  last  stand.  He  was  one  of  the  founders  of  the  Ontario  College  of  Pharmacy,  and 
served  in  various  capacities  as  an  ofhcer  of  that  body.  His  death,  which  took  place  on 
February  25th,  resulted  from  paralysis,  and  was  very  sudden.  Deceased  leaves  behind 
him  a  widow,  two  sons  and  a  daughter.  He  became  a  member  of  our  Association  at 
Toronto,  Canada^  in  1877. 

David  J.  Sewall,  of  Boston,  was  born  in  Rockport,  Mass.,  in  1844.  About  a  year  prior 
to  his  death,  deceased  fell  over  a  defective  sidewalk  on  Arcadia  street,  and  broke  his 
left  wrist ;  about  six  months  after,  the  wrist  became  swollen,  and  upon  the  advice  of  his 
attending  physician  he  was  moved  to  the  city  hospital,  and  a  portion  of  the  forearm  was 
removed.     The  patient  sank  rapidly  under  the  operation,  and  blood  poisonmg  soon  f^lTp 


14  MINUTES   OF  THE   FIRST   SESSION. 

lowed,  and  resulted  in  his  death.  Mr.  Sewall  was  a  very  prominent  citizen,  and  was 
universally  popular.  He  was  the  oldest  established  druggist  in  the  district.  Mr.  Sewall 
was  elected  a  member  of  our  A.«sociation  at  the  meeting  held  in  Boston  in  1875. 

Wm.  S.  Sweet,  of  Warsaw,  N.  Y.,  was  born  Nov.  23,  1856,  in  the  village  of  Pike, 
N.  Y.  After  serving  a  regular  apprenticeship  with  a  good  pharmacist,  one  who  was 
strict  and  trained  his  students  well  for  business,  he  engaged  himself  with  Mr.  Lathorp 
and  remained  with  him  two  years.  He  subsequently  clerked  in  Castile  and  Randolph. 
In  the  year  1886  he  started  in  business  for  himstlf,  which  proved  very  successful,  as  the 
result  of  persistent  effort  to  build  up  a  good  trade.  His  health  failed  him,  when  diabetes 
set  in,  causing  his  death  January  2Sth,  1889.  Deceased  took  a  great  interest  in  his  bus* 
iness,  and  was  constantly  ex{>enmenting  in  chemistry  and  pharmacy.  His  genial  and 
frank  manner  won  the  confidence  of  all  who  .knew  him.  Mr.  Sweet  became  a  member  of 
our  Association  at  the  meeting  held  in  Niagara  Fallls,  N.  Y.,  1882. 

Stephen  Douglas  Smiih,  of  Reading,  Penna.,  died  there  of  Bright's  disease,  aged  32 
years.  He  learned  the  drug  business  with  P.  M.  Ziegler,  of  Reading,  attended  lectures 
at  the  Philadelphia  College  of  Pharmacy  and  graduated  in  1883,  after  which  a  partner- 
ship was  formed  with  his  preceptor,  under  the  firm  name  of  Ziegler  and  Smith,  in  Read- 
ing, which  was  continued  up  to  the  time  of  his  death.  In  business  he  was  very  success- 
ful, which  was  principally  due  to  his  kind  and  courteous  disposition.  Deceased  was  a 
member  of  the  Pennsylvania  Pharmaceutical  Association,  and  joined  our  Association  at 
the  meeting  held  in  Washington,  D.  C,  in  1883. 

Benjamin  Ward,  of  Mobile,  Ala.,  was  born  in  Nottoway  Co.,  Va.,  December  25lh, 
1844;  he  was  raised  in  Green  Co.,  Ala.  In  1861,  when  a  boy,  he  entered  the  drug  itore  of 
his  uncle,  A^  Stollenwerck,  Greensboro,  Ala.,  where  he  remained  until  be  completed  his 
apprenticeship.  In  1865,  he  removed  to  Mobile,  where  he  was  engaged  as  a  clerk  until 
he  worked  himself  up  to  an  interest  with  his  employer,  O.  H.  Cowthan.  In  1874,  he 
sold  his  interest  and  went  to  Dallas,  Texas,  where  he  opened  a  drug  store,  which  he  sold 
next  year  and  returned  to  Mobile,  purchasing  the  store  in  which  he  was  a  partner,  and 
continued  the  business  until  his  death,  which  occurred  December  15th,  1888,  of  heart 
disease.  Deceased  had  the  reputation  of  being  a  skillful  pharmacist,  and  a  highly 
respected  and  honored  citizen.  Two  years  ago,  at  the  meeting  held  in  Cincinnati,  he 
became  a  member  of  our  Association. 

In  conclusion,  1  desire  to  return  my  thanks  for  the  many  kindnesses  shown  by  the 
officers  and  members  of  the  Association,  in  obtaining  data  for  preparing  obituaries. 
Respectfully  submitted,  Geo.  W.  Kennedy, 

Sec'y  Committee  on  Membership. 

The  following  reports  were  read,  together  with  the  accompanying  documents,  and  on 
motion  were  accepted  and  approved : 

Detroit,  May  22,  1889. 
To  the  Council,  A.  P,  A. 

Gentlemen  : — The  undersigned  having  been  appointed  an  Examining  Committee, 
respectfully  report  that  they  have  examined  the  books  of  the  Permanent  Secretary,  Mr. 
John  M.  Maisch,  and  find  that  his  report  accompanying  this,  is  found  correct ;  with  the  ex- 
ception of  one^item  of  four  and  ^Yo  dollars  ($4^*,^^)— he,  the  Secretary,  having  remitted 
that  amount  to  the  Treasurer  twice,  as  explained  in  the  letter  attached  to  this  report. 

Wm.  Dupont,  Ch,  Ex.  Com., 
James  Vernor, 
Arthur  Bassett. 

Philadelphia,  May  4,  1889. 
Mr.  Wm.  Dupont,  Detroit. 

Dear  Sir  : — There  is  a  discrepancy  between  the  Treasurer's  figures  and  my  own, 
amounting  to  %^A'^.    This  amount  has  been  paid  twice  by  me,  once^y  remittance  of 


COST   OF,  AND    RECEIPTS   FROM,  SALES   OF   FORMULARY.  1 5 

original  check  under  date  of  April  i8th,  and  again  included  in  my  own  check  of  April 
50th.  I  only  ascertained  this  last  night,  and  regret  that  the  Treasurer's  receipt  for  same 
has  been  mislaid.  You  will  observe  from  the  cash  book  that  all  checks  and  drafts  re- 
ceived by  me  were  at  once  lorwarded  to  the  Treasurer,  while  moneys  received  in  cash 
through  money  ordtr  or  postage  stamps,  were  remitted  to  the  Treasurer  by  personal 
checks  from  time  to  lime.  The  check  for  $4.40  received  from  the  Druggists'  Circular 
was  remitted  to  the  Treasurer  April  i8ih,  but  I  omitted  to  give  myself  credit  for  this  re- 
mittance in  my  cash  book,  and  through  the  mis-placing  of  the  receipt  I  failed  to  notice 
this  oversight  of  nnne  until  it  was  too  late  for  correcting  it  between  the  Treasurer  and 
myself.  Very  truly  yours, 

J.  M.  Maisch. 

SUMMARY  OF  COST  OF,  AND  RECEIPTS   FROM,  SALES  OF  NATIONAL 

FORMULARY. 

I.    EXPENSES. 

Stereotype  plates $423  57 

Printing  12,033  copies,  binding  10,633  copits,  fi tight,  po«-tage,  circulars,  and 

insurance 3016  92 

Total  expenses  paid  to  April  30,  1889 53440  29 

ir.    RECEIPTS. 

1.  From  39  authorized  agents $731  03 

2.  From  45  dealers,  not  agents 3335  29 

3.  Fiom  office  sales 74  80 

Total  receipts  to  April  30, 1889 $4141   12 

IH.    REMITTANCES  TO  TREASURER. 

From  July  13,  1888,  to  April  30,  1889,  as  per  Treasurer's  receipts I4145  52 

IV.   BILLS  RECEIVABLE. 

From  13  authorized  agents $267  46 

From  1 1  dealers  not  agents 286  40 

Total  amount  received $553  86 

V.   BILLS  PAYABLE. 

Expressage  on  Formulary  sold.   •   • ;$ii  60 

Binding  500  copies 70  00 

Postage,  stationery,  and  expressage 18  08 

Total  amount  payable $99  68 

VI.  STOCK  ON  HAND. 

Copies  in  sheets.    , 900 

cloth 668 

"         cloth  interleaved 275  . 

'*        cloth,  raised  nails 32 

"        sheep 260 

"         sheep  interleaved 114 

Total  copies  on  hand 2249 

Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


1 6  MINUTES   OF   THE   FIRST  SESSION. 

VII.  COPIES  FOR  MEMBERS  AND  COMPLIMENTARY  COPIES. 

Sent  to  members  from  first  edition 1037  cloth,     i  raised  nails. 

**            "         from  later  editions no  " 

•*      Congressional  Library 2  "                                      a  sheep. 

*•      Pharmaceutical  Journals 29  " 

"      Medical  Journals I 24  •« 

"  Colleges  and  foreign  Associations.  ...  24  " 

"  State  Pharmaceutical  Associations  ...  37  " 

"      State  Medical  Societies 30  « 

"  Members  of  National  Formulary  Com.  .                                                   39  sheep. 

"  Correspondents  of  Formulary  Com.    .    .                                                   43      " 


Total  copies  sent  gratuitously 1293  cloth.     1  nails.  84  sheep. 

Value  at  wholesale  prices  of  members*  and  complimentary  copies — 

1293  copies  cloth I646  50 

I  raised  nails 60 

84  sheep 61  60 

Total  value  at  wholesale  prices $708  70 

VIII.    EXPENSES  OFNATJONAL  FORMULARY  COMMITTEE  SINCE  1885. 

See  Proceedings  1887,  p.  444,  Circulars I9  00 

"                "       p.  457.  Treasurer's  checks  5,  12,  from  Centen- 
nial Fund $44  05 

"  "       p.   457,   fr6m   Centennial   Fund,  Treasurer's 

checks  15,  29 ■ 140  50 

,84  55 

"              1888,  pp.  24  and  25,  from   Centennial  Fund,  Treas- 
urer's checks  38, 42 $52  75 

"  "       pp.  24  and  25,  Treasurer's  checks  52,  57,  59, 

70.  7>f  72 87  22 


In  part  repotted  by  National  Formulary  Committt-e  in  Proceedings  1888,  pp. 
38  and  39,  paid  since  July  i,  1888 : 

Secretary's    Order  396,  preparations  (Trea5urer's  check  77) ^22  16 

"  397 »  expenses  (Treasurer's  check  78) 37  54 

**  408,  preparations  (Treasurer's  check  89) 10  50 

"  412,  glassware  (Treasurer's  check  93) 69  84 

"  413,  preparations  (Trea.*urer's  check  94) 340 

"  414,  preparations  (Treasurer's  check  95) 320 

"  415,  expenses  (Treasurer's  check  96) 5986 

•«  418,  expenses  (Treasurer's  chtck  99) 3°  '7 

♦*              423,  packing  paper,  etc.,  for  preparations   (Treasu- 
rer's check  105) 2  50 

"  424,  printing  for  preparations  (Treasurer's  check  106)     250 


139  97 


241  67 


Total  expenses  of  Committee  on  National  Formulary,  first  issue    .    .    .    ^575  19 

John  M.  Maisch,  Permanent  Secretary, 
Philadelphia^  May  /,  i88g. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


REPORT   OF  THE   CHAIRMAN   OF  THE  COUNCIL.  l^ 

Detroit,  Mich.,  May  22,  *89. 
To  the  Council,  A.  P.  A. 

Gentlemen  :  Your  Committee  appointed  to  examine  the  invested  funds  and  cash  in 
the  hands  of  the  Chairman  of  the  Council,  respectfully  report  that  they  have  examined 
the  books,  bonds  and  savings  bank  account,  and  find  the  **  Ebert,"  "  Centennial"  and 
"  Life  Membership"  funds  are  correct,  as  found  in  the  accompanying  report  of  the 
Chairman,  Mr  J.  M.  Good. 

Wm.  Dupont,  Ch.  Ex.  Com.^ 
James  Vernor, 
Arthur  Bassett. 

St.  Louis,  May  ist,  1889. 
The  invested  funds  in  the  hands  of  the  Chairman  of  the  Council  consist  of  the  fol- 
lowing. 

ebert  fund. 

U.  S.  Registered  4  per  cent.  Bond,  ;^  100,  No.  160603 $129  50 

"  "  500,    '*      67880 647  50 

Cash  Savings  Bank*  Dover,  N.  H 34  78 

$811  78 

centennial  fund. 

U.  S.  Registered  4  per  cent.  Bond,  |iooo,  No.  145640 $1295  00 

"  **  100,   •"    160604 129  50 

Cash  Savings  Bank,  Dover,  N.  H 75  o? 

31499  37 

life  membership  fund. 

U.  S.  Registered  4  per  cent.  Bond,  |iooo.  No.  145639  ......  I1295  00 

*•          "        1000,  "  145761 1295  00 

**          "        1000,  "  145762 1295  00 

"          "        100,  "  160605  .  .     •  .  129  50 

"          "        100,  "  160606 129  50 

••  ■        "        100,  «*  1607 1 1 129  50 

"          *«        100,  "  160712 129  50 

"          "        100,  "  160713 129  50 

"          "        100,  "  1607 14 129  50 

**          *'         100,  "  162830 129  50 

*■          •*        1000,  «*  150826 1295  00 

•*          **        1000,  "  150827 1295  00 

"          "        1000,  "  150828 1295  00 

"          **        100,  "  164429 129  50 

"          ♦*         100,  "  164430 129  50 

"          "         100,  "  164431 129  50 

"   ~       "        100,  "  165415 129  50 

Cash  Savings  Bank,  Dover,  N.  H 5 '5  9' 

I9710  41 

Total  invested  funds I12021  76 

Signed,  J.  M.  Good. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


1 8  MINUTES   OF   THE   FIRST   SESSION. 


FUNDS. 


The  Committee  find  on  examination  of  the  books  of  the  Chairman  of  the  Council,  Mr. 
J.  M.  Good,  and  the  Bank  books,  as  also  the  bonds  accompanying  them,  that  the  funds 
are  as  follows  : 


EBERT  FUND. 


U.  S.  Registered  4  per  cent.  Bond,  $100,  No.  160603 1 129  50 

"  "  500,     "     67880 647  50 

Cash  in  Savings  Bank,  Dover,  N.  H 34  78 

^811  78 


CENTENNIAL   FUND, 

U.  S.  Registered  4  per  cent.  Bond,  |(iooo.  No.  145640 $1295  00 

*•  "  100,     "    160604 129  50 

Cash  in  Savings  Bank,  Dover,  N.  H 75  07 

^'499  57 

LIFE  MEMBERSHIP  FUND. 

U.  S.  Registered  4  per  cent.  Bond,  |iooo.  No.  145639 1 1295  00 

"          "        1000,  "  145761 1295  00 

"          **        1000,  "  145762 1295  00 

"          "        100,  "  160605  • ^29  50 

"          "        100,  *•  160606 129  50 

"          "        100,  "  160711 129  50 

"          "        100,  "  160712 129  50 

"          "        100,  "  160713 129  50 

"          "        100,  "  1607 14 129  50 

"          **        100,  "  162830 129  50 

"          "        1000,  "  150826 1295  00 

"          "        1000,  "  150827 1293  00 

"          "        1000,  "  150828 1295  00 

"          "         100,  •*  164429 129  50 

"          "        ICO,  "  164430 129  50 

*•          "        100,  "  164431 129  50 

"          "        100,  "  165415 129  50 

Cash  in  Bank,  Dover,  N.  H 515  91 

$9710  41 

RECAPITULATION— INVESTED  FUNDS. 

The  Ebert  Fund $811  78 

"  Centennial  Fund 1499  57 

'*  Life  Membership  Fund 9710  41 

Total ^12021  76 


Signed,  Willtam  Dupont, 

James  Vernor. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


REPORT  OF  THE  TREASURER.  iCf 

RE1X)RT  OF  THE  TREASURER  OF  THE  AMERICAN  PHARMACEUTICAL 
ASSOCIATION,  JULY  I,  1888,  TO  MAY  i,  1889. 

RECEIPTS. 

Cash  on  hand  July  i,  1S88 I2376  07 

Received  from  the  sale  of  9  Certificates  («;  5.00 45  00 

Received  from  the  sale  of  8  Certificates  ©7.50 60  00 

Received  from  the  sale  of  Proceedings 190  63 

Received  from  the  Ebert  Fund 24  00 

Received  from  Life  Membership  Fees,  viz., 

Louis  WoItersdoHT |^o  00 

Edward  L.  Milhau 20  00 

George  J.  Seabury 60  00 

120  CX) 

Received  from  Interest  on  Deposit  in  New  Eng.  Trust  Company,  Boston  .    .  36  15 

Received  for  Annual  Fees,  1^84 I15  00 

Received  for  Annual  Fees,  1885 60  00 

Received  for  Annual  Fees,  1886 235  00 

Received  for  Annual  Fees,  1887 490  00 

Received  for  Annual  Fees,  1888 3220  00 

Received  for  Annual  Fees,  1889 1050  00 

5070  00 

Received  from  National  Formulary : 4145  52 

Total I12067  37 


DISBURSEMENTS^ 


1888. 


July  24.     Check  No.  76.     Inquirer  Printing  &  Publishing  Company, 

National  Formulary I207  36 

Check  No.  77.    Joseph  P.  Remington,  National  Formulary  .  22  16 

Check  No.  78.     Charles  Rice,  National  Formulary  ....  37  54 
Check  No.  79.     Guarantee    Company    ot    North    America, 

Premium  on  Treasurer's  Bond 50  00 

30.     Check  No.  80.     Inquirer  Printing  &   Publishing  Company, 

National  Formulary 467  50 

Check  No.  81.    John  M.  Maisch,  National  Formulary  ...  190  64 
Check  No.  82.     Inquirer  Priming  &  Publishing  Company, 

National  Formulary 207  36* 

August         9.     Check  No.  S^,     William  H.  Rogers,  Expressage  and  Bonds.  7  70' 
21.     Check  No.  84.     Inquirer  Printing  &   Publishing  Company, 

National  Formulary 591  82 

25.     Check  No.  85.     Inquirer  Printing  &  Publishing  Company, 

National  Formulary  . 207  36 

Check  No.  86.     George  W.  Kennedy,  postage  stamps  .    .    .  1300 
Check  No.  87.     Standard  Publishing  Company,  Printing  and 

Stationery 1 1  88 

29.     Check  No.  88.    John  M.  Maisch,  National  Formulary  ...  23  80 

Check  No.  89.    Charles  Rice,  National  Formulary  ....  10  50 
Check  No.  90.    John  Harriott,  Med.U  .   .   .•  .  ^.^.^.^^.^  byGoC^gfe 


20 


September    5. 


6. 
19- 


29. 
October        i. 


6. 

13- 

25. 

November    5. 


»3. 
23. 

December  14. 

1889. 

February    19. 

19- 
21. 

21. 

21. 


MINUTES   OF   THE   FIRST   SESSION. 

Check  No.  91.    Joseph  W.  Col  cord,  postage  stamps $2  50 

Check  No.  92.     H.  M.  Whelpley,  postage  stamps 4  50 

Check  No.  93.     Whitall,  Talum  &  Co.,  National  Formulary.  69  84 

Check  No.  94.     D.  S.  Cameron,  National  Formulary  ....  3  40 

Check  No.  95.     E.  M.  Wells,  National  Formulary 3  20 

Check  No.  96.     Charles  Rice,  National  Formulary  ....  59  86 
Check  No.  97.     C.  Lewis  Diehl,  Salary  as  Reporter  on  Pro- 
gress of  Pharmacy  (87  to  88) 750  00 

Check  No.  98.     George  W.  Kennedy,— 

Salary  as  Secretary  of  Council  (87  to  88)  ....    $50  00 

Salary  as  Chairman  Com.  on  Membership  (87  to  88).  150  00  200  00 

Check  No.  99.     A.  B.  Stevens,  National  Formulary  ....  30  17 

Check  No.  100.  Cyrus  R.  Morgan,  services  as  stenographer.  150  cx> 
Check  No.  loi.     James  Vernor,  use  of  Hall  for  meeting  at 

Detroit 2cx)  cx> 

Check  No.  102.     John  M.  Maisch,  sundry  expenses  ....  84  58 
Check  No.  103.     Mills,  Knight  &  Co.,  Printing  and  Station- 
ery    17  45 

Check  No.  104.     John  Carle  &  Sons,  National  Formulary   .  2  50 

Check  No.  105.     The  Retail  Grocers'  Publishing  Company, 

National  Formulary 2  50 

Check  No.  106.     Inquirer  Printing  and  Publishing  Company, 

Committee  on  Papers  and  Queries ^5  5^ 

Check  No.  107.     Inquirer  Priming  and  Publishing  Company, 

National  Formulary 522  50 

Check  No.   108.     Winkley,   Dresser    &  Co.,  Printing   and 

Stationery 68  50 

Check  No.  109.     Inquirer  Printing  &  Publishing  Company, 

National  Formulary 53  33 

Check  No.  1 10.     Inquirer  Printing  &  Publishing  Company, 

National  Formulary 207  36 

Check  No.  in.     John  M.  Maisch,  Sundry  £xpenses.$33  45 

National  Formulary -  .   .    30  84 

64  29 

Check  No.  112.     S.  A.  D.  Sheppard,  SundryJExpenscs    .    .  8243 

Check  No.  113.     Standard  Publishing  Company,  Printing  & 

Stationery 23  30 

Check  No.  114.     Inquirer  Printing  &  Publishing  Company, 

National  Formulary 208  89 

Check  No.  115.     John  M.  Maisch,  National  Formulary  .    .  13  16 

Check  No.  116.  John  M.  Maisch,  Sundry  Expenses  .  .  .  376  33 
Check  No.  117.     John  M.  Maisch,  Journals  for  Reporter  on 

Pharmacy 25  52 

Check  No.  118.     American' Surety  Company,  Premium  on 

Treasurer's  Bond 50  00 

Check  No.  1 19.     Inquirer  Printing  &  Publishing  Company, 

National  Formulary 85  00 

Check  No.  120.     Inquirer  Printing  &  Publishing  Company, 

Proceedings ^    .       li^  14 

Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


REPORT   OF  THE  TREASURER.  21 

March           5.     Check  No.  121.     Winkley,  Dresser  &  Co.,  Printing  and  Sta- 
tionery    70  05 

30.  Check  No.  122.     S.   A.  D.  Sheppard,  Salary  as  Treasurer 

(1888  to  1889) 600  00 

Check  No.  123.     John   M.  Maisch,  salary  as  Perm.  Sec'y 

(1888  to  1889) 750  00 

Check  No.  124.     John  M.  Maisch,  Sundry  Expenses    ...  72  20 
Check  No.  125.     Enno  Sander,  Committee  of  Arrangements.  21   50 
Cheok   No.    126.     Emien    Painter,   Committee   of  Arrange- 
ments      114  76 

April           12.     Check  No.  127.     S.  A.  D.  Sheppard,  Sundry  Expenses    .   .  1304 

September  15, '88.  Life  Membership  Fund 4000 

28,  *88,                "                "      20  00 

Depember  22,  '88,                "                "      60  00 

31,  *88,  Edward  Krcmers — Ebert  Prize 24  00 

Total  disbursements $9120  92 

Cash  on  hand.  May  I,  1889      2946  45 

$12067  37 

SUMMARY  OF  DISBURSEMENTS. 

Use  of  Hall  at  Detroit  meeting ;^200  00 

Stenographer  at  Detroit  meeting 150  00 

Medals  at  Detroit  meeting 50  00 

Expense  of  attendance  at  Detroit  meeting  of  Secretary  and  Treasurer ....  loi  25 

Insurance 15  00 

Journals  for  Reporter  on  Pharmacy 25  52 

Premiums  on  Treasurer's  Bonds 100  00 

Printing  and  Stationery 21 1   18 

Committee  on  Papers  and  Queries 1 5  80 

Committee  of  Arrangements 136  26 

Miscellaneons  Expenses,  Mailing  and  Distributing  the  Proceedings,  Express- 
age,  etc.,  etc 553  48 

Printing  and  Binding  Proceedings  (Check  No.  120) i860  14 

Salaries 2300  00 

Amount  of  Current  Expenses $5718  33 

National  Formulary 3258  59 

Life  Membership  Fund  .   : 120  00 

Ebert  Prize 24  co 

Total  Disbursements S9120  92 

Of  the  cash  in  the  Treasury  the  sum  of  $314.15  belongs  to  the  Account  of  the  Com- 
mittee on  Arrangements,  as  per  following  statement : 

account  of  committee  on  arrangements. 
Dr. 

Cash  on  hand,  July  i,  1888 #440  51 

Interest 9  90 


Digitized  by 


^450  41, 


as?  MINUTES   OF  THE   FIRST   SESSION. 

Cr. 

^ill  of  Ennu  Sander,  Check  No.  125 ^21  50 

"     "  Emlen  Painter,  Check  No.  126 114  76 

Cash  on  hand 314  15 

#450  41 


PROSPECTIVE  ASSETS. 

Not  counting  the  amount  due  from  members  whose  names  will  probably  be  dropped 
from  the  Roll  this  year,  the  Prospective  Assets  of  the  Association  are  as  follows : 

Annual  Dues  for  1885 ^10  00 

"      "  1886 35  00 

"      "  1887 no  00 

**        *•      "  1888 300  00 

*'      "  1889 4580  00 

I5035  00 

Of  course  it  is  to  be  expected  that  some  portions  of  the  above  amounts  will  prove 
worthless. 

The  Treasurer  would  call  attention  to  the  fact  that  the  expenses  of  the  Association 
exceed  its  income. 

This  statement  will  doubtless  cause  surprise  when  it  is  remembered  that  $7,000  has 
been  paid  from  the  Treasury  into  the  Life  Membership  Fund.  See  Proceedings  1887, 
page  457,  and  Proceedings  1888,  page  25. 

But  there  are  three  other  facts  also  to  be  considered  in  this  connection  : 

Firs/.  The  very  large  amount  of  $10,105  ^**  ^^^  ^^^  Association  July  i,  1886,  for 
Annual  Fees.     See  Proceedings  1887,  page  445. 

Second.  Ex-Treasurer  Tufts  paid  into  the  Treasury  12,195.  See  Proceedings  1 888, 
page  24. 

Third.  The  arrearages,  so  large  July  I,  1886,  have  mostly  been  collected,  or  disposed 
of  in  some  way,  as  will  be  shown  by  an  examination  of  this  report  of  the  Treasurer,  for 
not  counting  the  members  to  be  dropped  and  not  counting  the  1889  ^^^s  yet  to  be  col- 
lected, there  is  now  due  the  Association  for  annual  fees  only  $455. 

The  following  are  statements  of  receipts  and  expenses  for  1886-1887,  and  10  months 
of  1888,  viz. :  July  I,  1888,  to  May  i,  1889 : 

STATEMENT  FOR  1886. 

Current  expenses  for  the  year I5272  15 

1886  assessments  received .$5105  00 

1886  assessments  not  yet  received,  but  considered  good 2000 

Membership  fees 140  00 

5265  00 

Deficit $7  15 

STATEMENT   FOR  1 887. 

Current  expenses  for  the  year $5693  08 

1887  assessments  received $5230  00 

1887  assessments  not  yet  received 90  00 

5320  00 

Deficit $37308 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


REPORT   OF  THE   FINANCE   COMMITTEE.  2$ 

STATEMENT  FOR  1 888. 

Current  expenses  for  lo  months,  July  i,  1888  to  May  i,  1889  .    .    .  $5718  33 

1888  assessments  received ^5365  63 

1888  assessments  not  yet  received^  but  considered  good 225  00 

5590  63 

Deficit  .......    ^ $127  70 


Before  closing  this  report,  the  Treasurer  desires  to  thank  the  members  of  the  Associ- 
ation for  their  uniform  kindness,  courtesy  and  promptness  in  assisting  him  in  the  duties 
of  his  office. 

Prompt  replies  in  correspondence  and  prompt  remittances  have  done  much  towards 
bringing  the  very  large  number  of  accounts  on  our  books  into  the  very  satisfactory  con- 
dition in  which  the  most  of  them  are  at  the  present  time. 

By  action  of  the  Council,  approved  by  the  Association  (see  Proceedings  1888,  page  41), 
the  Treasurer  is  authorized  to  make  drafts  on  members  whose  dues  are  not  paid  promptly. 

The  Treasurer  has  made  some  drafts  the  present  year,  but  it  is  to  be  hoped  that  mem- 
bers will  not  wait  to  be  drawn  on  this  coming  year,  as  the  collection  of  the  drafts  brings 
a  charge  upon  the  treasury  of  the  Association. 

Signed:         S.  A.  D.  Sheppard, 

Bos/OM,  May  7,  j88g.  Treasurer, 

Detroit,  Mich.,  May  22,  1889. 
The  Examining  Committee  having  carefully  examined  the  Treasurer's   books  and 
vouchers,  and  compared  them  with  this  report,  would  respectfully  report  the  same  as 
correct. 

Wm.  Dupont,  Chairman  Ex,  Com, 
Arthur  Bassett, 
James  Vernor. 

Detroit,  Mich.,  May  22,  1889. 
To  the  Council,  A.  P.  A, 

Gentlemen:  The  Committee  on  Finance  would  respectfully  report  that  the  books  of 
the  Treasurer  show  the  financial  condition  of  the  Association  as  follows : 

Receipts  from  July  i,  1888,  to  May  i,  1889.  nine  thousand  six  hundred  and  ninety-one 
dollars  and  thirty  cents  ($9691.30),  as  follows  : 

From  sale  of  9  certificates  @,  %^ $45  ^^ 

«        "      8  "  7  50 60  00 

"         «*      Proceedings 190  63 

"     the  Ebert  Fund 24  00 

"     Life  Membership  fees,  viz. : — 

Louis  \Voltersdorff $40  00 

Edward  L.  Milhau 20  00 

George  J.  Seabury 60  00     120  00 

"     Interest  on  deposit  in  bank 3^  1 5 

"     Annual  fees,  1884 |i5.  «>  . 

•*  "  1885 60  00 

"  j886 235  00 

1887 490  00  ^  ^ 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


24  MINUTES   OF   TOE   FIRST   SESSION. 

From  Annual  fees,  1888 Ij220  00 

"  "  1889 1050  CO  5070  00 

"     National  Formulary 4145  52  I9691  30 

i 

Balance  on  hand,  July  i,  1888 2376  07 

^12067  37 


DISBURSEMENTS. 

Amount  paid  out  for  acccount  of  National  Formulary  and  expenses  of  the 

Association,  as  per  report  of  Treasurer 9120  92 

Balance  on  hand  May  1st,  1889 $2946  45 

The  balances  due  by  members  for  dues,  and  considered  good,  are  as  follows : 

Dues  for  1886 ;^20  00 

"      "   1887 90  00 

«      "   1888 225  00 

335  00 

Making  total  assets  (outside  of  funds  invested) 1^3281  45 

Wm.  Dupont, 
James  Vernor. 

Treasurer  Sheppard  being  absent*  on  motion  of  J.  M.  Maisch  and  L.  C.  Hopp,  Mr. 
Fred.  Wilcox  was  appointed  Treasurer  />ro  tevipore^  and  was  authorized  to  procure  the 
necessary  blanks  for  receipts. 

On  motion  of  J.  M.  Maisch,  Rule  III.  on  Finance  was  for  the  present  meeting  sus- 
pended, in  so  far  as  to  permit  the  Treasurer  pro  tempore  to  pay  such  bills  as  may  be  ap- 
proved by  Council. 

J.  M.  Maisch  read  a  letter  from  Mrs.  A.  V.  Sumner,  in  regard  to  the  terms  for  report- 
ing stenographically  the  proceedings  of  the  present  meeting,  and  stated  that  the  Com- 
mittee on  Publication  had  accepted  the  proposition.  The  action  of  the  committee  was 
approved. 

A  letter  from  Mrs.  L.  E.  Markoe,  accompanied  by  a  note  from  G.  B.  F.  Shedd,  was, 
on  motion,  referred  to  a  committee  consisting  of  Jos.  L.  Lemberger,  Henry  Canning, 
Linus  D.  Drury,  and  the  Treasurer  of  the  Association. 

In  a  written  communication,  S.  A.  D.  Sheppard  recommended  that  Chapter  VIII. 
Article  IV.  of  the  By-Laws  of  the  Association  be  amended  by  striking  out  in  the  first 
line  the  words  not  in  arrears  to  the  AssociatioHy  so  that  the  By-Laws  shall  read  "  any 
member  who  shall  pay,  etc.*' 

On  motion  of  J.  M.  Maisch  this  was  referred  to  the  Association  with  a  negative  recom- 
mendation. 

Treasurer  Sheppard  desired  instructions  from  the  Council  as  to  what  course  shall  be 
puisued  in  the  following  and  similar  cases,  viz : 

Five  members  whosfc  dues  are  paid  up  to  July  i,  1888,  have  since  that  date  sent  in 
their  resignations,  but  decline  to  pay  the  annual  dues  charged  to  each  active  member, 
July  I,  '88,  viz:  For  the  year,  July  i,  '%Z  to  July  i,  '89.  Shall  their  resignations  be 
accepted,  or  shall  their  names  be  kept  on  the  list,  bills  sent  to  them  regularly  as  to  other 
members,  and  if  they  do  not  pay,  drop  them  at  the  end  of  three  years  ? 

On  motion  of  J.  M.  Maisch,  the  Treasurer  was  directed  to  accept  resignations  from 

Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


REPORT   OF   THE   TREASURER.  25 

members  between  July  1st  and  December  31st,  following  the  year  for  which  they  have 
paid  annual  dues  in  full. 

Treasurer  Sheppard  recommended  that  the  Treasurer  be  instructed  to  send  to  the 
Permanent  Secretary,  for  publication  in  the  Proceedings,  a  statement  of  receipts  and 
disbursements  during  May  and  June,  1889,  the  same  to  be  printed  in  the  Proceedings 
near  the  Treasurer's  Report. 

On  motion  of  M.  W.  Alexander,  the  Treasurer  was  so  instructed. 

The  following  was  read :  Mr.  George  F.  Dinsmore,  a  member,  resident  in  Boston,  is 
in  arrears  for  1885,  1886,  1887,  1888.     He  has  written  to  me  as  follows: 

"Boston,  yawM^iry  21,  18S9. 
"S.  A.  D.  Sheppard,  Treasurer,  A.  P.  A. 

**Dear  Sir:  It  has  been  four  years  since  I  retired  from  the  retail  drug  business,  and  I 
should  have  retired  from  the  A.  P.  A.  at  the  same  time,  and  as  I  find  that  I  owe  dues 
for  1885,  1886,  1887,  and  1888,  and  have  now  no  use  for  the  Proceedings,  I  should 
like  to  give  the  Association  the  volumes  for  1879,  1880,  1881,  1882,  1883,  and  1884, 
which  I  have,  and  five  dollars  in  cash,  to  settle  the  matter,  and  have  my  resignation  ac- 
cepted, to  date  1885.  Very  truly  yours, 

**  Geo.  F.  Dinsmore." 
I  recommend  that  Mr.  Dinsmorc's  proposition  be  accepted. 

S.  A.  D.  Sheppard,  Treasurer, 
Boston^  May  lo,  1889. 

On  motion  of  G.  W.  Kennedy,  the  proposition  of  Mr.  Dinsmore  was  accepted. 

Attention  being  directed  to  applications  from  various  institutions  for  copies  of  the  Pro- 
ceedings, on  motion  of  L.  C.  Hopp,  seconded  by  J.  M.  Maisch,  the  Committee  on  Pub- 
lication was  authorized  to  furnish  copies  of  the  Proceedings  at  cost,  including  postage,  to 
public  libraries  and  other  institutions. 

Adjourned  until  8:30  p.  m. 

I>f()TE  BY  THE  PERMANENT  SECRETARY. — In  Compliance  with  the  instructions  by 
Council,  the  foUoiKing  supplementary  report  of  the  Treasurer  is  here  inserted  : 

REPORT  OF  TREASURER  AMERICAN  PHARMACEUTICAL  ASSOCI- 
ATION, MAY  I,  1889,  TO  JULY  I,  1889. 

RECEIPTS. 

Cash  on  hand  May  1, 18S9 $2946  45 

Received  from  Life  Membership  fees — 

Oliver  W.  Fuller ^40  00 

Knno  Sander 20  00 

60  00 

Received  from  sale  of  Proceedings 27  65 

"             National  Formulary 32  50 

"             Annualdues  for  1885 10  00 

«*             Annual  dues  for  1886 30  00 

"             Annual  dues  for  1887 40  00 

••             Annual  dues  for  1888 65  00 

**             Annual  dues  for  1889 loio  00 

•*             Annual  dues  for  1890 5  00 

"             Interest  on  deposit  in  New  England  Trust  Company.    .    .       .  39  34 


$4265  94 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


26  MINUTES  OF   THE   FIRST   SESSION. 

DISBURSEMENTS. 

Life  Membership  fund |6o  oo 

Check  No.  128,  Geo.  W.  Kennedy— 

Salary  as  Secretary  of  Council,  1 888  to  1889 $5000 

Salary  as  Secretary  of  Committee  on  Membership,  1888  to  1889    .    .  150  00  200  00 

Check  No.  129,  Standard  Publishing  Co.,  printing  and  stationery 42  50 

Check  No.  130,  Inquirer  Printing  and  Publishing  Co.,  National  Formulary  .    .  81  60 

Check  No.  131,  John  M.  Maisch,  National  Formulary 1808 

Check  No.  132,  John  M.  Maisch,  sundry  expenses 24  60 

Check  No.  133,  Karl  Simmon,  Committee  on  Arrangements 30  25 

Check  No.  134,  C.  Lewis  Diehl,  salary  1888  to  1889 , 75000 

Total » I1207  03 

Cash  on  hand  July  i,  1S89 3058  91 

$4265  94 

Mr.  Kennedy  read  the  report  of  the  Committee  on  Membership  (see 
page  9).  The  reading  of  the  report  of  the  Committee  on  prize  essays 
was  deferred  until  the  next  session. 

When  the  report  of  the  Committee  on  the  revision  of  the  U.  S.  Phar- 
macopoeia was  called  for,  Mr.  Ebert  on  behalf  of  the  Committe  requested 
that  a  specific  time  be  fixed  for  the  reading  and  discussion  of  the  report, 
whereupon  Mr.  Painter  moved  that  a  special  session  be  held  for  the  con- 
sideration of  the  report  on  the  revision  of  the  Pharmacopoeia,  to  convene 
immediately  after  the  adjournment  of  the  second  session  of  the  Section 
on  Commercial  Interests.     The  motion  was  duly  seconded  and  adopted. 

When  the  Committee  to  visit  the  American  Medical  Association  was 
called  upon  to  report,  it  was  stated  that,  if  deemed  necessary,  the  Com- 
mittee would  probably  report  by  telegraph  from  Newport,  where  the  meet- 
"  ing  of  the  American  Medical  Association  was  being  held. 

The  following  report  was  next  read,  and  on  motion,  accepted  and  re- 
ferred : 

REPORT  OF  THE  COMMITTEE  TO  VISIT  THE  NATIONAL  WHOLESALE 
DRUG  ASSOCIATION. 

To  the  American  Pharmaceutical  Association. 

Gentlemen  : — The  Committee  who  were  appointed  to  visit  the  National  Wholesale 
Drug  Association  attended  to  the  duty  assigned  to  them. 

The  meeting  was  held  m  Saratoga,  N.  V.,  last  September  at  the  United  States  Hotel, 
and  was  largely  attended  ;  representative?  from  the  wholesale  trade,  and  manufacturers, 
etc.,  from  all  parts  of  the  country  being  in  attendance. 

Your  Committee  were  received  with  marked  courtesy,  many  of  the  Drug  Association 
testifying  to  the  high  regard  and  estimation  that  they  had  for  the  American  Pharmaceu- 
tical Association. 

Your  Committee  were  impressed  with  the  manner  in  which  business  was  despatched 
by  the  Convention ;  order  and  system,  coupled  with  quick  decisions,  being  the  rule, 


Digitized  by 


Google 


APPOINTMENT   OF   THE   NOMINATING  COMMITTEE.  27 

tedious  discussions  not  being  encouraged.  Cordial  relations  between  the  two  Associa- 
tions were  desired,  and  your  Committee  respectfully  recommend  that  such  be  fostered 
and  extended  by  this  Association. 

Signed,  Joseph  P.  Remington,  Chairman, 

George  Merrell, 
Carl  S.  Hallberg, 
George  J.  Seabury, 
W.  P..  Deforest. 

Regarding  the  Committee  on  National  Formulary,  the  Permanent 
Secretary  read  the  following  from  a  letter  by  Mr.  C.  L.  Diehl,  Chairman 
of  the  Committee. 

Respecting  the  work  of  this  Committee,  there  has  been  nothing  done,  and  so  far  as  I 
can  judge,  nothing  necessary  since  the  Detroit  meeting.  I  propose  during  the  coming 
y^ar  to  invite  criticisms  and  communications  from  the  members  of  the  General  Com- 
mittee, and  will  be  governed  by  the  outcome. 

With  the  view  of  appointing  the  Nominating  Committee,  the  roll  of 
States  represented  was  called.  A  question  being  raised  as  to  the  exact 
meaning  of  the  Section  7,  Article  XI,  Chapter  IX  of  the  By-Laws,  the 
chair  made  the  following  ruling  : 

The  President. — ^The  sentence  *•  shall  call  the  roll  of  States  represented,  requesting 
each  State  in  turn  to  appoint  two  members  '*  means  that  the  appointees  shall  be  members 
of  this  Association,  although  our  habit  has  been  heretofore  to  allow  persons  delegated  to, 
but  not  members  of,  this  body  to  act  upon  that  Committee.  I  think  the  reading  is  plain 
that  there  shall  be  two  members,  meaning  members  of  this  Association :  I  shall  rule  that 
way. 

Mr.  Hallberg. — How  will  that  ruling  affect  those  who  are  applicants  for  member- 
ship and  have  not  yet  been  elected  ? 

The  President. — They  will  be  too  late  to  act  on  the  Nominating  Committee. 

Mr.  Ebert. — It  seems  a  hardship  at  this  time,  that  persons  coming  here  as  delegates 
should  be  ignored  until  they  can  be  elected ;  while  the  application  is  in,  we  certainly 
should  waive  parliamentary  usage  in  this  particular  instance,  if  we  can. 

The  President — I  think  that  the  Association  itself  should  have  the  nomination  of 
its  officers,  and  that  it  is  wrong  to  appoint  delegates  who  are  not  members;  or  that  a  State 
should  be  permitted  by  this  Association  to  legislate  for  a  body  in  which  itb  representa- 
tives have  no  interest,  at  least  not  sufficient  interest  to  identify  themselves  with  the  As- 
sociation. I  think  that  this  section  is  very  clear  that  there  shall  be  two  members,  mean- 
ing members  of  this  Association. 

Mr.  Painter — Under  your  ruling,  I  do  not  see  why  delegates  who  have  not  yet  per- 
fected their  membership  should  not  be  appointed  upon  the  Nominating  Committee,  pro- 
vided they  become  members  in  the  meantime  by  signing  the  roll  and  paying  the  dues, 
when  they  would  be  members  and  competent  to  act  on  the  Nominating  Committee. 

The  President — There  is  no  question  of  it. 

On  motion,  duly  seconded,  a  recess  of  five  minutes  was  taken  to  enable 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


i 

-J 


28 


MINUTES   OF   THE   SECOND   SESSION. 


delegates  desirous  of  becoming  members  to  join  the  Association  by  sign- 
ing the  Constitution  and  paying  the  fee.  On  reassembling,  the  nominat- 
ing Committee  was  completed  as  follows : 


Arkansas. — W.  L.  Dewoody. 
California. — W.  M.  Searby,  John  Calvert. 
Connecticut,— Y.  Wilson,  T.  F.  Main. 
Florida — H.  Robinson. 
Illinois.^K.  E.  Ebert,  C.  S.  Hallberg. 
Indiana. — Leo  Eliel,  J.  H.  Andrews. 
lowa.^S.  H.  Moore,  H.  M.  Griffin. 
Kentucky.— E.  L.  Pieck,  J.  F.  McKinney. 
Maryland. — C.  E.  Dohme,  J.  Winters. 
Massachusetts. — J.    H.    Manning,    H.    M. 
Whitney. 


Michigan. — A.  B.  Stevens,  A.  Mann. 
Minnesota. — C.  Weschke. 
Mississippi.—].  W.  Eckford. 
Missouri. — G.  Eyssell,  Wm.  Youngs. 
Nebraska.— "S.  A.  Kuhn,  C.  F.  Goodman. 
New  Jersey.— Q.  F  Dare,  G.  E.  Mennen. 
New  York.—G.  Ramspergcr,  P.  W.  Bed- 
ford. 
Ohio.—Z.  B.  Johnson,  G.  L.  Hechler. 
Pennsylvania. — J.  M.  McNeill,  J.  H.  Stein. 


In  addition  the  President  appointed  the  following  five  members,  who 
are  not  delegates:  J.  Devine,  of  California ;  K.  Simmon,  of  Minnesota; 
J.  H.  Redsecker,  of  Pennsylvania;  John  Ruppert,  of  Ohio,  and  R.  C. 
Hattenhauer,  of  Illinois ;  and  at  the  request  of  some  of  the  committee 
members,  announced  that  the  committee  would  meet  at  7:30  p.  m.  at  Par- 
lor D  of  the  Palace  Hotel. 

The  following  appointment,  by  Vice-President  Wilcox,  of  the  Com- 
mittee on  the  President's  Address,  was  announced  :  K.  Simmon,  of  Min- 
nesota; T.  F.  Main,  of  New  York;  A.  E.  Ebert,  of  Illinois;  W.  M. 
Searby,  of  California,  and  H.  M.  Whitney,  of  Massachusetts. 

On  motion,  the  "Association  adjourned  till  Wednesday  morning  at  9 
o'clock. 


Second  Session — Tuesday  Morning,  June  25. 

The  meeting  was  called  to  order  at  10  o'clock  by  President  Alexander. 

The  Permanent  Secretary  read  the  minutes  of  the  first  session,  which 

were  approved.     The  Secretary  of  the  Council  read  the  minutes  of  that 

body,  which  were  approved.    The  minutes  give  the  following  information : 

Third  Session  of  Council — Palace  Hotel,  June  25TM,  8:30  a.  m.  (5  members 

present). 

Vice-Chairman  Painter  presided.  The  recommendations  of  75  candidates  for  mem- 
ship  were  examined,  and  ordered  to  be  presented  to  the  Association  for  final  action. 

Adjourned,  to  meet  at  the  call  of  the  Chair. 

Mr.  Wilcox  read  the  following  report : 

San  Francisco,  June  24,  1889. 
The  Nominating  Committee  respectfully  submit  to  the  Association  for  election  to  the 
offices  opposite  their  names  the  following  gentlemen : 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


COMMUNICATIONS.  29 

Erolen  Painter. — PreiidenL 

Karl  Simmon. — First  Vice-President. 

W.  M.  Searby. — Second  Vice-President. 

J.  W.  Eckford.— 7i*iW  Vice-President. 

S.  A.  D.  Sheppard. —  Jreasurer. 

J.  M.  Maisch. — Permanent  Secretary. 

Local  Secretary. 

C.  Lewis  Diehl. — Reporter  on  Progress  of  Pharmacy. 

Leo  Eliel,  a 

W.  Scott  Thompson,  \  Members  of  the  Council  for  three  years. 

John  H.  Dawson,      J 

F.  Wilcox,  Secretary. 


On  motion  of  Mr.  Searby  the  report  was  accepted,  and  on  motion  of 
Mr.  Calvert  the  Secretary  was  directed  to  cast  an  affirmative  ballot  for 
the  nominees.  The  ballot  was  deposited  and  the  President  announced 
the  nominees  presented  by  the  nominating  committee,  to  have  been 
duly  elected  to  the  respective  offices  for  the  ensuing  year. 

The  names  of  the  75  candidates  for  membership,  presented  by  the 
Council,  were  read  by  Mr.  Kennedy,  and  on  motion  the  persons  named 
were  elected. 

The  Secretary  read  a  letter  signed  by  numerous  citizens  of  Salem, 
Oregon,  inviting  the  members  of  this  Association,  while  on  their  way  to 
Portland,  to  visit  the  capital  of  Oregon  and  accept  of  the  hospitalities 
of  its  citizens.  The  Secretary  was  ordered  to  acknowledge  the  letter 
with  the  thanks  of  the  Association.* 

The  Secretary  read  the  following  communication  from  Mr.  Heinitsh, 
who  had  not  yet  reached  San  Francisco : 

Colorado  Springs,  June  19,  1889. 
To  the  American  Pharmaceutical  Association. 

I  have  pleasure  in  presenting  Asbury  Park,  N.  J.,  as  the  place  of  meeting  of  the 
American  Pharmaceutical  Association  for  1890. 

The  advantages  are  that  Mr.  Bradley,  the  founder,  has  offered  free  the  Educational 
Hall  and  Library  Room,  for  the  meeting  and  exhibit  room.  The  EUlucational  Hall  has 
a  seating  capacity  of  1000  or  over,  and  the  Library  Room  is  100x50  feet.  The  Park  is 
in  direct  communication  with  New  York  and  Philadelphia  by  numerous  trains  daily. 
The  Coleman  House  has  offered  to  be  headquarters  at  reduced  rates,  and  also  their  ball 
room,  connected  with  the  hotel,  for  the  meetings,  if  desired. 

Asbury  Park  is  a  popular  sea-side  resort,  and  is  visited  yearly  by  the  best  class  of  peo. 
pie,  and  its  hotel  accommodations  are  ample.  It  has  a  board  walk  along  the  ocean,  2^ 
miles  long  and  from  25  to  80  feet  in  width.  Mr.  Stephen  Wooley  has  written  that  the 
same  offers  made  by  Mr.  Bradley  to  Mr.  Thompson  and  myself,  in  1887,  are  still  binding. 
The  season  will  be  over  at  the  time  of  our  meeting,  and  reasonable  terms  can  be  made 
with  all  the  hotels.  Yours  truly, 

Charles  A.  Heinitsh. 

♦The  acknowledgment  was  sent  after  adjournment  of  the  Association  from  the  Hotel 
del  Monte,  near  Monterey,  Cal.,  when  it  was  ascertained  that  the  arrangements  for  the 


return  trip  by  the  several  parties  would  probably  exclude  a  sojourn  at  Salein,::^PERM 
NENT  Secretary.  Digitized  by  vjOOQIC 


!lc 


30  MINUTES   OF  THE   SECOND   SESSION. 

On  motion  this  communication,  together  with  all  similar  ones  which 
may  be  received,  was  referred  to  a  committee  of  three  to  be  appointed 
by  the  Chair,  said  committee  to  report  during  the  present  session. 
Messrs.  Painter  of  New  York,  Ebert  of  Illinois,  and  Robinson  of 
Florida  were  appointed  the  committee  on  the  time  and  place  of  the 
next  annual  meeting. 

An  invitation  from  Messrs,  Greenebaum  &  Co.  to  visit  their  wine 
vaults  was  read,  accepted  and  ordered  to  be  acknowledged. 

The  reading  of  reports  being  now  in  order,  the  Secretary  stated  that 
the  report  on  the  Progress  of  Pharmacy  could  not  be  finished  at  this 
time,  since  the  By-Laws  required  it  to  give  a  synopsis  of  all  pharmaceutical 
publications  up  to  June  30th.  From  a  letter  of  the  Reporter  the  follow- 
ing was  read : 

Louisville,  Ky.^June  t8(h,  i88g» 
It  was  my  intention  to  h&ve  an  introductory  to  my  report  ready  for  the  meeting,  but  I 
find  that  I  cannot  get  it  ready  in  useful  form.  I  purpose  to  let  this  year's  introductory 
embrace  a  resum^  of  the  editorial  matter  from  the  principal  journals,  together  with  such 
matter  as  cannot  be  well  classified  in  the  report ;  and  to  write  out  the  introductory  now 
would  make  it  too  one-sided.  Yours  truly, 

C.  Lewis  Diehl. 

The  Committee  on  National  Formulary  not  being  ready  to  render  a 
report  (see  page  15),  was  on  motion  continued. 

The  reports  of  the  Auditing  Committee  were  read,  together  with  the 
reports  of  the  Chairman  of  Council,  the  Treasurer  and  the  Committee 
on  Publication,  (see  pages  17,  19,  7)  ;  all  these  reports  were,  on  motion, 
accepted  and  referred  for  publication. 

The  President. — Does  the  Treasurer  report  our  liabilities  ?  Have  all  salaries  been 
paid? 

The  Secretary.— Orders  have  been  drawn  for  all  bills  presented,  and  I  presume 
they  were  paid.     All  salaries  have  been  paid,  and  I  know  of  no  other  liabilities. 

The  President. — Has  the  salary  of  the  Reporter  on  the  Progress  of  Pharmacy  been 
paid? 

The  Secretary. — That  comes  into  the  following  year's  account. 

The  President. — That  is  just  what  we  don't  want. 

The  Secretary. — I  desire  to  state  here,  Mr.  President,  that  when  the  office  of  Re- 
porter on  the  Progress  of  Pharmacy  was  created  in  1873,  it  was  at  that  time  decided  that 
the  salary  be  paid  at  the  time  when  the  report  was  banded  in;  and  since  the  report  can- 
not be  finished  until  about  September,  the  usual  time  of  our  meetings,  the  salary  is  paid 
subsequently — therefore  it  always  appears  in  the  succeeding  year's  account ;  it  hfts  been 
customary  from  the  very  beginning. 

The  following  was  read  by  the  Secretary :  ^  ^ 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


REPORT  OF  COMMITTEE   ON   PRIZE   ESSAYS.  31 

REPORT  OF  THE  COMMITTEE  ON  PRIZE  ESSAYS. 

To  THE  American  Pharmaceutical  Association. 
GevtUmen  :  The  Committee,  after  having  examined  carefully  the  papers  presented  at 
the  Detroit  meeting,  unanimously  recommend  that  the  Ebcrt  prize  be  awarded  to  Joseph 
F.  Geisler,  of  New  York,  for  his  paper  presented  to  the  meeting  on  "  Notes  on  the 
Morphiometric  Assay  of  Opium." 

Joseph  P.  Remington, 

John  Calvert, 
Emil  Scheffer. 

On  niolion,  the  report  was  received  and  the  recommmendation  ap- 
proved. 

Mr.  Painter  stated  that  invitations  for  next  year's  meeting  had  been 
received  from  Asbury  Park,  N.  J.;  Jacksonville,  Fla.,  and  Old  Point  Com- 
fort, Va.,  and  requested  an  expression  of  the  views  of  the  members  present. 

Mr.  Whitney. — The  desirability  of  meeting  at  Asbury  Park  has  been  several  times 
urged  upon  me  by  the  gentleman  whose  communication  has  been  read.  I  know  nothing 
about  the  place,  but  at  his  request  I  present  his  views.  He  is  very  decidedly  in  favor 
of  Asbury  Park.  My  own  desire  is  that  some  time — perhaps  not  at  present — this  Asso- 
ciation may  meet  in  Portland,  Maine,  and  take  an  excursion  from  there  to  Bar  Harbor, 
which  is  the  fashionable  place  of  resort  at  present.  The  sail  down  from  Portland  would 
be  simply  magnificent.  For  the  next  meeting,  however,  I  should  much  prefer  Old  Point 
Comfort  to  Jacksonville.  I  don't  think  the  scare  about  the  yellow  fever  in  Jacksonville 
is  quite  over  yet,  and  for  many  reasons  it  seems  to  me  undesirable  to  go  so  far  south  at 
present.  We  have  this  year  taken  a  long  journey  from  the  East,  and  it  would  be  a  long 
journey  into  Florida.  I  should  much  prefer  Old  Point  Comfort.  The  sail  down  the 
Chesapeake  Bay  from  Baltimore  would  be  delightful,  the  sail  from  New  York  to  Nor- 
folk would  be  very  pleasant,  and  the  ride  from  Norfolk  up  is  very  short  and  quite 
charming.  We  should,  if  possible,  select  some  place  where  there  would  be  a  Utile  rest 
from  our  labois,  a  little  comfort  and  ease;  and  I  fear  if  you  go  to  Jacksonville  it  would 
be  hard  work,  and  not  as  comfortable  as  Old  Point  Comfort. 

Mr.  Robinson. — I  hope  I  will  be  pardoned  for  making  a  few  remarks,  and  wish  Brst 
to  explain  that  I  will  answer  any  questions  that  may  be  asked  of  me  in  regard  to  the 
locality  I  come  from ;  and  secondly,  I  want  to  state  that  we  have  a  place  for  summer 
and  winter  resorts,  with  special  railway  fares  from  all  over  the  United  States  to  our  place. 
Jacksonville  has  about  thirty -five  to  forty  thousand  inhabitants.  We  have  a  sea  beach 
fifteen  miles  from  our  town  connected  by  rail,  where  it  costs  twenty-five  cents  to  go^nd 
come,  and  the  finest  hotel  in  the  civilized  world.  We  have  a  beautiful  climate,  plenty 
of  orange  trees,  no  desert  to  pass  through,  but  in  getting  there  you  pa.«s  through  the  best 
pail  of  the  United  States,  the  air  fragrant  with  flowers  and  limes,  citrons  and  lemons; 
we  take  you  where  you  can  catch  fish  with  the  line  or  the  pole;  we  take  you  where  you 
can  see  the  sun  set  in  all  its  greatest  splendor  and  glory ;  so  bring  along  your  wives  and 
your  sweethearts,  and  enjoy  what  we  have  to  offer.  While  I  appreciate  California, 
which  is  a  great  and  beautiful  state,  I  think  that  you  will  find  in  Florida  everything  to 
afford  you  pleasure  and  comfort  that  can  be  found  elsewhere.  You  will  find  whole- 
hearted southern  people  who  will  extend  you  every  hospitality;  you  will  find  them 
clever,  sociable  and  agreeable.  Occupying  a  somewhat  analogous  position  with  the 
Chinese  of  California,  you  will  find  our  negroes,  the  one  undoubtedly  bad,  and  the  other 
industrious  and  careful  and  who  never  gets  into  the  police  court.     You  wllKfind  that 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


32  MINUTES   OF  THE   SECOND   SESSION. 

there  is  no  vestige  of  yellow  fever;  everything  about  our  houses  is  in  excellent  condition. 
We  are  all  furnished  with  bran  new  bedding,  every  house,  at  the  United  States  expense. 
I  think  they  spent  six  hundred  thousand  dollars.  So  I  don't  know  of  any  reason  why 
you  niay  not  go.  The  rates  of  fare  are  a  great  deal  lower  than  they  would  be  to  any 
point  you  may  think  of,  and  as  to  hospitality,  I  guarantee  it  will  be  second  to  no  place 
in  the  United  States. 

Mr.  Kennedy. — There  are  several  reasons  why  this  Association  should  meet  in  the 
South.  We  have  had  numerous  invitations  in  years  gone  by  to  meet  in  one  of  the 
Southern  States,  and  the  fanhebt  place  South  we  have  met  in  was  Atlanta,  Georgia. 
There  is  a  disposition  in  the  South  among  pharmacists  to  connect  themselves  with  this 
Association,  and  they  have  taken  a  great  deal  of  interest  by  joining  the  Association. 
This  year  we  meet  in  June,  next  year  we  could  meet  in  New  Orleans  or  any  far  South- 
ern city,  it  does  not  matter  to  roe  which,  in  May;  then  the  following  year  let  us  go  to 
Portland  or  somewhere  in  Maine,  say  in  August.  The  time  thus  divided  up  should  be 
taken  into  consideration ;  then  in  subsequent  years  we  could  meet  at  any  place  in  the 
month  of  September. 

I  think  if  we  do  not  go  South  next  year,  in  two  or  three  years  we  will  be  almost  com- 
pelled to  go  South,  and  we  will  then  have  a  long  year  and  a  short  year.  For  the  good 
of  the  Association  and  the  people  in  the  South  the  Association  should  go  there.  We 
should  not  consult  our  own  personal  interests  and  comfort  in  this  matter,  we  are  here  for 
the  benefit  of  the  Association,  and  should  go  to  a  place  where  we  could  do  the  most 
good,  regardless  of  comfort  and  other  considerations.  Many  of  us  had  a  great  deal  of 
discomfort  in  coming  here,  but  I  felt  convinced  that  the  Association  should  prove  to  the 
people  on  the  Pacific  Coast  that  we  had  their  interests  at  heart.  For  the  good  of  the 
Association  and  for  the  good  of  the  South,  let  it  be  in  Florida  or  Louisiana,  1  don't  care 
where — let  us  go  far  South,  and  then  the  following  year  let  us  go  to  Maine. 

Mr.  Redsecker. — I  rise  to  ask  that  the  consideration  of  the  selection  of  a  place  be 
postponed  until  the  next  session,  so  that  my  friend  who  has  been  advocating  Asbury  Park 
could  present  his  reasons  and  the  attractions  of  Asbury  Park  before  the  final  vote  is  taken 
on  the  place  of  meeting.  He  could  not  be  here  at  an  earlier  session,  for  reasons  that  it 
is  not  necessary  for  me  to  give. 

Mr.  Dohme. — I  think  it  would  be  very  undesirable  to  select  Jacksonville  for  our  next 
meeting;  the  main  reason  is  on  account  of  the  yellow  fever.  We  are  not  through  the 
summer  yet,  and  we  do  not  know  whether  all  germs  of  yellow  fever  have  been  eradi- 
cated. I  think  it  would  cause  many  of  our  members  to  stay  away.  I  have  been  in  Jack- 
sonville, and  can  endorse  all  that  Mr.  Robinson  has  said.  It  is  a  beautiful  place,  with 
delightful  hotels  and  attractive  surroundings — at  the  same  time  I  think  that  would  be  a 
very  great  and  serious  drawback.  Outside  of  that,  it  is  a  great  distance  to  go  for  many  of 
our  members,  and  as  this  year  we  have  traveled  long  distances  and  are  travel-worn,  I 
think  the  next  time  a  more  convenient  place  should  be  selected  in  order  to  enable  all  of 
our  members  to  attend  our  meeting.  I  should  like  to  invite  the  members  to  select  Balti- 
more as  the  place  of  meeting.  The  Baltimore  druggists  would  be  delighted  to  have  you 
meet  there.  At  the  same  time  I  have  not  been  instructed.  Old  Point  Comfort  is  very 
near  our  city,  and  as  has  been  stated,  the  trip  down  the  Chesapeake  Bay  will  enable  all 
members  to  visit  Baltimore,  Washington,  and  other  places  of  interest.  The  Blue  Ridge 
Mountains  are  very  near,  and  the  members  would  have  an  opportunity  to  see  a  country 
which  has  not  been  visited  by  them,  and  would  interest  them  very  much.  Old  Point 
Comfort  has  one  of  the  best  hotels  in  the  United  States,  elegantly  conducted,  fine  vine- 
yards, and  is  in  a  delightful  country,  especially  if  we  take  September  for  the  time  of 
meeting,  and  T  think  everything  would  be  in  favor  of  selecting  Old  Poi^Comfo^flp 


TIME   AND    PLACE    OF   NEXT   MEETING.  33 

Mr  Hallberg. — We  should  look  to  the  good  of  the  Association,  and  not  for  any 
special  or  personal  interest.  As  this  is  probably  the  most  memorable  meeting  in  the 
history  of  the  Association  as  far  as  distances  are  concerned  und  long  travel,  next  year  I 
think  will  be  the  most  memorable  in  the  hi.<>tory  of  the  Association  for  the  chief  purpose 
of  the  Association.  Ihe  Pharmacopceia  Revision  Committee  will  then  be  in  a  position 
to  offer  us  substantially  the  result  of  their  prtliminary  labors,  and  f  think  if  there  is  one 
thing  more  than  another  that  this  Association  should  be  thoroughly  interested  in,  it  is  in 
the  revision  of  the  Pharmacopceia.  For  that  reason  I  think  we  should  meet  at  as  cen- 
trally locattd  a  place  as  possible,  where  we  can  have  the  very  largest  attendance,  where 
persons,  especially  those  connected  with  colleges,  and  others,  could  come  without  any 
particular  expenditure  of  time,  and  that  we  should  have  the  entire  country  if  possible 
represented,  for  the  main  object  in  view,  and  where  there  are  not  any  side  scenes.  We 
will  have  enough  side  scents  here  before  we  get  through  to  last  us  for  five  years.  Next 
year  we  should  draw  out  the  largest  possible  attendance  for  the  purpose  which  I  have 
stated.  Therefore,  I  should  like  to  favor  some  place  on  the  eastern  sea-shore,  either 
New  York  city  or  Baltimore,  or  some  smaller  place  like  Asbury  Park  or  Ocean  Beach ; 
possibly  Old  Point  Comfort  may  be  centrally  located  enough. 

Mr.  Bedford. — Mr.  President,  regarding  the  place  of  meeting  I  have  had  some 
correspondence,  and  from  the  answers  received,  I  think  that  Old  Point  Comfort  presents 
the  greatest  advantages  for  the  Association,  gathering  together  a  very  large  number  from 
all  points.  It  is  connected  by  means  of  Norfolk  with  every  railroad  m  the  United  States, 
and  it  is  always  possible  to  get  excursion  rates  from  every  locality  to  Old  Point  Comfort, 
Correspondence  with  the  proprietors  of  the  hotel  assures  us  that  the  rates,  which  are 
usually  four  dollars  a  day,  will  be  made  at  three  dollars  per  day ;  and  they  have  rooms 
for  exhibits  and  for  meetings.  Now,  those  are  the  three  essentials;  ease  of  access,  con- 
venient rooms,  and  reasonable  price.  It  is  one  of  the  best  kept  hotels.  This  year  we 
have  been  in  the  extreme  West,  and  next  year  we  want  to  go  South ;  |^ut  it  is  not  ad- 
visable in  my  judgment  to  go  to  the  extreme  South,  no  matter  whether  Jacksonville* 
Atlanta,  Nashville,  or  New  Orleans,  or  what  month  you  may  select,  but  the  month  of 
September  at  Old  Potnt  Comfort  is  delightful  for  temperature.  There  is  nothing  around 
Co  be  interesting  to  those  who  only  go  for  pleasure,  or  not  so  much  as  to  take  away 
from  the  profit  of  our  meetings.  Therefore,  I  think  that  Old  Point  Comfort,  or  Fortress 
Monroe,  whatever  you  choose  to  call  it,  is  one  of  the  most  advantageous  places  for  a 
successful  meeting. 

Mr.  Eli  el. — So  far  as  I  am  concerned  personally,  I  have  no  particular  preference  for 
any  locality ;  but  there  are  certain  .things  that  must  be  taken  into  consideration,  which 
Mr.  IJallberg  has  excellently  stated.  We  must  meet  at  some  place  reasonably  central, 
so  we  may  expect  a  good  attendance ;  we  must  meet  at  a  time  which  will  be  convenient 
for  most  of  our  members.  This,  Mr.  President,  is  for  the  good  of  our  Association. 
Next  >ear  the  various  State  Associations  will  appoint  delegates,  and  instruct  them  on 
matters  conceining  the  revision  of  the  United  States  Pharmacopoeia,  and  these  gentle- 
men must  or  should  be  with  us.  Most  of  the  State  Associations  do  not  meet  until  the 
latter  part  of  May  or  in  June;  but  very  few  meet  later  than  that,  and  nearly  all  before 
our  usual  meeting  lime.  1  his  year,  Mr.  President,  that  is  entirely  changed.  Only  about 
half  of  the  State  Associations  have  met  up  to  now.  Vhey  are  not  with  us  by  delegates. 
One  reason,  perhaps,  is  because  of  the  closeness  of  the  State  Associations'  meetings  to  that 
of  the  American  Pharmaceutical  Association.  Now,  go  where  you  will,  but  go  where 
we  can  have  a  full  and  intelligent  representation  from  the  State  Associations  from  all 
parts  of  the  Union.     We  should  go  not  earlier  than  the  latter  part  of  August. 

The  Secretary. — I  did  not  intend  to  say  anything  in  regard  to  this  question,  but  the: 

^  Digitized  by  VjOOQ iC 


34  MINUTES  OF  THE   SECOND   SESSION. 

statement  made  by  Mr.  Eliel,  I  think,  should  not  go  on  record  without  something  being 
said  about  it.  Mr.  Ehel  said  we  should  always  meet  at  about  the  usual  time.  For  many 
years  past  there  has  been  an  impression  among  the  pharmacists  residing  west  of  the  Mib- 
Foun  that  the  Association  had  at  some  time  or  other  resolved  never  to  meet  west  of  the 
Missouri.  I  don't  know  whether  this  was  known  to  the  individual  members,  hut  as  Sec- 
retary, I  have  received  letters  from  pharmacists  residing  on  the  Pacific  coast,  in  Nevada- 
Colorado,  and  other  points  west  of  the  Mississippi,  and  I  had  to  write  many  letters  in  re- 
sponse, telling  them  that  such  was  not  the  case.  It  is  similar  in  regard  to  the  South, 
The  idea  has  gained  ground,  in  «ome  sections,  that  the  Association  does  not  intend  to  go 
south.  The  Association  cannot  go  to  any  of  the  extreme  Southern  States  in  August  or 
September,  for  various  reasons  which  are  known  to  every  member;  meetings  in  the 
South  must  be  held  either  early  or  late  in  the  year.  One  experiment  had  been  made  with 
Atlanta.  The  lime  had  been  fixed  for  September,  but  during  that  year  the  yellow  fever 
broke  out,  not  in  the  eastern  sections  of  the  South,  but  in  the  Mississippi  valley,  and  it 
was  found  to  be  impossible  to  hold  a  meeting  even  at  Atlanta  at  the  appointed  time ; 
consequently  it  was  postponed  until  the  latter  part  of  November,  and  it  was  a  small 
meeting,  but  otherwise  productive  of  much  good.  Now  the  point  I  desire  to  make  is 
this :  that  it  should  not  go  on  record  that  the  Association  will  meet  hereafter  only  at  a 
certain  season  of  the  y^ar,  but  it  seems  to  me  the  Association  should  accommodate  itself  to 
the  wants. of  the  different  sections  of  the  country.  If  the  Association  concludes  to  go 
South,  it  ought  to  go  to  that  section  at  a  time  when  every  one  can  go  South.  As  regards 
Old  Point  Comfort,  it  is  certainly  a  very  conveniently  located  place  for  meeting,  but  it  is 
not  a  southern  point  in  the  strict  sense  of  the  word.  Pharmacists  in  the  southern  part 
of  the  United  States  will  not  regard  it  as  such,  and  a  meeting  held  there  should  not  be 
credited  to  the  large  section  of  the  southern  States. 

Mr.  Eliel. — I  have  been  misunderstood  by  the  Secretary.  I  stated  that  for  the  next 
year — not  for  a|l  time  to  come — we  should  by  all  means  meet  at  a  time  not  earlier  than 
to  make  it  convenient  for  the  various  State  Associations  to  have  their  representatives  pres- 
ent on  account  of  the  importance  of  the  revision  of  the  Pharmacopoeia  and  the  matters 
connected  with  that. 

Mr.  DoHME. — I  think  the  Secretary  is  very  decidedly  mistaken,  as  regards  Old  Point 
Comfort  not  being  a  Southern  point.  It  is  a  point  where  Southern  people  congregate  in 
summer  and  in  winter. 

A  Member. — When  they  go  North. 

Mr.  Dohmf. — It  is  a  great  Southern  resort.  Many  people  go  from  Baltimore  to  visit 
Point  Comfort,  and  there  are  nine  out  of  ten  from  other  parts  of  the  South.  It  is  in 
Virginia,  and  I  have  always  considered  Virginia  as  very  decidedly  a  Southern  State.  It 
is  beautifully  located,  and  while  it  is  very  warm  there  in  summer,  in  September  it  is  a 
very  pleasant  place  to  stop. 

Mr.  Whitney. — I  desire  to  ask  if  the  Secretary  desires  to  state  distinctly  and  clearly 
that  a  meeting  in  September  will  not  meet  the  approval  of  t}ie  Southern  members  of  the 
Association. 

The  Secretary. — Mr.  President:  At  our  meetings  held  in  September  in  different 
parts  of  the  country,  we  have  had  many  Southern  members  with  us  from  time  to  time,  and 
they  have  traveled  hundreds  and  even  over  a  thousand  miles  in  order  to  attend  the  meet- 
ings. Those  Southern  members  who  attend  pretty  regularly,  will  meet  with  us  wherever 
we  go,  in  case  it  suits  their  convenience.  What  I  meant  to  say  in  regard  to  meetings  in  the 
South,  was  intended  to  refer  to  the  locality.     If  the  Association  intend^  to  go  South  it 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


TIME   AND   PLACE   OF   NEXT   MEETING.  35 

cannot  go  there  in  September,  for  various  reasons  which  can  be  easily  explained.  The 
proper  time  to  go  South  would  be  either  early  in  the  year,' not  later  than  May,  or  very 
late  in  the  year,  say  about  November.  I  also  intended  to  convey  the  idea  that  our  mem- 
bers residing  in  the  Southern  States  would  not  regard  a  meeting  held  at  Old  Point 
Comfort  as  having  been  held  in  the  South  proper.  It  was  the  case  when  the  Association 
met  in  Richmond.  We  regarded  it  as  going  South,  but  the  members  from  the  extreme 
South  said,  •*  You  have  come  just  merely  to  the  borders  of  the  Southern  States :  if  you 
want  to  go  South,  go  farther  South,  to  the  neighborhood  of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico." 

Mr.  Ebert. — We  have  been  talking  about  central  points,  and  I  would  like  to  call 
your  attention  to  two  central  points  which  are  certainly  very  desirable  for  holding  a 
meeting.  One  is  St.  Ltmis,  and  the  other  is  a  great  railroad  centre  named  Indianapolis: 
those  two  cities  are  so  centrally  located  as  to  offer  the  greatest  inducements. 

Vice-president  Wilcox  occupied  the  chair  temporarily. 

The  President. — As  far  as  St.  Louis  is  concerned,  while  I  have  no  instructions  from 
our  druggists  to  invite  the  Association  to  meet  there,  I  will  say  this,  that  the  door-string 
bangs  out.  The  Association  is  always  welcome  to  St.  Louis,  and  we  will  treat  her  as 
well  as  she  is  treated  anywhere  in  the  world  if  you  agree  to  come  there.  As  I  said  be- 
fore, I  am  not  instructed  about  inviting  this  Association,  but  I  will  now,  with  the  accept- 
ance of  my  colleagues,  invite  the  Association  to  St.  Iw.ouis,  there  to  hold  the  next  annual 
meeting. 

Mr.  Eliel. — On  behalf  of  Indianapolis,  I  desire  to  state  that  I  have  received  no  in- 
structions at  all,  but  if  this  Association  would  desire  to  go  to  a  very  quiet,  healthy  place,- 
a  good  big  country  town  filled  up  with  first-class  hotels — there  are  hotels  there  which 
stand  second  to  no  place  in  the  Union — a  town  where  the  outside  attractions  would  be 
so  few  that  the  members  coming  to  the  meeting  will  all  be  only  too  glad  to  attend — - 
gentlemen,  Indianapolis  is  the  place.  I  donU  reside  in  Indianapolis  myself,  but  pretty 
close  by;  however,  on  behalf  of  the  druggists  of  Indianapolis,  I  desire  to  say  that  should' 
you  conclude  to  go  there  you  will  receive  a  royal  welcome,  and  you  will  have  everything 
in  the  way  of  comforts  and  conveniences  that  you  can  have  anywhere. 

Mr.  Painter. — I  have  not  heard  all  this  discussion,  but  I  don't  like  the  tendency  of 
it  now.  We  have  been  in  the  West  long  enough  for  a  little  while ;  we  are  hunting  for  a 
central  point. 

Mr.  Ebert. — Do  you  call  Indianapolis  west? 

Mr.  Painter. — Well,  it  is  west  of  New  York.  We  have  a  town  farther  east,  which* 
is  central  for  every  part  of  the  United  States,  and  people  who  go  to  the  centre  go  nearer 
there  than  than  they  do  to  Indianapolis.  C)ld  Point  Comfort  comes  nearer  that  point. 
But  New  York  City  has  the  string  of  its  latch  outside  always  and  at  all  times,  and  though- 
a  more  recent  resident  of  that  great  city  than  others  here,  I  think  I  can  speak  fur  the 
city,  although  not  instructed,  that  New  York  will  welcome  the  pharmacists  from  every- 
where and  at  any  time.  It  is  certainly  sufficiently  central.  All  the  railroads  in  the 
country  centre  in  Chicago,  they  say,  but  New  York  gets  them  afterward ;  they  pass 
through  and  get  into  New  York  finally,  so  New  York  is  a  central  point. 

Mr.  IIallberg. — If  we  want  a  representation  of  about  a  thousand  druggists  next  year, 
there  is  only  one  point  where  we  can  have  it,  and  that  is  in  New  York  City.  There  is 
no  question  about  that  Druggists  all  over  this  country  travel  to  New  York  all  the  year 
round,  and  we  can  from  the  west  get  four  of  five  hundred  men  to  go  to  the^eeting  of 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


36  MINUTES   OF   THE  SECOND   SESSION. 

the  American  Pharmaceutical  Association,  if  it  is  held  in  New  York  City  about  the  first 
week  in  September. 

Mr.  Bedford. — I  have  not  a  word  to  say  against  New  York.  We  would  be  glad  to 
see  the  meetirg  held  there,  and  we  could  make  our  arrangements  to  harmonize  with 
everything  that  may  be  desired  ;  and  yet  I  do  no*  lake  any  back  seat  for  what  I  have 
said  in  regard  to  Old  Point  Comfort.  I  thought  that  the  views  were  that  we  should  pre- 
ferably go  South.  I  still  think  that  it  is  perhaps  as  desirable  to  go  South  as  it  is  to  go 
anywhere,  but  I  heartily  endorse  all  that  Mr.  Painter  has  said,  and  while  we  are  not 
instructed  to  say  or  do  anything  about  New  York,  I  am  sure  we  will  give  you  just  as 
hearty  a  welcome,  and  do  as  much  for  the  l)esi  interests  of  this  Association  as  can  be 
done  anywhere. 

The  President. — I  agree  with  Mr.  Hallberg  and  Mr.  Painter, and  I  believe  I  agree 
with  all  of  you,  that  New  York  would  be  a  splendid  place  to  get  a  meeting ;  yet  I  am 
opposed  to  gf»ing  to  New  York  or  to  any  large  city  to  hold  a  meeting  of  our  Association. 
The  reason  is  sin  ply  this;  as  merchant.^,  we  travel  to  New  York  every  year.  Now, 
.then,  when  the  meeting  of  the  Association  is  held,  nearly  every  one  of  us  would  be 
around  among  the  i^tores  buying  goods,  and  not  attending  to  the  interests  of  the  meeting. 
What  we  want  is  to  go  to  seme  place  where  the  attractions  are  not  so  great  as  at 
San  Francisco.  We  want  to  go  to  a  country  place  or  seai^ide  town,  or  some  place  where 
;the  interests  of  everything  will  be  united  in  the  Association,  and  where  the  meml>ers  Mill 
Stay  with  us,  and  then  look  lor  the  entertainments  afterward— for  sea  bathing,  for  little 
excursions  on  the  river,  and  so  forth.  I  think  the  large  cities  are  not  the  places  to  get 
Hhe  attendance ;  while  the  membeis  would  go  there  as  on  excursions,  any  number  would 
go  to  do  business,  but  not  to  attend  the  sessions. 

Mr.  Painter, — I  think  that  is  strong  argument  for  Asbury  Park.  The  ten  thousand 
want  to  go  to  New  Yoik,  anyhow,  lloldiig  the  meeting  at  Asbury  Park,  they  would 
attend  the  meeting,  and,  it  being  only  a  little  way  from  New  York,  afterward  attend  to 
iheir  business;  the  attractions  there  are  for  both  purposes. 

Mr.  Main. — I  think  we  all  agree  with  Preside;  t  Alexander  in  what  he  ha»said  in 
regard  to  the  desii ability  of  meeting  in  a  country  place.  I  wish  to  bring  the  attention  of 
the  Association  to  a  place  which  I  do  not  think  has  ever  been  mentioned — that  is,  the 
White  Mountain  region.  It  was  my  fortune  a  few  years  ago  to  be  invited  to  attend  a 
meeting  of  the  Teachers*  Association  of  the  United  Stt^tes,  which  was  held  in  the  heart 
of  the  White  Mountains.  They  have  there  a  pavilion  which  was  erected  for  the  express 
purpo.se  ol  holding  conventions  of  this  kind.  A  trip  there  would  certainly  be  a  delight- 
ful one  to  all  of  us,  and  the  meetings  would  be  attended  by  all  who  went.  I  wish  to 
present  this  to  the  Association  as  a  very  desirable  place  for  meeting,  if  not  next  year,  at 
s^me  future  period.  I  am  sure  that  all  thos>e  w  ho  went  would  enjoy  the  trip,  and  I 
ti^ink  you  would  get  a  good  meeting  there.  In  regard  to  my  friend  Mr.  Painter's  re- 
marks,  I  cannot  think  of  a  more  undesiiable  place  to  meet  than  Asbury  Park. 

Mr.  Bedford. — A  place  such  as  Mr.  Main  has  mentioned,  or  like  Old  Point  Com- 
fort, is  veiy  desirable.  Those  who  know  Asbury  Park  know  that  in  the  month  of  Sep- 
tember you  would  want  to  get  away  from  it,  owing  to  the  mosciuitoes.  To  gel  the 
members  together  for  business  is  the  object  that  ought  to  present  itself  to  every  mind, 
and  a  place  that  would  promote  that  end  is  desirable.  Everything  pouits  to  Old  Point 
Comfort,  on  accr.unt  of  the  delightful  climate  and  ever) thing  connected  with  it,  as  making 
it  just  the  p<»int  where  we  can  haimonize  the  licst  interests uf  the  A;»sociatiun, and  where 
we  can  get  as  large  an  attendance  as  we  can  gel  at  any  point  on  the  Ailouiic  co«st 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


TIME   AND   PLACE  OF   NEXT   MEETING.  37 

The  Committee  then  withdrew,  and  after  a  short  time  presented  the 
following  report : 


REPORT  OF  COMMITTEE  ON  TIME  AND  PLACE  OF   NEXT  MEETING. 

Yoor  Committee  have  the  honor  to  respectfully  report  in  favor  of  holding  the  anntial 
meeting,  1890,  in  the  city  of  New  York. 

Time  of  meeting,  the  first  Monday  in  September. 

Emlen  Painter, 
A I  BERT  E.  Ebert, 
H.  Robinson. 

The  report  was  accepted.  The  question  being  on  the  place  of  holding 
the  next  meeting,  Mr.  Whitney  moved  to  amend  by  substituting  Old 
Point  Comfort  for  New  York,  which  amendment  was  carried  by  a  vote 
of  15  to  9.  Pending  the  consideration  of  the  time,  Mr.  Hopp  moved, 
seconded  by  Mr.  Painter,  to  amend  by  substituting  the  second  Monday 
(8th  day)  for  the  first  Monday  of  September.  This  was  carried,  and 
the  report  as  amended  was  then  adopted. 

Mr.  Ebert  called  attention  to  the  fact  that  the  Association  has  no 
member  residing  at  Old  Point  Comfort,  and  that  a  Local  Secretary 
would  have  to  be  selected  from  the  members  residing  at  some  distance 
from  the  place  of  meeting.  The  matter  was  referred  to  the  Nominating 
Committee. 

Mr.  Painter.^I  have  been  requested  by  a  member  of  this  Association,  to  bring  be- 
fore it  as  an  Association,  not  as  a  Section,  that  the  pharmacists  in  the  navy  are  not  con- 
sidered sufficiently.  It  is  really  a  detriment  to  the  profession  of  pharmacy  to  have  them 
in  the  navy  without  rank.  This  question  has  been  before  the  Association  before,  I  am 
aware,  but  it  is  assuming  some  shape  now, 'and  the  gentlemen  who  have  sent  me  this 
paper  requested  that  I  should  bring  it  before  the  Association,  with  the  request  to  memor- 
iaiixe  Congress  or  take  such  action  as  they  thought  proper  for  bringing  it  before  Con- 
gress. At  present  the  apothecary  in  the  navy  has  no  rank,  and  is  obliged  to  mess  with 
cooks,  with  stewards,  and  with  others  detailed  from  the  ranks;  he  cannot  mess  even 
with  the  boatswain,  or  with  the  gunner ;  he  is  without  a  warrant,  as  it  is  called,  and  is 
liable  to  be  discharged  at  any  moment  by  the  surgeon  or  by  a  superior  officer.  An  in- 
stance has  been  brought  up  recently  where  a  pharmacist  and  apothecary  in  the  navy  was 
taken  to  Yokohoma  on  a  cruise  and  there  discharged  for  some  petty  offense ;  and  his 
pay  was  stopped  immediately,  and  he  was  not  able  to  get  home.  Now,  if  he  had  hehl 
some  rank  that  could  not  be  done.  A  bill  is  offered  here  to  make  him  have  rank, 
though  not  so  high  a  rank  as  he  expects  to  get  in  future,  but  a  rank  sufficient  that  he  may 
have  a  warrant,  which  would  give  him  the  rank  similar  to  the  boatswain,  gunner,  car- 
penter, and  sail-maker.  That  is  all  that  is  asked,  and  it  is  very  little.  If  we  memorialize 
Congress,  and  show  the  present  standing  of  the  apothecary  in  the  navy,  this  request  may 
be  granted.  The  object  is  to  give  him  a  foothold,  and  from  that  we  hope  to  get  him  up 
to  a  standing,  if  not  equal  to  an  assistant  surgeon,  at  least  close  on  to  it,  which  would 
bring  him  up  very  much  higher  in  the  scale. 

The  Secretary  read  the  proposed  bill,  which  is  as  follows^:      GoOqIc 


38  MINUTES  OF  THE  THIRD  AND   FOURTH   SESSIONS. 

PROPOSED  LAW  RELATING   TO   THE    APOTHECARIES   OF   THE  U.  S. 

NAVY. 

A  Bill  to  authorize  the  Presidcfit  of  the  U.  S.  of  America,  by  and  with  the  advice  and 
consent  of  the  Senate,  to  grant  to  the  Apothecaries  of  the  U.  S.  Navy  a  Warrant. 

Be  it  enacted  by  the  Senate  and  House  of  Representatives  of  the  U.  S,of  America  in 
Congress  assembled  : 

1st.  That  the  Apothecaries  of  the  Navy  shall  receive  a  warrant,  with  the  pay  and 
emoluments  of  the  same. 

2d.  That  the  said  Apothecaries  of  the  Navy  shall  not  be  entitled  to  any  of  the  benefits 
that  may  be  conferred  by  this  Act  until  they  shall  have  passed  a  satisfactory  examination 
in  the  following  branches,  viz.:  Elementary  Chemistry,  Materia  Medica,  Pharmacy  and 
Botany. 

3d.  That  the  Board  of  Examiners  shall  consist  of  three  medical  officers  designated  by 
the  Secretary  of  the  Navy. 

4th.  That  each  and  every  Apothecary  of  the  Navy,  who  shall  be  serving  in  such 
capacity  at  the  time  of  the  passage  of  this  Act,  shall  be  granted  an  examination  in  the 
above-mentioned  branches,  and  if  found  proficient,  shall  receive  a  warrant. 

•5th.  Resolved  that  this  Act  shall  take  effect  immediately. 

Mr.  Kennedy  wished  that  the  bill  should  be  amended  so  as  to  include 
also  hospital  stewards  of  the  arnay ;  but  the  Secretary  stated  that  the  two 
subjects  could  not  be  included  in  one  bill.  After  some  further  comments 
on  the  proposed  bill  by  Messrs.  Hallberg,  Ebert  and  Hopp, 

Mr.  Ebert  moved  that  this  bill  for  the  improvement  of  the  condition 
and  of  the  rank  of  the  apothecaries  of  the  U.  S.  Navy  be  approved  and 
referred  to  the  Section  on  Legislation  with  full  power  to  act. 

The  motion  was  unanimously  carried,  after  which  the  Association 
adjourned. 


Third  Session. — Tuesday  Afternoon,  June  25TH. 
Vice-President  Wilcox  occupied  the  chair.     The  Association  transacted 
no  business,  and  adjourned,  when  the  Section  on  Commercial  Interests 
convened. 


Fourth  Session. — Tuesday  Evening,  June  25TH. 
President  Alexander  in  the  chair.     The  Secretary  stated  the  only  busi- 
ness to  come  up  now  to  be  the  reading  of  the  minutes,  which,  on  motion 
of  Mr.  Main,  was  deferred.     The  Association  then  adjourned. 


Special  Session. — Tuesday  Evening,  June  25TH. 
After  the  adjournment  of  the  second  session  of  the  Section  on  Com- 
mercial Interests,  at  9.15  p.  m..  President  Alexander  called^e  Associa- 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


REVISION   OF  THE   U.  S.  PH  \RMACOPCEIA.  39 

tion  to  order  for  the  purpose  of  considering  the  report  of  the  Committee 
on  the  Revision  of  the  U.  S.  Pharmacopoeia,  which  was  read  by  Mr. 
Hopp,  as  follows : 

San  Fkakcisco y  /i/nd  25,  1889. 
To  the  Members  of  the  American  Pharmaceutical  Association. 

Ceniiemen  :  Your  Committee  believe  that  the  scope  of  a  report  to  this  Association 
should  only  comprise  such  questions  as  have  a  bearing  upon  the  general  character  of  the 
work  of  revision,  leaving  matters  of  detail  to  the  reports  of  local  medical  and  pharma- 
ceutical bodies  of  the  country.  With  this  object  in  view,  we  respectfully  submit  the  fol- 
lowing for  your  deliberation  at  this  time : 

1.  That  it  is  the  sense  of  this  Association  that  in  the  next  revis  on  of  the  U.  S.  Ph.,  all 
preparations,  at  least  those  for  internal  use,  which  are  usually  prescribed  and  admin- 
istered by  measure,  be  ordered  to  be  made  by  weight  and  measure,  as  in  the  former 
Pharmacopoeias;  but  that  the  Committee  of  Revision  shall  be  at  liberty  to  use  the  system 
of  parts  by  weight  in  all  other  cases,  and  that  they  may  use  any  other  system,  so  long  as 
the  measures  or  weights  are  commensurate  with  each  other,  and  of  such  a  character  that 
the  strength  of  the  product,  or  of  any  given  fractiop  thereof,  can  be  readily  ascertained 
without  tedious  calculations. 

2.  The  Pharmacopoeia  should  be  relieved  of  all  antiquated  or  little  used  material, 
such  as  a  number  of  crude  drugs,  galenical  preparations  (simple  and  compound  pills),  etc., 
all  of  which  could  be  safely  turned  over  to  the  care  ol  the  pharamaceutical  profession. 

3.  In  view  of  the  absolute  necessity  of  recognizing  such  important  medicinal  chemi- 
cals as  antipyrin,  sulfonal,  etc.,  this  Association  considers  that  the  existence  of  a  patent 
does  not  in  f'/^r^ constitute  a  bar  against  the  reception  of  any  medicinal  agent  in  the 
U.  S.  Ph.  But  it  is  suggested  that  the  revisers  act  with  great  care  and  circumspection,  so 
that  no  patented  substances  except  those  of  established  worth  and  irreplaceable  by  other 
remedies,  be  recognized. 

4.  Regarding  the  tests  of  identity  and  purity  given  in  the  United  States  Pharmacopoeia, 
it  is  the  sense  of  this  Association  that  they  shall  be  made  as  complete  and  rigid  as  it  is 
practical  to  make  them,  and  as  will  be  fair  to  the  manufacturers,  the  dispensing  pharma- 
cists and  the  purchasing  public.  While  freedom  from  injurious  admixtures  should  be 
insi&ted  upon,  the  absence  of  an  insignificant  percentage  of  inert  and  unavoidable  con- 
tamination can  often  be  insured  only  at  a  greatly  increased  cost.  A  judicious  decision 
should  be  made  in  each  case,  and  the  codperation  of  the  manufacturers  invited,  so  as  to 
settle  upon  a  basis  which  may  be  equitable  to  all. 

5.  This  Association  emphatically  reiterates  its  declaration,  made  at  its  last  annual 
meeting,  that  the  Pharmacopoeia  shall  and  will  be  the  sole  official  authority,  for  all  rem- 
edial agents  treated  of  therein  ;  that  the  National  Formulary  shall  be  an  authority  only 
for  such  as  are  not  covered  by  the  Pharmacopoeia,  and  that  the  authority  of  the  National 
Formulary  shall  cease  whenever  the  Pharmacopoeia  supersedes  any  of  its  processes  or 
directions. 

6.  That  alcoholic  preparations  representing  50  per  cent,  of  the  drug  be  adopted  so  far 
tspracticaly  and  x^^2X:t  Jluid  extracts  and  tinctures. 

7.  The  Revisers  of  the  Pharmacopoeia  of  1880  having  adopted  a  formula  for  a  pre- 
paration known  as  *'  Spiritus  Juniperi  compositus  "  to  take  the  place  of  a  well-known 
beverage,  would  it  not  be  advisable  to  introduce  a  class  of  similar  preparations,  or  dele- 
gate them  to  the  National  Formulary  ? 

We  ask  you  to  carefully  consider  these  suggestions,  and  place  yourselves  on  record  by 
voting  yes  or  no. 
Albert  E.  Ebert,  I!ewis  C.  Hopi% 

Chairman,  Secy  Com,  on  Rev,  of  >^g'f^.^//y066gle 


40  MINUTES  OF  SPECIAL  SESSION. 

The  report  was,  on  motion,  accepted,  and  the  recommendations  taken 
up  seriatim  for  consideration  and  action. 

The  first  recommendation,  referring  to  weights  and  measures,  was  again 
read,  when  Mr.  Painter  suggested  that  a  paper  by  Mr.  Bedford  bearing 
on  this  subject  be  now  read.  No  objection  being  raised,  the  paper  was 
read. 

ON  PHARMACOrCEIAL  WEIGHTS  AND  MEASURES. 

Query  42. — What  system  of  Weights  and  Measures  should  be  adopted  in  the  next 
Revi&ion  of  the  U.  S.  Pharmacopoeia  ? 

BY   p.  W.  BEDFORD. 

The  writer  has  so  often  asserted  his  views  on  the  above  topic  before 
local  associations  and  in  print,  that  he  can  scarcely  bring  any  new  argu- 
ments before  this  body.  Learning,  however,  that  the  query  yet  remained 
unanswered,  he  briefly  presents  the  following,  more  as  a  method  of 
bringing  the  topic  before  this  body  in  hopes  of  securing  its  commenda- 
tion of  the  present  method  adopted  in  the  U.  S.  Pharmacopoeia.  I  am 
aware  that  there  has  been  much  criticism  adverse  to  the  plan,  and  that 
perhaps  if  it  were  submitted  to  a  popular  vote  of  either  the  physicians  or 
the  pharmacists  of  our  land  it  would  be  defeated.  It  is  not  unlikely,  too, 
if  the  same  method  for  decision  had  been  resorted  to,  that  percolation 
would  never  have  been  the  method  adopted  for  extracting  drugs ;  yet 
who  of  us  that  has  any  pride  in  pharmacy  would  not  consider  ihat  this 
would  have  been  a  serious  retrograde  step?  The  very  fact  that  the  sys- 
tems of  weight  vary  from  those  of  measure  is  one  of  the  reasons  that  we 
should  adhere  to  a  method  which  cannot  but.be  more  exact  than  the  use 
of  any  variety  of  weight  now  established,  by  usage  or  law,  and  the  meas- 
urement of  fluids  by  a  system  which  is  almost  impossible  in  the  ordinary 
handling  to  secure  exact  measurement  in  the  same  receptacle,  not  only 
by  diff'erent  persons,  but  even  by  the  same  person.  On  one  occasion 
some  three  years  ago  the  same  liquid  in  the  same  measuring  glass  was 
given  to  a  number  of  persons,  and  they  were  requested  to  measure  eight 
fluid  ounces.  It  was  an  alcohol  of  sp.  gr.  0.840,  and  the  correct  weight 
of  the  quantity  would  be  3062. -f  grains.  Each  was  given  three  trials. 
The  liquid  was  then  weighed,  and  in  some  twenty  trials  not  one  was 
exact.  The  temperature  of  the  fluid  was  60°  F.,  so  that  the  error  did  not 
originate  in  this  way.  The  measure  was  correct  when  placed  on  a  stand- 
ard level  and  filled  from  an  accurate  flask.  The  error  arose  then  not 
from  the  measure,  or  from  the  temperature,  but  partly  from  the  method 
of  holding  the  measure,  and  partly  the  difficulty  of  measuring  liquids 
where  the  surface  has  a  broad  expanse,  as  in  most  of  the  measuring  glasses 
made  for  dispensing  uses. 

This  is  only  one  of  the  minor  errors  that  may  occur.  These  faults  ate 
exaggerated  by  careless  handling  and  inaccurate  measures,  whioh  are 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


ON   PIIARMACOFCEIAL  WEIGHTS   AND   MEASURES.  4I 

more  frequent  than  weights,  though  these  latter  are  found  abundantly  of 
less  accuracy  than  they  should  be.  The  trouble  is  that  not  enough  trial 
has  been  given  to  the  plan  by  those  who  are  most  ready  to  condemn  it, 
and  they  are  unwillirg  to  give  the  time  or  procure  the  small  amount  of 
apparatus  that  may  be  needed  to  make  it  a  success  in  their  own  experience. 
On  the  other  hand,  it  cannot  but  be  regarded  as  the  best  method  by  all 
who  have  persevered  a  brief  time  until  they  have  gotten  the  **hang  **  of 
it.  The  writer  has  on  previous  occasions  given  examples  of  methods  of 
calculation  for  quantities  that  may  suit  the  varying  wants  of  pharmacists, 
from  the  men  of  moderate  business  to  the  large  manufacturer.  But  in 
this  assemblage  it  would  seem  to  need  no  such  elaboration,  nor  even  that 
it  should  necessitate  a  word  of  defence.  It  was  a  great  step  in  advance, 
and  has  met  with  the  approval  of  the  best  men  df  our  profession  every- 
where, as  an  easy  solution  of  the  problem  of  the  several  systems  of  weight, 
which,  if  we  look  over  the  world,  are  almost  as  numerous  as  the  variety 
of  languages  that  arose  after  the  construction  of  the  tower  of  Babel  was 
attempted.  To  be  sure  we  are  only  preparing  our  Pharmacopoeia  for  our 
own  land,  and  not  for  the  world  ;  but  in  the  system  of  **  parts  by  weight" 
there  is  a  perfectness  of  method  which  precludes  any  necessity  for  errors. 

Perhaps  if  in  the  next  Pharmacopoeia  there  be  some  fuller  explanation 
of  the  plan,  by  giving  in  the  preface  a  number  of  illustrative  formulae,  it 
may  better  commend  itself  to  the  present  opponents  of  the  system.  It  is 
self  evident  that  the  prime  object  of  such  a  work  is  to  secure  uniformity ; 
and  if  the  method  adapted  to  that  end  is  not  complicated,  and  in  the 
judgment  of  the  members  of  the  pharmacopoeial  convention  **  parts  by 
weight "  is  the  best  plan,  it  should  be  continued. 

The  physician  is  not  specially  interested  in  this  part  of  the  volume,  and 
the  pharmacist  is.  The  physician  has  no  need  to  compound,  he  has 
only  the  finished  product  to  deal  with.  It  is  said  he  opposes  it  because 
in  fluids  he  does  not  know  the  exact  quantity  that  may  be  present  in  a 
liquid,  because  the  sp)ecific  gravity  of  the  various  fluids  is  a  disturbing  ele- 
ment in  the  methods  of  calculation.  This  may  readily  be  overcome  by 
appending  to  some  of  the  formulas  the  specific  quantity  of  the  leading 
active  remedial  in  a  definite  measured  quantity  of  the  finished  product ; 
or  a  table  of  liquid  products  might  be  appended  covering  this  ground. 

The  main  object  to  be  gained  is  uniformity  of  product,  and  it  is  safe 
to  say  that  of  all  who  have  ever  tried  the  method  of  **  parts  by  weight  " 
with  unprejudiced  minds,  nearly  every  one  is  convinced  of  its  greater 
accuracy  in  results;  and  this  being  the  main  object  of  such  a  text  book,  it 
should  have  the  preference  by  a  hearty  approval  of  this  organization,  and 
its  continuance  at  the  next  decennial  convention  for  the  revision  of  the 
United  States  Pharmacopoeia. 

Mr.  Bedford. — The  resolution  offered  in  the  report  would  seem  to  require  come  ex- 
planation as  to  just  what  it  means;  it  seems«io  me  very  ambiguous. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


42  MINUTES   OF   SPECIAL   SESSION. 

Mr.  Painter. — By  what  system  of  weights  and  measures  is  that  supposed  to  be  done — 
by  the  metric  system  or  by  the  system  usually  adopted  ?  The  weights  and  measures  of 
both  systems  have  not  the  same  relation ;  that  is,  a  fluid  ounce  is  not  in  the  same  propor> 
tion  to  a  dry  ounce  that  a  gram  is  to  a  cubic  centimeter. 

Mr.  Maisch. — ^The  question  asked  by  Mr.  Painter,  it  seems  to  me,  might  be  very  well 
left  for  solution  to  the  Vharmacopceial  Committee. 

Mr.  Hallberg. — Aside  from  not  specifying  what  particular  weight  or  measure  is  to 
be  employed — which  I  think  the  Chairman  of  the  Committee  has  left  open  purposely,  to 
be  decided  hereafter — the  recommendation  is  directly  in  Hue  with  the  form  upon  which 
the  National  Formulary  was  constructed.  The  Chairman  makes  a  distinction  in  differ- 
ent classes  of  preparations.  The  6rst  class,  tinctures,  syrups,  and  all  liquid  galenical 
preparations  for  internal  use  that  are  given  by  measure,  by  the  teaspoonful  or  tablespoon- 
ful,  should  be  made  solids  l^y  weight  and  liquids  by  measure.  Whether  the  metric  sys- 
tem should  be  used,  or  whether  we  should  have  the  decimal  ratio  or  not,  we  could  not 
decide  now;  that  might  be  well  left  for  the  Committee  of  Revision,  and  I  don't  think  it 
makes  much  difference.  Then  there  is  a  second  class — the  liquid  preparations  that  are 
used  externally,  like  liniments,  oleatesand  solutions;  they  might  just  as  well  be  made  parts 
by  weight  throughout  for  obtaining  the  percentage  proportion,  as  was  done  in  the  National 
Formulary ;  so  instead  of  having  an  oleate  five  or  ten  grains  to  the  ounce,  we  could  say 
it  is  five  per  cent,  or  ten  per  cent.,  which  is  much  more  definite  in  expressing  its  strength, 
especially  if  there  are  different  strengths  used.  These  are  the  two  classe  ^  I  think  that  is 
the  direction  in  which  this  proposition  tends — that  we  should  make  a  distinction  between 
the  liquid  preparations  that  are  taken  internally  and  are  administered  by  measure,  and 
those  that  are  used  externally,  and  for  which  it  is  very  convenient  to  express  the  strength  in 
percentage.  Upon  these  grounds  I  am  heartily  in  favor  of  the  resolution  as  proposed. 
There  is  probably  no  man  in  the  country  that  has  gone  over  this  question  as  carefully, 
that  has  known  the  difiRculties,  and,  at  the  same  time,  was  as  great  an  enthusiaj;t  for  the 
doctrine  of  parts  by  weight  system,  as  the  gentleman  who  conducted  our  National 
Formulary.  Now,  after  ten  years*  trial  nearly,  he  has  shown  us  that  that  is  a  proper 
compromise  to  make. 

Mr.  Stevens. — I  must  acknowledge  that  there  is  an  inconvenience  and  some  niis- 
understanding  among  physicians  and  those  who  administer  medicines,  in  giving  medi- 
cines by  measure  that  are  made  by  weight,  and  perhaps  there  might  be  some  liability  to 
error,  but  no  more  so  than  would  arise  from  the  use  of  the  different  measures  in  use. 
Physicians  prescribe  a  teaspoonful.  What  is  a  teaspoonful,  ordinarily  ?  Are  all  tea- 
spoons of  the  same  size  ?  Vet  physicians  do  not  hesitate  to  prescribe  by  the  teaspoonful 
and  by  the  tablespoonful,  and  if  you  will  take  the  measures  of  these,  you  will  find  great 
variations  in  the  doses  administered.  We  will  find  if  we  make  experiments  by  weight 
and  by  measure,  that  we  can  make  better  results  by  weight.  An  experiment  was  made 
three  years  ago,  and  it  was  found  that  there  was  a  great  variation  in  the  preparations 
made  by  measure  over  those  made  by  weight. 

Now,  is  it  not  just  as  difficult  to  manufacture  a  liquid  by  weight,  such  as  oleates,  as 
Mr.  Hallberg  has  spoken  of,  as  it  is  to  manufacture  a  syrup  or  some  of  those  prepaiations 
which  are  taken  internally  ?  I  would  recommend  the  use  of  weights  and  measures  in 
the  manufacture  of  all  preparations  requiring  percolation.  The  objection  that  has  arisen 
to  the  use  of  parts  by  weight  is  not  from  the  fact  alone  of  administering  those  medicines 
by  measure  which  were  made  by  weight,  but  rather  the  objection  which  some  have 
made  of  using  parts  by  weight,  because  it  was  inconvenient.  Now,  if  any  one  will 
manufacture  by  weight  for  three  months,  I  guarantee  that  they  will  not-  see  that  it  is  in- 
Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


ON    PHARMACOFCETAL  WEIGHTS   AND   MEASURES.  43 

convenient  any  longer.  They  will  Bnd  it  just  as  easy  to  manufacture  preparations  by 
weight  as  it  is  by  measure;  and  the  great  objection  that  has  been  made  and  the  votes 
that  have  been  taken  in  the  different  Associations  are  unjust,  for  such  parties  have  never 
tried  manufacturing  by  weight.  Now,  if  you  will  take  a  vote  and  let  only  those  vote 
who  have  made  a  fair  trial  by  weight,  I  will  abide  by  the  decision. 

Mr.  Ebert. — We  hope  that  the  National  Pharmacopceia  will  become  again  national, 
and  be  used  by  t  le  druggists  of  this  country.  It  seems  that  this  accuracy  that  a  few  of  us 
are  striving  at  simply  defeats  the  object  of  the  National  Pharmacopoeia.  My  own  ex- 
perience,  after  examining  for  the  last  four  years  the  applicants  who  have  come  up  before 
the  State  Board  of  Illinois,  is  that  we  are  really  losing  the  operations  that  are  necessary 
for  the  instruction  in  pharmacy.  The  druggists  of  the  country  are  simply  now  following 
the  system  of  buying  and  selling,  and  not  manufacturing.  It  is  well  enough  for  pro- 
fessors who  are  working  very  accurately  in  their  laboratories  to  say  that  that  is  the  accu- 
rate and  proper  way.  We  all  agree  to  that.  But  when  a  qaart  of  tincture  or  of  any 
other  preparation  is  to  be  made,  and  we  ask  the  pharmacists  of  this  country  to  make  it 
by  weight,  they  will  not  do  it — they  will  either  make  it  by  measure,  by  following  a  form- 
ula which  is  given  in  some  text-book  or  some  commentary  on  the  Pharmacopceia,  or  they 
will  buy  their  preparations.  Now,  is  that  what  we  desire  to  come  to  ?  We  have  two  or 
three  thousand  manufacturing  pharmacists  who  are  making  the  preparations  for  us. 
AVhat  we  want  is  that  the  pharmacist  shall  make  all  preparations  just  as  accurately  as 
the  physician  who  needs  them,  who  prescribes  by  the  teaspoonful  and  tablespoon ful.  As 
Prof.  Stevens  said  a  moment  ago,  there  are  not  two  tablespoonfuls  alike.  Now,  when 
you  make  such  little  errors  as  we  are  likely  to  make  by  using  measures — Prof.  Bedford 
s-ays  that  three  persons  who  measured  the  same  liquid  did  not  agree — and  since  the 
tablespoonfuls  that  the  physician  orders  do  not  agree,  the  errors  will  counteract  each 
other. 

We  want  to  remain  pharmacists ;  we  want  to  make  our  own  preparations ;  we  don*t 
want  to  drive  the  manufacture  of  our  preparations  into  the  hands  of  the  manufacturing 
chemists  or  manufacturing  pharmacists.  We  have  been  becoming  nothing  but  the 
buyers  acd  sellers  of  the  remedies  we  are  dispensing.  Don't  let  us  be  sticklers  for  ex- 
treme accuracy,  for  in  the  matter  of  dosing  that  amounts  to  little.  The  physician  who 
writes  for  a  drachm  of  a  tincture  does  a  great  deal  of  guess-work  when  he  prescribes  it. 
To  come  back  again  to  accuracy.  How  do  we  know  that  a  pound  of  aconite  root  is 
absolutely  up  to  the  standard?  While  we  are  handling  these  drugs,  it  is  not  in  the 
power  of  a  pharmacist  living,  in  the  usual  routine  of  his  business,  to  determine  accurately 
the  medicinal  quality  of  that  drug.  Therefore,  gentlemen,  let  us  be  rational.  We  have 
been  going  a  step  too  far.  We  have  tri.d  to  acquire  such  accuracy  as  is  not  practical  in 
pharmacy.  It  is  practical  in  the  laboratory,  but  not  in  the  store  of  the  pharmacist.  Don't 
let  us  put  the  rope  around  our  neck  any  farther  than  we  have  it  now,  by  compelling  the 
pharmacists  of  this  country  to  purchase  their  medical  preparations,  which  they  are  doing 
to  day  to  a  certain  extent.  I  am  not  speaking  alone  of  the  section  where  I  come  from. 
I  know  that  the  young  men  who  come  from  other  States  to  the  State  of  Illinois  to  be  ex- 
amined,  when  the  Examining  Board  ask  them  :  "  How  do  you  make  your  preparations  ?" 
they  answer,  "  We  use  fluid  extracts  in  making  our  tinctures."  I  tell  you  gentlemen, 
it  is  true.  I«  have  gained  more  experience  in  that  direction,  since  I  have  l>een  on  the 
Board  for  the  last  four  years,  than  I  have  ever  had  before.  I  was  a  stickler,  just  as  much 
as  any  of  you  gentlemen,  but  I  have  learned  that  in  the  progress  of  pharmacy  we  have 
gone  a  little  too  fast.  Before  making  one  an  accurate  man,  you  must  reorganize  the 
whole  system  of  apprenticeship  in  this  country ;  yuu  have  got  to  make  scientific  men  of 
them.     Twenty  years  ago,  when  I  went  abroad  and  met  our  brethren  in  Great  Britain,  I 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


44  MINUTES   OF   SPECIAL  SESSION. 

scofTed  at  them  for  adhering  to  that  old  process  of  maceration.  When  I  was  in  the 
store  of  Henry  Deane,  who  was  an  honorary  member  of  this  Association,  I  noticed 
around  the  tops  of  his  shelves  in  the  back  room,  a  lot  of  stoneware,  and  I  asked  him 
what  those  were  for.  He  said,  **  We  use  those  jars  for  making  our  preparations  in."  I  said, 
•*  What,  do  you  make  the  tinctures  in  them?"  He  said,  "  Yes;"  I  said  to  him,  "  Yon 
are  away  behind  lime;  why,  we  make  everything  by  percolation  in  our  country;" 
"  Yes,"  he  said,  **  we  tried  that  process,  but  we  have  come  back  to  the  maceration  :  we 
find  that  gives  better  results;"  I  thought  to  myself,  •*Oh,  what  old  fogies  you  arc;  you 
ought  to  come  to  the  United  States,  and  see  hew  we  do  things  there."  Since  that  time 
I  have  done  percolation  by  the  hundreds  of  tons,  and  I  want  to  say  to  you  to-day  as  a 
pharmacist  that  I  am  willing  to  go  back  to  maceration,  and  will  make  better  prepara- 
tions than  nine-tenths  of  the  men  who  percolate.  Yes  sir,  I  want  to  say  that  that  old 
system  is  better  to-day  than  your  new-fangled  ideas  for  percolation  put  into  the  hands  of 
inexperienced  men.  We  have  gone  a  little  too  fast,  gentlemen,  and  it  is  well  to  call  a 
halt,  because  you  are  driving  your  business  out  of  your  store ;  you  are  taking  it  out  of 
your  own  hands,  and  putting  it  into  the  hands  of  somebody  else. 

The  Presidrnt.-— I  would  like  to  ask  Mr.  Ebert  just  this  question:  Do  you  beheve 
that  you  can  make  a  better  preparation  by  maceration  than  by  percolation,  if  you  under- 
stand the  manipulation  ? 

Mr.  Ebert — I  mean  that  the  old  style  of  maceration,  followed  by  displacing  with 
the  proper  menstruum  up  to  a  certain  point,  or  by  expressing  the  material,  will  make  a 
better  preparation  than  by  getting  these  fine  powders  and  carrying  on  the  process  of  per- 
colation.    I  dont  mean  to  say  in  one  trial,  but  I  say  in  repeated  trials. 

Mr.  Stevens.—  I  suggested  that  we  make  the  preparations  that  require  percolation, 
up  to  a  certain  given  volume,  but  I  don*t  agree  with  him  that  we  are  driving  them  out 
now  any  more  than  years  ago.  When  the  last  Pharmacopoeia  was  issued,  I  know  phar- 
macists who  made  their  tinctures  from  fluid  extracts,  and  they  have  done  it  since,  and  I 
don't  believe  that  they  do  so  more  to-day  that  they  did  ihen. 

Mr.  Paintee. — I  don't  like  the  assertion  that  the  pharmacist  is  not  accurate.  The 
pharmacist  is  the  one  that  studies  accuracy,  if  anybody  does,  just  as  much  as  the  manu- 
facturer. Because  the  prescriber  of  medicine  is  not  careful  with  his  dosing,  so  much 
more  reason  that  we  should  be  accurate  and  exact  up  to  the  time  that  the  prescriber  gets 
bold  of  the  preparation,  because  the  differences  cannot  equalize  after  that.  If  it  is  in- 
accurate up  to  the  time  that  the'  prescriber  gets  it,  and  then  he  is  inaccurate  in  his 
dosing,  because  of  using  teaspoons  or  tablespoons  that  vary,  that  increases  the  inaccu- 
racy instead  of  equalizing.  I  think  that  we  should  be  as  accurate  as  possible  up  to  the 
time  that  the  prescriber  gets  our  preparations. 

Mr.  Hallberc. — I  am  really  surprised  to  have  to  travel  across  this  country  and  find 
professors  in  colleges  in  pharmacy  talk  about  the  only  way  that  we  can  obtain  accuracy 
is  by  weight,  when  as  a  matter  of  fact  both  our  systems  are  based  upon  measure.  From 
the  cubic  inch  of  water  derived  from  the  swing  of  the  pendulum  in  the  Tower  of  Lon- 
don. I  believe,  just  as  from  the  cube  of  the  centimeter  filled  with  water  which  constitutes 
the  gram,  do  we  derive  our  weights ;  a  certain  cubic  measure  of  water  is  the  starting- 
point.  This  being  the  case,  why  in  the  world  then  should  we  say  that  we  can  only  ob- 
tain accuracy  by  weight,  when  as  a  matter  of  fact  we  have  got  to  start  by  measure  first  ? 

Mr.  Main. — I  think  we  are  all  of  us  interested,  or  should  be  interested,  in  making  a 
Pharmacopoeia  for  the  pharmacists  of  this  country,  and  therefore  we  should  adopt  a  sys- 

Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


ON   PHARMACOPCEIAL  WEIGHTS   AND   MEASURES.  45 

lem  which  it  is  more  likely  that  the  largest  number  of  pharmacists  will  use.  Years  ago, 
«hen  I  was  traveliDg,  I  used  to  find  that  there  probably  was  not  more  than  one  Phar- 
macopoeia in  about  ten  stores ;  they  Used  to  use  various  Dispensatories  for  their  formu- 
las, which  of  course  took  the  place  of  the  Pharmacopceias ;  but  I  think  our  endeavor 
should  be  to  make  the  Pharmacopoeia  the  hand-book  of  every  phaynacist  in  this  country, 
by  adopting  that  system  which  the  largest  number  would  use.  I  think  that  should  gov- 
ern our  actions  in  this  matter. 

Mr.  Redsecker. — I  should  like  to  know  what  is  the  difference  between  taking  the 
United  States  Pharmacopoeia,  and  using  a  Dispensatory  that  has  exactly  the  same  for- 
mulas as  the  United  Stales  Pharmacopoeia  has  ? 

Mr.  Hallberg. — The  formula  in  the  Dispensatory  is  not  the  same,  and  is  not  cor- 
rect. 

Mr.  Redsecker. — The  Pharmacopoeia  and  the  Dispensatory  each  give  so  many 
parts  of  the  drugs. 

Mr.  Searby. — Or  so  many  ounces. 

Mr.  Redsecker. — Yes  sir,  or  so  many  ounces.  Suppose  you  take  the  parts  by 
weight,  that  is  the  same  as  in  the  Pharmacopoeia. 

Mr.  Hallberg. — If  you  take  the  equivalent,  it  is  simply  an  approximation. 

Mr.  Searby. — While  this  discussion  has  been  going  on,  I  have  just  been  thinking 
how  my  clerk  does.  When  I  tell  him  to  make  four  pounds  or  thereal)OUts  of  some  fluid 
extract,  I  find  that  he  sometimes  uses  the  metric  weights  and  sometimes  some  other — it 
is  a  matter  of  no  moment ;  but  when  it  comes  to  the  finished  fluid  extract  or  the  finished 
tincture,  he  takes  in  almost  every  instance  a  graduated  bottle.  That  graduated  twttle 
stands  perpendicular  as  near  as  may  be.  There  is  not  the  liability  to  error  that  has  been 
releired  to  by  his  not  seeing  it  correctly,  because  it  stands  on  the  shelf,  and  it  has  the 
marks,  some  in  metric  and  some  in  the  other  weights.  He  starts  out  to  make  say  five- 
thousand  grams ;  he  has  it  marked,  and  when  the  percolation  reaches  that  point  he 
stops.  I  believe  that  some  such  system  as  that  is  adopted,  because  I  have  seen  it  with 
quite  a  number  of  young  men  graduates  of  pharmacy,  too :  they  resort  to  some  such 
measure  when  it  comes  to  wot  king  it  out,,bec&use  it  is  so  much  less  trouble  than  weigh- 
ing the  product. 

Mr.  Hallberg. — Is  the  bottle  standing  on  a  scale  or  balance  ? 

Mr.  Searby. — No  sir. 

Mr.  Hallberg. — How  can  he  tell  wheu  he  gets  five  thousand  grams  it  it? 

Mr.  Searby. — He  takes  it  by  measurement;  he  takes  cubic  centimetres  instead  of 
grams  by  weight. 

Mr.  Hallberg. — He  does  not  measure  pans  by  weight  at  all  ? 

Mr.  Searby. — It  depends  on  how  he  starts  out.  In  some  instances,  if  he  slaits  out  to 
make  a  fluid  extract,  he  «ill  produce  the  same  number  of  niii.ims  as  he  has  grains;  but 
somttimes  he  follows  the  Pharmaco^^oeia  approximately. 

Mr.  Hallberg. — The  fluid  extracts  now  have  solids  by  weight  and  liquids  by  meas- 
ure— the  fluid  extracts  were  excepted;  it  is  only  the  tinctures  to  which  the  parts  by 
weight  apply. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


46  MINUTES  OF  SPECIAL  SESSION. 

Mr.  Searby. — We  want  to  have  the  Phannacopoeia  so  constructed  that  a  practical 

and  easily  workable  formula  will  be  in  strict  accordance  with  the  Pharmacopoeia.     If  we 

insist  upon  absolute  accuracy  conformed  to  the  metric  weights,  we  almost  drive  the  busi- 

ness  out  of  the  hands  of  the  small  pharmacists. 

• 
Mr.  Hopp. — If  I  understood  Mr.  Bedford's  paper  right, he  said  that  the  three  different 

times  the  measured  preparations  were  inaccurate.     I  would  like  to  ask  him  if  these  same 

gentlemen  had  weighed  those  preparations,  would  there  not  be  a  liability  to  error  in 

weighing  as  much  as  there  is  in  measuring? 

Mr.  Bedford.— No,  there  is  not. 

Mr.  Hallberg. — The  objection  to  measuring  is  the  variation  in  the  measures.  Now 
how  was  that  measure  determined ;  by  weight  ? 

Mr.  Bedford. — By  weight. 

Mr.  Hallberg. — Was  the  weight  correct? 

Mr.  Bedford. — The  weight  was  correct ;  the  same  weight  was  used  in  all. 

Mr.  Ebert. — I  have  in  my  employ  at  present  two  graduates  of  pharmacy.  They  are 
from  two  different  colleges  of  high  standing.  I  have  asked  them  from  time  to  time  to 
put  a  graduate  on  the  scale  and  weigh  the  liquid  into  it.  Not  one  of  those  graduates 
in  pharmacy,  with  long  experience,  knew  absolutely  how  to  weigh.  I  doubt  whether 
some  men  know  how,  although  they  may  be  professors — I  have  seen  professors  who 
didn't  know  how.  They  take  a  bottle  and  pour  in,  down  the  pan  goes ;  they  pour  off  a 
little,  down  it  goes  again.  Now,  if  his  training  during  apprenticeship  was  proper,  he 
would  pour  in,  resting  his  finger  on  the  scale  pan,  and  finding  that  gradually  going 
down,  he  could  stop,  and  thus  he  might  get  it  more  accurate.  But  I  say,  gentlemen,  that 
you  will  measure  more  accurately  than  you  will  weigh,  unless  you  have  been  trained  to 
do  it.  I  am  now  willing  to  go  back,  as  my  dear  friend,  Henry  Deane,  suggested,  and 
.not  go  quite  so  fast,  to  let  others  catch  up.  Let  us  keep  our  money  or  make  money  by 
making  our  own  preparations.  Let  us  induce  the  pharmacists  in  this  country  to  manu- 
facture the  galenical  preparations  of  the  Pharmacopoeia  by  giving  them  practical  formulas 
for  it. 

Mr.  Stevens. — I  made  experiments  a  few  years  ago  with  a  number  of  students  who 
had  no  practical  experience  at  all.  They  were  to  make  a  certain  preparation — ^two 
samples  of  it,  one  by  weight  and  another  by  measure,  and  so  on,  till  I  had  some  forty 
samples  of  the  same  preparation,  made  by  different  students.  I  examined  them,  and 
found  that  they  were  much  more  accurate  made  by  weight;  but  at  the  same  time  I  think 
it  would  be  better  to  make  those  preparations  which  are  made  by  percolation,  to  make 
those  to  a  given  volume.  If  you  will  simply  draw  the  line  at  that  point,  it  would  be 
convenient  for  everybody. 

Mr.  Hallberg. — I  believe  Mr.  Stevens'  experiments  were  made  with  acids.  The 
Pharmacopseia  has  not  recognized  making  acids  by  measure.  Acids  cannot  be  measured 
very  well;  sulphuric  acid  certainly  not,  it  is  too  dense.  Acids  certainly  should  be 
weighed,  and  I  don't  think  the  examples  were  good  illustrations  in  this  case.  Now,  I 
should  like  once  for  all  to  say  that  I  am  tired  of  hearing  this  charge  made,  that  if  only 
the  people  that  were  opposed  to  this  parts-by -weight  system  would  try  it  once  for  three 
months  they  would  never  use  anything  else.  I  will  say  for  myself  when  the  preliminary 
draft  came  out  in  1879  for  the  last  Pharmacopoeia,  I  then  was  in  a  position  where  I 
could  try  this  parts  by- weight  system  very  thoroughly  and  on  a  great  scale.     I  tried  it 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


ON   MEDICINAL  CHEMICALS.  '  47 

for  two  years  repeatedly  daily,  because  I  saw  that  it  was  going  to  be  introduced  in  the 
next  Pharmacopseia,  and  after  the  expiration  of  those  two  years  I  concluded  that  the 
partsby  weight  system  was  the  proper  thing  for  solutions — solutions  of  chloride  of  iron, 
chloride  of  zinc,  or  diluted  acids,  preparations  of  that  kind ;  but  for  galenical  preparations, 
tinctures,  syrups,  etc.,  it  was  not  the  proper  system,  because  of  a  variation  in  volume  ; 
and  that  variation  in  volume  was  so  great  that  when  it  was  presented  as  a  final  issue  to 
the  Committee  on  Fluid  Extracts,  they  recognized  there  was  a  variation  of  about  forty  per 
cent,  of  the  volume  of  fluid  extract  of  rhubarb  and  fluid  extract  of  ginger,  and  they  con- 
cluded that  it  was  utterly  impracticable  to  make  the  fluid  extracts  parts  by  weight,  and 
adopted  solid  by  weight  and  liquids  by  volume  of  the  metric  system.  The  Committee 
intended  to  issue  an  appendix  giving  the  variations  between  volume  and  weight  of  the 
galenical  preparations,  but  they  were  not  able  to  do  it  when  the  Pharmacopoeia  was 
published  in  1882 ;  they  have  not  been  able  to  do  it  since ;  they  cannot  do  it. 

The  question  was  then  taken  on  the  first  recommendation  of  the  Com- 
mittee, and  it  was  adopted. 

The  second  recommendation,  referring  to  antiquated  drugs  and  pre- 
parations, was  read,  and  on  motion  adopted. 

The  third  recommendation,  relating  to  certain  medicinal  chemicals,  was 
read. 

Mr.  Ebert. — Since  we  are  not  conversant  with  the  secrets  of  the  manufacturers  of 
chemicals,  we  would  have  to  ignore  nearly  half  of  the  present  definite  chemicals  in  the 
Pharmacoepia  if  we  desired  to  admit  none  which  are  made  by  secret  processes.  The 
preparations  alluded  to  are  definite  chemical  compounds,  of  which  as  a  rule,  the  pro- 
cesses  have  been  patented.  It  would  not  be  proper,  likely,  for  the  Committee  on  Revi 
sion  to  introduce  into  the  Pharmacopoeia  the  word  antipyrin.  They  must  give  its  chemi- 
cal formula — ^give  its  chemical  name,  its  proper  name — and  leave  to  time  a  means  of 
discovering  some  other  process  than  the  process  that  its  manufacturer  has  and  has 
patented  for  others  to  manufacture  with. 

Mr.  Redsecker. — The  process  is  not  patented,  I  presume;  but  the  pame  is,  is  it  not? 

Mr.  Ebert. — Both  the  name  and  process.  The  name  is  a  trade  mark,  so  to  say.  in 
some  of  them. 

Mr.  Redsecker. — Ts  it  not  manufactured  in  France  under  the  name  of  analgesine? 

The  SECRtTARY. — Yes,  sir. 

Mr.  Ebert. — But  the  process  is  patented. 

The  Secretary. — In  Germany,  not  in  France. 

Mr.  Ebert. — Because  in  France  they  don't  recognize  the  patent,  but  we  do  in  this 
country.  The  Committee  don't  recommend  at  all  the  introduction  of  patented  articles 
into  the  Pharmacopoeia;  but  we  should  consider  whether  to  put  such  chemicals  into  the 
Formulary  or  into  the  Pharmacopoeia.     We  have  to  meet  the  question. 

Mr.  Redsecker. — Sulfonal  is  not  a  patented  article,  is  it? 

Mr.  Ebert. — It  is  a  patented  process.  * 

Mr.  Hallberg. — I  have  an  amendment  to  offer,  that  the  following  be  added  to  the 
Committee's  recommendation :  and  that  such  compounds  be  recognized  by  descriptive 

chemical  names,  and  not  by  therapeutic  names.  /^^^^^^/^T^ 

^  Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


48  MINUTES  OF   SPECIAL  SESSION. 

Mr.  Searby. — Will  Mr.  Hallberg  add  that  they  be  accompanied  by  distinguishshing 
tests  ? 

Mr.  ITallbrrg. — That  is  understood.  Now,  if  I  may  be  permiUed,  I  will  call  at- 
tention to  an  illustration :  Commercial  salicylic  acid  is  made  by  Kolbe's  patent,  which 
expired  this  year.  If  that  had  not  been  incorporated  in  the  Pharmacopoeia  it  would  have 
been  a  very  serious  thing.  We  would  have  been  without  official  tests  for  a  preparation 
that  is  very  largely  used.  Some  of  these  preparations  might  become  equally  valuable, 
like  sulfonal  and  others.  I  think  when  their  therapeutic  value  is  established,  they  ought 
to  be  incorporated  in  the  Pharmacopoeia.  While  I  don't  believe  that  the  Pharmacopoeia 
should  lead  in  the  roads  of  fashion,  I  think  it  ought  to  gather  or  hoard  up  for  use  that 
which  has  been  demonstrated  to  be  thoroughly  and  permanently  valuable  to  the  pharma- 
ceutical and  medical  professions.  But  such  chemicals  should  not  be  recognized  in  the 
Pharmacopoeia  by  any  therapeutic  terms ;  for  instance,  antipyrin  should  not  be  recognized 
as  antipyrin ;  for  in  a  few  years  from  now,  should  it  survive,  it  may  be  used  for  very 
different  purposes  from  what  it  is  now.  In  justice  to  pharmacy,  as  well  as  medicine  and 
chemistry,  we  should  not  commence  again  to  introduce  the  old  terms  that  we  have  dis- 
carded of  late  years. 

So  I  would  suggest  that  if  these  preparations  be  introduced  at  all,  they  be  recognized 
by  descriptive  chemical  titles. 

Mr.  Maisch. — I  second  the  motion  :  and  merely  wish  to  add  to  what  Mr.  Hallberg 
has  said,  that  the  full  descriptive  chemical  names  might  perhaps  be  very  lengthy  ones — 
chemists  are  in  the  habit  of  stringing  them  out — but  in  most  cases  they  can  be  condensed 
conveniently,  so  as  to  be  intelligible  to  physicians  as  well  as  pharmacists.  It  is  the  only 
way  by  which  we  can  get  over  the  difficulty  for  the  present  time  and  for  the  future.  You 
must  remember  that  a  large  number  of  chemists  are  at  work  in  the  line  of  synthesis. 
Originally  this  research  was  started  mainly  perhaps  for  the  purpose  of  discovering  a  pro- 
cess for  the  manufacture  of  artiHcial  quinine.  If  such  a  process  had  been  discovered 
twenty  years  ago,  perhaps  the  discoveror  would  have  made  a  fortune  in  a  very  short  lime; 
but  at  the  present  time  quinine  is  so  very  cheap  that  even  if  the  process  herealier  should 
be  discovered  and  quinine  manufactured  artiticially,  it  would  not  probably  amount  to  a 
great  deal  in  a  pecuniary  way.  But  these  very  researches  have  led  to  the  discovery  of  a 
large  number  of  chemicals  which  in  the  meantime  have  been  found  to  possess  a  certain 
amount  of  value  as  remedial  agents,  and  we  certainly  must  expect  that  these  investiga- 
tions will  be  continued  in  the  future,  and  probably  a  larcje  number  of  such  more  or  less 
valuable  compounds  may  be  discovered.  It  is  very  natural  that  the  discoverer  should 
secure  for  himself  as  a  reward  for  his  researches  the  process  at  least  by  which  it  was  dis- 
covered, and  consequently  he  may  take  out  a  patent.  That  leaves  every  man  free,  how- 
ever, to  manufacture  the  same  preparation  by  any  other  process,  if  he  can  find  one.  It 
seems  to  me  that  the  amendment  offered  by  Mr.  Hallberg  covers  the  case  very  fully,  and 
is  in  accord  with  the  recommendation  of  the  Committee. 

The  question  being  taken  on  the  amendment,  it  was  adopted,  and  the 
recommendation  as  amended  was  then  concurred  in. 

The  fourth  recommendation,  referring  to  tests  of  identity  and  purity, 
was  read  and  on  motion  adopted. 

The  fifth  recommendfition,  relating  to  the  authority  of  the  National 
Formulary,  was  read,  briefly  explained,  and  adopted  without  alteration. 

The  sixth  recommendation,  in  regard  to  liquid  preparations  of  50  per 
cent,  strength,  was  read  and  adopted. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


ON  A   NEW   CXASS   OF   PREPARATIONS.  49 

The  seventh  clause,  relating  to  admission  into  the  Pharmacopoeia  of  a 
class  of  compound  spirits,  was  negatived. 

On  motion  of  Mr.  Hallberg,  the  vote  by  which  the  sixth  recom- 
mendation had  been  adopted  was  reconsidered. 

Mr*  Painter. — Mr.  President:^  While  it  would  be  very  desirable  to  have  such  a  class 
of  preparaiions,  it  would  not  be  desirable  at  the  present  time  to  throw  out  the  fluid  ex- 
traas.  This  inu>t  be  accomf  lished  more  gradually.  It  would  throw  too  many  of  the 
pharmacists'  preparations  into  the  bands  of  the  manufacturers. 

Mr.  Maisch. — The  recommendation  of  the  Committee  is  not  that  fluid  extracts  and 
tinctures  shall  at  once  be  thrown  overboard,  and  fifty  per  cent,  liquid  preparations 
adopted  in  iheir  place ;  but  the  idea  is,  as  I  understand  it,  that  flfty  per  cent,  liquid  pre- 
parations shall  be  introduced  with  a  view  of  gradually  replacing  the  fluid  extracts  and 
the  tinctures. 

Mr.  Painter. — That  would  malce  another  class  of  preparations.  We  have  tincture 
of  veratrum  viride  flfiy  ^ler  cent.  Aconite  wnich  is  forty  per  cent,  can  just  as  well  be 
made  of  fifty  per  cent,  strength,  it  is  a  very  strong  preparation  anyhow.  Several  of  the 
fluid  extracts,  like  gelsemium  and  other  very  poisonous  ones,  conld  very  well  be  made 
of  fifty  per  cent,  strength  as  an  experiment;  these  would  be  strong  enough  for  any  pur- 
pose, and  we  could  start  the  way. 

Mr.  Sear  I  y. — I  have  always  been  in  favor  of  such  a  class  of  preparations.  The 
difficulty  has  been  in  regard  to  the  name,  so  as  to  prevent,  if  possible,  any  confusion 
between  two  classes.  The  terms  which  have  been  suggested  are  so  similar  that  I  fear 
there  would  be  a  great  deal  of  confusion.  If  such  a  measure  is  to  be  adopted,  a  name 
must  be  chosen  that  is  entirely  distinct  and  totally  dissimilar  from  either  of  the  others. 

The  Chairman. — The  question  is  not  upon  the  name;  the  question  before  the  house 
is  upon  the  adoption  of  the  resolution. 

Mr.  Searby. — I  was  about  to  suggest  that  the  matter  should  be  considered  whether 
the  class  of  tinctures  might  not  be  abolished  altoegther.  Most  of  them  contain  al- 
together  too  much  alcuhol. 

The  sixth  recommendation  was  then,  on  motion,  concurred  in;  and 
the  report  of  the  Committee,  as  amended,  was  adopted. 

Mr.  Ebert. — The  Committee  has  brought  before  you  only  such  questions  as  seem  to 
be  of  genersil  importance,  and  you  may  have  been  disapix^iuted  in  not  being  called  upon 
lo  vote  or  gi\e  }our  opinion  on  details.  But  the  Committee  thought  it  would  be  much 
more  desiiabie  to  let  the  local  Associations  do  that  work,  and  for  the  present  to  confine 
the  action  of  this  Association  to  questions  of  a  general  character. 

On  motion,  duly  seconded,  the  meeting  adjourned. 


Fifth  Session. — Wednesday  Morning,  June  26th. 
President  Alexander  in  the  chair.     The  minutes  of  the  second,  third, 
fourth  and  special  sessions  were  read  by  the  Permanent  Secretary,  and, 
on  motion,  were  approved. 

4  Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


50  MINUTES   OF  THE   FIFTH   TO  THE   NINTH   SESSION. 

Mr.  Kennedy  read  the  minutes  of  the  Council,  which  were  approved : 

Fourth  Session  of  the  Council,  Odd  Fellows*  Hall,  June  26th,  3:30  p.  m. 

(5  members  present.) 

Vice-President  Painter  in  the  chair. 

Five  propositions  for  membership  were  examined  and  referred  to  the  Association. 

Bills  from  Adelina  V.  Sumner  and  Leo  EHel  were*  audited  and  ordered  to  be  paid. 

The  Permanent  Secretary  stated  that  Mrs.  Sumner  being  prevented  from  acting  as  sten- 
ographer, Mr.  Stephen  Potter  was  reporting  the  proceedings,  under  the  terms  originally 
agreed  upon. 

The  five  candidates  proposed  for  membership  were  elected,  and  the 
Association  adjourned. 


Sixth  SEssioii,-pW'^iEapS^:^S^^ifoOii,  June  26th. 
The  Association  duJ'^^  transact  anj^i^pSness  preceding  the  second 
session  of  the  SecticpQn  Scientific  PfUJgJS-  ^ 

Seventh  SEVs<^Rk--THURSD.^j^»ihiw         June  27TH. 


S<^«fe--THURSD^ 


Eighth  Session. — Thursday  Afternoon,  June  27TH. 
No  business  was  transacted  by  the  Association  preceding  the  sessions 
of  the  Section  on  Scientific  Papers  (third),  and  of  the  Section  on  Phar- 
maceutical Education. 


Ninth  Session. —Friday  Morning,  June  28th. 

Immediately  after  the  adjournment  of  the  adjourned  session  of  the 
Section  on  Commercial  Interests,  at  9:40  a.  m.,  President  Alexander 
called  the  meeting  to  order.  The  Permanent  Secretary  read  the  minutes 
of  the  four  preceding  sessions,  which  were  approved. 

The  Secretary  of  the  Council  read  the  minutes  of  that  body,  which,  on 
motion,  were  approved.     These  minutes  give  the  following  information  : 

First  Session  of  the  New  Council.    Odd  Fellows*  Hall,  June  28th,  8:30  a.  m. 

(9  members  present.) 

L.  C.  Hopp  was  elected  Chairman  /ro  tempore^  and  G.  W.  Kennedy  Secretary  pro 
tempore. 

The  election  of  officers  resulted  as  follows:  Chairman^  J.  M.  Good,  of  St.  Louis,  Mo; 
Vice-President,  \Vm.  S.  Thompson,  of  Washington,  D.  C. ;  Secretary,  G.  W.  Kennedy, 
of  Pottsville,  Pa. 

The  Standing  Committees  of  the  Council  were  constituted  as  follows : 

Committee  on  Publication. — C.  L.  Diehl,  Chairman ^  L.  C.  Hopp,  W,  M.  Searby,  J. 
•H.  Redsecker  and  J.  M.  Maisch. 

Committee  on  Finance. — Wm.  Dupont,  Chairman^  Leo  Eliel  and  W.  S.  Thompson. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


REPORT   ON    PRESIDENT  S   ADDRESS.  5 1 

Commifiee  on  Mfmbership. — Karl  Simmon,  Chairman^  J.  W.  Dawson,  C.  L.  Kepplcr, 
J.  W.  Eckford,  Henry  Canning ;  also  ex-officio  the  Permanent  Secretary  and  Treasurer. 
This  Committee  elected  Geo.  W,  Kennedy  its  Secretary. 

The  Committee  oti  the  Ctntennial  Fund  consists  of  the  President,  the  Chairman  of  the 
Finance  Committee,  and  the  Permanent  Secretary. 

The  propositions  for  membership  of  five  candidates  were  examined  and  referred  to 
the  Association  for  action.  - 

The  list  of  members  in  arrears,  as  furnished  by  the  Treasurer,  was  considered,  and 
those  reported  three  years  or  more  in  arrears  with  their  dues  were  ordered  to  be  dropped 
from  the  roll,  in  accordance  with  Chap.  VIII.,  Art.  III.  of  the  By*laws. 

The  five  propositions  for  membership  were  then  read,  and  the  candi- 
dates, on  motion,  were  duly  elected. 

The  Committee  on  the  President's  address  presented  the  following  re- 
port, which  was  read  by  Mr.  Whitney  : 

REPORT  ON  PRESIDENT'S  ADDRESS. 

San  Francisco,  June  25,  1889. 
Your  Committee  to  7vhom  has  been  referred  the  address  of  the  President^  respectfully 

report: 

1st.  That  they  note  with  regret  the  fact  that  the  expenses  of  the  Association  for  the 
past  two  years  have  exceeded  our  income  from  dues  between  ;^i,200  and  $1,300.  We 
recommend  that  rigid  economy  be  practiced  in  regard  to  all  expenditures,  and  we  urge 
upon  the  Council  and  the  Association  the  necessity  of  reducing  our  appropriations  so 
that  our  expenses  may  be  kept  within  our  current  income,  until  such  time  as  our  in- 
debtedness shall  have  been  paid,  and  a  surplus  of  at  least  $2,000  accumulated. 

2d.  We  think  the  suggestion  of  the  President  in  regard  to  the  adoption  of  the  Metric 
System  in  the  next  Pharmacopoeia  may  be  safely  left  to  the  Committee  of  Revision  of 
the  Pharmacopoeia. 

3d.  We  make  no  recommendations  in  regard  to  Pharmacy  Laws  and  interchange  of 
State  Certificates,  as  the  special  Committee  upon  State  Pharmacy  Laws  will  report  upon 
this  subject. 

4th.  We  agree  with  the  recommendation  of  the  President  in  regard  to  the  advisability 
of  devoting  a  page  in  the  volume  of  our  published  Proceedings,  upon  which  to  print  & 
history  of  the  origin,  money  value  and  use  to  which  the  proceeds  may  be  applied  of  the 
•*  Eberl,"  the  "  Centennial "  and  "  Life  Membership  "  funds,  and  we  therefore  offer  the 
following  resolutions: 

1 .  Resolved,  That  the  Council  be  directed  to  practice  rigid  economy  in  regard  to  ex- 
penditures and  appropriations,  until  our  indebtedness  is  paid  and  we  have  accumulated 
a  surplus  of  at  least  $2,000. 

2.  Resolvedy  That  a  committee  be  appointed  by  the  Association  or  Council  who  shall 
confer  with  the  Treasurer,  and  devise  some  plan  by  which  the  current  expenses  of  the 
Association  shall  not  exceed  the  income  from  annual  dues  and  fees,  and  rigid  economy 
is  urged  until  a  surplus  of  at  least  $2,000  shall  have  been  accumulated  from  this  source. 

3.  Resolved^  That  the  Secretary  be  directed  to  devote  a  page  in  each  volume  of  our 
published  Proceedings  to  the  "  Ebert,"  the  "  Centennial  "  and  the  *•  Life  Membership  " 
funds,  and  that  upon  this  page  shall  be  printed  a  brief-history  of  the  origin,  money  value 
and  use  to  which  the  proceeds  of  each  fund  may  be  applied. 

Mr.  Whitney,  in  presenting  the  resolutions  for  the  committee,  empha- 
sized the  necessity  of  keeping  the  financial  condition  of  the  Association 

Digitized  by  VaOOQlC^ 


52  MINUTES  OF  THE   NINTH   SESSION. 

upon  a  sound  and  self-supporting  basis;  that  the  income  from  annual 
dues,  membership  fees,  and  sale  of  proceedirgs  on!y,  should  be  used  for 
current  expenses ;  that  as  the  Treasurer  resided  in  Boston,  it  would  not 
be  wise  to  appoint  the  committee  from  California ;  and  as  it  appears  from 
the  President's  address  that  the  expenses  for  the  pa^t  two  years  had  ex- 
ceeded the  income,  it  was  a  necessity  that  some  dt  finite  plan  or  policy 
should  be  decided  on  before  the  next  annual  meeting.  The  Council 
could  readily  select  a  committee  who,  with  the  Treasurer,  would  adopt 
some  method  and  enforce  the  action  of  the  Association. 

The  report  was  accepted  and  the  proposed  resolutions  were  ordered  to 
be  considered  seriatim. 

The  first  resolution,  directing  rigid  economy,  etc.,  having  been  read, 
the  Secretary  read  from  the  Treasurer's  report  that  the  cash  balance  on 
'hand  July  i,  1888,  had  been  II2376,  and  after  ten  months,  on  ist  of  May, 
1889,  f  294^»  ^^  increase  of  |^6oo. 

The  Secretary.— I  presume  that  the  idea  is  tha^  the  surplus  shall  arise  from  the  an- 
nual dues,  not  from  other  income  ? 

Mr.  Whitney.— Yes,  sir. 

The  Secretary  moved  the  adoption  of  the  first  resolution,  and  the 
motion  being  seconded  was  carried. 

The  second  resolution  presented  by  the  committee  was  again  read,  and 
on  motion  adopted.  The  same  action  was  al^o  had  on  the  third  resolu- 
tion, after  which  the  report  of  the  committee  was  adopted  as  a  whole. 

President  Alexander  resumed  the  chair. 

Mr.  Wilcox,  on  behalf  of  the  Nominating  Committee,  presented-  a 
tfinal  report,  nominating  for  Local  Secretary,  Mr.  Charles  E.  Dohme,  of 
Baltimore ;  and  for  member  of  the  Council  for  the  unexpired  term  of 
President  tlect  Painter,  Mr.  J.  H.  Red&ecker,  of  Lebanon,  Pa. 

On  motion,  the  Secretary  was  directed  to  cast  affirmative  ballots  for  . 
the  nominees,  when  they  were  declared  elected. 

Mr.  Simmon  gave  notice  of  an  amendment  to  Chapter  IX.  of  the  By- 
Laws,  contemplating  that  the  Stctions  on  Pharmaceutical  Education  and 
Pharmaceutical  Legislation  be  merged  into  one.  The  consideration  will 
'have  to  be  deferred  until  the  next  meeting. 

Mr.  El iel  spoke  of  the  increased  cost  tVis  year  for  the  printing  of 
papers  ^hich  i^cre  read  at  the  present  meeting,  and  moved  that  the 
printing  of  these  papers  be  discontinued  for  the  present.  The  motion 
^as  duly  seconded. 

Mr.  Painter. — I  hope  this  motion  will  not  prevail.  One  of  the  great  advantages 
recently  introduced,  which  I  think  has  been  a|.preciated  by  every  one,  was  having  a 
Copy  of  th«  paper  in  hand  when  the  paper  was  being  read.  It  has  enabled  those  who 
5\'ished  to  discuss  some  particular  point  in  it  to  note  that  point,  and  to  refer  to  it  during 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


PRINTING  OF   PAPERS.  53 

the  discussion.  The  value  of  reading  papers  at  the  meeting  is  mainly  in  the  discussions; 
otherwise  they  may  be  read  the  next  month  in  most  of  the  pharmaceutical  journals.  I  think 
this  is  well  worth  a  moderate  expenditure  of  money ;  if  the  expenditure  has  been  exces- 
sive this  year,  it  can  perhaps  be  reduced  so  that  it  will  be  nominal.  The  first  year  when 
the  papers  were  printed  the  cost  was  small.  The  type' was  set  up  by  the  printer  of  a 
journal  with  the  distinct  understanding  that  no  use  was  to  be  made  of  this  type  until 
after  the  papers  had  been  read  iKfore  the  Association,  and  that  was  strictly  adhered  to; 
biit  this  type  being  already  set  up  was  valuable  to  that  printer,  and  he  could  sell  it  to  the 
journal  that  he  was  in  the  habit  of  printing.  That  is  how  the  cost  of  the  papers  that 
year  amounted  to  something  less  than  $40.  Last  year  the  papers  were  pnnted  by  the 
Association  printer,  and  the  type  was  used  for  the  Proceedings.  This  year  it  was  not 
convement  to  do  so,  bt- ing  so  far  removed  from  the  place  of  meeting.  The  bill  seems  to 
be  rather  extraordinary,  though  the  estimates  were  submitted  to  those  of  the  Publishing 
Committee  who  knew  the  proper  cost  for  such  work,  and  it  was  thought  that  the  bid 
made  was  not  excessive.  I  have  the  bill,  and  it  is  try  intention  to  scrutinize  it  closely  in 
accordance  with  the  bid  made,  the  figures  of  which  I  have  in  my  possession.  I  hope 
this  motion  will  not  prevail  until  the  plan  has  been  tried  a  longer  time  to  have  the  papers 
printed.     If,  may  be  done,  and  should  be  done,  at  a  less  cost  than  the  present. 

The  Secretary. — It  is  well  known  that  I  am  personally  not  in  favor  of  printing  the 
papers  in  advance  of  the  metti'-g;  but  that  I  favor  merely  the  printing  of  a  brief  synop- 
sis of  each  paper  for  the  use  of  the  members  present.  The  report  of  the  Publishing  Com- 
mittee presented  two  years  ago  was  written  by  me,  and  after  full  discussion  was  adopted 
by  the  Committee  on  Publication ;  it  was  in  opposition  to  the  proposition  of  Mr.  Painter. 
However,  as  regards  the  expenditures  lor  printing  the  papers,  last  year  the  total  cost  to 
the  Association  was  only  i^  15.50,  and  that  was  so  low  because  the  type  was  used  after- 
wards for  the  Proceedings,  and  the  Association  had  nothing  to  pay  except  the  paper  and 
printing.  When  the  meeting  was  fixed  for  San  Francisco,  a  serious  question  arose  how 
the  printing  should  be  done.  The  Chairman  of  the  Committee  on  Scientific  Papers  con- 
sulted with  me,  and  I  advised  him  to  obtain  estimates.  These  estimates  W'ere  in  strict 
conformity  with  the  prices  paid  in  the  East  for  similar  work.  In  view  of  the  t-arly  dale 
of  the  meeting,  and  time  consumed  in  traveling  from  the  Atlantic  to  the  Pacific  Coast,  it 
was  deemed  impracticable  for  most  of  the  papers  presented  here  to  have  them  set  up  in 
the  East  by  the  Association  printer,  to  keep  the  type  standing  until  used  for  the  Pro- 
ceedings, and  to  conveniently  and  cheaply  ship  these  papers  in  time  for  the  meeting  in 
San  Francisco.  My  past  experience  as  to  the  date  when  papers  are  presented  to  the 
Committee  and  as  to  the  express  charges  across  the  Continent  are  such  that  I  had  to  ad- 
vise the  Chairman  not  to  hav^  them  printed  in  the  East,  because  in  my  opinion  the  cost 
would  have  been  more  than  having  them  printed  here.  1  he  large  amount  of  cost  in 
this  case  is  due,  a^ide  from  the  fact  that  the  type  had  to  be  set  up,  and  afterward  had  to 
be  distributed  as  being  of  no  further  use,  that  the  number  of  papers  and  the  number  of 
pages  of  these  papers  is  very  much  larger  than  heretofore. 

Mr.  Simmon. — I  can  see  from  what  has  been  said  that  everybody  has  been  trying  to 
do  the  best  he  could.  Circumstances  have  altered  the  case  very  much  this  year,  still  I 
think  it  would  be  better  if  instructions  were  given  to  follow  the  same  plan  heretofore 
followed,  provided  the  expense  does  not  exceed  $100  at  anyone  time — I  think  probably 
I50  would  pay  it,  but  I  am  willing  to  allow  ^100,  and  then  the  Association  could  afford 
to  have  the  papers  printed.  It  is  very  convenient  to  have  the  pnnted  papers,  but  when 
this  expense  would  be  so  great  that  the  Association  cannot  aflord  it,  it  will  be  belter  to 
have  the  members  take  notes  as  the  papers  are  being  read.  But  I  think  it  can  be  done 
as  heretofore,  and  I  will  make  an  amendment  to  the  motion,  that  the  Committee  shi 
have  the  privilege  to  print  the  papers  at  a  cost  not  to  exceed  $100. 


igle 


54  MINUTES   or  THE   NINTH    SESSION. 

Mr.  Eliel. — I  accept  that  amendment. 

Mr.  Whitney. — I  rise  to  second  the  motion.  I  think  after  the  adoption  of  the  report 
recommending  Council  to  use  great  economy  in  the  expenditure  of  money,  that  we  will 
leave  the  matter  in  as  good  a  condition  with  the  Council  as  in  any  other  way. 

The  motion  as  amended  by  Mr.  Simmon  was  adopted. 

On  motion  of  Mr.  Painter,  the  Association  resolved  after  final  adjourn- 
ment of  this  session  to  visit  in  a  body  the  exhibits  in  another  part  of  the 
same  building. 

In  reply  to  a  question  by  Mr.  Whelpley,  the  Secretary  stated  that  the 
resolution  limiting  the  cost  of  printing  papers  for  use  at  the  meeting  evi- 
dently meant  to  carry  out  the  instruction  of  two  years  ago,  to  have  the 
work  done  by  the  Association's  printer,  if  it  can  thus  be  done  to  advan- 
tage. 

•  No  other  business  being  presented,  the  installation  of  the  officers  elect 
being  in  order,  the  Chair  appointed  Messrs.  Whitney  of  Massachusetts, 
and  Calvert  of  California,  to  conduct  the  newly  elected  officers  to  their 
stations.  ' 

The  committee  introduced  Mr.  Painter,  the  President-elect. 

The  Retiring  President. — In  surrendering  my  badge  of  office  to  our  new  Presi- 
dent, I  do  so  with  a  great  deal. of  pleasure,  knowing  that  he  will  fulHl  all  of  the  duties, 
every  one  of  them,  and  not  neglect  any.  At  the  same  time,  in  resigning  this  badge  of 
office,  I  wish  to  thank  the  members  of  the  Association  for  their  universal  courtesy  to  me 
during  my  term  of  office. 

The  President-elect  expressed  his  thanks  for  the  honor  conferred  by 
the  election.* 

Mr.  Whitney. — It  seems  to  me  eminently  proper  at  this  lime  that  we  should 
tender  to  our  retiring  President  our  hearty  thanks  for  the  able  and  courteous  and  success- 
ful manner  in  which  he  has  conducted  the  deliberations  of  this  body.  I  therefore  move 
you,  sir,  a  vote  of  thanks  by  rising,  to  the  retiring  President, 

The  motion  was  duly  seconded,  and  the  question  being  taken  by  Presi- 
dent Painter,  a  rising  vote  of  thanks  was  given  unanimously. 

The  Committee  introduced  the  first  Vice-Presidentelect  to  the  As- 
sociation. 

Mr.  Simmon. — This  is  the  second  time  I  have  been  honored  by  this  Association  by 
one  of  the  highest  offices  you  have  to  bestow,  and  I  feel  that  you  might  have  made  a 
belter  choice  from  among  ihe  able  members  you  have  to  select  from.  As  we  have  not 
a  great  deal  of  time  for  speech  making  this  morning,  allow  me  to  thank  you. 

Mr.  Alexander. — In  the  absence  of  the  other  two  Vice-Presidents,  the  same  Com. 
miltee  will  escort  the  Secretar>',  Prof.  Maisch,  to  the  chair. 


*  These  remarks  were  not  reported  by  the  stenographer,  and  the  prolonged  sickness  of 
Mr.  Fainter,  after  his  return  from  California,  prevented  the  Permanent  Secretary  from 
obtaining  from  him  an  outline  of  this  inaugural  speech. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


INTRODUCTION   OF   OFFICERS.  55 

Secrftary  Maisch. — Mr.  President,  and  members  of  the  American  Pharmaceutical 
Association :  It  has  not,  in  the  past,  been  customary  for  the  Permanent  Secretary  to  be 
introduced  at  each  annual  meeting  after  the  election ;  but  on  the  present  occasion  I 
should  have  requested  the  privilege  of  saying  a  few  words.  To  say  that  I  heartily  thank 
the  members  of  the  Association  for  the  confidence  that  they  hive  bestowed  upon  me  by 
reelecting  me  every  year  to  this  office  is  saying  but  very  little.  I  can  assure  you  that  my 
best  endeavors  have  in  the  past  been  given  to  the  Association,  and  as  long  as  I  shall 
remain  a  member  of  the  Association,  I  shall  certainly  continue  in  that  line.  It  was  in 
the  year  1S64,  just  twenty-five  years  ago,  at  the  meeting  in  Cincinnati  (and  I  may  be 
permitted  to  state  here  in  parenthesis,  that  out  of  thirty-seven  meetings  that  have  been 
held  by  the  Association,  I  had  the  privilege  of  attending  thirty),  in  1864,  the  Association 
appointed  a  committee  to  revise  the  Constitution.  That  Committee  repoited  subse- 
quently  a  conftitution  which  was  acted  upon  by  the  Association  at  the  meeting  held  in 
1865,  in  Boston.  The  Constitution  then  adopted  provided  for  the  first  time  for  the 
election  of  a  Permanent  Secretary,  and  states — the  clause  having  been  retained  to  the 
present  time— that  the  officers,  **  with  the  exception  of  the  Permanent  Secretary,"  shall 
be  elected  annually.  But  another  clause  of  the  Constitution  which  since  1870  has  been 
transferred  to  the  By-laws  says,  the  Permanent  Secretary  shall  hold  office  at  **  the  pleasure 
of  the  A.ssociation."  The  Association  has  violated  the  letter  though  of  course  not  the 
^irit  of  its  Constitution  since  that  time,  by  re  electing  the  same  Secretary  every  year. 
At  the  meeting  in  1865,  I  had  not  the  remotest  idea  that  the  choice  of  the  Nominating 
Committee  for  the  position  of  Permanent  Secretary  would  fall  upon  me  ;  in  fact,  my  re-.- 
lations  in  life  at  the  time  were  of  such  a  nature,  that  I  could  scarcely  expect  to  fulfil 
the  duties;  and  though  I  protested  in  open  meeting  against  being  elected,  I  was  per- 
suaded by  the  members  to  accept  the  position,  and  I  did  accept  it.  The  duties,  how- 
ever, became  quite  ardous  in  the  course  of  time,  and  at  the  meeting  held  in  Chicago,  in: 
1869,  I  requested  the  tfeen  President,  Edward  Parrish,  to  announce  in  his  annual  ad- 
dress my  resignation  as  Secretary,  with  a  view  of  its  taking  place  at  the  following  meet- 
ing. After  the  announcement  had  thus  been  made  by  the  President,  several  of  the  old 
members  requested  me  to  withhold  the  action  upon  that  resignation  at  least  for  the  term 
of  two  or  three  years,  and  thus  it  came  to  pass  that  I  retained  the  office,  until  finally  in 
1872,  three  years  afterwards,  I  consented  to  withdraw  the  resignation,  which  was  an- 
nounced by  President  En  no  Sander.  Many  of  the  those  old  members  are  no  longer 
among  the  living.  Since  that  time,  I  have  repeatedly  felt  as  if  I  ought  to  resign,  and 
there  arc  members  present  here  who  know  that  such  has  been  my  wish  in  time  past,  and 
they  know  also,  to  a  certain  extent  at  least,  the  reasons  that  have  kept  me  in  office.  But 
now,  Mr.  President,  the  Association  has  elected  me  for  the  twenty  fifth  year.  The  next 
annnal  meeting  will  complete  my  twenty-five  years  service  as  your  Permanent  Secretary; 
and  I  think  it  is  not  more  than  just  to  myself,  as  well  as  to  the  Association,  to  request 
you  to  relieve  me  from  these  duties  and  to  accept  my  resignation,  to  go  into  efiect  at  the 
next  annual  meeting.     Gentlemen,  I  thank  you  very  heartily. 

Mr.  WHiTNEV.-.-Mr.  Chairman,  if  it  is  proper  at  this  time,  I  would  suggest  to  our 
Permanent  Secretary  the  same  action  that  he  took  some  years  ago,  when  he  was  requested 
to  withhold  his  resignation  for  a  period  of  three  years. 

The  Chairman. — I  think  it  is  an  excellent  suggestion. 

Secretary  Maisch. — I  heartily  thank  Mr.  Whitney  and  the  Association  for  that  ex- 
pression of  kindness,  but  I  should  prefer  that  the  Association  would  consider  that  for  at 
least  one  )  ear.  . 


A  vote  of  thanks  was  proposed  to  the  retiring  cffi  ers. 

'^      '^  °  Digitized  by 


Google 


56  MINUTES   OF   THE   NINTH   SESSION. 

Mr.  Ebert. — I  rise  to  make  the  motion  that  we  heartily  thank  all  the  retirin^r  officers 
for  the  work  they  have  performed  during  the  last  year,  and  especially  the  Local  Secre- 
tary of  the  Association,  Mr.  Runyon,  for  the  work  he  has  performed  in  bringing  this 
meeting  to  such  a  successful  issue. 

The  motion  was  duly  seconded,  and,  being  put  by  the  Chair,  was  ear- 
by  a  unanimous  rising  vote. 

Mr.  Runyon. — I  thank  you  very  much»  gentlemen,  for  the  vote  you  have  taken. 
This  work  has  been  a  work  of  love  on  my  part,  and  if  ever  you  meet  in  San  Francisco 
again,  I  should  like  to  be  your  Local  Secretary,  because  I  think  I  could  do  it  better  than 
I  have  done  this  time.  The  work  has  been  made  easy  by  the  kind  lalwr  and  willing 
attention  that  have  been  given  me  by  the  local  druggists.  I  thank  you  heartily  f6r  your 
kind  expressions. 

Mr.  Alexander. — Mr.  President,  I  now  move,  sir,  and  ask  for  a  rising  vote,  that  onr 
hearty  thanks  be  extended  to  the  druggists  of  the  Pacific  Slope,  and  to  their  wives,  and  to 
those  ladies  who  assisted  in  ihe  management  and  in  making  our  attendance  here  so  de- 
lightful, the  recollection  of  which  we  will  all  carry  away  with  us  as  a  memory  to  be 
recalled  in  future  years  as  one  of  the  pleasantest  incidents  in  our  lives. 

The  motion  was  seconded  amidst  applause,  and  was  carried  by  a 
unanimous  rising  vote. 

Mr.  Ebert. — It  is  due  that  wft  also  extend  a  vote  of  thanks  to  the  daily  press  of  this 
city  for  their  reports  of  our  sessions,  and  to  the  citizens  at  large,  who  have  shown  us 
many  courtesies. 

Mr.  Ebert's  motion  was  seconded  by  Mr.  Eliel,  aAd  was  unanimously 
adopted. 

On  motion  of  Mr.  Maisch,  the  President  was  requested  to  appoint 
three  delegates  to  the  Decennial  Convention  for  the  revision  of  the  U.  S. 
Pharmacopoeia,  which  will  meet  in  Washington,  in  May,  1890.* 

In  answer  to  a  question  by  Mr.  Hallberg,  whether  it  would  be  proper 
to  appoint  delegates  to  the  American  Medical  Association,  in  case  that 
body  inaugurated  a  pharmaceutical  section,  the  Secretary  stated  that  at 
the  la.st  meeting  a  committee  was  appointed  to  bring  to  the  notice  of  the 
American  Medical  Association  the  National  Formulary  (see  Proceedings 
1888,  p.  126),  and  that  the  President  has  authorized  that  Committee  to 
act  in  such  emergencies. 

Mr.  Alexander  moved  that  the  Council  take  all  necessary  action  in  case 
a  Section  on  Pharmacy  should  be  organized  by  the  American  Medical 
Association,  and  action  should  be  required  by  this  Association. 

The  motion  was  seconded  and  adopted. 

Mr.  Simmon  moved  that  the  Committee  on  the  Revision  of  the  U.  S. 
Pharmacopoeia  be  continued  another  year. 

♦After  the  meeting;  adjourned,  President  Painter  appointed  for  this  delegation,  Dr.  E. 
R.  Squibb,  Brooklyn;  A.  E.  Ebert,  Chicago,  and  Chas.  Mohr,  Mobile,  Alk. — Permanent 
Secretary. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


MISCELLANEOUS.  57 

The  motion  was  seconded.  Mr.  Ebert  desired  to  be  relieved  from 
serving  further  on  this  Committee,  but  the  motion  was  carried. 

The  President  stated  that  the  Local  Secretary  elect,  not  residing  at  the 
place  of  next  year's  meeting,  desired  the  appointment  by  the  Association 
of  a  Committee  on  Arrangements  to  assist  him. 

The  Secretary  moved  that  the  President,  after  consultation  with  the 
Local  Secretary,  appoint  a  committee  of  five,  of  which  committee  the 
Local  Secretary  shall  be  chairman. 

The  motion  was  seconded  and  adopted. 

Mr.  Searby,  the  second  Vice-President  elect,  being  present,  was  con- 
ducted to  the  chair,  and  introduced  to  the  Association. 

Mr.  Searby. — Mr.  President  and  Gentlemen,  I  thank  you  very  much  for  the  honor 
conferred  upon  me,  unworthily  so  far  as  I  am  concerned.  Unworthy  as  I  am  to  receive 
it,  I  thank  you  for  this  honor,  and  trust  that  the  Association  will  find  that  their  officers 
who  will  be  present  next  year  will  be  able  to  transact  satisfactorily  all  the  business  of 
the  meeting.  I  may  be  present  with  you  next  year,  but  that  is  something  doubtful ;  but 
however  that  may  be,  you  will  have  my  best  wishes,  and  I  will  be  present  with  you  in 
sympathy  and  in  heart,  even  if  not  in  the  body. 

Mr.  Ebert  spoke  against  entertainments  being  projected  in  the  name 
of  the  Association,  and  suggested  that  they  might  and  could  be  arranged 
by  clubs  formed  by  the  members ;  he  more  particularly  desired  that  on 
behalf  of  the  Association  no  arrangement  be  made  for  a  banquet. 

Considerable  discussion  took  place,  in  which  Messrs.  Steele,  Alexander, 
Manning,  Whitney,  Robinson  and  others  participated. 

Mr.  Whelpley  moved  that  the  Committee  on  Arrangements  confer  with 
the  Permanent  Secretary,  and  arrange  the  sessions  and  entertainments  so 
as  not  to  conflict  with  the  business  of  the  Association. 

The  motion  was  seconded  and  adopted. 

Mr.  Ebert  moved,  seconded  by  Mr.  Alexander,  that  the  Committee  on 
Arrangements  make  no  provision  for  amusement.     This  was  carried. 

Mr.  Alexander  moved,  seconded  by  Mr.  Whitney,  that  the  Committee 
on  Arrangements  be  also  appointed  a  Committee  on  Entertainments. 

An  amendment  was  made  by  Mr.  Ebert,  seconded  by  Mr.  Hallberg, 
that  whatever  arrangement  for  entertainments  be  made  by  such  Com- 
mittee, no  member  of  the  Association  be  deprived  from  participating  in 
the  entertainment,  whether  he  contributes  towards  it  or  not. 

The  question  being  on  the  amendment,  and  a  division  being  called  for, 
the  amendment  was  lost  by  14  ayes  to  24  nays.  The  original  motion 
was  then  adopted. 

No  further  business  being  brought  forward,  the  Secretary  read  the 
minutes  of  the  last  session,  which  were  approved ;  after  which,  on  motion 
of  Mr.  Eliel,  duly  seconded,  the  Association  adjourned,  to  meet  again  at 
Old  Point  Comfort,  Virginia,  on  the  second  Monday  of  September, 
1890. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


MINUTES 


OF  THE 


SECTION  ON  COMMERCIAL  INTERESTS. 


First  Session. — Tuesday  Afternoon,  June  5. 

The  Chairman  of  the  Section  not  being  present,  Mr.  Eliel  took  the 
chair  at  3  o'clock  p.  m.  The  Secretary  of  the  Section  being  also  absent, 
Mr.  J.  H.   Dawson,  of  San  Francisco,  was  elected  Secretary. 

The  following  report  was  then  read  : 

REPORT  OF  THE  SECRETARY  OF  SECTION  ON  COMMERCIAL 
INTERESTS. 

Your  Secretary  reports  that  the  Association  meeting  as  it  does  so  much  earlier  than 
usual,  prevents  as  full  a  report  of  work  accomplished  as  could  be  desired. 

Immediately  after  my  return  from  the  meeting  at  Detroit,  as  instructed,  I  conferred 
with  the  President  of  the  N.  W.  D.  A.,  Mr.  G.  A.  Kelly,  being  unable,  as  I  hojDed  to 
dOy  to  reach  Saratoga  on  my  return,  until  after  the  adjournment  of  that  body,  asking  his 
co-operation  in  urging  upon  manufacturers  the  need  of  labelling  their  products  in  con- 
formity with  the  officinal  nomenclature  of  the  United  States  Pharmacopoeia,  designating 
strength  by  specific  gravity  or  percentage  strength,  abolishing  such  marks  as  F.  F.  and 
Baum6. 

I  am  pleased  to  say  that  already  several  of  our  prominent  manufacturers  have  adopted 
the  suggestions  made.     In  all  probability  it  will  soon  become  general. 

Few  matters  solely  of  commercial  interest  have  during  the  interim  presented  them- 
selves. 

In  conjunction  with  the  Secretary  of  the  Section  on  Legislation,  strenuous  efforts  were 
made  to  secure  the  repeal  <.f  the  special  tax  as  retail  liquor  dealers,  but  without  any  ap- 
preciable results. 

The  most  that  we  secured  seemed  to  have  been  promises.  There  is  usually  no  short- 
age  in  this  crop. 

A  lengthy  and  earnest  correspondence,  extending  over  several  months,  was  carried  on 
with  prominent  Congressmen  in  the  effort  to  prevent  the  passage  of  what  seemed  to  me 
to  be  an  iniquitous  bill  for  securing  free  alcohol,  to  be  used  for  mechanical  and  meiici- 
nal  purposes,  in  the  interests  of  large  manufacturers,  to  the  manifest  injury  of  the  retail 
trade.     It  passed  the  Senate,  but  fortunately  failed  in  the  House. 

I  recommend  that  the  subject  be  thoroughly  investigated,  as  it  is  probable  that  it  will 
be  introduced  at  the  next  session  of  Congrej>s,  when  it  should  receive  the  united  opposi- 
tion of  the  Association.     Should  it  become  a  law,  I  predict  wide  spread  loss  to  the  retail 


^5^)  Digitized  by  Google 


REPORT  OF   THE   SECRETARY.  59 

trade  of  the  country,  who  would  be  unable  to  compete,  with  taxed  alcohol  as  they  would 
have  to,  in  competition  with  large  manufacturers  with  alcohol  free  from  taxation. 

As  will  be  seen  by  the  report  of  the  chairman  of  the  standing  committee,  several  im- 
portant subjects  were  submitted,  in  accordance  with  our  By-laws,  to  the  various  State 
Associations.  It  is  hoped  that  wise  and  decisive  action  may  be  taken  by  the  Associa- 
tion in  regard  to  them.  It  is  recommended,  as  giving  greater  weight  and  influence  to 
this  Section,  that  an  addition  of  one  (preferable  the  Chairman  of  the  Trade  or  simi- 
lar committee)  from  each  State  Association  be  made  to  our  standing  committee  as  an 
advisory  board,  with  the  suggestion  that  the  chairman  hold  frequent  communication 
with  the  individual  members  thereof.  I  think  this  would  be  of  great  advantage  to  the 
5>ection,  and  secure  better  results  all  around.  It  seems  to  me  that  one  reason  that  more 
has  not  been  done  by  this  Section  is  due  to  the  fact  that  there  is  a  lack  of  uniformity  on 
the  part  of  the  State  Associations  and  lack  of  proper  co-operation  on  our  part. 

I  also  recommend  that  a  sum  not  exceeding  ^500.00  be  placed  at  the  disposal  of  the 
joint  committees  of  Commercial  Interests  and  Legislation,  not  to  be  drawn  upon  without 
the  consent  of  the  President  of  the  Association  and  the  respective  chairmen  of  the  sec- 
tions. These  two  sections  are  unavoidably  closely  allied,  and  must  perforce  often  work 
together  and  in  harmony. 

It  needs  not  that  I  call  your  attention  to  the  fact  that  it  is  a  useless  expenditure  of  time 
and  labor  to  fight  battles  without  proper  ammunition. 

Respectfully  submitted,  J.  W.  Colcord, 

Secretary  Section  on  Commercial  Interests. 

The  Chairman  also  reported  that  the  sub-committee  of  the  Section  had 
sent  out  the  following  letter  to  the  various  State  Pharmaceutical  Associ- 
tions : 

South  Bend,  Ind.,  April  27,  1889. 

Dear  Sir  .•  By  direction  of  the  Chairman  of  this  Section,  I  beg  leave  to  submit  the 
following  questions  to  you,  with  the  request  that  you  submit  same  to  your  Association, 
and  report  action  thereon,  and  such  other  matter  as  you  may  desire  to  bring  before  this 
Association,  at  your  very  earliest  convenience.  Mail  to  me  here  if  not  later  than  June 
3d,  1889;  after  that  date  and  not  later  than  June  20th,  to  San  Francisco,  Cal.,  care  of 
Palace  Hotel. 

1st.  Does  your  Association  approve  of  the  attempt  to  repeal  the  special  Government 
tax  for  sale  of  liquors  ? 

2d.  Does  your  Association  approve  of  the  attempt  to  reduce  tax  on  alcohol  ? 

3d.  Does  your  Association  approve  the  rebate  plan  as  applied  to  proprietary  articles, 
and  does  it  consider  it  of  any  benefit  to  the  retail  dealer? 

4lh.  Does  your  Association  deem  it  practicable  to  attempt  some  plan  by  which  the 
legitimate  retail  dealer  may  be  protected  in  his  profits  on  proprietary  goods,  and  will 
your  Association  suggest  a  plan  to  this  effect  ? 

5ih.  Does  your  Association  favor  the  interchange  of  certificates  by  Boards  of  Phar- 
macy, to  those  who  have  passed  by  examination?  If  so,  will  you  take  steps  to  have 
your  Pharmacy  law  amended  ? 

6lh.  Does  your  Association  favor  a  National  Pharmacy  Law  ? 

Any  suggestions  which  would  come  under  the  head  of  "  Commercial  Interests," 
which  your  Asisociation  would  like  this  Association  to  take  action  on,  or  anything  that 
would  tend  to  increase  interest  in  the  Commercial  Section  of  the  A.  P.  A.,  I  shall  be 
glad  to  receive.  Awaiting  your  reply, 

I  am  sincerely  yours,  Le>)  Eli  el. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


6o  MINUTES   OF   THE  SECTION  ON   COMMSRCIAL   INTERESTS. 

The  Chair  stated  that  replies  had  been  received  as  follows: 


' 


.  I 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

North  Carolina 

Ilhnois 

No. 

Yf«5 

Yes. 

No 

No. 

•    • 

Yes. 

Yes 

Yes. 

Yes 
Yes. 
Yes. 
Yes 
No. 
No. 
Yes 
Yes. 
No. 

No. 

Rhode  Island.     Meets  later.     No  reply. 

Connecticut 

Yes. 
Yes. 
Yes. 

YrS. 

Yes. 
Yes. 
Yes 
No. 

No 

Yes. 
Yes. 
Yes. 
Yes. 
Yea. 
Yes 
Yes. 
Yes 
No 

No! 

No! 

Yes. 
Yes. 
Yes. 
Yes. 

Yes. 
Yes. 
Yes. 

MaRStchusetts • 

Florida 

Dakota 

Dakota  South 

California 

Yes. 

Yes 

Delaware 

Yes. 

Nebraska 

Arkansas 

No. 
Yrs 

Iowa 

Yes. 
Yes. 

Yes, 
Yes 

No. 

New  Jersey , 

No 

The  questions  were  then  taken  up  for  discussion  separately. 

Upon  question  number  one,  it  was  resolved  that  the  Section  on  Com- 
mercial Interests  does  approve  of  the  attempt  to  repeal  the  special  Gov- 
ernment tax  for  the  sale  of  liquors. 

The  second  question  having  been  read,  some  of  the  members  expressed 
a  desire  to  learn  why  the  Illinois  Association  was  not  in  favor  of  a  reduc- 
tion of  the  tax. 

Mr.  Bartells. — I  was  at  the  Peoria  meeting  last  year,  and  I  was  at  the  meeting  of 
the  diiitillers.  The  distillers  are  opposed  to  the  tax  being  reduced.  I  think  the  retail 
druggists  would  favor  the  reduction,  but  the  manufacturers  object  to  it.  It  is  a  great 
source  of  wealth  to  the  combination,  and  that  is  the  only  reason  of  their  opposition. 
They  don't  care  anything  for  the  needs  of  science  or  for  the  retail  trade.  That  is  my 
opinion.  I  have  talked  vviih  one  of  the  proprietors  of  a  large  western  distillery,  who 
thought  that  reduction  of  the  tax  would  ruin  their  business  and  trade. 

Mr.  Kilmer. — In  New  Jersey  we  understood  the  question  was  a  reduction,  and  not 
the  entire  repeal  of  the  tax  on  distilled  spirits.  \Ve  did  not  favor  a  reduction,  but  would 
ask  for  the  entire  repeal.     That  was  the  sense  of  our  meeting. 

Mr.  Melvin. — Did  the  distiller  conversed  with  upion  the  subject  give  reasons  why  it 
would  injure  their  business  ?  It  seems  to  me  that  the  tax  goes  to  the  United  States,  not 
to  the  distiller,  and  I  cannot  see  any  possible  advantage  the  distiller  could  receive. 

Mr.  Bartells. — The  distilling  business  requires  a  great  deal  of  capital,  and  they  are 
nearly  all  combined  and  controlled  by  very  few  persons.  If  the  tax  on  distilled  spirits 
were  repealed,  small  distillenes  would  start  up  all  over  the  country.  It  would  cost  very 
little  to  buy  a  still  and  make  alcohol,  corn,  water  and  fuel  being  plenty.  But  running 
the  distilling  business  as  it  is  now  run  requires  an  immense  amount  of  capital,  and  the 
profits  are  accordingly  large,  because  they  control  the  business. 

Mr.  Painter. — A  similar  state  of  affairs  existed  in  the  match  industry.  The  manu- 
facturers of  matches  opposed  the  taking  off  of  the  stamp  tax  from  matches  very  strongly 
indeed,  but  it  was  finally  accomplished  against  the  nsonyed  effort. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


DISCUSSION   ON   TAX  ON   ALCOHOL.  6 1 

Mr.  Manning. — There  is  still  another  matter  that  should  be  considered  in  this  con- 
Dection.  and  that  is  the  conflict  that  is  nou-  en  het^ten  the  brewing  and  the  diMilling 
intrrests  in  this  country.  There  is  a  \ery  bitter  fight  that  has  not  come  to  the  surface 
yet,  and  whatever  represents  the  interests  of  distillers,  is  antagonistic  to  the  brewers.  I 
have  been  told  by  a  United  States  Senator,  that  the  minute  they  atitmiit  to  legislate  on 
this  subject,  they  antagonize  many  other  intere.«>ts.  The  Iweuing  interests  have  lobbied 
thoroughly  and  eflectivtly  ;  they  are  Icxiking  out  for  their  own  rights  and  they  propose 
to  put  the  distillers  in  the  pocket  if  possible.  This  gentlenian  >aith  whom  I  had  some 
conversation,  says  he  don't  see  that  the  next  session  of  Con^re^s  mill  do  anything  in  the 
motter. 

Relative  to  the  vote  of  the  State  of  Massachusetts,  I  think  the  sentiment  of  the  State 
A.vsociaiion  was  this:  Th^it  this  being  a  war  tax,  as  a  matter  of  principle  it  ought  to  be 
repealed — the^e  is  no  use  for  it.  But  from  a  business  standpoint  it  would  be  detrimental 
to  the  retail  druggist  to  have  this  tax  repealed.  In  the  East,  where  the  cutters  ^are 
nunierous,  anything  that  tends  to  reduce  the  price  must  necessarily  tend  to  retluce  the 
profit.  Ixrcause  the  larger  the  cost  the  greater  the  capital  must  be  tu  provide  for  the  proper 
handling  of  the  goods;  and  if  the  lax  is  reduced,  it  is  thought  by  many  in  the  East  that 
this  will  only  add  one  to  the  many  troubles  under  which  the  retail  druggibts  are  now 
laboring. 

Mr.  Calvert. — I  will  ask  whether  it  is  intended  for  our  Association  to  adopt  a  bill 
upon  this  subject,  if  we  should  get  an  expression  of  opinion  (avotable  to  it. 

The.  Chairman. — That  is  the  reason  why  this  maiter  has  been  brought  up.  It  is  the 
only  way  that  legislati<m  can  be  hifluenccd. 

Mr.  Calvert. — Mr.  Tainter  just  instanced  the  case  of  matches,  where  there  was  a 
very  strung  trade  opposition  to  the  removal  of  the  tax.  It  strikes  me  that  we  had  a 
somewhat  similar  instance  in  regard  to  patent  medicine  stamps.  There  was  a  long  and 
bitter  fight  about  that,  and  the  makers  had  to  give  way.  I  understood  that  they  were 
the  pers«>ns  who  opposed  the  alx>lition  of  the  stamp.  It  seems  to  me  we  should  look, 
not  to  the  interests  of  the  di.stilhrs,  but  to  the  interests  of  the  retail  drug  trade  and  the 
manufacturing  chemists.  We  have  had  this  maiter  before  the  California  Pharmaceutical 
AsMiciation  on  several  occasions,  and  to  the  best  of  my  recollection  we  had  a  very  unani- 
mciusk  opinion  on  the  subject,  that  is,  for  the  abolition  of  the  tax.  We  don't  think  it  does 
us  any  good  to  have  this  tax  on  alcohol.  If  we  have  to  use  anything  with  alcohol  in  it, 
it  costs  us  more  money,  and  at  rttail  we  would  get  just  as  much  for  our  manufactured 
pnKlucts  w  hich  are  made  through  the  agency  of  alcohol  as  we  do  now  :  I  don't  see  any 
valid  reason  why  we  or  any  other  State  organization  should  cast  our  vote  in  favor  of 
keeping  the  tax  on  alcohol. 

Mr.  Mei.vin. — In  order  to  bring  this  matter  properly  before  the  meeting,  I  move  that 
it  be  resolved  that  it  is  the  stnse  ol  this  Assoaation  that  there  should  be  a  material  re- 
duciion  made  in  the  tax  on  alcohol,  and  that  the  matter  be  referred  to  the  Legislative 
Committee  of  the  Association,  with  instructions  to  take  the  necessary  steps  lo  secure  such 
legislatiuQ. 

Mr.  Manning. — Before  that  motion  is  put,  I  would  like  to  state  that  this  matter  was 
first  taken  in  hand  at  the  meeting  ol  the  wholesale  druggists  in  1886.  They  drafted  a  bill, 
w  hich  was  presented  to  Congress,  and,  in  response  to  their  memorial.  Representative  His- 
cock,  now  United  States  Senator  from  New  York,  drafted  a  bill,  which  was  referred  to  the 
next  Congress.  This  whole  matter  is  l>efore  the  legislative  body  and  will  come  up  in  due 
time.     Of  course,  any  increased  weight  that  this  Society  may  see  fit  to  add  to  that  senti- 

Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


62  MINUTES   OF   THE   SECTION   ON   COMMERCIAL   INTERESTS. 

ment  may  probably  materially  help;  but  in  regard  to  drafting  of  a  legislative  bill,  that 
has  already  been  done. 

Dr.  Melvin. — I  did  not  propose  the  Committee  should  draft  a  bill,  but  take  the  mat- 
ter in  hand  and  endeavor  to  secure  legislation  in  that  direction. 

Mr.  Bartells. — I  second  your  motion,  and  offer  the  amendment  that  there  should 
be  a  total  abolition  of  the  tax. 

Dr.  Melvin. — I  will  accept  your  amendment. 

Mr.  Bartells. — There  has  been  strong  opposition  to  the  reduction  of  the  tax  for 
temperance  reasons.  The  argument  was,  that  a  reduction  of  the  tax  on  alcohol  and 
liquors  would  be  followed  by  a  great  increase  of  intemperance,  although  it  is  claimed 
that  if  it  took  millions  of  dollars  the  distillers  would  retain  the  tax  if  they  could  control 
Congress.  In  regard  to  the  decreased  profit,  it  would  be  just  the  other  way.  There 
would  be  fifty  to  one  hundred  per  cent,  profit  added  to  the  reuiler,  instead  of  a  decrease. 
We  must  speak  to  be  heard,  and,  if  we  don't  say  anything,  of  course  we  will  go  right 
along  as  we  are  ordered,  instead  of  asserting  our  rights. 

Mr.  Calvert. — Mr.  Chairman,  might  I  suggest,  as  the  gentleman  from  Massachusetts 
states  that  there  is  a  bill  now  pending  before  Congress,  that  we  get  up  a  petition  to  Con- 
gress emanating  from  the  American  Pharmaceutical  Association,  that  is  to  say,  if  we 
have  a  sufficient  number  who  favor  it.  I  think  that  a  petition  of  that  kind  emanating 
from  this  body  might  do  some  good,  especially  as  going  there  to  back  up  a  bill.  I 
merely  offer  that  as  a  suggestion,  instead  of  making  a  separate  motion. 

Mr.  Kuhn. — For  my  part,  I  think  the  Association  makes  a  mistake  in  trying  to  re- 
duce the  tax  on  alcohol :  I  believe  it  will  make  quite  a  difference.  The  alcohol  is  un- 
der government  control — that  is,  the  distilleries  are  all  watched  carefully  and  the  whole 
liquor  question  is  under  the  surveillance  of  the  government.  I  think  in  the  interests  of 
temperance  there  should  be  a  tax,  and  a  good  heavy  tax,  on  alcohol.  So  far  as  making  it 
more  profitable  to  the  drug  man  by  reducing  the  tax,  it  will  not  do  it.  It  will  be  just  as  it 
was  with  quinine.  When  they  took  the  duty  off  <|uinine,  the  price  fell  more  than  the 
amount  of  the  duty  removed;  it  fell  in  retail  in  my  place  ten  times  what  the  duty  had 
been.  The  prices  of  quinine  preparations  were  reduced  just  one-half  almost  imme- 
diately ;  and  I  think  you  will  find  it  the  same  way  now,  there  will  be  a  decline  in  price. 
Therefore,  I  believe  that  it  will  be  a  bad  business  move  to  reduce  the  tax,  and  I  think  if 
the  gentlemen  would  look  at  it  carefully,  and  weigh  it,  and  consider  it,  and  taking  qui- 
nine as  a  precedent,  they  will  find  there  will  be  a  decrease  of  a  very  material  amount; 
that  where  a  tincture  is  sold  for  fifteen  cents  an  ounce,  including  the  bottle,  they  will 
find  that  the  reduction  of  the  alcohol  tax  will  put  it  down  to  ten  cents,  and  other  things 
in  the  same  proportion.     Therefore,  I  move  that  the  resolution  be  laid  on  the  table. 

The  resolution  to  lay  on  the  table  was  seconded. 

Mr.  Manning, — The  reduction  in  the  price  of  quinine  came  from  the  increased  pro- 
duction of  bark  in  the  Dutch  and  English  plantations.  The  first  importation  of  bark  from 
those  plantations  was  less  than  thirty  pounds  in  1876;  in  1885  it  was  fifteen  millions. 
The  duty  had  nothmg  to  do  with  it;  that  business  enterprise  has  reached  such  a  growth 
now  that  there  is  nothing  in  it  for  anybody. 

Mr.  Kuhn. — I  don't  think  I  am  mistaken.  I  understand  what  the  cultivation  of  the 
bark  yields;  but  it  is  always  the  la.-t  straw  that  breaks  the  camel's  back, and  the  removal 


Digitized 


by  Google 


DISCUSSION   ON   TAX   ON  ALCOHOL.  6^ 

of  the  duty  was  just  what  was  wanted  to  bring  down  the  price  of  quinine  one-half,  and 
it  did  it  very  effectually. 

Mr.  Melvin. — I  differ  materially  with  the  gentlemon  who  made  the  motion  to  lay 
upon  the  table.  According  to  his  theory;  if  the  tax  of  ;$i.Fo  a  gallon  enhanced  the  pro- 
fits of  druggists,  to  double  that  would  double  the  profits  of  druggists  I  suppose,  and  you 
could  carry  it  on  ad  in/iTtitufn.  But  I  am  convinced  if  the  tax  were  abolished  entirely 
on  alcohol,  or  reduced  to  60  or  75  cents  per  gallon,  we  would  get  just  about  as  much 
for  our  tinctures,  elixirs,  and  all  preparations  into  which  alcohol  enters,  as  we  do  now, 
and  make  much  larger  profits.  It  is  a  tax  that  is  not  necessary  for  the  support  of  the 
government.  It  is  a  tax  that  was  enacted  duiing  war  time,  as  we  all  know;  and  now  that 
the  government  is  troubled  with  a  surplus  and  don't  know  what  to  do  with  it,  it  seems  to 
me  it  would  be  quite  proper  for  u&to  ask  the  government  to  repeal  the  tax  on  alcohol, 
they  don't  need  it ;  and  I  think  it  Mill  be  for  the  interest  of  the  retail  druggi&ts. 

Mr.  Searby. — We  are  in  danger  of  mixing  up  two  things,  that  have  nothing  to  do 
with  each  other,  every  time  ^e  discuss  this  question — namely,  the  temperance  question 
and  our  own  interests.  We  cannot  settle  the  temperance  matter  by  this  kind  of  legisla- 
tion; we  cannot  tax  people  into  sobriety.  If  drinks  cost  half  a  dollar  apiece,  some 
men  would  be  drunk  half  the  time.  The  question  we  are  interested  in  just  now  is  that 
of  manufacturers  using  alcohol  in  their  business.  The  matter  of  putting  a  tax  upon 
alcohol  in  view  of  temperance  interests  is  a  police  matter,  and  that  is  entirely  out  of  our 
range  in  the  present  discussion.  I  am  not  so  sanguine  as  some  of  our  friends  are  that 
the  repeal  of  the  tax  would  increase  our  profits  materially,  but  still  I  think  it  would  to 
some  extent.  I  see  no  reason  why  persons  in  our  business  should  be  subjected  to  the 
$25.00  a  year  tax,  and  this  additional  tax  on  all  the  alcohol  we  use,  interfering  with  us 
in  our  business,  when  there  is  no  need  of  it.  I  think  we  are  entitled  to  carry  on  our 
business  under  every  advantage,  the  same  as  other  dealers  and  manufacturers  do. 
Therefore,  I  favor  the  motion  to  repeal  the  tax. 

Mr.  Hallberg. — The  illustration  of  Mr.  Kuhn  in  regard  to  quinine  is  a  very  good 
one,  and  may  be  applied  to  the  reduction  in  the  price  of  alcohol.  Of  9ourse  the  reduc- 
tion in  the  price  of  quinine  was  more  due  to  the  improved  manufacturing  processes  and 
the  increase  in  its  manufacture  than  to  the  abolition  of  the  duty.  At  the  same  time,  that 
great  reduction  is  a  good  illustration,  no  matter  what  the  cause  of  it  was — a  good  illus- 
tration of  what  the  result  will  be  should  we  materially  reduce  the  lax  on  alcohol,  or 
abolish  it  entirely.  Medicines  are  different  from  any  other  form  of  merchandise. 
Lowering  in  the  value  has  a  corresponding  increase  in  con.«umption  in  nearly  everything 
else  except  drugs.  A  man  don't  buy  any  more  medicine  because  it  is  cheap;  he  buys  it 
because  he  wants  it.  They  don't  buy,  I  believe,  as  much  quinine  now  as  they  did  when 
it  was  worth  a  great  deal  more,  and  I  think  there  are  a  good  many  new-fangled  things 
which  have  further  reduced  the  consumption.  Now,  then,  we  have  no  increased  con- 
sumption. We  have  a  profit ;  but  even  if  the  ratio  of  profit  was  the  same,  say  the  cus- 
tomary four  hundred  per  cent,  that  we  druggists  are  credited  with,  we  do  not  make  near 
as  much  as  we  do  on  a  higher,  or  on  an  artificial  value. 

Now,  I  am  opposed  to  artificial  values ;  but  as  long  as  we  have  artificial  values  on 
everything  else,  I  want  artificial  values  in  the  drug  business.  If  we  have  to  have  low  or 
natural  values  on  alcohol,  which  you  might  say  governs  the  price  of  all  pharmaceutical 
preparations  next  to  that  of  labor,  and  we  have  artificial  and  high  values  in  everything 
else,  we  are  going  to  represent  an  abnormal  condition  as  opposed  to  every  other  mercan- 
tile industry  in  the  country  except  the  agricultural.  Therefore,  while  I  am  in  favor  of 
abolishing  the  tax  on  alcohol,  I  am  not  in  favor  of  doing  thai  until  we  abolish  the  tax 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


64  MINUTES   OF  THE  SECTION   ON  COMMERCIAL  INTERESTS. 

on  everything  else,  or  nearly  everything  else,  so  as  to  put  ourselves  on  the  same  plane  as 
other  producers  in  this  country. 

Mr.  Painter. —  There  is  another  reason  why  this  lax  should  be  taken  off.  as  far  as 
the  rttail  pharmacist  is  concerned — ^it  does  not  make  so  much  difference  to  the  large 
manufacturer.  In  making  fluid  extracts  the  price  of  alcohol  is  so  decidedly  against  the 
small  manufacturer  that  it  dues  not  pay  him  to  recover  the  amount  of  spirit  in  making, 
say  a  single  pound,  of  fluid  extract.  It  is  not  against  the  large  manufacturer,  who,  op- 
erating on  a  large  scale,  recovers  his  spirits.  If  the  tax  was  removed,  every  retail  drug- 
gist could  make  his  own  extracts  cheaper  than  he  could  buy  them,  and  then  he  could 
vouch  fur  them. 

Mr.  Bartells. — I  would  ask  what  other  tax  Mr.  Hallberg  refers  to? 

Mr.  Hallberg. — I  have  reference  to  the  high  tariff,  which  is  alx)ut  forty  five  per 
cent.  I  recognize  the  point  raised  by  Trof.  Painter,  and  it  is  the  only  argument  in  my 
opinion.  At  the  same  time  it  is  not  long  enough  nor  strong  enough.  Nearly  every  al- 
coholic galenic  preparation  has  the  cost  governed  by  the  cost  of  alcohol ;  it  is  the  great- 
est  element  next  to  labor;  but  the  lo»s  of  alcohol  in  the  making  of  fluid  extracts,  on  a 
small  scale,  by  a  skillful  manager,  is  very  small,  and  may  be  reduced  to  a  minimum. 

Mr.  Bedford. — What  other  tax  do  you  allude  to  that  in  any  way  compares  with  the 
tax  on  alcohol  ? 

Mr.  Painter. — The  tax  on  tobacco. 

Mr.  Bedford. — The  tax  on  tobacco  has  been  partly  removed,  as  I  understand  it. 

Mr.  Hallbfrg. — In  order  to  discuss  that  we  would  have  to  go  into  poliiical  economy, 
a  quesiiiin  which  I  am  not  competent  to  discuss.  I  mention  the  abnormal  values  existing 
in  this  country,  because  of  the  presence  of  a  high  protective  tariff  that  governs  our  con- 
dition, and  therefore,  we  cannot  afford  to  handle  anything  on  its  bare  natural  value.  If 
we  do  we  will  get  left,  unless  we  can  largely  increase  the  consumption,  and  that  we  can- 
not do  in  our  business. 

Mr.  Melvin. — My  motion  was  to  this  effect,  that  the  Legislative  Committee  of  this 
Association  be  instructed  to  take  such  steps  as  they  may  deem  necessary  to  secure  an 
abolition  of  the  special  tax  on  alcohol. 

Mr.  Maisch. — The  Committee  on  Legislation  is  the  executive  of  a  Section  of  this 
Association,  co-or<linate  with  the  Section  on  0>mmercial  Interests.  I  doubt  whether 
this  Section  has  the  right  to  instturi  another  Section  of  this  Association.  You  can  in- 
struct a  special  committee,  if  you  choose  to  take  that  step,  or  you  can  refer  the  subject 
for  consideration  to  the  Section  on  Legislation,  but  you  cannot  instruct  another  Section. 

Mr.  Calvert. — We  can  take  a  vote  of  the  sense  of  this  body  as  it  stands  now. 

Mr.  Searby. — May  I  make  a  suggestion  ?  Can  we  not  vote  at  this  Section  that  we  favor 
the  repeal  of  the  tax,  and  if  that  prevails,  cannot  the  Chair  appoint  such  a  Committee? 

Mr.  Melvin. — I  will  change  my  motion  so  as  to  come  within  the  rules  of  the  Asso- 
ciation, and  move,  with  the  consent  of  the  party  who  seconde<l  the  motion,  that  the  Sec- 
tion on  Legislaiion  be  respectfully  reques'ed  to  take  such  action  in  reference  to  the 
abolition  of  the  revenue  tax  on  alcohol  as  the  sentiment  of  the  American  Pharmaceutical 
Association  indicates. 

The  motion  was  adopted. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


DISCUSSION   ON   CUTTING   OF  PRICES.  65 

In  connection  with  question  number  three,  there  were  also  read  por- 
tions of  the  Secretary's  report  and  a  communication  from  Messrs.  French, 
Richards  &  Co.,  of  Philadelphia,  the  latter  accompanied  by  a  printed 
circular. 

Mr.  Painter. — I  think  that  this  rebate  plan  has  done  more  to  foster  the  cutter  than 
any  other  thing.  It  discriminates  against  the  smaller  retailers,  comprising  the  largest 
number  of  pharmacists,  and  in  favor  of  the  large  retailer,  of  the  man  who  is  not  a  phar- 
macist at  all,  or  of  him  who  can  place  himself  on  the  wholesale  list,  and  who  then  sells 
his  goods  at  a  profit  of  ten  per  cent.,  cheaper  than  his  competitors  buy  them.  For  in- 
stance, preparations  selling  at  $S  a  dozen  are  sold  by  the  hundred  dollars'  worth  at  ten 
per  cent,  discount;  the  purchaser  can  sell  them  at  65  cents  and  make  a  profit,  while  his 
competitor  has  to  sell  them  at  67  cents  in  order  to  get  bare  cost  back  again.  Every  man 
who  sells  such  goods  should  be  placed  upon  the  same  footing;  and  the  only  way  to  do  it 
is  for  the  manufacturer  to  establish  one  fixed  price  for  those  who  buy  goods,  and  if  a  man 
retails  at  all  he  should  be  obliged  to  pay  the  same  price  as  his  competitors  in  business. 
In  France  a  package  price  is  given,  and  the  man  who  buys  the  original  package  can 
compete  with  any  one  else  who  handles  those  goods.  Such  a  plan  would  be  a  benefit, 
not  only  to  the  retailer,  but  also  to  the  jobber,  because  the  retailer  would  buy  through 
the  jobber,  as  it  would  cost  him  just  the  same  as  from  the  manufacturer. 

Mr.  Kuhn. — This  is  a  pretty  hard  question,  but  I  think  that  a  man  might  say  with 
equal  force  that  my  friend  here  from  New  York  should  not  know  any  more  than  the 
man  from  the  wilds  of  Arizona  who  has  never  seen  a  drug  journal.  The  buyer  who  has 
the  money  will  get  the  price,  and  I  think  that  a  man  who  is  a  good  buyer  ought  to  make 
a  little  more  money  than  the  one  who  does  not  try  to  get  a  better  price. 

Mr.  Manning. — I  would  like  to  inquire  through  the  Chair  of  the  gentleman  whoTias 
just  spoken,  if  he  has  any  contract  with  the  cutters  we  have  spoken  of.  I  find  that  those 
gentlemen  who  have  marched  in  procession  when  the  cutters  were  furnishing  the  music 
have  very  definite  ideas  of  this  matter. 

Mr.  Kuhn.— I  will  state  for  the  benefit  of  the  gentleman  that  we  have  not  any  cut- 
ters in  oar  locality,  that  we  are  all  on  pretty  good  terms,  and  try  to  keep  that  way,  and 
when  any  one  cuts  a  price  we  generally  talk  to  him  and  make  him  tired. 

Mr.  Manning. — I  thought  as  much,  and  I  can  only  repeat  what  I  have  said  before 
on  many  occasions,  that  this  is  a  very  large  question.  There  are  bodies  of  men  in  the 
retail  drug  business,  especially  in  the  East,  who  have  made  some  of  us  walk  a  very  hard 
and  bitter  road.  How  they  c^n  be  whipped  into  line,  is  a  question  that  we  have  not  been 
able  to  answer  before.  Perhaps  some  of  our  friends  in  the  West  can  solve  the  question. 
It  is  certainly  one  that  I  would  advise  them  to  have  solved  before  the  cutter  takes  up 
his  dwelling  place  among  them,  for  their  ideas  then  will  be  materially  changed. 

Mr.  Kilmer. — We  have  the  cutter  all  through  New  Jersey,  and  some  of  us  who  hap- 
pen to  be  located  between  New  Vork  and  Philadelphia  get  cutters  from  both  ends.  We 
have  also  in  the  State  Association  of  New  Jersey  tackled  this  same  question.  It  is  a 
very  large  question.  We  started  out  at  first  to  break  down  the  system,  and  we  found  out 
that  wc  were  antagonizing  the  Wholesale  Association  and  the  Proprietary  Association, 
and  that  the  great  majority  of  the  retailers  were  not  benefited  at  all.  In  the  State  of 
New  Jersey  there  were  scarce  half  a  dozen  men  who  had  trade  enough  to  take  advan- 
tage of  the  rebate  prices.  By  careful  census,  we  found  that  there  were  cutters  coming 
from  Philadelphia  and  New  York.     A  man  would  have  a  store  at  Philadelphia,  and 

5  Digitized  by  Google 


66  MINUTES   OF  THE   SECTION   ON   COMMERCIAL    INTERESTS. 

would  start  half  a  dozen  branches  through  New  Jersey  and  Pennsylvania ;  he  would  buy 
goods  in  large  quantities  and  take  advantage  of  the  rebate,  and  when  we  attempted  to 
antagonize  him  they  put  us  on  the  black  list,  and  the  cutter  was  allowed  to  go  on  and 
secure  even  better  discounts  than  before,  because  he  was  doing  a  bigger  business. 

I  believe  there  are  about  thirty-five  thousand  pharmacists  in  the  United  States,  and  I 
believe  the  rebate  system  is  directly  against  the  interests  of  thirty  thousand  of  them ;  but 
I  don't  think  it  would  do  any  good  for  any  State  Association,  or  any  association  of  re- 
tailers, to  attempt  to  break  it  down,  because  *it  is  to  the  interest  of  the  wholesale  dealer 
and  the  proprietor.  The  only  thing  that  we  found  possible  was  that  we  might  get  it 
modified  so  that  we  might  get  a  cold  pittance,  or  a  few  crumbs  from  the  table.  There- 
fore, the  New  Jersey  Association  Adopted  the  plan  suggested  by  French,  Richards  & 
Co.  Thinking  it  might  afford  some  relief,  we  endorsed  it,  and  it  was  referred  to  a 
committee  to  assist  in  placing  it  before  the  proprietors.  The  plan  is  that  the  man  who 
advertises  to  sell  at  less  than  the  full  price  is  to  be  cut  off  from  obtaining  the  goods.  His 
advertisement  in  the  newspaper  or  in  a  circular  is  to  be  sufficient  evidence  to  the  Na- 
tional Wholesale  Druggists'  Association  or  the  proprietors,  whereby  he  is  to  be  cut  off 
from  the  rebate.  The  price  marked  in  his  windows,  or  anything  that  could  be  taken  as 
an  advertisement,  is  .<:ufficient.  All  the  evidence  necessary  is  to  forward  his  price  list  to 
the  committee,  and  that  cuts  him  off  at  once.  For  that  reason  I  would  fav6r  that  plan, 
particularly  because  it  comes  from  the  wholesalers,  and  because  I  believe  they  are  go- 
ing to  hold  on  to  the  rebate  system  as  long  as  they  can.  And  I  don't  blame  them ';  it 
gives  them  a  certain  secured  price  for  every  proprietary  article ;  and  if  we  had  such  a 
thing  we  would  hold  on  to  it  too.  This  proposed  plan  has  the  merit,  that  its  backers 
are  endeavoring  to  get  it  endorsed  by  the  National  Wholesale  Association,  and  if  they 
succeed  it  will  help  us  in  New  Jersey  a  little  bit.  We  figured  it  up  once,  and  found  that 
the  combined  lot  of  us  in  New  Jersey  were  fifteen  thousand  dollars  out  of  pocket  in  one 
year  by  a  branch  of  a  Philadelphia  house,  so  that  we  are  willing  to  accept  almost  any- 
thing ;  and  I  tell  you  if  the  gentleman  from  Omaha  ever  comes  under  the  ban  of  a  cutter 
like  that,  he  will  be  aroused  up  to  what  this  interest  means  to  the  retail  druggists.  In 
the  State  of  New  Jersey  we  could  scarcely  rouse  up  any  scientific  interest  among  the 
druggists  when  it  was  so  hard  for  them  to  make  a  dollar,  but  our  Association  has  become 
greatly  interested  in  mercantile  interests  and  has  taken  hold  of  this  plan,  hoping  that  we 
may  add  a  few  dollars  to  the  pockets  of  our  fellow  pharmacists. 

Mr.  Manning. — I  don't  think  it  will  be  amiss  to  state  for  the  benefit  of  our  western 
brethren  the  manner  in  which  advertisements  injure  retail  druggists.  In  Boston,  during 
the  month  of  March,  a  large  concern,  known  as  the  Massachusetts  Co  operative  Cachou 
Company,  put  a  half-page  article  in  the  newspapers,  in  which  they  stated  that  on  the  fol- 
lowing morning  they  would  place  a  ceitain  syrup  of  hypophosphites  at  75  cents  per 
bottle.  That  came  to  the  attention  of  one  section  of  the  wholesale  drug  business  in 
Boston,  and  they  made  arrangements  to  follow  it  up.  The  next  day  eleven  young  men 
called  each  for  a  bottle.  One  bottle  was  all  they  would  sell  under  any  circumstances  to 
one  customer.  They  could  not  get  any ;  it  was  said  that  all  had  been  sold.  Monday 
they  called  again,  and  they  succeeded  that  day  in  getting  two  bottles.  They  followed 
that  up  for  ten  consecutive  days,  excepting  Sundays.  That  made  one  hundred  and  ten 
calls,  in  which  they  got  nine  bottles — that  is  all.  In  each  instance  they  were  pat  off,  and 
finally  they  ridiculed  them.  But  what  was  the  result?  We  felt  that  in  every  town  in 
the  State.  In  my  own  town,  which  was  one  hundred  and  fifty  miles  away,  before 
Monday  afternoon  we  had  a  call  at  that  price,  based  upon  the  advertisement  in  the  Sun- 
day papers.  It  was  intended  to  deceive,  that  is  all  there  was  to  it ;  they  wanted  to  get 
the  customer  within  their  doors,  and  if  they  could  not  sell  him  that  they  would  sell  him 
their  own  preparation,  telling  him  "  that  is  all  gone,  here  is  our  own,  wh^ch  is  just  as 


Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


DISCUSSION   ON   CUTTING   OF   PRICES.  67 

good,  or  better,"  or  Ihey  would  endeavor  to  sell  him  something  else.  The  sole  desire 
was  to  bring  the  people  there.  The  suggestion  of  my  friend  as  to  the  plan  of  French, 
Richards  &  Co.,  is  a  very  strong  one ;  I  think  it  should  meet  with  the  endorsement  of  this 
meeting. 

Mr.  Painter. — There  is  certainly  no  objection  to  endorse  it,  but  it  would  be  very 
hard  to  carry  it  out.  It  would  be  easier  to  accomplish  the  plan,  which  is  in  the  interest 
of  the  jobber,  of  making  every  man  who  retails  pay  the  same  price  for  the  goods :  then 
we  are  all  placed  on  the  same  footing.  If  I  am  nor  a  cutter  myself,  I  have  all  the  symp- 
toms without  the  disease.  I  sell  pills  at  12  cents,  because  my  competitor  sells  them  at 
12  cents,  and  I  don't  allow  anybody  to  get  ahead  of  me  in  that  direction ;  I  keep  my 
customers  if  I  can.  Many  of  my  competitors  pay  12^  cents  by  the  gross  for  them,  still 
I  can  sell  them  at  a  profit  at  12  cents.  Likewise,  I  can  sell  sarsaparillas  at  65  cents  at 
a  small  profit,  whilst  some  competitors  pay  67  cents  for  them.  I  could  go  through  a  list 
of  a  great  many  others.  It  becomes  absolutely  necessary  for  me  to  do  this,  in  order  to 
protect  my  business.  The  wholesale  men  to  a  man,  and  the  jobbers,  would  go  into  such 
a  scheme,  I  think — not  to  allow  any  wholesaler  to  sell  goods  at  retail,  and  to  sell  to  all 
men  who  retail  at  the  same  price.  If  the  manufacturers  can  be  induced  to  go  in,  it  will 
be  a  great  accomplishment,  and  I  have  spoken  to  several  of  them,  and  found  them  quite 
willing  to  put  their  hands  and  heads  together  in  favor  of  such  a  scheme. 

The  Chairman. — Such  a  plan  might  work  very  well  in  large  cities,  but  it  will  hardly 
work  in  the  far  West  or  in  the  South,  nor  will  it  work  in  the  central  States,  where  there 
are  so  many  houses  doing  a  jobbing  business  in  connection  with  their  retail  business. 
They  would  be  compelled  to  give  up  their  jobbing  or  their  retail  business,  and  their 
success  in  trade  might  depend  on  both  combined,  where  there  is  not  sufficient  trade  to 
maintain  an  exclusive  jobbing  house,  and  where  it  would  be  necessary  to  carry  a 
jobbing  stock  to  supply  the  neighborhood.     Would  not  that  work  a  hardship  ? 

Mr.  Painter. — It  does  appear  that  it  would  be  a  hardship  in  certain  localities,  to 
some  who  are  jobbers  and  at  the  same  time  retailers.  I  have  been  viewing  the  subject 
from  the  standpoint  of  cities  where  we  have  come  in  contact  with  the  cutter,  whose  bus- 
iness could  not  have  been  maintained  in  its  present  condition  without  being  assisted  by 
this  rebate  plan  which  is  not  extended  to  the  retailer. 

Mr'.  Bartells. — I  think  this  whole  matter  of  proprietary  medicines  has  assumed  too 
large  proportions.  There  are  two  things  which  are  very  distasteful  to  me  ;  one  is  ihat  I 
mnst  annually  apply  for  a  retail  liquor  dealer's  license,  and  the  other  is  that  I  have  to  be 
asked  again  and  again  every  day  to  recommend  some  patent  nostrum.  They  want  the 
endorsement  of  the  seller.  I  used  to  do  that  somewhat,  but  I  have  got  bravely  over  it, 
and  anybody  who  buys  such  stuff  buys  it  on  its  own  merits,  or  on  their  own  hook.  I 
think  that  this  body  ought  to  give  some  expression  disapproving  of  all  proprietary  med- 
cines  unless  they  are  labeled  with  the  contents.  I  often  feel  as  if  each  man  were  respon- 
sible for  the  harm  that  such  a  medicine  may  do ;  but  the  more  we  have  to  do  with  it  the 
worse  we  are  off,  and  if  we  could  shake  off  the  whole  matter  and  sell  something  that  is 
worth  buying,  that  would  afford  relief  to  all. 

The  Chairman. — Gentlemen,  about  forty  per  cent,  of  the  total  business,  speaking  in 
a  commercial  sense,  consists  of  proprietary  articles,  and  perhaps  twenty  five  per  cent,  of 
the  tradeis  selling  that  forty  per  cent,  at  absolute  cost  and  a  good  many  goods  at  a  loss.  It 
is  merely  a  commercial  question,  it  is  not  a  professional  question  at  all.  We  depend  for  our 
bread  upon  the  profits  of  our  business.  As  long  as  we  must  handle  these  goods, — and  we 
certainly  do  have  to  handle  them  to  a  very  large  extent, — we  had  better  try  and  dp^so  at  a 

Digitized  by  VaOOQlC 


68  MINUTES   OF   THE   SECTION   ON   COMMERCIAL   INTERESTS. 

profit.     The  proper  thing  to  do  would   be  to  devise  some  way  of  obtaining  a  profit. 
Gentlemen,  what  is  your  pleasure  in  this  measure  ? 

Mr.  Melvin. — Mr.  Chairman,  it  strikes  me  after  listening  to  the  arguments  on  this 
question,  that  perhaps  the  better  plan  would  be  to  adopt  and  recommend  the  plan,  and 
I  therefore  move  you,  sir,  that  we  approve  the  plan  proposed  by  French,  Richards 
&Co. 

The  motion  was  seconded  by  several  members. 

Mr.  Maiscii. — Mr.  Chairman,  I  did  not  propose  to  speak  upon  this  question  at  all,  but 
before  this  Section  takes  any  action  on  this  proposition,  I  should  like  every  member  pres- 
ent to  examine  very  carefully  the  wording  of  it.  There  occurs,  for  instance,  the  expres- 
sion, "  established  legitimate  proprietary  remedies  and  imitations  of  the  same."  Can  you 
tell  me  what  that  means  ?  I  do  not  know.  Possibly  some  nostrum  that  has  been  very 
largely  advertised  and  has  gained  a  foothqjd  and  is  known  all  over  the  country — I  pre- 
sume that  is  intended  to  be  classed  as  a  legitimate  proprietary  medicine;  while  a  nostrum 
that  has  just  begun  to  start  and  has  not  been  advertised,  and  has  not  secured  a  market  for 
itself,  I  presume  that  is  not  considered  to  be  an  **"  established  legitimate  proprietary  rem- 
edy." On  the  other  hand,  suppose  there  are  a  number  of  so-called  legitimate  sarsapa- 
rillas,  and  a  member  intends  to  put  up  and  recommend  his  own  sarsaparilla  syrup,  is  that  an 
imitation  of  those  established  leitgimate  sarsaparillas  ?  I  desire  for  the  good  of  the  As- 
sociation, and  of  every  member  of  it,  that  every  word  used  in  the  proposition  be  carefully 
examined. 

Mr.  Painter. — I  suggest  that  the  motion  be  made  to  cover  as  many  points  as  may 
seem  desirable,  so  that  we  may  know  exactly  what  we  .are  debating. 

Mr.  Bedford. — I  suggest  that  this  matter  be  referred  to  a  committee  of  three,  to  bring 
in  a  resolution  to-night,  which  will  cover  the  ground  that  seems  to  meet  the  views  of 
those  here  present — then  discuss  that,  and  adopt  it  or  discard  it  at  once. 

Mr.  Melvin. — That  is  a  good  suggestion.     I  will  accept  that  in  place  of  my  motion. 

This  motion  was  adopted,  and  the  Chair  appointed  Messrs.  Forsyth, 
Kilmer  and  Manning  as  the  committee. 

An  invitation  from  the  State  Viticultural  Commission  to  visit  their  ex- 
hibits at  Piatt's  Hall  was  read,  and,  on  motion,  duly  seconded,  the 
invitation  was  accepted  with  thanks. 

Question  number  four,  on  motion,  duly  seconded,  was  referred  to  the 
same  committee. 

Questions  number  five,  relating  to  the  interchange  of  certificates,  and 
number  six,  in  reference  to  a  National  Pharmacy  law,  were,  on  motion  of 
Mr.  Painter,  duly  seconded,  referred  to  the  Section  on  Pharmaceutical 
Legislation. 

A  letter  was  read  from  Mr.  T.  D.  Crawford,  in  reference  to  the  selling 
of  morphine,  cocaine,  and  similar  compounds  without  the  prescription 
of  a  physician.    On  motion,  it  was  referred  to  the  Section  on  Legislation. 

Nominations  for  officers  of  the  Section  were  then  made,  it  being  under- 
stood that  the  nominations  be  opened  again  at  the  next  session.  Mr. 
Leo  Eliel  was  nominated  for  Chairman,  and  Fred.  B.  Kilmer  for  Secre- 
tary. Digitized  by  GoOglC 


I 


ELECTION   OF   OFFICERS.  69 

On  motion  of  Mr.  Painter,  the  Section  now  adjourned,  to  hold  the 
next  session  in  one  of  the  parlors  of  the  Palace  Hotel. 


Second  Session — Tuesday  Evening,  June  25TH. 

The  Chairman  called  the  meeting  to  order  at  the  Palace  Hotel.  In 
the  absence  of  Secretary  Dawson,  Mr.  Bedford  was  appointed  Secretary 
pro  tempore. 

Several  members  stated  that  members  were  waiting  in  the  meeting 
room  at  Odd  Fellows*  Hall,  not  knowing  that  the  session  had  been  called 
at  another  place. 

On  motion  of  Mr.  Bedford,  the  Section  then  proceeded  to  Odd  Fel- 
lows' Hall.     Mr.  Dawson  acted  as  Secretary. 

The  nominations  for  officers  were  again  opened,  but  no  further  nomi- 
nations being  made,  the  Secretary  was,  on  motion,  directed  to  cast 
affirmative  ballots  for  Mr.  Eliel  as  Chairman,  and  for  Mr.  Kilmer  as  Sec- 
retary of  the  Section. 

Messrs.  Ebert  and  Main  were  appointed  a  committee  to  conduct  the 
officers  elect  to  their  seats. 

The  Chairman. — I  thank  you  for  the  honor  you  have  conferred  upon  me,  and  I  as- 
sure you  it  Ifi  a  position  which  has  been  entirely  unsought  on  my  part,  and  that  I  would 
▼ery  much  rather  he  a  high  private  in  the  rear  rank  and  work,  than  to  occupy  an  orna- 
mental position  of  this  kind.  While  I  am  not  a  speaker,  I  claim  to  be  a  worker,  and  I 
think  this  Section  will  be  heard  from  in  the  next  twelve  months.    I  thank  you,  gentlemen. 

Mr.  Kilmer. — Gentlemen,  as  I  came  into  the  room  I  heard  my  name  being  men- 
tioned, and  afterwards  I  found  out  what  it  was  for.  I  did  not  have  time  to  refuse  the 
office  before  I  was  taken  by  the  arm  and  installed  in  it.  I  personally  appreciate  the 
honor,  and  on  behalf  of  the  State  of  New  Jersey,  which  sent  me  here,  I  return  hiy  thanks. 
Anything  that  affects  the  varied  interests  of  pharmacy  I  am  deeply  interested  in.  I  am 
in  pharmacy  for  two  reasons;  one  is,  I  like  the  professional  part,  and  I  am  also  in  for  the 
bread  and  butter  that  I  get  out  of  it.  As  this  Section  affects  that  particular  part  which 
is  pretty  close  to  a  man's  heart,  they  say — his  pocket — I  shall  try  and  do  whatever  the 
Chairman  shall  present  for  my  performance. 

The  report  of  the  Committee  on  the  Rebate  Plan  being  called  for,  Mr. 
Kilmer  stated  that  through  a  misunderstanding  as  to  the  place  where  the 
evening  session  was  to  be  held,  the  committee  had  been  unable  to  meet. 

On  motion  of  Mr.  Alexander,  the  Section  adjourned,  subject  to  the 
call  of  the  Chairman,  to  hear  the  report  of  the  committee. 


Special  Session — Friday  Morning,  June  28th. 
The  Section  was  called  to  order  by  the  Chairman  at  9  o'clock  a.  m. 
Mr.  Manning  stated  that  the  committee's  report  was  in  the  hands  of 
Mr.  Kilmer,  and  that  its  purport  was  to  virtually  endorse  the  pl2w^ig?Tlp 


70  MINUTES   OF   THE   SECTION   ON   COMMERCIAL   INTERESTS. 

posed  by  French,  Richards  &  Co.,  but  that  no  names  were  given  in  the 
report. 

On  motion,  the  report  was  accepted. 

The  Chair  completed  the  Committee  on  Commercial  Interests  by  ap- 
pointing as  members  Messrs.  N.  A.  Kuhn,  of  Omaha,  Neb. ;  J.  W.  Eck- 
ford,  Aberdeen,  Miss.,  and  G.  Mennen,  Newark,  N.  J. 
The  Section  then  adjourned. 

FRED.  B.  KILMER, 
Secretary  Section  of  Commercial  Interests, 


The  report  of  the  Committee,  referred  to  above,  is  as  follows: 

It  having  been  brought  to  the  knowledge  of  the  Section  on  Commercial  Interests  of 
the  American  Pharmaceutical  Association  that  a  class  of  dealers  in  proprietary  goods 
known  as  advertising  cutters  use  the  benefits  secured  under  the  rebate  system,  of  selling 
these  goods  to  the  detriment  of  legitimate  pharmacists — 

Resolved,  That  the  Secretary  of  this  Section  be  authorized  to  communicate  with  the 
National  Wholesale  Druggists'  Association,  and  Association  of  Manufacturers  and  Pro- 
prietors, and  ask  their  co-operation  in  such  a  modification  of  the  rebate  plan  which  shall 
prevent  sales  of  proprietary  goods  in  Ihe  Rebate  System  from  being  made  to  parties  who 
advertise  them  at  less  than  regular  retail  prices,  or  to  any  wholesaler  who  supplies 
goods  of  their  manufacture  to  a  retailer  after  due  notice  has  been  sent  to  the  wholesalers 
that  they  should  not  sell  to  such  a  party. 

This  prohibition  should  be  directed  not  only  against  parlies  who  advertise  below  the 
regular  retail  rates,  but  also  against  parties  who  print  circulars  and  price  lists  for  distri- 
bution through  the  mails  to  consumers,  at  prices  below  the  regular  retail  rates. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


MINUTES 

OF   THE 


SECTION  ON  SCIENTIFIC  PAPERS. 


First  Session. — Wednesday  Morning,  June  26. 

Immediately  after  the  adjournment  of  the  fifth  general  session  of  the 
Association,  Chairman  Emlen  Painter  called  the  Section  on  Scientific 
Papers  to  order — H.  M.  Whelpley,  Secretary. 

The  Chairman  read  the  following  address  : 

Fellcw  Members  of  the  Scientific  Section  American  Pharmaceutical  Association. 

Gentlemen. — In  the  absence  of  any  established  order  of  business  in  this  Section,  I 
propose  the  following  arrangement  for  our  deliberations  at  this  meeting. 

FIRST  SESSION  OF  THE  SECTION  (Fifth  of  the  Association). 

1st.  The  Chairman  and  Secretary  assume  their  respective  places. 

2d.  Reading  of  the  Chairman's  address. 

3d.  Report  of  Committees,  if  there  be  any  to  make,  and  appointment  of  such  new 
Committees  as  may  appear  desirable. 

4th.  Nominations  (but  not  elections  at  this  sitting)  for  the  new  Committee  on  Scien- 
tific Papers. 

The  names  of  members  nominated  to  be  posted  in  the  hall  on  the  adjournment  of  this 
session.  The  election  not  to  take  place  until  after  the  o[)ening  of  the  next  session, 
when  further  nominations  may  also  be  made  if  it  is  deemed  desirable. 

5th.  Reading  of  Papers  and  discussions  on  the  subjects  brought  up. 

6th.  Adjournment. 

SECOND  SESSION  OF  THE  SECTION  (Sixth  of  the  Association). 
1st.  Reading  of  minutes  of  the  previous  session. 
2d.  Election  of  New  Committee  on  Scientific  Papers. 
3d.  Reports  of  Committees — Incidental  business. 
4th.  Reading  of  Papers. 
5th.  Adjournment. 

THIRD  SESSION  OF  THE  SECTION  (Seventh  of  the  Association). 
1st.  Reading  of  Minutes  of  the  previous  session. 
2d.  Reading  of  Papers. 
3d.  Installation  of  New  Officers. 
4th.  Reports  of  Committees. 
Sth.  New  business. 
6th.  Reading  of  Minutes. 
7th.  Final  adjournment.  Digitized  by  GoOglc 


1 


72  MINUTES   OF   THE  SECTION   ON   SCIENTIFIC   PAPERS. 

The  order  and  the  transaction  of  the  business  of  each  Section  being  left  by  the  Asso- 
ciation to  the  Section  itself,  it  seems  to  me  appropriate  and  very  desirable  for  this  Sec- 
tion to  establish  a  regular  order  of  business,  so  as  to  more  thoroughly  systematize  its 
work,  and  thus  utilize  the  precious  time  allotted  to  it,  to  the  very  best  advantage.  I 
therefore  recommend  that  a  Committee  be  appointed  to  observe  the  working  of  the  order 
of  business  we  pursue  at  the  several  sessions,  and  to  present,  before  the  final  adjourn- 
ment of  the  Section,  a  regular  order  of  business  for  its  future  guidance. 

The  adoption  of  such  a  report  need  not  curtail,  in  any  degree,  the  privileges  of  this 
Section,  as  delegated  to  it  by  the  Association  to  make  such  rules  as  the  Section  itself 
may  elect  to  do  ;  and  any  rules  we  may  adopt  at  this  meeting,  can  be  altered  or  amended, 
or  changed  throughout,  as  may  appear  desirable  at  any  future  time.  In  the  absence  on 
the  part  of  the  management,  however,  of  any  other  pre-arranged  or  definite  plan  of  pro- 
cedure, to  have  an  established  order  of  business,  will  unquestionably  greatly  facilitate 
the  work,  and  increase  the  interest  of  our  members. 

The  wisdom  on  the  part  of  the  management  of  the  Association,  of  two  years  ago  io  hav- 
ing divided  its  interests  into  these  several  Sections,  is  more  and  more  manifest  as  time 
elapses:  harmonizing  the  different  interests  represented,  and  enabling  each  department 
to  calculate  definitely  upon  having  a  proper  hearing,  and  securing  to  each  the  uninter- 
rupted use  of  its  allotted  time,  and  thus  avoiding  all  possibility  of  one  crowding  out  or 
encroaching  upon  the  right  of  another.  To  no  other  Section,  perchance,  are  the  advan- 
tages of  this  change,  so  apparent  as  to  this  one,  which  so  eminently  leads  in  the  way  of 
progression,  and  in  the  elevation  of  the  science  and  art  of  pharmacy  to  a  higher  plane. 
Indeed,  the  work  of  this  Section  may  be  properly  looked  upon  as  the  culmination  of  the 
work  of  all  the  others,  whose  worthy  accomplishments  invariably  lead  to  it. 

Business  interests,  all  important  in  themselves — as  we  could  accomplish  nothing  with- 
out the  means  to  do  it — ^have  for  their  object  the  benefit  of  ourselves  alone :  the  educa- 
tional interests  have  the  laudable  object  in  view  of  raising  us  to  a  higher  standard, 
disseminating  knowledge,  and  better  fitting  us  for  our  life's  work ;  and  the  legislative 
interest  is  still  more  comprehensive  in  its  object,  which  primarily  is  the  protection  and 
benefit  of  the  community,  and  incidentally  a  protection  to  those  who  are  called  upon  to 
aid  in  protecting  the  health  and  welfare  of  the  general  public ;  but  in  all  of  these  de- 
partments there  appears  to  be  at  times  such  a  diversity  of  interests,  such  conflicting 
views,  that  it  remains  for  this  one  Section  of  the  whole  organization  to  bind  us  firmly 
together.  There  is  no  diversity  of  interests  here,  all  striving  toward  the  one  object, 
with  its  highest  aim  above  self,  above  Association,  above  country — to  benefit  mankind  in 
general,  irrespective  of  race,  locality,  condition  or  creed. 

The  Scientific  Section,  performing  so  important  a  part  in  the  Association  work,  surely 
merits  our  best  efforts  in  the  cause  of  pharmacy,  particularly  now  that  we  can  give  you 
the  assurance  that  your  contributions  of  literary  work  will  be  duly  presented  in  open 
session,  and  opportunity  given  for  free  discussions. 

Although  this  year  the  papers  exceed  in  number  the  average  for  many  years  past,  there 
is  still  room  for  many  more,  and  I  appeal  to  every  member  of  this  great  National  Asso- 
ciation to  contribute  his  quota — to  contribute  a  small  share  at  least  toward  making  phar- 
macy merit  the  distinction  and  the  right  of  being  called  a  liberal  profession.  The  work 
in  this  department  is  directly  in  that  line,  where  self-interest  gives  way  to  benefiting  and 
elevating  one's  calling,  which  in  turn  still  pales  before  the  higher  and  grander  aim  of 
benefiting  all,  as  the  new  light  reveals  fresh  discoveries,  and  newly  found  truths  are  laid 
bare.  Let  us  vie  with  one  another  in  emulating  the  example  of  the  illustrious  Procter, 
one  of  the  founders  of  this  organization,  and  one  of  the  greatest  pharmacists  the  world 
has  ever  known. 

I  will  not  occupy  more  of  thelimited  time  at  our  disposal,  further  than^-tp  make  f>ne 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


LABORATORY   NOTES.  73 

more  suggestion.  It  is  the  duty  of  the  Committee  on  Scientific  Papers  to  submit  a  list  of 
queries  on  suitable  subjects  for  investigation.  In  my  opinion  these  queries  should  ema- 
nate from  different  minds,  and  possibly  from  different  localities;  and  I  believe  it  would 
be  a  great  assistance  to  the  Chairman  of  this  Section  if  a  Committee  were  appointed  to 
propose  a  certain  number  of  queries  (get  them  accepted  if  possible),  and  submit  ihem  to 
the  Chairman  within  thirty  days  after  adjournment  of  the  annual  meeting  at  which  they 
were  appointed.  These  lists  of  queries  would  furnish  the  Committee  valuable  material, 
as  an  aid  in  preparing  the  official  list.  Emlen  Painter,  Chairman. 

San  Francisco f  June  2^,  i88g. 

Mr.  Searby  moved  that  the  address  be  received  and  the  recommenda- 
tions adopted.  Mr.  Alexander  moved  as  an  amendment  that  the  address 
be  referred  to  a  committee  of  three,  to  carry  out  the  suggestions  con- 
tained therein,  and  report  at'a  later  session.  Mr.  Searby  accepted  the 
amendment,  and  the  motion  thus  amended  was  adopted. 

The  chair  appointed  Messrs.  Searby,  Hulting  and  Manning,  the  com- 
mittee on  the  chairman's  address. 

Nominations  for  officers  of  the  Section  being  called  up,  Mr.  Ebert  was 
nominated  for  chairman,  but  declined,  and  nominated  Mr.  H.  M. 
Whelpley. 

Mr.  Kennedy  nominated  Mr.  C.  F.  Dare  for  Secretary. 

The  nominations  were  then  closed,  to  be  reopened  at  a  later  session, 
when  election  will  take  place. 

The  reading  of  papers  being  called  for,  Mr.  Calvert  read  the  following 
paper  by  Mr.  Patch,  which  was  accepted  and  referred : 

LABORATORY  NOTES. 

BY  L.  E.  PATCH. 

Much  dissatisfaction  has  been  expressed  with  the  U.  S.  P.  formula  for 
solution  of  magnesium  citrate.  If  made  strictly  according  to  the  formula, 
after  a  time  there  is  a  copious  precipitation  of  crystals.  Examination  of 
the  crystals  proves  them  to  be  Mgj  (CeHjO^),,,  lo  HjO.  This  hints  at 
an  insufficiency  of  citric .  acid  to  produce  the  permanently  soluble  acid 
magnesium  citrate. 

In  our  text  books  and  chemistries  we  have  two  formulas  for  mag- 
nesium carbonate,  3MgCO„Mg(OH\,3HjO  and  4MgC0„Mg(0H)„ 
5H.O. 

Several  samples  examined  for  magnesium,  as  MgO  and  Mg,P,0„ 
gave  as  a  mean  24.8^  of  magnesium. 

Several  determinations  of  CO,  gave  49.%. 

This  would  give  69.44%  of  MgCOj,  11.98%  of  Mg  (OH),  and  18.58% 
HjO,  corresponding  to  the  formula,  4MgCOa,Mg(OH)a,5H,0. 

The  reaction  with  citric  acid  would  be  as  follows : 

4  Mg  CO„Mg(OH)„  5H,0  (484), 

+  5H,  C,  Hj  OpH,  O,  (1050),        . 

=  5  MgHC^HA  +  i6H,0.  +  4CO,.  r^f^n\o 

Digitized  by  VjOOv  IC 


74  MINUTES   OF   THE   SECTION   ON   SCIENTIFIC    PAPERS. 

Then  the  U.  S.  P.  formula  must  have  its  magnesium  carbonate  re- 
duced in  quantity  or  its  citric  acid  increased,  as  seen  by  the  following 
equation  : 

484  magnesium  carbonate  is  to  78  G.  magnesium  carbonate  as  1050  of 
citric  acid  is  to  1 70  G.  of  citric  acid 

The  syrup  of  citric  acid  cannot  supply  the  deficiency,  as  480  G.  of 
syrup  contains  480  x  008  or  3.84  G.  of  citric  acid,  which  is  not  quite 
enough  to  react  with  the  potassium  bicarbonate,  as  seen  by  the  following 
reaction  : 

3KHCO,.-(30o3  +  H3C,H50„H,0,  (210). 
=K,C,H,0„+  4  H,0,  +  3CO,. 

Then,  300  G.  of  bicarbonate  is  to  16  G*.  of  bicarbonate  as  210  G.  of 
citric  acid  is  to  11.2  G.  of  citric  acid,  and  11.2  G.,  less  3.84  G.  in  the 
syrup,  would  leave  7.36  G.  deficiency. 

This  added  to  the  14  G.  deficient  on  account  of  the  magnesium  car- 
bonate, would  leave  21.36  G.  deficiency  if  the  final  reaction  was  to  give 
acid  citrate  of  magnesium. 

This  is  not  required  to  give  a  permanent  solution,  but  we  may  allow 
the  excess  of  bicarbonate  to  be  decomposed  by  a  portion  of  the  acid 
citrate  first  formed. 

For  a  permanent  solution,  dissolve  170  G.  of  citric  acid  in  800  G.  of 
hot  distilled  water,  add  the  78  G.  of  magnesium  carbonate  through  a 
sieve,  stir  until  dissolved,  add  cold  distilled  water  to  make  1,000  G.,  add 
the  480  G.  of  syrup  of  citric  acid,  filter  through  a  plaited  filter,  and 
wash  with  water  to  make  the  filtrate  weigh  1,500  G. 

Place  250  G.  of  this  solution  in  each  of  six  magnesium  citrate  bottles, 
previously  fitted  with  wires  and  corks.  Gently  add,  so  as  to  float  on  top 
of  the  previous  solution,  without  mixing,  80  G.  of  distilled  water,  and 
lastly,  gently  add  30  G.  of  a  solution  of  bicarbonate  of  potassium,  made 
by  dissolving  16  G.  of  the  bicarbonate  in  150  G.  of  distilled  water,  filter- 
ing through  a  small  filter  and  washing  the  filter  with  distilled  water  to 
make  in  all  180  G.  of  solution. 

After  adding  the  30  G.  of  potassium  bicarbonate  solution,  if  need  be, 
gently  add  distilled  water  to  nearly  fill  the  bottle,  cork  with  smooth, 
firm,  wetted  corks,  wire,  shake,  label  and  store  the. bottles,  lying  upon 
their  sides  in  a  cool  place.  Fifty  lots  so  made  have  never  crystallized, 
and  invariably  gave  bright,  permanent  solutions. 

Mr.  Ebert. — I  would  like  to  make  a  remark  on  the  paper,  without  going  into  the 
chemistry  and  the  equivalents  of  carbonate  of  magnesium  and  citric  acid.  I  have  had 
very  little  trouble  in  making  this  solution  according  to  the  pharmacopoeial  process ;  but 
it  might  be  modified  in  this  direction  and  made  more  practical.  Instead  of  adding 
syrup  of  citric  acid  to  the  solution,  why  not  add  the  equivalent  quantity  of  citric  acid 
contained  in  the  syrup  of  citric  acid  at  once  to  the  magnesium  carbonate  ?  Then  use 
simple  syrup  necessary  to  sweeten.  The  oil  of  lemon  which  most  of  us  use  for  the  pur- 
Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


ARSENIC   IN   WALL-PAPER.  75 

pose  of  imparting  the  taste  of  lemon,  should  be  well  rubbed  up  with  the  carbonate  of 
magnesium  before  it  is  made  into  the  solution  with  the  citric  acid.  That  is  the  way  I 
make  the  solution  of  citrate  of  magnesium,  and  I  find  no  difficulty  at  all  in  keeping. 

Mr.  Calvert. — I  will  say  a  word  about  this  much-discussed  question  of  citrate  of 
magnesium.  What  we  want  to  do  in  getting  up  formulae  for  our  Pharmacopoeia  is  to  get 
at  things  as  straight  as  possible,  to  have  as  little  trouble  as  possible  in  making  the  prepa- 
ration. Now,  the  plan  for  making  citrate  of  magnesium  as  practiced  on  this  coast  is  to 
take  a  certain  quantity  of  carbonate  of  magnesium,  break  it  up  or  rub  it  through  a  sieve, 
then  take  the  quantity  of  citric  acid  required,  put  it  into  the  pot,  take  the  quantity  of 
water  required,  put  in  some  essence  of  lemon,  and  then  add  sugar  direct;  don't  make 
any  syrup  or  anything  of  the  kind ;  those  three  ingredients  are  put  into  the  pot  all 
together ;  the  water  is  put  in,  and  the  lemon  ;  you  let  it  stand  until  the  effervescence  has 
ceased,  and  you  have  then  an  acid  magnesium  citrate;  you  use  a  specific  quantity  of 
citric  acid ;  you  filter  the  solution,  and  all  you  have  to  do  is  to  fill  your  bottles.  We  use 
mostly  beer  bottles  in  this  country,  because  we  are  large  consumers  of  that  staple. 

Mr.  Main. — Does  a  solution  thus  made  keep  for  any  length  of  time  ? 

Mr.  Calvert.— Yes,  sir. 

MR.  Maisch. — Do  I  understand  Mr.  Calvert  to  say  that  he  uses  the  quantities  of  car- 
bonate of  magnesium  and  citric  acid  ordered  by  the  Pharmacopoeia  ? 

Mr.  Calvert. — I  could  not  tell  you  that  exactly. 

Mr.  Maisch. — The  point  made  by  this  paper  is  that  the  quantity  of  citric  add 
is  not  sufficient  for  keeping  the  magnesium  in  solution.  I  have  no  experience  with  the 
formula  of  the  Pharmacopoeia  of  1880,  but  it  is  the  formula  of  1870,  I  believe,  unless 
I  am  very  much  mistaken.  I  have  used  that  for  a  considerable  length  of  time,  and  have 
not  had  the  slightest  difficulty.  The  object  of  the  Pharmacopoeia  is  simply  to  get  the 
magnesia  in  solution  and  retain  it  in  solution  with  the  least  possible  quantity  of  citric 
acid.  Instead  of  having  a  normal  citrate,  I  think  the  Pharmacopoeia  aims  at  obtaining 
a  two-thirds  salt  with  a  rather  slight  deficiency  of  citric  acid.  After  the  addition,  subse- 
quently, of  the  bicarbonate  of  potassium  without  loss  of  carbonic  acid  gas,  the  mag- 
tiesinm  will  remain  in  solution,  for  bicarbonates  do  not  precipitate  magnesium  salts  from 
their  solution,  but  the  carbonates  do.  I  understood  Mr.  Ebert  to  say  that  he  had  no 
difficulty  with  the  quantities  of  the  present  Pharmacopoeia,  which  I  think  are  essentially 
the  same  as  contained  in  the  Pharmacopoeia  of  1870,  and  with  those  I  had  not  the 
slightest  difficulty. 

Mr.  Ebert  read  the  following  paper  in  answer  to  query  39. 

ARSENIC  IN  WALL-PAPER. 

Query  No.  39. — In  what  quantity  and  to  what  extent  is  arsenic  present  in  wall- 
paper ?    Is  the  public  health  thereby  in  any  degree  affected  ? 

BY  D.  H.  GALLOWAY. 

A  large  number  of  samples  of  wall-paper  were  obtained  from  many  dif- 
ferent sources,  paper-hangers,  stores,  imported  samples,  and  from  friends, 
those  from  the  latter  being  papers  tilready  upon  their  walls  or  about  to  be 
put  on. 

I  made  a  determination  of  the  arsenic  in  one  hundred  samples^  Thesej 


j6  MINUTES  OF  THE   SECTION   ON  SCIENTIFIC  PAPERS. 

samples  were  taken  at  random,  and  included  all  colors,  styles,  figures  and 
prices,  the  latter  ranging  from  four  cents  to  |2  per  roll,  and  some  that 
were  sold  by  the  yard  at  a  much  higher  price. 

When  I  began  this  work,  nearly  a  year  ago,  I  supposed  that,  after  a 
time,  I  would  be  able  to  tell  by  appearances  whether  a  paper  contained 
arsenic  or  not.  This  expectation  has  not,  however,  been  realized,  and  I 
am  now  convinced  that  it  is  impossible  to  say,  before  examination, 
whether  a  given  sample  contains  arsenic  or  not. 

The  following  table  gives  the  amount  of  arsenic,  estimated  as  As,0,  in 
one  square  meter  of  each  paper  examined  : 

NUMBERS   OF  SAMPLES.  AsjOgin 

I  sq.  m. 

3»  4,  5»  6,  15,  24.  29,  38,  44,  45, 46,  47,  48»  49.  5o.  5^  52.  72,  75.  84,  89, 

91.  92.  95.  (24) • Free. 

23.  28,  30,  37,  39,  42,  43,  57,  62,  69,  70,  71,  76,  78,  85,  86,  87,  88,  90,  93    •    •  Trace. 

14,  25,  74,  83 ■ 1  mg. 

73.84 2     " 

10,33.66,67,82 3     « 

22, 63, 65, 99 :..... 4   " 

54.55.59.61.96 5    " 

13,  26,  32,  40,  53,  64,  68, 97 6  «* 

77 8  « 

17,18,20,21,31,34,58,98 10  " 

36, 60, 79 12  " 

II 14  " 

7 15  " 

41 20  " 

I 25  « 

26 26  " 

15 30     " 

2, 56 50    " 

19 60     «« 

35 90  " 

9,  81 200  " 

100 600  ** 

27,  80,  more  thaD lOO  " 

Mr.  T.  N.  Jamieson  gave  me  several  thousand  samples  that  had  been 
sold  to  pay  duty  at  the  custom-house.  Twelve  of  these,  picked  out  at 
random,  showed  arsenic  in  every  case,  ranging,  however,  quite  low,  from 
two  to  six  mg.  These  samples  were,  presumably,  of  German  manufacture. 
The  uniformity  of  the  amount  of  arsenic  in  these  papers  would  seem  to 
indicate  that  it  had  been  used  as  an  antiseptic  in  the  paste  with  which 
the  pigment  was  applied  to  the  paper. 

The  two  samples,  9  and  81,  containing  200  mg.  each,  are  probably  of 
the  same  lot,  as  the  colors  are  identical,  though  the  figures  are  quite 
different. 

No.  100  contains  an  average  of  about  600  mg.  per  square  meter,  the 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


ARSENIC   IN   WALL-PAPER.  77 

arsenic  being  almost  entirely  in  the  red,  a  square  meter  of  which,  there- 
fore, contains  over  one  gram  of  arsenious  oxide. 

No.  56  looks  like  the  same  paper,  although  it  contains  only  about  50 
mg.;  however,  it  is  difficult  to  get  a  fair  sample  of  a  pattern  containing 
figures  so  large  and  varied. 

There  is  scarcely  room  for  difference  of  opinion  as  to  the  injurious 
effects  of  large  amounts  of  arsenic  in  wall-paper,  upon  those  who  are  ex- 
posed to  its  influence.  There  is  little  doubt  that  the  air  in  rooms  papered 
with  arsenical  wall-paper  becomes  contaminated  with  arseniuretted  hy- 
drogen, particularly  in  damp  weather.  This  gas  is  extremely  poisonous, 
and,  though  in  very  small  quantities,  sometimes  gives  rise  to  most  alarm- 
ing symptoms. 

Even  if  this  decomposition  did  not  take  place,  the  air  of  the  room 
must  be  filled  with  arsenic  dust,  particularly  after  sweeping  and  dusting, 
and  thus  cause  more  or  less  irritation  of  the  eyes,  nose,  mouth  and  throat, 
similar  to  the  symptoms  of  catarrh  or  a  cold.  Some  of  it  is  swallowed  with 
the  saliva,  giving  rise  to  intestinal  and  constitutional  disturbances  of  a 
more  or  less  serious  character,  as  indigestion,  nausea,  diarrhoea,  general 
debility,  nervous  prostration,  etc. 

Numbers  of  cases  of  fatal  poisoning,  in  this  manner,  are  on  record,  as 
well  as  many  others,  in  which  the  cause  was  discovered  in  time,  and  on 
the  removal  of  which  the  patients  recovered.  The  extreme  difficulty  of 
tracing  to  their  proper  source  symptoms  of  this  character  must  be  plain 
to  every  one.  How  frequently  we  hear  the  diagnosis  **  general  debility,*' 
"nervous  prostration,"  "indigestion,"  etc.,  the  symptoms  resisting  all 
treatment  until,  perhaps,  **rest  and  a  change  of  air"  are  prescribed, 
when  recovery  follows,  the  symptoms  returning,  however,  when  the 
patient  resumes  his  former  work  and  environment.  That  many  of  these 
cases  are  due  to  arsenic  in  the  wall-paper  there  is  abundant  proof;  that 
there  are  thousands  suffering  from  this  cause,  of  which  they  and  their 
physicians  are  totally  ignorant,  is  a  conclusion  well  warranted  by  the 
evidence. 

Prof.  Edward  S.  Wood  gives  (Report  Mass.  Board  of  Health,  1883), 
a  list  of  forty  two  cases  of  arsenical  poisoning,  most  of  which  were  due 
to  wall-paper.  Prof.  Wood  mentions  a  great  many  other  articles  in 
which  arsenic  has  been  found ;  among  them  are  the  following  :  Dress 
goods,  muslins,  linen,  artificial  flowers,  curtains,  lambrequins,  gloves, 
calico,  cloth,  boot-linings,  paper  collars,  linen  collars  (one  collar  con- 
tained 10.4  grs.  of  AsaO,),  hat  linings,  colored  stockings,  linings  in  baby 
carriages,  bed  hangings,  colored  wax  candles,  confectionery,  etc.,  etc. 

The  presence  of  arsenic  is  so  widespread  that  perhaps  it  would  be  im-  * 
possible  to  exclude  it  entirely  from  such  articles,  but  the  deliberate  use 
of  it  as  a  coloring  for  such  purposes  should  not  be  tolerated.     An  attempt 
was  made  in  Massachusetts  a  few  years  ago  to  secure  the  enactment  of 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


78  MINUTES   OF  THE   SECTION   ON   SCIENTIFIC  PAPERS. 

laws  on  the  subject,  placing  the  limit  of  arsenic  in  wall-paper  at  7  mg.  to 
each  square  meter  ;  but  the  wall-paper  manufacturers  were  too  influential 
with  the  legislators,  and  the  bill  failed  to  become  a  law. 

There  is  no  excuse  for  the  presence  of  such  quantities  of  arsenic  in 
wall-paper,  as  all  the  colors  produced  by  it  can  be  made  by  other  means, 
and  in  view  of  the  helplessness  of  the  average  individual  in  the  pre- 
sence of  such  an  insidious  poison,  its  use  as  a  pigment  in  all  cases  should 
be  prohibited  by  stringent  laws. 

Chicago  College  of  Pharmacy, 

Mr.  Maisch. — I  am  very  glad  that  sach  a  paper  has  been  presented  here,  because  I 
consider  the  subject  one  of  the  utmost  importance.  It  has  been  investigated  by  chem- 
ists and  others  interested  in  public  health  perhaps  for  the  last  thirty  or  forty  years,  if  not 
longer.  I  remember  the  time  very  well,  perhaps  some  thirty  years  ago,  when  it  was 
denied  that  the  presence  of  arsenic  in  the  coloring  matter  of  wall  papers  could  possibly 
have  any  injurious  influence  on  the  health  of  persons  living  in  rooms  where  such  paper 
was  used,  but  careful  experiments  that  were  then  made  showed  that  arsenic  is  liberated,  a 
volatile  compound  being  formed,  very  likely  arseniuretted  hydrogen,  which  can  be  found 
in  the  atmosphere  of  rooms  the  walls  of  which  are  covered  with  arsenical  paper.  The 
amount  of  such  arseniuretted  hydrogen  liberated  is,  of  course,  extremely  minute,  and  it 
takes  a  long  time  for  the  wall  papers  to  exert  an  injurious  influence.  The  latter  the 
quantity  of  arsenic  contained  in  the  coloring  matter,  of  course  the  more  rapidly  will  arsen- 
iuretted hydrogen  be  evolved  and  the  more  injurious  will  be  the  atmosphere.  On  the 
other  hand,  it  must  be  remembered  that  arsenic  can  be  detected  in  extremely  minute 
quantities,  and  that  in  many  cases  it  is  very  difficult  to  entirely  free  chemical  compounds 
from  the  last  traces  of  arsenic.  Hence  the  importance  of  limiting  the  quantity  of  arsenic 
to  be  contained  in  a  certain  flat  space  of  wall  paper.  Whatever  influence  our  Associa- 
tion can  bring  upon  the  enactment  of  such  laws  as  are  indicated  here,  I  think  would  be  in- 
fluence very  well  bestowed,  and  would  in  the  course  of  time  be  appreciated  by  the 
public. 

Mr.  Whelpley. — I  do  not  know  how  much  influence  this  Association  could  have 
upon  legislation,  prohibiting  the  use  of  arsenic  in  wall-paper,  but  there  is  one  thing  the 
members  of  this  Association  can  do  in  furtherance  of  the  object,  and  that  is  to  examine 
wallpaper,  and  other  substances  that  have  been  mentioned,  for  arsenic;  not  to  wait  for 
customers  to  bring  them  in  to  be  examined,  but  to  be  enterprising  enough  to  obtain  sam. 
pies  for  examination,  and  to  report  to  their  physicians  and  customers  the  result.  In  that 
way  they  will  not  only  elevate  the  profession  in  the  eyes  of  the  public,  but  will  be  open- 
ing to  themselves  a  new  source  of  revenue ;  because  if  it  once  becomes  known  to  the 
physician  and  the  public  that  such  dangers  are  among  them,  they  will  be  willing  to  pay 
the  druggists  to  determine  whether  these  goods  are  dangerous  or  not.  The  medical 
journals  of  the  present  day  report  many  cases  of  arsenic  poisoning.  I  think  that  the 
druggist  should  not  lose  sight  of  this  opportunity  to  beneflt  the  public  and  at  the  same 
time  promote  the  interests  of  his  own  profession.  It  is  a  singular  fact  that  the  manufac- 
turers of  wall-paper  claim  that  there  is  no  arsenic  in  wall-paper.  I  have  seen  circulars 
issued  by  wall-paper  manufacturers  to  that  effect.  The  manufacture  of  wall  paper  is 
,  one  grand  trust,  and  the  price  of  wall -paper  is  maintained  in  a  manner  that  is  only 
equalled  by  the  Standard  Oil  Combination  and  others  of  a  .similar  charecter.  They 
don't  hesitate  to  spend  any  amount  of  money  in  issuing  circulars  and  in  publishing  anal- 
yses to  show  that  wall  paper  does  not  contain  arsenic :  here  is  your  opportunity  to  lay 
the  difficulty  bare  before  the  public. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


INFLUENCE   OF   HEAT  AND   MOISTURE   UPON   DRUGS.  79 

Mb.  Ebert. — In  Europe,  especially  in  Germany,  this  matter  has  been  very  much 
more  carefully  considered,  and  thought  of  as  being  of  importance,  than  in  this  country. 
While  studying  in  Munich  we,  as  students,  had  the  privilege  of  making  such  examina- 
tions in  the  laboratory  of  the  Chemist  for  the  Department  of  Health  of  that  city.  Wall- 
paper, beer,  and  various  articles  of  food  and  drink,  were  constantly  submitted,  and  this 
question  of  arsenic  in  wall  paper,  in  clothing,  feathers,  ornaments,  and  other  things,  was 
constantly  investigated. 

Although  the  laws  are  very  rigid,  still  quite  frequently  this  contamination  was  found 
in  samples  purchased  from  stores  in  the  city  of  Munich.  They  would  be  reported  to  the 
Health  Department,  and  the  goods  were  confiscated.  I  think  if  the  Association  would 
take  some  steps  in  that  respect  it  would  not  be  necessary  to  alarm  the  public,  but  laws 
could  be  enacted,  and  carried  out  under  the  supervision  of  local  Boards  of  Health.  I  do 
hope  that  this  matter  may  be  deemed  to  be  of  importance  enough,  and  that  the  gentleman 
be  asked  to  continue  his  researches.  Arsenic  is  contained  in  some  of  our  foods :  for  in- 
stance, jellies  are  made  out  of  glucose  and  are  largely  colored  with  aniline  colors.  You  will 
find  by  testing  these  jellies  that  arsenic  is  present,  whether  In  large  quantities  or  not  I 
don't  know,  but  I  know  they  are  contaminated  by  aniline  colors  which  contain  arsenic. 

Mr.  Manning. — It  needs  something  beyond  the  action  of  the  State  Board  of  Health 
to  arouse  the  public  to  the  danger.  In  our  State,  Massachusetts,  the  State  Board  of  Health, 
as  alluded  to  in  this  paper,  hasnoade  a  very  full  and  complete  report.  The  matter  was  car- 
ried to  our  legislature,  and  action  was  invariably  sat  down  upon,  from  the  fact  that  the  com- 
munity are  not  alive  to  the  danger ;  they  have  no  thought  that  there  is  any  danger  in  this 
matter.  In  one  city  in  our  state  the  wife  of  a  very  prominent  citizen  died  from  arsenic 
poisoning,  developed  in  the  manner  indicated,  which  was  conclusively  proved  and  be- 
Ueved  by  the  community.  In  that  connection  I  want  to  allude  to  what  Prof.  Whelpley  has 
remarked,  and  that  is  the  source  of  revenue  that  may  be  derived  by  the  druggist.  An 
analysis  was  made,  and  in  less  than  thirty  days  the  analyzer  had  a  large  number  of  anal- 
yses to  make.  But  I  don't  believe  the  public  generally  will  be  moved  in  this  matter 
unless  some  such  thing  as  that  develops  that  sentiment. 

Mr.  Hallberg. — I  think  the  American  Health  Association  would  take  hold  of  this 
subject,  and  I  will  move  that  the  attention  of  the  American  Public  Health  Association 
be  directed  to  this  matter  by  sending  to  its  Secretary  a  copy  of  the  paper  and  discussion, 
and  asking  them  to  take  such  steps  as  might  secure  the  proper  legislation. 

Mr.  Hallberg's  motion  was  seconded  and  adopted. 
Mr.  Manning  read  the  following  paper  by  Mr.  Lloyd  : 

ON  THE  INFLUENCE  OF  HEAT  AND  MOISTURE  UPON  DRUGS. 

Query  id. — What  is  the  effect  of  Heat  and  Moisture  as  a  preparatory  step  in  the  ex- 
traction of  some  drugs? 

BY  J.  U.  LLOYD. 

In  considering  the  natural  condition  of  vegetable  organisms,  we  find 
that  recent  plants  present  in  one  respect  a  marked  variation  from  the 
same  substances  after  drying.  The  inherent  moisture  amounts  invariably 
to  a  large  part  of  their  bulk,  and  the  greater  proportion  of  this  water  is 
lost  by  drying.* 

*  I  do  not  overlook  the  fact  that  they  retain  from  five  to  fifteen  per  cent,  of  moisture 
when  airdried. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


So  MINUTES  OF  THE  SECTION  ON   SCIENTIFIC  PAPERS. 

Aside,  however,  from  the  decomposition  products  and  dissociations 
produced  by  desiccation,  there  is  connected  a  feature  that  should  perhaps 
not  be  overlooked,  one  that  I  believe  to  be  of  considerable  importance 
in  some  instances. 

The  succulent  vegetable  structure,  in  its  natural  condition,  is  readily 
permeated  by  an  appropriate  alcoholic  menstruum ;  the  cell  tissues  being 
expanded  in  the  fresh  drug,  these  integuments  are  open  to  the  free  pass- 
age of  liquids.  Indeed,  there  seems  to  be  a  decided  endosmotic  affinity 
for  an  alcoholic  menstruum,  which,  therefore,  permeates  readily  the  water- 
relaxed  integuments,  even  if  the  plant  substance  is  in  great  slices.  This 
fact  is  readily  shown  by  placing  a  few  slices  of  any  fresh  plant  in  alcohol, 
and  observing  the  result.  If  it  be  a  colored  drug  like  bloodroot,  the  act 
of  extraction  or  displacement  can  be  readily  seen,  and  it  is  shown  that 
the  vegetable  tissue  is  very  quickly  permeated  through  and  through,  pro- 
viding the  alcohol  is  not  too  concentrated.  It  requires  but  a  short 
period  to  realize  the  fact  that  in  the  natural  condition  such  vegetable 
structures  are  easily  extracted  by  alcoholic  liquids. '*' 

Many  of  these  vegetable  substances  in  drying  become  hard,  brittle  and 
almost  impenetrable  to  feasible  menstruums.  If  the  substance  is  exces- 
sively gummy  or  mucilaginous,  alcohol  may  be  then  incapable  of 
thoroughly  extracting  it,  by  reason  of  this  pervading  envelope  of  insol- 
uble material,  even  though  the  desirable  constituents  of  the  drug  are 
soluble  in  alcohol.  Powdering  the  drug  does  not  altogether  obviate  the 
difficulty,  although  it  modifies  it ;  and  sometimes  even  a  finely  powdered 
drug  of  this  nature  is  not  capable  of  extraction  with  strong  alcohol. 

In  my  opinion,  many  tinctures  and  fluid  extracts  now  made  with  mix- 
tures of  alcohol  and  water  would  be  decidedly  improved  by  the  use  of 
alcohol  alone,  were  it  capable  of  swelling  and  permeating  the  dried  plant 
structure,  thus  reaching  its  inner  recesses.  Hence  it  is,  that  in  order  to 
satisfactorily  extract  a  drug,  we  are  often  forced  to  bring  the  material  into 
a  condition  bordering  on  that  of  the  natural  drug,  and  add  water  to  the  al- 
cohol to  form  a  suitable  menstruum.  Even  though  alcohol  alone  is  the 
best  solvent  for  the  purified  active  constituents  of  some  drugs,  I  therefore 
accept,  as  established  in  my  experience,  that  to  extract  these  same  con- 
stituents from  the  drugs,  a  hydro-alcoholic  menstruum  is  often  desirable. 
Perhaps  this  feature  of  the  art  of  extraction  has  not  heretofore  been  pre- 
sented in  this  light,  nevertheless  it  is  evident  from  my  experience  that 

*  In  this  connection  I  will  remark  that  green  drugs  present  an  obBtniction  to  percolation 
extraction,  in  the  fact  that  the  large  amount  of  water  present  in  their  tissues  dilutes  a 
percolate,  so  that  it  is  impossible  to  use  ordinary  maceration  or  percolation,  and  without 
much  evaporation  prepare  a  tincture  that  is  representative  of  any  considerable  proportion 
of  drug.  There  is  another  obstruction  in  the  fact  that  if  the  alcohol  is  very  strong  it 
contracts  the  surfaces  to  a  tough,  leather-like  substance  which  prevents  rapid  circulation 
of  liquid. 


1 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


INFLUENCE   OF  HEAT  AND   MOISTURE   UPON   DRUGS.  8 1 

there  is  no  other  object  in  using  dilute  alcohol  in  many  cases,  where  it  is 
certainly  preferable  to  strong  alcohol.* 

Accepting,  then,  that  water  is  often  desirable  as  a  simple  softener  of 
planl  tissue,  in  order  that  the  alcoholic  menstruum  may  more  easily  per- 
meate the  substance  of  the  plant  material,  the  question  arises,  is  it  always 
best  to  previously  mix  the  water  with  the  menstruum? 

My  experience  is  to  the  effect  that  in  many  cases  the  operation  of 
percolation  is  more  thoroughly  conducted  by  a  deviation  from  the  estab- 
lished methods.  I  have  found  it  preferable  with  some  drugs  to  use  water 
sparingly,  in  a  preliminary  step,  even  if  the  constituent  to  be  extracted 
from  the  drug  is  altogether  resinous.  My  plan,  under  these  conditions, 
is  to  moisten  the  powder  by  sprinkling  it  with  a  small  amount  of  water, 
from  two  to  three  ounces  of  water  to  the  pound  of  drug  being  an  average. 
This  moistened  powder  is  then  permitted  to  remain  in  a  closed  container 
for  ten  or  twelve  hours,  and  is  then  moistened  again  with  alcohol,  packed 
in  the  percolator  in  the  usual  manner,  and  extracted  by  the  usual  process. 
Where  it  is  possible,  after  the  water  moistening  and  maceration,  I  prefer 
to  use  such  an  amount  of  alcohol  to  moisten  the  powder  as  will  bring  the 
combined  amounts  of  alcohol  and  water  in  the  drug  to  the  strength  of 
the  alcohol  that  is  used  afterwards  to  continue  the  percolation. 

For  example :  If  a  mixture  of  two  parts  of  water  and  three  parts  of 
alcohol  is  to  be  used  as  the  menstruum,  I  moisten  the  drug  first  with  two 
parts  of  water ;  next,  after  the  maceration  period  has  passed,  with  three 
parts  of  alcohol ;  then,  after  packing  the  powder  in  the  percolator,  I 
continue  the  percolation  with  a  mixture  of  the  same  strength,  water  two 
parts,  alcohol  three  parts. 

If  a  precipitate  in  the  produced  liquid  is  always  objectionable,  which  I 
do  not  now  admit,  change  in  menstruum  is  not  desirable. f  If  the  ex- 
perience others  may  make  in  this  direction  corroborates  my  own  researches, 
it  will  he  found  that  the  art  of  plant  extraction  may,  in  many  cases,  be 
modified  in  this  manner  with  great  advantage. 

I  would  summarize  as  follows :  i.  Use,  when  desirable,  enough  water 
to  soften  the  plant  integuments  before  percolation,  spraying  the  water  on 
the  powdered  drug  so  as  to  avoid  lumping. 

2.  Allow  this  water- moistened  powder  to  stand  in  a  closed  vessel  for  a 
considerable  period. 

3.  Where  possible,  before  packing  in  the  percolator,  sprinkle  it  with 

*The  argument  may  be  made  that  water  is  used  on  account  of  cheapness.  This  I  do 
not  admit  in  my  own  work,  and  I  doubt  if  others  consider  it.  The  cost  of  the  men- 
itiiium  is  not  a  factor  with  the  manager  of  a  laboratory. 

t  Upon  the  contrary,  with  some  irregular  preparations  that  I  make,  I  aim  to  produce  a 
copious  precipitation  of  inert  materials  at  certain  stages  of  the  operation,  thus,  by  judi- 
cloQs  manipulation,  getting  rid  of  burdens  that  fluid  extracts  carry,  to  their  injury. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


82  MINUTES  OF   THE   SECTION   ON   SCIENTIFIC   PAPERS. 

enough  alcohol  to  bring  the  liquids  to  the  composition  of  the  menstruum 
subsequently  employed  in  percolation. 

Among  the  advantages  that  may  be  derived  from  this  process,  when 
feasible,  is  the  fact  that  a  coarsely  powdered  drug  may  be  more  easily  ex- 
hausted than  by  the  usual  method. 

The  part  of  the  query  relating  to  the  use  of  heat  as  a  preliminary  step, 
I  will  try  and  consider  at  a  future  day. 

Mr.  Searby. — The  paper  opens  up  to  our  minds  facts  with  which  we  are  probably 
familiar,  but  still  have  not  always  thought  of  as  much  as  we  ought  to  have  done,  and 
that  is,  that  a  dried  drug  is  not  the  same  thing  as  the  drug  was  before  it  was  dried.  If 
you  take  the  case  of  dandelion  root,  the  taste  and  appearance  indicate  that  a  great 
change  takes  place  in  the  simplest  and  most  careful  method  of  drying  that  can  be 
adopted.  The  fresh  dandelion  is  much  more  bitter  than  the  dried  root;  as  it  comes  to 
us  in  the  market  it  is  generally  altogether  too  sweet ;  some  change  has  taken  place  in  it, 
whereby  to  a  large  extent,  I  presume,  judging  from  physical  properties,  it  has  been  in- 
jured ;  and  I  doubt  not  the  same  thing  occurs  with  a  great  many  vegetable  substances. 
We  should,  if  possible,  find  some  means  by  which  the  original  properties  of  drugs  can 
be  preserved.  This  would  be  a  step  in  the  direction  of  uniformity  in  our  galenical  prep- 
arations. This  matter  is  evidently  one  of  great  difficulty,  but  the  paper  before  us  throws 
some  light  on  the  matter  and  leads  us  to  believe  that  we  may  arrive  at  methods  by  which 
this  may  be  accomplished.  I  look  upon  the  paper  as  one  of  great  importance,  as  a  very 
practical  one,  and  as  one  which  we  may  well  look  into  and  experiment  upon  further  in 
our  own  way. 

Mr.  Maisch. — Prof.  Searby  has  called  attention  to  the  fact  that  changes  take  place  in 
the  drying  of  dandelion  and  other  drugs.  The  investigations  which  are  needed  are  to 
determine  in  what  the  changes  really  consist,  whether  the  active  principles  are  really 
altered  to  any  considerable  extent.  I  believe  that  the  example  quoted  by  Prof.  Searby, 
dandelion,  is  scarcely  a  good  one,  at  least  in  a  majority  of  cases.  Dandelion  collected 
at  the  different  seasons  of  the  year  has  an  entirely  different  taste,  even  in  the  green  state. 
Thus,  for  instance,  when  collected  late  in  the  autumn  it  is  very  bitter,  while  col- 
lected in  the  spring  it  is  more  sweet  and  less  bitter,  or  rather  the  bitterness  is  covered  by 
the  presence  of  sugar,  which  is  not  present  in  the  fall  root,  or  not  in  the  same  proportion. 
Now,  to  what  extent  drugs  or  parts  of  plants  in  drying  have  their  active  principles 
changed,  is  the  question  which  I  believe  in  the  majority  of  cases  has  not  yet  been 'deter- 
mined. In  certain  cases,  for  instance  in  frangula  bark,  a  change  is  known  to  take  place. 
But  whether  the  alkaloids  are  altered  to  any  considerable  extent,  we  do  not  know.  The 
changes  in  color  on  drying  have  been  noticed  at  a  very  early  date,  and  they  have  always 
been  attributed  to  some  principle  which  is  not  of  great  importance  as  a  medicinal  agent, 
but  may  perhaps  be  of  considerable  physiological  importance  for  the  development  of  the 
plant.  The  paper  by  Mr.  Lloyd  is  certainly  a  very  interesting  one.  I  recognize,  how- 
ever, the  fact  that  it  is  extremely  difficult  to  generalize  matters  in  answer  to  this  question, 
because  an  article  which,  for  instance,  contains  a  large  amount  of  mucilaginous  matter 
will  behave  differently  towards  alcohol  than  a  plant  organ  which  does  not  contain  any 
mucilage  or  gum,  but  contains  in  place  thereof  a  considerable  amount  of  resin ;  and  thus 
it  seems  to  me  that  even  in  these  cases  it  becomes  necessary  to  examine  each  individual 
plant  or  each  mdividual  drug  in  order  to  determine  the  precise  manner  in  which  it 
should  be  treated.  That  is  in  reality  indicated  in  the  paper,  but  no  examples  are  given. 
It  opens  up  a  field  for  investigation,  which  is  a  very  extensive  one  undoubtedly. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


DISCUSSION   ON   INFLUENCE  OF  HEAT   AND   MOISTURE.  83 

Mr.  Whelpi.ey. — I  know  that  it  is  a  common  popular  opinion  that  we  should  use 
drugs  in  as  near  the  fresh  condition  as  possible.  Now,  is  it  not  possible  th&t  these  drugs 
during  the  process  of  drying  form  new  medicinal  products  that  are  even  of  greater 
value  than  the  drugs  themselves  ?  It  is  well  known  that  many  products  of  organic  de- 
composition are  very  aclive,  and  we  have  to  deal  with  them  in  toxicology.  Now,  is  it 
not  possible  that  some  of  our  drugs  owe  their  medicinal  qualities  to  substances  that  are 
formed  during  the  process  of  drying  and  by  changes  that  take  place  when  they  are  kept 
on  hand?  Of  course,  when  we  examine  a  drug  for  its  structure,  as  in  microscopy,  we 
desire  to  have  the  fresh  substance. 

Mr.  Ray. — The  true  test  is  in  the  physician's  use,  and  I  know  that  in  many  cases 
what  we  call  the  common  people  get  effects  from  certain  drugs  that  we  don't  get.  There 
certainly  are  considerable  changes  produced  in  the  drying  of  drugs,  and  if  they  remain 
long  in  the  drug  store  a  great  many  more  changes  that  sliould  not  occur;  but  when  we 
assume  that  by  getting  certain  compounds  from  the  drug  we  have  exhausted  its  medici- 
nal  properties,  I  don't  think  we  are  right.  Some  of  those  drugs  which  are  thought  to  pos- 
sess no  medicinal  properties  whatever  are  used  by  the  common  people,  and  they  say  they 
get  good  results  from  them,  and  also  certain  physicians  claim  they  get  results  from  drugs 
that  others  say  they  cannot  get  from  them.  In  the  matter  of  drying  drugs  it  would  not 
be  possible  to  get  all  of  them  in  a  fresh  state.  I  have  found  that  something  I  heard 
years  ago  in  a  lecture  is  nearly  true,  that  very  hot  water,  or  hot  water  under  pressure,  is 
an  almost  universal  solvent ;  and  I  have  found  it  to  be  true  to  a  considerable  extent  that 
hot  water  under  j.ressure  by  which  you  can  increase  its  heat  to  any  extent— even,  I  have 
read  somewhere,  make  it  so  hot  thft  steam  will  burn  wood — is  an  excellent  solvent.  I 
think  that  some  members  if  they  undertake  the  experiment  will  find  they  can  do  a  good 
deal  more  in  that  way  than  they  can  in  some  other  ways.  I  have  a  piece  of  apparatus 
at  home  now  which  was  constructed  just  before  I  came  down,  and  the  work  that  I  can 
do  with  it  was  before  rather  puzzling  to  myself  at  times.  It  works  to  180  pounds  pres- 
sure, and  I  could  not  go  any  further  than  that  because  I  was  afraid  it  might  blow  up.  I 
had  it  tested  to  that  before  I  started  in.  It  greatly  simplifies  the  extraction  of  some 
drugs,  and  enables  me  to  do  the  work  in  a  day  that  formerly  occupied  a  week  perhaps. 
I  could  not  detect  taste  or  smell  in  the  marc,  and  I  could  not  detect  any  perceptible 
effect  from  it.  Let  some  of  the  members  undertake,  or  perhaps  I  will  undertake,  to  in- 
vestigate this  subject  during  the  next  year,  if  it  is  not  already  pre  empted  by  Prof.  Lloyd, 
and  submit  some  results. 

The  Chairman. — I  am  sure  the  Committee  on  Scientific  Subjects  would  be  glad  to 
receive  a  communication  from  Mr.  Ray,  and  that  there  is  no  objection  to  his  investigat- 
ing the  subject. 

Mr.  Hallberg. — This  is  a  very  large  subject,  and  when  we  have  solved  it,  we  will 
have  passed  the  Rubicon  in  pharmaceutical  practice.  It  involves  the  production,  the 
liberation,  and  the  subsequent  extraction  of  active  principles  of  drugs.  Where  we  are  at 
sea  now  is  that  we  don't  know  where  to  start.  We  don't  know  what  or  where  a  good 
many  of  the  active  principles  are.  Prof.  Maisch  said  that  many  of  the  alkaloids  were 
pretty  well  known :  that  is  true.  But  we  don't  know  their  relationship,  and  we  don't 
know  what  most  principles  are.  Take  for  example  hamamelis — you  distil  it  with  water, 
and  get  a  distillate,  but  don't  know  what  it  contains.  It  has  been  reported  that  the 
active  principle  of  hamamelis  is  tannin  alone,  but  there  is  no  tannin  in  the  distillate, 
though  this  contains  some  active  principle. 

I  have  for  many  years  held,  though  I  have  been  unable  to  prove  it,  that  most  of  these 
drugs  are  analogous  to  wild  cherry  bark,  and  that  when  moistened  with  water  certain 


Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


1 


84  MINUTES  OF   THE   SECTION   ON   SCIENTIFIC   PAPERS. 

substances  react  on  each  other  and  form  new  compounds.  In  wild  cherry  bark  and  in 
bitter  almond  we  have  recognized  that  simply  from  the  fact  that  the  new  compounds 
produced  make  their  presence  known  by  the  peculiar  odor ;  but  suppose  the  new  com- 
pounds do  not  develop  a  peculiar  odor — like  ergot,  which  merely  develops  a  faint  odor 
of  trimethylamine.  Now,  I  am  satisfied  that  when  ei^ot  comes  in,  macerated  with  water 
for  some  time,  there  are  active  principles  produced,  new  compounds  are  formed,  and  they 
are  extracted  by  the  water.  We  can  clearly  prove  that,  because  ergot,  until  acted  upon 
by  water,  is  of  no  activity  medicinally.  There  is  one  practical  point  about  Prof.  Lloyd's 
paper,  which  has  direct  bearing  at  the  present  time  upon  pharmacopceial  relations.  In 
a  number  of  the  tinctures  of  resinous  drugs,  like  valerian,  the  menstruum  was  reduced 
from  strong  alcohol  to  about  seventy  or  seventy  five  per  cent.  It  has  been  a  mystery  to 
a  great  many  druggists  why  that  was  done.  The  Committee  recognized  this  very  princi- 
ple. Now,  it  is  said  by  Prof.  Lloyd  that  it  is  necessary  to  have  the  drug  brought  back 
as  near  as  possible  to  its  original  condition,  to  swell  the  cell  walls,  in  order  to  establish 
osmosis  by  the  menstruum,  and  thus  liberate  the  active  principle.  I  think  it  was  a  great 
step  forward  to  reduce  the  alcoholic  strength  of  the  menstruum  for  resinous  drugs ;  it 
exhausts  better,  and  it  yields  a  better  preparation.  I  think  that  the  effect  of  the  paper  in 
this  direction  should  not  be  lost  sight  of. 

Mr.  Searby. — The  main  question  raised  by  Prof.  Lloyd  is  in  regard  to  the  texture  of 
the  tissues,  which  he  seeks  to  bring  back  to  their  normal  condition. 

Mr.  Calvert. — Does  Mr.  Ilallberg  consider  that  fresh  powdered  ergot  has  no  eiTect 
until  it  has  been  steeped  in  water  ? 

Mr.  Hallberg. — None. 

Mr.  Calvert. — "When  taken  into  the  stomach  it  has  no  effect? 

Mr.  Hallberg. — It  gets  in  water  then. 

Mr.  Calvert. — There  is  another  part  of  the  subject.  It  seems  to  me  there  is  some- 
what of  a  tendency  to  go  back  to  coarser  powders  and  older  methods.  For  my  part,  I 
think  the  Pharmacopoeia  has  made  a  great  mistake  in  ordering  powders  in  a  very  fine 
condition,  especially  for  percolation.  It  is  a  great  deal  of  trouble,  and  I  don't  believe 
that  many  druggists  use  the  powders  as  fine  as  they  are  ordered  by  the  Pharmacopoeia^ 
and  if  they  do,  I  consider  that  they  do  so  simply  because  they  are  ordered  to  do  so,  and 

not  because  their  common  sense  tells  them  to  do  it. 
» 
Mr.  Ray. — I  don't  think  you  can  grind  the  powder  fine  enough,  but  that  the  men- 
struum can  be  put  through  it  as  often  as  you  want  to. 

Mr.  Stevens  read  the  following  paper,  which  was  accepted  and  referred : 
PHOTO-MICROGRAPHY. 

BY  W.  H.  KRUG  AND  A.  B.  STEVENS. 
School  of  Pharmacy  of  University  of  Michigan. 

Photography  is  fast  becoming  popular  as  a  source  of  amusement.  The 
tourist  of  to-day  is  often  a  hunter,  though  not  a  hunter  of  deer  and  buffalo 
alone.  He  is  a  hunter  of  views  on  sea  and  shore,  and  as  he  travels  from 
spot  to  spot,  shoots  now  a  bit  of  landscape,  now  a  view  of  old  ocean  or 
an  amusing  group  of  figures,  as  fact  and  fancy  dictate.  In  the  seclusion 
of  his  dark  room,  with  the  aid  of  a  few  chemicals,  he  brings  forth  as  noise- 
Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


PHOTO-MICROGRAPHY. 


8s 


lessly  as  a  spirit  from  the  night,  the  sharp,  forceful  picture,  with  which 
to  refresh  his  memory,  that  he  may  live  over  again  the  delight  of  his 
tourist  days. 

While  keenly  appreciating  all  the  delights  and  benefits  of  out  door 
photography,  there  is  /or  the  chemist  and  pharmacist  a  photographic 
field  still  more  fruitful  of  results,  and  not  less  delightful  and  instructive. 
It  is  the  field  of  photo-micrography,  or  the  photographing  of  microsco- 
pic objects.  There  is  scarcely  a  microscopic  object  whose  every  detail 
cannot,  with  the  camera's  aid,  be  reproduced  upon  paper.  For  the  chemist 
there  are  beautiful  crystals  of  the  various  alkaloids,  glucosides,  organic 
acids,  sections  of  the  roots,  stems,  seeds,  leaves,  etc.,  of  plants.  It  is  to 
this  branch  of  photography  that  our  attention  has  been  especially  directed. 


Apparatus  for  Photo- micrography. 

The  apparatus  used  has  been  of  a  kind  simple  and  easily  construtted, 
consisting  of  a  microscope  with  a  tilting  stand.  The  tube  of  the  micro- 
scope was  placed  in  a  horizontal  position.  The  eye- piece  was  removed 
from  the  microscope,  and  the  front  board  from  the  camera.  The  micro- 
scope and  camera  were  then  connected  by  means  of  twotu  bes,  each  five 
inches  in  diameter  and  twelve  inches  long,  made  of  tarred  paper  ;  one  of 
the  tubes  was  made  smaller  than  the  other  that  it  might  slide  freely 
in  the  larger  tube,  in  order  that  the  distance  between  the  microscope  and 
the  camera  might  be  lengthened  or  shortened  at  pleasure.  To  use  the 
apparatus,  the  object  is  placed  in  the  microscope  and  the  reflector  re- 
moved. The  light  used  was  an  Argand  burner,  placed  about  six  inches 
from  the  stand,  and  a  common  reflector  placed  a  few  inches  in  the  rear. 
The  light  passed  directly  through  the  object,  and  through  the  objective, 
throwing  the  image  upon  the  ground  glass  of  the  camera. 

The  size  of  the  image  is  increased  or  decreased  by  lengthening  or  short- 
ening the  camera.  The  image  should  be  focused  upon  the  ground  glass 
by  turning  the  coarse  or  fine  adjustment  of  the  microscope.     When  th^C 


86  MINUTES   OF   THE   SECTION   ON   SCIENTIFIC   PAPERS. 

image  was  as  good  as  could  be  obtained  upon  the  ground  glass,  we  found 
that  it  could  be  very  much  improved  by  focusing  upon  a  piece  of  plain 
glass  with  an  Anthony  focusing  glass. 

The  apparatus  thus  far  may  be  cheap  or  home-made,  but  the  objec- 
tives must  be  first-claiis,  and  entirely  free  from  spherical  aberrations; 
otherwise  it  is  impossible  to  get  all  the  parts  of  the  image  in  sharp  focus 
at  the  same  time.  The  objectives  required  for  the  photographing  of  sec- 
tions of  plants  vary  from  one-fourth  to  three  inches.  The  eye-piece  may 
be  used  in  some  cases,  but  better  results  are  obtained  without. 

Photographs  were  taken  under  uniform  conditions  of  the  same  root, 
i"  without  stain,  2"  with  eosine  stain,  3"  stained  with  methyl  blue,  4" 
stained  with  nitrate  of  silver.  The  best  results  were  obtained  from  the 
unstained  section.  The  plates  used  were  the  Eastman  Am.  Film,  and 
numerous  trial  exposures  were  made,  the  time  of  exposure  varying  from 
from  ^\Q  to  sixty  seconds.  The  best  results  were  obtained  from  expo- 
sures varying  from  ten  to  twenty  seconds,  depending  upon  the  enlarge- 
ment, and  the  thickness  and  color  of  the  section. 

Hydro  quihone  and  pyro-developers  were  used  with  equally  good  re- 
sults. The  entire  negative,  except  the  space  occupied  by  the  image,  was 
covered  with  Brunswick  black,  which  caused  the  print  to  stand  in  bold 
relief  against  a  clear,  white  background.  The  prints  were  made  upon 
Eastman's  bromide  paper,  letter  A. 

We  are  indebted  to  Mr.  A.  W.  Burwell,  of  Cleveland,  Ohio,  and  Mr. 
J.  E.  Alworth,  of  the  School  of  Pharmacy  of  the  University  of  Michigan, 
for  the  microscopic  sections  used  for  this  work. 

Mr.  Maisch. — I  don't  claim  to  have  much  experience  in  this  line  of  work,  but  as  far 
as  my  limited  experience  goes,  I  have  had  the  best  results  also  with  unstained  sections. 
I  think  Prof.  Whelpley  has  done  a  great  deal  of  work  in  that  line. 

Mr.  Whelpley. — I  desire  to  say  a  word  in  regard  to  staining,  and  that  is  that  the 
best  resfllts  that  I  have  ever  seen  from  any  staining  were  had  with  Arnold's  staining  fluid 
—ordinary  ink.  One  reason  why  we  got  such  diverging  results  from  different  stainings 
is  that  the  sections  are  not  the  same,  and  it  is  frequently  the  result  of  the  condition  of 
the  specimen  more  than  it  is  of  the  stain  itself.  I  have  had  good  results  from  Arnold's 
writing  fluid  with  good  sections,  and  poor  results  from  poor  sections,  and  the  same 
comparatively  from  other  stains,  but  of  all  the  stains  that  I  have  ever  used  I  think  that 
Arnold's  writing  fluid  has  stood  at  the  head  as  bringing  out  the  photograph  like  a  wood 
cut. 

Mr.  Calvert  read  the  following  paper,  which  was  accepted  and  re- 
ferred : 

THE  PHARMACOPCEIAL  NOMENCLATURE. 

BY   OSCAR    OLDBERG,   P.    D. 
Prof,  of  Pharmacy  in  the  Illinois  College  of  Pharmacy,  Chicago. 

In  a  paper  on  this  subject,  which  it  was  my  privilege  to  read  before 
this  body  at  the  Saratoga  meeting,  in  1880,  prior  to  the  ^th^evision  of 


' 


THE    PHARMACOPCEIAL  NOMENCLATURE.  87 

our  Phannacopoeia,  certain  propositions  and  recommendations  were  sub- 
mitted which  again  become  pertinent  and  timely  upon  the  eve  of  the  next 
revision.  For  the  full  text  of  the  paper,  I  refer  to  the  Proceedings  of  the 
American  Pharmaceutical  Association  for  the  year  named. 

Upon  the  courteous  invitation  of  the  chairman  of  the  Section  on  Scien- 
tific Papers,  I  present  at  this  meeting  a  review  of  this  important  subject 
which  once  more  claims  our  attention. 

In  my  paper  of  nine  years  ago,  it  was  sought  to  state  the  reasons  why 
a  scientific,  technical  nomenclature  must  of  necessity  be  made  up  of  words 
borrowed  or  formed  from  the  vocabularies  of  dead  languages,  and  arbi- 
trarily assigned  whatever  meaning  we  may  desire  them  to  convey.  Every 
term  used  in  scientific  nomenclature  must  convey  not  only  a  correct  idea, 
but  z&full  an  understanding  as  possible  of  the  thing,  force,  or  condition 
it  refers  to,  and  must  retain  that  meaning  unchanged  until  by  common 
consent  its  meaning  is  modified  in  a  specific  way.  We  may  not  be  able 
in  a  single  instance  to  find  or  construct  such  a  term  as  will  fulfil  these 
requirements  perfectly,  but  we  can  approach  their  fulfillment  more  and 
more  as  we  advance  in  knowledge.  Not  only  must  everything  which 
has  already  become  a  part  of  our  knowledge  be  correctly  named  or 
expressed,  but  every  new  fact  or  new  knowledge,  every  proper  differenti- 
ation which  new  knowledge  renders  necessary,  must  be  accurately 
expressed  by  new  terms. 

A  very  distinguished  and  learned  physician  of  my  acquaintance  once 
said:  "New  names  add  nothing  to  knowledge.*'  He,  no  doubt,  meant 
that  to  change  the  names  of  things  simply  for  the  sake  of  change,  or  for 
any  reason  save  that  of  correctness  or  greater  clearness,  adds  nothing  to 
knowledge.  I  would  go  further  than  that ;  I  would  venture  the  assertion 
that  any  new  name  which  will  not  convey  a  clearer  or  more  specific  idea 
than  the  old  name  which  it  is  intended  to  replace,  is  a  positive  evil.  If 
the  new  name  is  not  an  improvement  upon  the  old,  it  hinders  the  growth 
of  knowledge,  as  the  exchange  of  a  lame  horse  for  another  equally  lame 
simply  delays  the  journey.  But,  surely,  such  new  names,  new  words, 
and  new  expressions  as  do  represent  correctly,  clearly  and  fully  new  ideas, 
new  things  or  new  knowledge,  are  absolutely  necessary,  if  we  are  to  make 
any  progress  at  all. 

Every  new  thing  discovered,  and  every  new  idea  or  invention,  must 
have  a  new  name,  because  the  new  thing  or  invention  can  be  made  known 
to  others  only  through  their  physical  senses.  But  that  is  not  all.  As 
knowledge  increases  we  learn  that  many  old  names  are  unsuitable,  insuf- 
ficient, ambiguous  or  false,  and  that  such  old  names  must  either  be 
entirely  discarded,  or  given  a  new  or  a  more  limited  meaning,  or  must 
be  changed  in  form  so  as  to  become  in  fact  new  names.  We  often  find 
that  the  old  names  and  expressions,  which  remain  unchanged  while  the 
ideas  they  once  represented  have  changed  or  passed  away,  are  so  at^vari-  i 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


SS  MINUTES  OF  THE   SECTION  ON  SaSNTIFIC  PAPERS. 

ance  with  new  or  increased  knowledge  that  they  become  real  stumbling 
blocks. 

Again,  the  growth  of  science  and  art  brings  with  it  new  classification, 
new  orders,  new  genera,  new  species.  As  the  tree  of  knowledge  grows, 
it  is  not  its  trunk  and  main  branches  only  that  increase;  it  sends  forth 
new  branches,  branchlets,  twigs,  leaves,  blossoms  and  fruit. 

For  the  convenience  of  those  who  will  consider  the  subject  carefully, 
and  who  might  wish  to  refer  to  the  propositions  presented  in  ray  former 
paper,  if  relieved  of  the  trouble  of  looking  it  up  in  the  Proceedings  of  the 
Association,  I  will  here  repeat  thera.     They  are  as  follows; 

1.  No  name  used  should  be  one  that  does  violence  to  established 
knowledge  or  perpetuates  error. 

2.  Each  name  should  be  clear  and  descriptive  as  far  as  consistent  with 
necessary  brevity. 

3.  No  name  should  be  used  which  is*  capable  of  essentially  different 
interpretations,  or  which  has  been,  or  is,  applied  to  more  than  one  thing. 

4.  The  nomenclature  should  be  one  which  enables  us  to  combine,  to 
the  greatest  practicable  extent,  alphabetical  order  with  systematic  classi- 
fication, and  to  that  end  the  generic  should  precede  the  specific  (in  all 
titles  of  more  than  one  word)  as  logic  demands  of  every  scientific  defi- 
nition. 

5.  Harmony  with  the  rest  of  the  civilized  world  is  desirable,  so  far  as 
attainable  without  sacrifice  of  clearness  and  correctness,  and  without  too 
far-reaching  or  radical  changes. 

To  these  propositions  I  desire  now  to  add  another : 

6.  Each  generic  title  used  to  designate  a  group  of  substances  or  prepa- 
rations should  be  one  capable  of  an  intelligent  brief  definition,  which 
correctly  applies  to  every  individual  member  of  the  group  of  substances, 
to  which  that  generic  title  is  given. 

The  United  States  Pharmacopoeia  of  1882  makes  the  following  refer- 
ence to  the  nomenclature : 

**The  nomenclature  has  been  revised  on  the  basis  of  certain  general 
principles  which  may  be  briefly  stated  as  follows : 

**  I.  The  officinal  Latin  title  of  a  vegetable  drug  is  to  be  the  botanical 
genus  name.  A  few  titles  were  excepted  from  this  rule,  being  those  of 
old  and  well-known  drugs,  as  ;  Belladonna^  Frangula,  Ipecacuanha,  Pul- 
satilla,  Senna,  Stramonium ^  etc. 

'*  2.  The  officinal  Latin  title,  selected  according  to  the  preceding  rule, 
is  to  denote,  or  stand  for,  the  part  of  the  plant  directed  to  be  used,  pro- 
vided only  one  part  of  the  plant  is  officinal.  Examples  :  Aconitum,  to 
stand  for  Aconite  Root ;  Conium,  for  Conium  Seed  [sic]  ;  Hyoscyamus^ 
for  Hyoscyamus  Leaves,  etc.  But  if  more  than  one  part  is  in  use  [sic], 
the  part  is  to  be  specially  mentioned  in  the  title.  Examples  :  Bella- 
donncB  Folia  ;  Belladonnce  Radix;  Stramonii  Folia;  StramofUi  Semen^ 

Digitized  by  VaOOQlC 


THE   PHARMACOFGBIAL   NOMENCLATURE.  89 

"  3.  The  officinal  English  titles  are  to  be  the  scientific,  botanical  (genus 
or  species)  names,  rather  than  the  vernacular  names  ;  except  in  the  case 
of  those  drugs,  where  the  vernacular  names  are  derived  from,  and  still 
almost  identical  with,  the  scientific  names,  or  where  long  custom  has  sanc- 
tioned some  other  name. 

'*  4.  The  titles  of  compound  medicines  are  to  express  their  composi- 
tion, or  indicate  their  constituents,  rather  than  their  properties.  In  a 
few  instances  this  rule  is  departed  from,  as  it  was  deemed  unwise  to  alter 
the  titles  of  several  well-known  compounds,  e,  ^.,  Collodium  Flexile, 
Pilula  Cathartuce  Composites. 

"5.  The  Latin  names  of  alkaloids  have  been  made  to  terminate  in  /Via, 
and  the  corresponding  English  names  in  -ine  ;  the  latter  termination  be- 
ing at  present  preferred,  in  modern  chemical  language,  to  the  termina- 
tion -ia.  The  so-called  neutral  principles  have  received  the  termination 
-inum  ;  English  -in.  Examples :  {Alkaloids)  Morphina,  Morphine ;  Qui- 
nina.  Quinine.  {Neutral  Principles)  Picrotoxinum,  Picrotoxin ;  San- 
toninum,  Santonin. 

"  6.  The  gender  of  the  Latin  nouns  of  salts  in  -as  and  -is  has  been 
changed  back  to  the  masculine  gender,  it  having  been  shown  that  the 
alteration  to  the  feminine  gender,  made  in  the  Revision  of  i860,  was 
based  on  error. 

**  7.  A  number  of  special  alterations  in  nomenclature  are  made,  for 
reasons  carefully  considered  in  every  case.  Examples :  Alumen  to  de- 
note the  Sulphate  of  Aluminium  and  Potassium,  instead  of  the  Sulphate 
of  Aluminium  and  Ammonium  ;  Chirata,  Asafcttiday  Cambogiay  for  Chi- 
retta,  Assafcetida,  Gambogia ;  Lupulinum,  Glycerinuniy  Pyroxylinumy  for 
Lupulina,  Glycerina,  Pyroxylon ;  Massa,  for  Pilula  (in  the  sense  of 
*' pill-mass  ")  ;  Sulphidum,  for  Sulphuretum ;  Manganum,  for  Mangan- 
esium ;  BromuMj  Chlorum  and  lodum  for  Brominium,  Chlorinium  and 
lodinium,  etc. 

''  8.  In  the  typographical  arrangement  and  spelling  of  systematic  bo- 
tanical terms,  the  rules  of  the  International  Botanical  Congress  (Paris, 
1867)  are  adopted,  so  far  as  they  can  be  applied.     *     *  " 

In  regard  to  synonyms  the  Pharroacopceial  Convention  of  1880  ordered 
that  ''  The  different  headings  shall  be  accompanied  in  a  manner  not  iti- 
terfering  with  the  perspicuity  of  the  text  of  the  formulae,  by  a  list  of  syn- 
onyms in  common  use." 

The  preface  to  the  Pharmacopoeia  says:  **  Of  synonyms,  it  was  not 
deemed  expedient  to  introduce  a  promiscuous  list  either  in  the  text  of  the 
work  or  in  the  index.  Common  and  well-known  synonyms,  however, 
such  as  are  generally  used  in  commercial  or  technical  language,  have  been 
admitted." 

We  will  now  briefly  review  these  rules  of  the  Pharmacopoeial  Revision 
Committee.  ^  , 

Digitized  by  VjOOQ IC 


90  MINUTES   OF  THE  SECTION   ON  SCIENTIFIC  PAPERS. 

Rule  I  is  so  self-evident  that  it  will,  no  doubt,  remain  in  force. 

Rule  2  is  not,  in  the  judgment  of  many  pharmacists,  a  good  one.  It 
is  not  sufficiently  explicit  or  safe  to  make  the  title  Aconitum  *'  stand  for" 
Aconite  Root,  and  the  title  Conium  for  Conium  Fruit,  because  "more 
than  one  part  is  in  use"  of  these  plants.  Besides  there  are  so  many 
plants,  of  which  several  different  organs  are  separately  used  as  drugs, 
although  not  mentioned  in  the  Pharmacopoeia,  that  it  would  be  well  for 
the  sake  of  uniformity  to  designate  in  the  titles  the  particular  part  or  parts 
used,  as  is  done  in  the  German  and  Swedish  Pharmacopoeias,  and  to  a 
great  extent  in  the  British  Pharmacopoeia.  Such  titles  as  Aconiti  Radix, 
Conii  Fructus,  Digitalis  Folia,  Colchici  Semen,  and  Frangulae  Cortex, 
are  more  explicit  and  not  too  long.  But  if  we  construct  and  adopt  sys- 
tematic technical  titles  without  Latinic  form,  and  use  the  Latinic  titles  as 
definition  titles  rather  than  for  common  use,  there  will  be  no  necessity  of 
carrying  out  the  same  rule  in  reference  to  the  common  titles  in  cases 
where  there  is  no  danger  of  ambiguity.  Thus,  while  I  would  regard  the 
name  "Frangula"  as  a  sufficient  common  title,  I  would,  nevertheless, 
make  its  Latinic  or  definition  title  "  Frangulae  Cortex." 

Rule  3  is  a  good  one,  likely  to  stand. 

Rule  4  is  also  one  that  must  meet  with  general  approval,  but  it  would 
be  improved  by  qualifying  it  so  as  to  require  only  that  no  title  shall  be 
constructed  to  express  the  therapeutic  properties  or  uses  of  the  substances. 
But  it  is  difficult  to  understand  why  '*  it  was  deemed  unwise  to  alter '*  the 
title  of  Piluia  Cathartics  Compositay  in  accordance  with  the  rule,  to 
some  such  title  as  Pilulae  Colocynthidis  Compositae,  or  Pilulae  Colocyn- 
thidis  Mercuriales,  if  we  want  to  retain  such  a  compound  in  the  Pharma- 
copoeia at  all. 

Rule  5  has  been  carried  out  with  good  results. 

The  correctness  of  Rule  6  is  still  subject  to  controversy,  but  it  would 
be  unfortunate  to  open  the  discussion  again.  Some  pharmacopoeias 
treat  such  nouns  as  nitras  and  sulphis  as  if  they  were  masculine; 
others  treat  them  as  if  they  were  feminine.  Inasmuch  as  these  titles  or 
terms  are  not  Latin  nouns  at  all,  but  simply  technical  titles  constructed 
from  words  derived  from  different  languages,  and  arbitrarily  given  a 
Latinic  form,  why  should  we  hesitate  to  adopt  whatever  gender  we  please 
for  them  ?     Let  them  stand  as  masculine. 

This  brings  us  to  the  consideration  of  the  real  origin  of  our  technical, 
chemical  and  pharmaceutical  titles.  It  is  incorrect  to  say  that  we  have 
Latin  titles  in  the  Pharmacopoeia.  A  little  analysis  will  reveal  a  Babylo- 
nic  confusion  of  tongues  in  the  chemical  and  pharmaceutical  nomencla- 
ture. 

Greek  words  furnish  the  titles :  Rhizoma,  gummi,  resina,  saccharum, 
aether,  glycerinum,  charta,  emplastrum,  cataplasma,  trochiscus ;  and  ab- 
sinthium, aconitum,  agaricus,  althaea,  amygdala,  amylum,  cardaniomum, 

Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


THE   PHARMACOPCEIAL  NOMENCLATURE.  9 1 

carum,  caryophyllus,  anthemis,  chamomilla,  chondrus,  cinnamomum, 
colchicum,  colocynthis,  conium,  crocus,  elaterium,  galbanum,  glycyr- 
rhiaa,  helleborus,  hyoscyamus,  indigo,  nitrum,  opium,  mentha,  olibanum, 
piper,  scamnioDium,  scilla,  sinapis,  spermaceti,  tartarus,  tragacantha, 
zingiber,  atropina,  codeina,  morphina,  strychnina,  ammonium,  argentum, 
cadmium,  calcium,  barium,  iodum,  bromum,  chlorum,  arsenicum,  lithi- 
um, chromium,  hydrargyrum,  oxygenium,  hydrogenium,  nitrogenium, 
phosphorus  stibium,  oxidum,  chloridum,  bromidum,  iodidum,  chloras, 
arsenis,  hydras,  phosphas,  etc. 

Latin  words  furnish  the  titles:  Radix,  cortex,  lignum,  herba,  folia, 
(lores,  fructus,  semina,  oleum;  species,  pulvis,  trituratio,  massa,  pilula, 
confectio,  aqua,  liquor,  mucilago,  infusum,  decoctum,  spiritus,  tine- 
tura,  acetum,  vinum,  syrupus,  mistura,  emulsio,  succus,  extractum,  lini- 
mentum,  unguentum,  ceratum,  sapo,  suppositoria,  acidum,  aluminium, 
aunim,  ferrum,  carbo,  aurantium,  digitalis,  lavandula,  nux  vomica,  ricin- 
us,  serpentaria,  stramonium,  Valeriana.  ''Sulphur"  is  of  Latin  and 
Greek  origin. 

Arabic  words  furnish  the  titles :  Acacia,  alcohol,  boron,  borax,  ber- 
beris,  kalium,  taraxacum. 

South  American  words  give  us  the  titles :  Copaiba,  cinchona,  ipecacu- 
anha, jaborandi,  ratanhia,  tolu,  etc. 

Miscellaneous :  The  names  bismuthum,  niccolum,  cobaltum  and  zin- 
cum  are  of  German  origin. 

Potassium  is  an  especially  instructive  example  of  Latin  nomenclature, 
being  derived  from  the  English  words,  "  pot"  and  **  ash."  Sodium  is 
also  a  word  of  English  origin.  ^ 

The  words  stannum  and  tin  are  derived  from  the  old  English  or  Saxon 
words  "stan"  or  **  staen." 
The  metal  strontium  is  named  after  a  village  in  Argyleshire. 
Platinum,  belladonna,  sarsaparilla,  vanilla,  and  cascarilla  are  Spanish 
words. 

"Ergot"  is  a  title  of  French  origin ;  gelsemium  from  an  Italian  word ; 
jalapa  from  Mexican  ;  manna  and  myrrha,  Hebrew;  camphora,  Chinese; 
catechu,  Japanese;  cusso,  Abyssinian ;  buchu,  Hottentot ;  senna,  Senaar ; 
cambogia,  Cambogian;  benzoe,  Siamese;  kino,  Malabar;  cajuput,  Mo- 
luccan;  calumba,  Mozambique;  quassia,  Surinamese;  tamarindus.  East 
Indian ;  guaiacum.  West  Indian ;  senega  is  named  after  the  Seneca  Indi- 
ans of  North  America ;  cuprum  after  the  island  of  Cyprus ;  magnesia 
after  a  town  in  Asia  Minor;  gentiana,  after  King  Gen  tins  of  Illyria; 
krameria,  after  Herr  Kramer ;  and  nicotiana,  after  Monsieur  Jean  Nicot, 
In  the  Swedish  PharmacopcEia  there  is  the  title  "Amylum  Arrow," 
and  in  the  French  Codex  we  find  "Emulsio  de  Coal  Tar;"  but  the 
words  "arrow"  and  "coal  tar"  are  really  not  Latin,  however  strongly 
it  may  be  insisted  upon  that  the  Latinic  titles  of  the  Pharmacopoeia3  con-  , 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


92  MINUTES  OF  THE   SECTION   ON   SCIENTIFIC   PAPERS. 

stitute  Latin,  and  require  a  knowledge  of  the  Latin  language  to  be  intel- 
ligible; for  the  words  "arrow"  and  "coal  tar"  seem  to  be  intelligible 
to  many  who  have  not  the  slightest  knowledge  whatever  of  Latin. 

Indeed,  the  writer,  who  spent  much  time  learning  a  little  Latin,  which 
has  not  been  wholly  useless  to  him,  hopes  and  prays  that  the  time  will 
soon  come  when  we  shall  take  such  a  sensible  view  of  scientific  technical 
terminology  and  nomenclature,  that  it  shall  not  be  deemed  necessary  to 
learn  a  dead  language  in  order  to  be  able  to  use  them.  It  would  be  inter- 
esting to  know  how  large  a  proportion  of  the  botanists,  chemists,  physi- 
cians and  pharmacists  really  know  Latin ;  and  also  to  know  whether  or  not 
there  be  a  greater  number  of  good  botanists,  chemists,  physicians  and 
pharmacists  among  those  who  are  Latin  scholars,  than  among  those  who 
are  not.  To  use  a  pharmaceutical  nomenclature  which  requires  every 
druggist  or  doctor  to  spend  a  couple  of  years'  study  on  Latin,  is  like  put- 
ting the  entrance  to  your  house  on  top  of  the  roof  But,  fortunately,  it  is 
not  necessary  to  know  Latin  in  order  to  use  a  technical  pharmaceutical 
nomenclature  intelligently,  any  more  than  it  is  necessary  to  put  a  five- 
hundred-dollar  harness  on  a  fifty-dollar  horse,  if  we  only  choose  to 
emancipate  ourselves  from  the  antiquated  and  senseless  idea  that  such 
a  nomenclature  must  have  a  Latin  form,  subject  to  the  rules  of  Latin 
grammar. 

In  the  paper  read  before  this  Association  in  1880,  it  was  proposed  that 
all  the  Latinic  titles  should  be  treated  as  indeclinable  nouns,  and  that 
the  genitive,  wherever  hitherto  used  in  such  titles,  be  abolished.  This, 
I  am  still  fully  persuaded,  would  have  been  a  useful  and  sensible  reform. 
We  already  ha\^  a  great  many  indeclinable  technical  terms  used  in  chem- 
ical and  pharmaceutical  nomenclature.  But  I  am  now  convinced  that 
the  principal  technical  names  used  as  official  titles  should  not  even  have 
a  Latinic  form.  What  we  need  is  a  perfect  scientific  nomenclature,  such 
as  described  in  the  beginning  of  this  paper,  constructed  of  names  formed 
in  great  part  from  words  selected  from  languages  no  longer  subject  to 
change,  and  such  a  nomenclature  need  not  be  encumbered  and  spoiled 
by  Latin  forms  and  declensions  at  all. 

Many  who  are  indeed  Latin  scholars,  many  who  frankly  disavow  all 
knowledge  of  Latin,  and  many  learned  physicians  who  are  faithful  and 
valuable  workers  and  acknowledged  leaders  in  medical  science,  and  espe- 
cially in  pharmacology,  have  expressed  the  same  or  similar  views. 

It  is  proposed,  therefore — 

I.  That  the  official  pharmacopoeial  titles  shall  consist  of  such  terms 
only  as  may  be  properly  used  in  scientific  language,  and  shall  be  English 
in  form  so  far  as  consistent  with  their  origin  and  technical  character. 

An  intelligent  and  fair  application  of  this  principle  would,  of  course, 
exclude  such  titles  as  foxglove,  squirting  cucumber,  male  fern,  logwood, 
henbane,  etc.,  but  would  admit  of  the  use  of  such  titles  as^wateij|Wax, 
starch,  etc.  ^'9'^'^^^  ^v V^OOglC 


THE   PHARMACOPCEIAL  NOMENCLATURE.  93 

2.  That  in  addition  to  the  official  titles  referred  to  in  the  preceding 
proposition y  there  shall  be  given  in  the  Pharmacopoeia  such  explicit 
Latinic  titles  as  will  constitute  definitions  of  the  English  titles  so  far  as 
consistent  with  necessary  brevity. 

Such  a  reform  as  this  would  be  a  grand  step  forward  in  pharmaceutical 
nomenclature,  and  would  aid  greatly  in  accelerating  the  progress  of  our 
art.  It  would  require  no  changes  such  as  would  not  be  at  once  fully 
understood  and  welcomed,  and  those  who  attach  great  importance  and 
value  to  the  Latinic  form  ought  to  be  willing  that  the  Latinic  titles  shall 
take  a  subordinate  position  in  the  text  of  the  Pharmacopoeia,  as  they  have 
already  taken  a  subordinate  position  in  speaking  and  writing,  especially 
if,  as  here  proposed,  they  be  hereafter  invested  with  a  new  significance, 
as  definition  titles.  That  kind  of  Latin  which  has  been  formed  during 
the  centuries  expressly  for  purposes  of  scientific  terminology,  is  no  doubt 
of  value  as  the  universal  language  by  which  different  nations  might  define 
or  fix  the  meaning  of  more  convenient  and  natural  technical  terms,  so 
that  they  may  be  everywhere  understood  ;  but  it  is  not  necessary  that 
Latinic  titles  should  take  precedence  over  the  titles  actually  used  in 
literature  and  oral  intercourse. 

In  France  there  has  been,  for  reasons  which  have  nothing  directly  to 
do  with  science,  an  unfortunate  radical  departure  from  the  rule  that  a 
systematic  scientific  nomenclature  is  necessary  in  chemistry  and  pharm- 
acy, as  well  as  in  other  branches  of  scientific  knowledge,  observation  and 
reasoning.  The  French  Pharmacopoeia  not  only  gives  a  subordinate 
position  to  such  Latinic  titles  as  it  has  retained,  but  such  Latinic  titles  as 
it  has  are  unsystematic.  In  France,  also,  physicians'  prescriptions  are 
written  in  the  vernacular.  Such  a  deplorable  condition  of  things  would 
probably  never  have  been  brought  about  if  there  had  been  a  French 
scientific,  technical,  chemical  and  pharmaceutical  nomenclature,  made  up 
of  terms  formed  from  words  derived  from  unspoken  languages.  But  there 
was  no  other  scientific  technical  nomenclature  in  French  materia  medica 
and  pharmacy  to  take  the  place  of  the  Latinic  terms. 

If  we  should  conclude  to  use  clean  and  clear  systematic  English  titles 
as  the  official  titles  of  our  Pharmacopoeia,  and  to  use  the  Latinic  titles 
simply  as  definition  titles,  this  change  would,  of  couse,  not  interfere  in 
the  least  with  the  use  of  the  Latinic  titles  in  writing  prescriptions,  if  these 
titles  should  be  preferred  for  that  purpose. 

Let  us  now  illustrate  the  changes  which  would  result  in  our  Pharma- 
copoeia in  case  these  two  propositions  should  be  adopted  by  the  Pharma- 
copoeial  Convention,  or  the  next  Revision  Committee. 

Instead  of  writing :  We  would  write : 

ACIDUM  BENZOICUM.  BENZOIC  ACID. 

BENZOIC  ACID.  AQDUM  BENZOICUM. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


94 


MINUTES  OF  THE  SECTION   ON   SCIENTIFIC  PAPERS. 


ACONITUM. 

ACONITE. 

ALLIUM. 

GARLIC. 

ALTHAEA. 

ALTH/EA. 

ALUMINII  HYDRAS. 

HYDRATE  OF  ALUMINIUM. 

AMYLUM. 

STARCH. 

ANTHEMIS. 

ANTHEMIS. 

AQUA. 

WATER. 

AQUA  ANISL 

ANISE  WATER. 

ARGENTI  NITRAS. 

NITRATE  OF  SILVER. 

BELLADONNA  FOLIA. 

BELLADONNA  LEAVES. 

CAPSICUM. 

CAPSICUM. 

CATECHU. 

CATECHU. 

CORNUS. 

CORNUS. 

POTASSII  ACETAS. 

ACETATE  OF  POTASSIUM. 

RESINA  SCAMMONII. 

RESIN  OF    SCAMMONY. 

TINCTURA  GELSEMII. 

TINCTURE  OF   GELSEMIUM. 

FERRI  CHLORIDUM. 

CHLORIDE  OF   IRON. 

FERRI  SULPHAS. 

SULPHATE   OF  IRON. 


ACONITE  ROOT. 

ACONITI  RADIX. 

ALLIUM. 
ALLII   BULBUS. 

ALTHiEA  ROOT. 

ALTHMJE  RADIX. 

ALUMINIUM  HYDRATE. 

ALUMINII  HYDRAS. 

WHEAT  STARCH. 

AMYLUM  TRITICI. 

ANTHEMIS. 

ANTHEMIDIS  FLORES. 

WATER. 

AQUA. 

ANISE  WATER. 

ANISI  AQUA. 

SILVER  NITRATE. 

ARGENTI  NITRAS. 

BELLADONNA  LEAVES. 

BELLADONNiE  FOLIA. 
CAPSICUM. 

CAPSICI  FRUCTUS. 

CATECHU. 

CATECHU  LIGNI  EXTRACTUM. 

CORNUS. 

CORNUS  RADICIS  CORTEX. 

POTASSIUM  ACETATE. 

POTASSII  ACETAS. 

SCAMMONY  RESIN. 

SCAMMONII    RESINA. 

GELSEMIUM  TINCTURE. 

GELSEMII  TINCTURA. 

FERRIC  CHLORIDE. 

FERRICUM  CHLORIDUM. 

FERROUS  SULPHATE. 

FERROSUS  SULPHAS. 


With  regard  to  the  Latinic  titles  given  in  the  present  American  and 
British  Pharmacopoeias,  it  is  evident  that  there  is  room  for  improvement. 
Thus  the  British  Pharmacopoeia  is  guilty  of  such  inconsistencies  as  these: 
In  the  following  official  titles  the  plant  part  used  is  not  named,  viz.,  in 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


ON  WOOL-FAT  OR  LANOLEUM.  95 

cnbeba,  tamarindus,  gelseroium,  ipecacuanha,  jalapa,  filix  mas,  zingiber, 
senna,  crocus,  royristica,  etc.,  while  without  any  apparent  reason  not 
equally  applicable  in  the  preceding  cases,  the  plant  part  used  is  designated 
in  anisi  fnictus,  papaveris  capsular,  armoracise  radix,  rhei  radix,  colchici 
cormus,  podophylli  rhizoma,  valerians  rhizoma,  buchu  folia,  scoparii 
cacumina,  cardamomi  semina,  etc. 

There  are  other  inconsistencies  to  be  found  in  the  British  and  the 
United  States  Pharmacopoeias;  but  I  have  been  unable  for  want  of  time 
to  refer  to  them  in  this  paper.  I  hope,  however,  to  present  to  the  Phar- 
macopoeial  Convention  such  comments  as  occur  to  me  in  this  direction. 

American  pharmacists  may  well  be  proud  of  their  Pharmacopoeia;  but 
true  pride  in  anything  we  have  should  prompt  us  to  improve  it  more  and 
more.  All  reforms  and  improvements  of  lasting  value  progress  by  de- 
grees; but  they  will  never  cease. 

The  following  paper,  read  by  Mr.  Hallberg,  was  accepted  and  referred : 

ON  WOOL-FAT  OR  LANOLEUM. 

An  investigation  concerning  its  preparcttion,  with  some  historical  references. 

BY   C.   S.    HALLBERG. 

The  introduction  of  the  petroleum  product,  soft  paraffin,  marked  a 
new  era  in  dermic  medication.  The  discovery  of  a  neutral  body  of  con- 
venient unctuous  consistence,  indifferent  to  changes  of  atmosphere  or 
temperature,  not  acted  upon  by  chemical  agents,  was  regarded  as  a  very 
valuable  addition  to  the  materia  medica.  It  rendered  possible  the  prepa- 
ration of  ointments  not  amenable  to  the  rectionary  changes  which  had 
always  been  regarded  as  the  bete  noir  of  pharmacy.  In  accord,  however, 
with  ''the  pendular  theory"  therapeutists  soon  recognized  that  in  at- 
tempting to  evade  one  source  of  error  by  abandoning  lard  as  a  vehicle, 
they  had  inadvertently  fallen  into  another,  greater  error.  That  the  very 
advantages  of  petrolatum  as  a  substitute  for  lard  as  an  ointment  vehicle, 
constituted  its  disadvantages  for  general  employment. 

Hager  first  directed  attention  to  the  fact  that  petroleum  was  repelled 
by  the  perspiratory  pores,  and  that  therefore  it  was  not  a  suitable  vehicle 
for  ointments  designed  for  endermic  or  systemic  medication.  The  fasci- 
nation of  the  unchangeable  petroleum  had,  however,  become  so  deep 
rooted  in  medical  practice  that  it  was  very  slowly  recognized,  chiefly 
through  the  researches  of  Shoemaker,  that  while  petroleum  served  admir- 
ably for  surface  medication  as  a  vehicle  for  zinc  oxide,  phenol  and  similar 
substances,  it  should  not  be  used  for  the  salts  of  iodine  or  mercury.  The 
oleates  then  claimed  attention,  and  with  the  oleopalmitates  introduced 
by  Shoemaker  and  Lawrence  Wolff  (i  88 1)  were  considerably  employed 
without,  however,  fulfilling  all  the  requirements  of  practice.  At  this 
period,  about  1885,  a  purified  preparation  of  the  so-called  wool-fat  ap- 
peared a^  the  result  of  several  investigations  dating  back  from  Hartmann 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


g6       •  MINUTES  OF   THE   SECTION   ON  SCIENTIFIC  PAPERS. 

and  Schultze.(i868)  to  the  most  recent  contribution  of  Liebreich  that 
year.  This  so-called  wool-fat  was  shown  by  Liebreich  to  be  the  excretion 
of  the  perspiratory  glands,  directly  derived  from  the  Keratin  tissues  under 
the  first  skin  layer,  and  consisted  of  a  mixture  of  cholesterins  and  fat 
acids.  As  such  it  was  offensive  in  odor  and  color,  and  regarded  as  una- 
vailable unless  separated  from  the  fat  acids,  which  constituted  about  30 
per  cent,  of  it.  The  acids  being  saponifiable  by  alkalies,  their  separation 
was  deemed  easy,  until  it  was  discovered  that  the  soap  formed  by  the  ad- 
dition of  alkali  and  water  had  the  effect  of  retaining  the  cholesterins  in 
the  emulsion  formed  by  it,  although  the  cholesterins  per  se  were  not  acted 
upon  by  alkalies.  Treatment  with  hydrochloric  acid,  while  separating 
the  emulsion,  had  the  effect  of  again  causing  the  cholesterins  and  fat 
acids  to  coalesce,  rendering  their  separation  impossible.  The  '*  bright 
idea**  was  then  hit  upon,  to  separate  the  cholesterins  from  the  liquid 
soap  by  centrifugal  power,  upon  the  same  principle  that  cream  is  sepa- 
rated from  milk,  the  comparative  lesser  gravity  of  the  cholesterins  caus- 
ing it  to  rise  to  the  top  in  a  layer,  in  the  same  manner  as  cream  does  on 
milk.  This  process  was  a  success,  and  the  creamy  cholesterin,  separated 
and  evaporated  until  its  water  percentage  was  established  to  be  within 
range  of  that  required  to  yield  an  ointment  of  uniform  ointment  consist- 
ence, constituted  "Lanolin."  The  therapeutic  uses  of  the  article  being 
confirmed,  the  name  of  '*  Lanolin  "  was  trade- marked  and  the  product 
patented  in  Germany,  the  United  States  and  other  countries. 

The  patent  was  granted  upon  ; 

(i)  The  combination  of  wool-fat  or  cholesterins  with  water. 

(2)  The  process  for  the  separation  of  fat  acids  and  purification,  sub- 
stantially as  described  in  the  foregoing. 

(3)  The  sole  right  to  the  use  of  the  term  "Lanolin.** 

These  points  if  sustained  would,  of  course,  give  the  manufacturer  of 
lanolin  the  monopoly  of  all  preparations  of  wool-fats  for  medicinal  use. 

To  this  we  take  exceptions,  substantially  for  the  following  reasons: 

(i)  The  so-called  wool-fat  exists  naturally  in  combination,  and  has 
been  used  since  the  time  of  Herodotus  always  in  combination  with  water. 

The  following  history  of  wool-fat  was  contributed  by  G.  Vulpius*  (1888), 
and  if  available  sometime  previously  would,  no  donbt,  reverse  the  de- 
cision against  Riedel  (Berlin)  prosecuted  for  infringing  the  article  lanolin. 

Cajus  Plinius  Secundus,  in  his  natural  history,  book  29,  says  the  follow- 
ing words  of  "CEsypus,**  the  name  under  which  wool-fat  was  known  to 
the  ancients: 

**  Even  the  dirt  of  the  sheep  and  the  secretions  in  the  vicinity  of  the 
groin  and  axila  (known  as  CEsypus)  find  numerous  applications,  and  that 
secured  from  Attic  sheep  is  considered  the  best.  * ' 

There  are  different  methods  in  vogue  for  preparing  it  for  use,  but  the 

^  *  Arch.  Pharmacie,  vol.  226,  page  489. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


ON   WOOL- FAT   OR  LANOLEUM.  97 

best  fat  is  prepared  in  the  following  manner:  After  taking  the  wool  from 
the  parts  mentioned  and  gathering  all  recent  wool  impurities,  these  are 
together  introduced  into  an  earthen  kettle  with  sufficient  water,  and 
moderately  heated  over  a  gentle  fire. 

Then  after  cooling,  the  upper  layer  of  fat  is  removed  and  placed  in  an 
earthen  vessel,  whereupon  the  remaining  mass  is  once  more  subjected  to 
a  boiling  process,  and  the  resulting  fat  added  to  the  first  product.  It  is 
now  washed  in  cold  water,  strained  through  a  linen  cloth,  and  then  ex- 
posed to  the  heat,  of  the  sun  until  it  appears  white  and  semi-translucent. 
A  test  of  its  proper  quality  consists  in  the  retention  of  the  original  animal 
odor  and  in  not  melting  when  rubbed  in  the  hand,  but  turning  to  a 
beautiful  white  color  resembling  white  lead. 

**  It  is  invaluable  in  inflammatory  diseases  of  the  eye  and  incrustations 
on  the  eyelids.  Many  heat  it  in  an  earthen  dish  until  it  has  lost  its  fatty 
character,  and  in  this  shape  consider  it  more  serviceable  for  the  above 
named  purposes." 

We  glean  a  more  extensive  information  on  the  matter,  although  in  its 
main  features  agreeing  with  the  above,  from  "Petri  Andrae  Matthioli 
Commentarii  in  libros  sex  Pedacii  Dioscorides  de  Medica  Materia,*' 
published  at  Venice  in  1554,  in  chapter  67,  book  II,  in  which  we  find  the 
following  description : 

"  The  greasy  white  wool  from  the  neck  and  axilar  region  is  considered 
the  best.  It  acts  beneficially  in  cases  of  contusions,  denudations,  moist 
wounils  and  fractures,  particularly  when  steeped  in  oil,  vinegar  or  wine, 
on  account  of  its  absorbing  qualities  and  the  presence  of  the  animal  im- 
purity, known  as  oesipus,  which  is  softening  iu  its  action  on  the  tissues. 

*'  The  fat  of  this  greasy  wool  is  by  the  Greeks  called  cesypus,  and  is  by 
them  secured  in  the  following  manner :  The  white,  greasy  wool,  which 
has  not  been  treated  by  soap  root,  is  washed  in  hot  water,  and  the  dirt, 
which  is  hereby  obtained,  immersed  in  water  in  a  large  vessel  and 
thoroughly  agitated  by  means  of  a  wooden  spoon,  whereupon  a  large 
quantity  of  dirty  foam  may  be  secured.  To  this  sea- water  is  added, 
whereupon  the  separating  fat  which  seeks  the  surface  of  the  '  mess '  is 
brought  into  another  vessel,  when  it  is  again  subjected  to  a  thorough 
washing  by  additional  large  quantities  of  water.  The  foam  is  once  more 
treated  with  sea- water,  and  then  removed.  This  process  is  repeated  until 
all  fat  is  extracted  and  no  more  foam  forms.  The  oesypus,  after  being 
softened  by  manipulation  with  the  hands,  is  freed  from  all  adhering  dirt 
and  water,  whereupon  fresh  water  is  added  and  the  whole  kneaded  with 
the  hands  until  it  barely  has  an  astringent  taste,  and  has  the  appearance  of 
a  white  fat,  which  is  then  preserved  in  an  earthen  vessel.  These  manipu- 
lations must  all  take  place  in  the  hot  sunshine.  Many  wash  the  collated 
fat  with  cold  water,  and  then  manipulate  it  as  the  women  are  in  the  habit 
of  treating  *  wax  salve,*  by  which  method  it  will  take  on  a  much  purer  white. 

7  Digitized  by  VjOOQ  IC 


98  MINUTES   OF  THE  SECTION   ON   SCIENTIFIC  PAPERS. 

Others  extract  all  the  dirt,  and  from  this  render  the  fat  by  boiling  in 
water,  collect  the  fat  rising  to  the  surface,  wash  this  with  water  in  the 
manner  stated  above,  strain  into  an  earthern  vessel  containing  hot  water, 
and  then  after  covering  this  with  a  linen  cloth,  expose  it  to  the  sun  until 
it  has  become  white  and  solid.  Others  replenish  the  water  every  second 
day. 

"The  better  quality  of  wool- fat  is  that  which  has  not  been  treated  by 
soap  root,  which  still  smells  of  wool  sweat,  which  turns  white  upon  being 
rubbed  with  water  in  a  shell,  and  which  does  not  contain  hard  particles, 
which  is  liable  to  be  the  case  when  it  has  been  adulterated  with  wax  salve  or 
lard.  Since  the  sweaty  wool  and  dirty  fat,  called  by  the  Greeks  *CEsypus* 
and  known  to  apothecaries  as  *  Hysopus  humida,'  has  been  most  ex- 
haustively described  by  Dioscorides,  there  remains  nothing  for  me  to  say.*' 

This  knowledge  of  the  nature  and  use  of  wool-fat  was  by  no  means 
limited  to  a  few  localities,  but  appears  to  have  been  quite  universal ;  for 
not  only  the  cited  authors,  but  also  Herod  and  Galen,  speak  of  it ;  never- 
theless it  would  appear  that  the  two  processes  described  served  as  the 
basis  for  all  future  communications  on  the  subject.  For  the  wool-fats  haVe 
been  distinguished  by  introduction  into  our  dispensatories  centuries  ago. 
Thus  for  it,  we  find  the  Latin  text  of  the  following  translation  in  the 
Cologne  Pharmacopoeia,  known  as  **  Dispensarium  usuale  pro  Pharnia- 
copolis,*'  which  was  published  at  Cologne  in  the  year  1568. 

*'  The  CEsypus  is  the  fat  of  the  sweaty  wool  and  is  commonly  known 
as  *  Hysopus  humida  *  and  is  prepared  in  the  following  manner.'*  The 
process  is  in  the  main  the  same  as  those  previously  described  ;  also  agree- 
ing with  the  method  given  in  the  **  Pharmacopoeia  Medico-Chymica  **  by 
Johann  Schroeder,  published  at  Augsburg  in  1641. 

The  "Pharmacopoeia  Augustana  renovata*'  (1694)  describes  its  pre- 
paration and  directs  attention  to  the  difficulties  in  securing  a  purified 
article.  The  only  references  to  wool-fat  in  English  works  are  those  of 
Nicholas  Culpepper  and  the  Edinburgh  Dispensatory,  at  the  clese  of  the 
1 8th  century.  From  this  period  it  appears  to  have  sunk  into  oblivion 
until  Chevreul  began  his  researches  in  the  cholesterins  (1856)  and 
Berthelot  (1858),  which  culminated  in  the  practical  application  as 
medicine  of  wool-fat  by  the  researches  of  Hartmann,  Schultze,  Liebreich 
and  Shoemaker. 

From  these  considerations  it  will  be  observed  that  "  there  is  nothing 
new  under  the  sun,"  but  that  simply  new  applications  may  be  made  of 
old  substances,  rendered  possible  by  the  progress  of  collective  science, 
rather  than  by  even  the  most  brilliant  individual  investigation. 

(2)  The  process  by  the  centrifuge  is  nothing  but  a  subterfuge.  Puri- 
fied wool- fat  with  the  fat  acids  serves  therapy  as  well  as  that  without  them. 
The  crude  wool-fat,  pure  **  de  gras**  imported  by  the  shipload  to  this 
country,  principally  from  Marseilles,  free  from  rosin  oil,  fish  oil  and  other 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


ON    WOOD-FAT  OR   LANOLEUM.  99 

extraneous  fats,  selling  at  about  5  cents  per  pound,  yields  an  article  of 
as  good  absorbent  power  as  lanolin  when  prepared  by  the  following  pro- 
cess :  60  parts  de  gras  is  freed  from  grosser  impurities  by  melting  and 
straining.     To  the  melted  liquid  20  parts  hot  water  is  added,  and  i  part 
potassium  permanganate  dissolved  in  ten  parts  water,  in  small  quantities 
at  a  time,  with  constant  stirring.     The  mixture  should  be  heated  to  not 
exceeding  200°  F.,  and  the  pot.  permanganate  solution  added  in  small 
quantities,  waiting  with  each  addition  until  the  ensuing  reaction  subsides, 
and  when  no  action  further  sets  in  no  permanganate  solution  is  added' 
which  may  be  determined  on  a  watch  glass.     The  mixture  is  now  thrown 
into  about  400  parts  boiling  water,  to  which  has  been  added  4  parts  hy- 
drochloric acid,  and  thoroughly  agitated,  the  boiling  continued  if  possi- 
ble by  the  introduction  of  steam  into  the  bottom  of  the  mixture.     After 
separating,  the  water  is  drawn  off  and  the  fat  again  washed  with  a  similar 
quantity  of  boiling  water,  separated,  and  the  washing  once  more  repeated. 
Upon  cooling  of  the  mixture  the  wool- fat  may  be  taken  out  as  a  wax-like 
mass.     The  percentage  of  water  it  has  absorbed  is  then  determined  and 
the  fat  is  fused,  and  either  evaporated  to  weigh  100  parts,  or  sufficient 
water  is  added  to  represent  30  per  cent,  of  the  entire  mass.     While  yet 
warm,  but  upon  the  point  of  congealing,  the  mixture  should  be  triturated 
until  nearly  cold.     The  more  thorough  the  trituration  the  whiter  'and 
firmer  of  consistence  the  ointment.     With  smaller  quantities  difficulty  is 
I        here  experienced ;  on  a  larger  scale  the  ordinary  paint- mill  works  very  sat- 
i         isfactorily.     The  product  is  a  body  of  firm  consistence,  retained  at  any  or- 
;        dinary  temperature,  without  the  addition  of  wax  or  paraffin,  as  has  been 
I        reported  as  found  in  the  ordinary  patent  article,  and  to  that  extent  de- 
tracting from  its  absorbent  power.    It  has  a  slightly  yellowish-white  color 
and  an  odor  just  perceptible,  though  not  at  all  disagreeable,  of  wool. 
Extended  reports  from  physicians  employing  it,  place  it  at  least  on  a  par 
in  absorbent  value  with  lanolin.    The  process  of  Gawalowski,  extraction  of 
the  wool  with  benzin  (deodorized),  yields  a  still  whiter  product,  but  the 
recovery  of  the  benzin  from  the  fat  and  especially  from  the  wool,  is  at- 
tended with  considerable  danger,  owing  to  its  inflammable  character. 
The  wool  freed  from  fat  or  sweat  by  extraction  with  benzin,  is  of  much 
softer  and  finer  texture  than  when  alkalies  have  been  employed,  as  in  the 
ordinary  wool- washing,  and  commands  a  higher  price.    It  may  be  an  in- 
dustry well  worthy  of  investigation  upon  a  large  scale.    In  the  extraction 
of  100  parts  wool  by  this  method  about  30  parts  fat  or  sweat  is  obtained 
after  evaporation  of  the  benzin  solvent.     The  wool  after  being  dried  in 
the  sun  weighs  60  parts;  how  can  the  loss  of  10  parts  be  accounted  for 
was  a  puzzhng  question.     It  was  found  that  the  loss  of  10  per  cent,  was 
water  combined  with  the  fat  extracted  with  it,  and  lost  in  evaporation 
along  with  the  more  volatile  solvent,  benzin  !     This  proves  conclusively 
that  the  fat  exists  in  nature  combined  with  water  in  the  same  proportion 
for  which  a  patent  has  been  granted.    The  patent  must  therefore  be  void3\^ 


lOO  MINUTES   OF   THE   SECTION   ON   SCIENTIFIC  PAPERS. 

(3)  The  terra  **  lanolin  **  is  too  descriptive  a  name  to  be  given  as  the 
exclusive  property  of  any  individual.  Formed  from  Lana,  sheep  and 
oleum,  or  oieitiy  oil  or  fat,  it  is  not  an  arbitrarily  selected  or  fanciftil 
name,  but  a  legitimate  contraction  of  the  most  available  euphonious  expres- 
sion of  scientific  derivation. 

We  cannot  close  this  sketch  without  referring  to  the  value  of  Janoleum 
as  a  pharmic  vehicle,  or  rather  excipient.  It  holds  the  same  relation  in 
this  respect  to  solid  substances  or  mixtures  as  glycerin  does  to  liquids, 
serving  as  a  ''  binding  medium  ''  to  fats  of  any  consistence,  an(|  for  the 
incorporation  of  water-soluble  substances  with  those  of  fatty  character, 
as  in  ointments,  suppositories,  liniments,  etc. 

Its  values  as  a  pharmic  agent  are  alone  sufficient  to  suggest  its  intro- 
duction in  the  U.  S.  Pharmacopoeia. 

The  following  paper  read  by  Mr.  Whelpley  was  accepted  and  referred: 

DONOVAN'S  SOLUTION. 

BY  E.  GOODMAN,  PH.  G. 

The  article  in  question  is  one  of  five  years'  standing,  that  is,  it  has 
been  standing  about  that  long  in  a  shelf  bottle,  not  conspicuously  ex- 
posed to  the  light.  Incidentally,  my  attention  was  attracted  to  it  by 
the  deepened  color  and  by  a  precipitate  having  made  its  appearance. 
Being  solicitous  to  ascertain  whether  I,  alone,  enjoy  such  perfect  immu- 
nity from  dispensing  so  potent  a  remedy,  I  canvassed  the  city  on  the 
subject,  with  the  following  result :  About  fifty  retail  druggists  were 
spoken  to  in  every  part  of  the  city,  across  the  river  and  in  the  suburbs  to 
a  distance  of  six  miles.  Without  exception,  they  all  said  it  was  very 
little  called  for.  Some  were  more  specific:  one  druggist  could  only 
recall  two  prescriptions  for  it  in  five  years;  another  made  up  a  pint  three' 
years  ago,  and  had  it  all  yet ;  still  another  had  made  it  last  about  six 
years  ago,  and  had  some  of  it  still.  I  feel  safe  in  asserting  that  the  de- 
mand for  it  per  druggist,  in  our  vicinity,  would  not  average  one  a  year. 

Several  physicians  were  also  asked  whether  they  prescribed  it  often. 
Quite  a  number  answered  that  they  gave  Fowler's  Solution  the  prefer- 
ence ;  another  thought  that  the  efficiency  of  the  arsenical  preparations 
was  overrated,  and  he  seldom  used  them ;  one  was  found  whose  patient 
had  increased  the  dose  from  five  to  twenty  drops  without  deleterious 
effects,  and  still  another  used  it  as  an  ingredient  in  his  "Sarsaparilla" 
for  the  market. 

With  these  preliminary  remarks  on  the  frequency  of  its  use,  let  us  now 
consider  the  preparation  itself.  The  specimen  in  question  had  precipi- 
tated mercuric  iodide,  had  darkened  to  a  brownish-yellow  by  the  libera- 
tion of  iodine,  and  consequently  the  arsenic  was  converted  into  arseniate. 
I  am  aware  that  the  mention  of  these  changes  is  not  in  the  nature  of  a 
revelation,   but  my  object  was  to  ascertain  the  extent  of  the  changes. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


' 


A  SIMPLE   UREAMETER.  lOI 

The  supernatant  liquid  was  filtered  from  the  precipitate  and  each  weighed. 
The  filtrate  weighed  255.14  grammes,  while  the  mercuric  iodide,  after 
being  perfectly  dried  on  the  filter,  weighed  .1134  grammes,  amounting 
to  a  loss  of  mercuric  iodide  of  nearly  4.5  per  cent.  The  amount  of  free 
iodine  was  volumetrically  estimated  at  4.9843  grammes,  or  nearly  2  per 
cent.  The  amount  of  mercury  remaining  was  gravimetrically  estimated 
as  sulphide,  and  the  iodine  gravimetrically  estimated  as  iodides,  while 
the  arsenic  was  estimated  by  difference. 

The  unstable  properties  of  the  solution  are  directly  attributable  to  the 
loose  affinity  existing  in  the  iodide  of  arsenic,  in  the  commercial  article 
of  which  the  elements  are  often  found  partiaHy  disassociated,  thus  intro- 
ducing free  iodine  into  the  solution  from  the  start ;  this  exerts  a  double 
action,  throwing  out  of  solution  a  corresponding  amount  of  mercuric 
iodide,  and  converting  the  arsenious  to  arsenic  iodide. 

In  the  course  of  my  experimenting,  I  caused  about  all  the  mercuric 
iodide  to  be  deposited  from  a  portion  of  the  solution,  by  boiling  the 
latter  with  hydrochloric  acid  and  chlorate  of  potassium,  whereby  the 
iodine  was  liberated  and  the  red  iodide  thrown  out  of  solution.  The 
presence  of  the  free  iodine  also  exerts  its  oxidizing  influence  on  the 
arsenious  acid.  The  only  remedy,  of  prepairing  the  solution  extempor- 
aneously, by  commencing  with  the  elenentary  substances  of  the  arsenious 
iodide,  seems  impracticable,  considering  that  only  two  to  four  drachms 
are  prescribed  every  year  or  two,  in  this  part  of  the  country.  If  the 
points  made  will  have  any  bearing  with  the  revision  committee,  in  con- 
sidering whether  the  remaining  followers  of  Dr.  Donovan  shall  have  any 
farther  recognition,  and  if  so,  if  it  cannot  be  accomplished  in  a  more 
practical  manner,  the  objects  of  this  paper  will  have  been  accomplished. 

Mr.  Ebert — In  my  store,  I  think  I  use  at  least  from  a  quart  to  half  a  gallon  of  it  a 
year,  so  that  in  my  vicinity  Donovan's  solution  is  very  freqeuently  prescribed. 

Mr.  Sear'by  read  the  following  paper,  which  was  accepted  and  referred : 

A  SIMPLE  UREAMETER. 

Urinalysis  by  the  Pharmacist. 

BY  PROF.  L.  E.  SAYRK. 

It  is,  perhaps,  conceded  by  the  pharmacist  generally,  that  that  part  of 
chemical  analysis  involved  in  the  examination  of  urine,  is  a  branch  of 
chemistry  which  comes  very  properly  within  the  lines  of  professional  work 
of  the  pharmacist.  It  may  be  urged  that  the  physician  is  quite  compe- 
tent to  make  all  the  examinations  necessary  of  this  kind  ;  the  majority  of 
young  men  now  graduating  at  our  medical  colleges  being  well  equipped 
for  accurate  urinary  analyses.  While  this  is  t»ue,  physicians  in  active 
practice  who  are  convenient  to  a  pharmacist,  will  not  always  take  the 
time  nor  give  the  patience  to  making  repeated,  careful  analyses  ^t^fSLQJp 

igi    e     y  g 


I02  MINUTES   OF  THE   SECTION   ON   SCIENTIFIC   PAPERS. 

are  demanded  in  some  classes  of  disease.  I  was  impressed  with  this  fact 
some  time  ago,  while  visiting  in  one  of  our  large  cities.  A  physician 
wanted  a  quantitative  determination  of  samples  of  urine ;  he  was  able  to 
do  the  work  himself,  but  was  one  of  the  class  I  have  described.  It  fell 
to  my  lot  to  accommodate  him,  as  the  pharmacist  (my  friend),  to  whom 
he  applied,  did  not  feel  himself  competent  to  perform  the  work.  This 
incident  forcibly  brought  to  my  mind  the  importance  of  the  pharmacist's 
being  fully  equipped  for  chemical  work  of  this  sort.  He  has  the  time, 
and  the  busy  practitioner  has  not ;  and  such  chemical  service  as  this,  ren- 
dered to  the  physician  or  the  patient,  is  sometimes  of  pecuniary  benefit 
to  the  pharmacist. 

In  the  college  laboratory  the  pharmaceutical  student  of  to-day  receives 
a  more  or  less  thorough  course  of  instruction  in  this  branch  of  chemistry, 
which  shows  a  recognition  of  this  matter  on  the  part  of  the  pharmaceuti- 
cal institutions  of  instruction. 

In  the  instruction  of  the  student  in  urinary  analysis,  it  is  especially  de- 
sirable that  he  be  educated  to  use  the  simplest  forms  of  apparatus,  and  to 
make  these  simple  forms  to  have  as  wide  a  range  of  application  as  pos- 
sible. It  is  the  attempt  to  carry  out  this  principle  last  winter  in  this 
class  of  work  that  suggests  the  present  article.  It  became  necessary  to 
extemporize  some  home-made  instrument  for  the  use  of  each  individual 
member  of  the  class,  to  be  used  as  a  ureameter.  With  but  a  few  sugges- 
tions on  my  part,  the  students  made  the  following :  A  piece  of  soft  glass 
tubing,  ten  inches  long,  and  three-eighths  to  five-eighths  inches  in 
diameter,  was  provided.  Over  the  Bunsen  burner  one  end  was  carefully 
rounded  and  closed,  making  a  sort  of  long  and  narrow  test  tube.  This 
was  covered  with  a  thin  film  of  melted  wax  and  graduated  into  cubic 
centimeters  by  pouring  into  the  tube  metallic  mercury,  one  c.  c.  at  a 
time,  and  marking  with  a  fine  point  each  c.  c.  on  the  glass  through  the 
wax  film.  The  tube  thus  graduated  was  etched  in  the  fumes  of  hydro- 
fluoric acid  in  the  following  manner :  A  piece  of  lead  pipe*  was  closed 
at  one  end;  at  the  opposite  open  end,  a  cork  was  provided,  through 
which  a  hole  was  cut  just  large  enough  to  admit  and  suspend  the  glass 
tube.  Fluor  spar  and  sulphuric  acid  were  introduced  into  the  pipe,  and 
the  suspended  glass  tube  was  placed  in  position.  After  an  exposure  of  a 
short  time  the  etching  was  complete,  and  a  sort  of  Bunsen-eudiometer 
was  made,  which  served  admirably  as  a  ureameter.* 

In  using  the  tube  it  is  first  filled  with  a  solution  of  hypochlorite  of 
sodium  and  inverted  into  a  beaker  partly  filled  with  the  same  liquid, 
held  in  position  by  a  clamp  as  represented.  One  c.  c.  of  the  urine  is 
introduced  into  the  tube  by  means  of  a  curved  pipette,  also  shown  in  the 
figure.     The  pipette  consists  of  a  glass  tube  three-sixteenths  inches  in 

*  It  will  suggest  itself  to  any  one,  perhaps,  that  a  long,  narrow  lest  tube,  graduated 
on  paper,  will  answer  for  an  extemporaneous  ureameter.  GoOqIc 


A   SIMPLE   UREAMETER. 


103 


diameter,  and  eight  to  ten  inches  in  length,  drawn  out  to  a  fine  point 
and  curved  at  the  pointed  end,  at  such  an  angle  that  it  can  readily  be  in- 
serted up  a  little  distance  into  the  inverted  eudiometer.  The  straight 
arm  of  the  pipette  is  graduated  so  that  between  two  marks,  made  with  a 
file,  it  measures  one  cubic  centimetre. 

This  simple  instrument  has  so  pleased  me  in  the  accurate  results  which 
it  gave,  and  in  the  drill  and  independence  it  gave  the  students,  that  1 
have  made  it  the  basis  of  a  paper  to  be  read  among  our  San  Francisco 


Ureameter. 

friends.  The  students  realized  that  they  could  be  independent  of  the 
more  elaborate  instruments  which  are  being  figured  from  time  to  time  in 
the  journals,  and  the  results  obtained  were  always  more  satisfactory  than 
those  obtained  from  the  use  of  the  Professor  Doremus*  ureameter,  which 
appears  to  be  the  more  commonly  employed.  The  objection  to  the  latter 
I  have  found  to  be  that  in  the  hands  of  the  students  it  does  not  furnish 
accurate  results,  because  so  much  of  the  gas  is  allowed  to  escape  at  the 
open  end.     I  have  had  the  students  compare  their  own  with  the  Doremus' 5iC 


I04  MINUTES    OF   THE   SECTION    ON   SCIENTIFIC   pXpERS. 

instrument,  using  a  solution  of  urea  of  known  strength  for  the  purpose. 
As  a  result  they  report  that  the  eudiometer  always  shows  more  exactly  the 
quantity  of  urea — gives  more  nearly  the  theoretical  quantity  of  gas  — than 
the  ureameter  of  Dr.  Doremus.  I  may  add  that  this  has  been  my  own 
experience  as  well. 

I  have  no  doubt  that  this  simple  and  inexpensive  piece  of  apparatus 
has  suggested  itself  to  others,  but  there  may  be  some  of  the  craft  who 
may  not  have  had  occasion  to  think  of  it,  and  may  appreciate  this  refer- 
ence to  it. 

Mr.  Maisch. — One  point  of  this  paper,  I  think,  should  be  called  attention  to,  and 
that  is  this — ^that  it  is  very  often  quite  convenient  to  construct  apparatus  which  is  very  in- 
expensive and  can  be  used  in  the  place  of  more  expensive  ones  found  in  the  market,  in 
other  words,  it  teaches  us  that  many  apparatuses  can  and  should  be  made  by  the  stu- 
dents, instead  of  merely  purchasing  them.     I  think  that  is  a  very  good  point. 

On  motion,  duly  seconded,  the  Section  adjourned  till  2:30  p.  m. 


Second  Session,  Wednesday  Afternoon,  June  26. 

When  the  Section  re-assembled  at  2:30  p.  m.,  a  motion  was  made  and 
prevailed  that  the  reading  of  the  Minutes  of  the  Morning  Session  be 
dispensed  with. 

The  nomination  for  officers  of  the  Section  was  re-opened,  but  no 
further  nominations  being  made,  on  motion,  Mr.  Ebert  was  requested  to 
cast  the  ballot  for  Mr.  Whelpley  for  Chairman,  and  for  Mr.  Dare  for 
Secretary.     Both  nominees  were  declared  elected. 

Mr.  Whelpley  nominated  Mr.  J.  M.  Good  as  the  third  member  of  the 
Committee  on  Scientific  Papers,  and  the  nominee  was  elected  by  accla- 
mation. 

The  following  paper  was  read  by  Mr.  Grazer,  accepted  and  referred  : 

CANTHARIDIN  IN  PHARMACY. 

BY  PROF.  F.  A.  GRAZER. 

The  use  of  cantharidin  in  pharmacy  has  been  very  limited,  so  far  as  I 
have  been  able  to  determine,  although  quite  a  number  of  methods  have 
been  recommended  for  separating  this  principle  from  the  flies.  Most  of 
these  have  been  used,  no  doubt,  with  a  view  of  determining  the  quality 
of  the  flies,  their  value  being  estimated  by  the  amount  of  cantharidin, 
and  as  a  matter  of  experiment. 

My  attention  was  attracted  to  the  use  of  cantharidin  while  making 
some  cantharidal  collodion.  I  noticed  how  easily  this  principle  could 
be  separated  by  the  method  adopted  in  that  process.  In  the  preparation 
a  considerable  amount  of  cantharidin  remained  undissolved  by  the  col- 
lodion, even  after  agitation  for  several  days. 

It  occurred  to  me  that  it  would  require  but  a  little  extra  labor  to  re- 

Digitized  by  VaOOQlC 


CANTIIARIDIN    IN    PHARMACY.  I05 

move  the  fatty  matter  with  carbon  bisulphide,  and  obtain  the  cantharidin 
in  a  tolerably  pure  state,  by  which  the  quality  of  the  drug  used  might  be 
estimated,  and  at  the  same  time  a  collodion  prepared  of  a  known 
strength,  by  simply  adding  the  cantharidin  to  the  requisite  amount  of 
flexible  collodion.  A  preparation  made  in  this  manner  yielded  satisfac- 
tory results. 

A  short  time  after  this  I  was  called  upon  to  make  some  vinegar  of 
cantharides  according  to  the  British  Pharmacopoeia.  I  found  the  pro- 
cess a  tedious  one,  especially  that  part  of  the  process  requiring  percola- 
tion, which  was  exceedingly  slow  and  unsatisfactory.  A  preparation 
equally  efficacious  was  readily  made  by  simply  dissolving  cantharidin  in 
a  mixture  of  glacial-acetic  and  acetic  acids,  corresponding  to  the  men- 
struum used  in  the  preparation. 

While  I  have  not  made  any  further  experiments,  I  might  suggest  its 
use  in  the  liniment  of  cantharides,  and  the  cerate  of  the  extract  of  can- 
tharides. Referring  to  the  last-named  preparation,  I  have  often  won- 
dered why  the  Pharmacopoeia  is  burdened  with  two  cantharidal  cerates. 
The  plain  cerate  of  cantharides,  if  properly  made  with  a  good  specimen 
of  powdered  flies,  seldom  fails  to  give  satisfaction.  The  claim  for  the 
cerate  of  the  extract  is,  that  it  is  an  elegant  and  efficient  substitute  for 
the  ordinary  cerate,  as  the  greater  portion  of  the  inert  matter  is  removed 
in  the  process  adopted  for  its  preparation. 

The  object  of  this  preparation,  therefore,  is  simply  to  remove  the  ves- 
icating principle  in  as  pure  a  state  as  possible,  and  to  combine  it  with  a 
suitable  base.  The  process  is  somewhat  cumbersome  to  the  druggist,  as 
it  involves  percolation,  distillation  and  evaporation,  the  final  result  being 
the  removal  of  the  cantharidin,  associated  with  a  considerable  amount 
of  extractive.  A  more  simple  method  would  be  to  add  a  chloroform ic 
solution  of  cantharidin  to  a  melted  mixture  of  wax,  lard  anjj  resin,  or 
the  cantharidin  may  be  dissolved  by  means  of  heat,  in  a  mixture  of  rape- 
seed  and  castor  oils,  and  then  added.  In  doing  this  it  would  h6  neces- 
sary to  diminish  the  amount  of  lard,  as  the  oil  would  render  the  cerate 
too  soft. 

But  is  this  elegant  and  efficient  substitute  an  improvement  over  the 
ordinary  cerate  ?  So  far  as  I  can  learn,  such  is  not  the  case.  If  the  ob- 
jection to  this  preparation  be  the  mechanical  admixture  of  the  powdered 
flies,  I  hardly  think  it  justifiable,  as  these  small  particles  of  the  hard  ex- 
terior parts  of  the  insect  have  a  tendency  to  irritate  the  skin,  and  thereby 
facilitate  the  vesicating  action. 

I  had  occasion,  some  time  ago,  to  test  the  relative  merit  of  these  two 
preparations.  The  cerate  of  the  extract  failed  to  give  the  satisfaction 
which  the  cerate  had  previously  given.  That  the  former  preparation 
contained  sufficient  cantharidin  there  could  be  no  doubt,  as  six  months 
after  its  preparation  I  found  the  entire  surface  thickly  studded  with  can- 
tharidin crystals.  Digitized  by  GoOglc 


Io6  MINUTAS  OF  THE  SECTION  ON  SCIENTIFIC  PAPERS. 

Cantharidin  dissolved  in  oil  has  been  used  in  Germany.  In  the  last 
issue  of  the  Pharmaceutische  Rundschau,  New  York,  May,  1889,  a  pro- 
cess is  given  for  making  cantharidal  oil,  as  formerly  recommended  by 
E.  Dieterich,  Helfenberg,  Germany.  It  was  made  by  dissolving  three 
parts  of  cantharidin  in  two  thousand  parts  of  rape-seed  oil.  It  has  been 
shown  by  F.  Eger  that  a  portion  of  the  cantharidin  in  the  preparation 
is  precipitated  after  a  time,  and  he  recommends  the  use  of  castor  oil. 
The  following  formula  is  suggested  for  a  permanent  preparation:  0.3 
grammes  of  cantharidin  is  dissolved  in  20.0  grammes  of  castor  oil  and 
40.0  grammes  of  rape-seed  oil  by  means  of  heat,  after  which  140.0 
grammes  of  rape-seed  oil  is  added. 

The  main  objection  to  the  use  of  cantharidin  is  its  expense.  In 
Merck's  Index,  i  gramme  is  quoted  at  |2.  It  can,  however,  be  made 
more  cheaply  by  the  druggist  himself. 

The  separation  of  cantharidin  is  not  difficult ;  it  is  easily  accomplished 
by  percolating  the  powdered  flies  with  chloroform.  I  have  used  for  this 
purpose  a  narrow  Whitall-Tatum  percolator,  in  the  bottom  of  which  a 
cork  was  inserted,  containing  a  glass  tube  drawn  out  to  a  fine  point  and 
curved  upward.  In  this  manner  I  was  able  to  prevent  the  percolation 
from  going  on  too  rapidly.  The  chloroform  was  recovered  for  future  use 
by  means  of  an  old  style  alembic,  connected  with  an  enapty  bottle,  acting 
as  a  receiver  and  kept  cool. 

With  a  water  bath  placed  over  an  ordinary  spirit  lamp,  the  distillation 
can  be  carried  on  until  the  greater  portion  of  the  chloroform  is  recovered. 
The  fat  can  be  removed  after  evaporating  the  remaining  chloroform  by 
means  of  carbon  bisulphide  or  petroleum  ether.  In  this  manner  it  may 
be  obtained  sufficiently  pure  for  pharmaceutical  purposes.  The  powdered 
drug  as  found  in  this  market  is  generally  good,  containing  about  8  per 
cent,  of  moisture  and  a  fair  yield  of  cantharidin. 

Other  processes  have  been  recommended,  such  as  treating  the  flies 
with  alkalies,  and  subsequently  with  acid  before  using  chloroform  or 
ether,  by  which  means  a  larger  yield  is  obtained.  Perhaps  the  best 
method  is  that  of  dialysis,  recommended  by  E.  Dieterich.  But  as  far  as 
the  commercial  article  is  concerned,  it  is  yet  too  expensive  to  be  used, 
at  least  in  this  country. 

I  would,  therefore,  recommend  the  druggist  to  prepare  it  himself,  as  I 
believe  that  cantharidin  could  be  used  in  a  number  of  the  pharmaceutical 
preparations  now  kept  in  the  stores,  thereby  saving  considerable  time, 
besides  securing  preparations  of  known  strength,  which  is  always  an 
object  to  be  desired. 

Mr.  Grazer. — While  in  the  exhibition  room  my  attention  was  called  to  samples  of 
Spanish  Aies,  in  which  the  amount  of  cantharidin  was  estimated.  In  this  sample  which 
I  hold  here  the  flies  contained  1.2  per  cent,  of  cantharidin,  and  this  one  only  .5  of  i 
per  cent.  Both  were  received  at  the  same  time  and  from  the  same  Hrm/and  it  shows  you 
the  necessity  of  making  a  quantitative  estimation  of  the  cantharidin  in  this  animal  drag. 


CANTHARIDIN    IN   PHARMACY.  I07 

A  short  time  ago  a  paper  appeared  in  the  Pharmaieuiical  Record  published  by  Mr. 
Braithwaite,  and  I  thought  that  would  result  in  making  another  species  of  flies,  the 
Chinese  flies,  the  cheaper  article,  and  that  they  might  be  met  with  in  commerce;  but  I 
have  heard  very  little  since  that  time.  I  wrote  on  to  Mr.  Braithwaite,  in  England,  and 
asked  him  for  a  sample  of  the  species  of  flies  that  he  referred  to  in  the  Pharmaceutical 
Reordy  and  he  sent  me  some  samples.  This  is  all  that  he  sent  me.  (The  speaker  then 
passed  the  specimens  around  among  the  members  ) 

While  I  was  in  the  College  of  Pharmacy,  I  sent  East  for  some  Chinese  blistering  flies, 
and  they  very  much  resembled  one  of  those  flies,  the  Mylabris  lunata.    - 

In  preparing  cantharidin  for  the  market,  the  manufacturer  takes  great  pains  to  have  it 
white  and  as  presentable  as  possible,  but  that  is  not  necessary.  (The  speaker  then  ex- 
hibited a  number  of  samples  to  the  Association.) 

Mr.  Hallberg. — I  can  corroborate  the  statement  made  by  Prof.  Grazer,  if  it  needed 
any  corroboration,  especially  with  reference  to  the  process  of  making  the  vinegar  of 
cantharides.  It  is  a  very  tedious  and  objectionable  process.  Percolation  is  not  suitable ; 
maceration  and  expression  must  be  uSed,  and  it  is  very  difficult  to  express,  and  you 
cannot  handle  it  with  your  Angers.  Therefore,  a  simple  method  of  this  kind  will  un- 
questionably yield  a  more  eflficient  preparation,  and  one  that  can  be  prepared  with  very 
little  discomfort.  I  think  the  paper  is  a  very  valuable  one,  having  bearings  on  all  prepa- 
rations concerning  cantharides. 

Mr.  Searby. — The  paper  before  us  has  a  bearing  upon  what  we  might  call  practical 
accuracy  as  distinguished  from  absolute  accuracy.  The  great  value  of  this  paper  consists 
in  the  process  given  us,  furnishing  us  with  a  means  of  obtaining  a  reliable  preparation  of 
cantharidin  every  time  at  a  very  moderate  expense,  without  being  compelled  to  buy 
the  chemically  pure  article.  An  article  so  nearly  chemically  pure  meets  all  the  require- 
ments of  the  case,  and  for  accuracy  it  is  just  as  good  as  if  it  were  chemically  pure.  It  is 
in  this  direction  that  we  want  to  aim — to  aim  at  practical  accuracy  without  absolute 
chemical  purity,  which  is  not  always  essential.  There  are  many  cases  in  which  just  such 
a  principle  as  is  here  carried  out,  will  probably  be  adopted  before  many  years  are  over. 

Mr.  Calvert. — As  Prof.  Grazer  mentions  the  price  of  cantharidin  in  his  paper,  I 
would  like  to  ask  him  what  would  be  the  average  price  of  cantharidin  to  the  druggist 
who  makes  it  himself. 

Mr.  Grazer. — I  have  not  calculated  the  average  cost  in  that  direction,  bui  I  should 
judge  it  would  be  considerably  less  than  what  is  mentioned  in  Merck's  index,  and  I 
think  it  would  pay  a  retail  pharmacist  to  manufacture  it,  even  if  costing  as  much  as  two 
dollars  a  gram.  I  donH  think  it  would  cost  more  than  two-thirds  of  the  price  mentioned 
in  Merck's  index,  but  a  great  deal  depends  upon  the  quality  of  flies,  as  you  have  seen. 
One  sample  of  flies  will  contain  only  flvetenths  of  one  per  cent.,  and  another  will  con- 
tain one  and  two  tenths  per  cent.  If  carried  on  on  a  larger  scale,  it  could  be  made  some- 
what cheaper.  Using  chloroform,  the  price  may  be  somewhat  expensive,  but  it  would 
be  cheaper  than  the  cantharidin  offered  by  Merck  at  two  dollars  a  gram.  I  have  made 
a  number  of  preparations,  but  I  am  not  prepared  to  say  definitely  how  much  it  would 
cost  to  make  cantharidin. 

Mr.  Ebert  read  the  following  paper  : 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


108  MINUTES   OF   THE   SECTION   ON   SCIENTIFIC   PAPERS. 

ON  THE  USE  OF  COMMERCIAL  GLUCOSE  IN  PHARMACY. 

Query  21. — Has  Syrup  of  Dextrin  a  use  in  Pharmacy?  Give  some  instances  where 
it  could  to  advantage  replace  Cane  Sugar  Syrup. 

BY  FRED.  A.  ROMETCH,  CHICAGO. 

This  query  is  treated  with  the  understanding  that  by  syrup  of  dextrin 
is  meant  the  article  found  in  the  market  under  the  name  of  "glucose/* 
Preparations  made  from  dextrin,  sugar  and  water,  in  definite  proportions, 
will  find  no  further  consideration  here,  although  it  must  be  admitted 
that  in  their  uniform  composition  and  purity  they  possess  very  commend- 
able qualities. 

The  query  from  this  point  of  view  has  for  its  object,  the  use  of  **  glu- 
cose "  in  pharmacy.  A  wide-spread  belief  attributes  to  glucose  and 
oleomargarin  the  same  social  and  political  character.  Their  manufac- 
ture, it  is  claimed,  is  mainly  undertaken  for  illegitimate  purposes,  for 
practicing  deception  in  the  shape  of  substitution  pure  and  simple,  or  of 
adulteration,  that  is,  partial  substitution. 

This  popular  belief  has  a  foundation.  Parties  using  these  articles  dis- 
claim their  connection  with  them — they  even  deny  their  acquaintance. 
Glucose  and  oleomargarin  are  manufactured  in  large  quantities,  and  to 
outsiders  disappear  in  a  mysterious  way  from  sight.  They  are  used  to 
satisfy  what  is  insatiable — the  greediness  of  man.  The  elements  of  fraud 
entering  so  vastly  into  the  consumption  of  glucose,  I  have  deemed 
it  necessary  to  assert  my  standpoint  before  I  come  to  speak  of  the  use  of 
glucose  in  pharmacy. 

Every  druggist  is  loud  in  his  condemnation  of  the  shameless  fraud 
practised  on  him,  when  he  for  instance  orders  honey,  or  soda  water  sprups, 
or  extract  of  malt,  and  receives  but  flavored  or  colored  glucose.  It 
needs  no  special  assertion  that  we,  with  all  honest  druggists,  deprecate 
fraudulent  practices,  and  that  we  in  no  way  will  recommend  the  partial 
or  entire  substitution  of  glucose  in  preparations,  the  composition  of  which 
is  expected  to  be  free  from  it. 

The  legitimate  use  of  glucose  in  Pharmacy  can  be  but  limited,  and  Is 
based  on  the  qualities  of  its  main  constituents,  dextrin  and  grape- sugar. 
Where  one  or  the  other  of  these,  or  both  together,  are  of  a  special  use  in 
pharmaceutical  preparations,  glucose  may  find  a  place. 

There  are  a  number  of  diff*erent  grades  in  the  market,  varying  in  color 
and  density,  and  their  relative  proportion  of  dextrin  aad  grape-sugar.  An 
article  called  by  syrup  mixers  **  mixing  glucose,'*  is  a  fair  representative 
of  glucose.  It  is  a  thick,  syrupy,  colorless  liquid,  of  about  1.40  specific 
gravity,  containing  40-45  per  cent,  of  grape  sugar,  and  a  like  quantity 
of  dextrin.  Such  a  composition  would  well  fit  it  for  holding  substances 
in  a  state  of  suspension,  e.  g.,  oils,  powders,  resinous  substances,  just  sep- 
arating from  tinctures  and  fluid  extracts,  when  being  mixed  with  watery 
fluids,  etc.,  etc.     With  this  object  in  view,  a  considerable  quantity  of 

Digitized  by  VjOOQ IC 


COMMERCIAL   GLUCOSE   IN   PHARMACY.  I09 

glucose  must  be  used  to  be  efficient,  certainly  enough  to  create  a  mucila- 
ginous menstruum.  It  offers,  however,  no  advantage  over  gum  arabic  ; 
and  is  for  the  purpose  named  not  as  effective  as  a  mucilage  of  gum  traga- 
canth. 

Oil  emulsions  are  rendered  more  liable  to  fermentation  by  an  admix- 
ture of  glucose,  the  decomposition  at  the  same  time  effecting  a  separation 
of  the  oils.  Emulsions  of  the  balsams  keep  far  better,  the  balsams  acting 
us  anti- ferments.  For  the  preparation  of  certain  pill  masses,  it  is  useful ; 
for  instance,  those  containing  quinine,  bismuth  and  the  like,  and  espe- 
cially vegetable  powders.  But  here  it  must  be  remembered  that  the 
masses  containing  insoluble  mineral  powders  need  great  attention,  lest 
the  ready  made  **  pills'*  flatten  out  in  one  half-solid  lump.  Such  mass 
needs  protracted  working  in  the  mortar,  and  when  finished  must  be 
rather  hard.  The  absorbent  qualities  of  the  vegetable  powders  insure  a 
more  stable  pill-mass.  Glucose  has  a  tendency  to  keep  pills  from  drying 
out  and  preventing  passing  through  the  digestive  tract  undissolved. 

For  the  above  identical  purpose,  I  have  been  in  the  habit  of  using  a 
thick,  syrupy  mass  made  of  glucose  and  gum  arabic,  which  admirably  an- 
swers the  purpose. 

I  will  merely  touch  upon  the  employment  of  glucose  in  the  soda  water 
trade ;  although  I  am  aware  of  the  fact  that  it  is  largely  used  in  this  par- 
ticular instance.  If  used  at  all,  it  should  be  used  sparingly,  perhaps  one 
part  of  glucose  to  three  or  four  parts  of  cane  sugar  syrup ;  for  it  is  to  be 
remembered  in  this  connection  that  syrups  develop  their  respective  flavors 
to  a  greater  extent  when  mixed  with  water  charged  with  carbonic  acid 
gas  than  when  mixed  with  plain  water.  The  reason  of  this  is,  that  gas, 
after  removal  of  the  pressure,  is  liberated  from  the  mass  in  most  minute 
pearls.  These,  in  rising,  carry  with  them  the  odoriferous  portions  of  the 
sweetening  medium.  Flavors,  however,  presented  in  this  form,  are  far 
more  appreciated  by  the  tongue,  which  in  this  case  in  no  small  degree 
is  assisted  by  the  Schneiderian  membrane  of  the  nose.  If,  therefore, 
glucose  should  possess  the  most  remote  foreign  smell  or  taste,  it  should 
not  be  used  for  soda  water  purposes,  so  much  the  more  as  there  are  other 
means  for  imparting  to  syrups  their  foaming  qualities. 

Glucosized  soda  water  syrups  are  to  be  kept  on  ice,  lest  fermentation 
set  in. 

Syrup  of  iodide  of  iron  has  ever  been  a  bugbear  to  dispensing  pharma- 
cists, on  account  of  its  changing  appearance  and  composition.  Grape 
sugar  being  easily  oxidized,  has  been  successfully  used  as  a  protective 
agent  to  syrup  of  iodide  of  iron,  in  the  shape  of  an  addition  of  honey  or 
grape  sugar.  Cane  sugar  may  be  partially  replaced  by  glucose,  and  the 
writer  has  at  this  moment  on  his  desk  a  specimen  of  syrup  of  iodide  of 
iron,  one-third  of  its  volume  consisting  of  glucose,  and  which  to-day, 
after  ten  months'  standing,  and  frequent  opening  of  the  bottle,  possesses 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


no  MINUTES   OF  THE   SECTION   ON   SCIENTIFIC  PAPERS. 

all  the  characteristic  marks  of  a  good  pharmacopceial  syrup  of  iodide  of 
iron. 

For  the  preparation  of  syrup  of  the  hypophosphites  with  iron,  glucose 
offers  some  advantages.     The  syrup  keeps  well,  and  no  iron  is  deposited. 

The  syrup  of  hydriodic  acid  also  keeps  well,  without  the  addition  of 
potassium  hypophosphite,  when  glucose  is  used  for  its  preparation. 

For  use  by  the  pharmacist  in  making  of  his  *'own''  proprietary  medi- 
cines, such  as  "sarsaparilla  with  iodide  of  potassium,**  "  worm  syrup,'*  or 
** soothing  syrup,*'  glucose  can  advantageously  be  used — keeping,  how- 
ever, in  mind  its  readiness  to  ferment,  which  necessitates  the  presence  of 
sufficient  alcohol  or  another  anti- ferment,  in  order  to  make  the  prepara- 
tion permanent. 

Mr.  Ebert. — Mr.  Chairman,  the  author  of  the  paper  was  rather  prejudiced  against 
glucose  when  the  query  was  allotted  to  him.  Of  course  it  was  not  to  be  expected  that 
he  should  find  it  good  for  all  preparations.  It  is  true  in  what  he  says  in  regard  to  glu- 
cose used  in  soda  water  syrups.  Commercial  glucose  is  prepared  for  different  purposes. 
Confectioners  use  it  as  a  substitution  for  gum  arable,  or  in  making  stock  candy.  This 
confectioners'  glucose  always  contains  either  a  little  free  sulphurous  acid  or  some  of  the 
bisulphites,  for  instance,  bisulphite  of  soda.  If  this  confectioners'  glucose  is  used  in 
making  the  soda  water  syrups,  of  course  that  would  be  objectionable,  because  in  drink- 
ing the  soda  water  you  would  at  once  get  that  sulphurous  taste ;  but  a  glucose  that  does 
not  contain  either  the  salt  or  free  sulphurous  acid  would  not  have  this  objection — it  is  a 
perfectly  bland  syrup  when  it  is  free  from  these  foreign  additions.  The  advantage  that 
it  has  in  soda  syrups  is  that  it  gives  body  to  the  soda  water.  I  know  that  a  gallon  of 
simple  syrup  made  with  clean  sugar,  containing  a  quart  of  good  glucose,  and  flavored 
with  either  a  fruit  juice  or  vanilla,  gives  a  more  pleasant  taste  than  a  syrup  made  of  pure 
cane  sugar.  It  has  not  the  intense  sweetness.  I  think  as  a  rule  the  intense  sweetness 
of  cane  sugar  is  objectionable  as  a  food  or  a  drink.  Why  are  glucose  syrups  at  the 
present  time  generally  used  ?  Because  they  are  not  so  sweet,  and  possess  a  very  bland 
taste.  I  have  never  tasted  the  so-called  rock  candy  syrups,  but  I  consider  them  mixtures 
of  glucose  and  cane  sugar.  Instead  of  paying  exorbitant  prices  for  these  rock  candy 
syrups,  you  can  just  as  well  make  that  mixture  yourself.  In  commerce  we  call  this  glu- 
cose ;  it  is  not  glucose,  it  is  simply  a  syrup  of  dextrin.  This  is  real  glucose  chemically 
speaking.  (The  speaker  exhibits  different  samples.)  The  name  glucose  is  used  in  this 
country  for'  this  syrup.  The  reason  of  it  is  that  when  it  was  first  imported  into  this 
country,  to  obviate  the  high  duty  on  syrups  at  that  time,  it  was  imported  by  the  chemical 
name  of  glucose.  It  is  simply  a  mixture  of  dextrin  and  grape  sugar.  Outside  of  this 
country  it  is  not  known  anywhere  else  as  glucose,  not  even  m  Great  Britain ;  there  it  is 
known  as  starch  syrup  or  dextrin  syrup.  This  grape  sugar  or  glucose  has  a  purity  of 
99.7  per  cent,  of  absolutely  puie  grape  sugar.  It  is  made  by  a  process  which  was  pat- 
ented by  Dr.  Behr,  of  Chicago.  Formerly  it  was  made  by  using  alcohol  in  throwing 
out  all  the  dextrin,  and  thus  getting  it  pure.  The  improvement  of  Dr.  Behr  consists  in 
crystallizing  the  grape  sugar  from  a  concentrated  solution  which  is  free  from  impurities, 
and  kept  at  a  temperature  of  90®  F.,  the  adherent  liquid  syrup  being  removed  by  cen- 
trifugal force.  Pound  for  pound,  this  grape  sugar  is  equal  to  cane  sugar,  not  in  sweet- 
ness, which  is  simply  a  physical  property  of  cane  sugar,  but  it  is  a  pure  saccharin.  It 
contains  nothing  that  is  injurious,  and  i«t  just  as  wholesome  and  valuable  for  some  pur- 
poses as  cane  sugar,  though  not  for  sweetening.  I  believe  that  dextrin  syrup  is  of  great 
value  in  some  of  the  operations  in  pharmacy.  In  manufacturing  your  own  cough  mix- 
Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


COMMERCIAL  GLUCOSE  IN  PHARMACY.  Ill 

tares,  if  you  will  use  commercial  glucose  instead  of  using  cane  sugar,  you  will  make  a 
better  syrup.  Scientific  men  will  not  object  to  its  use  because  sulphuric  acid  has  been 
used  in  the  manufacture  of  it.  As  long  as  it  is  free  from  foreign  substances,  why  should 
it  be  objectionable  ? 

Mr.  Calvert. — 1  would  like  to  ask  some  of  the  gentlemen  from  Chicago  what  is  the 
state  of  their  cane  sugar  market  as  regards  purity — whether  they  have  ever  observed  as 
much  as  ten  per  cent,  grape  sugar  in  the  cane  sugar  in  that  market. 

Mr.  Ebert. — There  is  not  a  particle  of  refined  cane  sugar  in  the  market  that  contains 
grape  sugar.  The  firm  that  attempted  this  lost  five  hundred  thousand  dollars  by  making 
that  experiment.  The  two  don't  mix,  or  rather  the  mixture  goes  into  a  solid  mass  in  a 
short  time.  There  is  no  cane  sugar  adulterated  with  grape  sugar,  and  don't  let  that  ever 
bother  you. 

Mr.  Calvert. — I  will  tell  you  why  I  asked  the  question :  I  had  occasion  several 
years  ago  to  investigate  the  subject,  and  I  found  in  one  sample  of  cane  sugar  not  less 
than  ten  per  cent,  of  grape  sugar,  by  Fehling's  solution. 

Mr.  Ebert. — I  acknowledge  that,  but  you  did  not  find  grape  sugar — it  was  an  un- 
crystallizable  cane  sugar;  it  had  been  converted  from  saccharose  into  a  Izevulose,  but 
glucose  was  not  added  to  it.  If  you  will  heat  cane  sugar  with  acids,  you  transform  the 
cane  sugar  into  Isevulose  and  invert  sugar,  and  make  canc^y. 

Mr.  Maisch. — If  you  dissolve  it  in  boiling  water  and  merely  keep  it  for  a  day  or  two 
exposed  to  the  light,  it  will  be  partly  changed  to  invert  sugar. 

Mr.  H  allberg. — I  have  had  some  experience  with  this  anhydrous  glucose.  A  peculiar 
quality  of  it  is  that  moistened  with  water  it  slacks  just  like  lime,  and  afterward  absorbs  a 
certain  amount  of  water,  when  it  falls  into  a  powder — is  then  perfectly  dry  and  don't 
seem  to  absorb  any  more  water;  but  in  the  anhydrous  state  it  is  slightly  hygroscopic. 
That  peculiar  feature  of  it  suggested  itself  to  me  as  making  it  adapted  for  powdered 
extracts  instead  of  sugar  of  milk.  I  used  it  about  a  year  ago,  and  have  some  samples 
jet — ^it  seems  to  protect  the  extracts  from  absorbing  moisture  from  the  atmosphere,  and  I 
think  it  would  be  a  better  article  than  milk  sugar  for  that  purpose.  I  don't  suppose 
there  is  any  one  here  but  who  will  recc^nize  the  value  of  glucose  as  a  pill  excipient. 
Another  pharmaceutical  use  for  it  is  to  give  body  to  liquid  preparations.  It  is  far 
superior  to  sugar  in  some  mixtures,  and  it  prevents  precipitation  to  a  certain  extent.  I 
should  like  to  see  it  introduced  in  the  Pharmacopoeia  for  pharmaceutical  purposes. 

Mr.  Searbv. — I  am  pleased  to  hear  that  we  have  within  reach  such  an  exceedingly 
valuable  substance.  We  are  told  that  it  is  excellent  for  keepmg  pills  moist ;  it  is  equally 
excellent  for  keeping  extracts  dry.  It  is  something  like  brandy,  which  some  people 
take  when  they  are  hot  to  cool  them  off,  and  others  take  when  they  are  cold  to  make 
them  warm. 

Mr.  Hallberg. — ^The  kind  that  is  good  for  an  excipient  has  already  got  its  full  share 
of  water;  the  one  that  is  used  for  protecting  extracts  from  the  moist  atmosphere,  is  the 
SLohydrons  glucose. 

Mr.  Searby. — I  understand  that,  but  I  was  simply  calling  attention  to  the  wonderfully 
different  properties  this  substance  has  under  different  conditions.  Let  us  give  the  devil 
his  due.  Glucose  has  been  very  badly  abused ;  it  has  been  accused  of  doing  things  that 
it  could  never  be  justly  accused  of  doing.  Glucose  is  really  a  valuable  food ;  it  is  a 
valuable   nutrient;   it  is  useful  to  a  great  many  ways;    and  we  as  intelligent   men 

Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


112  MINUTES   OF  THE   SECTION  ON  SCIENTIFIC   PAPERS. 

should  know  when  to  discriminate  between  its  proper  and  its  improper  use.  For  the 
moft  part  it  has  been  used  properly,  excepting  that  it  has  often  been  sold  under  mis- 
representation. The  harm  is  not  in  the  use  of  glucose  for  sugar,  or  food,  or  for  any  pur- 
pose for  which  it  has  been  used,  but  the  harm  is  in  putting  it  forward  for  what  it  is  not. 
It  is  not  cane  sugar ;  it  is  not  a  sweet  sugar  in  the  ordinary  sense  of  the  term,  and  it 
should  not  be  sold  for  sweetening  purposes ;  but  when  it  comes  to  be  estimated  at  its 
true  worth,  it  will  be  a  very'  valuable  product,  and  one  the  proper  use  of  which  we 
should  encourage.  There  is  any  amount  of  grain  in  this  country  which  cannot  be  put  to 
better  use  than  in  the  manufacture  of  this  product ;  it  is  a  great  deal  better  than  turning 
it  into  whiskey. 

The  Chairman  called  for  the  reading  of  a  papfer  on  pepsin  testing. 
Objection  was  made,  and  after  some  discussion  in  which  Messrs.  Haliberg, 
Calvert,  Stevens,  Ebert  and  Ray  participated,  the  paper  was,  on  motion 
of  Mr.  Haliberg,  read  by  title,  and  referred  to  the  Committee  on  Pub- 
lication with  power.* 

RELATIVE  VALUE  OF  VARIOUS   PEPSIN  TESTS. 

BY  F.  A.  THOMPSON,  PH.  C,   DETROIT,   MICH. 

In  investigating  this  subject,  one  finds  any  amount  of  literature  per- 
taining to  the  various  methods,  official  and  otherwise,  for  testing  the 
proteolytic  activity  of  various  pepsins  found  in  the  market.  When  the 
claim  is  made  that  a  certain  pepsin  will  dissolve  so  many  grains  of 
albumen,  it  signifies  that  it  will  meet  that  claim  under  certain  conditions, 
which  are  usually  published  in  conjunction  with  it. 
^  Knowing  that  these  claims  of  activity  have  a  limited  comparative  value, 
I  was  favorably  impressed  with  the  idea  of  subjecting  the  lieading  pepsins 
to  the  conditions  of  the  official  and  other  tests,  and  thus  presenting  to  the 
pharmacist,  as  well  as  the  physician,  a  ready  reference  for  knowing  the 
relative  or  comparative  value  ol  those  brands  most  commonly  prescribed. 
Every  one  familiar  with  the  subject  of  pepsin  testing,  understands  that 
the  length  of  time  for  boiling  the  eggs,  the  proportion  of  water  and 
albumen,  division  of  albumen,  acidity  and  temperature,  each  exerts  its 
peculiar  influence  in  increasing  or  decreasing  the  activity  of  any  pepsin. 

The  time  of  boiling  eggs  has  been  generally  accepted  as  fifteen  minutes, 
this  length  of  time  giving  the  most  constant  results.  In  all  the  tests 
mentioned,  I  have  boiled  the  eggs  this  length  of  time,  afterward  imme- 
diately placing  them  in  cold  running  water. 

The  proportion  of  water  to  albumen  is  an  important  factor,  when  the 
same  pepsin  will  be  found  to  dissolve  more  in  a  dilute  solution  than  in  a 
concentrated  one,  other  conditions  remaining  the  same.  The  quantity 
of  acid  present  in  the  digestive  fluid,  exerts  a  decided  influence  over  the 
dissolving  power  of  any  pepsin.  An  increase  of  acidity  above  0.2% 
absolute  hydrochloric  acid  decreases  the  digestive  power,  and  a  decrease 

*  The  Committee  on  Publication  decided  that  it  was  a  proper  paper  for  the  Proceedings, 
containing  nothing  in  antagonism  with  the  aims  of  the  Association. — Permanent  Sec- 


Digitized 


by  Google 


RELATIVE  VALUE  OF  VARIOUS   PEPSIN   TEST'S. 


"3 


below  this  amount  of  acid  also  lessens  the  digestive  or  dissolving  power. 
This  would  seem  to  prove  that  the  amount  of  acid  estimated  to  be  pres- 
ent in  the  stomach  (from  0.2  to  0.25  %  of  free  acid)  is  the  proper  quantity 
to  use  to  obtain  maximum  results.  Regarding  the  temperature  during 
digestion,  it  is  a  well-known  fact  that  on  increase  of  temperature  to  130° 
F.,  or  the  maximum  temperature  for  digestion,  the  dissolving  power  is 
increased,  and  vic€  versa.  The  fineness  of  division  of  the  egg  albumen  is 
not  stated  in  the  official,  though  given  in  the  British  Pharmacopoeia  and 
National  Formulary,  the  latter  having  adopted  a  requirement  that  the 
egg  albumen  shall  be  passed  through  a  sieve  having  30  meshes  to  the 
linear  inch.  I  deemed  it  advisable  to  use  the  albumen  of  this  division  in 
all  the  tests  given.  The  official  test  also  fails  to  state  how  the  digestion 
shall  be  treated  during  the  test,  though  the  general  rule  is  to  shake  the 
flasks  containing  the  digestive  fluid  every  few  moments.  I  have  been 
able,  however,  to  do  all  my  work  with  somewhat  more  exactness  than  by 
this  irregular  shaking  by  hand,  which  does  not  give  uniform  results  from 
day  to  day.  The  apparatus  used  afforded  the  means  of  maintaining  the 
digestive  fluid  at  a  constant  temperature,  and  having  the  albumen  stirred 
with  uniformity  by  means  of  rubber  discs  attached  to  glass  rods,  these 
being  attached  to  a  frame  which  was  run  by  a  water  motor.  (See  figure 
given  below,  or  Druggists'  Bulletin,  May,  1888,  and  Proceedings  of  the 
American  Pharm.  Asso'n,  1888,  p.  145. 


SCHEDULE  OF  VARIOUS  TESTS. 


Test*. 

Parts  of 
water  to 
one  part 
of  albu- 
men. 

Percentage 

of  absolute 

HCI. 

Period  of 
digestion. 

Tempera- 
ture Fah- 
renheit 
(Celsius). 

Treatment 
durinff   diges- 
tion. 

Require- 
ments for 
one  part 
ofpepsin. 

Condition  of 
Albumen. 

U.  S.  P. 
1880. 

10 

0.47 

5  to  6  hours. 

100°       to 

104°  F. 
(38°  to 

400). 

Should  di- 
gest at 
least  50 
parts. 
Todissolve 
500  parts, 
which  is  } 
the  am'ni 
taken. 

National 

Fonnulary, 

18S8. 

10 

o.20%in- 

tended 

(0.16 

used). 

60  minutes. 

125- 

(5I.60) 

Shaken  well 
at  intervals 
of  5  minutes 

Through    a 

No.  36  hair 

sieve. 

British 
Pharmaco- 
peia, 
1885. 

4.37 

0.38 

30  minutes. 

130° 

(54.4°) 

Well 
stirred. 

Will  dis- 

solve  50 

parts. 

Albumen 

through  a 

wire  gauze 

of  36 

meshes. 

Modifii^ 
U  S.P. 

10 

0.30 

6  hours. 

104^ 

(40«) 

Uniform 
stirring. 

Shall 

promptly 

dissolve 

theam'nt 

taken. 

Albumen 

through    a 

No.  30  brass 

sieve. 

Author^s 

proposed 

test  for  the 

1890. 

10 

0.20 

3  hours. 

Constant 

at 
98.5°  F. 

(37°  C.) 

« 

<c 

4< 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


114 


MINUTES   OF   THE   SECTION   ON   SCIENTIFIC   PAPERS. 


In  this  paper  I  have  considered  the  following  tests : — U.  S.  P.,  Na- 
tional Formulary,  British  Pharmacopoeia,  modified  U.  S.  P.,  and  a  pro- 
posed test  for  the  Pharmacopoeia  of  1890 ;  also  the  National  Formulary 
test,  requiring  complete  solution  of  the  albumen,  instead  of  allowing  one 
quarter  of  the  albumen  taken  to  remain  undissolved  at  the  close  of  the 
experiment.  The  various  brands  of  pepsin  examined  represent  four  scale 
and  five  amorphous  or  powdered  products,  which  include  the  leading 
pepsins  prescribed  at  the  present  day.  The  samples  were  all  procured 
directly  from  the  manufacturers  in  original  packages,  and  at  a  recent  date, 
except  sample  No.  i,  which  I  have  had  for  more  than  a  year  and  used  as 


1 


Improved  Pepsin  Tester. 

Devised  in  Parke,  Davis  &  Co. 's  Analytical  Laboratory,  and  used  in  all  my  experiment<t. 

a  Standard  in  all  my  experiments,  having  found  it  to  possess  the  highest 
digestive  power  of  any,  readily  soluble  and  permanent  in  activity.  I 
consider  that  we  have  a  product  varying  widely  in  value  (and  all  brands 
of  it  are  purported  to  be  the  best)  and  conceded  to  be  one  of  the  most 
important  of  our  materia  medica;  therefore  any  light  that  may  be  thrown 
upon  this  subject  by  knowing  the  behavior  of  some  of  the  leading 
brands,  is  certainly  a  step  toward  assisting  the  pharmacists  aud  physicians 
to  work  mose  intelligently,  thus  placing  them  in  a  position  to  know  more 
regarding  this  digestive  ferment.  ^^  , 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


RELATIVE  VALUE   OF   VARIOUS   PEPSIN   TESTS.  II5 

(fl)      U.  S.  PHARM.  TEST. 

One  part  of  (saccharated)  pepsin  dissolved  in  500  parts  of  water,  acid- 
ulated with  7.5  parts  of  hydrochloric  acid,  should  digest  at  least  50  parts 
of  hard-boiled  egg  albumen  in  5  or  6  hours,  at  at  emperature  of  38°  to  40° 
C.  (100^  to  104°  F.). 

In  carrying  out  the  official  test,  I  boiled  the  eggs  15  minutes  and  passed 
the  cold  albumen,  free  from  superficial  moisture,  through  a  No.  30  brass 
sieve  by  means  of  a  stiff  spatula,  these  conditions  not  being  stated  in  the 
test.  The  results  given  here  indicate  the  number  of  grains  dissolved  com- 
pletely by  one  gr.  of  each  pepsin. 

^         No.  I  dissolved  completely 1,200  gr. 

"2  "  "          550  " 

«*     3        «'  "          550  " 

««    4  "  ««          550  " 

"5  «*  "          400  " 

««    6  "  •* 250  " 

"7  ««  ««          100  " 

(J>)      NATIONAL  FORMULARY  TEST. 

*^ Preliminary  Assay, — Prepare  an  acidulated  water  by  mixing  i  litre 
distilled  water  with  55  c.c.  (6.38  grams*)  of  hydrochloric  acid.  Mixo.i 
gram  of  the  dry  and  undiluted  pepsin  with  0.9  gram  of  sugar  of  milk,  by 
thorough  trituration  in  a  wedgewood  morar.  Weigh  of  this  mixture  four 
portions  of  0.05  grm.  («),  0.06  grm.  (^),  o.  i  grm.  (r),  and  0.2  grm.  (//) 
respectively,  place  each  portion  into  a  wide -mouthed  glass  or  bottle,  with 
a  capacity  of  200  c.c,  together  with  80  c.c.  of  the  acidulated  water  pre- 
viously warmed,  and  set  the  flask  in  a  water  bath,  the  temperature  of 
which  is  maintained  constantly  at  51.6°  C.  (125°  F.)  After  twenty  min- 
utes, add  to  the  contents  of  each  flask  10  grm.  of  hard-boiled  egg  albu- 
men, prepared  by  boiling  fresh  eggs  for  fifteen  minutes,  then  separating 
the  whites  and  rubbing  this  through  a  clean  hair  sieve,  having  thirty 
meshes  to  the  linear  inch.  Each  portion  of  10  grm.  of  egg  albumen  is  to 
be  put  into  a  small,  warmed  mortar,  triturated  with  a  portion  of  the  fluid 
from  one  of  the  flasks,  the  mixture  then  transferred  to  the  latter,  and  the 
mortar  rinsed  with  20  c.c.  of  warm,  acidulated  water,  which  is  added  to 
the  contents  of  the  flask.  Keep  the  flasks  in  the  water  bath  for  sixty 
minutes,  shaking  well  at  intervals  of  five  minutes,  and  at  the  end  of  thai 
time  note  the  condition  of  the  egg  albumen  in  the  several  flasks.  If  the  . 
pepsin  is  of  good  quality,  not  more  than  a  few  undissolved  flakes  should 
remain  in  any  but  the  first  flask  {a).  If  more  than  this  remains  in  the 
fourth  flask  {d)^  the  pepsin  should  be  rejected  as  being  below  the  requisite 
standard. 

*  The  quantity  stated  in  the  Nat.  Formulary  is  5  grams,  which  produces  a  fluid  con- 
taining 0.16  per  cent,  absolute  hydrochloric  acid,  and  not  0.2  per  cent.,  as  intended  by 

the  revisers  or  originators  of  this  test.  C^ r^r^t-i\r^ 

^  •    Digitized  by  VjOOglC 


Il6  MINUTES   OF  THE  SECTION   ON   SCIENTIFIC   PAPERS. 

** Actual  Assay, — Having  thus  ascertained  the  approximate  digestive 
power  of  the  pepsin,  and  having  found  this  to  be  of  satisfactory  strength, 
make  at  least  two  assays  in  precisely  the  same  manner  as  just  described, 
but  using  such  a  proportion  of  tgg  albumen  that  about  one-fourth  of  it 
will  remain  undissolved  at  the  close  of  the  experiment. 

'*  Then  add  to  the  contents  of  the  flask  3  grm.  of  finely  scraped  and 
purified  asbestos,  previously  dried  to  a  constant  weight,  and  afterwards 
add  100  c.c.  of  cold  distilled  water.  Shake  the  flask  strongly,  until  the 
asbestos  has  clarified  the  liquid  as  far  as  possible,  then  transfer  the  con- 
tents of  the  flask  to  a  tared  filter  (deprived  of  matters  soluble  in  hydro- 
chloric acid),  wash  the  residue  with  distilled  water,  until  the  washings 
cease  to  affect  test  solution  of  nitrate  of  silver  acidulated  with  nitric  acid, 
and  dry  the  filter  with  contents  at  a  temperature  of  105°  C.  (221°  F.)  to 
a  constant  weight.  From  this  deduct  the  weight  of  the  filter  and  asbes- 
tos. Multiply  the  remainder,  representing  the  undigested  and  dried 
albumen,  by  yy^,  to  find  the  quantity  of  moist  albumen  to  which  it  corres- 
ponds, and  deduct  the  product  from  the  amount  originally  used,  to  ascer- 
tain the  proportion  dissolved  by  the  pepsin." 

The  results  given  were  obtained  by  the  actual  assay  test,  that  is,  allow- 
ing one-fouth  of  the  albumen  to  remain  undissolved  at  the  close  of  the 
experiment.  From  previous  experience  I  may  say  that  I  have  never  been 
successful  in  carrying  out  the  directions  of  this  test,  that  is,  in  determin- 
ing the  amount  of  undissolved  albumen,  and,  therefore,  with  all  due  re- 
spect to  the  originators  of  this  test,  I  beg  to  say  that  I  am  convinced  that 
the  scheme  of  adding  scraped  asbestos  and  filtering  is  more  of  a  theoreti- 
cal than  a  practical  one,  as  I  have  found  it  qui^e  impossible  to  filter  the 
digestive  fluid  in  a  reasonable  time,  even  by  the  aid  of  a  Goosch  filter- 
pump.  To  obtain  the  following  results,  I  immersed  the  container  (large 
test  lube)  in  cold  running  water,  and  washed  the  albumen  by  decantation 
with  cold  distilled  water,  until  free  from  acid  albumen  and  peptone,  then 
drying  and  weighing  the  residue  as  dried  tgg  albumen.  The  results  here 
also  indicate  the  dissolving  power  of  i  gr.  of  each  pepsin,  allowing  one 
quarter  of  the  albumen  taken  to  remain  undissolved  at  the  close  of  the 
test. 

No.  I 2,500  gr. 

"  2  .    .    •    • i»ooo  " 

"  3 1,000  " 

"  4 1,000  " 

"  5 1,000  " 

"  6 650  " 

«  7 300  " 

(r)      BRITISH    PHARMACOPCEIA   TEST! 

Two  grains  of  pepsin  with  an  ounce  of  distilled  water,  to  which  5 
minims  of  hydrochloric  acid  have  been  added,  form  a  mixture  in  which, 

Digitized  by  VjOOQ IC 


RELATIVE  VALUE   OF  VARIOUS   PEPSIN   TESTS.  II7 

4t  least,  100  gr.  of  hard-boiled  white  of  egg,  passed  through  wire  gauze  of 
36  meshes  per  linear  inch  and  made  of  No.  32  brass  or  copper  wire,  will 
dissolve  on  their  being  well  mixed,  digested  and  well  stirred  together  for 
30  minutes  at  a  temperature  of  130°  F.  (54.4°  C). 

Results  by  this  test  as  given  here  indicate  how  much  coagulated  egg 
albumen  is  completely  dissolved  by  i  gr.  pf  each  brand. 


2 

(i               < 

3 

«                     u 

4 

«                  (1 

5 

«                     11 

6 

«                     t 

7 

tt                     ti 

No  I  dissolves  completely 175  gr. 

**  2  "  " 100  "  ! 

"3  "  «*  100  "  ! 

••4  ««  "  100  " 

"5  "  ** 60  "  j 

««  6  •*  ** 50  "  I 

tt      m  ti  tt  20    «*  I 

1 

.    (//)    MODIFIED  U.  S.  P.    TEST.  i 

This  test  differs  from  the  official  only  in  the  quantity  of  acid  present  . 

in  the  digestive  fluid,  which  is  0.3  of  absolute  hydrochloric  acid,  while  I 

the  official  test  contains  0.47  per  cent,  of  acid,  and  the  temperature  used  t 
was  constant  at  104°  F.     Comparing  these  results  with  those  given  of 

the  official,  it  is  readily  seen  that  the  results  are  much  higher,  due  to  the  * 

decreased  quantity  of  acid.     This  table  represents  the  proteolytic  power  J 
of  I  gr.  of  each  pepsin  examined. 

No.  I  dissolved  completely 2,000  gr.                                      | 

1,000  " 

1,000  " 

1,000  " 

900  " 

700  " 

250  " 

(e)   PROPOSED   TEST   FOR  THE   U.  S.  P.,    189O. 

Pepsin. — The  digestive  principle  of  the  gastric  juice  obtained  from 
the  mucous  membrane  of  the  stomach  of  the  hog,  and  capable  of  com- 
pleiely  dissolving  not  less  than  500  times  its  own  weight  of  hard-boiled 
egg  albumen,  under  the  conditions  prescribed  by  the  process  of  assay 
given  below. 

Assay. — Prepare  an  acidulated  water  containing  0.2  per  cent,  absolute 
hydrochloric  acid,  by  mixing  5.5  c.c.  (or  6.38  grm.)  of  hydrochloric 
acid  (sp.  g.  1.16,  and  containing  31.9  HCl.)  with  994.5  c.c.  of  distilled 
water.  Boil  two  or  three  eggs  for  fifteen  minutes ;  when  cold  cut  into 
two  pieces ;  separate  the  whites ;  carefully  remove  all  superficial  mois- 
ture, and  by  the  aid  of  a  stiff  spatula,  press  through  a  No.  30  brass  sieve. 
Measure  out  100  c.c.  of  the  acidulated  water  and  place  10  grm.  of  the 
finely-divided  egg  albumen  in  a  medium  sized  mortar,  triturate  with  a 
portion  of  the  acid  fluid  added  gradually,  until  of  a  uniform  future,  i 

igi  ize     y  g 


Il8  MINUTES   OF  THE   SECTION   ON   SCIENTIFIC  PAPERS. 

then  transfer  to  the  flask  or  container,  and  with  the  remaining  fluid 
ensure  the  removal  of  all  particles  of  the  albumen,  avoiding  any  loss  of 
the  fluid.  Repeat  this  operation  for  each  container,  and  then  place 
them  in  a  water- bath,  provided  with  a  suitable  apparatus  for  maintaining 
a  constant  temperature.  When  the  digestive  fluid  has  reached  98.5**  F. 
(37  C),  add  the  following  ampunts  of  the  pepsin  under  examination  : 

(A),  0.03s  grm.,  (B),  0.025  grm.,  (C),  0.020  grm.,  (D),  0.C15  grm., 
and  after  digesting  3  hours  at  this  temperature,  remove  the  containers, 
fill  with  cold  water  and  place  in  cold  (running)  water.  After  one-half 
hour  or  longer  there  should  not  be  deposited  more  than  a  few  particles 
in  container  C,  and  if  more  than  this  in  B,  the  pepsin  is  below  the 
standard  requirement. 

To  determine  more  closely  the  actual  dissolving  power  of  the  pepsin, 
repeat  the  operation,  using  amounts  of  pepsin  nearer  the  proportion 
found  necessary  for  complete  solution  of  the  albumen  by  the  preliminary 
assay,  reading  the  results  in  a  similar  manner. 

In  devising  this  test,  it  is  with  the  intention  of  giving  one  which  bears 
some  relation  to  the  conditions  maintained  in  natural  digestion.  While 
we  all  know  it  is  iraix)ssible  to  imitate  exactly  the  physiological  process 
governing  digestion,  I  think  we  can  work,  however,  with  a  temperature 
nearer  to  that  of  the  body,  use  the  same  quantity  of  acid  found  present 
in  the  stomach,  and  also  digest  about  the  average  length  of  time  that  the 
food  remains  in  a  normal  stomach,  rather  than  disregard  all  the  natural 
conditions  by  using  the  maximum  temperature  (130°  F.)  and  an  abnor- 
mal quantity  of  acid.  The  proportion  of  albumen  and  water  used  must 
necessarily  be  an  arbitrary  one.  A  dilute  solution,  /.  e,  1:10,  would  seem 
to  be  much  more  satisfactory,  or  representing  a  natural  digestion,  than  a 
concentrated  one,  which  would  give  a  stronger  solution  of  the  products, 
acid  albumen  and  peptone  formed,  which  would  have  an  increased  re- 
tarding action  on  the  dissolving  power  of  the  pepsin.  In  the  natural 
digestion  these  products,  which  are  undoubtedly  produced  in  minimum 
quantities  in  the  stomach,  are  rapidly  eliminated,  and  thus  exert  no  re- 
tarding influence  on  the  proteolytic  action  of  this  digestive  ferment, 
pepsin. 

If  the  National  Formulary  requirement  for  pepsin  is  understood  to  be 
a  complete  solution  of  500  times  its  own  weight  of  ;egg  albumen,  then 
the  standard  of  digestive  strength  has  been  increased  to  13  times  stronger 
than  the  U.  S.  P.  requirement  for  saccharated,  equivalent  to  25  times 
strongen,  based  on  the  modified  official  test.  That  is,  a  gram  of  pepsin 
capable  of  completely  dissolving  500  gr.  of  albumen,  by  the  conditions  of 
the  National  Formulary  test,  is  capable  of  completely  dissolving  nearly 
650  gr.  by  the  official,  and  1250  by  the  modified  official.  We  have  in 
sample  No.  i,  possessing  the  highest  digestive  power  of  any  examined,  a 
product  one  and  three-fifths  times  stronger  than  the  aboveNational  For- 

Digitized  by  VaOOQlC 


RELATIVE   VALUE  OF  VARIOUS   PEPSIN    TESTS.  II9 

mulary  requirement,  and  without  doubt  as  strong  a  product  as  would 
seem  advisable  to  dispense,  until  more  is  known  regarding  the  action  of 
this  ferment.  While  pepsin  has  not  been  isolated  as  a  known  pure  sub- 
stance, as  yet,  it  would  seem  as  if  we  were  approaching  such  a  product, 
as  I  have  examined  several  samples  submitted  by  the  manufacturers  of 
product  No.  I,  and  found  them  to  be  two  or  three  times  stronger  in 
digestive  power,  or  capable  of  completely  dissolving  from  1,500  to  2,000 
times  their  own  weight  of  albumen  by  the  National  Formulary  test,  and 
4,000  to  5,000  by  the  modified  official.  At  present  a  pepsin  of  this  ex- 
tremely high  digestive  power  would  hardly  seem  convenient  for  dispensing, 
requiring  to  be  administered  in  inconveniently  small  doses  ;  otherwise  it 
might  produce  (unknown)  untoward  effects,  as  a  result  of  its  extreme 
activity.     * 

According  to  the  conditions  of  the  proposed  test,  the  following  results 
were  obtained,  indicating  the  comparative  and  actual  dissolving  power 
of  one  gr.  of  each  pepsin. 

No.  I  dissolved  completely 600  gr. 

•«  2    "       "    300  " 

«•  4  «*  «« 300  " 

•«  5  "  "  250  •« 

•*  6  "  «'  150  " 

««  7  ««  " 50  " 

(/)      NATIONAL   FORMULARY   TEST,  MODIFIED. 

In  reviewing  the  National  Formulary  test,  I  find  that  the  preliminary 
assay  states  that  if  the  pepsin  be  of  a  good  quality,  not  more  than  a  few 
undissolved  flakes  should  remain  in  any  but  the  first  fiask. 

(A)  If  the  pepsin  were  capable  of  doing  this,  it  would  almost  com- 
pletely dissolve  2,000  times  its  own  weight  of  coagulated  albumen,  or 
four  times  the  amount  required.  Then  it  further  states  that  if  more  than 
a  few  particles  remain  in  the  fourth  flask,  the  pepsin  should  be  rejected  as 
being  below  the  requisite  standard.  This  would  seem  to  indicate  that  if 
the  pepsin  was  not  capable  of  (nearly)  completely  dissolving  500  times 
its  weight  of  albumen,  it  should  be  rejected,  while  on  the  other  hand,  if 
it  leaves  only  a  few  particles,  it  states  in  the  actual  assay  that  you  shall 
use  such  a  proportion  of  egg  albumen  that  about  one-quarter  of  it  will 
remain  undissolved  at  the  close  of  the  experiment.  These  statements  will 
not  appear  to  be  discordant  to  the  inexperienced  operator,  while  they 
would  to  one  more  familiar  with  the  subject.  When  any  pepsin  is  allowed 
to  act  upon  more  albumen  than  it  can  dissolve  in  a  given  time,  the  actual 
amount  dissolved  is  much  increased ;  in  fact,  three  times  larger  than  if  it 
were  required  to  dissolve  completely  the  quantity  taken.  This  is  illus- 
trated in  comparing  colums  B  and  F  of  the  recapitulation  table.  If  the 
National  Formulary  requirement  were  complete  solution  of  the  5oo>times  t 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


I20 


MINUTES   OF  THE   SECTION   ON   SCIENTIFIC   PAPERS. 


its  own  weight  of  albumen,  or  the  amount  originally  taken — and  I  am 
convinced  that  complete  solution  is  the  best  method  of  reading  results- 
then  the  various  pepsins  examined  have  the  following  activity,  the  table 
below  indicating  the  amount  of  albumen  completely  dissolved  by  one  gr. 
of  each  brand. 

No.  I  dissolved  completely  .   • ,    .  800  gr. 


350  " 

350  " 

350  " 

300  " 

,  200  «* 

-  75  " 


RECAPITULA'nON   OF   THE   RESULTS   OBTAINED    BY 
Quantity  of  Coagulated  Egg  Albumen  Dissolved  by  One 

ABC 


THE  VARIOUS   TESTS. 

Gram  of  Each  Brand. 

D  E  F 


Physical  Properties. 

U.S. 
Pharmaco- 
poeia, 1880. 

Nation- 
al Fom- 

1 

British 
Pharmaco- 
poeia, 
Z885. 

Modi- 
fied U- 
S.P. 
1880. 

2000 

Author'* 

proposed 

test  for  U. 

S.P., 

1890. 

NaUonal 
Formuiary 

modified, 
1.  r.,  com- 
plete  solu- 
tion. 

. 

Soluble,  semi-transparent 
scales,  free  from  objection- 
able odor  and  tabte. 

1200         2500 

i 

175 

600 

800 

2 

Opaque  amber  scales,  putre- 
factive   odor    and     quite 
insoluble. 

550 

1000 

100 

1000 

300 

350 

3 

A  light  gray,  largely  soluble 
powder  and  free  from  ob- 
jectionable odor  or  tasie. 

550 

1000 

100 

1000 

300 

350 

4 

A  light  yellow  powder,  free 
from    objectionable    odor 
and  largely  insoluble. 

550 

1000 

ITJO 

1000 

300 

350 

5 

Yellow  scales,  strong  putre- 
factive odor  and  exceed- 
ingly hygroscopic. 

400 

1000 

60 

900 

250 

300 

6 

Gray  powder,  largely  insol- 
uble and  odorless. 

250 

650 

50 

700 

150 

200 

7 

Amber  scales,  soluble,  free 
from  bad  odor  and  very 
hygroscopic. 

100 

300 

20 

250 

50 

75 

Mr.  Hallberg  read  the  following  paper : 

ON  THE  QUALITY  OF  COMMERCIAL  BELLADONNA  ROOT. 
Query  6. — What  is  the  quality  of  Belladonna  root  as  obtained  through  reliable 
dealers  ? 

BY   W.  SIMONSON. 

The  material  for  use  in  answering  this  question  was  obtained  through 
correspondents  in  Boston,  New  York,  Philadelphia,  Cleveland,  Columbus, 
Chicago,  St.  Louis,  Kansas  City,  San  Francisco  and  Cincinnati. 

Of  the  specimens,  as  received,  about  eight  ounces  was  ground  to  num- 


QUALITY   OF  COMMERCIAL   BELLADONNA   ROOT.  121 

ber  50  powder,  well  bulked,  and  40  to  50  grams  powdered  in  a  mortar 
until  less  than  one  gram  failed  to  pass  a  number  100  sieve.  After  well 
mixing  the  sif tings,  10  grams,  tightly  packed  in  a  small  Soxhlet  tube, 
was  extracted  for  four  or  five  hours,  when,  having  changed  the  receiving 
flask,  the  extraction  was  continued  until  fifteen  to  twenty  c.c.  of  perco- 
late, evaporated  and  the  residue  taken  up  by  one  drop  of  diluted  hydro- 
chloric acid,  contained  not  enough  alkaloid  to  react  with  test  solution  of 
potassio- mercuric  iodide.  The  solvent  employed  is  that  recommended  by 
Dunstan  and  Ransom,  a  mixture  of  equal  volumes  of  chloroform  and  ab- 
solute alcohol,  and  the  remainder  of  the  assay  was  conducted  as  directed 
by  them,  except  that  the  percolate  was  extracted  with  acidulated  water 
instead  of  pure  water,  and  that  the  aqueous  solutions  of  the  alkaloids 
were  washed  repeatedly  with  chloroform  before  making  alkaline  for  with- 
drawing the  alkaloid  with  fresh  chloroform.  In  ten  assays  of  a  good 
specimen  of  root  (No.  7),  seven  gave,  from  10  grams,  .505  to  .512  alka- 
loids,  and  in  the  remaining  three  the  process  was  varied  by  drawing  the 
alkaloids  from  chloroform  to  acid  solution,  washing  this  with  two  vol- 
umes of  chloroform,  in  two  portions,  making  alkaline,  and  extracting  with 
pure  chloroform.  These  last  solutions  yielded  the  alkaloids  in  crystals, 
pure  white,  and  giving  colorless  solutions  with  one  c.c.  water  and  two 
c.c.  dilute  sulphuric  acid.  The  weights  were  .505,  .508  and  .503.  From 
this  it  was  assumed  that  the  colored  alkaloid  is  sufficiently  pure  for  weigh- 
ing, and  the  weights  given  below  are  for  such  colored  residues. 

In  no  instance,  when  tested  with  ammoniacal  ether,  was  the  powder 
completely  exhausted,  the  additional  quantity  of  alkaloid  so  obtained 
showing  the  previous  extraction  to  have  reached  96  to  97%.  A  specimen 
of  very  poor  root  gave  .223%  by  Squibb's  method  of  assay,  carrying  the 
extraction  further  than  he  directs,  and  .220%  by  the  one  used  for  this 
work;  so  that  the  results  appended  show  what  would  be  obtained  in 
liquid  preparations  of  the  drug,  rather  than  what  it  contained  in  fact. 

In  respect  to  size  and  external  appearance,  the  specimens  received  in  the  * 
entire  state  may  be  separated  into  three  groups,  but  not  sharply  divided : 
First,  Small,  3  to  5  m.m.,  rarely  7  to  8  m.m.  in  diameter,  very  light 
colored,  longitudinal  wrinkles  shallow ;  very  brittle,  fracture  short  and 
mealy,  seldom  compact  and  horn- like;  better  specimens  mostly  split, 
nearly  free  from  knotty  heads  and  short  sections  of  stems,  poorer  ones 
containing  these  (^^  to  ^)  and  partly  or  not  at  all  split. 

1.  Cincinnati 1888,     .220  %  alkaloids. 

2.  "         «*       .336  "         " 

3.  "  •    .    .      "       .285  "         " 

4.  Columbus    (Importer "  A ") 1889,     .321  "         " 

Duplicate,     .326  **        ** 

5.  New  York  (Importer "A") 1889,    .357  "        «* 

Duplicate,     .365  "        " 

6.  Cleveland    (Importer "A") 1888,     ^S  ''^^^Q,00^ 


122  MINUTES  OF  THE   SECTION   ON  SCIENTIFIC  PAPERS. 

Second,  lo  to  15  m.m.  in  diameter;  light  brown  to  brown,  longitudinal 
wrinkles  much  deeper  than  in  preceding ;  fracture  short,  grayish  brown 
to  dark  brown,  mealy  or  (mostly)  resinous  and  horn-like;  knotty  heads 
and  stems  formed  about  one-fifth  of  better  specimens,  except  7  and  8, 
and  nearly  J^  of  poorest  one. 

7.  New  York  (Importer  "  A  ") 1887,     .505  ^alkaloids. 

8.  Cincinnati 1888,     .500  "        " 

9.  Columbus    (Importer  "  B ") 1889,     .390  "         " 

10.  New  York  (       "  "    ) 1888,     .617  <*        " 

Duplicate,    .606  "        «« 

11.  New  York 1889,     .364  "        •* 

12.  "        "      "Peeled" 1889,     .374  "        « 

13.  Cleveland 1889,     .420  "        " 

14.  "  (Importer "  A ") 1889,    .370"        " 

Third,  Diameter  20  to  30  m.m.,  brown  or  few  light  brown,  longitudi- 
nal wrinkles  deep  as  in  the  preceding ;  fracture  of  roots  short,  seldom 
tough  and  woody,  surface  rarely  mealy,  usually  resinous  and  horn-like; 
large,  knotty  and  woody  heads,  with  (few)  short  portions  of  stems  formed 
a  large  part  of  all  samples,  except  i5>  19  and  20. 

15.  Cleveland 1889,     .776  %  alkaloids. 

16.  New  York 1888,     .397  "         " 

Duplicate,     .396  «         " 

17.  New  York  (Importer  "C") .1889,    -310"        " 

18.  "       "      (      "        "A") 1887,    .385  «        « 

19.  "       "      (      »«        "C") 1888,     .485  "        « 

Duplicate,     .476  "        " 

20.  Columbus 1889,     .227  "        «* 

Ground  and  powdered,  sold  under  label  of  grinder  or  of  dealer. 

GROUND. 

21.  Cincinnati 1889,     '442  %  alkaloids. 

22.  Kansas  City 1888,     .506  •«         " 

23.  "         «*      "        .516  "        " 

24.  Indianapolis "  .580  "  " 

25.  Chicago "  .538  "  ** 

26.  Philadelphia 1889,  .660  "  " 

27.  Indianapolis 1888,  .290  «*  " 

28.  Boston 1889,  .495  "  « 

29.  "  "        .750  "'        " 

30.  San  Francisco 1888,     .454  "        " 

31.  "  "  "        .558  «♦        " 

POWDERS. 

32.  Kansas  City 1888,     .525  %  alkaloids. 

33-  "        "      "       .467  "        " 

34.     Philadelphia 1889,     .525  "        " 

35-  "  "       -243  "        " 

Duplicate  Assay,     .249y  G OOqIc 


QUALITY   OF  COMMERCIAL   BELLADONNA   ROOT.  1 23 

Numbers  5,  10,  16  and  19  were  collected  by  Prof.  Painter  in  New 
York  City.  Of  them  he  wrote:  "These  samples  I  believe  to  be  a  fair 
average  of  the  New  York  market.  Three  of  the  four  were  obtained  di- 
rect from  the  importers,  and  each  was  carefully  selected  as  an  average 
sample  of  a  single  importation  of  lots  of  500  to  1,000  pounds.     The 

sample  from (No.  16),  is  an  average  of  the  stock 

they  had  in  hand  purchased  in  t.his  market."  Number  5  is  sufficiently 
different  from  the  balance  to  require  mention,  inasmuch  as  it  represents 
a  supply  that  is  very  widely  distributed,  and  is  moderately  constant  in 
content  of  alkaloid.  In  substance  it  answers  the  description  given  for 
the  first  group,  is  free  of  stems  and  tough,  knotty  ^arts  of  the  root,  all 
pieces  split,  making  a  very  light-colored,  clean  and  attractive  sample. 
But  the  proportion  of  alkaloid  is  only  .365  per  cent.,  being  much  below 
the  value  of  a  prime  drug.  Of  it  the  importers  say :  **  The  belladonna 
root  is  an  average  fair  sample  of  a  1,000  pound  lot.  We  import  it  direct 
from  a  district  where  belladonna  root  is  chiefly  gathered."  As  nothing 
is  known  regarding  the  conditions  of  growth  and  time  of  collection,  no 
comment  can  be  made  upon  it,  or  upon  any  of  the  specimens. 

In  respect  to  size  and  appearance,  most  of  the  samples  fall  below  the 
pharmacopoeial  description,  but  those  answering  it  and  appearing  to  have 
been  taken  from  more  mature  and  fuller  developed  plants,  contain  an 
average  of  about  .5  per  cent,  alkaloids,  and  would  have  exceeded  this 
valuation  much,  if  more  carefully  selected  and  free  from  lower  portions 
of  stems  and  woody  or  knotty  parts  of  the  roots. 

In  view  of  the  variable  quality  of  our  supply,  an  authoritative  standard 
of  value  in  alkaloid,  for  the  lower  limit,  at  least,  is  very  desirable. 

For  their  prompt  aid  in  securing  material,  it  remains  to  acknowledge 
obligations  to  Messrs.  Painter,  Trimble,  Patch,  Bock,  Cook,  Mueller, 
Stahlhuth,  Federraann  and  Buehler. 

Mr.  Calvert. — ^We  had  a  discussion  last  night,  which  this  paper  will  illustrate,  I 
think,  very  clearly.  It  was  with  regard  to  accuracy  in  making  preparations.  I  think 
this  is  a  most  instruaive  paper.  I  observe  that  two  specimens  of  belladonna  root  were 
obtained  in  Cincinnati,  in  1888,  for  the  purposes  of  these  experiments,  one  containing 
.220  per  cent,  of  alkaloids,  and  the  other  .500  per  cent.,  representing  the  ratio  of  44  to 
100.  That  is  a  very  important  fact,  and,  unless  something  is  done  in  the  way  of  making 
analyses  of  the  finished  preparations,  all  your  accuracy  about  weights  and  measures  is  of 
very  little  avail. 

Mr.  Devine  read  the  following  paper : 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


124  MINUTES  OF   THE   SECTION   ON   SCIENTIFIC  PAPERS. 

HYPOPHOSPHOROUS  ACID  AND  FERROUS  SOLUTIONS. 

Answer  to  Query  No.  34. 

BY  JOHN  DEVINE. 

Soon  after  the  last  meeting  of  the  American  Pharmaceutical  Associa- 
tion at  Detroit,  Professor  Painter,  the  chairman  of  the  Section  on  Scien- 
tific Papers,  asked  me  to  prepare  an  essay  for  this  meeting,  and  the  result 
of  my  work — the  action  of  hypophosphorous  acid  (HgPO,)  on  ferrous 
solutions — is  now  submitted. 

The  experiments  were  commenced  November  i8th,  1888. 

In  order  to  ascertain  the  minimum  quantity  of  HgPOa  that  would  act 
as  a  preservative  agent,  ten  dozen  one-ounce  vials  were  labeled  in  dupli- 
cate, with  consecutive  numbers  from  one  to  sixty. 

My  reason  for  having  them  in  duplicate  was,  that  they  might  be  placed 
at  different  temperatures,  one  of  each  number. 

The  hypophosphorous  acid  I  had  being  insufficient  in  quantity,  I 
thought  of  making  some  ;  but  wishing  to  save  time.  I  sent  to  a  wholesale 
drug  house  to  get  a  50  per  cent,  hypophosphorous  acid,  but  could  only 
obtain  one  of  10  per  cent.  To  make  myself  certain  of  the  strength,  I 
took  the  specific  gravity,  and  found  it  to  contain  only  5.80  per  cent,  of 
acid. 

As  I  wished  to  use  a  concentrated  solution,  I  carefully  evaporated  it  by 
a  water-bath  at  120°  F.  until  a  20  per  cent,  acid  was  obtained. 

Of  this  acid,  with  a  very  fine  burette,  I  placed  nine  minims  in  each  of 
the  vials  marked  No.  i ;  eight  minims  in  those  marked  No.  2 ;  seven 
minims  in  No.  3,  and  graduated  so  that  No.  9  had  only  one  minim  of 
H,?0,  (see  table  No.  i). 

After  corking,  the  vials  were  set  aside,  and  I  made  eighteen  ounces  of 
solution  of  iodide  of  iron  of  the  same  strength,  and  following  the  prin- 
cipal directions  of  the  National  Formulary,  No.  216,  page  74. 

After  filtering  the  solution  and  making  up  for  loss,  I  carefully  measured 
one  ounce  into  each  of  the  eighteen  vials  containing  the  HsPO,,  and 
corked  them  while  hot. 

One  part,  numbered  one  to  nine,  was  kept  at  a  temperature  of  70°  F.; 
the  other  part,  with  corresponding  numbers,  at  a  temperature  of  60°  F. 

As  this  lot  was  quite  successful,  I  proceeded  to  make  sixteen  ounces  of 
a  stronger  solution.     The  first  lot  contained  295  grains  of  iodine  and  90 
grains  of  iron  to  each  fluid  ounce.     The  second  solution  had  442  grains        j 
of  iodine  and  135  grains  of  iron  to  each  fluid  ounce,  or  one  and  one-        j 
half  times  the  strength  of  the  first  lot.  ' 

I  followed  nearly  the  same  lines  as  laid  down  in  the  N.  F.  in  its  prep- 
aration, and  when  completed  measured  one  ounce  into  each  of  sixteen 
vials  numbered,  in  duplicate,  ten  to  seventeen,  inclusive — each  vial  con- 
taining a  specific  quantity  of  HgPO,  (see  table  No.  2). 

Being  desirous  of  trying  the  H,PO,  with  a  weaker  solution  of  jferrous 


ircitKcr  suut^iuu  ui  Tier 
Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


HYPOPHOSPHORUS  ACID   AND   FERROUS    SOLUTIONS.  1 25 

iodide,  I  then  filled  sixteen  one-ounce  vials  with  a  solution  of  just  half  the 
strength  of  that  of  the  N.  F.,  and  numbered  them,  also  in  duplicate,  i8 
to  25,  inclusive  (see  table  No.  3). 

As  I  thought  I  had  made  sufficient  of  the  ferrous  iodide  solutions,  I 
determined  to  try  the  effect  of  various  proportions  of  HjPO,  on  solutions 
of  ferrous  chloride. 

The  first  lot  of  the  ferrous  chloride  solution  was  of  the  same  strength 
as  that  of  the  National  Formulary,  No,  218,  page  74. 

I  placed  the  H3PO,  in  the  vials — different  quantities  to  each  number  in 
duplicate — and  followed  the  directions  of  the  N.  F.,  in  making  the  solu- 
tion, except  waiting  till  cold  to  make  up  the  bulk,  which  I  made  up  with 
hot  water  and  filtered — and  while  still  hot,  measured  it  into  the  vials 
numbered  in  duplicate  from  26  to  33,  inclusive  (see  table  No.  4). 

As  in  the  case  of  the  ferrous  iodide,  I  made  another  solution  of  ferrous 
chloride,  following  the  same  lines  in  making  it  as  in  the  preceding  lot, 
but  one  and  a  half  times  stronger  than  the  N.  F.  directs  (see  table 
No.  s). 

I  also  made  a  solution  of  ferrous  chloride  of  half  the  strength  of  that 
of  the  N.  F.  (see  table  No.  6). 

All  the  solutions  of  ferrous  iodide  and  ferrous  chloride  were  kept  at 
different  temperatures.  One  lot,  numbered  consecutively  one  to  forty- 
nine,  inclusive,  was  placed  at  a  temperature  of  70°  F.;  the  other  lot, 
numbered  also  from  one  to  forty-nine,  at  a  temperature  of  60°  F. 

I  examined  them  frequently  to  note  any  changes ;  but  the  following 
tables  only  record  their  appearance  at  the  present  writing  (May  18, 
1889),  about  six  months  after  the  commencement  of  the  experiments. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


126 


MINUTES   OF  TH^   SECTION   ON  SCIENTIFIC  PAPERS. 


to 


^  s 


o   -r 
H    o 


O 

< 


H 
5z 


.-..   ,    - 


> 


;  2 

IS  X 

<3  1 


ONOO   «>.vO  u^  rf  CO 


p3il9quin]i{ 
Bjaj  JO  pejA 

I      SOUnO  9UQ 


N    fO  ^  li^vO    t>. 


S 


;?* 

O 
"I, 


Oi 

cd 

:§ 

43 

u 

r 

H 

s 

1 

*T3 

e 

^ 

c« 

N 

v 

1 

a 
o 

» 

■s 

•? 

< 

!-*• 

H 

P 

M 

i; 

H 

SZ    5 

3    5 

3 

8 

w 

C3 

y, 

H 

^  «    S 

«    S 

-    1 

t3i9 

s 

2 

06 

-8.  = 
c 

5    3 

If 

liange. 
more  i 

o 

o  «, 

Z    S 

o 

^  c« 

« 

2 

ha» 

a 

«   S  c 

vB  :  : 

=     >   eS 

<!6 

1.. 

S 

O   O\00 

f^NO 

iri-*c*5 

pdidquin]^ 

»I»J  JO  I»!A 

o  «  « 

ro  '^  »^^o  «^ 

aouno  »uo 

^    •£ 


o     s 
S    § 


o    " 

w    2 
pa  (X, 

IS    o 

c 


0 


H 
H 


'=.^ 


1P'    -3=1 


i  X 

,S 

OnOO  «^vO  »n  ^  ro  N   ^ 

pwaqmni^ 
=I»J  JO  I«IA 

»3UII0  9UQ 

i-i  N  ro  ^  »nvO  r«*00   0\ 

vg 


o 

PQ 
H 


• 

?; 

en 

M   " 

» 

" 

H 

£ 

» 

p* 

M 

a 

!2 

" 

- 

h 

m 

•s 

B< 

S 

JS 

8^ 

5 

"• 

4) 

.2 

S5 

; 

5 

bfl 

n- 

.13  « 

S" 

;3 

C/3 

s   >- 

.2 
o 

C/3 


2 


'5  s 
3  1 


paaaqinn^ 

BPJ  JO  l«!A 
93uno  aao 


s 

O\00  t>.vO  \o  ■^  fO  M 


«   CO  ^  >0*0  t>iQO   0\ 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


HYPOPHOSPHORUS   ACID   AND   FERROUS   SOLUTIONS. 


127 


us 

B 


W    g 
<    ^ 


cJi 


H 

H 

-< 

. 

h 

TJ 

w 

« 
^ 

r* 

v< 

§ 

u  B 

^ 

S    4) 

oi 

ts 

^  2 

Pu 

0 

c  a 

."tS 

••^   V 

g  3    5     « 

r  ^    Sds 

-S 

0 

*-  Sc 

to-*   «   « 

=  =  -&! 

c^U 

°  0 

E 

S   ^ 

JB     •• 

c  ;  5  5 

00  r«*NO  10  -^i-  ro  N  - 

pwaquinN    I 

9ouno  auQ        ^  ri  «^  «^  ^  ^  »-,  c-. 


Cx3 


b' 

;;5 

3 

M 

.fl 

H 

tA 

< 

H 

'6 

(/3 

0 

■f^ 

^ 

S 

«  2 

or 

£ 

s 

0 

.S| 

•c 

.t3 

6P« 

0 

C=    =    =^ 

^  '^  S.s 

6 

8 

•si; 

0 

•T3 

8,  .  . 

^1 

c 

go5  z  : 

'-•32 

£ 

s 

<6 

S-i 

0 

1 

^2 

(A 

s 

8  «     <.     « 

3 

7> 

"5  a 

^ 

C/} 

6  t 

00   t^vO  in  ^  ro  M   1^ 

pusquinji^ 

qD^J  JO  l«A 
93uno  auQ 

NO   t>.0O   On  0   ►-   N    m 

O     ^ 


o 
Z 

CQ 
< 


C/3    I 


O 


a 


B 

8 
!::  = 


.5      5^7 


i=  <^  K^ 


a  ^- 
61 


s 

•g  3    3    5    5    - 

C  o\»  r«*vo  m 


pajaqnm^ 

«I».J  JO  1«!A 
93ano  aao 


00  0%  O  «-•  N  ro     ^ 
^    ^    W    M    W    N       N 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


128 


to 


O 
00 


MINUTES  OF   THE  SECTION   ON   SCIENTIFIC  PAPERS. 


H 

(A 

H 
2S 


c  "^ 
V  4) 
.13    (A 

^'5 


^ 

S3  8i 

0^ 

"eg 

.   8 

CJ 

rfST3    O 

V 

brig 
consi 
any 

8 

The 

led 

pear 

U3 

n   Oi 

>% 

(Xrt 

.." 

— ^> 

*"  9 


6 
'c  s   ;   3   5   3    ;    ; 

00  «>.NO  u^  ^  ro  N 


aouno  suQ    ] 


■*'^'«J"*'^ 


•J 


I  psjisqian^ 
aouno  9U0 


O  CO  ro  ^  CO  ^  ^ 


(<; 

;z: 

^ 

1 

2 

ti$ 

•s 

S 

<: 

s 

S 

r 

3 

5 

3 

3 

3 

1 

Cd 

CO 

u 
as 

1' 

3 

S 

= 

- 

=  1 

1 

cu 

1^ 

3 

3 

s 

5 

e 

^  'Z 

V 

o 

0 
o 

c 

s 

oT 

1= 

3 

3 

= 

3 

1 

0   2 

.§ 

£• 

c/a 

d 

(m           « 

.2 

i3   W 

S 

(£ 

a  3 

00  IN 

* 

• 

* 

- 

-  • 

^ 

al 

.^0 

»A  ^  CO  N  M 

0 

O 

pwaquin^ 

'o 

CO 

2D»  Jjo  l«IA 
aouno  auQ 

fO'fO  f^  f^  f^  f'T 

• 

^^ 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


HYPOPHOSPHOROUS  ACID   AND    FERROUS  SOLUTIONS. 


129 


I  have  tried  on  two  occasions  ferrous  solutions  of  different  strengths 
with  various  solutions  of  hypophosphite  of  potassium — it  being  the  most 
soluble  of  the  hypophosphite  salts — but  found  it  utterly  worthless.  In 
fact,  instead  of  retarding,  it  hastened  a  change  very  much. 

I  have  also  tried  HjPO,  as  a  preservative  agent  in  solutions  of  morphine 
and  strychnine  of  different  strengths.  For  contrast,  I  made  solutions  of 
equal  strengths  with  chloroform  water,  camphor  water  and  distilled 
water,  of  which  the  following  tables  show  results : 

TABLE'No.  7,— TEMP.  60°  F, 
Showing  the  state  of  each  solution  of  Morphine  at  the  end  of  one  month. 


One  ounce  vial  of  solu- 
tion of  sulphate  of 
morphine  containing 


I  grain. 

2  grains. 

5  grains. 

10  grains. 

Appearance  with 
H.PO. 


No  change. 


20  grains. 


No  change. 


Small  flocculi. 


Appearance  with 
chloroform  water. 


Appearance  with 
camphor  water. 


No  change.  I  No  change. 


No  change. 


Slight  brown 
precipitate. 


No  change. 


Appearance  with 
distilled  water. 


No  ch'ange. 


No  change. 


Slight  discolora-i     No  change. 


Flocculi  in-     '  pfecfpiLtrra  jSWght  discolora- 
creased.  change  of  color.. 


tion. 


Flocculi  in-       Precipitate  and  1    Discoloration 
creased  and  yel-  change  of  color!      and  brown 


low  tinge. 


more  marked. 


deposit. 


No  change. 


Slight  flocculi. 


30  grains. 


!    Yellow  tinge 
*  and  deposit  of 
crystals. 


I 
Yellowish   color  g^^^^  ^        .^ 
and  formation  ;     ^nd  crystals, 
of  crystals.  '' 


32  grams. 


'     Yellow  tinge    Yellowish   colo* 
and  deposit  of  I   and  deposit  of 
I         crystals.       I         crystals. 


Brown  deposit 
and  crystals. 


Slight  discolora- 
tion and  deposit 
of  crystals. 


Slight  discolora- 
tion and  deposit 
of  crystals. 


TABLE  No.  8.— TEMP.  60°  F. 
Showing  the  state  of  each  colution  of  Strychnine  at  the  end  of  one  month. 


One  ounce  vial  of 
solution  of  sulphate  of 
strychnine  containing 

Appearance  with 
H3PO. 

Appearance  with 
chloroform  water. 

Appearance  with 
distilled  water. 

I  grain. 

No  change. 

Slight  flocculi. 

No  change. 

5  grains. 


10  grains. 


SI,ght  flocculi.      L»«°"iriJ  No  change. 


I  slight  brown  deposit, 


Slight  flocculi. 


Brown  deposit 
increased. 


Formation  of 
crystals. 


Coogle 


Digitized  by 


13©  MINUTES   OF   THE   SECTION   ON   SCIENTIFIC   PAPERS. 

From  tables  7  and  8  it  will  be  seen  that  H.POa  is  of  no  value  in  pre- 
serving solutions  of  morphine  and  strychnine — distilled  water,  in  each 
case,  being  superior. 

The  next  question  is,  what  becomes  of  the  hypophosphorous  acid  in 
the  solutions  of  ferrous  iodide  and  ferrous  chloride  ?  It  is  undoubtedly 
a  powerful  agent  in  preventing  oxidation  in  those  solutions :  but  what 
role  does  it  act?  what  .combination  does  it  form?  or  what  reasons  can  be 
adduced  for  this  acid  in  preventing  oxidation  or  change?  This  is  a  diffi- 
cult question  to  answer.  'Tis  true  we  can  give  equations  by  chemical 
formulae  showing  reactions ;  but  none  of  these  equations  are,  to  me,  sat- 
isfactory. 

I  believe,  however,  that  hypophosphorous  acid,  by  combination,  forms 
an  acid  ether,  called  phosphinic  acid,  which,  permeating  the  solution, 
prevents  molecular  change. 

Contrary  to  my  expectation,  I  find  that  the  solutions  kept  at  70°  F. 
turned  out  better  and  brighter  than  those  kept  at  60°  F. ;  and  also,  that 
concentrated  ferrous  solutions  kept  best — even  with  a  relatively  smaller 
quantity  of  HgPO^. 

If  they  are  to  be  kept  for  a  long  time,  no  doubt  highly  concentrated 
ones  are  best ;  but,  while  saying  this,  I  believe  that  the  strength  and 
working  formulas  in  the  National  Formulary  are  more  practical,  and,  if 
prepared  with  ordinary  care,  will  keep  without  change  for  six  months  or 
more.  If  due  precaution  is  used  in  corking,  and  the  solution  kept  in 
small  bottles,  perhaps  a  smaller  quantity  of  acid  might  be  used ;  but,  for 
practical  purposes,  the  formulas  of  the  National  Formulary  are  all  that 
can  be  desired,  and  cannot  well  be  improved  upon. 

On  motion  of  Mr.  Hallberg,  a  vote  of  thanks  was  extended  to  Mr. 
Devine. 

Mr.  Maisch. — I  should  like  to  ask  this  question,  whether  it  is  necessary  to  preserve 
the  officinal  solution  of  ferrous  iodide  by  some  reducing  agent  ?  I  have  not  of  late  years 
made  any  experiments,  but  my  experience  has  been  that  I  had  no  difficulty  in  keeping  it 
without  adding  anything  at  all  except  the  sugar  that  was  used  in  preparing  it. 

Mr.  Devine. — This  was  simply  a  solution  of  the  ferrous  iodide. 

Mr.  Maisch. — Was  it  necessary  for  the  officinal  syrup  to  add  something  in  addition 
to  the  sugar  ? 

Mr.  Ebert. — My  experience  is  that  the  syrup  of  iodide  of  iron  is  not  much  more 
stable  that  it  was  formerly.  The  fact  is  that  the  cane  sugar  which  is  used  to  preserve  it 
is  oxidized  at  the  expense  of  the  ferric  iodide.  That  difficulty  has  always  existed  when  cane 
sugar  is  used.  Other  preservatives  that  have  been  recommended  I  believe  simply  pre- 
vent  this.  My  own  experience  has  been  this,  that  when  cane  sugar  syrup  was  partly  in- 
verted, then  the  syrup  of  iodide  of  iron  would  remain  permanent.  I  have  had  several 
such  experiences — for  instance,  that  in  the  operation  some  accident  would  happen ;  then 
by  boiling  for  some  length  of  time,  and  finishing  the  syrup,  it  would  be  permanent ;  but 
when  absolutely  pure  cane  sugar  was  present,  in  a  very  short  time  t^  change  would 

Digitized  by  VaOOQlC 


HYPOPHOSPHOROUS   ACID   AND    FERROUS   SOLUflOXS.  131 

take  place  when  exposed  to  the  air.  Experiments  have  been  made  to  use  a  certain  pro- 
portion of  glacose,  and  to  convert  the  cane  sugar  into  invert  sugar,  and  then  the  solution 
of  ferrous  iodide  will  remain  permanent. 

Mr.  Matsch. — That  is  exactly  the  point.  I  have  made  syrup  of  ferrous  iodide  in 
very  large  quantities.  The  practice  has  generally  been  to  prepare  a  very  dense  simple 
syrup,  wh^ch  had  to  be  kept  liquid  at  an  elevated  temperature,  and  into  that  concentrated 
^mple  syrup  there  was  filtered  a  warm  solution  of  ferrous  iodide.  Made  in  this  way  I 
have  never  found  any  difficulty  in  keeping  it.  The  manipulation,  I  believe,  was  first 
suggested  by  Dr.  Squibb.  I  have  kept  the  syrup  for  months,  I  might  say  for  years, 
sometimes  in  half  filled  vials  without  any  cork  in  them,  and  I  have  noticed  but  very  little 
change  in  it.     I  attribute  this  to  the  transformation  of  the  cane  sugar  into  invert  sugar. 

Mr.  Redsecker. — We  have  had  no  trouble  in  keeping  syrup  of  iodide  of  iron  for  a 
number  of  years.  After  making  our  syrup  of  iodide  we  add  a  half  drachm  of  hypophos- 
phorous  acid  to  the  gallon.  We  pour  out  into  the  dispensing  bottle  as  we  want,  and  we 
are  not  particular  whether  the  air  gets  to  it  or  not.  The  syrups  keep  in  a  nice  condition 
for  months.  Heretofore  we  had  trouble,  but  for  about  four  years  I  have  used  hypophos- 
phorous  acid,  and  now  the  solution  will  keep  two  years  in  a  corked  bottle  very  nicely. 
The  solution  of  ferrous  iodide  is  poured  into  a  simple  syrup,  then  the  hypophosphorous 
acid  is  added,  and  I  have  no  trouble  in  keeping  the  syrup, 

Mr.  Ray. — We  have  had  no  trouble  with  it  since  keeping  the  solution  iii  stock.  We 
keep  it  in  the  dispensing  case,  and  without  precautions  have  no  trouble.  As  a  matter  of 
curiosity  I  have  made  a  solution  of  iodide  of  iron  in  a  common  pot  without  any  precau- 
tions  whatever,  and  it  keeps  perfectly. 

The  Chairman. — How  is  that  preserved  ? 

Mr.  Ray. — With  a  little  hypophosphorous  acid  :  I  don't  know  the  exact  quantity.  The 
physicians  who  use  it  don't  object  to  it.  There  cannot  be  any  difference  in  effects  at  all, 
really,  of  the  preparation,  and  it  solves  the  question  of  the  difficulty  in  keeping  syrup  of 
iodide  of  iron. 

Mr.  Maisch. — I  did  not  speak  of  that,  Mr.  Chairman,  with  the  intention  of  hinting 
even  that  it  was  wrong  to  add  hypophosphorous  acid :  I  merely  mentioned  the  fact  that 
without  the  use  of  hypophosphorous  acid  there  need  be  no  difficulty  in  preserving  syrup 
of  ferrous  iodide,  and  this  appears  to  me  to  be  solely  due  to  the  manner  in  which  it  is 
originally  prepared.  The  manner  in  which  the  hypophosphorous  acid  appears  to  act  for 
an  indefinite  period  I  must  confess  is  a  mystery  to  me,  and  I  am  greatly  obliged  to  Mr. 
Dcvine  for  the  suggestion  which  he  makes  in  the  paper.  I  hope  that  he  may  succeed  in 
proving  that  such  a  transformation  into  an  ether  may  possibly  account  for  the  stability. 

Mr  Searby; — If  Mr.  Ebert's  idea  be  the  correct  one,  it  may  be  possible  that  the  hy- 
pophosphorous acid  may  have  the  effect  of  inverting  some  of  the  sugar.  Some  years  ago 
Prof.  Wenzell  was  experimenting  upon  this  subject,  and  he  told  me  then  that  his  experi- 
ments, so  far  as  he  had  conducted  them,  showed  some  compound  formed  by  the  elements 
of  the  sugar  and  the  iodine. 

Mr.  Whelpley  read  a  paper  in  answer  to  Query  48  by  Dr.  Stewart, 
which  properly  belongs  to,  and  should  have  been  read  before,  the  Section 
on  Commercial  Interests. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


132  MINUTES   OF  THE   SECTION   ON   SCIENTIFIC   PAPERS. 

ON  PATENT  AND  TRADEMARK  LAWS. 

Query  48. — What  is  the  policy  of  the  Patent  and  Trademark  Laws  in  relation  to  the 
science  of  medicine  and  the  useful  arts  ofPharmacy  and  Therapy  ? 

BY  F.  E.  STEWART,  M.  D,,  PH.G.,  WILMINGTON,  DELAWARE. 
INTRODUCTION. 

I  have  undertaken  to  answer  this  query  with  no  little  trepidation,  owing 
to  the  great  importance  of  the  subject  and  its  technical  nature.  It  is  a 
question  that  not  only  affects  pharmacy  and  medical  science,  but  embraces 
questions  of  law  concerning  which  even  good  lawyers  often  differ — ques- 
tions of  national  and  international  importance. 

In  the  year  1872  I  entered  the  drug  store  of  Messrs.  H.  C.  Blair's 
Sons,  Philadelphia,  for  the  purpose  of  studying  pharmacy.  I  spent  four 
years  with  the  Blairs,  and  graduated  from  the  Philadelphia  College  of 
Pharmacy  in  the  **  Centennial  Class/'  the  class  of  1876. 

When  I  stepped  from  the  platform  of  the  Academy  of  Music,  with  my 
diploma  in  hand,  I  supposed  myself  a  member  of  one  of  the  liberal  pro- 
fessions.   . 

I  now  went  to  New  York,  and  took  charge  of  Hunter's  pharmacy,  on 
Sixth  Avenue,  determined  to  obey  the  injunctions  of  the  Faculty,  to  de- 
vote my  life  to  the  cause  of  science,  the  profession,  and  suffering  humanity, 
as  becomes  a  member  of  a  liberal  profession. 

Finally,  as  Hunter's  pharmacy  was  to  be  sold,  I  accepted,  temporarily, 
the  position  of  chemist  and  general  superintendent  of  the  Hemry  T. 
Helnibold  Buchu  Manufacturing  Company,  with  the  proviso  that  some 
pharmaceutical  specialties  of  my  devising  should  be  placed  upon  the 
market.  This  arrangement  eventuated  in  the  establishment  of  the  firm 
of  F.  E.  Stewart  &  Co.,  manufacturing  chemists. 

While  in  the  employ  of  the  Helmbold  Company  I  learned  for  the  first 
time  that  the  system  known  as  the  "  patent  "  or  "proprietary  "  medicine 
business  is  a  misnomer ;  that  medicines  are  rarely  patented,  but  Sire  pro- 
tected under  the  trademark  law,  or  are  supposed  to  be  so  protected,  and 
that  the  pharmaceutical  specialty  business  depends  on  a  similar  use  of  (or 
abuse  of)  trademarks  to  prevent  competition.  In  other  words,  I  found 
that  the  ** patent"  medicine  business  and  the  pharmaceutical  specialty 
business  are  identical  in  principle,  only  the  former  creates  a  demand  by 
advertising  directly  to  the  public,  and  the  latter  by  appealing  to  the  med- 
ical profession  and  relying  upon  physicians'  prescriptions  to  create  the  de- 
mand. I  had  consented  to  superintend  the  Buchu  Company  until  the 
firm  of  F.  E.  Stewart  &  Co.  could  be  established,  expecting  then  to  re- 
sign and  confine  myself  to  what  I,  in  my  innocence,  considered  legiti- 
mate pharmacy ;  and  my  surprise  was  great  when  I  found  that  said  firm, 
instead  of  being  engaged  in  legitimate  pharmacy,  was  only  in  another 
branch  of  the  "patent"  medicine  business.     Disgusted, Jt dissolved  the 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


PATENT  AND   TRADEMARK   LAWS.  1 33 

firm  and  went  back  to  Philadelphia,  where  I  graduated  from  the  Jefferson 
Medical  College  in  1879. 

It  was  still  my  idea,  however,  to  devote  myself  to  pharmacy,  not  ex- 
pecting to  practice  the  art,  but  to  investigate  the  science  and  publish  the  tk 
results  of  my  work  in  medical  literature.  My  first  investigations  were 
commenced  before  taking  the  degree  of  M.  D.,  and  were  published  in 
the  form  of  an  inaugural  essay,  entitled  '*  A  New  Method  of  Rectal 
Medication."  For  this  thesis  I  received  honorable  mention  from  the 
Jefferson  faculty.  It  introduced  to  science  the  rectal  gelatin  capsule  as  a 
substitute  in  some  cases  for  the  butter  of  cacao  suppository. 

My  next  investigation  resulted  in  the  introduction  of  sanguis  bovinus 
exsiccatus,  or  desiccated  bullock's  blood,  a  description  of  which  may  be 
found  in  the  fifteenth  edition  of  the  United  States  Dispensatory. 

The  introduction  of  both  of  these  articles  cost  me  time  and  money.  I 
gave  them  freely  to  the  professson,  and  have  never  received  any  remune- 
ration therefor,  except  in  reputation.  And  as  for  reputation,  doubtless 
but  few  who  use  the  desiccated  blood  know  I  introduced  it ;  and  as  for 
the  rectal  capsules,  though  they  are  now  employed  quite  extensively,  I 
doubt  whether  ten  physicians  in  a  hundred  are  acquainted  with  the  fact 
that  I  deserve  the  credit  of  inventing  them. 

Because  pharmacy  is  regarded,  not  in  the  light  of  a  profession,  but  as 
a  trade,  those  who  devote  themselves  to  scientific  work  in  this  field  of 
medicine  usually  receive  little  credit  from  the  medical  profession,  except 
it  is  certain  that  they  are  not  interested  in  the  manufacture  and  sale  of 
medicines.  In  fact,  everything  that  comes  from  what  is  called  a  trade 
source  is  regarded  with  suspicion.  When  I  took  my  paper  on  a  **  New 
Method  of  Rectal  Alimentation  "  to  the  editor  of  the  J^fw  York  Medical 
Record,  the  first  question  he  asked  was,  **  Are  you  interested  in  the  sale  of 
desiccated  blood?"  When  I  assured  him  that  I  was  not,  he  published  the 
article.  In  case  I  had  been,  then  my  article  would  have  been  regarded 
in  the  light  of  an  advertisement,  to  be  put  in  the  advertising  columns,  and 
well  charged  for.  When  a  physician  reports  the  results  of  his  treatment 
of  a  case  in  which  he  is  monetarily  interested,  no  such  question  is  asked. 
It  is  not  only  considered  his  privilege,  but  his  duty,  to  report  his  experi- 
ence for  the  benefit  of  the  science  of  therapy.  Why  should  pharmacy  be 
denied  a  representation  in  medical  literature?  Is  the  science  of  preparing 
medicines  any  less  a  branch  of  medical  science  than  the  science  of  apply- 
ing them  to  the  cure  of  the  sick? 

I  was  not  long  in  discovering,  however,  that  a  notable  exception  was 
made  in  the  case  of  one  prominent  pharmacist,  for  everything  he  wrote 
readily  found  a  place  in  medical  literature.  I  refer  to  Dr.  E.  R.  Squibb, 
manufacturing  pharmacist,  Brooklyn.  I  concluded  finally  to  consult  this 
gentleman  for  the  purpose  of  finding  out  why  he  could  secure  a  publica- 
tion for  scientific  articles  concerning  pharmaceutical  preparations  m  the  t 
sale  of  which  he  was  interested,  while  others  could  not.         '^'^^^  by  V^OOg IC 


134  MINUTES   OF   THE   SECTION   ON   SCIENTIFIC    PAPERS. 

Dr.  Squibb  received  me  very  kindly,  and  when  I  stated  my  errand, 
invited  me  into  his  private  office  for  an  hour's  chat.  Here  I  learned 
fully  the  difference  between  legitimate  pharmacy  and  proprietary  phar- 
macy.    Briefly  described,  I  found  Dr.  Squibb*s  policy  to  be  this,  viz : 

He  claimed  no  proprietorship  whatever  in  any  article  of  his  manufac- 
ture. Squibb's  fluid  extract  of  ergot  is  not  so  labeled.  It  is  the  regular 
fluid  extract  of  the  Pharmacopoeia,  manufactured  by  Squibb.  Neither  is 
it  Squibb's  ether,  but  the  regular  ether  of  the  U.  S.  Pharm.,  manufac- 
tured by  Squibb.  In  other  words,  Dr.  Squibb  claimed  nothing  except 
that  he  manufactured  standard  preparations  that  any  one  might  make, 
and  that  others  were  making,  only  he  employed  the  greater  skill  and  care 
in  the  selecting  of  drugs  and  their  manipulation.  When  he  introduced 
a  specialty,  it  was  provided  with  a  name  under  which  others  had  an  equal 
right  to  manufacture  and  sell  it ;  and  for  the  purpose  of  promoting  progress 
in  the  science  and  art  of  pharmacy,  he  always  published  the  exact  work- 
ing formula,  whereby  all  could  manufacture  the  same  article.  He  never 
advertised  in  the  journals,  but  finished  the  results  of  his  investigations  in 
the  form  of  scientific  articles.  This,  to  be  sure,  brought  him  promi- 
nently into  notice,  and  created  a  demand  for  the  preparation  written 
about.  But  the  demand  was  a  legitimate  one,  founded  on  the  merits  of 
the  medicine  thus  advertised,  and,  in  relation  to  advertising  in  this  way, 
it  was  a  legitimate  outcome  of  scientific  work  by  which  everybody 
profited  alike.  His  work  was,  therefore,  for  the  benefit  of  science,  of 
the  professions  of  pharmacy  and  medicine,  and  of  suffering  humanity. 
He  was  not  a  tradesman,  but  a  member  of  a  liberal  profession,  and  as 
such  could  not  be  denied  the  rights  and  privileges  belonging  to  his  class. 

Dr.  Squibb  said  that  the  manufacturers  of  proprietary  medicines  of  all 
kinds  rely  on  the  demand  created  by  advertisements,  and  not  on  the 
publication  of  the  results  of  scientific  work.  He  called  the  advertising 
S)rstem,  as  then  carried  on,  a  system  of  fraud,  error,  humbug  and  lies.  It 
consisted  of  garbled  quotations  and  one-sided  statements.  The  failures 
to  cure  were  never  reported,  and  the  successes  were  related  in  a  florid 
style  for  the  purpose  of  selling  goods.  "This  method  of  advertising,*' 
he  said,  "creates  an  artificial  demand  for  medicines.  Hosts  of  new  rem- 
edies, unsupported  by  sufficient  testimony,  are  forced  upon  the  market  in 
this  way,  and  a  demand  is  created  for  them  by  advertising,  either  directly 
to  the  public,  in  the  secular  press,  or  by  advertising  in  the  medical  jour- 
nals and  depending  upon  physicians*  prescriptions  to  create  the  demand. 
The  result  is,  that  not  only  are  professional  interests  seriously  injured 
thereby,  but  the  American  people  are  noted  for  taking  more  medicine 
than  any  other  nation  in  the  world." 

Furthermore,  the  proprietary  pharmaceutical  manufacturers  are  at- 
tempting to  teach  the  medical  profession  therapeutics.  The  teaching  of 
therapeutics  is  outside  the  province  of  pharmacy  in  the  fiii^t  place,  and 

Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


PATENT  AND  TRADEMARK  LAWS.  I35 

the  therapeutics  taught  by  these  houses  is  of  a  very  questionable  quality. 
Pharmacists  have  no  business  in  this  field  of  work.  They  should  leave 
the  business  of  treating  the  sick,  or  of  investigating  the  therapeutic  ac- 
tion of  drugs,  in  the  hands  of  the  medical  profession,  where  it  belongs. 

I  now  fully  understood  why  it  was  that  pharmacists  were  not  welcome 
contributors  to  medical  journals.  It  was  the  proprietary  medicine  busi- 
ness that  stood  in  the  way.  I  therefore  determined  to  attack  the  system, 
not  so  much  for  the  purpose  of  demolishing  it — I  hoped  for  no  such  de- 
sirable result — but  for  the  purpose  of  drawing  a  clear  line  of  demarkation 
between  the  practice  of  legitimate  pharmacy  and  the  proprietary  medi- 
cine trade,  hoping  to  secure  a  place  for  pharmacy  in  medical  literature,  as 
part  of  the  science  of  medicine,  where  it  belongs. 

But  I  could  not  have  taken  up  an  investigation  more  unpopular  to  the 
medical  journals,  who  feared  injury  to  their  advertising  patronage,  to 
manufacturers,  who  feared  the  retail  drug  trade  would  compete  with  them 
as  soon  as  the  druggists  found  they  could  do  so  with  impunity,  and  to 
other  interests  who  were  getting  rich  at  the  expense  of  scientific  medicine 
by  favoring  the  scheme.  After  trying  in  vain  to  get  the  journals  to  take 
hold  of  the  matter,  I  nearly  despaired.  Fortunately,  I  became  acquainted 
with  a  manufacturing  house  in  Detroit,  now  well  known  throughout  the 
world,  that  were  also  interested  in  the  subject.  This  house  had  already 
attempted  to  bring  the  matter  before  the  American  Medical  Association, 
and  failed  in  securing  a  hearing.  It  now  consented  to  make  another 
trial,  so  we  joined  forces  and  have  been  working  together  ever  since. 
One  by  one  the  journals  have  seen  the  wisdom  of  the  effort,  and  are  now 
on  our  side.  One  of  the  first  to  fall  into  line  was  the  Chicago  Pharma- 
cist. The  Medical  and  Surgical  Reporter  kindly  took  the  matter  up,  but 
could  not  induce  others  to  follow,  though  its  editor  called  it  **The  Ques- 
tion of  the  Day.**  Finally,  the  Druggists'  Circular  opened  with  its  big 
gun,  and  its  strong  utterances  have  done  much  to  open  the  eyes  of  all. 
I  make  no  complaints  against  either  the  journals  or  the  manufacturers. 
Many  of  the  editors,  though  they  differ  with  my  views,  are  warm  personal 
friends,  and  the  same  is  true  of  many  among  the  manufacturers.  I  ex- 
pect to  see  the  time  when  all  will  admit  the  justice  and  wisdom  of  our 
position,  however,  and  pharmacy  will  rise  triumphant  from  her  bonds. 

HISTORY   OF  THE   COPYRIGHT   WAR. 

On  investigating  the  proprietary  system,  I  found  that  the  principle  un- 
derlying it  is  not  a  new  one,  and  the  question  it  involves  has  been  the 
casus  belli  in  several  bitter  though  bloodless  battles  in  what  is  called  the 
*' copyright  war."  If  you  will  kindly  turn  to  the  article  on  **  copy- 
right"  in  the  **  Encyclopaedia  Britannica,"  you  will  see  that  there  has 
for  many  years  been  waged  a  bitter  warfare  on  the  question  whether  an 
author  has  a  natural  right  to  the  exclusive  use  of  his  writings  so  that  he 
may  prevent  others  from  copying  them,  or  whether  a  copyright  is  only  ar 

Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


136  MINUTES   OF  THE   SECTION  ON   SCIENTIFIC  PAPERS. 

thing  of  statute.  "The  nature  of  the  right  itself  and  the  reasons  why  it 
should  be  recognized  by  law  have  been  from  the  beginning  the  subject 
of  a  bitter  dispute.  By  some  it  has  been  described  as  a  monopoly,  by 
others  as  a  kind  of  property.  As  a  monopoly,  it  is  argued  that  copy- 
right should  be  looked  upon  as  a  doubtful  exception  to  the  general  law 
regulating  trade,  and  should  at  all  events  be  strictly  limited  in  point  of 
duration.  As  property,  on  the  other  hand,  it  is  claimed  that  it  should 
be  perpetual.  Historically,  and  in  legal  definition,  there  would  appear 
to  be  no  doubt  that  copyright,  as  regulated  by  statute,  is  a  monopoly." 

The  authority  for  the  patent  and  copyright  laws  of  this  country  is 
derived  from  the  Constitution  of  the  United  States,  which  says,  **To 
promote  progress  in  science  and  useful  arts  by  securing  to  authors  and 
inventors  for  limited  times  the  exclusive  use  of  their  respective  writings 
and  discoveries.'*  See  Art  i,  sect.  8,  clause  8.  And  the  same  question  that 
excited  so  much  debate  in  the  House  of  Lords  was  argued  by  the  United 
States  Supreme  Court.  I  quote  again  from  the  Encyclopaedia  Britannica: 
"In  1834  was  contested  in  the  Supreme  Court  of  the  United  States  the 
same  question  which  had  been  so  elaborately  argued  in  the  English  case 
of  Miller  vs,  Taylor,  and  finally  settled  by  the  House  of  Lords  five 
years  later  in  Donaldson  vs.  Becket,  viz.  :  Whether  copyright  in  pub- 
lished works  exists  by  the  common  law,  and  is  therefore  of  unlimited  du- 
ration, or  is  created  by  and  wholly  governed  by  statute."  The  Supreme 
Court,  following  the  authority  of  the  House  of  Lords,  held  that  there  was 
no  copyright  except  for  the  limited  term  given  by  the  statute.  That  judg- 
ment has  continued  since  to  be  the  supreme  law. 

NATURE  OF  THE  PATENT  OR  COPYRIGHT  PRIVILEGE. 

Simond,  in  speaking  of  the  nature  of  a  patent  privilege,  says:  "  Many, 
and  perhaps  the  great  majority  of  inventors,  have  incorrect  ideas  of  the 
nature  of  a  patent  privilege.  Starting  from  false  premises,  they  reason 
wrongly  about  various  questions  that  arise,  and  are  never  able  to  com- 
prehend why  laws  read  as  they  do,  or  why  the  courts  make  certain  con- 
structions of  the  laws.  A  correct  conception  of  the  nature  of  a  patent 
grant,  and  of  the  reasons  upon  which  the  patent  law  is  based,  will  do 
much  to  clear  up  the  difficulties  of  this  nature  which  often  beset  invent- 
ors. The  belief  is  very  generally  entertained,  that  inventors  have  a 
natural  right  to  their  inventions,  of  the  same  kind  given  by  the  statutes, 
irrespective  of  the  actual  passage  of  the  law.* 

"Such  is  not  the  fact.  The  right  to  the  exclusive  use  of  an  invention 
is  not  a  natural  right — that  is,  pertaining  to  a  man  in  a  state  of  nature ; 
but,  when  it  exists  at  all,  is  a  civil  right,  pertaining  to  man  under  the 
protection  of  a  civil  government. 

"All  will  concede  that  one  natural  right  of  a  man  is,  to  have  an  equal 


' 


*Trail6  des  Brevets  d*  Invention  :  Par  C.  Renouard.    Phillips  on  Patents. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


PATENT   AND   TRADEMARK  LAWS.  1 37 

chance  with  his  fellows  to  gather  and  amass  the  goods  of  this  world. 
Suppose  two  men,  under  the  protection  and  control  of  no  human  govern- 
ment, to  be  occupying  and  cultivating  tracts  of  land  side  by  side.  For 
years  they  plow,  sow,  and  reap  in  the  same  manner  and  with  the  same 
rude  tools.  Finally  one  of  them  invents  a  plow,  with  which  he  can  cul- 
tivate twice  as  much  land  in  the  same  time  as  before,  and  do  it  better. 
There  is  no  principle  of  natural  justice  which  forbids  the  neighbor,  upon 
seeing  how  well  the  plow  works,  from  making  and  putting  to  use  one 
like  it.  The  doing  so  by  the  neighbor  does  not  injure  the  inventor  in 
any  possible  way.  If  the  neighbor  has  not  the  right  to  make  and  put  to 
use  a  plow  like  the  inventor's,  he  is  shut  off  from  an  equal  chance  with  the 
inventor  of  amassing  wealth,  and  this  when  his  hinderance  is  no  help  to 
the  iixventor. 

**  Not  only  this,  but  the  neighbor  at  the  time  the  inventor  made  his 
plow,  might  have  already  begun  to  ponder  upon  the  poor  work  done  by 
the  old  plow,  and  set  about  making  a  better  one,  and  would  have  soon  in- 
vented the  new  plow  himself,  and  thus  acquired  as  good  a  title  to  the  ex- 
clusive use  of  it  as  the  prior  inventor — a  use,  however,  from  which  he 
would  be  debarred  by  a  person  having  no  better  title  than  himself,  a  thing 
that  would  be  clearly  unjust. 

"The  last  is  by  no  means  a  merely  suppositious  case,  for  patent  solici- 
tors and  patent  office  examiners  well  know  that  the  same  inventions  are 
made  over  and  over  again  by  independent  inventors.  The  writer  has  had 
a  great  many  personal  proofs  of  this  assertion.  The  frequency  with  which 
this  is  done  would  be  most  surprising,  were  it  not  for  another  and  a  re- 
cognized fact,  that  the  mind  is  governed  by  laws  of  action  just  as  much 
as  the  body ;  so  that,  given  a  certain  inventioh  to  produce,  and  two 
minds  of  similar  knowledge  and  habits  to  produce  it,  they  will  be  quite 
likely  to* travel  through  the  same  road  to  the  same  result. 

"An  inventor  has  no  right  to  his  invention  at  common  law.  He  has 
no  right  of  property  in  it  originally.  The  right  which  he  derives  is  a 
creature  of  the  statute  and  of  grant,  and  is  subject  to  certain  conditions 
incorporated  in  the  statutes  and  in  the  grants.  If  to-day  you  should  in- 
vent an  art,  a  process  or  a  machine,  you  have  no  right  at  common  law, 
nor  any  absolute  natural  right,  to  hold  that  for  seven,  ten,  fourteen,  or 
any  given  number  of  years,  against  one  who  should  invent  it  to-morrow, 
without  any  knowledge  of  your  invention,  and  thus  cut  me  and  every- 
body else  off  from  the  right  to  do  to-morrow  what  you  have  done  to-day. 
There  is  no  absolute  or  natural  right  at  common  law,  that  I,  being  the 
original  and  first  inventor  to-day,  have  to  prevent  you  and  everybody 
else  from  inventing  and  using  to-morrow  or  next  day  the  same  thing.* 
"Another  reason  that  militates  against  the  theory  that  an  inventor  has 

♦i  Am.  H.  &  L.  S.  &  D.  Mach.  Co.  vs,  Amer.  Tool  &  Mach.  Co.,  4  Fisher's  Pat. 
Cmcs,  294-  ^  , 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


138  MINUTES   OF   THE   SECTION   ON   SCIENTIFIC   PAPERS. 

any  natural  exclusive  right  to  his  invention,  is  that,  in  a  state  of  nature, 
he  would  have  no  power  to  enforce  his  rights.  In  theory,  his  every 
neighbor  is  as  strong  as  he,  and  combined  they  are  much  stronger.  It 
may  be  urged  that,  as  the  inventor  confers  a  benefit  on  his  neighbor,  by 
giving  him  knowledge  of  the  invention,  the  neighbor  is  bound,  in  com- 
mon justice,  to  make  return  therefor.  The  principle  is  no  stronger  than 
the  one  that  the  inventor  is  bound,  in  common  justice  to  his  fellow  men, 
to  permit  them  an  equal  chance  with  himself  to  amass  wealth,  when  do- 
ing so  entails  no  injury  on  himself. 

'*  If  an  inventor  has  a  natural  exclusive  right  to  his  invention  for  one 
moment,  he  has  it  forever  ;  and,  if  any  limit  of  time  can  be  set  to  such  a 
right,  only  infinite  wisdom  is  adequate  to  so  delicate  a  task.  To  state 
the  doctrine  of  natural  right  thus,  is  to  show  that  it  does  not  exist.  The 
law  has  never  recognized  the  doctrine  of  natural  right,  for  it  cannot  re- 
cognize what  does  not  exist.*' 

POLICY  OF  THE  PATENT  LAW. 

What,  then,  is  the  policy  of  the  patent  law?  In  answer  to  this  ques- 
tion, let  me  quote  again  from  the  same  authority  : 

*'  The  policy  of  the  patent  law  is,  primarily,  a  selfish  one  on  the  part 
of  the  public,  and  only  secondarily  intended  for  the  benefit  of  inventors, 
and  then  as  a  means  to  an  end  only.  The  Constitution  of  the  United 
States  gives  Congress  the  power  *  to  promote  the  progress  of  science  and 
the  useful  arts,  by  securing  for  limited  times,  to  authors  and  inventors, 
the  exclusive  right  to  their  respective  writings  and  discoveries,  thus  show- 
ing, in  this  fundamental  legislation,  that  the  object  sought  is  a  benefit  ac- 
cruing to  the  public.'* 

'*  The  theory  of  the  law  is,  that  the  promotion  of  science  and  the  useful 
arts  is  of  great  benefit  to  society  at  large,  and  that  such  promotiqn  can  be 
attained  by  securing  to  inventors  and  authors,  for  limited  times,  the  ex- 
clusive right  to  their  inventions  and  writings.  That  such  theory  is  cor- 
rect, is  needless  to  say.  It  is  almost  self-evident,  or  at  any  rate  readily 
susceptible  of  proof,  that  the  magnificent  natural  prosperity  of  the  United 
States  of  America  is  directly  traceable  to  wise  patent  laws  and  their 
kindly  construction  by  the  courts. 

"The  patent  laws  promote  the  progress  of  the  useful  arts,  in  at  least 
two  ways :  first,  by  stimulating  inventors  to  constant  and  persistent  effort 
in  the  hope  of  producing  some  financially  valuable  invention  ;  and,  sec- 
ond, by  protecting  the  investment  of  capital  in  the  working  and  develop- 
ment of  a  new  invention  till  the  investment  becomes  remunerative. 

**  A  patent  is  a  contract  between  the  inventor  and  the  government 
representing  the  public  at  large:  f  the  consideration  moving  from  the  in- 


I 


♦Day  z/j.   Union  Rubber  Co.,  3  Blatch,  500:  Randall  vs.  Winsor,  21    Howard,  327. 
f  Ranson  vs.  N.  Y.,  I  Fisher's  Pat.  Cases,  252. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


PATENT  AND  TRADEMARK  LAWS.  1 39 

vcntor  is  the  production  of  a  new  and  useful  thing,  and  the  giving  to  the 
public  of  a  full  knowledge  thereof  by  means  of  a  proper  application  for  a 
patent,  whereby  the  public  is  enabled  to  practice  the  invention  when  the 
patent  expires.  The  consideration  moving  from  the  government  is  the 
grant  of  an  exclusive  right  for  a  limited  time,  and  this  grant  the  govern- 
ment protects  and  enforces  through  its  courts." 

WHAT  IS  A  TRADEMARK  ? 

Browne,  in  his  excellent  treatise  on  trademarks,  says :  "The  proprietary 
instinct  is  an  implantation  of  nature.  The  claim  to  property  is  asserted 
by  means  of  symbolism.  A  man  may  be  permitted  the  free  use  of  an  es- 
tate ;  but  his  enjoyment  of  it  must  necessarily  be  imperfect  unless  his 
title  be  attested  by  the  symbolic  marks  borne  upon  the  title  deed.  Upon 
the  genuineness  of  these  marks,  consisting  of  words,  signatures,  and 
seals,  depends  his  faith.  If  any  of  those  signs  prove  to  be  false,  the  abso- 
lute right  to  the  property  is  illusory.  Who  would  purchase  even  a  toy 
for  a  child  without  feeling  that  he  was  being  dealt  with  in  good  faith  ? 
He  desires  a  particular  article,  the  make  of  some  special  manufacturer. 
He  glances  at  a  mark  upon  the  thing  offered.  It  is  sufficient,  it  has  a 
peculiar  sign  upon  it.  Faith  guides  him.  The  same  faith  has  governed 
men  in  their  commercial  transactions  through  all  past  years,  and  must 
continue  to  do  so  for  all  future." 

Again :  **  Such  emblems  had  their  origin  in  a  general  ignorance  of 
reading  the  combinations  of  cabalistic  characters  that  we  call  writing 
*  *  *  *  a  simple  emblem,  as  a  crescent,  a  sun,  a  star,  an  animal,  or  other 
object  copied  from  nature  or  devised  by  fancy,  when  once  associated  with 
a  particular  class  of  goods,  or  the  handicraft  of  a  certain  man,  would  be 
readily  understood.  *  *  *  Faith,  the  very  soul  of  commerce,  thus  gave 
mutual  advantages.  The  maker  was  protected  against  unfair  competition 
of  inferior  workmen,  and  the  purchaser  had  a  guarantee  of  excellence. 
The  mark  was  as  easily  read  as  were  the  marks  that  distinguished  the 
cattle  of  Jacob  from  those  of  Laban.  It  spoke  an  emphatic  language: 
When  you  see  me,  know  that  I  come  from  so  and  so.  From  the  day 
that  such  signs  were  used  by  artisans  to  indicate  the  product  of  their  skill, 
or  by  merchants  to  vouch  for  the  honesty  of  commodities  sold  or  traded 
by  them,  base  imitators  must  have  existed,  for  dishonesty  is  not  the 
junior  of  art.  He  who  could  forge  a  piece  of  metal  could  also  forge  a 
symbol:  thence  arose  the  necessity  for  restrictive  laws  and  retributive 
penalties.*' 

Again:  "Seals  are  the  most  sacred  of  proprietary  marks ;  and  from 
early  antiquity  they  have  been  used.  The  seal  has  ever  been  a  distin- 
guishing mark  of  ownership,  of  security  as  in  the  case  of  sealing  the  den 
of  lions  upon  Daniel,  and  the  door  of  the  sepulchre  wherein  was  laid  the 
body  of  the  Saviour ;  of  affection  as  in  the  language  of  the  church  to  her 
Lord  in  the  Song  of  Solomon  :     Set  me  as  a  seal  upon  thy  he^t,  as  a 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


140  MINUTES   OF  THE   SECTION   ON   SCIENTIFIC   PAPERS. 

seal  upon  thine  arm  ;'  of  honor,  of  secrecy,  of  attestation,  of  authen- 
ticity.*' 

The  author  also  refers  to  the  seals  of  heraldry,  and  he  says  :  *'  Heraldry 
may  be  regarded  as  a  science,  insomuch  as  it  possesses  a  system,  a  clas- 
sification, and  a  language  of  its  own, — which  language  speaks  forth  in 
many  a  hundred  trademarks.'*  He  goes  on  to  say  that  in  this  work  on 
the  use  of  trademarks  in  commerce  the  trademark  is  regarded,  as  a 
token  of  proprietorship  and  authenticity.  **  whether  as  a  sign,  a  word 
a  brand, — in  all  cases  the  legal  significance  is  the  same:  a  brand  (from 
the  Anglo  Saxon,  brand,  to  burn)  is  a  seal  of  ownership  imprinted  on 
casks  or  other  wood -work,  with  hot  iron ,  derived  from  the  custom  of 
burning  criminals  with  heated  metal.'* 

''It  is  an  indisputable  fact  that  in  all  ages  of  the  world,  and  among  all 
races  of  men,  some  form  of  symbolic  expression  has  been  in  use  and  favor. 
It  was  the  badge  of  good  faith.  Caveat  emptor — let  the  purchaser  beware : 
see  that  the  seal  is  on  the  bale  of  goods,  the  marks  are  on  the  fabrics." 

The  Chinese  had  a  priority  of  1600  years  over  the  invention  of  Euro- 
pean porcelain  ;  yet  we  find  proofs  of  their  trademarks.  These  are  of 
two  sorts:  one  kind  is  composed  of  Chinese  characters,  which  tell  under 
what  reign  the  article  was  made ;  the  other  by  design  in  color,  or  en- 
graved names  of  men,  or  of  establishments,  indicating  the  author  of  a 
vase,  the  place  of  manufacture,  or  the  destination  of  the  article,  as  for 
the  use  of  the  emperor  or  other  dignity.  **  On  a  piece  of  pure  white  china 
of  great  antiquity  there  was  found  stamped  a  factory  mark. " 

Aldus  Manutius,  the  famous  Venetian  printer,  adopted  the  dolphin  and 
anchor  as  his  mark.  In  1503  the  olive  tree  was  the  sign  of  Henry  Esti- 
enne,  a  bookseller  and  printer,  etc.  Time  will  not  permit  a  further 
enumeration  of  the  various  factory  marks  or  trademarks  that  have  been 
used. 

WHAT   THE   TRADEMARK   INDICATES. 

Now  a  trademark  is  for  the  purpose  of  indicating  two  things  :  i.  Own- 
ership, 2.  Source  or  origin,  **The  Supreme  Court  of  the  United  States, 
in  President,  etc.i  of  the  Del.  and  Hudson  Canal  Co.  v.  Clark,  repeated 
a  proposition  that  as  a  rule  has  been  frequently  enunciated  and  settled 
beyond  question,  viz.,  the  office  of  a  trademark  is  to  point  out  distinctively 
the  origin  or  ownership  of  the  article  to  which  it  is  affixed,  or  in  other 
words,  to  give  notice  who  was  the  producer."* 

Trademarks  are  branded  on  cattle  to  indicate  to  whom  they  belong. 
Suppose  all  the  cattle  in  the  world  belonged  to  one  man,  what  would  be 
the  use  of  his  branding  them  ?  There  would  under  such  circumstances  be 
no  danger  of  any  one  confusing  his  cattle  with  cattle  belonging  to  others. 
Why  would  he  use  a  distinguishing  mark  ?     Trademarks  are  branded  on 

*  Patent  Office  Official  Gazette,  March  26,  1872. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


PATENT   AND   TRADEMARK   LAWS.  I4I 

vases  to  indicate  from  which  pottery  they  come.  Suppose  there  were  only 
one  pottery  in  the  world,  what  were  the  use  of  a  distinguishing  mark? 
Trademarks  are  placed  on  pens,  ink,  paper,  cotton,  cloth,  silk,  etc.  Sup- 
pose each  of  these  articles  to  be  made  by  one  and  only  one  manufacturer 
respectively,  what  would  be  the  sense  of  marking  them  with  a  sign  to 
show  from  which  factory  they  emanated?  Trademarks  are  of  no  service 
whatever,  unless  there  are  two  or  more  of  a  kind.  A  trademark  is  a 
mark  or  device  used  by  a  manufacturer  on  his  goods  to  distinguish  them 
from  similar  articles,  on  the  market.  There  are  several  hundred  furnaces 
in  the  world  manufacturing  iron.  To  distinguish  from  which  furnace  a 
certain  piece  of  iron  came,  look  at  the  factory  or  trademark.  Hundreds 
of  manufacturers  of  silk  exist,  but  the  make  of  each  factory  can  be  dis- 
tinguished by  the  trademark. 

There  is  no  good  reason  why  a  patented  article  should  be  marked  with 
a  trademark,  for  reasons  just  itated.  The  telephone  is  patented,  and  the 
patent  is  controlled  by  Mr.  Bell.  Why  should  he  mark  a  sign  on  his 
telephones  to  distinguish  his  telephones  from  the  telephones  of  other 
manufacturers,  when  he  has  a  monopoly  of  telephone  making?  The 
idea  is  absurd.  Yet  we  hear  medicine  manufacturers  claiming  that  they 
have  a  monopoly  for  the  manufacture  of  their  medicines,  because  they 
have  marked  their  trademarks  upon  them.  As  well  might  a  silk  manu- 
facturer claim  a  monopoly  of  the  silk  trade  of  the  world  for  a  similar 
reason. 

Now,  as  a  trademark  has  no  other  function  than  the  ones  just  named, 
that  is  to  indicate  ownership  or  origin,  it  follows  that  any  attempt  to  use  it 
for  other  than  the  purposes  intended  is  illegal. 

A  NEW  USE  FOR  THE  TRADEMARK,  NEVER  INTENDED  BY  LAW. 

As  I  have  already  said,  there  are  those  who  believe  that  inventors 
have  a  natural  right  to  the  exclusive  use  of  their  inventions  irre- 
spective of  the  law,  and  of  course  believe  that  their  right  is  perpetual. 
As  the  patent  law  only  permits  a  limited  monopoly,  those  of  this  per- 
suasion do  not  desire,  to  patent  their  inventions,  and  thus  part  with  what 
they  consider  their  property  at  the  expiration  of  the  time  fixed  by  the 
patent  law.  At  the  same  time,  they  are  very  desirous  of  legal  protection. 
They  have  accordingly  devised  a  scheme  to  secure  perpetual  monopolies  by 
registering  the  names  of  their  inventions  as  trademarks ;  and  as  a  trade- 
mark is  a  thing  of  natural  right  and  common  law,  and  the  perpetual 
property  of  the  owner,  it  follows  that  the  ownership  of  the  names?  of  in- 
ventions is  thus  made  the  perpetual  property  of  the  inventors,  and  com- 
petition is  restricted  or  entirely  prevented  in  consequence.  The  trade- 
mark is  thus  made  to  serve  a  new  function,  clearly  never  intended  by  law, 

ILLEGAL   USE   OF    TRADEMARKS. 

To  explain  more  fully  ;  The  courts  have  decided  that  **  when  an  article 
is  made  that  was  theretofore  unknown,  it  must  be  christened  with  a~name  i 

itizedbyCjOOgle 


142  MINUTES   OF   THE   SECTION   ON   SCIENTIFIC   PAPERS. 

by  which  it  can  be  recognized  and  dealt  in ;  and  the  name  thus  given  it 
becomes  public  property,  and  all  who  deal  in  the  article  have  a  right  to 
designate  it  by  the  name  by  which  alone  it  is  recognizable."* 

Let  me  illustrate.  Bessemer  devised  a  new  method  of  making  steel. 
Steel  made  by  this  method  has  become  known  as  Bessemer's  steel.  Steel 
made  in  this  way  was  theretofore  unknown.  Under  the  name  Bessemer's 
steel  by  which  it  was  christened,  it  is  now  recognized  and  dealt  in.  The 
name  has  become  public  property,  and  all  who  deal  in  the  article  have  a 
right  to  designate  it  by  this  name. 

Of  course  until  the  patent  ran  out  (I  believe  it  has  expired,  at  any  rate 
whether  it  has  or  not  does  not  effect  my  illustration),  Bessemer  owned 
the  exclusive  right  to  make  the  steel :  but  as  soon  as  the  patent  expired 
the  public  had  as  much  right  as  he  to  manufacture  the  article  and  call  it 
Bessemer's  steel.  And  if  Bessemer  had  not  patented  his  process,  the 
public  would  have  had  an  equal  right  in  the  beginning  to  manufacture 
the  invention  and  call  it  Bessemer's  steel. 

Now  suppose  Bessemer,  when  he  devised  his  process  for  making  steel, 
had  registered  the  name  ''Bessemer's  steel"  as  a  trademark  on  steel, 
could  he  have  held  his  name  used  in  this  connection  for  the  purpose  of 
creating  a  monopoly  in  this  kind  of  steel.     Suppose  that  he  could,  then: 

1.  The  trademark  would  in  such  case  acquire  a  new  function  and  one 
never  intended  by  law,  viz.:  the  holder  would  acquire  a  kind  of  patent 
privilege. 

2.  As  the  inventor  has  no  natural  right,  or  right  at  common  law,  to  the 
exclusive  right  of  his  invention,  the  public  possesses  an  equal  right  with 
the  inventor  to  the  manufacture  and  sale  of  the  invention.  If  the  in- 
ventor in  this  case  had  prevented  others  from  making  and  selling  this 
kind  of  steel  under  the  name  by  which  it  was  known  to  the  public,  then 
he  would  have  obtained  an  unfair  advantage  over  his  competitors. 

3.  The  name  l^essemer's  steel  has  become  part  of  the  common  lan- 
guage, and  descibes  a  thing  that  the  public  have  a  right  to.  An  attempt 
to  wrest  this  right  from  the  public  would  evidently  be  unfair. 

Just  such  cases  have  frequently  happened  and  have  been  decided  by  the 
courts. 

**  The  name  of  a  man  may  lose  the  idea  of  personality,  and  become  a 
mere  indication  of  quality.  This  point  was  decided  by  the  Court  of 
Cassation,  the  supreme  judicial  tribunal  of  France,  in  the  case  of  Stubbs 
V.  Astier  et  als.,  1865.!  The  plaintiff,  a  manufacturer  in  England, 
brought  suit  to  restrain  the  use  of  his  name  upon  articles  of  merchandise 
made  and  sold  in  France.  It  was  contended  on  one  side  that  the  name 
of  Stubbs  had  lost  its  primary  use,  which  was  to  indicate  certain  articles 
of  hardware  and  cutlery  as  being  his  manufacture,  and  that  by  long  use 

*  Lcclanchc  BaUery  Co.,  vs.  Western  Electric  Co.,  23  Fed.  Rep.,  277. 

f  Annates  de  la  Prop.,  Tome,  xi,  p.  81.  ^->  , 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


PATENT   AND   TRADEMARK   LAWS.  1 43 

it  had  acquired  a  new  attribute,  and  that  to  hold  otherwise  would  be  to 
take  away  rights  that  had  become  vested  in  the  French  people.  On  the 
other  side,  it  was  strenuously  contended  that  a  man's  name  is  his  distinct 
property,  and  remains  a  property  sanctioned  by  the  law  of  nations;  and 
although  the  mark  attached  to  it  had  fallen  into  the  public  domain  from 
any  cause,  the  name  did  not  cease  to  be  the  exclusive  property  of  him 
who  bore  it."  It  was  decided,  however,  that  the  name  no  longer  indi- 
cated the  origin,  but  the  nature  of  the  product — that  the  name  had 
been  turned  to  another  than  the  original  purpose,  and  therefore  could 
not  be  a  trademark. 

**In  the  case  of  Boumhouet  &  Basille  (successors  of  La  Maison 
Temaux)  v,  Tisseron  et  al.,*  in  the  Court  of  Cassation,  in  1869,  we  have 
an  instance  in  point.  It  was  held  that  the  successor  of  a  merchant  can- 
not prevent  another  merchant  from  using  the  name  of  his  predecessor  to 
designate  the  products  of  their  fabrication,  when  the  name  has  long  been 
used  as  the  designation  of  a  certain  kind  of  products  manufactured  by  the 
generality  of  the  trade,  and  which  has  thus  become  public  property  as  a 
quality  term — a  mere  adjective.  It  is  especially  so  in  the  employment  of 
the  name  of  Temaux  to  designate  a  certain  kind  of  broche  shawls.'* 

**The  case  of  Singhton  v,  Bolton,  f  before  Lord  Mansfield,  in  1873,  ^s 
an  illustration  of  the  doctrine  that  a  man's  name  may  become  a  mere 
qualifying  word.  The  plaintiff's  father  sold  a  medicine  called  **Dr. 
Johnson's  Yellow  Ointment."  The  plaintiff,  after  his  father's  death 
continued  to  sell  the  medicine,  marked  in  the  same  way.  The  defendant 
also  sold  the  medicine,  with  the  same  mark  ;  and  for  that  alleged  injury 
an  action  was  brought.  The  plaintiff  was  non-suited.  A  rule  having 
been  obtained  for  a  new  trial,  Lord  Mansfield  said  that  if  the  defendant 
had  sold  a  medicine  of  his  own  under  the  plaintiff's  name  or  mark,  that 
would  be  a  fraud,  for  which  an  action  would  lie.  But  here,  both  the 
plaintiff  and  defendant  use  the  name  of  the  original  inventor,  and  no 
evidence  was  given  of  the  defendant  having  sold  it  as  if  prepared  by  the 
plaintiff.  The  only  other  ground  on  which  the  action  could  be  main- 
tained was  that  of  property  in  the  plaintiff,  which  was  not  pretended, 
there  being  no  patent." 

"We  have  familiar  instances  of  a  person's  name  becoming  a  mere  in- 
dication of  a  certain  article  or  class  of  goods.  Wellington,  Brougham, 
Stanhope,  Blucher,  and  Manton  are  personal  names  that  have  given  us 
the  Wellington  boots,  the  Brougham  or  the  Stanhope  carriage,  the 
Blucher  boots,  and  the  Manton  fowling  piece.  "J 

^Annales  de  la  Prop.,  Tome  x.  p.  197. 

t3  Doug.,  193. 

I  Browne  on  Trademarks,  122. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


144  MINUTES   OF  THE   SECTION   ON   SCIENTIFIC   PAPERS. 

# 
POLICY  OF  THE  PATENT  AND   TRADEMARK   LAWS  WHEN  APPLIED   TO  PHARM- 
ACY AND  THERAPY. 

It  is  evident  after  what  has  been  said  that  the  policy  of  the  patent  and 
trademark  laws,  when  applied  to  medicine  and  pharmacy,  is  to  promote 
progress  in  medical  science,  and  the  useful  arts  of  pharmacy  and  therapy. 
It  is  intended  that  those  who  discover  new  and  useful  inventions  to  re- 
lieve human  suffering  shall  be  rewarded  by  the  exclusive  use  of  their 
inventions  for  limited  terms  in  exchange  for  a  publication  of  full  knowl- 
edge thereof  whereby  other  physicians  and  pharmacists  may  be  enabled 
to  manufacture  them  when  the  patents  expire.  It  is  intended  that 
capital  invested  in  the  making  and  marketing  of  medical  inventions, 
shall  be  protected  until  such  investments  shall  become  remunerative  ones. 
It  is  intended  that  each  manufacturer  shall  have  his  distinctive  mark, 
trademark  or  commercial  signature,  whereby  the  public  may  distinguish 
preparations  made  in  his  laboratory  from  the  same  preparations  made  in 
the  laboratory  of  another.  It  is  intended  that  the  public  shall  be  bene- 
fited by  the  impetus  given  by  these  laws  to  progress  in  science  and  trade, 
and  be  protected  from  imposition  and  fraud.  Provided  all  these  in- 
tentions are  carried  out,  and  such  a  beneficent  policy  is  maintained, 
the  application  of  the  patent  and  trademark  laws  to  medical  science  and 
its  associated  arts  is  a  benefit  to  all  concerned. 

THE   PATENT   MEDICINE   BUSINESS. 

We  have  in  this  country  what  is  known  as  the  "patent"  medicine 
business.  It  claims  protection  under  the  patent  and  trademark  laws. 
For  a  long  time  this  business  was  divided  from  pharmacy  and  medicine, 
and  constituted  a  kind  of  outside  trade.  It  was  condemned  alike  by 
physicians  and  pharmacists.  During  late  years  it  has  extended  its  field 
and  encroached  on  the  ground  of  both  professions.  Now  it  has  grown  to 
such  dimensions,  and  assumed  guises  of  such  respectability,  that  members 
of  both  professions  are  actively  interested  in  it.  It  has,  to  a  great  extent, 
absorbed  pharmacy,  and  the  manufacture  and  sale  of  medicines  is  now 
carried  on  under  the  system  so  largely  that  nearly  every  new  invention  in 
pharmacy  and  therapeutics  is  marketed  under  its  protection. 

The  '*  patent  "  medicine  business  is  not  conducted  under  the  scientific 
system  of  the  patent  law,  as  the  name  implies.  The  name  is,  in  fact,  a 
misnomer.     Its  system  is  one  of  secrecy  and  perpetual  monopoly. 

This  is  the  way  the  thing  is  worked.  A  new  preparation  is  devised, 
or  a  compound  of  old  and  well  known  drugs  is  mixed,  and  a  name  is 
invented  by  which  to  designate  the  compound.  This  name  is  registered 
as  a  trademark  at  Washington,  the  true  or  working  formula  of  the  prepa- 
ration is  kept  secret,  and  the  preparation  is  marketed  under  the  alleged 
protection  of  the  trademark  law.  Then  the  advertising  machinery  is 
started  into  operation,  and  great  claims  are  made  in  regard  to  the  mar- 
Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


PATENT  AND   TRADEMARK  LAWS.  1 45 

velous  therapeutic  value  of  the  new  and  wonderful  alleged  invention.  As 
it  takes  years  to  prove  whether  a  new  therapeutic  agent  is  really  of  any 
special  value,  these  claims  are  just  as  likely  to  be  incorrect  as  true,  and 
often  turn  out  downright  imposition.  By  this  system  knowledge  is  con- 
cealed, progress  in  science  and  art  hindered,  error  inculcated,  and  the 
public  injured  instead  of  being  benefited.  While  the  correct  application 
of  the  patent  and  trademark  laws  to  medical  science  and  arts  may  be 
excellent  in  its  effects,  too  much  condemnation  cannot  be  indulged  in 
regarding  this  form  of  charlatanry  known  under  the  incorrect  appellation 
"  the  patent  medicine  business.'* 

The  tendency  of  the  proprietary  system,  as  it  is  sometimes  called,  is 
well  illustrated  by  the  following  cases : 

THE  TONGA  CASE. 

'*  Tonga  is  a  compound  of  barks  prepared  by  the  natives  of  the  Fiji 
Islands,  and  has  borne  in  that  locality  for  years  the  reputation  of  being 
an  effective  remedy  in  the  treatment  of  neuralgia.  A  quantity  thereof 
was  brought,  as  alleged,  to  London  in  the  year  1879,  ^y  one  Mr.  Ryder, 
who  placed  the  same  in  the  hands  of  Allen  &  Hauburys,  druggists,  Lon- 
don, in  order  that  it  might  be  introduced  properly  to  the  medical  pro- 
fession. The  first  information  relative  thereto  which  was  published  to 
the  public  or  to  the  medical  profession,  appeared  in  the  shape  of  an  article 
in  the  London  Lancet,  March  6,  1880,  pp.  360,  361 ;  March  20, 1880,  p. 
445,  as  a  communication  from  the  pens  of  the  distinguished  physiologists 
and  therapeutists  of  London,  Drs.  William  Murrell  and  Sidney  Ringer. 
Following  this  article  were  others  of  a  similar  nature  in  the  Lancet,  and 
one  appearing  in  the  London  Pharmaceutical  Journal  and  Transactions, 
April,  1880,  from  the  pen  of  the  distinguished  curator  of  the  Pharma- 
ceutical Museum  of  London,  Dr.  Holmes,  upon  the  subject  of  the 
"Botanical  Origin  of  Tonga." 

Believing  that  Drs.  Murrell  and  Ringer,  from  their  high  professional 
position,  would  never  have  investigated  and  published  the  results  of  their 
investigations  of  any  drug  in  the  London  Lancet,  without  it  was  free 
from  any  contaminations  of  a  proprietary  nature,  Messrs.  Parke,  Davis  & 
Co.  of  Detroit,  assumed  that  Tonga  was  common  property,  and  accessible 
to  the  reach  of  any  house  of  sufficient  enterprise  to  seek  the  drug  in  its 
native  habitat.  Acting  on  this  supposition,  that  firm  dispatched  the  boto- 
nist  in  its  employ,  the  lamented  Dr.  Hansen,  to  the  Fiji  Islands,  7000 
miles  west  of  San  Francisco.  He  remained  in  the  islands  six  months, 
which  visit  resulted  in  the  final  shipment  of  a  large  supply  of  the  new 
drug  to  Detroit,  which  was  at  once  placed  on  the  market  by  Messrs. 
Parke,  Davis  &  Co.  The  energy  displayed  by  this  house  in  bringing 
tonga  to  the  notice  of  the  American  profession,  soon  attracted  the  notice 
of  Allen  &  Hanburys,  who  addressed  them  a  letter  on  the  subject,  saying, 
'*  You  can  hardly  be  aware  that  the  name  *  Tonga  *  is  our  property,  and 

^^  Digitized  by  Google 


146  MINUTES   OF   THE   SECTION  ON    SCIENTIFIC  PAPERS. 

was  agreed  upon  by  us  with  the  first  proprietor  on  behalf  of  himself  and 
the  discoverers  of  a  certain  combination  of  drugs  for  neuralgia,  and  that 
the  papers  cited  by  you  were  written  in  reference  to  this  special  combi- 
nation. Even  if  you  were  in  possession  of  the  original  combination, 
which  is  manifestly  highly  improbable,  it  would  be  so  obviously  unjusti- 
fiable to  seek  to  appropriate  our  name,  which  is  a  registered  trademark, 
and  the  accounts  given  of  our  friend's  article,  that  we  cannot  doubt,  on 
the  facts  being  thus  pointed  out  to  you,  you  will  at  once  cease  to  use  the 
name  Tonga,  and  also  to  quote  as  referring  to  your  article  the  papers 
alluded  to.'' 

But  Messrs.  P.  D.  &  Co.,  did  not  see  the  matter  in  that  light.  Tonga 
was  not  patented  either  in  Europe  or  America,  and  therefore,  any  one 
had  a  perfect  right  to  the  free  use  of  the  article,  and  to  use  and  sell  it 
under  its  proper  name,  viz :  Tonga, — the  name,  and,  in  fact  the  only 
name  by  which  the  article  was  known  to  the  public.  So  this  firm  went 
on  with  the  tonga  enterprise  in  spite  of  the  warning. 

Then  came  a  suit  from  Allen  &  Hanburys  for  infringement  of  trade- 
mark. The  bill  of  complaint  in  this  case  so  thoroughly  illustrates  the 
trademark  scheme  that  I  cannot  forbear  quoting  from  it  as  follows: 

*'  And  your  orators  say,  that  by  the  outlays  of  moneys  in  giving  publi- 
city through  the  newspapers,  by  means  of  show  cards,  circulars  and 
otherwise,  said  trademark,  to  wit,  the  word  **  Tonga"  has  come  to  be 
known  throughout  the  United  States  as  standing  for  a  particular  medicinal 
preparation  manufactured  by  them,  so  that  a  great  number  of  persons 
who  have  never  seen  your  orator's  labels,  bottles  or  cases,  and  do  not 
know  your  orators  to  be  the  producers  thereof,  or  who  is  the  producer, 
know  of  said  preparation,  and  in  buying  are  governed  wholly  by  the 
name,  and  who,  where  they  see  a  preparation  bearing  the  word  '*  Tonga" 
suppose  it  lobe  your  orators'  true  and  genuine  preparation." 

In  other  words,  Messrs.  Allen  &  Hanburys  asked  to  be 'rewarded  by  the 
grant  of  a  perpetual  monopoly  by  the  governments  of  Great  Britain  and 
America,  not  because  they  had  invented  a  new  and  useful  article,  but  be- 
cause they  had,  in  some  way  not  stated,  got  hold  of  this  secret  compound 
of  barks,  long  known  in  the  Fiji  Islands  for  neuralgia,  and  advertised  it 
extensively  to  the  public,  thereby  making  themselves  competitors  6f  the 
medical  professions  of  both  countries  in  treating  the  sick ;  encouraging 
people  to  be  their  own  physfcians  and  to  attempt  a  diagnosis  and  treat- 
ment of  neuralgia,  thus  running  the  risk  of  serious  error  from  a  mistaken 
diagnosis  and  the  absence  of  skillful  medical  assistance;  and  control- 
ing  unfairly  the  sale  of  an  article  not  patented,  and  therefore  free  to  all. 
Manifestly  such  a  monopoly  would  be  unfair  to  all  parties  concerned, 
would  defeat  the  very  end  for  which  the  patent  law  was  devised,  would 
hinder  progress  in  science  by  locking  up  to  the  exclusive  use  of  one  firm 
all  the  literature  published  by  Drs.  Murrell,  Ringer  and  Holmes,  would 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


PATENT  AND  TRADEMARK  LAWS.  1 47 

hinder  progress  in  the  arts  of  pharmacy  and  therapy  by  preventing  proper 
investigation  of  the  drug,  and  would  mislead  the  public,  and  injure  the 
practice  of  both  pharmacy  and  therapy. 

The  letter  of  the  attorney  of  Messrs.  P.  D.  &  Co.,  explains  what  be- 
came of  this  suit.  He  says,  *'  In  the  case  of  Hanburys  v.  Parke,  Davis 
&  Co.,  the  complainants  on  their  own  motion  obtained  an  order  of  court 
to  dismiss  bill  of  complaint,  with  costs  to  be  defrayed  by  themselves.  This 
order  was  obtained  after  the  defense  had  established  by  the  testimony  of 
Dr.  Frank  E.  Stewart  and  of  Dr.  Charles  Rice,  both  of  New  York,  that 
the  word  Tonga  had  long  been  known  and  had  long  ago  been  applied 
both  to  natural  products  and  to  medical  preparations.  It  was  thereby 
shown  that  the  claims  of  complainants  that  they  had  invented  the  word 
Tonga  and  first  applied  it  to  medicinal  preparations  had  no  foundation  in 
fact  whatever. 

**  Tonga  is  the  name  of  a  group  of  islands  in  the  Pacific  Ocean;  it  is 
the  name  of  a  certain  kind  of  lizard  found  upon  the  shore  of  Madagascar, 
and  is  the  name  of  a  medicinal  liquid  used  by  the  natives  of  Peru.'' 

The  withdrawal  of  Messrs.  Allen  &  Hanburys  prevented  another  decis- 
ion from  the  courts  on  the  most  important  point  at  issue,  viz  :  the  own- 
ership of  proper  names.  The  courts  had  already  decided  the  point 
several  times,  however.  "  There  must  be  some  word  or  sign,  or  device 
other  than  a  generic  name  and  words  descriptive  of  quality.  (Commis- 
sioner's decision,  1881,  p.  97.)  **So  the  words  Night -blooming  Cereus 
were  held  to  be  invalid  as  a  mark,  being  the  proper  descriptive  appellation 
of  the  article.*'  (Phalon  v.  Wright,  5  Phila.,  464.)  The  same  rule  de- 
feated the  adoption  of  the  words,  **  Desiccated  Codfish."  (Harris,  Beebe 
&  Co.)  In  the  case  of  the  **Balm  of  a  Thousand  Flowers,"  Judge  Duer, 
of  New  York,  says,  '*  It  is  only  the  seductive  name  that  they  claim  as  their 
exclusive  property,  and  doubtless  from  their  experience  in  its  value  in  the 
extension  of  their  sales.  This,  however,  is  a  species  of  property  which  in 
my  opinion  is  unknown  to  the  law,  and  that  can  only  be  given  to  one  by 
an  infringement  of  the  rights  of  all.  *  *  *  Jt  has  been  rej)eatedly 
held  that  a  trademark  cannot  be  obtained  in  a  name  where  it  is  the 
proper  name  for  the  article,  as  in  the  case  of  Schnapps,  the  subject  of  the 
controversy  in  Wolf  v,  Goulard,  or  where  it  has  by  general  use  become 
the  proper  name  of  an  article  which  all  manufacturers  may  use,  as  in  the 
case  of  Dr.  Johnson's  Yellow  Ointment,  Godfrey's  Cordial  and  Essence  of 
Anchovies." 

One  well  known  legal  writer  says,  "  The  policy  that  the  mere  use  of  a 
name  to  designate  an  article  would  give  to  those  employing  it  the  exclu- 
sive right  to  designate  such  article  by  such  name,  would  be  giving  a  copy- 
right of  the  most  odious  kind,  without  reference  to  the  utility  of  the  ap- 
plication or  the  length  of  the  title,  and  one  that  would  be  perpetual." 

And  another  writer  says,  **  Neither  the  trademark  law,  nor  th^  copy- 
Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


148  MINUTES   OF  THE   SECTION   ON   SCIENTIFIC   PAPERS. 

right  law,  nor  the  patent  law,  affords  any  such  right,  or  under  the  pre- 
tense of  the  same,  allows  any  one  to  throttle  trade  under  the  alleged 
sanction  of  law." 

THE  HORSFORD's   ACID    PHOSPHATE   CASE. 

In  the  year  1868,  March  10,  Prof.  Horsford  patented  the  use  of  liquid 
acid  phosphate  of  lime  as  a  condiment.  To  this  article  he  gave  the  name 
"  Horsford's  Acid  Phosphate. "  According  to  law  the  government  granted 
Prof.  Horsford  the  exclusive  use  of  his  invention  for  a  limited  time  in 
exchange  for  a  publication  of  full  knowledge  thereof,  whereby  the  public 
may  be  able  to  manufacture  the  invention  when  the  patent  expires.  The 
patent  has  expired,  therefore  any  one  has  a  perfect  right  to  manufacture 
and  sell  the  article  under  its  proper  name,  viz:  Horsford's  Acid  Phos- 
phate. 

Acting  as  he  had  a  perfect  right  to  do,  Mr.  Geo.  L.  D.  Muth,  a  drug- 
gist in  Baltimore,  commenced  to  sell  acid  phosphate  other  than  that 
made  by  the  Rumford  chemical  works.  This  brought  upon  him  a  suit  by 
the  Rumford  chemical  works,  (the  original  manufacturer,)  which  suit  has 
been  decided  in  favor  of  Muth  by  the  United  States  circuit  court  for  the 
district  of  Maryland,  and  has  been  appealed  to  the  Supreme  Court  of  the 
United  States. 

The  brief  in  this  case  states : 

**  This  is  a  suit  for  alleged  infringement  of  trademark. 

**  Complainant  claims  that  in  1868  it  began  the  manufacture  of  a  medi- 
cinal preparation  to  which  it  first  gave  the  name  '*  Horsford*s  Acid  Phos- 
phate;*' that  its  said  preparation  has  become  known  by  the  words,  '*acid 
phosphate;"  that  these  words  have  become  its  trademark,  indicating 
solely  that  the  article  so  designated  is  made  by  complainant ;  that  on 
Oct.  13,  1885,  it  registered  these  words  in  the  U.  S.  Patent  Office  as  a 
trademark,  and  that  the  defendants  have  infringed  said  trademark  by 
selling  Liquid  Acid  Phosphate. 

The  defendants  answered  as  follows  : 

*'  I.  /^c\6  phosphate  is  a  known  generic  name,  and  was  so  long  before 
complainant  adopted  it. 

*'  2.  If  complainant's  medicine  contains  one  or  more  acid  phosphates, 
the  term  is  descriptive. 

"3.  If  complainant's  medicine  does  not  contain  an  acid  phosphate,  its 
use  of  the  term  is  misleading. 

"4.  Complainant  has  admitted  that  Acid  Phosphate  is  the  name  of  a 
medicinal  preparation,  and  that  its  trademark  for  that  preparation  is 
Horsford 's. 

"  5.  The  patent  on  complainant's  preparation  having  expired,  anybody 
can  make  and  sell  it  as  Horsford's  Acid  Phosphate." 

As  it  is  important  that  the  Transactions  of  this  Association  should  con- 
tain sufficient  decision  to  help  pharmacists  all  over  the  coujjtry  who  are 

Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


PATENT  AND   TRADEMARK   LAWS.  1 49 

liable  to  be  so  pounced  upon  by  '*  patent "  medicine  houses,  for  making 
preparations  now  patented  as  soon  as  the  patents  run  out — because  the 
favorite  scheme  now  is  to  claim  unlimited  monopoly  under  the  trademark 
law — I  will  quote  some  of  the  cases  used  by  the  defense  in  this  case. 

First,  as  the  public  now  has  a  right  to  make  and  sell  the  article  under 
the  name  Horsford's  Acid  Phosphate,  because  the  patent  has  expired, 
the  following  applies: 

'*  No  one  can  claim  protection  for  the  exclusive  use  of  a  trade-mark  or 
trade  name  which  would  practically  give  him  a  monopoly  in  the  sale  of 
any  goods  other  than  those  produced  or  made  by  himself.  If  he  could, 
the  public  would  be  injured  rather  than  protected,  for  competition  would 
be  destroyed.  Nor  can  a  generic  name  or  a  name  merely  descriptive  of  an 
article  of  trade,  of  its  qualities,  ingredients  or  characteristics,  be  em- 
ployed as  a  trademark,  and  the  exclusive  use  of  it  be  entitled  to  protec- 
tion."    Canal  Co.  vs.  Clark,  13  Wall.,  323. 

"  We  of  course  understand  that  when  a  name  is  coined  by  one  who 
uses  it  as  a  trademark  upon  a  particular  article,  if  that  name  is  originally 
a  lawful  trademark,  it^  subsequent  adoption  by  the  public  as  a  common 
appellative  cannot  take  away  the  right  already  acquired.''  Celluloid  Co. 
vs.  Cellointe  Co.,  32  Fed.  Rep.,  98. 

But  "  When  an  article  is  made  that  was  theretofore  unknown,  it  must 
be  christened  with  a  name  by  which  it  can  be  recognized  and  dealt  in, 
and  the  name  thus  given  it  becomes  public  property,  and  all  who  deal  in 
the  article  have  a  right  to  designate  by  the  name  by  which  alone  it  is 
recognizable."  Leclanche  Battery  Co.  vs.  Western  Elec.  Co..  23  Fed. 
Rep.,  227. 

"A  word  which  is  the  name  of  an  article,  or  indicates  its  quality,  can- 
not be  so  appropriated.  Every  one  has  the  right  to  manufacture  the  same 
article,  and  to  call  it  by  its  name  or  descriptive  character."  Phalon  vs, 
Wright,  Am.  Fr.  Cas.,  308. 

The  names  "  Ferro  phosphorated  Elixir  of  Calisaya  Bark,"  **  Paraffin 
Oil,"  and  "  Liebig's  Extract  of  Meat,"  have  each  been  held  by  the  courts 
as  descriptive. 

The  Tonga  case  and  that  of  Horsford's  Acid  Phosphate  well  illustrate 
the  tendency  of  the  proprietary  system.  Let  us  study  for  a  few  moments 
the  effect  of  the  system  on  Pharmacy. 

EFFECT   OF   THE   PROPRIETARY   SYSTEM   ON   PHARMACY. 

One  of  the  principal  points  that  I  wish  to  make  in  my  paper  is  that 
pharmacy  is  a  part  of  the  science  of  medicine,  and  its  practice  is  a  part 
of  medical  practice.  For  this  reason  pharmacy  ought  to  be  recognized 
as  one  of  the  liberal  professions,  and  the  pharmacist  should  rank  profes- 
sionally and  socially  with  the  doctor,  lawyer  and  clergyman.  Now  I 
believe  that  the  proprietary  system  is  one  of  the  greatest  barriers  to  a 
realization  of  this  ideal.     The  following  are  some  of  my  reasons  :r^QQQ|p 


150  MINUTES  OF  THE  SECTION   ON   SCIENTIFIC  PAPERS. 

If  the  proprietary  principle  had  been  carried  out  in  the  arts  during  the 
past,  we  would  have  had  each  art  a  monopoly  forever.  The  inventors  of 
pens,  ink,  paper,  cloth,  needles,  pins,  and  what  not  ?  would  have  owned 
the  exclusive  right  to  manufacture  these  articles,  and  have  handed  it 
down  to  their  heirs.  The  final  result  would  be  either  that  the  rest  of  the 
world  would  become  the  slaves  of  rich  monopolists,  or  being  in  the 
majority,  would  finally  rise  in  one  mighty  rebellion  and  throw  off  the 
yoke.  But  it  is  in  some  respects  even  worse  when  the  article  claimed  as 
an  invention  is  merely  an  aggregation  of  old  and  well-known  things,  for 
if  by  mixing  together  several  old  things,  and  giving  the  mixture  a  new 
name,  a  new  thing  can  be  created,  and  the  world  made  to  believe  that  the 
compound  has  marvellous  virtues  not  possessed  by  any  of  the  articles  in- 
dividually, a  demand  is  created  for  the  new,  to  benefit  the  manufacturer 
of  the  new  at  the  expense  of  those  who  are  engaged  in  the  manufacture 
and  sale  of  the  old.  In  this  way  new  compounds  of  the  well-known  drugs 
of  the  Pharmacopoeia  are  introduced,  and  the  trade  at  large  suffer  in  con- 
sequence. Thus,  as  in  the  case  of  Helmbold's  Buchu,  a  little  drug,  well 
diluted  with  water,  can  be  made  to  fill  the  demand  for  medicines  to  the 
amount  of  one  or  two  millions  of  dollars  annually,  and  the  wholesale 
druggists  as  well  as  the  professions  of  pharmacy  and  medicine  are  made 
to  suffer  thereby.  In  such  a  case  as  this,  all  that  I  have  said  against  the 
proprietary  scheme  applies  with  only  greater  force,  for  it  is  a  downright 
fraud  introduced  under  the  alleged  protection  of  law. 

But  the  acme  of  devilish  ingenuity  is  reached  in  a  case  like  '^  Scotch 
Oats  Essence."  Here  a  proprietary  medicine  was  introduced  as  a  great 
invention  to  cure  the  opium  habit.  The  victims  of  this  pernicious  vice 
found  a  solace  here,  for  it  contained  sufficient  morphine  to  satisfy  their 
morbid  desire.  Alcohol,  in  the  form  of  cheap  whiskey,  bitters  and  the 
like,  as  well  as  other  stimulants  and  narcotics,  are  sold  to  an  enormous 
extent  as  "patent**  medicines;  and  the  poor  deluded  victims,  in  their 
efforts  to  escape  from  diseases  or  bad  habits,  not  only  plunge  in  the 
deeper,  but  do  so  in  the  vain  attempt  to  escape,  while  the  human  vam- 
pires who  manufacture  and  sell  these  villainous  compounds,  fatten  on  the 
blood  of  their  victims.  "Patent  "  medicines,  indeed  I  can  you  wonder 
that  the  medical  profession,  ignorant  of  the  true  intent  of  the  patent  law 
for  the  most  part,  and  seeing  such  an  abuse  as  this  under  the  guise  of 
law,  have  no  use  for  the  patent  system  ? 

When  the  proprietary  medicine  system  is  applied  to  pharmacy,  how- 
ever, a  new  an4  serious  evil  presents  itself.  Pharmacy  is  the  science  of 
preparing  medicines.  It  depends  on  materia  medica,  or  the  science  of 
the  substances  used  in  medicine,  and  therapy,  or  the  science  of  the  appli- 
cation of  medicines  to  the  cure  of  disease.  In  fact,  pharmacy  is  a  part, 
and  no  mean  part  either,  of  the  science  of  medicine.  For  progress  in 
medical  science,  as  far  as  the  knowledge  of  drugs  and  Aeir  preparation 

jitizedby  VjOO 


1 


PATENT   AND   TRADEMARK   LAWS.  15I 

and  application  is  concerned,  it  is  necessary  that  pharmacy  should  con- 
form to  the  requirements  of  science.     What  are  these  requirements  ? 

Science,  according  to  President  Porter,  professes  to  exhibit  what  is 
actually  known  or  may  be  learned  in  the  forms  of  science,  viz :  in  the 
forms  of  exact  observation,  precise  definition,  fixed  terminology,  classi- 
fied arrangement,  and  rational  explanation.  Of  course  very  little  is  act- 
ually known  or  may  be  learned  concerning  a  medicine,  knowledge  of  the 
nature  of  which  is  retained  by  the  manufacturer  as  a  secret  for  trade 
purposes.  Exact  observation  is  impossible,  precise  definition  cannot  be 
obtained.  The  names  given  are  unscientific,  and  cannot  be  accepted  as 
correct  nomenclature.  Classified  arrangement  of  partial  knowledge  is 
impractical.  There  can  be  no  rational  explanation  of  the  action  of  a 
remedy  unless  its  exact  composition  is  known. 

The  result  of  this  abuse  is  that  many  of  the  articles  advertised  in  the 
medical  and  pharmaceutical  journals,  claiming  to  be  pharmaceutical  pre- 
parations, cannot  be  admitted  into  the  Pharmacopoeia,  or  accepted  in 
scientific  literature,  for  the  reason  that  the  names  of  these  preparations 
are  claimed  as  private  property,  and  their  formulae  and  art  of  manu- 
facture are  nowhere  published,  but  are  things  of  trade  secrecy.  The 
pharmacy  of  (hese  articles,  therefore,  is  in  danger  of  becoming  a  lost  art, 
and  their  disappearance  from  existence  is  merely  a  question  of  time. 
What  will  be  the  effect  on  the  literature  of  medicine  if  medicinal  prepa- 
rations, the  names  of  which  are  often  incorporated  in  medical  text-books,' 
no  longer  exist  in  the  more  or  less  distant  future?  Unless  every  new 
preparation  introduced  is  provided  with  a  name  which  is  compatible 
with  scientific  nomenclature  and  free  to  the  use  of  the  public,  and  its 
formula  is  published  in  standard  literature  in  such  a  manner  as  will 
enable  the  pharmacist  of  the  future  to  manufacture  the  article,  the  phar- 
macy of  the  nineteenth  century  will  not  be  properly  represented  in  medi- 
cal sciente,  and  the  public  will  suffer  in  consequence  on  account  of  the 
loss  of  valuable  processes  for  preparing  medicines  to  cute  the  sick. 

It  is  very  evident,  then,  that  pharmacy,  being  a  part  of  medical  science, 
should  be  elevated  to  a  scientific  standard  ;  and  the  practice  of  this  art 
being  a  branch  of  medical  practice,  it  should  be  regarded  as  a  medical 
specialty,  and  held  accountable  to  the  laws  that  govern  a  liberal  pro- 
fession. 

Furthermore,  the  proprietary  system  keeps  the  pharmacist  down  socially. 
The  great  Dr.  Gross  in  his  autobiography,  when  speaking  of  those 
who  have  obtained  note  as  proprietary  medicine  manufacturers,  says  that, 
although  fortunes  have  been  made  by  the  business,  it  is  rare  indeed  that 
these  men  have  attained  social  distinction.  Those  who  make  and  sell 
"patent"  medicines  can  never  stand  high  socially. 

The  proprietary  system  creates  a  feeling  of  bitterness  between  the 
professions  of  pharmacy  and  medicine.     The  medical  profession  wilh 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


152  MINUTES   OF  THR   SECTION   ON   SCIENTIFIC   PAPERS. 

always  regard  the  "patent"  medicine  business  as  a  "low-lived"  trade. 
Just  SO  long  as  pharmacists  make  and  sell  these  compounds  there  can 
never  be  harmony  between  the  two  professions. 

The  proprietary  system  injures  pharmacy  in  the  eyes  of  scientific  men 
all  over  the  world.  The  concealment  of  knowledge  for  trade  purposes 
is  considered  contemptible  by  scientists  in  every  department  of  scientific 
work. 

The  proprietary  system  exalts  money-making  above  philanthropy.  The 
principal  aim  is  to  make  money,  even  by  the  misrepresentation  of  facts 
in  many  instances,  thus  sacrificing  beneficence  to  greed.  The  liberal  pro- 
fessions exalt  humanity  above  money.  The  reward  is  to  the  one  who 
sacrifices  self  to  benefit  his  fellow-man,  and  not  to  him  who  sacrifices  his 
fellow- man  to  benefit  himself.  It  would  be  an  evil  day  indeed  when  the 
lofty  sentiment  of  unselfishness  is  put  down  as  a  lower  motive  than  gain. 
No  longer  would  we  honor  such  heroism  as  that  of  Captain  Murrell  of 
the  Missouri,  who  sacrificed  his  cargo  and  endangered  his  position  to 
save  seven  hundred  lives  aboard  the  ill- fated  Danmark.  No  longer 
would  our  hearts  thrill  when  reading  of  the  heroism  of  engineers  who 
stand  at  their  posts  and  bravely  meet  death  to  save  the  lives  entrusted  to 
their  care.  Just  to  the  extent  that  the  professions  benefit  humanity  will 
professional  men  stand  high  in  the  estimation  of  their  fellows.  A  pro- 
fession run  under  the  proprietary  system,  which  notoriously  represents, 
as  a  rule,  the  money- making  idea  as  opposed  to  the  humanitarian  idea, 
can  never  rank  in  the  minds  of  thinking  men,  except  as  a  trade — certainly 
not  as  a  liberal  profession. 

The  proprietary  system  depreciates  education  and  skill,  and  puts  in  its 
place  ignorance  and  credulity.  By  adopting  it,  pharmacy  will  lose  its 
high  position  among  the  professions  calling  for  the  scientific  application 
of  knowledge  to  manufacture.  The  one  who  can  most  successfully  hum- 
bug the  public,  and  not  the  educated,  skillful  pharmacist,  will  win  in  the 
race  under  the  proprietary  system. 

If  pharmacy  is  a  part  of  the  science  of  medicine,  it  should  hold  a  place 
in  the  literature  of  medical  journals  equal  with  therapeutics.  This  it  can- 
not do  under  the  proprietary  system. 

If  pharmacy  is  a  part  of  medical  practice,  then  pharmacists  in  good  pro- 
fessional standing  should  be  admitted  to  the  Medical  Societies,  and  physi- 
cians should  be  welcomed  to  Pharmaceutical  Associations  as  well.  But 
these  happy  results  can  never  be  secured  until  the  pharmacists  are  clear 
of  all  contamination. 

CONCLUSION. 

I  think  I  have  said  enough  to  show  what  is  the  policy  of  the  patent  and 
trademark  laws  in  relation  to  the  science  of  medicine,  and  the  useful  arts 
of  pharmacy  and  therapy,  and  I  think  I  have  proved  to  you  the  malign 
policy  of  the  so-called  "patent,"  "proprietary,"  or  **  trademark   phar- 

Digitized 


1 


PATENT   AND   TRADEMARK   LAWS.  153 

maceutical"  business  in  its  relation  to  the  same  science  and  associated 
arts.  I  presume  you  now  ask  what  conclusions  I  would  draw  from  the 
facts  I  have  presented  before  you. 

The  limits  of  the  paper  will  not  permit  me  to  present  to  you  my  con- 
clusions at  great  length.     Briefly,  they  are  as  follows : 

T.  Abolish  secret  formulas. 

2.  Let  the  Supreme  Court  of  the  United  States  define  the  scope*  of  the 
patent,  copyright  and  trademark  laws  in  unmistakable  language.  This 
seems  necessary  when  there  is  so  much  difference  of  opinion  among  lead- 
ing tnembers  of  the  bar  regarding  their  true  scope. 

3.  "Patent  new  and  useful  inventions  in  medicine.'*  But  limit  thb 
high  reward  to  real  inventors  of  things  new  and  useful,  and  not  to  those 
who  devise  mere  aggregations  of  old  and  well  known  drugs,  and  call  such 
inventions. 

**  How  are  we  to  abolish  secret  medicines?  There  is  a  way.  Pass  strict 
laws  in  each  State  against  adulteration  of  food  and  medicine.  As  food 
and  medicine  must  have  a  standard  of  purity,  insist  that  formulae  shall  be 
published,  and  make  the  published  formula  in  each  case  the  standard  for 
that  article.  Then  pass  a  national  law  to  prevent  the  transit  of  adul- 
terated products  from  one  State  to  another,  and  consider  all  foods  and 
all  drug  preparations  contraband,  the  formulae  for  the  composition  of 
which  are  not  published.'* 

Let  us  not  forget  that  to  promote  the  highest  good  of  mankind,  and 
especially  to  promote  the  good  of  the  profession,  is  worthy  of  our  noblest 
ambition.  Let  us  not  forget  the  inestimable  value  of  knowledge,  and 
the  importance  of  its  universal  diffusion,  as  a  means  to  that  end  ;  remem- 
ber also  that  knowledge  is  not  science  until  it  is  published  in  the  classi- 
fied forms  of  science,  and  protected  by  a  changeless  nomenclature.  It  is 
idle  to  call  anything  else  the  science  of  medicine  or  pharmacy.  Do  not 
forget  the  noble  men  who  have  devoted  their  lives,  often  at  the  cost  of 
much  self-sacrifice,  to  benefit  the  cause  of  science  and  promote  the  pro- 
gress of  the  profession. 

And  what  reward  is  offered  for  all  this  ?  you  ask.  "  It  is  money  we  are 
after,  not  glory,  and  while  your  plans  are  very  philanthropic  and  all  that, 
there  is  no  money  in  them."  To  such  I  can  only  answer  that  the  first 
duty  we  owe  is  to  humanity,  and  self-interest  must  be  made  secondary  to 
that.  The  question  is  not,  is  there  any  money  in  it  ?  but,  what  is  for  the 
best  interests  of  humanity  ?  Shall  we  sanction  a  system  that  hinders  pro- 
gress in  science  and  the  arts  ?  or  shall  we  adopt  one  to  promote  progress 
in  knowledge  and  its  application  to  means  for  the  relief  of  human  suf- 
fering ? 

Neither  is  money  the  highest  reward.     Money  is  only  of  value  accord- 

*See  my  article  in  Druggists^  Circular  for  April*  1889. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


154  MINUIES  OF  THE  SECTION  ON   SCIENTIFIC  PAPERS. 

ing  to  its  purchasing  poorer.  There  are  some  things  that  money  cannot 
purchase.  It  cannot  purchase  an  approving  conscience,  neither  can  it 
purchase  the  regard  of  our  fellow  men  in  the  higher  sense. 

Lord  Camden  once  said,  **  Glory  is  the  reward  of  science,  and  those 
who  deserve  it  scorn  all  meaner  views.  *  *  *  It  was  not  for  gain  that 
Bacon,  Milton,  Newton,  and  Locke  instructed  and  delighted  the  world. 
When  the  bookseller  offered  Milton  five  pounds  for  his  Paradise  Lost,  he 
did  not  reject  it  and  commit  his  poem  to  the  flames,  nor  did  he  accept 
the  miserable  pittance  as  the  reward  of  his  labor ;  he  knew  that  the  real 
price  of  his  work  was  immortality,  and  that  posterity  would  pay  the 
debt." 

Who  can  estimate  the  money  value  of  the  discoveries  of  Newton, 
Franklin,  Fulton,  Harvey,  Pasteur,  and  scores  of  other  scientific  investi- 
gators? And  who  can  pay  them  in  money  full  value  for  their  services? 
Do  such  men  work  with  money  as  the  end  and  aim  of  their  labors? 
Perish  the  thought ! 

But  there  is  a  higher  reward  for  men  who  obey  the  law  of  love  than 
mere  earthly  glory ;  and  they  are  those  who,  forgetting  all  earthly  con- 
siderations, serve  the  great  cause  of  humanity  with  a  higher  aim  than 
glory.  Misrepresented  and  misunderstood,  such  men  have  bravely  kept 
on  in  their  chosen  way,  despite  the  jeers  of  their  enemies  and  the  oppo- 
sition of  their  friends,  knowing  that  the  cause  of  right  is  God's  cause, 
and  that  He  who  rules  over  the  destinies  of  men  sees  the  hearts  of  men 
and  weighs  their  motives ;  and  that  He  will  reward  devotion  to  His  cause 
with  a  crown  far  more  valuable  than  the  praise  of  men. 

Yet  while  I  advocate  such  views  as  those  just  expressed,  I  cannot  too 
strongly  insist  regarding  the  value  of  money  as  a  means  of  furthering 
scientific  research.  It  is  a  false  position,  that  taken  by  many  scientific 
men,  that  they  will  not  receive  money  for  scientific  work.  The  lamented 
Dr.  Randolph,  late  Demonstrator  of  Biology  in  the  University  of  Pennsyl- 
vania, and  editor  of  the  Medical  and  Surgical  Reporter^  once  said  to  me: 
**  You  have  convinced  my  judgment  that  a  scientific  man  can  receive 
money  for  scientific  work  without  stultifying  himself;  but  so  strongly  am 
I  prejudiced  against  it  by  education  contrary  to  the  idea,  that  I  hever  can 
accept  the  money.'*  I  believe  that  the  '*  workman  is  worthy  of  his  hire,'* 
and  I  do  not  believe  in  muzzling  the  ox  that  treads  out  the  corn.  Be- 
cause of  this  belief,  I  also  advocate  that  the  medical  inventor  who  dis- 
covers some  new  and  valuable  invention  in  the  methods  of  preparing  or 
applying  medicine,  should  be  rewarded  by  the  grant  of  the  exclusive  use 
of  his  invention  for  a  limited  number  of  years,  provided  he  shall  publish 
full  knowledge  thereof,  so  that  the  public  may  manufacture  the  invention 
when  the  patent  expires. 

Mr.  Kennedy  read  the  following  : 


Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


PHARMACOP(EIAL  COMPOUND   GALENICAL   PREPARATIONS.  1.55 

ON  PHARMACOPOEIAL  COMPOUND  GALENICAL  PREPARATIONS. 

Query  4  — Is  it  not  advisable  to  drop  from  the  United  States  Pharmacopoeia  all  com- 
pound galenical  preparations  ? 

•    BY  JOSEPH  p.  REMINGTON. 

The  efforts  of  scientific  therapeutists  and  pharmacists  during  the  last 
century  have  been  constantly  directed  toward  simplicity  in  tjie  composi- 
tion of  the  remedies  intended  to  heal  the  sick. 

The  development  of  the  study  of  therapy  has  shown  that  great  difficul- 
ties have  to  be  encountered  in  determining  the  true  action  on  the  economy 
of  even  the  simplest  and  most  decided  remedies ;  and  whilst  this  remains 
true,  the  knowledge  of  the  action  of  compound  remedies  must  involve 
still  greater  difficulties,  and  to  a  great  extent  it  must  continue  to  be 
based  upon  empirical  observations.  To  recur  to  the  past,  the  most  cele- 
brated remedies  of  our  forefathers  were  marvels  of  polypharmacy ;  the 
famous  **  Theriaca  Andromachi,**  with  its  farrago  of  sixty-one  different  in- 
gredients, furnishes  a  good  illustration.  This  electuary  was  prepared 
under  official  supervision  ;  in  some  countries  the  ingredients  were  openly 
placed  upon  tables  in  the  streets  for  the  inspection  *of  physicians  and  ex- 
aminers, and  in  Nuremberg,  as  late  as  the  eighteenth  century,  the  pre- 
paration of  Theriac  was  celebrated  with  great  pomp  at  a  national  festival. 
With  the  decline  of  mystery,  superstition  and  witchcraft  in  the  composi- 
tion of  medicines,  at  each  revision  of  the  Pharmacopoeias  the  compound 
galenical  preparations,  which  have  been  based  upon  them,  have  been 
gradually  improved,  until  the  Theriac  of  old  has  been  shorn  completely  of 
its  mystery  and  majesty.  The  French  Codex,  however,  still  retains  Theriac 
with  fifty-seven  ingredients,  although  there  has  been  some  improvement 
even  here,  as  at  one  time  the  "electuarium  opiatum  polypharmicum  '*  of 
the  Codex  contained  seventy-two  ingredients,  including  the  flesh  of  the 
viper. 

The  British  Pharmacopoeia,  under  the  name  of  Confectio  Opii,  retains 
all  that  was  valuable  in  "poor  old  Theriac,"  by  making  it  from  opium, 
black  pepper,  ginger,  caraway,  tragacanth  and  syrup,  while  the  United 
States  aifd  German  Pharmacopoeias  omitted  it  entirely  in  the  last  revis- 
ions. A  study  of  a  number  of  other  compound  galenical  preparations 
will  show  what  the  tendency  of  modern  pharmacy  has  been,  in  the  past, 
and  it  is  wise  and  timely  to  consider  what  should  be  the  policy  of  the 
Committee  of  Revision  of  the  Pharmacopoeia  in  the  future,  in  regard  to 
this  class  of  preparations.  A  Pharmacopoeia  must  be  conservative  if  it  is 
expected  to  be  useful  in  this  country.  It  cannot  be  hoped  that  the  prac- 
tice and  habits  of  over  one  hundred  thousand  physicians  and  pharmacists 
can  be  changed  by  one  stroke  of  the  pen  of  the  Committee,  particularly 
when  we  reflect  that  there  is  no  legal  obligation  whatever  for  one  of  them 
to  use  the  Pharmacopoeia ;  hence  the  wisdom  of  former  revisers  has  been 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


156  MINUTES   OF  THE   SECTION   ON   SCIENTIFIC  PAPERS. 

shown  in  gradually  moulding  and  educating  those  for  whose  use  the 
Pharmacopoeia  was  devised,  by  admitting  compound  galenical  prepara- 
tions, but  at  each  revision  omitting  such  ingredients  as  were  found  to  be 
superfluous,  and  thus  therapy  and  pharmacy  have  been  improved  and 
brought  nearer  the  goals  of  exactness  and  accuracy. 

Another  question  presents  itself  in  this  connection  :  Shall  the  Phar- 
macopoeia a^mit  any  compound  galenical  preparations  at  its  next  revis- 
ion  ?  This  brings  into  view  another  object  of  a  Pharmacopoeia,  which  is 
to  improve  the  practice  of  medicine  and  pharmacy  already  existing  in  the 
country ;  if  the  Pharmacopoeia  persistently  ignores  the  existence  of  pre- 
parations that  are  in  constant  use,  and  refuses  to  admit  them,  it  simply 
weakens  its  own  influence  and  defeats  its  own  object  of  being  an  authori- 
tative guide  in  medicine  and  pharmacy  upon  the  practice  of  its  own  time. 

Then  is  it  not  wisest  to  admit  such  compound  galenical  preparations  as 
have  fully  proved  their  usefulness  by  their  extensive  employment  ?  If 
they  are  admitted,  they  should  be  purged  of  all  superfluities,  and  the  pro- 
cesses made  so  practical  and  free  that  every  pharmacist  in  the  land  can 
make  them  without  prejudice  to  his  neighbor.  In  conclusion,  the  writer 
desires  to  answer  the  query  by  stating  that  it  is  his  opinion  that  all  com- 
pound galenical  preparations  which  have  not  thoroughly  established  their 
usefulness  throughout  the  country,  should  be  dropped  from  the  next  re- 
vision of  the  United  States  Pharmacopoeia  j  and  that  none  should  be 
admitted  to  that  authority  except  such  as  will  stand  the  same  test  of  ex- 
tended usefulness ;  and  if  admitted,  the  processes  must  commend  them- 
selves to  the  practical  worker  as  niodels  of  simplicity  and  elegance. 

Mr.  Calvert  read  the  following,  which  was  accepted  and  referred  : 

EXTRACT  OF  OPIUM. 

Chinese  Method  of  Preparing^ 

BY  JOHN  CALVERT. 

Some  years  ago  I  had  an  excellent  opportunity  of  observing  the  pro- 
cess of  manufacturing  this  extract  as  followed  by  the  Chinese  experts, 
who  prepare  the  domestic  article  from  Turkey  opium  in  San  Francisco. 
The  details  of  the  process  are  kept  as  a  profound  secret  by  them  and  their 
employers,  the  wealthy  Chinese  merchants ;  but  owing  to  exceptional  cir- 
cumstances, I  was  enabled  to  study  the  subject  and  become  thoroughly 
conversant  with  every  point.  And  I  may  as  well  state  before  proceeding 
further,  that  I  am  betraying  no  confidences,  and  I  paid  dearly  for  the  in- 
formation which  I  am  about  to  place  before  you.  I  do  not  think  that 
even  now  I  should  have  been  inclined  to  expose  the  details  of  a  process 
which  has  a  considerable  commercial  value,  except  for  the  reason  that 
this  occasion  is  a  remarkable  one  in  the  history  of  American  pharmacy. 

I  need  not  tell  you  how  to  prepare  extract  of  opium.  It  is  merely  an 
aqueous  infusion  evaporated  on  a  water  bath  to  a  pilular  consistence. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


EXTRACT  OF   OPIUM.  157   ' 

An  addition  of  5  per  cent,  of  glycerin  is  ordered  in  the  last  edition  of  the 
United  States  Pharmacopoeia. 

The  Chinaman  proceeds  otherwise.  His  apparatus  consists  of  two 
charcoal  burning  fire-clay  furnaces,  about  15  inches  high  and  of  about  the 
same  width,  open  on  three  sides ;  some  palm  leaf  or  other  cheap  fans,  for 
fanning  himself  and  the  fire ;  several  brass  pans,  such  as  are  here  shown  ; 
a  brass  ladle  and  several  tin  ones ;  a  large  spoon  for  skimming ;  a  grid- 
iron, two  pair  of  pincers  for  lifting  the  pans,  and  some  thick  woolen 
cloths  to  protect  the  hands,  some  fibre  brushes,  several  buckets,  basket 
strainers,  muslin  for  straining,  fibrous  material  for  drawing  off  the  liquor, 
some  heavy  sticks  to  be  used  as  pestles,  several  spatulas,  about  a  foot  long 
and  3  inches  wide  at  lower  end  and  made  of  oak  or  ash,  and  a  steel 
bladed  scraper. 

One  or  two  low  stools  complete  the  arrangements.  The  operator  does 
not  require  any  tables  or  benches,  as  all  the  work  is  done  on  or  near  the 
ground.  The  operation  requires  two  days,  but  after  the  first  day,  the 
two  days'  work  goes  on  regularly,  and  a  batch  of  extract  is  turned  out  by 
the  same  workman  every  evening. 

The  quantity  of  opium  operated  upon,  so  that  a  workman  can  do  a  fair 
day's  work,  is  usually  about  16  or  18  p>ounds.  The  balls  are  placed  in 
tepid  water,  to  soften  the  surface,  and  they  are  washed  by  hand  to  re- 
move grit,  leaves  and  other  foreign  substances. 

The  material  is  then  placed  in  one  of  the  shallow  concave  brass  pans, 
which  is  kept  gently  heated  over  the  naked  charcoal  fire,  and  by  means 
of  the  wooden  pestle,  is  kneaded  into  a  soft  paste.  When  homogeneous, 
the  softened  opium  is  uniformly  spread  over  the  inner  surface  of  the  pan, 
and  patted  down  by  the  hand,  so  as  to  give  it  a  smooth  surface.  The 
heat  is  continued  until  the  greater  part  of  the  moisture  has  evaporated, 
and  the  opium  has  become  so  solid  that  the  pan  can  be  turned  over. 
The  direct  heat  of  a  very  small  fire  is  now  allowed  to  act  directly  on  the  ' 
face  of  the  opium  by  turning  the  pan  upside  down.  This  has  to  be  care- 
fully and  skillfully  done.  As  soon  as  the  surface  of  the  material  has  be- 
come sufficiently  hardened,  it  is  deftly  removed  in  thin  layers,  and  this  is 
continued  until  all  the  opium  has  been  taken  from  the  pan,  except  the 
dried  portion  which  remains  attached  to  the  bottom  and  sides  of  the  ves- 
sel.    This  is  scraped  off. 

The  gridiron  now  comes  into  play.  The  crusts  which  were  laid  aside 
in  the  former  operation  are  now  put  on  the  gridiron  a  few  at  a  time, 
with  the  greatest  care,  to  avoid  breaking  them,  and  are  toasted  over 
the  charcoal  at  a  low  temperature  until  they  have  become  perfectly  crisp. 
The  crusts  are  then  placed  in  one  of  the  brass  pans,  covered  with  warm 
water,  and  left  standing  until  the  next  morning. 

On  resuming  work  the  infusion  is  drawn  off  into  buckets  through  bas- 
kets lined  with  muslin  strainers. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


158  MINUTES  OF  THE   SECTION   ON  SaENTIFlC   PAPERS. 

The  brass  pan  is  slightly  tilted,  and  by  means  of  a  knot  of  vegetable 
fibre  the  liquor  is  drawn  off  over  the  edge  of  the  pan  without  loss.  The 
roasted  opium  is  drained,  and  a  second  quantity  of  warm  water  added, 
with  as  little  breakage  of  the  crusts  as  possible,  and  the  extraction  is  fin- 
ished with  a  third  lot  of  water.  Only  the  first  and  second  infusions  are 
used  for  the  extract ;  the  washings  and  weak  infusions  are  employed  for 
the  extraction  of  the  next  batch.  There  seems  to  be  no  precise  rule  as  to 
the  quantity  of  water  for  making  the  infusion ;  the  crusts  are  merely 
covered.  , 

The  infusion  is  then  mixed  with  some  egg  albumen  and  a  part  of  it  is 
placed  in  the  largest  of  the  brass  pans  over  the  naked  charcoal  fire,  and 
is  heated,  skimmed  and  boiled  constantly.  The  pan  is  not  filled,  but 
room  is  allowed,  for  frothing,  and  fresh  portions  of  warm  infusion  contain- 
ing albumen  are  added  from  time  to  time  as  the  bulk  diminishes.  During 
the  boiling  there  are  several  matters  .to  be  attended  to,  such  as  keeping 
up  the  fire,  or  banking  it  up  with  ashes  if  too  hot,  prevention  of  boil- 
ing over  by  addition  of  small  quantities  of  the  infusion,  or  of  water,  and 
keeping  the  sides  of  the  pan  free  from  hardened  extract.  This  is  effected 
by  water  and  the  fibre  scrubbing  brushes.  When  all  the  infusion  has 
been  added,  and  the  evaporation  has  proceeded  as  far  as  is  considered  to 
be  necessary,  the  pan  is  removed  from  the  fire,  and  the  extract  constantly 
stirred  by  means  of  a  wooden  spatula  in  a  current  of  air  produced  by  fan- 
ning until  cool  and  uniformly  mixed. 

The  yield  of  extract  varies  according  to  the  kind  and  quality  of  opium, 

but  I  have  not  observed  any  very  remarkable  difference  between  the  results 

N  of  this,  and  those  of  the  ordinary  pharmaceutical  methods.     Eigtheen 

pounds  of  first  quality  Turkey  opium  generally  yield  about  ten  pounds  of 

this  extract. 

The  greatest  watchfulness  is  exercised  over  the  roasting  or  toasting 
part  of  the  process.  Although  a  small  exposed  corner  of  the  crusts  may 
become  charred  occasionally,  the  object  of  this  operation  is  to  expose  the 
opium  to  such  a  heat  only  as  to  render  it  porous,  to  do  away  with  the 
quality  of  stickiness,  which  is  said  by  some  authors  to  be  produced  by  an 
easily  decomposed  caoutchouc- like  substance,  and  to  allow  the  aqueous 
extractive  matter  to  ooze  out  of  the  material  without  stirring. 

Notwithstanding  the  constant  repetition  of  cautions  in  all  the  text- 
books, dispensatories  and  other  pharmaceutical  literature  respecting  the 
care  to  be  observed  about  subjecting  opium  to  heat,  I  do  not  find  that 
there  is  any  appreciable  difference  in  the  yield  of  morphia  when  opium 
has  gone  through  this  barbarous  process. 

Whatever  changes  may  take  place  among  the  other  proximate  con- 
stituents is  not  known,  but  I  am  quite  satisfied  as  to  the  fact  that  the 
natural  morphia  salts,  protected  by  extractive,  are  not  decomposed,  or 
only  to  a  very  small  extent,  by  such  a  heat  as  is  necessary  for  the  desired 
alteration  of  the  valueless  or  inert  matters  contained  in  opiunf^QQJ^ 


EXTRACT  OF  OPIUM.  159 

Mr.  Calvert. — It  does  not  appear  from  the  assays  which  I  have  made  of  a  great 
number  of  samples  of  Chinese  made  opium — that  is,  opium  made  in  Hong  Kong — that 
the  morphia  is  the  essential  thing  that  the  Chinese  want :  I  found  that  some  of  the 
samples  did  not  contain  more  than  three  to  four  per  cent.,  and  I  have  obtained  samples 
which  did  not  contain  one  per  cent,  of  morphia ;  I  have  had  a  sample  which  had  the 
right  appearance,  but  did  not  contain  a  trace  of  morphia  that  I  could  discover.  The 
packages  of  Chinese  opium  contain  five  Chinese  taels,  and  it  takes  about  three  of  those 
packages  to  the  pound.  The  duty  is  $]o  per  pound,  and  the  custom  house  officers  have 
much  trouble  with  it;  there  has  been  a  great  amount  of  smuggled  opium  introduced 
into  this  port  through  the  agency  of  the  Chinese  steamers,  and  a  large  quantity  comes 
across  the  sound,  and  is  brought  down  to  San  Francisco  by  freighting  vessels,  besides  a 
great  quantity  that  comes  overland. 

Mr.  Ruppert. — The  old  way  was  to  dissolve  the  opium  in  water  and  smoke  it  with- 
out going  through  this  elaborate  process.  I  know  that  what  one  would  reject  the  other 
would  take,  and  claim  it  was  the  best  opium.  So  I  judged  that  neither  of  them  knew 
much  about  it. 

Mr.  Grazer. — There  must  be  a  large  p^r  centage  of  coagulated  albumen  present. 

Mr.  Calvert. — I  prepared  some  opium  in  the  common  way  for  some  Chinese,  in 
order  to  test  that  very  point,  and  they  rejected  it  and  said  it  was  "  no  good,"  and  they 
would  not  use  that  kind.  I  never  had  an  opportunity  of  preparing  a  batch  of  opium 
from  that  process;  but,  I  believe  that  all  their  opium  goes  through  this  process. 
A  gentleman  in  Hong  Kong  went  through  an  opium  factory,  and  he  gave  the  details  of 
the  process  very  much  as  I  have  given  them,  with  the  exception  of  the  roasting  or  toast- 
ing— and  that  I  regard  as  the  essential  part  of  the  process,  because  you  do  away  with 
that  mucilaginous  condition  which  hinders  the  extraction  of  opium  a  great  deal.  If  you 
operate  upon  large  batches  of  opium  you  will  find  great  difficulty,  although  you  don't 
have  so  much  difficulty  in  small  quantities. 

If  you  v/ant  to  operate  on  a  large  quantity  of  opium  you  will  find  that  this  plan  facili- 
tates matters  very  much.  I  have  no  doubt  you  could  get  up  an  arrangement  by  which 
the  opium  could  be  worked  out  into  a  thin  sheet ;  that  would  answer  the  same  purpose ; 
there  is  only  a  certain  heat  required,  and  that  is  not  a  burning  heat. 

-  Mr.  Ray. — I  think  Mr.  Eckman  can  give  us  some  light  upon  this  matter,  as  he  has 
had  some  experience  in  its  preparation. 

Mr.  Eckman. — I  have  tried  an  experiment,  removed  a  part  of  the  morphia  from  the 
opium,  and  made  money  by  selling  the  morphine  to  the  white  men  and  the  opium  to  the 
Chinamen  to  smoke. 

The  Chairman. — I  think  by  following  that  plan  we  would  have  the  morphine,  and 
the  opium  would  be  less  harmful  to  those  who  smoke  it. 

Mr.  Grazer. — I  have  seen  a  preparation  made  from  the  scrapings  taken  from  old 
opium  pipes,  which  are  sold  over  again,  and  purchased  by  the  Chinese.  There  certainly 
cannot  be  any  virtue  in  these  things,  and  still  they  are  scraped  together  and  sold. 

Mr.  Maisch. — Is  it  not  possible  that  there  may  be  different  qualities  of  extracts  in 
the  Chinese  market  for  smoking  purposes,  higher  priced  and  lower  priced  qualities  ? 

Mr.  Calvert. — The  lowest  priced  kind  of  Chinese  opium  is  the  kind  which  has  just 
been  mentioned  by  Mr.  Grazer — ^thatis,  the  residues  that  have  been  left  in  the  pipes.  That 
is  made  into  an  extract  by  the  Chinese,  and  is  sold  to  the  very  poorest  Chinese.     Some 

Digitized  by  VjOOQ iC 


l6o  MINUTES   OF   THE   SECTION   ON   SCIENTIFIC  PAPERS. 

that  was  brought  me  by  a  Chinaman  contained  no  morphia,  and  it  gave  out  a  very  dis- 
agreeable odor  when  burned. 

Mr.  Ebert. — I  have  never  been  in  a  Chinese  smoking  establishment,  but  while  this 
discussion  is  going  on,  this  query  comes  to  me  :  when  the  opium  is  burned  in  smoking 
the  pipe,  has  the  morphia  that  is  present  in  the  opium  any  narcotic  effect?  Can  that  be 
answered  ? 

The  Chairman. — When  it  is  destroyed,  of  course  not. 

Mr.  Ebert. — I  don't  know  anything  about  the  smoking  of  opium,  but  believe  that 
the  opium  is  burned  in  smoking;  there  is  fire  thefe,  and  the  opium  is  destroyed.  Now, 
does  the  alkaloid  morphia  present  produce  any  narcotic  effect  under  this  condition? 

Mr.  Maisch. — I  think  the  alkaloid  morphine  as  such  is  decomposed,  but  other  alka- 
loids are  formed. 

Mr.  Ebert. — I  made  many  experiments  for  the  purpose  of  deodorizing  opium,  in 
making  deodorized  or  denarcotized  tincture  of  opium.  The  effect  of  opium  on  the  sys- 
tem, especially  in  its  fresh  state,  is  that  it  produces  a  narcotic  effect  through  the  morphia 
and  other  narcotic  principles ;  but  there  is  a  resinous  or  odorous  principle  present  which 
has  a  very  serious  after  effect,  producing  a  peculiar  debilitation.  The  first  effect  is  ex- 
hilarating and  then  depressing — the  same  as  whisky  does.  When  opium  is  treated  for  in- 
stance with  benzin  or  ordinary  petroleum  ether,  we  i^move  a  resinous  substance  which 
in  itself  has  a  peculiar  exhilarating  effect,  or  seemingly  tonic.  I  have  tried  that  on  my- 
self—not on  my  clerks ;  afterward  it  produces  a  terrible  headache,  this  resinous  principle. 
It  ignites  easily  and  bums  well.  Now,  is  not  that  the  principle  really  that  the  opium 
smoker  wants  ?  That  is  the  question  I  am  trying  to  get  at.  It  is  not  a  pure  resin ;  it  is 
a  kind  of  gum  resinous  matter.  It  does  not  put  you  quite  to  sleep,  but  it  produces  a 
kind  of  a  prickling  sensation  on  the  skin,  and  it  afterward  leaves  you  with  a  most  ter- 
rific headache ;  it  has  always  done  so  on  me. 

The  Chairman. — When  the  Chinese  smoke  opium,  I  believe  it  puts  them  soundly  to 
sleep. 

Mr.  Ebert. — This  resinous  principle  is  what  I  have  thought  after  this  paper  was  read 
might  be  the  principle  that  the  Chinese  expected  to  get  when  they  were  smoking  this 
extract  of  opium ;  and  in  connection  with  this  I  would  like  to  make  another  statement, 
and  that  is  this :  When  we  use  ether  in  making  deodorized  tincture  of  opium,  we  extract 
from  the  opium  a  principle  that  we  ought  not  to  extract,  and  that  is  narcotin.  It  is  gen- 
erally known  that  narcotin  has  no  «uch  effect  as  has  been  attributed  to  it.  It  is  simply 
a  tonic,  not  a  narcotic,  and  it  should  not  be  'extracted  from  opium  or  from  the  deodor- 
ized tincture  of  opium,  and  for  that  one  reason  ether  ought  not  to  be  used  in  the  manu- 
facture of  the  deodorized  tincture  of  opium,  because  ether  does  extract  the  narcotin. 
Another  thing :  we  know  that  a  very  old  opium  pill  can  be  borne  by  a  stomach  with- 
out producing  a  bad  after  effect  of  opium,  while  a  new  opium  pill  always  does  that. 

Mr.  Calvert. — I  would  like  to  state  for  the  information  of  Mr.  Ebert  that  I  pre- 
pared some  extract  of  opium:  I  made  an  assay  of  it,  and  it  contained  about  i8  or  19 
per  cent. — I  forget  which — of  morphia,  and  I  had  another  sample  of  Chinese  opium 
which  contained  only  about  3  per  cent,  of  morphia.  I  submitted  those  samples  to  some 
Chinese  merchants  whom  I  knew  very  well,  and  who  I  knew  would  give  me  a  very 
direct  answer  to  my  question,  and  asked  them,  **  Will  you  take  samples  of  these  opiums 
and  let  me  know  the  effect  they  will  have  upon  you  ? ''     I  wanted  to  test  that  very  point 

,  Digitized  by  VjOOQ iC 


HOW   TO   CONDUCT  A  QUIZ   CLASS.  l6l 

as  to  whether  the  morphine  was  the  constituent  which  produces  the  effect ;  and  they  told 
me  they  could  not  distinguish  one  from  the  other. 

Mr.  Ray. — I  understand  Mr.  Eckman  has  smoked  opium,  and  he  has  made  analyses 
from  the  pipes,  and  knows  all  about  it. 

Mr.  Eckman. — After  what  Mr.  Ray  has  said  I  have  to  get  up,  if  only  to  say  that  I 
only  smoked  it  once,  but  I  learned  from  an  expericned  smoker  that  it  will  take  three 
weeks  to  begin  to  feel  good  from  it ;  I  received  nothing  but  a  headache  from  it,  and  did 
not  care  to  make  another  trial.  I  made  a  number  of  experiments  with  the  scrapings 
from  the  pipe,  which  contained  eight  to  nine  per  cent,  of  morphine  I  believe — I  don't 
remember  exactly,  as  the  experiments  were  made  several  years  ago.  The  resinous  prin- 
ciple that  Mr.  Ebert  asked  about  I  believe  is  burned  out  in  the  act  of  cooking  the  extract 
before  it  is  smoked ;  it  is  burned  for  a  good  while  before  they  smoke  it. 

The  following  paper  was  read  by  Mr.  Whelpley,  accepted  and  referred : 

HOW  TO  CONDUCT  A  QUIZ  CLASS. 

BY  H.  M.  WHELPLEY,  PH.  G.,  F.  R.  M.  S. 

By  looking  over  the  announcements  from  the  thirty  incorporated  insti- 
tutions in  the  United  States,  where  the  art  of  compoundingand  dispens- 
ing medicines  is  taught,  I  find  that  with  few  exceptions,  quiz  classes  are 
mentioned  as  being  depended  upon  in  the  work  of  disseminating  pharma- 
ceutical knowledge.  By  means  of  private  correspondence,  I  have  learned 
that  quiz  classes  are  formed  in  some  of  the  schools  that  make  no  mention 
of  that  fact  in  their  annual  catalogues.  As  the  number  of  colleges  of 
pharmacy  is  quite  rapidly  increasing,  and  as  the  importance  of  quiz  classes 
as  a  factor  in  pharmaceutical  teaching  must,  therefore,  be  gaining  greater 
prominence  each  year,  I  decided  to  make  note  of  a  few  observations, 
gained  during  a  period  of  five  years'  experience  as  a  quiz  master  in  a  col- 
lege of  pharmacy.     These  I  present  here  for  your  deliberate  consideration. 

ORIGIN  AND  USE  OF  THE  WORD  QUIZ. 

It  is  supposed  that  the  word  ''  quiz  "  originated  in  Dublin,  and  was 
coined  by  a  play-house  keeper  named  Daly.  This  man  wagered  a  friend 
that  he  could  have  the  citizens  of  Dublin  inquiring  about  a  meaningless 
word  within  twenty- four  hours.  Accordingly,  during  the  following  night 
he  caused  the  word  qu-i-z  to  be  written  on  the  walks,  walls,  fences  and 
other  conspicuous  places  in  the  city,  and  awaited  results.  The  next  day 
men,  women  and  children  were  all  curious  to  know  what  the  word  meant, 
and  why  it  was  so  promiscuously  scattered  about  their  homes.  Thus  the 
word  came  to  be  added  to  the  vocabulary  of  the  English  language,  and 
has  never  lost  the  significance  attached  to  it  on  that  occasion. 

But  we,  as  pharmaceutical  educators,  in  assuming  the  responsibilities  of 

our  office,  should  not  look  upon  the  use  of  the  word  in  exactly  the  same 

sense  as  it  was  employed  in  its  infancy.     We  should  make  use  of  it  for 

higher  and  more  noble  purposes.     It  is  true  that  the  quiz  mastp>must^ 

II 


[U1Z  master>must  | 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


1 62  MINUTES   OF  THE   SECTION  ON   SCIENTIFIC   PAPERS. 

awaken  in  the  students  a  desire  to  penetrate  the  unknown,  but  that  un- 
known should  always  be  useful  knowledge,  and  not  a  mere  meaningless 
conundrum  for  the  amusement  of  idle  brains. 

Quiz  classes  should  be  formed  for  the  purpose  of  reviewing  the  lectures 
and  impressing  upon  the  minds  of  the  students  at  least  the  essential  points 
in  the  lecture  given  them.  Every  good  lecturer  rounds  out  his  discourse 
with  matter  relative  to  the  subject  of  which  he  treats,  but  not  essential 
for  studious  consideration. 

In  the  second  place  the  quiz  master  should  find  out  just  how  much  each 
student  knows  about  the  subjects  of  the  lectures  to  which  he  has  listened. 
He  should  correct  the  many  erroneous  conclusions  that  members  of  the 
class  always  draw  from  even  the  best  of  lectures.  Such  a  procedure  not 
only  stimulates  the  students  to  their  work,  but  it  keeps  them  in  the  right 
line  of  study. 

Lastly,  the  quiz  class  should  bring  the  students  together  in  a  harmoni- 
ous manner,  so  that  the  intellectual  labors  of  each  will  promote  a  progres- 
sive spirit  in  the  minds  of  the  others.  It  is  the  duty  of  the  quiz  master  to 
stand  midway  between  the  classes  and  the  professors,  in  such  a  manner 
that  he  imparts  to  the  inquiring  mind  knowledge  that  does  not  properly 
fall  from  the  lips  of  a  lecturer. 

THE  PROPER  QUALIFICATIONS  OF  A  QUIZ  MASTER. 

Taking  the  above  objects  into  consideration,  we  next  logically  look  for 
the  methods  of  procedure  best  adapted  to  their  accomplishment.  In  the 
first  place,  success  depends  as  much  upon  the  qualifications  of  the  quiz 
master,  as  on  the  capabilities  of  the  students.  As  the  natural  and  ac- 
quired attributes  of  the  students  who  enter  the  colleges  of  pharmacy  are 
beyond  the  control  of  the  quiz  masters,  who  must  take  them  as  they  are 
admitted  to  the  college,  it  becomes  doubly  important  that  the  quiz  master 
should  have  the  faculty  of  successfully  quizzing.  This  he  will  never  ac- 
quire unless  he  takes  a  pleasure  in  the  work.  In  addition  to  this  he  must 
possess  a  thorough  knowledge  of  the  subject  or  subjects,  on  which  he 
quizzes.  By  thorough  I  do  not  mean  a  knowledge  such  as  is  gained 
alone  from  books  and  current  literature.  I  refer  more  particularly  to  an 
understanding  of  the  manner  in  which  the  lecturer  treats  the  subject. 
The  various  sciences  and  their  branches  are  advanced  slowly  by  individual 
efforts,  and  each  teacher,  no  matter  whether  a  lecturer  or  a  writer,  puts 
forth  ideas  of  his  own  and  announces  new  discoveries  he  has  made,  and 
these  the  students  should  absorb,  as  they  may  not  be  able  to  find  them 
elsewhere.  The  competent  quiz  master  will  attend  all  the  lectures  on  his 
branch  and  study  them  so  he  can  traverse  the  same  territory  during  the 
quizzes  without  conflicting  with  ideas  put  forth  in  the  lectures.  Any 
antagonism  between  the  lectures  and  quizzes  not  only  confuses  the  stu- 
dents, but  also  leads  them  to  suspect  either  the  quiz  master,  or  professor, 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


HOW  TO   CONDUCT  A   QUIZ   CLASS.  1 63 

if  not  both,  of  ignorance.  The  person  who  cannot  conscientiously  en- 
dorse the  substance  of  the  lectures  has  no  right  to  accept  the  position  of 
quiz  master  on  that  branch. 

Any  person  who  quizzes  a  class  should  be  so  familiar  with  the  subject 
and  well  posted  that  notes  are  unnecessary.  A  lecturer  steps  upon  the 
rostrum  with  a  definite  plan  of  his  lecture  before  him.  This  general  out- 
line is  then  followed  during  the  discourse  from  either  mental  or  written 
notes.  The  circumstances  are  entirely  different  with  the  quiz  master. 
He  has  the  substance  of  the  previous  lectures  within  which  to  confine  his 
questions,  but  the  order  of  procedure  should  be  governed  by  the  nature 
of  the  answers  elicited  from  the  class.  I  have  tried  quizzing  both  with 
and  without  notes,  and  I  am  now  satisfied  that  the  latter  method  is  the 
more  preferable  one  of  the  two.  It  is  not  only  easier,  but  the  attention 
of  the  class  is  held  closer  to  the  subject  under  consideration  and  permits 
of  more  serviceable  work.  I  do  not  desire  to  convey  the  idea  that  notes 
should  not  be  prepared  for  the  quizzes.  On  the  contrary,  I  find  that  such 
previous  preparation  is  a  good  training  for.  the  quiz  master.  Such  notes 
are  also  a  record  which  serves  as  a  guide  in  each  successive  year's  work. 
They  also  serve  to  show  how  the  lectures  vary  from  year  to  year  as  the 
sciences  taught  advance. 

FIND  OUT  HOW  MUCH  THE  STUDENTS  KNOW. 

The  methods  best  adapted  to  find  out  how  much  the  students  know 
about  the  lectures  vary  greatly  with  individual  cases.  In  a  general  way 
I  observe  the  following  rules : 

1.  Select  a  convenient  blank  book,  and  in  it  place  a  list  of  the  stu- 
dents' names,  with  a  sufficient  number  of  spaces  after  each  name  to  credit 
the  answers  or  record  the  failures  which  are  made.  The  attempts  at  an- 
swering are  to  be  rated  from  one  to  ten  or  ten  to  one  hundred,  and 
absentees  designated  by  some  special  mark,  such  as  x. 

2.  Particular  attention  should  be  paid  to  those  who  are  frequently  ab- 
sent. When  such  cases  become  chronic,  the  parties  should  be  interviewed 
by  the  |Board  of  Trustees  or  some  other  proper  authority.  One  member 
who  attends  only  one-half  the  time  retards  the  progress  of  the  entire  class, 
and  causes  more  trouble  than  two  students  who  do  not  miss  a  quiz. 

3.  If  possible,  each  student  should  be  called  on  during  the  quiz.  I  re- 
quire each  student  to  arise  to  his  feet  in  answering  a  question,  even  if  he 
can  only  say,  *'Ido  not  know."  This  practice  impresses  the  student 
with  the  importance  of  the  occasion,  and  serves  to  elicit  closer  attention 
to  the  questions  and  more  attempts  to  answer  them.  It  is  not  best  to 
call  the  names  in  any  definite  manner  each  time,  but  ask  the  questions  in 
a  promiscuous  manner,  so  that  a  student  never  is  forewarned  by  knowledge 
of  when  he  is  to  be  called  upon  to  tell  what  he  knows,  or  show  what  he 
does  not  know.     I  always  try  to  impress  upon  the  minds  of  th^tudents 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


1 64  MINUTES   OF  THE   SECTION  ON   SCIENTIFIC  PAPERS. 

that  a  question  for  one  is  a  question  for  all,  and  that  each  person  must 
ask  himself  each  question  as  it  is  asked  the  class.  The  irregular  method 
I  mentioned  of  calling  upon  the  class  is  a  good  moral  support  for  them  to 
carry  out  the  instructions  to  quiz  themselves. 

THE  PROPER  INFLUENCE  TO  EXERT  ON  THE  CLASS. 

The  influence  which  a  quiz  master  can  and  should  exert  in  familiariz- 
ing the  students  with  each  other  and  their  relationship  to  the  college  dur- 
ing their  collegiate  course,  is  by  no  means  a  small  part  of  his  duties.  As 
a  general  rule  the  quiz  masters  are  young  men  who  have  fresh  in  their 
memory  not  only  the  very  studies  which  the  students  have  under  consid- 
eration, but  also  the  remembrance  of  college  days  and  the  peculiarities  of 
such  a  life.  This  fact  has  a  great  tendency  to  cause  the  members  of  the 
class  to  feel  more  at  home  with,  and  closer  to,  the  quiz  masters  than  they 
do  to  the  professors.  When  I  commenced  to  act  in  the  double  capacity 
of  professor  and  quiz  master  in  the  same  college,  this  relationship  of  pro- 
fessor, quiz  master,  and  student  dawned  upon  me  rather  forcibly. 

The  following  are  some  of  the  points  to  be  observed  in  order  to  turn 
this  relationship  to  the  best  advantage  for  all  parties : 

1 .  When  quizzing,  always  be  careful  to  avoid  embarrassing  the  student 
in  an  unnecessary  manner.  It  is  not  well  to  make  the  dull  ones  appear 
stupid  in  the  eyes  of  their  associates,  or  to  excite  in  the  members  of  the 
class  a  feeling  of  envy  or  jealousy,  by  encouraging  the  more  brilliant  ones 
to  appear  as  excessively  smart  human  beings.  All  of  this  can  be  easily 
managed  by  proper  care  in  the  methods  of  questioning. 

2.  The  class  will  appreciate  having  the  quiz  master  walk  around  among 
the  students  as  he  asks  questions,  and  not  remain  behind  the  desk  as  is 
customary  and  appropriate  for  a  lecturer. 

3.  If  a  student  is  permitted  to  use  his  own  language  in  answering,  he 
feels  much  more  at  ease,  and  is  much  more  likely  to  disclose  how  much  he 
knows,  than  the  person  who  repeats  definitions,  description,  etc.,  verbatim 
from  the  text-books,  or  the  professors'  lectures.  The  student  who  said 
that  the  molecules  constituting  a  gas  are  in  a  constant  repulsive  state, 
certainly  understood  that  state  of  aggregation  as  it  is  commonly  called. 
If  he  had  answered  in  the  orthodox  language  of  the  text-book,  he  would 
not  have  been  so  positive  of  his  knowledge  on  the  point. 

4.  Some  students  take  it  as  a  serious  matter  if  they  miss  a  question. 
Always  explain  to  them  that  they  are  not  expected  to  answer  all  the  ques- 
tions and  that  it  would  be  useless  for  them  to  spend  time  and  money  for 
the  quizzes  if  they  knew  how  to  answer  every  query  propounded. 

Many  other  methods  of  cementing  the  interest  and  good  feeling  of  the 
members  of  the  class  to  their  work,  to  each  other  and  to  yourself,  will 
occur  to  the  competent  quiz  master  who  studies  the  duties  of  his  position. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


HOW  TO   CONDUCT  A   QUIZ  CLASS.  1 65 

HOW  TO  STUDY. 

I  find  that  it  adds  much  to  the  interest  and  value  of  the  quizzes  if  a  few 
words  are  spoken  at  each  gathering,  about  how  to  study  to  advantage. 

The  following  are  a  few  of  the  points  which  can  be  brought  out  by  such 
a  method,  and  others  will  suggest  themselves : 

1.  Advise  them  not  to  fall  into  the  pernicious  habit  of  neglecting  some 
one  or  more  studies.  Nearly  every  student  has  preferences  for  some 
one  branch  of  study  and  a  corresponding  dislike  for  others.  It  is  best  to 
place  the  same  time  on  the  more  distasteful  studies  in  order  to  keep  up 
with  the  others.  The  most  useful  pharmacist  is  the  one  who  has  the  best 
general  idea  of  pharmacy  in  all  of  its  details.  Therefore,  I  never  could 
fully  appreciate  the  method  followed  at  some  colleges,  of  only  awarding 
prizes  for  special  excellency  in  some  one  branch  of  the  entire  line  of  study 
that  goes  to  make  up  the  pharmacist. 

2.  It  is  customary  for  the  professors  to  state  what  books  are  required 
in  each  branch  which  is  taught.  In  addition  to  this  information,  the  quiz 
master  can  drop  useful  hints  about  the  methods  of  studying  the  text-books, 
and  what  reference  books  are  valuable.  As  a  rule  the  students  are  slow 
to  put  money  into  books,  and  I  think  it  is  generally  due  to  a  well 
grounded  fear  that  the  books  they  select  without  advice  often  prove  of  but 
little  value  to  them.  If  he  is  well  posted,  the  quiz  master  can  give  some 
useful  information  on  this  point.  I  believe  that  not  buying  useful  books 
is  poor  economy,  especially  for  the  student. 

3.  Explain  the  difference  between  diligent  hard  study  and  systematic 
application.  But  few  college  students  of  pharmacy  know  how  to  study, 
and  they  are  always  very  thankful  for  advice  on  this  point.  Among 
other  things  I  always  advise  them  to  employ  the  odd  moments,  such  as 
going  and  coming  to  and  from  college  in  the  street  cars,  by  committing 
to  memory  tables  of  symbols,  atomicities,  atomic  weights,  and  similar 
items  in  chemistry ;  formulas,  specific  gravities  and  other  points  in  phar- 
macy;  synonyms,  natural  orders,  habitats,  etc.,  in  pharmacognosy;  doses 
and  antidotes  in  toxicology ;  definitions  in  botany,  and  the  structure  of 
drugs  in  microscopy.  If  all  students  will  be  as  diligent  in  covering  their 
shirt  fronts,  cuffs,  etc.,  with  data  for  street  car  use  as  some  are  in  pre- 
paring for  the  final  ordeal,  they  will  never  be  at  a  loss  for  something  to 
study. 

4.  A  few  words  about  taking  notes  will  stimulate  the  indolent  and  en- 
courage the  diligent  students.  A  student's  note-books  should  be  so  com- 
plete that  they  not  only  assist  for  study  in  college  days,  but  serve  for 
reference  in  after  years. 

5.  Encourage  students  to  form  quiz  classes  among  themselves.  Such 
classes,  if  properly  conducted,  in  no  way  interfere  with  the  regular 
quizzes,  but  serve  to  make  the  members  better  students. 

6.  Show  students  the  necessity  of  reading  one  or  more  of  the  leading     t 


1 66  MINUTES   OF  THE  SECTION   ON  SCIENTIFIC   PAPERS. 

pharmaceutical  journals.  The  living  literature  of  the  times  is  contained 
in  the  current  journals,  and  he  who  does  not  read  those  in  his  hne  need 
not  expect  to  keep  up  with  the  advance  of  his  fellow  laborers  who  do. 
There  is  much  common  sense  in  the  story  about  the  stranger  in  a  small 
town  who  went  to  the  post-office  and  found  out  which  one  of  the  local 
doctors  subscribed  for  the  greatest  number  of  medical  journals,  before  he 
decided  which  physician  to  consult. 

SPECIAL  FOR  THE  JUNIOR  CLASS. 

It  is  well  to  consider  the  different  demands  of  the  junior  and  senior 
classes. 

The  new  student  requires  much  more  attention  in  the  way  of  explana- 
tion of  the  methods  of  study  than  is  necessary  with  the  members  of  the 
senior  class.  They  should  be  thoroughly  imbued  with  the  fact  that  their 
time  is  precious  and  the  junior  lessons  are  foundation  pillars  for  the  senior 
work.  I  find  that  the  juniors  are  liable  to  put  off  much  work  for  the 
senior  year  that  should  be  accomplished  at  once.  Nor  do  they  understand 
that  the  final  examinations  cover  the  ground  work  of  the  junior  as  well  as 
the  senior. 

When  the  junior  course  closes,  the  majority  of  the  class  will  resolve, 
mentally  or  otherwise,  to  do  an  immense  amount  of  hard  studying  during 
vacation ;  but  a  very  small  proportion  will  carry  out  this  determination. 
The  amount  of  vacation  work  can  be  increased  by  advising  the  students 
not  to  undertake  too  much,  or  to  put  off  commencing  the  work  at  once. 
If  a  young  man,  or  woman,  will  lay  out  a  limited  amount  of  work  gov- 
erned by  a  definite  plan,  and  commence  it  as  soon  as  college  closes,  be- 
fore the  zeal  lessens,  the  party  will  return  in  the  fall  a  wiser  and  better 
student.  It  is  the  one  who  intends  to  learn  the  United  States  Pharmaco- 
poeia by  heart,  to  know  Remington's  Practice  of  Pharmacy  from  cover  to 
cover,  to  be  able  to  describe  all  the  drugs  in  Maisch's  Organic  Materia 
Medica  from  A  to  Z,  but  who  takes  a  few  weeks'  rest  before  he  com- 
mences the  work,  who  comes  back  for  the  following  session  filled  with 
sad  regrets  and  full  of  a  general  dislike  for  all  study. 

SPECIAL  FOR  THE  SENIOR  CLASS. 

One  of  the  bugbears  for  the  senior  classes  of  most  colleges  is  the  thesis 
that  is  to  accompany  the  application  for  graduation.  Many  of  the  stu- 
dents never  saw  a  thesis,  and  know  nothing  about  its  natural  order, 
habitat,  etc.  As  the  dictionary  helps  them  out  but  little,  the  quiz  master 
should  come  to  the  rescue.  This  will  not  only  be  highly  appreciated  by 
the  students,  but  will  lead  them  to  write  much  better  theses. 

GENERAL  RULES. 

There  are  also  a  few  general  rules  which  it  will  be  well  to  observe  in 
conducting  a  quiz  class.     Among  them  are  the  following^  t 


HOW   TO  CONDUCT  A   QUIZ   CLASS.  1 67 

1.  Never  quiz  on  subjects  not  included  in  the  lectures.  It  is  sometimes 
advantageous  to  use  methods  of  illustration  differing  from  the  ones  fol- 
lowed by  the  lecturers,  but  it  is  not  justifiable  to  add  to  the  general  scope 
laid  out  in  the  lectures." 

2.  Make  it  a  rule  to  frequently  repeat  the  name  of  the  drug,  chemical 
preparation,  or  other  substance  which  is  under  consideration.  The  stu- 
dents will  not  all  understand  at  first  what  you  or  the  student  quizzed  is 
talking  about,  and  this  method  of  frequent  repetition  will  inform  him. 
Some  persons  may  and  undoubtedly  do  consider  this  a  very  trivial  matter, 
but  I  know  that  a  great  majority  of  lecturers  would  impart  more  informa- 
tion to  the  students  if  they  would  take  notice  of  this  small  item. 

3.  If  a  question  is  missed  by  several  students  at  one  quiz,  do  not  neg- 
lect to  bring  it  up  at  a  subsequent  meeting.  The  more  legitimate  ques- 
tions asked  that  the  students  do  not  know,  and  the  fewer  on  which  they 
are  well  posted,  the  more  benefit  you  will  render  the  class. 

4.  At  the  last  quiz  before  the  holiday  vacation,  give  the  students  some 
task  to  perform  during  that  time.  It  will  be  a  convenient  opportunity  for 
them  to  learn  the  symbols  and  atomicities  of  the  elements,  the  source  ot 
a  list  of  drugs,  the  properties  of  a  certain  prepjaration,  or  other  work 
which  requires  similar  study.  The  students  will  not  all  follow  out  such 
instructions,  but  a  sufficient  number  will  reward  you  at  the  next  meeting 
with  the  beam  of  satisfaction  that  lights  the  countenance  of  those  who 
have  accomplished  a  part,  or  all,  of  the  task  which  they  undertook. 

5.  Take  pains  to  word  questions  in  such  a  manner  that  they  are  intel- 
ligible to  the  students  and  will  elicit  direct  answers.  The  student  was 
not  entirely  at  fault  who,  not  thinking  of  sperm  oil,  in  answer  to  the 
question,  "What  else  besides  spermaceti  do  we  find  in  the  big  headed 
whale  {Physeter  macrocephalus)}  *^  answered,  ''Brains."  Nor  was  the 
young  man  who  named  one  thousandth  of  a  grain  of  strychnine  when 
asked  to  name  a  safe  dose.  Still  we  must  not  expect  to  have  satisfactory 
answers  alu^ays  given  to  even  the  most  pertinent  questions.  I  shall  never 
forget  the  student  who  in  answer  to  the  question,  "What  is  a  sponge 
tent?  "  studied  a  moment  and  then  said,  "  It  must  be  the  tents  that  the 
sponge-fishers  live  in  on  the  sea  shore." 

6.  Avoid  questioning  in  such  a  manner  that  the  wording  or  the  voice 
will  indicate  the  answer.  Some  students  depend  to  a  great  extent  on  this 
failing  on  the  part  of  all  quiz  masters  who  do  not  make  an  effort  to  guard 
against  answering  their  own  questions.  Therefore,  I  seldom  ask  ques- 
tions in  such  a  manner  that  they  can  be  answered  by  a  simple  "  Yes  *'  or 
"No." 

7.  Take  special  pains  with  students  who  have  taken  one  or  more 
courses  in  some  other  pharmaceutical  college.  The  first  few  lessons  they 
will  find  some  difficulty  in  acquainting  themselves  with  the  new  order  of 
things,  which  is  always  encountered  when  a  change  is  made  fronM)ne  in-w 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


1 68  MINUTES  OF   THE   SECTION   ON   SCIENTIFIC  PAPERS. 

stitution  to  another.     A  little  extra  attention  will  set  all  right,  and  the 
new  student  will  appreciate  it. 

8.  Give  the  students  some  idea  of  the  nature  of  the  final  examination 
by  revealing  some  of  the  questions  propounded  on  former  occasions.  If 
these  are  given  near  the  end  of  the  term,  and  in  connection  with  a  large 
number  of  similar  questions  which  are  liable  to  come  up  on  examinations, 
they  will  do  much  good  and  no  harm. 

9.  Keep  order  in  the  classes  during  the  quiz.  One  student  who  does 
not  pay  attention  to  the  questions,  but  makes  a  noise,  will  disturb  many 
others  who  would  otherwise  profit  by  the  quizzes. 

10.  If  you  make  a  mistake  in  explaining  some  point,  do  not  try  to 
ignominiously  crawl  out  of  it,  but  admit  the  error  and  go  on  with  the 
work  as  if  nothing  had  happened.  This  is  the  honorable  course  to  pur- 
sue, and  the  one  which  will  have  the  best  effect  on  the  class. 

11.  Never  permit  one  student  to  prompt  another  who  is  attempting  to 
answer.  Unless  a  firm  stand  in  this  respect  is  taken  at  first,  the  practice 
will  become  troublesome  and  is  at  best  demoralizing  to  the  class.  The 
quiz  books  which  now  flood  the  market  should  not  be  permitted  in  the 
class  during  quiz. 

12.  Before  each  quiz,  look  over  the  subject  to  be  considered.  A  per- 
son may  feel  perfectly  familiar  with  a  subject,  but  unless  he  refreshes  his 
memory  each  time,  he  will  retrograde  rather  than  advance  as  he  should 
in  his  work.     Remember  that  nothing  succeeds  like  success. 

GENERAL   CONSIDERATIONS 

To  those  who  have  the  control  of  colleges  of  pharmacy  and  other 
similar  institutions,  I  would  say  that  I  believe  that  the  quiz  class  should 
be  made  obligatory  and  a  record  kept  of  the  answers  made,  so  that  they 
can  form  a  part  of  the  final  examinations.  The  arguments  in  favor  of 
this,  if  properly  presented,  would  require  a  special  paper,  but  I  believe 
that  many  of  them  are  so  self  evident  that  I  can  safely  leave  the  sugges- 
tion as  it  stands. 

There  should  be  a  quiz  master  for  each  branch  that  is  taught,  and  the 
quiz  classes  should  receive  the  moral  support  of  the  faculty  and  the  ex- 
ecutive support  of  the  college  authorities. 

IN  CONCLUSION. 

What  I  have  to  say  applies  in  a  general  way  to  all  branches  as  taught 
in  our  modern  colleges  of  pharmacy.  There  are,  however,  special  feat- 
ures of  each  branch  that  must  be  taken  into  consideration,  so  that  under 
the  heading  of  *'  How  to  conduct  a  Quiz  Class  in  Pharmacognosy  "  much 
more  could  be  said. 

The  Section  then  adjourned  until  Thursday  morning. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


ON   MAIZE  OIL.  169 

Third  Session. — Thursday  Morning,  June  27TH. 

Chairman  Painter  called  the  session  to  order  at  9  o'clock. 
On  motion  of  Mr.  Kennedy  the  reading  of  the  minutes  was  dispensed 
with. 

Two  papers  on  maize  oil  were  read  by  Mr.  Kennedy  and  Mr.  Heinitsh. 

ON  MAIZE  OIL. 

Query  22. — A  further  consideration  of  Maize  Oil.  Can  it  be  advantageously  em- 
ployed in  Pharmacy  in  place  of  G>tton  Seed  Oil,  or  other  oils  now  in  use  ? 

BY  GEORGE  W.  KENNEDY. 

In  response  to  query  No.  22,  the  acceptor,  after  some  reflection,  con- 
cluded to  deviate  a  little  from  the  query  by  furnishing  some  information 
regarding  the  extraction  of  the  oil,  its  properties,  cost,  etc.,  which  to 
some  may  not  be  new  and  uninteresting,  while  by  others  it  will  be  listened 
to  and  read  with  interest  and  benefit. 

J.  U.  Lloyd,  in  a  paper  read  before  the  Ohio  State  Pharmaceutical 
Association;  1888,  says:  ''It  has  been  found  in  the  making  of  starch, 
and  perhaps  in  other  directions  as  well,  that  it  is  desirable  to  get  rid  of 
the  germs  of  the  corn,  as  for  reasons  that  it  is  unnecessary  for  me  to 
mention,  this  germ  is  objectionable  in  these  manipulations. 

'*  In  order  to  accomplish  the  last  result,  a  machine  has  been  devised 
that  degerminizes  the  corn,  throwing  the  hard,  starchy  part  of  the  com 
in  one  direction,  and  separating  the  germs  in  another,  and  this  method 
can  be  and  is  applied  to  the  making  of  starch  in  large  quantities,  and  is 
found  to  be  of  great  assistance  and  advantage.  Naturally,  there  was  an 
accumulation  of  these  excluded  germs,  which,  as  is  well  known,  consti- 
tute a  considerable  proportion  of  the  com,  and  they  became  a  by-product. 
They  were  found  to  be  valuable  as  a  feed  for  stock,  but  really  were  too 
'*  rich"  for  such  purposes,  containing,  as  they  did,  a  large  amount  of  oil, 
the  oil  of  the  corn  being  almost  altogether  found  in  the  germ.  In  order 
to  render  this  material  more  acceptable  as  a  feed  for  stock,  a  company 
was  recently  established  for  the  purpose  of  squeezing  the  fixed  oil  from 
the  germs,  and  thus  improving  the  feed  meal.  A  plant  was  established  a 
few  months  ago  (the  only  one  ii)  existence  now,  I  learn)  in  the  city  of 
Cincinnati,  for  this  purpose,  and  is  now  in  operation.  The  method  is 
very  simple.  The  germs  are  conveyed  from  the  factories,  and  are  first 
purified  by  separating  from  them  a  considerable  amount  of  bran  or  husk 
of  corn  that  adheres  to  or  is  mixed  with  them.  They  are  then  steamed 
under  pressure,  so  as  to  soften  them,  after  which  in  the  usual  manner,  by 
means  of  hydraulic  presses,  the  oil  is  squeezed  from  them.  The  process 
is  a  very  simple  one,  and  yields  an  oil  cake  which,  when  ground  into 
meal,  is  found  to  be  exceedingly  valuable  as  a  feed  for  stock,  the  manu- 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


170  MINUTES   OF   THE  SECTION  ON   SCIENTIFIC   PAPERS. 

facturers  claiming  that  it  is  superior  to  corn  meal  that  is  made  from  the 
whole  corn.  Thus  it  is  that  in  addition  to  the  oil  cake,  which  is  the 
prime  object  of  the  industry,  there  is  an  accumulation  of  the  fixed  oil. 
Inasmuch  as  the  industry  that  yields  this  oil,  in  course  of  time,  promises 
to  increase,  and  the  oil  to  be  obtained  in  unlimited  amounts,  car-load 
lots  or  otherwise,  it  is  not  probable  that  the  output  will  ever  be  less  than 
the  demand.  It  is  peculiarly  of  necessity  an  American  production,  and 
will  always,  probably,  be  at  our  command.  In  car-load  lots  it  can  be 
had  at  40  cents  per  gallon." 

Prof.  Charles  O.  Curtman,  of  St.  Louis,  has  determined  its  character 
as  follows : 

"Oil  from  embryo  of  Indian  corn  in  unrefined  state  has  a  specific 
gravity  of  0.916  at  i5°C.,  which  is  nearly  that  of  pure  olive  oil  (0.915 
to  0.918).  The  elaidin  test  shows  the  presence  of  a  large  quantity  of 
olein,  intermediate  in  quantity  between  olive  and  cotton  seed  oils.  Its 
color  is  pale  yellow-brown ;  its  odor  and  taste  that  of  freshly  ground 
corn  meal.  It  belongs  to  the  non-drying  group  of  the  vegetable  oils, 
experiments  showing  that  a  very  thin  layer  on  paper  does  not,  in  three 
weeks'  time,  form  a  pellicle  on  the  surface  exposed  to  air.  In*  this  respect 
it  closely  resembles  the  oils  of  olive,  almond,  colza,  rape-seed,  etc.  It 
does  not  very  rapidly  become  rancid  by  exposure  to  air,  and  in  this 
regard  compares  favorably  with  the  best  oils.  Its  use  produces  no  specific 
purgative  effect  any  more  than  olive  oil." 

Analysis  by  F.  Williams,  Liverpool,  Eng.: 

Fatty  acids  (free) 0.88 

Total  fatty  acids 96.70 

Unsaponifiable,  mucilaginous  and  albuminous  bodies 1.34 

The  sample  is  a  non-drying  oil,  and  very  easy  of  saponification.  Being 
in  a  crude  state,  direct  from  the  mill,  I  have  subjected  a  portion  of  the 
oil  to  a  process  of  purification  or  refining,  finding  the  loss  sustained  to 
be  a  little  over  four  per  cent. 

I  am  satisfied,  from  the  results  obtained  by  other  experimenters  as  well 
as  my  own,  that  corn  oil  is  by  far  more  applicable  in  pharmacy  than 
cotton-seed  oil.  It  saponifies  readily  without  separation,  and  even  after 
standing  a  considerable  time,  separation  was  not  perceptible,  which  is  not 
the  case  with  cotton -seed  oil.  As  its  saponification  is  quite  difiicult 
with  either  lime  or  ammonia^  a  very  unreliable  preparation  was  obtained 
in  Linim.  Plumbi.  Not  one  of  these  preparations  was  found  to  be  perma- 
nent when  made  with  cotton -seed  oil,  by  the  writer. 

The  oil  used  in  conducting  my  experiments  was  obtained  through  the 
kindness  of  Prof.  J.  U.  Lloyd.  It  is  of  a  bright  yellow-brown  color, 
bland,  about  as  thick  as  olive  oil,  has  a  slight  characteristic  odor  of  fresh 
corn,  and  a  sp.  gr.  of  0.923  at  60°  F. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


ON  MAIZE  OIL.  171 

With  the  view  of  answering  the  query  in  a  satisfactory  manner,  I 
decided  to  make  all  of  the  preparations  in  which  a  fixed  oil  is  used,  substi- 
tuting maize  oil  for  cotton  seed  or  other  fixed  oil.  • 

The  following  fifteen  offiinal  preparations  embrace  all  in  which  I  expe- 
rimented :  Ceratum  Camphorae,  Ceralum  Cetacei ;  Charta  Cantharidis, 
CoUodium  flexile ;  Emp.  Ammoniaci  cum  Hydrargyro,  Erap.  Hydrar- 
gyria Emp.  Plumbi ;  Linimentum  Ammoniae,  Linimentum  Calcis,  Lini- 
mentum  Camphorae,  Linimentum  Plumbi  Subacetatis,  Linimentum  Sina- 
pis  Comp. ;  Unguentum  Aq.  Rosae,  Ungt.  Diachylon,  Ungt.  Hyd.  Nit. 

CERATUM  CAMPHORiG. 

Camphor  liniment  (made  with  corn  oil),  three  parts 3 

Com  oil,  twelve  parts 12 

Cerate,  eighty-five  parts 85 

To  make  one  hundred  parts 100 

Mix  the  camphor  liniment  and  the  corn  oil,  and  incorporate  the  cer- 
ate. The  substitution  is  a  decided  improvement  in  this  preparation,  as 
it  is  free  of  the  disagreeable  odor  of  olive  oil,  which  is  frequently  noticed 
in  the  old  formula. 

CERATUM   CETACEI. 

Spermaceti,  ten  parts 10 

White  wax,  thirty-five  parts 35 

Com  oil,  fifty-five  parts 55 

To  make  one  hundred  parts 100 

Melt  together  the  spermaceti  and  wax,  then  add  the  corn  oil,  previously 
heated,  and  stir  the  mixture  constantly  until  cool.  The  use  of  corn  oil 
in  this  preparation  is  also  an  improvement  over  the  officinal,  as  it  is  free 
of  any  unpleasant  odor,  and  is  bland  and  pleasant. 

CHARTA  CANTHARIDIS. 

While  wax,  eight  parts 8 

Spermaceti,  three  parts 3 

Corn  oil,  four  parts 4 

Canada  turpentine,  one  part I 

Cantharides,  in  No.  40  powers,  one  part I 

Water,  ten  parts 10 

Mix  all  the  substances  in  a  tinned  vessel  and  boil  gently  for  two  hours, 
constantly  stirring.  Filter  through  a  woolen  strainer,  without  express- 
ing, and  by  means  of  a  water  bath,  keep  the  mixture  in  a  liquid  state,  in 
a  shallow,  flat-bottomed  vessel  with  an  extended  surface.  Coat  strips  of 
sized  paper  with  the  melted  plaster,  on  one  side  only,  by  passing  them 
successively  over  the  surface  of  the  liquid,  and  cut  the  strip  when  dry  in- 
Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


172  MINUTES   OF  THE   SECTION  ON  SCIENTIFIC  PAPERS. 

to  rectangular  pieces.     These  papers  are  equal,  both  in  activity  and  ap- 
pearance, to  the  officinal,  and  the  corn  oil  is  therefore  a  good  substitute. 

COLLODIUM  FLEXILE. 

G>llodium,  ninety-two  parts 92 

Canada  turpentine,  five  parts 5 

Com  oil,  three  parts .  3 

To  make  one  hundred  parts loo 

Mix  them  and  keep  the  mixture  in  a  well-stopped  bottle.  This  prepa- 
ration is  as  satisfactory  as  when  made-up  with  castor  oil. 

EMPLASTRUM   AMMONIACI   CUM  HYDRARGYRO. 

Ammoniac,  seven  hundred  and  twenty  parts 720 

Mercury,  one  hundred  and  eighty  parts 180 

Com  oil,  eight  parts 8 

Sublimed  sulphur,  one  part i 

Dilute  acetic  acid,  one  thousand  parts 1,000 

Lead  plaster,  a  sufficient  quantity. 

To  make  one  thousand  parts 1,000 

Digest  the  ammoniac  in  the  diluted  acetic  acid,  in  a  suitable  vessel, 
avoiding  contact  with  metals,  until  it  is  entirely  emulsionized :  then  strain 
and  evaporate  the  strained  liquid  by  means  of  a  water  bath,  stirring  con- 
stantly, until  a  small  portion  taken  from  the  vessel  hardens  on  cooling. 
Heat  corn  oil  and  gradually  add  the  sulphur,  stirring  constantly  until 
they  unite ;  then  add  the  mercury  and  triturate  until  globules  of  the  metal 
cease  to  be  visible  ;  next  add  gradually  the  ammoniac  while  yet  hot ;  and 
finally,  having  added  enough  lead  plaster  previously  melted,  by  means  of 
a  water-bath,  to  make  the  mixture  weigh  one  thousand  (1,000)  parts,  mix 
the  whole  thoroughly.  The  substitution  in  this  case  also  proved  satis- 
factory. 

EMPLASTRUM    HYDRARGYRI. 

Mercury,  thirty  parts 30 

Corn  oil,  ten  parts 10 

Resin,  ten  parts 10 

Lead  plaster,  fifty  parts 50 

To  make  one  hundred  parts loo 

Melt  the  corn  oil  and  resin  together,  and  when  the  mixture  has  be- 
come cool,  rub  the  mercury  with  it  until  the  globules  of  the  metal  cease 
to  be  visible ;  then  gradually  add  the  lead  plaster,  previously  melted, 
and  mix  the  whole  thoroughly.  The  use  of  corn  oil  in  this  preparation 
gave  perfect  satisfaction,  the  globules  of  mercury  being  completely  extin- 
guished, and  consequently  the  plaster  good. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


ON   MAIZE   OIL.  173 

EMPLASTRUM   PLUMB! . 

Oxide  of  lead,  in  very*  fine  powder,  thirty -two  parts  *    * 32 

Com  oil,  sixty  parts 60 

Water,  a  sufficient  quantity. 

Rub  oxide  of  lead  with  one-half  of  the  corn  oil,  and  add  the  mixture 
to  the  remainder  of  the  oil  contained  in  a  suitable  vessel  of  a  capacity 
equal  to  three  times  the  bulk  of  the  ingredients.  Then  add  ten  (10) 
parts  of  boiling  water,  and  boil  the  whole  together  until  a  homogeneous 
plaster  is  formed,  adding  from  time  to  time,  during  the  process,  a  little 
water,  as  that  first  added  is  consumed.  Lead  plaster  thus  prepared  is 
pliable  and  tenacious,  free  from  greasiness  or  stickiness,  and  is  entirely 
soluble  in  warm  oil  of  turpentine  which  shows  the  absence  of  uncom- 
bined  oxide  of  lead.  This  plaster,  made  according  to  the  above  formula, 
gave  perfect  satisfaction ;  the  only  noticeable  difference  being  in  color, 
which  was  very  much  darker  than  the  officinal. 

LINIMENTUM    AMMONITE. 

Water  of  ammonia,  thirty  parts 30 

Com  oil,  seventy  parts 70 

To  make  one  hundred  parts 100 

Mix  together  with  agitation. 

Oil  of  corn  seems  to  be  particularly  adapted  in  the  making  of  this 
liniment.  The  preparation  is  very  satisfactory,  producing  a  beautiful 
creamy  and  permanent  liniment.  Cotton  seed  oil,  in  my  hands,  has 
always  been  very  unsatisfactory,  and  practically  a  failure. 

LINIMENTUM   CALaS. 

Solution  of  lime,  6fty  parts 50 

Corn  oil,  fifty  parts 50 

To  make  one  hundred  parts loo 

This  preparation  was  equally  as  satisfactory  as  the  Linimentum  Am- 
monise,  being  smooth  and  of  a  good  consistence. 

LINIMENTUM  CAMPHORiE. 

Camphor,  twenty  parts •   .   «    .   •  20 

^        Com  oil,  eighty  parts 80 

To  make  one  hundred  parts 100 

Dissolve  the  camphor  in  the  oil  at  a  moderate  heat.  Camphorated  oil 
prepared  with  com  oil  is  unobjectionable. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


174  MINUTES  OF  THE  SECTION  ON   SCIENTIFIC  PAPERS. 

LINIMENTUM  PLUMBI   SUBACETATIS. 

Solution  of  subacetate  of  lead,  forty  parts 40 

Corn  oil,  sixty  parts 60 

To  make  one  hundred  parts 100 

Mix  them  by  frequent  agitation. 

This  yields  a  yellowish-white  emulsion,  which  does  not  separate  on 
Standing,  but  gradually  stiffens.  The  corn  oil  can  be  used  to  advantage 
in  this  preparation. 

LINIMENTUM   SINAPIS   COMPOSITUM. 

The  substitution  of  corn  oil  for  castor  oil  in  this  preparation  is  verj 
unsatisfactory,  as  the  corn  oil  is  insoluble  in  the  alcohol  used,  which  pro- 
duces a  very  unsightly  product. 

UNGUENTUM    AQUiE    ROSiG. 

Com  oil,  fifty  parts 50 

Spermaceti,  ten  parts 10 

White  wax,  ten  parts 10 

Rose  water,  thirty  parts 30 

To  make  one  hundred  parts 100 

Melt  together  by  means  of  a  water-bath  the  oil,  spermaceti  and  wax. 
Then  gradually  add  the  rose  water  and  stir  the  mixture  constantly  while 
cooling. 

The  corn  oil  seems  to  be  admirably  adapted  in  preparing  this  ointment, 
as  it  produces  a  beautiful,  smooth,  rich-looking  salve.  The  only  differ- 
ence between  this  and  the  officinal  is  in  color,  the  latter  being  of  a  pure 
white,  the  former  of  a  very  light  straw  color. 

UNGUENTUM  DIACHYLON. 

Lead  plaster,  prepared  with  com  oil,  sixty  parts 60 

Corn  oil,  thirty-nine  parts 39 

Oil  of  lavender,  one  part I 

To  make  one  hundred  parts 100 

Melt  together  the  lead  plaster  and  com  oil  at  a  moderate  heat,  then, 
having  permitted  the  mass  to  become  partly  cool,  incorporate  with  it  the 
oil  of  lavender,  and  stir  constantly  until  cool. 

The  only  objection  I  know  to  this  formula  is  the  darker  color  of  the 
ointment. 

UNGUENTUM   HYDRARGYRI  NITRATIS. 

Mercury,  seven  parts, 7 

Nitric  acid,  seventeen  parts 17 

Com  oil,  seventy-six  parts •    •  76 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


ON   MAIZE   OIL.  175 

Heat  the  com  oil  in  a  glass  vessel  to  a  temperature  of  70®  C.  (158°  F.), 
then  add,  without  stirring,  seven  (7)  parts  of  nitric  acid.  Continue  the 
heat  so  long  as  a  moderate  effervescence  continues,  and  allow  the  mixture 
to  cool.  Dissolve  the  mercury  in  the  remainder  of  the  nitric  acid  with 
the  aid  of  sufficient  heat  to  prevent  the  solution  from  crystallizing.  Add 
this  solution  to  the  mixture  before  it  has  become  entirely  cold,  and  mix 
them  thoroughly,  avoiding  the  use  of  an  iron  spatula. 

This  preparation,  made  as  above,  is  satisfactory,  excepting  that  it  does 
not  become  as  thick  as  the  officinal. 

In  answering  Query  No.  22,  I  would  say  that  com  oil  can  be  used  in 
nearly  all  cases  where  other  fixed  oils  enter  as  one  of  the  component 
parts  of  the  preparation ;  in  some  formulas  with  better  results,  others 
equally  as  good,  and  a  few  not  so  good,  as  this  paper  has  proven. 

MAIZE  OIL. 

BY  CHAS.  A.  HEINITSH. 

Maize  oil,  in  the  days  of  the  old  way  of  making  whiskey,  was  found 
floating  on  the  top  of  tl\e  mash  in  the  mash  tubs,  and  was  a  source  of 
much  annoyance  to  the  distillers,  as  it  had  to  be  ladled  off  the  mash, 
(the  only  way  then  of  riddance),  consuming  much  valuable  time  in  the 
process  of  fermentation.  Its  only  known  uses  at  that  time  were  for 
lighting  purposes  and  for  lubricating  heavy  machinery.  Since  the  intro- 
duction of  Mowery's  Patent  Degerminator,  it  is  made  from  the  germ  or 
eye  of  the  corn,  either  by  heat  directly  applied,  or  by  steaming  the  germ, 
and  then  subjecting  the  germ  to  great  pressure  in  hydraulic  presses,  in 
the  same  manner  as  flax  and  cotton-seed  oils  are  made,  and  then  conveyed 
into  containers  and  allowed  to  settle,  or  strained  or  percolated  into  bar- 
rels ready  for  the  market.  No  chemicals  are  used  for  the  purpose  of 
clarifying  or  bleaching  the  oil. 

Can  maize  oil  be  advantageously  employed  in  pharmacy  in  place  of 
cotton-seed  or  other  oils  now  in  use?  is  the  twenty-fifth  query  on  the  list. 
The  writer  is  unable  to  give  a  positive  affirmative  answer  to  this  question. 
Yet  the  few  experiments  which  have  been  made  with  a  limited  quantity 
of  oil,  with  a  view  of  stimulating  experiments  by  others  who  have  re- 
sources for  obtaining  a  supply  of  the  oil,  and  testing  its  propertie  ,  and 
then  definitely  stating  the  arguments  pro  and  con^  seem  to  indicate  that 
it  can  be  advantageously  employed.  Experiments  with  the  liniments 
were  first  tried. 

Linimentnm  Ammonia^  or  volatile  liniment,  two  parts  of  maize 
oil  and  three  parts  of  Aq.  Ammonias,  U.  S.  P.,  by  measure,  makes 
a  soft,  creamy  liniment,  retaining  its  consistence,  does  not  cake  or 
become  thick,  as  when  mixed  with  olive  oil,  or  separate  as  when  mixed 
with  cotton-seed  oil,  retains  its  color  and  all  its  stimulating  and  rube- 
facient qualities,  is  cheaper  for  this  purpose  than  olive,  cotton  seed  or 
flax-seed  oils,  and  the  odor  no  more  objectionable.        Digitized  bydoOQlC 


176  MINUTES   OF  THE   SECTION   ON   SCIENTIFIC  PAPERS. 

LinimentuM  Calcis^  made  with  maize  oil  in  the  proportions  ordered  by 
the  U.  S.  P.,  retains  its  first  consistence  longer  than  cotton  seed,  and 
after  a  time,  .though  much  less  than  if  made  with  cotton-seed  oil,  separa- 
tion occurs. 

Linimentum  Plumbi  Subacetatis  made  in  the  same  proportions  accord- 
ing to  the  U.  S.  P.,  ietains  its  white  color,  separates  only  slightly  after 
having  been  made  for  ten  or  twelve  days,  and  is  unlike  that  made  from 
cotton -seed  oil,  which  separates  freely  and  changes  color,  and  on  this, ac- 
count its  use  is  objectionable,  for  the  reason  that  persons  using  it  are  lia- 
ble to  think  it  is  spoiled,  by  reason  of  these  chemical  changes. 

Unguentutn  Diachylon  made  with  maize  oil,  is  of  good  consistence, 
(about  the  $tame  as  with  olive  oil),  and  retains  it  through  the  varying  .tern- 
perature  of  the  store. 

Ufig.  Hydrargyri  Nitratis  made  with  maize  oil  alone,  or  one  part  lard 
and  three  parts  oil,  retains  a  soft,  ointment  consistence,  not  becoming 
hard  and  friable,  as  when  made  with  olive  oil,  or  olive  oil  and  lard,  (U. 
S.  P.,  i860,)  or  lard  oil,  and  does  not  lose  its  citron-yellow  color  as 
readily. 

Emplastrum  Plnmbi^  made  with  the  same  proportions  of  oxide  of  lead, 
maize  oil  and  water,  makes  a  plaster  as  readily  as  with  olive  oil,  of  the 
same  consistence,  but  a  little  darker  in  color. 

If  in  the  further  investigation  of  the  properties  of  maize  oil,  the  above 
few  experiments  are  verified  and  others  are  made,  this  being  a  home  pro- 
duct, obtainable  in  almost  unlimited  quantities,  and  being  cheaper  than 
foreign  olive,  or  any  other  known  vegetable  oil,  it  would  recommend  it- 
self to  the  next  pharmacopoeial  convention  to  be  made  cfiicinal. 

Mr.  Kennedy. — Corn  oil  in  unguentum  hydrai^^ri  nitratis,  is  of  advantage.  When 
other  oils  are  used  the  ointment  becomes  dry  and  hard,  and  very  difficult  in  time  to 
work  up. 

Mr.  Heinitsh. — Mr.  Mowery  told  me  they  were  putting  up  a  mill  now  in  New  York 
City  which  will  have  a  capacity  of  sixty  thousand  bushels  of  com  a  day.  Out  West 
they  have  mills.  The  oil  should  be  sold  at  thirty  cents  a  gallon,  though  the  price  now 
is  forty  cents  a  gallon. 

Mr.  Kennedy. — I  donU  think  the  taste  or  slight  odor  of  com  would  be  objectionable 
to  some.  The  oil  remains  perfectly  sweet  I  don't  know  how  long.  I  received  half  a 
gallon  from  Mr.  Lloyd,  and  it  does  not  show  the  least  sign  of  rancidity.  In  the  linimen- 
tum plumbi,  I  think  it  can  be  substituted  In  place  of  other  oils ;  it  is  much  cheaper, 
makes  it  nicer,  and  remains  perfectly  sweet. 

The  Chairman. — Do  you  know  what  becomes  of  this  product  now  ?  You  say  thou- 
sands of  gallons  are  produced. 

Mr.  Heinitsh. — It  is  sent  into  New  York  to  be  mixed  with  olive  oil.  Cotton-seed 
oil  has  been  so  much  used  and  talked  about  that  they  are  avoiding  it  now,  and  are  using 
maize  oil.  Mr.  Mowery  told  me  that  they  will  have  very  soon  a  process  by  which  it 
could  be  deodorized,  and  that  it  can  then  be  used  in  place  of  olive  oil.    I  had  some  in 

Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


ON   MAIZE   OIL.  177 

a  wide-moathed  ounce  bottle  for  twenty*six  days  standing  in  the  sun,  and  I  did  not 
notice  any  change. 

Mr.  Ebbrt. — Maize  oil  has  been  to  me  a  query  since  ^1874.  It  has  been  the  objec- 
tionable feature  in  the  manufacture  of  \(rhiskey  or  alcohol,  and  in  the  manufacture  of 
glucose.  In  1874,  when  taking  up  the  manufacture  of  glucose,  I  tried  to  remove  this 
oil  from  the  com,  first  in  an  experimental  way,  and  second  on  a  large  scale.  I  found 
that  corn  contains  from  seven  to  eight  per  cent,  of  maize  oil,  the  yellow  corn  containing 
a  somewhat  larger  quantity  than  the  white  corn.  This  percentage  was  obtained  by  using 
solvents  like  petroleum  benzin,  bisulphide  of  carbon  and  ether,  and  they  all  indicated 
about  the  same  percentage.  I  made  a  number  of  tests  with  this  oil  as  to  what  effect  it 
would  have  on  the  human  system.  I  found  that  when  it  was  extracted  by  any  of  those 
solvents,  it  produced  quite  an  irritation  of  the  bowels,  sometimes  inflammation,  and  that 
was  the  reason  why  I  came  to  the  conclusion  that  it  was  of  no  particular  value  as  an  ad- 
mixture to  other  oils  that  might  be  taken  internally ;  but  it  soon  became  known  that  it 
was  an  excellent  drying  oil,  and  it  has  been  manufactured  for  many  years  and  used  with 
linseed  oil  or  in  place  of  linseed  oil.  A  very  large  quantity  of  the  linseed  oil  of  the 
market  for  years  was  mixed  with  maize  oil  or  corn  oil,  which  was  very  much  cheaper. 
For  the  last  ten  years  the  brewers  have  been  using  com  in  place  of  rice.  Rice  has  their 
preference ;  but  when  it  was  very  expensive  they  would  use  corn  under  the  names  of 
cerealin,  grits,  etc.,  or  ground  hominy.  These  have  been  very  largely  used.  Within 
the  last  three  or  four  years  a  process  of  degermination  has  been  devised.  Mr.  Mowery 
has  recently  made  an  apparatus  by  which  the  germ,  in  which  the  largest  proportion  of 
the  oil  exists,  can  be  removed  and  a  grits  produced  which  is  equal,  if  not  superior  to  rice. 
The  very  point  that  Mr.  Heinitsh  brings  up,  that  it  is  going  to  be  manufactured  in  very 
large  quantities,  is  due  to  this:  this  grits  is  being  used  now  by  nearly  every  brewer  in 
the  country  as  a  substitute  for  barley.  They  use  a  certain  percentage  of  barley  with 
this  grits,  which  is  now  nothing  else  but  starch  and  cellulose,  the  germ  and  the  external 
layers  having  been  removed.  This  will  also  be  used  by  the  distillers  and  by  starch 
manufacturers.  It  will  be  used  as  food,  being  deprived  of  this  objectionable  oil  germ 
and  the  epidermis.  I  would  like  to  ask  Mr.  Kennedy  or  Mr.  Heinitsh  whether  they 
have  any  knowledge  what  the  percentage  of  oil  is  that  is  obtained  from  this  germ. 

Mr.  Heinitsh. — There  is  eleven  per  cent,  of  oil  contained  in  the  germ.  After  the 
oil  is  expressed  the  germ  is  sold  for  feed,  and  that  pays  for  all  the  expenses  of  expressing 
the  oil.  They  make  three  grades  of  com :  first  the  coarser  is  mn  through  a  No.  18  sieve, 
which  is  used  for  whisky;  the  No.  22  or  24  is  used  by  brewers  for  beer;  the  finely 
powdered  is  sent  to  New  York  and  is  said  to  be  used  for  mixing  with  powdered  sugar. 
They  claim  that  a  bushel  of  com  ground  that  way  will  yield  twenty-eight  pounds  of 
starch,  four  pounds  more  of  starch  per  bushel  than  the  old  process — so  the  starch  makers 
are  using  it  very  extensively. 

Mr.  Ebert. — I  think  that  it  is  very  important  that  we  should  investigate  this  oil  and 
see  whether  it  is  a  proper  oil  for  internal  use.  All  the  oil  that  I  have  tested  which  was 
extracted  by  solvents  certainly  was  not;  whether  this  was  due  to  the  solvents,  or  whether 
something  was  extracted  by  them  that  is  not  obtained  by  expressing  the  oil  as  it  is  done 
now,  I  do  not  know ;  but  that  very  point  should  be  investigated,  so  as  to  guard  against 
something  that  might  possibly  be  dangerous.  For  liniments  apd  extemal  uses  no  doubt 
the  oil  would  have  anwered  the  purpose.  The  petroleum  ether  was  very  difficult  to  re- 
move, also  the  bisulphide  of  carbon ;  but  the  ether  and  chloroform  were  very  easily  dis- 
sipated, so  that  the  oil  was  very  bland ;  there  was  hardly  any  odor  to  it  excepting  what 
you  might  style  a  small  percentage  of  the  com  flavor. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


178  MINUTES   OF   THE   SECTION   ON  SCIENTIFIC  PAPERS. 

Mr.  Kennedy  read  the  following  three  papers  by  Mr.  McDonnell, 
which  were  accepted  and  referred : 

.  MORRHUOL. 

{Extractum  Olei  Morrhua  Alcoholicum,) 

BY  S.  A.  M'DONNELL,  PH.  G.,  SAN  FRANCISCO. 

After  all  the  use  and  abuse  of  cod  liver  oil,  this  town  is  now  being 
worked  in  the  interest  of  a  French  preparation  called  morrhuol.  To 
quote  from  the  brochure  on  the  subject — a  short  resume  of  the  process— 
which  consists  in  treating  the  oil  with  alcohol  (what  kind  ?)  at  90° :  the 
alcoholic  solution  so  obtained  yields,  on  distillation,  an  amber- brown, 
bitter,  aromatic  liquid,  partially  crystallizing  at  the  ordinary  temperature, 
which  is  called  morrhuol.  The  oil  thus  treated  now  resembles  any  ordi- 
nary animal  oil  (in  other  words,  all  the  curative  properties,  therefore, 
must  have  been  extracted  by  the  above  simple  process).  It  is  elsewhere 
explained  that  the  light  oil,  so  popular  with  the  great  multitude  who  re- 
sort to  its  use,  is  very  weak  in  the  percentage  of  the  above  product.  Now 
my  experience  with  most  remedies  of  this  class  has  been,  that  the  cleverly 
devised  method  of  bringing  about  the  grand  result  desired,  has  been  more 
or  less  a  myth,  not  practical — the  special  machinery  required  only  be- 
ing in  the  hands  of  the  benefactor  of  his  race,  whose  sole  desire  is  to  be- 
come the  great  medium  whence  all  suffering  mankind  may  reap  benefit, 
etc. — nevertheless  I  concluded  to  look  into  the  subject  a  little. 

First :  the  contents  of  five  capstiles  were  placed  in  a  suitable  receptacle, 
and  some  absolute  alcohol  added  thereto.  It  dissolved  one  into  the  other 
perfectly.  I  had  expected  a  failure  in  this  respect ;  but  as  further  experi- 
ments led  me  to  the  conclusion  that  it  was  an  alcoholic  extract,  I  pro- 
ceeded to  carry  out  the  process  as  laid  down  in  the  pamphlet.  In  these 
experiments  only  the  light  oil  was  used. 

1000  grains  of  oil  was  weighed  out,  and  a  like  amount  of  actual  alcohol, 
both  placed  in  a  very  strong  twenty-ounce  bottle,  the  cork  secured 
tightly ;  the  bottle  placed  in  a  water  bath,  which  was  maintained  at  a  tem- 
perature of  about  90°,  at  intervals  of  several  days.  The  contents  were 
then  removed,  and  after  standing  long  enough  for  complete  separation, 
the  alcoholic  solution  was  decanted,  and  the  last  portions  of  the  same  re- 
moved by  means  of  a  pipette.  After  allowing  the  alcoholic  solution  to 
stand  awhile,  100  grains  of  it  was  weighed  out,  and  allowed  to  evaporate 
spontaneously  (free  from  dust).  The  extract  weighed  three  and  one-half 
grains,  equal  to  3.5  per  cent. 

The  oil  residue  was  then  placed  in  a  water  bath — as  it  smelled  strongly 
of  alcohol — and  heated  to  get  rid  of  the  alcohol ;  but  such  heat  was  only 
successful  in  that  respect,  as  the  odor  and  taste  of  cod  liver  oil  were  still 
present,  which  would  indicate  the  process  of  distillation  (as  recommended) 
would  not  remove  all  the  odor  from  the  oil,  although  the  alcoholic  ex- 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


PREPARATION  OF  OLEATE   OF  MORPHINE.  1 79 

tract  was  richly  charged  with  it.  However,  the  assertions  made  regard- 
ing the  process,  as  laid  down  in  the  paper,  for  preparing  morrhuol,  are 
tolerably  well  borne  out ;  but  as  to  the  therapeutic  value  of  it,  I  can  say 
nothing.  And,  furthermore,  as  the  preparation  is  not  a  difficult  one  to 
make,  and  on  a  large  scale  could  be  furnished  (as  the  same  alcohol  could 
be  used  over  and  over  again)  at  a  reasonable  price,  would  it  not  be  well 
to  give  countenance  to  some  such  preparation  as  Extractum  OUi  Mor- 
rhua  Alcoholicum^  with  a  view  of  getting  out  of  it  anything  there  might 
be  in  it,  from  a  medical  standpoint ;  for  should  it  possess  the  merit  claimed 
for  it,  the  smallness  of  the  dose  would  be  a  very  strong  recommendation 
in  its  favor. 

EXTEMPORANEOUS  PREPARATION  OF  OLEATE  OF  MORPHINE. 

BY  S.  A.  M'DONNELL,  PH.  G. 

tatc  one  evening,  some  time  ago,  the   following  prescription   was 
handed  in : 

^.     Morph.  Oleat.  io% 31. 

Sig. — Use  as  directed. 

Dr. 

with  the  remark — "Can  you  put  this  up?*' 

The  party  was  answered :  **  Certainly ;  kindly  be  seated  for  a  few 
moments."  I  soon  realized  I  had  none. of  such  strength  on  hand.  It  was 
not  expedient  to  send  out  for  it,  so  nothing  for  it  but  to  try  and  make  it. 
450  grains  of  oleic  acid  was  weighed  out,  and  about  53  grains  of  morph. 
sulph.  (no  alkaloid  in  stock) — the  excess  over  50  grains  to  allow  for  the 
difference  between  alkaloid  and  salt,  in  the  amount  of  water  of  crystal- 
lization. The  acid  and  morphine  were  placed  on  a  water  bath  and  heated ; 
of  course  (unlike  quin.  sulph.)  none  apparently  dissolved.  So  recourse 
was  had  to  the  ammonia  bottle^  out  of  which  a  few  drops  at  a  time  was 
added  at  frequent  intervals,  and  constant  stirring  until  a  clear  solution 
resulted.  This  being  rapidly  cooled  and  no  sediment  appearing,  so  was 
dispensed,  and  I  presume  gave  entire  satisfaction ;  as  Hail  Columbia, 
electrically  applied,  would  have  followed  a  failure  Xofill  the  bill.  I  have 
since  experimented  with  this  method  of  preparing  oleate  of  morphine, 
and  can  offer  the  following  as  yielding  a  very  satisfactory  product.  For 
a  105^  solution : 

B .    Add  oleici gr.  450 

Morphinse  sulphatis gr.    53 

*  Mix,  place  on  a  water  bath,  apply  heat,  and  add  gradually  aq.  ammon. 
cone,  minims  25,  stirring  constantly  until  a  perfect  solution  takes  place. 
Time — about  to  minutes  in  all.  Some  specimens  of  morph.  sulph.  may 
require  a  few  drops  more  or  less  ammonia  to  effect  a  solution.  The  heat 
dissipates  any  free  ammonia,  while  any  possible  resulting  ammon.  sulph. 
don't  seem  to  show  itself,  nor  is  there  any  indication  of  the  formation  of  i 

Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


i8o 


MINUTES  OF  THE  SECTION   ON   SQENTIFIC   PAPERS. 


a  soap  in  view  of  the  nature  of  the  combination.  The  mixture  is  appar- 
ently all  that  can  be  desired,  and  I  can  recommend  the  process  to  any 
one  requiring  oleatc  of  morphine — the  same  not  being  kept  in  stock. 

THE  BEHAVIOR  OF  SOME  NEW  REMEDIES— (SO  CALLED). 
In  contact  with  some  of  the  more  prominent  acids  of  the  shop. 

BY  S.  A.  M'DONNELL,  PH.  G.^ 
REACTION  OF  SOME  NEW  REMEDIES — (SO  CALLED). 

In  this  paper,  on  several  New  Remedies  (so  called),  an  effort  was  put 
forth  to  ascertain  if  any  very  prominent  behavior  would  result  between 
them  and  some  of  the  more  common  acids  of  the  shop,  as  a  means  of 
identification  under  adverse  circumstances. 


H,SO, 

Sulphonal, 
no  change. 

Phenacetine, 
no  chsmge. 

Acetanilid, 
no  change. 

Salol, 
no  change. 

Antipyrine, 
no  change. 

HNO, 

u              tt 

Lemon  color, 

developing  to 

.  an  orange 

color. 

«        tt 

tt        tt 

Pale  amber 

color, 

streaked  with 

red. 

Acid  Nitro 
Hydrochlor. 

ti        « 

Lemon   color. 

tt        tt 

ft       tt 

Amber  color, 
yellowish 
streaked. 

HCl 

«.        *( 

No  change. 

tt        tt 

tt        tt 

No  change. 

HC,H,0, 
Glacial. 

«        « 

((        «( 

tt        tt 

tt        tt 

tt      tt 

HjPO^  conct. 

((        (( 

«        ti 

tt        tt 

tt        tt 

tt      tt 

Fe,Cle  Tinct. 

«        (( 

ti        ft 

tt        tt 

tt        fi 

Blood  red 
color. 

HjSO^    dilute 
heat  and  solut 
KjCrO^CrO, 

it        f( 

Color  dark- 
ened a  little. 

tt        tt 

Color  dark- 
ened  a  little. 

HjSO^  dilute 
and  heat  with 
crysUlK, 
CrO^  CrOj, 
color  dark- 
ened some. 

From  which  it  will  be  seen  that  only  two  of  the  things  show  any  par- 
ticular change.  Phenacetine  and  nitric  acid  show  a  reaction;  and  anti- 
pyrine and  tincture  of  iron  give  a  decided  change,  the  former  a  lemon 
color  and  the  latter  a  blood-red  color.  One  grain  of  phenacetine  in 
half  a  fluid  dram  of  water,  and  five  drops  HNOs  added  (in  a  slender  test 
tube)  and  heated  to  a  boiling  point,  turns  yellow  (a  portion  of  the  phen- 

Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


A   POINTER   IN   DISPENSING.  l8l 

acetme  forming  a  globule  of  a  deep  orange  color),  the  liquid  becoming 
opaque,  which,  on  cooling,  congeals  into  a  solid  mass. 

One  grain  of  antipyrine  in  500  minims  of  water,  and  one  drop  of  tr. 
ferri  chlor.  (U.  S.  P.)  added   thereto,  instantly  produces  a  color  not 
unlike  that  of  good  sherry  wine. 
For  short : 

Nitric  acid  conct.  and  phenacetine — yellow  color. 
Tr.  ferri  chlor.  and  antipyrine — blood-red  color. 

The  following  paper,  read  by  Mr.  Searby,  was  accepted  and  referred : 

A  POINTER  IN  DISPENSING. 

BY  S.  F.  HUGHES,  PH.  G.,  SAN  FRANCISCO. 

Every  druggist  appreciates  the  sense  of  embarrassment  with  which  pre- 
scriptions applicable  to  delicate  diseases  are  called  for  by  the  customer. 
The  ruby  blush  of  the  cheek  too  often  tells  the  secret  before  the  timid 
lips  can  speak  it ;  the  gaudy  and  fashionable  attire  m^y  allure  or  amaze 
the  layman,  but  the  little  scrap  of  paper  handed  to  the  clerk  by  the  cus- 
tomer bereaves  the  latter  of  his  spirit  of  nonchalant  audacity,  and  trans- 
forms him  into  a  contrite  creature,  presenting  his  prescription,  for  which 
he  richly  pays,  with  an  air  of  penitence  intensified  by  an  uncontrolled 
embarrassment  of  manner. 

The  writer  was  moved  to  these  reflections  a  short  time  ago  by  a  young 
man  handing  him  a  prescription  as  follows: 

R.   Ung.  hydrargyri Jj. 

Div.  in  chart.    No.  xx. 
Sig. — Use  as  directed. 

I  determined  to  get  out  of  the  old  way  of  preparing  this  prescription, 
and  am  happy  to  state  that  I  was  able  to  dispense  it  in  one- third  of  the 
time  heretofore  required  in  the  old  process,  by  the  adoption  of  the  fol- 
lowing method,  which  I  can  earnestly  recommend  to  the  use  of  the  pro- 
fession, it  being  very  simple,  but  quite  practical. 

I  first  lay  the  ung.  hyd.  on  a  pill-tile  and  roll  it  into  a  long  roll,  add- 
ing plenty  of  lycopodium  to  keep  it  from  sticking  to  the  fingers,  and  cut 
it  into  twenty  parts,  using  a  heated  spatula  to  avoid  adhering. 

Each  piece  is  then  rolled  into  a  marble  shape  by  placing  it  in  the  palm 
of  the  hand  and,  as  stated  above,  using  lycopodium  ad  libitum;  the 
waxed  paper  being  laid  out  on  the  counter,  each  piece  when  finished 
was  dropped  on  the  paper  without  adhering  in  the  least.  I  then  folded 
each  and  dispensed  as  usual. 

It  may  be  said  that  lycopodium  does  not  affect  the  absorption  of  the 
'  mercury  in  the  least. 

Mr.  Ebert  read  the  following,  which  was  accepted  and  referred : 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


l82  MINUTES   OF   THE   SECTION   ON   SCIENTIFIC  PAPERS. 

NOTES  ON  OIL  CONTAINED  IN  GROUND  FLAXSEED  OF  THE  CHICAGO 

MARKET. 

BV  W.  A.  PUCKNER. 

Some  time  since  a  sample  of  ground  flaxseed,  stated  to  be  East  India, 
was  given  me,  with  the  request  that  I  estimate  the  amount  of  fixed  oil 
contained  in  it.  The  percentage  found,  by  exhausting  with  carbon  dl- 
sulphide,  was  so  much  larger  than  the  statements  of  various  text-books 
had  led  me  to  expect,  as  to  lead  me  to  examine  several  other  samples,  the 
results  of  which  examination  are  herewith  submitted : 

The  United  States  Pharmacopoeia  requires  ground  flaxseed  to  yield  not 
less  than  25  per  cent,  of  fixed  oil,  when  extracted  with  carbon  disulphide. 

Mr.  G.  M.  Beringer,  in  the  American  Journal  of  Pharmacy,  June, 
1887,  states  that  a  sample  examined  by  him  yielded  31  per  cent.;  while 
Mr.  Frank  X.  Moerck  (^American  Journal  of  Pharmacy y  December,  1887) 
obtained  33.5  per  cent. 

Seven  samples  of  meal,  all  purchased  at  retail  pharmacies  in  Chicago, 
were  subjected  to  the  following  treatment :  5  gm.  were  exhausted  in  a 
Soxhlet  extraction  tube;  the  flask  (Erlenmeyer's)  containing  the  solution 
of  oil  in  carbon  disulphide  placed  on  a  water  bath,  the  CS,  distilled  off 
at  a  low  temperature  and  the  flask  dried  at  100°  C,  till  it  ceased  to  lose, 
or,  rather,  began  to  gam,  in  weight.     The  yield  was: 

No.  I 37-53  per  cent. 

No.  2  .  .   . 37.40    "    " 

No.  3 37.98    "    " 

No.  4 37.36    «    " 

No.  5 37.88    «    " 

No.  6 36.12    «    " 

No.  7 37.38    "    « 

Average 37-37  per  cent. 

Three  possible  errors,  which  might  lead  to  such  high  results,  occurred 
to  me :  ist,  impurities  in  the  solvent  could,  perhaps,  extract  substances 
other  than  fixed  oil ;  2d,  the  heat  employed  in  recovering  the  menstruum 
by  distillation  might  lead  to  error,  and,  3d,  that  exposure  to  the  atmos- 
phere, while  in  the  drying  oven,  would,  by  oxidation  of  the  oil,  materi- 
ally increase  the  yield.  Five  gm.  of  No.  2  were,  therefore,  exhausted 
with  stronger  ether,  the  solution  evaporated  spontaneously  and  dried  as 
before — the  result  was  37.12  per  cent.;  to  ascertain  whether  the!heat  em- 
ployed in  drying  would  materially  increase  the  yield  by  oxidation,  the 
flask,  after  ceasing  to  lose  weight,  was  kept  at  a  temperature  of  '100**  C, 
for  about  two  hours  longer  (the  time  usually  consumed  in  drying)  and 
the  increase  in  weight  noted — it  amounted  to  less  than  i-io  of  i  per  cent. 

From  these  experiments  I  conclude  that  the  results  obtained  with  car- 
bon disulphide  are  fairly  correct. 
•     If  the  subject  is  considered  of  sufficient  interest  or  imooi-tance,  J  should 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


THB  DIVISION   OF   POWDERS.  1 83 

be  glad  if  other  members  of  the  Association  would  make  similar  estima- 
tionsy  thus  giving  the  question  a  wider  scope ;  or  I  will  undertake  to  ex- 
amine any  specimens  sent  to  me.  « 

Mr.  Searbv. — It  seems  to  me  the  paper  is  incomplete  without  an  analysis  of  the 
whole  flaxseed  foand  in  the  same  locality,  because  then  we  would  be  able  to  see  at  a 
glance  whether  it  was  due  to  some  foreign  substance  used  as  an  adulterant  or  not. 

The  following  paper  read  by  Mr.  Ebert  was  referred  for  publication  : 

THE  DIVISION  OF  POWDERS. 

BY  E.  B.  STUART  AND  K.  B.  TAINTER,  CHICAGO,  ILL. 

That  the  matter  of  accuracy  of  division  of  powders  and  pills  has  a  con- 
siderable practical  interest  to  pharmacists,  none  will  deny.  It  does  not, 
however,  seem  to  have  attracted  much  attention  among  the  members  of 
this  Association,  as  no  papers  bearing  on  this  subject  have  been  presented 
to  this  Society  since  the  one  on  Seidlitz  powders,  by  Chas.  W.  Grassley, 
in  1872. 

If  the  accompanying  tables,  which  are  based  on  the  analysis  of  three 
prescriptions,  each  of  which  was  dispensed  by  thirty-seven  different  indi- 
viduals, be  thought  worth  acceptance  by  this  Association,  the  authors  beg 
to  offer  the  following  explanations  and  criticisms : 

The  weighings  were  made  on  an  analytical  balance  easily  sensitive  to 
one-fifth  mg.,  and  fractions  of  milligrams  stated  in  the  nearest  whole 
number. 

No  less  than  five  powders  were  weighed  in  any  car»e,  and  usually  the 
entire  number  were  examined. 

After  removing  the  powder  from  the  paper  in  which  it  was  folded,  the 
paper  was  carefully  brushed  over  with  a  camel's  hair  brush,  to  avoid  in- 
accuracies due  to  the  adherence  of  particles  to  the  paper. 

The  weight  of  the  heaviest  powder  is  stated  in  the  first  column,  that  of 
the  lightest  in  the  second,  and  the  greatest  deviation  from  the  correct 
weight  occupies  the  next,  or  third  column.  The  sum  of  the  weight  of 
all  of  the  powders  weighed,  divided  by  the  number  of  powders  weighed, 
gives  the  average  weight  in  the  fourth  column,  and  the  difference  be- 
tween the  correct  weight  and  the  average  weight  so  found  is  stated  in 
grams  and  decimals  in  the  fifth  column,  while  this  same  difference  is 
stated  in  per  centum  terms  of  the  correct  weight  in  the  sixth  column.  The 
sixth  column  was  the  result  of  an  after-thought,  and  the  computations  are 
not  very  accurate  or  systematic.  At  first  all  fractions  were  stated  to  one- 
half  per  centum,  but  as  some  averages  within  this  quantity  were  met, 
closer  statements  were  calculated  later. 

Inasmuch  as  the  factors  are  given,  by  which  this  calculation  can  be 
made  by  any  one  who  takes  sufficient  interest  in  the  subject  to  do  so,  it 
was  not  thought  worth  while  to  construct  a  new  table  on  this  account. 

It  will  be  noticed  by  reference  to  the  fourth  column,  which  ^^s  the 


l84  MINUTES  OF  THE   SECTION   ON   SCIENTIFIC  PAPERS. 

average  weight,  that  most  of  the  dispensers  have  lost  some  material.  This 
would  seem  to  be  the  normal  direction  of  variation,  as  some  powder  will 
naturally  adhere  to  the  mortar,  and  if  a  pill-tile  is  used  in  the  division  of 
the  material,  a  still  further  loss  may  occur.  Seventeen  exceptions,  how- 
ever, occur,  namely:  in  table  number  one,  numbers  lo,  20,  21,  28,  31, 
32  and  36;  in  table  number  two,  numbers  22,  30,  31  and  37;  and  in 
table  number  three,  numbers  3,  14,  16,  18,  22,  29  and  30  are  in  excess. 
This  must  be  due  to  carelessness  in  weighing.  The  writers  have  observed 
that  few  pharmacists  take  the  trouble  and  time  to  throw  the  balance  off 
its  balance  in  taking  the  weight  of  material,  or  to  even  adjust  the  quan- 
tity so  that  the  pans  are  on  the  swing,  /'.  e,,  so  that  neither  pan  touches 
the  rest.     Unless  this  is  done  the  quantity  might  as  well  be  guessed  at. 

The  average  variation  in  table  number  one  is  4.8  percent.;  in  number 
two,  9.4  per  cent.,  and  in  table  number  three,  9.45  per  cent.  This  may 
be  fairly  considered  to  be  representative,  as  it  involves  a  total  of  over  six 
hundred  powders  weighed.  Fatality  is  not  to  be  apprehended,  even  with 
potent  remedies,  from  this  source.  Still,  an  average  inaccuracy  of  24 
per  cent.,  as  met  in  number  24,  table  No.  3,  is  too  much.  It  must  be 
noted,  however,  in  extenuation,  that  the  quantity  of  material  is  small  in 
this  prescription. 

The  correct  weight  of  each  powder  in  table  number  three  was  taken  as 
333  milligrams.  A  deviation  of  one  grain  would  amount  to  about  20 
per  cent,  of  this.  It  will  be  noticed  in  this  connection  that  the  average 
variation  in  this  prescriptidn  is  less  than  half  a  grain.  The  average  vari- 
ation in  prescription  number  one  is  somewhat  greater,  although  the  pow- 
der being  heavier,  the  percentage  of  variation  is  less;  expressed  ingrains 
it  would  be  equal  to  7-9ths  of  a  grain  (48)^  milligrams). 

A  column  was  prepared  which  showed  the  greatest  variation  in  per- 
centum  terms  of  the  correct  weight,  which,  inasmuch  as  the  same  inform- 
ation was  given  in  positive  quantities  in  the  third  column,  was  omitted 
as  occupying  too  much  space. 

As  this  average  may  be  presumed  to  represent  the  largest  single  dose 
likely  to  occur  from  inaccurate  division,  a  few  of  the  worst  are  given  : 

Table  No.  i.  Individual  No.  3,  22.27  percent.;  No.  4,  28.02  per 
cent.;  No.  6,  22  percent  (nearly);  No.  11,  22.77  per  cent.  ;  No.  14, 
22.27  per  cent. ;  No.  24,  20.9  per  cent,  (nearly);  No.  36,  22.37  per  cent. 

Table  No.  2.  Individual  No.  6,  23.4;  No.  19,  22;  No.  21,  22;  No. 
23,  35.2;  No.  24,  29.6;  No.  29,  20.4;  No.  30,  22.2;  No.  34,  23.4  per 
cent. 

Table  No.  3.  Individual  No.  4,  35.43  per  cent.;  No.  7,  35.4  per 
cent.;  No.  38,  44  per  cent.;  No.  13,  32.13  per  cent.  ;  No.  19,  54.3s  per 
cent. 

The  study  of  these  powders  with  reference  to  the  intimacy  or  evenness 
of  mixture  of  the  constituents  has  been  entirely  omitted.    It^as  intended 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


THE   DIVISION   OF  POWDERS. 


i8; 


lo  subject  those  of  Prescription  No.  i  to  chemical  test.  The  fact  that 
ihe  Association  meets  earlier  than  usual  this  year,  has  prevented  this 
work. 

PRESCRIPTION   NUMBER   ONE. 

Ferric  Oxide,  o.i  gram;  Sugar,  lo  grams. 

Divide  in  lo  powders. 

Each  of  the  above  powders  should  weigh  i.oio  grams. 


e 

«> 

B 

6           S 

a 

^ 

a 

s 

B 

- 

'8 

«i:: 

vt:        1  ^ 

•a 

.s 

& 

^ 

& 

«M 

CO 

c 

c    . 

c 

c 

a 

a 

o 

0  ^ 

0  ^ 

0 

0  «; 

0  *; 

0  4J 

E 

•5 

tl 
1^ 

It 

ll 

> 

j,8 

If 

>  ^ 

1 

3 

n 

IS. 

la 

II 

ll 

i 

4) 

> 

>  S 

is 

"Z. 

^ 

0 

< 

< 

< 

;z; 

^ 

0 

< 

< 

< 

Grams. 

Gnu. 

Cms. 

Grams. 

Grams. 

Per  ct. 

Grams. 

Gms. 

Gms. 

Grams. 

Grams. 

Perct. 

I 

1.082 

.823 

.187 

.960 

.050  !  5 

1 

20 

1. 177 

.940 

.167 

1. 04 1 

+  031 

+3 

2 

1.073 

.802 

.208 

.941 

.069 

6t 

21 

I.I37 

.999 

.127 

1.079 

+  .069 

+6t 

3 

1.040 

.786 

.224 

.940 

.070 

61'ff 

22 

I.II5 

.880 

.130 

.992 

.018 

«i 

4 

1.065 

.727 

.283 

.964 

.046 

4>i 

^3 

I.OI4 

.825 

.185 

.952 

.058 

5X 

5 

1. 124 

.837 

.173 

.986 

0.24 

2A 

24 

1. 170 

.799   .211 

.961 

.039 

3t 

6 

.908 

.788 

.222 

.894 

.116 

ll>4 

25 

I.OIO 

.934 

.076 

.963 

.047 

A% 

7 

1.020 

.948 

.062 

.988 

.022 

2 

26 

I.OIO 

.864 

.146 

.963 

.057 

s» 

8 

1.042 

.868 

.142 

.960 

.050 

4A 

27 

1.040 

.870 

.140 

.956 

.054 

SH 

9 

I.OI8 

.820 

.190 

.95  « 

.059 

St 

28 

1. 140 

.925 

.076 

1.025 

+  .015 

+^H 

lO 

1. 182 

.990 

.172 

1. 07 1 

+  .061 

+6 

29 

1.080 

.902 

.108 

.995 

.015 

^% 

II 

1.070 

.780 

.230 

.953 

.057 

5^ 

30 

1. 130 

.852 

.158 

.998 

.012 

I 

12 

1.024 

.890 

.120 

•979 

.031 

3 

131 

1. 100 

.972 

.100 

1.052 

+  .042 

+4 

«3 

1.030 

.780 

.230 

.919 

.091 

9 

i32 

I. no 

.900 

.110 

I.OIO 

0 

0 

14 

1. 126 

.785 

.225 

.789 

.221 

"1 

1 
,33 

I.I32 

.870 

.140 

.967 

.043 

4>i 

»5 

1.032 

.877 

•133 

.948 

.062 

6 

I34 

1 

1.007 

.857 

•153 

.938 

.072 

7 

i6 

^^^l^ 

•873 

.137 

.964 

.046 

4>^ 

|3S 

1.067 

.902 

.108 

.971 

.039 

3t 

17 

I.OI3 

•944 

.066 

.966 

.044 

4^ 

36 

'.237 

.842 

.226 

1. 014 

+  .004 

+1 

i8 

1.020 

.868 

.142 

.940 

.070 

7 

37 

1. 128 

•935 

.118 

.985 

.025 

^yi 

'9 

1.005 

.830 

.180 

.934 

.076 

7^ 

1 

1 
1 

Digitized  by 


Google 


i86 


MINUTES  OF  THE  SECTION  ON  SCIENTIFIC   PAPERS. 


PRESCRIPTION  NUMBER  TWO. 


Dover's  powder,  3  grains. 

Divide  in  six  powders. 

Each  of  the  above  powders  should  weigh  .500  grams. 


a 

■a 

6 

«£ 

i 

c 

•s 

1 

vS 

*ii 

i 

1 

s 

0 

0 

h 

U 

ll 

(5" 

! 

< 

>  V 

>  ^ 

< 

1^ 

e 

l!S. 

Si  ^ 

k 

6 

Gma. 

i 

< 

k 

H 

If 

< 

Grams. 

Cms. 

Gnu. 

Grams. 

Grams. 

Per  ct. 

Grams. 

Gm&. 

Grams. 

Grams. 

Perct. 

I 

.568 

.410 

.090 

479 

.021 

4 

20 

.540 

.455  .045 

487 

.013 

»X 

2 

.540 

.405 

.095 

.484 

.016 

3 

21 

.502 

.390 

.110 

433 

.067 

•3 

3 

.562 

.420 

.080 

.491 

.009 

It  ; 

22 

.566 

.469 

.066 

.502 

-f-.002 

+1 

4 

.513 

-432 

.068 

.479 

.021 

4   ,23  .500 

.334 

.176 

458 

.042 

8X 

5 

.522 

435 

.065 

•47S 

.025 

5 

24 

.550 

•352 

.148 

496 

.004 

* 

6 

.482 

.383 

.117 

.432 

.068 

^3}4 

125 

.538 

438 

.06-c 

494 

x)o6 

n 

7 

•545 

u^OO 

.100 

.474 

.026 

5 

26 

•530 

447 

.053 

496 

.004 

i 

8 

.510 

.470 

.030 

.484 

.016 

3 

27 

•545 

425 

.075 

494 

.006 

'i 

9 

.563 

422 

.078 

.483 

.017 

3)^ 

28 

.513 

410 

.090 

449 

.051 

10 

10 

.533 

.440 

.060 

.481 

.019 

4 

29 

.500 

.398 

.102 

457 

.043 

8ji 

II 

.585 

.408 

.092 

.484 

.016 

3 

■30!  .554 
1    1 

489 

.III 

.514 

-h.014 

+»* 

12 

.501 

.417 

.083 

.479 

.021 

4 

51 1  .520 

423 

.077 

.515 

+  .015 

+3 

13 

.500 

.347 

.053 

.417 

.083 

32 

1 

.468 

429 

.071 

455 

•045 

9 

14 

.484 

.460 

.040 

.434 

.066 

'J 

1 
33 

.485 

.424 

.076 

454 

.046 

9i 

15 

.500 

.420 

.080 

.464 

.036 

7 

34 

.520 

.383 

.117 

454 

.046 

9i 

16 

.503 

.465 

•035 

.491 

.009 

't 

35 

.560   i.4'3 

1 

.087 

.503 

+  .003 

+  1 

17 

.520 

.402 

.098 

.463 

.037 

7 

36 

•557 

.418 

.082 

.449 

.051 

«oi 

18 

.480 

.440 

.060 

.458 

.042 

SH 

37 

.583 

.528 

•083!   .557 

+  .043 

+8;i 

19 

.560 

.390 

.„o 

.482 

.018 

3}4 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


THE  DIVISION  OF  POWDERS. 


187 


PRESCRIPTION  NUMBER  THREE. 

Powdered  Rhubarb;  Magnesia;  of  each,  2.5  grams. 

Divide  in  fifteen  powders. 

Each  of  the  above  powders  should  weigh  .333  grams. 


G 

V 

g 

B 

a 

c 

V 

a ' 

a 

a 

•55 

-3 

^ 

& 

^ 

s 

4 

^  • 

2 

«H 

Vm 

h 

0 
.2  *i 

If 

a 
0  *j 

If 

if 

f 

If 

■5-5 

fumber, 
rcatest 

11 

> 

n 

S8 

V  g 

a 

fi 

> 

II 

«    0 

?; 

0 

0"  < 

< 

•< 

2; 

0 

0 

•< 

•< 

•<  " 

Gratmi. 

Cms. 

Grams.    Grams. 

Grams. 

Perct. 

Grams. 

Gms. 

Gms. 

Grams. 

Gr^ms. 

Pr.ct. 

I 

.323 

.214 

.119;    .281 

.052 

tS}i 

20 

.320 

.296 

.037 

•305 

.028 

8>i 

2 

.383 

.285 

.050 

.327 

.006 

'A 

21 

.388 

.268 

.065 

•332 

.001 

yi 

3 

•357 

.277 

.056 

.298 

•035 

10;^ 

22 

.350 

.320 

.017 

•336 

+  •003 

+' 

4 

.303 

215 

.118 

.260 

.073 

23 

23 

.293 

.204 

.129 

.252 

.081 

24 

5 

•345 

.278 

.055 

.308 

.015 

4>i 

24 

.369 

.295 

.038 

.318 

.015 

4>i 

6 

.322 

.272 

.061 

.301 

.032 

rA 

25 

•337 

.302 

.031 

.322 

.Oil 

3K 

7 

.352 

.215 

.118 

•294 

•039 

"^ 

26 

.364 

•309 

•031 

•325 

.008 

*X 

8 

•347 

.205 

.128 

.263 

.070 

31 

27 

.350 

.273 

.060 

•309 

.024 

7 

9 

.355 

.265 

.068 

.290 

.043 

«3 

28 

.282 

.220 

•"3 

.272 

.051 

«S 

10 

.360 

•273 

.060 

•323 

.010 

3 

29 

.360 

.32:^ 

.027 

.335 

.003 

+1 

II 

.362 

.262 

.061 

.294 

.039 

I'H 

30 

.358 

.328 

.025 

.340 

.007 

+2 

12 

.335 

.289 

.040 

.301 

.032 

9% 

31 

.393 

.283 

.060 

.323 

.010 

3 

>3 

.303 

.226 

.107 

.256 

.077 

«3 

32 

.356 

.273 

.050 

.318 

.015 

4X 

14 

.400 

.290 

.067 

.340 

+  .007 

+2 

Zl^ 

.328 

.280 

•053 

.320 

.013 

3>i 

«5 

.320 

.235 

.098 

•274 

.059 

.7>i 

34 

.340 

.217 

.116 

.272 

•051 

IS 

16 

.400 

.288 

+  .067 

.345 

+  .012 

+3% 

35 

•323 

.265 

.068 

.285 

.048 

14X 

17 

•351 

.267 

.066 

.307 

.016 

5 

36 

.373 

.256 

•077 

.317 

.016 

5 

18 

•399 

•314 

X)66 

.366 

+  •033 

+10 

37 

.322 

.206 

.127 

.266 

.067 

20 

19 

•274 

.252 

.181 

•259 

.074 

22 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


l88  MINUTES  OF  THE  SECTION  ON   SCIENTIFIC  PAPERS. 

Mr.  Hallberg. — I  would  like  to  say  in  connection  with  this  subject  that  there  is  a 
method  for  dividing  powders,  which,  while  perhaps  not  new,  is  not  very  often  used.  I 
believe  it  was  recently  proposed  in  New  York.  No  matter  what  the  quantity  or  the 
bulk  of  the  powder  is,  when  a  certain  amount  is  to  be  divided  in  eight  powders,  it  is 
recommended  to  just  halve  it  on  the  scale  successively  until  you  get  down  to  the  single 
powder.  Now,  there  you  get  a  more  absolutely  accurate  division  than  you  can  by  any 
other  means;  and  wherever  the  number  of  powders  is  small  and  the  number  can  be 
evenly  divided,  I  think  that  is  a  very  good  plan  to  pursue. 

Mr.  Ramsperger. — Th#t  is  the  method  employed  fifty  years  ago  in  my  apprentice- 
ship. 

Mr.  Searby. — The  number  would  of  course  have  to  be  a  multiple  of  two. 
Mr.  Stevens  read  the  following,  which  was  accepted  and  referred : 
EXAMINATION  OF  FABIANA   IMBRICATA. 

BY  M.  ROCKWELL. 

School  of  Pharmacy,  University  of  Michigan. 

EXAMINATION  OF  FABIANA  IMBRICATA  (PICHi). 

Synonym  f  Pichi. 

Part  Employed,  Leaves  and  stem. 

Natural  Order,  Solanaceae. 

Habitat,  South  America. 

Uses,*  Pichi  is  especially  efficacious  in  diseases  of  the  urinary  appa- 
ratus and  of  the  liver.  In  cases  of  vesical  catarrh,  acute  or  chronic,  fol- 
lowing a  mechanical  cause,  such  as  gravel  or  calculus,  or  uric  diathesis, 
this  remedy  will  quickly  modify  the  urinary  secretions,  calm  the  irrita- 
bility, and  favor  the  expulsion  of  the  gravel  and  calculi  that  can  be 
passed  through  the  urethra.  It  also  modifies  and  cures  chronic  purulent 
mucous  secretions.  Its  action  on  the  affections  of  the  liver  must  be 
attributed  to  its  diuretic  properties,  though  it  is  recommended  for  hydropsy 
and  dyspepsia,  due  to  insufficient  biliary  secretions;  but  the  specific 
action  of  pichi  is  directed  without  doubt  upon  the  organs  of  the  urinary 
apparatus.  It  is  used  in  the  form  of  a  fluid  extract  in  a  dose  of  four  (4) 
to  six  (6)  spoonfuls  per  day  in  cold  or  warm  water. 

Description :  f  Pichi  is  a  small  shrub,  about  six  (6)  feet  high,  fre- 
quently met  with  in  Chili  and  Argentine  Republic,  where  it  grows  spon- 
taneously and  is  also  used  as  an  ornamental  shrub.  Its  many  small 
branches  are  covered  with  broadly  ovate,  very  thick  leaves,  about  one- 
twelfth  of  an  inch  in  length,  the  bases  and  margins  of  which  are  coated 
with  a  whitened,  resinous  deposit.  The  resin -like  odor,  arrangement  of 
leaves,  and  the  general  aspect,  seem  to  classify  it  with  the  family  of  con- 
iferge;  but  on  examination  of  the  few  white  flowers  which  we  find  at  the 
extremity  of  the  branchlets,  in  the  second  year,  it  is  to  be  placed  in  the 
natural  order  Solanaceae,  sub- order  Curvembriae,  and  tribe  Nicotineae. 

♦Medical  Age,  1886,  IV,  118^ 

fDr.  Henry  Rusby,  Therapeutic  Gazette,  [3],  I,  810;  Medical  Age.  1&56,  IV,  118. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


EXAMINATION   OF   FAB1ANA   UMBRICATA. 


189 


The  wood  is  of  a  unifonn  yellowish  color,  heavy,  hard  and  very  fine 
grained.     The  relatively  thin  bark  is  of  a  light  gray  color,  finely  rough- 

FlGURE    I. 


Section  of  Pichi  Stem. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQ  IC 


[90 


MINUTES   OF   THE   SECTION   ON  SCIENTIFIC  PAPERS. 


ened  by  small,  short,  sharp,  longitudinal  ridges,  which  exhibit  under  the 
lens  a  peculiar  resinous  lustre. 

As  Parke,  Davis  &  Co.,  of  Detroit,  Mich.,  were  kind  enough  to  fur- 
nish me  with  samples  of  the  drug,  I  have  been  able  to  make  a  microscop- 
ical and  chemical  examination  of  it.  A  microscopical  examination  of  a 
cross  section  of  the  stem  shows  but  few  irregularities.  Beginning  at  the 
surface  (see  figure  i,  d)y  we  find  first  a  thick,  highly  colored  cuticle.    Im- 

FlOURE  2. 


Hydrochlorate  of  Pichi  Alkaloid. 


mediately  below  and  firmly  adherent  to  the  cuticle  there  is  a  double  row 
of  elliptical  cells  with  thick,  highly  colored  walls(figure  i,  b^\  these  cells 
correspond  to  the  epidermis  in  a  typical  stem.  Next  comes  the  corticle 
(figure  I,  c)  and  corticle  parenchyma  (figure  i,  </),  the  former  made  up 
of  nearly  cubical  cells  with  thick  walls ;  the  latter  of  elongated  cells.  In- 
termingled with  the  corticle  parenchyma,  there  is  an  irregular,  broken  line 
of  ceils,  the  phloem  (figure  i,  ^).     Between  the  phloem  and  xylem,  or 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


EXAMINATION   OF  FABIANA   IMBRICATA.  I9I 

wood  proper,  there  is  very  fine  fibrous  appearing  structure,  entirely  want- 
ing in  some  parts  of  the  stem.  This  is  undoubtedly  the  imperfect  cam- 
bium layer  (figure  i,  m). 

The  xylem  (figure  i,  «)  constitutes  by  far  the  largest  part  of  the  stem, 
and  is  made  up  of  two  kinds  of  cells :  the  large  empty  ducts  or  vessels, 
and  the  thick-walled  fibrous  tissue.  The  latter,  in  cross- section,  has  the 
appearance  of  sclerenchyma  cells,  so  thick  are  the  cellulose  walls.  The 
noedullary  rays  are  made  up  of  a  single  layer  of  flattened  parenchyma  tis- 
sue reaching  from  the  pith  to  the  cambium  (figure  i,  /).  The  pith  (fig- 
ure I,  p)  forms  only  a  small  part  of  the  stem,  and  is  made  up  of  small, 
quite  loosely  arranged  cells. 

Chemical  Examination. — By  treating  one  hundred  and  fifty  (150)  grains 
of  the  finely  powdered  drug  with  seven  hundred  (700)  cubic  centimeters 
of  Prollius'  solution,  and  allowing  it  to  stand  twenty-four  hours,  I 
obtained  an  ethereal  liquid,  from  which  acidulated  water  removed  a 
substance  that  is  precipitated  by  the  general  alkaloidal  reagents.  This 
substance  was  purified  as  much  as  possible  by  repeatedly  shaking  it  out 
in  chloroform,  ether  and  acidulated  water.  The  resulting  .01  gram  of 
substance  was  a  slighty  brown,  non- crystalline  bitter  principle,  capable 
of  forming  crystalline  salts.  Two  of  these  salts  were  prepared,  their  crys- 
talline form  studied  microscopically,  and  photographs  and  drawings  made 
of  them.  (Figure  2,  Hydrochlorate  of  the  substance.)  Attempts  to  crys- 
tallize the  sulphate  did  not  prove  satisfactory.  The  chloroformic  solu- 
tion of  the  free  alkaloid  when  evaporated  to  dryness  emits  a  peculiar 
offensive  odor;  after  being  heated  for  about  one- half  an  hour  on  a  water 
bath,  the  odor  had  entirely  disappeared,  and  there  was  a  loss  of  weight 
of  0.0013  gram.  Whether  the  loss  is  due  to  some  volatile  impurity  or  to 
a  certain  volatility  of  the  alkaloid  was  not  determined. 

The  qualitative  reactions  of  the  alkaloid  are  as  follows  : 

First,  On  the  free  alkaloid  in  solid  form  : 

Sulphuric  acid  dissolves  it,  producing  a  dark-yellow  solution. 

Nitric  acid  dissolves  it,  producing  light-yellow  solution. 

Second,  Reactions  of  solutions  of  the  salts  of  the  alkaloid : 

1.  Mayer's  reagent  gives  a  white  amorphous  precipitate. 

2.  Bromine  water  gives  a  dirty  white  amorphous  precipitate. 

3.  Test  paper,  prepared  by  wetting  filter  paper  with  a  mixture  of  ferric 
chloride  and  potassium  ferricyanide,  is  turned  blue  at  once, 

4.  When  a  drop  of  the  hydrochloride  solution  of  the  alkaloid  is  placed 
in  a  dilate  solution  of  potassium  permanganate,  very  deep  greenish-blue 
lines  are  seen  to  form  throughout  the  permanganate  solution.  This  blue 
(^olor  soon  changes  to  a  brownish  yellow. 

,  5.  Ammonium  hydrate  gives  a  precipitate,  soluble  in  excess  of  reagent. 

6.  Picric  acid  gives  a  yellow  precipitate. 

7.  Gallic  acid  gives  a  slight  white  precipitate. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


192  MINUTES  OF   THE   SECTION   ON    SCIENTIFIC  PAPERS. 

8.  In  concentrated  solutions,  mercuric  chloride  solution  gives  a  slight 
white  precipitate. 

From  the  above  reactions,  and  numerous  others  which  gave  negative 
results,  it  seems  that  a  new  alkaloid  is  present  in  the  plant.  To  satisfac- 
torily prove  this,  it  is  necessary  to  make  an  ultimate  analysis  of  the  alka- 
loid, determining  what  elements  are  present  and  in  what  proportions  they 
exist.  To  do  this  it  will  require  a  considerable  quantity  of  the  drug, 
since,  according  to  Dr.  Lyons,'*'  the  alkaloid  amounts  to  less  than  o.i 
per  cent,  of  the  drug. 

By  treating  five  (5)  grams  of  the  powdered  drug  with  fifty  (50)  c.c.  of 
strong  ether,  in  a  constant  extraction  apparatus,  an  ethereal  solution  was 
obtained,  which  yielded  1.716  grams  of  extractive  matter.  This  was 
treated  with  cold  potassium  hydrate,  which  dissolved  the  greater  part  of 
it.  The  alkali  solution  was  then  poured  into  a  large  volume  of  acidulated 
water,  which  precipitated  a  considerable  quantity  of  resin.  This  resin, 
when  dry,  was  of  a  brown  color,  and  soluble  in  absolute  alcohol.  The 
residue  of  drug,  after  extraction  by  ether,  was  acted  upon  by  fifty  (50) 
c.c.  of  absolute  alcohol  in  an  extraction  apparatus.  The  alcoholic  solu- 
tion was  poured  into  a  large  volume  of  acidulated  water,  which  precipi- 
tated a  very  light  yellow  resin,  about  equal  in  amount  to  the  resin  ob- 
tained from  ethereal  solution.  This  resin,  when  treated  with  ether,  yields 
a  greenish  solution,  the  color,  probably,  being  due  to  the  extraction  of 
chlorophyll.  This  green  solution,  when  poured  into  acidulated  water, 
produces  only  a  cloudiness,  not  a  definite  precipitate.  These  experi- 
ments seem  to  indicate  the  presence  of  two  resins  in  the  plant,  both 
soluble  in  absolute  alcohol,  but  the  alcoholic  resin  almost,  if  not  entirely 
insoluble  in  ether.  Th.e  resin  from  the  alcoholic  solution  is  also  lighter 
in  color. 

A  tincture  of  the  drug  was  made  with  absolute  alcohol,  the  resin  pre- 
cipitated by  pouring  into  acidulated  water,  and  filtered.  A  small  portion 
of  the  filtrate  gave  a  blue  fluorescence  when  rendered  alkaline.  To  the 
filtrate  was  added  subacetate  of  lead  in  excess,  which  precipitated  a 
lemon  yellow  substance,  partly  soluble  in  acetic,  entirely  soluble  in  dilute 
nitric  and  hydrochloric  acid:s. 

The  filtrate  from  the  subacetate  of  lead  precipitate  was  freed  from  the 
excess  of  lead  by  hydrogen  sulphide,  filtered,  and  this  second  filtrate  con- 
centrated. Now,  to  a  small  portion  of  it  a  few  drops  of  sulphuric  acid 
were  added,  and  the  mixture  boiled  for  some  time.  Then  it  was  neutral- 
ized with  potassium  hydrate,  and  again  boiled  with  Fehling's  solution, 
which  resulted  in  the  reduction  of  the  latter.  Hence  it  appears  that 
there  is  a  glucoside  present  in  the  plant. 

On  adding  an  alcoholic  solution  of  ammonia  to  an  ethereal  tincture  of 
the  drug,  a  bulky  white  amorphous  precipitate  was  formed,  soluble  in  ex- 
*  Dr.  A.  B.  Lyons,  Amer.  JI.  Phann.,  58,  65. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


EXAMINATION   OF   FABIANA   IMBRICATA. 


193 


cess  of  reagent.  On  standing,  the  precipitate  became  crystalline,  the 
white  acicular  crystals  (see  figure  3)  sometimes  forming  rosettes.  These 
crystals  are  insoluble  in  water,  acids  and  alkalies,  readily  soluble  in  ether, 
chloroform,  an  excess  of  strong  alcohol  and  hot  dilute  alcohol,  from 
which  they  again  crystallize  on  standing.  It  is  a  substance  rich  in  carbon, 
tasteless,  and  as  Dr.  Lyons  says,  probably  inert. 

By  repeated  trials  it  was  found  that  ether  extracts  about  35  per  cent, 
of  the  drug.     This  extract  is  a  soft  resin  in  appearance,  and  on  being 

Figure  3. 


Crystalline  Principle  from  Pichi. 


subjected  to  a  temperature  of  100®  C,  loses  about  twenty-three  (23)  per 
cent,  of  its  weight,  due,  probably,  to  the  presence  of  a  volatile  oil  and 
some  moisture.  Hot  water  dissolves  about  fifteen  (15)  per  cent,  of  the 
ethereal  extract,  the  solution  being  of  a  yellowish  green  color,  with  a  bit- 
ter taste  resembling  the  taste  of  the  drug.  The  water  solution,  when 
rendered  strongly  alkaline,  shows  a  blue  fluorescence.* 


13 


*Dr.  A.  B.  Lyons,  1886  Amcr.  Jl.  Pharm.,  58,  65. 

Digitized 


by  Google 


194  MINUTES  OF  THE   SECTION   ON   SCIENTIFIC  PAPERS. 

This  fluorescent  principle  I  have  not  been  able  to  obtain  in  a  pure 
state,  but  the  observations  I  have  made  upon  it  are  that  it  is  quite  soluble 
in  ether  and  chloroform,  slightly  soluble  in  cold  water,  more  freely  solu- 
ble in  hot  water.  The  blue  fluorescence  is  brought  out  only  in  alkaline 
solutions  and  destroyed  by  acids. 

By  treating  fifteen  (15)  grams  of  the  finely  powdered  drug  by  dry  dis- 
tillation, gradually  heating  till  the  temperature  had  raised  to  150®  C,  I 
obtained  a  small  quantity  of  a  volatile  oil  of  rather  a  pinkish  tinge.  It 
wa?  so  small  in  quantity,  however,  that  I  was  not  able  to  ascertain  many 
of  its  properties.  By  treating  it  with  strong  sulphuric  acid  it  is  changed 
to  a  dark  brown  solution.  Fuming  nitric  acid  gives  a  brownish  red  so- 
lution. 

The  following  is  a  list  of  references  covering  the  chemical  examination 
made  by  Dr.  Lyons,  and  various  reports  on  the  therapeutic  properties  of 
the  drug. 

Dr.  A.  B.  Lyons,  1886:  Amer.  Jl.  Pharm.,  58,  65;  Pharm.  Rec.,  6, 
51 ;  Proc.  Amer.  Pharm.  Ass'n.,  34,  394;  Pharm.  Jl.  &  Trans.  [3],  16, 
722 ;  Year  Book  Pharm.,  1886,  p.  183. 

Dr.  A.  Rodriguez,  1886:  Pharm.  Jl.  Trans.  [3],  16,  542;  Amer.  Jl. 
Pharm.,  28,  90;  Proc.  Amer.  Pharm.  Ass'n.,  34,  394. 

I 

Mr.  Calvert  read  the  following  paper,  which  was  accompanied  by 
forty-four  specimens: 

THE     NATURE    OF    THE     PRECIPITATE    FOUND    IN    TINCTURE  OF 

BOLETUS  LARICIS. 

{An37ver  to  Query  3.) 

BY   C.  W.  PHILLIPS. 

Until  the  time  arrives  when  we  shall  be  better  acquainted  with  this 
drug,  and  methods  are  devised  for  more  successfully  separating  its  con- 
stituents, it  will  be  impossible  to  give  a  complete  quantitative  anal)sis  of 
the  precipitate  found  in  the  tincture,  and  it  may  be  that  that  is  be>ond 
the  scope  of  the  query.  Before  this  paper  is  closed,  however,  the  query 
proper  will  be  fully  answered,  directly  or  indirectly.  Having  only  a 
small  quantity  of  the  precipitate  on  hand,  and  being  unable  to  procure 
any  more  in  the  near  future,  I  concluded  to  work  with  the  drug  proper, 
learn  all  I  could  about  it,  and  report  accordingly.  I  think  I  am  safe  in 
saying  that  the  precipitate  consists  chitfly  of  agaric  acid,  mixed  resins 
mechanically  carried  down  with  it,  and  that  large  quantities  of  the  roost 
valuable  ccnsiituentsof  Boletus  Laricis  have  heretofore  been  thrown  away 
in  the  residue  left  after  preparing  Tincture  Boletus  by  percolation  with 
cold  alcohol,  as  well  as  in  the  precipitate  that  has  been  filtered  off.  This 
is  evident  from  the  fact  that  it  requires  about  126  parts  of  90  per  cent, 
alcohol  at  15^  C.  to  dissolve  one  part  of  agaric  acid,  according  to  £. 
Jahns.    Now,  when  we  consider  a  tincture  the  strength  of^a  fiuid^extract, 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


PRECIPITATE   FOUND   IN   TINCTURE  OF   BOLETUS  LARiaS.  I95 

it  is  easy  to  see  that  most  of  the  agaric  acid  would  be  left  behind,  while 
what  little  superfluous  acid  was  dissolved  under  the  temporary  pressure 
would  afterward  crystallize  out. 

It  would  seem  that  a  tincture  prepared  from  50  per  cent,  alcohol,  ac- 
cording to  the  Homoeopathic  Pharmacopoeia,  would  contain  very  little  of 
anything,  although  purporting  to  be  a  strong  mother  tincture.  It  could 
not  contain  much  agaric  acid,  as  that  is  less  soluble  in  50  per  cent,  alco- 
hol than  it  is  in  90  per  cent,  alcohol,  and  the  red  resin  is  scarcely  soluble 
in  50  per  cent,  alcohol,  and  what  little  does  dissolve  is  precipitated  on 
standing,  as  wi4l  be  seen  by  the  sample  herewith  presented.  As  to  the 
alpha  and  gamma  resin,  I  am  not  as  yet  prepared  to  say,  and  whether 
these  resins  have  any  medicinal  virtues  or  not  is  still  an  open  question. 
The  process  for  the  homoeopathic  tincture  is  a  wasteful  one,  and  I  could 
DOt  recommend  it  at  all. 

There  still  seem  to  be  some  doubts  in  the  minds  of  manufacturers  with 
regard  to  agaric  acid,  for  they  all  seem  to  prefer  to  call  it  agaricin.  Can 
it  be  some  common  acid  combined  with  a  resin,  from  which  the  acid  can- 
not afterward  be  separated,  as  suggested  by  Watts  with  regard  to  many 
organic  acids?  I  hardly  think  so.  It  appears  to  be  a  definite  compound, 
with  a  definite  crystalline  form,  according  to  the  liquid  from  which  it 
crystallizes,  and  also  having  peculiar  and  characteristic  reactions. 

As  for  benzoic  acid,  I  have  sought  for  it,  but  could  not  find  it.  Agaric 
acid  produces  a  precipitate  with  ferric  chloride,  somewhat  after  the  man- 
ner of  benzoic  acid;  this  may  account  for  earlier  chemists  thinking  they 
had  found  benzoio  acid.  In  the  course  of  my  experiments  I  found  a  sub- 
stance that  looked  as  much  like  benzoic  acid  as  anything  I  ever  saw,  but 
it  was  not,  as  it  was  known  to  be  a  soda  salt,  and  in  trying  to  eliminate 
the  acid  was  all  lost.  I  regret  very  much  that  I  did  not  save  a  small 
sample  to  present  to  the  Association. 

More  than  one  hundred  different  schemes  have  been  tried  for  the  sepa- 
ration of  the  constituents  of  Boletus  Laricis,  many  of  which  proved  to  be 
complete  failures,  while  others  were  more  or  less  successful,  but  none  as 
yet  quite  satisfactory.  The  more  successful  processes  will  be  related,  to- 
gether with  as  complete  a  resume  of  recent  literature  as  I  have  been 
enabled  to  obtain. 

When  one  volume  of  Tincture  Boletus,  two  volumes  of  water  and  two 
of  benzol  are  shaken  together,  the  mixture  separates  into  three  distinct 
parts:  A  lower  watery  solution,  a  honeycomb-like  precipitate,  and  a 
benzol  solution  which  rises  to  the  top.  In  which  place  shall  we  look  for 
the  agaric  acid  ?  The  two  solutions,  as  well  as  the  precipitate,  have  an 
acid  reaction.  The  crystals  from  the  benzol  solution  resemble  agaric 
acid,  but  Jahns  says  it  is  almost  insoluble  in  benzol.  The  benzol  solu- 
tion is  considerably  colored  and  that  would  seem  to  indicate  that  the  red 
resin  had  been  dissolved.  The  precipitate  dissolved  in  alcohol  aoud 
treated  with  alcoholic  potassa  gave  only  a  slight  precipitate,  y  VaOOglC 


196  MINUTES   OF  THE   SECTION   ON   SCIENTIFIC   PAPERS. 

If  a  solution  of  hydrate  of  soda  is  added  to  Tr.  Boletus,  a  precipitate 
of  agarate  of  soda  separates  immediately.  If  this  is  filtered  off,  and  the 
filtrate  allowed  to  stand  for  several  days,  a  heavy  oily  substance  separates 
and  locates  itself  in  a  distinct  layer  at  the  bottom  of  the  tube.  This  sub- 
stance, which  is  of  a  dark  amber  color,  appears  to  be  a  soda  salt,  which 
is  liquid,  or  at  least  hydroscopic,  at  ordinary  temperatures,  and  when  ex- 
posed to  32^  F.  separates  in  crystals.  This  experiment  led  to  the  de- 
velopment of  a  scheme  that  will  be  discussed  further  on. 

When  Tr.  Boletus  is  treated  with  alcoholic  potassa,  the  same  thing 
occurs.  When  the  moderately  pure  agaricin  in  Schmieder's  process  is 
treated  with  alcoholic  potassa,  as  directed,  the  agarate  of  potassa  is  im- 
mediately precipitated  as  an  amorphous  mass,  but  after  two  or  three  days 
an  oily  layer  separates  in  a  similar  manner.  One  might  think  this  was 
oil  of  tartar,  or  deliquesced  carbonate  of  potassa.  In  the  former  in- 
stances it  cannot  be  so,  as  we  shall  presently  see.  That  this  substance  is 
a  soda  or  potassa  salt,  I  think  there  can  be  no  doubt,  but  what  acid  is  in 
combination  remains  a  question.  In  purifying  the  moderately  pure 
agaricin,  there  is  a  great  loss.  Schmieder  accounts  for  it  from  the  fact 
that  the  gamma  resin  does  not  form  a  salt,  and,  therefore,  remains  be- 
hind when  the  potassa  precipitate  is  dissolved  in  water — the  filtrate  con- 
taining the  alpha  resin,  forming  a  potassa  salt  soluble  in  alcohol,  account- 
ing for  another  loss.  This  seems  to  be  correct,  and  I  cannot  agree  with 
Jahns  that  Boletus  contains  from  t6  to  18  per  cent,  of  agaric  acid.  In 
fact,  I  do  not  believe  that  the  yield  will  exceed  6  or  7  per  cent,  of  puri- 
fied agaric  acid.  In  Jahns'  process  the  alpha  and  gamma  resins  are  sup- 
posed to  be  gotten  rid  of  by  repeated  crystallizations,  and  I  do  not  think 
the  process  altogether  satisfactory. 

When  benzol  is  added  to  Tr.  Boletus,  no  precipitate  is  produced,  but 
after  long  standing  crystals  are  deposited  on  the  sides  and  bottom  of  the 
tube.  If  Tr.  Boletus  is  treated  with  acetic  acid  and  benzol,  a  precipitate 
is  immediately  produced,  which  redissolves  in  the  benzol  and  floats  on 
top.  Agarico- resin  is  reported  soluble  in  acetic  acid,  agaric  acid  as 
slightly  soluble ;  then  it  would  follow  that  the  precipitate  was  agaric  acid 
and  that  it  has  dissolved  in  the  benzol  and  floats  on  top.  Tr.  Boletus 
was  treated  with  water  and  the  filtrate  examined.  It  proved  to  be  alto- 
gether indifferent  to  reagents,  saving  that  it  had  a  slight  acid  reaction. 

The  following  method  is  suggested  in  Liebig's  Chemistry,  but  I  do  not 
advise  any  one  to  try  it.  It  would  not  be  mentioned,  only  that  it  looks 
nice  in  print  and  one  is  tempted  to  try  it :  Boil  the  Boletus  with  water, 
precipitate  with  lead  acetate,  separate  and  wash  the  precipitate,  suspend 
in  water  and  pass  sulphuretted  hydrogen  through  the  mixture,  separate 
the  precipitated  sulphide  of  lead,  and  crystallize.  The  mechanical  diffi- 
culties of  this  process  are  many. 

When  tincture  of  boletus  and  ether  are  mixed  in  equal  proportions, 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


FRBCIPITATE   FOUND   IN  TINCTURE   OF   BOLETUS  LARICIS.  1 97 

nothing  seems  to  occur ;  but  after  long  standing  a  number  of  arborescent 
crystals  appear  at  the  top  of  the  tube,  away  from  the  liquid,  showing  that 
a  portion  has  volatilized  and  crystallized. 

Tincture  Boletus  was  evaporated  to  dryness,  the  extract  triturated  with 
benzol  and  filtered,  the  residue  treated  with  hot  60%  alcohol  and  crys- 
tallized. 

At  that  time  the  crystals  were  thought  to  be  agaric  acid,  but  now  I  am 
very  much  puzzled  about  it ;  the  residue  was  a  White  substance  partly 
soluble  in  chloroform.  The  benzol  solution,  which  has  a  distinct  acid 
reaction,  deposits  good-sized  crystals  on  long  standing.  I  am  now 
inclined  to  think  that  these  crystals  are  agaric  acid.  But  what  has  be- 
come of  the  red  resin  ? 

An  alcoholic  solution  of  the  precipitate  found  in  tr.  Boletus  was  treated 
with  hydrate  of  soda  and  filtered,  the  precipitate  dissolved  in  water  and 
reprecipitated  with  alcohol.  An  oily  substance  is  separated,  thought 
to  be  agarate  of  soda.  The  first  filtrate  was  neutralized  with  hydro- 
chloric acid  and  ether  added ;  after  several  days  a  crystalline  precipitate 
made  its  appearance,  which  proved  to  be  chloride  of  sodium.  It  was 
thus  ascertained  that  hydrochloric  acid  was  not  a  suitable  acid  to  employ, 
owing  to  the  perceptible  solubility  of  sodium  chloride  in  alcohol.  Sul- 
phuric acid  was  afterward  used  and  the  precipitated  sulphate  of  soda 
filtered  off  at  once.  In  the  above  case,  however,  the  sodium  chloride 
was  filtered  off  and  the  ether- alcohol  solution  allowed  to  evaporate 
spontaneously.  We  now  have  the  crystals  obtained  and  the  mother- 
liquor  filtered  from  them.  This,  for  the  sake  of  clearness,  I  will  desig- 
nate as  the  second  filtrate.  The  crystals  were  dissolved  in  hot  alcohol, 
and  recrjrstallized.  The  crystals  were  filtered  off  and  the  filtrate  des- 
ignated as  the  third  filtrate.  The  snow-white  crystals  were  boiled  with 
water,  were  entirely  soluble,  neutral  to  test  paper.  Nitrate  of  silver 
produced  a  precipitate  entirely  soluble  in  ammonia. 

Hence  I  would  have  concluded  that  I  had  more  chloride  of  sodium, 
had  it  not  been  that  a  solution  of  lead  acetate  produced  a  precipitate, 
insoluble  in  boiling  water.  The  third  filtrate  was  then  evaporated  to 
dryness,  and  the  residue  found  to  pe  insoluble  in  water,  but  soluble  in 
alcohol,  with  an  acid  reaction.  Upon  going  back  to  the  second  filtrate, 
it  was  found  by  this  time  to  contain  a  considerable  precipitate ;  this  was 
filtered  off,  and  after  having  been  washed  with  water  and  dissolved  in 
alcohol,  gave  an  acid  -reaction.  Treated  with  nitrate  of  barium,  it  gave 
a  copious  precipitate.  Unfortunately  I  found  it  impossible  to  come  to 
any  satisfactory  conclusions  from  these  experiments,  and  resolved  to  try 
another  process,  and  devised  a  scheme  for  the  purpose,  based  on  the 
insolubility  of  the  soda  salt  of  agaric  acid  in  alcohol.  This  scheme  has 
not  as  yet  been  entirely  developed,  but  some  good  results  have  been 
obtained,  although  some  results  are  quite  puzzling. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


198  MINUTES  OF  THE   SECTION   ON  SCIENTIFIC  PAPERS. 

Boil  100  grams  of  agaric  with  50  grams  hydrate  of  soda  and  one  litre 
of  water,  filter  and  wash  the  residue. 

RESIDUE   (a)  FILTRATE   (^) 


/^ 


Boil  with  HCl  and  filter.  Add  alcohol 

RESIDUE    (^c)         FILTRATE  (d)  PRECIPITATE  (^)      FILTRATE  (g) 


Cellulose  Not  yet  ex-  Dissolve  in  water 

Yield  26.5  gms  amined.  and  reprecipitate 

with  alcohol. 
Yield  7.7  gms.  of 
agarate  soda  (/). 

FILTRATE    (g) 

After  some  time  an  oily  substance  separates  which  crystallizes  in  the 
cold.  Alcohol  was  then  added  in  excess  and  cooled  below  freezing, 
when  a  large  quantity  of  agarat^  of  soda  (?)  (h)  separates  in  needle-shaped 
crystals.  The  alcohol  solution  was  decanted  and  the  crystals  washed 
with  alcohol  below  32^  F.  This  mass  of  crystals  looks  and  cuts  like 
dates. 

THE  PRECIPITATE  (A)  FILTRATE  (^') 


Process  i.  Redissolve  in  water  and  precipitate  the 
aqueous  solution  with  HjSO^.  Dissolve  the  washed  and 
dried  precipitate  of  agaric  acid  (?)  in  alcohol  and 
crystallize. 

Yield  4  grams  (/) 
Yield  2.3  grams  (/)  second  crop. 
Note. — Agaric  acid   (?)  prepared  in    this  way  is  soluble  in 
water,  without  becoming  ropy. 

Process  2.  A  part  of  the  washed  precipitate  was 
not  dried,  but  while  yet  soft  mixed  with  ether,  shaken 
with  water  and  H2SO4  the  ethereal  ^lution  decanted 
and  crystallized. 

Yield  3.2  grams  agaric  acid  (?)  (>J) 

Yield  .4  grams  agaric  acid  (?)  second  crop. 

There  was  a  small  residue  (/)  not  soluble  in  ether, 
supposed  to  be  Na^SO^,  but  upon  heating  on  platinum 
wire  it  melted,  then  took  fire  and  burned.  (Fumaric 
acid  is  said  to  behave  similarly.)  Upon  dissolving 
some  of  the  residue  in  water  and  testing  with  nitrate 
of  barium,  a  white  flocculent  precipitate  was  produced, 
insoluble  in  excess  of  HNO,. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


PRECIPITATE   FOUND   IN   TINCTURE   OF   BOLETUS   LARICIS. 
FILTRATE   {h'). 


199 


After  several  weeks,  silvery  white  crystals  in  plates  (jn)  separated. 
These  crystals  looked  like  benzoic  acid,  but,  of  course,  could  not  be,  as 
it  must  have  been  a  soda  salt.  These  were  filtered  off  and  an '  attempt 
made  to  separate  the  acid. 


THE    CRYSTALS. 


FILTRATE. 


These  were  dissolved  in  water, 
dilute  H,S04  added.  A  precipi- 
tate was  formed,-  but  immediately 
redissolved.  I  then  thought  I 
would  evaporate  to  dryness  and 
extract  with  alcohol.  Evapora- 
tion was  conducted  on  a  water 
bath,  but  when  nearly  dry  de- 
composition took  place,  and 
nothing  but  a  charred  residue 
was  left.  It  gave  off  a  peculiar 
odor. 

PRECIPITATE  {o). 


When  I  returned  to  this  fil- 
trate after  several  days,  much  to 
my  surprise  a  considerable  quan- 
tity of  needle-shaped  crystals  («) 
made  their  appearance.  Some 
were  as  much  as  an  inch  in 
length  and  ^t  inch  in  thickness. 
No  attempt  was  made  to  ana- 
lyze these  crystals ;  a  sample  is 
herewith  submited.  The  filtrate 
was  then  treated  with  water  and 
HaSO,. 

FILTRATE  (^') 


The  precipitated 
resin  is  washed  and 
dried. 

Yield  1 6. 1  gms. 

Note.— The  red 
color  seems  to  be  drawn 
by  capillary  attraction 
to  the  outside  edge  of 
the  filter  paper. 


The  filtrate  was  distilled  to  recover  alcohol,  treated 
with  more  water,  filtered,  and  the  precipitated  resin 
dried. 

RESIN  (/).  DISTILLATE  (^).  FILTRATE  (r). 


This  has  an 
odor  of  Boletus, 
and  deposits  a 
scanty  wh  i  te 
sediment  on 
standing. 


Yield  3.6         This    has    an         This  filtrate  con- 
grams,  odor  of  Boletus,     tains    H^SO^    and 

other  acids  in  Bo- 
letus, as  soda  salts. 
I  have  not  suc- 
ceeded in  separat- 
ing these  acids. 

If /,y  and  k  are  identical,  the  yield  of  agaric  acid  would  be  about  9.9 
grams,  plus  6.7  grams  (the  equivalent  of  7.7  grams  of  agarate  of  soda),  or 
16.6  grams.  This  would  be  fairly  in  accord  with  Jahns*  statement  that  Bole- 
tus I^ricis  contained  from  16  to  18  per  cent,  of  agaric  acid.  /  and  k  do 
not  seem  to  be  identical  with  agaric  acid,  although  I  have  chosen  to  call 
them  agaric  acid  (?)  for  the  present.  The  residue  takes  fire  and  burns 
without  leaving  a  residue.  This  reaction  is  stated  to  be  characteristic  of 
agaric  acid  by  Dr.  Bernard  Fischer.  If  this  residue  was  agaric  acid,  I 
don't  know  why  it  would  not  dissolve  in  ether;  however,  the  amount 
was  very  small,  and  it  is  probably  unimportant. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


200  MINUTES   OF  THE   SECTION   ON    SCIENTIFIC  PAPERS. 

The  filtrate  r  has  thus  far  baffled  every  attempt  at  separation,  and  from 
the  small  quantity  of  delta-resin  obtained  in  this  process  it  is  probable 
that  it  has  undergone  decomposition  and  exists  in  some  other  form  in 
this  filtrate,  or  else  the  delta- resin  obtained  in  Schmieder's  process  is  a 
very  complex  body. 

The  following  is  a  translation  from  Hager's  Untersuchungen,  Vol.  II, 
page  323 : 

AGARIC 

is  the  dried  thallus  of  Polyporus  officinalis,  and  as  a  medicine  is  scarcely 
used  any  more  by  physicians,  but  is  employed  in  receipts  for  stomach 
bitters  and  life  elixirs.  The  resinous  constituent  (the  ddta-resin  is  prob- 
ably meant)  acts  as  a  drastic  cathartic,  yet  milder  than  aloes,  but  no  ac- 
cident is  recorded  where  a  poisonous  effect  has  been  produced  through 
its  use.  Agaric,  as  it  is  seen  in  the  market,  is  a  white,  light,  spongy  mass, 
easily  powdered  by  bruising  and  pounding,  having  a  mushroom-like  odor, 
and  at  first  a  sweet  taste,  but  afterward  an  unpleasant  acrid  taste.  By 
heating  with  strong  alcohol  or  ether  more  than  fifty  per  cent,  is  dissolved, 
about  one-third  of  which  is  designated  as  agaric  acid  and  two-thirds  as 
agarico-resins. 

The  agaric  acid  crystallizes  in  small  microscopic  needles,  slightly  solu- 
ble in  water,  but  giving  it  an  acid  reaction.  It  is  easily  soluble  in  alco- 
hol, and  by  heating  in  alcohol  is  partially  volatilized.  It  is  difficultly 
soluble  in  ether,  chloroform,  benzol  and  bisulphide  of  carbon  ;  insoluble 
in  petroleum  ether,  soluble  in  caustic  potash  solution  (aqueous,  of  course) 
and  in  hot  carbonate  of  soda  solution,  from  which  it  is  precipitated  in  white 
fiocks  by  acid.  Its  alkaline  solution  gives  a  precipitate  with  many  metal- 
lic salts. 

Agarico-resin  is  a  red-brown  mass,  which  rubs  up  to  a  pale  yellow  pow- 
der, is  insoluble  in  water,  easily  soluble  in  alcohol  and  ether,  and  is  also 
dissolved  by  chloroform,  but  not  by  bisulphide  of  carbon,  benzol  or 
petroleum  ether,  as  it  is  by  hot  carbonate  of  soda  solution. 

The  agarico-resin,  or  resinoid  (in  fact,  I  know  of  no  word  in  the  Eng- 
lish language  to  express  this  idea  exatly),  the  mixture  of  agaric  acid  and 
agarico-resin  noticed  in  a  former  edition,  is  not  very  characteristic  with 
regard  to  its  solvents.  Ether  entirely  dissolves  it ;  chloroform,  bisul- 
phide of  carbon  and  ammonia  solution  partly ;  hot  carbonate  of  soda 
solutions  only  insignificantly;  benzol  dissolves  it  somewhat  by  heating, 
and  petroleum  ether  not  at  all.  The  water  that  has  been  digested  with 
an  alcoholic  extract  of  Boletus  is  almost  colorless  and  indifferent  to 
reagents. 

The  following  is  a  translation  from  "Dieneuern  Arzneimittel,  von  Dr. 
Bernhard  Fischer.'* 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


PRECIPITATE  FOUND   IN    TINCTURE   OF   BOLETUS  LARICIS.  201 

AGARICIN. 

Agaric  acid,  QgHsjOjHjO,  is  a  definite  principle  from  Boletus  Laricis. 
The  whole  subject  of  the  chemical  analysis  of  agaric  has  been  reviewed 
without  changing  the  actual  results  obtained  by  more  ancient  observers. 
Hitherto  were  three  substances  regarded,  namely,  the  agaric  acid  of 
Fleury,  the  agaricin  of  Schoenbroet,  and  an  indifferent  body,  the  agarico- 
resin.  £.  Jahn  shows  later  that  the  agaric  acid  of  Fleury  and  the  agaricin 
of  Schoenbroet  are  identical  and  isolated  another  body  in  the  pure  state. 
J.  Schmieder,  with  this  ground-work  before  him,  more  recently  arrived 
at  the  following  conclusions,  and  gives  the  constituents  of  agaric  as 
follows:  Soft  resin  or  wax  Ci^HjpO^,  agaricol  C^HieO,  cholesterin 
C^H^^OHjO,  cetyl  alcohol  CuHj^O,  various  hydrocarbons  and  fatty 
acids,  and  four  distinct  resins,  the  alpha,  beta,  gamma  and  delta  resins,  a 
nitrogeneous  substance,  probably  albumen,  and  cellulose.  Out  of  the 
beta  resin  is  separated  in  a  pure  state  the  substance  which  we  here  name 
agaricin. 

Preparation, — I'he  powdered  agaric  is  extracted  with  alcohol  until  ex- 
hausted, the  four  resins  going  into  solution  ;  the  alcoholfc  extract  is  con- 
centrated so  that  by  cooling  the  white  resin  is  separated  out,  while  the 
red  resin  remains  in  solution.  The  white  resin  contains  the  agaricin, 
which,  by  handling  with  warm  60  per  cent,  alcohol,  is  obtained  in  a 
moderately  pure  condition.  To  make  it  absolutely  pure,  it  is  dissolved 
in  hot  alcohol  and  the  solution  precipitated  with  an  alcoholic  solution  of 
caustic  potash.  The  alpha  resin  now  forms  a  potassa  salt,  soluble  in  al- 
cohol; the  gamma  resin  does  does  not  form  any  salt ;  the  potash  salt  of 
the  beta  resin  is,  on  the  contrary,  perfectly  insoluble  in  absolute  alcohol. 
After  some  time  the  solution  is  filtered,  whereby  the  alpha-resin  is  re- 
tained in  the  filtrate,  the  residue  is  dissolved  in  water  and  again  filtered, 
whereby  the  gamma-resin  remains  behind,  and  the  filtrate  is  precipitated 
with  a  solution  of  chloride  of  barium.  It  now  forms  the  insoluble  bari- 
um saft,  which  is  heated  with  30  per  cent,  alcohol  and  precipitated  in 
the  boiling  solution  with  dilute  sulphuric  acid.  The  filtrate,  while  yet 
hotj  separates  out  of  its  composition  well-defined  crystals,  which  by  re- 
crystallization  from  30  per  cent,  alcohol  are  obtained  entirely  pure. 

Properties, — In  the  pure  state  agaricin  is  a  white,  shining,  silky,  crys- 
talline powder,  with  a  faint  smell  and  taste.  Under  the  microscope  the 
crystals  can  be  distinguished  as  four-sided  plates.  From  hot  chloroform 
it  crystallizes  in  prisms  which  can  easily  be  seen  with  the  naked  eye. 
The  melting  point  lies  at  about  128  to  129^  C.  It  is  slightly  soluble  in 
water,  to  which  it  gives  an  acid  reaction.  By  heating  with  water  it  swells 
up  and  dissolves  to  a  slimy,  foaming  liquid,  from  which,  by  cooling,  it 
again  separates  into  crystals.  It  dissolves  in  about  130  parts  of  cold,  and 
10  parts  of  hot  alcohol,  still  easier  in  hot  acetic  acid,  little  in  ether, 
scarcely  in  chloroform ;  and  caustic  alkalies  form  with  it  a  strongly  foam- 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


202  MINUTES   OF   THE  SECTION   ON   SCIENTIFIC  PAPERS. 

ing  liquid.  The  composition  of  the  compound  has  been  determined  with 
sufficient  accuracy  to  be  CieHjoOj+HjO.  By  drying  at  80°  C,  also  by 
desiccating  over  sulphuric  acid,  it  parts  with  one  molecule  of  water  of 
crystallization.  At  a  higher  temperature  than  80°  C,  it  gives  up  besides 
inter  molecular  water.  From  a  chemical  standpoint,  agaricin  is  an  acid, 
wherefore,  agreeably  to  the  purpose,  the  name  agaric  acid  has  been  placed 
alongside  of  it.  It  contains  two  carboxyl  groups.  It  is  also  a  bibasic 
acid.     Its  constitution  is  illustrated  by  the  following  formula  : 

^COOH 
q,H„(OH)-  +H,0 

The  potassium  salt  is  the  most  important,  which  is  characterized  by  its 
complete  insolubility  in  absolute  alcohol. 

Test, —  .  I  agaricin  is  dissolved  in  15  c.c.m.  of  absolute  alcohol,  a  few 
drops  of  alcoholic  potassa  is  added,  which  gives  a  white  precipitate  which 
is  perfectly  soluble  in  water.  This  serves  for  its  identification  and  ab- 
sence of  other  resins.  .1  agaricin,  heated  on  platinum  foil,  burns  without 
leaving  any  residue. 

Use, — Agaricin  (if  it  happens  to  be  free  from  other  resins),  is  the 
bearer  of  the  sweat-shrinking  action  of  Boletus,  without  having  the  pur- 
gative action  of  the  same.  It  is  given  in  a  dose  of  .005  to  .01  (iV  to  i  of 
a  grain),  best  in  pills  with  Dover's  powder  to  check  the  profuse  sweats  of 
the  consumptive.  Through  the  influence  of  certain  medicines  (antipy- 
rin)  it  produces  sweating.  The  full  effect  is  first  observed  in  five  or  six 
hours. 

Subcutaneous  injections  are  painful. 

Agaricin  is  not  to  be  confounded  with  agarythrine,  an  alkaloid  prepared 
by  Phipson,  in  1881,  from  Agaricus  ruber,  which  is  intensely  poisonous. 

The  following  table  has  been  arranged  in  order  that  this  process  may 
be  more  easily  comprehended  : 

J.  schmieder's  process. 
Powdered  agaric  is  exhausted  with  alcohol,  concentrated,  cooled  and 
filtered. 

precipitate.  filtrate. 


Digest  with  warm  60  per  cent,  alcohol  and  filter.    The  Contains 

filtrate,  on  cooling,  deposits  moderately  pure  agaricin,  the  delta   res- 

This  is  dissolved  in  hot  alcohol  and  precipitated  with  an  in,  red  resin, 

alcoholic  solution  of  potassa,  and  after  standing  some  the    cathartic 

time,  filtered.  principle. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


PRECIPITATE  FOUND   IN   TINCTURE  OF   BOLETUS   LARICIS. 


203 


PREaPITATE. 


Dissolve  in  water  and  filter. 


RESIDUE. 


FILTRATE. 


FILTRATE. 

. ^ . 

This  contains 
the  alpha  resin 
which  forms  a 
potassa  salt  sol- 
uble in  alcohol. 


Gamma   resin  This  contains  the  beta- 

does  not  form  resin  or  agaricin  or  agaric 
any  salt  with  po-  acid.  Add  solution  barium 
tassa,  and  there-  chloride,  which  precipi- 
fore  remains  on  tates  the  barium  agarate. 
the  filter.  The     barium    agarate    is 

heated  with  30  per  cent, 
alcohol  and   precipitated 
from   the   boiling    liquid 
with  dilute  sulphuric  acid 
and  filtered  hot.    The  fil- 
trate deposits,  on  cooling, 
well-defined    crystals    of 
agaricin     (agaric     acid). 
These,  on    re-crystalliza- 
tion from  30  per  cent,  al- 
cohol, are   obtained    en- 
tirely pure. 
This  process  is  an  excellent  one  in  many  respects,  and  may  possibly 
still  be  modified  so  as  to  make  an  ideal  process.    At  first  there  were  some 
mechanical  difficulties.   To  exhaust  agaric  with  alcohol,  concentrate,  etc., 
will  do  well  enough  where  alcohol  is  cheap,  but  in  this  country  it  is 
necessary  to  take  some  extra  precautions  to  save  the  menstruum,  or  the 
process  will  become  too  expensive.     The  agaric  being  like  a  sponge, 
seems  willing  to  absorb  almost  any  amount  of  alcohol.    The  next  step,  to 
digest  with  warm  60  per  cent,  alcohol  and  filter,  presented  another  diffi- 
culty— the  solubility  of  the  agaricin  being  affected  by  a  slight  variation 
in  temperature  and  the  solution  not  being  inclined  to  filter  rapidly.     The 
third  difficulty  arose  when  the  agarate  of  potassium  was  precipitated  by 
chloride  of  barium,  and  the  agarate  of  barium  thus  produced  had  to  be 
precipitated  by  dilute  sulphuric  acid  in  boiling  30  per  cent,  alcohol  and 
filtered.     These  difficulties  were  finally  overcome  by  means  of  a  hot  air 
apparatus  and  a  continuous  extraction  apparatus  that  has  been  fully  de- 
scribed in  the  Pharmaceutical  Record  by  the  writer,  and  also  by  means 
of  another  apparatus  especially  designed  for  the  purpose. 

I  just  happened  to  have  316  grams  of  agaric  left,  and  the  whole  amount 
was  put  in  the  continuous  extractor  and  exhausted  with  94  per  cent,  al- 
cohol, at  a  boiling  heat,  for  two  days. 


The  thoroughness  witlv-which  i 

itizedbydOOgle 


204 


MINUTES   OF  THE  SECTION   ON  SCIENTIFIC  PAPERS. 


this  was  accomplished  will  be  seen  by  the  sample  of  residuary  matter  here- 
with presented.  This  matter,  after  having  been  expressed  and  dried, 
weighed  1 1 1  grams,  showing  that  205  grams  had  been  extracted  by  the 
alcohol. 


"V^L 


fW^ 


It  will  be  seen  by  this  that  nearly  65  per  cent,  of  Boletus  Laricis  is 
soluble  in  boiling  alcohol.  On  cooling,  the  moderately  pure  agaricin 
crystallized  out.     The  mobt  agaricin  weighed  1 1 1  grams,  but  lost  more 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


PKECIPITATE   FOUND   IN  TINCTURE   OF   BOLETUS  LARICIS.  205 

than  half  its  weight  on  drying.  This  was  dissolved  in  hot  60  per  cent, 
alcohol  by  means  of  the  following  apparatus,  and  filtered  hot. 

An  ordinary  student-lamp  chimney  A  is  placed  through  one  of  the  top 
holes  in  the  hot  air  oven  O  in  such  a  manner  as  to  be  supported  by  the 
larger  end,  and  a  thermometer  T  is  placed  in  one  of  the  other  holes. 
The  shelves  are  removed,  all  but  the  lower  wooden  shelf,  on  which  the 
wide-mouthed  bottle  B  rests.  (A  one-ounce  morphine  bottle  answers 
nicely.)  The  percolator  A  is  connected  by  means  of  a  perforated  rubber 
cork  with  the  tube  C,  which  has  been  filed  off  at  an  angle  to  facilitate 
the  dropping  of  the  condensed  liquid.  The  tube  C  is  connected  with 
the  condenser  E  by  means  of  the  rubber  tube  D.  The  condenser  E  is 
supported  by  the  rope  H  suspended  from  a  hook  in  the  ceiling.  Cold 
water  from  the  hydrant  enters  through  the  tube  F.  The  lower  part  of 
the  percolator  A  is  provided  with  a  perforated  rubber  cork  G^  the  small 
end  of  which  is  covered  with  a  small  circular  piece  of  filter  paper,  and 
this  with  a  piece  of  muslin.  The  cork  is  then  strongly  pressed  into  the 
tube  so  as  to  hold  the  filter  paper  firmly  in  its  place  and  not  to  leak.  In 
the  rubber  cork  is  a  small  glass  tube  ;  this  is  connected  by  the  rubber 
tube  to  a  glass  tube,  going  pretty  well  down  in  the  bottle  B, 

The  tube  K  is  connected  with  the  bottle  B  and  conducted  outside  the 
oven  through  a  condenser.  Any  alcoholic  vapors  arising  from  B  ;  are 
partly  condensed  in  the  tube  K  and  run  back  into  the  bottle  B,  the  por- 
tion  that  passes  over  is  condensed  and  collected  in  Z.  The  rubber  tube 
H  is  provided  with  a  screw  pinchcock  /*,  which  is  closed. 

The  rubber  cork  M  is  removed  and  the  crude  agaricin  is  packed  in  A 
nearly  up  to  the  enlargement  of  the  tube,  and  sufficient  60  per  cent.,  al- 
cohol poured  over  it  to  cover  it.  The  cork  is  then  replaced  and  the  ap- 
paratus is  ready  for  work.  When  the  thermometer  T' registers  190®  to 
195^  F.,  the  liquid  in  the  percolator  A  begins  to  boil ;  this  boiling  is  al- 
lowed to  proceed  until  the  agaricin  is  pretty  well  dissolved;  the  pinch- 
cock P  is  then  regulated  so  the  filtered  liquid  will  drop  gradually  into 
the  bottle  B,  If  this  amount  of  alcohol  is  not  sufficient  to  exhaust  the 
agaricin,  a  fresh  supply  is  introduced  into  the  percolator  by  means  of  the 
funnel  N  without  taking  down  the  apparatus  or  disturbing  the  heat.  Any 
vapors  that  arise  from  the  percolator  are  condensed  by  the  condenser  E 
and  flow  back  into  the  percolator.  By  means  of  this  apparatus  the  ex- 
traction and  filtration  are  both  accomplished  at  a  boiling  heat  without 
loss  of  menstruum.  When  the  percolator  is  empty  (and  this  can  easily 
be  seen,  as  the  front  and  back  of  the  oven  are  of  glass)  the  oven  is  al- 
lowed to  cool,  when  the-  partly  purified  agaricin  crystallizes  from  the 
liquid  in  the  bottle  B.  When  it  comes  to  the  second  purification,  and 
30  per  cent.,  alcohol  has  to  be  used,  a  higher  heat  is  required,  and  not 
until  the  thermometer  registers  220°  F.,  is  the  liquid  in  the  percolator 
kept  boiling. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


206  MINUTES  OF  THE   SECTION  ON   SCIENTIFIC  PAPERS. 

The  first  crop  of  crystals  was  quite  pure,  and  when  dry  weighed  11.05 
grams;  the  second  crop  was  not  so  pure,  and  weighed  11.95;  ^^^  ^^^^^^ 
crop  weighed  13.72 :  the  fourth  crop  5.00;  the  residue  looked  almost  like 
red  resin  and  weighed  4.00,  making  in  all  45.72  of  dry,  moderately  pure 
agaricin,  or  about  14J4  per  cent,  of  the  agaric  employed. 

Ten  gram';  of  the  first  crystallization,  which  was  the  purest,  was  taken 
for  further  purification  and  dissolved  in  hot  94  per  cent,  alcohol  and 
precipitated  with  alcoholic  potassa,  when  the  agarate  of  potassium  was 
precipitated  as  an  amorphous  mass.  The  liquid  was  decanted  and  the 
mass  washed  with  alcohol.  The  liquid  and  washings  containing  the  al- 
pha resin  was  set  aside,  while  the  agarate  of  potassium  was  dissolved  in 
water  and  filtered.  Only  .02  of  a  gray  substance  remained  on  the  filter. 
This  I  took  to  be  the  gamma  resin.  The  filtrate  was  precipitated  with 
barium  chloride  and  the  agarate  of  barium  washed  with  water,  mixed 
with  30  per  cent,  alcohol  and  introduced  into  the  above  described  ap- 
paratus and  heated  to  boiling.  Dilute  sulphuric  acid  was  then  added  in 
sufficient  quantity  to  precipitate  the  barium,  and  the  heat  continued  un- 
til the  barium  sulphate  began  to  settle ;  the  pinchcock  was  then  opened 
and  the  solution  of  agaric  acid  allowed  to  filter  into  the  bottle  below,  the 
heat  being  maintained  until  the  operation  was  complete.  The  oven  was 
allowed  to  cool  slowly,  and  beautiful  crystals,  visible  to  the  naked  eye, 
were  obtained.  The  yield  was  4.5  grams.  The  filtrate  containing  the 
potassium  salt  of  the  alpha  resin  was  neutralized  with  acetic  acid,  and  the 
precipitated  resin  washed  and  dried.  It  weighed  5.8  grams.  This  added 
to  4.5  grams  agaric  acid  makes  10.3  grams,  which  is  .3  grams  more  than 
was  taken.  This  apparent  discrepancy  may  possibly  be  accounted  for 
from  the  fact  that  it  is  almost  impossible  to  get  the  resin  dried.  But  be 
that  as  it  may,  taking  the  4.5  grams  of  agaric  acid  obtained  as  a  basis  of 
calculations,  it  is  only  fair  to  assume  that  Boletus  Laricis  does  not  con- 
tain more  than  6  or  7  per  cent.,  of  pure  agaric  acid,  while  it  contains  a 
little  more  than  that  amount  of  the  alpha  resin. 

The  original  alcoholic  extract  that  was  filtered  off  from  the  crude 
agaricin  was  found  to  contain  a  precipitate ;  this  was  filtered  off,  but  only 
weighed  .12  grams.  The  alcohol  was  then  recovered  by  distillation. 
Toward  the  last  of  the  operation  the  distillate  began  to  drop  more  like 
oil  than  alcohol,  and  the  distillation  was  stopped. 

The  residue  which  contains  the  delta  resin  or  red  resin,  the  supposed 
cathartic  principle,  was  found  very  difficult  to  dry;  in  fact,  it  seems  to 
be  a  soft  resin  at  ordinary  temperatures.  This  soft  resin  weighed  148 
grams,  representing  46.8  per  cent.,  of  the  drug  employed.  This  resin 
probably  contains  some  of  the  agaric  acid,  but  as  agaric  acid  is  only  solu- 
ble in  130  parts  of  alcohol  at  the  ordinary  temperature,  according  to 
Jahn  and  Fischer,  it  is  not  likely  that  a  litre  of  alcohol  would  contain 
over  8  grams,  and  this  would  not  affect;  the  percentage  of  agaric  acid  in 

Digitized  byCjOOQlC 


PRECIPITATE   FOUND   IN   TINCTURE  OF  BOLETUS  LARICIS.  207 

the  drug  more  than  two  or  three  per  cent.,  while  the  calculation  based 
on  the  impure  agaricin,  which,  of  course,  contains  some  of  the  red  resin, 
would  offset  it  the  other  way.  Estimating  the  constituents  of  agaric  on 
this  basis,  316  grams  would  contain: 

Alpha  resin 26.51,  representing  8.07% 

Agaric  acid 20.58,  "  6.51% 

Gamma  resin 1. 14.  **  -3^% 

Delta  resin 148.00,  "         46.80% 

A  white  substance 68,  "  .21  % 

Insoluble  in  hot  alcohol,  mostly  cellulose.  .    .111.00,  "         35->2% 

307.91,  "         97.07* 

Here  is  a  loss  of  three  per  cent.,  if  not  more,  and  it  is  hard  to  tell 
where  it  is  gone,  unless  it  is  lost  in  purifying  the  beta-resin,  or  is  to  be 
looked  for  in  the  alcohol  that  was  distilled  from  the  red  resin.  That 
something  has  distilled  over  with  the  alcohol  there  can  be  no  doubt,  but 
what  it  is  is  quite  another  question.  The  alcohol  has  a  distinct  odor  of 
Boletus,  and  deposits  a  sort  of  resinous  substance  around  the  cork,  al- 
though the  alcohol  itself  is  perfectly  colorless.  The  odor  may,  perhaps, 
be  better  described  by  saying  that  it  smells  like  dried  slippery  elm  bark. 
A  five  per  cent  solution  of  agarate  of  soda,  obtained  in  the  soda  process 
at  the  point  F  when  no  other  chemicals  had  been  used  save  alcohol,  was 
taken  and  the  following  reactions  noted.  The  reactions,  I  think,  are  en- 
tirely due  to  agaric  acid.  With  sulphuric  acid  and  ether  the  agaric  acid 
precipitates,  dissolves  in  the  ether  and  floats  on  top  of  the  aqueous  liquid, 
and  finally  separates  from  the  ether  solution  in  crystals. 

Ferrocyanide  of  potassium  produces  no  reaction. 

Bichromate  of  potassium  becomes  lighter  in  color  and  a  very  slight 
crystalline  precipitate  separates. 

Sulphate  of  copper  produces  a  greenish  precipitate,  insoluble  in  excess 
of  sulphuric  acid. 

Acetate  of  lead  produces  a  brownish  white  precipitate. 

Nitrate  of  silver  produces  a  curdy  precipitate,  soluble  in  ammonia.  The 
silver  salt  is  not  reduced. 

Calcium  chloride  gives  a  precipitate  not  entirely  soluble  in  hydro- 
chloric acid. 

Strontia  nitrate  produces  a  precipitate  insoluble  in  nitric  acid.  The 
precipitate  finally  locates  itself  on  top  of  the  liquid. 

Mercuric  chloride  produces  a  precipitate  at  first  yellowish  orange,  and 
finally  changing  to  red. 

Mercurous  nitrate  produces  a  brownish  white  precipitate.  ' 

Cobalt  nitrate  a  dirty  white  precipitate. 

Ferric  chloride  produces  a  precipitate  insoluble  in  hydrochloric  acid. 

Baric  chloride  produces  a  gelatinous  precipitate  insoluble  iq  hydro- 
chloric acid.  Digitized  by  vaOOQ iC 


2o8  MINUTES  OF   THE   SECTION  ON   SCIENTIFIC  PAPERS. 

The  following  are  believed  to  be  correct : 

AGARIC  ACID.  AGARIC  RESIN. 

Alcohol soluble  freely  when  hot easily  soluble 

Ether  ...••..  slightly easily  soluble 

Chloroform slightly soluble. 

Benzol soluble  (with  difficulty,  Hager)  .   .  insoluble  (Hager). 

Water soluble  when  pure insoluble. 

Acetic  acid slightly,  easily  in  hot soluble 

Alkaline  solutions  .    .  soluble soluble. 

Oil  turpentine    .    .    .  soluble insoluble  (?). 

Bisulphide  carbon  .   .  difficultly  soluble  (Hager)   ....  insoluble  (Hager). 

50%  alcohol   ....  soluble insoluble. 

Wood  alcohol    .   .   .  soluble,  precipitates  on  standing  .   .  soluble. 

Glacial  acetic  acid  .  .  soluble ?. 

Petroleum  ether  .   .   .  insoluble insoluble. 

Now  with  regard  to  Tincture  of  Boletus  Laricis,  it  is  suggested  that  if 
the  cathartic  effect  of  boletus  is  desired,  that  simply  a  tincture  of  the  red 
resin  be  prepared,  as  this  will  keep  indefinitely,  I  think,  without  precipi- 
tating. If  the  anti-diaphoretic  effect  be  desired,  it  is  suggested  that  the 
pure  agaric  acid  be  used,  or  a  saturated  alcoholic  solution  of  the  pure 
acid,  ten  to  twenty  minims  of  which  would  contain  a  full  dose.  It  is 
possible,  also,  that  the  agarate  of  soda  would  be  a  valuable  salt.  Merck's 
Bulletin  for  January,  1889,  ^"^  '^^  American  Journal  of  Pharmacy  for 
May,  1889,  have  articles  on  the  therapeutic  action  of  agaric  acid. 

The  following  specimens  are  herewith  presented  : 

1.  Tr.  Boletus  Laricis. 

2.  Precipitate  found  in  Tr.  Boletus  Laricis. 

3.  Tr.  Boletus,  with  strong  alcohol,  i  part  drug  to  make  4  of  tincture, 
showing  that  this  does  not  prevent  precipitation. 

4.  Homoeopathic  Tincture  of  Boletus  Laricis. 

5.  Alcoholic  solution  of  the  precipitatet  hat  has  been  filtered,  but  re- 
precipitates  on  standing.     See  Proceedings  of  1883. 

6.  Alcoholic  solution  of  red  resin. 

7.  Ether  solution  of  residue  from  5.     See  Proceedings  1883. 

8.  Residue  from  7,  insoluble  in  alcohol,  ether  and  water.  See  Pro- 
ceedings of  1883. 

9.  Residuary  cellulose,  soda  process. 

10.  Agarate  of  soda,  soda  process/. 

11.  Agaric  acid  (?),  soda  process  /. 

12.  Agaric  acid  (?),  soda  process  k, 

13.  Agarico-resin  (?),  soda  process  0. 

14.  Agarico-resin  (?),  soda  process,  found  in  still/. 

15.  Alcoholic  distillate,  soda  process  q^  showing  precipitate  on  stand- 
ing. 

16.  Needle-shaped  crystals,  soda  process ».  r^  \ 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


PRECIPITATE   FOUND   IN  TINCTURE   OF   BOLETUS   LARICIS.  209 

17.  Resin  collected  from  side  of  extraction  apparatus,  Schmieder's 
process. 

18.  Resin  collected  from  lower  part  of  percolator  in  extraction  appa- 
ratus. 

19.  Residue  from  extraction  with  hot  alcohol. 

20.  Gamma  resin. 

21.  Supposed  to  be  gamma-resin  found  at  a  different  part  of  the  pro- 
cess. 

22.  Alpha- resin. 

23.  A  white  substance. 

24.  Moderately  pure  agaricin,  Schmieder's  process — the  first  crop  of 
crystals  from  60  per  cent  alcohol. 

25.  Second  crop  of  crystals. 

26.  Third  crop. 

27.  Fourth  crop. 

28.  Delta-resin  or  red  resin. 

29.  Alcohol  recovered  while  purifying  agaric  acid,  showing  the  agaric 
acid  that  has  distilled  over  and  precipitated. 

30.  Purified  agaric  acid  obtained  on  the  first  crystallization  from  30 
per  cent,  alcohol  after  having  been  precipitated  by  barium  chloride  and 
decomposed  with  dilute  sulphuric  acid. 

31.  Tr.  Boletus  one  part,  water  two  parts,  benzol  two  parts. 

32.  Alcoholic  solution  of  the  precipitate  in  31. 

33.  Benzol  solution  from  31  evaporated  to  dryness,  showing  crystals 
dispersed  though  a  varnish- like  mass. 

34.  The  alcoholic  solution,  32,  treated  with  alcoholic  potassa,  becomes 
blackened  and  develops  the  odor  of  red  raspberries. 

35.  The  last  run  of  alcohol  from  the  delta-resin,  having  the  peculiar 
odor  of  slippery  elm  bark. 

36.  Solution  of  precipitate  found  in  Tr.  Boletus  treated  with  hydro- 
chloric acid  and  benzol. 

37.  Solution  of  precipitate  found  in  Tr.  Boletus,  treated  with  hydrate 
of  soda,  the  precipitate  filtered  off  and  the  filtrate  allowed  to  stand,  show- 
ing the  heavy,  oil-like  liquid  which  separates.  I  had  at  one  time  about  a 
pint  of  this  substance,  which  I  prepared  from  the  drug. 

38.  Tr.  Boletus  evaporated  to  dryness  and  extracted  with  benzol.  The 
benzol  solution  deposits  crystals  on  standing. 

39.  Tr.  Boletus  and  chloroform  ;  very  small  crystals  separate  after  a 
long  time. 

40.  Tr.  Boletus  and  benzol ;  quite  a  precipitate  occurs  on  standing. 

41.  Tr.  Boletus  precipitated  with  soda  solution,  the  filtrate  neutralized 
with  acetic  acid,  and  ether  added,  after  some  time  a  white  cotton-like 
precipitate. 

14 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


2IO  MINUTES   OF   THE   SECTION   ON   SCIENTIFIC  PAPERS. 

42.  Some  of  the  soda  solution  treated  with  acetic  acid  and  benzol. 
The  liquid  separates  into  three  parts. 

43.  Some  of  the  soda  solution  treated  with  hydrochloric  acid  and  ben- 
zol.    Separates  into  three  parts  as  before. 

44.  Some  of  the  clear  benzol  solution  decanted  from  43  and  allowed 
to  stand,  showing  the  precipitate  that  occurs. 

Three  papers  on  Preparations  for  the  Skin,  Poisonous  Plants  of  Cali- 
fornia, and  Pines  of  California,  were  read  by  title  and  referred  for  publi- 
cation. ' 

PHARMACY  AS  APPLIED  TO  PREPARATIONS   FOR  THE  SKIN. 

BY  FRED.  B.  KILMER. 

The  subject  chosen  is  one  of  interest  to  many  of  us,  and  one  that  has 
not  received  much  attention. 

It  would  seem  to  be  both  a  satisfactory  and  fruitful  field  for  investiga- 
tion, as  in  our  calling  we  are  prone  to  deal  in  things  that  are  tangible. 
When  we  can  see,  measure  and  weigh,  we  feel  that  we  have  some  hope 
that  no  unfathomable  problem  will  arise  and  prevent  a  complete  mastery 
of  the  situation. 

In  the  preparation  of  medicines  for  internal  administration,  chemical 
theory  and  pharmaceutical  practice  are  often  thwarted  by  some  unknown 
condition  in  the  human  system.  .  Drugs  are  rendered  useless  from  incom- 
patibilities that  are  beyond  our  research.  But  in  the  application  of 
remedies  to  diseases  that  admit  of  external  treatment,  chemical  analysis, 
the  eye,  the  microscope,  will  enable  us  both  to  see  the  contending  forces 
and  the  effect  of  medication.  Every  quarter,  every  decade  of  the  cen- 
tury just  closing,  has  marked  progress  in  the  advancement  of  science,  and 
with  this  advance  has  been  progression  in  that  branch  which  we  repre- 
sent. The  annual  compilation  of  the  "Progress  of  Pharmacy,"  which 
is  a  great  credit  to  this  body  and  its  honored  author,  shows  the  long 
strides  that  take  place  as  the  years  are  numbered.  A  retrospect  by  those 
of  us  not  yet  aged  will  reveal  the  fact  that  we  are  a  '*  long  way  ahead" 
of  the  almost  empirical  practices  that  were  the  best  we  knew  when  we 
entered  the  profession.  Yet  in  the  line  of  the  subject  chosen,  the  writer 
holds  that  we  have  not  kept  pace  with  the  onward  march  of  improvement. 

The  cerates,  ointments  and  plasters  are  virtually  the  same  as  those 
recorded  in  the  history  of  medicine  from  the  earliest  ages. 

They  enveloped  medicinal  agents  in  fats,  using  spices  and  gums  to 
preserve  them,  for  an  ointment ;  spread  gums  upon  cloth  or  leather  for 
a  plaster.  We  still  follow  their  methods.  Indeed,  if  we  examine  some 
of  the  relics  of  the  ancient  art  of  an  apothecary,  it  would  puzzle  us 
to  imitate  them. 

In  this  line  our  Pharmacopoeia  has  practically  added  nothing  new  in 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


PREPARATIONS   FOR  THE   SKIN.  211 

its  several  revisions.  In  the  classes  known  as  unguenta  and  cerata,  the 
required  drug  is  simply  suspended  in  a  fatty  base.  In  emplastra  we  are 
confined  by  the  Pharmacopoeia  almost  exclusively  to  the  lead  plaster  base, 
sometimes  combined  with  resinous  substances,  or  with  fats  and  wax.  In 
this  class  we  find  that  the  use  of  the  pharmacopoeial  plasters  is  so  limited 
that,  as  a  commentator  (U.  S.  Dispensatory)  express^  it,  **  The  spread- 
ing of  plasters  has  become,  to  a  great  extent,  a  lost  art  to  the  pharma- 
cist of  this  country." 

Plasters  made  with  the  lead  plaster  base  or  resin  plaster  base,  have 
been  found  to  have  such  disadvantages  that  the  rubber  combination 
plasters  have  for  the  last  twenty- five  years  or  more  taken  their  place. 
Rubber  plasters  are  factory  made,  and  their  chief  advantage  is  their  con- 
venience, and  the  thanks  of  pharmacists  generally  are  due  the  manufac- 
tuier  for  the  way  we  have  been  relieved  of  the  tedious  back-aching 
operations  we  formerly  experienced  in  spreading  plasters.  Rubber  plas- 
ter masses  have  but  few  advantages.  In  some  instances  they  probably 
envelop  and  protect  the  drug  from  atmospheric  change,  but  with  others 
they  rapidly  decompose. 

They  form  an  impervious  covering  to  the  skin  (sometimes  desirable 
and  sometimes  not),  but  they  hold  the  drugs  combined  in  so  complete  an 
envelopment  that  action  is  uncertain,  and  a  great  amount  of  medicinal 
agent  is  necessary  to  produce  a  small  result.  Physicians  have  often 
reported  to  the  writer  that  the  best  made  rubber  plasters  gave  no  result 
that  would  indicate  the  amount  of  drug  they  contain  was  present.  Otlier 
than  these  we  have  the  glycerita,  the  oleata  and  the  linimenta. 

The  glycerites  present  many  attractive  features  by  their  stable  char- 
acter, absence  of  odor,  slight  antiseptic  powers,  and  a  fair  range  of  solu- 
bility; but  glycerin  as  a  means  of  conveying  medicinal  agents  to  or 
through  the  skin  has  proven  a  failure.  It  is  almost  perfectly  non-absorb- 
able.  Such  drugs  as  atropia,  veratria,  etc.,  when  applied  in  solution  in 
it  are  almost  wholly  irtert.  It  has  been  found  to  produce  irritation,  and 
is  not  used  by  most  dermatologists. 

The  preparations  glycerita,  and  especially  glycerite  of  starch,  from 
which  much  was  hoped,  as  it  promised  to  give  a  non- fatty  base  perma- 
nent in  character,  cleanly,  and  adapted  to  a  variety  of  uses  not  within 
reach  of  our  other  preparations  for  the  purpose,  are  compatible  with  only 
a  limited  number  of  drugs,  feebly  absorbable,  and  have  not  proven  of  great 
service.  (In  works  on  skin  diseases  it  is  scarcely  mentioned.)  Of  the 
liniments  we  find  that  those  with  a  saponaceous  base,  or  containing  caustic 
properties,  as  in  linimentum  ammonias,  find  the  most  extended  use.  But 
few  drugs  are  capable  of  application  in  this  form,  and  but  ten  are  officinal, 
and  half  of  these  little  used.  We  have  not  much  changed  this  class,  and 
by  the  many  suggested  improvements  and  changes  found  in  our  journals, 
it  is  evident  that  they  are  not  perfectly  adapted  for  their  intended  use. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


212  MINUTES   OF  THE   SECTION   ON   SCIENTIFIC   PAPERS. 

The  greatest  advance  we  have  made  in  the  line  under  discussion  has 
been  in  the  introduction  of  the  limited  number  of  compounds  known  as 
oleates.  (But  two  are  officinal.)  For  these  we  are  indirectly  indebted 
to  the  researches  of  Chevreul,  who,  as  early  as  1811,  separated  fatty  acids 
from  their  bases,  and  to  the  later  work  of  Dr.  John  Marshall,  Prof. 
Attfield,  Dr.  Wolff;  Dr.  Shoemaker,  H.  B.  Parsons  and  others,  who  intro- 
duced them  to  the  medical  profession  since  about  1862.  The  oleates  have 
found  a  moderate  place  in  our  Materia  Medica;  a  few  drugs  form  stable 
compounds  with  them.  We  probably  have  not  reached  the  limit  of  our 
knowledge  of  them,  and  may  yet  be  able  to  give  them  a  more  substantial 
footing.  They  are  free  from  objections,  as  they  possess  irritating  proper- 
ties producing  pustulations  and  eruptions,  and  rapidly  oxidize  on  ex- 
posure to  the  air. 

The  classes  of  fatty  applications  in  our  Pharmacopoeia  which  have  a 
very  extended  use,  are  ointments  and  cerates.  In  these  we  simply  mix 
the  drug,  or  suspend  it  in  the  fat,  adding  wax,  etc,  to  give  it  consistency. 
Under  the  most  careful  manipulation  they  are  but  a  mechanical  suspen- 
sion. No  attempt  is  made  to  dissolve  the  drug.  The  drugs  themselves 
are  not  absorbable  if  applied  directly  to  the  skin,  and  if  suspended  in  a 
n  on -absorbable  fat  they  become  no  more  than  a  coating  to  the  affected 
part,  and  our  medical  friends  practically  find  them  either  caked  upon  the 
surface,  or  in  case  of  soft  ointments,  running  over  the  adjoining  parts, 
soiling  the  clothing,  and  are  by  no  means  up  to  the  standard  of  the  pre- 
parations of  modern  pharmacy.  Dr.  Unna,  who  is  one  of  our  well-known 
writers  upon  dermatology,  shows  that  animal,  vegetable,  and  mineral  fats 
have  no  other  eff'ect  upon  the  skin  or  body  than  to  hinder  the  watery  va- 
por and  fluid  sweat,  and  so  retain  bodily  warmth.  They  are  like  clothing. 
The  ancients  who  wore  scanty  clothing  anointed  themselves  as  part  of 
their  toilet.  Inhabitants  of  extreme  cold  countries  do  so  now  with  no 
preceptible  change  in  their  systems  as  a  result.  Lard  is  undoubtedly  the 
best  base  for  such  preparations.  When  an  oil  lik^olive  or  almond  oil  is 
used,  it  passes  through  the  skin  slowly  and  very  uncertainly.  Lard  is  ab- 
sorbable to  a  certain  degree.  Dr.  Guttmann  (in  Med,  Chron,,  Amer, 
/our  Pharm,  1887,  492)  has  shown  that  lard  is  superior  to  lanolin  in 
promoting  absorption  of  drugs.  No  less  authority  than  Prof.  Remington 
(Proceedings  A.  P.  A.,  1883)  states  that  vaseline  is  equal,  if  not  superior, 
as  an  ointment  base  to  lard.  In  the  matter  of  producing  a  more  elegant 
looking  preparation  it  may  be  true,  but  upon  such  eminent  therapeutic 
authority  as  Dr.  Robinson  of  England,  Dr.  Hermann  Hager,  Dr.  Meil- 
ick  of  Hamburg,  Auspitz  of  Vienna,  Keenan  and  Shoemaker  of  this 
country,  and  others,  we  find  petroleum  fats  are  among  the  least  desirable 
substances  for  such  use,  possessing  decidedly  objectionable  features. 
They  contain  stimulant  constituents  that  will  produce  irritation,  and  ac- 
cording to  Meilick  (Monatsschrift  fiir  practische  Dermatologie)  the  skin 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


PREPARATIONS    FOR   THE   SKIN.  213 

is  partially  if  not  entirely  impervious  to  vaseline.  Auspitz  (Ziemssen*s 
Hand-book  of  Skin  Diseases)  states  that  its  office  is  purely  that  of  a  cover- 
ing ;  it  has  no  conserving  or  nutritive  action  on  the  tissue.  Ointments 
with  veratria, codeia,  atropia,  etc.,  have  been  reported  almost  entirely  in- 
ert, made  with  vaseline.  Experiments  made  by  the  writer  with  canthar- 
ides  showed  that  when  lard  was  used  in  the  place  of  vaseline,  the  same  lot 
of  drug  would  vesicate  in  one  half  the  time.  If  a  thin  coating  of  vase- 
line, lard,  oleic  acid  or  oleite  be  applied  to  an  unbroken  surface,  it  will  be 
demonstrated  that  the  two  latter  are  readily  absorbed,  oleite  the  most 
rapidly,  lard  slowly,  and  vaseline  will  remain  apparently  the  same  for 
hours.  What  vaseline  .seems  to  do  is,  by  its  partial  solvent  power  over 
some  drugs,  to  present  them  in  a  finely  divided  state  so  that  they  are  fin- 
ally deposited  upon  the  skin.  But  dusting  or  brushing  on  the  drug 
would  accomplish  the  same  purpose  in  a  much  shorter  time.  Cotton-seed 
oil  lard  is  very  feebly  absorbable,  and  will  hardly  answer  for  these  pre- 
parations. Butter  is  not  as  absorbable  as  lard.  Oleomargarine  seems 
nearly  equal  to  lard.  (A  curious  instance  occurred  in  an  experiment 
with  a  particular  lot  of  oleomargarine.  All  ointments  made  with  it  turned 
very  dark  in  about  twenty-four  hours.  It  was  imagined  that  it  contained 
sulphur,  but  none  was  found,  and  for  lack  of  time,  further  search  for  the 
cause  was  abandoned.)  A  customer  of  the  writer's,  who  has  occasion  to 
use  large  quantities  of  blister  for  veterinary  purposes,  states  that  he  can 
often  vesicate  with  rancid  butter  or  lard  alone. 

The  factory-made  plasters  are  no  better  adapted  to  the  purpose  of  ex- 
ternal medication  than  our  pharmacy-made,  or  our  ointments.  One 
manufacturer  gracefully  acknowledges  in  his  catalogue  that  '*the  atten- 
tion of  manufacturers  of  medicated  plasters  has  hitherto  been  directed 
chiefly  to  perfecting  the  mechanical  excellence  of  their  preparations, 
overlooking  the  real  aim  and  end  for  which  a  plaster  is  made,  viz.^  the 
capacity  of  such  a  preparation  to  promote  absorption  of  the  incorporated 
drug.*'  Plasters  made  by  a  prominent  manufacturer  were  examined  by 
the  writer,  and  he  was  permitted  to  see  them  made  and  satisfy  himself 
that  the  proper  amount  of  drugs  of  good  quality  was  used.  One  specially 
made  for  dermal  use  contained  30  per  cent,  extract  of  belladonna.  The 
extract  yielded  2.5  per  cent,  of  atropia,  and  a  piece  of  plaster  (rubber 
base)  6  inches  square  contained  29  grains  solid  extract  of  belladonna, 
equal  to  .87  grains  of  atropia,  and  should  produce,  if  absorbed,  toxic 
symptoms  almost  immediately,  but  as  a  fact  they  do  not.  Poisoning  by 
belladonna  plasters  is  very  rare.  The  same  manufacturer  prepares  plas- 
ters containing 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


214  MINUTES   OF  THE   SECHON   ON   SaENTIFlC   PAPERS. 

Chrysarobin 35% 

Iodoform 40% 

Opium 20% 

Hed  oxide  of  mercury 50% 

Zinc  oxide 40% 

Sulphur ; 20% 

These  contain  about  16  grains  of  mass  to  the  square  inch,  and  if  the 
drugs  were  in  a  condition  for  ready  absorption,  highly  active,  if  not  dan- 
gerous, results  would  follow  their  use.  As  it  is,  a  large  amount  of  good 
drugs  is  apparently  wasted. 

It  is  probable  that  in  these  preparations  we  have  not  properly  noted 
the  forces  with  which  our  drugs  are  brought  in  contact  in  both  health  and 
disease.  This  requires  not  only  a  consideration  of  drugs,  but  anatonoy, 
physiology  and  therapeutics  as  well.  The  writer  holds  that  these  are 
essential  qualifications  of  the  pharmacist,  that  to  be  a  handmaid  of  the 
physician  is  not  simply  to  be  his  serving  maid,  and  dispense  whatever 
drug  he  may  call  for,  but  that  it  lies  within  his  province  to  direct  the 
form  and  manner  in  which  the  drug  shall  be  most  specific  and  active.  It 
would  be  out  of  place  to  attempt,  in  such  a  paper,  to  treat  upon  such 
subjects,  but  it  seems  necessary  to  briefly  allude  to  some  of  the  absorptive 
powers  of  the  skin  as  defined  in  authoritative  works  on  dermatology. 
The  horny  or  outer  layer  of  unbroken  skin  presents  the  greatest  obstacle. 
It  forms  an  unbroken  layer,  interrupted  only  at  the  mouths  of  the  folli- 
cles and  sweat  glands,  which  are  very  rainutp.  Below  this  homy  layer 
we  find  a  supply  of  lymph  vessels  and  juice  spaces  that  greatly  favor  ab- 
sorption when  reached.  Any  portion  of  the  body  not  frequently  washed, 
examined  under  an  ordinary  magnifying  glass,  will  be  found  coated  with 
watery  and  fatty  exudations,  dead  epithelium,  dirt  and  fibrous  matters 
from  the  clothing.  All  these  obstructions  must  be  removed  before  we 
reach  the  scarf  skin.  According  to  Ziemssen,  water  is  not  absorbed 
when  applied  to  the  uninjured  skin.  Brause  declares  that  salts,  (even  of 
iodine),  in  baths,  gave  negative  results.  Nor  yet  is  absorption  promoted 
by  alcoholic  solutions  when  simply  brushed  on  the  skin,  although  it  is 
promoted  by  spraying  solutions.  Gases  and  volatile  substances  promote 
absorption,  and  in  all  cases  absorption  is  promoted  by  the  cleansing  with 
alkaline  or  soap  solutions.  While  slight  absorption  may  take  place  with 
a  drug  under  an  impervious  cloth  back,  or  when  suspended  in  a  fat  or  oil, 
Dr.  Unna  holds  that  indifferent  salts  when  applied  to  the  skin  as  consti- 
tuents of  ointments,  pass  through  it  in  quantities  so  very  small  as  not  to 
be  noticeable,  and  only  those  which  attack  the  horny  layer  are  absorbed. 
The  soaps,  as  in  the  German  green  soaps,  as  well  as  the  addition  of  alka- 
lies to  the  bath,  soften  the  epidermis  and  diminish  congestion  in  dis- 
eases.    But  the  range  of  substances  compatible  with  soaps  makes  their 

medication   practically  useless.     Glycerin   in   soaps  medicated   is  pro- 
Digitized 


PREPARATIONS  FOR  THE  SKIN.  215 

nounced  useless,  as  it  produces  a  smeary  mass,  and  Auspitz  declared  that 
unless  the  drug  is  absorbable  it  is  useless  to  combine  it  with  soap.  Ordi- 
nary fats  need  both  vigorous  pressing  and  rubbing,  as  well  as  prolonged 
contact  for  perceptible  results,  and  in  some  instances  friction  with  a 
brush  is  necessary.  The  writer  found  by  experiment  that  carbonic  acid, 
water  and  aqua  ammonise  holding  salts  in  solution  or  suspension,  would 
favor  absorption,  also  that  an  electric  current  applied  to  the  skin,  especi- 
ally in  the  case  of  iodine,  would  cause  it  to  disappear  beneath. 

In  disease  still  greater  obstacles  are  met,  and  conditions  to  be  en- 
countered multiply.  Inflammations,  swellings,  blisters,  pustules  are 
formed,  discharges  made,  patches,  crusts,  scales  and  deposits  in  endless 
variety.  Agents  of  putrefaction  and  change  are  at  work  that  ward  off 
our  remedial  agents,  no  matter  how  skillfully  prepared  or  how  well 
selected  our  drugs.  Dr.  Unna  shows  that  in  these  cases  it  is  not  suffi- 
cient to  bring  the  proper  drug  in  contact  with  the  surface,  but  that  in 
most  affeetions  there  are  conditions  where  an  intense  penetration  is  im- 
portant. In  other  cases  where  even  the  horny  layer  is  removed,  absorp- 
tion is  opposed  by  the  outward  flow  of  tissue  juice  which  permeates  the 
thinned  and  swollen  scarf  skin.  It  is  evident  from  these  remarks  that 
our  preparations  do  not  fulfil  what  is  required  of  them  ;  that  we  do  not 
keep  pace  with  the  progress  of  medical  science  in  the  treatment  of  this 
class  of  diseases ;  that  treatment  fails,  not  because  the  physician  has  not 
chosen  the  proper  remedy,  but  because  of  the  manner  we  dispensed  it ; 
that  failure  was  due  not  to  poor  drugs,  but  to  poor  dispensing.  In  this 
line  the  writer  holds  that  our  pharmacy  is  centuries  behind  the  practice 
of  dermatology,  and  it  has  been  his  purpose  in  preparing  to  secure  atten- 
tion, if  possible,  to  a  neglected  branch. 

The  writer  can  add  but  little  in  the  way  of  improvement,  or  a  solution 
of  the  problems  involved  as  to  the  best  manner  of  preparing  drugs  for 
this  method  of  application,  but  will  simply  call  attention  to  one  substance 
that,  while  it  seems  to  fulfill  some  of  the  requirements,  may  or  may  not 
be  useful  as  a  base  or  vehicle  in  which  to  administer  drugs  in  skin  medi- 
cation. It  seems  at  least  to  be  entitled  to  research.  While  pursuing  the 
subject  which  forms  the  basis  of  this  paper,  the  writer's  attention  was 
called  by  Mr.  R.  W.  Johnson  (of  Johnson  &  Johnson),  to  the  substance 
known  as  Oleite. 

The  substance  named  Oleite  is  chemically  a  sulpho-ricinoleate  of  soda. 
It  is  prepared  from  castor  oil  by  treating  with  sulphuric  acid  at  a  low 
temperature,  when  a  compound  of  sulphuric  and  ricinoleic  acids  is 
formed.  The  free  sulphuric  acid  being  removed  by  washing,  and  any 
unchanged  oil  by  ether,  the  resulting  sulpho-ricinoleic  acid  is  then  neu- 
tralized by  sodium  hydrate,  the  finished  product  being  a  transparent, 
jelly-like  liquid,  with  a  little  odor,  acrid  taste,  soluble  in  water,  alcohol, 
chloroform  and  essential  oils.     (For  a  more  extended  description  of  such 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


2l6  MINUTES   OF   THE   SECTION   ON   SCIENTIFIC   PAPERS. 

substances,  reference  may  be  had  to  the  U.  S.  Dispensatory,  T6th  edition, 
page  1025,  ^^^  ^  paper  by  Dr.  A.  Mueller  Jacobs,  in  American  Druggist^ 
Feb.,  1884.) 

Substances  similar  in  composition,  known  as  "  poly  solve  "  and  "sol- 
vine,"  are  now  upon  the  market,  and  a  compound  known  as  "  Turkey 
red  oil  *'  (Tiirkisch-Rothoel)  is  in  use  as  a  mordant ;  but  their  resemblance, 
as  far  as  utility  for  the  purpose  under  consideration,  is  only  in  appear- 
ance, as  far  as  the  writer's  experience  goes. 

Turkey-red  oil  contains  a  large  amount  of  unchanged  oil,  water,  and 
sometimes  free  acid.     It  has  little  or  no  action  as  a  solvent  for  drugs. 

Specimens  of  **  solvine  *'  or  "  poly  solve  "  examined  by  the  writer  like- 
wise contain  unchanged  oil,  water,  and  were  not  neutral — some  specimens 
being  highly  acid,  others  alkaline,  and  upon  many  drugs  acted  energeti- 
cally and  destructively.  They  had  a  decided  odor  of  castor  oil  and  a 
highly  acrid  taste,  and  a  purging,  cathartic  action  on  the  system. 

Dr.  Jacobs,  in  his  article  heretofore  referred  to,  shows  that  the  salts  or 
compounds  formed  with  sulpho-ricinoleic  acid  are  of  two  series :  the  salts 
of  the  alkalies,  and  the  acid  salts  of  alkaline  earths,  being  water  soluble, 
while  those  of  the  neutral  metallic  salts  appear  in  the  form  of  amorphous, 
lake-like  precipitates,  insoluble  in  water. 

The  behavior  of  oleite  towards  drugs  seems  remarkable.  When  first 
experimenting  with  it,  the  writer  was  reminded  of  the  dream  of  the 
alchemist  in  search  of  a  solvent  which  would  dissolve  all  substances.  It 
is  a  solvent  for  at  least  a  small  percentage  of  almost  any  drug  that  it 
might  be  conceived  would  ever  be  wanted  to  be  used  with  it.  When  the 
limit  of  its  solvent  power  is  reached,  a  very  large  amount  is  emulsified  so 
as  to  be  readily  miscible  with  proper  vehicles  for  use. 

Oleite,  being  an  already  neutralized,  water  soluble  substance  will,  to  a 
varying  decree,  form  water  soluble  compounds  with  drugs ;  but  in  com- 
pounds with  an  excess  of  heavy  metallic  salts,  it  suspends  them  in  an 
amorphous  form  which  I  have  termed  emulsions,  and  produces  different 
results  than  a  simple  union  of  sulpho-ricinoleic  acid  or  oleic  acid  with  a 
base. 

The  behavior  of  oleite  towards  drugs  is  so  varied  with  each  substance, 
that  the  writer  is  not  able  to  state  at  present  what  changes  take  place 
chemically.  With  some  drugs  it  seems  merely  a  solution,  with  others,  as 
heretofore  remarked,  a  union  of  the  sulpho-ricinoleic  acid  and  base  is 
formed. 

Its  action  with  mineral  and  alkaline  salts  has  been  already  spoken  of; 
with  iron,  lead,  zinc  and  mercury,  percentages  varying  from  two  or  ten 
are  completely  soluble.  Nearly  all  of  the  alkalies  are  dissolved  in  quite 
large  proportions.  Gums  and  resins  are  somewhat  soluble,  and,  to  a 
limited  extent,  made  water  soluble.  Solid  extracts  form  clear  solutions, 
miscible  with  diluents.     Iodoform  and  iodine  are  completely  dissolved. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


PREPARATIONS   FOR  THE  SKIN.  217 

Owing,  doubtless,  to  the  neutralizing  base  used,  iodine  loses  much  of  its 
color,  and  its  solution  in  oleite  does  not  stain  as  much  as  an  alcoholic 
solution.  Iodine  stains  upon  the  hands,  clothing  and  utensils  are  readily 
removed  by  oleite.  The  same  is  true,  in  a  less  degree,  with  stains  of 
chrysarobin. 

(Dr.  Jacobs  says  that  the  discoloration  of  iodine  and  bromine  by  such 
a  compound  is  due  to  the  action  of  sulphuric  acid,  whereby  two  atoms  of 
the  halogens  are  absorbed  by  one  molecule  of  the  acid,  that  is,  (he  says) 
simple  addition  takes  place,  with  the  formation,  of  bromide  and  iodide 
substitution  products  of  the  fatty  acid  series.) 

Oleite  seems  to  differ  from  oleic  acid,  from  the  fact  that  the  base,  cas- 
tor oil,  contains  no  oleic  acid,  and  castor  oil  yields  no  palmitic  acid 
upon  saponification,  and  by  the  process  of  manufacture  no  stearic  or  pal- 
mitic acids  should  be  present.  Oxidation  does  not  seem  to  take  place  in 
oleite  as  in  oleic  acid.  Oleite  is  water  soluble,  while  oleic  acid  is  not. 
This  gives  it  some  advantages,  as  its  compounds  may  be  removed  by 
cold  water. 

The  experiments  with  this  substance  have  not  been  exhaustive,  and  in 
but  few  cases  has  the  percentage  of  solubility,  or  the  chemical  changes, 
been  noted  with  sufficient  accuracy  to  warrant  definite  statements,  and 
its  therapeutic  application  will  only  be  spoken  of. 

The  wide  range  of  substances  which  may  be  dissolved  or  be  brought 
into  a  condition  to  more  readily  penetrate  the  skin,  certainly  would 
claim  for  it  a  useful  place  in  our  materia  medica.  For  if  epidermic  or 
dermic  medication  is  of  any  use,  it  is  reasonable  that  the  more  soluble 
the  drug,  the  more  energetic  will  be  its  action.  Therefore  a  much 
larger  class  of  drugs  can  be  applied  in  this  way  than  has  heretofore  been 
posssible. 

Clear  oleite  applied  to  the  skin  in  a  very  thin  layer,  while  for  a  few 
seconds  sticky,  rapidly  passes  through  the  skin,  leaving  the  skin  dry, 
giving  one  the  impression,  if  not  closely  watching,  that  it  has  evaporated. 

The  action  of  oleite  is  largely  due  to  its  affinity  for  liquids,  whereby 
the  layer  of  air  upon  the  surface  of  the  skin  is  displaced,  and  a  close  con- 
tact established  between  the  oleite  and  the  glands  and  follicles,  and  ab- 
sorption rapidly  follows  -,  also  to  the  slight  saponifying  action  of  the 
oleite,  whereby  the  fatty  exudation  of  the  skin  (dirt  and  other  matters) 
are  emulsified,  and  their  power  to  prevent  absorption  removed.  (See 
Knapp*s  Lehrbuch  der  Chem.  Technologie,  in  action  of  saponifying 
agents  upon  the  skin  and  fabrics.) 

There  is,  doubtless,  also  a  combined  chemical  and  mechanical  action  be- 
tween acids,  fatty  compounds,  the  liquids  of  glands,  and  follicles,  whereby 
their  strong  affinity  causes  them  to  rush  together,  so  to  speak.  In  exper- 
iments with  sulpho-oleic  acid,  the  writer  has,  under  certain  conditions, 
secured  absorption  so  rapid  that  it  was  painful. 

Digitized  by  VJjOOQIC 


2l8  MINUTES   OF  THE  SECTION   ON   SCIENTIFIC  PAPERS. 

When  alkaloids  or  solid  extracts  containing  alkaloids  are  made  into  a 
solution  with  oleite,  their  action  is  greatly  heightened,  so  much  so  that 
in  experience  it  has  been  necessary  in  making  preparations  containing 
aconitia,  atropia,  veratria,  etc.,  to  greatly  reduce  the  strength.  The  same 
is  true  of  iodoform  and  iodine.  A  v^ry  large  amount  of  either  of  these 
can  be  employed  in  the  ordinary  way  with  a  moderate  effect,  but  with 
solutions  in  oleite,  iodoform  produces  poisoning  symptoms,  and  iodine 
eruptions,  with  what  would  be  considered  very  weak  solutions.  Solu- 
tions in  oleite  of  the  metallic  salts  in  large  amounts  are  sticky,  yet  when 
applied  to  the  surface  and  allowed  to  remain,  are  all  absorbed  within  a 
prescribed  limit.  A  noticible  feature  of  solutions  in  oleite  is,  that  they 
do  not  spread  or  run  over  adjoining  surfaces. 

Whether  the  use  of  oleite  as  a  means  of  epidermic  medication,  will 
ever  come  into  extended  use  the  writer  is  not  able  to  judge.  In  experi- 
ments made  by  physicians  in  connection  with  the  writer,  they  have  de- 
monstrated that  drugs  dissolved  in  oleite  act  very  energetically,  that  the 
amount  required  to  produce  certain  effects  is  nearly  the  same  as  if  admin- 
istered hypodermically.  In  these  experiments  solutions  of  extract  of  bel- 
ladonna produced  characteristic  action  in  very  small  amounts.  Consti- 
tutional effects  of  mercury  have  been  reported  to  the  writer  from  the  use 
of  solutions  in  oleite.  Very  marked  action  was  obtained  from  alkaloids. 
These  experiments  were  not  sufficiently  accurate  to  detail  here,  and  are 
only  mentioned  in  a  general  way. 

The  statements  as  to  the  action  of  the  ricinoleites  upon  tissue  and 
blood  corpuscles  that  have  appeared  from  time  to  time,  were  probably 
based  upon  the  preparations  "solvine"  and  "polysolve."  Oleite  has  no 
such  action.  Careful  experiments  made  by  the  writer,  aided  by  physi- 
cians, show  that  the  contrary  is  true.  Upon  cuts,  burns,  open  wounds, 
aggravated  skin  troubles,  highly  inflamed  surfaces,  its  effects  are  soothing, 
mild  and  healing.  It  has  been  freely  absorbed  into  the  system,  and 
taken  internally  without  the  slightest  irritation.  The  only  disadvantage 
that  is  known  to  the  writer  which  would  prevent  its  being  applied  as  a 
solvent  for  drugs  to  be  exhibited  for  epidermic  medication  is  that  prepa- 
rations made  with  oleite  and  a  drug  simply  are  very  sticky,  and  in  the 
case  of  metals  with  drying  properties,  mercury,  zinc,  lead,  etc.,  unless 
oleite  is  in  large  excess,  they  harden  by  time.  Many  who  have  made  a 
compound  with  a  large  percentage  of  such  a  drug  as  oxide  of  lead,  then 
undertook  to  apply  a  thick  coating  as  they  would  of  a  cerate,  ointment 
or  plaster,  have  found  such  a  sticky  compound  that  they  were  ready 
to  condemn  the  use  of  such  a  preparation.  Compounds  of  oleic  acid 
were  never  intended  to  rub  in,  and  compounds  made  clear  with  oleite 
cannot  be  applied  by  friction,  as  lard  ointments  or  liniments.  A  thin 
coating  is  to  be  applied  lighly.  This  will  be  readily  absorbed,  when 
another  may  follow.     The  minute  glands  and  follicles  have  not  the  capa- 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIG 


J 


PREPARATIONS   FOR   THE  SKIN-  219 

City  they  will  not  absorb  like  a  sheep's  wool  sponge.  In  the  writer's  prac- 
tice oleite  has  been  used  in  varying  proportions  as  an  addition  to  any 
ointment  in  the  Pharmacopoeia,  and  many  others,  and  found  an  improve- 
ment.    Some  preparations  have  acquired  quite  a  local  reputation. 

In  a  brief  report  upon  the  use  of  oleite  as  an  addition  to  the  ordinary 
ointment  bases,  the  writer  suggested  some  formulas  used  by  him  in  his 
own  practice.  They  are  certainly  an  improvement  over  ordinary  fat 
bases.  The  formula  suggested  was  to  simply  dissolve  the  drug  in  oleite, 
which  was  to  be  substituted  for  an  amount  equaling  from  25  to  33  J^  per 
cent,  of  the  fatty  base,  then  after  solution  or  emulsion  the  fatty  base  to 
be  gradually  added.  Even  these  do  not  fulfill  the  standard  sought  for  in 
this  paper. 

A  leading  dermatologist  thus  defines  to  the  writer  what  a  preparation  for 
the  skin  should  be.  The  base  or  vehicle  carrying  the  drug  should  be  at 
least  absorbable  enough  to  readily  pass  through  the  outer  layer  of  the  skin 
and  readily  enter  the  under  layer.  It  should  not  be  greasy  or  sticky,  so  as 
to  soil  or  be  removed  by  the  clothing.  It  should  be  of  such  a  consistence 
that  when  spread  on  cloth  or  the  skin,  it  would  not  run  when  at  the  tem- 
perature of  the  body.  The  base  should  not  be  absorbed,  leaving  the 
drug  caked  upon  the  surface.  From  this  and  a  study  of  the  nature  of 
the  skin  and  its  capacity  for  absorption,  we  see  that  the  conditions  to 
be  met  are  somewhat  as  follows : 

1.  The  base  used  must  be  of  such  substance  as  will  allow  the  drug  it 
carries  to  be  readily  absorbed. 

2.  The  base  should  be  readily  absorbable,  to  carry  the  drug  with  it. 

3.  The  drug  must  be  either  in  some  soluble  form,  or  so  minutely  divi- 
ded »as  to  pass  through  the  unbroken  outer  layer  of  the  skin. 

4.  The  preparation  in  itself  must  have  the  power  of  removing  obstruc- 
tions to  absorption  on  both  healthy  and  diseased  skin. 

5.  It  must  have  in  itself  the  power  of  promoting  absorption  of  pro- 
ducts of  inflammation. 

6.  It  must  in  itself  absorb  and  decompose  the  watery  and  fatty  exuda- 
tions of  the  skin  when  required. 

7.  It  must  be  protection  against  external  influences,  especially  where 
the  outer  skin  is  removed  or  broken. 

8.  It  must  be  cleanly,  so  as  to  be  applied  to  any  part  of  the  body  under 
any  circumstances. 

9.  It  must  be  not  only  non- irritating,  but  soothing. 

10.  It  must  be  of  a  form  to  be  easily  applied  and  easily  removed. 

That  pharmacy  has  not  yet  produced  preparations  to  fulfill  these  re- 
quirements is  evident,  and  in  looking  over  the*  suggestions  in  journals  for 
the  coming  revision  of  our  Pharmacopoeia,  the  writer  sees  no  indications 
that  the  demand  of  the  medical  profession  will  be  met ;  possibly  it  can- 
not. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


220  MINUTES   OP   THE   SECTION   ON   SCIENTIFIC   PAPERS. 

In  this  connection  the  writer  notices  that  the  main  suggestion  in  the 
Digest  of  Criticisms  for  the  sixth  decennial  revision,  in  the  line  of  oint- 
ments and  cerates,  is  in  regard  to  their  cbnsistency,  with  the  exception 
of  the  substitution  of  petrolatum  for  lard,  which,  for  reasons  stated,  the 
writer  would  hold  to  be  a  misstep.  The  suggestions  in  the  Digest  in  the 
line  of  emplastra  refer  likewise  largely  to  consistence  and  spreading  qual- 
ities, and  there  is  a  suggestion  to  authorize  the  use  of  a  rubber  base, 
which  would  likewise  seem  injudicious.  Can  we  not  do  better  ?  While 
science  is  doing  so  much  in  finding  the  cause  of  disease,  chemistry  offer- 
ing daily  new  agents  of  instruction,  cannot  pharmacy  take  a  step  forward 
and  perfect  the  mode  of  application? 

Herewith  are  presented  some  samples  of  ointments  and  plasters  made 
to  illustrate  the  points  intended  to  be  urged  by  this  paper. 

They  may  not  be  what  is  desired,  but  are  an  attempt  in  the  right  direc- 
tion, and  an  improvement  on  what  what  we  ordinarily  dispense,  whether 
from  our  own  laboratories  or  from  the  manufacturing  pharmacist's  hands. 
It  is  not  the  intention  of  the  writer  to  extol  the  compound  oleite,  or  the 
preparations  made  from  it.     They  may  be  of  only  moderate  service. 

The  ointments  labeled  "Gelatole"  are  made  by  dissolving  the  drug  in 
oleite,  and  then  combining  with  a  suitable  base,  which  if  fatty  is  par- 
tially saponified,  and  to  this  adding  an  absorbent  when  required  (to  ab- 
sorb the  watery  and  other  secretions),  and  finally  gelatin,  which  gives 
consistency,  and  forms  when  rubbed  down  or  dried  a  film  or  transparent 
coating.  Their  action  is  intended  to  prepare  the  skin  by  softening  and 
dissolving  the  scales,  dirt  and  dead  excretions  upon  the  surface,  emulsi- 
fying the  oily  exudations,  giving  exit  to  the  confined  serum,  stimulating 
the  circulation  of  the  blood  in  the  diseased  skin,  and  thereby  promoting 
the  absorption  of  the  infiltrated  products  of  inflammation,  and  by  these 
absorbent  qualities  soothing  inflammation,  alleviating  itching,  and  pro- 
tecting the  denuded  epidermis  from  the  drying  action  of  the  air  and  the 
irritating  action  of  water  and  clothing.  The  detersive  action  in  such  a 
preparation  is  an  important  factor,  as  the  preparationbe  comes  in  a  mea- 
sure antiseptic,  and  the  emulsifying  or  saponifying  action  displaces  the 
fat  of  the  skin  until  it  becomes  permeable  and  loses  its  capability  of  re- 
sisting absorption.  In  a  measure  it  becomes  for  all  practical  purposes  a 
mucous-like  membrane.  The  plasters  are  made  with  a  base  composed  of 
66  per  cent,  fatty  matter  (a  specimen  of  the  plain  base  is  also  presented). 
This  base  is  soluble  and  absorbable,  so  that  if  allowed  to  remain  it  will 
be  entirely  absorbed  and  nothing  but  the  cloth  will  remain.  In  these 
preparations  a  very  small  percentage  of  drugs  seems  to  give  specific  effects. 

Attention  is  called  to  the  sample  of  regular  U.  S.  P.  Ointment  of  zinc 
oxide,  the  sample  being  made  in  the  ordinary  way ;  also  a  sample  of  ox- 
ide of  zinc  ground  in  oil.  It  will  be  noticed  that  in  the  case  of  the  U. 
S.  P.  Ointment  and  the  oil  preparation,  the  zinc  remains  as  a  coating 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


POISONOUS   PLANTS   INDIGENOUS   TO   CALIFORNIA.  22 1 

when  applied  to  the  skin.  In  the  case  of  Gelatole  ointment  the  zinc  is 
in  a  soluble,  absorbable  form,  and  it  almost  immediately  disappears — in 
fact  it  is  absorbed. 

ON  THE  POISONOUS  PLANTS  INDIGENOUS  TO  CALIFORNIA. 

BY  HANS  HERMAN  BEHR,  M.  D. 
Professor  of  Botany  in  the  California  College  of  Pharmacy .     . 

In  the  present  state  of  our  knowledge,  the  enumeratipn  of  the  danger- 
ous plants  in  a  new  country  like  California  seems  to  partake  somewhat 
of  anticipation.  But  a  beginning  has  to  be  made,  and  the  circumstance 
of  our  very  fragmentary  knowledge,  when  exposed  to  the  view  of  the  pro- 
fession, will  act  as  a  stimulus  to  the  investigation  of  a  matter  of  such 
vital  importance. 

Let  us  first  consider  those  plants  of  whose  dangerous  qualities  we  might 
be  convinced  a  priori^  or  which  at  least  belong  to  genera  where  analogy 
with  foreign  species  of  the  same  genus  or  order  justifies  us  in  considering 
them  dangerous. 

We  have  two  species  of  a  cucurbitaceous  genus,  exhibiting  a  full 
measure  of  all  the  drastic  properties  developed  by  some  other  members  of 
the  order,  namely,  Megarrhiza  (according  to  some  botanists,  Echinocys- 
tis),  fabacea  and  Marah,  both  species  comprised  under  the  vernacular 
name  of  **  Manroot.** 

The  active  principle  seems  to  be  most  developed  in  the  enormous  rhi- 
zome. The  presence  of  this  active  principle  is  the  more  to  be  regretted, 
as  otherwise  the  considerable  amount  of  starch  contained  in  these  rhi- 
zomes would  make  both  of  the  species  valuable  food  plants,  like  the  yam 
of  the  tropics,  to  which  the  slender  climbing  stem  proceeding  from  a 
giant  rhizome  bears  a  kind  of  external  resemblance. 

The  intense  bitterness  of  the  rhizome  warns  the  curious  in  time,  and 
prevents  accidents.  The  stem  and  leaves  seem  to  be  inert.  The  prickly 
capsule  is  full  of  a  saponaceous  juice,  which  disappears  with  the  ripening. 
Neither  the  properties  of  the  saponaceous  juice  nor  those  of  the  seeds 
have  been  thoroughly  examined,  and  a  close  investigation  may  lead  to 
the  discovery  of  some  new  principle.  In  the  meantime  we  must  suppose 
that  these  parts  bear  an  analogy  to  Colocynthis,  in  the  same  way  as  the 
rhizome  coincide^  in  many  points  with  the  root  of  Bryonia  alba. 

We  have  a  species  of  Gratiola,  Gratiola  ebracteata,  but  it  is  doubtful  if 
this  little  and  rather  rare  annual  possesses  any  of  the  properties  that  have 
given  its  European  congener,  Gratiola  ofhcinalis,  its  botanical  name  and 
its  reputation  amongst  the  farmers  of  the  old  continent. 

We  have  two  species  of  Solanum:  Solanum  nigrum,  the  common  night- 
shade, which  is  not  poisonous  in  California,  at  least  under  ordinary  cir- 
cumstances. The  same  species  is  common  in  Europe,  where  it  is  consid- 
ered poisonous. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


222  MINUTES   OF   THE  SECTION   ON   SCIENTIFIC  PAPERS. 

The  second  species,  Solanum  umbelliferum,  has  not  yet  been  sufficiently 
investigated.  Stem  and  leaves  may  act  like  those  of  Solanum  Dulcamara, 
the  bitter-sweet  of  our  stores,  which  it  resembles.  As  to  its  berries,  I 
have  no  data. 

Datura  Stramonium  (thorn  apple)  is  common  enough  in  some  locali- 
ties, and  does  not  differ  in  any  way  from  specimens  derived  from  other 
countries. 

Our  beautiful  Rhododendron  occidentale,  frequently  called  Azalea, 
contains  in  its  roots  a  narcotic  principle  not  yet  sufficiently  investigated. 
It  may  be  that  the  leaves  partake  of  the  active  principle  contained  in  the 
leaves  of  the  Siberian  Rhododendron  chrysanthum. 

Ledum  glandulosura  (Labrador  tea)  deserves  to  be  investigated  as  a 
narcotic.  It  resembles  Ledum  palustre  so  much  that  we  may  expect  the 
same  active  principle,  which  in  medieval  times  was  used  to  make  beer 
more  intoxicating,  and  the  prohibition  of  which  for  this  purpose  is  one 
of  the  first  instances  of  a  sanitary  law.  The  leaves  at  present  are  only  in 
use  for  killing  vermin  on  cattle,  and  fleas  that  infest  rural  abodes. 

Caucalis  nodosa  and  Caucalis  microcarpa  (Verba  de  Vivora)  are  firmly 
believed  by  our  old  settlers  to  be  infallible  remedies  for  the  bite  of  the 
rattlesnak^.  If  they  really  cure  snake  bite,  or  at  least  diminish  its  danger, 
they  must  possess  a  power  that  under  ordinary  circumstances  might  do 
harm.  Both  the  plants  comprised  under  the  name  Verba  de  Vivora  are 
insignificant  looking  annuals,  and  perhaps. owe  their  reputation  to  the 
circumstance  that  they  are  strictly  vernal,  and  not  to  be  found  when 
snakes  are  most  likely  to  be  met  with.  But  we  must  not  judge  a  priori: 
investigation  may  reveal  powers  which  we  did  not  expect  in  the  herb. 

The  odor  of  Heracleum  lanatum  (cow  parsnip)  causes  vertigo  in  some 
persons.  Although  these  effects  are  neither  constant  nor  general,  an  in- 
vestigation is  recommended,  as  it  is  of  importance  to  know  the  proper- 
ties of  an  herb  of  so  frequent  occurrence  in  the  neighborhood  of  habi- 
tations. 

Our  CEnanthe  Californica  (fool's  parsnip),  notwithstanding  its  great 
resemblance  to  CEnanthe  fistulosa  of  Europe,  seems  not  to  be  poisonous. 

Sium  cicutsefolium  (water  parsnip)  is  decidedly  poisonous,  and  the  mpre 
dangerous  as  the  taste  of  its  root  resembles  that  of  parsnip  more  than  any 
other  of  the  poisonous  Umbelli ferae.  It  is  probably  this  plant  that  caused 
the  disaster  of  Coyote  Creek  in  the  year  1869,  where  of  a  party  of  six 
prospecting  miners,  only  three  escaped  with  their  lives. 

We  have  three  specimens  of  Cicuta  (water  hemlock)  all  of  which,  if  not 
poisonous,  are  at  least  suspicious.  As  they  are  generally  found  in  marshes 
or  in  otherwise  not  very  accessible  places,  they  are  not  apt  to  cause  acci- 
dents. 

It  is  not  certain  that  Conium  maculatiim  (the  spotted  hemlock)  is 
originally  a  native  herb.     At  present  it  is  very  common,  and  in  some 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


POISONOUS   PLANTS   INDIGENOUS  TO   CALIFORNIA.  223 

localities  forms  thickets,  whose  nauseous  smell  is  apt  to  affect  sensitive 
constitutions.  The  disagreeable  smell,  however,  serves  as  a  kind  of  warn- 
ing, and  prevents  accidental  poisoning.      - 

Eremocarpus  setiger  is  used  by  the  Indians  to  narcotize  fish.  Its  prop- 
erties, otherwise,  are  but  imperfectly  known.  It  smells  like  strawberries, 
but  its  dusty,  straggling  appearance  is  not  calculated  to  invite  passers  by 
and  so  cause  accidents. 

Another  Euphorbiaceous  plant,  Hendecandra  procumbens  (Croton 
Californicus)  is  a  powerful  drastic. 

Our  native  species  of  Euphorbia  are  annuals,  and  I  do  not  think  that 
their  milk  is  acrid  enough  to  do  harm  ;  but  Euphorbia  Lathyris,  a  kind  of 
spurge  introduced  from  Europe,  is  a  powerful  drastic  in  all  its  parts. 
Rats  do  not  like  to  dig  in  the  ground  where  this  plant  grows  in  sufficient 
numbers. 

Rhus  diversiloba  (our  poison  oak  or  Yedra)  can  not  well  be  called  a 
poison,  as  no  case  is  known  where  this  shrub  and  its  exhalations  have 
caused  more  than  the  temporary  trouble  of  a  skin  eruption.  All  the 
cases  where  the  eruption  became  permanent  admit  of  the  explanation  that 
a  predisposition  for  cutaneous  troubles  existed,  which  would  have  de- 
veloped sooner  or  later  without  having  received  a  start  by  the  action  of 
poison  oak. 

There  does  not  seem  to  be  anything  specific  in  the  action  of  the  shrub. 
Many  people  are  afflicted  in  a  similar  way  by  inhaling  the  vapor  of  turpen- 
tine on  visiting  a  newly  painted  room.  Our  poison  oak,  as  well  as  the 
Rhus  Toxicodendron  of  the  Atlantic  States,  requires  an  idiosyncrasy  in 
the  individual  to  act  upon,  or  else  it  remains  inert.  I  have  remarked 
the  same  peculiarity  in  the  case  of  the  dreaded  Semecarpus  of  the  East 
Indies,  and  I  should  not  wonder  if  the  terrors  of  Rhus  caustica  in  South 
America,  and  of  the  Melanorrhcea  (the  Japanese  varnish  tree),  rest  on  a 
similar  exaggerated  action,  and  would  by  a  close  investigation  resolve 
themselves  into  an  inconvenience  befalling  only  those  who  are  liable  to 
be  affected  in  that  way. 

As  to  antidotes,  there  exists  no  specific  for  the  cure  of  the  eruption  if  it 
is  once  fairly  established.  The  exanthema  has  to  be  treated  according  to 
general  rules.  Nevertheless,  there  seems  to  be  a  foundation  for  the  belief 
of  our  fellow  citizens  of  Spanish  descent  that  an  infusion  of  the  leaves  of 
Rhamnus  Californica  (Cascara  sagrada)  used  as  a  wash,  acts  as  a  preven- 
tive. But  as  this  remedy,  to  be  of  any  use,  must  be  applied  before  the 
eruption  has  developed,  and  as  the  receptivity  for  the  noxa  in  the  major- 
ity of  people  is  altogether  wanting,  it  is  difficult  to  judge  about  the  merits 
of  the  application.  It  is  true  that  I  know  of  a  few  cases  of  persons  form- 
erly liable  to  be  affected,  who  have  been  exempt  since  they  have  used  the 
wash  immediately  after  each  exposure. 

The  second  Californian  species  of  Rhus,  Rhus  aromatica,  is  entirely 
harmless,  and  its  berries  are  edible. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


224  MINUTES   OF   THE   SECTION    ON   SCIENTIFIC   PAPERS. 

Actaea  spicata  (Baneberry)  is  rather  local.  The  beautiful  coral  red 
berries  look  inviting  enough,  but  I  have  never  heard  of  any  accident. 

A  species  of  Delphinium  is  dreaded  by  herders,  who  frequently  lose 
sheep  by  this  plant,  but  it  is  difficult  to  identify  the  species  from  their 
vague  descriptions.  All  we  can  make  out  from  their  statements  is,  that 
it  must  be  a  perennial,  growing,  when  in  flower,  above  the  height  of  a 
man. 

Our  species  of  Ranunculus  lose  their  poisonous  acridity  by  drying,  so 
that  hay  is  not  affected  by  their  presence. 

'  It  is  the  reverse  in  regard  to  our  Prunus  ilicifolia,  a  kind  of  wild 
cherry,  whose  foliage  develops  its  poisonous  properties  only  during  the 
process  of  withering.  This  peculiarity  causes  occasionally  the  loss  of  a 
sheep  or  a  cow,  because  these  animals  acquire  the  habit  of  browsing  on 
the  trees  which  grow  near  the  trail  that  leads  to  their  pasture  grounds, 
and  do  so  with  impunity,  until  some  day  they  encounter  in  a  tree,  on 
which  they  have  browsed  every  day,  a  branch  that,  perhaps  in  conse- 
quence of  an  injury,  has  begun  to  wither. 

The  notorious  Loco-weed  is  an  Astragalus,  but  the  exact  species  is  not 
known  with  certainty.  There  may  be  several  species  of  Astragalus  that 
develop  a  curious  poison  of  exceedingly  slow  action,  corresponding  in 
some  way  in  its  effects  to  a  poison  observed  in  some  Australian  plants  of 
the  same  Leguminous  order,  belonging  to  the  genera  Gastrolobium,  Oxy- 
lobium  and  Isotropis. 

Here,  as  well  as  in  Australia,  .these  plants  have  been  experimented 
with,  but  without  enabling  the  investigator  to  come  to  any  decisive  con- 
clusions. Two  things,  nevertheless,  in  both  countries  have  been  estab- 
lished : 

1 .  Dogs,  cats  and  rabbits  do  not  suffer  if  the  seeds  or  herb  of  these 
plants  is  mixed  with  their  food. 

2.  Cattle,  sheep  and  horses  suffer  only  in  certain  seasons. 

As  to  the  first  circumstance,  respecting  the  established  fact  that  cats, 
dogs  and  rabbits  enjoy  an  immunity  in  regard  to  this  poison,  we  have 
only  to  recollect  that  goats  eat  hemlock,  and  rabbits  belladonna,  with 
impunity,  and  we  will  understand  that  the  immunity  of  these  animals 
does  not  prove  anything  as  to  the  dangerous  qualities  of  the  same  herb  in 
regard  to  cattle,  sheep  or  horses. 

The  other  circumstances,  that  the  Loco  poisoning  only  takes  place 
under  certain  circumstances,  and  not  in  every  season,  admits  of  several 
hypotheses.  The  poisoning  may  be  owing  either  to  the  invasion  of  some 
fungoid  parasite,  perhaps  of  the  Claviceps  order,  or  by  a  substance  pro- 
duced by  fermentation  or  putrefaction,  in  which  case  the  materia  peccans 
would  be  some^))tomaine;  or  lastly,  the  poison  may  not  be  of  vegetable 
origin  at  all,  but  some  animal  parasite  infesting  the  suspected  plant. 

The  question  is  a  very  complicated  one,  and  as  Loco  poisoning  in 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


POISONOUS   PLANTS   INDIGENOUS  TO   CALIFORNIA.  225 

some  years  entails  a  perceptible  loss  of  stock,  it  is  of  sufficient  importance 
to  justify  an  appropriation  for  a  body  of  scientists  to  inquire  into  the 
causes  of  the  malady,  and  find  a  remedy  for  them. 

The  ptomaine  hypothesis  would  explain  the  curious  slow  action  and 
chronic  course  of  the  Loco  disorder  in  the  affected  animals. 

In  the  American  Jcurnal  of  Pharmacy  (May,  1880),  I  find  a  notice  to 
the  effect  that  the  efforts  of  the  government  of  the  Australian  colony  ot 
Victoria  to  unravel  the  mystery  have  brought  the  matter  a  step  nearer  to 
the  discovery  of  the  real  cause  of  these  accidents.  My  old  friend.  Baron 
Ferdinand  von  Mueller,  combining  his  efforts  with  those  of  the  accom- 
plished chemist,  Mr.  Rummel,  has  d'scovered  a  peculiar  resin  and  a  glu- 
coside  in  the  Australian  herbs,  which  latter  is  probably  the  cause  of  the 
poisoning. 

Polygonum  nodosum,  an  aquatic  species  of  knotgrass,  resembles  Poly- 
gonum Hydropiper,  its  European  congener,  in  appearance  and  taste, 
which  from  its  acrid  pungency  has  been  named  water- pepper,  and  is  con- 
sidered dangerous. 

Our  two  species  of  Trillium  (wake-robin),  are  suspicious  and  should  be 
investigated. 

The  same  is  desirable  in  regard  to  our  species  of  Fritillaria  (chessboard 
flower),  notwithstanding  the  statement  of  the  Russian  traveler  and  sci- 
entist, Pallas,  that  the  inhabitants  of  Kamschatka  eat  with  impunity  the 
bulbs  of  our  Fritillaria  lanceolata,  which  is  found  in  their  country  as  well 
as  in  California. 

We  have  in  the  Sierras  two  species  of  Veratrum,  undoubtedly  poison- 
ous. 

In  regard  to  Zygadenus  venenosus,  the  qualities  are  not  sufficiently 
known.  It  is  certain  that  the  root  is  as  little  poisonous  to  hogs  as  hem- 
lock is  to  goats ;  but  in  Oregon  and  Northern  California,  where  the 
edible  bulb  of  Camass  (Cyanotris  esculenta)  forms  an  article  of  food  to 
Indians,  and  frequently  occurs  in  company  with  Zygadenus,  the  latter  is 
called  ''death -camass." 

As  to  Lolium  temulentum,  the  Darnel,  it  is  still  undecided  if  this  grass 
is  poisonous  at  all  times,  or  only  becomes  so  under  certain  circumstances. 

In  regard  to  poisonous  Fungi,  it  is  a  curious  circumstance  that  all 
Califomian  species  which  could  become  dangerous,  belong  to  the 
Agaricus  group.  All  the  fungi  of  this  group  can  easily  be  distinguished 
by  their  possessing  gills  underneath  their  umbrella-shaped  stroma  or 
heads.  It  is  true  that  not  all  of  these  fungi  are  poisonous,  and  some  of 
our  best  table  mushrooms  belong  to  this  order,  viz, :  Agaricus  campestris, 
sold  in  our  markets,  and  cultivated  for  this  purpose. 

The  danger  exists  in  the  wild  species  of  Agaricus,  in  which  the  whole- 
some and  the  dangerous  resemble  each  other  so  much,  that  it  takes  the 
experienced  eye  of  the  collector  to  distinguish  between  them.    ^  , 

jC  Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


226  MINUTES  OF   THE   SECTION   ON   SCIENTIFIC   PAPERS. 

All  the  California  fungi  not  belonging  to  the  Agaricus  order  are  either 
uninviting  by  smell  and  appearance  (such  as  the  Phallus),  or  are  en- 
tirely harmless  and  wholesome  food,  vizy  the  Boletus,  and  the  much  cal« 
uroniated  Puff-ball  (Lycoperdon),  of  which  we  have  here  a  giant  species. 

The  present  essay,  as  I  stated  in  the  beginning  of  this  article,  is  only 
intended  to  draw  attention  to  this  most  important  part  of  our  flora, 
medical  and  pharmaceutical,  and  in  the  hope  that  further  investigation 
may  be  made  into  the  hidden  treasures  which  will  be  revealed  by  a  study 
of  the  poisonous  plants  of  California. 

THE  PINES  OF  CALIFORNIA. 

BY  JAMES   G.   STEELE. 

The  name  "California"  has  interested  the  general  eye  and  ear  as 
much  as  that  of  any  other  New  World  province.  From  the  time  when  it 
was  a  mere  field  of  cosmographic  conjecture,  it  has  drawn  upon  itself  a 
liberal  share  of  the  world's  notice. 

Previous  to  the  occupation  of  the  country  by  the  Americans,  owing  to 
its  situation,  from  the  ocean,  as  on  a  great  maritime  highway,  California 
was  visited  by  explorers  and  traders  from  all  parts  of  the  world.  Over 
the  mountains,  later,  came  adventurous  path-finders,  followed  by  swarms 
of  Anglo- Saxon  immigrants  to  seek  homes  by  the  Pacific.  Then  came 
the  **  Conquest,"  the  change  of  flag,  and  finally  the  founding  of  a  New 
State,  soon  followed  by  the  establishment  of  Sister  States  and  Territories. 

The  physical  features  of  the  State  are  pretty  generally  known,  and 
some  insight  has  been  had  of  its  enormous  capabilities  from  an  utilitarian 
and  economic  point  of  view,  as  well  as  the  vast  field  for  scientific  research 
afforded  by  its  mighty  mountain  chains,  broad  pampas-like  valleys,  inland 
lakes  and  streams,  and  long  stretch  of  sea- coast  laved  by  the  waters  of 
the  broad  Pacific. 

In  an  empire  so  vast  as  California,  embracing  every  conceivable  variety 
of  known  soil,  from  alluvial  sedimentary  deposits  of  inexhaustible  depth 
and  fertility,  to  sterile  and  almost  denuded  mountain  sides,  and  exhibit- 
ing within  its  boundaries  a  surprising  range  of  meteorological  conditions, 
comprising  nearly  all  variations,  from  the  continuous  dew-point  to  al- 
most perfect  atmospheric  hydration,  and  with  a  rainfall  varying  from  fifty 
inches  in  a  season  to  practically  nothing,  with  varying  degrees  of  altitude 
from  sea-level  to  the  limit  of  perpetual  snow,  there  might  be  expected  a 
most  diverse ^^ra,  marked  by  strong  individual  peculiarities! 

The  mountains  of  California  are  covered  with  forests  of  pine,  cedar 
and  fir,  exhibiting  a  great  preponderance  of  coniferous  over  dicotyledo- 
nous trees,  these  conifers  being  restricted  for  the  most  part  to  the  sea- 
coast  and  the  mountain  sides.  Our  streams  are  fringed  with  various  de- 
ciduous trees  and  shrubs,  whilst  in  the  vast  plains  and  prairie  country  of 
the  valleys,  the  prevailing  plants  are  Gramineet,  Composita,  Leguminosa^ 

Digitized  by  VaOOQ IC    ' 


THE   PINES   OF  CALIFORNIA.  227 

with  a  greater  number  of  Liliacea  than  in  any  part  of  the  Eastern  States. 
This  proportion  seems  to  hold  good  until  the  foot-hills  of  the  Sierra  Ne- 
vada are  reached,  where  a  greater  variety  of  species,  as  well  as  genera 
and  classes  are  met  with. 

Here  the  Graminea  diminish  in  number,  while  the  Crucifera  and  the 
Composites  greatly  increase.  Here,  also,  the  Rananculace<B  and  Geraniea, 
with  numerous  variously  colored  and  brilliant  Labiata  occur ;  some  of 
these  mountain  meadows,  by  the  great  variety  of  their  flowering  plants, 
oatvyin  this  respect  the.  most  carefully  selected  flower  gardens  of  the 
East. 

The  same  remark  applies  to  the  vegetation  covering  the  several  moun- 
tain ranges,  these  differences  of  form  being  so  notable  as  to  entitle  them 
to  a  special  Flora.  Sometimes  these  distinctions  are  so  broadly  marked 
and  obvious  as  to  strike  the  casual  observer,  while  again  they  are  so 
slight  and  difficult  of  detection  as  to  be  found  only  by  careful  scientific 
analysis.  The  Sierra  Nevada^  the  great  mountain  range  of  California, 
traverses  nearly  the  entire  length  of  the  State,  enfolding  in  its  lap  most 
of  its  Eastern  boundary. 

The  Sierra  is  distinguished  for  the  abruptness  of  its  uprise  from  the 
great  Western  plains  of  North  America,  the  splintered  and  rough- hewn 
forais  of  its  thousand  peaks,  the  high  elevation  of  their  pinnacles,  mostly 
crowned  with  an  everlasting  coronet  of  snow  !  But  more  than  all, 
this  range  is  pre-eminent  for  its  bounteous  and  beautiful  enrobingy^r<rj/, 
by  which  it  is  wrapped  from  head  to  foot  for  six  hundred  miles  in  length, 
and  from  side  to  side,  one  hundred  and  fifty  miles.  This  is  a  dense  forest 
of  evergreens,  interspersed  with  many-hued,  deciduous- leaved  trees,  like 
insertions  of  brilliant  figures  in  a  royal  emerald  robe. 

The  Sierra  of  Califdrnia  occupies  a  middle  position  between  torrid  and 
frigid  temperatures,  a  position  favorable  to  the  production  of  large  for- 
ests, containing  many  species  of  noble  trees,  mainly  evergreen,  not  one 
species  of  which  is  identical  with  the  trees  of  the  Eastern  States  (with  one 
exception,  in  a  representative  of  the  Juniper  family),  but  it  shares  several 
species  with  the  Rocky  lyiountains  on  the  East  and  the  Coast  Range  of 
mountains  on  the  West. 

From  an  elevation  of  4,500  to  one  of  8,500  feet,  extending  along  the 
entire  length  of  the  Sierra,  lies  the  Grand  Coniferous  Forest  of  Cali- 
fornia, 

When  viewed  from  a  distance,  it  presents  the  appearance  of  a  dense 
and  gloomy  mass  of  timber;  but  upon  entering  its  territory,  the  openness 
of  the  growth  and  the  absence  of  underbrush  is  a  most  striking  feature, 
seeming  as  though  these  grand  forest  monarchs  need  an  abundance  of 
breathing  space,  and  could  not  tolerate  minor  growths  even  around  their 
feet !  The  lower  portion  of  this  forest  is  composed  chiefly  of  pines,  both 
yellow  and  sugar;  then,  as  the  middle  elevation  is  approached,  the  flrs 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


2  28  MINUTES  OF   THE   SECTION   ON   SCIENTIFIC   PAPERS. 

are  about  equally  represented,  and  become  more  numerous  as  you  ascend, 
the  sugar  pine  gradually  disappearing.  Intermixed  with  the  larger 
growth  are  numerous  species  of  smaller  trees,  the  most  important  being 
madrona,  laurel,  aspen,  birch  and  mountain  mahogany.  Dr.  Engelman, 
in  his  **  Revision  of  the  genus  Pinus,''  enumerates  seventy-six  species 
as  the  product  of  all  the  ea^th,  putting  twelve  of  the  names  in  paren- 
theses as  synonyms,  or  marked  varieties.  Of  these,  thirty- four  species 
are  within  the  United  States  and  Territories,  with  seven  under  his 
synonyms.  In  the  Botany  of  California^  Vol.  II,  he  describes  fourtten 
species  and  five  varieties,  the  latter  being  albicaulis^  aristata,  Jeffreyi^ 
scopulorytu  and  Murrayana, 

In  this  description  of  California  Fines,  I  shall  follow  the  classification 
and  arrangement  of  Prof.  J.  G.  Lemmon,  Botanist  for  the  California 
State  Board  of  Forestry,  whose  zeal,  ability,  and  enthusiasm  are  known 
and  recognized  by  all  who  have  made  a  study  of  the  botany  of  California. 

The  genus  Finus  belongs  to  the  great  class  of 

GYMNOSPERMiE, 

plants  with  oyules  orthotropous,  naked  upon  the  surface  of  a  scale  or 
bract,  within  a  more  or  le^s  open  perianth,  fertilized  by  the  direct  con- 
tact of  the  pollen  with  the  nucleus;  flowers  monoecious  or  dioecious; 
cotyledons  usually  more  than  two,  in  a  whorl ;  wood  composed  mainly  of 
disk-bearing  tissue  without  proper  vessels.  The  class  comprises 
Order  Gnetacea — Joint- stems, 

"      Taxacea — Yew  trees. 

**      Coniferos —  Cone-  beai  ers,  the  genus  FiniiS  belonging  to  the  latter. 

coNiFERiE  {cone- bearers)^ 
an  important  order  of  exogenous  plants,  containing  the  Pines,  Firs,  Juni- 
pers, Yews,  etc.,  agreeing  with  the  other  exogenous  orders  generally  in 
the  structure  of  the  stem  and  in  the  mode  of  vegetation,  but  differing  re- 
markably from  most  of  them  in  having  naked  ovules,  i.  e,,  ovules  wiiich 
are  not  enclosed  in  any  ovary,  but  are  fertilized  by  the  direct  application 
of  the  pollen  to  the  foramen,  without  the  intervention  of  the  style  or 
stigma — and  upon  this  account  separated  from  them,  along  with  Cyca- 
dacect  by  Lindley,  Endlicher,  and  others,  as  a  distinct  class,  under  the 
name  Gymnogens  gymnosperma.  Resinous,  mostly  evergreen  trees,  with 
usually  acerose  or  scale-like  leaves,  monoecious  or  rarely  dioecious.  The 
flowers  are  unisexual,  the  male  and  female  sometimes  on  the  same,  some- 
.times  on  separate  plants ;  the  male  flowers  have  either  one  stamen  or  a 
bundle  of  stamens,  the  anthers  often  crested;  the  female  flowers  are  in 
cones  or  solitary ;  the  place  of  ovaries  is  supplied  by  the  flat  scales  of  the 
cones ;  the  ovules  are  usually  in  pairs  on  the  face  of  the  scales,  either  in- 
verted or  erect. 
The  fruit  is  either  a  cone,  the  scales  of  which  sometimes  become  fleshy, 


THE   PINES   OF  CALIFORNIA.  229 

and  are  incorporated  into  a  berry-like  fruit,  or  a  solitary,  naked  seed. 
The  seed  has  a  hard,  crustaceous  integument ;  the  embryo  is  in  the  midst 
of  fleshy,  oily  albumen ;  the  cotyledons  are  either  two,  or  numerous  and 
whorled.  The  mode  of  branching  is  peculiar,  numerous  buds  proceeding 
from  the  side  of  the  main  stem,  so  as  generally  to  form  whorls  of 
branches,  which  are  generally  almost  horizontal  in  their  direction,  whilst 
the  central  vertical  shoot  runs  up  often  with  admirable  straightness,  and 
some  of  the  Conifer<B  attain  a  height  unrivalled  among  other  forest  trees, 
of  which  the  Weliingtonia  of  California  affords  the  most  noble  example. 

The  wood  consists  of  punctated  cells;  tl^  sides  of  the  tubes  or  elon* 
gated  cells  which  form  it,  and  which  are  nearly  of  equal  diameter,  being 
marked  by  circular  disks,  which,  when  highly  magnified,  exhibit  a  small 
internal  circle  surrounded  by  a  large  external  one.  This  peculiarity  of 
the  wood  of  the  Conifera  is  important,  as  enabling  us  to  recognize  it  in  a 
fossil  state,  and  to  refer  many  fossils,  particularly  of  the  coal  formation, 
to  this  order. 

The  leaves  of  the  Conifera  differ  widely  from  those  of  the  closely  allied 
order  Cycadacecn.  Most  of  the  Conifera  have  very  narrow,  veinless 
leaves,  so  that  the  Germans  call  them  ''needle- woods"  in  contradistinc- 
tion to  the  other  European  forest  trees,  which  they  call  "  leaf- woods." 
By  far  the  greater  number  of  them  belong  to  the  northern  hemisphere. 
The  Conifera  are  very  long-lived ;  some  of  them  are  supposed  to  be  capa- 
ble of  attaining  an  age  of  two  or  three  thousand  years !  When  the  stem 
of  a  coniferous  tree  is  cut  across,  it  does  not  sprout  again  from  the  root. 

The  Conifera^  besides  the  great  usefulness  of  the  timber  of  many,  are 
remarkably  productive  of  turpentine  and  resins.  Astringent  substances 
are  also  found  in  their  bark,  and  fixed  oil  in  their  seeds.  The  seeds  of 
some  species  of  Pine  and  Praucaria  are  used  as  food. 

Some  of  the  Conifers  of  California  have  persistent  cones,  which  they 
retain  from  ten  to  twenty  years  in  some  instances.  Others,  again,  retain 
their  cones  two  years,  while  still  another  class  throw  off  a  series  of  cones 
every  year.  It  is  noteworthy  that  all  the  conifers  of  the  Pacific  Coast  ex- 
hibit a  symmetry  and  perfection  of  figure,  as  well  as  a  healthfulness  and 
vigor  of  growth  not  attained  by  similar  trees  in  any  other  part  of  the  world. 

The  Conifers  are  trees  (or  shrubs)  of  cold  or  temperate  latitudes,  prin- 
cipaUy  comprising  three  Tribes^ 
'  Cupressinea — Cypresses. 

Taxodinea—  Sequoias. 

Abietinea — Firs,  Spruces  and  Pines,  our  genus  thus  in  the  last  Tribe. , 

ABIETINEi<B. 

Scales  of  the  fertile  ament  numerous,  spirally  imbricated,  carpellary, 
each  in  the  axil  of  a  thin  bract,  in  fruit  becoming  a  coriaceous  or  ligneous 
strobile  or  cone.  Ovules,  two,  adnate  to  the  inner  face  of  each  scale 
near  the  base,  inverted.     Seeds  usually  separating  from  the  sca)e;at  ma^ 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


230  MINUTES  OF   THE   SECTION   ON   SCIENTIFIC   PAPERS. 

turity,  and  carrying  away  a  conspicuous,  scarious  wing.  Cotyledons 
three  to  sixteen.  Anther  cells,  two,  extrose,  parallel  and  contiguous 
upon  the  sides  of  the  connective,  which  is  often  surmounted  by  a  scarious, 
dilated,  inflexed  tip  or  crest.  Leaves  scattered,  in  the  genus  Pinus  from 
linear  to  acerose.  Leaf  buds  scaly.  Contains  five  Genera,  the  four  first 
named  maturing  their  cones  in  one  year. 

1.  Abies — the  Firs,  Leaves  sessile,  leaving  circular  scars;  cones  erect, 
their  scales  deciduous  from  the  axis.     Seeds  with  resin  vesicles. 

2.  PseudO'Tsuga — Douglass  Spruce.  Leaves  petioled,  the  scars  trans- 
versely oval ;  cones  pendulous,  scales  persistent.  Seeds  without  resin 
vesicles. 

3.  Tsuga — Hemlock,  Branchlets  rough  from  the  prominent,  persistent 
leaf-bases,  bracts  of  the  cone  smaller  than  the  scales;  cones  pendulous. 
Leaves  petioled,  with  a  single  dorsal  resin  duct.  Seeds  with  resin 
vesicles. 

4.  Picea — Spruces,  Having  also  the  characters  of  Tsuga,  except  leaves 
sessile,  heeled  on  both  sides  with  two  lateral  resin  ducts.  Seeds  without 
resin  vesicles. 

5.  Pinus — Pines,  Cones  requiring  two  (in  one  European  species  three) 
years  to  complete  their  growth,  their  bracts  becoming  corky  and  thick- 
ened ;  leaves  (the  conspicuous  foliage)  in  fascicles  of  two  to  five  (solitary 
in  one  species,  the  P,  monophylla)  from  the  axil  of  scarious  bracts,  their 
base  sui  rounded  by  a  sheath  of  scarious  bud-scales  usually  serrulate. 
Pollen  two-lobed.  Resin  ducts  inconstant  in  number,  usually  numerous, 
variously  situated. 

The  California  Pines,  in  common  with  other  forest  trees,  have  engaged 
the  attention  of  many  botanists.  Our  space  will  not  permit  us  to  men- 
tion, even,  the  many  explorers  who  have  written  of  our  forest  trees,  not 
a  few  of  whose  names  are  embalmed  in  the  titles  of  the  different  genera 
and  species. 

The  Pine  is  a  genus  of  the  natural  order  Conifera^,  The  Linnaean 
genus  included  all  kinds  of  fir,  larch  and  cedar ;  but  as  now  limited, 
the  genus  Pinus  is  distinguished  as  a  resin -producing,  cone-bearing  ever- 
green tree,  with  principal  foliage  composed  of  secondary  leaves,  which 
are  acerose  (needle-shaped),  usually  rigid,  mostly  triangular,  and  in  fas- 
cicles or  bundles  of  two  to  five  each  (solitary  and  round  in  one  species) 
their  bases  surrounded  by  a  sheath  of  scarious  bracts  or  bud  scales,  usually 
close-wrapped  and  persistent. 

The  flowers  are  monoecious,  1.  ^.,  they  are  on  the  same  stem,  but  sepa- 
rated, the  male  or  pollen -bearing  on  a  different  branchlet  from  the  female 
or  fruit-bearing  one,  which  becomes  the  cone.  The  fruit  is  either  sub- 
terminal  (arising  near  the  terminal  leaf- bud),  or  it  is  lateral,  arising  along 
the  stem  among  the  leaves  of  the  growing  shoot.  It  is  composed  of 
numerous  spirally-imbricated,  carpellary  scales,  each  in  the^  axil  of  a 

Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


THE   PINES  OF  CALIFORNIA.  23 1 

thickened,  corky  bract  (much  modified  and  concealed  at  maturity),  and 
each  bearing  two,  usually  long-winged  seeds  at  base;  the  whole  fruit 
requiring  two  years  to  complete  its  growth  (three  for  one  European 
species),  and  becoming  a  coriaceous  or  ligneous  strobile  or  cone.  Coty- 
ledons or  seed- leaves  numerous,  in  a  whorl  of  four  to  sixteen. 

To  this  genus  belong  many  noble  and  useful  trees.  They  mostly  grow 
in  mountains  or  other  exposed  situations,  and  their  narrow  leaves  are 
admirably  adapted  to  evade  the  force  of  the  winds,  which  produce  in  the 
tops  of  pines  a  peculiar  sound,  much  noticed  by  the  ancient  poets,  more 
soft  and  continuous  than  in  trees  of  richer  foliage.  Most  of  the  Pines 
are  more  or  less  social,  one  kind  often  covering  a  considerable  tract ; 
some  of  them  clothing  the  sides  and  even  the  summits  of  mountains  with 
magnificent  but  sombre  forests;  some  growing  in  lower  situations,  or 
otherwise  unproductive  sandy  grounds,  as  in  the  Pine- Barrens  of  North 
America. 

The  Pines  growing  in  the  most  barren  soils,  or  in  the  coldest  climates 
and  most  exposed  situations,  are  often  very  small ;  and  although  very 
unlike  any  other  shrubs  or  bushes,  are  scarcely  to  be  called  trees.  Pines 
are  widely  diffused  over  the  Northern  Hemisphere,  being  found  on  moun- 
tains within  and  near  the  tropics,  and  in  the  colder  temperate  and  the 
arctic  regions,  descending  to  the  level  of  the  sea. 

THE  PINES  OF  CALIFORNIA. 

have  been  divided  by  later  botanists  into  Two  ClasseSy  comprising  Six 
Groups  with  eighteen  sub  divisions. 

Class  I, — Smooth  Coned,    White  Fines, 

Group  /.  Long-  Cone  Lumber  Pines, 

No.  I.  Finus  monticola — Mountain  Pine,  Finger-cone  Pine. 

No.  2.  Finus  Lambertiana — Sugar  Pine,  Gigantic  Pine. 

Group  2,  Dwarf  Cone,  Alpine  Series, 

No.  3.  Finus  flexilis — Limber-twig  Pine,  Western  White  Pine. 

No.  4.  Finus  albicaulis — White- bark  Pine,  Creeping  Pine. 

Class  2, — Rough' Coned,  Fitch  Fines. 

Group  J,  Entire- cone.  Close  grained  Fines, 

No.  5.  Finus  Balfouriana — Fox- tail  Pine,  Spruce  Pine. 

No.  6.  Finus  aristata — Bristle-cone  Pine,  Hickory  Pine. 

No.  7.  Finus  monophylla—^\Tig\t'\t^.i,  Fremont's  Nut  Pine. 

No.  8.  Finus  Farryana — Parry's  Pine,  Mexican  Pifion. 

No.  9.  Finus  contorta — Scrub  Pine,  Twisted  Pine. 

No.  10.  Finus  Murrayana — Tamarack  Pine,  Murray's  Pine. 

Group  4,  Base  broken- cone.  Lumber  Fines, 

No.  II.  Finus ponderosa — Yellow  Pine,  Heavy  Pine. 

No.  12.  Finus  Jeffreyi — Black  Pine,  Sap-wood  Pine,  Jeffrey^  Pine.i 


ic,  jcnrcv-B  rinc.T 
Digitized  by  VaOOQlC 


232  MINUTES  OF  THE  SECTION   ON  SCIENTIFIC  PAPERS. 

Group  5.     Heavy  J  Spine-cone  Long-iimbed  Pines^ 

No.  13.     Pinus  Coulteri — Big-cone  Pine,  Coulter's  Pine. 

No.  14.     Pinus  Sabiniana — Gray- leaf  Pine,  Sabine's  Pine. 

No.  15.     Pinus  Torreyana — Torrey's  Pine,  Lone  Pine. 
Group  6.     Long' dosed  cone,  Slender  Pines. 

No.  16.     Pinus  insignis — Monterey  Pine,  Remarkable  Pine. 

No.  17.     Pinus  tuberculata — Knob-cone  Pine,  Sun-loving  Pine. 

No.  18.     Pinus  muricata — Prickle-cone  Pine,  Swamp  Pine. 

Class  i.  Smooth-coned,  White  Pines  (sub-genus  5'/re?^»j). — Cone 
scales  smooth,  devoid  of  protuberances,  prickles  or  hooks  \  wood  usually 
lighter  colored,  softer  and  less  resinous  than  that  of  the  other  class. 
Cone,  sub-terminal,  mostly  long-peduncled,  and  falling  at  maturity; 
scales,  usually  numerous  and  flat ;  leaves  short,  two  to  three  inches  long, 
in  fascicles  of  five  each,  with  short,  loose,  deciduous  sheaths  at  the  base. 
Male  flowers  oval,  small,  one-quarter  to  one-half  inch  in  length.  Five 
species  on  the  Pacific  Coast,  four  of  them  in  California.  (/*.  monticoia, 
Lamberiiana,  flexilis  and  aibicaulisJ) 

Group  i.  Long-cone  Lumber  Pines. — Cone  long,  cylindrical,  eight 
to  twenty  inches  in  length  and  one  to  three  inches  in  thickness,  many- 
scaled,  long-peduncled,  becoming  pendent.  Principal  spirals,  eight 
inclining  to  the  left,  thirteen  to  the  right.  Seeds  large,  dark,  with  long, 
brown,  persistent  wing.  Trees  usually  very  large,  with  finely-checked 
bark,  large  and  long  upper  bearing  limbs  and  light -green  foliage.  Tim- 
ber of  great  value. 

No.  I.  Pinus  tnontico/a—MovsTAiif  Pine,  Finger-cone  Pine. — A 
tall  tree,  found  on  higher  elevations  than  its  congener,  the  Great  Sugar 
Pine.  Grows  mostly  near  the  summits  of  the  Sierra.  Like  the  other 
species  it  is  greatly  varied.  Trees  are  found  with  deeply- furrowed,  red- 
dish or  dark  bark  and  long  purple  cones,  nearly  a  foot  in  length.  It 
dwindles  to  small  spindling  trees  in  the  highest  altitudes,  with  diminutive 
cones  like  ladies'  fingers.  Fine  timber,  but  little  cut  for  lumber  on 
account  of  its  inaccessibility.  The  Mountain  Pine  makes  its  first  appear- 
ance on  the  upper  margin  of  the  **  fir  belt"  of  the  Sierra,  at  an  altitude 
of  five  thousand  feet,  as  a  scattered  growth,  but  gradually  increasing  in 
numbers  until  at  ten  thousand  feel  it  is  the  prevailing  tree.  It  is  a  hardy 
and  long-lived  tree,  gaining  in  size  and  strength  just  where  other  trees 
weaken  and  disappear,  and  at  its  best  development  is  one  hundred  feet 
high. 

F.  mon/ico/a,  variety  minima — Little  Mountain  Pine. — On  the  Nothem  cross 
ranges  of  the  Sierra,  and  on  the  Coast  Mountains,  grows  a  dwarf  variety  of  this  species  that 
is  small  and  often  very  slender,  with  diminutive  cones.  The  bark  is  very  thin,  smooth 
and  white.  Cones  purple  until  maturity,  and  two  to  three  inches  in  length.  Seeds 
minute. 

No.  a.     Pinus  Lambertiana  —  Great  Sugar  Pine. —  This,  tree  fire- 
Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


THE  PINES  OF   CALIFORNIA.  2JJ 

quently  grows  to  the  largest  dimensions — from  iso  to  200  feet,  and 
favorably  situated  to  be  seen  growing  quite  commonly  from  250  to  300 
feet  in  height,  and  from  six  to  fifteen  and  sometimes  twenty  feet  in  diam- 
eter. Scattered  among  other  trees  of  the  Coast  Mountains  and  the  Sierra 
at  middle  elevations.  Bark  thick,  dark  and  irregularly  fissured.  Year- 
ling cones  long,  yellowish  or  purple,  cylindrical,  one  to  two  inches  long 
with  appressed  scales.  Mature  cones  long-elliptical,  ten  to  twelve,  rarely 
fifteen  to  twenty-two  inches  long,  and  two  to  three  thick,  becoming, 
when  expanded,  four  to  six  inches  thick.  Seeds  very  large,  about  one- 
half  an  inch  long,  edible,  with  large  wings  an  inch  long  and  thickly 
veined  with  reddish  brown.  The  sugar  pine  is  the  most  distinguished 
and  valuable  of  Western  pines,  and  far  exceeds  in  dimensions  any  other 
member  of  the  family.  The  leaves  are  three  inches  in  length,  of  a  dark 
bluish- green  ;  grow  mostly  in  groups  of  five.  Foliage  not  dense.  David 
Douglass,  the  discoverer  of  the  Great  Sugar  Pine  (1826),  calls  it  "the 
roost  princely  of  the  genus,  perhaps  even  the  grandest  specimen  of  vege- 
tation known !  " 

The  wood  of  this  tree  is  similar  to  the  White  Pine  {Pinus  strobus)  of 
the  Eastern  States — white,  soft,  homogeneous,  straight- grained,  clear  and 
free  from  splitting;  it  furnishes  the  best  lumber  in  the  State  for  "inside 
work"  of  houses,  being  the  chief  building  material  used  in  the  Sierra 
Nevada,  where  it  grows,  and  in  adjacent  sections.  The  tree  derives  its 
name  from  a  sweet  resinous  gum  which  exudes  from  the  duramen  or  hard 
wood  portions.  This  substance  in  appearance,  granulation  and  taste, 
resembles  the  manna  of  the  drug  stores,  except  by  a  slight  terebinthinate 
flavor. 

A  peculiarity  of  these  trees  is  the  specialized  long  upper  limbs  and  the 
short  lower  ones,  which  soon  decay  and  fall ;  thus  the  trees,  self-trimmed 
while  yet  small,  swell  out  their  matchless  trunks  with  smooth  bolls  reach- 
ing up  to  the  great  limbs,  affording  the  longest  clear-cut  lengths  for  saw^ 
logs  of  any  tree  known. 

Group  2.  Dwarf- Cone,  Alpine  Pine. — Dwarfed,  often  depressed 
trees,  forming  the  upper  fringe  of  Alpine  forests  in  the  Sierra  and  north- 
ward. Cones,  sub-cylindrical  or  ovate,  shorter  with  fewer  scales,  two  to 
six  inches  long.  Seeds  large,  nearly  wingless.  Bark  thinner  and  lighter 
color  than  that  of  the  first  group. 

No.  3.  Pinus  flexilis — Limber-Twig  Pine,  Western  White  Pine.— 
This  pine  grows  in  the  form  of  a  low  scrubby  tree  on  windy  heights,  so 
stout  that  a  man  can  stand  on  its  top.  They  are  found  in  the  Rocky 
Mountains,  as  well  as  in  some  parts  of  the  Sierra.  Yearling  cones,  one 
inch  in  length,  purple.  Mature  cones  four  to  six  inches  in  length. 
Twigs  very  flexible,  yielding  to  pressure  from  snow,  ice  and  wind. 

John  Muir  says  of  the  P.' flexilis)  **A  certain  tree  that  was  three  and 
one-half  inches  in  diameter,  and  hardly  three  feet  high,  when  cut  half 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


234  MINUTES  OF  THE   SECTION  ON  SCIENTIFIC   PAPERS. 

way  through  revealed  no  less  than  250  rings ;  another  similar  one  was 
420  years  old.  One  of  the  small  branchlets,  hardly  half  an  inch  thick, 
displayed  seventy-five  rings,  and  was  so  filled  with  balsam,  and  so  sea- 
soned in  storms,  that  we  might  tie  it  in  knots  like  whipcords." 

No.  4.  Pinas  albicaulis — White-bark  Pine,  Creeping  Pine. — 
Dwarfed,  very  white-barked  trees  of  the  Northern  Rocky  Mountains,  and 
rare  in  the  Sierra,  notably  forming  the  timber  line  of  Shasta.  Yearling 
cones  globular,  half  an  inch  long,  dark  purple.  Mature  cones  small  sub- 
globose,  one  and  one-half  to  two  inches  long,  deep  purple  until  maturity. 
Seeds  pale,  nearly  globular.  These  pines,  with  their  brethren,  the  P, 
flfxiiisj  climb  up  to,  and  cling  stoutly  to,  the  bare,  bold  rocks  of  the 
Sierra  peaks,  or  they  grope  resolutely,  though  prostrated  by  torrents  and 
gales,  along  the  glacier-smoothed  passes.  The  flowers  of  these  pines  are 
rarely  attractive,  being  large  spikes  of  rose-red  stamens,  set  off  with  tufts 
of  the  short  leaves  beneath  them. 

Class  2.  Rough-coned,  Pitch  Pines. —  Cone-scales  rough,  armed 
with  conspicuous  protuberances,  prickles,  or  hooks.  Wood  usually  darker, 
harder,  more  resinous  than  that  of  the  first  class.  Eighteen  species  on  the 
Pacific  Slope,  thirteen  in  California,  subdivided  into  groups,  with  an  in- 
termediary solitary  species. 

Plume  Pines  (oblong- cone). — Cones  oblong  cylindrical,  three  to  five 
inches  long,  one-half  to  one  and  a  half  inches  thick,  pendent  from  the 
ends  of  the  long  branchlets ;  scales  numerous  and  nearly  flat ;  leaves 
mostly  in  fives,  persisting  for  many  years,  ten  to  twenty,  very  short  and 
appressed  to  the  branchlets — whence  the  resemblance  to  plumes — sheaths 
loose,  deciduous.  Sub-alpine,  spire-shaped  trees  of  the  Rocky  Moun- 
tains, with  a  few  groves  in  the  high  Sierra.  Wood  reddish,  cross-grained 
and  exceedingly  tough.     Bark  reddish  brown,  deeply  fissured. 

The  sub-alpine  Pines  are  very  interesting  trees,  at  first  seeming  not  to 
be  pines  at  all,  but  spruces,  from  the  similarity  of  their  close-clothed 
limbs  and  small  depending  cones.  They  are  so  high  in  the  alpine  forests 
that  only  the  hunter  or  explorer  is  apt  to  know  of  them. 

No.  5.  Pinus  Balfouriana — Fox-tail  Pine,  Spruce  Pine. — This 
singular  spruce-like  Pine  is  of  extremely  limited  and  local  development. 
It  is  found  in  a  few  groves  of  the  Alpine  Sierra  from  Scott  Mountains  to 
the  headquarters  of  Kern  River,  growing  at  an  elevation  of  from  5,000  to 
8,000  feet.  The  trees  are  frequently  80  feet  high,  by  about  3  inches  in 
diameter. 

No.  6.  Pinus  aristata — Bristle-cone  Pine,  Hickory  Pine.  —This 
beautiful  tree,  also  a  lover  of  Alpine  heights,  though  prevalent  on  the 
highest  peaks  of  the  Rockies  and  the  mountains  of  Arizona,  is  quite  local 
in  California.  Prof.  Lemmon  detected  it  in  the  high  Sierra  back  of 
Yosemite,  and  upon  Mount  Agassiz  oF  Northern  Arizona,  at  an  elevation 
of  ten  thousand  feet. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


THE   PINES   OF  CALIFORNIA.  235 

John  Muir  writes  of  this  tree:  **  Grows  on  the  headwaters  of  the 
Middle  Fork  of  King's  River,  how  much  farther  north  I  cannot  say,  but 
certainly  its  development  extends  to  elevations  of  about  ten  thousand  feet 
in  sheltered  valleys,  on  coarsely  ground  moraines  or  fissured  table-lands, 
and  runs  up  to  the  limit  of  tree  life  on  the  summit.  It  combines  grace- 
fulness of  habit  with  strength  and  flexibility  in  a  marvellous  manner.  It 
is  certainly  the  most  variably  graceful  of  the  Sierra  Pines, 

Globe-cone,  Nut  Pines. — Cones  sub-globose,  one  and  one-half  to  two 
inches  long,  scales  few,  very  protuberant  and  unarmed,  widely  opened  at 
maturity.  Seeds  very  large,  wingless  and  edible.  Leaves  heavy- scented 
with  deciduous  sheaths.  These  species  are  generally  found  on  low  hills, 
or  sunny,  undulating  plains,  and  they  spread  out  their  strong  limbs, 
easily  reached.  The  cones  are  unarmed,  few -scaled,  and  contain  com- 
paratively the  largest,  most  delicious  and  nutritious  seeds  of  any  trees 
of  the  family. 

No.  7.  Pinus  monopkylla — Single  leaf,  Fremont's  Nut  Pine.— This 
curious  little  Pine  was  first  discovered  by  Fremont  in  1844,  near  the  site 
of  the  present  city  of  Carson.  He  called  it  '*  one-leafed  Pine,*'  and  it  is 
sometimes  called  P,  Fremontiana, 

These  Pines,  in  open  situations,  as  upon  the  low  hills  near  Carson, 
Nevada,  become  round-headed,  freely  branching  from  the  base  ;  but  in 
the  gulches  of  the  Sierra  they  are  spire- shaped,  or  even  tall  and  slim. 
There  are  trees  in  Tehachapi  Mountains,  four  feet  in  diameter  and  nearly 
one  hundred  high.  But  the  trees  of  the  Sierra  are  generally  decrepit  and 
much  broken  by  winter  storms.  In  sheltered  situations  beautiful  trees  are 
seen,  of  pyramidal  outline,  often  heavily  fruited,  so  heavy  that  their  limbs 
arc  bowed  to  the  ground.     The  cones  are  usually  quickly  deciduous. 

Formerly  the  nuts  of  this  Pine  were  collected  in  great  quantities  annu- 
ally by  the  Washoe  tribe  of  Indians  for  food.  At  the  harvest  time,  nearly 
the  whole  tribe  with  their  ponies  would  proceed  to  the  groves  of  trees 
and  camp  by  them.  With  long  poles  the  cones  were  beaten  off  by  the 
men,  the  boys  climbing  such  trees  as  admitted  of  it,  to  secure  the  fruit, 
which  was  taken  by  the  squaws,  piled  in  heaps,  with  leaves  and  earth 
thrown  over  them,  and  then  set  on  fire.  When  roasted  several  hours  the 
cones  will  be  found  opening  and  discharging  the  large  and  delicious 
kernels. 

There  has  been  much  discussion  ever  since  the  discovery  of  this  tree, 
upon  the  character  of  its  leaves,  and  eminent  authorities  have  held  oppos- 
ing views  ;  some  declaring  that  the  leaves  were  truly  single  and  solitary, 
others  that  the  terete  foliage  was  due  to  the  firm  agglutination  of  a  pair 
of  leaves.  It  is  now,  however,  very  generally  concluded  that  the 
monophyllous  shaft  of  this  Pine  owes  its  peculiarity  to  the  generally  arrested 
development  of  one  of  its  two  original  leaves ! 

No.   8.    Pinus  Parryana — Parry's   Pine,    Mexican  PiRon. — Trees 

""  Digitized  by  VjOOQ iC 


236  MINUTES  OF  THE   SECTION   ON   SCIENTIFIC   PAPERS. 

similar  to  preceding,  but  smaller.  In  the  mountains  of  Lower  California, 
a  few  trees  crossing  the  boundary- line  into  San  Diego  county,  and  found 
on  the  Cuyamaca  Range  of  mountains.  Cones  small,  with  soft-shelled 
seeds.  Leaves  in  fascicles  of  four  or  five.  This  tree,  the  rarest  (but  one) 
of  all  the  species  of  the  Pines,  is  the  Pifton  or  Nut-pine  of  San  Diego 
county,  and  named  for  Dr.  C.  C.  Parry,  the  veteran  botanist,  who  dis- 
covered it  during  the  survey  for  the  Mexican  Boundary^  in  1848. 

Third  Pair.  Thimble-cone,  Thin-Bark  Pines. — (/*.  contorta  and 
Murrayana.') — Cone,  sub-cylindrical,  one  to  two  and  one- half  inches 
long,  strongly  declined,  falling  at  maturity  or  persisting  indefinitely. 
Male  flowers  very  small ;  leaves  in  pairs ;  seeds  and  wings  very  small. 
These  Pines  present  often  an  appearance  of  attenuated  thin-barked  trunks, 
attacked  at  all  periods  of  growth  by  various  enemies,  animal  and  vege- 
table. Occasionally,  however,  one  is  found  that  has  resisted  their  at- 
tacks,  and  so  presents  a  full,  crowned  head  of  foliage. 

No.  9.  Pinus  contorta — Scrub  Pine,  Twisted  Pine. — Small,  scrubby 
trees  in  swamps  on  the  Northern  sea-coast.  Yearling  cones  globular, 
minute,  one- eighth  of  an  inch  long,  with  pointed,  spreading  scales. 
Mature  cone,  sub-cylindrical,  one  to  two  inches  long,  very  strongly  de- 
clined and  long  persistent,  at  length  almast  concealing  the  foliage.  Seed 
minute,  with  very  small,  narrow  wing.  Is  furnished  with  irregular, 
spreading  branches,  thick  rimose  bark,  and  resinous  wood.  The  leaves 
are  invariably  in  pairs,  and  slightly  silvery  on  the  lower  surface.  Found 
in  the  lower  Sierra  and  the  Coast  Range. 

No.  10.  Pinus  Murrayana — Tamarack  Pine,  Murray's  Pine.— 
Usually  tall,  slender  trees,  in  wet  sub-alpine  valleys  of  the  Sierra  and 
Rocky  Mountains.  Yearling  cones  globular,  one-fourth  inch  long,  with 
pointed,  spreading  scales.  Mature  cones  ovate  conical,  one  and  a  half 
to  two  and  a  half  inches  long,  less  strongly  declined  and  usually  decidu- 
ous. .  Beautiful  trees,  when  in  open  situations.  Bark  one-fourth  to  one- 
half  inch  in  thickness.  Trees  much  attacked  by  parasites  and  other  ene- 
mies, and  so  discharging  resin  or  pitch,  hence  often  called  '*  Pitch  Pines,'* 
This  tree  is  found  in  high,  wet  valleys  of  the  Sierra,  and  is  widely  dis- 
seminated. 

Wherever  this  tree  escapes  all  enemies,  which  take  advantage  of  its 
thin  bark,  and  it  attains  its  full  stature,  it  is  often  a  very  tall  and  grace- 
ful tree,  notably  in  the  forests  around  Webber  and  Donner  lakes  of  the 
Sierra,  at  altitudes  of  4,000  to  7,000  feet,  usually  occupying  the  ground 
to  the  exclusion  of  all  other  trees. 

Group  4.  Broken  cone  Pines.  Base- Broken  Cone,  Lumber  Pines, 
(^P.  ponderosa,  P,  Jeffrgyi), — Cone  breaking  away  at  maturity  by  a 
transverse  fracture  within  the  base,  rendering  it  thereby  truncate  at  the 
base,  and  leaving  persistent  on  the  limb  its  undeveloped  basal  scales. 
The  cones  are  ovate-conical,  sessile,  or  nearly  so,  spreading  or  slightly 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


THE   PINES   OF  CALIFORNIA.  237 

declined,  many-scaled,  five  spirals  inclining  in  one  direction,  eight  the 
other.  Seeds  about  half  an  inch  long,  wings  transparent,  beautifully 
veined  with  brown.  Leaves  in  threes,  and  five  to  eight  inches  long ; 
sheaths  long,  close  wrapped,  and  persistent.  Male  flowers  large  and 
long.  Bark  usually  very  thick  and  deeply  fissured.  Trees  of  the  largest 
dimensions,  widest  distribution,  and  of  the  utmost  value  for  lumber, 
fuel,  etc. 

No.  II.  Pinus  ponderosa — Yellow  Pine,  Heavy  Pine. — This  tree, 
when  fully  developed,  is  of  the  first  class,  being  six  to  ten,  even  fifteen  to 
twenty  feet  in  diameter,  and  [5b  to  aoo,  sometimes  250  to  300  feet  in 
height^  Its  bark  is  usually  whitish-yellow,  generally  thick  (four  to  six 
inches)  and  deeply  fissured,  crumbling  before  the  woodman's  axe,  and 
releasing  a  great  quantity  of  yellow  or  orange  colored  powder. 

This  tree  is  noted  for  its  annual  layers  being  soon  converted  into 
*'hcartwood"  at  an  early  age*  The  leaves  are  from  six  to  eight  inches 
in  length,  and  dark  green  in  color;  in  old  trees,  two  or  three  years' 
growth  remain  on  the  tree  at  a  time  on  the  twigs,  thus  presenting  a  tufted 
or  brush-like  appearance.  The  cones  are  small,  two  to  four  inches  long, 
brown  externally,  mahogany  within ;  the  scales  with  small,  erect  or  in- 
curved prickles.  There  is  noted  much  irregularity  about  the  spiral  ar- 
rangement of  the  scales. 

The  cones,  when  matured,  separate  from  the  tree  by  an  irregular 
transverse  fracture,  within  the  base  of  the  cone,  exposing  the  conical 
lower  end  of  the  receptacle,  and  leaving  persistent  on  the  branchlet  the 
small,  undeveloped  basal  scales,  surrounding  a  conical  pit  corresponding 
to  the  removed  receptacle.  In  the  middle  Sierra,  the  cones  mature  and 
begin  to  fall  about  the  middle  of  September,  continuing  for  a  month  or 
more.  The  yearling  cones  are  elliptical,  one-half  to  one  inch  long,  the 
pointed  scales  appressed  and  directed  towards  the  apex. 

The  Yellow  Pine  of  California  has  the  widest  distribution  of  any  other 
timber  tree.  Prevalent  in  most  parts  of  the  Sierra  Nevada.  This  tree, 
however,  rarely  comes  down  the  mountain  slopes  to  the  edges  of  the  great 
valleys  and  basins,  but  is  there  supplemented  by  other  species ;  nor  does 
it  ascend  the  slopes  to  the  timber  limit,  giving  way  there  also  to  other 
species.  It  is  found  in  elevations  ranging  from  5,000  to  7,000  or  8,000 
feet. 

The  Yellow  Pine  rarely  occupies  the  ground  to  the  exclusion  of  other 
trees,  but  is  most  frequently  accompanied  by  other  species  of  its  own  in- 
teresting family,  and  by  allied  congeners,  of  which  there  are  many  species 
of  spruces,  firs,  hemlocks,  cypresses,  larches,  junipers,  etc.,  in  the  re- 
gion mentioned,  and  in  a  few  localities,  oaks,  poplars,  laurels,  and  other 
broad- leaved  trees. 

There  are  three  sub- varieties  of  this  species  of  Pine,  the  P.  Benthami- 
ana  (Foot-hills  Yellow  Pine),  P.  brachyperia  (Southern  Yellow  Pine), 
and  P.  scopulorum  (Rocky  Mountain  Yellow  Pine).     Digitized  byGoOQlc 


238  MINUTES  OF  THE  SECTION   ON  SCIENTIFIC  PAPERS. 

Individual  members  of  this  Pine  are  met  with  of  immense  size  and  no- 
ble appearance.  One,  a  native  of  Sierra  Valley,  was  320  years  of  age, 
250  feet  high,  six  feet  in  diameter,  with  bark  five  inches  thick,  in  large, 
longitudinal  plates,  and  crumbling  before  the  axe  in  scores  of  small, 
rounded  buttons,  one  to  two  inches  in  diameter.  Specimens  of  this  tree, 
wood,  bark,  boughs,  fruit,  etc. — were  sent  to  the  Centennial  Exhibition 
(at  Philadelphia)  as  representative  of  the  typical  Yellow  Pine  of  the 
Sierra. 

No.  12.  Pinus  Jeffreyi — Black  Pine  Sap-wood  Pine. — Similar,  but 
not  so  large  trees  as  the  typical  forms  of  the  other  species,  usually  more 
spire  shaped  and  symmetrical.  In  the  Sierra,  with  »  variety  southward 
to  Lower  California.  Bark  dark,  often  reddish  or  black,  and  hard,  fis- 
sured into  small  plates.  Sap-wood  usually  very  thick,  often  composing 
the  most  of  the  timber,  whitish;  heart-wood  consequently  meagre,  not  so 
light- colored  as  the  other  species,  often  very  resinous.  Yearling  cones 
purple,  larger,  elliptical,  one  to  one  and  one-half  inches  long,  with  larger 
prickles,  which  are  strongly  deflexed.  Mature  cones  usually  much  larger 
and  more  truncated,  elongated  five  to  six,  often  eight  to  ten  inches  in 
length,  and  half  as  wide  when  expanded ;  prickles  strongly  deflexed,  giv- 
ing one  of  the  early  names  of  the  variety  {P.  deflexd).  Leaves  mostly 
larger,  and  with  their  branchlets  usually  glaucous,  the  latter  when  bruised 
giving  off  a  fragrance  resembling  oil  of  orange.  Male  flowers  shdrter, 
one  to  one  and  one-half  inches,  but  thicker  and  yellowish.  Botanists 
claim  four  varieties  of  this  species. 

First — Piftus  Jeffreyi  or  Black  Pine,  This  tree  inhabits  the  high  val- 
leys, twenty  to  fifty  miles  to  the  North  and  West  of  Mount  Shasta.  It 
grows  at  an  elevation  from  6,000  to  9,000  feet,  on  such  formations^  of  the 
mountain  ranges  as  were  first  laid  bare  after  the  glacial  epoch ;  therefore, 
the  oldest  of  the  broken  coned  pines,  and  perhaps  the  common  parent  of 
all  the  other  forms,  including  those  of  the  Yellow  Pine  described.  This 
tree  is  quite  large^  from  four  to  six  feet  in  diameter,  and  about  200  feet 
in  height.  It  usually  presents  a  large,  broad,  dome-shaped  crown  in 
contour,  with  few  long,  usually  drooping  limbs ;  bark  dark  brown,  thick 
with  large  checks;  sap-wood  thick,  the  heart- wood  not  determined. 

Trees  of  this  form  are  sparsely  met  with  in  other  localities  of  the  Sierra, 
always  at  high  elevations.  They  are  at  once  detected  by  their  strange 
habitat,  which  is  above  the  limit  of  the  Yellow  Pine  in  the  contiguous 
forests  below,  and  by  the  long,  drooping  limbs,  and  the  large,  many- 
scaled,  longer  cones  than  others  of  the  group. 

Interesting  trees  of  this  description  are  met  with  on  the  flanks  of 
Mounts  Shasta  and  Lassen,  the  numerous  peaks  of  the  Northern  Sierra, 
especially  near  Lakes  Tahoe  and  Webber. 

The  second  form  (a),  variety  nigrans,  or  Black-bark  Pine.  This  form 
comprises  the  dark- barked,   long-coned  section   of  the   broken-coned 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


THE   PINES  OF  CALIFORNIA.  239 

Pines,  that  occupy  lower  altitudes  in  the  same  regions  as  the  other  forms. 
Trees  of  medium  size,  120  to  150  feet  high,  flourishing  near  the  banks  of 
streams,  long  retaining  their  body-limbs,  and  hence  forming  symmetri- 
cal spire-shaped  outlines.  Bark  black,  hard,  thick,  and  rather  coarsely 
checked.  Sap-wood  very  thick ;  heart-wood  consequently  meager,  us- 
ually very  resinous. 

The  third  form  (^),  variety  deflexa^  is  the  Red-bark  Pine.  This  form 
constitutes  the  principal  timber  tree  of  the  higher  Truckee  region,  and 
similar  localities  North  and  South  of  that  noted  lumber  station.  These 
trees  are  of  the  largest  size,  tall  and  free  from  body  limbs.  Bark  thick, 
reddish-brown,  hard,  coarsely  checked  ;  sap-wood  not  thick;  heart-wood 
of  the  best  quality.  Two  styles  of  cones  are  noted  on  these  trees:  one 
series  of  yearling  cones  are  apple-green,  large,  narrowly  ovate,  one-half 
to  one  inch  long,  becoming  at  maturity  widely  open,  and  three  to  five 
inches  thick  at  the  base,  which  is  truncated.  The  other  series  of  cones 
are  of  a  beautiful  purple  when  a  year  old,  and  about  an  inch  long,  on 
short  peduncles.  When  mature  they  are  long  ovate,  four  to  eight  inches 
in  length ;  when  fallen,  truncate  at  the  base,  and  broadly  oval  by  the 
expansion  of  the  scales.  Leaves  longer  and  stronger  than  the  neighbor- 
ing Yellow  Pine,  and  white  glaucous,  especially  when  young. 

'X\i^  fourth  form  (^),  vzn^iy  peninsularis — Peninsula  Pine.  This  tree 
is  found  only  on  the  mountains  of  the  Peninsula  of  Lower  California,  at 
an  elevation  of  about  4,000  feet,  and  forms  an  extensive  forest  upon  a 
substratum  of  crumbling,  white  sand-rocks.  Trees  of  medium  size,  150 
to  200  feet  in  height,  with  full  spire- form,  or  more  rounded  outlines. 
Bark  grayish  or  drab,  thick,  hard,  deeply  fissured.  Sap-wood  not  thick> 
heart- wood  undetermined. 

The  Peninsula  Pine,  when  standing  alone,  presents  a  dome-shaped  form 
with  drooping  limbs.  Yearling  cones  very  large,  one  to  one  and  one- 
half  inches  long,  elliptical,  and  purple  in  color.  Mature  cones  abundant, 
many  years'  crops  lying  under  the  trees,  all  large,  broadly  ovate,  six  to 
eight  inches  long,  truncate  at  the  base,  mahogany- colored,  with  prickles 
strongly  reflexed. 

Group  5.  Heavy  Spine  coned,  Long-Limbed  Pines. — (P.  Caulteri^ 
Sabiniana  and  Torreyana,') — These  trees  present  the  ponderous,  massive 
and  coarse,  also  the  protecting  principle  of  the  multifarious  Pine  family. 
Inhabiting  hot,  scorched  regions,  contending  there  with  dwarfed  oaks 
and  "  chapparal ;"  these  trees  are  never  slim  and  feeble,  but  rather  broad- 
ened out  and  freely  branching,  ever  holding  aloft  their  enormous  clusters 
of  fruit.  The  exceeding  massiveness  of  the  cones  of  these  species  is 
noted,  and  it  is  claimed  with  much  plausibility  that  the  thick,  strong  and 
hard  investment  of  carpellary  scales  defends  the  ovules  from  intense  heat, 
better  than  a  light  one  could ;  and  it  is  also  claimed  that  these  scales  are 
a  defense  against  the  attacks  of  insects  that  infest  and  render  abortive  the 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


24©  MINUTES   OF  THE  SECTION   ON   SCIENTIFIC   PAPERS. 

seed  crops  of  soft- scaled  Pines  and  Spruces,  and  the  enormous  hooks  of 
their  cones  operate  as  a  barrier  to  the  predatory  habits  of  nut- hunting 
squirrels. 

The  cones  of  this  group  of  Pines  are  lateral  (arising  along  the  bearing 
shoots  at  some  distance  from  the  apex),  verticillate,  or  clustered  and  de- 
clined, mostly  not  falling  at  maturity,  but  persisting,  and  either  becom- 
ing inclosed  by  the  later  layers  of  wood,  or  the  peduncle  is  stretched  and 
at  length  broken  by  the  enlargement  of  the  tree,  and  the  cone  is  carried 
outward,  confined  in  the  bark. 

No.  13.  Pinus  Couiteri. — Big-cone  Pine,  Coulter's  Pine. — Trees 
usually  larger  than  those  of  the  next  species,  with  dark- green,  abundant 
foliage,  found  in  a  few  caflons,  and  other  sunny  localities  of  the  interior 
Coast  Mountains,  from  Mt.  Diablo  to  Santa  Inez  and  San  Bernardino. 
Leaves,  the  largest  known,  eight  to  fourteen  inches  long,  and  three-quar- 
ters of  an  inch  wide.  Yearling  cones  one  to  two  inches  long,  with 
shorter  appressed  scales.  Mature  cones  elongated,  elliptical,  of  match- 
less size  and  weight,  fifteen  to  twenty  inches  in  length,  half  as  thick  and 
weighing  five  to  eight  pounds !  The  large  scales,  more  gradually  taper- 
ing than  the  other  into  the  large,  unexampled,  incurved  hooks,  which,  on 
the  upper  (outer)  side,  near  the  base,  are  one  and  one -half  to  three  and 
one- half  inches  in  length.  The  seeds  are  quite  unexpectedly  smaller, 
about  one-half  an  inch  long,  and  one-half  as  wide,  but  with  large  broad 
wings,  one  and  one- half  inches  long. 

This  species  of  California  Pines  was  first  discovered  and  described  by 
Dr.  T.  Coulter,  in  183 1,  while  on  his  way  from  Mexico  to  the  Northern 
part  of  California  (then  *' Aha  California'').  Noting  the  arrangement 
and  elevation  of  the  different  ranges  of  the  Coast  Mountains  in  this  part 
of  the  State  (about  the  locality  of  the  present  town  of  San  Luis  Obispo), 
he  climbed  the  Santa  Lucia  Range  and  found  crowning  its  peaks  a  species 
of  Pine,  the  like  of  which  was  never  seen  before.  Tall,  branching  trees 
were  loaded  with  monstrous  and  heavy  cones  of  several  pounds'  weight, 
most  of  them  still  attached  to  the  trees,  all  armed  with  huge,  hooked 
spines,  while  the  large  leaves  were  half  as  long  as  his  arm  !  This  group 
of  trees  comprises  a  forest  of  some  considerable  extent,  being  several 
miles  long,  irregularly  distributed  over  the  flanks  of  the  peaks.  The 
largest  of  the  trees  are  one  hundred  and  twenty  to  one  hundred  and  fifty 
feet  high,  three  to  five  in  diameter,  and  with  dark,  deeply- fissured  bark. 
The  leaves  are  the  largest  of  any  in  the  whole  Pine  family.  The  male 
flowers  grow  in  tufts  near  the  ends  of  the  branchlets,  of  a  light  cream 
color,  the  spikes  ovate  oblong  (one  inch).  The  cones  generally  singly, 
but  often  in  pairs,  or  rarely  in  threes,  hang  in  an  inclined  position  from 
the  limbs,  their  shining,  spine-covered  proportions  half  protruding  beyond 
the  long  leaves,  often  a  foot.  This  Pine  is  found  at  altitudes  of  1,500  to 
7,000  feet. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


THE   PINES   OF   C  VLIFORNIA.  24I 

No.  14.  Pinus  Sabiniana — Gray  leaf  Pine,  Sabine's  Pine. — Trees  of 
the  hot  interior  foot-hills,  with  divided  or  branching  habit,  and  usually 
light  grayish,  glaucous  foliage,  which  is  generally  scant,  mostly  gathered 
at  the  ends  of  the  leading  upper  shoots,  the  other  branchlets  poorly  pro- 
vided with  few,  weak,  at  length  drooping  leaves.  Yearling  cones  globu- 
lar, an  inch  long,  with  long,  spreading,  hook-like  scales.  Mature  cones 
heavy — two  to  five  pounds,  broadly  ovate,  four  to  ten  inches  in  length, 
the  stout  hooks  abruptly  tapering  to  the  point,  one  to  three  inches  long, 
the  longest  being  at  the  base  on  the  outer  (upper)  side.  Seeds  very  large, 
sub-cylindric,  one-half  to  three  fourths  of  an  inch  long,  jet  black,  with  a 
very  thick,  hard  shell,  and  a  truly  delicious  kernel,  formerly  much  used 
for  food  by  Indians,  giving  this  tree  the  name  of  "Digger  Pine"  (from 
the  **  Digger  tribe  '*  of  Indians).  Wings  very  short,  the  thick  base  one- 
fourth  enveloping  the  seed  with  its  broad  rim. 

This  species  of  Pine  was  discovered  by  David  Douglass,  in  1830,  in  the 
region  back  of  Monterey  Bay,  and  named  by  him  in  honor  of  his  early 
friend  and  patron,  Joseph  Sabine.  It  is  the  **  Nut-Pine*'  of  the  foot- 
hills, and  is  found  on  the  lower  slopes  of  both  the  Coast  Range  and  the 
Sierra  Nevada,  occupying  the  drier  positions.  leaves  from  four  to  ten 
inches  long,  growing  in  threes.  The  woodpecker  selects  these  trees  as 
storehouses  for  its  winter  food,  cutting  holes  in  the  bark  and  putting  an 
acorn  in  each. 

This  tree  was  noted  early  for  its  divided  or  long- branching  habit,  its 
sparse  foliage,  and  its  light-greenish  color,  and  also  the  great  change  of 
appearance  undergone  by  the  cone,  which  is  during  the  first  year  rounded 
and  bright' green,  and  when  perfected  the  following  November,  elongated 
and  brown. 

The  Northern  forms  of  this  species  are  usually  marked  by  thinner  foli- 
age and  less  strongly- hooked  cones  than  Southern  ones.  In  the  Sierra 
foot-hills,  near  Auburn,  the  leaves  are  very  few  and  light-colored,  while 
the  tree  is  often  attacked  at  every  stage  of  its  growth  by  parasites,  the 
most  deadly  of  which  is  the  *'pine-girdler,"  a  certain  species  of  fungus, 
which  attacks  trees  of  all  ages,  but  especially  young  ones,  forming  swell- 
ings or  rings  on  the  limbs.  Often  nearly  every  tree  of  a  grove  will  be 
diseased,  and  dead  ones  are  seen  on  every  hand.  These  fungi  have  been 
described  and  named  as  Dcedalia  vorax. 

In  Southern  sections,  notably  in  the  southern  end  of  Sabine's  Valley, 
this  pine  is  much  less  attacked  by  parasites,  and  the  trees  usually  display 
heavier,  but  still  light  and  airy  foliage,  produced  principally  at  the  ends 
of  the  upright  branchlets.  On  the  Tehachapi  Mountains  the  trees  are 
quite  dark-green,  with  abundance  of  foliage,  large  cones  with  strong 
hooks.  The  **  Gray  leaf  Pine,"  on  account  of  its  divided  or  freely- 
branching  habit,  often  resembles  a  willow  more  than  a  Pine,  while  its 
light,  almost  pea-green  foliage,  at  a  distance,  resembles  strongly  clouds 

Of'"'^^^-  Digitized  by  Google 


242  MINUTES  OF  THE   SECTION    ON   SCIENTIFIC  PAPERS. 

No.  15.  Pinus  Torreyana — Torrey's  Pine,  Lone  Pine. — This  species 
presents  but  few  small  trees,  peculiar  to  the  sea-coast  in  the  Southern  part 
of  the  State.  Leaves  in  groups  of  iive,  vtxy  large  and  long,  eight  to  twelve 
inches.  Male  flowers  yellowish,  ihe  largest  known  ;  one  and  one  half  to 
two  inches  long,  and  one-quarter  to  three  eighths  of  an  inch  thick,  scales 
fourteen .  Yearling  cones  globular,  one-  half  of  an  inch  long,  on  peduncles 
of  one-half  of  an  inch.  Mature  cones  broadly  ovate,  four  to  six  inches 
long  and  very  heavy,  one  to  two  pounds,  with  broad,  thick  scales,  armed 
with  short,  quadrangular,  pyramidal,  obtusely- pointed  prickles.  Seeds 
very  large,  ovate,  sub-cylindrical,  one-half  to  three-fourths  of  an  inch  in 
length,  the  shell  being  very  thick  and  hard,  the  kernel  edible ;  wings 
short,  very  thick  at  base  and  enclosing  the  seed.  Cones  persisting  until 
the  fourth  season,  and  retaining  the  lower  portion  of  their  seeds,  although 
opened  the  second  autumn  preceding. 

A  singular,  very  limited  and  perhaps  expiring  species,  over  fifty  miles 
from  any  others  of  the  Pine  family.  The  trees  bear  well  when  quite 
young,  about  fifteen  years.  The  third  year  of  bearing,  the  cones  open 
and  discharge  most  of  their  seeds,  and  the  fourth  season,  they  usually  fall 
with  the  remaining  seeds  held  in  the  lower  fully  developed  scales,  leav- 
ing a  few  of  the  still  lower  undeveloped  scales  on  the  branchlet.  As  the 
visitor,  for  the  first  time,  views  this  curious  Pine,  he  is  struck  by  the  per- 
sistence of  its  character,  and  the  suggestion  naturally  occurs,  that  this  is 
the  species  of  Pine  from  which  most  might  be  expected  by  planting  it 
along  the  now  mostly  denuded  foot-hills  of  the  Coast  Range  of  mountains. 

Group  6.  Long  closed-cone.  Slender  Pines — i^P.  insignis,  P,  tu- 
berculata), — Cones  in  verticils  or  clusters  of  two  to  seven,  often  more 
than  one  set  on  the  same  year's  shoot ;  usually  strongly  declined,  hard, 
heavy,  oblique  and  gibbous,  on  account  of  the  outer  scales  near  the  base 
bearing  strong  knobs  or  tubercles,  but  unexpectedly,  these  not  perfecting 
their  seeds ;  the  rest  of  the  scales  flat,  or  nearly  so,  and  bearing  the  per- 
fect seed.  The  cones  are  usually  long  persistent,  confined  in  the  bark, 
and  serotinous y  /'.  <r.,  they  remain  long  closed,  retaining  the  small,  rough 
or  tuberculated  seeds,  with  their  vitality  unimpaired  for  an  indefinite 
number  of  years.  Leaves  of  medium  size,  three  to  six  inches  in  length. 
Male  flowers  very  small,  on  branchlets,  with  leaves  above  them.  Scales 
six  to  ten.  Small  trees  mostly  crowded  into  dense  groves,  tall  and  slen- 
der, but  broad-crowned  or  rounded,  if  unrestrained. 

No.  16.  Pinus  insignis — Monterey  Pine. — Beautiful  trees  of  medi- 
um size,  extremely  local,  with  headquarters  at  Point  Pinos,  on  Monterey 
Bay,  and  extending  along  near  the  ocean  from  Pescadero  to  San  Simeon 
Bay.  Leaves  in  threes,  rather  slender,  bright  green.  Yearling  cones  an 
inch  long,  early  gibbous  with  the  enlarged  scales.  Mature  cones  ovate- 
conical,  three  to  five  inches  long,  tubercles  at  base  outside,  large,  hemi- 
spherical :  prickles  very  small,  deciduous.     Seeds  pale,  strongly  reticu- 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


THE   PINES   OF   CALIFORNIA.  243 

lated  with  brown ;  wings  an  inch  long,  beautifully  veined  with  reddish 
brown.  Bark  thick,  fissured,  very  hard,  black  without,  bright  red  on  the 
inner  face.  Very  interesting  trees,  freely  growing  upon  the  but  recently- 
moving  light  sand  dunes  of  the  sea.  Readily  yielding  to  cultivation, 
and  very  fast-growing,  annual  layers  often  seen  one-half  to  one  inch  in 
thickness. 

This  tree  was  discovered  and  named  by  Djuglass  in  1830,  and  is  seen 
in  perfection  on  Point  Finos  (Pacific  Grove),  Monterey  Bay.  It  covers 
many  thousand  acres  in  the  vicinity  of  Monterey  and  Carmelo,  forming 
quite  a  forest  along  the  coast  between  these  places.  It  grows  sixty  to  one 
hundred  feet  high,  one  to  three  feet  in  diameter ;  shape  very  irregular, 
often  only  a  few  rigid,  much-spreading  branches  ;  foliage  dense,  and  of  a 
bright  green  color.  Cones  persistent,  ten  to  nineteen  whorls.  This  tree 
makes  an  excellent  quality  of  lumber,  and  is  much  used  for  building 
purposes. 

No.  17.  Pinus  tuberculata — Knob-conr  Pine,  Sun-loving  Pine. — 
Usually  small,  early- bearing,  crowded,  slender  trees,  rarely  found  on  dry, 
sunny  slopes  of  the  inner  Coast  Range,  and  the  Western  and  Northern 
hills  of  the  Sierra,  where  it  often  attains  the  height  of  forty  to  eighty  feet, 
with  a  diameter  of  two  to  three  feet.  Yearling  cones  reddish,  three- 
fourths  of  an  inch  long,  elliptical,  with  short,  appressed  scales.  Mature 
cones  long-conical,  pointed,  three  to  seven  inches  long  (shorter,  and  with 
shorter  tubercles,  in  the  Shasta  region),  leather  brown  at  maturity,  be- 
coming gray  with  age,  spreading  or  strongly  declined,  usually  in  full 
verticils,  but  little  removed  from  each  other,  and  persistent  on  the 
stems  and  branches  from  bottom  to  top  until  the  destruction  of  the  tree 
by  fire,  when  the  cone-scales  open  with  a  loud  report,  setting  free  the 
long-pent,  transparent-winged  seeds,  to  be  carried  away  by  the  wind 
and,  perhaps,  reforest  the  region. 

These  trees  attract  the  attention  of  the  tourists  approaching  the  capital 
city  of  the  State  by  way  of  the  C.  P.  R.  R.,  through  the  passes  of  the 
Sierra,  and  as  has  aptly  been  said,  **they  are  long  frettings  or  fringes  of 
small,  slender,  close-set  Pines,  decorating  with  light-green  banners  the 
copings  of  the  rounded  mountains,  especially  on  the  east  side  of  the 
upper  Sacramento  River,  and  extending  from  the  locality  of  the  present 
town  of  Redding  to  the  intermediate  slopes  of  Shasta.  These  long 
fringes,  and  in  places  more  compact  patches  of  trees,  compose  the  head- 
quarters of  the  curious  Knob-cone  Pine,  associated  in  places  with  Yellow 
Pine,  Gray-leaf  and  Sugar  Pine,  but  always  to  be  distinguished  from  them 
at  sight,  on  account  of  small  size  when  coming  into  bearing,  as  well  as 
by  its  peculiar  sun-exposed  positions." 

In  favored  situations  the  Knob-cone  pine  forms  quite  extensive  and 
exclusive  forest  areas,  swarming  so  thickly  upon  the  locality  as  to  render 
them  slim  and  tall,  sometimes  no  larger  than  a  walking-stick,  but  even 

Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


244  MINUTES   OF   THE  SECTION   ON   SCIENTIFIC  PAPERS. 

then  closely  and  regularly  studded  from  base  to  apex  with  whorls  of  long, 
narrow,  curved,  strongly-declined,  leather- brown  cones.  The  striking 
peculiarity  of  this  pine  is  the  presence  of  all  its  yearly  crops  of  cones, 
the  oldest  gray  and  weather-worn,  the  youngest  shining  with  yellowish- 
green  luster.  They  seem  seldom  or  never  to  fall  away  or  open  at  matu- 
rity naturally,  yet  they  are  sometimes  met  with  the  scales  of  the  cones 
turned  stiffly  backward,  releasing  the  seeds.  It  is  found  that  the  seeds  in 
the  long-closed  cones  are  always  in  good  vital  condition,  and  Dr.  Engle- 
mann  writes  that  "Seeds  of  closed  cones  two  to  eight  years  old  when  I 
collected  them,  and  then  kept  four  years  in  a  hot  garret,  germinated 
freely  with  Professor  Sargent,  of  the  Arnold  Arboretum  at  Cambridge, 
Massachusetts.  * ' 

No.  1 8.  Pinus  muricaia — Prickle-Cone  Pine,  Swamp  Pine. — Small, 
slender  trees,  rare,  in  few  swampy  localities  of  the  outer  Coast  range,  from 
San  Luis  Obispo  and  Point  Pinos  to  Cape  Mendocino.  Leaves  in  pairs, 
but  unlike  most  other  binate  leaves  \  very  long — three  to  six  inches. 
Yearling  cones  globular,  one-half  an  inch  long,  with  pointed,  spreading 
scales.  Mature  cones  nearly  sessile,  spreading  or  recurved,  in  verticils 
or  clusters  of  two  to  five,  often  of  six  to  seven  \  ovate,  and  slightly  gib- 
bous, tubercles  longest  on  the  basal  upper  side,  conical,  long,  incurved, 
one-fourth  to  one-half  an  inch  long,  all  sharp  and  persistent.  Seeds  very 
small,  black,  with  delicate  wings.  Timber,  under  some  conditions,  said 
to  be  hard  and  tough.  The  cones  have  been  known  to  persist  two  to 
thirty  years,  and  then  release  good  seeds. 

This  variety  of  the  Pine  family  is  found  on  the  western  slope  of  the 
Coast  Range  of  Mountains,  rarely  over  ten  miles  distant  from  the  sea.  It 
is  noted  for  its  low,  wet,  marsh- loving  habit,  its  small  egg-shaped  cones, 
with  permanent  prickles,  and  its  leaves  always  in  pairs.  Its  long-per- 
sistent and  long-closed  fruit  is  released  only  upon  the  most  favorable  con- 
ditions for  propagation.  The  tree  is  well  distributed  along  the  Coast, 
on  favorable  stations,  ready  to  press  in  upon  unoccupied  ground ;  and 
though  the  destruction  of  the  forests  of  the  Sierra  and  Coast  Ranges 
seems  imminent  (from  fires,  wood  choppers,  etc.),  this  species  and  its 
congeners  may  be  regarded  with  confidence  as  the  group  destined  to  re- 
clothe  our  mountain  sides  with  noble  forests. 

Mr.  Wenzell  read  a  paper  on  the  red  coloring  principle  of  pelargonium 
flowers : 

A   CONTRIBUTION  TO  THE  KNOWLEDGE  OF  THE  COLORING  PRIN- 
CIPLES OF  FLOWERS. 

BY  W.   T.  WENZELL,   SAN   FRANCISCO,   CAL. 

Amongst  the  principles  of  plants  exist  substances  which  are  character- 
ized by  possessing  particular  colors,  and  such  that  may  under  certain 
conditions  or  influences  be  changed  from  a  colorless  state  to  one  exhibit- 
Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


THE   COLORING   PRINCIPLES  OF   BLOWERS.  245 

ing  the  phenomenon  of  color.  The  former  are  usually  denominated 
pigments,  the  latter  chromogenes.  Some  of  these  belong  properly  to  the 
acids,  others  are  decidedly  glucosidic  in  character ;  whilst  others,  of  the 
nature  of  which  but  little  is  known,  might  probably  be  placed  into  another 
class. 

If  many  of  the  coloring  principles  do  not  assume  a  pronounced  acid 
character,  they  are  yet  capable  of  uniting  with  certain  bases,  such  as 
oxide  of  zinc,  oxide  of  lead,  alumina  and  other  metallic  oxides.  The 
great  evanescence  of  these  coloring  matters  is  well  known  :  many  of  them 
are  readily  bleached  on  exposure  to  air,  moisture  and  sunlight.  Chlorine 
and  sulphurous  acid  are  the  most  energetic  of  all  bleaching  agents.  The 
former  acts  either  directly  by  removing  a  portion  of  the  hydrogen  of  the 
coloring  matter,  or  indirectly  by  oxidation  in  the  presence  of  water, 
either  case  causing  the  destruction  of  color.  The  latter  acts  either  by 
reduction,  or  the  formation  of  a  colorless  combination  with  the  coloring 
principle.  In  the  latter  case  the  addition  of  a  stronger  acid  will  decom- 
pose the  colorless  compound  and  liberate  the  coloring  principle  and  thus 
restore  the  original  color.  The  complete  destruction  of  all  coloring 
matters  is  accomplished  by  nitric  acid. 

Of  all  vegetable  colors,  those  which  are  the  most  brilliant,  vying  in 
beauty  with  the  colors  of  the  rainbow  and  the  solar  spectrum,  are  found 
in  the  floral  leaves.  Behrens  tells  us,  that  these  coloring  substances  are 
much  less  perfectly  known  than  chlorophyll  and  its  related  principles. 
These  chromogenes  exist,  according  to  Behrens,  as  a  part  of  the  cell  con- 
tents, either  dissolved  in  the  cell -sap,  or  they  are  united  with  variously 
formed  granular  structures.  When  in  a  dissolved  state  they  are  supposed 
to  constitute  chiefly  the  blue,  violet,  rose,  and  their  modifications;  and 
when  mixed  with  granules  they  are  deemed  to  constitute  the  colors  yellow, 
red  and  green,  with  notable  exceptions  in  both  cases. 

Marquart  in  1835  separated  a  coloring  substance  from  blue,  red  and 
violet  flowers,  which  he  named  anthocyan.  He  asserted  that  this  blue 
coloring  matter  was  in  combination  with  an  acid  to  constitute  the  red, 
and  that  the  violet  was  the  product  of  its  combination  with  a  weaker  acid, 
probably  carbonic.  He  prepared  his  anthocyan  by  evaporating  a  hydro- 
alcoholic  tincture  of  the  floral  petals  made  in  the  cold  (the  tincture  is 
generally  nearly  colorless),  careful  as  to  dryness,  treated  the  residue  with 
water,  filtered,  and  evaporated  the  filtrate.  The  anthocyan  remained  as 
a  blue  hygroscopic  mass,  which  was  soluble  in  water  and  dilute  alcohol, 
but  insoluble  in  absolute  alcohol  and  in  ether.  Its  solution  in  water  when 
first  made  is  blue,  which,  however,  rapidly  disappears.  Anthocyan  is 
colored  red  by  acids  and  green  by  alkalies. 

Fremy  and  Cloez  call  the  blue  coloring  matter  contained  in  violets,  the 
blue  bottle  (Centaureacyanus),  and  other  blue  flowers,  cyanin.  They  ob- 
tained it  by  extracting  it  from  flowers  with  boiling  alcohol,  dissolving  the  . 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


246  MINUTES  OF  THE  SECTION   ON   SOENTIFIC  PAPERS. 

residue  from  the  evaporated  tincture  in  water,  precipitating  the  blue  solu- 
tion with  acetate  of  lead,  and  decomposing  the  green  precipitate  with 
hydrogen  sulphide.  The  filtrate  was  evaporated,  extracted  with  absolute 
alcohol,  and  the  alcoholic  solution  mixed  with  ether  to  precipitate  the 
coloring  principle.  Cyanin  separated  as  a  bluish  flocculent  precipitate, 
soluble  in  water  and  in  alcohol,  and  insoluble  in  ether.  It  is  reddened 
by  acids  and  turned  green  by  alkalies.  Evidently  this  substance  is  identi- 
cal with  that  previously  obtained  by  Marquart,  only  that  this  coloring 
principle  is  much  the  purer.  These  chemists  also  regarded  the  coloring 
matter  of  roses,  dahlias,  peonies,  etc.,  as  cyanin  reddened  by  acids,  and 
on  the  other  hand  they  believed  scarlet  red  flowers  to  contain  a  mixture 
of  xanthin  or  xanthein  with  cyanin. 

According  to  Filhol,  both  the  red  and  the  blue  flowers  contain  two 
coloring  principles,  of  which  the  one  is  colorless  in  acid  solutions  and 
yellow  in  alkaline  solutions,  the  other  being  colored  red  by  acids  and 
blue  by  alkalies. 

That  some  of  the  coloring  principles,  for  instance  the  red,  may  be 
changed  by  alkalies  to  blue  and  green,  and  the  blue  to  red  by  the  acids, 
has  been  demonstrated  by  the  writer  in  many  instances,  and  more  par- 
ticularly in  the  petals  of  the  horse-shoe  geranium  ;  but  there  are  again 
others,  which  do  not  behave  in  a  similar  manner.  The  flower  of  the 
crimson  dahlia  for  instance  readily  gives  up  its  chromogen  to  either 
strong  or  diluted  alcohol,  the  leaflets  lose  their  color,  and  the  yellow  tinc- 
ture obtained  did  not  change  color  on  the  addition  of  an  acid,  but  on 
adding  ammonia  the  original  red  color  was  reproduced.  On  preparing  a 
similar  tincture  from  the  yellow  dahlia,  this  was  also  yellow,  acids  caused 
no  change,  but  ammonia  changed  the  yellow  to  red.  Whilst  most  of  the 
floral  leaves  give  up  their  coloring  matters  to  diluted  alcohol  (equal  vol- 
umes of  alcohol  and  water),  the  yellow  coloring  principle  contained  in 
the  florets  of  the  marigold  (Calendula  officinalis)  and  the  purple  of  the 
flowers  of  the  four- o'clock  (Mirabilis  Jalapa)  are  not  dissolved  in  dilute 
alcohol,  stronger  alcohol  being  required.  These,  in  opposition  to  the 
nearly  colorless  tinctures  obtained  from  other  flowers,  are  strongly  tinged 
with  their  respective  coloring  principles,  and  these  colors  are  not  materi- 
ally changed  on  rendering  the  tinctures  either  acid  or  alkaline.  It  seems 
from  these  few  examples,  selected  at  random,  that  all  coloring  prin- 
ciples of  flowers  cannot  be  classified  under  the  two  heads  of  anthocyan 
and  xanthin.  Whilst  the  yellow  coloring  principle  of  the  calendula  is 
probably  related  to  xanthin,  on  the  other  hand  we  shall  see  that  in  the 
yellow  dahlia  it  is  quite  as  diff'erent  on  account  of  the  facility  with  which 
it  changed  into  the  color  of  the  red  dahlia. 

In  order  to  study  the  nature  of  the  coloring  matters  of  flowers  and  to 
either  prove  or  disprove  the  broad  assertion  of  Fremy  and  Cloez,  that 
scarlet-red  flowers  were  colored  by  mixtures  of  cyanin  and^xanthin,  the 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


THE  COLORING   PRINCIPLES  OF   FLOWERS.  247 

author  subjected  the  floral  leaflets  or  petals  of  the  scarlet  variety  of  horse- 
shoe geranium  to  a  chemical  and  spectroscopical  research.  This  flower, 
belonging  to  the  natural  order  of  Geraniacese,  commonly  known  as  the 
horse-shoe  geranium,  is  a  plant  characterized  by  the  feature  that  its  leaves 
are  always  marked  with  a  dark  concentric  stripe  or  zone  of  various  colors, 
hence  its  botanical  name.  Pelargonium  zonale.  Happily  the  selection 
fell  to  an  individual  belonging  to  an  immense  genus  embracing  numerous 
species  and  varieties  with  endless  differences  of  shades  of  color.  It  re- 
mained for  this  particular  flower  to  prove  that  the  conception  of  two 
homogeneous  coloring  principles,  to  which  all  the  observed  shades  and 
hues  of  colors  in  flowers  could  be  referred,  was  simply  a  fallacy.  It 
would  seem  probable  that  yellow  and  orange  present  the  simplest  type 
of  the  coloring  principles  of  flowers,  a  supposition  fully  in  accord  with  their 
greater  resistance  to  change  by  cultivation  and  chemical  influences.  On 
the  other  hand  we  shall  And  that  those  brilliant  colors  manifested  in  the 
blues,  purples,  and  reds,  are  capable  of  assuming  under  cultivation  and 
hybridization  endless  varieties  of  hues  and  tints,  so  extremely  sensitive  to 
external  influences  that  we  cannot  but  believe  that  these  colors  represent 
the  highest  types  of  development,  and  are  frequently  composed,  as  will  be 
shown,  of  a  number  of  distinct  coloring  principles. 

The  following  is  an  outline  of  the  course  of  investigation  :  Two  and 
one-half  ounces  of  the  fresh  floral  leaves  of  the  scarlet  horse-shoe  ger- 
anium |irere  covered  with  stronger  alcohol,  and  macerated  two  days. 
The  tincture  thus  obtained  was  allowed  to  drain  from  the  leaves,  an 
additional  4  oz.  of  the  alcohol  added  and  allowed  to  stand  24  hours. 
This  tincture  was  expressed,  mixed  with  the  tincture  flrst  obtained,  and 
filtered.  The  filtrate  was  next  treated  with  acetate  of  lead  as  long  as  a 
precipitate  was  obtained,  the  blue  precipitate  collected  on  a  filter  and 
washed  with  dilute  alcohol  until  the  washing  ceased  to  indicate  sugar 
with  Fehling's  solution.  The  washing  was  then  continued  with  stronger 
alcohol  to  remove  a  waxy  substance,  the  covering  of  the  floral  leaves. 
The  washed  precipitate  was  then  suspended  in  dilute  alcohol,  decomposed 
by  dilute  sulphuric  acid,  and  filtered  from  the  lead  sulphate.  The  solu- 
tion obtained,  which  possessed  a  beautiful  crimson  color,  was  then  treated 
with  American  isinglass  to  remove  the  tannic  acid  which  it  also  contained. 
This  solution  was  examined  spectroscopically  with  the  following  results : 
An  absorption  of  a  portion  of  the  yellow  rays,  together  with  the  entire 
absorption  of  the  green,  and  the  extreme  end  of  the  spectrum  including 
violet  and  purple,  as  shown  in  the  chart  and  marked  Fig.  i.  When  this 
solution  is  rendered  alkaline  with  ammonia,  it  changes  from  the  crimson 
to  an  ordinary  red.  Its  spectrum,  as  shown  in  Fig.  6,  demonstrates  the 
absorption  of  all  the  colorific  rays,  beginning  at  the  D  line  to  the  extreme 
end.  This  ammoniacal  solution  exhibits  also  a  green  fluorescence,  and 
the  red  color  when  viewed  by  transmitted  and  green  by  reflected> light. 


Digitized  by 


v^aogle 


248  MINUTES   OF  THE   SECTION   ON   SCIENTIFIC  PAPERS. 

The  filtrate  obtained  from  the  acetate  of  lead  precipitate  was  care- 
fully neutralized  with  ammonia,  and  then  liquor  plumbi  subacetatis  added 
as  long  as  a  precipitate  was  obtained.  The  green  precipitate  was  col- 
lected on  a  filter  and  washed  with  dilute  alcohol  until  seven  fluid  ounces 
of  liquid  was  obtained.  Then  the  washing  was  continued,  until  Fehling's 
test  gave  no  indications  of  sugar.  This  precipitate  was  suspended  in  dilute 
alcohol  and  decomposed  with  sulphuric  acid.  The  red  solution  thus 
obtained  was  allowed  to  stand  over  night,  when  on  examination  a  crop  of 
red  crystals  was  found  to  have  separated,  which  were  collected  on  a  filter. 
The  filtered  liquid  from  the  crystals  exhibited,  unlike  that  obtained 
from  the  acetate  of  lead  precipitate,  a  red  color  free  from  a  carmine  tint. 
The  spectrum  of  this  solution  is  shown  in  Fig.  2,  and  shows  a  complete 
absorption,  beginning  at  the  D  line,  corresponding  to  the  green,  blue, 
violet  and  purple  rays.  Its  ammoniacal  solution  gave  a  brownish  fluores- 
cence and  a  purpli?h-violet  color,  when  viewed  by  transmitted  light,  and 
a  bluish-green  by  reflected,  as  shown  in  Fig.  7. 

After  the  action  of  solution  of  basic  acetate  of  lead,  the  filtrate  from  it 
was  made  alkaline  with  ammonia,  and  regardless  of  the  turbidity  produced, 
a  solution  of  plumbic  subacetate  made  alkaline  with  ammonia  was  added, 
when  an  ochre-yellow  precipitate  separated,  which  was  washed  with  dilute 
alcohol  made  alkaline  with  ammonia,  and  decomposed  in  the  same  man- 
ner as  the  two  previous,  precipitated  with  diluted  sulphuric  acid,  and 
filtered.  This  solution  after  standing  deposited  a  larger  quantity  of  the 
red  crystals  than  were  obtained  from  the  subacetate  of  lead,  and  a  micro- 
scopical examination  showed  their  identity.  The  red  solution  drained 
from  these  crystals  showed  the  spectrum  shown  in  Fig.  3,  the  absorption  of 
the  extreme  left  encroaching  upon  the  red  beyond  the  C  line,  whilst  the 
absorption  of  yellow  rays  commenced  at  a  short  distance  beyond  the  D 
line,  continuing  to  the  extreme  end  of  the  spectrum.  Its  ammoniacal  solu- 
tion possessed  a  beautiful  led  color  when  viewed  by  transmitted  light,  and 
a  wine  color  by  reflected  light.  It  exhibited  no  fluorescence.  Its  spec- 
trum did  not  differ  materially  from  that  of  the  acid  solution.  The  only 
difference  is  shown  by  the  fact  that  according  to  Fig.  8,  there  is  but  a 
small  absorption  of  the  red,  and  none  of  the  yellow  rays. 

After  thus  exhausting  the  petals  with  the  dilute  alcohol  as  described, 
they  had  nearly  lost  their  color,  retaining  only  a  slight  pink  tint.  They 
were  then  macerated  several  weeks  with  alcohol  strongly  acidulated  with 
sulphuric  acid.  This  alcoholic  tincture  had  acquired  a  deep  red  color, 
and  when  subjected  to  spectrum  analysis  gave  the  spectrum  represented 
in  Fig.  4.  The  absorption  to  the  right  commenced  at  the  orange,  in- 
creasing gradually  in  intensity  to  the  £  line,  then  again  decreasing  from 
the  F  line  to  a  minimum  about  the  middle  of  the  F  and  G  lines,  and  from 
thence  increasing  gradually  again  to  the  end  of  the  spectrum.  The  spec- 
trum of  its  ammoniacal  solution  is  shown  in  Fig.  9.     It  shows  an  absorp- 

Digitized  by  VjOOQ iC 


BCTRA  OF  THE   COLORING  PRINCIPLES   OF  PELARGONIUM    ZONALE. 
AaB  C        Jf  SI  P  Q 


10 


40  5P   60    7f 

I    1    I 


hi 


80  90 

_L-L-J- 


totf  W  /flC  a^  'f  '^ 


=i 


Acidulated         Solutions. 


Ammonical 

Solutions. 

- 

■«> 

s 

-*^ 

^ 

6 

Digit  zed  by 


Goosjl 


CRYSTALS  OF  COLORING  MATTER  OF  PELARGONIUM  ZONALE. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQ  IC 


THE   COLORING   PRINCIPLES   OF   FLOWERS.  249 

tion  band  at  D,  showing  the  extinction  of  the  orange  and  yeUow 
rays  and  also  the  absorption  of  the  blue,  violet,  and  purple,  commencing 
at  a  point  midway  between  the  lines  F  and  G.  The  color  of  this  solution 
when  viewed  by  transmitted  light  is  a  light  purple,  by  reflected  light  a 
blue.     Its  fluorescence  exhibits  a  lavender  tint. 

The  crystals  obtained  from  the  subacetate  of  lead  and  ammoniacal  sub- 
acetate  of  lead  precipitates  as  stated,  presented  long,  red,  needle-shaped, 
semi-opaque,  microscopic  crystals.  They  are  very  soluble  in  water, 
sparingly  soluble  in  glacial  acetic  acid,  more  soluble  in  the  hot  acid. 
The  solution  in  glacial  acetic  acid  leaves  on  evaporation  a  violet  colored 
residue  which  does  not  show  any  crystalline  structure.  The  crystals  are 
insoluble  in  alcohol,  ether,  benzene,  petroleum  ether,  chloroform,  acetic 
ether,  and  amylic  alcohol.  The  aqueous  solution  presents  a  deep  orange 
color,  which,  when  mixed  with  three  volumes  of  alcohol,  acquires  a  rich 
carmine  tint.  This  alcoholic  solution  when  made  alkaline  with  ammonia 
assumed  a  green  color,  which  was  again  restored  to  its  original  carmine 
tint  on  acidulating  with  sulphuric  acid. 

If  to  this  alcoholic  solution  of  the  red  crystals  the  ammonia  is  again 
added  very  carefully,  avoiding  excess,  a  blue  color  is  first  produced ;  and 
when  sulphuric  acid  is  now  added  to  produce  the  carmine  color,  the  subse- 
quent gradual  addition  of  ammonia  will  cause  no  green  coloration,  but  the 
solution  will  pass  through  a  chromatic  scale  of  purple,  violet,  and  blue. 
It  is  of  importance  to  consider  that  the  solutions  of  these  crystals  treated 
with  ammonia,  and  thereby  giving  rise  to  these  different  colorific  effects 
of  purple,  violet,  blue  and  green,  are  characterized  by  spectra  showing  a 
similarity  of  phenomena  of  their  absorption.  They  all  have  an  absorp- 
tion band  in  common,  situated  as  shown  in  Fig.  10  between  the  C  and  E 
lines,  showing  the  complete  extinction  of  the  orange  and  yellow  rays,  the 
spectra  of  the  green  and  blue  solutions  being  identical,  and  in  the  purple 
the  position  of  the  band  is  the  same,  with  the  only  diff*erence  that  the 
band  is  narrower,  the  red  portion  encroaching  upon  it.  The  spectrum 
of  the  alcoholic  acidulated  solution  shown  in  Fig.  5  does  not  differ  ma- 
terially from  that  of  Fig.  2. 

The  ammoniacal  solution  of  the  red  crystals  exhibits  when  viewed  by 
transmitted  light  a  red  color,  and  by  reflected  light  a  green.  Its  fluor- 
escence is  red.  The  crystals  are  easily  purified  by  dissolving  in  hot 
dilute  alcohol,  when  after  cooling  and  about  1 2  hours'  repose  they  will 
separate  in  their  characteristic  form.  As  the  crystals  do  not  yield  an- 
thraquinon  when  heated  with  zinc  dust,  and  when  subjected  to  sublima- 
tion do  not  yield  pyrocatechin,  they  evidently  are  not  members  of  the 
aromatic  combinations,  or  do  not  contain  the  benzine  ring. 

In  conclusion  the  author  would  direct  attention  to  the  fact  of  this  paper 
announcing  the  discovery  of  a  crystalline  coloring  matter  in  flowers,  and 
the  presence  of  five  distinct  coloring  principles  in  the  petals  of  the  scarlet 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


250  MINUTES   OF  THE   SECTION   ON   SCIENTIFIC  PAPERS. 

variety  of  Pelargonium  zonale  ;  and  that  other  varieties  are  likely  to  be 
more  simple  in  color  constitution.  Thus  the  crimson  Pelargonium  zonale 
contains  only  two  chromogenes,  giving  respectively  the  spectra  Fig.  i 
and  Fig.  3  ;  the  others,  together  with  the  crystalline  principle,  being 
absent. 

Mr.  Wenzell. — I  would  mention  that  this  is  the  first  instance  where  a  crystalline  coU 
oring  body  has  been  separated  from  floral  leaves,  and  that  the  coloring  principles  of  flow- 
ers are  composite  in  their  character,  and  that  the  diflferent  tints  in  these  flowers  depend 
upon  the  different  coloring  principles.  (The  speaker  exhibited  various  colored  flowers.) 
This  is  a  geranium,  or  rather  pelargonium,  of  which  I  have  investigated  the  floral  leaves, 
commonly  called  scarlet  or  horse-shoe  geranium,  and  this  shows  the  leaves.  It  has  a 
brownish  ring  there,  to  which  the  name  zonale  refers.  The  others  are  varieties  of  the 
same  Pelargonium  zonale.  This  crimson  pelargonium  I  have  also  made  a  subject  of  in- 
vestigation, and  And  that  it  contains  only  two  coloring  matters — the  coloring  matters  des- 
ignated in  the  paper  as  Nos.  2  and  3.  The  first  is  wanting,  and  also  the  crystals.  This 
pelargonium  does  not  contain  the  crystalline  substance.  Here  is  another  variety  of  the 
same  kind.  I  have  not  investigated  this.  I  merely  show  it  as  a  sample  of  the  many  dif- 
ferent colors  that  may  occur  in  these  flowers. 

I  hope  that  the  subject  is  not  only  interesting  in  its  scientific  point  of  view,  but  also  in 
its  physical  characteristics,  namely,  the  coloring  of  the  flowers.  I  don't  think  there  is 
anything  more  beautiful  than  the  color  of  flowers. 

Mr.  Bedford. — Mr.  Chairman,  I  have  listened  to  this  paper  with  a  good  deal  of  in- 
terest. It  betokens  a  great  amount  of  research.  I  think  it  is  a  paper  that  will  please 
all  who  are  interested  scientiflcally  or  otherwise  in  nature's  products,  the  flowers.  I  rise 
to  offer  this  motion,  that  the  paper  be  received  and  referred  for  publication,  and  that  we 
tender  to  Mr.  Wenzell  our  thanks  for  this  very  able  paper  now  presented. 

The  motion  was  duly  seconded  and  adopted. 

Mr.  Wenzell. — I  am  much  obliged  to  the  gentlemen  for  their  kindness  in  acknowl- 
edging the  worth  of  the  paper,  although  I  don't  consider  that  it  is  complete  by  any 
means ;  it  is  only  the  beginning  of  work  in  that  direction.  It  is  true,  I  have  separated 
the  substance  in  the  crystalline  form,  which  we  can  analyze  and  determine  its  ultimate 
constitution.  But  we  do  not  know  what  the  other  coloring  matters  are,  and  it  must  re- 
quire a  great  deal  of  labor  to  determine  that. 

The  following  paper,  read  by  Mr.  Hallberg,  was  accepted  and  referred : 

ON  BITTER  WATERS. 

BY  ENNO  SANDER,  PH.  D.,  ST.  LOUIS. 

On  a  cold  day  last  winter  I  observed  in  my  laboratory  a  considerable 
deposit  in  a  bottle  containing  a  10  per  cent,  solution  of  sodium  sulphate, 
while  a  bottle  of  **  Rubinat  Condal  '*  next  to  it  had  retained  its  limpid- 
ity, although,  according  to  the  analysis  on  its  label,  it  contains  9.323  per 
cent,  sodium  sulphate,  and  so  much  of  other  ^Its  as  to  increase  its  solid 
ingredients  to  a  fraction  over  10  per  cent.  Thinking  that  an  accidental 
disturbance  of  the  sodium  sulphate  bottle  might  have  caused  the  deposi- 
tion of  the  crystals,  I  tried  to  produce  the  same  effect  in  the_i;ubinat  by 

Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


BITTER   WATERS.  25 1 

shaking  it,  but  could  not  change  its  appearance  in  the  slightest  degree. 
After  the  determination  of  its  specific  gravity  (which  amounted  to  but 
1.038,  and  indicated  a  solution  of  anhydrous  sodium  sulphate  of  only  4.3 
'  per  cent.),  I  came  to  the  conclusion  that  this  and  other  waters  might 
need  an  examination,  which  was  given,  and  I  now  offer  the  result  of  my 
investigations  of  some  bitter  waters  in  this  paper. 

The  name  "bitter  water"  has  been  adopted  from  the  German,  and  is 
given  to  those  strongly  purgative  waters  which  are  impregnated  with  a 
large  quantity  of  solid  ingredients,  composed  more  especially  of  alkaline 
and  earthy  sulphates.  The  latter  are  accompanied  occasionally  by  alka- 
line chlorides,  but  seldom  by  carbonic  salts  and  free  carbon  dioxide. 
The  presence  of  hydrogen  sulphide  is  generally  caused  by  a  reduction  of 
their  sulphuric  salts  in  contact  with  organic  matter,  which  latter  is  either 
an  original  part  of  the  composition  of  the  water,  or  an  accidental  addi- 
tion to  the  contents  of  the  bottle,  caused  by  careless  cleansing.  The  co- 
existence of  calcium  and  magnesium  sulphate  in  these  waters  led  Mitsch- 
erlich  to  attribute  their  presence  to  a  double  decomposition  of  calcium 
sulphate  and  magnesium  carbonate,  while  others  explain  it  by  the  action 
of  decomposing  pyrites  upon  talcose  slates  or  other  silicates  containing 
magnesium.  Thus  have  been  formed  in  various  places  layers  of  salty 
crystalline  masses,  and  not  long  ago  I  received  from  the  northern  part  of 
Arkansas  an  amorphous  mass  of  salty  appearance  and  bitter  taste,  which, 
after  being  dissolved  in  hot  water  and  filtered,  yielded  from  the  first  crys- 
tallization a  considerable  quantity  of  pure  magnesium  sulphate.  It  was 
accompanied  by  gypsum,  iron,  and  silica,  and  no  doubt  strong  bitter 
water  could  have  been  obtained  there,  if  it  had  been  dug  for. 

Bitter  waters  also  frequently  occur  in  beds  of  marl,  which  have  been 
formed  by  the  decomposition  of  rocks  containing  the  elements  necessary 
for  the  production  of  these  waters,  through  the  agency  of  atmospheric 
precipitations,  which,  penetrating  into  the  soil,  absorb  its  soluble  sub- 
stances. Such  waters  are  consequently  dependent  upon  atmospheric  in- 
fluences, and  demonstrate  it  by  the  inconstancy  of  both  their  ingredients 
and  their  temperature.  To  this  special  class  belong  those  waters  pro- 
cured from  wells  sunk  into  the  ground,  as,  for  instance,  those  near  Buda- 
Pesth  and  in  the  northern  part  of  Bohemia. 

Bitter  waters  are  limpid  and  devoid  of  color,  the  latter  rarely  reaching 
a  pale  amber.  Their  salty,  bitter  taste  sticks  to  the  tongue,  and  makes 
them  very  disagreeable  and  nauseous  to  the  taste — qualities  intensified  by 
the  absence  of  carbon  dioxide. 

There  are  many  bitter  springs  and  wells  mentioned  in  the  "Mineral 
Springs  of  the  United  States"  (Bulletin  of  the  United  States  Geological 
Survey  by  A.  C.  Peale,  M.  D.),  but  the  composition,  especially  of  those 
containing  a  minimum  of  from  50  to  100  grains  of  sulphate  salts,  is  known 
of  but  a  comparatively  small  number.     They  are  distributed  all  over  the 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


252  MINUTES   OF  THE  SECTION   ON   SCIENTIFIC   PAPERS. 

country,  but  the  fame  of  few  has  reached  beyond  their  own  neighbor- 
hoods, and  as  far  as  my  knowledge  goes,  none  are  used  commercially  like 
those  European  purgative  waters  so  highly  recommended  by  our  secular 
and  professional  press. 

The  "Rubinat  Condal,"  a  Spanish  purgative  water,  referred  to  in  the 
outset  of  this  paper,  claims  100.56  parts  of  solid  ingredients  in  1,000 
parts  of  water,  almost  all  of  which  are  sulphates,  and  with  this  array  of 
figures  proclaims  that  "this  water  is  superior  to  any  other  water  of  the 
same  kind  in  Spain  or  Europe." 

It  has  long  been  the  universal  custom  among  chemists  to  calculate,  in 
their  anhydrous  state,  the  solid  ingredients  or  saline  contents  of  any  sub- 
stance of  which  an  analysis  is  made  ;  and  when  for  any  season  this  rule  is 
violated  and  the  crystalline  form  of  a  salt  is  reported,  to* mention  the  ex- 
act combination  of  the  salt  and  water  which  go  to  make  up  the  crystals 
so  reported — a  proceeding  rendered  necessary  by  the  fact  that  some  salts 
combine  with  varying  equivalents  of  water,  according  to  their  different 
forms  of  crystallization.  It  must,  therefore,  be  surmised  that  Dr.  Canu- 
das,  of  Salada,  knew  of  this  established  custom  when  he  rendered  his 
report  of  the  analysis  of  Rubinat  Condal,  and  that  every  physician, 
pharmacist,  and  chemist — in  short,  everybody  who  is  acquainted  with  the 
rules  of  chemical  analysis — has  presumed  that  the  sodium  sulphate  and 
magnesium  sulphate,  both  ingredients  of  the  Rubinat  Condal,  were  cal- 
culated in  this  analysis  as  anhydrous  salts. 

As  mentioned  before,  the  specific  gravity  of  Rubinat  Condal  is  1.038, 
but,  as  its  analysis  claims  over  10  per  cent,  of  solid  contents  (of  which 
9.64  consist  of  magnesium  and  sodium  sulphates),  its  specific  gravity 
ought  to  approximate  that  of  a  10  per  cent,  solution  of  anhydrous  sodium 
sulphate,  or  1.092  (Storer's  Dictionary  of  Solubilities,  page  627).  A 
specific  gravity  of  1.038  corresponds  to  a  solution  containing  43  P^ 
cent,  of  sodium  sulphate,  and  to  9.75  per  cent,  of  Glauber's  salts  (ibid.), 
and  the  evaporation  of  100  cubic  centimetres  of  Rubinat,  which  were 
taken  from  the  bottle  at  a  temperature  of  60°  F.,  yielded  a  residue  of 
4.531  grains  of  solid  ingredients  ,which  corresponds  almost  precisely  with 
the  formula  of  the  analysis,  provided  the  water  of  crystallization  be  de- 
ducted from  the  figures  expressing  the  quantities  of  the  sulphate  of 
sodium,  magnesium  and  calcium.  The  determination  of  the  sulphuric 
acid  confirmed  this  statement.  Whether  this  water  comes  from  a  spring 
or  a  well,  or  is  simply  a  filtered  and  bottled  solution  of  a  crude  Glauber's 
salt,  I  have  not  been  able  to  ascertain. 

The  ''natural  bitter  water  of  Friedrichshall"  is  obtained  from  a  spring 
in  Germany,  which  was  known  and  used  for  manufacturing  common  salt 
as  early  as  the  twelfth  century,  and  for  Epsom  and  Glauber's  salts  since 
the  last  century.  It  occurs  in  a  bed  of  marl  formed  with  sandstone, 
gypsum   and  dolomite,  belonging  to  the  Keuper  system.     In   former 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


BITTER  WATERS.  253 

years  a  bitter  water  was  bottled  at  the  spring,  which  was  produced  by 
mixing  the  water  from  the  old,  weaker  spring  with  that  of  a  new  and 
stronger  artesian  well,  in  such  proportion  as  to  give  it  a  specific  gravity 
of  1.022,  and  it  was  introduced  by  Dr.  Bartenstein  in  1842.  The  analy- 
sis of  Justus  von  Liebig,  in  1847,  ^Y  whom  it  was  strongly  recommended, 
increased  its  popularity,  although  it  had  to  share  it  with  thf  Kissingen 
bitter  water,  the  production  of  which  in  almost  identical  proportions  was 
also  recommended  by  Liebig.  They  both  contain  25.294  parts  of  solid 
ingredients  in  1,000  parts  of  water  (Dr.  O.  Dirufsen,  in  Balneotherapies 
1876,  page  144-146). 

A  stronger  water  than  this  must  have  been  bottled  previous  to  1885, 
for  the  analysis  of  a  sample  taken  from  J.  F.  Heyl  &  Co.,  in  Berlin,  at 
that  time  showed  35.938  parts,  while  the  water  taken  from  the  artesian 
well  personally  by  Professor  Dr.  Oscar  Liebreich,  in  1885,  is  the  strong- 
est, and  contains  61.396  parts  of  solids  in  1,000  parts  of  water  {Zeitschrift 
fur  Miner al-wasser- Fabrication s  January,  1886,  page  249).  Since  that 
time  this  strength  has  been  kept  up.  I  have  obtained  a  similar  sum  total 
from  my  evaporations  with  a  specific  gravity  of  1.042. 

The  marl  beds  of  northern  Bohemia  consist  of  decomposed  basalt  and 
clingstone,  gypsum,  and  carbonate  of  lime.  Near  the  villages  of  Pullna, 
Saidschutz,  and  Seidlitz,  some  forty  to  fifty  wells  have  been  sunk  into  the 
marl.  They  have  a  depth  of  about  ten  feet,  and  serve  as  receptacles  for 
the  atmospheric  water  which  filters  through  the  strata,  and  in  so  doing 
takes  up  the  soluble  constituents.  For  this  reason  there  is  a  variation  in 
the  results  of  analyses  of  these  waters  which  have  been  made  at  different 
times.  Pullna  contains  32.72,  Saidschutz  but  23.21,  and  Seidlitz  only 
16.4  parts  of  solids  in  1,000  parts  of  water.  The  latter  spring  is  note- 
worthy from  having  given  its  name  to  the  well-known  and  popular  Seid- 
litz powders,  although  theyi  do  not  contain  any  of  its  ingredients-  The 
use  of  these  waters  has  become  limited,  and  their  importation  has  almost 
entirely  ceased. 

Where  the  bitter  waters  of  Buda-Pesth,  the  various  Hunyadis,  Stephans, 
Victorias,  Rakoczys,  and  some  thirty  more,  are  competing  now  in  a  hot 
struggle  for  ultimate  superiority,  there  was  but  a  large  pond  about  forty 
years  ago,  on  the  banks  of  which  crystals  of  sodium  sulphate  were  fre- 
quently found.  The  plateau  on  which  this  pond  existed  was  drained 
within  the  next  ten  years,  and  the  Kelenfeld  cultivated  with  great  suc- 
cess. Wells  then  became  a  necessity,  and  on  digging  the  first  in  1863  a 
water  of  a  salty  and  bitter  taste  was  obtained,  which,  on  trial,  promptly 
manifested  its  superior  medicinal  properties.  More  wells  were  soon  in 
order,  and  all  that  have  been  dug  have  produced  waters  of  similar  medi- 
cinal value.  Although  the  strength  and  quantity  of  these  waters  depend 
upon  conditions  similar  to  those  explained  above,  it  seems  that  they  are 
not  so  subject  to  irregularities  in  the  amount  of  their  solid  ingredients  as 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


254  MINUTES   OF   THE   SECTION   ON   SCIENTIFIC   PAPERS. 

are  other  waters  of  the  same  class — a  fact,  perhaps,  principally  due  to  the 
imperviousness  of  the  underlying  strata.  These  wells  have  a  depth  of 
from  fifteen  to  twenty  feet,  and  yield  more  or  less  water,  according  to 
the  season.  That  their  constancy,  especially  that  of  the  Hunyadi  Janos, 
was  maintained  for  a  long  time,  was  shown  by  the  similarity  of  four  anal- 
yses, made  .by  as  many  different  chemists,  during  the  period  from  1863 
to  1870.  Their  temperature,  however,  was  not  so  uniform,  and,  accord- 
ing to  the  season,  ranged  from  45°  F.  in  March,  to  56°  F.  in  September 
(Valentiner,  Balneotherapies  1876,  page  148). 

This  constancy  of  the  solids  has  not  been  so  well  maintained  during 
later  years.  While  Liebig's  analysis  in  1870  gave  the  sum  total  of  solid 
ingredients  as  35.055,  R.  W.  Bunsen  found  an  increase  of  about  10  per 
cent,  in  1876,  or  38.626  parts  in  r,ooo.  Whether  this  increase  was  due 
to  natural  causes  or  to  certain  manipulations  of  the  proprietor,  Mr.  A. 
Saxlehner,  may  be  a  difficult  question  to  decide,  but  it  can  not  be  denied 
that  he  was  accused  in  1877,  by  some  former  employes,  of  having  tam- 
pered with  the  different  wells,  mixed  their  outputs,  and  attached  to  the 
bottles,  which  had  been  filled  indiscriminately  from  this  mixture,  the 
label  bearing  the  analysis  of  J.  von  Liebig  for  well  No.  3.  There  are 
strict  laws  in  Austria  against  such  proceedings,  which  are  rigidly  enforced. 
Information  in  the  form  of  affidavits  to  the  foregoing  effect  reached  the 
authorities,  and  the  analysis  of  J.  von  Liebig,  which  used  to  grace  the 
bottles  with  its  bright  scarlet  letters,  has  since  disappeared  from  the  la- 
bels of  Andreas  Saxlehner*s  Hunyadi  Janos  mineral  water.  '  Meanwhile 
its  solid  contents  seem  to  be  still  increasing  ;  at  least  the  last  bottle  that 
I  examined  contained  water  with  42.59  parts  of  solids  in  1,000,  and  had 
a  specific  gravity  of  1.033. 

The  use  of  bitter  waters  by  persons  who  lead  a  sedentary  life,  and  do 
not  care  to  give  up  the  pleasures  of  the  table,  has  become  almost  univer- 
sal; but  the  taste  of  these  waters  is  abominable  and  nauseating.  How- 
ever, Professor  Dr.  R.  Fresenius,  the  eminent  chemist,  in  his  opinion  on 
Hunyadi  Janos,  has  given  a  valuable  hint  in  this  direction.  He  says: 
"Although  its  content,  of  free  and  half  combined  carbon  dioxide,  as  in 
all  bitter  waters,  is  not  large  by  itself,  it  is  not  insignificant,  and  no  doubt 
has  a  beneficial  influence  upon  its  taste.'' 

Every  one  who  has  ever  taken  Hunyadi  Tanos  knows  that  its  taste  is 
.  still  far  from  pleasant,  but  the  thought  suggests  itself  that,  if  a  small 
amount  of  carbon  dioxide  be  of  such  benefit,  how  much  more  influential 
in  this  respect  would  a  thorough  carbonization  be.  There  are  ^^xy  few 
pharmacists  who  have  not  had  some  disagreeable  experience  in  the  hand- 
ling of  imported  bitter-waters,  on  account  of  deposits  and  rank  odor,  a 
fact  which  has  induced  some  sagacious  dealers  to  ask  permission  to  draw 
the  cork  before  delivering  the  bottle.  All  such  inconveniences  could  be 
easily  avoided  by  the  recommendation  and  sale  of  carbonated  artificial 

Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


PICROTOXIN   IN   BEER.  255 

bitter  waters,  which,  by  their  correctness,  freshness,  and  comparatively 
fair  taste,  would  quickly  supersede  the  nauseating  imported  stuff.  And 
it  should  be  borne  in  mind  that  carbon  dioxide  is  acknowledged  to  be  an 
active  tonic  for  the  digestive  organs,  and  that  bitter  waters  impregnated 
with  it  will  tonify  and  strengthen  the  intestines,  while  without  its  aid 
their  prolonged  use  will  weaken  and  prostrate  them. 

Mr.  Searby  read  the  following  paper,  which  was  accepted  and  referred  : 

PICROTOXIN  IN  BEER. 

BY  S.  F.  HUGHES,  PH.  G. 

Beer  is  a  popular  drink  in  this  country,  and  its  consumption  is  incred- 
ibly large.  There  are  extensive  breweries  throughout  the  country,  and 
large  fortunes  have  been  realized  from  the  sale  of  beer.  Malt  liquors 
have  an  established  name  for  their  food  value,  in  virtue  of  the  diastase  of 
malt. 

A  large  percentage  of  our  fellow-men,  especially  the  inhabitants  of 
cities,  are  not  in  a  good  state  of  health,  principally  owing  to  the  wear 
and  tear  of  our  mode  of  living.  An  innocent  aid  to  nature  is  sometimes 
a  daily  necessity,  and  hence  the  assistance  of  such  a  ferment  as  diastase 
is  often  a  positive  benefit.  The  question  of  the  health  of  the  individual 
is  necessarily  an  important  one,  and  involves  the  perpetuity  of  society. 
Investigation  has  demonstrated  that  one  of  the  chief  causes  which  tend  to 
impair  health  and  shorten  life  is  the  adulteration  of  food  and  drink. 

The  general  use  of  beer  in  this  city  has  called  the  attention  of  the 
writer  to  this  popular  drink,  and  induced  him  to  make  an  analysis  of  some 
samples,  to  the  end  that  any  picrotoxin  might  be  detected. 

It  is  well  known  that  adulterations  are  often  practised  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  beer,  for  the  purpose  of  imparting  a  heading  and  frothing,  or  giv- 
ing it  a  bitter  taste.  Alum,  Chloride  of  Sodium  and  Gentian  root  are 
used  for  the  latter;  Capsicum,  Grains  of  Paradise,  Ginger  and  Coriander, 
are  also  added  to  give  pungency  and  flavor,  also  Cocculus  Indicus, 
Quassia,  Tobacco  leaves.  Yarrow,  Stramonium  seed,  Calamus  ;  Coloring, 
Copperas,  Aloes  and  i51ack  Pepper,  are  also  substances  more  or  less  used 
for  adulteration  of  beer.  For  the  purpose  of  giving  age  to  new  beer,  or 
make  it  taste  as  if  it  was  eighteen  months  old,  some  sulphuric  acid  is 
added.    (^On  Fermented  Liquors,  by  Lewis  Feuchtwanger,  N.  Y.) 

It  is  ascertained  that  whenever  beer  is  a  national  beverage  and  enters 
largely  into  daily  consumption,  its  adulteration  has  been  undertaken.  It 
is  only  a  few  years  ago  that  the  world  was  alarmed  by  the  announcement 
of  an  eminent  French  Chemist,  M.  Payen,  that  strychnine  was  prepared 
in  large  quantities  in  Paris  to  be  employed  in  the  manufacture  of  the 
celebrated  bitter  beer  of  England.  This  was  a  very  sensational  discovery, 
when  it  is  remembered  that  strychnine  is  remarkable  for  its  highly  poison- 
ous nature. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


256  MINUTES  OF   THE   SECTION   ON   SCIENTIFIC  PAPERS. 

The  English  government  took  notice  of  the  adulterations,  and  numer- 
ous acts  of  Parliament  have  been  passed  against  them ;  but  notwithstand- 
ing this  the  illicit  work  has  gone  on,  and  cannot  easily  be  entirely  pre- 
vented. An  authority  on  brewing  liquors  has  stated  a  variety  of  articles 
used  in  the  adulterations.  Among  these  the  most  deleterious  and  injur- 
ious is  picrotoxin,  which  is  the  active  and  poisonous  principle  of  Coccu- 
lus  Indicus,  and  is  used  as  a  substitute  for  malt  and  hops ;  it  imparts  a 
bitter  taste  and  has  an  inebriating  effect. 

Picrotoxin  is  a  principle  prepared  from  the  seeds  of  Anamirta  panicu- 
lata,  Nat.  Order  Menispermacese,  Formula  Ci.HjeOe.  It  is  a  powerful 
poison ;  a  dose  of  from  five  to  ten  grains  will  kill  a  dog,  and  a  tincture  of 
the  berries,  applied  to  a  child's  scalp,  has  been  known  to  cause  death.  It 
is  often  used  because  it  is  detected  with  great  difficulty. 

As  it  is  a  grave  truth  that  the  habitual  use  of  impure  beer  must  conse- 
quently undermine  the  human  constitution,  and  thus  make  the  merry 
beer  drinker  a  felo  de  se^  and  the  subject  thus  becoming  so  vitally  im- 
portant to  our  fellow  men,  I  have  carried  on  with  unabated  interest  my 
analysis  of  beer,  and  the  result  has  been  the  definite  discovery  of  the 
poisonous  picrotoxin  in  the  beer.  The  beer  we  drink  is  supposed  to  be 
a  fermented  saccharine  infusion,  to  which  has  been  added  some  whole- 
some bitter  principle.  It  would  alarm  the  beer  drmker  to  be  informed 
that  his  beer  has  been  impregnated  with  an  active  poisonous  principle.  I 
do  not  make  the  statement  that  the  brewer  puts  into  the  beer  the  picro- 
toxin, but  he  uses  an  extract  of  hops  which  contains  the  poisonous  prin- 
ciple, picrotoxin,  to  give  to  the  beer  its  bitter  taste  and  exhilarating 
effect,  and  these  remarks  apply  to  the  sample  which  I  have  anal)  zed. 

My  analysis  was  conducted  in  the  following  manner :  I  first  evaporated 
in  a  water  bath  two  bottles  of  the  suspected  beer  until  nearly  solid  3  this 
was  mixed  with  a  pint  of  distilled  water,  to  which  was  added  i  oz.  of 
animal  charcoal,  and  allowed  to  stand  several  hours.  This  was  then 
heated  to  100°  F.,  and  filtered;  it  was  of  a  dark  wine  color.  To  this 
was  added  some  basic  acetate  of  lead,  which  precipitated  gum  and  color- 
ing matter.  It  was  allowed  to  stand  24  hours  and  filtered  through 
animal  charcoal. 

To  the  filtrate  I  added  some  amylic  alcohol  (about  i  oz.),  and  allowed 
it  to  stand  24  hours,  frequently  shaking.  The  alcohol  was  separated 
from  the  aqueous  solution  and  the  aqueous  solution  treated  as  above  with 
amylic  alcohol ;  the  two  lots  were  then  mixed  and  evaporated  on  a  sand 
bath  in  a  porcelain  capsule. 

The  residue  was  re  dissolved  in  50  per  cent,  alcohol,  evaporated  to 
dryness,  recovered  by  a  little  distilled  water,  acidulated  with  HjSO^, 
boiled  to  expel  any  volatile  matter,  some  animal  charcoal  added  to  elimi- 
nate all  extractive  and  coloring  matter,  and  lastly  filtered. 

I  noticed  a  bitter  taste  in  the  clear  liquid ;  this  was  evaporated  and 
treated  with  two  ounces  stronger  ether.  GoOqIc 

igi  ize     y  g 


PICROTOXIN    IN   BESR.  257 

The  ethereal  liquid  was  separated  and  evaporated  and  the  picrotoxin 
collected  on  the  sides  of  the  capsule,  it  being  very  small,  but  a  sample  ot 
which  I  have  produced. 

I  believe  that  we  should  have  a  statute  law  passed  which  would  strike 
at  this  evil  of  adulteration  of  beer. 

A  large  portion  of  our  cosmopolitan  community  drink  "beer,  and  they 
should  be  protected  against  its  poisonous  adulteration. 

The  sale  of  picrotoxin  for  use  in  beer  manufacture  should  be  prohibited, 
and  the  safeguard  adopted  for  the  drinkers  in  other  countries  should  be 
copied  here.  While  the  apparatus  for  good  beer  is  by  no  means  perfect 
at  this  date,  yet  the  frothy  and  spicy  article  can  be  made  palatable  with- 
out  being  made  poisonous. 

In  this  connection  I  will  say  that  I  believe  that  more  attention  should 
be  paid  to  the  manufacture  of  pure  beer. 

Scientific  men  have  given  scarcely  any  attention  to  the  question,  which 
perhaps  they  consider  unworthy  of  their  study.  This  I  consider  a  pal- 
pable error,  and  it  is  likewise  erroneous  to  disregard  what  we  may  describe 
as  the  vulgar  necessities  of  the  world. 

As  votaries  of  science  the  duty  is  imposed  upon  us  to  investigate,  to  the 
best  of  our  knowledge,  the  topics  which  come  home  to  the  bosoms  of- 
men.  It  is  our  part  to  descend  from  the  ethereal  heights  of  our  empire, 
and  bring  our  knowledge  to  bear  on  the  arcana  of  industrial  art.  It  has 
been  justly  said  that  he  is  a  man  of  science  and  nothing  more,  who  knows 
only  how  to  make  science  useful  to  himself. 

The  social  question  is  one  of  the  foremost  with  which  we  occupy  our- 
selves at  the  present  day;  and  the  sanitary  condition  of  the  people  is  the 
gravest  of  all  social  questions,  for  it  vitally  affects  the  interests,  the  well- 
being,  and  the  existence  of  the  men  who  compose  the  state. 

To  prove  the  soundness  of  these  suggestions,  I  will  say  that  the  subject 
has  engaged  the  notice  of  eminent  men  in  Europe. 

The  famous  benefactor  of  mankind,  Pasteur,  aware  of  the  poisonous 
adulteration  of  malt  liquors,  has  endeavored  to  make  this  vice  unnecessary 
by  adding  to  his  other  fruitful  inventions  a  new  process  for  improving 
the  manufacture  of  beer,  for  which  he  has  received  letters  patent. 

A  wealthy  Danish  gentleman  has  already  set  aside  one  million  Danish 
crowns  (about  1 280,000)  for  the  support  of  a  laboratory  in  which  to  carry 
on  scientific  research  in  malt  liquors. 

The  first  report  of  work  done  in  this  laboratory  has  been  issued,  and 
it  shows  that  elaborate  researches  are  carried  on  to  establish  a  scientific 
basis  for  the  great  industries  of  malting  and  brewing,  and  to  secure  the 
people  against  the  employment  of  injurious  adulterations. 

It  should  be  recorded  that  the  founder  of  this  laboratory,  from  which 
so  much  of  scientific  interest  and  technical  value  has  been  derived,  is  Mr. 
J.  C.  Jacobson,  a  Danish  gentleman  who  owns  a  large  brewery  in  the 
neighborhood  of  Copenhagen.  ^^.^.^^^  ^^ GoOqIc 

17  ^ 


258  MINUTES  OF   THE   SECTION  ON  SCIENTIFIC  PAPERS. 

We  fear  that  it  will  be  near  the  Golden  Age  of  the  millennium  before 
the  brewers  of  this  country  will  open  laboratories  to  expose  or  extirpate 
the  deleterious  ingredients  of  these  malt  productions. 

We  are  fortunate  to  have  with  us  such  public- spirited  citizens  as  the 
founder  of  the  New  University  at  Palo  Alto,  and  we  believe  that  his 
patriotism  and  intense  love  of  science  will  lead  him  to  act  on  the  sugges- 
tion, such  as  we  have  here  made,  and  thus  bring  his  practical  benefactions 
directly  to  the  homes  of  the  people. 

In  conclusion  I  will  say  that  I  have  refrained  from  stating  the  label  of 
the  producer,  as  I  have  been  actuated  by  the  pure  motive  of  scientific  re- 
search, and  do  not  wish  to  impair  the  strength  of  my  statements  by  any 
inferential  or  direct  imputations  against  any  particular  producer. 

If  the  effect  of  this  article  will  be  to  attract  public  notice  to  the  facts 
which  I  have  stated,  and  thus  bring  about  an  improvement  in  the  proper- 
ties  of  a  popular  and  common  drink,  it  will  have  answered  the  honest 
purpose  of  the  writer. 

Mr.  Maisch. — Were  there  any  tests  made? 

Mr.  Hughes. — Yes,  sir,  several  tests  that  are  generally  used  for  picrotoxin. 

Mr.  Maisch. — The  assertion  of  the  adulteration  of  beer  by  means  of  cocculus  indicus 
is  not  a  new  one.  That  goes  back  a  good  many  years.  I  know  that  about  thirty  years 
ago  the  presence  of  picrotoxin  was  proved  in  some  beers  in  Russia.  That  I  am  satisfied 
of;  the  authority  from  which  the  information  came  to  me  privately,  was  a  pretty  good 
one.  A  number  of  us  will  probably  remember  that  some  twenty-five  years  ago,  or  per- 
haps during  the  early  part  of  our  war,  charges  were  made  that  whiskey  was  adulterated 
with  strychnine,  and  about  the  same  time  that  old  story  about  the  adulteration  of  beer  with 
picrotoxin  or  cocculus  indicus  was  revived.  I  made  it  a  point  at  that  time  to  go  over  the 
lists  of  importations,  and  while  I  cannot  recall  the  figures  now,  I  know  that  then  the 
amount  of  cocculus  indicus  imported  yearly  was  so  minute  that  all  that  came  into  the 
country,  when  divided  among  all  the  retail  apothecaries,  each  one  would  not  receive  two 
ounces  a  year.*  Now,  how  is  it  possible  from  that  amount  that  a  sufficient  quantity  be 
used  for  adulterating  the  immense  quantities  of  beer  that  are  brewed  in  this  country  ?  I 
cannot  see.  I  have  not  learned  that  in  recent  years  the  importation  of  cocculus  indicus 
has  been  so  materially  increased  that  it  could  be  used  for  the  adulteration  of  beer,  or  for 
the  adulteration  of  anything  else. 

There  are  members  here  who  know  more  about  the  condition  of  the  wholesale  drug 
market  and  the  kind  of  drugs  than  I  do ;  but  I  have  scanned  from  time  to  time  the  lists, 
and  I  have  not  been  able  to  find  cocculus  indicus  indicated  in  any  lai^e  amountf    Allu- 

*  During  the  year  ending  June  30, 1867,  there  were  827  pounds  of  cocculus  indicus  im* 
ported  into  the  United  States.  The  value  was  1^58,  and  the  duty  amounted  to  $82.  (See 
Proceedings  1868,  p.  309.)  For  the  three  years  ending  June,  1871,  the  average  annual 
importation  was  3332  pounds.  (See  Report  Chamber  of  Commerce  of  the  Sute  of  New 
York,  187 1,  II.,  p.  90.)— Editor. 

t  The  Oil,  Paint  and  Drug  Reporter's  Yearbook  for  1883,  p.  153,  gives  the  total 
importation  of  cocculus  indicus  for  1881 :  58  packages  and  6546  pounds;  for  1882,  50 
packages.  The  Druggists'  Annual  for  1882,  p.  15,  states  that  the  weight  of  original 
packages  (bags)  of  cocculus  indicus  is  40  to  100  pounds. — Editor. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


PICROTOXTN   IN   BEER.  259 

skm  was  made  to  an  extract  of  hops  in  the  market.  I  don't  know  to  what  extract  of 
hops  leference  htis  been  made,  but  I  do  know  that  in  a  part  of  the  State  of  New  York 
where  hops  are  largely  cultivated  an  extract  of  hops  is  made,  strictly  from  pure  hops. 
That  extract  of  hops  has  been  examined  several  years  ago ;  it  did  not  contain  any  picro- 
toxin.  Now,  whether  there  are  other  extracts  of  hops  in  the  market  which  are  thus  con- 
taminated I  don't  know;  but  it  seems  to  me  before  the  charge  is  made  that  nearly  all  the 
beer  in  the  market  contains  picrotoxin,  it  should  be  ascertained  whether  there  is  enough 
cocculus  indicus  in  the  country  to  supply  the  amount  that  would  be  necessary  for  the 
adulteration,  or  that  a  so-called  extract  of  hops  containing  picrotoxin  is  an  article  of 
commerce.  Years  ago  similar  charges  were  made  also  with  regard  to  the  porter  and  ale 
brewed  in  Great  Britain. 

Mr.  Searby. — Over  thirty,  to  my  knowledge. 

Mr,  Maisch. — And  I  believe  you  will  remember  also,  Mr.  Searby,  that  it  was  dis- 
proved. 

Mr.  Searby. — Yes,  sir. 

Mr.  Wenzell. — I  think  I  can  furnish  the  link  that  Prof.  Maisch  is  looking  for.  I 
examined  the  beer  in  this  city  about  three  months  ago  for  picrotoxin.  I  succeeded  in 
separating  picrotoxin  in  the  crystalline  form ;  the  quantity,  however,  was  small,  not  suffi- 
cient to  do  any  harm;  but  it  was  there,  there  was  no  question  about  that. 

Mr.  Hughes. — I  don't  say  that  all  the  beer  in  San  Francisco  contains  picrotoxin.  I 
examined  seven  samples,  and  only  found  one  with  picrotoxin.  Whether  it  was  put  in  by 
the  brewer  himself  or  by  the  party  v/ho  brought  it  to  me,  that  I  don't  know.  It  was 
brought  to  roe  to  be  analyzed  for  the  purpose  of  exposing  somebody;  if  was  when  the 
brewers  were  on  a  strike  here.  This  particular  bottle  contained  picrotoxin,  although  it 
was  but  a  very  small  amount. 

Mr.  Maisch. — That  alters  the  case  very  materially.  As  I  understood  it,  the  statement 
previously  made  was  that  the  picrotoxin  got  into  the  beer  by  reason  of  the  so-called  ex- 
tract of  hops  that  was  in  the  market.  Now  it  appears  that  out  of  a  number  of  samples  only 
one  contained  picrotoxin,  and  that  the  origin  of  the  adulteration  has  not  been  traced  to 
its  source.  I  don't  believe,  as  far  as  I  am  acquainted  with  this  substance,  that  the  use  of 
picrotoxin  or  cocculus  indicus  for  the  purpose  of  adulterating  beer  or  malt  liquors  in  gen- 
eral use  is  carried  on  to  any  considerable  extent ;  if  carried  on  at  all,  it  must  be  exceed- 
ingly limited. 

Mr.  Ebert. — For  the  last  twenty  years  I  have  come  more  or  less  in  contact  with  a 
large  proportion  of  the  brewers  of  this  country,  through  being  engaged  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  glucose  and  starch,  which  are  used  to  some  extent  in  brewing.  I  have  been 
present  when  experiments  have  been  made  in  the  use  of  these  materials;  and  when  corn 
and  rice  were  used.  However,  I  have  never  known  one  instance  of  any  other  drug  used 
as  a  substitute,  or  in  any  connection  whatever  in  the  brewing  of  beer.  They  use  chemi- 
cals when  they  get  into  a  difficulty — when  their  beer  seems  to  be  changing  or  when  they 
fear  there  is  going  to  be  a  loss  by  change  in  the  character  of  the  fermentation,  then  they 
sometimes  use  alkali  salts ;  hut  I  feel  certain  that  with  the  exception  that  they  wish  to 
substitute  a  cheaper  substance  for  the  malt,  there  are  not  introduced  such  substances  as 
alum,  chloride  of  .sodium,  gentian  root,  tobacco  leaves,  yarrow,  stramonium  seed,  cala- 
mus, copperas,  and  such  things.  I  am  positive  of  it,  gentlemen — just  as  positive  as  I  am 
that  we  do  not  put  up  strychnine  when  quinine  is  prescribed.  Such  charges  are  usually 
absurd  in  themselves.  I  know  something  about  this  extract  of  hops — that  such  an  ex- 
Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


26o  MINUTES   OF  THE  SECTION   ON  SCIENTIFIC  PAPERS. 

tract  is  made;  I  know  that  at  the  time  when  the  hops  are  in  the  market  jmd  cannot  be 
sold,  extracts  of  hops  are  made  and  sold  to  the  smaller  breweries  in  the  country  districts. 
No  other  ingredients  are  used. 

Mr.  Wenzell. — Except  gentian. 

Mr.  Ebert. — I  doubt  if  that  is  used.  The  bitter  of  gentian  is  too  powerful.  The 
brewers  attempt  to  make  just  as  pleasant  a  beverage  as  they  possibly  can,  and  an  extremely 
bitter  beverage  is  not  acceptable  to  the  great  mass  of  people. 

Mr.  Ray. — I  once  found  that  beer  had  quite  a  cathartic  effect  upon  me,  so  that  I  quit 
drinking  it.  Remarks  were  made  to  me  by  parties  that  the  beer  acted  on  them  like  a 
physic,  and  they  wanted  to  know  what  was  the  matter  with  the- beer. 

Mr.  Ebert. — That  physicking  effect  is  caused  by  the  corn  oil;  from  the  large  amount 
of  com  that  they  use. 

Mr.  Runyon. — In  reply  to  Mr.  Ebert  I  will  say,  that  at  one  time,  not  long  ago,  ex- 
tract of  aloes  was  very  hard  to  get  in  this  market,  owing  to  its  being  bought  up  by  parties 
engaged  in  the  manufacture  of  beer.  That  may  account  for  the  purgative  effect  that 
was  alluded  to  by  Mr.  Ray.  I  don't  know  that  it  is  customary,  but  at  that  particular 
time  a  large  beer  manufacturer  was  buying  extract  of  aloes.  I  don't  believe  that  they 
are  doing  it  now. 

Mr.  Ray. — At  that  time  I  was  interested  in  the  price  of  hops,  and  some  way  or 
other  we  could  not  sell  our  hops,  but  the  brewers  made  beer  just  the  same,  and  it  was 
just  as  bitter  as  if  the  hops  were  in  there,  but  the  beer  was  not  as  good. 

Mr.  Hughes. — That  little  reference  about  the  adulterations  was  copied  from  a  book 
considered  an  authority,  and  is  not  my  own  at  all ;  it  is  simply  a  copy. 

Mr.  Maisch. — I  presume,  one  of  the  authorities  Mr.  Searby  spoke  about,  and  whose 
assertions  were  disproved  a  good  many  years  ago.  I  will  grant  that  substitutes  for  hops 
are  occasionally  used  during  times  of  scarcity,  but  it  would  be  real  folly  for  the  brewers 
of  this  country  to  use  such  an  article  generally  as  cocculus  indicus  Does  Mr.  Bedford 
know  anything  about  the  quantity  of  cocculus  indicus  that  comes  into  the  market  at  the 
present  time  ? 

Mr.  Bedford. — I  cannot  tell  you  exaaly,  but  it  is  small. 

Mr.  Maisch. — Perhaps  some  of  the  members  may  remember  what  was  said  at  a 
former  meeting  of  the  American  Pharmaceutical  Association  many  years  ago,  when  a 
similar  subject  came  up.  It  was  then  stated  that  there  came  into  New  York  at  one  time 
a  quantity  of  cocculus  indicus  in  ballast  which  could  not  be  sold,  and  which  was  put 
away  and  remained  on  hand  for  quite  a  long  time  before  it  was  gradually  disposed  of. 
I  have  not  learned  that  it  now  enters  the  country  in  a  state  of  extract,  or  in  some  other 
form  by  which  its  real  nature  is  hidden.     If  we  have  only  say  five  hundred  or  five 

.  thousand  pounds  of  cocculus  indicus  coming  into  the  market  during  the  year,  it  is  cer- 
tainly impossible  that  it  should  be  largely  used  for  the  adulteration  of  beer.     I  will  say 

•  that  I  have  no  connection  whatever  with  a  brewery,  either  directly  or  indirectly. 

Mr.  Hallrerg. — As  this  is  a  subject  I  know  something  about,  I  would  like  to  say 
that  the  danger  in  the  adulteration  of  beer  does  not  lie  in  the  bitter  that  is  used;  it  lies 
n  the  fact  that  they  use  much  more  rice  than  malt,  and  that  is  why  we  have  poor  beer. 
I  don't  consider  weiss  beer  good  at  all.  It  lacks  the  constituents  that  malt  has,  and  as  a 
food  it  has  no  value  whatever.  If  the  American  people  would  become  r^ly  a  temper- 
Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


ACTIVE   CONSTITUENTS   OF   RHAMNUS  PURSHIANA.  26 1 

ate  people,  and  use  malt  liquors  to  the  displacement  of  alcoholic  liquors,  we  must  have 
the  brewers  make  true  beer  from  malt  and  hops,  and  not  these  villainous  infusions  that 
we  have  now  made  chiefly  from  rice. 

Mr.  Heinitsh. — In  1S46  or  1847  there  were  five  hundred  bags  of  cocculus  imported 
as  ballast,  without  any  sale  for  it ;  it  came  into  New  York,  and  was  bought  in  part  by  a 
firm  in  Philadelphia.  It  lay  there  for  some  years,  and  for  the  first  year  or  so  it  was  put 
up  in  the  loft,  till  finally  the  first  sale  was  five  bags,  the  next  sale  was  another  five  bags, 
the  next  ten  bags,  and  so  on,  till  finally  the  whole  of  it  was  gone ;  but  where  it  went  to 
they  never  knew. 

Mr.  James. — Cocculus  is  sometimes  used  by  certain  parties  for  the  intoxication  of  fish ; 
perhaps  that  is  what  became  of  that  lot. 

Mr.  Bedford. — Is  it  not  proper  to  expunge  that  portion  of  the  paper,  if  the  author  is 
satisfied  to  do  that  ? 

Mr.  Calvert. — But  you  are  forgetting  one  fact:  the  author  asserts  that  he  found  coc- 
culus indicus,  and  that  beer  is  adulterated  with  it ;  there  is  also  the  fact  that  there  is  on 
the  market  and  sold  commonly  to  all  the  brewers  extract  of  hops.  There  is  no  doubt 
that  beer  is  adulterated.  I  myself  have  been  poisoned  by  beer  in  this  city,  and  I  don't 
drink  any  large  quantity.  I  have  had  my  skin  in  a  condition  where  it  was  just  exactly 
as  if  I  had  an  intense  skin  disease.  I  referred  the  matter  to  some  physicians,  and  they 
told  me  it  was  produced  by  strychnine  poisoning.  Strychnine  produces  that  effect  in 
continued  doses. 

Mr.  Wenzell. — The  beer  that  I  examined  was  the  beer  commonly  called  steam  beer. 
It  is  used  among  the  lower  classes  of  the  people.  It  is  cheap,  and  in  order  to  make  it 
more  intoxicating,  that  particular  brewery  has  probably  availed  itself  of  this  substance. 
The  higher  grades  of  beer  have  been  analyzed,  and  they  do  not  contain  picrotoxin ;  it 
has  only  been  found  in  that  particular  low  grade  steam  beer. 

Two  papers,  on  the  Active  Constituents  of  Cascara  Sagrada,  and  on 
Salicylic  Acid,  its  isomers  and  homologuesj  were  read  by  title  and  re- 
ferred for  publication. 

ACTIVE  CONSTITUENTS  OF  RHAMNUS  PURSHIANA. 

(Cascara  Sagrada.) 

BY  A.  C.  ZEIG,  ANN  ARBOR,  MICH. 

Rhamnus  purshiana  is  a  native  of  California,  or  more  properly  speak- 
ing, of  the  Pacific  slope.  Its  name  was  given  in  honor  of  Frederick 
Pursh,  the  renowned  Prussian  botanist,  who,  in  1814,  gave  it  a  full  de- 
scription, which  fixed  its  place  in  botany,  his  investigation  having  been 
made  upon  specimens  obtained  directly  from  the  habitat. 

This  drug  was  first  brought  to  notice  by  Dr.  Bundy,  and  was  called 
cascara  sagrada  by  the  early  Mexican  settlers  in  California,  the  term 
meaning  holy  bark.  It  is  now  principally  known  in  the  Western  States 
as  chittem  bark. 

A  good  deal  has  been  said  of  late  in  the  various  journals  of  pharmacy, 
concerning  this  drug  as  well  as  some  of  its  galenical  preparations.  The 
high  price  which  it  has  commanded  in  the  drug  market  the  past  year  in- 
Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


1 


262  MINUTES  OF  THE  SECTION   ON  SCIENTIFIC  PAPERS. 

duced  a  great  rush  in  gathering  the  same,  and  has  had  a  great  tendency 
to  bring  on  the  market  a  drug  much  inferior  in  quality,  by  having  been 
gathered  out  of  season  ;  and  again  it  has  had  a  tendency  to  bring  on  the 
market  a  substitute  or  adulterant  (a  species  of  alder,  as  F.  A.  Beckett 
says),  which,  although  quite  similar  to  cascara  in  appearance  and  taste,  is 
of  no  value  whatever  as  an  aperient,  for  it  does  not  contain  the  active 
constituents  present  in  cascara  sagrada. 

As  to  the  chemical  constituents  of  Rhamnus  purshiana,  I  shall  call  at- 
tention to  what  investigators  have  contributed  to  our  knowledge  through 
their  reports  in  the  various  journals  of  pharmacy.  Prof.  A.  B.  Prescott 
gives  in  the  American  Journal  of  Pharmacy  for  1879  (^^^  ^^^  ^^  ''^^'^•* 
ences  at  the  close  of  the  article)  the  results  of  his  investigations,  both  mi- 
croscopic and  chemical,  among  which  he  reports  the  presence  of  three 
resins — a  brown,  a  yellow,  and  a  red  resin — a  crystallizable  body,  three 
vegetable  acids,  as  tannic,  oxalic  and  malic,  both  a  fat  and  a  volatile  oil, 
wax  and  starch.  In  addition  to  this.  Prof.  Wenzell  states,  in  the  Phof- 
maceutical  Journal  oi  1886,  that  he  has  obtained  a  substance  which  be 
describes  as  being  of  a  deep  orange  red  color,  namely  a  glucoside. 

Messrs.  Meier  and  Webber  report  in  the  American  Journal  of  Phar- 
macy of  last  year,  as  the  result  of  their  investigation,  the  presence  of  a 
vegetable  ferment,  glucose  and  traces  of  ammonia,  while  Dr.  Eccles  re- 
ports, in  the  Druggists'  Circular  for  i888,  having  discovered  the  pres- 
ence of  an  alkaloid,  which  he  states  he  has  separated  from  the  fluid 
extract  and  precipitated  with  Mayer's  reagent. 

Its  extensive  use  in  practice,  especially  in  the  form  of  the  fluid  extract, 
has  amply  confirmed  that  the  drug  possesses  decided  laxative  properties. 
Furthermore,  it  is  set  forth  by  some  and  denied  by  others  that  it  also 
possesses  tonic  properties.  To  which  of  these  constituents  just  enumer- 
ated could  the  laxative  and  tonic  powers  of  cascara  be  due  ? 

Messrs.  Parke,  Davis  &  Co.  were  kind  enough  to  send  me  a  sample  of 
the  drug,  and  I  undertook  to  estimate  the  quantity  of  each  of  the  differ- 
ent resins  present,  and  by  physiological  experiment  ascertain  as  to  which 
is  the  most  active.  Furthermore,  I  undertook  to  make  out  a  working 
formula  for  obtaining  the  resin  in  a  concentrated  form. 

The  method  suggested  by  Mr.  Wise,  in  Western  Druggist^  was  first 
employed  for  the  separation  of  the  three  resins.  A  fluid  extract  was  pre- 
pared, using  strong  alcohol  as  a  menstruum.  To  this  fluid  extract  was 
added  an  equal  volume  of  ether,  the  mixture  agitated  and  allowed  to 
stand  for  twenty-four  hours. 

The  ethereal  liquid  was  then  decanted  and  strained,  the  precipitate 
washed,  dried  and  weighed.  The  product  consisted  of  a  red  resin,  solu- 
ble in  alcohol  and  insoluble  in  ether.  The  amount  of  this  resin  obtained 
from  114  gm.  of  drug  was  6. 15  grams,  which  by  physiological  experiment 
appeared  to  be  quite  inert. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


ACnVE  CONSTITUENTS   IN   RHAMNUS   PURSHIANA.  363 

The  ethereal  liquid  was  next  evaporated  to  a  somewhat  syrapy  consis- 
tence, seventy  per  cent,  alcohol  was  added,  and  the  whole  allowed  to 
stand  for  some  time.  The  alcoholic  solution  was  then  strained  and  the 
precipitate  washed  and  dried.  This  precipitate  consisted  of  a  yellowish 
brown  resin,  odorless,  but  having  a  slight  bitter  taste.  The  quantity  ob- 
tained from  114  gm.  of  drug  was  1.23  grams.  By  physiological  experi- 
ment this  portion  showed  itself  quite  inert. 

The  strained  alcoholic  solution  obtained  as  stated  in  last  paragraph  was 
then  evaporated  to  dry  syrupy  consistence,  and  slowly  decanted  into  water 
acidulated  with  hydrochloric  acid.  The  liquid  was  now  strained,  the 
precipitate  washed  and  dried.  This  consisted  of  a  third  resin,  of  a  dark 
brown  color,  giving  an  intense  purple  with  potassium  hydrate,  having  a 
somewhat  bitter  taste,  and  an  odor  much  like  the  odor  of  the  drug.  Phys- 
iological experiment  showed  that  it  is  the  most  active  resin  of  the  drug. 

The  next  thing  in  view  was  to  obtain  some  cheap  and  practical  formula 
for  obtaining  this  resin  in  a  concentrated  form.  The  method  suggested 
by  Mr.  Wise  for  separating  the  resins  is  open  to  but  one  special  objection, 
namely,  that  of  being  too  expensive  a  method,  as  it  employs  the  use  of  a 
large  quantity  of  ether  as  a  precipitant.  Various  other  precipitants  were 
tried  instead  of  ether,  but  without  success.  Finally,  I  found  that  by 
using  dilute  alcohol  as  a  menstruum  in  percolating  the  drug,  very  little  of 
the  inert  resin  is  dissolved,  and  the  use  of  ether  as  a  precipitant  may  be 
avoided.  As  a  formula  for  obtaining  the  active  resin,  I  would  recommend 
the  following  : 

Rhamnus  purshiana,  No.  40  pwd 8  oz. 

Dilme  alcohol, 

Water each  q.  s. 

Hydrochloric  acid 2  fi.  drams. 

Moisten  the  powder  with  8  fi.  oz.  of  dilute  alcohol,  and  pack  it  firmly 
in  a  cylindrical  percolator,  add  enough  dilute  alcohol  to  saturate  the 
powder  and  leave  a  stratum  above  it.  When  the  liquid  begins  to  drop 
from  the  percolator  close  the  lower  orifice,  and  having  closely  covered 
the  percolator,  macerate  for  twenty- four  hours.  Then  allow  the  percola- 
tion to  proceed,  gradually  adding  dilute  alcohol  until  12  fl.  oz.  of  perco- 
late are  obtained,  or  until  it  produces  but  a  slight  turbidity  when  dropped 
into  acidulated  water.  Evaporate  off  the  dilute  alcohol  upon  a  water 
bath  until  the  percolate  is  reduced  to  a  syrupy  consistence,  and  pour  it 
slowly  with  constant  stirring  into  eight  fl.  oz.  of  water  containing  the  hy- 
drochloric acid.  Let  it  stand  until  the  precipitate  has  subsided,  then 
decant  the  supernatant  liquid  and  wash  the  precipitate  three  times  by 
decantation  with  fresh  portions  of  cold  water.  Spread  it  on  a  strainer, 
and  having  pressed  out  the  liquid,  dry  the  resin  by  exposure  to  air  at  a 
gentle  heat.  This  resin  dissolves  in  potassium  hydrate,  giving  an  intense 
purple  color,  which  disappears  upon  acidulating  with  hydrochloric  acid,j|^ 


264  MINUTES   OF  THE   SECTION   ON   SQENTIFIC  PAPERS. 

when  the  resin  is  again  precipitated,  and  may  in  this  manner  be  obtained 
devoid  of  bitterness.  Five  grains  of  this  resin,  a  bitter  resin,  had  a 
marked  laxative  effect  upon  an  adult. 

Now  as  to  the  glucoside  mentioned,  which,  according  to  Messrs.  Meier 
and  Webber,  seems  to  be  peculiar  to  Rhamnus  purshiana,  as  these  authors 
were  unable  to  determine  its  presence  in  Rhamnus  frangula  as  found  in 
the  market,  it  may  be  regarded  as  one  of  the  important  constituents  of 
the  drug  and  the  source  of  an  intensely  bitter  principle  (Meier  and 
Webber),  to  which  no  doubt  the  tonic  property  is  due.  It  may,  accord- 
ing to  the  above  authors,  be  obtained  in  quite  a  pure  state  for  examina- 
tion by  making  an  aqueous  percolate  of  the  drug  and  precipitating  with 
a  solution  of  subacetate  of  lead.  The  excess  of  lead  may  be  removed  by 
passing  hydrogen  sulphide  into  the  solution,  precipitating  the  lead  as  a 
sulphide,  and  filtering.  This  filtrate  shows  decided  chemical  change 
when  boiled  with  sulphuric  or  hydrochloric  acid,  giving  off  a  peculiar 
odor.  When  examined  with  the  aid  of  a  microscope  there  is  visible  an 
oily  and  resinous  substance  with  small  crystals  distributed  through  it. 
This  resinous  substance  appears  to  be  soluble  in  alcohol  or  potassium  hy- 
drate, and  insoluble  in  water.  With  potassium  hydrate,  it  turns  a  reddish 
brown.  As  the  glucoside  is  capable  of  decomposition  when  treated  with 
acids  in  a  test  tube,  it  would  likewise  be  capable  of  decomposition  in  the 
gastric  juice  of  the  stomach  (Meier  and  Webber),  whicH  contains  two- 
tenths  of  one  per  cent,  of  hydrochloric  acid. 

The  resins,  as  has  been  stated  before,  may  be  obtained  devoid  of  bit- 
terness, while  the  glucoside  is  in  itself  not  bitter  (Meier  and  Webber), 
but  is  the  source  of  the  bitter  principle  when  treated  with  acids;  there- 
fore it  appears  possible  that  there  may  be  made  a  preparation  of  cascara 
sagrada  quite  tasteless,  yet  containing  all  the  active  constituents  to  which 
both  its  laxative  and  tonic  properties  are  due. 

The  following  is  a  list  of  references  on  the  constituents  of  Rhamnus 
purshiana  (Cascara  Sagrada) : 

Prescott,  1879:  New  Preparations,  Detroit,  3,  27;  Am.  Jour.  Phar., 
51,  165 ;  Archiv.  der  Phar.  [3]  i5»  547- 

Wenzell,  1886:  Phar.  Rundschau,  4,  79;  Proc.  Am.  Phar.  Assoc., 
34,  462. 

Limousin,  1886:  Phar.  Jour.  Trans.  [3]  15,  615. 

Wise,  H.,  1885:  Western  Druggist,  7,  125. 

Eccles,  R.  G.,  1888:  Druggists'  Circular,  page  54,  March;  Proc. 
Am.  Phar.  Assoc,  36,  402. 

SCHWABE,  P.,  1888:  Archiv  der  Phar. 

Meier  and  Webber,  1888:  Am.  Jour.  Phar.,  60,  87;  Proc.  Am. 
Phar.  Assoc,  36,  400. 

FuGE,  H.  D.,  1889:  Phar.  Jour.  Trans.  [3]  18,  736.     On  Galenicals. 

University  of  Michigan,  June,  1889. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


SALICYLIC  ACID,  ITS   ISOMERS   AND   HOMOLOGUES.  265 

SALICYLIC  ACID,  ITS  ISOMERS  AND  HOMOLOGUES. 

B\  BERNARD  C.  HESSE,  ANN  ARBOR,   MICH. 

The  object  is  to  ascertain  some  ready  and  practical  method  for  the 
determination  of  the  isomers  and  homologues  of  salicylic  acid,  as  present 
in  this  article  when  made  from  carbolic  acid  [A].* 

SYNOPSIS. 

I.  Estimation  of  the  carbon  dioxide  evolved  when  the  acids  are  heated  : 
I.  With  lime. 

II.  With  concentrated  hydrochloric  acid,  and 

III.  With  concentrated  phosphoric  acid. 

«.  Determining  the  amount  of  U.  S.  P.  hydrochloric  acid  required  to 
discharge  the  color  produced  by  ferric  chloride. 

3.  Determining  the  amount  of  ammonia  required  to  neutralize  the 
acids. 

4.  By  the  use  of  copper  sulphate  solution  : 
I.  In  the  presence  of  alkali  hydrates. 

II.  With  the  use  of  hydrochloric  acid  to  destroy  the  green  color 
produced  in  solution  of  salicylates. 

5.  Comparison  of  these  methods  as  well  as  others  on  a  commercial 
sample,  with  interpretations. 

6.  Tabular  view  of  the  leading  features  of  the  six  acids  liable  to  be  in 
salicylic  acid  when  made  from  carbolic  acid. 

7.  References  and  literature. 

/.  Estimation  of  the  carbon  dioxide  evolved  when  the  acids  are  heated : 

(i)  With  lime. 

This  depends  on  the  fact  that  when  salicylic  acid  and  its  homologues 
are  heated  with  lime  [B],  they  yield  their  corresponding  phenols  and  car- 
bon dioxide. 

The  object  was  to  decompose  salicylic  acid  by  means  of  lime  and  heat ; 
then  to  estimate  the  amount  of  carbon  dioxide  retained  by  the  lime. 
This  was  attempted  but  once,  when  its  defects  became  so  obvious  that  it 
was  given  up. 

These  defects  were  as  follows :  first,  that  the  amount  of  carbon  dioxide 
previously  combined  with  the  lime  was  very  considerable  and  variable  \ 
second,  that  the  absorption  of  carbon  dioxide  by  the  lime  would  be  very 
variable,  and  dependent  in  a  great  measure  on  circumstances  and  condi- 
tions.   One  estimation  was  made  which  gave  altogether  too  high  results. 

(2)  When  heated  with  concentrated  hydrochloric  acid. 

This  depends  on  the  fact  that  when  salicylic  acid  [C],  its  isomers  [C], 
and  its  homologues  [D],  are  heated  with  hydrochloric  acid  they  yield  their 
corresponding  phenols  and  carbon  dioxide.  The  temperatures  of  decom- 
position are  for : 

^  •  See  reference  at  the  end  of  this  article. 

'  Digitized  by  VjOOQ IC 


266 


MINUTES   OF  THE   SECTION   ON   SQENTIFIC  PAPERS. 


Orthohydroxybenzoic  acid 140°  to  145®  C. 

Metahydroxybenzoic  acid a  very  high  heat. 

Parahydroxy benzoic  acid 135**  to  145®  C. 

Cresotic  acid  1:2:3 210®  C. 

Cresotic  acid  1:2:4 170**  C. 

Cresotic  acid  1:2:5 *So®  to  '^5**  C- 

The  operation  was  as  follows :  Place  a  weighed  quantity  of  salicylic 
acid  in  a  flask  with  an  excess  of  concentrated  hydrochloric  acid.  Con- 
nect this  flask  with  another  smaller  flask  containing  sulphuric  acid — 
this  is  to  take  up  moisture  and  phenol  [E]. 

The  tube  from  the  first  flask  is  to  be  about  one-quarter  inch  above  the 
surface  of  the  sulphuric  acid.  This  flask  is  then  connected  with  a  cal- 
cium chloride  tube  containing  concentrated  sulphuric  acid,  to  take  up  any 
phenol  which  may  have  escaped  the  sulphuric  acid  in  the  flask.  This 
calcium  chloride  tube  was  connected  with  a  U  tube  containing  granulated 
calcium  chloride,  and  this  with  another  calcium  chloride  tube  containing 
in  one  arm  calcium  chloride  and  in  the  other  copper  sulphate  (anhydrous) 
and  pumice  stone.  Then  came  the  potash  bulbs,  followed  by  a  calcium 
chloride  tube  containing  soda-lime  and  calcium  chloride,  and  finally  a 
bottle  aspirator.  But  it  was  found  that  hydrochloric  acid  could  not  be 
used,  because  it  was  all  dissipated  before  even  80°  C.  was  reached. 

Concentrated  orthophosphoric  acid  (HI.)  was  next  employed  with  sat- 
isfactory results.  This  acid  decomposes  salicylic  acid  at  120°  C.  (F), 
but  no  statement  could  be  found  as  to  its  action  on  the  isomers  and  homo- 
logues.  It  was  found  that  the  decomposing  flask  could  be  heated  very 
well  in  a  copper  water  bath  lined  with  pieces  of  asbestos  felt.  In  the  fol- 
lowing table  are  expressed  the  theoretical  amounts  of  carbon  dioxide 
which  diflerent  mixtures  of  salicylic  and  cresotic  acids  should  yield  when 
decomposed  into  phenol  and  carbon  dioxide. 


5 
•5 


^2. 

a. 


100 

95 
90 

f5 
80 

75 
70 

65 
60 

55 
50 


Per  CCE 
droxyto 

1? 

0  2» 

Wt.  ofC 
grams  of  t 

l! 

1? 

1^ 

c-r 

"p 

KP 

n  S 

c^ 

»p 

n  0 

II 

E  s 

1 

r^ 

i« 

>c   0 

3  - 

3cn 

3  ^ 

0 

0.3196 

1 
4.7940 

45 

55 

0.3021 

5 

0.3181 

4.7715 

40 

60 

0.3016 

10 

0.3166 

4.7490       ' 

35 

65 

0.3001 

15 

0-3151 

4-7265    ! 

30 

70 

0.2986 

20 

0.3136 

4.7040    1 

25 

75 

0.2971 

25 

0.3121 

4.6815 

20 

80 

0.2956 

30 

0.3106 

4.6590 

«5 

85 

0.2941 

35 

0.3091 

4.6365 

10 

90 

0.2926 

40 

0.3076 

4.6140 

5 

95 

0.291 1 

45 

0.3061 

4.5915 

0 

100 

0.290E 

50 

0.3046 

4.5690 

»  o 

o  »*» 

58 
3j: 


45465 
4.5240 
4.5015 
4.4790 
4.4565 
4.4340 
4.41 15 
4.3^90 
4.3665 

4.35  "5 


Google 


Digitized  by 


SALICYLIC  ACID,  IIS  ISOMERS  AND   HOMOLOGUIS. 


267 


On  trying  this  method  with  a  salicylic  acid  made  from  oil  of  winter- 
green  by  saponifying  with  potassium  hydrate,  decomposing  the  soap  with 
hydrochloric  acid  and  recrystallizing  three  times  from  hot  water  and 
twice  from  alcohol,  but  without  treatment  with  animal  charcoal,  the  fol- 
lowing results  were  obtained : 


Amount  of  acids 
taken  in  grams. 

CO, 
obtained. 

CO,  ob- 
tained fig- 
ured to  the 

amount 
from  I  gm 

Difference 

plus  or 

minus  from 

0.3196 

Per  cent,  of 

CO,  ob- 
tained 0.31- 
96=100 
per  cent. 

Interpretation  of 

results  according  to 

table  above. 

I.  1. 0105 

II.  0.4275 
in.  0.312 
IV.  0.9922 

V.  1. 0000 

0.3048 

0.2I35 
0.1 130 
0.3005 

0.3003 

0.30163 

0.49473 

0.3621 

0.3028 

0.3030 

—0.0033 

+0.17513 

+0.0425 

—0.0168 

— 0.0166 

94.408 

154.8 
113.29 

94.74 
94.806 

60  per  cent,  cre- 
sotic  acid. 

Between  55  and  60 

per  cent,  of  ere- 

sotic  acid. 

Ditto. 

From  the  above  table  it  will  be  seen  that  experiments  I.,  IV.,  and  V., 
are  about  six  per  cent,  too  low,  and  that  among  themselves  they  agree 
quite  closely.  This  low  yield  of  carbon  dioxide  can  only  be  explained 
by  the  fact  that  the  acid  used  was  in  very  large  crystals^  which  may  have 
mechanically  retained  some  impurities  which  simple  recrystallization 
could  not  remove.  Experiments  XL  and  III.  are  very  much  too  high. 
This  may  be  explained  by  the  fact  that  the  apparatus  "sucked  back," 
during  the  operation,  drawing  some  sulphuric  acid  from  the  drying  flask 
into  the  decomposing  flask.  The  sulphuric  acid  charred  3ome  of  the  sali- 
cylic acid,  and  the  resulting  carbon  reduced  the  sulphuric  acid  to  sulphur 
dioxide,  which  was  absorbed  in  the  potash  bulbs  and  weighed  as  carbon 
dioxide.     Attention  has  been  called  to  this  point  in  1880  by  B.  Van- 

gel  [F]. 

In  the  interpretation  of  the  results  in  the  above  table  it  was  assumed 
that  the  isomers  and  homologues  would  also  be  decomposed  at  180^  to 
200°  C,  to  which  temperatures  the  flask  was  heated.  When  this  was 
tried  on  a  commercial  sample  yielding  by  acidimetry,  as  proposed  by  Mr. 
E.  E.  Ewell  [G],  figures  corresponding  to  35  or  40  per  cent,  of  cresotic 
acids,  191. 4  milligrams  of  carbon  dioxide  were  obtained  from  one  gram 
of  the  sample. 

This  is  too  low,  even  though  the  acid  be  pure  hydroxytoluic  acid.  But 
if  this  carbon  dioxide  is  now  calculated  into  salicylic  acid,  600. 28  mgms. 
will  be  obtained  as  the  amount  of  salicylic  acid  in  one  gram  of  the  acid 
taken.  This  corresponds  to  60.028  per  cent.,  almost  in  accordance  with 
the  results  obtained  by  acidimetry.     Attention  is  called  to  the  statement 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


268  MINUTES  OF  THE   SECTION  ON   SCIENTIFIC   PAPERS. 

of  B.  Vangel  [F],  that  when  salicylic  acid  is  heated  with  syrupy  phos- 
phoric acid,  it  decomposes  at  120**;  at  159°  a  portion  of  the  undecom- 
posed  acid  sublimes.  It  was  found  that  a  very  large  amount  of  crystals 
had  sublimed  to  the  top  of  the  flask,  when  88°  C.  had  been  reached.  In 
two  other  cases  sublimation  was  observed  at  42*^  C.  and  55°  C.  In  the 
first  case  the  phosphoric  acid  was  poured  so  as  to  have  the  salicylic  acid 
on  its  surface  as  much  as  possible,  and  in  the  second  case  the  acids  were 
well  intermixed. 

It  was  also  found  that  when  a  commercial  acid  was  subjected  to  heat  in 
a  drying-oven,  sublimation  began  at  about  73®  C,  and  when  90°  C.  had 
been  reached  the  sublimate  had  become  very  large  in  quantity.  These 
results  practically  confirm  those  of  Mr.  Ewell  [G].  It  is  perhaps  worthy 
of  notice  that  the  sulphuric  acid  retained  all  the  phenol,  and  only  once  in 
thirteen  instances  did  any  phenol  get  into  the  potash  bulbs,  as  was  at- 
tested by  bromine  water  after  the  excess  of  alkali  had  been  neutralized. 

2.  Determining  the  amount  of  (7,  S,  P,  hydrochloric  acid  required  to 
discharge  the  color  produced  by  ferric  chloride. 

When  salicylic  acid  is  treated  with  ferric  chloride,  a  purple  color  re- 
sults, which  is  discharged  by  hydrochloric,  acetic,  and  other  acids  [H]. 
On  these  facts  experiments  were  made,  to  base  some  method  of  estimating 
the  amount  of  salicylic  acid  present  in  mixtures  of  its  isomers  and  homo- 
logues.     These  acids  react  with  ferric  chloride  as  follows  [D  and  K.] : 

Ortho  hydroxybenzoic  acid a  violet  color. 

Meta-hydroxybenzoic  acid   .  no  color. 

Para-hydroxybenzoic  acid    ••• yellow  precipitate. 

Cresotic  acid  1:2:3 intense  violet. 

Cresotic  acid  1:2:4 intense  violet. 

Cresotic  acid  1:2:5 hlue  violet. 

Experiments  were  made  as  follows  : 

A  solution  of  salicylic  acid,  containing  2  mgms.  of  acid  to  each  cc. 
was  made  up ;  also  a  solution  of  ferric  chloride  containing  66.6  per  cent, 
of  ferric  chloride  and  some  U.  S.  P.  hydrochloric  acid,  sp.  gr.  1.16, 
and  containing  31.9  per  cent,  of  absolute  hydrochloric  acid. 

Ten  cc.  of  the  salicylic  acid  solution  were  placed  in  a  flask  and  five 
drops  of  ferric  chloride  solution  added ;  hydrochloric  acid  was  then  ran 
in  from  a  burette  until  the  liquid  became  a  clear  yellow  color.  The  fol- 
lowing results  were  obtained : 

With    5  cc.  of  salicylic  solution  0.7  cc.  hydrochloric  acid  were  used. 
With  10  cc.  "  «*        1.4  cc.  «*  **  «« 

With  15  cc.  «*  "        2.1  cc.  "  "  " 

Then  an  unknown  number  of  cc.  of  the  salicylic  solution  was  taken 
and  titrated  in  the  same  manner.     The  results  are  as  follows : 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


SALICYLIC  ACID,  ITS   ISOMERS  AND   HOMOLOGUES. 


269 


GIVEN. 
6.0  CC. 
4.0  CC. 
35  CC 
9.5  cc. 


FOUND. 
6.07  CC. 
4.01  CC. 
3.58  CC. 
9.56  CC. 


These  results  are  all  a  little  too  high,  but  if  duplicates  could  have  been 
worked  they  might  have  been  a  little  closer.  Then  experiments  were 
made  to  ascertain  what  influence  a  change  in  the  relation  between  the 
amount  of  salic}lic  acid  present  and  the  liquid  volume  would  have.  In 
this  case  the  liquid  volume  remained  constant,  namely,  10  cc;  the  amount 
of  ferric  chloride  remained  constant  also,  namely  5  drops.  In  the  table 
below  are  given  the  results  of  these  experiments.  In  the  ratio  between 
salicylic  acid  and  hydrochloric  acid,  salicylic  acid  is  taken  as  unity: 


Milligrams 
of  salicylic 
acid  taken. 

One- tenth  cc. 
of  U.  S.  P. 
HCl  used. 

Ratio  between 

salicylic  acid 

taken  and  HCl 

required. 

Milligrams 
of  salicylic 
acid  taken. 

One  tenth   cc. 

of  r.  S.  P. 
HCl  required. 

Ratio  between 

the  salicylic 

acid  taken  and 

the  HCl. 

I 

4 

1:4.0 

II 

10 

1:0.909 

2 

5 

1:2.5 

12 

10 

1:0.833 

3 

6 

1:2.0 

13 

II 

1:0.846 

4 

7 

1:1.75 

14 

" 

1:0.785 

5 

8 

l:l.6o 

IS 

12 

1:0.800 

6 

8 

1:1.33 

16 

12 

1:0.750 

7 

9 

1:1.28 

17 

12 

1:0.705 

8 

9 

I:l.I2 

18 

«3 

1:0.722 

9 

10 

I:I.II 

19 

13 

1:0.684 

10 

10 

l:I.oo 

1 

20 

14 

1:0.700 

It  will  be  seen  that  liquid  volume  is  a  very  important  factor. 

It  seems  as  though  the  homologues  affected  this  reaction  somewhat. 
An  acid  of  the  market,  yielding  both  by  acidimetry  and  carbon  dioxide, 
estimation  figures  corresponding  to  60  per  cent,  of  salicylic  acid  and  40 
per  cent,  of  homologues,  yielded  with  this  ferric  chloride  method  results 
corresponding  to  pure  salicylic  acid,  namely  1.4  cc.  of  hydrochloric  acid 
were  required  to  discharge  the  violet  color  produced  by  ferric  chloride  in 
10  cc.  of  a  solution  containing  20  milligrams  of  the  acid.  This  shows 
that  work  must  be  done  on  the  homologues  and  isomers  before  this  method 
can  be  of  any  use. 

J.  Determining  the  amount  of  ammonia  required  to  neutralize  the  acids. 

When  dry,  salicylic  acid  absorbs  one  molecule  of  ammonia,  while  its 
isomers  and  nitrosalicylic  acid  absorb  two  molecules  [D^].  Experiments 
were  made  to  see  the  if  the  commercial  acid  would  absorb  an  excess  of 
ammonia.  The  results  showed  that  it  did  not.  In  these  experiments  the 
acid  was  dissolved  in  the  ammonia  water,  and  so  was  not  dry^^  But  the 

Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


270  MINUTES  OF  THE  SECTION  ON  SCIENTIFIC  PAPERS. 

absence  of  isomers  was  proved  by  the  complete  solubility  of  one  gram  of 
the  acid  in  53  cc.  of  chloroform. 

This  method  may  be  of  some  use,  but  needs  more  detailed  work. 

4,   The  use  of  copper  sulphate  solution. 

(i)  In  alkaline  mixture. 

When  one  molecule  of  salicylic  acid  is  treated  with  two  of  sodium 
hydrate,  it  will  prevent  the  precipitation  of  one- half  molecule  of  copper 
oxide  [I  and  D]. 

For  this  a  solution  of  sodium  hydrate  containing  80  mgms.  to  the  cc. 
was  made  up,  also  one  of  crystallized  copper  sulphate  containing  124.6 
mgms.  to  the  cc. 

The  operation  was  as  follows : 

Weigh  out  138  mgms.  of  salicylic  acid  and  dissolve  in  one  cc.  of  the 
soda  solution ;  then  add  from  a  burette  the  copper  sulphate  solution. 
If  the  acid  used  be  pure  salicylic  acid  (or  any  aromatic  ortho-acid),  no 
precipitate  should  be  observed.  This  operation  was  tried  three  successive 
times  on  pure  acid,  and  the  same  results  obtained  each  time.  Then  the 
commercial  acid  was  subjected  to  the  same  treatment.  Permanent  pre- 
cipitation was  observed  when  but  0.5  cc.  of  copper  sulphate  solution  had 
been  added.  A  full  cc.  of  copper  sulphate  solution,  ho'vever,  was  added, 
and  the  precipitate  filtered  out  and  estimated  by  potassium  cyanide. 

On  two  different  trials  this  precipitate  equalled  52.04  per  cent,  and 
51.9  respectively  of  crystallized  copper  sulphate  taken.  It  would  seem 
remarkable  that  40  per  cent,  of  impurity  should  precipitate  52  per  cent, 
of  the  copper  sulphate  taken,  and  60  per  cent,  of  salicylic  acid  should 
hold  only  48  per  cent,  of  copper  hydrate  in  solution.  This  b  deserving 
of  further  investigation. 

(2)  Use  of  hydrochloric  acid  to  destroy  the  green  color  produced  by 
copper  sulphate  in  solutions  of  salicylates. 

This  depends  on  the  fact  that  when  an  aqueous  solution  of  a  salicylate 
is  treated  with  copper  sulphate  solution  an  intense  emerald  green  color  is 
produced,  which  is  discharged  by  ammonia  and  strong  acids  [J]. 

Not  much  work  could  be  done  on  this,  but  it  was  ascertained  that  o.  2 
cc.  of  hydrochloric  acid  (U.  S.  P.)  discharged  the  green  color  in  10  cc.  of 
0.02  per  cent,  of  solution  of  salicylic  acid  and  of  the  commercial  acid,  but 
that  liquid  volume  did  not  interfere. 

J.   Comparison  of  Methods. 

The  following  is  a  tabular  arrangement  of  the  results  obtained  by  the 
different  methods^  when  applied  to  the  same  commercial  sample  of  salicylic 
acid : 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


SALICYLIC  AaD,  ITS   ISOMERS  AND   HOMOLOGUES. 


271 


Addimetry. 


CO,  estima- 
tion. 


method. 


Absorption 
ofNH,. 


CuSO^in 
: alkaline  solu- 
!         tion. 


HCl  to  decol- 
orize green 
color  of  Cu 

SO4  in  salicy- 
late. 


One  gram  of  One  gram  of 
idd  required  acid  yielded 
699.8  c.c.  ofjenough  CO* 
n  KOH,  an,for  617  mgms. 
average  of    3  of  salicylic 


titrations. 


acid. 


Indicates  35 
to  40  per  cent, 
hydroxytolnic 
acid. 


10  c.c.  of  a 
solution    con 

taining  20 
mgms.  of  sal 
icylic  acid  re- 
quired 1.4-4- 
c.c.ofU.S.P. 

HCl  to  dis 
charge    the; 

violet  color 
caused  by  Fe- 

a,. 


Indicates 
38.3  per  cent 
acid  other 
than  salicylic. 


Indicates  a 
pure  acid ! 


The    samel     Yielded  a 
amount  r  e-  ppt.  when  but 
quired  as  with'  }(   mol   of 
pure  acid.        ,  CuSO^    had 
I  been  added. 

When  124.5 
mgms.  of  Cu 
SO4  had  been 
added  the  ppt. 
equalled  52 
per  cent,  of 
the  CuSO^ 
taken. 

Indicates  a     Indicates 
pure  arid !       it  h  e   presence 
of  acids  other 
than  ortho 
acids. 


Same    am*t 
of  HCl   re- 
quired as  for  a 
pure  acid. 


Indicates  a 
pure  acid  I 


From  the  above  it  would  seem  that  the  method  by  acidimetry  furnished 
a  ready  and  quite  accurate  method  for  the  estimation  of  homologous 
acids,  as  is  confirmed  by  the  estimation  of  carbon  dioxide.  Also  that  the 
precipitation  of  cupric  hydrate  from  carefully  standardized  solutions  is  a 
quite  ready  and  reliable  method  for  the  detection  of  acids  o/Afr  than 
ortho,  since  the  property  of  preventing  the  precipitation  of  cupric  hy- 
drate by  fixed  alkali  hydrates  seems  to  belong  to  the  aromatic  ar/Zio  acids 
in  general  and  not  to  salicylic  acid  in  particular  [G]. 

The  discharging  of  the  colors,  caused  in  solutions  of  salicylic  acid  by 
ferric  chloride,  and  of  salicylates  by  copper  sulphate,  by  hydrochloric 
acid,  is  not  trustworthy  without  further  detailed  work  on  the  isomers  and 
the  homologues  and  their  behaviour  towards  these  reagents,  both  when 
free  and  mixed  with  salicylic  acid. 

The  method  by  acidimetry  might  well  be  considered  as  to  its  fitness  for 
a  pharmacopoeial  requirement  in  controlling  the  quantities  of  homologous 
acids  present  in  salicylic  acid,  and  with  further  detailed  work  the  method 
with  copper  sulphate  solution  might  have  claims  for  secondary  use. 

The  estimation  of  carbon  dioxide  is  too  cumbrous  for  ordinary  pur- 
poses, but  might  serve  as  a  control  analysis.  In  this  method  it  is  well 
that  the  decomposing  flask  be  tall,  so  that  any  acid  that  sublimes  may  be 
condensed  rather  than  drawn  outside  of  the  flask  into  the  rest  of  the 
apparatus,  and  thus  lost  for  estimation  and  vitiating  the  results.  The 
temperature  most  to  be  recommended  is  between  120^  and  130^  C. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


272 


MINTTTES   OP  THE  SECTION  ON   SaENTinC  PAPERS. 


6.   Tabular  View  of 


'    Solubnityj    SolubOityl    Solubility; 
Crystalline  ;in  xoo  parts j  in  xoo  parts  1  in  100  parts  j  SoluUlity  in  I 
forms.       -of  water  at  of  water  at    ' 


oOC. 


15°  C. 


of  water  at  >      alcohol. 
xooPC.    I 


Ortho-' Fine  need-,  0.092  | 
hydroxy- 1 les  from]  parts.; 
be nzoici water;  mo-l 


0.225 
parts. 


add. 


Meta 
hydroxy - 
b  e  n  z  oic 
acid. 


Solubility  in 
ether. 


Solubility  in  I 
cfaloi    ' 


7.925    •    Soluble  in:     100  parts 

parts..2.4  parts,     'dissolve 

150.47  parts. 


Very  sola- 
blc. 


noclinic 
p  r  i  s  m  S| 
from  alco-t 
hoi.  ; 


p,  1430.  JD,    143''D>   l43''rD,   143'-      K.  443        D.   1431. 


Needles 
col  lectedi 
in  little! 
warts. 


0-377    I  At  i8®C. 
parts.jo  .925 
I  parts. 


D,  1444.  ip,    1444.  D,    1444. 


Very  sol- 
uble. 


D.   1444. 


Para-iSmall  mo 


1- 

hydroxy -in  o  clinic 
benzoic-  prism  s 
acid.  from    wat-i 

er ;  larger 
ones  from 
alcohol. 


Hydroxy- 

to  1  u  ic 

acid,C02 

H;OH: 

CH„ 

1:2:3. 


0.172        0.793 

parts.'p  arts, 

iSaytzeff, 

;i  863; 
.Ann. 
•C  h  e  m  . 
jPharm., 
*  27,  p. 
129- 

D,  1449- 'D,  1448.  D,  1448- 
'Sparingly 
soluble. 


Long  tlat 
needles 
from  wat- 
er. 


•     L,  549- 
i    ^>  '43'- 

Almost  in- 
jso  1  u  bl  e.| 
K  o  1  b  e  ,1 
'1874;  Jour. 
pr.  Chem. 
|(2),  10, 102. 


Very  sol  Easily  solu-' Easily  solu- 
u  b  1  e  ,  blc^yUeff,.bIe,Saylzeff„ 
Saytzeff,  1863;  Ann.  1863;  Ann- 
8  6  3  ;C  h  e  m  .  ;C  h  e  m 


Ann.      Pharm.,  Pharm 
Chem  .:i27,  p.  129  127,  p.  129. 
Pharm., 
I  2  7,    p.' 

I.^^-      o ' 
D,    1448. 


1 


•_P».'.458- 

Hydroxy-!     Needles 


t  ol  u  ic 
add.COa 
H;   OH: 
CH„ 
1:1:4. 


from  wat- 
er; mono- 
clinic 
prism  s 
from  alco- 
hol. 


D.   1458. 


p.  I4S9_ 

Hydroxy-  Very  long 

t  o  1  ui  cjneedles 

acid,  CO  2  i  from   wat 

H;  OH:^ 

CH„ 

1:2:5. 


D,  1458. 


(Sparingly 
I  soluble. 


I 

|D,   1459- 


Quite  Readily'  Readily 
.  eadilyisoluble.  O.  soluble.  O. 
solu  ble.  Jacob  sen,| J  a  c  o  b  sen, 
O.Jacob-  Berichte,i4,|Berichte,i4, 
sen,    Be-^»  '-« 

richte,  14, 
41. 


|4«. 


I  Sparingly 
'soluble. 


Readily 
soluble. 


Easily  solu 
ble. 


Almost  in-i 
solu  bl e . 
Ko  1  b  e, 
1874 ;  Jour, 
pr.  Chem. 
(2),  10, 102. 


Easily  solu 
ble  in  the 
cold. 


D.    1458. 


Sparingly 
soluble.  O. 
J  a  c  o  bsen, 
'Berichte,i4, 
41. 


Readily 
soluble. 


Readily    | 
soluble. 


D,   1458. 


D,   1458. 


K,443. 


D,   1458. 


D.   1458. 


SALICYLIC  ACID,  ITS   ISOMERS   AND   HOMOLOGUES. 


273 


Isotfiers  and  Hatnologuis. 


Meking  points. 

Reaction  with 
Fe,CI,. 

Violet  color. 

Heated    in    * 
sealed   tube 
with    concen- 
trated HCl. 

Heated 
with     con- 
cent rated 
H,PO^. 

Yields 

When  treated 
with  fixed  al- 
kali    hydrate 
and      CuSO* 
solution. 

~  A    blue- 

When 
heated 
with  CaO. 

~  YTclds 

Vaporlz- 

155°  to  156".  D, 

Yields  CO, 

With 

143 1 ;  K.443;  L, 

and  phenol 

COa  phe- 

green  color 

CO  2  and 

steam, 

549;     M.    I,    174. 

at    140°    to 

n  0  1    at 

preceded  by 

phenol. 

L  i  e  b  er- 

Rechenberg    Jour. 

150°. 

120*'. 

a      precipi- 

roannand 

pr.  Chcm.  (2),  22,1 

tate  soluble 

Dehusl, 

243;    Jonr.  Chem., 

in  an  excess 

B  erichte, 

See,  40,  M. 

D,   1431. 

of  the  acid. 

12,  1291. 

L,549.  K,443. 

C;   U  551. 

F. 

I. 

B. 

K,  443. 

200°.    D,   1444; 

No  color. 

Decom- 

Immediate 

Not  with 

K,  443;    U   550; 

poses   at    a 

p  r  e  c  i  pita- 

steam. 

M.    I.  174;  Rech- 

high     tem- 

tion. 

L  i  e  b  er- 

enberg     Jour.     pr. 

perature. 

mannand 

Chemie     (2),     22, 

Dehust, 

243;   Jour.   Chem. 

B  erichte. 

Soc,  40,  II. 

D.   1445;    K, 

12,  1291. 

443 ;  L.  550. 

C. 

I. 

K,443. 

210°.     D,  1448; 

Dirty  yellow 

Yields  COj 

Immediate 

Not  with 

K,  443;    U  55'; 

precipitate. 

and  phenol 

p  r  e  c  i  pita- 

steam, 

M.    1.  174;  Rech- 

at   I35*»    to 

tion. 

L  i  e  b  er- 

enberg    Jour,    pr 

1400. 

mann  and 

Chtmie    (2),     22, 

Dehust, 

243;  Jour.  Chem. 

B  erichte, 

Soc,  40,  11. 

D,   1449;   K, 

12,  1291. 

443;  L»55<- 
Intense  violet. 

C. 

I. 

K.443. 

163°  10  164°.  D, 

Yields  CO, 

With 

1458;     i6o«.     K, 

and    ortho- 

steam. 

443;     i6or     K. 

cresol   at 

443;  168^      M.  I, 

210°. 

190;  Jacobsen,  Be 

1 

1 

richie,    16,    1963; 

Jour.   Chem.  Soc, 

44,  1 1 24. 

1 

D,   1458;    K, 

1 

443. 

D,  1458.  ! 

1  K.  443- 

177°.    D,  1459; 

Intense  violet. 

Yields  COjl 

With 

I73«.       K.     443; 

and  m  eta- 

1  steam. 

172°.    M.    I,  190; 

cresol  at 

i 

Jacobsen,  Bencbte. 

D.   1459;    K, 

170°. 

14,41;  963;  Jonr. 

443- 

1 

Chem.     Soc.,    40, 

599;  46,  745- 

Precipitation, 
0.    Jacobsen, 
Berichte,     14, 

41. 

D,  1459. 

K,  443- 

151°.     D,  1458; 

Intense  blue 

Yields  CO2 

"  7)rtho- 

With 

K,   443;    177°   to 

violet. 

and  p.  cre- 

c  r  c  so  1 

steam. 

1780.     M.  1,191; 

sol  at   180° 

and  CO, 

T  i  e  m  a  n  n     and 

to  185®. 

are  form 

Schotten,  Berichte, 

ed. 

11,778;  12,  1340; 

Jour.  Chem.  Soc, 

34,    877;    Schall, 

Berichte,  12,  820; 

Jour.  Chem.  Soc, 

36,  794. 

D.   1458;    K, 

443. 

D.   1458. 

D,    1458. 

K.443- 

18 


2  74  MINUTES   OF   THE   SECTION   ON   SaENTIFIC   PAPERS. 

7.  Literature. 
[  The  letters  correspond  to  those  in  the  preceding  pages. '\ 

[A.]  KoLBE,  1874  :  Jour.  pr.  Chem.(2),  10,  89;  Jahresb.  der  Chemie, 
P-  637  \  Chem.  Centrh.,  pp.  617  ard  632  ;  Phar.  Jour,  and  Trans.  (3), 
5,  421  ;  Archiv  der  Pharmacie  (3)  5,  445;  Proc.  A.  P.  A.,  23,  374; 
Watts's  Diet.  Chem.,  7,  1065 ;  1875  •  Jour.  pr.  Chem.  (2),  11,  9;  1879  • 
Proc.  A.  P.  A.,  27,  63. 

M.  ScHROEDER,  1883 :  Licbig's  Annalen,  221,  p.  40;  Jahresb.  Chem. 
Technologic  (Wagner's)  N.  F.,  viv.,  517. 

W.  Hentschel,  1883:  Jour.  pr.  Chem.  (2),  27,  39;  Jahresb.  Chem. 
Technologic  (Wagner's)  N.  F.,  xiv.,  5r7 ;  xv.,  504  and  505  \  Jour.  Chem. 
Soc,  44,  588;  Jour.  Soc.  Chem.  Indust.,  3,  115  and  646. 

R.  Schmidt,   1885:  Jahrosb.   Chem.   Technol..,   16,  490;  Jour.  pr. 
•    Chemie  (2),  31,  397;  Jour.  Chem.  Soc,  1885,  48,  982;  Jahresb.  Phar- 
macog.  and  Toxicologic,  1885,  20,  322. 

[B.]  Walts's  Dictionary,  1877:  iv.,  389.  Fehling's  Handwoerterbuch, 
187 1 :  I,  107 1.  Prescott,  1887  :  Org.  Analysis,  439  ;  Hiisemann,  1884: 
Pflanzenstoffe,  II.  loii. 

[C]  C.  Graebe,  1866:  Ann.  Chem.  Pharm.,  139,  p.  143. 

[D.]  Beilstein,  1883  :  Handb.  der  org.  Chemie,  i  vol. 

[D*.]  Beilstein,  1886:  Handb.  der  org.  Chemie,  2  vols. 

[E.]  Walts's  Die,  1877:  4,  390;  Allen,  1886:  Commercial  Org. 
Anal,,  II,  538. 

[F.]  B.  Vangel,  1880:  Ber.  d.  Chem.  Gess.,  13,  356;  A.  Klepl, 
1882:  Jahresb.  Fortsch.  Chemie,  p.  671. 

[G.]  A.  B.  Prescott  and  E.  E.  Ewell,  1888:  Proc.  A.  P.  A.,  p. 
78;  Analyst.,  vol.  13. 

[H.]  A.  DoLLFUSS,  1853:  Jahresb.  Chemie,  p.  673. 

H.  Weiske,  1875:  Jahresb.  Chemie.  p.  905. 

E.  Brucke,  1877:  Jahresb.  Chemie.,  p.  29. 

H.  Marty,  1877:  Jahresb.  Chemie.,  p.  1092. 

S.  Pagliani,  1879:  Ber.  d.  Chem.  Gess.,  12,385;  Zeitsch.  anal. 
Chemie,  18,  475;  Jahresb.  Chemie,  1879;  P-  1066. 

H.  Hager,  1880:  Dingl.  polyt.  Jour.,  235,  p.  407;  Am.  Jour.  Phar., 
52,  264;  P.  J.  Trans.  (3),  11,  158;  Jahresb.  Chemie,  p.  1209;  1881. 
Year-book  of  Pharmacy,  p.  58. 

[I.]  Weith:  Ber.  d.  Chem.  Gess.,  9,  342. 

[J.]  H.   ScHULz,   18S0:    Zeitsch.    anal.   Chemie,    19,  85;     Jahresb. 
Chemie,  p.  1209;  Archiv  der  Pharm.  (3),  15,  246;  Chem.  Centralblatt 
•    (3  F),  10,  694;  Chem.  News,  40,  181. 

[K.]  Prescott,  1886:  Organic  Analysis. 

[L.]  RiCHTER,  1886:  Organic  Chem. 

[M.]  Carnelly:  Boiling  and  melting  point  tables. 

On  Salicylic  Acid,  its  synthesis  and  properties y  see  : 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


SALICYLIC  ACID,  ITS   ISOMERS   AND    HOMOLOGUES.  275 

TiEMANN  and  Reimer,  1876:  Ber.  d.  Chem.  Gess.,  9,  1285.  By  the 
action  of  carbon  chloride  and  potash  on  phenol. 

F.  Hermann,  1877:  Ber.  d.  Chem.  Gess.,  10,  646.  By  the  action  of 
sodium  on  ethyl  succinate. 

Specific  gravity:  Rudorff,  1879:  Ber.  d.  Chem.  Gess.,  12,  251 
(1.443);  Schroeder,  1879:  Ber.  d.  Chem.  Gess.,  12,  i6n. 

Solubility:  Kolbe and  Lautemann :  Ann.  Chem.  Pharm.,  115,  p.  194; 
OsT:  Jour.  pr.  Chem.  (2),  17,  232;  Vulpius,  1870:  Jahresb.  Chemie, 
p.  758;  Toussaint,  1875:  Jahresb.  Chemie,  p.  751. 

Action  on  Chloroform:  Tiemann  and  Reimer,  1876:  Berichte,  9,  1271. 

On  the  formation  of  meta-oxybenzoic  acid  and  its  properties  y  see : 

Liebig's  Annalen,  1870:  148,  p.  34;  K.  A.  Heintz,  1870:  Ann. 
Chem.  Pharm.,  153,  p.  326. 

Fehling's  Handwoerterbuch  der  Chemie,  1870:  I,  1071. 

Beilstein's  Handbuch  der  organischen  Chemie. 

Specific  gravity :  Schroeder,  1879:  Ber.  d.  Chem.  Gess.,  12,  i6ix. 

On  meta-nitpobenzoic  acid^  see: 

S.  Levy,  1887  :  Anleit.  zur  Darstell.  org.  Praparale,  p.  143;  Mulder, 
1840:  Ann.  Chem.  Pharm.,  34,  297;  Gerland,  1854:  Ann.  Chem. 
Pharm.,  91,  187;  Griess,  Ber.  d.  Chem.  Gess.,  1877:  10,  p.  1871 ; 
Ernst,  i860:  Jahresb.  Chemie,  p.  299. 

On  the  formation  of  para- oxy  benzoic  acid  and  its  properties  ^  see : 

L.  Barth,  1870:  Ann.  Chem.  u.  Pharm.,  153,  p.  356;  154,  pp.  358 
and  360. 

Hartmann,  1874:  Jour.  pr.  Chem.  (2),  11,  392;  16,  p.  36(1877). 

OsT,  1875  •  Jour.  pr.  Chem.  (2),  11,  392. 

H.  Kolbe,  1875:  Jour.  pr.  Chem.  (2),  11,  pp.  24  and  26;  Jour. 
Chem.  Soc,  28,  459. 

H.  Barth,  1869:  Jour.  pr.  Chem.,  p.  1x3  and  283;  Ann.  Chem. 
Pharm.  1856:   127,  p.  129;  1868:   148,  p.  30. 

Fehling's  Handwoerterbuch  der  Chemie,  187 1  :  I,  1073. 

Beilstein's  organ ische  Chemie. 

Specific  gravity :  Schroeder,  1879:  Ber.  d.  Chem.  Gess.,  12,  1612. 

Tiemann  and  Reimer,  1876.-  Berichte,  9,  1285. 

On  the  separation  of  the  three  hydroxybenzoic  acids ,  see : 

Richter,  1886:  Org.  Chem.,  p.  550.     By  means  of  lime  water. 

Masset,  1879:  Jour,  de  Pharm.  de  Anvers,  p.  289;  Zeitsch.  anal. 
Chem.,  1880:  19,  362;  Archiv  der  Pharm.  (3),  16,  62.  By  means  of 
saccharate  of  lime. 

Liebermann  and  Dehust,  1879:  Ber.  d.  Chem.  Gess.,  12,  1291 : 
Aug.  Rautert,  1875  ;  ^c"*-  ^^  Chem.  Gess.,  8, 537.    By  means  of  steam. 

H.  Kolbe,  1874:  Jour.  pr.  Chem.  (2),  10,  102.  By  means  of  chloro- 
form and  lime-water. 

University  of  Michigan,  June^  i88g. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


276  MINUTES   OF  THE   SECTION  ON   SCIENTIFIC   PAPERS. 

The  reading  of  the  papers  being  concluded,  the  chair  appointed  Messrs. 
Ray  and  Wenzell  a  committee  to  conduct  the  newly  elected  chairman  to 
his  seat. 

Chairman  Whelpley.— Gentlemen,  in  accepting:  this  honor  I  will  not  occupy  any 
time  at  this  late  hour,  but  I  hope  that  you  all  feel  as  deeply  as  I  do  that  the  success  of 
this  Section  does  not  depend  upon  its  officers,  but  upon  the  individuals,  and  that  you  will 
all  meet  with  us  next  year  prepared  with  papers  to  present,  and  prepared  to  discuss  the 
papers  that  are  read  before  us,  and  that  you  will  remember  that  the  fifteen  months,  be- 
tween now  and  the  next  meeting,  is  sufficient  time  to  prepare  papers.. 

On  motion  of  Dr.  Melvin,  the  thanks  of  the  Section  were  tendered  to 
the  retiring  chairman  for  the  able  manner  in  which  he  conducted  the 
business  of  the  Section. 

In  the  absence  of  Mr.  Dare,  Secretary  elect,  the  chair  appointed  W. 
L.  De woody  Secretary /r^ /^/«/^r^. 

The  following  report  was  read  by  Mr.  Searby : 

The  Committee  appointed  to  watch  the  working  of  the  order  of  business  recommesded 
by  the  chairman  of  this  Section,  beg  to  report  : 

That  they  find  that  the  order  facilitates  the  transaction  of  business  with  all  the  dispatch 
consistent  with  a  due  coQsideration  and  discussion  of  the  pa]>ers  presented.  They  there- 
fore recommend  it  as  a  standing  order  of  business  for  this  Section. 

Your  Committee  also  recommend  (i)  that  the  Committee  on  Scientific  Papers  call  the 
attention  of  writers  of  papers  to  Chapter  7,  Article  IV.  of  our  By-Laws,  requiring  a  syn- 
opsis of  their  papers  to  be  presented  to  the  officers  of  this  Section  previous  to  the  first 
session  of  the  Association  ;  (2)  that  they  also  act,  as  far  as  is  practicable  as  a  Board  of 
Censors,  to  determine  the  fitness  of  papers  to  be  presented  to  the  Section,  and  (3)  that 
they  be  authorized  to  recomm'^nd  that  certain  papers  be  read  by  abstract  only,  and  others 
in  full,  but  the  recommendation  to  read  by  abstract  only  shall  require  the  unanimous 
concurrence  of  the  Committee. 

The  Committee  also  concur  in  the  recommendation  of  the  chairman,  that  a  committee 
be  appointed  to  submit  a  List  of  Queries  to  the  Chairman  of  the  Scientific  Section  within 
thirty  days  after  adjournment  of  the  Association. 

W.  M.  Searby, 
Fred.  B.  Hulting. 

The  report  was  accepted,  and  the  recommendations  were  ordered  to  be 
considered  seriatim. 

The  proposed  standing  order  of  business  for  this  section  was  adopted. 

The  first  recommendation>  relating  to  the  Committee  on  Scientific 
Papers,  was  read  and  adopted. 

The  second  recommendation  was  read. 

Mr.  Searby. — Allow  me  to  say  in  explanation,  the  reason  why  we  made  the  recom- 
mendation that  the  Committee  on  Scientific  Papers  act  as  a  board  of  censors  is  this : 
Two  years  ago,  in  order  to  facilitate  business,  it  was  decided  that  the  papers  should  be 
printed  in  advance,  so  that  we  could  more  intelligently  read  them  and  more  quickly  dis- 
pose of  them.  Some  papers  presented  have  a  good  deal  of  statistical  matter,  and  the  re- 
sults of  a  series  of  experiments  and  things  of  that  kind.  If  the  Committee  of  this  Sec- 
tion took  the  opportunity  of  reading  all  of  the  papers  before  they  came  here^  such  papers 

Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


ORDER  OF  BUSINESS.  277 

as  are  filled  lai^ely  with  statistical  and  amilar  matter  could  be  recommended  to  be  read 
in  a  condensed  form  by  abstract,  while  those  which  are  more  particularly  suitable  for 
discussion  could  be  read  in  full. 

Mr.  Ebert. — We  have  a  Chairman,  a  sub-Chairman  and  a  Secretary.  Those  three 
gentlemen  are  a  Committee  for  this  very  purpose.  Another  Committee  appointed  at  the 
time  of  a  meeting  for  such  a  purpose,  would  be  subjected  to  a  hardship  which  this  Sec- 
tion cannot  ask  of  three  members. 

Mr.  Searby. — The  report  recommends  that  the  Association  Committee  on  Scientific 
Papers  who  are  appointed  already,  act  as  a  Board  of  Censors,  not  another  Committee. 

Mr.  Ebert. — But  that  is  their  very  duty,  is  it  not? 

Mr.  Searby. — It  is  a  duty  they  have  failed  to  perform,  because  the  papers  have  come 
here  in  abundance,  and  we  did  not  know  which  of  them  should  be  read  by  title  only, 
and  which  by  abstract. 

Mr.  Hallberg. — I  have  a  suggestion  to  make  in  connection  with  this,  that  I  think  is 
of  considerable  importance.  Quite  a  number  of  the  papers  received  here  should  be 
read  before  some  other  Sections;  I  think  that  the  Chairman  with  his  colleagues  should, 
before  the  meetings  commence,  determine  what  papers  should  be  referred  to  other 
Sections. 

Mr.  Painter. — That  is  certainly  a  very  good  suggestion.  If  the  Committee  have 
power  to  do  so,  it  would  enable  them  to  dispose  of  a  number  of  papers  in  a  proper  man< 
ner,  without  bringing  them  before  this  Section ;  but  as  to  the  Committee  preparing  a 
synopsis  of  these  papers,  it  is  too  much  to  expect.  They  have  enough  on  their  hands  to 
get  them  printed,  to  correct  the  copies,  and  bring  them  here.  It  is  the  duty  of  the 
author  of  the  paper  to  prepare  a  suitable  synopsis.  The  author  of  a  paper  who  will 
write  forty  pages,  knows  that  these  cannot  be  read  at  the  meeting,  and  it  is  mentioned 
in  the  By  laws  that  he  should  present  a  synopsis  of  his  paper,  which  will -enable  the 
Committee  to  apportion  the  work. 

The  Secretary  read  Chapter  7,  Article  IV.  of  the  By-laws. 

Mr.  Searby. — I  believe  that  we  could  amend  that  article  so  as  to  meet  the  objection 
of  Mr.  Ebert,  making  it  read  so  "  as  to  ensure  its  presentation  to  the  Association.*'  The 
most  of  the  papers  are  piinted  before,  and  in  printing  them  and  reading  them  they  can 
see  in  a  moment  that  a  large  portion  of  it  is  unsuitable  to  be  read  at  such  a  meeting. 

Mr.  Ebert. — Don't  let  us  make  any  more  rules.  You  will  probably  not  be  troubled 
next  year,  or  the  year  after,  with  so  many  papers.  Some  years  we  have  not  had  enough ; 
this  time  we  have  got  so  many  that  you  are  a  little  frightened,  but  we  have  got  along 
very  well.  Just  let  the  officers  of  this  Section  take  care  of  all  the  work  they  can,  and 
you  will  find  that  they  have  not  any  too  much. 

Mr.  Calvert. — ^Why  should  not  such  articles  as  those  of  Mr.  Whelpley  and  Mr. 
Stuart  go,  the  one  to  the  Committee  on  Education,  and  the  other  to  the  Committee  on 
Legislation  ? 

Mr.  Painter. — These  reports  are  sent  to  the  chairman  of  the  Scientific  Section.  He 
l>eing  the  one  that  issues  the  list  of  queries,  and  those  queries  being  included  in  the  list, 
naturally  the  papers  came  to  him ;  but  the  proposition  to  apportion  such  papers  to  the 
Sections  to  which  they  belong  would  save  the  time  of  this  Section. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


278  MINUTES  OF   THE   SECTION   ON  SCIENTIFIC   PAPERS. 

The  second  recommendation,  and  afterward  the  third  recommenda- 
tion, was  adopted. 

The  last  recommendation,  relating  to  the  preparation  of  a  list  of  queries, 
was  read. 

Mr.  Ebert  stated  that  the  officers  of  the  Section  would  have  to  attend 
to  this,  as  in  the  past  it  had  been  done  by  the  Committee  on  Papers  and 
Queries. 

Mr.  Hallberg  moved  as  a  substitute  that  every  member  be  requested  to 
send  a  query  to  the  chairman. 

The  motion  was  carried,  and  the  report  of  the  Committee  as  amended 
was  then  adopted  as  a  whole. 

There  being  no  further  business,  the  Section  on  Scientific  Papers  ad- 
journed. 

H.  M.  Whelpley,  Secretary i 

W.  L.  Dewoody,  Secretary  pro  tern. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


MINUTES 

OF   THE 


SECTION  ON  PHARMACEUTICAL 
EDUCATION. 


Thursday  Afternoon,  June  27. 

The  Chairman  of  the  Section,  Mr.  P.  W.  Bedford,  called  the  session  to 
order  at  2:30  o'clock.  In  the  absence  of  the  Secretary  and  of  the  third 
member  of  the  Committee,  Mr.  A.  B.  Stevens  was  appointed  temporary 
Secretary. 

The  Chairman  read  the  following  address; 

To  the  Members  of  the  American  Pharmaceutical  Association — Section  on  Pharmaceu- 
tical Education  : 

As  Chairman  of  this  important  Section,  it  becomes  my  duty  to  address  you  on  the  open- 
ing of  this  session,  and  as  the  time  allotted  is  but  brief,  I  shall  make  my  remarks  corres- 
pond to  this  measure. 

You  are  to  hear  from  the  two  members  of  the  Committee  with  whom  I  am  associated, 
and  so,  though  absent,  they  give  you  their  best  judgment  on  several  topics  which  be- 
long to  this  departmeut,  and  another  committee  is  to  report  on  the  subject  of  preliminary 
education.  This  covers  a  large  part  of  the  field  that  would  come  properly  under  the  re- 
port of  your  Chairman,  but  there  is  still  room  for  what  I  have  to  say  without  trenching 
upon  the  latter  committee. 

There  is  no  need  of  any  argument  as  to  the  necessity  of  pharmaceutical  education,  for 
the  very  growth  during  the  past  69  years  from  a  single  college  of  pharmacy  to  the  pres- 
ent time,  when  we  number  20  colleges  and  12  schools  of  pharmacy,  located  in  17  of  the 
.States,  the  District  of  Columbia,  and  in  Canada,  settles  that  question.  Legislation,  too, 
has  shown  its  necessity,  for  no  less  than  33  of  the  States  and  the  District  of  Columbia 
have  pharmacy  laws,  leaving  only  the  states  of  Vermont,  Maryland,  Indiana,  Mississippi; 
'  Arkansas,  Tennessee,  California,  Oregon,  and  Nevada,  and  the  Territories  of  Arizona, 
Montana,  Utah,  Washington,  and  the  Indian  Territory,  with  Alaska  (15  in  all),  without 
these  necessary  aids  to  civilization.  Maryland  has  a  local  law  for  the  city  of  Baltimore. 
The  banding  together  of  the  better  members  of  our  fraternity  in  associations,  State  as 
well  as  National,  has  led  to  the  formation  of  laws  to  protect  the  public,  and  this  means 
better  education  of  the  pharmacist.  In  fact,  the  tendency  of  the  times  demands  it,  and 
all  trades  and  professions  Bnd  that  success  is  more  easily  attained  as  the  applicant  is  the 
better  fitted  by  education  in  the  line  he  purposes  to  make  his  life  business. 

Of  the  pharmacists  who  have  graduated  from  colleges  and  schools  of  pharmacy  there 
are  to-day  about  4,cxx)  in  our  ranks  (this  may  possibly  be  an  underestimate)  while  it  is  safe 

(279)  Digitized  by  VjOOQ iC 


28o         MINUTES   OF   THE   SECTION   ON   PHARMACEUTICAL   EDUCATION. 

to  say  that  there  are  about  2,000  more  who  have  attended  instruction  for  one  or  more 
terms,  but  did  not  apply  for  or  secure  the  title  of  graduate.  In  our  broad  land  there 
are  probably  to  day  38,000  stores  where  medicines  are  sold  or  dispensed.  In  these 
stores  there  are  fully  75,000  or  more  persons  who  handle,  sell,  or  dispense  drugs  as 
medicines.  In  follows,  therefore,  that  not  more  than  one  in  a  baker's  dozen  has  at  any 
time  had  the  instruction  which  in  these  da)  s  we  look  upon  as  desirable. 

During  the  past  year  there  was  reported  by  the  several  pharmaceutical  colleges  and 
schools  a  total  attendance  of  about  2,700  persons — certainly  not  more  than  one-tenth 
of  those  who  should  be  receiving  definite  instruction  in  pharmacy.  There  has  as  yet 
been  no  means  devised  that  can  supplant  the  method  of  systematic  instruction  in  the 
lecture  room  and  laboratory  under  the  eye  and  direction  of  one  or  more  skilled  in- 
structors. '  Simple  reading  never  will  be  the  kind  of  information  that  is  usually  re- 
tained, and  the  oral  words  of  the  instructor  must  be  supplemented  by  experiment, 
illustration  or  specimen,  if  the  pupil  would  become  proficient  or  have  the  facts  Bxed 
in  his  mind.  It  is  just  here  that  the  various  institutions  for  pharmaceutical  educa- 
tion furi^ish  their  beneficent  work  and  supply  the  needed  material  to  the  seekers  after 
such  knowledge.  With  their  lecturers,  instructors,  laboratories,  museums,  they  bring 
together  that  which  the  student  cannot  otherwise  procure,  and  for  which  the  expense  to 
him  is  but  trifling  compared  to  the  great  benefit  he  may  derive  if  he  will.  Our  educa- 
tional institutions  being  then  the  best  source  of  value  to  the  young  pharmacist  of  our  land, 
every  effort  should  be  made  to  secure  the  presence  of  the  largest  number  possible,  both 
in  the  interest  of  the  pharmacists  of  to  day  and  the  pharmacists  of  the  future.  An  un- 
selfish motive  is  hard  to  urge  upon  a  naturally  selfish  nrortality,  but  I  have  yet  to  find  a 
reasonable  pharmacist  who  himself  was  a  graduate  who  would  not  put  himself  to  some 
inconvenience  to  have  an  assistant  wio  was  worthy  to  enjoy  the  same  or  better  privileges 
than  was  his  own  good  fortune  in  his  younger  days.  I  will  admit  that  in  these  latter 
years,  when  the  curriculum  of  our  colleges  has  been  so  modified  that  more  time  and 
energy  are  now  required  by  them,  that  there  are  those  who  do  not  care  to  give  the  num- 
ber of  hours  away  that  seems  to  be  needed,  but  "  where  there  is  a  will  there  is  a  way," 
and  the  way  is  found  when  the  will  is  of  the  right  kind. 

There  are  a  few  points  of  special  moment  I  desire  to  place  before  those  in  attendance, 
and  while  they  have  been  frequently  dwelt  upon  in  pharmaceutical  literature,  they  are 
properly  subjects  for  your  consideration. 

1.  What  is  the  duty  of  the  fraternity  towards  our  educational  institutions? 

2.  What  suggestions  can  be  advanced  to  better  the  methods  of  teaching  that  at  pre- 
sent are  employed  ? 

3.  What  can  be  done  to  secure  more  interest  in  and  larger  classes  for  educational  ad- 
vantages ? 

Briefly  to  reply  to  the  first  query,  let  me  say  that  the  "  rank  and  file  "  of  our  fraternity 
do  not  seem  to  be  in  full  accord  with  our  colleges  and  schools  of  pharmacy.  This  is  not 
surprising  when  we  consider  that  nqt  more  than  one  tenth  of  the  proprietors  are  either 
graduates  or  have  been  students  in  these  institutions.  But  the  good  feeling  that  has' 
been  engendered  by  our  State  and  National  Associations  among  the  many  of  our  frater- 
nity has  been  one  source  of  aid  to  education;  and  could  we  but  gather  into  these  bodies 
the  majority  in  lieu  of  the  minority,  we  should  do  far  more  towards  solving  not  only  the 
question  of  education,  but  of  our  daily  living.  From  these  centers  should  radiate  the 
strongest  influences  in  behalf  of  pharmaceutical  education,  and  it  is  really  here  that  the 
work  should  be  warmly  advocated  and  befriended.  The  graduates  of  our  colleges  and 
schools,  other  things  being  equal,  deserve  the  preference  with  employers,  and  I  am  glad 
to  say,  generally  receive  it. 

To  the  second  inquiry  I  am  rather  the  one  who  seeks  the  information,  and  there  are 

Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


REPORT  OF  COMMITTEE  ON   PRELIMINARY   EXAMINATIONS.  281 

others  here  who  like  myself  would  prefer  to  hear  the  expressions  of  those  who  Are  able 
to  comment  on  methods  now  employed,  and  perhaps  by  observation,  can  suggest  where 
faults  may  be  remedied  and  improvements  made. 

To  the  third  inquiry  the  reply  to  the  first  is  a  partial  answer,  and  your  suggestions  on 
the  second  may  add  valuable  information.  I  take  it  that  we  are  all  here  for  one  com- 
mon purpose — to  advance  Jtuch  things  as  will  perpetuate  and  stimulate  a  better  educa- 
tion in  pharmacy.  In  view  of  this  it  should  be  the  duty  of  every  one,  as  opportunity 
offers,  directly  and  indirectly,  to  urge  that  young  men  brought  into  the  business  should 
not  be  retained  in  it  unless  they  have  a  reasonably  good  education,  so  readily  had  in  our 
fair  land  "  without  money  and  without  price,"  though  it  is  a  priceless  gift,  and  when 
worthy,  they  should  be  urged  and  aided  in  the  matter  of  acquiring  a  pharmaceutical 
education.  Aid  them  in  your  stores  by  those  easily  procured  helps — books — ^give  them 
time  to  study,  digest  and  experiment — and  in  this  wise  division  of  labor  at  the  counter 
and  study,  both  theoretical  and  practical,  you  will  be  yourself  the  gainer.  And  when 
the  right  time  comes,  aid  them  in  going  to  a  college  or  school  of  pharmacy. 

Among  the  hundreds  of  students  that  have  come  under  my  observation,  there  are 
many  whom  I  recall  with  great  pleasure,  as  they  are  now  not  only  ornaments  of  our  pro- 
fession, but  have  made  their  mark  in  the  world.  Think  you  that  many  employers  look 
back  with  regrets  when  they  see  the  bright  present  that  is  the  possession  of  some  woithy 
clerk  they  brought  up,  and  feel  assured  that  the  future  of  his  business  career  will  be  an 
honor  ? 

But  I  must  not  theorize — I  have  not  done  so.  What  we  can  do  should  be  done 
cheerfully  in  behalf  of  a  vocation  that  has  by  the  researches  of  some  of  our  members  and 
associates  helped  to  develop  the  materials  that  prolong  life  and  mitigate  suffering  and 
pain. 

Pharmaceutical  education  has  done  more  in  the  past  century  to  accomplish  these 
desirable  results  to  man  than  all  the  ages  which  have  preceded  it.  Let  us  do  what  we 
can  to  develop  the  yet  hidden  mysteries  of  nature,  that  the  future  may  be  an  improve- 
ment on  the  past,  and  that  will  be  one  of  the  results  of  the  aid  we  ought  to  and  can  give 
by  fostering  pharmaceutical  education. 

A  brief  report  of  the  Secretary  was  read,  followed  by  a  letter  from  Mr. 
Jacobs,  of  Georgia.  The  reception  of  the  letter  was  strongly  objected  to 
by  Messrs.  Hallberg,  Whitney,  Manning,  Kilmer,  and  Ebert,  as  im- 
properly and  unjustly  reflecting  on  Boards  of  Pharmacy. 

Mr.  Scarby  read  the  following  report: 

REPORT  OF  THE  COMMITTEE  ON  PRELIMINARY  EXAMINATIONS. 

To  the  American  Pkamiacrutical  AsiociaiwH  : 

Your  Committee  find  the  task  imposed  upon  them  a  very  difficult  one.  In  the  terms 
of  the  resolution  calling  for  their  appointment,  they  are  instructed  to  report  "  a  standard 
for  preliminary  examination,  which  shall  be  recommended  by  this  Association  to  all 
Colleges  of  Pharmacy  as  a  requirement  for  entrance  to  the  course  of  studies  given  in 
colleges  and  schools  of  pharmacy.''  An  ideal  standard  would  be  higher  than  any  of 
the  teaching  colleges  would  adopt,  and  a  practical  standard  is  not  easy  to  determine. 
The  foundations  of  a  building  are  constructed  with  a  view  to  their  fitness  for  the  super- 
structure that  is  to  be  erected  upon  them.  They  must  be  broad  enough  and  strong 
enough  to  bear  the  weight  of  the  perfected  edifice.  If  the  instruction  to  be  received  in 
our  Colleges  of  Pharmacy  is  to  be  superficial,  the  educational  foundations  need  not  be 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


282         MINUTES   OF  THE   SECTION   ON   PHARMACEUTICAL   EDUCATION. 

very  substantial.  But  if  the  instruction  is  to  be  comprehensive,  deep,  thorough,  the  pre- 
vious mental  development  must  be  correspondingly  broad  and  liberal. 

At  this  point,  we  are  confronted  with  the  question :  What  is  the  prime  object  of  a 
College  of  Pharmacy  ?  Is  it  for  the  purpose  of  conferring  a  degree  as  a  mark  of  dis- 
tinction on  a  limited  number  of  bright  and  proficient  students,  whose  abilities,  or  oppor- 
tunities or  superior  industry  have  enabled  them  to  rise  above  their  fellows,  or  is  it  to 
elevate  the  rank  and  file  of  the  apothecaries  of  the  land,  sending  them  out  fairly  profit 
cient  in  their  chosen  calling  and  equipped  for  the  battle  of  life?  If  we  accept  the 
former  view,  your  Committee  would  at  once  recommend  that  nothing  short  of  a  certifi- 
cate of  having  been  graduated  at  a  High  School  should  be  accepted  from  an  applicant 
for  admission  to  our  colleges. 

But  we  cannot  regard  our  colleges  as  designed  for  the  few ;  they  are  for  the  many. 
They  seek  to  do  the  greatest  good  to  the  largest  number.  How  shall  this  be  accomplished  ? 
By  making  the  instruction  given  of  such  exceeding  value  that  all  will  desire  to  have  it, 
and  at  the  same  time  throwing  open  the  doors  of  the  Colleges  to  all  who  have  a  suflficient 
ground -work  of  mental  attainments  to  give  promise  that  they  are  likely  to  make  satisfac- 
tory progress  in  their  studies.  If  the  terms  of  admission  are  too  lax,  many  will  enter 
who  will  be  unable  to  profit  adequately  by  the  instruction  given ;  if  too  stringent,  some 
will  be  barred  out  who  would  make  desirable  students — some  of  the  very  class  for  whose 
benefit  the  Colleges  were  instituted.     We  must  therefore  adopt  a  middle  course. 

The  necessity  of  raising  the  standard  of  qualification  demanded  for  entrance  to  oar 
Colleges  has  so  often  been  insisted  upon,  that  it  is  needless  for  us  to  reiterate  it  at  this 
time.  The  question  is,  how  can  it  be  done  ?  Due  regard  must  be  had  on  the  one  hand 
to  the  circumstances,  pecuniary  and  otherwise,  of  the  class  of  persons  from  which  oar 
students  are  derived,  and  on  the  other,  to  the  quality  and  extent  of  the  attainments  ex- 
pected of  them  at  graduation.  Obviously  the  finished  product  will  be  affected  by  the 
crude  drug,  and  we  cannot  improve  the  quality  of  this  by  a  stroke  of  the  pen.  However 
anxious,  therefore,  we  may  be  to  elevate  the  standard  at  our  preliminary  examinations, 
it  must  be  done  gradually.  We  can  go  no  faster  than  those  whom  we  take  with  us — the 
students.  Large  bodies  move  slowly.  But  though  gradual,  our  progress  must  be  none 
the  less  sure,  or  we  shall  fail  to  do  the  work  expected  of  us. 

It  has  been  alleged  that  some  of  our  colleges,  having  no  income  but  what  is  derived 
from  the  fees  paid  by  students,  cannot  afford  to  exclude  applicants  whose  early  education 
has  been  neglected.  This  consideration  has  no  weight  with  your  Committee.  A  col- 
lege that  panders  to  the  popular  demand  for  a  low  grade  of  qualification  because  of  its 
financial  needs,  has  no  right  to  live.  The  question  tliat  most  concerns  us  now  is  not  how 
shall  colleges  be  sustained  ?  but,  how  shall  they  accomplish  the  beneBcent  ends  for  which 
they  are  designed  ?  How  shall  we  induce  our  young  men  to  rise  to  the  level  of  their 
opportunities,  and  fit  themselves  for  their  own  further  development  ? 

The  difHcuUies  are  great.  So  many  youths  get  into  the  drug  business  without  any 
fixed  purpose  of  pursuing  it  for  life.  So  many  enter  it  having  no  proper  conception  of 
the  intellectual  capacity  and  mental  training  necessary  to  make  them  competent  pharm- 
acists. Still  others  drift  into  it  from  sheer  listlessness,  and  various  other  causes.  Some 
of  these,  after  two,  three  or  four  years  of  mental  indolence,  conclude  they  would  like  to 
have  a  diploma,  and  so  apply  for  matriculation.  Only  a  few  can  be  culled  out  of  the 
classes  named  as  having  a  fair  prospect  of  succeeding  in  their  studies.  What  becomes 
of  the  rest  ?  If  it  were  possible  to  induce  them  either  to  forsake  the  drug  business  alto^ 
gether,  or  to  qualify  themselves  for  entrance  into  our  colleges,  where  they  would  receive 
systematic,  theoretical  and  practical  instruction,  it  would  be  a  great  gain  to  our  craft  as 
well  as  to  themselves.  Your  Committee  believe  this  Association  can  do  something  that 
shall  help  to  bring  about  an  improvement  in  this  matter.     The  evil  is  not  confined  to 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


REPORT  OF   COMMITTEE   ON    PRELIMINARY    EXAMINATIONS.  283 

the  young  men.  Our  drug  store  proprietors  are  largely  responsible.  Apprentices  or 
learners  are  too  often  taken  into  stores  without  sufficient  inquiry  into  their  scholarship. 
This  ought  not  to  be.  If  apothecaries  generally  should  refuse  to  receive  into  their  em- 
ploy boys  whose  education  is  deficient,  parents  and  guardians  would  soon  learn  that 
they  must  keep  their  boys  in  school  until  they  have  received  a  fair  general  education,  if 
they  wish  them  to  follow  the  drug  business.  Your  Committee  consider  this  a  vital 
matter,  and  one  that  lies  at  the  bottom  of  the  whole  question. 

The  educational  qualification  exacted  of  apprentices  or  beginners  is  closely  allied  to 
those  required  for  admission  to  our  colleges.  Members  of  this  Association  can  give  most 
important  aid  to  the  colleges,  which,  we  believe,  are  all  trying  to  raise  the  standard  of 
scholarship  demanded  of  matriculants.  Indeed,  it  is  much  easier  to  exact  conditions  of 
would-be  apprentices  before  they  engage  in  the  business  at  all,  than  it  is  after  they  have 
devoted  several  years  to  it  and  then  conclude  to  make  up  for  lost  time  by  going  to  col- 
lege. If  we  can  have  a  united  action  on  the  part  of  apothecaries  in  this  particular,  and 
a  like  concert  on  the  part  of  the  colleges  in  raising  their  demands,  it  will  be  possible,  at 
no  very  distant  day,  to  require  of  all  who  aspire  to  enter  a  College  of  Pharmacy  a  much 
higher  grade  of  qualification  than  is  now  feasible. 

In  view  of  all  the  difficulties  that  surround  the  question  when  we  look  for  a  practical 
remedy  for  existing  evils,  your  Committee  suggest : 

1.  That  this  Association  recommend  to  its  members,  and' all  others  in  the  retail  drug 
business,  to  refuse  to  take  into  their  employ  as  apprentices  or  learners,  any  boys  or  young 
men  who  have  not  been  graduated  from  a  grammar  school  of  their  respective  States,  or 
who  do  not  present  evidence  of  having  received  an  education  equal  to  that  required  for 
such  graduation. 

2.  That  Colleges  of  Pharmacy  demand,  as  a  condition  to  entrance  upon  their  courses 
of  instruction,  a  certificate  of  graduation  from  a  State  Grammar  School,  or  from  an  insti- 
tution whose  course  of  instruction  is  known  to  them  to  equal  that  of  the  State  Grammar 
Schools,  and  whose  requirements  for  graduation  are  not  less  stringent. 

3.  lliat,  irrespective  of  the  possession  of  a  diploma  from  a  grammar  school,  all  appli- 
cants be  examined  in  the  following  branches :  English  composition,  percentage,  propor- 
tion, and  rudimentary  Latin. 

(This  recommendation  is  made  because  of  the  differences  in  the  courses  of  instruction 
in  the  public  schools  in  different  States,  and  in  view  of  the  fact  that  experience  has  taught 
us  that  many  of  the  candidates  have  left  school  for  some  years,  and  forgotten  what  they 
had  only  imperfectly  learned.) 

4.  In  the  absence  of  such  grammar  school  diploma,  the  preliminary  examinations 
'should  embrace :  . 

a.  A  thorough  examination  in  the  English  language,  ini^luding  orthography  (chirogra- 
phy),  use  of  capital  letters,  punctuation,  grammatical  construction,  etc. 

b.  Mathematics :  common  and  decimal  fractions,  percentage,  proportion,  involution 
and  evolution,  and  denominate  numbers. 

c.  Geography  and  rudimentary  Latin. 

5.  That  all  Colleges  announce  that  in  the  year  1891  they  will  require  the  candidates 
to  pass  an  examination  in  algebra,  in  addition  to  the  foregoing. 

Respectfully  submitted,  W.  M.  Searby, 

John  M.  Maisch, 
A.  B.  Stevens. 

On  motion  of  Mr.  Whitney,  seconded  by  Mr.  Hallberg,  the  report  was 
accepted  and  referred  for  publication. 

Mr.  Calvert. — I  am  very  glad  to  find  that  our  Committee  that  has  just  reported  has 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


284         MINUTES   OF  THE  SECFION   ON   PHARMACEUTICAL  EDUCATION. 

fallen  into  what  we  here  in  California  consider  very  easy  lines.  We  have  been  en- 
deavoring here  for  several  years  past,  as  those  who  have  followed  the  reports  of  our  col- 
lege here  will  very  well  know,  to  get  at  a  method  by  which  we  could  raise  the  standard 
of  education  of  the  young  men  who  enter  the  college.  In  the  first  place,  we  have  in- 
sisted for  several  years  on  a  matriculation  examination — not  a  very  hard  examination,  bat 
one  which  will  indicate  a  fair  average  common  school  education.  We  have  allowed 
those  to  come  in  for  several  years  past,  who  had  passed  the  examination  of  the  grammar 
schools  of  this  State.  All  those  who  had  not  passed  that  examination,  or  an  examina- 
tion equivalent  to  it,  were  required  to  pass  an  examination  in  four  or  five  subjects — 
arithmetic,  reading  and  writing,  geography,  and  one  or  two  minor  subjects.  We  have 
found  this  rule  to  work  remarkably  well,  and  it  has  raised  the  standard  of  onr  students 
in  a  wonderful  degree.  We  have  been  quite  astonished  at  the  advance  which  we  have 
made  in  the  last  four  yean  in  the  quality  of  the  students  in  the  college,  and  it  is  a  thing 
which  we  think  should  be  followed  up  by  all  the  colleges  in  the  country.  I  think  that 
the  idea  which  has  been  put  before  you  now  in  this  report  of  the  Committee  carries  out 
essentially  all  that  we  have  been  striving  for  for  a  number  of  years. 

Mr.  Whitney. — I  consider  it  one  of  the  best  practical  papers  I  have  ever  heard  read, 
and  in  the  line  of  progress. 

Mr.  Hallberg. — I  cannot  express  my  gratification  at  the  report  presented  to  this 
Association,  so  full  of  good  meat  and  food  for  reflection. 

A  paper  (printed)  entitled,  "Reply  to  Queries  proposed  at  the  Detroit 
Meeting,"  was  called  up  by  the  Chairman  to  be  read. 

Mr.  Ebert. — I  move  that  this  paper  be  not  published;  I  do  not  think  the  Proceed- 
ings of  the  American  Pharmaceutical  Association  should  be  taken  up  with  such  queries 
and  answers.  They  are  well  enough  to  bring  up  before  this  Section  :  let  us  read  and 
study  them ;  but  to  fill  up  the  Proceedings  with  such  matter  is  a  mistake.  As  an  illus- 
tration, here  is  an  answer:  "1  think  not;  means  too  much  machinery."  This  is  all  well 
enough  to  write  in  a  letter  as  an  answer;  but  I  am  quite  sure  that  the  member  whose 
initials  are  connected  with  it  would  not  like  to  see  it  in  type.  I  certainly  would  not  like 
to  see  mine  published.  I,  therefore,  move  you,  Mr.  Chairman,  that  a  printed  copy  be 
furnished  to  the  members  present  to  take  home  with  them  and  read. 

A  motion  was  made  and  seconded,  that  the  paper  be  accepted  and  re- 
ferred to  the  Committee  on  Publication  with  power. 

Mr.  Whjtney. — I  think  the  Association  better  take  the  responsibility  upon  them- 
selves. We  would  be  throwing  a  responsibility  upon  that  Committee  that  the  Associar 
tion  should  dispose  of.  We  are  assembled  for  the  purpose  of  considering  these  matters, 
and  I  am  inclined  to  think  with  Mr.  Ebert,  of  Chicago,  that  a  good  deal  of  it  is  poor 
timber. 

Mr.  Majsch. — I  am  very  glad  that  Mr.  Whitney  has  made  these  remarks.  It  is  well 
known  that  the  Permanent  Secretary  of  the  Association  is  necessarily  always  a  member 
of  the  Committee  on  Publication.  That  Committee  has  as  yet  not  been  appointed,  but 
will  be  appointed  for  the  coming  year  as  soon  as  the  new  Council  shall  organize.  Who 
that  Committee  will  be,  consequently,  I  don't  know ;  but  I  wish  to  say  that  in  the  past 
similar  matters  were  referred  to  the  Committee  on  Publication,  and  that  Committee  very 
gracefully  usually  got  out  of  all  trouble  by  reference  to  the  Permanent  Secretary,  so  that 
he  was  the  only  one  responsible.     I  have  repeatedly  spoken  against  such  a  practice,  and 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


COLLEGE  TRAINING   OF  STUDENTS   IN   PHARMACY.  285 

I  am  very  glad  and  very  much  obliged  for  Mr.  Whitney  to  have  made  those  remarks.  I 
certainly  think  it  is  far  more  dignified  for  the  Association  itself  to  assume  any  responsi- 
bility that  may  be  connected  with  it. 

Mr.  Searby. — When  we  refer  a  paper  to  that  Commiitee,  it  is  not  with  the  object  of 
pennitting  them  to  throw  it  out.  I  don't  think  they  should  have  the  right  to  throw  out 
a  paper  that  has  been  referred  to  them. 

Mr.  Maisch. — Yes,  sir ;  the  By-laws  provide  for  that.* 

Mr.  Painter. — I  move  an  amendment  that  this  paper  be  laid  on  the  table. 

The  amendment  was  duly  seconded  and  carried,  and  the  motion  as 
amended  was  adopted. 

A  paper  by  Mr.  Bodenuinn,  entitled,  ''  What  is  the  present  condition 
of  the  apprentice  system?''  was  read,  and,  on  motion,  laid  on  the  table. 

Mr.  Searby  read  the  following  paper,  which,  on  motion,  was  referred 
to  the  Committee  on  Publication  : 

ON  THE  COLLEGE   TRAINING  OF  STUDENTS  IN  PHARMACY. 

Query  52. — Is  the  College  training  in  Pharmacy,  after  two  years*  practical  experi- 
ence, better  for  the  student  than  the  reverse,  viz.,  Theoretical  first  and  Practical  after- 
wards ? 

BY  JOSEPH  p.  REMINGTON. 

The  query  which  the  committee  have  propounded  is  a  timely  and 
important  one.  Formerly  the  almost  universal  practice  was  for  a  pre- 
ceptor to  engage  an  assistant  with  the  understanding  that  he  was  to 
remain  actively  engaged  in  the  store  for  at  least  four  years;  then,  after 
usually  two  years'  experience,  the  assistant  was  sent  to  a  College  of  Phar- 
macy to  attend  his  first  course  of  lectures,  and  then,  after  another  course, 
if  his  requirements  as  to  age  and  experience  enabled  him  to  apply  for  the 
final  examination  in  the  Spring,  he  came  forward  and,  if  successful  at 
this  last  test,  he  graduated.  The  query  is  timely,  because  a  different 
practice  is  coming  into  vogue  to  a  slight  extent,  and  is  sometimes  recom- 
mended, and  it  certainly  would  be  well  to  scan  closely  what  might  be 
called  an  innovation  upon  the  time-honored  practice. 

So  far  as  the  writer's  knowledge  extends,  no  College  of  Pharmacy  has 
ever  passed  a  by-law  or  resolution  which  aimed  to  control  the  choice  of 
the  student  or  preceptor  in  this  matter ;  there  has  never  been  anything  to 
prevent  a  student  from  entering  a  college  at  any  period  of  his  service, 
and  taking  the  regular  course,  (provided  he  passed  the  preliminary  exam- 
ination as  to  his  ordinary  education) ;  he  was  never  asked  any  questions 
about  the  length  of  time  that  he  had  been  in  business  before  entering 
college — so  that  the  habit  of  not  matriculating  at  college  until  two  or 
more  years  of  practical  experien^^e  in  the  drug  business  had  its  origin 
entirely  outside  of  direct  college  legislation,  yet  indirectly,  certain  pro- 

*Chapt.  VI.,  Art.  IX.  states  that  the  Proceedings  "shall  contain.  .  .  .such  addresses^  scientific 
papers  ....  as  they  (the  Council)  may  deem  worthy  of  insertion." 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


286        MINUTES   OF   THE  SECTION   ON   PHARMACEUTICAL   EDUCATION. 

visions  in  the  requirements  for  graduation  had  an  important  bearing  in 
establishing  the  practice  ;  these  were  adopted  by  nearly  every  college  in 
the  country,  and  provided  first,  that  each  student  before  receiving  his 
diploma  must  produce  evidence  of  having  served  four  years  in  the  drug 
business.;  and  secondly,  that  every  graduate  must  have  attained  the  age 
of  twenty- one  years.  Preceptors  and  students,  knowing  of  these  require- 
ments, naturally  reasoned  that  it  would  be  better  to  concentrate  the 
greatest  amount  of  study  upon  the  last  two  years  of  the  four,  because  the 
last  year  was  the  period  when  the  final  examinations  took  place,  and  it 
was  reasonable  to  believe  that  the  first  or  junior  examination  should  pre- 
cede the  final  or  senior  examination  by  as  short  a  time  as  possible,  because 
study  and  the  acquisition  of  theoretical  knowledge  is  much  facilitated  by 
being  carried  on  continuously  and  without  intermission.  It  will  thus  be 
seen  that  the  practice  of  entering  college  after  first  having  two  years' 
experience  in  a  store  was  rational  and  based  on  good  judgment.  In 
addition  to  this,  the  courses  of  instruction  at  all  colleges  of  pharmacy, 
presuppose  some  practical  familiarity  and  knowledge  of  the  objects  used 
to  illustrate  the  lectures  on  pharmacy.  It  is  perhaps  needless  to  say  that 
the  instruction  would  be  much  more  likely  to  fasten  itself  in  the  memory 
of  the  hearer,  if  he  had  the  advantage  of  some  previous  actual  knowledge 
of  the  operation,  or  of  the  physical  properties  of  the  chemical  or  pharma- 
ceutical preparation  that  is  the  subject  of  the  lecture. 

Then  again,  the  custom  of  first  acquiring  some  practical  experience 
before  entering  college,  was  aided  by  the  fact  that  the  diploma  was  not 
granted  until  the  candidate  had  reached  the  age  of  twenty- one  years,  and 
it  was  not  only  rational,  but  in  most  cases  obligatory  on  the  part  of 
students,  to  acquire  practical  experience  at  first ;  for  the  great  majority 
entered  the  drug  business  at  about  their  seventeenth  year,  and  it  became 
necessary  to  occupy  their  time  to  the  best  advantage ;  and  during  the 
preliminary  experience  in  the  store  they  had  the  opportunity  of  carefully 
investigating  the  subject  of  college  work,  and  of  consulting  with  their 
preceptors  and  with  the  older  students  as  to  the  best  method  of  preparing 
for  college.  In  some  cases  of  exceptional  ability  it  ha«?  happened  that 
enough  money  has  been  saved  by  the  student  during  the  previous  experi- 
ence to  pay  his  college  expenses ;  and  there  are  many  graduates  in  suc- 
cessful practice  to-day,  who  have  reached  eminence  in  their  profession, 
who  were  compelled  by  straitened  circumstances  early  in  their  career,  to 
earn  the  means  which  paid  for  their  education  at  college. 

The  query  asks  whether  a  previous  "experience  is  better  for  the 
student,*'  and  by  inference  it  would  be  supposed  that  the  peqjuniary 
question  of  "ways  and  means"  was  not  a  factor;  for  the  few  who  are  so 
favored  that  they  can  afford  to  take  their  college  training  at  the  begin- 
ning of  their  four-year  term  of  service,  and  wait  two  years  before  passing 
their  final  examination  (^for  of  course  they  can  not  come  into  the  exami- 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


COLLEGE  TRAINING   OF  STUDENTS   IN   PHARMACY.  287 

nation  room  until  they  have  produced  evidence  of  having  at  least  three 
and  one-half  years*  experience  in  a  store),  there  still  remains  the  ques- 
tion— which  is  better?  The  writer  is  willing  to  grant  that  there  may  be 
an  exceptional  case  here  and  there  which  would  require  special  consid- 
eration, and  the  ultimate  object  of  the  student  might  not  be  the  usual 
one,  that  of  becoming  a  retail  pharmacist.  In  all  of  the  older  colleges  of 
pharmacy,  there  are  constantly  increasing  numbers  of  students,  who 
graduate,  or  take  the  instruction,  who  never  expect  to  be  apothecaries, 
but  will  enter  wholesale  or  manufacturing  departments,  or  become  chem- 
ists, physicians  or  professional  men  in  some  of  the  collateral  sciences;  in 
such  cases  the  probable  career  of  the  student  must  be  taken  into  account. 
But  it  is  usually  safe  to  say  that  two  years'  training  in  a  retail  drug  store 
at  the  beginning,  with  the  varied  experience  that  it  affords,  the  opportuni- 
ties to  become  familiar  with  the  physical  properties  of  chemicals,  galen- 
icals and  medicines  in  common  use,  give  to  all  an  education  that  is  last- 
ing in  its  effects,  and  of  inestimable  value  all  through  life.  If  the  student 
should  be  so  fortunate  as  to  secure  a  good,  conscientious  preceptor,  there 
should  be  no  hesitation  whatever  as  to  the  course  to  pursue.  In  conclu- 
sion, the  query  is  answered  by  stating  that,  in  the  writer's  opinion,  it  is 
better  for  the  student  to  have  practical  experience  before  entering  college, 
better  for  the  professors  (because  of  the  greater  intelligence  of  the  stu- 
dents), better  for  the  college  (because  it  makes  better  students),  and  bet- 
ter for  the  community  (for  the  same  reason). 

Mr.  Stevens. — From  the  manner  in  which  the  paper  has  been  received,  I  don't 
know  but  what  I  stand  somewhat  alone  in  my  ideas  in  regard  to  this  subject.  I  would 
like  to  call  your  attention  to  a  few  points.  You  notice  that  four  years  are  given  as  the 
time  required  before  entering  the  college,  and  then  two  years  for  graduating,  making  six 
years.  Take  six  years  from  twenty-one  years,  the  graduating  age,  and  we  have  about  fif- 
teen years  for  entering  the  business.  The  preliminary  education  which  you  have  all  upheld 
so  highly  here  must  be  acquired  in  the  first  fifteen  years,  according  to  this  paper.  Now, 
taking  up  a  point  as  to  the  continuous  study,  I  claim  that  the  pupil  should  go  directly  on 
with  his  studies  when  he  is  able  to  comprehend  the  course  laid  out  for  him,  and  not 
after  he  has  washed  bottles  for  a  few  years  and  has  got  all  through  the  notion  of  study. 
I  can  refer  you  to  a  man  who  had  had  sixteen  years  of  experience,  I  think,  a  Secretary 
of  one  of  the  State  Associations,  a  man  apparently  naturally  bright  to  all  intents  and  pur- 
poses, who  when  he  came  into  the  school-room  could  not  hold  his  own  with  any  of  the 
students,  even  the  poorest  one  in  the  whole  class,  and  finally  he  dropped  out  and  said  he 
could  not  grasp  those  ideas.  From  the  class  for  the  last  three  or  four  years,  take  those 
students  who  have  had  no  experience  in  the  apothecary  shop,  and  put  them  by  the  side 
of  those  who  have  htld  years  of  practical  experience — I  tell  you  that  those  who  have  no 
practical  experience  as  a  whole  make  better  students  in  the  end,  their  work  being  fin- 
bhed  in  better  condition.  Those  standing  the  highest  in  every  branch  of  study,  have 
been  those  who  have  never  seen  the  inside  of  a  drug  store  to  do  a  day's  work.  Such 
points  are  sufficient  to  prove  that  a  man  is  in  better  condition  to  enter  college  when  he 
is  studying  than  after  he  goes  off  and  neglects  his  studies  for  four  years.  There  is 
another  point ;  they  speak  of  allowing  the  students  to  take  their  course  of  study  through 
the  two  years,  and  then  withhold  their  diploma  until  they  have  had  the  practical  exper- 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


iSS        MINUTES  OF  THB  SECTION   ON   PHARMACJfUTICAL  EDUCATION. 

ience.  I  have  in  mind  a  young  man  who  came  to  the  UniTeisity  of  Michigan,  and 
brought  a  recommendation  from  his  previous  teacher  of  pharmacy.  They  did  not  grad- 
uate him,  but  they  stated  he  had  been  through  all  the  requirements  of  the  school,  except 
that  he  had  not  had  the  required  number  of  years  of  experience,  and  that  he  was  one  of 
the  best  in  the  school.  That  proves  the  point  I  spoke  of  before.  A  remark  has  been 
made  by  some  one  that  we  should  graduate  them  as  graduates  in  pharmacy,  that  is,  that, 
they  should  be  competent  and  have  all  the  practical  experience,  or  withhold  their  di- 
ploma for  four  years,  until  they  have  that  experience.  Take  the  medical  profession.  Do 
they  require  them  to  become  physicians  before  they  graduate  them?  Or  a  mining  en 
gineer,  or  any  thing  of  that  sort  ?  I  think  you  will  find  we  stand  alone  to-day  on  that 
point.  There  is  another  point  in  regard  to  their  becoming  familiar  with  drugs,  galeni- 
cal preparations,  and  the  handling  of  chemicals.  There  was  a  young  man  who  had  nine 
years'  experience,  three  years  in  the  retail  business  and  six  years  in  the  wholesale  busi- 
ness putting  up  packages,  etc.  He  came  to  the  University,  and  wanted  to  know  if  we 
would  give  him  credit  for  a  certain  amount  of  work  he  had  done.  We  told  him  if  he 
passed  the  examination,  that  was  what  was  required.  He  went  to  the  room  and  said 
he  would  try  the  examination,  and  after  answering  two  or  three  questions  he  said  he 
guessed  he  would  come  into  the  class ;  he  came  in  until  the  whole  course  was  finished, 
and  then  he  passed  an  excellent  examination. 

Mr.  Manning. — I  suppose  it  is  proper  that  there  should  be  a  difference  of  opinion  upon 
a  matter  like  this,  but  it  seems  to, me  correct  that  at  this  time  the  experience  of  our  Board 
should  be  cited  as  replying  to  the  gentleman^s  remarks.  A  party  came  before  our  Board 
with  a  diploma  from  a  college  of  pharmacy  that  does  not  require  a  preparatory  training 
in  a  drug  store.  This  party  passed  a  most  excellent  examination  in  the  theory,  every- 
thing was  correct;  but  he  could  not  recognize  the  difference  between  paregoric  and  tinc- 
ture of  opium,  neither  did  he  know  that  there  was  any  difference  in  the  dose;  still,  by 
registration  upon  the  diploma  that  he  held  he  bad  the  advantage  of  equal  standing  with 
the  oldest  and  best  druggists  in  our  state.  It  seems  to  me  you  might  as  well  claim  that 
a  person  could  become  a  perfectly  trained  and  skilled  mechanic  without  having  had  any 
experience  at  the  bench. 

Mr.  Hallbbrg. — Mr.  Stevens  is  mistaken  in  the  time  required  for  graduation.  The 
requirement  of  four  years  includes  the  two  years  at  college,  and  the  young  man  may 
commence  the  drug  business  at  seventeen  years  of  age.  What  he  don*t  know  about 
English  and  rudimentary  Latin  by  that  time,  he  will  probably  never  find  out.  I  think 
that  most  young  men  get  most  of  their  education  by  the  time  they  are  fifteen ;  at  least 
most  of  them  will  be  turned  out  to  hustle  for  themselves  by  that  time.  Reference  was 
made  by  Mr.  Stevens  to  a  man  who  had  been  in  the  drug  business  for  sixteen  years. 
That  man  never  served  a  regular  apprenticeship ;  he  was  simply  engaged  in  a  wholesale 
drug  house,  and  he  was  a  man  unfortunately  with  very  little,  if  any,  education ;  hence 
this  is  not  a  good  practical  case.  Now,  I  would  like  to  ask,  what  kind  of  men  do  we 
want  as  assistants  in  the  pharmacy  ?  Do  we  want  men  who  can  write  formulas,  and 
scarcely  know  how  to  wash  out  the  sediments  in  a  lime-water  bottle  ?  I  tell  you, 
young  men  by  the  time  they  have  spent  two  or  three  years  at  the  college  or  school 
of  pharmacy  and  have  a  diploma,  are,  as  a  rule,  a  little  too  high-strung  to  start  right 
down  on  the  lowest  rung  of  the  ladder,  washing  bottles,  sweeping  out,  if  necessary,  which 
it  is  necessary  for  a  man  to  know  in  order  to  master  the  drug  business  in  all  its  details. 
That  is  the  chief  difficulty.  Can  you  put  such  a  young  man  in  the  store  and  have  him 
do  the  work  that  is  required  of  a  clerk  ?  Not  at  all.'  The  representations  made  by  Prof. 
Remington  in  his  paper  come  nearer  the  point.  Young  men  know  ing  nothing  about 
tinctures,  extracts,  or  fluid  extracts,  what  good  is  a  course  of  lectures  in  pharmacy  to 


Digitized  by 


Google 


COLUEGE   TRAINING   OF   STUDENTS   IN   PHARMACY.  289 

them?  Even  the  experience  they  get  in  the  pharmaceutical  laboratory  in  any  institu- 
tion in  this  country  is  not  adequate  enough  to  equal  the  practical  experience  obtained  in 
the  drug  store.  I  think  it  is  absolutely  necessary  that  the  practical  experience  should 
be  had  first,  and  the  theoretical  afterwards.  The  best  results  of  education  are  only  ob- 
tained when  the  person  is  placed  in  a  position  where  he  can  recognize  in  what  particu- 
lar the  education  is  going  to  do  him  the  most  good.  Take  a  young  man  who  has  been 
two  or  three  years  in  the  drug  business.  He  has  tried  his  hand  at  making  tinctures  and 
other  preparations ;  he  feels  there  is  something  in  which  he  is  lacking ;  he  can  do  pretty 
welly  but  his  preceptor  is  not  the  kind  of  a  man  to  give  him  the  right  kind  of  advice, 
and  he  feels  half  of  the  time  at  sea.  Then  he  is  ready  for  pharmaceutical  education, 
and  not  till  that  time.  Human  nature  is  so  constituted  that  it  does  not  appreciate  things 
until  forced  into  the  necessity,  and  on  that  ground  alone,  which  is  the  underlying  idea 
of  all  really  good,  sound  education,  this  practical  work  should  first  be  had  before  we 
have  the  theoretical. 

Mr.  Ramsperger. — We  know  that  the  students  turned  out  of  our  colleges  do  not  have 
enough  practical  training,  and  therefore  I  agree  with  all  that  Mr.  Hallberg  says.  Of 
course  the  theoretical  must  not  be  neglected,  but  the  practical  must  go  before  it. 

Mr.  Stevens. — I  have  had  experience  with  students  who  I  thought  had  practical 
experience,  but  on  questioning  them  1  found  that  their  experience  was  very  limited,  and 
many  of  them  did  not  know  anything  about  the  little  points  that  they  ought  to  know  if 
they  had  any  experience  at  all  in  drug  stores.  I  don't  care  what  you  say  to  the  contrar)*, 
if  you  take  those  students  who  have  had  experience  in  drug  stores,  and  place  them  along- 
side of  those  who  have  not  bad  a  day's  practical  experience,  in  the  majority  of  cases 
you  will  find  out  that  the  students  who  had  no  practical  education  will  turn  out  the  bet- 
ter preparations.  I  don't  know  whether  it  is  because  those  who  have  had  practical  ex> 
perience  have  learned  a  slip-shod  sort  of  half  way  of  doing  things,  but  I  know  that  those 
with  the  theoretical  experience  turn  out  the  best  work. 

Mr.  Maisch. — It  may  be  proper  in  this  connection  to  direct  attention  to  what  is  cus- 
tomary in  other  countries.  1  believe  that  ii  will  be  acknowledged  that  throughout  the 
continent  of  Europe,  in  every  country,  the  manner  of  proceeding  is  simply  this :  the  young 
man  has  to  get  his  preliminary  education  first,  which,  however,  is  higher  than  is  as  a  rule 
required  here,  and  includes  at  least  the  rudiments  of  natural  science ;  then  he  has  to  serve 
his  apprenticeship ;  after  serving  his  apprenticeship  he  serves  as  a  clerk ;  and  then  he 
prepares  at  the  school  or  university  for  his  final  examination. 

Mr.  Stevens. — We  have  no  .«uch  system  of  apprenticeship  here  ;  if  we  did,  it  would 
be  different. 

Mr.  Maisch. — We  used  to  have  a  system  of  apprenticeship,  but  of  course  that  has 
been  changed. 

Mr.  Whitney. — One  point  which  the  professor  made  was,  that  a  boy  direct  from 
school  was  in  a  condition  to  study.  I  have  been  long  in  business,  and  met  a  great  many 
boys,  and  the  boys  that  came  fresh  from  school  could  take  the  DLspensatory  and  other 
books  which  we  use  and  keep  up  the  study  until  they  went  to  college.  To  illustrate  my 
point :  there  was  a  gentleman  who  had  a  diploma  as  a  physician  and  had  twenty-6ve 
years'  experience,  and  claimed  twenty  years  as  an  apothecary,  when  asked  from  what 
sources  we  obtained  cream  of  tartar,  he  said  he  did  not  know  exactly,  but  he  believed  it 
was  made  in  the  laboratory.  A  graduate  of  a  college  of  pharmacy  also  came  before  our 
Board  orally ;    he  had  already  passed   his  written   examination,  which  was  good  ;  but 

'9  Digitized  by  Google 


290        MINUTES  OP   THE   SECTION   ON   PHARMACEUTICAL  EDUCATION. 

when  he  came  to  the  practical  test  he  did  not  know  tincture  of  asafoetida  from  sherry 
wine. 

Mr.  Ebert. — I  fully  concur  with  what  Prof.  Stevens  says  with  r^ard  to  the  value 
of  training  of  the  kind  that  they  give  at  Ann  Arbor.  The  only  fault  that  I  find  with  Ann 
Arbor — for  it  is  the  only  one  that  I  know  of  at  present — is  that  after  giving  the  young 
man  this  training  they  give  him  a  diploma  which  impresses  upon  that  young  man  that  he 
is  an  apothecary — that  he  understands  the  trade  of  a  pharmacist.  He  has  got  education 
which  is  very  useful  to  him  ;  he  will  make  an  excellent  p\iarmacist  if  he  can  just  be 
made  to  understand  that  now  is  the  time  for  him  to  learn  the  art  of  pharmacy,  which  he 
has  not  acquired.  He  has  got  the  theory,  but  he  has  not  got  the  art,  and  to  be  a  phar- 
macist it  is  required  in  this  country  and  every  other  country  to  have  both  theory  and  art. 

The  following  paper  was  read  by  title  and  referred  to  the  Committee 
on  Publication : 

WHAT  KIND  OF  TRAINING  IN  LATIN  IS  BEST  SUITED  TO  THE 
PHARMACEUTICAL  STUDENT. 

BY  PROF.  L.  E.  SAYRE. 
Department  of  Pharmacy,  University  of  Kansas. 

Last  year  I  had  the  honor  of  presenting  to  this  Section  of  the  Associ- 
ation a  paper,  entitled  '*  The  Advantages  of  a  Training  in  English  as  a 
Part  of  a  Pharmaceutical  Education."  Both  that  paper  and  this  may 
appear  to  bring  forward  educational  matters  that  are  outside  of  the  mere 
technical  training  required  in  a  regular  pharmaceutical  course.  From 
some  criticisms  of  my  former  paper,  I  should  infer  that  my  critics  consid- 
ered such  matters  not  only  almost  irrelevant  to  a  technical  course,  but 
even  unimportant  or  of  little  value  to  the  pharmacist  in  his  business  life. 
I  do  not  think  it  necessary  to  defend  the  contrary  position  before  the 
members  of  this  Section,  since  the  very  existence  of  the  Section,  I  take 
it,  implies  not  a  circumscribed  and  restricted  technical  training  of  the 
pharmacist,  but  recognizes  the  importance  of  mental  development  and 
culture  of  the  young  man  who  is  to  be  the  future  pharmacist.  A  broader 
and  deeper  education  in  all  departments,  even  in  mere  mechanical  work, 
is  one  of  the  general  requirements  of  the  day.  Presumably  every  father 
says  to  his  son:  **  I  wish  you  to  be  better  equipped  for  the  business  of 
life  than  I  have  been.*' 

The  study  of  Latin  in  our  schools,  aside  from  its  historical  and  literary 
use,  is  looked  upon  as  a  means  of  mental  development  by  strengthening 
the  memory,  exercising  the  judgment,  and  improving  the  student's  taste 
ajid  power  of  expression.  No  one  will  deny  that  the  student  of  phar- 
macy has  need  of  all  these  qualifications ;  indeed,  that  they  are  essential 
to  the  success  of  every  business  man.  Nay,  more:  we  may  add  that  the 
professional  and  the  scientific  man  feels  himself  weak  without  the  training 
which  such  study  gives. 

Latin  is  especially  necessary  in  the  medical  and  pharmaceutical  profes- 
sions.    A  recent  writer  uses  the  following  language,  which  bears  upon 

Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


WHAT   KIND   OF   TRAINING    IN   LATIN   IS   BEST   SUITED.  29! 

this  point:  **  The  Latin  language  is  so  generally  employed  over  the  world 
for  prescription  writing  that  it  is  very  desirable  that  every  pharmacist  and 
physician  should  have  at  least  an  elementary  knowledge  of  this  language, 
and  it  is  to  be  hoped  that  the  time  is  not  far  in  the  future  when  such  knowl- 
edge will  be  one  of  the  fundamental  requirements  for  an  admission  to  an 
apprenticeship  in  a  drug  store  or  a  physician's  office/'  The  prevailing 
opinion  seems  to  be  among  educators  that  it  is  perfectly  feasible  to  exact 
of  the  apprentice  that  he  be  prepared  m  such  language  work  as  the  Latin 
before  he  enters  a  school  of  pharmacy,  if  not  before  he  enters  the  duties 
of  an  apprentice;  but  I  have  been  convinced  that  this  is  not  the  case  and 
will  not  be  for  years  to  come. 

A  knowledge  of  Latin  being  considered  at  least  desirable,  the  question 
is  pertinent,  What  kind  of  training  is  best  suited  to  the  pharmaceutical 
student  ? 

It  is  the  purpose  of  this  paper  to  call  attention  to  the  question  itself 
rather  than  to  offer  an  answer  to  it.  The  question  has  forcibly  presented 
itself  to  me  since  my  connection  with  the  Kansas  State  University.  It  is 
exceedingly  to  be  regretted  that  so  few  students  come  to  us  prepared 
with  any  previous  knowledge  of  this  language,  and  many  who  have  had 
previous  training  are  insufficiently  equipped.  It  has  become  a  settled 
conviction  with  us  that  we  must,  in  the  case  of  the  students  of  pharmacy, 
prepare  the  preparatory  Latin  work  especially  for  them.  There  are  sev- 
eral things  which  have  led  us  to  that  conclusion.  One  of  the  principal 
ones  is  that  the  pharmacy  students  do  not  make  the  progress  that  they 
should  in  this  study,  because  they  fail  to  become  interested  and  fail  to 
see  the  connection  between  Caesar's  ** Commentaries"  and  the  Pharma- 
copoeia. A  technical  student  is  interested — nay,  even  enthusiastic — in 
his  own  work,  but  to  arouse  and  interest  him  in  other  lines  of  study  re- 
quires a  special  effort.  With  this  laudable  purpose  in  view  of  arousing 
an  interest  in  Latin  in  the  minds  of  students  in  pharmacy,  our  Professor 
of  Latin,  D.  H.  Robinson,  has  prepared  a  series  of  exercises  consisting  of 
such  words,  phrases  and  sentences  as  are  in  common  use  in  the  practice 
of  pharmacy  and  medicine.  The  sentences  are  practical,  and  the  student 
can,  at  a  glance,  see  the  connection  with  his  subject.  When  he  knows 
the  meaning  of  the  words  and  phrases  in  actual  use  in  his  profession  his 
interest  is  bespoken.  I  venture  to  add  a  brief  selection  from  one  of  the 
exercises,  that  the  members  of  this  Section  may  have  an  idea  of  the  plan : 


Juvenis  medicamentarius  novam  offici- 
nam  recentibus  medicamentis  replevit. 
Ordines   longi    ampullarum    vitrearum 
in  abacis  stant. 

Dominus   medicamenta    inspectans   et 
ordinans  est  superbus  et  beatus  vir. 
Adoriiavit    officinam    et    nunc  multos 
emptores  expectat. 


1.  The   young  druggist  has  stocked  his 
new  store  with  fresh  medicines. 

2.  Long  rows  of  glass  jars  stand  on  his 
shelves. 

3.  The  owner   inspecting  and   arranging 
his  drugs  is  a  proud  and  happy  man. 

4.  He  has  adorned  his  store  and  now  ex  • 
peels  many  cusomers.  ^<->.  » 

jitizedbyCjOOgle 


292        MINUTES   OF  THE  SECTION  ON   PHARMACEXTTICAL   EDUCATION. 


5.  Emptor  intrat  ct  syrupos  rogat. 

6.  Rogabasne  syrupos?  Vide,  inspecia, 
gusta,  si  placet. 

7.  En  auraniii  fiorum  syrupus,  calcii  lac- 
tophosphatis  syrupus,  ferri  ct  quiniae  et 
strychniae  phosphatum  syrupus,  rosse 
syrupus,  picis  syrupus,  rhei  syrupus,  et 
ceteri  syrupi  in  ordine  longo !  Nonne 
sunt  pulchri? 

8.  Tincluras  quoque  inspecta.  Omnis 
tinciura  est  reccns,  eximia,  singularis. 

9.  Tincturas  arnicae  florum,  benzoini,  cat 
endulae,  cubebje,  digitalis,  gelsemii, 
iodii — omnes  tincturas  officinales  habeo. 
Quam  pulchrae  sunt !     Quot  ernes  ? 

10.  Trochiscos  quoque  gusta,  et  puero  parvo 
da  ununi.     Nonne  sunt  boni? 

1 1 .  Omnia  genera  trochiscorum  officinalium 
in  ampullis  sunt. 

12.  Nonne  menthae  piperitae  et  zingiberis 
trochisci  linguam  mordent,  mi  puer 
parve  ?     Recentes  et  acres^sunt. 

13.  Medicatas  aquas  eliam  gusta;  exam 
pulla  pota.  Unquammc  tales  aquas 
antea  gustavisti  ? 

14.  Aquas  ammoniae,  amygdalae,  anisi,  aur- 
antii  florum,  chlori,  menthae  piperitae, 
menlhae  viridis,  rosae — omne  genus 
medicatarum  aquarum  piaebelK). 

15.  Satis  hodie,  mi  amice.  Officina  tua 
perpulchra  est.  Alio  tempore  cetera 
medicamenta  inspeciabo.     Vale. 


5.  A  customer  enters  and  calls  for  syrups. 

6.  Did  you  ask  for  syrups  ?  See,  inspect, 
taste,  if  you  please. 

7.  See  there !  Syrup  of  orange  flowers, 
lactophosphate  of  calcium  syrup,  syrup 
of  phosphates  of  iron,  quinine  and 
strychnine,  tar  syrup,  rose  syrup,  syrup 
of  rhubarb,  and  the  rest  of  the  syrups  in 
a  long  row !     Aren't  they  beautiful  ? 

8.  Inspect  my  tinctures  also.  Every  tinc- 
ture is  fresh,  superior  and  remarkable. 

9.  I  have  tinctures  of  arnica  flowers,  ben- 
zoin, calendula,  cubebs,  digitalis,  gel- 
semium,  iodine — all  of  the  officinal 
tinctures.  How  beautiful  they  arc! 
How  many  will  you  buy  ? 

10.  Taste  my  troches,  too,  and  give  one  to 
your  little  boy.     Good,  aren't  they? 

11.  All  kinds  of  officinal  troches  are  in  my 
jars. 

12.  The  troches  of  peppermint  and  ginger 
bite  your  tongue,  do  they  not,  my  little 
boy  ?     They  are  fresh  and  sharp. 

13.  Taste  my  medicated  waters  also;  drink 
out  of  Jhe  bottle.  Did  you  ever  taste 
such  waters  before? 

14.  I  will  furnish  you  waters  of  ammonia, 
almonds,  anise,  orange  flowers,  chlor- 
ine, peppermint,  spearmint,  rose — every 
sort  of  medicated  waters. 

15.  Enough  to  day,  my  friend.  Your  store 
is  very  beautiful.  At  another  time  I  will 
inspect  the  rest  of  your  drugs.  Good  bye. 


QUKSTIONS  TO  BE  ANSWERED    IN   LATIN. 


1.  Estne  medicamentario   copia  medica- 
mentorum  ? 

2.  Ilabetne  cubebae  et  calendulae   iluida 
extracta? 

3.  Quis  chiragram  nodosam  habet  ? 

4.  Nonne  est  chiragra  morbus  dolorosus? 

5.  Ubi  sedes  morbi  est? 

6.  Nonne  est  in  digitis  ? 

7.  Num   podagram    quoque   miles    vetus 
habet? 

8.  Quod  remedium  chiragram  sanabit  ? 

9.  Nonne   est   salicylicum   acidum  poda- 
giae  novum  tt  bonum  remedium  ? 

10.  Estne  dosis  magna  ?        « 

1 1.  Decern  grana  est  satis. 


I    I.  Has  the  druggist  plenty  of  medicines? 

2.  Has  he  the  fluid  extracts  of  cubeb  and 
calendula  ? 

3.  Who  has  the  knotty  gout? 

4.  Is  not  the  gout  a  painful  disease  ? 

5.  Where  is  the  seat  of  the  disease  ? 

6.  Is  it  not  in  the  Angers  ? 

7.  The  old  soldier  has  no  gout  in  the  feet 
also,  has  he  ? 

8.  What  remedy  will  cure  the  gout  ? 

9.  Is  not  salicylic  acid  a  new  and  good 
remedy  for  the  gout  ? 

10.  Is  the  dose  large  ? 

11.  Ten  grains  is  enough. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


WHAT   KIND   OF  TRAINING   IN    LATIN    IS   BEST   SUITED.  293 

It  is,  perhaps,  needless  to  say  that  the  above  exercise  is  one  of  the 
early  ones  in  the  course,  and  that  as  the  student  advances  and  his  vocab- 
ulary enlarges,  he  is  enabled  to  translate,  finally,  Latin  medical  authors 
such  as  Celsus.  Now,  this  kind  of  training  not  only  furnishes  the 
ability  to  read  Latin,  but  (what  is  more  important  to  the  student  in 
pharmacy)  it  gives  a  more  satisfactory  and  deeper  meaning  of  words 
used  in  scientific  nomenclature  and  pharmaceutical  literature.  Added  to 
this  is  the  advantage  which  usually  attend  the  study,  namely,  a  more  ex> 
tensive  English  vocabulary,  which  becomes  the  permanent  property  of 
the  student. 

It  may  appear  to  be  a  bold  statement,  but  I  believe  that  such  a  special 
training  as  is  necessary  in  the  Latin  language  for  the  pharmaceutical  and 
medical  student  cannot  be  obtained  from  the  high  school  course.  Phafm- 
aceutical  students  who  are  graduates  of  high  schools  and  higher  ones  to 
whom  these  exercises  have  been  submitted,  say  their  work  in  Latin 
wanted  tangibility,  as  it  were,  and  this  method  seemed  to  put  new  life 
and  a  new  meaning  to  the  whole  study.  It  is  true  there  is  nothing  ex- 
traordinary about  the  method — it  is  only  a  use  of  different  words  and 
different  expressions.  But  this  difference,  however  slight,  gives  the 
tangibility  we  so  much  desire.  It  makes  I^tin,  to  the  student  in  pharm- 
acy, a  living  and  useful  language. 

Nominations  for  officers  of  the  Section  were  then  made.  Mr.  P.  W. 
Bedford  was  nominated  for  Chairman,  and  Mr.  A.  B.  Stevens  for  Sec- 
retary; both  nominees  were  elected  by  ballot. 

Mr.  Manning  stated  that  a  member  of  one  of  the  State  Pharmacy 
Boards  had  requested  him  to  suggest  that  steps  be  taken  to  bring  about  a 
national  standard  of  examination  before  the  State  Boards.  After  some 
discussion,  the  Chairman  decided  that  the  subject  properly  belongs  be- 
fore the  Section  on  Legislation. 

Mr.  Hallberg  stated  that  at  the  next  session  of  the  Association,  he 
would  move  that  the  By-laws  be  changed  so  that  the  Sections  on  Educa- 
tion and  Legislation  be  merged  into  one. 

Mr.  Maisch  suggested  that  questions  relating  to  the  sphere  of  this 
Section  be  printed  in  a  separate  list. 

Mr.  Hallberg. — I  think  we  should  have  some  expression  in  ihis  Section  on  the 
courses  of  instruction  in  the  colleges  as  conducted  at  the  present  time.  A  number  of 
colleges  at  the  present  time  have  two  courses  in  the  year.  I  think  personally  that  will 
result  in  considerable  harm.  If  no  person  would  be  allowed  to  come  up  for  graduation 
who  had  taken  the  two  terms  in  succession,  then  no  particular  harm  would  result;  but 
I  am  afraid  that  such  is  not  the  case,  and  a  young  man  is  therefore  enabled  to  graduate 
within  one  year  by  taking  two  succeeding  courses  of  about  five  months  each.  I  don't 
think  this  is  fair  or  just  to  the  other  colleges  who  do  not  have  that  kind  of  instruction. 
I  think  that  this  Section  should  discuss  that  maUer,  and  say  something  about  it. 

Mr.  Runyon. — The  remarks  of  Mr.  Hallberg  apply  in  a  measure  to  the  >€alifomia 


to  the /€a]ifomiai 
tizedbyCOOgie 


294        MINUTES   OF  THE   SECTION   ON   PHARMACEUTICAL   EDUCATION, 

College  of  Pharmacy.  A  student  can  enter  a  course  of  lectures  here  in  the  spring  and 
finish  them  in  time  to  enter  upon  a  winter's  course  in  the  East.  I  don't  know  of  any 
particular  harm  that  can  arise  from  this,  but  the  course  carried  out  in  some  Eastern 
States,  one  college  giving  a  course  of  lectures  in  the  summer,  and  also  in  the  winter,  en- 
ables the  student  to  graduate  within  seven  or  eight  months'  time.  I  think  myself  that  this 
is  too  short.  I  would  rather  see  the  course  extended  to  three  years.  I  think  this  an 
important  matter,  whether  the  course  of  instruction  should  not  be  lengthened  instead  of 
shortened-  in  order  to  graduate. 

Mr.  Maisch. — When  does  the  California  College  close  its  lectures? 

Mr.  Runyon. — Our  lectures  close  about  the  latter  part  of  September  or  first  of  Octo- 
ber. The  student  is  enabled  by  absenting  himself  from  the  commencement  exercises, 
which  generally  take  place  about  the  first  of  November,  to  arrive  in  the  East,  at  Phila- 
delphia, New  York  or  Boston  in  time  to  enter  the  Senior  course  of  lectures  in  those  col- 
leges.    It  has  occurred  in  several  instances  within  the  past  few  years. 

Mr.  Maisch. — Do  your  Junior  examinations  take  place  in  September? 

Mr.  Runyon.— Yes,  sir. 

Mr.  Ebert. — This  is  a  very  important  question.  If  the  Eastern  Colleges  would  adopt 
the  uniform  rule  of  not  admitting  to  the  Senior  course  any  student  who  has  just  passed 
the  Junior  examination  of  one  of  those  colleges  that  have  either  two  terms,  or  as  the 
California  College,  which  has  its  course  in  the  summer,  it  would  compel  those  grind-out 
mills,  as  you  might  style  them,  to  stop — they  would  have  no  excuse.  I  refer  especially  to 
institutions  that  are  located  very  close  to  my  home.  There  is  no  use  of  mincing  words  in 
this  matter — it  is  not  education.  If  it  is  proper  that  there  should  be  an  intervening  six 
months  before  entering  upon  the  graduation  course,  we  should  compel  these  colleges,  or 
should  condemn  them  for  doing  that  thing.  We  are  here  for  the  purpose  of  raising  the 
standard  of  pharmacy.  If  anything  is  being  done  by  either  a  member  of  this  Association 
or  anybody  else  to  pull  it  down,  let  the  facts  be  known.  We  certainly  can  assert  our- 
selves in  this  work.  The  subject  brought  forward  by  Mr.  Hallberg  is  a  very  important 
one,  and  it  should  be  acted  upon  by  this  Section. 

The  Chairman.— There  is  nothing  to  act  upon  as  yet. 

Mr.  Searby. — I  would  like  to  say,  in  connection  with  this  matter,  that  it  is  not  so  much 
for  us  to  say  what  we  should  like,  but  to  look  to  the  fruits,  to  the  results  of  any  action  that 
we  might  take  in  this  matter.  The  college  that  gives  the  best  education,  that  most  fully 
equips  its  graduates,  sends  them  out  best  fitted  to  battle  with  the  difficulties  and  problems 
that  come  before  the  pharmacist,  that  college  is  going  to  win.  It  makes  no  difference 
whether  it  has  a  continuous  course  of  twelve  months,  or  a  two  or  three  years'  course 
split  up  into  pieces — the  one  that  does  the  best  work  will  win.  If  our  colleges  do  not 
come  up  to  the  requirements,  and  if  our  course  of  instruction  is  not  what  it  ought  to  be, 
we  will  fall  in  the  rear.  As  Prof.  Runyon  has  said,  we  have  been  much  more  seriously 
inclined  to  make  ours  a  three  years'  course  than  to  do  anything  to  shorten  it.  Almost 
every  year  we  extend  the  course  of  our  instruction  as  fast  as  our  facilities  and  the  condition 
of  our  students  will  permit,  and  we  have  seriously  thought  about  making  it  a  three  yeais* 
course,  because  we  don't  believe  in  hurrying  through.  The  students  all  want  to  get 
through,  arfd  get  done  going  to  school  and  get  a  diploma,  but  we  must  not  listen  to  it. 
We  do  not  listen  to  it.  But  we  will  see  what  the  result  would  be  in  reply  to  Mr.  Hall- 
berg's  suggestion.  It  is  very  undesirable  that  a  person  should  go  through  his  first  course 
in  one  college,  and  rush  off  and  get  his  second  course  at  another  colj^e^itJunTa^few 


ADJOURNMENT  OF  SECTION.  295 

months,  when  the  intention  is  that  he  should  get  some  practical  instruction  in  the  interim. 
The  question  is :  Is  it  better  to  keep  up  the  instruction  continuously  for  twelve  consecutive 
months,  or  is  it  better  to  divide  the  time,  with  a  period  of  rest  and  digestion  ?  The  col- 
leges have  thought  that  the  plan  that  called  for  a  period  of  rest  and  digestion  was  the 
best.  I  think  so.  Another  man,  or  another  college,  may  think  differently.  Let  us  look 
at  the  results  before  we  are  in  haste  to  condemn  any  paethod  of  instruction. 

The  Chairman. — I  would  suggest  that  though  we  might  discuss  this  topic  for  some 
time  longer,  it  should  be  treated  upon  in  papers  by  some  of  those  connected  with  the 
colleges.  A  series  of  queries  will  be  prepared  by  the  Secretary  or  myself,  in  the  hope 
that  they  may  draw  out  answers  to  be  read  at  our  next  annual  meeting. 

No  further  business  being  brought  before  the  Section,  on  motion,  it 
adjourned. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


MINUTES 

OF  THE 


SECTION  ON  PHARMACEUTICAL 
LEGISLATION. 


Thursday  Afternoon,  June  27TH. 

In  the  absence  of  the  three  members  of  the  Committee  on  Legislation, 
the  Section  was  called  to  order  by  Mr.  Bedford,  and  a  motion  was  made 
and  adopted  that  Mr.  Painter  occupy  the  chair.  Mr.  Maisch  volunteered 
to  act  as  temporary  Secretary  of  the  Section. 

The  following  communication  from  the  Chairman  of  the  Section  was 
read : 

To  the  Section  on  Legislation — American  Pharmaceutical  Association. 

Gentlemen  :  With  regret  1  find  myself  unable  to  be  with  you  upon  the  occasion  of 
your  meeting  on  the  Pacific  Coast.  I  hope  that  the  gathering  may  be  of  great  pleasure  to 
those  who  fortunately  participate,  and  that  your  deliberations  may  be  of  pronounced  and 
permanent  benefit  to  the  fraters  throughout  our  country. 

I  presume  the  question  of  the  fitness  of  members  of  Pharmacy  Boards  will  be  dis- 
cussed  by  your  body. 

During  an  experience  oi  eight  years  as  a  member  of  the  Illinois  Board  of  Pharmacy, 
it  has  been  my  privilege  to  meet  a  great  many  gentlemen  who  were  serving  the  people 
in  this  capacity,  in  difietent  States,  and  I  have  found  them  men  of  more  than  average 
ability  in  a  general  sense.  It  seems  to  have  become  quite  the  thing  for  some  writers 
and  speakers  among  our  scientific  pharmacists,  to  hold  up  Pharmacy  Board  appointees 
to  derision  and  to  characterize  them  as  politicians,  because  of  the  posesssion  of  influence 
sufficient  to  command  the  attention  of  the  appointing  power.  That  this  is  true  is  un- 
fortunate,  because  it  tends  to  discourage  a  class  of  men  who  are  ready  and  willing,  often 
at  great  personal  sacrifice,  to  perform  the  pioneer  work  necessary  to  secure  to  any  State 
a  pharmacy  law.  It  seems  to  me  that  the  labor  performed  by  druggists  all  over  the 
United  States  in  this  direction  merits  the  hearty  commendation  of  all  persons  pledged 
to  the  best  interests  of  pharmacy.  While  the  questions  prepared  by  members  of  Phar- 
macy Boards  may  not  take  rank  with  scientific  productions,  they  are,  nevertheless, 
usually  calculated  to  determine  the  fitness  of  the  candidate  for  service  in  a  retail  drug 
store,  and  I  am  sure  the  average  Licentiate  in  Pharmacy,  of  any  Examining  Board  in  the 
United  States,  will  do  the  Board  he  represents  no  discredit.  Again,  attempts  at  wit  or 
ridicule,  at  the  expense  of  our  fellow  workers,  are  calculated  to  drive  them  from  us,  and 
by  depriving  us  of  valuable  assistance,  injure  our  own  interests  and  retard  our  growth. 
It  is  to  be  hoped  that  our  annual  gatherings  may  result  in  a  closer  bond^of  union  be- 

(296)  Digitized  by  VjOOglC 


NATIONAL  UNIFORMITY   IN   EXAMINATIONS.  297 

tween  men  whose  life  work  calls  them  into  the  line  of  our  profession,  and  that  the  extent 
of  scientific  knowledge  may  not  tend  to  the  assumption  in  the  possessor  that  he  is 
thereby  called  upon  to  belittle  the  ability  or  wound  the  sensibilities  of  his  less  informed 
fellow. 

The  interchange  of  state  certificates  is  the  question  of  the  hour,  and  your  body  should 
by  all  means  formulate  a  plan  whereby  all  Boards  may  be  furnished  an  opportunity  to 
agree  upon  this  important  matter.  It  seems  to  me  that  an  experience  of  four  years,  ac- 
tual experience  in  dispensing,  in  a  retail  drug  store  in  the  United  States,  and  a  first  grade 
certificate  from  a  Board  of  Pharmacy  in  this  country,  should  entitle  the  holder  to  regis- 
tration in  any  other  state.  It  may  be  urged  that  some  Boards  are  more  stringent  than 
others,  but  I  incline  to  the  opinion  that  examinations  would  be  equalized  by  reason  of 
the  comment  resulting  from  the  advertisements  in  the  persons  of  certificate  holders.  The 
whole  matter  of  pharmacy  legislation  by  sufferance  of  the  persons  regulated,  is  yet  in 
the  experimental  stage.  It  seems  too  soon  to  expect  an  ideal  law  in  this  country,  nor 
indeed  do  any  of  the  large  number  of  laws  in  this  country  seem  to  be  in  any  considera- 
ble degree  satisfactory.  As  you  will  be  "with  one  accord,  in  one  place,"  it  is  to  be 
hoped  that  your  deliberations  will  bring  about  satisfactory  solutions  to  all  the  vexed 
questions  that  have  arisen. 

Yours  in  the  best  of  bonds,  Chas.  W.  Day, 

Chairman. 

Springfieldy  Illinois  June  1 8th,  1 889. 

On  motion,  the  address  was  received  and  referred  for  publication. 

Mr.  Manning. — I  now  desire  to  present  the  motion  that  was  ruled  out  of  order  dur- 
ing the  session  of  the  last  Section,  and  as  I  stated  at  that  time,  I  desire  the  gentlemen  to 
know  that  I  make  the  motion  at  the  request  of  a  member  who  could  not  be  with  us  at 
this  meeting.  His  desire  was  in  the  line  of  the  communication  read  by  the  Secretary, 
and  he  requested  me  to  make  this  motion,  that  a  committee  be  appointed  to  formulate  a 
plan  for  bringing  about  a  national  uniformity  in  the  standard  of  examinations  before  the 
state  Boards  of  Pharmacy,  and  for  leading  to  an  interchange  of  state  certificates.  I  wish 
to  state  that  I  am  not  in  sympathy,  however,  with  the  motion,  as  I  do  not  think  it  is 
practicable. 

The  motion  was  duly  seconded. 

Mr.  Hallberg. — I  am  like  Mr.  Manning  in  this  respect.  This  is  not  a  uniform 
country;  the  people  are  different;  the  conditions  of  education  and  society  are  different; 
the  requirements  in  New  York,  New  England,  Pennsylvania,  should  be  considered  ahead 
of  the  requirements  west  of  the  Missouri  river,  and  for  that  matter  west  of  the  AUeghan- 
ies ;  it  must  be  that  way.  If  the  laws  are  not  drawn  to  correspond  tolerably  well  with 
the  conditions,  you  will  have  abnormal  laws ;  and  an  abnormal  law  if  prosecuted  will  only 
create  difficulty,  and  if  not  prosecuted  is  worse  than  no  law  at  all.  A  much  better  plan 
would  be  for  us  to  start  at  the  bottom,  and  then  in  the  course  of  five  or  ten  years 
we  could  possibly  arrive  at  uniformity  in  legislation  and  uniformity  in  Pharmacy  Board 
examinations.  The  apprenticeship  is  the  starting  point,  and  I  am  very  sorry  that  no 
practical  suggestion  was  made  on  apprenticeship  at  the  previous  session.  I  think  we 
have  got  to  do  that  first.  I  would  like  to  say  in  a  few  woids,  that  the  only  attempt  made 
so  far  that  has  come  to  my  knowledge  was  the  suggestion  made  by  Mr.  Druehl,  when 
President  of  the  Illinois  Pharmaceutical  Association  about  three  years  ago,  that  the 
pharmacy  law  require  every  pharmacist  employing  a  young  man  to  file  a  statement  with 
the  Secretary  of  the  Board  of  Pharmacy  upon  blanks  furnished  by  the  Secretary  and  filled 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


298       MINUTES   OF  THE   SECTION   ON   PHARMACEUTICAL   LEGISLATION. 

out  by  the  employing  druggist,  giving  the  qualifications  of  the  young  man.  That  would 
give  the  druggist  and  the  Board  of  Pharmacy  a  kind  of  a  record  as  to  the  qualifications 
of  the  apprentices,  and  it  would  also  be  a  record  as  to  the  length  of  time  they  had  been 
serving  in  the  business,  which  would  be  of  great  value  when  they  subsequently  come  up 
for  examination  or  enter  a  school  of  pharmacy.  I  think  we  ought  to  recall  the  appren- 
ticeship system  first,  and  after  we  get  that  fairly  in  hand,  then  try  and  get  uniformity  in 
the  standard  of  examination. 

Mr.  Alexander. — I  would  like  to  ask  Mr.  Manning  if  his  friend  has  formulated  any 
plan  as  to  how  we  are  to  get  at  this  standard  of  uniformity.  Is  it  proposed  to  have  some 
central  committee  which  shall  issue  all  the  questions  that  are  to  go  before  the  different 
Boards  of  Pharmacy,  or  shall  rate  all  the  answers  ?  Tt  seems  to  me  one  of  the  most 
difficult  questions  to  arrive  at.  For  instance,  what  the  Illinois  Board  of  Pharmacy 
might  consider  a  high  standard,  the  State  of  New  York  might  consider  a  low  one;  what 
the  State  of  Missouri  might  consider  a  high  standard,  Ohio  might  consider  a  very  low 
one.     What  I  want  to  know  is,  how  are  we  to  arrive  at  this  standard  ? 

Mr.  Manning. — This  motion  is  made  at  the  suggestion  of  Mr.  Jamieson,  of  Chicago. 
His  plan  is  this  :  that  this  Section  choose  a  committee,  that  they  prepare  a  list  of  ques- 
tions for  examination,  to  be  sent  to  each  one  of  the  State  Boards,  that  the  copies  of  the 
examinations  be  returned  to  this  Committee,  and  they  to  mark  the  averages,  and  that 
the  expenses  of  this  Committee  shall  be  paid//^  rata  by  each  of  the  Boards  who  adopt 
this  plan. 

Mr.  Whitney. — I  think  this  subject  that  has  been  introduced,  although  it  may  not 
be  directly  in  answer  to  Query  46,  yel  the  answer  to  that  query  bears  upon  this  question. 
Still  it  seems  to  me  it  is  hardly  worth  while  to  read  the  paper.  As  has  been  stated  very 
clearly,  the  different  States  have  different  standards.  It  is  the  purpose  in  our  State  to 
make  the  standard  fully  up  to  and  a  little  above  the  average,  and  to  increase  the  *stand- 
ard  year  by  year.  For  the  little  State  of  Massachusetts  to  hold  up  the  same  standard  as 
Illinois,  or  as  California,  if  you  please,  perhaps  would  hardly  be  just.  In  Rhode  Island, 
a  small  State,  a  registered  pharmacist  came  before  our  Board.  Among  the  matters  I 
put  was :  "  I  go  into  your  store  and  tell  you  I  am  in  great  pain,  I  want  a  dose  of  opium : 
how  much  would  you  give  me  ?  "  "Are  you  in  the  habit  of  taking  opium  ?  *'  I  say, 
"  That  is  for  you  to  determine,  sir ;  I  don't  want  to  discuss  the  matter.  I  want  a  dose  of 
opium."  "  Eight  grains."  I  told  him  he  had  better  go  back  and  prepare  himself  be- 
fore presenting  himself.  I  think  the  proposition  made  is  solely  in  the  interests  of  drug- 
gist brokers,  and  is  not  in  the  interest  of^harmacy.  I  am  opposed  to  anything  beyond 
what  the  State  itself  requires,  We  may  make  all  the  legislation  we  please,  yet  we  can- 
not  compel  any  one  State  to  adopt  such  legislation  as  we  may  ask  for.  Every  state  is 
doing  the  best  it  can,  and  the  only  reason  why  this  question  comes  up  is  because  a  man 
who  is  selling  desires  to  get  men  to  come  from  one  State  to  another.  We  had  several 
cases  pressed  upon  us. 

The  question  being  taken  on  Mr.  Manning's  motion  it  was  lost,  all 
present  voting  in  the  negative. 

Mr.  Ebert. — I  think  we  have  gone  a  little  too  far  in  this  country  in  legislation,  and  I 
simply  bring  it  up  so  we  may  give  it  some  thought.  The  remarks  made  by  Mr.  Whit- 
ney brought  this  matter  to  my  mind.  We  have  gone  in  this  country,  in  pharmacy  legis- 
lation, away  beyond  anything  ever  attempted  before,  at  least  as  far  as  we  have  any  record. 

Mr.  Searby. — How  about  Germany  ? 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


SCOPE   OF   PHARMACY   LAWS.  299 

Mr.  Ebert. — Germany  not  excepted.  If  we  had  taken  a  more  practical  view  of  this 
matter,  as  we  ought  to  have  done  as  practical  men,  we  would  not  be  quite  in  the  dilemma 
we  are  in  to-day.  We  have  not  only  tried  to  manage  and  control  pharmacy,  and  the 
men  who  own  or  manage  drug  stores,  but  we  have  tried  to  regulate,  manage,  and  con- 
trol the  employes  of  the  pharmacists.  To  be  brief,  we  should  enact  laws  that  require  an 
examination  and  qualification  of  the  owner,  proprietor  or  manager  of  the  drug  store, 
leaving  to  him  solely  the  choice  whom  he  wishes  to  employ.  I  know  there  are  some  self- 
ish interests  which  would  say  that  is  not  the  best  thing  to  do,  but  this  legislating  clerks, 
apprentices  and  everything  else  connected  with  us,  has  gone  too  far.  Our  whole  system  of 
business,  of  apprenticeship,  and  of  education  is  not  up  to  that  standard,  and  we  should 
not  try  to  accomplish  something  which  is  not  to  our  interest  to  do.  We  issue  certificates 
of  qualifications  to  clerks  and  to  apprentices,  which  are  equal  in  standard  to  that  of  the 
proprietor  or  manager  of  a  store. 

The  Chairman. — Should  not  they  be  so  issued  if  they  are  equal  in  qualifications  ? 

Mr.  Ebert. — I  will  show  you  where  the  difficulty  comes  in.  Suppose  I  have  a  boy 
in  my  employ  for  two  or  three  years,  he  comes  up  for  examination  and  passes  the  State 
Board,  and  is  then  usually  ready  to  start  a  drug  store,  and  is  in  position  to  become  a 
competitor  of  mine.  That  is  just  where  our  law  goes  too  far,  for  this  is  certainly  not  de- 
sirable. If,  on  the  other  hand,  the  applicant  for  registration,  before  he  can  enter  the 
drug  business  on  his  own  account  or  manage  for  another  person,  is  required  to  have  a 
high  standard  of  qualification,  then  you  will  not  have  drug  stores  springing  up  on  every 
corner  of  the  street.  If  we  are  giving  the  public  qualifications,  if  we  are  doing  anything 
for  the  protection  of  the  public,  we  are  entitled  also  when  we  invest  our  money,  coupled 
with  experience  and  intelligence,  to  be  protected  in  some  directions,  which  we  are  not 
DOW  by  these  existing  pharmacy  laws.  This  does  not  embrace  all  the  points  in  question, 
but  it  covers  some  at  least  to  which  I  wish  to  call  the  attention  of  the  members  of  the 
profession.  ^ 

Mr.  Maisch  moved  that  two  papers  which  had  been  sent  to  the  Com- 
mittee, in  answer  to  Queries  46  and  47,  be  read  by  title  and  referred  for 
publication. 

Mr.  Whitney. — I  doubt  the  propriety  of  printing  Query  46.  I  think  we  voted  on 
that  subject  and  settled  it,  and  it  seems  to  me  it  is  not  wise  to  lumber  up  the  reports  with 
such  nonsense.  The  fact  is,  Mr.  Chairman  and  gentlemen,  this  is  simply  not  the  line  of 
progress.  We  have  had  before  us  within  the  last  two  months  a  man  who  runs  two 
stores.  He  was  refused  a  druggist's  license  in  Massachusetts.  He  came  before  us  to 
see  if  it  was  possible  for  him  to  get  a  certificate.  His  answer  to  the  question,  How 
many  grains  in  an  avoirdupois  ounce?  was  two  hundred  and  twenty.  How  many  in  a 
troy  ounce  ?  One  hundred  and  eighty.  And  that  is  about  the  sum  and  substance  of 
his  knowledge  of  the  drug  business ;  and  if  by  any  hook  or  crook  he  could  get  a  certifi- 
cate in  one  state,  in  the  name  of  God  don't  accept  it  in  another. 

Mr.  Maisch  then  moved  that  the  paper  on  Query  47,  "What  should  be 
the  true  aim  of  Boards  of  Pharmacy  in  their  examinations,  and  how  can 
it  best  be  accomplished?*'  by  Robert  G.  Eccles,  M.  D.,  be  referred  to  the 
Committee  on  Publication,  having  been  read  by  title.  The  motion  was 
duly  seconded  and  carried. 

Mr.  Hallberg. — In  regard  to  Dr.  Eccles'  paper,  I  will  say  that  I  have  watched  the 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


300       MINUTES   OF  THE   SECTION   ON   PHARMACEUTICAL   LEGISLATION. 

examinations  as  conducted  by  the  Boards  of  Pharmacy,  and  I  am  satisfied  that  some 
discriminate  against  the  experienced  competent  man  in  the  store  in  favor  of  the  college 
graduate,  and  that  will  never  be  remedied  until  the  State  Boards  of  Pharmacy  are  in  a 
position  where  they  can  add  in  addition  to  the  regular  written  examinaton  a  modified  oral 
examination  if  possible  ;  but  more  particularly,  and  more  important  than  anything  else,  a 
practical  examination  in  dispensing  in  a  carefully  selected,  not  necessarily  elaborate,  prac- 
tical dispensary.  Put  a  candidate  right  at  the  dispensing  counter  and  see  his  value  in 
the  store,  how  he  can  do  his  work;  that  is  what  we  want  to  know ;  and  I  would  like  to 
emphasize  that  point. 

Mr,  Searby. — If  I  understand  the  purport  of  Boards  of  Pharmacy,  they  are  really  for 
public  safety.  The  public  safety  does  not  require  that  a  man  shall  be  a  very  expert 
chemist.  That  is  for  his  own  interest.  The  public  safety  requires  that  he  shall  be  a 
safe  pharmacist;  that  he  shall  understand  what  he  is  doing;  that  he  shall  not  dispense 
poisons  indiscriminately;  that  he  shall  understand  the  nature  and  the  doses  of  medicines, 
and  such  matters.  But  outside  of  that  the  publip  has  comparatively  little  interest. 
There  is  danger  of  Boards  of  Pharmacy  going  too  far.  We  made  that  mistake  here 
when  we  had  a  local  Board.  Some  mistakes  we  made  compelled  us  to  submit  to  having 
our  law  repealed.  We  cannot  run  in  the  face  of  public  sentiment  altogether,  and  I 
think  we  ought  to  be  careful  about  raising  unnecessary  difficulties  in  the  way  of  persons 
who  come  before  these  Boards  of  Pharmacy.  If  they  are  safe  so  that  the  public  are' 
protected,  that  is  all  that  a  Board  of  Pharmacy  is  for,  and  I  do  not  believe  that  the  State 
Legislatures  will  recognize  anything  else.  A  man's  ability  to  make  his  living  is  his  own 
affair ;  his  ability  to  be  a  useful  clerk  is  his  employer's  affair ;  but  the  public  at  large 
have  very  little  interest  in  that  matter. 

Mr.  Whitney. — What  Prof.  Searby  s,<^id  in  regard  to  the  Boards  of  Pharmacy  being 
created  for  the  people  and  in  the  interests  of  the  people,  is  strictly  true.  If  we  attempt 
legislation  otherwise  than  that,  our  pharmacy  bills  will  be  repealed  just  as  sure  as  the 
sun  shines.  We  must  remember  that  these  Boards  of  Pharmacy  have  been  created  in 
opposition  almost  to  the  republican  form  of  government,  and  that  it  is  almost  special 
legislation.  We  must  be  exceedingly  cautious  how  we  move,  if  we  want  to  grow  and 
improve  the  apothecaries  of  this  country. 

EXAMINATIONS  BY  BOARDS  OF  PHARMACY. 

Query  47. — What  should  be  the  true  aim  of  Boards  of  Pharmacy  in  their  examinations, 
and  how  can  it  be  best  accomplished  ? 

by  ROBERT  G.  ECCLES,  M.  D. 

"Public  safety  must  be  regarded  as  superior  to  any  private  rights,  and 
his  (the  druggist's)  business  niust  yield  to  the  necessities  recognized  by 
proper  legislation."  Such  was  the  decision  of  Judge  Brady,  as  concurred 
in  by  Judges  Van  Brunt  and  Macomber  in  the  case  of  the  People  vs. 
Rontey,  in  the  Supreme  Court  of  the  State  of  New  York,  January,  1889. 
Boards  of  Pharmacy  and  pharmaceutical  laws  are  therefore  pronounced 
constitutional,  much  to  the  delight  of  all  progressive  pharmacists.  It  is 
thus  definitely  settled  that  the  public  may  be  protected  from  the  pranks 
of  the  incompetent,  even  if  individuals  must  suffer  who  have  invested 
capital  in  the  business,  but  have  not  the  proper  knowledge  to  safely  con- 
duct it.     The  conditions  of  this  decision,  however,  should  be  carefully 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


EXAMINATIONS   RY   BOARDS   OF   PHARMACY.  30I 

scanned  by  all  who  wish  to  see  this  vantage  ground  retained,  and  new 
steps  of  progress  taken.  The  true  aim  of  Boards  of  Pharmacy  should  be, 
in  examinations  and  everything  else,  to  work  for  public  safety,  and  that 
only. 

./Esop's  fable  of  the  boy  and  the  nuts  must  be  ever  before  them,  in 
spirit  at  least,  if  they  hope  to  accomplish  anything.  If,  by  over-zealous- 
ness,  the  effort  is  kept  up  of  trying  to  elevate  pharmacy,  some  Board  is 
likely  to,  ere  long,  meet  ignominious  defeat.  One  blow  of  this  kind  in 
any  State  will  throw  back  the  good  work  a  decade  or  more,  not  only 
there,  but  by  sympathy  elsewhere  as  well.  If  it  can  be  shown  that  in 
their  examinations  they  transcend  their  rights,  no  judge  will  sustain 
them.  To  blindly  lose  sight  of  this  weak  point  is  to  court  defeat.  Let 
us  consider  an  extreme  or  improbable  case,  to  begin  with.  Suppose  the 
Board  of  Pharmacy  of  New  York  should  refuse  to  register  men  who 
could  not  pass  a  satisfactory  examination  in  Chinese  or  Sanscrit  literature; 
what  would  happen  ?  Evidently  trouble  would  be  brewing  soon,  and 
either  the  law  quickly  repealed  and  the  Board  abolished,  or  an  effort 
made  to  limit  its  scope  so  that  useless  knowledge  could  not  be  demanded. 
The  first  is  most  likely  the  mode  of  cure  that  would  be  insisted  upon,  and 
pharmacy  thereby  become  the  sufferer.  To  demand  of  applicants  any 
kind  of  knowledge  that  cannot  be  shown  as  immediately  necessary  for 
the  care  of  public  health  and  life,  is  unconstitutional.  Remote  and  indi- 
rect relationship  will  not  answer.  Boards  of  Pharmacy  are  not  legalized 
to  promote  pharmaceutical  education,  however  desirable  such  a  consum- 
mation may  be  to  all  right-thinking  men.  Their  questions  should  not 
be  patterned  after  those  of  a  college.  There  the  amount  of  knowledge 
acquired  by  the  student  is  what  they  want  to  know ;  here  only  the  pro- 
tection of  the  druggist's  customers  is  sought.  At  first  glance  it  would  ' 
seem  as  if  this  would  materially  lighten  the  severity  of  examinations,  but 
on  deeper  consideration  it  will  be  observed  that  no  such  consequences 
could  follow. 

The  trend  will  be  very  materially  altered  when  viewed  from  such  a 
standpoint,  but  the  questions  may  be  quite  as  difficult.  Instead  of  pass- 
ing, as  now,  men  with  good  memories  but  wretchedly  bad  judgments,  it 
will  reverse  matters,  and  give  us  as  pharmacists  only  those  who  have 
mastered  practical  facts  and  know  how  to  use  them.  Nor  will  general 
pharmaceutical  education  suffer,  for  it  will  be  found  by  the  applicant  that  * 
to  answer  well  and  understandingly  a  practical  series  of  questions, 
their  knowledge  must  be  broad  and  profound.  They  must  know  how  to 
detect  adulterants  in  their  goods,  and  how  to  identify  every  drug  in  their 
establishment.  If  a  package  of  oxalic  acid  reaches  them  labeled  Epsom 
salts,  they  must  be  able  to  see  the  blunder  and  correct  it.  If  monobro- 
mated camphor  crystals  have  an  admixture  of  strychnine,  they  must  be 
able  to  discover  the  error  before  some  one  is  killed.     If  powdered  bella- 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


30J        MINUTES   OF   THE   SECTION   ON    PHARMACEUTICAL   LEGISLATION. 

donna  root  gets  mixed  with  powdered  senna,  their  knowledge  must  have 
taught  them  how  to  tell  such  an  admixture.*  That  physicians  may  not 
be  thwarted  in  their  efforts  at  healing  the  sick  through  getting  their 
remedies  stronger  or  weaker  than  they  order,  druggists  must  know  how 
to  make  quantitative  examinations  of  all  officinal  drugs.  So  long  as 
tincture  of  nux  vomica  can  be  bought  in  two  stores  within  a  block  of  one 
another,  where  the  extract  in  the  one  is  far  above  pharmacopoeial  re- 
quirements and  in  the  other  far  below,  what  benefit  is  medical  aid  to  the 
sick  requiring  this  remedy?  In  one  of  the  largest  cities  in  the  country, 
a  committee  of  physicians  and  druggists  not  long  ago  found  this  condition 
of  things  existing.  In  their  report  occurred  the  following  words :  **In 
this  lot  the  strongest  contained  over  fourteen  times  the  amount  of  the 
weakest,  or  as  12  to  173,  100  being  the  standard.  It  took  a  dessert- 
spoonful of  the  one  to  equal  about  ten  minims  of  the  other.'*  Are  such 
men  not  extremely  dangerous  to  the  public  ? 

What  are  physicians  to  do  if  their  most  potent  remedies  from  one 
store  must  be  administered  in  dessertspoonful  or  tablespoonful  doses, 
while  in  a  contiguous  one  ten  to  twenty  minims  are  adequate?  This 
same  committee  sent  out  word  to  every  druggist  in  the  county  that  at  a 
certain  date  their  tincture  of  nux  vomica  was  to  be  assayed  and  a  report 
made  thereon.  Samples  were  asked  for,  and  106  out  of  300  stores  com- 
plied with  the  request.  Those  who  did  not  send  in  any,  on  subsequent 
examination  of  a  few  of  them,  were  found  to  average  worse  than  those 
who  did.  Out  of  the  106  willing  ones,  only  46  passed  after  allowing  a 
limit  of  ten  per  cent  above  and  ten  below  the  pharmacopoeial  require- 
ments. Sixty  of  these  Registered  Pharmacists  did  not  know  enough  to 
make  tincture  of  nux  vomica  after  they  had  been  told  how  by  the  cora- 

•  mittee,  notwithstanding  the  wide  margin  allowed  for  error.  The  com- 
mittee on  returning  the  report  to  the  societies  they  represented,  said : 
"It  is  evident  that  in  spite  of  our  efforts,  there  are  still  very  many  phar- 
macists in  this  county  utterly  ignorant  of  the  requirements  of  the  Phar- 
macopoeia. In  fact,  the  majority  of  them  either  have  none,  or  refuse  to 
read  what  it  says  after  their  attention  has  been  pointedly  called  to  the 
subject.  They  seem  to  think  that  if  they  try  to  secure  a  good  drug  and 
exhaust  it  with  the  commonly  used  menstruum,  their  work  is  done. 
Some  even  imagine  that  if  they  buy  a  good  fluid  extract  they  can  di- 

•  lute  it  and  get  a  good  enough  tincture  for  them.  This  is  not  an  in- 
ference from  the  results  of  these  assays,  but  from  the  actual  statements  of 
a  few  who  have  been  talked  to  upon  the  subject.  *'  The  writer  has, 
within  a  month  of  the  present  date,  (May  ist,  1889),  examined  three 
samples  from  each  of  the  following  cities:  New  York,  Philadelphia, 
Jersey  City,  Brooklyn,  Newark,  Providence,  Albany  and  Boston.  Oat 
of  the  twenty-four  only  two  were  within  a  twenty  per  cent,  limit  correct. 
All  the  rest  had  either  too  much  or  too  little  extract.     Sixteen  of  them 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


EXAMINATIONS   BY   BOARDS  OF  PHARMACV.   ^  303 

had  an  excess.  No  effort  seems  to  be  made  anywhere  at  following  the 
Pharmacopoeia.  Even  tincture  of  iodine,  that  only  requires  the  weigh- 
ing and  dissolving  of  a  solid,  has  been  found  to  vary  within  very  wide 
limits,  and  less  than  sixty  per  cent,  out  of  nearly  one  hundred  samples  ex- 
amined, were  up  to  or  near  the  standard.  Sweet  spirits  of  nitre  seems 
to  be  universally  kept  in  large  bottles  on  the  shelf  during  the  warmest 
summer  weather,  and  when  administered  is  little  better  than  a  mixture 
of  vinegar,  alcohol  and  water.  It  is,  however,  unnecessary  to  single  out 
any  one  of  the  many  volatile  remedies  as  an  illustration.  They  all  re- 
ceive treatment  that  makes  it  impossible  for  prescriptions  to  be  properly 
compounded  in  a  very  large  number  of  stores.  Goods  deteriorated  by 
age  are  used  as  freely  as  if  they  were  of  the  best  quality.  Solid  extracts 
burnt  in  the  manufacture  and  rendered  therapeutically  inert,  are  dis- 
pensed as  freely  as  if  they  were  first-class  in  every  particular. 

A  solid  extract  of  nux  vomica  from  a  leading  wholesale  house  was 
examined  some  time  ago  by  the  writer,  in  which  the  alkaloid  was  al- 
most entirely  destroyed  by  heat.  From  the  batch  probably  many 
thousands  of  pills  were  made  in  various  parts  of  the  country,  and  yet 
it  is  quite  likely  that  a  couple  of  drams  of  the  stuff  might  have  been 
swallowed  with  impunity.  Boards  of  Pharmacy  should  have  the  power, 
if  Jiot  already  in  possession  of  it,  to  check  these  results  of  carelessness 
and  ignorance.  They  are  placed  as  guardians  of  the  public  safety  and 
health  in  medical  matters,  and  cannot  be  expected  to  execute  their  com- 
mission without  the  authority  to  check  such  reckless  conduct  All  their 
examinations  should  be  conducted  with  the  object  of  public  care  in  view, 
so  as  to  guard  against  the  ignorant,  but  nothing  short  of  an  incessant  sur- 
veillance of  the  products  and  methods  of  pharmacists  can  ever  give 
proper  safety  to  the  community.  When  wilfulness  and  downright  care- 
lessness step  in,  what  good  is  ability?  Examinations  cannot  foresee  the 
men  that  are  going  to  dispose  of  goods  at  such  rates  as  will  necessitate 
their  constant  attendance  upon  customers  behind  the  counter,  to  sell 
enough  to  pay  expenses.  Whatever  their  ability  may  be,  they  are 
dangerous.  They  have  not  the  time  and  cannot  afford  to  pay  for  the 
careful  examination  of  the  contents  of  every  package  before  it  is  put  into 
bottles  or  drawers.  They  should  be  watched  and  compelled  to  do  their 
duty  in  this  matter.  They  have  no  business  to  cut  their  profits  to  such  a 
degree,  at  so  fearful  a  cost.  The  people's  safety  is  totally  overlooked  by 
them,  and  it  should  be  some  one's  duty  to  force  them  to  do  the  right. 
In  the  majority  of  instances,  these  so- called  cutters  are  not  educated 
pharmacists,  and  are  therefore  not  really  aware  of  the  enormity  of  their 
crime.  They  believe  their  goods  to  be  as  good  as  the  best.  They 
should  be  taught  their  error.  No  one  can  do  it  so  effectually  as  the 
Board  of  Pharmacy.  All  examinations  of  applicants  should  be  conducted 
in  a  manner  to  show  whether  or  not  they  can  tell  the  quality  of  what 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


304       MINUTES  OF  THE  SECTION   ON   PHARMACEUTICAL  LEGISLATION. 

they  sell,  and  the  strength  of  such  as  are  bought  in  diluted  form.  They 
should  be  asked  to  give  a  demonstration  of  their  ability  in  this  direction. 
A  sample  of  some  article,  such  as  dilute  hydrocyanic  acid,  should  be 
handed  them,  reagents  supplied,  and  they  asked  to  tell  the  amount  of  ab- 
solute  acid  in  it.  It  would  be  just  as  easy  for  them  to  acquire  thi$  kind 
of  knowledge  as  that  they  are  now  expected  to  have.  Any  intelligent 
young  man  can  by  diligent  study  learn  to  apply  off- hand  every  test  of 
the  Pharmacopoeia  for  the  determination  of  the  quality  of  officinal 
articles  in  less  than  two  years.  He  cannot  do  this,  however,  if  he  has  to 
cram  himself  with  chemistry,  botany,  or  microscopy  where  these  sciences 
are  only  remotely  related  to  such  work.  They  should  be  able  to  answer 
correctly  every  question  propounded  regarding  the  proper  conditions  for 
the  preservation  of  goods  that  deteriorate.  They  should  know  all 
positively  dangerous  incompatibles.  They  should  know  how  to  calcu- 
late and  what  are  the  maximum  doses  of  all  common  poisonous  remedies. 

The  present  methods  of  rating  adopted  by  the  various  Boards  should 
be  thoroughly  revised.  All  questions  are  not  of  equal  importance. 
There  are  many  which  can  be  asked,  that  a  single  blunder,  not  due  to  a 
slip  of  the  tongue,  excessive  embarrassment,  or  Ynisunderstanding,  should 
count  so  thoroughly  against  an  applicant  that  he  could  not  at  that  time 
pass.  There  are  others  the  missing  of  a  majority  of  which  should  count 
but  little  against  him.  Between  these  extremes  lie  all  degrees.  Every 
answer  should  be  rated  according  to  the  degree  of  its  importance  to  the 
safety  of  the  general  public.  As  things  are  n9w  conducted  by  some 
Boards,  he  who  answers  correctly  a  definite  per  cent,  of  the  questions  is 
permitted  to  pass,  although  he  may  think  that  atropine  can  be  dispensed 
with  safety  in  scruple  doses,  or  that  sixty  drops  of  laudanum  make  a 
dram. 

On  motion  of  Mr.  Bedford,  seconded  by  Mr.  Whitney,  the  paper  in 
answer  to  Query  46  was  laid  upon  the  table. 

The  Secretary  read  the  draft  of  a  bill  relating  to  naval  apothecaries 
(see  page  38),  which  had  been  referred  to  this  Section  by  the  Associa- 
tion ;  also  the  following  letter  : 

U.  S.  R.  S.  "Vermont/'  Navy  Yard,  New  York,  June  loih,  1889. 
To  the  Officers  and  Members  of  the  American  Pharmaceutical  Association  : 

Gentlemen. — As  the  question  of  improving  the  condition  of  the  apothecaries  of  the 
U.  S.  Navy  is  again  being  considered  by  the  Association,  I  deem  it  expedient  to  advise 
its  members  of  our  present  status.  We  are  in  the  same  category  with  masters-at  arms, 
whose  duties  are  of  a  nature  requiring  more  muscle  than  brains,  viz.:  charge  of  prisoners, 
responsible  for  the  cleanliness  of  deck,  etc.  Yeomen  and  writers  are  also  representatives 
of  our  class.  The  former  have  charge  of  stores,  save  yeomen  to  paymasters,  who  serve 
out  salt  beef,  pork,  canned  goods,  and  groceries  generally.  Writers  are  merely  copyists. 
Machinists,  boiler  makers  and  blacksmiths  were  formerly  under  the  same  heading ;  but 
as  they  were  looked  upon  as  skilled  laborers,  they  have  been  reclassified.  Our  pay  is 
th&same  as  that  of  the  above-mentioned  ratings — |6o  per  month,  except  that  of  machin- 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


BILL  RELATING   TO  NAVAL  APOTHECARIES.  305 

ists  and  masters  at-arms.  The  former  receive  |io  and  the  latter  $$  more  monthly  than 
we.  They  are  enlisted  men,  and  upon  re  enlisting  within  ninety  (90)  days  after  having 
been  honorably  discharged,  receive  three  months*  pay  for  the  rating  in  which  they  were 
discharged,  and  an  additional  dollar  per  month  for  every  consecutive  enlistment. 
Apothcaries  are  appointed  for  the  cruise  by  the  surgeon,  under  whom  they  serve,  sub- 
ject to  dismissal  for  misbehaviour  in  any  port,  foreign  or  otherwise.  No  increase  of  pay 
for  long  service,  though  I  understand  that  the  Surgeon- General  has  recommended  I/5 
per  month  for  those  having  ten  years'  service ;  but  as  tenure  of  office  is  so  uncertain,  I 
doubt  if  many  will  be  benefited  should  the  same  be  approved.  My  pay  was  $64  per 
month  when  I  entered  the  service,  in  February,  1881,  but  has  long  since  been  •* razed" 
to  |6o.  Among  other  things,  we  frequently  fail  to  get.  the  consideration  due  us  from 
our  superiors ;  consequently  few  competent  men  remain  in  the  service.  The  result  is, 
many  naval  apothecaries  arc  men  selected  by  the  surgeon  from  members  of  the  crew, 
there  being  no  examination  required  as  to  proficiency.  In  justice  to  the  profession,  I 
sincerely  trust  the  Association  will  endeavor  to  ameliorate  our  condition  at  the  earliest 
opportunity.  It  is  my  impression  that  if  the  individual  members  will  either  call  upon  or 
write  their  respective  Representatives,  setting  forth  our  grievances,  we  will  be  justly 
dealt  with.  Thanking  the  members  for  their  previous  efforts  in  our  behalf,  and  hoping 
we  may  ultimately  be  successful,  I  remain  Fraternally  yours, 

Chas.  E.  Reynolds, 
Apolh.  U.  S.  N. 

Od  motion  of  Mr.  Whitney,  duly  seconded,  the  Chairman  and  Secre- 
tary of  this  Section  were  authorized  to  memorialize  Congress  in  favor  of 
the  bill. 

Mr.  Maisch. — Ever  since  the  Committee  on  Legislation  has  been  one  of  the  standing 
committees  of  this  Association,  that  is  for  very  nearly  twenty  years,  the  Committee  annu- 
ally brought  in  a  report  containing  the  laws  in  relation  to  Pharmacy  that  had  been  enacted 
during  the  preceding  year,  together  with  a  brief  digest  of  the  same.  Since  the  Com- 
mittee became  the  executive  of  a  separate  Section,  that  has  been  omitted.  I  don't  know 
what  value  the  members  of  the  Association  or  of  this  Section  place  upon  such  a  record.. 
I  must  confess  that  I  place  a  very  high  value  upon  the  republicatiou  of  these  laws  in  our 
Proceedings,  because  they  are  thus  made  readily  accessible,  and  our  Proceedings  are  very 
convenient  for  referring  to  and  comparing  these  laws  as  enacted  in  the  several  states.  I 
will  therefore  move  that  the  Committee  on  Pharmaceutical  Legislaiion  to  be  appointed, 
be  requested  to  incorporate  into  their  report  next  year  any  laws  relating  to  Pharmacy 
within  the  United  States  that  have  not  heretofore  been  published  in^our  proceedings. 

Mr.  Bedford. — Would  it  not  be  very  desirable  that  these  laws  be  inserted  in  the 
next  volume,  without  waiting  for  another  year.  The.sc  laws  are  easily  accessible.  Put 
them  in  now. 

Mr.  SeaRBY. — Not  wait  a  year? 

Mr.  Maisch. — I  accept  the  suggestion  and  will  modify  the  motion,  that  the  Com- 
mittee on  Legislation  be  requested  to  furnish  to  the  Committee  on  Publication,  for  publi- 
cation in  the  next  Proceedings,  such  laws  as  have  been  passed,  and  have  not  been  pre- 
viously published. 

Thk  Chairman. — Before  putting  the  motion  I  would  like  to  ask :  is  it  not  among 
the  duties  of  this  Committee  to  furnish  such  a  report  under  our  rules? 

Mr.  Maisch. — It  is;  but  it  has  not  been  attended  to. 

The  motion  was  duly  seconded.  Digitized  by  v^OOglC 


3o6       MINUTES   OF   THE    SECTION   ON   PHARMACEUTICAL  LEGISLATION. 

The  Chairman. — Would  it  not  be  well  for  the  Secretary  of  the  Section  to  communi- 
cate with  that  Committee,  and  request  them  to  furnish  that  report,  and  we  can  authorize 
its  publication  when  received. 

Mr.  Alexander. — That  Committee  passes  out  of  existence  with  this  meeting  of  the 
Association,  and  I  think  it  would  be  a  great  deal  better  to  leave  the  collecting  of  these 
laws  to  the  new  Committee. 

Mr.  Whitney. — It  takes  just  a  postal  card  sent  to  the  several  bodies,  and  asking  them 
for  a  copy.  We  should  be  very  careful  not  to  get  in  any  old  laws  that  have  been  re- 
pealed. In  our  state,  section  3,  I  think  it  was,  which  provided  that  the  Board  should 
issue  certificates  of  registration ,  to  those  who  had  three  years'  practical  experience,  has 
been  repealed,  and  no  one  can  practice  pharmacy  now  in  the  State  of  Massachusetts 
without  passing  the  proper  examination,  no  matter  whether  he  is  a  graduate  of  all  the 
colleges  or  has  had  a  thousand  years*  experience. 

The  motion  being  put  by  the  Chair  was  carried. 

Nominations  being  now  in  order,  Messrs.  Whitney,  Alexander  and 
Ebert  were  nominated  for  Chairman,  but  declined.  In  view  of  the  con- 
templated consolidation  of  this  Section  with  the  Section  of  Pharmaceuti- 
cal Education,  the  chair  suggested  the  advisability  of  electing  the  officers 
of  that  Section.  Mr.  P.  \V.  Bedford  was  then  elected  Chairman,  and 
Mr.  A.  B.  Stevens,  Secretary.  The  newly  elected  officers  were  conducted 
to  their  seats ;  and  there  being  no  further  business  presented,  the  Section 
adjourned.  John  M.  Maisch,  Secretary  pro  tern. 


PHARMACY  LAWS.* 

pharmacy  law  of  FLORIDA. 
An  Act  to  Regulate  the   Practice  of  Pharmacy  in  Cities  and  Towns  of  more  than  two 
hundred  inhabitants,  and  the  Sale  of  Poisons,  in  the  State  of  Florida,  and  to  affix  pen- 
alties. 

Be  it  Enacted  by  the  Legislature  of  the  State  of  Florida  : 

Section  i  .  That  from  and  after  the  passage  of  this  act  it  shall  be  unlawful  for  any 
person  not  a  registered  pharmacist,  within  the  meaning  of  this  act,  to  conduct  any  phar- 
macy, drug  store,  apothecary  shop  or  store  located  in  any  village,  town  or  city  in  the 
State  of  Florida  of  more  than  200  inhabitants,  or  within  two  miles  of  any  incorporated 
city  or  town  of  more  than  200  inliabitants,  for  the  purpose  of  retailing,  compounding  or 
dispensing  medicines  or  poisons  for  medical  use,  except  as  hereinafter  provided. 

Sec.  2.  Be  it  further  enacted.  That  it  shall  be  unlawful  for  the  proprietor  of  any  store 
or  pharmacy  in  any  village,  town  or  city  in  the  Slate  of  Florida  of  more  than  200  inhab- 
itants, or  within  two  miles  of  any  incorporated  city  or  town  of  more  than  200  inhabi- 
tants, to  allow  any  person  except  a  registered  pharmacist  to  compound  or  dispense  the 
prescriptions  of  physicians,  or  to  retail  or  dispense  poisons  for  medical  use,  except  as  an 
aid  to  and  under  the  supervision  of  a  registered  pharmacist.     Any  person  violating  the 

*  The  laws  of  Florida,  Louisiana  and  New  York  are  all  the  laws  which  have  been  re- 
ceived for  publication. — Editor. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


PHARMACY    LAW   OF   FLORIDA.  307 

provisions  of  this  section  shall  be  deemed  guilty  of  h  misdemeanor,  and  on  conviction 
shall  be  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less  than  I25.00  nor  more  than  $100.00  for  each  and 
every  ofTense. 

Sec.  3.  Be  it  further  enacted,  That  the  Governor  shall  appoint  five  persons  from 
among  the  most  prominent  pharmacists  of  the  State,  all  of  whom  shall  have  been  resi- 
<lents  of  the  State  for  two  years,  and  of  at  least  five  years'  practical  experience  in  their 
profession,  who  shall  be  known  and  styled  "  Board  of  Pharmacy  for  the  State  of  Flor- 
ida," one  of  whom  shall  hold  his  office  for  one  year,  one  for  two  years,  one  for  three 
years,  two  for  four  years,  each  until  his  successor  shall  be  appointed  and  qualified ;  and 
each  year  thereafter  another  Commissioner  shall  be  so  appointed  for  four  years,  and  until 
a  successor  is  appointed  ami  qualified.  If  a  vacancy  occurs  in  said  Board,  another  Com- 
missioner shall  be  appointed  a9  aforesaid  to  fill  the  unexpired  term  thereof.  Said  Board 
shall  have  power  to  make  by-laws  and  all  necessary  regulations,  and  to  create  auxiliary 
boards,  if  necessary  for  the  proper  fulfillment  of  their  duties  under  this  act  without  ex- 
pense to  the  State. 

Sec.  4.  Be  it  further  enacted^  That  the  Board  of  Pharmacy  shall  register  in  a  suitable 
book  the  names  and  places  of  residences  of  all  persons  to  whom  they  issue  certificates,  and 
dates  thereof.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  said  Board  of  Pharmacy  to  register  without  exam- 
ination, as  registered  pharmacists,  all  pharmacists  and  druggists  who  are  engaged  in 
business  in  the  State  of  Florida,  at  the  passage  of  this  act,  as  owners  or  principals  of 
stores  or  pharmacies  in  any  village,  .town  or  city  of  more  than  200  inhabitants,  for  sell- 
ing at  retail,  com{X)unding  or  dispensing  drugs,  medicines  or  chemicals  for  medical  uses^ 
or  compounding  or  dispensing  physicians'  prescriptions,  and  all  assistant  pharmacists 
over  eighteen  years  of  age,  engaged  in  said  stores  or  pharmacies  in  any  village,  town  or 
city  of  more  than  200  inhabitants  in  the  State  of  Florida,  at  the  passage  of  this  act,  and 
have  been  engaged  two  years  as  such  in  some  store  or  pharmacy  where  physicians'  pre- 
scriptions were  compounded  or  liispensed  ;  Provided,  however.  That  in  case  of  failure  or 
neglect  on  the  part  of  any  person  or  persons  to  apply  for  registration  within  sixty  days 
after  they  shall  have  been  notified  by  said  Board  of  Pharmacy  for  the  State  of  Florida, 
they  shall  undergo  an  examination  as  i^  provided  for  in  section  five  of  this  act. 

Sec.  5.  Be  it  further  enacted.  That  the  said  Board  of  Pharmacy  shall  upon  applica- 
tion of  ten  applicants  for  examination,  and  at  such  time  and  place,  and  in  such  manner 
as  they  may  determine,  either  by  a  schedule  of  questions  to  be  answered  and  subscribed 
to  under  oath,  or  orally,  examine  each  and  every  person  who  shall  desire  to  conduct  the 
business  of  selling  at  retail,  compounding  or  dispensing  drugs,  medicines  or  chemicals 
for  medicinal  use,  or  compounding  or  dispensing  physicians'  prescriptions  as  pharmacists* 
Und  if  a  majority  of  said  Board  shall  be  satisfied  that  said  person  is  competent  and  fully 
qualified  to  conduct  said  business  of*  compounding  or  dispensing  drugs,  medicines  or 
chemicals  for  medical  use,  or  to  compound  or  dispense  physicians*  prescriptions,  they 
shall  enter  the  name  of  such  ()erson  as  a  registered  pharmacist  in  a  book  provided  for  in 
section  four  of  this  act;  and  that  all  graduates  of  colleges  of  pharmacy,  that  require  a 
practical  experience  in  pharmacy  of  not  less  than  four  years  before  granting  a  diploma, 
shall  be  entitled  to  have  their  names  registered  by  said  Board  without  examination ; 
Provided,  hoivever.  That  this  act  shall  not  be  so  construed  as  to  prevent  any  physician  who 
is  authorized  to  practice  medicine  or  surgery  under  the  laws  of  this  State,  from  register- 
ing as  a  pharmacist  or  druggist,  without  examination ;  Provided,  That  any  person  or  per- 
sons not  a  pharmacist  or  druggist,  may  open  and  conduct  such  a  store  if  he  or  they  keep 
constantly  in  their  employ  a  registered  pharmacist  or  druggist ;  but  shall  not  himself  or 
themselves  sell  or  dispense  drugs  or  medicines,  except  proprietary  and  patent  medicines 
in  original  packages. 

Sec.  6.  Be  it  further  enacted.  That  the  Board  of  Pharmacy  shall  be  entitled  to  de-f 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


3o8       MINUTES   OF   THE   SECTION   ON   PHARMACEUTICAL   LtGi^LATION. 

mand  and  receive  of  each  person  whom  they  register  and  furnish  a  certificate  as  a 
registered  pharmacist  without  examination,  the  sum  of  two  dollars,  and  for  each  and 
every  person  that  they  examine  orally,  or  whose  answers  to  a  schedule  of  questions  are 
returned  subscribed  to  under  oath,  the  sum  of  three  dollars,  which  shall  be  in  full  for 
services ;  and  in  case  the  examination  of  said  person  shall  prove  defective  and  unsatis- 
factory, and  his  name  not  be  registered,  he  shall  be  permitted  to  present  himself  for  ex- 
amination wiihin  any  period  not  exceeding  twelve  months  thereafter,  and  no  charge^ shall 
be  made  for  such  examination. 

Sec.  7.  Be  it  fun  her  enacted^  That  every  registered  pharmacist,  apothecary  and 
owner  of  any  store  shall  be  held  responsible  for  the  quality  of  all  drugs,  chemicals  or 
medicines  he  may  sell  or  dispense,  with  the  exception  of  those  sold  in  origmal  packages 
of  the  manufacturer,  and  also  those  known  as  proprietary ;  and  should  he  knowingly  in- 
termingle and  fraudulently  adulterate,  or  cause  to  be  adulterated,  such  drugs,  chemicals 
or  medical  preparations,  he  shall  be  deemed  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor,  and  upon  convic- 
tion thereof  be  liable  to  a  penalty  not  exceeding  %\oo^  and  in  addition  thereto  his  name 
shall  be  stricken  from  the  register. 

Sec.  8.  Be  it Jtirther  evaitett^  That  it  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  not  a  regis- 
tered pharmacist,  from  and  after  bixty  days  after  the  passage  of  this  act,  to  retail  any  poi- 
sons enumerated  below ;  arsenic  and  its  preparaH  ms,  corrosive  sublimate,  white  and  red 
precipitate,  biniodide  of  mercury,  cyanide  of  potassium,  hydrocyanic  acid,  strychnine, 
and  all  other  poisonous  vegetable  alkaloids,  and  their  salts,  and  the  essential  oil  of  al- 
monds, opium  and  its  preparations,  except  paregoric  and  other  preparations  of  opium 
containing  less  than  two  grains  to  the  ounce,  aconite,  belladonna,  colchicum,  conium,  nux 
vomica,  henbane,  savin,  ergot,  cotton  rout,  cantharides,  creosote,  veratrum,  digitalis,  and 
their  pharmaceutical  preparations,  croton  oil,  chloroform,  chloral  hydrate,  sulphate  of 
zinc,  mineral  acids,  carbolic  and  oxalic  acids;  and  he  shall  label  the  box,  vessel  or  paper 
in  which  said  poison  is  contained,  with  the  name  of  the  article,  the  word  poison,  and  the 
naine  and  place  of  business  of  the  seller.  Nor  shall  it  be  lawful  for  any  persons  to 
deliver  or  sell  any  poison  enumerated  above,  unless  upon  due  inquiry  it  be  found  that  the 
purchaser  is  aware  of  its  poisonous  .character,  and  represents  that  it  is  to  be  used  for  a 
legitimate  purpose.  The  provisions  of  this  section  shall  not  apply  to  the  dispensing  of 
poisons  in  not  unusual  quantities  or  doses  upon  the  presciiption  of  practitioners  of  medi. 
cine.  Any  violation  of  this  section  shall  make  the  principal  of  said  store  liable  to  a  fine 
of  not  less  than  $10,  or  more  than  $100;  I  rwidtd^  fwwtver^  That  this  section  shall  not 
apply  to  manufacturers  making  and  selling  at  wholesale  any  of  the  above  poisons;  And 
provided ^  That  each  box,  vessel  or  paper  in  which  said  poison  is  contained  shall  be  la- 
beled with  the  name  of  the  atiicle,  the  woicl  poison,  and  the  name  and  place  of  business* 
of  the  seller. 

Sec.  9.  Be  it  further  itiaitid,  That  any  itinerant  vendor  of  any  drug,  poison,  oint- 
ment or  appliance  of  any  kind  intended  for  treatment  of  any  disease  or  injury  or  defor- 
mity by  any  drug,  nostrum  or  manipulation,  or  other  expedient,  shall  pay  a  license  of 
$500  per  annum  to  the  State,  to  be  paid  in  the  manner  for  obtaining  public  license,  or 
according  to  the  usual  laws  in  force  for  that  .purpose. 

Sec.  10.  Be  it  futther  inacted.  That  any  person  who  shall  procure  or  attempt  to  pro- 
cure registration  for  himself  or  for  another  under  this  act,  by  making  or  causing  to  be 
made  false  representations,  shall  be  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor,  and  shall,  upon  conviction 
thereof,  be  liable  to  a  penalty  of  not  less  than  $25  nor  more  than  $100,  and  the  name  of 
the  person  so  falsely  registered  shall  be  stricken  fiom  the  register.  Any  person  not  a 
registered  pharmaci&t,  as  provided  for  in  this  act,  who  shall  conduct  such  a  store,  phar- 
macy or  place  for  retailing,  compounding  or  dispensing  drugs,  medicines  or  chemicals 
for  medical  use,  or  for  compounding  or  dispensing  physicians*  prescriptions,  or  who  shall 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


PHARMACY   LAW   OF  LOUISIANA.  309 

take,  use  or  exhibit  the  title  of  registered  pharmacist,  shall  be  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor, 
and  upon  conviction  thereof  shall  be  liable  to  a  penalty  of  not  less  than  ^loo. 

Src.  II.  This  act  shall  not  apply  to  physicians  putting  up  their  own  prescriptions. 

Sec.  12.  Be  it  further  enacted.  That  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  every  registered  pharma- 
cist to  conspicuously  post  his  certificate  of  registration  in  his  place  of  business.  Any 
person  who  shall  fail  to  comply  with  all  the  provisions  of  this  section  shall  be  liable  to  a 
fine  of  ^5.00  for  each  calendar  month  during  whjch  he  is  delinquent. 

Sec.  13.  The  sum  of  $500  per  year,  or  as  much  thereof  as  may  be  found  necessary,  is 
hereby  appropriated  out  of  the  money  so  received  for  license  for  the  expenses  of  said 
Board  of  Pharmacy.  All  surplus  over  and  above  said  amount  to  be  divided  as  follows  : 
One  half  to  the  "  I^lorida  State  Pharmaceutical  Association,"  the  remainder  to  be  paid 
into  the  State  Treasury. 

Sec.  14.  All  suits  for  the  recovery  of  the  several  penalties  prescribed  in  this  act  shall 
he  presented  in  the  name  of  the  State  of  Florida  in  any  court  having  jurisdiction,  and  it 
shall  l>e  the  duty  of  the  State's  Attorney  of  the  county  wherein  such  offense  is  committed 
to  present  all  persons  violating  the  provisions  of  this  act,  upon  proper  complaint  being 
made. 

Sec.  15.  lie  it  further  enacted.  That  all  laws  and  parts  of  laws  in  conflict  with  the 
provisions  of  this  act  be,  and  the  same  are  hereby  repealed. 

PHARMACY  LAW  OF  LOUISIANA. 
An  Act  to  regulate  the  practice  of  pharmacy ;  to  regulate  the  sale  of  compounded  medi- 
cines and  drugs,  preparations  and  prescriptions  ;  to  regulate  the  sale  of  poisons;  to  cre- 
ate a  State  Board  of  Pharmacy,  and  to  regulate  the  fees  and  emoluments  thereof;  to 
prevent  the  practice  of  pharmacy  by  unauthorized  persons  ;  and  to  provide  for  the  trial 
and  punishment  of  violators  of  the  provisions  of  this  act  by  fine  or  imprisonment. 
Section  I.  Be  it  enacted  by  the  General  Assembly  of  the  State  of  I  ouisianoy  That  it 
shall  hereafter  be  unlawful  for  any  other  than  a  registered   pharmacist  to  compound 
medicines,  drugs,  or  chemicals,  or  to  institute  or  conduct  any  apothecary  or  drug  store,  or 
pharmacy  shop  for  compounding  drug*:,  medicines  or  chen.icals,  or  for  any  person  to  be 
employed  therein,  or  placed  in  charge  thereof,  for  the  purpose  of  compounding  drugs  or 
chemicals  under  prescriptions  or  otherwise. 

Sec.  2.  Be  it  further  enacted,  etc.^  Any  person  twenty-one  years  of  age  shall  be  entitled 
to  registra!ion  as  a  duly  registered  pharmacist,  on  exhibiting  to  the  Board  of  Pharmacy  a 
diploma  from  any  college  or  school  of  pharmacy,  in  Europe  or  America,  of  good  and  re- 
spectable standing,  the  status  of  the  institution  as  to  respectability  and  standing  to  be 
jadged  and  approved  by  said  Board,  together  with  the  affidavit  of  the  applicants  stating  his 
age,  nativity,  and  that  he  is  the  bona  fide  holder  of  the  diploma,  and  the  person  named 
therein,  and  that  he  is  a  regular  graduate  or  alumnus  of  said  institution,  or  in  case  that 
said  applicant  shall  produce  no  diploma  as  hereinabove  set  forth,  it  shall  be  sufficient  for 
him  to  present  an  affidavit  that  he  has  had  four  years*  practical  experience  in  the  manip- 
ulation and  compounding  of  physicians'  prescriptions  under  the  supervision  of  a  regis- 
tered'pharmacist,  who  shall  also  attest  the  truth  of  the  said  affidavit  by  swearing  thereto, 
if  said  registered  pharmacist  be  alive  and  resident  in  the  State  of  I^uisiana ;  and  said 
affidavit  shall  set  forth  the  age  of  the  applicant,  the  place  of  his  nativity,  and  when  and 
where  he  has  practiced  pharmacy,  said  affidavits  to  be  preserved  on  file  by  the  Board  of 
Pharmacy  as  a  part  of  its  records. 

Sec.  3.  Be  it  further  enacted,  etc.  That  the  foregoing  provisions  of  this  act  shall  not 
apply  to  or  effect  any  person  who  shall  be  engaged  in  the  actual  preparation,  compound- 
ing and  dispensing  of  medicines  or  drugs  in  the  drug  and  apothecary  business,  as  pro- 
prietor of  the  same,  or  as  quafified  assistant  thereof  at  the  time  of  the  passage-i^  this  acfe. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


3IO       MINUTES   OF   THE   SECFION   ON   PHARMACEUTICAL    LEGISLATION. 

except  in  so  far  as  relates  to  registration  and  fees  provided  in  section  five.  A  qualiBed 
assistant  engaged  in  the  business  at  the  time  of  the  passage  of  this  act,  is  one  who  has 
had  not  less  than  two  years'  practical  experience  in  the  preparation,  compounding  and 
dispensing  of  medicines,  or  drugs  in  the  drug  and  apothecary  business.  All  other  actual 
assistants  actually  engaged  in  the  business  at  the  time  of  the  passage  of  this  act,  shall, 
upon  the  completion  of  a  like  term  of  two  years'  experience,  be  entitled  to  registration  as 
qualified  assistants  i^iihout  examination;  p)0\ided,  that  nothing  contained  in  this  act 
shall  in  any  manner  whatever  interfere  with  the  business  of  any  registered  practitioner  of 
medicine,  nor  in  any  way  prevent  him  from  administering  or  supplying  his  patients  with 
such  drugs  and  medicines  as  he  may  deem  fit  and  proper,  nor  shall  it  interfere  with  the 
making  and  dealing  in  proprietary  remedies,  popularly  called  patent  medicines,  nor  pre- 
vent storekeepers  from  dealing  in  and  &ellirg  the  commonly  used  standard  medicines, 
and  poisons,  if  all  such  standard  medicines  and  poisons  included  in  this  section,  conform 
in  all  respects  to  the  requirements  of  section  seven.  Nor  shall  this  act  apply  to  any 
planter  furnishing  medicines  to  banc's  in  his  employment  or  leasing  lands  from  him. ' 

Sec.  4.  Be  it  further  enacted,  etc,^  That  in  ca^e  the  Board  of  Pharmacy  shall  have 
reason  to  doubt  the  truth  of  the  allegations  of  any  affidavit  made  under  the  provisions  of 
the  foregoing  section,  it  shall  have  the  right  to  examine  into  and  hear  evidence  thereon, 
and  if  convinced  of  the  falsity  thereof,  it  shall  have  the  right  to  refuse  registration,  subject 
to  the  right  of  the  applicant  to  appeal  to  the  courts  by  mandamus ;  provided,  that  false 
swearing  in  an  affidavit  hereinbefore  mentioned,  shall  be  deemed  perjury,  and  liable  to 
punishment  as  in  other  cases  under  existing  laws. 

Sec.  5.  Be  it  further  enacted,  etc..  That  where  the  applicant  neither  furnishes  the  di- 
ploma or  affidavit  required  by  the  foregoing  sections,  he  shall  have  the  right  to  registra- 
tion after  having  passed  a  satisfactory  examination  by  the  Board  of  Pharmacy  as  to  his 
qualifications  and  capacity,  which  Board  shall  thereupon  register  the  applicant,  and  shalt 
grant  to  him  a  certificate  of  registration  as  a  pharmacist,  the  same  as  in  the  case  of  the 
production  of  a  diploma  or  affidavit  as  hereinbefore  provided.  The  Board  of  Pharmacy 
•nay  grant  certificates  of  registration  to  licentiates  of  such  other  State  Boards,  or  the  duly 
constituted  authorities  of  other  countries,  without  further  examination.  The  Board  of 
Pharmacy  shall  have  the  right  to  exact  and  collect  from  applicants,  before  issuance  of  a 
certificate,  five  dollars  ($5)  for  an  examination  of  the  applicant,  and  three  cfoUars  ($3)  for 
the  issuance  of  the  certificate. 

Sec.  6.  Be  it  further  enacted,  etc..  That  the  Governor  shall  appoint  the  Board  of 
Pharmacy,  consisting  of  nine  (9)  reputable  practicing  phaimacisls,  doing  business  in  the 
State,  who  shall  serve  for  four  (4)  years  from  the  date  of  their  appointment  \  any  vacancy 
shall  be  filled  for  the  unexpired  term  by  the  Governor's  aj  pointment.  Said  board  shall 
elect  a  president,  and  an  officer  to  be  kntwn  as  the  secretary  and  treasurer^  and  in  addi- 
tion to  its  duties  in  holding  examinations  and  granting  certificates,  it  shall  report  to  the 
prosecuting  officer  of  the  State  of  Louisiana  all  persons  violating  the  provisions  of  this 
act;  it  shall  report  annually  to  the  Governor  of  tht  Stale  upon  the  condition  of  pharm- 
acy in  the  State,  any  recommendations  for  the  improvement  of  its  practice,  as  well  as  a 
record  of  the  proceedings  of  the  board  during  the  year;  and  the  names  of  all  phiirma- 
cists  duly  registered  under  this  act,  and  the  fees  collected  undf  r  the  provisions  of  this 
act,  shall  be  applied  to  the  payment  of  the  expenses  of  the  Board,  in  such  manner  as  it 
shall  direct. 

Sec.  7.  Be  it  further  enacted,  etc..  That  all  pharmacists,  druggists  or  apothecaries, 
shall  label  all  bottles,  vials,  jars,  boxes,  parcels,  packages,  or  other  receptacles,  or  cov- 
erings, or  wrappings  of  drugs,  medicines  or  chemicals  sold  or  dispensed  by  them,  with  a 
label  in  legible  writing  or  printed  letters,  giving  the  name  of  the  propiietor  of  the  store, 
the  name  of  the  physician  prescribing,  or  the  shop  and  the  place  of  sale  of  said  drug,  med- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMENDED   NEW   YORK   STATE    PHARMACY   LAW.  3II 

icine  or  chemical;  and  in  case  the  medicine,  drug  or  chemical  be  of  a  nature  poisonous 
to  the  human  system  or  to  animals,  said  label  shall  have  printed  thereon  a  skull  and 
cross  lx>nes,  with  the  word  "Poison  "  in  large,  heavy  lettering.  All  prescriptions  shall 
have  in  addition  thereto,  a  number,  the  name  of  the  person  actually  and  personally 
compounding  the  same,  the  directions  for  its  use  internally  or  externally,  and  the  date 
of  its  compounding. 

Sec.  8.  Be  it  further  enacted^  etc.y  That  any  person  offending  against  any  provisions 
of  this  act,  shall  be  deemed  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor  against  the  State  of  Louisiana,  and 
shall  be  prosecuted  before  any  court  of  criminal  jurisdiction,  and  if  adjudged  guilty,  shall 
pay  a  iine  of  not  less  than  fifty  dollars,  ($50)  nor  more  than  one  hundred  dollars,  ($100) 
and  in  default  of  payment  thereof,  shall  be  imprisoned  in  the  parish  jail  for  not  more 
than  thirty  (^30)  days. 

Sec.  9.  Be  it  further  enacted,  etc.y  That  this  act  shall  take  effect  thirty  (30)  days  after 
its  promulgation. 

S.  P.  Henry, 
Speaker  of  the  House  of  Representatives. 
James  Jeffries, 
Lieuttnant- Governor  and  President  of  the  Senate, 
Approved  July  ii,  1888. 

Francis  T.  Nicholls, 
Governor  of  the  State  of  Louisiana. 
A  true  copy  from  the  original : 
Jos.  Gebelin, 

Assistant  Secretary  of  State. 

AMENDED  NEW  YORK  STATE  PHARMACY  LAW.* 
An  Act  to  amend  chapter  three  hundred  and  sixty-one  of  the  laws  of  eighteen  hundred 
and  eighty-four,  entitled  *«  An  act  to  establish  a  State  Board  of  Pharmacy  and  to  reg- 
ulate the  practice  of  pharmacy  throughout  the  State  of  New  York,  except  in  the  coun- 
ties of  New  York,  Kings  and  Erie." 

Passed  June  24,  1887;  three-firths  being  preaent. 
The  People  of  the  State  of  New  Yotk,  represented  in  the  Senate  and  Assembly ^  do  enact 
as  follows  : 

Section  i.  Section  two  of  chapter  three  hundred  and  sixty -one  of  the  laws  of  eighteen 
hundred  and  eighty-four,  entitled  "  An  act  to  establish  a  State  Board  of  Pharmacy  and 
to  regulate  the  practice  of  pharmacy  throughout  the  State  of  New  York,  except  in  the 
counties  of  New  York,  Kings  and  Erie,"  is  hereby  amended  to  read  as  follows : 
Skc.  2.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  said  Board  ol  Pharmacy, 

1.  To  examine  all  persons  applying  for  licenses  under  this  act,  and  to  grant  licenses 
to  such  persons  as  may  be  entitled  to  the  same,  piorviding,  however^  that  no  person  shah 
hereafter  be  licensed  as  a  pharmacist  who  has  not  had  four  year s^  experience  in  the  prac- 
tice of  pharmacy.  The  Board  may  also  issue  certificates  upon  examination  ^  which  shall 
entitle  the  holder  to  act  as  an  assistant  pharmacist  under  the  direction  of  a  registered 
pharmacist. 

2.  To  keep  a  record  of  licensed  pharmacists  licensed  by  them, 

3.  To  investigate  all  complaints  of  disregard  or  nocT- compliance  or  violati6ns  of  the 


*  A  copy  of  the  originnl  law  was  published  in  the  Proceedings  1884,  pp.  370  and  371.    A  copy  recently 
furnished  with  the  above  amendments  has  the  foUowins,  as 

Sbc.  13.  The  expenses  of  said  Board  shall  be  paid  out  of  the  fees  herein  provided  for. 

Sections  13,  14  and  15  {loc.  cit.,  p.  371)  become  Section  14,  Section  15  and  Section  16,  respectively. 

The  changes  and  additions  to  the  original  law  are  above  printed  in  italics.— Permanbi^o^bcrbtar 


Digitized  by  VjOD 


ARf. 

gle 


312        MINUTfS  OF  THE  SECTION   ON   PHARMACEUTICAL  LEGISLATION. 

provisions  of  this  act,  and  to  bring  all  suck  cases  to  the  notice  of  the  proper  prosecuting 
officer. 

4.  To  render  annually  to  the  Gozurnor^  and  fo  the  State  PharmacetUual  Assoeiation 
at  their  annual  meeting,  a  full  statement  of  all  their  receipts  and  disbursements  during 
the  year  preceding. 

Sec.  2.  Section  seven  of  said  act  is  hereby  amended  so  as  to  read  as  follows : 

Sec.  7.  The  New  York  State  Pharmaceutical  Association  shall  ai  each  annual  meet- 
ing nominate  Jive  pharmacists,  residents  of  the  district  to  which  this  act  applies,  from 
which  number  the  Governor  shall  fill  the  vacancy  annually  occurring  in  the  said  board, 
and  the  person  so  appointed  by  the  Governor  shall  hold  office  for  five  years.  In  case  of 
the  death,  resignalicyi  or  removal  from  the  State  of  any  member  of  said  board,  before 
the  expiration  of  his  term  of  office,  or  in  case  of  vacancy  occurring  firom  any  other  cause 
than  expiration  of  term  of  office,  the  Governor  shall  fill  the  vacancy  from  the  list  oi 
names  nominated  as  aforesaid  during  the  year  in  which  such  vacancy  occurs,  and  the 
person  appointed  shall  hold  office  for  the  unexpired  term  of  his  predecessor. 

Sec.  3.  Section  fourteen  of  said  act  is  hereby  amended  so  as  to  read  as  follows : 

Sec.  14.  This  act  shall  not  apply  to  the  counties  of  New  York,  Kings,  and  Erie,  pro- 
vided, however,  that  a  license  as  a  pharmacist  granted  any  person  after  examination  by 
any  board  of  pharmacy  legally  created  under  the  laws  of  this  State  shall  entitle  said  per- 
son to  a  license  or  a  certificate  of  registration  as  a  pharmacist  from  any  board  of  phar- 
macy legally  created  under  the  laws  of  this  Slate  upon  presenting  to  such  board  his  said 
license  and  complying  with  the  formal  requirements  of  said  laws. 

Sec.  4.  7  he  phrase,  "  usual  domestic  remedies^^  in  said  act  is  hereby  defined  as  follows, 
namely  :  Medicines  that  from  common  use  a  knowledge  of  their  properties  and  dose  has 
been  acquired  and  includes  only  such  remedies  as  may  be  safely  employed  without  the  ad- 
vice of  a  physician,  such  as  hpsom  salts,  Kockelle  salts,  sails  of  tartar,  borax,  sulpkur, 
magnesia,  camphor,  aloes,  myrrh,  guaiac,  arnica,  rhubarb,  senna,  squills,  ipecac,  and 
preparations  of  above  ;  also  castor  oil,  olive  oil,  origanum,  spike,  amber,  wintergreen, 
peppertnint,  and  wormwood,  glycerine,  spirits  of  nitre,  and  other  like  remedies  ;  but  does 
not  include  opium,  morphine,  laudanum,  strychnine,  arsenic,  belladonna^  aconite,  and 
other  poisons  requiring  knowledge  and  pharmaceutical  skill  to  safely  dispense,  unless  they 
be  sold  in  original  packages,  or  packages  bearing  the  label  of  a  licensed  pharmacist.  The 
phrase  **  rural  districts,"  used  in  said  act  is  hereby  declared  to  apply  only  to  small  villages 
and  country  districts  having  no  store  where  pharmacy  is  practiced.  The  phrase,  ** prac- 
tice of  pharmacy  ^^  used  in  said  cut  is  hereby  defined  as  follows,  namely:  The  compounding 
of  prescriptions  or  of  any  United  States  Pharmacopceial  preparation,  or  of  any  substance 
to  be  used  as  medicine,  or  the  retailing  of  any  drug  or  poison  for  medicinal  purposes. 

Sec.  5.  The  sale  of  Paris  grein,  white  hellebore  and  other  poisons  for  destroying  in- 
sects or  of  any  substance  for  use  in  the  arts  are  exempt. 

Sec.  6.  This  act  shall  take  effect  immediately. 


Digitized 


by  Google 


REPORT 

ON  THE 


PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 


FROM  JULY  I,  x888»  TO  JUNE  30,  i88g. 
BY  C.  LEWIS  DIEHL. 

The  introductory  to  his  report  has  given  the  reporter  no  little  concern 
in  past  years,  from  the  fact  that  he  has  not  found  the  time  to  embrace  in  it, 
as  he  should  have  "wished,  a  synopsis  of  the  more  important  contents  of  the 
report.  Looking  about  for  subjects  that  might  be  properly  embraced  in 
the  introductory,  it  was  thought  that  a  brief  synopsis  of  the  proceedings 
of  the  different  State  Pharmaceutical  Associations  would  prove  of  interest; 
but  an  experience  of  five  years  has  convinced  the  reporter  that  the  utility 
of  this  is,  to  say  the  least,  problematical.  The  exhibit  in  this  direction  has 
been  incomplete  and  fragmentary,  mainly  for  the  reason  that  the  Pro- 
ceedings of  the  State  Associations,  or  a  synopsis  of  the  same,  have  failed  to 
reach  his  hands  in  time  for  the  report,  and  this  feature  has  therefore  been 
omitted  in  the  present. 

The  further  search  for  material  to  be  embraced  by  the  introductory 
developed  that  many  subjects  not  otherwise  classified  might  be  brought 
to  notice  here,  and  this  was  done  to  some  extent,  -particularly  in  last 
year's  report.  In  the  course  of  this  work  it  was  found  that  the  "edi- 
torials,'' which  constitute  an  important  feature  in  some  of  the  pharma- 
ceutical journals,  have  hitherto  been  almost  completely  neglected,  and 
that  these  might  properly  be  represented  in  this  portion  of  the  report, 
since  they  voice  the  subjects  that  prominently  engage  the  attention  of 
pharmacists  throughout  the  land.  In  the  following  it  is  intended  to  pre* 
sent  some  of  these,  together  with  such  subjects  of  a  general  or  special 
character  as  it  has  been  found  most  convenient  to  present  here,  or  incon- 
venient to  classify  in  the  body  of  the  report ;  but  it  should  be  understood 
that  they  are  simple  abstracts,  given  as  nearly  as  possible  in  the  language 
of  the  individual  authors,  and  that  the  reporter  assumes  neither  credit  nor 
responsibility  for  the  opinions  that  may  be  expressed.  For  convenient 
reference,  the  subjects  discussed  are  indicated  by  the  headings. 

Statistics  Respecting  the  Consumption  of  Medicinal  Agents, — An  exceed- 

C  313  )  Digitized  by  GoOglC 


314  ,  REPORT   ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

ingly  interesting  statistical  communication  respecting  the  consumption  of 
medicinal  agents  in  the  Paris  Hospitals,  from  1879  to  1885,  has  been 
made  by  Messrs.  Bourgoin  and  De  Beurmann.  As  might  have  been  ex- 
pected, the  antiseptic  treatment  of  wounds  has  had  a  decided  influence 
upon  the  consumption  of  certain  agents.  Thus  the  use  of  carbolic  acid 
has  increased  from  369  tp  T1217  kilos;  of  boric  acid  from  10  to  1909 
kilos;  oi  thymic  acid  from  0.25  to  12.42,  and  of  thymol  from  o  to  3.95 
kilos ;  o\  permanganate  of  potassium  from  8, 35  to  28  kilos  :  of  corrosive 
sublimate  from  102  to  314  kilos;  of  iodoform  from  22  to  353  kilos.  On 
the  other  hand,  salicylic  acid  has  been  used  to  a  far  less  extent,  it  having 
decreased  from  20  to  7  kilos  during  the  same  period  ;  but  this  is  compen- 
sated by  the  increased  internal  use  of  salicylate  of  sodium — from  182  to 
355  kilos,  and  the  introduction  oi  salicylate  of  bismuth — from  o  to  18  kiloF, 
as  well  as  by  the  fact  that  its  use  as  an  antipyretic  has  been  supplanted 
by  newer  and  more  powerful  agents.  That  the  use  of  salicylate  of  bis- 
muth depends  mainly  on  the  salicylic  acid  it  contains,  is  demonstrated  by 
the  fact  that  the  use  oi  subnitrate  of  bismuth  has  not  been  diminished,  but 
has  increased  during  this  period  from  347  to  419  kilograms.  It  is  some- 
what remarkable  that  notwithstanding  the  appearance  of  the  numerous 
synthetical  antipyretics,  the  use  of  quinine  and  of  cinchona  barks  should 
have  increased,  instead  of  diminished.  The  \x%t  oi  sulphate  of  quinine  has 
increased  during  this  period  from  40  to  70  kilos;  of  Loxa  bark  from 
2610  to  4078  kilos;  oi  yellow  bark  from  91  to  161  kilos;  a  decrease  be- 
ing noted  only  in  the  cinchona grisea  bark,  from  7749  to  7325  kilos.  It 
should  be  remembered,  however,  that  this  report  closes  with  the  year 
1885,  and  that  it  was  not  until  1884  that  the  first  successful  synthetical 
antipyretic  was  introduced.  The  consumption  of  iron  preparations  has 
on  the  whole  held  its  own,  there  being  a  decrease  only  in  iron  per  hydro- 
gen^ but  a  corresponding  increase  in  pulverized  iron.  The  iodide  of  iron 
is  rarely  used  in  other  forms  than  in  that  of  syrup.  Arsenical  prepara- 
tions are  used  more  frequently,  and  carbonate  of  lithium  has  come  into 
use.  The  saline^  vegetable  and  drastic  purgatives  are  used  about  to  the 
same  extent  as  10  to  15  years  ago,  and  it  is  only  in  the  case  of  the  so- 
called  infectious  diseases,  in  which  the  infection  is  produced  in  the  ali- 
mentary canal,  that  the  use  of  purgatives  has  decreased,  the  same  being 
replaced  by  disinfectants,  such  as  naphthaline  naphthoic  salol,  etc.  Leeches 
are  but  rarely  employed.  Alcoholics^  the  use  of  which  increased  up  to 
1880  in  gigantic  proportions,  have  since  lost  ground,  apparently  because 
the  value  of  more  active  therapeutic  treatment  is  again  recognized,  and 
the  use  of  pure  tonics  is  thereby  retarded,  the  decrease  in  the  use  of  caf- 
feine preparations  also  supporting  this  view.  An  enormous  increase  is 
shown  in  the  use  of  anesthetics  and  their  virtually  allied  agents.  In  the 
C2&Q  oi  chloroform  the  increase  observed  is  from  326  to  787  kilos;  of 
ether  from  629  to  11 45  kilos.     Opium  is  used  to  the  same  extent,  but  the 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF  PHARMACY.  315 

use  of  morphine  has  increased.  The  principal  narcotic  extracts  are  used 
to  about  the  same  extent,  but  the  use  of  chloral  has  increased  from  350  to 
840  kilos;  that  of  bromide  of  potassium  from  813  to  1886,  while  bromide 
of  sodium  J  which  at  first  increased  from  a  minimum  quantity  to  53  kilos, 
has  again  decreased  to  39  kilos.  Bromide  of  ammonium  is,  on  the  other 
hand,  used  to  a  greater  extent,  it  being  evident  that  the  selection  of  a 
bromide  very  much  depends  upon  variable  judgment  respecting  the  med- 
icinal value  of  the  bromine  and  of  the  metal  with  which  it  is  combined. 

Respecting  the  use  of  antipyrin,  the  statistics  could  only  be  given  for 
one  year,  the  increase  from  1884  to  1885  being  from  0725  to  26.4  kilos. 
The  other  synthetic  antipyretics  are  not  embraced  in  the  communication, 
because  they  either  had  not  yet  been  introduced,  or  had  been  used 
only  to  a  slight  extent.  The  so  called  antispasmodics ,  such  as  aqua 
laurocerasi,  camphor^  etc.  have  held  their  own ;  the  excitants  of  the  mus- 
cular system,  such  as  veratrine.  Strychnine,  brucine,  and  the  substances 
yielding  them,  have  fluctuated  more  or  less;  while  the  use  of  ergot  zxid 
its  extract  has  steadily  increased.  The  use  of  the  simple  bitters  is  in 
steady  decrease,  for,  although  gentian  and  Colombo  are  used  to  a  some- 
what larger  extent,  this  increase  is  more  than  compensated  by  the  greater 
decrease  in  the  use  of  quassia,  lupulin,  etc.  The  antimonials,  digitalis, 
ipecacuanha,  are  stationary,  jaborandi  leaves  and  pilocarpine  have  retro- 
graded, while  the  consumption  of  coca  leaves  has  increased  from  2  to  46 
kilos,  and  that  of  cocaine  from  44  to  640  grams.  Potassium  chlorate  and 
borax  have  steadily  grown  in  favor,  as  also  creasote  and  santal  oil,  while 
the  use  of  cubebs  and  copaiba  has  sensibly  decreased.  Tapeworm  reme- 
dies are  as  a  whole  used  less  than  formerly,  and  among  these  particularly 
kousso  and  male  fern,  while  pomegranate  bark  maintained  its  own,  and 
pelletierine  mcx^d&^d  materially.  The  consumption  oi pepsin,  which  had 
increased  from  200  grams  in  i860  to  89  kilos  in  1879,  ^^  since  decreased 
to  50  kilos.  Having  been  introduced  into  therapeutics  on  the  basis  of 
physiological  speculation,  this  remedial  agent  has  been  retained  by  virtue 
of  its  in  noxiousness,  notwithstanding  the  fact  that  better  results  might  be 
expected  from  the  administration  of  hydrochloric  acid  as  an  aid  to  the 
enfeebled  natural  digestive  juices,  the  latter  being  at  the  present  generally 
employed  for  this  purpose.  ^  The  liquid  peptones  reached  their  maximum 
(1000  kilos)  in  1883,  while  the  solid  peptones  still  showed  an  increase  in 
1885  of  349  kilos.  There  has  been  an  increase  in  the  use  of  all  iodine 
preparations  with  the  exception  of  iodide  of  lead ;  tincture  of  iodine  from 
673  to  1576  kilos,  iodide  of  potassium  from  531  to  1075  kilos,  iodide  of 
sodium  from  o  to  11.5  kilos.  The  caustics  and  vesicatories,  on  the  other 
hand,  are  disused  more  and  more.  Mercurials  are  also  on  the  increase, 
the  use  oi  mercuric  oxide  having  increased  from  0.7  to  2.3,  corrosive  sub- 
limate^  as  already  stated,  from  102  to  31^,  calomel  from  22  to  45,  yellow 
iodide  of  mercury  from  5  to  15,  biniodide  of  mercury  from  1.4  to  19.6,  and 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


31 6  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS  OF   PJfARMACV. 

basic  sulphate  of  mercury  from  lo  to  25  kilos.  The  alkaline  sulphides 
steadily  replace  the  use  of  natural  sulphur  water;  silver  nitrate  is  used  in 
continually  increased  quantities;  colhdium  has  increased  from  195  to  297 
kilograms,  while  the  consumption  of  glycerin  has  increased  from  7000  to 
23000  kilos.  These  statistics  prove  incontrovertibly  the  general  accept- 
ance and  extension  in  the  use  of  antiseptfcs  and  anaesthetics,  and  that 
these  two  classes  of  medicinal  agents  qualify  the  therapeutics  of  the  pres- 
ent period. 

Percolation  as  Practised  in  Europe. — The  '*  Amer.  Drugg."  (Novem- 
ber 1888),  speaking  o?  the  conservatism  of  European  pharmacists  in 
adopting  new  methods,  particularly  when  such  emanate  from  America, 
says  that  "The  year  1876  undoubtedly  marks  an  era  in  pharmaceutical 
international  reciprocity.  Not  only  were  our  own  pharmacists  made 
better  acquainted  with  the  old  European  ways  and  methods,  but  Euro- 
pean pharmacists  were,  for  the  first  time,  made  thoroughly  acquainted 
with  our  best  features  and  processes.  Among  these,  the  process  of  per- 
colation, adapted  to  the  preparation  of  tinctures,  and  particularly  to  that 
oi  fluid  extraciSy  stands  at  the  head.  Though  the  principle  of  the  process 
was  first  suggested  in  Europe  many  years  previously,  yet  it  was  only  ap- 
plied, at  least  almost  exclusively,  in  chemical  laboratories  or  certain  tech- 
nical works.  While  the  usefulness  and  expediency  of  this  process  were 
recognized  by  leading  authorities,  there  were,  however,  serious  obstacles 
in  the  way  of  its  introduction.  The  principal  obstacle. was  this,  that  the 
continental  Pharmacopoeias  prescribed  the  old  process  of  macerating  the 
drug  with  the  whole  quantity  of  menstruum,  in  the  case  of  tinctures  and 
similar  preparations;  and  as  this  process  requires  no  special  apparatus,  no 
expert  skill,  and  no  watching,  it  was  not  likely  that  pharmacists  would 
take  kindly  to  another  process,  involving  new  appliances  and -demanding 
extra  work.  The  fact  that  the  old  process  consumed  a  large  amount  of 
time,  compared  with  the  new  one,  was  hardly  taken  in  consideration. 
Time — in  the  sense  here  meant — is  not  as  valuable  a  commodity  to  the 
pharmacist  in  Germany  as  it  is  to  us,  because  he  is,  to  a  large  extent,  pro- 
tected against  undue  competition  by  the  laws  of  the  land.** 

'*  In  the  course  of  time,  certain  enterprising  American  manufacturing 
firms  took  particular  pains  to  draw  the  attention  of  European  pharma- 
cists to  the  class  of  fluid  extracts,  by  making  prominent  exhibits  at  inter- 
national or  special  expositions,  by  placing  specimens  in  the  hands  of 
prominent  medical  experts  for  trial,  by  copious  advertisements,  and  by 
other  means.  There  can  be  no  doubt  that  to  these  causes  the  more  rapid 
recognition  of  the  value  of  fluid  extracts  is  chiefly  due.  It  was  curious, 
and  sometimes  amusing,  to  read  papers,  even  coming  from  we.l- known 
authorities,  which  appeared  to  have  knowledge  only  of  flujd  extracts  of 
the  newer  drugs,  introduced  and  specially  advertised  by  the  firms  alluded 
to,  it  being  altogether  overlooked  that  these  preparations  had  been  long 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


REPORT  ON   THE  PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY.  317 

in  use,  and  that  our  Pharroacopceia  recognizes  a  large  number  made 
from  the  well- known,  older,  and  universally  used  drugs.  Gradually, 
however,  the  list  of  fluid  extracts  is  extending,  and  it  will  not  be  long 
before  this  class  of  preparations  will  be  as  well  made^  and  as  generally 
used,  in  Europe  as  it  is  in  this  country.'' 

Fluid  Extracts— Preparation  of  Half  the  Present  Strength,— Th,^.  ques- 
tion of  the  advisability  of  making  fluid  extracts  of  half  the  present  strength, 
discussed  in  the  President's  annual  address  to  this  Association  last  year, 
elicits  some  remarks  by  the  "  Amer.  Drugg."  (Dec.  1888),  which,  in  the 
main,  opposes  the  introduction  of  such  preparations  into  the  Pharmaco- 
poeia.    The  editor  says : 

"  If  we  were  in  the  fortunate  position  of  having  to  construct  our  first 
Pharmacopoeia,  with  nothing  preceding  it,  excepting  the  experierfce  of 
other  nations,  we' would  be  fully  justified  in  adopting  the  very  convenient 
compromise  afforded  by  Prof.  Lloyd's  plan  between  the  tinctures  and 
fluid  extracts.  These  two  last-named  preparations,  however,  have  gone 
so  thoroughly  over  into  the  flesh  and  blood,  as  it  were,  of  the  pharma- 
ceutical and  medical  professions,  that,  even  if  a  new  class  of  preparations, 
such  as  suggested  by  Prof.  Lloyd,  were  actually  introduced,  either  offi- 
cially or  by  private  enterprise,  the  tinctures  and  fluid  extracts  would  still 
be  prescribed.  And  here  is  just  the  difficulty.  The  strength  of  the  dif- 
ferent preparations,  or  the  doses,  might  be  confounded.  Besides,  a  liquid 
percolate  obtained  by  passing  the  menstruum,  however  slowly,  through 
8  ounces  of  drug,  so  as  to  obtain  a  pint  of  percolate,  will  in  many  cases 
not  fully  represent  the  active  constituents  of  the  8  ounces.  To  do  this 
fully,  it  would  be  required  to  exhaust  the  drug  and  then  to  adjust  the 
volume  to  16  fluidounces.  But  we  understand  Prof.  Lloyd's  objection  to 
this  very  well.  He  thinks  that  a  slight  deficiency  of  the  product  in  solu- 
ble matters  not  extracted,  and  therefore  absent  in  the  pint  of  liquid,  is 
amply  made  up  by  the  better  quality  of  the  product  in  other  directions, 
as  it  has  not  been  subjected  to  heat,  and  will  probably  be  less  likely  to 
precipitate.  However,  to  return  to  the  principal  objection  :  Physicians 
will  most  certainly  keep  on  prescribing  tinctures  and  fluid  extracts — for 
does  not  past  experience  teach  us  how  hard  it  is  to  cause  old  preparations 
to  be  relegated  to  oblivion  ?  We  agree  with  Prof.  Lloyd  that  the  intro- 
duction of  the  new  preparations  would  be  advisable  only  if  the  old  ones 
can  be  entirely  replaced  by  the  new.  But  as  this  is  not  likely  to  happen, 
we  foresee  no  chance  for  the  latter,  even  in  the  distant  future." 

The  **  Druggists'  Circular"  (Jan.  1889)  takes  the  opposite  view  regard- 
ing the  proposition  to  make  fluid  extracts  of  half  the  present  strength, 
on  the  ground  that  the  fluid  extracts  of  the  market  are  not  uniform  and 
rarely  conform  to  the  Pharmacopoeia,  and  that  it  is  desirable  to  encour- 
age a  process  that  will  be  followed  by  pharmacists  generally.  It  says: 
'*This  plan  has  the  merit  of  simplicity.     All  the  disturbing  factors  in  the 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


3l8  REPORT   ON  THE   PROGRESS  OF   PHARMACY. 

present  processes  would  be  eliminated  by  its  adoption ;  most  if  not  all 
drugs  could  be  practically  exhausted  by  doubling  the  amount  of  menstru- 
um ;  heat  would  be  wholly  avoided,  and  any  one  Willful  enough  to  make 
a  tincture  could,  without  hesitancy,  undertake  the  preparation  of  the  new 
fluid  extracts." 

Fluid  Extracts. —  Why  they  should  be  made  by  the  Retail  Druggist. — A 
very  sensible  paper  on  this  subject  is  that  of  W.  W.  Kerr,  whose  plea 
for  the  preparation  of  fluid  extracts,  as  well  as  galenical  preparations  in 
general  by  pharmacists  may  be  condensed  as  follows:  i.  Because  it  is, 
in  the  first  place,  exactly  what  it  is  their  business  to  do.  2.  Because,  in 
the  matter  of  reliability  of  the  product,  the  circumstantial  evidence,  at 
least,  gives  the  advantage  decidedly  to  the  retail  druggist.  3.  Because  a 
fluid  extract  that  exactly  fulfils  the  requirements  of  the  U.  S.  P.  is  the 
point,  and  the  only  point  to  be  arrived  at,  and  this  can  be  accomplished 
by  the  pharmacist,  and  no  better  by  the  manufacturer.  4.  Because 
greater  uniformity  of  product,  the  great  end  and  aim  of  all  official  stand- 
ards, is  attained,  for  the  reason  that  the  retail  druggist  knows  no  other 
standard  than  his  Pharmacopoeia,  whilst  the  manufacturer  often  knows  no 
other  than  his  own  self-constructed  one.  5.  Because  the  retail  druggist 
can  make  his  own  fluid  extracts  cheaper  than  he  can  buy  them. 

As  to  the  apparatus,  the  ordinary  percolator  used  in  the  shops  is  amply 
sufficient  to  secure  complete  exhaustion — indeed,  this  operation  is  to  be 
continued  until  that  object  is  attained,  and  no  other  apparatus  can  do 
more.  In  the  matter  of  obtaining  the  best  drugs  for  their  preparation,  it 
is  surely  easier  to  determine  any  deficiency  in  such,  than  in  the  fluid  ex- 
tracts that  have  been  made  from  them. — **  Phar.  Era."  May  1889, 181-182. 

Standardization  of  Fluid  Extracts . — The  '*  Standardization  of  Fluid  Ex- 
tracts '*  was  the  subject  of  a  graduation  thesis,  recently  otfered  by  a  can- 
didate for  the  degree  of  Doctor  of  Medicine,  in  which  the  author  gives 
the  results  of  a  series  of  assays  of  fluid  extracts,  showing  extreme  varia- 
tions in  the  strength  of  these  preparations,  and  urges  the  establishment  of 
standards  of  strength  for  each.  He  asks  manufacturing  pharmacists  to 
take  the  initiative  in  the  work,  and  establish  provisional  standards  of 
strengths,  **  until  our  recognized  authority,  the  U.  S.  P.,  in  the  next  re- 
vision sees  fit  to  fall  in  with  scientific  advancement,  and  adopts  a  general 
system  of  standardization  for  all  galenical  preparations.'*  The  "Phar. 
Era"  (July  1888),  calling  attention  to  this  paper,  takes  occasion  to  re- 
mark that  it  is  a  hopeful  sign  of  the  times  that  such  a  subject  can  be 
handled  with  a  fair  degree  of  ability  by  a  student  of  medicine.  "  When 
physicians  are  educated  up  to  such  a  point  that  even  a  few  of  them  are 
able  to  pronounce  authoritatively  on  the  respective  medicinal  values  of 
different  samples  of  a  tincture  or  fluid  extract,  the  pharmacists  who  supply 
such  preparations,  either  for  their  individual  use  in  filling  prescriptions^ 
or  for  the  trade,  will  be  very  careful  to  have  them  of  what  may  fairly 

Digitized  by  VjOOQ IC 


REPORT  ON  THE  PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY.  319 

be  called  standard  strength,  and  they  will  moreover  become  suddenly 
convinced  that  it  is  quite  within  their  power  to  judge  themselves  of  the 
quality  of  the  p)roducts  which  they  purchase."  As  to  the  pharmacopoeial 
authority:  "We  can  pardon  in  an  undergraduate  the  confusion  of 
thought  which  places  the  U.  S.  P.  as  an  authority  above  those  who  con- 
stitute it  their  authority ;  the  difficulty  is  that  physicians  generally,  and 
pharmacists,  too,  for  that  matter,  ignore  their  individual  responsibility  to 
do  all  that  in  them  lies  to  make  their  own  Pharmacopoeia  just  what  it 
should  be.  It  is  they  themselves,  not  the  impersonal  **  Pharmacopoeia" 
that  are  waiting  to  be  forced  to  fall  in  with  the  progressive  movement 
with  which  they  declare  themselves  to  be  earnestly  in  sympathy." 

Important  Observations  Respecting  the  Change  of  Alkaloids  during  the 
Process  of  Extraction. — The  observation  of  W.  Will  that  belladonna  tioes 
not  contain  atropme  as  such,  but  primarily  hyoscyamine,  which  furnishes 
atropine  by  the  combined  influence  of  alkalies  and  heat,  leads  the 
"American  Druggist"  (Aug.  1888,  156)  to  call  attention  to  the  probable 
change  to  which  other  alkaloidal  constituents  of  plants  are  subject  under 
similar  conditions,  such  as  light,  heat,  the  influence  of  chemical  reagents, 
etc.  It  appears  quite  probable  that,  by  a  modi^cation  of  treatment,  the 
alkaloids  extracted  from  a  given  lot  of  cinchona  bark,  for  instance,  will  be 
found  to  consist  of  entirely  different  proportions  of  the  several  bases  than 
when  the  usual  processes  now  in  vogue  are  employed.  If  it  were  possi- 
ble to  isolate  these  bases  by  the  agency  of  a  substance  which  would  leave 
them  entirely  unchanged,  a  great  advance,  it  is  pertinently  argued,  would 
be  made  towards  a  true  understanding  of  the  chemical  nature  of  the 
mother  bases,  and  of  the  manner  in  which  the  secondary  ones  are  derived 
from  it.     Another  discovery  of  importance  in  this  connection  is  the 

Convertibility  of  the  Amorphous  Bases  of  Coca  into  Cocaine. — Professor 
C.  Liebermann  and  Dr.  F.  Giesel  describe  a  simple  process  by  means  of 
which  the  amorphous  bases  extracted  along  with  the  chief  alkaloid  from 
coca  leaves,  can  be  converted  into  pure,  crystallizable  cocaine,  and  which  is 
likely  to  revolutionize  the  whole  cocaine  industry.  The  *  *  Amer.  Drugg.  *  * 
(Jan.  1889),  calling  attention  to  this  discovery,  and  to  the  fact  that  the 
process  has  been  patented,  expresses  doubt  as  to  the  practicability  of  con- 
trolling the  patent,  **as  the  process  does  not  require  either  any  special 
apparatus,  or  any  special  intermediary  agent  or  patented  ingredient. 
Moreover,  the  patentee  has  no  means  of  knowing  whether  any  cocaine 
sold  by  a  manufacturer  has  been  obtained  naturally  or  artificially.  If 
the  process  of  converting  the  hitherto  useless  and  rejected  amorphous 
bases  into  pure  cocaine  is  as  easy  as  the  authors  describe,  manufacturers 
will  no  longer  have  any  excuse  for  putting  on  the  market  any  product 
from  coca  except  the  pure,  crystallized  alkaloid  cocaine  and  its  salts. 
Most  manufacturers  have  heretofore,  of  their  own  accord,  only  sold  the 
pure  alkaloid  and  its  salts,  and  have  put  aside  the  amorphous4>ases  as 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


320  REPORT  ON  THE  PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 

waste  by  products.  These  latter  will  no  doubt  now  be  rapidly  worked 
up  and  put  on  the  market  in  forro  of  cocaine.  In  consequence  thereof, 
the  price  of  cocaine,  which  is  already  so  low  as  to  leave  but  little  profit 
to  the  maker,  will  probably  fall  still  lower,  and  eventually  the  manufac- 
ture of  cocaine  will  be  concentrated  in  fewer  hands  than  at  present.** 

Analgesine — The  attempt  in  France  to  overcome  the  patent  laws  of 
that  country  by  changing  the  name  of  the  chemical  compound  introduced 
under  the  name  of  antipyrine,  into  analgesine,  is  deservedly  rebuked  by 
the  "American  Druggist'*  (July  1888,  135).  The  plea  that  the  so  called 
"dimethyloxyquinizine**  was  originally  intended  as  a  substitute  for  qui- 
nine, and  has  not  proved  to  be  such  a  substitute;  but  that  it  does  possess 
analgesic  properties,  and  is  therefore  more  appropriately  called  "analge- 
sine,'* is  not  alone  not  based  upon  facts,  but  is  too  trivial  to  merit  recog- 
nition. The  claim  originally  put  forth  was  that  antipyrine  has  the  power 
of  reducing  febrile  temperature,  and  this  claim  has  been  completely  vin- 
dicated by  experience,  and  its  original  name  is  thus  justified.  Its  ano- 
dyne and  analgesic  properties  are  of  comparatively  recent  discovery,  and 
instead  of  disparaging,  only  add  to  its  value.  As  to  the  constitution  of 
the  compound,  while  Dp.  Knorr,  its  undoubted  discoverer,  announced 
it  originally  as  dimethyl-oxychinizin,  he  has  given  up  this  theory  long 
ago,  a  more  intimate  study  having  led  him  to  view  its  constitution  differ- 
ently. While  ethically  and  theoretically  we  may  be  opposed  to  patents  on 
medicinal  agents,  this  objection  cannot  interfere  with  established  rights 
so  long  as  the  law  permits  the  issue  of  such  patents.  Therefore  an  an- 
nulment of  a  patent,  provided  it  is  rightfully  granted,  is  a  serious  breach 
of  contract  on  the  part  of  a  state.  Had  antipyrine  remained  a  compara- 
tively insignificant  article,  such  as  kairine,  thalline,  etc.,  it  would  prob- 
ably not  have  been  attacked  at  all. 

Terpene. — Free  Volatile  Gils. — Respecting  these  products  the  '*  Phar. 
Jour,  and  Trans."  (Aug.  1888)  calls  attention  editorially  to  the  impor- 
tance of  the  discovery  by  Wallach  ^that  the  terpenes,  which  constitute  a 
large  percentage  of  the  component  parts  of  the  essential  oils,  are  in  the 
first  place  identical  as  obtained  from  different  oils,  and  secondly  are  not 
the  principles  to  which  the  odor  of  the  oil  is  due.  These  odorous  principles 
have  now  been  successfully  separated,  and  have  been  introduced  under 
the  general  designation  of  ^^Olea  aetherea  sine  terpeno^  Such  have 
been  obtained  from  oil  of  orange  peel,  juniper,  and  lemon — the  product 
from  the  latter  oil,  for  instance,  possessing  thirty  fold  the  strength  of  the 
ordinary  oil. 

Another  subject  that  deserves  particular  attention  is  the  observation  that 
the  Specific  Gravity  of  Essential  Oils  is  found  in  practice  to  vary  very 
materially  from  the  U.  S.  P.  description.  A  well-known  American 
firm,  manufacturing  and  dealing  largely  in  essential  oils,  having  recently 
announced  that  their  laboratory  records  show  a  material  discrepancy  be- 

,  Digitized  by  VjOOQ IC 


REPORT  ON  THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY.  32 1 

tween  the  specific  gravities  assigned  to  certain  essential  oils  by  the  U.  S. 
Pharo).  (and  other  authorities)  and  those  observed  by  themselves,  the 
**  Amer.  Drugg."  (Aug.  1888,  158)  makes  some  timely  remarks  with  the 
view  to  explaining  the  discrepancy.  The  exact  determination  of  the  spe- 
cific gravities  of  essential  oils  is  a  much  more  difficult  task  than  is  generally 
supposed.  That  this  is  so  must  be  inferred  from  the  fact  that  it  has 
taken  the  largest  manufacturers  and  dealers,  American  and  foreign,  hand- 
ling tons  upon  tons  of  these  oils,  nearly  five  years  after  the  appearance  of 
the  U.  S.  and  German  Pharmacopoeias,  to  pronounce  definitely  what 
should  be  the  correct  specific  gravities.  It  fact  it  has  been  recognized 
only  during  the  last  few  years  that  the  results  of  the  large  manufacturers 
show,  in  quite  a  number  of  cases,  material  differences  from  those  obtained 
in  the  chemist's  laboratory.  These  differences  may  arise  from  various 
causes.  Either  there  may  be  loss  from  incomplete  condensation  of  the 
lightest  boiling  portion,  or  from  incomplete  exhaustion  of  the  odorous 
material,  or  from  unequal  degrees  of  heat,  or — perhaps  mainly — from  the 
difference  in  treatment  which  the  crude  oil  has  undergone.  Most  crude 
essential  oils,  which  are  obtained  by  distillation,  are  subsequently  recti- 
fied one  or  more  times,  and  here  the  large  matlbfacturer  has  a  decided 
advantage  over  the  experimental  chemist,  as,  with  his  superior  apparatus, 
he  encounters  a  much  smaller  loss  by  resinification,  etc.,  than  the  exper- 
imenter on  a  small  scale.  It  is  therefore  not  to  be  wondered  at,  that  dif- 
ferences should  be  found  between  the  results  obtained  in  the  one  or  the 
other  manner.  The  implied  charge  made  in  a  recent  editorial  of  the 
*' Paint,  Oil  and  Drug  Reporter,"  that  the  last  Committee  of  Revision 
of  the  U.  S.  Phar.  had  been  negligent  in  their  work,  is  therefore  not 
justified ;  but  in  establishing  the  proper  figures  for  the  specific  gravities  of 
essential  oils  in  the  next  U.  S.  Phar.,  it  will  no  longer  suffice  to  rely  upon 
the  results  of  even  the  best  experts,  if  these  are  arrived  at  by  working  on 
a  small  scale,  and  it  will  be  necessary  to  take  into  account  the  products 
of  the'manufacturers.  To  this  end  it  will  be  necessary  that  the  next  Com- 
mittee on  Revision  shall  be  put,  by  manufacturers  of  essential  oils,  in 
possession  of  all  data  bearing  on  this  subject,  thus  assuring  correct  fig- 
ures, and  relieving  the  manufacturer  from  the  onus  of  having  to  defend 
his  bona  fide  products  against  supposed  standard  figures,  which  may  be 
correct  and  true  for  the  conditions  under  which  they  were  obtained,  but 
which  it  is  impracticable  for  him  to  imitate. 

Respecting  the  introduction  of 

Vanillin  into  use  in  recent  years,  the  same  journal  (Dec.  1888)  remarks 
that  ''at  one  time  it  was  suppo.sed  that  artificial  vanillin  would  ruin  the 
vanilla  industry  and  trade,  just  as  artificial  alizarin  has  practically  ruined 
the  madder  industry.  But,  curiously  enough,  this  has  not  been  the  case. 
Vanilla  holds  its  own  extremely  well.  In  fact,  there  is  much  more  vanilla 
grown  and  sold  at  the  present  time  than  before  vanillin  was  known  as  a 


Digitized  by 


Google 


32  2  REPORT  ON  THE  PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 

commercial  product.  And  yet,  the  latter  is  also  consumed  in  constantly 
increasing  quantities.  There  is  one  reason  for  this.  It  is  well  known 
that  an  extract  of  vanilla  made  from  the  bean  contains  other  matters 
besides  the  vanillin,  among  them  what  is  usually  termed  "extractive," 
and  a  good  deal  of  coloring  matter.  Now  these  substances  have  the 
power  of  binding  or  holding  the  odor  of  vanilla  much  more  energetically 
than  a  simple  neutral  solvent  would.  Therefore,  if  two  liquids  are  made 
of  as  near  equal  strength  in  odor  and  taste  of  vanillin  as  possible,  one 
from  vanilla  bean  and  the  other  from  vanillin,  and  if  these  two  liquids 
are  used,  in  equal  proportions,  to  flavor  equal  amounts  of  any  inert  or 
insipid  mixture,  it  will  be  found  that  the  one  flavored  with  the  extract  of 
the  bean  will  retain  its  odor  longest.  But  this  property  is  not  always 
required  of  the  flavoring.  When  used  for  culinary  purposes,  it  is  seldom 
required  to  preserve  the  odor  or  taste  of  some  flavored  delicacy  more 
than  48  hours.  On  the  other  hand,  when  chocolate  or  other  confec- 
tionery is  made  on  the  large  scale  for  the  market,  it  is  necessary  to  insure 
the  stability  of  the  odor  and  taste  for  as  long  a  time  as  possible.  Hence 
while  artificial  vanillin  is  perfectly  satisfactory  in  the  former  case,  the 
natural  bean  is  preferred  in  the  latter.  It  is  usually  considered  that  i  oz. 
of  vanillin  is  equivalent  to  40  oz.  of  good  vanilla  beans.'' 

Spurious  Cascara, — Referring  to  a  recent  paper  by  Mr.  John  Moss  on 
**  spurious  cascara*' (which see),  the  "Drugg.  Circ."  (April  1889)  called 
upon  Dr.  Rusby  to  criticise  the  paper  referred  to.  This  criticism  is  given 
in  an  editorial,  as  follows : 

"  The  question  he  said  was  not  so  much  one  of  kind,  inasmuch  as  the 
Oregon  and  California  barks  are  practically  of  the  same  species  and  vari- 
ety. Whether  the  Oregon  form  will  prove  to  be  equally  pot*;nt  with  that 
collected  in  the  dryer  regions  farther  south,  remains  to  be  seen  ;  that  can 
be  established  only  by  long  continued  practical  trial.  It  is  not  possible 
to  say  positively  from  an  examination  of  the  bark,  whether  in  its  rough 
state  or  under  the  microscope,  that  it  will  be  identical  in  its  action  with 
another  sample.  The  real  questions  to  be  determined  are,  first,  that  it  is 
the  genuine  variety  and  not  some  similar  but  distinct  species ;  second, 
that  it  be  collected  in  the  proper  season  of  the  year ;  and  third  and  most 
important,  that  a  sufficient  time  be  allowed  to  elapse  after  its  collection 
for  it  to  lose  its  tendency  to  produce  griping  before  being  used.  This 
time  should  not  be  less  than  one  year." 

**  The  bark  referred  to  in  Mr.  Moss'  paper  as  being  a  false  or  spurious 
bark.  Dr.  Rusby  thinks  genuine.  The  genuine  cascara  sagrada  grows 
perhaps  even  more  abundantly  in  the  moist  valleys  of  Oregon  than  it  does 
in  California.  The  fact  of  its  changed  external  appearance  is  due  to  the 
different  conditions  of  growth.  The  real  danger  is  from  an  admixture 
of  the  bark  of  Rhamnus  Californica  or  some  of  its  varieties,  which  very 
closely  resemble  certain  of  the  varieties  of  R.  Purshiana,  but  are  very 
distinct  in  their  medicinal  properties."  Digitized  by  CjOOQ Ic 


REPORT   ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF    PHARMACY.  323 

Unofficial  Formulary  of  the  British  Pharmaceutical  Conference^  1888 — 
The  formulary  adopted  by  the  British  Pharmaceutical  Conference  in 
1887  h^us  been  revised  and  several  additions  made,  viz:  Acetum  ipecacu- 
anhas ;  Elixir  Phosphori ;  Elixir  Saccharini ;  Extractum  Tritici  Liquidum ; 
Liquor  Hypophosphitis  Fortius ;  Syrupus  Codeinae ;  Syrupus  Ferri  Bro- 
midi ;  Syrupus  Ferri  et  Quininae  Hydrobromatum ;  Syrupus  Ferri,  Quini- 
nae  et  Strychninae  Hydrobromatum;  Syrupus  Ipecacuanhas  Aceticus  ; 
Syrupus  Pruni  Virginianae  ;  Tinctura  Calendulas  Florum ;  Tinctura 
Capsici  Fortior;  Tinctura  Euonymi ;  Tinctura  Phosphori  Composita; 
Unguentum  Oleo-Resinae  Capsici.  Several  formulas  were  dropped,  and 
minor  changes  were  made  in  a  few  others.  The  formulas  that  have 
been  added  in  1888  will  be  found  under  their  proper  headings,  indi- 
cated by  the  letters  B.  P.  C. 

The  Una fficinal  Formulary  of  this  Association  has  been  received  with 
general  favor,  and  is  recommended  by  the  Pharmaceutical  press  with  per- 
haps a  single  exception,  and  in  this  it  is  not  clear  upon  what  ground  the 
opposition  is  based.     The 

Use  of  Unofficinal  Preparations  by  prescribers  is,  as  a  matter  of  course, 
not  confined  to  our  own  country.  That  it  should  ^xist,  however^  to  so  great 
an  extent  in  Germany,  as  becomes  manifest  from  the  evidence  gathered 
by  the  Pharmacopoeia  Committee  of  the  German  Pharmaceutical  Associ- 
ation, is  somewhat  surprising.  It  is  shown,  as  the  result  of  inquiries  in 
the  clinics  of  five  of  the  principal  German  Universities,  that  of  about 
1200  different  articles  employed,  only  about.  600  were  officinal,  the  re- 
mainder being  either  ex-officinal  or  such  having  no  fixed  legal  standard. 
Commenting  on  this,  the  **Amer.  Drugg.*'  (Nov.  1888)  says: 

**  The  problem  which  our  German  colleagues  have  to  face  is  one  with 
which  we  have  long  been  familiar,  and  for  which  the  only  possible  solu- 
tion was  the  preparation  of  some  interim-standard,  to  be  in  force  until  a 
higher  authority  should  provide  a  formula  for  any  preparation  contained 
in  it.  Had  we  not  done  this,  we  could  have  only  attempted  the  next 
best  alternative,  namely,  to  select  a  number  of  privately  published  works, 
formularies,  dispensatories,  etc.,  which  we  might  have  agreed  among  our- 
selves to  regard,  for  this  or  that  preparation,  as  authoritative.  It  might 
have  been  necessary  to  name  twenty  or  more  different  works  to  cover  the 
best  of  all  the  formulas  needed.  And  what  guarantee  would  there  have 
been  that  any  new  edition  of  any  of  these  works  would  still  afford  us  the 
reference  wanted  ?  We  have  certainly  chosen  the  most  practical  solution 
of  the  difficulty,  and  strongly  advise  our  German  confreres  to  adopt  the 
same  plan  we  did." 

**  We  all  know  why  old  remedies  do  not  easily  disappear.  Old  physi- 
cians' will  prescribe  what  they  have  learned  to  use  in  their  early  days, 
and  as  many  of  them  are  exceedingly  conservative,  it  is  hard  to  get  them 
to  use  new  things.  At  all  events,  it  is  harder  to  get  them  to  throw  the 
old  things  aside.''  t Digitized  byGoOglc 


324  REPORT   ON   THE  PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

The  near  approach  of  the  Decennial  Revision  of  the  U.  S.  Pharma- 
copoeia has  naturally  elicited  a  number  of  discussions  respecting  the 

Fharmacopcsial  Method  of  Determining  Quantities  in  its  Formulas, — 
The  *'Drugg.  Circ/'  (Feb.,  1889)  discusses  the  proposition  to  return  to 
the  old  system  of  expressing  the  proportions  in  the  formulas  of  the  Phar- 
macopoeia by  definite  weights  for  solids  and   measures  for  all  liquids. 
In  opposing  such  a  change  it  says :     *«  The  weighing  of  liquids  ensures 
accuracy  in  apportioning  quantities  as  far,  as  any  method  can  insure  it. 
The  graduation  of  measures  is,  to  begin  with  a  more  difficult  thing  than 
the  adjustment  of  weights;  and  after  the  graduation  is  properly  accomp- 
lished it  is  much  harder  to  correctly  use  a  measure  than  a  balance.     This 
difficulty  increases  with  the  size  of  the  graduated  measure,  as  a  slight 
variation  in  the  level  of  the  liquid  is  multiplied  by  the  area  of  its  surface.** 
**It  has  been  shown  by  experiment  that  where  all  the  ingredients  of  a 
preparation  are  weighed,  greater  accuracy  in  results  is  attained  than  where 
the  mixed  system  is  employed.     Another  great  advantage  of  using  weights 
only  is  that  the  relative  proportions  of  the  ingredients  can  be  stated  in 
the  simplest  manner,  and  percentage  formulas  made  to  take  the  place  of 
the  old   fashioned,  so-muchto-the-pint   ones.     As  against  these  great 
advantages  we  have  the  trifling  drawback  of  carrying  the  bottles  to  the 
scales  and  of  providing  a  counterpoise  for  the  vessel  in  which  the  liquid 
is  to  be  weighed.     A  very  simple  contrivance  for  the  latter  purpose, 
which  we  have  been  told  is  much  used  by  Continental  pharmacists,  is 
simply  a  box  or  can  containing  shot,  the  quantity  of  which  can,  of  course, 
be  promptly  reduced  or  added  to  as  occasion  demands.     A  complete 
arrangement  of  this  kind  could  be  made  by  using  say  two  tin  cans,  one 
of  which   when   filled  with  shot  (which  should  be  very  small)  would 
counterbalance  the  largest  vessel  likely  to  be  used,  and  the  other  to  be 
kept  at  hand  to  receive  the  surplus  of  metal  when  necessary  to  reduce  the 
weight  for  smaller  vessels.     The  greater  drawback  of  prejudice  is  not  so 
easily  disposed  of.     Those  who  know  least  of  the  practical  working  of 
the  **  parts  by  weight*'  system  seem  to  be  strongest  in  their  opposition 
to  it ;  they  do  not  even  seem  to  ask  the  experience  of  others.     This  is 
scarcely  becoming  in  a  body  of  people  laying  any  claim  to  scientific 
attainments.     The  only  way  to  determine  the  value  of  the  system  is  to 
faithfully  try  it.     We  know  of  some  pharmacists  who  promptly  did  this 
as  soon  as  it  was  proposed,  and  they  have  had  no  desire  to  return  to  the 
old  method.     If  all  others  had  followed  their  example,  the  general  experi- 
ence would  probably  have  been  the  same;  if  not,  a  good  reason  could 
have  then  been  urged  for  continuing  what  many  now  consider  an  anti- 
quated plan.** 

Fharmacopoeial  Authority, — The  question  of  pharmacopoeial  authority 
is  discussed  by  the  "  Pharm.  Era,"  (August  1888),  and  more  particularly 
with  reference  to  the  methods  of  opium  assay  practiced  in  the  U.  S. 

•  Digitized  by  VjOOQ IC 


REPORT  ON   THE  PROGRESS   OF  PHARMACY.  325 

Custom  Houses.  "  There  is  a  specific  law  prohibiting  the  importation  of 
opium  containing  less  than  nine  per  cent,  of  morphine.  Nothing  is  said 
in  the  statutes  about  the  method  to  be  employed  for  ascertaining  the  pro- 
portion of  morphine.  It  was  presumed  that  expert  chemists  would  be 
able  to  make  the  necessary  determination,  and  that  the  experts  would  be 
themselves  the  best  judges  of  what  were  the  best  methods  to  employ.  It 
was  to  be  expected  that  year  by  year  the  processes  in  use  would  be  im- 
proved cind  simplified,  and  that  the  government  experts  would  not  rest 
satisfied  with  any  process  susceptible  to  further  improvement.**  **  The 
fact  that  the  government  experts  continue  to  ignore  the  U.  S.  P.  process 
of  assay  has  been  recently  commented  on  by  several  writers,  who,  with- 
out personal  prejudice  in  favor  of  this  process,  urge  that  it  is  the  only 
one  that  the  law  allows  and  should  therefore  be  insisted  upon.  If  they 
could  have  their  way,  a  change  would  be  made  in  this  opium  standard, 
which  would  exclude  a  very  large  proportion  of  the  drug  shipped  to 
America,  all  of  which  is  really  high  grade  of  opium.**  **  After  all,  it  is  a 
question  whether  there  is  any  statute  which  would  even  justify  the  adop- 
tion of  the  supposed  U.  S.  P.  standard  in  place  of  that  fixed  by  Congress 
(nine  percent,  morphine  content).  The  law  appealed  to  is  one  permit- 
ting the  importation  of  drugs,  medicines,  etc.,  *  which  are  not  inferior  in 
strength  and  purity  to  the  standards  established  by  the  United  States, 
Edinburgh,  London,  French  and  German  pharmacopoeias  and  dispensa- 
tories,' a  law  which  certainly  admits  of  the  most  liberal  construction." 
"  On  the  whole  it  seems  to  us  wisest  to  accept  the  U.  S.  law  as  final,  and 
leave  it  to  experts  to  settle  how  the  assays  shall  be  conducted." 

Subjects  of  a  practical  character  are  discussed  in  several  editorials. 
Thus,  speaking  of  the 

Sale  of  Patent  Medicines y  the  "  Drugg.  Circ.**  (Jan.  1889)  advises 
pharmacists  with  the  advent  of  the  new  year  to  consider  whether  they  are 
not  in  some  degree  responsible  for  the  large  assortment  of  preparations 
popularly  known  as  **  patents,**  that  encumber  their  shelves.  The  ques- 
tion is  asked ;  **  How  does  it  come  that  the  apothecary  has  assumed  the 
role  of  chief  distributing  agent  for  such  things  ?  He  will  usually  tell  you 
that  he  keeps  them  in  obedience  to  the  demand  created  by  the  makers. 
This  is  undoubtedly  true  in  the  main,  but  it  will  be  well  for  him  to  con- 
sider whether  he  has  not  contributed  to  the  creation  of  this  demand.  He 
has  perhaps  allowed  advertisements  to  be  inserted  in  the  newspapers,  stat- 
ing that  at  his  well  stocked  and  well  regulated  pharmacy,  Blank*s  Black 
Dose  may  be  obtained,  and  he  perhaps  hands  out  to  his  customers  alma- 
nacs and  various  other  advertising  contrivances,  bearing  his  card  and 
recommending  nostrums.'*  **To  really  advance  the  true  interests  of 
pharmacy,  to  say  nothing  of  its  profits,  an  opposite  course  is  needed,  and 
this  course  is  easy  to  follow.  If  instead  of  quietly  allowing  himself  for 
some  slight  apparent  advantages  to  be  made  an  agent  for  quacks,  ^tkephar-i 


jitized  by 


Google 


326  REPORT   ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

macist  would  faithfully  use  the  innumerable  opportunities  he  has  to  dis- 
courage the  use  of  nostrums,  his  shelves  would  soon  bear  less  of  them 
than  they  do  now.  They  would  not  long  pursue  their  present  prosperous 
way  in  the  face  of  his  determined  opposition,  as  the  drug  store  remains 
the  center  of  attraction  to  the  sick,  notwithstanding  the  efforts  of  the 
grocery  men  and  the  "all-trade  bazaars." 

Speaking  of  the  general  neglect  of  druggists  to  make  use  of  their 
special  facilities  for  the 

Decorative  Treatment  of  Drugstores,  the  "Amer.  Drugg.*'  (July  1888) 
calls  particular  attention  to  the  improper  method  of  lighting  them.  It 
is  a  common  practice  to  so  place  the  gas  lights  as  to  dazzle  by  their  glare 
the  eyes  of  the  passer  by,  and  prevent  him  from  distinguishing  the  details 
of  objects  in  the  interior  of  the  store.  The  remedy  consists  in  reflecting 
the  light  to  the  interior,  after  the  manner  employed  by  dealers  in  pictures. 
'  The  light  should  come  from  the  same  source  in  the  night  that  it  does  in 
the  day-time,  namely,  from  the  windows,  where,  along  the  upj)er  part  of 
the  window-spaces,  lamps  or  gas  jets  should  be  arranged  in  number  suffi- 
cient to  light  the  main  body  of  the  store,  and  having  reflectors  between 
them  and  the  windows,  which  will  intercept  and  throw  towards  the  back 
of  the  store  all  rays  which  would  otherwise  pass  outward  toward  the  street. 
At  the  back  of  the  store  should  be  placed  objects  which,  in  turn,  reflect 
the  light  towards  the  front,  such  as  shelf- bottles  with  gilt  labels,  show- 
bottles  with  colored  contents ;  while  midway  should  be  arranged  such 
things  as  toilet  bottles  in  cut-glass,  with  sparkling  facets  and  numerous 
angles.  Any  chandeliers  in  the  center  of  the  store  should  be  but  dimly 
lighted.     In  the  direction  of 

Proper  Labeling  of  Chemical  and  Pharmaceutical  ProductSy — some 
progress  has  also  been  made.  The  resolution  passed  by  the  Commercial 
Section  of  this  Association  at  the  Detroit  meeting,  to  the  effect  that 
manufacturers  be  asked  to  label  their  products,  as  far  as  possible,  in  ac- 
cordance with  the  officinal  nomenclature,  to  abandon  unscientific  and  ar- 
bitrary standards,  such  as  degrees  of  Baum6,  *'ff*'  marks,  etc.,  and  to 
express  strength  by  figures  representing  specific  gravity  or  percentage  of 
active  constituents,  has  borne  good  fruit,  one  large  firm  at  least  having 
announced  that  it  has  adopted  the  recommendation  of  the  Association, 
and  that  it  will  comply  with  it  hereafter.  The  "  Amer.  Drugg.*'  (Jan. 
1889),  congratulating  this  firm  on  the  wisdom  of  their  resolution,  and 
expressing  the  hope  that  others  will  follow  in  the  same  wise  course  before 
long,  remarks : 

**  We  have  for  years  maintained,  and  are  more  convinced  than  ever, 
that  any  house  which  will  bestow  the  proper  care  upon  the  labels  which  it 
attaches  to  its  products,  so  as  to  make  these  labels  not  only  commercially 
useful  and  correct^  but  also  instructive  beyond  the  purely  commercial  as- 
pect, will  quickly  feel  the  results  in  a  largely  increased  trade.     There 

jjtized  by  VjOOQ IC 


REPORT  ON  THE  PROGRE^  OF  PHARMACY.  327 

seems  to  be  an  unwillingness,  on  the  part  of  large  manufacturers  and 
dealers,  to  depart  from  long  established  customs.  Some  of  these  houses 
are  so  very  conservative,  that  they  even  pay  but  little  attention  to  the 
periodical  changes  in  pharmacopoeial  standards,  expecting  that  the  Phar- 
macopoeia Committees  should  rather  fix  the  standards  in  accordance  with 
the  strength  and  quality  of  the  products  put  by  them  on  the  market,  than 
that  their  products  should  be  accommodated  and  adjusted  to  the 
standards  established  by  the  Pharmacopoeia.  It  must  be  said,  however, 
that  after  the  appearance  of  the  last  Pharmacopoeia,  manufacturers  and 
dealers  have  much  more  readily  and  speedily  modified  their  products  so 
as  to  comply  with  the  new  official  standards.  This  was  chiefly  brought 
about  by  the  enactment  of  laws  regarding  the  purity  of  food  and  drugs 
in  various  states,  and  by  the  public  prosecution  of  a  number  of  firms  who 
had  disregarded  these  laws.'' 

As  an  example  of  what  might  be  done  in  the  way  of  labeling,  for 
instance,  instead  of  ''Acetic  Acid,  No.  8,''  a  label  like  the  following 
would  be  desirable : 

Acetic  Acid. 

So-called  No.  8.     Spec.  grav.  about  1.040  at  59°  F. 
Contains  about  29^  of  absolute  Acetic  Acid. 

Instead  of  having  a  label  **  Phosphoric  Acid,  syrupy,''  or  the  like, 
something  like  the  following  is  preferable : 

Phosphoric  Acid. 

Syrupy  Tribasic  (or  Orthophosphoric  Acid,  made  from 

phosphorus.     Spec.  grav.  about  1,700  at  59^  F. 

Contains  about  85  %  of  absolute  tribasic 

Phosphoric  Acid  ( H jPO^) . 

**  Since  all  commercial  syrupy  phosphoric  acid  corresponds  to  this 
standard  pretty  closely,  the  information  conveyed  by  the  label  will  enable 
the  purchaser  to  calculate,  at  once,  and  without  hunting  up  tables  of 
specific  gravity  and  percentage  in  books,  how  much  acid  he  will  have  to 
weigh  out  to  make  a  definite  quantity,  say  of  a  50  per  cent,  or  of  a  10 
per  cent-  phosphoric  acid."  *'  When  products  turned  out  by  a  firm  are 
intended  to  be,  as  near  as  possible,  always  of  uniform  quality,  it  will  be 
an  easy  matter  to  devise  labels,  after  the  pattern  above  suggested,  to  be 
used  in  place  of  the  present  barren  ones." 

In  this  connection  the  following  remarks  on 

Reform  in  Prescription  Labeling  may  also  find  place.  The  **Amer. 
Druggist,"  speaking  about  the  faulty  character  of  the  labels  and  labeling 
of  prescriptions,  makes  some  admirable  suggestions  respecting  the  man- 
ner of  labeling  prescriptions.  Instead  of  the  customary  legend  **As 
Directed,"  which  is  unnecessary,  inasmuch  as  it  is  self-understood  that  a 
medicine  is  to  be  used  as  directed  when  specific  directions  are  not  given 
on  the  prescription,  it  would  be  much  better  to  leave  a  coijsiderabje 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


328  REPORT  ON  THE  ,  PROGRESS  OF   PH  ARM  ACT. 

blank  space  on  the  label,  into  which  the  necessary  directions  may  be 
written,  if  desirable,  by  the  nurse  or  patient.  The  printed  matter  should 
be  limited  to  the  title  and  location  of  the  dispensing  establishment,  which 
in  the  specimen  label  communicated  occupies  one  side  of  the  label,  the 
lettering  being  side-ways,  and  to  the  name  of  the  prescriber,  number, 
and  date  of  the  prescription,  printed  in  the  same  way  in  the  space  on  the 
other  extreme  of  the  label.  The  center  of  the  label,  and  the  largest 
space,  should  be  reserved  for  the  direction,  the  only  printing  on  this 
portion  being  the  words  '*  Directions,'*  **  For,*'  and  "Dose,**  on  sepa- 
rate lines,  followed  by  a  proper  number  of  blank  lines.     Respecting  the 

Management  of  the  Cork  of  a  Vial^  it  is  remarked  that  the  corks  are 
frequently  forced  into  the  neck  of  the  vial  in  such  manner  that  they  are 
twisted  off  in  the  effort  to  extract  them ;  or  the  cork  is  too  large,  and 
partially  disintegrated  by  the  cork  press  before  its  introduction  into  the 
vial.  To  avoid  annoyance  from  these  sources,  the  cork  should  always  be 
removed,  examined  and  reinserted  before  the  medicine  is  delivered. 

Latin  in  Prescribing, — The  **  Phar.  Era'*  (July  1888)  discussed  the 
question,  pro  and  con,  of  retaining  Latin  in  prescribing,  and  in  conclu- 
sion formulates  the  following  objections  to  the  practice  : 

**  ist.  Few  prescribers  are  familiar  enough  with  the  Latin  language  to 
write  a  faultless  Latin  prescription,  if  we  are  to  judge  by  the  specimens 
that  come  to  the  Detroit  drug  stores,  or  those  published  in  current  medi- 
cal periodicals.  No  attempt  is  made  ordinarily  to  write  the  directions  in 
Latin,  a  practice  fraught  with  obvious  danger  where  prescriber  and  dis- 
penser are  either  of  them  lame  in  their  Latin.  There  is  little  danger  of 
misconstruing  the  meaning  of  the  presciiption  itself  from  any  liberties 
it  may  take  with  orthography  or  grammar,  but  an  educated  man  will  not 
be  willing  to  use  Latin  at  all  unless  he  can  write  it  correctly.  2d.  New 
preparations  are  continually  being  introduced  for  which  no  authoritative 
Latin  names  exist,  and  the  prescriber  must  either  coin  a  Latin  name,  or 
mar  the  effect  of  his  work  by  writing  part  in  Latin  and  part  in  some  other 
language.  3d.  The  use  of  Latin  simply  to  convey  an  impression  that  the 
prescriber  is  a  man  of  great  erudition,  savors  of  quackery  ;  it  looks  like  a 
cover  for  ignorance,  and  the  more  confidence  the  man  has  in  his  skill  in 
the  use  of  remedies,  the  less  willing  is  he  to  resort  to  the  artifices  of 
charlatans." 

Pharmacists  as  Experts, — Among  the  propositions  for  the  improvement 
of  the  conditions  of  pharmacy,  perhaps  none  is  more  deserving  of  atten- 
tion than  that  which  contemplates  the  education  of  pharmacists  with 
special  reference  to  making  them  expeits  in  matters  pertaining  to  the  ex- 
amination of  foods,  and  to  sanitary  science  in  general.  Calling  attention 
to  the  propositions  that  have  been  made  in  this  direction,  the  **Pharm. 
Rundschau"  (Nov.  1887)  observes,  that  while  in  some  of  the  University 
laboratories  suitable  provisions  have  been  made  for  instructiop  in  this 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


REPORT   ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF  PHARMACY.  329 

particular  field,  the  **  Colleges  of  Pharmacy'*  have,  with  one  or  two  ex- 
ceptions, no  far  completely  ignored  it.  The  older  generation  of  pharma- 
cists, who  may  be  qualified  in  part  by  their  experience  or  knowledge  to 
carry  out  these  examinations,  appear  to  be  indifferent  to  this  innovation, 
or  to  oppose  it  altogether ;  while  the  younger  generation  are  liable  to 
overestimate  their  ability,  and  are,  as  a  rule,  not  prepared  to  do  justice 
to  the  work.  Yet  it  is  to  this  younger  generation  that  we  must  look  for- 
ward to  take  the  iniiialive,  and  it  appears  to  be  therefore  highly  import- 
ant, if  not  an  imperative  necessity,  that  our  Colleges  of  Pharmacy  should 
so  extend  their  courses  of  instruction — possibly  by  a  post  graduate  course 
— as  to  embrace  also  thorough*  training  in  sanitary  science  and  the  exam- 
ination and  analysis  of  food. 

Practical  Experience  in  Pharmacy  as  a  Qualification  for  Graduation, — 
The  rejection  by  one  of  the  Colleges  of  Pharmacy  of  four  candidates  for 
graduation  for  the  reason  that  these  candidates  did  not  have  "four  years' 
practical  experience  in  pharmacy,"  notwithstanding  that  "one  of  these 
four  attained  the  highest  average  standing  in  all  departments  at  the  final 
examination,"  leads  the  "Pharm.  Era"  (Sept.,  1888),  to  make  some 
remarks  in  opposition  to  this  requirement.  "Sufficient  ^inquiry  leads  to 
the  conviction  that  not  one  of  the  colleges  of  pharmacy  takes  any  pains  to 
find  out  what  kind  of  practical  experience  its  candidates  for  graduation 
have  had,  but  they  keep  on  all  the  same  insisting  upon  a  certain  quantity 
of  it,  whether  poor  or  good.  Considering  the  facts  in  the  case,  this 
requirement  appears  meaningless  and  valueless.  '  The  Era*  is  as  thor- 
oughly a  believer  in  the  value  of  practical  experience  on  the  part  of  dis- 
pensing druggists  as  any  one  else;  it  believes  that  the  pharmacist's  edu- 
cation is  never  complete  without  actual  experience  in  the  dispensing 
store;  but  as  that  part  of  the  education  is  not  and  cannot  be  acquired  at 
the  college,  the  college  has  nothing  to  do  with  it.  The  question  of  how 
long  he  (the  graduate  in  pharmacy)  has  been  behind  the  counter  and  what 
he  did  there,  should  be  left  to  the  State  Board  of  Pharmacy,  or,  still 
better,  to  his  employer,  who,  if  himself  an  experienced  pharmacist,  is  the 
best  judge.  A  graduate  in  pharmacy,  although  he  may  be  well  educated 
theoretically  in  all  that  concerns  pharmacy,  and  may  have  had  ample 
laboratory  training  in  chemistry,  and,  for  that  matter,  even  in  dispensing 
work,  is  not  necessarily  a  first-class  drug-clerk.  But  it  is  safe  to  say  that 
a  graduate  of  a  good  school  of  pharmacy,  even  if  he  has  never  before 
served  in  a  drug  store,  will,  as  a  general  rule,  be  found  a  more  valuable 
clerk  after  six  months'  service  than  an  uneducated  clerk  of  four  years' 
practical  experience." 

In  rebuttal  of  this  arraignment  of  a  system  prevailing,  with  apparently 
one  exception,  in  the  teaching  colleges  and  schools  of  pharmacy  of  this 
country.  Professor  Frederick  B.  Power  (Pharm.  Rundschau,  Dec,  1888) 
makes  some  very  pertinent  remarks.     It  is  hardly  to  be  presumed  that 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


330  REPORT   ON    THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

the  views  of  the  "Era**  will  be  generally  conceded  to  be  right,  while 
those  of  a  vast  number  of  eminent  teachers  and  authorities,  both  here 
and  abroad,  are  all  wrong.  The  "  Era' '  itself  admits  that  practical  experi- 
ence is  actually  necessary  to  make  competent  and  reliable  pharmacists, 
and  that  the  pharmacist's  education  is  not  complete  without  actual  exper- 
ience in  the  dispensing  store ;  but  it  contends  that  as  that  part  of  his  edu- 
cation is  not  and  can  not  be  acquired  at  the  college,  the  college  has  nothing 
to  do  with  it,  and  that  the  practical  qualification  should  be  determined  by 
the  State  Board  of  Pharmacy.  Prof.  Power  observes  to  this  that  *'  it  would 
be  quite  deplorable  if,  in  the  United  Stales,  the  colleges  were  not  as  cap- 
able of  determining  the  practical  qualifications  of  their  pupils  as  the  State 
Boards  of  Pharmacy."  It  being  conceded  by  the  editor  of  the  "  Era," 
that  "  several  years  of  practical  experience  form  a  necessary  and  indis- 
pensable qualification  of  a  proficient  pharmacist,  is  it  not  highly  desirable 
that  the  graduates  should  possess  it  when  endorsed  with  a  degree,  which, 
as  conferred  by  most  of  the  schools,  carries  with  it,  to  a  greater  or  less 
extent,  an  endorsement  of  the  holder's  competency  as  a  pharmacist." 
It  is  held  to*be  far  preferable  that  the  student,  who  intends  to  become 
a  practical  pharmacist,  should  have  some  two  or  three  years  at  feast  of 
practical  experience  in  a  well-managed  dispensing  store,  than  that  this 
practical  training  should  be  deferred  until  after  the  completion  of  a  course 
of  study  in  a  college,  or  a  school  of  pharmacy,  and  the  obtainment  of  a 
degree.  **Tbat  such  a  graduate  would  be  capable  of  learning  the  prac- 
tical operations  of  pharmacy  more  quickly  than  one  totally  unfamiliar  at 
the  beginning  with  chemistry,  materia  medica,  etc.,  there  is  not  the  leas^ 
doubt ;  but  whether  his  sense  of  pride  would  render  it  altogether  agree- 
able to  feel  compelled  to  place  himself  under  the  instruction  of  others  in 
the  shop  better  versed  in  the  art  and  technicalities  of  pharmacy,  although, 
perhaps,  much  less  thoroughly  drilled  in  science  and  devoid  of  a  college 
degree,  seems  somewhat  problematical." 

*'  The  most  urgent  necessity  of  our  time  is  not  that  practical  experience 
shall  be  ignored  and  its  requirements  discarded  by  the  schools  or  colleges 
of  pharmacy,  but  that  its  value  should  be  enhanced  and  rendered  more 
uniform  through  the  strict  demands  in  the  past  of  pharmacists  that  their 
apprentices  shall  possess  at  the  outset  at  least  as  good  an  education  as  is 
obtainable  at  the  grammar  schools.  It  should  then  be  the  future  duty  of 
the  preceptor  to  guide  the  course  of  his  apprenticeship  by  a  carefully  out- 
lined system  of  progressive  work  and  private  study."  Professor  Power, 
in  conclusion,  ''does  not  by  any  means  maintain  that  the  so-called  prac- 
tical experience,  under  the  existing  heterogeneous  conditions  of  pharmacy 
in  this  country,  has  an  undisputed  or  uniform  value,  or  that  in  some 
exceptional  cases  it  may  not  even  have  a  prejudicial  influence  upon  the 
future  student.  It  is,  however,  his  sincere  conviction  that  when  this 
experience  or  apprenticeship  is  of  the  proper  character,  and  is  preceded 

Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF  PHARMACY.  33 1 

• 

by  all  the  requisites  pertaining  to  a  good  English  education,  it  affords  the 
most  substantial  foundation  for  a  systematic  course  of  scientific  or  tech- 
nical study  with  reference  to  the  further  successful  pursuit  of  the  pro- 
fession of  pharmacy.  Those  schools,  colleges  or  departments  of  phar- 
macy feeling  the  force  of  this  conviction,  which  maintain  the  long  estab- 
lished requirement  of  a  certain  number  of  years  of  practical  experience  in 
pharmacy  as  a  requisite  for  graduation,  and  which  have  honestly  sought  to 
be  controlled  by  such  methods  as  have  been  elucidated,  can  therefore  not 
be  consistenly  charged  with  perpetrating  "a  sham  and  a  pretense/  " 

Preliminary  Education  Requisite  for  Admission  to  Colleges  of  Phar- 
macy,— The  "Phar.  Era"  (December  1888)  observes  that  "no  more  im- 
portant and  vexatious  problem  is  presented  for  the  consideration  of  col- 
leges of  pharmacy  and  their  faculties  than  this — how  much  and  of  what 
character  should  be  the  preliminary  education  required  of  matriculants? 
The  question  has  been  variously  answered  by  the  various  colleges,  the  re- 
sult being  that  we  now  have  no  uniform  requirements  for  entrance  ;  the 
candidates  failing  at  one  institution  may  easily  enter  another  where  the 
examination  is  easier;  or  perhaps,  as  in  some  colleges,  lacking  altogether. " 
After  discussing  the  defects  in  the  requirements  of  the  colleges  in  this 
direction,  and  the  causes  that  may  be  held  responsible,  the  following  is 
proposed  as  a  remedy  :  "  Let  the  colleges  establish  a  standard  of  examina- 
tion for  entrance,  sufficiently  high  to  exclude  all  not  of  sufficient  ability 
and  attainments  to  do  justice  to  the  instruction  afforded.  It  is  objected 
that  there  will  be  a  great  decrease  in  the  number  of  students.  What  if 
there  be  ?  It  is  better  to  have  a  few  good  students  than  a  multitude  of 
numskulls.  If  a  few  of  the  colleges  be  forced  to  close  their  doors,  it  but 
proves  that  they  were  founded  on  sand,  nor  upon  solid  work.  But  the 
fear  of  numerical  and  pecuniary  loss  is  unnecessary.  Records  of  edu- 
cational institutions  all  show  that  so  fast  as  educational  standards  have 
been  elevated,  just  so  fast  has  been  the  increase  in  numbers,  prosperity, 
and  reputation." 

Relation  between  the  Physician  and  Pharmacist, — The  numerous  papers 
that  have  appeared  during  the  past  year  upon  the  relation  between  phar- 
macist and  physician,  is  the  subject  of  an  editorial  in  '^Phar.  Rundschau" 
(Jan.  1889),  in  which  the  opinion  is  expressed  that  nothing  new  has  been 
developed  by  these  papers,  and  that  the  vexed  problem  has  not  been 
brought  one  iota  nearer  to  a  solution.  While  neither  medical  jour- 
nals nor  medical  associations  seem  to  be  reluctant  in  aggressiveness 
against  the  alleged  and  exaggerated  encroachment  of  the  druggist  upon 
the  legitimate  or  presumptive  domain  of  the  doctor,  the  pharmaceutical 
press,  for  want  of  courage  or  ability,  has  generally  avoided  as  a  noli  me 
tangere  to  enter  upon  disputes  of  this  kind,  and  upon  refuting  unwarranted 
or  misdirected  charges  upon  pharmacists  as  a  class.  Nor  have  pharma- 
ceutical writers  or  editors,  for  obvious  causes,  shown  adequate^pirit  and 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


332  REPORT  ON  THE  PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY, 

vigor  in  controverting  silly  polemics  and  unjustified  imputations.     After 
referring  to  some  notable  rejoinders  lo  meet  imputations  during  the  years 
i875-^879»  the  Rundschau  draws  attention  to  and  endorses  the  following 
sentiment  in  the  "West.  Drugg."  (Dec.  1888).     ''If  physicians  insist 
that  druggists  cannot  dispense  any  medicines  except  on  a  physician's  pre- 
scription, the  public  will  bring  the  light  of  reason  to  bear  on  the  contro- 
versy, and  force  an  equitable  settlement  in  the  interest  of  economy.    The 
trouble  with  most  'compromises*  between  doctors  and  druggists  is  that 
they  usually  fail  to  make  the  public  a  party  to  their  conferences.     The 
public  must  be  educated  into  a  proper  understanding  of  the  subject,  or  it 
will  be  very  likely  to  take  things  into  its  own  hands  and  scatter  profes- 
sional "ethics"  to  the  winds.     Tell  a  man  with  the  colic  that  he  can 
have  no  medicine  unless  he  brings  a  physician's  prescription  for  it,  and 
he  will  soon  bring  the  most  devoted  worshiper  of  ethics  to  terms.     If  you 
won't  supply  him,  somebody  else  will,  and  you  have  the  loss  of  a  customer, 
perhaps,  for  your  pains,  and  have  gained  nothing.     A  purely  selfish  regu- 
lation the  public  will  not  tolerate,  and  such  a  regulation  would  be  the 
one  which  proposes  to  prohibit  druggists  from  responding  to  requests  for 
well-known  remedies  for  simple  ailments.     The  most  that  can  be  reason- 
ably asked  is  that  druggists  shall  not  visit  the  sick  nor  prescribe  in  cases  re- 
quiring careful  diagnosis  i  or  in  other  respects  requiring  special  medical  skill.  * ' 
Finally,  as  a  matter  of  general  interest,  the  following  respecting  the 
Establishment  of  a  Botanical  Garden  in  the  City  of  New  York,  may 
find  place  here.     The  **  Torrey  Botanical  Club"  has  issued  an  appeal  with 
this  object  in  view,  which  has  been  printed  for  general  circulation,  and 
in  which  the  utility  of  such  an  establishment  is  clearly  brought  forward. 
It  is  maintained  in  this  appeal  that  "  strictly  speaking,  a  garden  of  this 
sort  is  a  scientific  and  educational  institution,  quite  as  much  so  as  a  li- 
brary or  a  college,  and  for  its  foundation  and  maintenance  the  public  may 
properly  look  to  the  sources  from  which  so  many  of  our  universities  and 
libraries  have  been  derived.     A  garden  such  as  New  York  City  ought  to 
have  would  fully  equal  in  value  such  distinguished  institutions  as  Cornell 
University,  Vassar  College,  or  the  Astor  and  Lenox  libraries.     In  a  sense 
it  would  even  surpass  them  in  importance,  for  it  would  occupy  an  educa- 
tional and  scientific  field  at  present  very  inadequately  cultivated  in  this 
country. 

"  Such  a  garden  might  be  established  and  maintained  by  one  man  of 
wealth,  or  by  a  corporation  of  citizens.  An  institution  on  the  latter  basis 
will  naturally  arise  when  several  men  of  means  shall  have  made  plant 
collections  too  important  to  be  lightly  dispersed.  One,  let  us  say,  will 
accumulate  orchids,  another  palms,  a  third  ferns,  and  a  fourth  liliaceous 
plants.  These  or  similar  collections,  united  by  common  consent,  properly 
housed  and  provided  with  a  sufficient  maintenance  fund,  would  form  the 
nucleus  of  an  institution  essentially  horticultural  and  popular  in  its  incep- 

Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF  PHARMACY.  333 

lion,  but  susceptible,  under  wise  direction,  of  ultimately  attaining  a  high 
degree  of  scientific  usefulness.  A  third  method  of  securing  a  botanic 
garden  would  be  by  municipal  appropriation  and  under  municipal  man- 
agement. The  city  might,  at  least,  afford  valuable  aid  to  the  project  by 
giving  a  site  from  the  lands  appropiated  for  park  purposes,  and  an  annual 
subsidy  of  fixed  amount  from  the  city  (or  State)  treasury  would  also  be 
an  important  assistance. 

"  The  uses  of  a  botanic  garden  may  be  reckoned  as  of  four  sorts.  First 
and  foremost  is  the  purely  scientific  and  educational  use.  Subsidiary  to 
this,  but  still  of  a  marked  degree  of  importance,  are  the  pharmaceutical 
and  horticultural  uses,  and  lastly,  the  general  use  as  a  place  of  agreeable 
resort  for  the  public  at  large. 

'*  It  is  obvious  that  a  considerable  collection  of  living  plants,  arranged 
with  scientific  method,  and  lepresenting  with  tolerable  completeness  the 
various  classes  and  orders  of  the  vegetable  kingdom,  must  be  of  immense 
interest  and  value  to  every  practical  botanist.  Such  a  garden  as  New 
York  might  have  would  speedily  become  a  Mecca  for  the  botanists  of 
America,  and  for  those  of  the  Old  World  also  if  due  attention  were  paid, 
as  it  should  be,  to  making  the  representation  of  distinctively  American 
plants  as  full  as  possible.  To  students  of  botany  in  the  numerous  schools 
and  colleges  within  a  hundred  miles  of  us,  such  a  garden  would  be  of  the 
greatest  benefit.  Courses  of  instruction,  vividly  illustrated  by  living 
specimens,  could  be  provided  for  pupils  from  New  York  and  its  vicinity, 
and  thus  a  great  and  desirable  impetus  might  be  given  to  the  pursuit  of 
one  of  the  most  useful  and  interesting  of  sciences. 

"  Students  in  medicine  and  pharmacy  approach  the  subject  of  botany 
with  a  particular  object  in  view.  Plants  of  medicinal  value  have  for 
them  a  special  importance.  With  ample  means  at  command,  it  would  be 
easy  to  obtain  an  abundant  representation  of  plants  of  this  nature,  with- 
out prejudice  to  the  purely  scientific  character  of  the  garden,  thus  secur- 
ing for  the  institution  the  highest  degree  of  pharmaceutical  usefulness, 
and  making  it  an  invaluable  auxiliary  to  our  admirable  medical  schools. ' ' 

The  '*  Amer.  Drugg."  (Feb.  1889),  in  calling  attention  to  this  appeal, 
observes  that  not  many  years  since  New  York  had  a  very  creditable  botan- 
ical garden,  founded  by  Dr.  David  Hosack,  in  1801,  and  known  as  the 
"  Elgin  Botanical  Garden."  The  question  is  asked,  what  has  become  of 
this  botanical  garden,  which,  founded  by  Dr.  Hosack  and  purchased  by 
the  State,  was  "committed  to  the  care  of  Columbia  College?  It  was 
rooted  up.  Many  of  the  plants  were  sent  to  Bloomingdale  Insane 
Asylum  (a  branch  of  the  New  York  Hospital),  where,  we  are  informed, 
some  are  still  to  be  seen,  and  Columbia  College  has  leased  the  ground 
for  building  purposes.  In  1835  ^^^^  twenty  acres  were  already  valued 
at  more  than  $100,000.  Who  can  estimate  their  value  now,  located,  as 
they  are,  in  the  centre  of  the  fashionable  part,  and  of  the  wealthiest  ward, 

Digitized  by  VjOOQlC  * 


334  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

of  the  city  ?  In  the  event  of  the  establishment  of  another  botanical  gar- 
den here,  the  experience  of  the  past  should  lead  to  some  caution  relative 
to  the  choice  of  the  corporation  which  is  lo  be  its  custodian,  and  Colum- 
bia College  should  at  least  purchase  its  site  or  contribute  handsomely  to 
its  maintenance.  The  petition  of  the  Torrey  Botanical  Club  mentions 
the  desirability  of  securing  a  site  in  some  of  the  proposed  uptown  parks; 
but  it  seems  to  us  that  the  Museum  of  Natural  History  having  already  a 
magnificent  park  surrounding  it,  which,  even  allowing  for  future  addi- 
tions to  the  building,  is  amply  sufficient  for  the  purpose,  is  the  proper 
body  to  maintain  a  botanical  garden  for  the  public  benefit/'  Indeed, 
by  a  special  charter  in  1876,  the  establishment  of  a  botanical  garden  in 
connection  with  the  Museum  of  Natural  History  is  already  provided  for, 
though  for  one  reason  and  another  it  seems  not  to  have  materialized. 


PHARMACY. 

A.  Apparatus  and  Manipulations. 

WEIGHTS,    MEASURES,    SPECIFIC   GRAVITY. 

Standard  Kilogramme — Difficulty  in  the  Construction, —  Bertrand  re- 
ported at  a  recent  meeting  of  the  Academy  of  Sciences,  that  the  platinum 
and  iridium  alloy  necessary  for  the  thirty-six  international  standards  had 
been  received  from  the  English  firm  of  Matthey  by  the  Metrical  Weights 
and  Measures  Committee.  The  alloy  proved  to  be  chemically  pure,  and 
to  consist  of  9  parts  of  platinum  and  i  of  iridium,  as  ordered,  but  its 
physical  properties  left  something  to  be  desired,  the  specific  gravity  being 
slightly  under  the  theoretical  figures;  Microscopical  examination  also 
showed  the  metal  to  be  too  loosely  grained.  In  consequence,  the  alloy 
was  submitted  to  repeated  annealing  and  powerful  hammering  until  the 
specific  gravity  exactly  agreed  with  theory,  and  could  no  longer  be  in- 
creased by  further  treatment.  .  The  Commission  now  consider  their 
metal  perfect,  and  will  proceed  to  execute  the  standard  weights  to  be  dis- 
tributed.— Amer.  Drug.,  June  1889,  115;  from  Chem.  and  Drugg. 

Specific  Gravity — Simple  Method  Applicable  to  Insoluble  Substances, — W. 
H.  Symons  observes  that  the  process  for  taking  the  specific  gravity  of  insol- 
uble substances,  usually  described  in  text-books,  is  unnecessarily  complica- 
ted. If  a  sufficient  supply  is  at  hand,  a  block  may  be  cut  of  suitable  size  and 
shape  (4X4X I  c.  m.)  to  be  held  in  a  wire  clip,  such  as  is  used  for  holding 
watch  glasses  together.  In  the  case  of  wax  it  is  best  to  cut  with  a  hot 
knife  so  as  to  avoid  fissures.  The  substance  is  weighed  first  in  air  and 
then  under  water,  with  the  clip,  which  has  been  previously  counterpoised, 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


WEIGHTS   AND   MEASURES. 


335 


while  suspended  by  a  fine  wire  or  hair,  in  water :  the  temperature  is  noted, 
and  we  then  have  the  required  data.  With  smaller  quantities,  when  the 
substances  are  lighter  than  water,  the  plan  adopted  by  the  author  is  as 
follows  :  A  small  funnel,  F,  (see  fig.  i)  is  hung  by  a  fine  platinum  wire  to 
the  specific  gravity  pan  of  a  balance,  and  counterpoised  while  floating  in 
water,  together  with  a  lo  grams  weight  placed  on  the  pan.  If  the  sub- 
stance to  be  examined  is  wax,  its  surface  is  rendered  smooth  by  holding 
for  a  few  seconds  in  a  Bunsen  flame.    The  lo  grams  weight  being  removed. 


Fig.  I. 


Apparatus  for  Specific  Gravity. 


the  wax  is  placed  in  its  stead  and  weights  added  until  equilibrium  is  re- 
stored. The  difference  between  the  sum  of  these  weights  and  lo  grams 
is  the  weight  of  the  substance  in  air.  The  wax  is  then  held  under  water  in 
the  beaker  A,  and  the  air  bubbles  removed  by  means  of  a  camel's  hair 
brush,  an  operation  comparatively  easy  with  a  smooth  surface  ;  it  is  then 
dipped  under  the  funnel  F^  and  is  again  counterpoised.  The  excess  of 
weight  over  lo  grams,  added  to  the  weight  in  air,  gives  the  loss  of  weight 
in  water,  and  the  specific  gravity  is  deduced  in  the  usual  way. — Phar. 
Jour,  and  Trans.,  Sept.  15,  1888,  206. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


33^  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS  OF   PHARMACY. 

PERCOLATION,    EXTRACIION,  ETC. 

Percolation — Unsatisfactory  Directions  of  the  B,  P, — The  general  direc- 
tions for  percolation  in  the  Br.  Pharm.  are  as  follows: — Macerate  for 
forty-eight  hours  in  three  quarters  of  the  spirit,  in  a  closed  vessel,  agitating 
occasionally ;  then  transfer  to  a  percolator,  and  when  the  fluid  ceases  to 
pass,  continue  the  percolation  with  the  remainder  of  the  spirit.  Joseph 
Ince  criticises  these  directions  unfavorably.  He  regards  the  method  of 
previous  maceration  in  a  closed  vessel  and  subsequent  transference  to  the 
percolator  as  having  threefold  disadvantage,  being:  i.  Unnecessary; 
2.  Wasteful;  3.  Messy.  He  suggests  that  official  sanction  should  not 
be  extended  to  a  method  which  the  practical  pharmacist  soon  learns  to 
disregard.  Every  description  of  percolator  can  with  average  intelligence 
be  converted  into  a  macerating  apparatus,  while  the  more  usual  shapes 
are  contrived  for  the  express  purpose. — Phar.  Jour,  and  Trans.,  Feb.  23, 
1889,  666. 

Percolation — Necessity  0/  Preliminary  Maceration. — Prof.  J.  U.  Lloyd 
criticises  Mr.  Ince's  objections  to  preliminary  maceration  as  part  of  the 
process  of  percolation.  He  observes  that  some  drugs  swell  so  decidedly 
as  to  render  subsequent  percolation  impossible  unless  the  maceration  has 
taken  place  before  packing  in  the  percolator.  To  show  how  powerful 
this  expansion  may  be  in  percolators,  he  mentions  that  some  years  ago, 
a  set  of  six  glass  percolators  were  made  to  his  order,  ten  gallons  each. 
Every  care  was  observed  in  moistening  the  powders,  and  allowing  them 
to  expand  before  packing  the  percolators,  but  ultimately  each  percolator 
burst  from  expansion  of  its  contents.  Some  were  shattered  into  small 
pieces ;  others  split  in  a  line  from  top  to  bottom,  the  rent  spreading  half 
an  inch  or  more;  none  were  broken  in  handling,  and  none  flew  into 
pieces  when  empty,  as  glass  sometimes  does. — West.  Drugg.,  May  1889, 
159- 

Percolation — Review  of  the  Process  as  Understood  in  the  United  States. 
—A  paper  by  G.  Marpmann,  in  **  Pharm.  Centralh."  (Oct.  18,  1888), 
describing  a  new  form  of  percolator  and  the  method  of  its  use,  shows  such 
complete  unfamiliarity  with  the  simple  process  of  percolation  as  practiced 
i.j  this  country,  that  C.  Lewis  Diehl  considered  it  useful  to  communicate, 
for  the  benefit  of  European  pharmacists  not  familiar  with  the  process,  a 
review  of  the  process  of  percolation  as  understood  on  this  side  of  the 
Atlantic.  The  paper,  which  brings  little  if  anything  that  is  new  to  Amer- 
i  :nn  pharmacists,  may  be  referred  to  in  Pharm.  Rundschau,  February  and 
March  1889,  25-29  and  60-65. 

Extraction  Apparatus — Improved  Construction, — Barlhel's  Extraction 
apparatus  is  figured  and  described  in  **  Pharm.  Post*'  and  in  "Western 
Druggist,''  June  1889,  P*  ^^o* 

*'A  roomy  glass  tube  elongated  by  heating  over  a  flame,  penetrating  at 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


PERCX)LAT10N,    EXTRACTION.  337 

its  lower  end  a  cork  which  fits  into  a  small  flask,  and  closed  at  its  upper 
end  by  a  cork  perforated  by  four  holes,  serves  as  receptacle  for  the  sub- 
stance to  be  extracted.  Three  of  the  holes  in  this  cork  give  passage  to 
thin-walled  glass  tubes  from  i  to  i  J^  meter  in  length,  which  at  their  fur- 
ther end  are  once  more  connected  by  a  flat  cork  to  give  additional  sup- 
port. The  fourth  hole  gives  passage  to  a  glass  tube  which  connects  the 
extractor  with  the  small  flask  that  contains  the  extracting  fluid.  The  con- 
nection consists  of  two  parts  whose  ends  are^  closely  fitted  together  and 
held  in  place  by  a  piece  of  cork  in  case  of  ether  or  chloroform  extraction. 
In  case  of  alcohol  extraction  a  piece  of  rubber  tubing  will  answer  the  pur- 
pose. In  order  to  prepare  the  apparatus  for  use,  the  last  named  uniting 
cork  is  moved  in  either  direction  so  that  the  ends  of  the  glass  tube  may 
be  liberated,  then  the  cork  holding  the  three  tubes  removed.  The  tube 
which  is  to  hold  the  substance,  is  then  closed  by  a  plug  of  cotton  of  about 

2  cm.  depth,  whereupon  its  density  is  tested  by  introducing  a  quantity  of 
the  extracting  liquid  ;  this  latter  should  escape  in  quantities  of  less  than 

3  or  4  drops  a  second.  The  substance  to  be  extracted  is  then  introduced 
and  the  apparatus  properly  closed.  It  is  then  attached  to  the  flask,  which 
is  supported  by  a  clamp  and  adjusted  over  a  water  bath.  In  a  short  time 
the  developing  gases  will  rise  in  the  thin  tubes,  will  be  cooled  off  in  the 
three-tube  system,  and  evenly  moisten  and  extract  the  drug.  The  pro- 
cess is  regulated  by  increasing  or  diminishing  the  distance  between  the 
flask  and  the  water  bath.  The  apparatus  described  is  preferable  to  the 
"  thus  far  probably  most  perfect  Soxhletic  extracting  apparatus,"  for  the 
reason  that  it  is  less  friable,  and  in  case  any  part  does  break,  it  can  be 
easily  replaced  by  any  one  possessed  of  moderate  skill. 

Ether — Extraction  Apparatus — Practical  Construction, — Professor  F. 
A.  Fliickiger  describes  the  apparatus  shown  in  the  accompanying  cut 
(Fig.  2,)  which  has  the  advantage  over  similar  apparatus,  in  that  the 
ether-vapors  may  be  passed  through  the  powder  to  be  extracted  from 
below,  condensed  above  the  powder,  and  then  caused  to  percolate 
through  the  powder  with  great  force  by  rapidly  cooling  the  flask  or 
recipient.  By  repeatedly  treating  the  powder  in  this  way,  its  extraction 
is  more  rapid  and  complete  than  by  some  other  methods.  The  appa- 
ratus requires  very  little  explanation.  The  extraction  tube  A  is  provided 
at  C  with  a  diaphragm,  from  the  centre  of  which  a  small  tube  or  neck 
extends  into  the  funnel  D.  The  tube  B,  F,  attached  to  the  side,  passes 
into  a  tubulure  (?,  which  is  provided  with  an  ordinary  cork  K^  cut 
standing,  by  means  of  which  communication  through  the  tube  B  F, 
between  the  upper  and  lower  portions  of  the  apparatus,  may  be  cut  off  or 
established.  On  boiling  the  liquid  in  the  flask,  the  vapor  passes  from  E 
through  Z>and  C,  into  the  layer  of  powder,  communication  being  open. 
If  the  condensed  liquid  is  to  return  through  the  powder,  communication 
is  closed  by  turning  the  cork  in  G  so  that  the  opening  at  ^  shall  be 

22  Digitized  by  VjOOQ iC 


33» 


REPORT  ON  THE  PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 
Fig.  2. 


Ether  Extraction   Apparatus. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


PERCOLATION,  EXTRACTION. 


339 


closed,  and  then  cooling  the  flask.  The  cork  possesses  the  advantage 
over  a  glass  stopper  that  it  never  becomes  wedged  in  so  tight  as  to  be 
immovable,  and  it  is  easily  replaced  by  another  as  may  be  necessary  from 
time  to  time. — Arch.  d.  Phar.,  Feb.  2,  1889,  162-164. 

Extraction   Apparatus — Construction    Suitable   for   Hot    Solvents, — 
Charles  VV.  Phillips  describes  the  continuous  extraction  apparatus  shown 


Extraction  Apparatus  for  Hot  Solvents. 

^y  Fig*  3»  suitable  for  extraction  with  hot  solvents,  and  large  enough  to 
operate  upon  one  pound  of  drug. 

'*  a  represents  the  outer  cylinder,  and  is  8^  inches  in  diameter  and  7 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


340  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

inches  high,  with  a  circular  flange  i  inch  wide  4j^  inches  from  the  bot- 
tom, which  serves  as  a  support  when  the  apparatus  is  set  into  the  hot  air 
pipe,  b  represents  the  inner  cylinder,  which  is  20  inches  high,  and  goes 
to  bottom  of  cylinder  a,  fitting  snugly,  d  represents  the  percolator, 
which  is  simply  a  cylinder  i^]/{  inches  in  diameter  and  7  inches  long, 
open  at  both  ends,  but  wired  on  the  inside  at  the  bottom  in  order  to  sup- 
port the  perforated  plate,  which  can  be  covered  with  flannel  or  muslin 
and  fit  inside  and  be  taken  out  for  cleaning.  Another  perforated  plate  of 
the  same  size  lies  on  top  of  the  drug,  but  need  not  be  covered.  ^,  e,  <f,  ^, 
represent  the  wires  soldered  to  the  inner  cylinder,  and  serve  to  support 
the  percolator,  which  has  two  small  projections  that  are  locked  into  the 
ring.  /  represents  a  funnel-shaped  condenser  which  is  seven  inches  deep. 
g  represents  an  opening  in  the  cylinder  b  which  serves  to  allow  the  air  to 
escape  when  setting  up  the  apparatus,  and  also  for  the  introduction  of  a 
pipe  by  means  of  a  perforated  cork  and  connected  with  the  condenser  /, 
which  serves  to  condense  any  vapors  that  have  escaped  the  condenser  f 
and  return  the  liquid  to  the  apparatus.  The  condensing  water  from  j 
can  be  run  by  the  pipe  h  into  the  condenser/,  thence  through  the  pipe  /,  to 
the  drain.  The  vapor  from  the  liquid  /  will  rise,  condense  on  the  con- 
denser /,  adhere  to  the  sides  of  the  condenser,  run  down  and  drop  into 
the  percolator  d,  which  being  entirely  surrounded  by  the  hot  vapor,  the 
extraction  is  accomplished  almost  at  a  boiling  heat.'* — Phar.  Rec,  May 
20,  1889,  160. 

Continuous  Percolator — Construction  Suitable  for  Extractions  with 
Alcohol. — J.  F.  Liverseige  describes  a  continuous  percolator  which  he 
has  -constructed  for  the  purpose  of  extracting  jalap  by  hot  percolation 
with  alcohol.  He  describes  the  apparatus,  which  is  shown  in  the  cut 
(Fig.  4.)  as  follows :  It  consists  of  two  distinct  pieces,  the  outer  part  A 
being  a  piece  of  ^-inch  glass  tubing  4^  inches  long,  to  the  bottom  of 
which  is  joined  i  inch  of  tubing  ^  inch  in  diameter,  with  the  end  cut 
off  obliquely  (by  a  file  moistened  with  a  solution  of  camphor  in  turpen- 
tine) ;  the  inner  part  B  is  a  piece  of  j5^-inch  tubing  3^  inches  long,  the 
bottom  being  turned  out  into  a  flat  dish  J^  inch  in  diameter. 

For  the  assay  of  jalap,  the  inner  tube  was  placed  inside  the  outer,  and 
a  little  absorbent  cotton  D  pressed  into  a  ring  at  the  bottom  by  a  glass 
rod  j  a  small  glass  cap,  C,  made  of  |/^-inch  tubing,  drawn  out,  was  placed 
over  the  top  of  the  inner  tube,  and  the  weighed  jalap  (i  or  2  grams), 
mixed  with  sand,  was  put  uniformly  into  the  space  between  the  tubes 
from  a  piece  of  paper;  any  jalap  resting  on  C  was  sent  down  by  a  brush, 
and  C  was  removed. 

The  apparatus  was  connected  by  a  perforated  cork  to  a  weighed  100  cc. 
flask  with  a  short  wide  (i  inch)  neck  containing  methylated  spirit,  and 
the  jalap,  which  should  occupy  about  half  the  tube,  was  wetted  with 
spirit,  and  packed  in  the  percolator.  The  flask  was  placed  on  a  water- 
bath,  and  the  tube  connected  by  rubber  tubing  to  an  inverted  condenser. 


PERCOLATION,    EXTRACTION. 


341 


The  temperature  of  the  bath  may  require  regulating  slightly,  so  that 
the  alcohol  condensed  is  about  equal  to  that  which  flows  through  the 
jalap  and  wool ;  the  jalap  should  always  have  about  }i  inch  of  alcohol 
over  it. 

When  the  temperature  is  once  adjusted,  it  requires  no  further  attention 
till  extraction  is  finished,  which  is  in  about  two  hours.  At  the  end  of 
that  time  the  flask  is  removed,  hot  water  added,  and  the  alcohol  evapo- 
rated off"  on  the  water-bath,  during  which  process  most  of  the  resin  sticks 
to  the  side  of  the  flask.  The  aqueous  extract  is  decanted,  the  resin  in 
the  flask  washed  with  hot  water  and  drained,  the  flask  is  placed  on  its  side 
in  the  water  oven,  dried  till  constant,  and  weighed.  An  improvement 
would  be  to  decant  through  a  weighed  filter,  dry,  and  weigh  the  filter 

Fig.  4. 


N. 


.  Q 


Continuous  Percolator. 


with  the  small  portion  of  resin  on  it.  If  there  is  any  doubt  as  to  the  per- 
fect extraction  of  the  resin,  it  is  advisable  to  attach  a  second  flask  and 
extract  another  half-hour.     The  advantages  of  this  apparatus  are: 

Simplicity, — Any  one  with  a  little  skill  in  glass-blowing  can  easily 
make  it. 

Strength, — There  are  no  fragile  tubes  inside  or  out  to  be  broken  off". 

Efficacy, — The  jalap  is  nearly  at  the  temperature  of  boiling  alcohol, 
and  practically  all  the  alcohol  vaporized  passes  through  it. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


342  REPORT   ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

Economy, — There  is  no  loss  of  alcohol  in  extracting. — Pharm.  Rec, 
March  4,  1889,  66,  from  Chem.  and  Drugg. 

Extraction  by  Pressure-r-Superiority  over  Percolation, — Charles  Symes 
has  contributed  a  paper  to  the  British  Pharmaceutical  Conference,  in 
which  he  brings  forward  the  plea  of  depending  rather  upon  the  opera- 
tion of  pressing  than  on  that  of  percolation  in  the  extraction  of  certain 
drugs.  Restoration  of  moisture  to  the  dry  drug,  and  subsequent  ex- 
pression, Dr.  Symes  considers  to  be  the  treatment  specially  adapted  to 
leaves — of  which  senna  is  a  type — where  there  is  bulky  material  and  a 
danger  of  injuring  the  active  principle  if  percolation  and  evaporation  be 
adopted.  The  plan  recommended  for  senna  is  to  digest  the  leaves  for 
from  four  to  six  hours  in  a  covered  vessel  with  a  mixture  of  equal  parts  of 
rectified  spirit  and  water,  in  the  proportion  of  a  pound  of  leaves  to  six- 
teen fluidounces  of  menstruum  ;  afterwards  to  put  the  mixture  into  bags 
and  subject  it  to  pressure  of  fifty  tons  or  more,  until  it  ceases  to  yield 
liquid.  The  marc  is  then  broken  up,  water  added,  and  pressure  again 
applied,  until  the  product  amounts  to  sixteen  fluidounces  for  each  pound 
of  leaves  used.  In  this  way,  according  to  Dr.  Symes,  a  very  active  prep- 
aration can  be  obtained,  and  Convallaria  Majalis,  Damiana  and  Ham- 
amelis  are  instanced  as  suited  for  treatment  upon  the  same  principle. — 
Yearbook  of  Pharm.,  1888,  356-363. 

New  Pressure  Percolator —  Construction. — C.  W.  Phillips  describes  a 
new  form  of  pressure  percolator,  which  is  shown  by  the  accompanying 
cut  (Fig.  5).  It  will  do  the  work  of  the  most  expensive  apparatus  at  a 
trifling  cost,  and  may  be  erected  in  any  laboratory.  An  ordinary  bottle, 
A,  with  moderately  wide  mouth,  is  fitted  with  a  good  cork  suitably  per- 
forated for  two  glass  tubes  ^  and  C;  B  is  a  short  tube  which  has  been 
covered  at  the  point  G  with  a  small  piece  of  muslin  before  being  inserted 
in  the  cork.  This  serves  for  a  strainer.  The  tube  C  goes  nearly  to  the 
bottom  of  the  bottle,  and  at  H  has  a  piece  of  muslin  tied  over  it.  The 
tube  C  is  bent  at  right  angles  at  C  and  connected  with  the  rubber  tube 
D,  and  that  with  the  funnel  F.  The  amount  of  pressure  is  limited 
only  by  the  length  of  the  tube  D,  and  the  strength  of  the  bottle  A. 
There  are  no  leaky  joints,  common  to  most  pressure  percolators,  and 
no  metallic  surface  to  contaminate  the  percolate.  To  operate  the  per- 
colator successfully,  proceed  as  follows:  Select  a  bottle  large  enough 
so  the  amount  of  drug  to  be  operated  upon  will  fill  the  bottle 
not  more  than  two-thirds  full.  The  moistened  powder  is  then  intro- 
duced into  the  bottle  loosely,  and  the  tube  C  with  its  muslin  cap  H  is 
carefully  pushed  through  the  drug,  and  the  perforated  cork  carefully  and 
firmly  pressed  into  the  bottle.  There  is  scarcely  any  danger  of  a  leak  at 
the  cork,  as  the  open  tube  B  relieves  the  pressure  right  at  this  point.  The 
bottle  is  then  inverted,  as  shown  in  the  figure,  and  the  powdered  drug 
packed  as  firmly  as  possible  by  shaking  and  jarring  against  the  hand.    The 


FILTRATION. 


343 


rubber  tube  is  then  attached  and  the  menstruum  allowed  to  enter.  The 
liquid  will  never  fill  the  percolator,  as  there  is  no  possible  chance  for  the 
air  to  get  out,  but  it  will  rise  to  some  point,  K,  entirely  covering  the 
drug.  The  menstruum  must  pass  through  the  drug  before  it  can  escape 
at  the  tube  B.  By  having  a  closed  reservoir  F,  and  a  tube  connecting 
with  the  receiving  vessel,  the  tube  B  also  entering  the  receiving  vessel 

Fig.  s. 


Pressure  Percolator. 

through  a  perforated  cork,  there  can  be  no  loss  from  evaporation,  and 
this  percolator  may  be  used  for  ether  or  any  volatile  liquid. — Phar.  Rec, 
July  1 6,  1888,  213. 

FILTRATION,    ETC. 

Filtration — Use  of  cotton  as  an  aid  in  certain  analytical  operations, 
A.  B.  Clemence,  speaking  of  the  tediousness  of  filtration  in  connection 
with  the  estimation  of  silicon  in  pig  iron,  describes  a  filter,  by  means  of 
which  he  has  overcome  the  difficulty,  as  follows :  A  3-inch  filter  paper 
is  folded  as  usual,  and  the  apex  cut  off,  leaving  a  hole  about  ^-inch  in 
diameter;  a  wad  of  cotton  (the  absorbent  cotton  of  tjbe  druggists)  is 
pressed  into  the  apex,  and  when  wet,  may  be,  either  with  a  pump  or  by 
the  mouth,  pressed  tight  enough  to  hold  the  residue.  Even  without  a 
pump  this  filter  will  run  so  fast  that  close  watching  will  be  needed  to  keep 
the  funnel  full.  Wash  as  usual,  with  hot  dilute  hydrochloric  acid  and 
hot  water,  when  the  residue,  cotton  and  paper,  is  ready  for  the  weighed 
crucible.  Burning  with  a  blast-lamp  completes  an  estimation  in  forty 
minutes  from  the  time  of  weighing  the  borings.  The  weight  of  the  ash 
of  the  cotton  will  of  course  vary  with  the  amount  used,  while  that  of  the 
paper  will  be  the  same  in  each  case,  but  it  never  need  be 

Digitized  by 


344 


REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 


0.0005  grm.,  and  this  small  amount  may  be  disregarded  when  working 
on  silicons- for  Bessemer  charging. —Chem.  News,  Oct.  12,  1888,  178; 
from  Journal  of  Analytical  Chemistry,  Vol.  i,  part  3,  1887. 

Filtration — Use  of  Asbestos. — W.  Fresenius  states  that  liquids  contain- 
ing very  finely  divided  matter  in  suspension,  may  readily  be  brought  to  set- 
tle by  shaking  them  up  with  asbestos. — Zeitsch.  f.  Anal.  Chem..  xxvii. 
Part  I ;  Ch.  News,  July  27,  1888,  48. 

Filters — Economical  Construction, — Edo  Classen  suggests  some  im- 
provements on  the  construction  of  filters,  originally  proposed  by  Rother, 
and  of  practical  value  as  an  economical  use  of  expensive  filter  paper  in 
analytical  work.  Patterns  (corresponding  with  the  size  of  the  filters 
wanted,  for  instance  with  such  having  a  radius  [semi-diameter]  of  i2j^, 
i7}^»  2^^»  27^,  32>^,  37^,  42^,  50,  60,  80,  and  100  centimeters)  are 
constructed  from  circular  discs  of  tinned  sheet-iron  of  the  same  size  by 
cutting  off  somewhat  more  than  one-half  the  disc  (see  fig,  6,)  through  a 


Figs.  6-10. 

njc 

1^ 

'i^^em 

cc 

Folding  Filters. 

point  distant  from  the  edge  15,  or  respectively  21,  27,  33,  39,  4S>  51 
60,  72,  96  or  1 20  centimeters.  The  small  section  of  the  disc,  if  of  no  use 
for  smaller  patterns,  may  be  rejected.  Such  a  pattern  is  placed  on  a  sheet 
of  paper,  a  piece  of  which  is  then  cut  off  by  allowing  the  scissors  to  go 
round  on  the  edge  of  the  tinned  iron.  This  piece  is  now  folded  once  in 
such  a  manner  that  one  part  entirely  covers  the  other  {^%.  7).  It  is  then 
folded  so  far  on  the  straight  open  side,  that  both  the  straight  sides  now 
present  are  of  equal  length  (fig.  8.)  The  narrow  folded  part  (254  centi- 
meters wide,  if  a  filter  of  the  smallest  size  above  mentioned  is  to  be 
made)  is  folded  once  more,  after  which  operation  the  filter  is  ready  for 
use.  If  the  funnel  on  hand  should  happen  to  have  a  larger  angle  (be 
wider)  than  60°,  the  filter  may  be  easily  adjusted  by  folding  the  narrow 
part  in  the  direction  from  a  \o  h  (fig.  9)  \  if,  however,  the  angle  of  the 
funnel  should  be  smaller  than  60°,  the  filter  may  be  made  to  fit  by  fold- 
ing the  closed  side  in  an  oblique  direction,  as  shown  (fig.  10).  By  mak- 
ing filters  in  this  way,  two-fifths  of  the  paper  necessary  for  ordinary  fil- 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


FILTRATION.  345 

ters  are  saved  j  but  three  sheets  are  used  instead  of  five,  a  matter  of  im- 
portance, and  therefore  to  be  taken  notice  of. 

It  is  obvious  that  this  kind  of  filters  will  suit  also  for  pharmaceutical 
work  in  all  cases  which  allow  or  require  the  use  of  a  plain  filter. — Amer, 
Jour.  Phar.,  Feb.  1889,  74-75. 

Filters — Avoidance  in  Analytical  Weighings, — Professor  de  Koninck 
calls  attention  to  the  advantage  of  a  method  long  ago  recommended  by 
Prof.  Fresenius,  by  which  the  weighing  of  filters  containing  precipitates 
may  in  many  cases  be  avoided.  It  is  well  known  that  the  drying  of  filters 
to  a  constant  weight  and  the  keeping  of  them  dry  during  weighing  is 
often  difficult.  Besides,  when  the  precipitate  is  to  be  ignited  with  the 
filter,  it  is  sometimes  impossible  to  prevent  the  reduction  of  a  part  of  the 
precipitate,  whereby  loss  is  incurred. 

The  remedy  proposed  is  to  wash  the  filter  with  a  liquid  which  will 
completely  dissolve  the  precipitate,  and  which  will  not  bring  into  the 
resulting  solution  any  substance  that  cannot  be  driven  off  at  the  temper- 
ature to  which  the  precipitate  proper  would  have  to  be  exposed. — Amer. 
Druggy  Dec,  1888,  227. 

Filter  Paper — Linen.  Lining, — Despite  the  progress  made  in  all  depart- 
ments of  chemico  pharmaceutical  technics,  paper  still  continues  to  be  the 
most  available  means  of  filtration,  and  the  efforts  of  its  manufacturers  for 
this  purpose  have  been  chiefly  directed  to  improvements  in  the  material 
itself.  To  prevent  its  too  easy  tearing,  especially  when  used  in  large 
sheets,  various  processes  have  been  devised.  It  has  been  proposed,  for 
instance,  to  convert  either  the  whole  or  a  part  of  the  paper  into  parch- 
ment by  steeping  it  in  nitric  acid,  but  this,  of  course,  would  render  the 
passage  of  fluids  more  difficult.  E.  Apian-Bennewitz  (Pharpi.  Zeit.) 
lines  his  filtering  paper  with  a  thin,  wide-meshed  linen  fabric,  which 
makes  it  much  more  durable  without  impairing  its  permeability.  In 
folding  it  fpr  use,  the  linen  side  must,  of  course,  be  turned  outwards. — 
Drugg.  Circ,  April  1889,  78. 

Paper  Pulp — Pharmaceutical  Uses. — John  C.  Falk  describes  a  variety 
of  uses  to  which  paper  pulp  may  be  put  for  clarifying  liquids  or  rendering 
otherwise  unmanageable  substances  soluble  in  aqueous  fluids.  He  gives 
working  formulas  for  different  aromatic  waters,  for  clarifying  muddy 
water,  honey  and  simple  syrup,  for  medicated  syrups  of  various  kinds, 
such  as  tolu,  ginger,  orange,  compound  squill,  and  for  different  elixirs. — 
West.  Drugg.,  Oct.  1888,  351,  352;  from  Proc.  Mo.  Phar.  Assoc. 

Pmvdered  Filter- Paper  Stock — Utility. — Referring  to  the  above  paper 
of  Mr.  Falk,  Adolph  G.  Vogeler  observes  that  paper  pulp  would  doubtless 
be  used  to  a  greater  extent  if  it  were  not  for  the  preliminary  trouble  of 
preparing  it.  He  suggests  that  a  demand  for  filter-paper  stock,  ground 
to  powder,  might  induce  manufacturers  to  supply  it. — Ibid.,  Feb.  1889,  44. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


346  REPORT  ON  THE   PROGRESS   OF  PHARMACY. 

Clarification — Practical  Observations. — Eugene  Dieterich  makes  some 
practical  remarks  upon  the  process  of  clarification.  One  of  the  best 
agents  for  this  purpose  is  albumen.  When  clarifying  vegetable  extracts, 
the  albumen  which  is  naturally  present  in  most  plants  accomplishes  the 
purpose  easily,  provided  the  vegetable  matter  is  extracted  in  the  cold,  so 
as  to  get  as  much  albumen  as  possible  in  solution. 

Egg- albumen  may  also  be  used.  The  effect  of  albumen  may  be  in- 
creased by  the  addition  of  cellulose,  in  form  of  a  fine  magma  of  filtering 
paper.  This  has  the  further  advantage  that  the  subsequent  filtration  is 
much  facilitated. 

Suspended  particles  of  gum  or  pectin  may  be  removed  by  cautious 
precipitation  with  tannin,  of  which  only  an  exceedingly  small  amount  is 
usually  necessary.  It  combines  with  the  gelatinous  substances  better  with 
the  aid  of  heat  than  in  the  cold.     There  must  be  no  excess  of  tannin  used. 

Another  method  of  clarifying  liquids,  turbid  from  particles  of  gum, 
albumen,  pectin,  etc.,  is  to  add  to  them  a  definite  quantity  of  alcohol. 
This  causes  the  former  substances  to  separate  in  more  or  less  large  flakes. 
The  quantity  of  alcohol  required  varies  greatly  according  to  the  nature  of 
the  liquid.  Ic  should  be  determined  in  each  case  by  an  experiment  on  a 
small  scale. ' 

Resinous  or  waxy  substances,  such  as  are  occasionally  met  with  in 
honey,  etc.,  may  be  removed  by  the  addition  of  bole,  pulped  filtering 
paper,  and  heating  to  boiling. 

In  each  case,  the  clarifying  process  may  be  hastened  by  making  the 
separating  particles  specifically  heavier,  that  is,  by  incorporating  some 
heavier  substance,  such  as  talcum,  etc.,  which  may  cause  the  fiocculi  to 
sink  more  rapidly,  and  to  form  a  compact  sediment. 

Clarifying  Powder  for  Alcoholic  Liquids, — 

Egg-albumen,  dry 40  parts. 

Sugar  of  Milk 40     " 

Starch 20    «* 

Reduce  them  to  very  fine  powder,  and  mix  thoroughly. 

For  clarifying  liquors,  wines,  essences,  etc.,  take  for  every  quart  of 
liquid  seventy- five  grains  of  the  above  mixture,  shake  repeatedly  in  the 
course  of  a  few  days,  the  mixture  being  kept  in  a  warm  room.  Then 
filter. 

Powdered  talcum  renders  the  same  service,  and  has  the  additional  ad- 
vantage of  being  entirely  insoluble.  However,  the  above  mixture  acts 
more  energetically. — Amei.  Drugg.,  Nov.  1888,  211. 

Funnel — Improved  Construction  for  Filtering. — Witte  having  suggested 
perforated  discs  of  glass,  porcelain,  or  other  material  to  be  introduced 
into  funnels  so  as  to  enhance  the  filtering  surface.  Dr.  Hirsch  has  now  in- 
troduced an  additional  improvement,  consisting  in  the  sides  of  the  funnel 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


FILTRATION.  347 

being  made  straight,  and  the  diameter  of  the  place  where  the  perforated 
plate  is  to  rest  being  made  larger.  These  funnels  are  made  of  porcelain. 
When  these  funnels  are  used,  a  sheet  of  filtering  paper  or  other  suitable 
material  is  laid  upon  the  perforated  disc  so  that  the  interior  of  the  sides 
is  also  covered,  for  which  purpose  folds  will  have  to  be  made  in  the  fil- 
tering paper.  If  the  vacuum  pump  is  to  be  used,  the  filtering  paper  must 
be  of  sufficient  strength  to  withstand  the  pressure.  Additional  support 
may  be  given  to  the  paper  by  putting  below  it  a  layer  of  purified  cotton 
or  asbestos. — Amer.  Drugg.,  Jan,  1889,  5. 

Funnel — Improved  Construction  for  Suction  Filtering. —  Dr.  Ernst 
Buchner  describes  two  funnels,  which  are  improvements  on  the  **  Hirsch" 
funnel.  Both  forms  are  made  either  of  porcelain  or  of  metal.  One 
consists  of  a  filtering  sieve,  which  is  inserted  into  the  glass  receiver  by 
means  of  a  cork.  This  receiver  is  connected  with  the  suction  pump  by 
a  tube,  and  the  opening  is  protected  by  tin.  The  lower  tube  is  closed 
with  a  rubber  cork,  and  the  receiver  may  be  emptied  by  the  tube  without 
disturbing  the  sieve.  This  filtering  sieve  allows  of  very  rapid  filtering, 
and  has  the  advantage  over  the  funnel-shaped  one  that  it  offers  a  larger 
surface,  and  at  the  same  time  greater  stability.  Two  or  three  thicknesses 
of  filter  are  used.  When  filtering  cloth  is  used,  a  hard  rubber  ring  is  nec- 
essary to  keep  the  edge  of  the  cloth  in  position. — West.  Drugg.,  Feb. 
1889,  48  ;  from  Chem.  Ztg.     See  also  Proceedings  A.  P.  A.,  1865,  p.  178. 

Separating  Funnel— Cheap  Construction, — Currier  has  devised  a  sep- 
arating funnel,  which  is  readily  and  cheaply  constructed,  as  follows: 
Through  a  cork  inserted  into  the  neck  of  a  funnel,  a  glass  tube  is  passed, 
the  inner  end  of  which  is  closed  by  fusion,  and  which  has  an  opening— 

Fig.  II. 


Tap  for  Separatixii:  Funnel. 

made  by  a  file — a  little  below  the  closed  end.  If  this  tube  is  pushed 
down  so  low  that  the  opening  is  covered  by  the  cork,  nothing  will  flow 
from  the  tube.  On  pushing  it  upwards,  the  hole  becomes  uncovered  and 
will  permit  the  passage  of  liquid  through  the  tube. — Amer.  Drugg.,  July, 

'^^^'   ^32-  Digitized  by  Google 


348  REPORT   ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

Separating  Funnel— Improvement  in  the  Tap, — W.  H.  Symons  observes 
that  in  small  separating  funnels  the  diameter  of  the  tube  belo.w  the  tap 
is  often  so  small  that  a  column  of  aqueous  liquid  is  tenaciously  retained 
in  it,  but  when  ether  passes  the  tap  its  cohesive  force  is  so  small  that  the 
column  breaks,  and  carries  with  it  a  portion  of  the  ethereal  liquid  which 
it  may  be  desired  to  retain.  If,  however,  a  groove  G  (see  fig.  ii)  be 
filed  in  the  plug  at  right  angles  to  the  **  way  "  ^,*air  is  admitted  to  the 
tube  below  whenever  the  tap  is  shut,  and  so  any  liquid  it  may  contain 
runs  out.  The  use  of  the  tap  is  in  other  respects  in  no  way  interfered 
with,  provided  it  is  always  turned  off  in  the  right  direction. — Pharm. 
Jour,  and  Trans.,  Sept.  15,  1888,  207. 

Wash  Bottle — Automatic  Arrangement.-^],  F.  Jones  describes  an  auto- 
matic wash  bottle,  consisting  of  a  flask  and  its  fittings,  which  are  just 
the  same  as  those  of  an  ordinary  wash  bottle,  with  the  exception  of  two 
valves.  One  of  these  is  placed  at  the  end  of  the  air-tube.  It  is  a  "  Bunr 
sen  valve,"  which  consists  of  a  piece  of  rubber  tubing,  placed  over  the 
end  of  the  glass  tube.  The  lower  end  of  the  rubber  tube  is  closed  with 
a  piece  of  glass  rod.  In  this  rubber  tube  there  is  a  slit  cut,  which  will 
allow  air  to  pass  into  the  flask,  but  will  not  allow  it  to  pass  out.  The  press- 
ure of  the  air  is  thus  increased  in  the  flask,  and  an  equilibrium  can  only 
be  restored  by  water  flowing  out  through  the  delivery  tube.  In  order 
that  this  flow  may  be.  stopped  when  desired,  another  valve  is  designed, 
consisting  of  a  glass  tube,  into  which  a  small  wooden  rod  is  placed.  At 
the  lower  end  of  the  rod  is  a  disk,  which  fits  over  the  end  of  the  glass 
tube,  and  to  make  it  fit  air-tight,  is  provided  with  a  rubber  washer.  This 
disk  is  held  tight  against  the  tube  by  a  small  spiral  spring.  After  blow- 
ing air  in,  and  causing  water  to  flow  from  the  delivery  tube,  equilibrium 
can  be  at  once  restored,  and  the  flow  of  water  stopped,  by  simply  pressing 
on  a  button.  It  is  a  very  convenient  piece  of  apparatus,  as  it  saves  the 
trouble  of  blowing  during  the  whole  time  of  washing  a  precipitate.  By 
applying  the  mouth  once,  enough  pressure  can  be  obtained  to  keep 
the  stream  flowing  for  some  time. — West.  Drugg.,  May  1889,  165. 

APPLICATION   OF   HEAT,  ETC. 

Hot- Air  Apparatus  for  Pharmaceutical  Work, — Charles  W.  Phillips 
describes  a  hot-air  apparatus  for  general  pharmaceutical  work,  which  is 
shown  in  the  cut  (Fig.  12),  as  follows: 

A  represents  a  heating  stove,  either  a  sheet- iron  or  a  cannon  stove  be- 
ing best^dapted  to  the  purpose.  If  this  stove  could  be  down-stairs  and 
not  on  the  same  level,  as  represented,  the  hot-air  being  conducted  up  af- 
ter the  manner  of  a  hot-air  furnace,  it  would  work  still  better. 

B  represents  the  stove-pipe  connected  with  the  chimney.  This  is  made 
to  fit  neatly  where  it  passes  through  the  drum,  so  as  not  to  allow  the  hot 
air  to  be  wasted. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


APPLICATION   OF   HEAT. 


349 


C  represents  the  drum,  which  is  raised  several  inches  from  the  floor 
and  open  at  the  bottom,  so  the  hot  air  will  ascend  and  start  a  current 

Fig.  12. 


Hot- Air  Apparatus. 

through  the  entire  apparatus.     The  top  of  the  drum  being  flat,  can  be 
used  for  heating  beakers,  evaporating  dishes,  etc.,  if  desired^  CjOOqIc 


35©  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 

D,  a  semi- circular  pipe  for  conducting  the  hot  air  horizontally. 

E,  the  fume-chamber,  which  is  connected  with  the  chimney  by  the 
pipe  F.  The  back  of  the  fume-chamber  contains  a  large  pane  of  glass, 
and  should  be  placed  near  a  window ;  the  front  contains  a  sliding  sash 
supported  by  a  pulley,  so  that  it  can  be  raised  or  lowered  at  will.  The 
front  and  back  of  the  fume-chamber  being  of  glass,  the  progress  of  any 
operation  can  be  watched  without  disturbing  the  heat  or  filling  the  air 
with  foul  odors. 

G,  the  lower  part  of  the  fume-chamber,  which  is  inclosed  like  a  closet, 
the  front  door  of  which  has  been  removed  in  the  cut.  The  object  in 
having  it  closed  is  to  protect  the  oil -stove  from  currents  of  air,  and  thus 
prevent  it  from  smoking.  In  this  way  the  doors  and  windows  of  the 
laboratory  can  all  be  opened  if  desired,  a  very  important  item  in  hot 
weather. 

H,  the  oil  stove,  which  is  one  having  three  4-inch  wicks,  and  is  con- 
nected by  a  7 -inch  pipe  to  the  horizontal  pipe.  The  oil  stove  is  set  on  a 
small  box,  A^  fitted  with  rollers  at  the  bottom,  so  that  the  oil  stove  can 
be  easily  rolled  out  for  filling. 

I  and  J  are  stills  that  are  made  to  set  part  way  down  into  the  horizon- 
tal pipe.  The  top  has  been  removed  from  still  J  in  the  cut,  and  still  I  has 
been  turned  sideways  in  order  to  show  its  construction.  The  outer  part 
of  the  still  I  is  the  same  construction  as  the  still  J,  only  smaller.  The 
condenser  cylinder  slips  snugly  down  into  the  outer  cylinder  to  the 
bottom,  as  represented  by  Fig.  4,  thus  forming  a  water-joint.  Fig.  i 
represents  a  shallow  gutter  around  the  inside  of  the  still-head,  which 
serves  to  collect  any  liquid  that  may  condense  on  the  top  of  the  conden- 
ser before  it  reaches  the  beak,  and  runs  it  out  with  the  rest  of  the  distillate, 
thus  materially  hastening  the  distillation.  Figs.  2  and  3  represent  a  fun- 
nel-tube reaching  to  within  a  half-inch  of  the  bottom  of  the  still,  being 
soldered  tight  at  the  top.  Fig.  5  represents  a  condenser.  Fig.  6  the  in- 
flux-tube, and  Fig.  7  the  overflow.  The  condenser  is  soldered  perfectly 
tight  to  the  beak,  and  the  tubes  6  and  7  are  made  of  lead  pipe.  The 
advantages  of  a  still  of  this  construction  are  : 

1.  It  is  easily  taken  apart  and  cleaned. 

2.  It  requires  no  luting. 

3.  It  can  be  replenished  by  means  of  the  funnel-tube  without  taking 
down  the  apparatus. 

4.  In  making  fluid  extracts,  owing  to  its  round  bottom,  the  residue  is 
always  obtained  in  a  compact  mass. 

K  represents  a  hot  funnel,  which  is  simply  a  glass  funnel  inserted  in  a 
6* inch  hole  in  the  flat  part  of  the  hot-air  pipe  D  and  a  i-inch  hole  in  the 
lower  part  of  the  pipe.  When  not  required  for  filtering,  the  funnel  can 
be  removed  and  the  hole  covered  with  a  piece  of  sheet-iron,  or  it  can  be 
used  for  a  small  evaporating  dish,  or  any  other  purpose.     L  represents  the 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


APPLICATION   OF   HEAT. 


351 


drying-oven,  showing  a  sectional  view,  the  side  being  removed.  Being 
at  the  end  of  the  apparatus,  it  is  always  ready  for  use  without  extra  ex- 
pense. The  oven  can  be  made  of  wood,  with  a  pane  of  glass  at  the  back 
and  a  sash  door  in  front.  The  top  should  have  eight  or  nine  i-inch 
auger- holes  to  allow  the  hot  air  to  escape.  The  draft  can  be  regulated 
by  inserting  one  or  more  corks  as  required  ;  one  of  the  holes  will  serve 
for  the  introduction  of  a  thermometer  through  a  perforated  cork. 

M  represents  a  sectional  view  of  the  horizontal  pipe.  It  is  simply  a 
24-inch  piece  of  sheet-iron  bent  into  a  semicircle  with  a  flange,  N,  on 
each  side.  The  diameter  is  then  about  15  inches  and  the  depth  about  8 
inches,  which  is  a  very  convenient  and  inexpensive  size.  The  flange  N 
is  supported  on  either  side  by  a  bar  of  wood,  R,  which  sustains  all  the 
weight  of  the  stills,  etc.  O  shows  the  manner  in  which  the  sheet-iron 
plates  are  secured  on  top  of  the  apparatus. 

P  shows  a  sheet-iron  plate  for  the  fume-chamber.  This  plate  is  22 
inches  square,  with  a  circular  hole  15  inches  in  diameter,  and  will  accom- 
modate a  3-gallon  evaporator.  Separate  plates  having  circular  holes  6, 
7,  9,  II  and  13  inches  in  diameter  will  be  found  much  stronger  and  more 
convenient  than  concentric  rings,  and  will  accommodate  any  evaporator 
from  a  half-pint  up. 

Q  can  be  used  as  a  sand-bath,  water-bath  or  water-still,  but  is  gener- 
ally too  hot  for  fluid  extracts. — Pharm.  Rec,  May  20,  1889,  148. 

Fig,  13. 


Drying- Oven. 

Laboratory  Drying  Oven — New  Construction, — A.  J.  Banks  observes 
that  in  laboratories  where  steam  is  used  for  the  purpose  of  heating  dry- 
ing-ovens, evaporating-pans,  etc.,  the  water  produced  by  the  condensa- 
tion of  the  steam  is  a  frequent  and  troublesome  annoyance.     The  supply 

Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


352 


REPORT   ON   THE   PROGRESS  OF   PHARMACY. 


pipes  very  often  have  to  be  carried  a  considerable  distance  before  reach- 
ing the  laboratory,  and  are  not  unfrequently  exposed  to  strong  draughts 
of  air ;  hence  considerable  condensation  of  the  steam  is  brought  about, 
and,  in  conjunction  with  that  produced  by  the  expansion  of  the  steann 
on  entering  the  oven,  and  the  larger  surface  there  exposed,  the  amount 
of  water  produced  is  a  serious  obstacle  to  the  attainment  of  high  temper- 
atures. With  the  object  of  overcoming  this  difficulty,  the  author  has  de- 
vised a  modified  form  of  water-oven,  which  answers  admirably.  Its  con- 
struction will  be  readily  understood  from  the  accompanying  cuts  (Figs, 
13  and  14)  which  represent  an  ordinary  drying-oven,  with  the  bottom 
of  the  outer  covering  in  the  form  of  an  inverted  pyramid,  provided  with 
a  gauge-glass  to  indicate  the  height  of  the  water,  and  a  stop-tock  or 
valve  for  running  off  the  same.  The  inlet  pipe  is  placed  immediately 
below  the  inner  case. — Chem.  News,  Aug.  3,  1888,  54. 

Fig.  14. 


Water  Separator  (from  steam  for  drying  oven). 

Drying  Oven — Combination  with  a  Water  Still, — Prof.  Emlen  Painter 
has  devised  the  drying  oven  and  water  still  shown  by  the  accompanying 
cut  (Fig.  15).  It  is  made  of  galvanized  iron,  except  the  condenser  and 
its  fittings,  which  are  block  tin,  the  iron  water  supply  pipe,  and  an  under 
bottom  of  copper.     As  the  illustration  isxirawn  to  a  scale,  it  can  be  made 

Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


NEW   CONSTRUCTION   OF  PHARMACEUTICAL   STILL. 


353 


to  any  size  that  may  be  desired  ;  in  this  case  it  stands  over  the  water  sink, 
the  support  being  a  framework  of  gas-pipe. 

In  the  illustration  the  doors  of  the  drying  closet  are  removed,  that  the 
internal  construction  may  be  shown,  revealing  supports  for  glass  shelves 
or  open  racks.  A  drying  closet,  at  the  bottom  of  an  opening  (which  can 
be  closed  by  a  piece  for  it)  in  each  closet,  is  adapted  for  hot  filtration. 


Drying  Oven. 

At  the  right  side  is  the  condenser,  into  which  cold  water  enters ;  an  over- 
flow provides  for  the  excess  of  water  being  safely  disposed  of;  at  the  same 
time  another  pipe  carries  a  portion  of  it  within  the  water  jacket,  which 
is  underneath  and  extends  upward  between  the  two  drying  closets.  Heat 
is  applied  by  one  or  two  large  Bunsen  burners.  The  steam  escaping  is 
condensed  and  escapes  at  the  top.  At  the  same  time  all  parts  of  the  ap- 
paratus receive  their  due  proportion  of  heat  for  the  work  desired.  The 
pipe  and  faucet  draw  off  hot  water  at  a  height  whfch  gives  it  free  from 
sediment,  while  at  the  bottom  the  entire  water  space  may  be  emptied 
when  desired.  The  outer  surfaces  are  covered  with  thick  asbestos  paper, 
which  prevents  radiation  of  heat.  Mr.  Painter  suggests  that  if  the  water 
space  was  made  less  capacious  than  in  this,  it  is  possible  it  might  yield  a 
large  proportion  of  distilled  water  and  have  quicker  heating  capacity  from 
the  same  consumption  of  gas. — Pharm.  Rec,  Jan.  7,  1889,  2. 

Pharmaceutical  Still — New  Construction. — Prof.  W.  G.  Gregory  de- 
scribes a  new  pharmaceutical  still,  which  is  shown  in  the  accompanying 
cut  (Fig.  16). 

The  oblong  form  is  used,  as  best  suiting  the  source  of  heat,  aa^oil  stove. 

23  Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


354 


REPORT  ON  THE  PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 


The  body  of  the  still  is  made  of  copper,  12  inches  wide,  15  inches  long, 
and  5  inches  deep,  joined  without  solder,  so  no  injury  will  ensue  if  acci- 
dentally allowed  to  run  dry.  A  brass  flange  is  attached  to  the  upper 
edge,  to  make  surface  for  rubber  packing  to  secure  a  vapor-tight  joint. 


Fig.  16. 


Pharmaceutical  Still. 

The  inner  surface,  exposed  to  all  liquids  placed  in  the  still,  is  nickel- 
plated — an  inexpensive  protection  when  not  polished.  The  condenser  is 
of  the  same  general  shape  as  the  body.  A  corresponding  flange  is  at- 
tached to  its  under  edge,  and  when  set  up  rests  on  the  body  flange. 

Fig.  17. 


V  B  */' 


Pharmaceutical  Still;   Section. 

These  are  held  by  small  clamps  with  thumb-screws,  elongated  so  the 
thumb-piece  comes  above  the  condenser  as  shown,  and  can  thus  be  large 
enough  to  aff*ord  a  strong  pressure  6n  the  rubber  packing  between  the 
flanges.     The  condensing  surface  is  a  copper  plate  bent  into  the  form  of 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


A   NEW   CONDENSER.  355 

a  series  of  V*s,  one  end  being  higher  than  the  other.  At  the  lower  end 
a  trough  is  provided  to  collect  the  distillate,  which  is  discharged  as  shown 
at  B,  It  is  believed  that  in  the  presence  of  copious  vapor  the  condensing 
surface  will  be  uniformly  wet  and  the  condensed  liquid  flow  continuously 
toward  the  exit,  so  little  or  no  loss  will  occur  at  the  downward  angles  by 
dripping,  as  would  be  the  case  if  condensation  took  place  as  it  does  on  a 
window-pane,  gathering  in  drops  and  trickling  down  in  small  streams. 
The  upper  surface  of  the  V's  is  kept  covered  with  cold  water  supplied 
through  the  rubber  tube  C,  which  connects  with  a  brass  tube  passing 
across  the  refrigerated  surface  at  its  highest  point.  The  brass  tube  is  per- 
forated on  the  under  side  immediately  over  each  V,  so  the  cold  water  is 
forced  to  the  bottom  of  each  one,  and  then  flows  to  the  other  end  of  the 
condenser,  where  it  passes  out  of  the  overflow  Z>.  The  tube  A  allows 
the  still  to  be  charged  during  use,  and  extends  well  below  the  condensing 
surfaces. 

Half  a  gallon  of  distilled  water  per  hour  can  be  obtained  continuously 
at  a  cost  of  about  4  cents  a  gallon  for  heat.  One  feature  of  the  still 
which  is  valued  highly  is  the  ease  with  which  every  part  can  be  reached 
and  cleaned,  making  it  available  for  liquids  or  solutions  which  otherwise 
we  would  not  venture  to  put  into  a  still.  It  can,  of  course,  be  used  in  a 
.water-bath,  if  desired. — Pharm.  Rec,  May  6,  1889,  '33- 

A  New  Condenser^  which  is  very  compact  and  ingenious  in  its  con- 
struction, has  been  devised  by  Prof.  J.  U.  Lloyd.  It  is  shown  in  the  ac- 
companying cut,  (Fig.   18)  which  represents  a  vertical  section  of  the 

Fig.  18, 


New  Condenser. 

condenser.  The  condensing  chamber  is  preferably  constructed  of  an  in- 
verted cone-shape,  but  may  be  made  of  any  other  desired  form.  At  its 
upper  end  it  is  provided  with  an  inlet  B  for  the  entrance  of  the  hot  vapors 
to  be  condensed,  and  at  its  lower  part,  with  the  outlet  Cfor  the  escape  of 
the  condensed  liquid.  The  interior  of  the  condensing  chamber  may  be 
perfectly  smooth,  but  is  preferably  provided  with  a  suitably  arranged  rib- 
bon or  flange  extending  from  the  top  of  the  condensing  chamberJ:oJ^«p 


35  6  REPORT   ON   THE  PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 

exit  C  An  outer  chamber  or  jacket,  Z>,  preferably  corresponding  to  that 
of  the  condenser,  surrounds  the  latter  in  such  a  manner  as  to  leave  a  space 
between  the  two  for  the  circulation  of  a  stream  of  cold  water,  which  is  sup- 
plied through  the  tube  E  projecting  into  said  space,  while  the  tube  /^serves 
as  an  exit  for  the  heated  water  during  the  process  of  condensation.  The 
water  chamber,  at  the  under  side  of  the  condenser,  connects  with  the  cor- 
responding chamber  at  the  upper  side  by  means  of  a  tube  G,  which  es- 
tablishes communication  between  the  two.  The  stream  of  water  passes 
from  the  lower  chamber  to  the  central  part  of  the  upper  one,  and  there 
spreads  out  in  a  thin  sheet  over  the  upper  surface  of  the  condenser  before 
passing  out  of  the  exit.  Thus  the  outside  surface  of  the  vapor  space  is 
subjected  to  a  continuous  current  of  cold  water,  in  a  thin  stratum,  and  a 
complete  condensation  of  the  vapor  thus  attained.  This  new  form  of 
condenser  is  distinguished  by  its  compactness  and  by  its  requiring  so 
little  space,  while  at  the  same  time  it  presents  to  the  vapors  of  volatile 
liquids  a  very  large  surface  which  is  kept  constantly  cool.  The  conden- 
ser may  be  hung  out  of  the  way,  in  any  convenient  place;  all  that  is 
necessary  is  to  connect  the  mouth  of  the  still  with  it. — Amer.  Drugg., 
Nov.,  1888,  201-202. 

Safety  Retort  for  Generating  Gases. — N.  von  Klobukow  recommends 
a  new  form  of  retort  to  be  used  for  the  preparation  of  gases  which  are 
liable,  under  circumstances,  to  become  dangerous  to  the  operator.  It 
consists  of  a  shallow  vessel  provided  with  a  grooved  flange,  into  which 
the  lid,  bearing  the  exit  tube  bent  at  right  angles,  fits  snugly.  All  parts 
are  made  of  malleable  iron.  The  joint  is  made  tight  by  filling  the  flange 
with  a  mixture  of  100  parts  of  sand  (of  medium  fineness)  and  50  to  60 
parts  of  plaster  of  Paris  made  into  a  thick  paste  with  water,  and  then 
pressing  the  lid  into  the  mass  in  the  flange.  In  about  15  minutes,  the 
retort  may  be  heated.  The  mass  just  described  furnishes  a  very  good 
cement,  which  does  not  crack,  resists  the  passage  of  gases  for  some  time 
(about  6  hours  certainly),  and  at  the  same  time  easily  gives  way,  should 
there  be  a  sudden  high  pressure  developed  within  the  retort.  Even  if  the 
lid  should  be  completely  thrown  or  projected  upwards,  no  damage  from 
flying  fragments  can  result.  To  loosen  the  lid,  it  is  only  necessary  to 
tap  the  flange  lightly  with  a  hammer.  If  desired,  the  lid  may  be  provided 
with  an  inlet,  so  that  the  retort  may  be  periodically  refilled  when  the 
current  of  generated  gas  becomes  weaker. — Amer.  Drugg.,  Oct.  1888, 
197  ;  from  Zeitsch.  f.  Anal.  Chem.,  1888,  467. 

A  New  Water  Bath,— TYi^  "Pharm.  Record'*  (Feb.  4,  1889,34) 
calls  attention  to  a  new  water  bath  which  is  shown  in  the  annexed  cut 
(Fig.  19.)  It  is  of  agate  ware,  and  is  known  as  the  **  Pearl  Agate  Iron 
Water  Bath.**  It  is  made  in  three  sizes,  capacity  8,  16  and  32  ounces, 
and  will  be  found  an  excellent  adjunct  to  the  apparatus  of  dispensing 
pharmacists.  ^^  , 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


CONSTANT   LEVEL   IN   WATER   BATH. 

Fig.  19. 


357 


Water  Bath. 

Water  Bath— Method  of  Maintaining  a  Constant  Level. — W.  H.  Symons 
suggests  that  Gay-Lussac*s  arrancrement  on  the  principle  of  a  "  Marriotte's 
Bottle,"  for  keeping  the  liquid  in  a  filter  at  a  constant  level,  answers 
equally  well  for  a  water-bath.  He  has  used  it,  constructed  as  follows, 
successfully  for  several  years.  A  bottle,  conveniently  a  "Winchester 
quart,"  is  fitted  with  a  rubber  stopper,  through  which  pass  three  tubes, 
as  shown  by  Fig.  20.     -^  is  a  long,  straight  tube,  open  at  both  ends,  and 

Fig.  20. 


Regulator  for  Water-Bath. 

passing  nearly  to  the  bottom  of  the  bottle ;  ^  is  a  bent  tube,  also  open, 
terminating  below  Ay  and  intended  to  act  as  a  syphon.  At  B  it  is  bent 
thrice  upon  itself  to  prevent  the  heating  of  the  column  of  water  by  con- 
vection. The  tube  C  terminates  inside  the  stopper,  and  is  opened  or 
closed  as  necessity  requires  by  means  of  the  caoutchouc  tube  and  glass 
,rod  D.  The  bottle  is  filled  through  A  by  means  of  a  funnel,  the  plug 
D  being  removed  while  filling;  when  the  plug  is  replaced,  any  further 
quantity  of  water  added  will  run  out  through  B^  and  when  the  supply  of 
water  through  the  funnel  ceases,  it  will  continue  to  flow  until  the  level  of 
the  liquid  in  the  water-bath  E  is  in  the  same  horizontal  plane  as^the  bot- 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


353  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 

torn  of  the  tube  A,  If  more  water  be  added  directly  to  the  water-bath, 
the  water  will  rise  in  the  tube  A  ;  it  therefore  answers  as  a  gauge  of  the 
level  in  the  communicating  vessel. — Pharm.  Jour,  and  Trans.,  Sept.  15, 
1888,  206-207. 

Ebullition — Prevention  of  Bumping  by  Means  of  Charcoal, — Charles 
Tomlinson  observes  that  porous  nuclei,  such  as  capillary  tubes,  for  in- 
.stance,  prevent  bumping  by  force  of  their  capillarity,  and  so  powerful  is 
this  force  alone  that  it  can  be  applied  in  a  variety  of  ways.  Even  a  short 
bundle  of  fine  capillary  tubes,  united,  like  a  faggot,  by  a  thread  in  the 
middle,  is  an  active  nucleus  in  liberating  vapor.  Such  a  bundle,  weighing 
only  10  grains,  put  into  a  retort,  from  which  methylated  spirit  was  being 
distilled,  raised  the  amount  of  distillate  in  the  ratio  of  100  to  no.  A 
Russian  chemist  has  found  that  charcoal  acts  only  for  a  short  time  in  pre- 
venting bumping.  This  may  be  the  case  with  ordinary  wood  charcoal, 
but  it  is  not  so  with  well  prepared  boxwood  charcoal ^  or  still  better  with 
cocoanut-shell  charcoal,  which  will  continue  active  for  hours,  and  even 
days,  making  the  boiling  easy  and  increasing  the  amount  of  the  distillate. 
For  example,  methylated  spirit,  boiling  at  171°  F.,  distilled  in  a  glass 
retort,  gave  244  grains  in  five  minutes ;  but  when  three  or  four  fragments 
of  boxwood  and  cocoanut  charcoal,  weighing  together  20  grains,  were 
added,  the  distillate,  in  five  minutes,  weighed  325  grains,  or  as  100  to 
133.2. — Chem.  News,  Nov.  16,  1888,  235. 

Thermo  regulator — New  Form  and  Construction, — A.  d' Arson val  de- 
scribes a  new  ihermo- regulator  combined  with  drying  oven.  The  thermo- 
meter forms  an  integral  part  of  the  apparatus,  which  consists  of  a  metal- 
lic box,  formed  of  grooved  or  corrugated  plates,  such  as  are  used  for 
aneroid  barometers,  and  constitutes  the  central  part  of  the  lower  cone  of 
the  oven.  The  gas  is  admitted  to  the  regulator  by  a  central  inlet,  and 
passes  through  two  lateral  branches  provided  with  stop  cocks  to  the  two 
burners,  each  of  which  is  surmounted  by  a  small  hood.  The  stop-cocks 
are  so  constructed  that  air  can  be  admitted  by  turning  them,  whereby 
the  flames  become  non- luminous,  and  serve  as  Bunsen  burnprs.  The 
heat  of  the  flame  is  conveyed  through  a  series  of  tubes  passing  through 
the  liquid  contained  between  the  double  walls  of  the  apparatus^  on  the 
.  principle  of  a  vertical  tubular  boiler.  The  space  between  the  walls  is 
filled  with  water  from  which  the  air  has  been  driven  out  by  boiling, 
which  may  be  done  in  the  apparatus  itself.  If  a  higher  temperature  than 
100°  C.  is  required,  a  suflftcient  amount  of  glycerin  is  mixed  with  the 
water.  The  upper  cone  of  the  apparatus  is  provided  with  a  neck  bear- 
ing a  cork  and  glass  tube.  When  the  liquid  in  the  apparatus  expands 
by  heat,  it  rises  in  the  tube,  and  the  additional  pressure  causes  the  regu- 
lator at  the  bottom  to  collapse  in  proportion  to  the  pressure,  thus  dimin- 
ishing the  amount  of  gas  conducted  to  the  burners.  Another  neck  is 
fitted  with  a  thermometer  passing  into  the  interior  of  the  apparatus.    The 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


APPARATUS   FOR   DETERMINING   MELTING   POINTS. 


359 


inventor  claims  that  the  regulation  of  temperature  may  easily  be  adjusted 
for  any  desired  degree.  The  interior  is  accessible  through  a  door  at  the 
side,  and  is  divided  into  several  compartments.  To  prevent  evaporation 
of  water  from  the  upright  glass  tube,  the  author  recommends  to  intro- 
duce into  it  a  drop  of  kerosene.  The  author  uses  the  apparatus  also  for 
obtaining  temperatures  below  that  of  the  surrounding  air.  For  this  pur- 
pose, he  causes  water  from  the  water  service  (provided  this  has  the  desired 
temperature)  to  pass  through  the  tubes  between  the  walls. — Amer. 
Drugg.,  Oct.  1888,  193;  from  L'Union  Pharm.,  i888,  352. 

Partial  Vacuum — Practical  Arrangement, — W.  H.  Symons  fits  a  rubber 
stopper,  bearing  a  glass  tube  bent  at  right  angles,  to  an  ordinary  one  gal- 
lon tin  can.  A  rubber  tube,  provided  with  a  pinch-cock,  is  slipped  over 
the  end  of  the  glass  tube,  and,  about  one-half  pint  of  water  having  been 
introduced  into  the  can,  it  is  boiled  until  the  air  has  all  been  expelled  from 
the  can  and  replaced  by  steam.  The  pinch-cock  is  then  closed,  the  ves- 
sel being  removed  from  the  source  of  heat,  and  the  tin  is  cooled  by  plac- 
ing it  in  cold  water.  The  rubber  tube  is  now  attached  to  the  vessel  from 
which  the  air  is  to  be  extracted,  and  the  cocks  are  opened.  From  a  ves- 
sel of  about  one  litre  capacity  about  three- fourths  the  air  is  thus  removed, 
and  by  repeating  the  process,  the  pressure  will  be  reduced  to  about  one- 
sixteenth  of  an  atmosphere,  sufficient  for  most  practical  purposes. — 
Pharm.  Jour,  and  Trans.,  Sept.  15,  1888,  207. 

Apparatus  for  Determining  Melting  Points. — W.  H.  Symons  describes 
the  following  construction  of  an  apparatus  for  determining  the  melting 
points  of  fats :  A  piece  of  thin  spindle  tubing  is  enlarged  at  one  end  and 
drawn  out  and  bent  round  U-shaped  at  the  other,  as  shown  by  Fig.  21. 
A  small  portion  of  the  substance  to  be  examined  is  placed  in  the  wide 
end,  which  is  afterwards  loosely  plugged  with  cotton.  Several  such  tubes 
can  be  attached  to  a  thermometer  by  means  of  a  cork  cut  as  shown  by 
Fig.  22.     The  central  hole  grips  the  thermometer  sufficiently  tight  to  re- 


FlG.  21. 


Fig.  22. 


\/ 


U 

21.  Glass  Tube.     aa.  Cork  Perforated  for  Determining  Melting  Points. 

main  at  any  height  it  may  be  placed.     The  tubes  are  so  inserted  that  the 
capillary  tubes  almost  touch  the  bulb  of  the  thermometer.     TJi^  arrange- 

Digiti*d  by  VjOOQIC 


360 


REPORT  ON  THE  PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 


ment  is  then  placed  in  a  double  water-bath^  the  inner  vessel  being  a  small 
beaker  partially  filled  with  water  (see  Fig.  23),  the  outer  vessel,  not  shown 

Fjg.  23. 


^^. 


Apparatus  for  Determining  Melting  Points. 

in  the  cut,  being  a  large  beaker,  quite  full  of  water.  The  water  should 
have  been  recently  boiled,  to  remove  air.  The  bath  is  then  heated  until 
the  substances  melt,  the  source  of  heat  is  then  removed,  and  while  the 
bulb  of  the  thermometer  remains  in  the  liquid  the  cork  is  shifted  upward, 
so  as  to  lift  the  tubes  out  of  the  water.  The  substances  immediately 
solidify.  When  the  temperature  has  fallen  5°  they  are  reimmersed  in  the 
bath  and  the  effect  observed.  The  operation  is  repeated  until  the  melt- 
ing point  is  approximately  obtained,  when  more  careful  observations  are 
made  at  every  0.5°,  or  oftener.  For  bodies  melting  between  100°  C.  and 
150°  C,  sulphuric  acid  may  be  used,  and  above  this  temperature  fusible 
metal  may  be  employed. — Pharm.  Jour,  and  Trans.,  Sept.  5, 1888,  205-206. 
Incineration — Method  Applicable  to  Organic  Matter. — H.  Kronberg 
gives  the  following  details  of  a  method  of  incineration  of  organic  matter 
devised  by  him.  In  order  to  incinerate  substances  which,  during  inciner- 
ation, swell  up  strongly  like  sugar  or  deflagrate  slightly,  or  give  off  dust 
like  the  salts  of  the  organic  nitroacids,  the  author  weighs  offa  portion  of 
the  pulverized  sample  in  a  glass  tube  which  can  be  stoppered,  and  trans- 
fers it  to  the  platinum  crucible  in  such  small  portions  that  no  tumefaction 
or  dispersion  of  ashes  can  take  place.  The  crucible  contains,  as  a  stirring- 
rod,  a  short  thick  straight  platinum  wire,  which  projects  above  the  edge 
of  the  crucible  only  so  far  that  it  may  be  grasped,  passes  through  a  very 
small  lateral  opening  in  the  edge  of  the  lid,  and  is  weighed  along  with  the 
crucible  and  lid.  The  charge  is  ignited,  the  crucible  being  covered,  be- 
ginning at  the  side,  and  continuing  to  ignite  with  the  crucible  placed  in 
a  slanting  position.     The  ash  is  crushed,  if  necessary,  with  the  platinum 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


PLATINUM  CRUCIBLES.  36 1 

rod,  the  crucible  is  let  cool,  and  a  further  portion  of  the  substance  is 
added  and  treated  as  above.  When  a  sufficient  quantity  of  the  ash  has 
thus  collected,  the  entire  mass  is  ignited  at  a  higher  temperature.  For 
the  completion  of  the  incineration,  if  nitric  or  sulphuric  acid  is  inadmis- 
sible, the  crucible  is  let  cool  down  to  about  the  boiling-point  of  water, 
and  so  much  water  is  added  drop  by  drop  along  the  side  of  the  crucible, 
that  on  stirring  with  the  wire  all  the  soluble  salts  are  dissolved.  Any 
carbonaceous  matter  remaining  is  brought  to  the  sides  of  the  crucible,  the 
small  quantity  of  water  is  cautiously  evaporated  away,  and  the  whole  is 
re-ignited. — Chem.  News,  Oct.  19,  1888,  197;  from  Zeitsch.  f.  Anal. 
Chem.,  xxvii.  Part  4. 

Incineration — Manipulation  in  Determination  of  Ash, — Prof.  F.  A. 
Fliickiger  recommends  for  ash  determinations  that  the  substance  under  ex- 
amination be  heated  so  slightly  in  a  roomy  platinum  or  porcelain  crucible 
that  it  is  carbonized  without  flame.  It  is  convenient  to  cover  the  cap- 
sule with  a  net  of  platinum  wire.  When  the  emission  of  vapors  has 
ceased,  it  is  let  cool,  an  abundance  of  water  is  added  to  the  spongy  car- 
bon, and  it  is  perfectly  dried  on  the  water-bath.  When  this  is  effected, 
it  is  again  heated  very  gently  (to  prevent  loss),  and  the  temperature  is 
raised  very  gradually.  In  general,  the  carbon  smoulders  away  very  rap- 
idly ;  but  if  not,  the  treatment  with  water  is  repeated,  and  the  ignition 
begun  again. — Chem.  News,  Nov.  23,  1888,  256 ;  from  Zeitsch.  f. 
Analyt.  Chem.  xxvii..  Part  5. 

Platinum  Crucibles — Removal  of  Fused  Masses, — Prof.  L.  L.  de  Kon- 
inck  suggests  the  following  method  for  the  removal  of  fused  masses  from 
platinum  crucibles,  obtained  by  the  disaggregation  of  alkaline  carbonates, 
sulphates,  etc.  When  the  fusion  is  complete  the  author  immerses  verti- 
cally in  the  centre  of  the  melted  mass,  the  spiral  extremity  of  a  strong 
platinum  wire,  0.5  mm.  in  thickness  and  8  to  10  cm.  in  length,  with  a 
loop  at  its  upper  end.  The  wire  is  kept  in  this  position  until  the  mass 
solidifies.  When  completely  cold  the  crucible  is  suspended  by  means  of 
a  second  platinum  wire,  hooked  to  the  former  and  attached  to  a  glass 
hook  supported  a  few  millimetres  above  a  triangle  of  platinum  or  of  pipe- 
stems.  The  crucible  is  then  rapidly  heated  by  means  of  a  strong  lamp, 
and  as  soon  as  the  outside  layer  of  matter  in  contact  with  the  matter  en- 
ters into  fusion,  the  crucible  falls  down  upon  the  triangle  and  the  mass 
which  remains  solid  is  suspended  on  the  wire.  This  wire  is  immediately 
seized  with  the  forceps  with  one  hand  and  lifted  away  from  the  crucible, 
whilst  with  the  other  hand  the  lamp  is  removed. — Chem.  News,  March  8, 
1889,  121 ;  from  Rev.  Univ.  des  Mines  et  de  la  Metall.,  Sept.  1888. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


362  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS  OF   PHARldACY. 

GENERAL   LABORATORY   WORK. 

Mortars  and  Graduates — Cleaning.  Hans  M.  Wilder  makes  some 
practical  remarks  on  the  precautions  to  be  observed  in  cleaning  mortars 
and  graduates,  which  may  repay  perusal. — See  Amer.  Jour.  Phar.,  May, 
1889,  236. 

Draining  Board — Improved  Construction, — Adolf  G.  Vogeler  draws 
attention  to  a  cheap  and  efficient  drain-board  for  the  graduates  and  tum- 
blers of  a  moderate  soda-water  trade.  The  invention  consists  in  merely 
placing  a  strip  of  wood  one-fourth  of  an  inch  thick  along  each  side  of  the 
drain  board  proper.  Inverting  your  tumblers  on  the  edge  of  this  lath 
allows  the  water  to  drain  off  without  causing  those  fine  particles  of  dirt  to 
be  drawn  up  by  capillary  attraction,  and  which  give  rise  to  that  unsightly 
ring  around  the  edge  of  the  tumbler  or  graduate. — West.  Drugg.,  Feb. 
1889,  44. 

Kneading  Machine — A  Useful  Apparatus  for  Pill  Masses^  Plasters^ 
Ointments^  etc, — Messrs.  Werner  &  Pfeidler,  of  London,  manufacture  a 
strong  and  compact  kneading  machine,  which  appears  to  be  very  useful 
for  making  pill  masses,  or  mixing  ointments,  plasters,  or  other  similar 
compounds.  The  machine  is  made  in  two  sizes,  capable  of  working  2  to 
4  pounds  of  any  kind  of  mass  in  from  5  to  15  minutes^  under  proper 
manipulation.  It  is  shown  by  cuts  illustrating  the  description  in  Amer. 
Drugg.,  Aug.  1888,  143. 

Blue  Litmus  Paper — Preparation  of  a  Sensitive  Article. — E.  Ufescher 
states  that  blue  litmus  paper  made  by  neutralizing  an  aqueous  solution  of 
litmus  with  phosphoric  acid  is  liable  to  wrongly  indicate  the  reaction  of 
some  solutions;  the  aqueous  solution  of  litmus,  in  addition  to  the  potas- 
sium salt  of  the  coloring  matter,  contains  the  carbonates  of  potassium  and 
ammonium,  which  with  phosphoric  acid,  form  the  acid  salts,  K2HPO4  and 
(NH4)2HP04,  with  alkaline  reactions,  and  certain  quantities  of  phos- 
phoric acid  can  be  added  to  solutions  of  these  salts  without  the  produc- 
tion of  an  acid  reaction.  Such  a  paper  brought  in  contact  with  neutral 
solutions  of  Ca,  Ba,  Sr  and  Ag  invariably  indicates  an  acid  reaction,  due 
to  formation  of  acid  phosphates  of  these  metals,  which  have  acid  reac- 
tions, or  of  free  phosphoric  acid.  To  obtain  a  sensitive  litmus  paper, 
recourse  must  be  taken  to  some  other  mineral  acid,  preferably  HCl.  The 
following  method  furnishes  litmus  paper  which  easily  indicates  alkalinity, 
as  KOH,  in  i :  20000;  acidity,  as  HCl,  i  :  50000;  100  gms.  litmus  in 
cubes  are  triturated  with  40  gms.  water  to  form  a  paste,  which  is  then 
rinsed  into  a  flask  with  960  gms.  water,  agitated  repeatedly  during  six 
hours,  allowed  to  stand  a  few  days,  filtered  and  washed  with  water  to 
make  1000  gms. ;  to  the  filtrate  add  5  gms.  hydrochloric  acid,  warm  on 
a  water-bath  to  expel  COj,  and  in  case  the  blue  color  reappears,  add 
HCl  drop  by  drop  until  a  permanent  red  color  results ;  evaporate  to  900  . 

Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


TEST  PAPERS.  363 

gms.y  and  divide  into  two  portions.  To  one  portion  add  lime  water 
until  the  liquid  becomes  wine  red  in  color;  through  this  solution  pass 
strips  of  neutral  filter  paper;  should  the  latter  be  acid  in  reaction  wet 
with  dilute  ammonia  water  and  dry ;  the  test  paper  is.of  a  wine-red  color 
and  of  the  above  degree  of  sensitiveness.  To  the  other  portion  add  care- 
fully, first,  a  few  drops  of  solution  of  potash,  and  then  lime  water  until  a 
strip  of  paper  moistened  with  the  solution  on  drying  just  appears  blue. 
The  blue  paper  is  not  changed  by  silver  nitrate  or  the  neutral  compounds 
of  Ba,  Sr  and  Ca ;  precipitated  ferrous  sulphate  merely  imparts  a  red- 
violet  color ;  a  solution  of  lead  acetate  does  not  affect  the  paper,  but  very 
often  this  chemical  will  show  an  alkaline  reaction  due  to  loss  of  acetic 
acid. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  May  1889,  245-246;  from  Apoth.  Ztg., 
1889,  279. 

Test  Papers  for  Urine — Convenience  and  Uses. — Test  papers  for  urine 
as  described  to  the  Soc.  des  Sci,  MSd,  de  Gannat,  consist  of  small  leaves 
of  paper  which,  having  been  dipped  into  the  proper  solutions  and  dried, 
ai:e  bound  into  small  books  which  may  be  carried  in  the  pocket.  The 
papers  for  albumin  tests  are  made  with  ferrocyanide  of  potassium,  tung- 
state  of  sodium,  picric  acid,  potassio- mercuric  iodide,  and  citric  acid; 
those  for  sugar  consist  of  indigo  carmine,  carbonate  of  lime,  etc.  Lit- 
mus papers  are  included.  With  these,  a  test  tube,  and  a  few  "densi- 
meters," the  physician  or  pharmacist  is  able  to  make  rapid  tests. 
Twenty  ccm.  of  the  urine  are  placed  in  a  tube  and  its  reaction  is  ascer- 
tained. If  alkaline,  one  or  two  citric  acid  papers  are  added  and  the 
mixture  clouds  with  albumin,  mucin,  or  the  urates.  With  heat  the  urates 
re- dissolve,  as  also  resinous  substances  (which  are  rarely  present).  Mucin 
is  easily  recognized  by  its  characteristic  appearance.  One  of  the  papers 
for  albumin  is  then  dipped  into  the  solution  and  that  substance  is  precip- 
itated.  To  find  sugar,  10  ccm.  of  pure  water  are  placed  in  the  tube  with 
an  indigo  carmine  paper,  heating  slightly.  A  soda  paper  and  a  drop  of 
urine  are  added.  Ihe  liquid  is  then  heated  for  one  minute  and  urine 
added,  drop  by  drop,  until  the  change  takes  place.  The  "  densimeters  " 
are  the  well-known  specific-gravity  beads,  which  float  or  sink  in  accordance 
with  the  density  of  the  solution. — L'Union  M6d.,  Oct.  9,  1888. 

Iris  Test  Paper — Preparation,  etc. — Wm.  G.  Greenawalt  has  made 
some  experiments  with  the  blue  coloring  matter  of  the  flowers  of  common 
blue  flag,  with  the  view  to  utilizing  it  as  a  reagent  in  form  of  test  paper. 
He  finds  that  the  coloring  matter  is  not  stable  ;  that  when  dried  it  be- 
comes brownish ;  but  that;  a  sensitive  test  paper  may  be  made  from  the 
fresh  flowers,  which  will  last  several  days,  and  may  possibly  find  some 
application  in  cases  in  which  other  test  papers  will  not  answer.  While  quite 
sensitive  to  mineral  acids,  it  is  necessary  to  have  rather  strong  solutions  of 
vegetable  acids  to  get  the  red  color  reaction.  It  is  greened  by  alkalies 
very  readily. — Amer.  Jour.  Phar.,  Dec.  1888,  598-599.  ^  I 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


364  REPORT  ON   THE  PROGRESS   OF  PHARMACY. 

Prescription  File — New  Construction, — A.  J.  Sbaul  has  devised  a  pre- 
scription file  as  follows :  A  box  or  outside  case  about  five  inches  wide, 
about  seven  inches  deep,  and  of  any  convenient  height,  regulated  by  the 
number  of  drawers  it  is  desired  to  contain.  The  drawer  should  be  about 
two  inches  deep,  with  slanting  sides,  and  the  inside  end  open.  The  pre- 
scription to  be  filed  is  strung  on  the  upright,  a  drawer  with  a  depth  of 
two  inches  being  large  enough  to  accommodate  about  200  prescriptions. 
When  wanted  for  reference  a  lead  pencil  or  pen  holder  laid  in  the  notches 
in  the  sides  of  the  drawer  will  support  the  prescriptions  which  happen  to 
be  above  the  one  wanted,  and  thus  admit  of  convenient  reading.  The 
horizontal  bar,  being  made  a  trifle  below  the  level  of  the  *'  file,'*  prevents 
the  prescriptions  falling  out.  When  the  dispensing  is  completed,  all  that  is 
necessary  is  to  withdraw  the  pencil,  and  the  prescription  falls  back  in  its 
place,  and  the  drawer  is  returned  to  th^  case.  The  drawers  and  case 
are  made  of  heavy  cardboard  ;  the  case  may  be  large  enough  for  fifty 
drawers,  accommodating  ten  thousand  prescriptions.  The  drawers  are 
numbered  and  dated  on  the  outside,  and  furnished  with  a  loop  so  as  to  be 
readily  withdrawn.  It  is  believed  that  all  desirable  features  are  repre- 
sented by  this  '*  file,"  which  though  not  easily  made  in  the  store,  could 
no  doubt  be  very  cheaply  manufactured  in  quantities. — West.  Drugg., 
Oct.,  1888,  350. 

Prescription  File — Neiv  Construction, — **  A.  G.  V.'*  describes  the  pre- 
scription file  shown  by  Fig.  24.     The  cut  represents  a  box  drawer  of 

Fig.  24. 


Prescription  File. 

proper  dimensions,  the  sides  of  which  are  triangular.  Along  the  full 
length  of  the  bottom  runs  a  groove  (4).  into  which  is  loosely  fitted  a 
flanged  rod  (3),  and  which  itself  is  hinged  to  the  movable  back  (2).  By 
pushing  forward  the  rod  (3),  the  board  (2)  is  raised  to  a  perpendicular 
line  and  simultaneously  pressed  firmly  against  the  contained  documents, 
while  held  automatically  in  that  position  by  the  rod  (3). — West.  Drugg., 
March,  1889,  91. 

Prescription  Numbering — Systematic  Method, — Adolf  G.  Vogeler  has 
invented  a  system  of  keeping  record  of  prescriptions  that  has  so  far 
afforded  unlimited  satisfaction.  It  is  briefly  this  :  On  beginning  the  day 
place  into  a  clip  a  slip  of  clean  paper  dated  at  the  top.     On  this  slip 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


NEW  REMEDIES — MAXIMUM   DOSES.  365 

record  consecutively  the  number  of  all  repetitions  for  that  day  with  cost 
price  noted  opposite  the  same.  At  the  close  of  the  day,  add  the  sum  of 
the  repetitions  to  the  last  number  on  the  file,  and  note  at  foot  of  repeat 
slip  the  next  current  number.  For  instance :  Last  number  on  R  file 
1234  ;  number  of  repetitions  6 ;  6  +  1234  =  1240  ;  hence,  next  number 
on  file  next  morning  would  be  1241.  This  system  furnishes  a  complete 
record  of  the  R  business,  new  and  repeats,  without  the  annoyance  of 
copying.  At  the  end  of  the  month,  add  in  red  ink  the  difference  be- 
tween the  last  number  and  the  following  hundred,  and  begin  the  new 
month  with  a  new  hundred,  thus:  last  number  1240,  skip  60,  next 
number  on  first  of  month  1300.  In  this  way  one  can  tell  exactly  at  any 
moment  the  number  of  R*s  since  the  " first.'*  In  a  similar  manner  a 
new  year  is  opened  with  a  new  thousand,  skipping  the  intervening  hun- 
dreds. On  a  specially  ruled  page  in  the  ledger  enter  monthly,  the  cur- 
rent number  as  well  as  the  "skip,**  thus  exhibiting  the  actual  prescription 
business  for  corresponding  months  of  different  years. — West.  Drugg., 
Feb.  1889,  44. 


B.  Preparations. 


GENERAL  SUBJECTS. 

Standardized  Pharmaceutical  Preparations, —  Francis  Ransom  read  a 
very  interesting  paper  on  standardized  pharmaceutical  preparations  at  a 
meeting  of  the  Chemists'  Assistants*  Association,  London.  He  ventures 
the  assertion  that  the  increased  reliability  of  drugs  and  pharmaceutical 
preparations,  as  secured  by  standardization,  will  tend  to  prevent  the  de- 
generation of  the  pharmacist  into  the  mere  vender  of  drugs.  The  paper 
will  be  read  with  interest  in  Pharm.  Jour,  and  Trans.,  Dec.  29,  1888, 
51S-522. 

New  Remedies — Maximum  Doses, — The  following  exhibit  of  the  maxi- 
mum doses  of  some  of  the  new  remedies,  by  Dr.  B.  Fischer,  will  be  found 
useful : 

(  To  be  given  with  the  utmost  caution,^ 

Single  dose.  In  24  hours. 

Ilydrochlorate  of  Erythrophlceine o.oi  0.03    gram. 

Carbolate  of  Mercury 0.03  o.i         " 

Formamidate  of  Mercury 0.03  o.i        " 

Peptonate  of  Mercury   •   •  •• 0.03  0.1         " 

Salicylate  of  Mercury 0.03  0.1         «* 

Hydrobromate  of  Hyoscine o.ooi  0.003     " 

Sulphate  of  Hyoscyamine o.ooi  0.003    " 

Nitroglycerin •   .  o.ooi  0.005     ** 

Strophanthin 0.0005  0.003     " 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


366  REPORT  ON  THE   PROGRESS  OF   PHARMACY. 

(To  de given  with  caution,) 

Single  dose.  In  24  hours. 

Hyperosmic  Acid 0.015  0.05  gram. 

Agaricin 0.015  ^-^S  " 

Amylene  Hydrate 4.0  8.0  " 

Acetanilide  (antifebriD) i.o  3.0  *• 

Tannate  of  Cannabin i.o  2.0  " 

Cannabinon o.i  0.3  " 

Hydrochlorate  of  G)caine 0.1  0.3  ** 

Guaiacol  .       o.l  0.5  " 

Hydroquinon 0.8  1.5  " 

Hypnon 0.5  1.5  " 

lodol 0.2  1.0  " 

Osmate  of  Potassium.   .  * .0.015  ^-^S  " 

Kairine I.o  4.0  ** 

Methylal 4.0  8.0  " 

Resorcin 3.0  lo.o  " 

Sulphate  of  Sparteine 0.03  o.l  " 

Sulphonal 4.0  8.0  ** 

Sulphate  of  Thalline 0.5  1.5  " 

Tartrate  of  Thalline 0.5  1.5  " 

Tincture  of  Strophanthus  .    .        1.5  (min.)  5.0  " 

— Amer.  Drugg.,  Jan.,  1888,  7;  from  Pharm.  Ztg. 

ABSTRACTA. 

Abstractum  Rhamni  Purshiana — Preparation, — Harry  Lippen  pro- 
poses an  abstract  of  Rhamnus  Purshiana,  which,  in  form  of  pills,  con- 
stitutes an  agreeable  form  for  administering  the  drug,  the  dose  being  from 
3  to  15  grains.  It  is  prepared  as  follows :  .Mix  alcohol  15  fluidounces  with 
water  i  fluidounce,  and  moisten  with  2  fluidounces  of  the  menstruum  four 
ounces  of  the  bark  in  No.  60  powder,  pack  in  a  percolator,  and  by 
maceration  and  displacement  exhaust  the  powder,  reserving  the  first  7^2 
fluidounces  of  the  percolate.  Distil  off  the  alcohol  from  the  remainder, 
mix  the  residue  with  the  reserved  portion,  place  the  mixture  in  an  evapor- 
ating dish,  and  having  added  one  ounce  of  milk  sugar,  set  aside  in  a 
warm  place  to  dry;  then  add  enough  milk  sugar  to  make  the  mixture 
weigh  two  ounces,  reduce  to  a  fine  uniform  powder,  and  keep  it  in  a  well- 
stopped  bottle. — Amer.  Jour.  Phar.,  Dec.  1888,  608 

ACETA. 

Acetum  Ipecacuanha — B,  P,  C,  Formula, — Take  of  ipecacuanha  root 
in  No.  20  powder  one  ounce,  acetic  acid  two  fluidounces,  distilled 
water,  q.  s.  Macerate  the  powder  in  one  ounce  of  the  acid  for  twenty- 
four  hours,  and'  then  pack  in  a  percolator.  Mix  the  remainder  of  the 
acid  with  ten  ounces  of  distilled  water,  and  percolate  with  the  mixture, 
continuing  the  percolation  with  distilled  water  until  one  pint  of  the  vine- 
gar is  obtained.  Dose :  5  to  40  minims  as  an  expectorant. — Year-Book 
of  Pharm.,  1888,  459.  ^  , 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


AQViE. 


367 


AQUiE. 

Medicated  V^aters — Simple  Method  of  Preparation, — John  J.  Benedict 
recommends  the  following  as  a  simple  and  efficient  method  of  making 
the  aromatic  waters  of  the  Pharmacopoeia : 

Take  a  medium-sized  filter  paper,  fold  it,  and  then  drop  the  ph^rma- 
copoeial  amount  of  the  oil  on  the  paper  near  the  point  of  the  filter,  while 
in  a  folded  condition,  and  allow  it  to  partly  dry.  Enclose  this  filter  in  a 
second  one  of  the  same  size  (or  larger,  if  desired),  and  place  in  the 
funnel ;  then  pass  the  water  through  the  double  filters,  returning  it  two 
or  three  times,  or  until  you  are  satisfied  the  water  has  taken  up  all  the  oil 
it  will. 

For  camphor  water,  wet  the  filter  thoroughly  with  U.  S.  P.  spirit  of 
camphor,  and  allow  the  alcohol  to  evaporate ;  then  enclose  in  a  second 
filter,  and  proceed  as  outlined  for  other  waters. — Drug.  Circ,  Jan., 
1889,  3. 

Medicated  Waters— New  Method  of  Preparation,— Z\i^.  T.  P.  Fennel 
has  successfully  overcome  the  difficulty  usually  encountered  in  the  prep- 
aration of  aromatic  waters  by  the  use  of  a  porcelain  tube  such  as  is  used  in 
the  Pasteur- Chamberlain  Pressure  Filter.  The  method  of  application  is 
very  simple,  and  requiring  no  expensive  auxiliary  apparatus.  The  tube 
consists  of  an  unglazed  porous  insoluble  mass,  but  of  such  close  and  com- 
pact nature  as  to  prevent  clogging,  and  still  admit  of  a  reasonably  rapid 
flow  ot  liquid.  The  tube  can  be  readily  and  quickly  cleansed  and  fit  for 
subsequent  filtrations.  In  order  that  the  tube  may  be  made  serviceable, 
two  pieces  of  glass  tubing  at  right  angles,  and  a  small  suction  pump,  are 
necessary.     The  accompanying  cut  (Fig.  25)  will  explain  the  apparatus 


Fig.  25. 

B 


A 


Ic 


U7 
1 


r^ 


Lf 


Y 

Apparatus  for  Medicated  Waters. 

and  its  use:  T  represents  the  porcelain  tube,  A  and  B  glass  tubing, 
F  indicating  exit  of  air,  E  indicating  exit  of  filtered  liquids,  G  and  H, 
pieces  of  rubber  tubing  connecting  with  the  porcelain  tube  T  and  suction 
pump  P.  To  use  the  apparatus,  the  tube  T  is  placed  in  the  container  C, 
containing  the  medicated  water,  rubber  connections  made  with  the  bent 
glass  tubes,  fitted  in  a  cork,  well  adjusted  to  the  receiver  D  and   the 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


368  REPORT  ON   THE  PROGRESS  OF   PHARMACY. 

pump  p.  Gradually  the  liquid  passes  through  the  porous  cell,  filling  the 
tube  T  by  external  pressure  of  the  atmosphere  on  the  liquid  in  the  con- 
tainer C,  passing  through  the  rubber  tubing  into  the  glass  tubing  B,  and 
dripping  into  the  receiver  D  at  F.  If  the  connections  are  well  fitted, 
one  exhaustion  is  sufficient,  requiring  no  further  attention,  and  obtaining 
very  satisfactory  results.  Medicated  waters  prepared  in  this  manner  are 
clear  as  crystal,  and  thoroughly  impregnated  with  the  medicinal  agent. 
Anise,  cinnamon  and  fennel  water  are  of  very  strong  odor,  and  devoid 
of  that  burning  taste  so  often  the  case  when  prepared  according  to  the 
officinal  process. — West.  Drugg.,  Oct.  1888,  365  :  from  Phar.  Era. 

Aromatic  Waters — Preparation  from  Essences. — E.  Dieter ich  prepares 
essences  for  the  extemporaneous  preparation  of  aromatic  waters,  which  is 
quite  customary  in  Europe,  as  follows,  the  aromatic  water  being  made  by 
adding  10  drops  of  the  essence  to  a  fiuidounce  of  water : 

I.  Essence  for  Anise  Water. 

Oil  of  Anise I  part. 

Alcohol  (90%  by  vol.) .....' 9  parts. 

2.  Essence  for  Orange  Water, 

Oil  of  Bitter  Orange i  part. 

Alcohol  (90%)      20  parts. 

3.  Essence  for  Orange  Flower  Water, 

Oil  of  Orange  Flowers I  part. 

Alcohol  (9056) 50  parts. 

4.  Essence  for  Camphor  Water. 

Camphor  .  ^ 4  parts. 

Alcohol  (90%) 6  parts 

5.  Essence  for  Caraway  Water. 

Oil  of  Caraway i  part. 

Alcohol  (90%) 20  parts. 

6.  Essence  for  Lemon  Water. 

Oil  of  Lemon i  part. 

Alcohol  (90%) 9  par^s. 

7.  Essence  for  Creosote  Water. 

Creosote 3  parts. 

Alcohol  (90%) 7  parts. 

8.  Essence  for  Lavender  Water. 

Oil  of  Lavender i  part. 

Alcohol  (90%) 9  parts. 

9.  Essence  for  Rosemary  Water. 

Oil  of  Rosemary i  part. 

Alcohol  (90%) 9  parts. 

Upon  the  same  principle,  the  following  essences  might  be  kept  on  hand 
to  prepare  other  aromatic  waters  officinal  in  the  U.  S.  Ph.,  for  instance: 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


AQUiE.  369 

10.  Essence  for  Cinnamon  WaUr, 

Oil  of  Cinnamon. i  part. 

Alcohol 6  parts. 

11.  Essence  for  Peppermint  Water. 

Oil  of  Peppermint i  part. 

Alcohol 9  parts. 

12.  Essence  for  Spearmint  Water. 

Oil  of  Spearmint i  part. 

Alcohol 9  parts. 

13.  Essence  for  Rose  Water. 

Oil  of  Rose I  part. 

Alcohol 50  parts. 

— Amer.  Drugg.,  Jan.  1889,  '^• 

Artificial  Mineral  Waters — Formulas. —  The  following  formulas  for 
certain  artificial  mineral  waters  are  given  by  E.  Dieterich.  The  quanti- 
ties given,  if  expressed  in  grams,  are  sufficient  in  each  formula  to  make 
10  liters  (io>^  quarts)  of  artificial  water. 

Pullna  Bitter  Water. — Sodium  sulphate,  dry,  115. o;  potassium  sul- 
phate, 6.0;  sodium  chloride,  25.0;  sodium  bicarbonate,  17.0;  magne- 
sium sulphate,  dry,  190.0;  calcium  sulphate,  precip.,  6.0  parts. 

Hunyadi Jdnos  Water. —  Potassium  sulphate,  0.5;  sodium  chloride, 
14.0;  sodium  bicarbonate,  52.0;  sodium  sulphate,  dry,  iJ^o;  calcium 
sulphate,  precip.,  150;  magnesium  sulphate,  dry,  24.5;  iron  sulphate, 
dry,  0.2  parts. 

Pyrmont  Water. — Lithium  carbonate,  o.  i ;  sodium  bicarbonate,  26.0; 
sodium  sulphate,  dry,  34.0,  sodium  chloride.  84.0;  magnesium  sulphate, 
dry,  27.0;  calcium  sulphate,  precip.,  24.0;  iron  sulphate,  dry,  0.12 
parts. 

Ettis  Water  (J*  Krcenchen'*). — Sodium  chloride,  9.0;  sodium  bicarbon- 
ate, 2.2  ;  potassium  sulphate,  0.4;  calcium  sulphate,  precip.,  2.8  ;  mag- 
nesium sulphate,  dry,  2.1  parts. 

Friedrichshall  Bitter  Water. — Potassium  sulphate,  1.0;  sodium  sul- 
phate, dry,  40.0;  sodium  chloride,  115.0;  sodium  bicarbonate,  lo.o; 
sodium  bromide,  1.4;  calcium  sulphate,  precip.,  16.5;  magnesium  sul- 
phate, dry,  133.0  parts. — Amer,  Drugg.,  Aug.  1888,  142  and  160;  from 
Pharm.  Centralh.,  Nos.  21  and  22,  1888. 

Soda  Water, — Some  practical  remarks  on  soda  water,  by  James  Vernor, 
will  be  found  of  interest  to  pharmacists  who  do  a  soda  water  business. 
The  author's  paper,  which  will  be  found  in  "  Pharm.  Era"  (May  1889, 
179-180),  is  supplemented  by  another,  equally  interesting,  by  Dr.  Charles 
J.  Perry  (Ibid,  180-181).  A  third  paper,  by  W.  B.  and  D.  F.  Adding- 
ton,  will  be  found  in  the  June  number  of  the  same  journal,  p.  217  ;  and 
a  fourth  by  Howard  S.  Eckels,  on  page  220.  r^  \ 

2A  Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


37©  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

Aqua  Capsici — Preparation, — Mr.  Joseph  W.  England  prepares  capsi- 
cum water,  which  is  in  use  at  the  Philadelphia  Hospital,  by  triturating 
f5ij.  tincture  of  capsicum  with  gss.  calcium  phosphate  until  all  the 
alcohol  is  evaporated,  then  adding  water  to  make,  after  filtration,  one 
pint.  Capsicum  water  is  a  colorless  liquid,  having  a  warm  pungent 
taste. — Am.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Aug.  1888,  408. 

Aqua  Picis — Hemostatic  Value, — Dr.  Saint-Mare  has  observed  that 
tar  water  has  a  hsemostatic  effect,  particularly  if  prepared  from  pinewood 
tar.  It  has  been  used  in  pulmonary  hemorrhage  as  well  as  in  hemorrhage 
of  the  uterus  and  kidney,  and  may  be  administered  in  quantities  of  ten 
to  fifteen  drachms  during  a  day. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Aug.  1888,  408  j 
from  Lancet. 

Aqua  Chloroformi — A  Vehicle  for  Hypodermic  Solutions, — According 
to  Dr.  Unna,  chloroform  water  is  a  valuable  vehicle  for  hypodermic 
solutions,  partly  on  account  of  its  local  anaesthetic  effect,  and  because  it 
prevents  the  decomposition  of  Fowler's  solution,  of  ergotin,  and  of  many 
other  substances. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Aug.  i888,  408;  from  Monatsh. 
f.  pr.  Dermat. 

COLLODIUM. 

Ichthyol  Collodion — Formula, — Dr.  Bilief  uses  ichthyol  collodion  as  a 
local  application  for  erysipelas.  It  is  prepared  from  ichthyol,  i  gm., 
ether,  i  gm.,  collodion,  15  gm. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Aug.  1888,  409; 
from  Rev.  Th6r. 

ELIXIRS. 

Elixir  Saccharini—  B.  P,  C.  Formula. — Take  of 

Saccharin 480  grains. 

Bicarbonate  of  sodium .  240  grains. 

Rectified  spirit 2^  fluid  oz. 

Distilled  water q.  s. 

Rub  the  saccharin  and  bicarbonate  of  sodium  in  a  mortar,  with  half  a 
pint  of  distilled  water  gradually  added.  When  dissolved,  add  the  spirit, 
filter,  and  wash  the  filter  with  sufficient  distilled  water  to  produce  one 
pint  of  elixir.  Each  fluid  drachm  contains  three  grains  of  saccharin. 
Dose:  five  to  twenty  minims. — Year  book  of  Pharmacy,  1888,  460. 

Elixir  Phosphori — B,  P,  C,  Formula. — Take  of  comp.  tinct.  of  phos- 
phor (which  see  under  Tinctures)  4  fluid  oz.;  glycerin,  16  fluid  oz.  Add 
the  tincture  to  the  glycerin  and  shake  well.  This  elixir  should  be  preserved 
from  the  light.  Each  fluid  drachm  contains  5V  grain  of  phosphorus. 
Dose  :   15  minims  to  one  fluid  drachm. — Vear-Book  of  Pharm.,  1888,  460. 

Liquor  CinchoncR — Preparation. — According  to  Rolffs,  cinchona  liquor 
of  beautiful  color,  pleasant  bitter  taste  and  aromatic  odor  is  prepared  as 

Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


ELIXIRS.  371 

follows:  Cinchona  bark,  600;  fresh  orange  peel,  350;  fresh  Cura^oa 
peel,  free  from  parenchyma,  150;  gentian,  180;  cinnamon,  100;  cloves, 
I  ;  cardamom,  0.8,  are  macerated  with  white  wine  2250,  and  alcohol  (96 
percent.)  3500;  rock  candy,  3100,  are  dissolved  with  heat  in  water, 
1500;  and,  after  cooling,  mixed  with  the  vinous  liquid,  allowed  to  stand 
two  days,  and  filtered. — Amer.  Jour.  Phar.,  May  1889,  247  ;  from  Phar. 
Ztg.,  1889,  166. 

Ratafia  of  Cacao — Modification  of  Guibourfs  Formula, — Dr.  S.  Jean- 
nel  having  made  this  preparation  in  accordance  with  Guibourt's  formula, 
as  given  in  L'Officine,  obtained  unsatisfactory  results.  After  trying  sev- 
eral combinations  he  has  arrived  at  the  following,  which  he  recommends  : 
Cacao  (bruised  and  torrefied),  750  gm. ;  sliced  vanilla,  2  gm.  ;  alcohol 
of  56  per  cent.,  4000.  Macerate  for  15  days;  strain ;  add  to  the  resi- 
duum, boiling  distilled  water,  1 100.  Leave  to  cool ;  add  to  the  infusion, 
crushed  sugar,  1300.  Dissolve,  mix  with  the  alcoholic  liquor,  and  filter. — 
Amer.  Jour.  Pharm..  Feb.  1889,  80  ;  from  Bull.  Com.,  Dec.  1888. 

EN  EM  ATA. 

Enema  Magnesii  Sulpha tis — Manipulation. — Joseph  Ince,  speaking 
of  the  kind  of  starch  most  suitable  for  making  the  enemata  of  the  B.  P., 
viz.:  wheat  or  maize  starch  (see  Starch  under  **  Organic  Chemistry  '*)  inci- 
dentally mentions  that  a  literal  construction  of  the  formula  for  *'  Enema 
Magnesii  Sulphatis,  B.  P.,*'  would  lead  to  unsatisfactory  results.  These 
instructions  consist  in  directing  that  i  oz.  of  sulphate  of  magnesium  be 
dissolved  in  15  fluidounces  of  mucilage  of  starch,  then  to  add  i  oz.  of 
olive  oil,  and  to  mix.  Oil  of  any  kind  so  added  to  a  solution  of  a  salt  must 
separate,  and  the  present  instance  forms  no  exception  to  the  rule.  The 
author  suggests  that  one-half  the  water  necessary  to  make  the  mucilage  of 
starch,  be  used  to  dissolve  the  sulphate  of  magnesium;  a  concentrated 
mucilage  being  made  with  the  other  half  of  the  water,  the  oil  is  incor- 
porated with  this,  and  the  solution  of  salt  is  then  added  by  degrees.  An 
excellent  emulsion  is  thus  produced. — Pharm.  Jour,  and  Trans.,  June  i, 
1889,  969. 

EXTRACTA. 

Extracts — Preparation  by  Freezing, — The  idea  of  concentrating  watery 
solutions  by  freezing  is  not  a  new  one  by  any  means.  But  hitherto  the 
process  has  for  various  reasons  only  been  applied  on  a  small  scale.  M. 
L.  A.  Adrian,  in  a  paper  read  before  the  Paris  Chemical  Society,  now  de- 
scribes a  method  based  upon  the  same  principle  of  crystallizing  out  the 
water,  whereby  pharmaceutical  extracts  can  be  readily  prepared  in  large 
quantities  with  scarcely  any  heat  being  applied.  The  defects  of  the 
former  processes — Herrera*s  for  instance — are  that  (i)  barely  more  than 
60  pier  cent,  of  the  water  is  removed  by  freezing;  and  (2)  the/icesi^| 


372  REPORT   ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

rated  contains  lo  to  20  per  cent,  of  the  active  principles,  be  the  pressure 
ever  so  powerful.  M.  Adrian  proceeds  differently.  Instead  of  partly 
freezing  the  extractive  solutions,  as  Herrera  did,  he  submits  them  »to  a 
temperature  of — 20°  C.  (4°  Fahr.  below  zero)  in  an  ammonia  ice  appa- 
ratus, and  thus  obtains  solid  blocks  having  an  average  temperature  of 
— 10°  C,  and  consequently  very  hard  and  brittle.  The  blocks  are  next 
passed  through  a  peculiar  shaving  machine,  where  in  less  than  one  min- 
ute they  are  turned  to  snow,  and  the  snow  is  transferred  to  a  centrifugal 
extractor,  which  in  barely  twenty  minutes  separates  out  about  75  percent, 
of  the  water  and  but  very  little  of  the  active  principles.  The  concen- 
trated liquid  being  once  more  treated  in  the  same  manner,  only  at  a  still 
lower  temperature,  a  syrupy  liquor  is  obtained  which  is  concentrated 
enough  to  rapidly  afford  in  vacuo  a  solid  extract,  without  raising  the  tem- 
perature above  30°  C.  (86°  F.)  Experience  has  demonstrated  that  a 
third  freezing  would  be  useless,  if  not  wors<r,  as  it  is  wasteful,  and  might 
injure  the  active  principles.  The  solid  extracts  obtained  by  the  forego- 
ing process,  as  compared  wiih  those  prepared  in  vacuo  or  by  open- air 
evaporation,  are  very  light  colored,  afford  almost  clear  solutions  with 
cold  water,  and  present  in  a  high  degree  the  odor  and  the  taste  of  the 
drug,  without  that  familiar  flavor  of  fire.  The  difference  is  especially 
noticeable  in  respect  to  inspissated  juices  of  fresh  plants,  as  in  their  case 
the  vegetable  albumin  is  not  coagulated.  Another  point  worthy  of  con- 
sideration is  that  the  cold -process  extracts  will  probably  prove  more  active 
than  the  old  style  preparations.  Hence  it  would  be  well  to  ascertain  the 
comparative  therapeutic  values  of  such  extracts  as  belladonna  or  henbane, 
for  instance,  which  are  at  the  same  time  poisonous  and  more  readily  esti- 
mated. M.  Adrian  proposes,  in  a  coming  communication,  to'  examine 
this  side  of  the  question. — Amer.  Drugg.,  April  1889,  66;  from  Chem. 
and  Drugg.,  March  2d. 

Narcotic  Extracts — New  Method  of  Assay. — The  method  of  L.  van 
Itallie  for  the  assay  of  narcotic  extract  srequires  the  following  solutions: 
Lead  acetate,  1:10;  dilute  sulphuric  acid,  5:100;  chloroform;  ether; 
1 :  100  normal  acid  ;  and  as  indicators  cochineal  tincture  or  an  alcoholic 
solution  of  azotlinin  or  lacmoid.  For  the  examination  of  aconite,  bella- 
donna and  hyoscyamus  extracts,  the  procedure  is  to  take  5  gm.  extract, 
which  is  rubbed  up  with  ten  drops  dilute  sulphuric  acid  and  sufficient 
water  to  make  50  cc,  allowed  to  maceraie  one  or  two  hours,  and  25  cc. 
of  the  lead  acetate  solution  added.  After  the  subsidence  of  the  precipi- 
tate, 50  cc.  are  filtered  off  through  a  dry  filter,  iq  cc.  dilute  sulphuric 
acid  added,  50  cc.  filtered  into  a  separating  funnel,  sufficient  ammonia 
added  to  give  alkaline  reaction,  and  the  alkaloid  extracted  by  use  of  three 
portions  of  chloroform  of  50  cc.  each.  The  mixed  chloroform  extractions 
are  distilled  to  dryness,  the  residue  taken  up  in  5  cc.  dilute  alcohol  and, 
after  adding  indicator,  titrated  with  iJ^  normal  acid.     Thc^cid  added 

Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


EXTRACTA. 


373 


represents  the  alkaloid  in  2]4  gm.  extract.  For  conium  extract  the  solu- 
tion is  rendered  alkaline  by  use  of  potassium  hydrate  (1:2)  and  for  ex- 
traction of  alkaloid  ether  is  used  in  place  of  chloroform ;  before  the  dis- 
tillation of  the  ether  2  cc.  water  should  be  added.  1  cc.  t^tt  normal  acid 
is  the  equivalent  of  2  89  mg.  atropine  and  hyoscyamine,  5.33  mg.  aconi- 
tine  and  hyoscyamine,  5.33  mg.  aconitine  and  1.27  mg.  conine;  to 
obtain  the  per  cent,  of  alkaloid  directly  from  the  number  of  cc.  acid  used, 
the  following  factors  are  calculated  :  atropine  and  hyoscyamine,  1. 10404; 
aconitine,  0.1919;  conine,  0.04572.  Control  experiments  with  atropine 
recovered  98.62  and  99.71  per  cent. — Apoih.  Ztg.,  1889,  124;  from 
Ned.  Tydschr.  Pharm. 

Extracts  of  Aconite — Alkaloidal  Determination  in  the  Products  of  the 
Different  Pharmacopoeias, — Richard  Kordes  has  made  extracts  of  aconite 
from  leaves  and  roots  by  the  processes  of  the  different  Pharmacopoeias, 
using  the  same  lot  drug  in  their  preparation,  and  making  determinations  of 
the  alkaloidal  constituents  in  them  with  Mayer's  reagent.  His  results 
are  given  in  the  following  tables : 


LEAVES. 


Authority. 


Fol.  Aconiti .... 
Ext.  Gall,  (aquos.)  . 

"     Ross,  (aq.sp.)  . 

**     Fcnnic  (spr.)    . 

"     Helv.  (spr.)  .    . 

"     Internat.  'spr.) 

"     Rossic.  (sice.)  . 

"     Fenn'ic.  (sice). 


Yield  of 

Extr.  from 

drug. 


45-3% 
9.6 
18.2 
20.0 
26.0 
19.2 
54.6 


Solid 
Matter 
in  Extr. 


70.3^ 
71.8 
76.5 
76.8 

74.9 
1 00.0 

lOO.O 


Percentage  of  alkaloid  calcu- 
lated for 


Normal 
Extract. 


0.49064 
1.98080 
2.05680 
1.85860 
1.45680 
0.88070 
0.548  JO 


Dry  Extr. 


0.6979 
2.7568 
2.6880 
2.4000 

1-9450 
0.8807 

1  0.5483 


Drug. 


0.3832 
0.22220 
o.  1 901 5 
0.37430 
0.37170 
0.37870 


Percentage 
of  Extract- 
ed Alka- 
loid. 


lOO.O 

58.0 
49.6 
97.6 
96.9 
98.8 


ROOT. 


Rad.  Aconit.    .   . 
Ext.  Austr.    .    .    . 

"     Ger 

««     Ross.     .    .    . 

«     U.S.     ... 

«*     Dieterich  .    . 

"     Internat.    .    . 

"     U.  S.  Fluid  . 


28.0% 

31.6 

274 

>7.5 

360 

40.0 

86.6 


62.3% 

57.6 

65.7 

683  ' 
66.2 
II. I 


2.1694 
2.1114 

2.4559 
5.4570 
1.8208 
1.8348 
0.9066 


•  •  .  . 

0.7901 

3.4820 

0.6074 

3.6620 

0.6672 

38902 

0.7003 

.     .     .     . 

0.7605 

2.6666 

06555 

2.7695 

0.7336 

8.1580 

0.7851 

1 00.0 

76.8 
84.4 

88.6 
96.2 
82.9 
92.8 
99-3 


— Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Aug.,  1888,  402  :  from  Pharm.  Zeitsch.  f. 
Russl.,  1888,  340. 

Extracts  of  Belladonna^  Hyoscyamus  and  Stramonium  — Examina- 
tion of  the  Products  Obtained  by  Different  Pharmacofosial  Methods. — Mr. 
Kordes  has  examined  extracts  of  stramonium,  hyoscyamus  and  bella- 
donna, prepared,  as  in  the  case  of  extract  of  aconite,  from^fiv 


374 


REPORT  ON  THE  PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 


sample  of  drug  by  the  methods  of  the  different  pharmacopoeias,  and  sum- 
marizes his  results  as  follows  : 


BELLADONNA  EXTRACTS — LEAVES. 


Authority. 

Yield  of 

Extr.  from 

drug. 

Solid 
Matter  in 
Extract. 

Percentage  of  Alkaloid  calcu- 
lated for 

Normal           Dry         n„.„ 
Extract.        Extr.         ^^S' 

Percentage 

of  extracted 

Alkaloid. 

Fol.  Belladonnae  .    . 

jo.6406 

lOO.O 

Germ.  (Merck;    .  | 

Neerl.,  aq.  (Merck) 
Ross.y  aq.  spir.      .    . 
Fennic,  spir,    .    .    . 
Helvet.,  spir.    .    .    . 

U.S.,  spir 

Internat.,  spir.  .    .    . 
Fennic,  sic      .    .    . 

3.5  to  4% 
fresh  leaves 

12.0 
19.0 
29.2 
"5-5 
33.7 
57.0 
87.6 
24.0 

78.1% 

75.0 
68.3 
76.4 
76. 

■  71.6  ■ 
1000 

lOO.O 
lOO.O 

1.2056 

0.5296 

2.1673 
2.2252 
1.8580 
4.0500 
1.5678 

0.7374 
0.4142 
I  021 1 

15430 
0.7056 
3"730 
2.9425 
2.4430 

2.1890 

0.7374 
0.4142 
1.0211 



. 

0.2600 
0.4270 

0.5425 
0.6277 
0.6383 

40.5 
66.6 
84.6 

97.7 
99.6 

Helvet.,  sic      .    .    . 

Ross.,  sic  .           .    . 

.   .   .   . 

ROOT. 


Rad.  Belladonna  . 
Austr.,  spir.  .  .  . 
Brittan.,  spir.  .  . 
Gallic,  spir.  .  . 
Internat.,  spir.  .    . 


25.5 
27.0 
23.0 
29.3 


66.3 
66.4 

79.5 
68.5 


2.6828 
2.7212 
2.6920 
2.5120 


4.0464 
4.0982 
3.3860 
3.6060 


0.7398 
0.6840 

0.7347 
0.6278 
0.7360 


lOO.O 

92.4 

99-3 
84.8 
99.1 


HYOSCYAMUS  EXTRACTS — LEAVES. 


Fol.  Hyoscyam.    .    . 

Germ.  (Merck.)  .  | 

Neerl.  (Merck.) 
Austr.,  Merck.) 

Ross 

Fennic. 
Helvet 
U.S. 
Internat. 
U.  S.,  fluid 
Helv.,  sic. 
Ross.,  sic 


2.5103% 
fresh  drug  I 


76.50  ;  0.6253 


77.05 
76.65 
66.65 
79.60 

76.15 
73.60 
75.20 
18.05 

lOO.OO 

100.00 


0.5033 

0.7027 
0.7270 

0.5123 
0.5390 
0.9472 

0.6909 

0.1567 

o.  1 203 

0.3338 


0.8043 

0.6532' 

0.9167 

1 .0907 

0.6436 

0.7078 

1.2860 

0.9187 

0.8705 

0.1203 

0.3338 


0.14965 

lob.o 

0.07780 
0 10250 

0.09390 

0.14208 
0.14230 
0.14808 

52.0 
68.0 
62.7 
94.9 
95.0 
99.0 

Sem.  Hyoscyam. 
Gallic    .... 


SEFDS. 


7%   !  71.85%  I     1.3591 


1.893 


0.1335 
0.0951 


1 00.0 
71.2 


STRAMONIUM    EXTRACTS — LEAVES. 


Fol.  Stramon    .    .    . 

Neerl.  (Merck.)  .    . 

77.00 
74.35 
72.55 
78.00    1 

0.8718 
0.7120 
0.6308 
0.7128 

1. 1220 

Ross 

Helv 

Internat 

12.0 
22.3 
28.4 

0.9570 
0.8694 

i   0.9136 

0.2044 


1 00.0 


2024  3< 

Googi 


43-5 
68.2 
19.0 


Digitized  by 


^ 

EXTRACTA. 

375 

SEEDS. 

Sem.  Stramon.*   .    . 

....'....    J.    ..    . 

0.1510 
0.1264 
0.1265 
O.I416 
0.1498 

1000 

Fennic 

Gallic 

Internat 

U.  S.  fluid 

7.5 

7.6 
87.1 

76.25 

82.30 

74.80 

6.50 

1.6858 
2.5720 
1.8640 
0.1679 

2.2108 
3.1250 
2.4906 
2.5829 

83.7 
83.7 

93-8 
99.1 

— Amer.  Jour.  Phar.,  Sept.  1888,  453-454;  from  Phar.  Zeitschr.  f. 
RussL,  1888,  386-404-422. 

Strychnos  Extracts — Examination. — R.  Kordes  communicates  the  re- 
sult of  his  examination  of  strychnos  extracts,  prepared  by  different  pro- 
cesses from  the  same  drug,  the  method  of  examination  being  as  follows  : 
The  extracts,  if  fluid,  evaporated  under  an  air-pump  to  thick  consistence 
in  order  to  remove  alcohol,  are  triturated  with  water,  and  after  the  com- 
plete removal  of  the  fat  by  agitating  with  petroleum  spirit,  the  mixture 
is  evaporated  to  dryness,  mixed  with  lime,  and  extracted  for  i  ^  hours 
with  ether  in  a  continuous  displacement  apparatus.  The  ether  is  removed 
by  evaporation,  the  residue  dissolved  in  a  little  alcohol,  10  cc.  water 
added,  and  this  solution  titrated  with  tvq  n.  sulphuric  acid.  The  ei^- 
traction  is  repeated  with  a  second  portion  of  ether  for  one  hour,  the  acid 
required  in  this  neutralization  being  ^dded  to  the  first  quantity.  Every 
cc.  H2SO4  used  is  considered  the  equivalent  of  0.00364  alkaloid  (the 
brucine  and  strychnine  being  assumed  present  in  equal  ratio).  In  the 
aqueous  extracts,  the  brucine  is  present  in  three  times  the  amount  of  the 
strychnine,  due  to  the  greater  solubility  of  the  former  in  water.  In  the 
following  table  attention  has  been  given  to  points  of  interest  in  the  pro- 
cesses for  making  the  extracts  : 

*  Stramonium  seed  yielded  26.6  per  cent,  oil  to  petroleum  spirit,  and  hyoscyamas 
seed  28.0  per  cent. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


376 


REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS  OF   PHARMACy. 


'p3)3CJ)X9 


d  dodo 


so -.       . 

VO     Tj-    Tf   Tj-Sg     - 

00   M    •.    ^  00  00 


>00   (^    O  vO 


dddooo      oooo 


f  '^oo  t>.  »i^  Q  a>  N  o  "^ 


oo: 

•  d  d  d  d  »o  r^  "S^o  vo  "^ 


IV    PlOX    P    33BUWDJ3J 


3*3 
«^ 

51  I 

«  <;  si; 


IBuaiBj^ 


O   -^  ^  t^vO  vO 


8 


»n  O  O  O  Q  vO 
*«  O  O  00  vO  « 
PO30  00   On  W   W 


•pBi^xg  AiQ 


•pBiJ 

-xg    iTJOijo^ 


'pCJ^Xg  UI  J9))13U]  PllOg 


•paaS 
mojj    pBj;xa    JO   ppiA 


•pta^xa  JO  dood^isuo^ 


'amnjisadin  jo  jo  'aon 

•BJ93BUI    JO   9Jn)BJ9dui3X 


•1SJ33BUI  01  p3)10||C  3U1IJ, 


'innnjisusm 
loqoo|v  9\\\  JO  'ABaS  "dg 


V  pa 


4;  V 


H 
O 
H 


OOP 


o  o 
0000 

00  00 


^  O  fO  ti^  ^ 
vO*  vO*  l>»vd  ^^ 


so   TfvO   On      vO  »/^  t^  fO  '^ 


^O   On 

•  roOO 


)  On  '' 


v8i 


O    ON 
">  rfvO 

vd  vd  oi  ^ 


Os^    Q    -    *- 
NO    |>.  vO  00  nO 


ro  **  O    On  u^  O   O 

OnQ  6    f^  rf  Tj-  - 

■-•  q  O  t^  N  «^»o 

fOforod  d  *Ai-i  fON  d 


00  00 

00  00 


On  «  t>»  ^  00 
T^  Tj-00  fO  N 
vO  !>.  N  00  CO 
N    fO  ^  N    d 


000 

8  8  8' 


■00 


•  vO  O   O  "^ 

.  N  d  d  "*• 
r-%00  o  t^ 


.  Q  O   Q   O 
vO    O  NO   »0 


O    d»  *0        On  i^  * 


^*w^-2  o^  0--   .0 

QQau.HSg;Ha:OH 


o'    rt   C/.o'    fci)  rt   o 


.2i 
2  o 

^< 

Q  ^^ 
M    O 

c/: 


Ng 


2  2.? 
fc*  ^  I 


ThvO  »      •» 


NO  N   Th  o  m  ""I-  o 
^  Onoo  ''^vr;  On  On 

QO  00  00  00  00  00  00 

6  6  6  6  6 


c4   ed   ctf   S 


00  "«^o  '^  o 

00   fO  T^  On  On 
00  00  00  OOOO 

c  6  6  6  6 


o  o  On  o  K>     q 
o  o  00  o  t>.     o 


:3 


ifl  u»  60  «  «2  •^  12 

tr  t:  t:- S-  Hs 

ir^oOrfD  00  D  moo 


X 


.  ii    .  5i  •?  Q 

ea         e«     ..  O 
V    (4    V  (xj    &A 


•S      M      >      « 


!^-  "^  "  o  u 


p<CsJDP»5- 


S  -•  r  5  = 


2 


o 


S 
o 


o 

I 


J3 


— Pharm.  Zeitsch.  f. 


RussL,  1888, 537.  pigi,^,,  by  Google 


EXTRACTA. 


377 


Extract  of  Nux  Vomica — Standardized  Preparation  in  Dry  and  Pow- 
dery Condition.— ^WiWmm  Dunstan,  speaking  of  the  usual  semifluid  ap- 
pearance of  the  extract  of  nux  vomica  of  the  Br.  P.,  which  is  officinally 
standardized  to  contain  25  per  cent,  total  alkaloid,  suggests  that,  inas- 
much as  it  has  a  tendency  to  become  stronger  by  loss  of  moisture  on 
keeping,  and  is  liable  to  become  unmanageable,  it  might  be  well  to  re- 
place the  moisture  by  some  inert  dry  substance,  such  as  sugar  of  milk. 
Selecting  the  official  menstruum  so  that  most  of  the  alkaloid,  with  a  min- 
imum of  oil,  might  be  extracted,  he  obtained  a  perfectly  dry  preparation, 
to  which  the  addition  of  16.3  per  cent,  of  sugar  of  milk  was  added,  to 
bring  it  to  the  officinal  standard  (15  per  cent,  total  alkaloid). — Pharm. 
Jour,  and  Trans.,  Feb.  9,  1889,  625-626. 

Extracts  of  Conium  Fruit — Alka  oidal  Determination, — R.  Kordes  has 
prepared  extracts  of  conium  fruit  by  the  different  pharmacopoeial  methods, 
and  determined  the  alkaloid.  The  ordinary  determination  presents  so 
many  obstacles  that  for  it  was  substituted  the  amount  of  precipitate 
caused  by  Mayer's  reagent  in  an  acidulated  aqueous  extract,  every  cc. 
reagent  representing  0.0138  gm.  In  the  U.  S.  extract  correction  had  to 
be  made  for  the  glycerin  which  reduces  the  quantity  of  Mayej's  reagent. 


Authority. 

Yield  of 

Extr.  from 

drug. 

Solid  mat- 
ter in  Ex- 
tract. 

Precipitated  Substance  calcu- 
lated in  per  cent,  for 

Percent, 
age  of  pre- 

ci  pi  table 
substance 
extracted. 

Normal 
Extract. 

Dry  Extr. 

Material. 

Fruct.  Conii  .... 

0.495 
0.269 
0.494 
0.421 
0.494 

loo.o 

Extr.  Gall 

"     U.  S 

"     Intern.    .    .    . 
"     Fl..  U.  S.    .    . 

10.8 
15.2 
10.4 
94.8 

81.4 

73-3 
1 1.6 

2.491 

3.255 
3970 
0.538 

3-057 

5.416 
4.655 

54-3 
99-9 
85.2 

99-9 

Conium  leaves  contained  only  o.  24  per  cent,  of  matter  precipitated  by 
Mayer's  reagent. — R.  Kordes,  Pharm.  Ztschr.  f.  Russl.,  1888,  455. 

Extract  of  Licorice — Examination  of  Commercial  Samples  and  Process 
of  Assay, — Wm.  C.  Miintzer  has  examined  four  samples  of  extract  of 
licorice,  that  marked  No.  2  in  the  table  being  of  foreign  manufacture, 
the 'Others  American.  The  moisture  present  was  not  determined.  The 
water  solution,  treated  with  sulphuric  acid,  yielded  crude  glycyrrhizin, 
which  was  rendered  pure  by  dissolving  in  ammonia  and  reprecipitating 
by  acid.  The  portion  insoluble  in  water  was  treated  with  ammonia,  and 
this  solution  with  sulphuric  acid,  when  crude  glycyrrhizin  was  obtained 
and  purified  as  before. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


378 


REPORT   ON   THE   PROGRESS  OF   PHARMACY. 


>. 

Cold  distilled 

Soluble  portion, 

Insoluble  portion. 

0 

water. 

Glycyrrhizin. 

Glycyrrhizin. 

2  c 

Insoluble. 

Soluble. 
72.30 

1 
Crude.  ;    Pure. 

Crude. 

Pure. 

I 

27.70 

11.65 

8.70 

1-47 

1.04 

9.74 

2 

26.86            73- 14 

4.18 

2.57 

5.35 

4.20 

6.77 

3 

24.15            75.85 

6.93 

5-95 

1-54 

1. 10 

7.05 

4  .   . 

47.29            52.71 

7.40 

2.64 

2.03 

1.50 

4.14 

Solubility  in  water  not  being  a  reliable  indication  for  the  purity  of 
licorice,  the  author  sup^gests  the  following  process  of  assay :  Macerate 
for  two  hours  in  a  flask  10  gm.  of  the  extract,  in  coarse  powder,  with 
190  gm.  of  distilled  water  and  10  gm.  ammonia  water  ;  allow  to  settle ; 
pour  the  liquid  upon  a  Alter;  rinse  the  flask  and  Alter  with  about  100 
cc,  used  in  several  portions,  of  the  same  menstruum,  until  the  washings 
are  no  longer  colored  brown  ;  acidulate  the  flltrate  with  dilute  sulphuric 
acid  ;  allow  to  stand  for  one  hour ;  filter ;  wash  the  precipitate  with  dis- 
tilled waty ;  redissolve  in  5  per  cent,  water  of  ammonia ;  precipitate 
with  sulphuric  acid  ;  after  one  hour  filter ;  wash  with  distilled  water  until 
the  washings  produce  no  cloudiness  with  barium  chloride ;  dry  the  pre- 
cipitate at  100°  C,  and  weigh.  The  weight  multiplied  by  10  gives  the 
percentage  of  glycyrrhizin  contained  in  the  extract. — Amer.  Jour. 
Pharm.,  Dec.  1888,  607. 

Extract  of  Licorice — Adulteration, — The  results  of  the  examination  of 
a  number  of  samples  of  licorice,  based  upon  a  comparison  of  the  ash  yielded 
with  that  obtained  from  samples  believed  to  be  genuine,  lead  B.  Dyer  to  the 
opinion  that  licorice  is  adulterated  to  an  enormous  extent.  The  sophisti- 
cated samples,  so  far  as  could  be  ascertained,  appeared  to  be  chiefly  of 
French  origin,  the  best  samples  coming  from  Italy.  The  genuine  juices 
all  contained  a  tolerably  large  quantity  of  starch,  but  this  was  readily 
distinguishable  from  the  added  starch,  which  was  recognized  in  different 
samples  as  derived  from  wheat,  barley,  rice,  potatoes,  and  perhaps  rye. 
The  samples  in  which  adulteration  was  detected  by  the  microscope  showed 
a  very  low  yield  of  as*h,  free  from  silica  and  clay ;  in  four  cases  the  quan- 
tity fell  below  2  per  cent.,  and  in  another  case  below  3  per  cent.,  whilst 
that  from  presumably  genuine  specimens  ranged  between  3  and  5  per 
cent.  Another  diff'erence  observed  was  the  relative  proportion  of  potash 
in  the  ash,  which  in  that  from  genuine  samples  amounted  to  from  34  to 
43  per  cent.,  whilst  in  that  from  adulterated  samples  it  was  only  18  to 
30  per  cent.  A  sample  of  extract  of  licorice  made  by  the  author  by 
evaporating  a  decoction  of  licorice  root,  gave  results  that  agree  well,  as 
regards  the  quantity  of  ash  and  its  composition,  with  those  obtained  from 
the  commercial  samples  of  reputed  genuineness,  except  that  the  propor- 


2 

3 

4 

5 

8.o6 

8.30 

9-75 

11.90 

6.44 

5.64 

8.64 

S.64 

EXTRACTA    FLUIDA.  379 

tion  of  phosphoric  acid  in  the  former  was  much  higher. — Amer.  Drugg., 
Sept.  1888,  165  ;  from  the  Analyst,  July  1888,  124. 

Extr actum  Glycyrrhiza — Solubility  not  a  Sufficient  Test  of  Purity, — 
Kremel  states  that  the  solubility  of  extract  of  licorice  is  not  a  sufficient 
test  of  its  purity,  and  advises  determinations  of  the  glycyrrhizin  and  the 
ash.  It  has  been  found  that  the  ash  of  the  unadulterated  extract  is  al- 
ways strongly  alkaline.  The  glycyrrhizin  is  estimated  by  taking  5  gms. 
coarsely  powdered  extract  and  50  cc.  water,  allowing  to  stand  for  sev- 
eral hours  with  frequent  stirring,  adding,  after  solution,  50  cc.  of  90  per 
cent,  alcohol  which  materially  assists  filtration,  allowing  to  subside,  and 
filtering  through  a  plaited  filter.  The  filter  is  well  washed  with  40  per 
cent,  alcohol,  and  the  alcohol  removed  from  the  filtrate  by  heating  on  a 
water-bath ;  after  cooling,  the  glycyrrhizin  is  precipitated  with  sulphuric 
acid,  collected  on  a  small  filter,  washed  with  water  and  dissolved  off  the 
filter  by  carefully  dropping  on  ammonia  water;  the  filtrate  is  collected 
in  a  small  tared  beaker  or  capsule,  evaporated  on  a  water-bath,  and  finally 
dried  at  100°  and  weighed. 

I 

Glycyrrhizin 5.88 

Ash .   .    •    • 2.90 

The  ash  of  i  was  neutral  in  reaction,  and  the  percentage  of  glycyrrhi- 
zin so  low  as  to  be  suspicious. — Pharm.  Post,  1889,  194. 

Oleoresin  of  Male  Fern — Activity  of  Sedimentary  as  well  as  Oily  Por- 
tion.— Wm.  G.  Greenawalt,  having  become  interested  in  the  question 
as  to  the  relative  activity  of  the  sediment  formed  in  oleoresin  of  male 
fern,  and  of  the  oily  portion  of  the  same,  has  submitted  the  carefully  sep- 
arated portions  to  several  physicians.  These  report  results  which  prove 
both  portions  to  be  active  taenifuges,  the  sediment  being  fully  as  active, 
if  not  more  so,  than  the  oily  portion,  over  which  it  possesses  the  further 
advantage  that  it  may  be  administered  dry  in  capsules. — Amer  Jour. 
Pharm.,  April  1889,  1 69-1 71. 

EXTRACTA   FLUIDA. 

Fluid  Extracts — Causes  of  Change  on  Keeping. — J.  K.  Lilly  has  made 
an  extensive  series  of  experiments,  particularly  with  the  view  to  ascertain 
the  effects  of  direct  sunlight  upon  them.  The  results  are  given  in  the 
table,  two  series  of  fluid  extracts  being  taken,  the  one  in  flint,  the  other 
in  amber  vials,  which  were  carefully  stopped,  labeled,  placed  in  front  of 
a  west  window,  and  allowed  to  remain  undisturbed  for  eight  weeks.  At 
the  end  of  this  period  they  were  examined  as  to  the  amount  of  precipi- 
tate upon  the  sides  and  bottoms,  the  result  of  which  may  be  seen  in  an- 
nexed table. 

It  being  impracticable  to  weigh  these  precipitates,  the  termsj/none," 

Digitized  by  VaOOQlC 


38o 


REPORT  ON  THE   PROGRESS  OF   PHARMACY. 


"perceptible,"  "slight,"  "considerable"  and  "  abundant "  were  chosen 
as  being  sufficiently  exact  for  comparison  : 


Fluid  Extract. 


Arnica  flowers   .    .    , 
Belladonna  leaves.  , 
Belladonna  root .  .   , 
Berberis  Aqui folium 
Blackberry  root  .    .    , 
Black  Cohosh.    .    . 
Blue  Cohosh  .    .    .    , 
Black  Haw.    .    .    .    , 
Buckthorn  bark  .    . 
Cascara  Sap^rada.   . 
Cherry  bark    .    . 
Cinchona    .... 
Cotton  root.    .    .    . 
Dandelion  .... 

Digitalis 

Ginger 

Golden  Seal   .    .    . 

Henbane 

Licorice 

Nux  Vomica  .  .  .  , 
Sarsaparilla.  .  .  .  , 
Senna , 


Precipitation  on  Side.       |    Precipitation  on  Bottom. 


Flint. 


Amber. 


Perceptible. 

None. 

None. 

Perceptible. 

None. 

None. 

None. 

None. 

None. 

None. 

None. 

None. 

Slight. 

None. 

None. 

None. 

None. 

None. 

Perceptible. 

None. 

Slight. 

Considerable. 


Slight. 

None. 

None. 

None. 

None. 

None. 

None. 

None. 

None. 

None. 

None. 

None. 

Slight. 

None. 

None. 

None. 

None. 

None. 

Perceptible. 

None. 

Slight. 

Considerable. 


Flint. 


Considerable. 

None. 

Slight. 

Slight. 

None. 

Perceptible. 

Perceptible. 

Considerable. 

Slight. 

Slight. 

Abundant. 

Slight. 

Considerable. 

Perceptible. 

Perceptible. 

None. 

Slight. 

Perceptible. 

Abundant. 

None. 

Abundant. 

Abundant. 


Amber. 


[Considerable. 
None. 
Perceptible. 
Perceptible. 
I  None. 
I  Perceptible. 
;  Perceptible. 
jConsiderable. 
'Slight. 
jSlight, 
I  Abundant. 
iSlight. 

I  Considerable. 
Perceptible. 
None. 
None. 
Slight. 
Perceptible. 
Abundant. 
None. 
Almndant. 
Abundant. 


These  two  series  were  exposed  to  sunlight  in  order  to  determine,  if 
possible,  whether  the  amber  glass  would  prevent  precipitation  when  under 
same  conditions  with  flint  ware.  By  referring  to  the  table  it  will  be  seen 
that,  with  the  exception  of  one  or  two,  the  results  were  precisely  the 
same  in  both,  the  difference  in  these  exceptions  being  minute  and  very 
probably  due  to  difference  in  thickness  of  glass.  Does  it  not  seem 
reasonable  to  believe,  upon  the  basis  of  this  comparison,  that  the  precipi- 
tation is  due  to  variation  of  temperature  and  not  to  light  ?  It  is  well 
known  that  amber  glass  prevents  changes  in  many  delicate  substances, 
often  seen  with  solutions  of  iron  salts,  etc. ;  hence  it  appears  in  these 
experiments  that  the  alternate  elevation  and  lowering  of  temperature, 
necessarily  taking  place,  has  caused  the  precipitation. 

To  further  prove  or  disprove  this  deduction,  two  more  series  were  pre- 
pared in  the  same  manner  and  placed  in  a  dark  portion  of  a  large  cellar 
upon  a  swinging  shelf,  where  the  variation  in  temperature  was  compara- 
tively small ;  after  eight  weeks  examination  revealed  very  little  precipi- 
tation, the  amount  being  same  in  amber  and  flint. — Phar.  Rec,  Aug.  i, 
1888,  233;  from  Ind.  Pharm. 

Fluid  Extracts — Objection  to  Detannating  them, — H.  Tiarks  discusses 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


EXTRACTA   FLUIDA.  38 1 

the  question  of  detannating  certain  fluid  extracts,  a  method  which  has  re- 
cently again  been  proposed  for  certain  pharmaceutical  purposes.  Of  the 
officinal  extracts  containing  tannin  there  are  only  three  that  are  employed 
to  a  sufficient  extent  to  warrant  treatment  in  this  direction,  viz. :  Cin- 
chona, wild  cherry  and  guarana.  The  methods  employed  depend  upon 
the  removal  of  the  tannin  by  the  aid  of  albumen,  gelatin,  hydrate  of 
lime,  or  ferric  oxide,  the  first  two  being  entirely  too  circumstantial  to  be 
practically  applicable.  The  process  of  detannating  being,  therefore,  con- 
fined to  the  action  of  lime,  or  of  ferric  oxide,  it  becomes  important  to 
inquire  to  what  extent  the  use  of  these  may  affect  the  character  and 
efficiency  of  the  final  product ;  and  while  the  author  has  made  no  experi- 
ments in  this  direction,  he  expresses  the  opinion  that,  inasmuch  as  it  is 
of  primary  importance  to  represent  in  fluid  extracts  and  tinctures  the 
total  activity  of  the  drug  as  nearly  as  possible,  there  is  no  justification  to 
resort  to  the  removal  of  any  portion  of  its  active  constituent,  as  seems  in- 
evitable when  the  process  of  detannation  is  carried  out. — Pharm.  Rund- 
schau, July  1889,  160,  161. 

Fluid  Extract  of  Pycnanthemum  (^Dysentery  Weed') — Preparation. — 
Howard  T.  Painter  prepares  a  fluid  extract  of  dysentery  weed  {Pycnan- 
themum linifoliuniy  Pursh — which  see  under  **  Materia  Medica"),  by  the 
use  of  a  menstruum  composed  of  alcohol  i  part  and  water  3  parts.  The 
fluid  extract  is  of  a  deep  red  brown  color,  has  the  characteristic  odor  and 
taste  of  the  drug,  and  on  standing  for  some  weeks  deposits  a  slight  pre- 
cipitate. The  addition  of  5  per  cent,  of  glycerin  to  the  menstruum  does 
not  prevent  the  precipitate. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Dec.  1888,  610. 

Fluid  Extract  of  Hydrastis — Composition  of  Deposit, — Prof.  E.  Schmidt 
observes  that  the  yellow  deposit  formed  in  fluid  extract  of  hydrastis  is 
generally  considered  to  be  berberine  or  one  of  its  derivatives.  By  recrys- 
tailization  from  glacial  acetic  acid  this  substance  is  obtained  in  colorless 
crystalline  scales,  melting  at  133°,  which  on  examination  prove  to  be 
phytosterin,  a  vegetable  cholesterin  like  body. 

Fluid  Extract  of  Berberis  Aquifolium  also  contains  this  principle. — 
Pharm.  Ztg.,  1888,  572. 

Liquid  Extract  of  Cascara  Sagrada — Tasteless  Preparation.  —  R. 
Wright,  in  the  endeavor  to  prepare  a  tasteless  extract,  found  that  when 
lime  was  used  a  pale- colored  extract  was  produced  apparently  destitute  of 
any  laxative  property.  But  when  a  mixture  of  the  bark  with  magnesia 
was  extracted  with  dilute  alcohol,  the  preparation  obtained  was  free 
from  bitterness,  and  appeared  to  act  as  powerfully  as  the  bitter  extract. 
The  details  of  the  process  for  its  preparation  are  as  follows :  Take  of  cas- 
cara bark,  in  No.  40  powder,  i  lb. ;  calcined  magnesia,  2  oz. ;  distilled 
water,  1)^  pints ;  proof  spirit,  a  sufficient  quantity.  Mix  the  powder  in  a 
large  mortar,  and  beat  to  a  thin  paste  with  the  water.  Allow  to  stand 
for  twelve  hours,  and  dry  over  a  water  bath.     Reduce  the  dry^-mass  tc 


e  the  dry^-mass  to 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


382  REPORT  ON  THE   PROGRESS   OF  PHARMACY. 

powder,  moisten  with  18  fluidounces  of  proof  spirit,  and  pack  tightly  in  a 
series  of  six  percolating  tubes.  Percolation  is  then  effected  by  means  of 
proof  spirit,  passing  the  percolate  from  the  first  tube  through  the  second, 
then  from  the  second  through  the  third,  and  so  on.  The  first  fourteen 
ounces  that  pass  through  the  last  (the  sixth)  tube  is  set  aside,  the  percola- 
tion continued  to  exhaustion,  the  weak  percolate  evaporated  to  the 
consistency  of  a  syrup,  mixed  with  the  reserve,  and  the  measure  of  the 
whole  brought  to  16  fluidounces  with  proof  spirit. — Yearbook  of  Pharm., 
1888,  395,  396. 

Fluid  Extract  of  Staphisagria — Preparation. — J.  Walton  Travis,  after 
experimenting  with  menstrua  of  different  alcoholic  strength,  found  that 
the  fluid  extracts  obtained  from  staves- acre  seeds  separate  fixed  oil  on 
standing.  He  proposes  the  extraction  of  the  powdered  seeds  with 
petroleum  benzin  (to  which  they  yield  24  per  cent,  fixed  oil) ;  the  pow- 
der, thus  exhausted,  was  used  for  the  preparation,  by  the  pharmacopceial 
method,  of  a  fluid  extract,  the  menstruum  consisting  of  two  parts  of  alco- 
hol and  one  of  water.  The  preparation  was  of  handsome  appearance, 
and  upon  standing  for  several  months  contained  no  precipitate. — Amer. 
Jour.  Pharm.,  Dec.  iZZZ^  609. 

Extractum  Tritici  Liquidum, — Z?.  P.  C  Formula, — Take  of 


Triticum  rhizome,   in   No.    20  powder 10  oz. 

Rectified  spirit   1 ofeachq.s. 

Distilled  water   J 

Moisten  the  powder  with  4  fluid  ounces  of  distilled  water,  pack  in  a 
percolator,  and  pour  boiling  distilled  water  upon  it  until  it  is  exhausted. 
Evaporate  the  percolate  to  15  fluid  ounces,  add  to  it  5  fluid  ounces  of 
rectified  spirit,  mix,  and  set  aside  for  forty-eight  hours.  Then  filter  the 
liquid,  and  add  to  the  filtrate  enough  of  a  mixture  composed  of  3  fluid 
parts  of  distilled  water  and  one  of  rectified  spirit  to  make  the  liquid  extract 
measure  i  pint.  Dose:  i  to  6  fluid  drachms. — Yearbook  of  Pharm., 
188S,  463. 

Fluid  Extract  of  Apocynum — Experiments  with  Different  Menstrua. — 
James  Webb  Beckwith  experimented  with  different  menstrua  and  ascer- 
tained that  one  composed  of  three  parts  of  alcohol  and  one  of  water,  and 
containing  10  per  cent,  of  glycerin,  yielded  the  best  results.  Operating 
upon  200  grams  of  the  powdered  drug,  the  reserved  portion  measuring 
170  cc.  was  perfectly  clear;  after  evaporating  the  weak  percolate  to  the 
consistence  of  a  soft  extract,  dissolving  this  in  sufficient  of  the  menstruum, 
and  adding  to  the  reserved  portion,  a  flocculent  matter  was  separated, 
rising  to  the  surface  and  leaving  the  liquid  clear.  On  percolating  the 
drug  with  the  same  mixture  of  alcohol  and  water,  omitting  the  glycerin, 
the  percolates  were  nearly  clear  until  the  evaporated  portion  was  added 
to  the  reserved  liquid,  when  it  became  turbid.     A  mixture  of  two  parts 

Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


GLYCERITA.  383 

of  alcohol  and  one  of  water  yielded  a  percolate  from  which  a  precipitate 
separated,  which  was  increased  on  the  addition  of  the  evaporated  portion. 
The  percolate  of  the  drug  obtained  with  diluted  alcohol  was  cloudy  and 
deposited  a  precipitate. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  March  1889,  127. 

GLYCERITA. 

Glycentes  of  Ferrous  Salts — Preparation  and  Advantages. —  Charles 
Arthur  draws  attention  to  several  glycerites  of  ferrous  salts,  which  he  be- 
lieves constitute  more  permanent  preparations  than  the  corresponding 
syrups.  The  glycerin  has  the  property  of  preventing  the  oxidation  of 
the  ferrous  compounds,  and  its  sweet  taste  makes  it  an  excellent  sub- 
stitute for  sugar.  He  has  prepared  these  glycerites  for  some  time,  and 
they  have  proved  satisfactory.     The  first  of  these, 

Glyceritum  Ferri  lodidi^  is  prepared  as  follows :  Take  of  iron,  i  oz. : 
iodine,  2  oz.  ;  distilled  water,  3  fluidounces ;  glycerin,  a  sufficiency. 
Mix  two  ounces  of  the  water  with  an  equal  volume  of  glycerin  in  a  flask, 
and  in  this  mixture  digest  the  iodine  and  iron,  heating  slightly  and  oc- 
casionally until  the  froth  becomes  white,  then  filter  the  liquid  into  26 
fluidounces  of  the  glycerin,  rinse  the  flask  and  iron  wire,  and  wash  the 
filter  with  the  remaining  ounce  of  water.  Mix,  and  make  up  the  meas- 
ure of  the  product  to  31  fluidounces.  Its  sp.  g.  should  be  about  1.300. 
The  second  glycerite  proposed  is 

Glyceritum  Ferri  Bromidi, — This  is  prepared  from  385  grains  of  iron 
and  770  grains  of  bromine,  in  the  same  way  as  the  above,  using  the  same 
quantity  of  water,  and  sufficient  glycerin  to  make  31  fluidounces.  The 
product,  also,  has  the  sp.  gr.  1.300.  In  the  same  manner  the  glycerites 
of  other  ferrous  salts  may  be  made,  the  process  being  modified  to  resist 
the  particular  salt,  such  as  the  hypophosphite,  phosphate,  chloride  or 
sulphate. — Pharm.  Jour,  and  Trans.,  April  20,  1889,  841-842. 

Glycerite  of  Calendula — Preparation. — Frank  G.  Mumma  suggests  the 
following  method  for  preparing  a  glycerite  of  calendula :  Moisten  half 
a  troy  ounce  of  calendula,  in  coarse  powder,  with  a  menstruum  composed 
of  3  measures  of  alcohol,  one  of  water,  and  two  of  glycerin  \  then  perco- 
late to  obtain  3  fluidounces  of  tincture;  by  means  of  a  gentle  heat  evapor- 
ate the  alcohol  and  water,  add  enough  glycerin  to  make  3  fluidounces, 
heat  for  a  few  minutes,  and  strain  through  fine  muslin.  It  is  not  perfectly 
transparent.  A  glycerite  of  the  leaves  is  very  unlike  that  of  the  flowers. 
— Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Dec.  1888,  609. 

INFUSA,  ETC. 

Infusions  and  Decoctions — Remonstrance  Against  their  Substitution  by 
Alcoholic  Preparations. — Prof.  J.  U.  Lloyd  enters  a  plea  for  the  more 
frequent  ordination  of  infusions  and  decoctions  by  prescribers.  The  ten- 
dency of  recent  years  is  to  convert  drugs  of  every  discription  into  fluid 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


384  REPORT   ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

extracts,  and  the  like ;  and  while  it  is  admitted  that  such  have  proved  in 
many  cases  very  valuable,  as  well  as  convenient  forms  for  the  administra- 
tion of  vegetable  remedial  agents,  in  others  it  has  resulted  in  discredit  to 
what  had  previously  been  considered  a  very  valuable  medicine.  It  is 
customary  to  put  upon  the  market  fluid  extracts  of  drugs  that  mainly  de- 
pend upon  mucilaginous  constituents  for  whatever  remedial  value  they 
possess ;  others,  again,  are  given  in  large  doses,  and  have  made  whatever 
reputation  they  may  possess  in  the  form  of  infusions  or  decoctions.  The 
preparation  of  fluid  extracts  from  most  of  them  is  illogical,  and  should  be 
discountenanced  by  medical  practitioners. — Amer.  Drugg.,  June  1889, 
loi,  102. 

Infusion  of  Digitalis — Improved  Manipulation, — Adolph  Reich  suggests 
the  following  modus  operandi  for  making  infusion  of  digitalis  of  the  Phar- 
macopoeia :  To  the  boiling  water  contained  in  the  vessel  in  which  it  was 
heated  add  the  digitalis  and  cinnamon  in  coarse  powder,  cover  well ; 
when  cool  add  the  alcohol,  filter  through  a  double  filter,  and  add  enough 
water  to  make  a  sufhcient  quantity.  The  object  in  adding  the  drug  to 
the  boiling  water  is  that  the  boiling  point  can  be  maintained  for  a  few 
moments  yet,  which  would  be  immediately  reduced  by  pouring  the  same 
into  a  cold  receptacle.  Secondly,  by  filtration  we  obtain  a  perfectly 
clear  preparation,  which  does  not  form  a  precipitate,  so  very  disagreeable 
to  patient  and  doctor.  It  can  be  kept  for  years,  but  should  not  be  stored, 
as  digitalis  decomposes  if  in  stock  over  a  year. — Pharm.  Rec,  June  3, 
1889,  163- 

LINIMENTA. 

Linimentum  Chloroformi^  B.  P.  —  Improved  Formula,  —  Peter  Boa 
suggests  that  the  preparation  of  the  chloroform  liniment  of  the  B.  P. 
can  be  expedited  by  dissolving  the  camphor  in  the  chloroform  instead  of 
in  the  olive  oil,  as  required  for  the  preparation  of  camphor  liniment.  It 
has  also  been  suggested  to  him  that  the  liniment  is  too  thin.  To  over- 
come this  objection  he  suggests  its  preparation  as  follows :  Dissolve  one 
ounce  of  camphor  in  five  fluidounces  of  chloroform,  and  add  sufficient  soft 
paraffin  to  make  10  fluidounces.  According  to  the  consistence  of  the 
soft  paraffin  a  thicker  or  thinner  liniment  may  be  obtained,  as  may  be 
required. — Pharm.  Jour,  and  Trans.,  Feb.  9,  1889,  625. 

Soap  Liniment — Satisfactory  Method  of  Preparation. — John  K.  Wil- 
liams draws  attention  to  the  method  of  J.  B.  Moore  as  being  expeditious 
as  well  as  satisfactory  for  the  preparation  of  soap  liniment :  Into  a  quart 
bottle  put  2  5  gum  camphor,  J^  3  ol.  rosemary,  32  §  alcohol,  and  dissolve; 
into  a  quart  tin  measure  put  4^  of  shavings  or  sawings  of  Castile  soap 
(brown)  and  add  all  at  once  6  §  boiling  water  \  whip  with  a  spatula  (wood) 
for  a  few  minutes,  then  add  to  the  solution  of  camphor,  etc.;  shake  and 
when  cold  filter  quickly. — West.  Drugg.,  Feb.  1889,  80. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


LINIMENTA.  •  385 

Liniment  for  Burns — Formula, — The  following  formula  for  a  liniment 
for  burns  is  recommended  in  "Centralbl.  f.  Ther."  :  Salol,  i ;  olive  oil, 
6;  lime  water,  6  par^s. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Aug.  1888,  409. 

Antineuralgic  Liniment — Formula. — The  following  formula  is  given  in 
"  L'Union  M6d.*' :  Spirit  of  camphor,  90 ;  ether,  30 ;  tincture  of  opium, 
6  \  chloroform,  20  parts.  To  be  applied  with  flannel. — Amer.  Jour. 
Pharm.,  Aug.  1888,  409. 

Oleum  Cantharidum — Preparation  from  Cantharidin. — F.  Eger  pro- 
poses the  preparation  of  oleum  cantharidum  as  follows:  Heat  over  a 
moderate  fire  0.3  gm.  cantharidin  with  20  gm.  castor  oil  and  40  gm.  rape 
oil  in  a  small  porcelain  dish  until  solution  is  effected,  and  then  dilute  to 
200  gm.  with  rape  oil;  the  addition  of  the  castor  oil  prevents  the  sepa- 
ration of  the  cantharidin. — Pharm.  Ztg.,  1889,  213. 

Oleum  Cinereum — Preparation  in  Different  Strengths. — Lang  proposes 
the  preparation  of  oleum  cinereum  in  two  strengths,  the  one  designated 
as  mild,  the  other  as  strong. 

Oleum  Cinereum  Mite  is  made  by  triturating  equal  parts  of  lanolin  and 
mercury  until  the  mercury  is  completely  extinguished,  then  adding  to  six 
parts  of  the  salve,  so  produced,  four  parts  of  olive  oil. 

Oleum  Cinereum  Fortius  is  prepared  by  shaking  together  30  parts  of 
lanolin,  dissolved  in  100  to  120  parts  of  chloroform,  with  60  parts  of  mer-. 
cury,  then  triturate  until  all  the  chloroform  has  evaporated  and  the  mer- 
cury is  completely  divided.  Equal  parts  of  the  salve,  so  produced,  and 
of  olive  oil,  form  an  oil  that  contains  about  50  per  cent,  of  mercury. — 
Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Feb.  1889,  125,  126  :  from  Zeitschr.  d.  CEster.  Apoth. 
Ver.,  26,  575. 

Oleum  Cinereum  Benzoatum — Improved  Formula, — Dr.  Hasting  pro- 
poses the  following  formula  for  making  this  preparation  :  20  parts  mer- 
cury are  triturated  with  5  parts  of  an  ethereal  benzoin  solution  (ether  40, 
benzoin  20,  oil  of  sweet  almond  5  ;  after  solution  filter)  until  the  ether 
has  evaporated,  when  40  parts  fluid  paraffin  are  added  and  the  trituration 
continued. — Pharm.  Post.,  1888,  600. 

Benzoinated  Gray  Oil — Preparation. — Beausse  places  20  gm.  of  mer- 
cury in  a  matrass  and  adds  5  or  6  gm.  of  ethereal  tincture  of  benzoin, 
with  brisk  agitation.  When  the  globules  are  no  longer  visible  the  tinc- 
ture is  decanted  and  the  vessel  re-corked  and  again  agitated.  The  mer- 
cury forms  a  soft  paste  on  the  sides  of  the  vessel.  All  the  material  is 
then  put  in  a  mortar  with  10  gm.  of  vaselin  and  30  of  liquid  vaselin,  and 
well  triturated,  adding  also  the  washings  of  the  matrass  with  ether.  **  This 
preparation  requires  a  labor  of  four  or  five  hours.** — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm., 
Jan.  1889,  16,  from  Arch,  de  Ph.,  Nov.  5,  1888. 
25 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


386  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

LIQUORES. 

Medicinal  Solutions — Use  of  Carbolic  Acid  for  Sterilization, — Accord- 
ing to  Gaquemaire,  when  certain  saline  solutions  are  made  in  carbonic 
acid  water  with  a  pressure  of  4  or  5  atmospheres,  they  will  remain  free, 
for  a  considerable  time,  from  the  cryptogamic  vegetations  which  pharma- 
cists find  so  undesirable.  To  the  possible  objection  that  the  constant  un- 
corking of  the  bottle  in  dispensing  permits  the  gas  to  go  off,  the  author 
says  that  the  liquid  will  continue  to  retain  one  volume  of  the  gas,  and, 
as  a  matter  of  fact,  an  excess  of  it  is  always  found  in  the  last  dose  taken 
from  the  bottle. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Oct.  1888,  510;  from  B'jll.  G6n. 
de  Th^rap.,  Aug.  15,  1888. 

Mucilage  of  Acacia — Benzoic  Acid,  etc,  as  Preservatives. — W.  P. 
Draper  proposes,  as  the  result  of  experiment  with  different  preservative 
agents,  the  addition  of  ^  to  i  grain  of  benzoic  acid  to  each  fluidounce 
of  mucilage  of  acacia.  The  smaller  quantity  will  answer  in  the  author's 
opinion  when  the  mucilage  has  not  to  be  kept  too  long.  Its  antiseptic 
effect  compares  favorably  with  carbolic  or  salicylic  acid,  and  it  is  free 
from  certain  objectionable  qualities  inherent  to  these  latter  agents.  Boric 
acid,  also,  is  a  good  preservative  agent,  but  is  not  as  free  from  objection. 
Hydronaphthol,  in  proportion  of  i  to  4600  mucilage  preserves  it  quite 
well. — West.  Drugg.,  July  1888,  242-243;  from  Proc.  Mass.  Pharm.. 
Assoc,  1888. 

Liquor  Ammonii  Acetatis — Convenience  of  a  Concentrated  Solution. — 
John  K.  Williams  observes  that  solution  of  acetate  of  ammonia  is  often 
dispensed  in  various  stages  of  decomposition,  through  failure  of  the  U.  S. 
P.  to  adopt  the  simple  method  of  saturating  the  undiluted  acid  with  the 
ammonium  carbonate,  then  adding  the  estimated  quantity  of  water  at  the 
time  of  dispensing  ;  330  grains  ammonium  carbonate  C.  P.  will  about 
neutralize  two  fluidounces  C.  P.  acetic  acid  36  per  cent,  (test  it),  and 
one  fiuidram  of  this  cone,  liquor  added  to  seven  of  water,  or  better  yet, 
carbonated  water,  gives  the  U.  S.  P.  strength  of  liquor  ammonii  acetatis. 
— West.  Drugg.,  March  1889,  80. 

Lime  Water — Convenience  of  Lime  Magma  for  its  Preparation. — John 
K.  Williams  calls  attention  to  the  convenience  of  lime  magma,  prepared 
by  slaking  and  washing  sufficient  lime  for  a  year's  supply,  for  making 
the  lime  water  by  dilution  and  clarification  as  required. — West.  Drugg., 
March  1889,  80. 

Ferric  Solutions — Action  of  Cold. —  Languepin  submitted  to  cold  a 
30  to  100  solution  of  sulphate  of  protoxide  of  iron  which  had  been  ex- 
posed to  the  light  while  badly  corked,  and  was  much  oxidized.  The- 
liquid  consolidated  in  a  greenish  white  mass;  upon  thawing  it  had  the 
greenish  color  of  protosulphate  of  iron.  The  ochre-colored  deposit  on 
the  inside  of  the  bottle  had  disappeared.     A  similar  solution  containing 


Digitized -by  VjOOQIC 


LIQUORES.  387 

I  to  100  of  tartaric  acid  had  also  turned  yellow,  but  became  green  under 
the  influence  of  cold.  It  is  curious  that  after  undergoing  this  deoxida- 
tion  the  solutions  remained  unaltered  for  a  long  time.  The  author  ob- 
served that  in  using  them  (for  photographic  purposes)  their  strength  was 
slightly  impaired. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Sept.  1888,  449;  fromBull.de 
la  Soc.  de  Ph.,  Bordeaux,  June,  1888. 

Liquor  Ferri  Chloridi — Comparative  Examination  of  Commercial  Sam- 
ples.— Albert  E.  Oerter  prepared,  experimentally,  five  solutions,  following 
strictly  the  directions  of  the  Pharmacopoeia,  varying  the  process  in  experi- 
ment II.  by  leaving  the  acid  and  iron  in  contact  for  48  hours,  then 
placing  the  flask  in  a  sand  bath,  connecting  the  flask  with  a  Liebig's  con- 
denser, and  returning  the  acid  distillate  into  the  flask.  In  each  of  the 
experiments  45  grams  of  iron  were  used,  consisting  of  card  teeth  in  I. 
and  II.,  reduced  iron  in  III.,  and  iron  clippings,  sold  for  preparing  solu- 
tions of  iron,  in  IV.  and  V.  The  iron  left  undissolved  was  rapidly  washed 
and  at  once  dried,  when  it  weighed,  respectively,  4.6,  45,  4.5,  4.0  and 
5.0  gm.  After  oxidation  the  iron  solutions  were  clear  with  the  exception 
of  III.,  from  which  a  substance  had  to  be  filtered  which  was  insoluble  in 
water  and  boiling  nitric  acid.  The  specific  gravity  of  each  solution  was 
taken  and  the  amount  of  ferric  oxide  determined  from  10  gm.  Three 
commercial  samples,  VI.,  VII.  and  VIII.,  of  solution  of  ferric  chloride, 
were  examined  in  the  same  manner,  the  results  being  as  follows : 

Samples.  I.  II.       III.         IV.         V.  VI.       VII.         VIII. 

Spec.  grav.     1.386     1.386     1.344     1.411     1.405       1.407     1.328     1.374 
re,0,  .    .    .   1.73       1.73       1.56       1.85       1.84         1.84       1.65       1.70  gm. 

— Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  March  1889,  122. 

Liquor  Ferri  Hypophosphitis  Fortis — B,  P,  C  Formula, — Take  of 

Sulphate  of  iron 760  grains. 

Hypophosphite  of  barium  (containing  not  less  than  95  per  cent. 

of  Ba.  2  (PH20.^)If,0.) 830  grains. 

Diluted  sulphuric  acid 100  minims. 

Distilled  water i  pint 

Put  the  sulphate  of  iron  with  5  fluidounces  of  distilled  water  in  a  tall 
24  ounce  bottle,  and  shake  till  dissolved.  Dissolve  the  hypophosphite  of 
barium  in  the  remaining  15  fluidounces  of  distilled  water,  and  add  slowly 
to  the  former  solution.  Shake  and  add  the  diluted  sulphuric  acid ;  again 
shake  and  set  aside  for  two  days,  then  syphon  off  the  clear  liquid.  Keep  it 
in  bottles  quite  full  and  in  a  dark  place.  Each  fluidrachm  contains  about 
5  grains  of  hypophosphite  of  iron.  The  solution  has  an  acid  reaction, 
and  it  should  not  give  more  than  a  faint  precipitate,  if  any,  with  either 
diluted  sulphuric  acid  or  solution  of  chloride  of  barium,  i  Dose :  10  to 
30  minims. — Yearbook  of  Pharm.,  1888,  464. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


388  REPORT  ON  THE  PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 

Liquor  Ferri  Dialysati — Superiority  over  Liquor  Ferri  Oxychlorati, — 
C.  Traub  finds  that  there  are  decided  differences  in  the  properties  of 
these  two  preparations,  and  disapproves  of  the  substitution  of  the  latter  for 
the  former.  The  oxychloride  solution  is  made  by  dissolving  ferric  hy- 
drate in  hydrochloric  acid  ;  it  contains  08  per  cent.  HCl,  is  of  a  decided 
acid  taste  and  reaction,  and  is  not  adapted  for  making  the  albuminate 
solution  owing  to  its  frequent  gelatinization.  The  dialyzed  solution  con- 
tains only  0.25  per  cent.  HCl,  is  of  a  mild  taste  and  neutral  reaction, 
and  will  form  a  permanent  albuminate  solution. — Schwz.  Wchnschr.  f. 
Pharm.,  1888,  255. 

Solution  of  Ferrous  Iodide — Formula  for  an  Unalterable  Preparation, — 
Nicot  recommends  the  following  formula  for  an  unalterable  solution  of 
ferrous  iodide :  Sugar,  40  gm.  ;  iodine,  5  gm.  ;  iron  reduced  by  hydro- 
gen, 8  gm.  ;  distilled  water,  40  gm. ;  pure  glycerin,  no  gm.  Mix  the 
iodine  and  sugar  in  a  porcelain  mortar,  adding  the  iron  by  degrees. 
Heat  gently  in  a  capsule,  stirring  with  a  glass  rod,  and  filter  to  separate 
the  excess  of  iron  ;  then  add  the  glycerin.  The  mixture  should  weigh 
i5o^gm.  The  syrup  is  made  by  adding  6  gm.  of  this  to  loo  of  syrup. — 
Amer.  Jour.  Pharm,,  Sept.  1888,  449:  from  Bull.  G6n.  de  Th^rap.,  July 
30,  1888. 

Liquor  Ferri  Albuminati — Formula  Proposed  for  the  Germ,  Pharm, — 
The  Pharmacopoeia  Commission  of  the  German  Apothecaries'  Society, 
propose  the  following  formula  for  liquor  ferri  albuminati:  30  parts  of 
dry  albumen  are  dissolved  in  1000  parts  of  lukewarm  water,  strained, 
and  poured  into  a  mixture  of  120  parts  of  solution  of  ferric  chloride,  and 
1000  parts  of  lukewarm  water.  It  may  be  necessary  to  add  very  dilute 
soda  solution  to  accurate  neutralization  in  order  to  insure  the  precipitation 
of  the  ferric  albuminate.  The  precipitate  is  washed  by  decantation  with  luke- 
warm water,  collected  on  a  moistened  cloth,  and  when  completely  drained, 
transferred  to  a  porcelain  vessel,  and  dissolved  by  stirring  in  a  mixture  of 
5  parts  of  soda  solution  and  50  parts  of  water.  To  this  solution  250 
parts  of  cinnamon  water,  100  parts  of  alcohol  and  50  parts  of  cognac  are 
.added,  and  then  sufficient  water  to  make  1000  parts  of  fluid.  So  pre- 
pared, solution  of  albuminate  of  iron  is  a  clear  or  only  slightly  turbid,  red- 
brown  fluid,  having  barely  an  alkaline  reaction  and  a  faint  chalybeate 
taste,  that  of  cinnamon  being  decided,  and  it  contains  4  parts  of  iron  in 
1000  parts.  By  chloride  of  sodium  as  well  as  by  hydrochloric  acid  pre- 
cipitates are  produced  ;  it  is  not  rendered  turbid  by  ammonia,  nor  does 
alcohol  produce  precipitation.  When  diluted  with  water  (iz=2o)  this 
solution  is  not  blued  by  ferricyanide  of  potassium  nor  darkened  by  tannic 
acid. 

Liquor  Ferri  Peptonati, — This  is  recommended  by  the  same  Commis- 
sion to  be  prepared  as  follows :  10  parts  of  dry  albumen  are  dissolved  in 
1000  parts  of  water,  and  the  solution  is  digested  12  fep^Hj  ^KSSSot^^ 


LIQUORES.  •  389 

15  parts  of  hydrochloric  acid  and  o^  parts  of  pepsin.  The  mixture  is 
then  accurately  neutralized  with  soda  solution^  any  precipitate  produced 
is  filtered  off,  and  the  filtrate  added  to  a  mixture  of  1 20  parts  of  solution 
of  ferric  chloride  and  1000  parts  of  water.  By  carefully  neutralizing  this 
mixture  with  very  dilute  soda  solution  the  complete  precipitation  of  the 
ferric  peptonate  is  secured.  This  is  washed  and  collected  in  the  same 
manner  as  the  ferric  albuminate  (see  above),  transferred  to  a  porcelain 
vessel,  mixed  with  1.5  parts  of  hydrochloric  acid,  and  heated  to  effect 
solution;  100  parts  of  cognac  and  sufficient  water  are  then  added  to 
make  1000  parts  of  fiuid.  So  prepared,  solution  of  ferric  peptonate  is  a 
clear,  red-brown  fluid,  having  a  faint  chalybeate  taste,  faint  acid  reaction, 
and  containing  4  parts  of  iron  in  1000  parts.  It  is  not  rendered  turbid 
by  heating,  nor  by  the  addition  of  alcohol ;  but  the  addition  of  a  small 
quantity  of  ammonia,  or  of  a  large  quantity  of  hydrochloric  acid,  produces 
precipitation. — Arch,  de  Pharm.,  July  1888,  645-649. 

Liquor  Ferri  Peptonati — Preparation. — See  Ferrum  Peptonaium  under 
**  Organic  Chemistry." 

Liquor  Saccharim — Formula. — The  formula  of  Constantin  Paul  for 
"Saccharin  Liquor**  is  said  to  have  been  adopted  by  several  of  the  Paris 
pharmacists.  It  is  as  follows :  Saccharin,  6  gm. ;  bicarb,  of  soda,  4  gm.; 
alcohol  at  40°,  100  gm.;  ol.  menth.,  20  drops;  a  teaspoonful  represents 
25  cgm.  of  saccharin — sufficient  to  sweeten  a  tumbler  of  water. — Amer. 
Jour.  Pharm.,  Oct.  1888,  510. 

Santonin  Solution — Preparation  with  Castor  OiL — See  Santonin,  under 
"Organic  Chemistry.** 

Blistering  Liquid— Boni' s  Formula. — The  following  formula  for  Boni's 
Blistering  Liquid  is  given  in  L* Union  Pharm.  :  Pulv.  Camphor,  20  parts; 
chloral,  30  parts;  melt  at  140°  F.,  and  add  10  parts  pulv.  cantharis;  agitate 
for  I  hour,  with  heat,  but  do  not  let  the  temperature  go  above  158°  F.; 
filter.  This  vesicant  liquor  may  be  used  with  compresses,  or  painted  on 
with  a  brush. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Dec.  1888,  615. 

Beta-Naphthol  Solutions — Formulas  for  Dressings, — **  Le  Praticien*' 
(April  8,  1889),  gives  the  following  formula  of  beta-naphthol  solu- 
tions suitable  for  dressings,  t.  Weak  solution,  for  parts  in  which  mem- 
branous portions  are  exposed,  Naphthol  Z^,  5  gm.  ;  alcohol  at  60°,  i  litre. 

2.  Ordinary  solution,   Naphthol   P,  15  gm.  ;    alcohol  at  60°,    i    litre. 

3.  Strong  solution,  for  touching  diseased  portions  of  the  skin,  or  septic 
excoriations,  Naphthol  /?,  15  to  500  gm.  per  litre.  4.  Solution  for  inter- 
stitial injections^  or  closed  septic  cavities,  Naphthol  P,  5  gm.  ;  alcohol  at 
9°°*  33  g"^-  'y  ^ot  distilled  water,  to  make  100  ccm.  ;  filter  and  use 
warm.  A  few  drops  may  be  injected  into  indurated  glands  or  abscesses. 
— Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  June  1889,  289. 

Solution  of  Corrosive  Sublimate —  Objection  to  the  Addition  of  Tartaric 
Acid. — See  Corrosive  Sublimate,  under  "Inorganic  Chemistry.'* 

Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


390  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS  OF   PHARMACY. 

Biniodide  of  Mercury  Spray  Solution — Preparation  and  Uses. — A  stable 
spray  solution  of  biniodide  of  mercury  is  obtained  by  the  following  form- 
ula of  Miguel  and  Rueff :  Biniodide  of  mercury,  iodide  of  potassium,  of 
each  I  gram,  distilled  water  loo  grams.  At  the  beginning,  lo  ccm.  is 
sprayed  once  daily,  to  be  increased  to  25  ccm.  twice  daily.  The  larger 
portion  of  the  liquid  should  be  inspired.  It  reaches  the  lungs,  say  the 
authors,  but  salivation  does  not  follow,  even  after  months  of  treatment. 
The  sputa  changes  in  character  and  diminishes  in  quantity ;  the  number 
of  microbes  is  lessened,  but  these  organisms  rarely  disappear  completely. 
The  cough  increases  at  first,  and  afterwards  subsides. — Amer.  Jour. 
Pharm.,  Oct.  1888,  512;  from  Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Sept.  5,  1888. 

Liquor  Antisepticus — Formula, — The  following  formula  for  an  antisep- 
tic solution  is  given  in  Apoth.  Ztg.  (1888,  No.  56):  Menthol,  0.2; 
thymol,  0.5  ;  boric  acid,  2.0;  sodium  salicylate,  i.o;  sodium  benzoate 
i.o;  oil  of  gaultheria,  gtt.  vi ;  oil  of  eucalyptus,  gtt.  xviii ;  glycerin, 
15.0  ;  spiritus  rect.,  60;  water,  180.0. 

Embalming  Liquid — Good  Formula, — According  to  Leufen  the  follow- 
ing is  a  good  mixture  : 

Arsenious  Acid • 20  parts. 

Bichloride  of  Mercury 30     " 

Alcohol ,     .       2CX5      *• 

Carbolic  Acid  Water  (5%) .3250.   " 

The  quantity  required  in  the  case  of  adults  is  5  to  6  quarts.  The 
liquid  is  injected,  by  means  of  a  strong  syringe,  into  the  carotid  artery, 
or  the  aorta,  or  the  main  arteries  of  the  several  parts  of  the  body,  until  a 
few  fine  needle-pricks  into  the  ends  of  the  fingers  and  toes  show  that  the 
whole  body  has  been  charged  with  the  liquid. — Amer.  Drugg.,  Jan. 
1889,  12  :  Berl.  Med.  Centr.  Zeit.,  1888,  575. 

MELLITA. 

Mel  Depuratum — Preparation  with  the  Aid  of  Alcohol — Becker  recom- 
mends 5.  lbs.  crude  honey,  3  lbs.  distilled  water,  and  2  lbs.  alcohol,  to  be 
mixed,  allowed  to  stand  a  few  days,  filtered,  the  alcohol  distilled  off,  and 
the  residue  evaporated.  The  product  indefinitely  preserves  its  light  color. 
—Pharm.  Ztg.,  1888,  313. 

Mel  Rosatum — Process  for  a  Stable  Preparation, — According  to  E. 
Schaaff :  i  part  of  rose  leaves  and  6  parts  of  boiling  water  are  mixed  and 
allowed  to  macerate  for  24  hours  in  a  covered  vessel.  To  the  strained 
liquid  is  added  9  parts  crude  honey,  and  this  solution  heated  on  the  water 
bath  until  the  precipitate  coagulates,  which,  after  cooling,  is  filtered  off; 
the  filtrate  is  evaporated  to  a  syrupy  consistence.  The  tannin  of  the  rose 
leaves  unites  with  the  albuminous  principles  of  the  honey,  and  after  the 
removal  of  the  precipitate  a  honey  is  obtained,  which  remains  transparent 
and  will  not  ferment.-Apoth.  Ztg.,  ,888,  680.        „g,,,,,yGoOgle 


MTSTURiE.  391 


MISTUR/E. 


Emulsions — Practical  and  Expeditious  MetJwd, —  John  K.  Williams 
observes  that  the  simplest,  quickest,  and  most  perfect  method  for  emulsi- 
fying oils,  etc.,  and  one  which  is  practically  ignored  in  "Nat.  Form.,*' 
is  Wilder's  method,  published  in  1874,  viz.  :  To  one  part  of  powdered 
acacia  in  a  dry  mortar,  add  two  parts  of  oil,  mix,  then  add  one  and  a 
half  parts  of  water  all  at  once,  when,  with  a  dozen  whirls  of  the  pestle, 
the  union  is  complete,  as  indicated  by  the  crackling  noise  and  change  of 
color;  then  dilute  with  care,  ad  lib.  With  oils  like  cod -liver,  castor,  etc., 
and  balsams,  he  finds  one-half  the  quantity  of  acacia,  or  less,  will  answer, 
but  if  you  change  the  quantity  of  acacia,  you  must  observe  the  exact  pro- 
portion of  water,  as  given  above,  that  is  to  be  added  in  the  first  instance, 
i.  e.,  one-half  the  combined  quantities  of  acacia  and  oil. — West.  Drug., 
March  1889,  79. 

Emulsions — Preparation, — Hecker  recommends  the  use  of  mucilage 
of  acacia  and  powdered  sugar  in  making  this  class  of  preparations,  instead 
of  powdered  acacia  and  water,  and  states  that  an  emulsion  can  be  made 
as  quickly  by  this  method  as  an  ordinary  mixture.  It  is  immaterial  in 
which  order  the  substances  are  placed  in  the  mortar,  as  by  active  stirring 
the  familiar  **  crackling  *'  sound  of  a  perfect  emulsion  is  almost  immedi- 
ately heard ;  no  apprehension  need  be  felt  of  such  an  emulsion  separating 
into  layers  in  less  than  twelve  hours.  For  10  gm.  of  the  substance  to  be 
emulsified  are  taken  :  castor  oil,  10  gm.  mucilage  and  5  gm.  powdered 
sugar;  almond^ poppy,  olive  and  cod-liver  oils,  15  gm.  mucilage  and  5  to 
10  gm.  powdered  sugar;  volatile  oils,  25  gm.  mucilage  and  10  gm. 
powdered  sugar  ;  copaiba  and  Peru  balsam,  15  gm.  mucilage  and  5  gm. 
sugar.  For  resins,  gum- resins  and  ethereal  extracts,  an  equal  weight  of 
mucilage  is  desirable  so  as  to  have  a  consistent  method  of  preparing 
emulsions. — Pharm.  Post,  1889,  229. 

Emulsions — Use  of  Cherry  Gum  and  Glue, — Cherry  gum  and  common 
glue  as  substitutes  for  gum  arabic  in  making  emulsions,  have  been  exper- 
imented with  by  F.  Stokowetzki,  who  finds  that  cherry-guoi  used  in  the 
proportion  of  i  part  gum  to  2  parts  oil  makes  a  very  thick  emulsion  ;  in 
the  proportion  i  to  8  a  watery  emulsion  results,  and  hence  easily  sep- 
arates ;  the  proportion  i  to  4  gives  the  consistence  of  a  good  emulsion  ; 
the  partial  solubility  of  the  gum  gives  the  emulsions  an  inelegant  appear- 
ance, due  to  the  presence  of  the  suspended  particles  of  bassorin  ;  but  by 
pouring  through  a  fine  sieve  the  coarse  particles  are  removed  and  a  more 
attractive  preparation  results.  The  addition  of  sodium  bicarbonate  to 
such  an  emulsion  causes  an  immediate  separation  with  formation  of  a 
brown  color.  Glue  gives  emulsions  in  the  proportion  i  to  2  of  excellent 
appearance,  not  to  be  distinguished  from  those  made  with  acacia,  and 
not  affected  by  sodium  bicarbonate.     The  odor  of  glue  is  masked,  bulp 


392  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

not  SO  the  taste ;  while  it  is  probable  that  the  taste  of  the  glue  by  careful 
preparation  may  be  remedied,  it  is  doubtful  if  the  substitute  should  be  used, 
especially  for  persons  having  digestive  troubles. — Pharm.  Ztschr.  f. 
Russl.,  1889,  84- 

Emuhifyifig  Mixture — Formula, — The  following  is  recommended  by 
Nicot  for  making  emulsions  and  for  neutralizing  the  taste  of  oily  and  re- 
sinous drugs :  Bark  of  quillaia  saponaria,  20  gm.;  balsam  of  tolu,  200 
gm.;  vanilla,  5  gm.;  peel  of  two  lemons;  alcohol  of  80  per  cent.,  i  litre. 
The  bark  is  bruised  with  the  balsam  and  vanilla ;  the  peel  is  added  in 
small  pieces,  and  the  whole  is  then  macerated  with  alcohol  for  10  days; 
filter.  This  tincture  will  quickly  emulsionize  ol.  ricini,  copaiba,  scam- 
mony,  etc.  For  ol.  ricini,  30  gm.,  use  2  gm.  of  the  emulsive  mixture; 
mix  rapidly  in  a  mortar,  and  add  by  degrees  a  syrup  composed  of  syr. 
simp.,  40  gm.;  aq.  aurant.  flor.,  10  gm. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Sept. 
1888,  448;  from  Bull.  G6n.  de  Th6rap.,  July  30,  1888. 

Emulsion  of  Oil  of  Chenopodium — A  Palatable  Preparation, — Harry 
Joseph  Myers,  after  trying  numerous  agents  to  disguise  the  disagreeable 
taste  of  an  emulsion  of  oil  of  chenopodium,  found  the  following  to  give 
the  most  satisfactory  preparation  : 

Celery  seed 3"- 

Purified  extract  of  licorice ^\. 

Powdered  acacia .55  v. 

Oil  of  chenopodium TT\^xxx. 

Oil  of  almond    (expressed) Jss. 

Sugar ,55  iv. 

Water  q.  s.  ad  .    .  - ^iw. 

Mix  the  seed  with  the  extract  and  reduce  to  a  very  fine  powder ;  tritu- 
rate with  sufficient  water  to  form  a  thin  liquid,  and  strain  with  expression. 
Emulsify  the  mixed  oils  in  a  dry  mortar,  with  the  acacia  and  sugar,  using 
a  little  water  if  the  paste  becomes  too  thick.  Finally  add  the  strained 
liquid  and  form  a  perfect  emulsion  ;  add  water  to  make  the  liquid  meas- 
ure four  fluidounces.  The  emulsion  is  a  brown  liquid,  contains  in  a  tea- 
spoonful  two  drops  of  the  oil  of  chenopodium,  and  has  but  a  slight  odor 
and  a  sweetish  aromatic  taste  which  is  slightly  pungent  and  cooling. 
The  freshly  prepared  emulsion  is  to  be  preferred ;  but  samples  of  it  have 
been  kept  on  hand  for  about  a  month,  and  were  found  to  keep  well,  and 
to  remain  palatable.  The  addition  of  a  small  quantity  of  alcohol  will 
render  it  still  more  permanent. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Nov.  1888,  545- 
546. 

Brown  Mixture — Modification  of  Officinal  Formula, — J.  H.  Bucking- 
ham suggests  the  following  formula  and  manipulation,  by  which  he  secures 
an  elegant  preparation  which  is  free  from  deposit : 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


PILULiE.  393 

Purified  Extract  of  Glycyrrhiza • ^  oz.  avoir. 

Sugar  (loaf) yi   *•      " 

Gum  Arabic  in  selected  pieces }i   "       " 

Camphorated  tincture  of  Opium 2  fl.  oz. 

Wine  of  Antimony l  "       " 

Spirit  of  Nitrous  Ether }4  "      •* 

Ammonia  water i  "  dr. 

Water 12  "  oz. 

The  mixture  of  glycyrrhiza,  sugar  and  gum  arabic  is  tied  up  in  a  bag. 
Having  mixed  the  other  ingredients,  with  the  exception  of  the  ammonia 
water,  place  them  in  a  wide-mouthed  bottle  and  suspend  the  bag  in  the 
liquid.  In  two  days  the  liquid  will  dissolve  the  solids,  and  then  add  the 
ammonia  and  make  the  whole  measure  one  pint  by  the  addition  of  water. 
— ^Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Feb.  1889,  75-76. 

Linseed  Oil  Mixture — Preparation — Value  as  an  Expectorant. — Lin- 
seed oil  is  recommended  by  Prof.  W.  H.  Thomson,  as  an  expectorant. 
He  thinks  it  more  effectual  than  any  other  expectorant  in  rendering  the 
bronchial  secretion  less  albuminous  and  viscid,  and  in  facilitating  expec- 
toration. It  markedly  diminishes  bronchial  irritation,  and  is  useful  in 
asthmatic  attacks  affected  by  changes  of  weather.'  It  is  useless  in  capil- 
lary bronchitis,  and  of  little  value  in  broncho-pneumonia.  Where  the 
bronchitis  is  primary  and  local  in  origin,  it  is  indicated.  His  formula 
for  making  an  emulsion,  in  quantity,  is:  Linseed  oil,  15  ounces;  oil  of 
wintergreen  and  oil  of  cinnamon,  of  each  2  drachms;  powdered  gum- 
arabic,  10  ounces;  water,  24  ounces;  glycerin,  5  ounces;  simple  syrup, 
10  ounces ;  dilute  hydrocyanic  acid,  2^  drachms.  To  be  churned. 
Half  an  ounce  constitutes  a  dose.  To  6  ounces  he  might  add  40  minims 
of  Magendie's  solution,  and  i^  drachms  of  chloral. — Amer.  Drugg.,  Feb. 
1889,  36  \  ixova  Med.  Record. 

Terpin  Mixture — Formula  Employed  in  Bronchitis. — Terpin  appears 
to  be  largely  prescribed  in  cases  of  bronchitis  by  Parisian  physicians,  the 
most  popular  formula  being  that  of  Charon:  Terpin,  5  gm.;  glycerin, 
alcohol  of  95  per  cent.,  syrup  of  honey,  of  each,  70  gm.;  vanillin,  0.02 
gm.  A  tablespoon ful  contains  50  cgm.  of  terpin.  Two  tablespoon fuls 
are  given  daily  to  loosen  and  finally  diminish  expectoration.  In  the 
above  doses  it  is  not  liable  to  cause  gastric  disturbance,  especially  if  given 
after  meals. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Dec.  1888,  614;  from  Monde  Phar., 
Oct.  5,  1888. 

PILULiE. 

Pills — Uniformity  in  Minimum  Size. — In  a  paper  read  before  the 
British  Pharm.  Conference,  N.  Alsten  brought  to  notice  the  question  as 
to  the  size  of  pills  containing  very  small  quantities  of  active  medicines, 
and  suggested  the  desirability  of  adopting  a  uniform  standard  for  the 
sake  of  obviating  inconveniences  that  now  result  from  suchpills  being 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


394  REPORT  ON  THE  PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 

made  of  different  sizes  by  different  dispensers.  In  the  discussion  that 
followed,  reference  was  chiefly  made  to  the  weight  of  the  pill,  although 
it  is  evident  that  the  uniformity  to  be  secured  for  the  satisfaction  of 
patients  would  apply  rather  to  the  size  than  to  the  weight.  Although  no 
definite  decision  was  arrived  at,  the  preponderance  of  opinion  appeared 
to  be  in  favor  of  a  minimum  size,  when  possible,  of  one  grain. — Year- 
book of  Pharmacy,  1888,  417,  425. 

Excipient  for  Quinine  Pills — Formula, — John  K.  Williams  finds  an 
excipient  made  of  tragacanth,  glycerin,  and  tartaric  acid,  according  to  the 
following  formula,  to  be  the  most  convenient  and  suitable :  Take  of  pow- 
dered tragacanth,  9  iv ;  glycerin,  C.  P.,  3  iv;  rose  water,  f  g  ss ;  pow- 
dered tartaric  acid,  gr.  1280.  Mix  tragacanth  and  glycerin  in  a  suita- 
ble mortar,  add  the  rose  water  at  once,  incorporate,  then  add  acid  in 
fine  powder,  and  incorporate  thoroughly.  By  adding  30  grs.  of  this  ex- 
cipient to  100  of  the  quinine  salt,  and  working  into  a  mass,  the  latter  will 
be  ready  for  rolling  in  half  a  minute.  The  author  observes  that  while 
the  mass  is  apparently  too  soft  (it  must  be  worked  as  little  as  possible)  to 
roll,  yet  when  rolled,  the  pill  takes  on  an  outer  coating  that  prevents  it 
from  losing  its  form,  and  yet  it  will  soften  under  the  warmth  and  manip- 
ulation of  the  fingers,  even  though  it  has  been  made  a  month.  This  ex- 
cipient is  equally  good  for  other  cinchona  salts  and  in  the  same  propor- 
tion as  given  above. — West.  Drugg.,  Feb.  1889,  80. 

A  New  Fill  Excipient.  — Under  the  name  of  cera  amylala,  or  pulverent 
wax,  H.  Hays  recommends  a  new  pill  excipient  for  pills  containing  vola- 
tile or  fixed  oils,  or  substances  difficultly  miscible  with  water,  as  extract 
of  male  fern,  menthol,  guaiacol,  creasote,  etc.  It  is  prepared  by  cutting 
with  a  thin  sharp  knife  fine  shavings  of  pure  beeswax,  exposing  them  for 
some  days  to  the  ordinary  temperature  to  remove  adhering  moisture, 
weighing  and  mixing  an  equal  weight  of  dry  rice  starch  with  one-half  of 
the  shavings  in  a  porcelain  mortar  with  rough  surface ;  care  must  be 
taken  that  the  temperature  of  the  mixing  does  not  exceed  16°  C;  after 
powdering,  the  remaining  half  of  the  shavings  are  incorporated  and  tri- 
turation continued  until  a  fine  powder  is  obtained,  which  is  at  once  sifted 
and  placed  in  tight-fitting  containers. — Pharm.  Ztg.,  1889,  431. 

Creasote  Fills — Method  0/ Making. — F.  Hachfeld  observes  that  crea- 
sote pills  are  best  prepared  by  first  triturating  the  requisite  quantity  of 
creasote  with  an  equal  weight  of  powdered  gum  arabic,  then  adding 
water  and  briskly  triturating  so  as  to  make  a  perfect  emulsion.  To  this 
may  then  be  added  any  convenient  indifferent  substances  to  give  firmness 
and  plasticity  to  the  mass,  so  as  to  permit  its  being  rolled  out  into  pills. 
These  are  preferably  coated,  as  patients  object  to  the  taste,  which  is  very 
persistent. — Amer.  Drugg.,  Dec.  1888,  222  ;  from  Pharm.  Ztg.,  1888, 
No.  82.    ■ 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


PULVERES.  395 

Creolin  Pills — Preparation, — Spoeth's  formula  is  given  by  the  Semaine 
Mid,  as  follows:  Creolin,  12  gm.;  dilute  alcohol  and  tragacanth,  of  each, 
2  gm.;  ext.  and  pdwder  of  licorice,  of  e^ch,  24  gm.;  divide  in  200  pills, 
each  of  which  will  contain  6  cgm.  of  creolin.  They  are  especially  re- 
commended by  M.  Spoeth  for  arresting  abnormal  fermentation  in  the 
intestines  in  all  infectious  maladies. — J.  de  Phar.  et  de  Chimie,  Oct.  1, 
1888. 

Pills  of  Iodoform — Combination  Suitable  in  Treatment  of  Hemorrhage, 
— See  Iodoform  und-er  "  Organic  Chemistry." 

Agaricin  Pills — A  Remedy  against  Night  Sweats, — Young  finds  the 
following  combination  of  service  as  a  remedy  against  the  night  sweats  of 
consumptives,  and  to  lessen  the  laxative  properties  of  agaricin.  Agaricin 
0-5  gro-J  Dover's  powder  7.5.  gm.;  powdered  althaea,  and  powdered 
acacia,  of  each  4  gm.;  to  be  made  into  one  hundred  pills,  of  which  two 
are  taken  daily. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Aug.  1888,  408. 

Purgative  Pills — Dr,  Ball's  Formula. — The  following  is  the  formula 
for  a  purgative  pill  which  appears  to  have  become  popular  with  Parisian 
prescribers.  It  is  as  follows:  aloes  (soc),  i  gm.;  res.  scammony  and 
jalap,  of  each,  50  cgm.;  calomel,  50  cgm.;  ext.  belladonna  and  hyoscy- 
amus,  of  each,  25  cgm.;  medicinal  soap,  q.  s.  (about  2  gm.).  Make  50 
pills..  Dose  3  to  5  daily. — Amer.  Jour.  Phar.,  April  1889,174;  from 
R6p.  de  Phar.,  Feb.  10,  1889. 

PULVERES. 

Powdered  Camphor — Production  of  a  Permanent  Preparation. — A  cor- 
respondent of  ih^  Journal  de  Pharmacie  de  Lorraine  writes  that  for  some 
time  past  he  prepares  powdered  camphor  in  the  following  manner : 

Powder  the  camphor  in  the  usual  manner,  with  the  ^addition  of  a  little 
alcohol.  When  it  has  nearly  been  reduced  to  the  proper  degree  of  fine- 
ness, add  a  few  drops  of  fluid  petrolatum,  and  immediately  triturate 
again.  In  this  manner  a  powder  as  fine  as  flour  is  obtained,  which  does 
not  cake  together.  This  powdered  camphor  may  be  used  for  all  purposes, 
except  for  solution  in  alcohol,  as  it  will  impart  to  the  latter  a  faint  opal- 
escence, owing  to  the  insolubility  of  the  petrolatum  in  the  liquid. — Amer. 
Drugg.,  Feb.  1889,  36. 

Compound  Licorice  Powder — Improved  Formula. — I.  H.  Fisher  pre- 
pares the  following  formula  for  comp.  licorice  powder: 

Senna 2  parts. 

Liquorice  powder 2  parts. 

Fennel i  part. 

Sulphur  (sublimed) i  part. 

Cream  of  tartar 4  parts. 

Sugar 2  parts. 


He  claims  its  more  agreeable  taste,  ready  miscibility  with  wate. 


^dc^fTc 


39^ 


REPORT  ON   THE  PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 


retic  and  refrigerant  action,  less  griping,  and  more  reliable  as  an  aperi- 
ent.— Pharm.  Rec,  April  15,  1889,  113. 

Effervescent  Carbonate  of  Iron — Formula  for  its  Preparation, — Dr. 
Hermann  Hager  publishes  the  following  formula,  devised  by  him  for  the 
preparation  of  an  effervescent  carbonate  of  iron:  Sulphate  of  iron, 
cryst.  40  p.;  tartaric  acid,  100  p.;  bicarbonate  of  sodium,  166.6  p.;  cit- 
ric acid,  8  p.;  sugar,  50  p.;  oil  of  lemon,  1.5  p.;  absolute  alcohol,  i  p. 
Having  reduced  all  the  solids  to  a  fine  powder  in  a  porcelain  mortar,  mix 
them  with  a  solution  of  the  oil  of  lemon  in  the  alcohol.  Then  pass  the 
mixture  through  a  sieve,  transfer  it  to  a  porcelain  capsule  placed  on  a 
water-bath,  and  stir  the  mass,  while  it  is  being  heated,  with  a  glass  rod 
until  it  has  become  granular.  When  cool,  it  is  at  once  transferred  to 
carefully  stoppered  bottles.  The  dose  is  60  to  75  grains  in  a  tumbler 
filled  about  two-thirds  full  of  water. — Am.  Drugg.,  Sept.  1888, 174;  from 
Pharm.  Centralh.,  1888,  No.  29. 

RESINiE. 

Resinoids — Examination  of  Commercial  Specimens,— r^-  R-  Bennet 
has  examined  a  number  of  eclectic  resinoids,  which  occur  in  commerce 
of  very  variable  appearance.  The  samples  were  all  obtained  from  ordi- 
nary shops,  and  comprised  samples  of  each  of  the  following  ;  Podophyllin, 
hydrastin,  euonymin,  iridin,  and  leptandrin.  As  they  all  varied  in  color, 
the  shade  of  which  cannot  be  expressed  very  definitely  in  words,  the 
author  indicates  the  lightest  colored  sample  in  each  case  by  the  numeral 
I,  and  the  darkest  by  the  numeral  5,  the  others  by  intermediate  numer- 
als. The  same  course  was  adopted  for  indicating  the  colors  of  the  tinc- 
tures (=  alcoholic  solutions  of  the  resinoids),  these  being  so  given  in  the 
following  tables,  together  with  percentage  soluble  in  alcohol,  (s.  v.  r.,) 
the  percentage  of  ash,  and  the  composition  of  the  latter. 

PODOPHYLLIN. 


Sample. 

Color  of 
sample. 

Color  of 
tincture. 

P.  c.  sol.  in  Per  cent,  of 
s.  V.  r.            ash. 

Composition  of  ash. 

A 

B 
C 
D 
E 

I 

2 
4 
4 
5 

I 

3 
5 

4 
5 

almost          traces, 
entirely. 

90                   4 

93         1          6 
40         1         30 
85         1         14 

Silica  and  traces  of  iron. 
Sulph.  of  soda. 
Sulph.  of  alumina  and  silica. 
Sulph.  of  alumina  and  potash. 

HYDRASTIN. 

Sample. 

Color   of 
sample. 

Color   of 
tincture. 

P.  c.  sol.  in 
s.  V.  r. 

Per  cent,  of 
ash. 

Composition  of  ash. 

A 
B 
C 
D 
E 

I 
3 
3 
3 
5 

I 

3 
4 
4 

5 

69 
76 
74 
80 

58 

traces. 
20 
10 
13 
17 

Sulph.  of  alumina  and  silica. 
Sulph.  of  alumina. 
Sulph.  of  soda  and  silica. 
Sulph.  of  alumina  and  traces  of 
potash  and  soda. 

Digitized 


by  Google 


RESINAE. 


397 


EUONYMIN. 


Sample. 


A 
B 
C 
D 
£ 


Sample. 

Color  of 
sample. 

Color   of 
tincture. 

P.  c.  sol.  in 
s.  V.  r. 

Per  cent,  of 
ash. 

Composition  of  ash. 

A 

Dark 
green. 

2 

73 

14 

Carb.  of  lime,  phosphate  of  lime 
and  iron. 

B 

Olive 
brown. 

I 

6o 

14 

Phos.  of  lime,  iron,  carb.  of 
lime,  and  traces  of  silica. 

C 

Pale 
green. 

3 

40 

34 

Phos.  of  lime,  carb.  of  lime, 
iron,  and  silica. 

D 

Olive 
brown. 

2 

60 

10 

Phosphate  of  lime,  iron,  and 
silica. 

E 

Pak 
green. 

I 

46 

45 

Carb.  of  lime,  phos.  of  lime, 
iron,  and  silica. 

IRIDIN. 


Color  of  I  Color   of 
sample.  !  tincture. 


P.  c.  sol.  in 
s.  V.  r. 


Per  cent,  of 
ash. 


60 

traces. 

56 

2 

58 

3 

60 

3 

63 

4 

Composition  of  ash. 


Carb.  of  lime  and  iron. 
Iron,  lime  and  silica. 
Carb.  of  lime  and  silica. 
I  Carb.  of  lime,  iron,  and  silica. 


LEPTANDRIN. 


Sample. 

Color   of 
sample. 

Color   of 
tincture. 

P.  c.  sol.  in 
s.  V.  r. 

Per  cent,  of 
ash. 

Composition  of  ash. 

A 
B 
C 
D 
E 

5 
2 

2 

4 

•    5 

5 
3 
3 
5 

5 

94 
93 
93 
96 

97 

traces. 

2 

3 

3 
traces. 

Iron,  lime  and  traces  of  silica. 
Carb.  of  lime  and  iron. 
Carb.  of  lime  and  iron. 

The  results  of  these  examinations  show,  particularly  in  the  case  of 
podophyllin,  hydrastin  and  euonymin,  very  high  ash  percentages,  and 
there  is  so  generally  a  variation  in  color  of  these  different  resinoids,  that 
they  cannot  be  regarded  as  satisfactory.  Iridin  and  leptandrin,  on  the 
other  hand,  appear  to  be  pure  products,  though  here  also  there  is  much 
variation  in  color.— West.  Drugg.,  July  1888,  248-249;  from  Phar.  Jour, 
and  Trans. 

Resinoids — Adulteration  with  Barium  Carbonate, — Charles  E.  Parker, 
having  occasion  to  examine  some  specimens  of  green  euonymin,  the  pres- 
ence of  barium  was  repeatedly  observed ;  quantitative  determinations 
then  made  showed  the  presence  of  over  20  per  cent,  of  barium  carbonate. 
These  samples  being  all  the  product  of  one  maker,  the  test  was  extended 
to  other  concentrations  from  the  same  house,  and  barium  was  found  in 
asclepin,  apocynin,  digitalin,  inulin,  frazerin,  barosmin,  and  alnuin,  or 
about  two-thirds  of  all  examined.  Of  the  total  ash  (^25  per  cent.)  in  the 
euonymins  examined,  barium  carbonate  constituted  over  80  per  cent. — 
Drug.  Circ,  Feb.  1889;  30. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


39^  REPORT  ON   THE  PROGRESS  OF   PHARMACY. 

Green  Euonymin — Adulteration  with  Lycopodium  and  Indian  Hemp, — 
H.  S.  Collins  subjected  a  sample  of  greeii  euonymin  of  peculiar  appear- 
ance to  nearer  examination,  and  found  that  under  the  microscope  it  re- 
vealed the  presence  of  a  large  percentage  of  lycopodium  colored  green  ; 
the  black  particles  had  no  definite  formation.  Broken,  transparent, 
colorless  crystals  were  also  observed,  which  were  very  slowly  dissolved 
by  a  drop  of  water  placed  upon  the  slide.  A  drop  of  solution  of  potash 
dissolved  them  immediately. 

An  analysis  was  made,  with  the  following  result : 

Per  cent. 

Lycopodium ....       29.8 

Dark  green  resin,  consisting  chiefly  of  ext.  Indian  Hemp   ....       15.2 

Water  extract :  Bitter  extraclivc  matter 20.6 

Sugar  of  milk 30.0 

Water 4.4 

Total 100 

Ash 1.2 

The  following  remarks  regarding  the  analysis  may  be  of  interest :  2.5 
grams  were  dried  on  water-bath  for  moisture,  then  ignited  for  ash  ;  2.5 
grams  were  added  to  20  ccm.  hot  water,  when  the  characteristic  odor 
of  Indian  hemp  was  at  once  recognized.  It  was  stirred,  filtered  and 
washed  until  the  washings  were  colorless,  the  residue  dried  and  weighed. 
Loss — water  previously  determined  and  water  extract. 

The  solution  was  of  a  very  light  color  considering  amount  of  matter 
extracted,  neutral  to  test-paper,  and  of  a  bitter  taste. 

The  behavior  of  the  crystals  under  the  microscope  with  potash  solution, 
and  the  low  percentage  of  ash,  led  me  to  suspect  sugar  of  milk,  wjiich  was 
confirmed  by  Fehling's  solution.  The  quantity  present  was  estimated  by 
Fehling's  solution  standardized  by  sugar  of  milk. 

The  bright  green  residue  left  after  extracting  with  water  was  exhausted 
with  hot  spirit  until  all  green  coloring  matter  was  dissolved ;  residue 
dried  and  weighed.  This  residue  was  of  a  light  yellow  color,  and  under 
the  microscope  was  seen  to  consist  entirely  of  lycopodium. 

On  evaporating  the  spirituous  extract  in  a  water- bath  a  green  resin  was 
left,  having  the  odor  and  all  characteristics  of  extract  of  Indian  hemp, 
and  constituted  15.2  per  cent. 

The  above  analysis  tends  to  confirm  several  notes  that  have  previously 
been  published  condemning  green  euonymin  as  being  most  unsatisfactory 
and  often  inert.  There  is  little  doubt  that  the  brown  is  much  superior 
to  the  green  variety  now  in  the  market. — Pharm.  Rec,  April  i,  1889, 
97 ;  from  Chemist  and  Druggist. 

PodophyUin — Estimation  of  Fodophyllotoxin, — According  to  A.  Kremel, 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


SAPONES.  399 

the  active  constituent  of  podophyllin — "  podophyllotoxin  "  may  be 
assayed  by  extracting  i  gram  with  cold  chloroform,  evaporating  the 
greater  portion  of  the  solvent,  and  pouring  the  solution  into  twenty  vol- 
umes of  petroleum  ether ;  the  podophyllotoxin  is  collected  upon  a  tared 
filter,  dried  arid  weighed.  Commercial  samples  of  podophyllin  yield 
from  20  to  30  per  cent,  of  podophyllotoxin. — Pharm.  Post,  1889,  105. 

SAPONES. 

Dialyzed  Stearin  Soap — Formula. —  The  **dialyzed"  stearin  soap 
mentioned  by  E.  Dieterich  in  his  formula  for  **  Glycerin  Suppositories," 
(which  see)  is  no  doubt  the  same  for  which  he  gives  a  formula  in  his 
Pharm.  Manuale  (2),  p.  310.     It  is  as  follows: 

Stearic  Acid looo  parts. 

Sodium  Carbonate,  cryst 585     " 

Alcohol 100    ** 

Sodium  Chloride 250    " 

Water 3i75o    " 

Melt  the  stearic  acid,  and  gradually  add  it,  under  stirring,  to  a  solu- 
tion of  560  parts  of  cystallizsd  carbonate  of  sodium  in  3000  parts  of 
water,  heated  .on  a  steam  bath.  When  all  the  stearic  acid  has  been 
added,  add  the  alcohol,  cover  the  vessel,  and  allow  it  to  stand  at  least 
six  hours  on  top  of  the  steam  apparatus  (that  is,  in  a  warm  place). 
Then  cause  the  soap  to  separate  by  adding  a  filtered  solution  of  the  chloride 
of  sodium,  and  the  remainder  of  the  carbonate  of  sodium  (25  parts)  in 
750  parts  of  the  water,  transfer  it  to  a  cloth  strainer,  allow  to  become 
cold,  and  press.  If  it  is  desired  to  remove  the  salts,  which  are  contained 
as  impurities  in  all  commercial  stearic  acid,  the  soap  solution  is  not  salted 
out,  but  is  filled  into  parchment  paper  bags  (giit  or  parchment  **  cases  "), 
which  are  hung  into  hot  water.  The  salts  will  thus  gradually  dialyze 
out.  But  this  latter  operation  can  be  carried  out  with  advantage  only  on 
the  large  scale.  The  yield  of  salted-out  soap  obtained  from  the  above- 
named  quantities  amounts  to  at  least  iioo  parts. — Amer.  Drugg*,  Dec. 
1888,  226. 

Disinfectant  Soap — Preparation, — A  disinfectant  soap  for  surgeons*  use, 
proposed  by  Reverdin,  is  made  from  oil  of  sweet  almonds,  72;  solution 
of  potash,  12;  solution  of  soda,  24:  sulphocarbolate  of  zinc,  2;  rose 
water,  10.  Mix  the  oils  with  the  alkalies,  add  the  zinc  salt  dissolved  in 
the  rose  water,  and  keep  at  20°  for  several  days  ;  pour  into  moulds.  It 
contains  an  excess  of  fat. — Pharm.  Ztg.,  i888,  660. 

Petroleum  Soap  —  Preparation, — Emery  prepares  a  petroleum  soap 
suitable  for  therapeutic  uses.  The  formula  is  as  follows  :  Petroleum,  50 
parts ;  white  beeswax,  40  parts  ;  alcohol  of  90  per  cent.,  50  parts  ;  hard 
soap  {Savon  de  Marseille),  100  parts.  The  petroleum,  wax  and  alcohol 
are  put  together  into  a  matrass  and  heated  in  a  water-bath  until  they 
melt ;  the  soap  is  then  added.     When  the  mixture  becomes  homogeneous 


400  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF  PHARMACY. 

the  matrass  is  removed  and  agitated  until  the  contents  become  of  a 
creamy  consistence ;  it  is  then  poured  into  moulds.  It  is  not  absolutely 
necessary  to  use  ethylic  alcohol,  which  serves  merely  to  facilitate  the  re- 
duction of  the  wax  and  the  soap.  The  soap  thus  obtained  contains 
about  one  quarter  of  its  weight  of  petroleum.  It  is  very  homogeneous 
and  firm,  and  emulsifies  easily.  Parts  washed  with  it  do  not  remain  im- 
pregnated with  petroleum,  as  is  ordinarily  the  case  in  preparations  of  this 
kind. — Am.  Jour.  Phar.,  June  1889,  287  ;  from  Rupert,  de  Phar.,  May 
10,  1889. 

SPIRITUS. 

Spiritus  Chloroformi — B,  P.  Modification, — Percy  Wells  suggests  that 
the  B.  P.  formula  be  modified  by  substituting  a  portion  of  water  for 
alcohol,  the  object  of  the  official  formula  being  simply  to  secure  a  defi- 
iSite  and  permanent  dilution  of  chloroform.  Modified,  the  proportion 
would  be:  1  ounce  chloroform,  15  ounces  of  spir.  vin.  rect.  (60  o.  p.), 
and  4  ounces  water. — Pharm.  Jour,  and  Trans.,  Jan.  19,  1889,  567. 

Spiritus  Saponatus — Improved  Formulas. — According  to  E.  Utescher, 
the  formula  of  Petersen,  for  spiritus  saponatus,  which  has  been  accepted 
by  the  Gernpan  Pharmacopoeia  Commission,  does  not  lead  to  the  desired, 
result  as  rapidly  and  conveniently  as  the  following,  in  which  a  33  to  34 
per  cent,  solution  of  potassa  (j.  g.  1.34)  is  used  instead  of  the  officinal  15 
percent,  solution.  30  parts  of  the  stronger  solution  are  mixed  in  a  flask 
with  30  parts  of  alcohol  of  96  per  cent.,  and  60  parts  of  olive  oil;  the 
mixture  is  well  shaken  (or  the  flask  rolled  upon  a  table)  for  5  to  10  min- 
utes, during  which  period,  under  evolution  of  heat,  a  clear  liquid  results. 
On  then  adding  250  parts  of  96  per  cent,  alcohol  and  230  parts  of  water, 
the  soap  spirit  is  completed. 

E.  Dieterich  states  that  a  perfectly  satisfactory  and  unexceptionable  spirit 
of  soap  may  be  obtained  by  using  the  officinal  (15  per  cent.)  solution  of 
potassa,  though  the  process  is  somewhat  slower  than  the  above.  60  parts 
of  olive  oil,  70  parts  of  solution  of  potassa  (Pharm.  Ger.,  II.)  and  100 
parts  of  alcohol  are  shaken  together  occasionally  in  a  bottle,  during  2  or 
3  days,  until  a  clear  solution  results ;  200  parts  of  alcohol  and  170  parts 
of  water  are  then  added,  the  mixture  is  allowed  to  stand  in  a  cool  place 
several  days,  and  it  is  then  filtered. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Jan.  1889,  33; 
from  Pharm.  Centralh.,  29,  571. 

Bay  Rum — Formulas. — Messrs.  Schimmel  &  Co.  communicate  the 
following  two  formulas  for  the  preparation  of  bay  rum  from  bay  oil: 

I. 

Bay  oil 2  drachms. 

Pimento  oil I  drachm. 

Cloves  oil 10  drops. 

Alcohol  (95  per  cent.) ^  gallon. 

Water %  gallon. 

Mix  and  allow  to  stand  for  several  days,  then  filter.         ^  t 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


SUPPOSITORIA.  401 

II. 

Bay  oil .    .   .  i  ounce. 

Alcohol  (95  per  cent.) }i  gallon. 

Mix  and  allow  to  stand  for  a  fortnight.  Then  add  one  gallon  of  good 
Jamaica  rum.  The  bay  rum  made  according  to  this  recipe  is  said  to  cor- 
respond with  the  imported  article. — Pharm.  Jour,  and  Trans.,  April  6, 
1889,  803;  from  "Bericht,"  April  1889. 

SUPPOSITORIA,  ETC. 

Soap  Suppositories,  B,  F, — Kind  of  Starch  most  Suitable  to  Use  in  Mak- 
ing Them, — Joseph  Ince,  speaking  of  the  kinds  of  starch  most  suitable  for 
making  certain  preparations  of  the  B.  P.  {see  Stareh,  under  "Organic 
Chemistry''),  states  that  the  kind  most  suitable  for  making  the  soap  sup- 
positories of  the  B.  P.  is  rice  starch,  this  being  of  a  firm  granular  texture, 
and  specially  advantageous  to  give  them  the  required  consistence. — 
Pharm.  Jour,  and  Trans.,  June  i,  1889,  969. 

Glycerin  Suppositories — A  Convenient  Substitute  for  Glycerin  Injections, 
— Glycerin  injections  have  been  found  to  be  of  good  service  in  habitual 
constipation.  A  more  convenient  method  of  administering  the  glycerin, 
according  to  Boas,  is  by  means  of  suppository  capsules  each  containing  i 
cc.  of  glycerin. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  August  1888,  409;  from  D.  Med. 
Woch..  June  7,  1888. 

Glycerin  Suppositories — Formula, — Eugene  Dieterich  prepares  glycerin 
suppositories,  containing  90  percent,  of  glycerin,  as  follows:  Dissolve 
10  parts  of  extra  hard  "dialyzed**  stearin  soap  (see  under  Sapones)  in 
boiling  water,  add  to  the  solution  90  parts  of  pure  glycerin,  filter  the 
whole  in  a  steam- funnel,  and  evaporate  to  100  parts.  Then  pour  the 
mass  into  suppository  moulds.  The  suppositories  thus  prepared  are  firm 
and  transparent,  hygroscopic,  and  when  exposed  to  the  air  soon  become 
coated  with  water  blisters.  The  combination  of  soap  and  glycerin  ap- 
pears to  be  a  very  judicious  one,  as  soap  alone  is  well  known  to  act  as  a 
laxative.  Mr.  Dieterich  makes  two  sizes  of  suppositories,  weighing  re- 
spectively about  ic  and  40  grains,  which  are  wrapped  in  tin-foil  for  pro- 
tection.— Amer.  Drugg.,  Dec.  1888,  226;  from  Zeitsch.  de.  Oester.  Apoth. 
Ver.,  No.  26. 

Suppositories  with  Lanolin — Advantages, — According  to  L.  Brontin, 
lanolin  greatly  facilitates  the  introduction  into  suppositories  of  extracts 
or  other  substances  soluble  in  water.  He  thinks  that  when  the  choice  of 
an  excipient  is  left  to  the  pharmacist,  he  may  properly  replace  a  small 
quantity  of  the  cacao  butter  with  lanolin.  The  following  formula  is 
cited  as  having  given  excellent  results :  Dry  extract  of  hamamelis,  i .  75 
gm. ;  lanolin,  9gm. ;  cacao  butter,  90  gm. ;  for  25  suppositories.  The  ex- 
tract is  heated  with  a  sufficient  quantity  of  water,  to  which  the  melted 
butter  is  added  by  degrees.     The  mass  should  be  run  off  as  soon  as  it 

26  Digitized  by  Google 


402  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

commences  to  thicken.     The  suppositories  are  entirely  homogeneous. — 
Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Feb.  1889,  ^^  >  ^''om  Bull.  Com.,  Nov.  1888. 

Lanolin  Suppositories — Preparation, — A.  Ball  states  that  anhydrous 
lanolin^  stiffened  with  cacao  butter  or  stearin,  will  make  a  perfect  sup- 
pository. First  dissolve  the  medicament;  work  up  with  the  lanolin 
and  add  to  the  melted  cacao  butter  or  stearin,  and  pour  into  moulds. 
The  suppository  is  readily  melted  at  body  heat ;  being  elastic  it  is  not 
easily  broken,  and  it  is  more  readily  retained  in  the  rectum  and  quickly 
absorbed  by  the  membrane. — Pharm.  Jour,  and  Trans.,  May  25,  1889, 
949. 

Medicated  Pencils — Various  Formulas, — H.  Hebling  gives  the  formulas 
and  methods  for  preparing  medicated  pencils  with  different  bases,  viz. : 
gelatin,  glycerin  and  water,  cacao  butter,  and  a  mixture  of  dextrin, 
sugar,  starch  and  tragacanth.     The 

Gelatin  Mass  is  best  prepared  from  to  oz.  best  gelatin,  16  oz.  best 
glycerin,  and  sufficient  water.  The  gelatin  is  dissolved  in  water  and 
glycerin  by  the  aid  of  a  water-bath  in  a  porcelain  dish,  the  water  lost  by 
evaporation  being  compensated  for  by  the  addition  of  more.  The  ingre- 
dients, if  not  soluble  in  water,  are  mixed  in  a  finely  powdered  condition 
with  the  warm  and  tenacious  glue,  and  the  pencils  are  moulded  in 
moulds  similar  to  those  used  for  making  caustic,  previously  moistened 
with  oil  or  soap  liniment.  When  cold  they  are  quite  elastic,  but  not 
sticky.     The  pencils  made  with 

Cacao  Butter  as  Base,  may  be  made  in  the  usual  well- known  manner, 
either  by  moulding  or  by  incorporating  the  ingredients  in  a  mortar  and 
rolling  out  into  cylinders  of  suitable  thickness.  Mr.  Hebling  makes  use 
of  an  apparatus  for  pressing  out  pencils  of  suitable  thickness,  which  may 
be  briefly  described  as  follows :  The  mass,  properly  prepared,  is  placed 
into  a  cylinder  provided  with  a  plunger  operated  by  a  screw-press.  At 
the  botiom  the  cylinder  is  provided  with  several  holes  of  different  diam- 
eters— A,  T*g  inch,  etc. — those  not  desired  being  closed  by  plugs  fitting 
accurately  in  them.  Cylinders  of  the  desired  thickness  are  forced  out  by 
the  pressure  of  the  plunger  when  screwed  down,  and  may  be  cut  into  suit- 
able lengths,  say  3  inches.     The  author  gives  the  following  formulas : 

Iodoform  Pencils,  33 per  cent. — Iodoform,  i  p.;  cacao  butter,  2  p. 

Cocaine  Pencils — 2  per  cent. — Muriate  of  cocaine,  i  p. ;  cacao  butter, 
49  p.     To  be  cut  in  pieces  containing  ^  grain  of  the  cocaine  salt  each. 

Salol  Pencils — 20  per  cent, — Dissolve  i  part  of  salol  in  4  parts  of  the 
liquefied  cacao  butter,  stir  constantly  until  cool,  powder  the  mass,  and 
form  cylinders  by  the  aid  of  the  press. 

Opium  Pencils—^  per  cent. — Powdered  opium,  i  p. ;  cacao  butter,  19 
parts.     Divide  into  sticks  containing  i  grain  opium  each. 

Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


SYRUP!.  403 

Thallin  Pencils—^  per  cent, — Sulphate  of  thallin,  i  p. ;  cacao  butter, 
19  parts.     Used  for  gonorrhoea. 

Mercurial  Pencils — 2^  per  cent ^ — Made  with  equal  parts  of  mercurial 
ointment  and  white  wax,  previously  melted.  When  cool  the  pencils  are 
pressed  out  as  described.  By  the  aid  of  the  press  also  the  following  elas- 
tic pencils  may  be  made  with  the  mass  containing  tragacanth,  starch, 
etc.  : 

Iodoform  Pencils — -jj  per  cent. — Iodoform,  3  j ;  starch,  3  iij ;  traga- 
canth, 3  j  ;  dextrin,  3  j ;  sugar,  J  ss;  water  and  glycerin,  each  sufficient. 

Salicylic  Acid  Pencils y  §  per  cent. — Salicylic  acid,  3j;  tragacanth,  3J ; 
starch,  3j;  dextrin,  3vij ;  sugar,  3iij ;  water  and  glycerin,  each  sufficient. 
These  pencils  may  be  polished,  if  desirable,  by  rolling  them  on  a  porce- 
lain slab  with  a  thin  board.  The  apparatus  for  pressing  the  pencils  is 
shown  by  a  cut  in  Amer.  Drugg.,  Aug.  1888,  147;  from  Brit,  and  Col. 
Drug. 

Urethral  Pencils — Formula. — Urethral  pencils,  retaining  their  shape 
for  some  hours,  are  recommended  in  **  Monatsh.  f.  pr.  Derm."  to  be 
prepared  from  cacao  butter,  6 ;  beeswax,  5  ;  boric  acid  (or  iodoform,  etc.), 
2  ;  zinc  oxide,  i ;  and  tragacanth,  4  parts.  These  pencils  possess  a  cer- 
tain degree  of  elasticity,  and  are  best  prepared  of  a  conical  form. — Amer. 
Jour.  Pharm.,  Aug.  1888,  409. 

Caustic  Pencils — Formula. — Dr.  De  Sin^ty  gives  the  following  formula 
for  caustic  pencils :  Crystallized  phenol,  0.05;  tannin,  4.0;  glycerin, 
5  drops;  tragacanth  sufficient. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Nov.  1888,  583; 
from  L'  Union  Med. 

SVRUPI. 

Syrups — Improved  Methods  and  Suggestions. — John  K.  Williams  offers 
some  improvements  and  suggestions  concerning  the  preparation  of  dif- 
ferent officinal  syrup*?.     In  making 

Syrups  by  Percolation^  he  experienced  some  difficulty  in  fitting  a  plug  of 
sponge  into  the  orifice  of  the  percolator,  for  it  would  either  get  wedged 
in  so  tight  as  to  stop  the  fiow,  or  if  fitted  too  loose,  it  would  suddenly  go 
through  and  finish  that  portion  at  once.  The  device  he  now  uses  with 
success,  is  to  cut  a  sponge  to  form  a  thin  diaphragm  at  the  base  of  the  per- 
colator, with  a  thicker  piece,  nipple-like,  that  is  more  or  less  suspended 
over  the  orifice  so  that  it  shall  neither  get  wedged  nor  go  through.  He 
prefers  the  old  fashioned  crushed  sugar,  pounded  moderately  fine,  to  the 
granulated,  for  all  syrups.  As  soon  as  the  sugar  is  all  moistened  by  the 
percolate,  and  ready  to  drop,  close  the  outlet  for  twelve  hours,  then  open 
it,  and  with  a  notched  cork  regulate  the  flow  to  suit,  always  turning  back 
the  first  eighth  that  passes. 

Syrupus  Aurantii  he  prefers  to  make  from  the  entire  fruit, ^  follows : 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


404  REPORT   ON   THE    PROGRESS    OF   PHARMACY. 

With  a  piece  of  common  tin  punched  for  a  grater,  grate  into  a  mortar  the 
outer  rind  of  six  full  flavored  oranges  (Jamaica  or  Florida  preferred) 
which,  together  with  J^  cz.  of  the  oil  of  sweet  orange,  triturate  with  i  oz. 
magnesium  carbonate  and  i6  ozs.  sugar.  Express  the  juice  from  the 
oranges,  which,  together  with  8  ozs.  of  alcohol  and  32  ozs.  of  water,  add 
to  the  contents  of  the  mortar.  Macerate  a  few  hours;  filter,  adding 
water  tf//  55  ozs.  and  percolate  through  &ugar  68  ozs.  ad  133  ozs. 

Syrup  of  Wild  Cherry  ho  makes  by  a  process  corresponding  to  the 
Pharm.  of  1880,  except  that  he  moistens  the  No.  40  young  bark  with 
slightly  warmed  water;  pack  it  and  cover  to  an  equal  depth  of  the  drug 
with  cold  water  and  macerate  in  the  percolator  three  days ;  then  perco- 
late very  slowly.  Add  the  glycerin  to  the  percolate,  then  percolate  through 
sugar. 

Syrup  of  Ipecac  he  prefers  to  make  by  the  process  originally  suggested 
by  Rother  (1883).  Ipecac  root,  in  yttx-^  coarse  powder,  8  oz,  is  mace- 
rated for  four  da3s  with  a  menstruum  composed  as  follows:  Alcohol,  4 
ozs.;  water,  28  ozs.;  aqua  ammonia,  ^  oz.;  express  with  pressure,  and 
to  the  dregs  add  again  alcohol,  4  ozs.;  water,  28  ozs.,  and  macerate  four 
days;  express  with  piessuie,  passing  through  the  dregs  enough  fresh 
menstruum  (i  to  7")  to  make  of  the  combined  liquors  60  ounces.  Shake 
this  with  I  oz.  precip.  carb.  calcium  and  filter  through  paper.  To  the 
60  ozs.  of  ipecac  percolate,  add  3  ozs.  glycerin  and  percolate  through 
97  ozs.  sugar  ad  160  ozs.;  cost,  twenty-five  to  thirty  cents  per  pound. — 
West.  Drugg.,  Feb.  1889,  80-81  ;  from  Proc.  Con.  Phar.  Assoc. 

Fruit  Syrups — Preparation, — M.  Manch  statesthat  thepure  juice  of  fruits 
contains  carbonic  acid  ;  the  sugar  is  usually  added  while  the  juice  is  cold, 
and  when  heat  is  added,  the  gas,  being  unable  to  escape  from  the  thick 
liquid,  tends  to  raise  a  portion  of  the  mass  from  the  bottom  of  the  vessel. 
The  mixture  thus  becomes  overheated  and  causes  the  formation  of  cara- 
mel. He  recommends  that  the  carbonic  acid  be  driven  off  the  juice,  by 
heat,  before  the  sugar  is  added,  and  the  loss  made  up  with  distilled  ' 
water. — Amer.  Jour.  Phar.,  Sept.  1888,  448 ;  from  Jour,  de  Phar.  et  de 
Chim.,  July  15,  i?88. 

Fruit  Jellies — Examination  of  Commercial  Samples, — Lysander  Mann 
Jones  has  examined  six  different  fruit  jellies  purchased  -  in  the  market, 
namely:  Apple,  currant,  cranberry,  grape,  pineapple  and  raspberry,  and 
compared  them  with  a  genuine  currant  jelly.  He  found  the  grape  to  be 
the  only  genuine,  and  made  from  the  fruit  represented.  The  commer- 
cial ones  differ  considerably  in  color  and  taste  from  the  genuine  ;  the 
genuine  being  of  a  deep  red  color  and  having  a  very  pleasant,  sweet,  fruity 
and  acidulous  taste,  while  the  commercial  present  a  much  nicer  appear- 
ance, being  of  a  bright  red  color  and  more  transparent,  but  have  a 
flat,  ropy  and  but  slightly  acidulous  taste  and  are  not  as  soluble.     The 

Digitized  by  VjOOQ  IC 


SYRUPI.  405 

Standard  jelly  was  composed  of  26  per  cent,  water,  36.5  per  cent. 
glucose,  32.5  per  cent,  saccharose,  and  1.3  per  cent,  pectin.  The  re- 
maining 3.7  percent,  consisted  of  insoluble  matter,  malic  and  tartaric 
acid.  The  pectin  was  gotten  by  adding  alcohol  to  a  given  weight  of 
jelly  in  a  concentrated  aqueous  solution,  collecting  the  precipitate  on 
a  filter,  drying  and  weighing.  The  ash  of  2  grams  amounted  to  5  mil- 
ligrams or  .  25  per  cent. 

The  author's  observations  seem  to  point  to  "  apples  **  as  the  source  of 
the  jellies,  which  are  then  flavored  and  colored  by  artificial  means.  Gela- 
tin was  absent. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Jan.  1889,  12,  13. 

Raspberry  Syrup — Distinction  of  the  Genuine  from  Artificial  Syrup. 
— According  to  H.  W.  Bellink,  the  genuine  raspberry  syrup  can  be  dis- 
tinguished from  manufactured  preparations  by  treating  (i)  2  cc.  of  the 
syrup  with  4cc.  dilute  hydrochloric  acid  and  a  few  fragments  of  zinc. 
It  becomes  colorless  after  a  few  hours,  but  genuine  syrup  by  agitation  and 
exposure  to  the  air  reassumes  the  original  color,  while  imitations  will 
not :  (2)  after  decolorizing  by  use  of  sodium  sulphite  and  adding  nitric 
acid,  if  genuine,  the  red  color  reappears. — Pharm.  Ztg.,  1889,  99. 

Syrupus  Pruni  Virginiana — B,  P.  C  Formula, — ^Take  of  wild  cherry 
bark.  No.  20  powder,  3  ozs. ;  refined  sugar,  in  coarse  powder,  15  ozs. ; 
glycerin,  i^  fluidounce  ;  distilled  water,  a  sufficient  quantity.  Moisten 
the  powder  with  distilled  water,  and  macerate  for  twenty- four  hours  in  a 
closed  vessel,  then  pack  it  in  a  percolator,  and  gradually  pour  water  upon 
it  until  nine  fluid  ounces  of  percolate  are  obtained.  Dissolve  the  sugar 
in  the  liquid,  by  agitation,  without  heat,  add  the  glycerin,  strain,  and,  if 
necessary,  pour  sufficient  water  over  the  strainer  to  produce  one  pint  of 
syrup. — Yearbook  of  Pharm.,  1888,  .470. 

Syrupus  Jpecacuanhai  Aceticus — B.  P.  C  Formula. — Take  of  vinegar 
of  ipecacuanha,  i  pint ;  refined  sugar,  2^  pounds.  Dissolve  by  the  aid 
of  a  gentle  heat.  Specific  gravity  about  1.33.  Dose:  ^  to  2  fluid 
drachms. — Yearbook  of  Pharm.,  1888,  470. 

Syrup  of  Ipecacuanha — Variation  in  Strength  According  to  Different 
Pharmacopoeias, — Buttin  calls  attention  to  the  diff*erence  in  the  strength 
of  syrup  of  ipecacuanha  as  prepared  according  to  the  French  Pharmaco- 
poeia, on  the  one  hand,  and  the  German  and  Swiss  Pharmacopoeias  on 
the  other.  According  to  the  latter  it  is  prepared  from  the  root  in  the 
proportion  of  i  :  100,  whilst  the  codex  directs  its  preparation  from  the 
extract  in  the  same  proportion.  Ipecacuanha  yielding  from  16  to  17  per 
cent,  of  extract,  it  follows  that  the  preparation  of  the  French  Pharmaco- 
poeia is  six  times  as  strong  as  that  of  the  German  or  Swiss. — Arch.  d. 
Pharm.,  Nov.  1888,  1043 ;  from  Jour,  de  Phar.  et  de  Chim.,  1888, 
xviii>  248. 

Syrupus  Rhei  Aromaticus — Addition  of  Borax  to  Secure  a  Clear^Prepa-i 

itizedbylljOOgle 


406  REPORT   ON    THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

ration, — John  H.  Bear  proposes  the  addition  of  a  little  borax,  whereby  a 
clear  and  apparently  unobjectionable  preparation  is  obtained.  For  one 
ounce  avoirdupois  of  the  aromatic  tincture  of  rhubarb,  1 8  grains  of  borax 
are  used. — Amer.  Jour.  Phar.,  March  1889,  128. 

Syrufus  Croci — Formula. — Saffron  being  frequently  prescribed  in 
form  of  syrup,  C.  I.  S.  Thomson  has  experimented,  and  recommends  the 
following  formula : 

K    Saffron ^iij. 

Boiling  water g  x. 

White  sugar i^lb. 

Rectified  spirit    .        3  iss. 

Infuse  the  saffron  in  boiling  water  for  six  hours  and  strain ;  set  aside 
till  cold,  then  heat  to  the  boiling  point  and  filter.  Dissolve  the  sugar  in 
the  filtrate  by  means  of  gentle  heat,  and  when  cold  add  the  rectified 
spirit.  The  product  will  be  found  to  keep  well,  and  remain  bright  and 
clear  without  precipitating. — Phar.  Jour,  and  Trans.,  January  5,  526. 

Syrup  of  Tar — Formulas, — F.  W.  Hausman  states  that,  at  best,  syrup 
of  tar  can  contain  but  little  of  the  active  constituents  of  the  tar,  since 
water  extracts  but  very  little  of  the  substance.  He  recommends  its  prep- 
aration either  from  tar  previously  washed  with  water  (!  ?  Rep.)  or  from 
dark  **  pil  of  tar  *'  (?  Rep.)  ;  from  either  of  these,  it  may  be  made  with 
or  without  the  intervention  of  carbonate  of  magnesium  ;  the  preparation 
made  from  the  **oil  of  tar"  being  the  most  satisfactory,  particularly 
when  made  by  the  intervention  of  carbonate  of  magnesium.  The  pro- 
portions are  12  drachms  of  washed  tar,  or  4  drachms  of  **  oil  of  tar  " ; 
14  oz.  granulated  sugar,  and  10  oz.,  or  sufficient  hot  water  to  make  i 
pint  of  syrup.  For  the  tar  preparation  i  drachm  of  carbonate  of  mag- 
nesia may  be  used ;  for  the  **  oil  of  tar  '*  4  drachms  are  necessary,  or  i  oz. 
of  powdered  pumice  may  be  substituted. — Phar.  Era,  June  1889,  223. 

Syrup  of  Pycnanthemum  —  Formula, —  Howard  T.  Painter  states  that 
syrup  prepared  by  mixing  i  p.  fluid  extract  of  pycnanthemum  (which 
see)  with  3  p.  syrup,  affords  a  pleasant  form  for  administering  the  drug, 
commonly  called  dysentery  weed. — Am.  Jour.  Phar.,  1888,  p.  610. 

Syrupus  Codeina — B,  P,  C,  Formula  — Take  of  codeine,  in  powder, 
20  grains;  proof  spirit,  i^  fluid  oz.;  distilled  water,  i^  fluid  oz.  Dis- 
solve and  add  syrup,  sufficient  to  produce  i  pint.  Dose:  J^  to  2  fluid 
drachms. — Yearbook  of  Phar.,  1888,  466. 

Syrup  of  Albuminate  of  Iron  and  Soda — Preparation. — According  to 
Leo  Eliel  a  preparation,  sold  under  the  name  of  **  Nitrogenized  Iron,*' 
is  nothing  more  than  a  syrup  of  albuminate  of  iron  and  soda.  It  may 
be  made  by  dissolving  48  grains  of  scaled  ferric  albuminate  in  one  pint  of 
simple  syrup. — Pharm.  Rec,  July  16,  1888,  213;  from  Ind.  Pharm. 

Syrup  of  Hydriodic  Acid — Modification  of  the  Formula  of  the  National 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


SYRUPI.  407 

Formulary, — Joseph  W.  England  has  used  the  formula  given  on  p.  122 
of  the  National  Formulary,  for  syrup  of  hydriodic  acid,  for  some  time, 
with  but  one  modification  in  detail,  and  that  was  the  substitution  of 
syrupy  glucose  for  potassium  hypophosphite,  as  the  preservative.  A 
sample  of  some  made  last  August  is  as  clear  and  destitute  of  free  iodine 
as  some  made  yesterday.     The  modified  formula  is  as  follows: 

Iodide  of  potassium 123  grains. 

Tartaric  acid 112  grains. 

Water ^  Huidounce. 

Diluted  alcohol i  fluidounce. 

Syrupy  glucose ^  fluidounce. 

Syrup,  enough  to  make 16  fluidounces. 

Dissolve  the  iodide  of  potassium  in  one-half  (^)  fluidounce  of  water, 
and  the  tartaric  acid  in  one  half  fluidounce  of  diluted  alcohol.  Mix  the 
two  solutions  in  a  vial,  cork  and  shake  it  well,  and  then  place  it  in  ice- 
water  for  about  half  an  hour ;  again  shake  it  thoroughly,  and  then  pour 
the  mixture  upon  a  small  white  filter,  and  filter  into  a  bottle  containing 
13^  fluidounces  of  syrup  and  one- fourth  fluidounce  of  syrupy  glucose. 
When  the  liquid  has  run  through,  wash  the  vial  and  filter  with  one-half 
(J^)  fluidounce  of  diluted  alcohol,  added  in  several  portions.  Then 
add  enough  syrup  to  make  sixteen  (16)  fluidounces. 

The  product  is  a  clear,  transparent,  almost  colorless  liquid,  odorless, 
having  a  pleasant  acidulous  taste,  and  evincing  no  free  iodine,  on  the 
addition  of  cold  gelatinized  starch.  It  remains  unchanged  on  exposure 
to  air. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Jan.  1889,  15-16. 

Syrup  of  Hydriodic  Acid — Improved  Formula. — Otto  Raubenheimer 
recommends  the  following  formula  as  an  improvement  on  the  one  given 
in  the  National  Formulary: 

Sodium  Hypophosphite gr.       2 

Potassium  Iodide gr.    140 

Dissolve  in 

Water fl.  dr.  6 

and  add 

Glycerin fl.  oz.  2 

Then  add 

Tartaric  Acid gr.    127 

Dissolved  in 

Alcohol fl.  dr.  6 

Set  aside  in  a  cool  place  for  three  hours,  and  add 

Syrup - enough  to  make  fl.  oz.  16 

The  advantages  of  this  formula  are  given  as  follows : 

1.  It  is  the  glycerin  that  preserves  this  syrup  so  well. 

2.  The  complete  precipitation  of  HjC^H+Oa. 

3.  The  use  of  hypophosphite,  instead  of  hyposulphite,  recommended 
by  some  authors. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


408  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

The  syrup  keeps  perfectly,  even  when  exposed  to  sunlight. — Amer. 
I^rugg.,  June  1889,  101. 

Syrvp  of  Iodide  of  Iron — Modification  of  the  Manipulation, — In  order  to 
facilitate  the  chemical  reaction  in  the  process  of  the  Pharmacopoeia  for  syrup 
of  iodide  of  iron,  which  is  often  quite  slow,  Leo  El iel  suggests  that  instead 
of  using  200  parts  of  water,  as  directed  in  the  officinal  formula,  to  use 
only  100  parts  at  first,  to  be  added  to  25  p.  of  iron  and  82  p.  of  iodine, 
to  shake  the  flask  briskly  and  frequently,  and  when  reaction  has  entirely 
ceased  to  add  the  other  ico  parts  of  water  :  otherwise  proceed  as  in  the 
formula. — Pharm.  Rec,  July  16,  1888,  213;  from  Ind.  Pharm. 

Syrup  of  Ferrous  Iodide — Causes  and  Prevention  of  Decomposition. — 
Zelinka  has  studied  syrup  of  ferrous  iodide  relative  to  its  decomposition. 
The  conclusions  arrived  at  are  that  if  a  jmre  distilled  water,  free  from 
chlorine,  ammonia,  carbon  dioxide  and  other  volatile  impurities,  obtained 
by  rejecting  the  distillate  until  this  gives  no  reaction  with  silver  nitrate, 
be  used  in  the  preparation  of  the  syrup,  a  product  will  result  that  can  be 
kept  in  larger  quantities  for  a  long  time. — Pharm.  Post,  188S,  794. 

Syrup  of  Ferrous  Iodide  —Formula  for  a  Permanent  Preparation, — 
Joseph  England  found  the  following  modification  of  the  officinal  formula 
to  yield  a  permanent  syrup  of  ferrous  iodide,  its  stability  being  secured 
by  the  powerful  reducing  agency  of  the  glucose  introduced  in  the 
formula  : 

Iodine " 875  grains, 

Iron  wire  (card  teeth) 300  grains, 

Water 3  fluidounces, 

Glucose  (solid) 2  troyounces. 

Syrup,  a  sufficient  quantity  to  make  one  pint. 

Mix  the  iodine,  iron  and  water  in  a  flask,  shake  occasionally  until  the 
reaccion  has  ceased  and  the  liquid  has  lost  its  iodine  odor.  Then  heat 
to  212*^  F.  (100°  C),  filter  into  a  capsule  containing  the  glucose,  finely 
cut  up,  dissolve  at  a  low  heat  upon  a  water  bath,  and  add  sufficient  syrup 
to  make  the  desired  quantity. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Nov.  18S8,  547-551. 

Syrupus  Ferri  Bromidi — B,  P.  C,  Formula, — Take  of:  Iron  wire,  free 
from  oxide,  J^  oz. ;  bromine,  553  grains;  refined  sugar,  14  02.;  dis- 
tilled water,  q.  s.  Dissolve  the  sugar  in  six  ounces  of  distilled  water,  by 
the  heat  of  a  water  bath.  Put  the  iron  wire  with  4  ounces  of  distilled 
water  into  a  glass  flask,  having  a  capacity  of  at  least  i  pint,  and  sur- 
round it  with  cold  water.  Then  add  the  bromine  in  successive  quanti- 
ties ;  shake  occasionally  until  the  froth  becomes  white,  and  the  reaction 
is  complete.  Filter  the  solution  into  the  warm  syrup,  and  add,  if  neces- 
sary, distilled  water  sufficient  to  produce  i  pint.  Each  fluid  drachm 
contains  about  4^  grains  of  bromide  of  iron.  Dose ;  ^  to  1  fluid 
drachm. — Yearbook  of  Pharmacy,  1888,467.  ^  , 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


TJNCTURiE.  409 

Syrups  Ferri  et  Qutntnce  Hydr0br<nnatum — B.  P.  C  Formula, — 
Take  of  acid  hydrobromate  of  quinine,  160  grains;  diluted  hydrobromic 
acid,  I  fluid  oz.;  distilled  water,  i  fluid  oz.  Mix  the  diluted  hydro- 
bromic acid  with  the  distilled  water,  and  in  the  mixture  dissolve  the  acid 
hydrobromate  of  quinine,  then  add  syrup  of  bromide  of  iron  sufficient  to 
produce  one  pint.  Each  fluid  drachm  contains  one  grain  of  acid  hydro- 
bromate of  quinine,  and  about  4  grains  of  bromide  of  iron.  Dose,  ^ 
to  I  fluid  drachm. — Yearbook  of  Pharm.,  1888,  468. 

Syrup  of  Hydrobromate  of  Iron  and  Quinine ^  B.  P,  C, — Separation  of 
Quinine. — R.  A.  Cripper,  who  has  made  this  syrup  several  times,  noticed 
that  at  periods,  varying  with  the  temperature,  crystals  appeared  on 
the  sides  and  bottom  of  the  bottle.  These  proved  on  examination  to  be 
hydrobromate  of  quinine.  The  latter  is  evidently  present  in  too  large  a 
quantity — if  only  two-thirds  as  much  quinine  is  used,  no  separation  takes 
place.  The  original  quantity  of  quinine  is  retained,  however,  if  the  iron 
is  omitted. — Phar.  Jour,  and  Trans.,  Jan.  26,  1889,  586. 

Syrupus  Ferriy  Quinina  et  Strychnince  Hydrobromatum  —  B.  P,  C 
Formula, — Take  of  strychnine,  in  powder,  2 J^  grains ;  acid  hydrobro- 
mate of  quinine,  160  grains;  diluted  hydrobromic  acid,  i  fluid  oz.;  dis- 
tilled water,  i  fluid  oz.  Mix  the  diluted  hydrobromic  acid  with  the 
distilled  water,  and  in  the  mixture  dissolve  the  strychnine  and  acid  hy- 
drobromate of  quinine,  by  the  aid  of  a  gentle  heat.  Then  add  syrup  of 
bromide  of  iron,  sufficient  to  produce  one  pint.  Each  fluid  drachm  con- 
tains Vt  grain  of  strychnine,  i  grain  of  acid  hydrobromate  of  quinine,  and 
about  4  grains  of  bromide  of  iron.  Dose:  }4  to  i  fluid  drachm. — Year- 
book of  Pharm.,  1888,  468. 

Syrupus  Ferri  Phosphati — Improved  Formula. — R.Wright  describes  a 
process  for  the  preparation  of  an  improved  syrup  of  phosphate  of  iron, 
containing  a  smaller  proportion  of  acid  and  at  the  same  time  admitting 
of  dilution  without  deposit  of  phosphate.  For  that  purpose,  the  author 
recommends  to  dissolve  360  grains  of  iron  wire  in  6  fluidounces  of  syr- 
upy phosphoric  acid,  sp.  gr.  1.50,  and  9  ounces  of  distilled  water,  filter- 
ing the  solution  into  72  fluidounces  of  simple  syrup  and  adding  water  to 
make  up  96  fluidounces. — Yearbook  of  Pharm.,  1888,  396-397. 

TINCTURiE. 

Opium  Tinctures — Influence  of  Alcoholic  Strength  on  the  Morphine 
Percentage. — In  a  paper  communicated  to  Ztg.  d.  Allgem.  CEst.  Apoth., 
Ver.,  Th.  Schlosser  reported  the  results  of  experiments  made  to  deter- 
mine the  influence  of  the  amount  of  alcohol  present  in  opium  tinctures  on 
the  percentage  of  morphine.  He  concludes  from  these  experiments  that 
the  percentage  of  morphine  rises  with  the  decrease  in  the  amount  of 
alcohol  present,  and  falls  with  the  increase.     E.  Dieterich  and  (L-3arthel 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


4IO  REPORT   ON   THE   PROGRESS  OF   PHARMACY. 

have  now  experimented  in  the  same  direction,  and  extracting  opium  by 
different  methods,  and  with  alcohol  in  different  proportions,  have  arrived 
at  the  conclusion  that  Schlosser's  observations  are  not  confirmed  by  their 
own,  and  that  the  greater  or  less  alcoholic  strength  of  tinctures  of  opium 
has  no  appreciable  influence  on  the  morphine  percentage. — Arch,  d. 
Pharm.,  Aug.  1888,  699,  700:  from  Pharm.  Centralh.,  1888,  316. 

Tincture  of  Opium — Improved  Manipulation, — John  K.  Williams  sug- 
gests the  following  method  for  making  tincture  of  opium :  Digest  in  a 
water  bath  with  moderate  heat  for  half  an  hour,  the  granulated  opium 
with  one  third  of  the  water  ;  transfer  to  jar,  and  when  cold  add  remain- 
der of  water  and  the  alcohol.  As  soon  as  settled,  turn  off  onto  a  filter 
the  liquid  portion  which  has  passed  the  filter,  then  follow  with  the  dregs ; 
onto  them,  as  soon  as  the  liquid  has  passed,  pour  the  diluted  alcohol,  to 
make  the  quantity  required.  One  filter  answers  for  the  whole  operation, 
and  avoids  the  unsatisfactory  attempt  at  percolation  of  the  moist  mass  as 
directed  in  U.  S.  .P.— West.  Drugg.,  Feb.  1889,  81  :  from  Proc.  Conn. 
Pharm.  Assoc. 

Tinctnra  Opii — Examination  of  Commercial  Samples, — ^Arthur  M. 
Leine  examined  twelve  samples,  by  evaporating  the  alcohol,  shaking  with 
ether,  filtering,  precipitating  with  ammonia,  washing  with  ether,  and  dry- 
ing. One  sample,  obtained  from  a  country  grocery  store,  yielded  only 
0.28  per  cent,  of  morphine.  The  remaining  samples  yielded  respectively 
1.4,  1.2,  0.96,  0.80,0.76,  0.70,  0.68,0.65,  0.60,  0.54  and  0.46  per  cent, 
of  morphine.  The  weakest  samples  appear  to  have  been  made  of  half 
strength  for  the  purpose  of  retailing. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  May  1889, 
241. 

Tinctura  Opii  Deodorata — Modification  of  the  Officinal  Process, — Wm- 
H.  S.  Bateman  proposes  a  modification  of  the  pharmacopoeial  process  as 
follows:  Percolate  powdered  opium,  10  parts,  with  stronger  ether  28 
parts;  dry  the  powder;  digest  it  for  two  hours  at  175°  F.  (80°  C.)  with 
water  40  parts;  repeat  this  operation  twice;  mix  the  expressed  liquids; 
evaporate  to  60  parts;  filter;  wash  the  filter  with  water  to  obtain  80  parts  of 
filtrate,  and  add  alcohol  20  parts. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  May  1889,  242. 

Deodorized  Tincture  of  Opium — Ethereal  Odor  in  Commercial  Samples. 
— Leo  Eliel  observes  that  of  many  samples  of  deodorized  tincture  of 
opium  examined  by  him,  but  few  may  be  really  termed  "deodorized." 
This  is  due  to  insufficient  separation  of  the  ether  from  the  concentrated 
infusion.  The  ether,  which  holds  the  odoriferous  principles  in  solution, 
should  be  entirely  removed  by  separation.  The  use  of  a  separating  funnel, 
or  in  its  absence  a  burette  of  fair  capacity,  is  indispensable  in  this  con- 
nection.— Pharm.  Rec,  July  16,  1888,  213;  from  Ind.  Pharm. 

Tinctura  Nucis  Vomica — Examination  of  Commercial  Samples, — Of 
twelve  samples  of  this  tincture  examined  by  Edmund  H.  Watkins,  one 

Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


TINCTURE.  411 

was  whitish  and  opaque ;  two  were  of  a  distinct  reddish  tint,  while  the 
others  varied  from  a  light  yellow  to  dark  yellow.  The  percentage  of  ex- 
tract obtained  on  evaporation  was  ^,  ij^,  2  (three  samples),  2^^  (two 
samples),  2^  (two  samples),  2^,  3  and  3^.  The  alcoholic  strength  of 
the  menstruum  was  not  determined,  nor  was  it  ascertained  whether  the 
extracts  corresponded  with  that  of  the  Pharmacopoeia. —  Amer.  Jour. 
Phar.,  May  1889,  241. 

Tinctura  Catechu  Composita — Precautions  to  Insure  Percolation, — 
F.  B.  Quackenbush  observed  a  difficulty  in  percolating  the  mixed  pow- 
ders of  catechu  and  cinnamon ;  if  much  finer  than  No.  40,  as  directed 
by  the  Pharmacopoeia,  the  powder  would  form  a  solid  cake,  which  could 
not  be  properly  exhausted  with  the  requisite  menstruum.  This  was, 
however,  accomplished  by  passing  the  powder  through  a  sieve  several 
times  while  moistening  it. — Amer.  Jour.  Phar.,  May  1889,  241. 

Tinctura  Kino — Advantage  of  Prolonged  Maceration, — Tincture  of  kino 
was  found  by  F.  B.  Quackenbush  to  filter  very  slowly  if  prepared  ac- 
cording to  pharmacopoeial  directions;  but  after  prolonging  the  mace- 
ration to  ^"^t  days,  the  subsequent  filtration  was  accomplished  in  less 
than  one-fourth  the  time. — Amer.  Jour.  Phar.,  May,  1889,  ^^^' 

Tincture  of  Kino — Experiments  with  Different  Menstrua, — Chas.  H. 
Breidenbach  has  made  tincture  of  kino  with  different  menstrua:  i,  the 
officinal;  2,  alcohol  85,  glycerin  15;  3,  dilute  alcohol;  4,  water  75, 
alcohol  25 ;  5,  absolute  alcohol;  and  6,  95  per  cent,  alcohol.  The  best 
results  were  obtained  with  menstruums  4  and  5,  the  tinctures  with  5 
being  practically  free  from  precipitates ;  those  with  four  containing  a 
distinct  precipitate ;  and  the  remainder  showing,  after  a  month  or  two, 
indications  of  gelatinizing.  Tincture  of  kino  yields  with  lead  acetate  a 
dark  bluish  precipitate ;  the  same  reagent  gives  with  tincture  of  catechu 
a  light  yellow,  and  with  tincture  of  kino  containing  10  per  cent,  of 
catechu,  a  dingy  gray-green  precipitate. — Am.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1889,  P-  7^« 

Tincture  of  Quillaya,  Nat,  Form. — Proposed  Modification  in  Alcoholic 
Strength  and  Manipulation, — J.  Rutherford  Hill  contributes  some  criti- 
cisms, mainly  on  the  tincture  of  quillaya  of  the  National  Formulary,  and 
also  on  the  tincture  of  the  Br.  Ph.  Conf.  Formulary.  The  latter  he  con- 
siders too  strongly  alcoholic,  the  American  tincture  too  weak,  and  proposes 
as  a  medium  an  alcoholic  strength  of  49  per  cent,  by  weight.  As  regards 
the  manipulation  directed  in  the  National  Formulary,  the  extraction  of 
the  bark  by  boiling  water  has  a  tendency  to  decompose  the  saponin,  as  is 
evidenced  from  the  reaction  of  a  tincture  so  prepared  with  Fehling's  so- 
lution, none  being  obtained  when  the  tincture  is  prepared  with  cold 
water,  or  by  direct  percolation  with  dilute  alcohol.  As  regards  the  de- 
gree of  disintegration,  he  considers  it  unnecessary  to  employ  the  bark  to 
be  percolated  in  any  other  form  than  that  of  chips,  the  latter  being  read- 
Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


412  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS  OF   PHARMACY. 

ily  extracted.     He  advises  that  the  chips  be  moistened  with  diluted  alco- 
hol, packed  in  a  percolator,  moistened  with  menstruum  (i  pint  for  8  ounces 
of  bark),  macerated  for  12  hours,  then  percolated  with  sufficient  men-- 
struum  to  make  the  required  measure. — Phar.  Jour,  and  Trans.,  Feb.  9, 
1889,  626-627. 

Tincture  of  Guaiac — A  Sensitive  Reagent  for  Pus, — Vitali  recom- 
mends tincture  of  guaiac  as  a  sensitive  reagent  for  pus  in  urine.  The 
urine,  being  filtered,  a  little  of  the  reagent  is  poured  in,  when  a  beautiful 
blue  color  is  produced  in  presence  of  pus.  Moderate  warming  favors, 
whilst  excessive  heat  entirely  prevents  the  reaction.  Reducing  agents 
and  caustic  alkalies  also  prevent  it.  Saliva,  nasal  mucus,  and  milk  also 
give  the  reaction,  although  not  so  intense. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Sept. 
1888,  451 ;  from  (Bollet.  Farm.)  Rundsch.,  1888,  p.  531. 

Tincture  of  Calendula — Characters  of  Different  Preparations, — Frank  G. 
Mumma  observes  that  tincture  of  calendula,  prepared  with  diluted  alco- 
hol, from  either  the  leaves  or  the  flowers,  does  not  differ  much  in  color 
or  taste,  but  that  of  the  flower  is  more  aromatic.  When,  however,  strong 
alcohol  is  used,  the  flowers  yield  a  golden  yellow,  and  the  leaves  a  dark 
green  tincture — the  latter  being  also  very  unlike  the  former  both  in 
taste  and  odor. — Amer.  Jour.  Phar.,  Dec,  1888,  609. 

Tinctura  CaUndulce  Florum — B,  P,  C.  Formula. — Take  of  marigold 
flowers,  dried,  in  No.  20  powder,  4  oz  ;  proof  spirit,  a  sufficient  quantity. 
Moisten  the  powder  with  eight  fluidounces  of  the  menstruum,  and  mace- 
rate for  twenty-four  hours.  Then  pack  in  a  percolator,  and  gradually 
pour  proof  spirit  upon  it  until  i  pint  of  tincture  is  obtained.  Dose,  5  to 
20  minims. — ^Yearbook  of  Pharm.,  1888,  471. 

Tinctura  Cantharidis — Preparation  by  Maceration, — Rob.  A.  Hatcher 
proposes  maceration  for  preparing  this  tincture.  He  found  that  if  pre- 
pared by  percolation  a  small  amount  of  cantharidin  may  remain  behind 
in  the  powder,  which  can  be  extracted  by  the  process  of  Mortreux,  viz. : 
Exhausting  with  chloroform,  treating  the  extract  with  carbon  disulphide, 
and  crystallizing  the  undissolved  portion  from  chloroform. — Amer.  Jour. 
Pharm.,  May  1889,  ^4^' 

Tinctura  Capsici  Fortior — B,  P,  C.  Formula, — Take  of:  Capsicum 
fruit,  in  No.  40  powder,  10  oz.  ;  rectified  spirit,  a  sufficient  quantity. 
Moisten  the  powder  with  a  suitable  quantity  of  the  menstruum,  and  mac- 
erate for  twenty- four  hours  in  a  closed  vessel.  Then  pack  in  a  percola- 
tor, and  gradually  pour  rectified  spirit  upon  it  until  i^  pints  of  tincture 
are  obtained.  Dose,  i  to  3  minims.  Principally  used  externally. — 
Year-book  of  Pharm.,  1888,  471. 

Tincture  of  Mustard — Preparation,  etc, — Joseph  W.  England,  believ- 
ing that  mustard  in  the  form  of  a  tincture  would  possibly  possess  valuable 
stimulating  properties,  has  prepared  a  tincture  of  black  mustard,  which  has 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


TINCTUIUE,  413 

been  found  to  answer  admirably  both  as  a  substitute  for  the  correspond- 
ing preparation  of  ginger  and  capsicum  ;  being  stronger  than  ginger,  but 
less  active  and  irritating  than  tincture  of  capsicum.  He  uses  for  the  pre- 
paration of  tincture  of  mustard  the  ground  commercial  black  mustard  seed, 
which  has  had  the  larger  portion  of  its  20-25  P^''  ^^^^^  A^€<i  oil  removed 
by  pressure.     The  formula  is  as  follows : 

Take  of 

Ground  black  mustard 8  troy  ounces. 

Water 2flaidounce8. 

Alcohol   .  q.  s.  ad  I  qt. 

Moisten  the  mustard  with  the  water,  added  in  small  quantities  at  a 
time,  in  a  porcelain  evaporating  dish  or  other  non- metallic  receptacle, 
and  admix  thoroughly.  Cover  well  and  leave  stand  for  24  hours.  Re- 
move and  pack  in  a  glass  funnel  or  percolator ;  add  i  pint  of  alcohol 
and  macerate  for  48  hours.  Then  allow  percolation  to  proceed,  keep 
adding  alcohol  until  the  percolate  measures  i  quart.  The  finished  liquid 
is  a  clear,  transparent,  yellow  fluid,  having  a  strong  characteristic  odor 
and  a  warm  pungent  taste.  Mixed  with  water  it  becomes  slightly  opal- 
escent or  milky,  from  the  precipitation  of  a  small  quantity  of  fixed  oil. 
Its  dose  is  from  }{-j4-i  tea^poonful  well  diluted  with  water. — Amer. 
Jour.  Phar.,  March  1889,  124-125. 

Tinctura  Euonymi^B.  F,  C.  Formula. — Take  of:  Euonymus  bark, 
in  No.  20  powder,  4  oz;  rectified  spirit,  i  pint..  Moisten  the  powder 
with  a  suitable  quantity  of  the  menstruum,  and  macerate  for  twenty-four 
hours,  then  pack  in  a  percolator,  and  gradually  pour  rectified  spirit  upon 
it  until  I  pint  of  tincture  is  obtained. — YearTxwk  of  Pharm.,  1888,  473. 

Tinctura  Strophanthi — Formula  proposed  for  the  Germ,  Fharm. — The 
Pharmacopoeia  Commission  of  the  German  Apothecaries'  Association  pro- 
poses the  preparation  of  tincture  of  strophanthus  from  i  part  strophan- 
thus  seeds,  (presumably  the  seeds  of  Strophanthus  hispidus,  D.  C,  and 
Strophanthus  Kombk^  Oliver,  which  are  described),  and  10  parts  of  diluted 
alcohol.  The  tincture  is  described  as  having  a  yellow  color  and  a  very 
bitter  taste. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  July  1888,  650,  651. 

It  will  be  noted  that  this  tincture  differs  from  that  originally  proposed 
in  England  (see  Proceedings  1888,  287),  and  adopted  in  this  country, 
it  being  about  double  the  strength  (presuming  the  activity  to  be  repre- 
sented by  the  properties  of  seeds  and  solvent  used),  while  the  use  of  ether 
for  the  extraction  of  fixed  oil  is  dispensed  with,  and  strong  alcohol  is 
replaced  by  the  diluted  alcohol  of  the  Germ.  Pharm. — Rep. 

Tincture  of  Litmus — Cause  of  Bleaching^  etc, — It  is  well  known  that 
tincture  of  litmus  gradually  loses  its  color  when  it  is  kept  in  tightly  closed 
bottles.  For  this  reason  it  is  usual  to  stopper  the  litmus  bottle  with  a 
pellet  of  cotton,  or  with  a  perforated  cork  through  which  a  bent  glass 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


414  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

tube  passes,  or  merely  to  invert  a  glass  cap  over  the  open  neck  of  the 
bottle.  The  cause  of  the  bleaching  has  recently  been  made  the  subject 
of  an  investigation  by  Dubois.  According  to  him,  tincture  of  litmus 
possesses  a  perfect  fauna  and  flora,  consisting  of  infusoria,  zoospores, 
algge,  fun^i,  and  other  micrococci.  The  author  examined  three  separate 
samples  of  the  same  tincture  of  litmus,  each  contained  in  a  separate 
vessel.  One  of  these  was  sterilized  by  mercuric  chloride,  another  by 
heat,  while  the  third  was  not  sterilized.  It  was  found  that  the  sterilized 
samples  retained  their  blue  color  completely.  The  other  sample  gradu- 
ally lost  its  tint,  and  finally  contained  only  a  living,  very  small,  globular 
micrococcus.  The  decolorization  of  tincture  of  litmus,  in  closed  vessels, 
is  therefore  due  to  the  presence  of  micro-organisms,  which,  when  deprived 
of  the  access  of  air,  cause  a  reduction  of  the  blue  coloring  matter  to  a 
leuco-  (or  colorless)  compound.  If  the  latter  is  again  oxidized,  its  blue 
color  is  restored. — Amer.  Drugg.,  Jan.  1889,  12  ;  from  Bull.  Soc.  Chim. 
and  Pharm.  Post. 

Tinctura  VanillcR — Advantage  of  Maceration, — The  labor  of  powdering 
the  vanilla  is  much  lessened  by  the  use  of  a  small  proportion  of  coarse 
sand  previously  sifted  and  washed.  F.  B.  Quackenbush  believes  that 
maceration  brings  out  the  flavor  better  than  percolation,  and  the  longer 
the  maceration  proceeds,  the  more  delicate  will  be  the  aroma  of  the 
tincture. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  May  1889,  242. 

Tinctura  Phosphori  Composita — B,  P,  C  Formula,  —  Take  of  phos- 
phorus, 12  grains;  chloroform,  2^  fiuidounces;  place  in  a  stoppered 
bottle,  and  apply  the  heat  of  a  water-bath  until  dissolved.  Then  add  the 
solution  to  ethylic  alcohol,  12^  fiuidounces;  shake  well.  This  tincture 
should  be  preserved  from  the  light,  in  accurately  stoppered  bottles.  Each 
fluid  drachm  contains  A  grain  of  phosphorus.  Dose:  3  to  12  minims. — 
Yearbook  of  Pharm.,  1888,  474. 

Tinctura  Ferri  Chloridi — Commercial  Quality, — Walter  Culin  subjected 
samples  of  tincture  of  ferric  chloride,  procured  from  different  stores,  to 
examination.  None  of  the  samples  gave  a  reaction  for  ferrous  salt  with 
potassium  ferricyanide  ;  eight  of  the  samples  gave  reactions  for  nitric 
acid,  and  traces  of  other  metals,  like  zinc,  were  detected  in  the  same 
number. — Amer.  Jour.  Phar.,  March,  1889,  123. 

Tinctura  Ferri  Chloridi — Reducing  Action  of  Alcohol. — Griffith  R. 
Lewis  again  directs  attention  to  the  reducing  action  of  alcohol  upon  fer- 
ric chloride,  and  suggests  that  the  alcohol  be  replaced  by  water  as 
previously  suggested  by  Professor  Attfield.  The  generation  of  ferrous 
salt  was  shown  qualitatively,  no  quantitative  determinations  having  been 
made. — Amer.  Jour.  Phar.,  May,  1889,  241. 

Soluble  Essences, — Leo  Eliel  observes  that  "soluble  essences'*  are  oc- 
casionally called  for,  the  term  soluble  referring  to  their  miscibility  with 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


TROCHISCI.  415 

an  aqueous  fluid  without  producing  turbidity.  These  are  readily  made 
after  the  following  formula  for 

Soluble  Essence  of  Lemon. — Dissolve  two  ounces  of  oil  of  lemon,  or 
whatever  may  be  desired,  in  one  pint  of  deodorized  alcohol.  In  another 
bottle  shake  up  powdered  carbonate  magnesia  and  sugar,  of  each  three 
ounces,  with  one  pint  of  water,  and  pour  into  the  bottle  containing  the 
oil  and  alcohol.  Agitate  briskly  and  filter,  adding  to  filter  sufficient  di- 
lute alcohol  to  make  up  to  one  quart. 

Soluble  Essence  of  Tolu, — This  may  be  prepared  as  follows  : 

Balsam  tolu 3  ozs. 

Alcohol 6  ozs. 

Glycerin .12  ozs. 

Magnesia  carbonate 4  drachms. 

Water, 

Alcohol  q.  s.  ft 2  pints. 

Dissolve  the  tolu  in  the  alcohol  and  glycerin  with  heat,  add  1 2  ounces 
of  water,  and  let  it  cool.  Pour  the  milky  liquid  off  from  the  resinous  pre- 
cipitate, rub  with  the  magnesia,  and  filter,  adding  to  filter  enough  alcohol 
and  water  in  the  proportion  of  i  part  alcohol  to  2  parts  of  water.  One 
ounce  to  15  do.  syrup  simplex  makes  syrup  tolu,  U.  S.  P.  1870. —  Phar. 
Rec,  July  16,  1888,  213;  from  Ind.  Pharm. 

Soluble  Essence  of  Ginger — Improved  Manipulation, — John  K.  Wil- 
liams, using  by  preference  powdered  pumice-stone,  suggests  the  following 
improvement  on  the  manipulation  directed  in  the  "Nat.  Form.**  :  In  a 
covered  flat-bottomed  dish  put  4  ounces  fine  powdered  pumice  to  one  pint 
of  essence  ginger  (strength  say  4  oz.  to  pint),  stir  with  a  square-end  stick 
every  five  minutes  for  half  an  hour,  then  add  slowly,  stirring  constantly, 
4  ounces  of  water,  and  repeat  the  addition  of  that  quantity  of  water  every 
half  hour  until  you  have  ad.  O  ij  (less  if  you  desire  it);  then  filter  through 
paper.  A  syrup  is  prepared  from  this  by  cold  percolation. — West.  Drugg., 
Feb.  1889,  80. 

TROCHISCI. 

Voice  Lozenges — Formula, — According  to  the  Chem.  and  Drugg.,  Dr. 
Hinkle  recommends  the  following  formula  as  the  best  for  a  **  voice 
lozenge  *'  in  the  ordinary  hoarseness  of  singers  and  speakers.  A  small 
piece  should  be  allowed  to  dissolve  in  the  mouth  just  before  vocal 
exertion : 

Cubebs %  grain, 

Benzoic  Acid ^     " 

Hydrochlorate  of  Cocaine T^r    " 

Powdered  Tragacanth X     " 

Extract  of  Licorice 5      grains, 

Sugar 13  "  , 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


41 6  REPORT  ON  THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

Eucal3rptol ^  mimm. 

Oil  of  Anise ^      « 

Black  Currant  paste enough  to  make  20  grains. 

— Amer.  Drugg.,  May  1889,  *8. 

UNGUENTA. 

Ointment  Bases — Comparative  and  Special  Value  0/  Different  Kinds. — 
L.  Bohm  has  made  experiments  in  order  to  deternaine  the  comparative  or 
special  value  of  different  ointment  bases,  using  for  the  general  medication 
nitrate  of  strychnine,  and  local  medication  cartharidm  and  veratrin. 
He  found  that  while  hog's  lard  easily  becomes  rancid,  and  then  becomes 
irritant,  it  gives  the  best  results  when  it  is  designed  that  the  medicament 
shall  be  absorbed.  Paraffin  ointment  does  not  become  rancid,  does  not 
exercise  any  irritant  effect,  and  is  suitable  in  all  cases  in  which  large 
quantities  of  water  are  not  required,  and  in  which  an  absorption  of  the 
medicament  into  the  circulation  is  not  desired.  Glycerin  ointment  is  also 
unchangeable,  but  is  irritating  when  applied  to  wounds.  It  is  partic- 
ularly applicable  for  the  preparation  of  salves  that  are  to  contain 
water,  and  its  medicinal  agents  may  become  absorbed  by  prolonged  fric- 
tion. Lanolin  is  also  unchangeable  ;  it  promotes  the  local  action  of  the 
medicinal  agents  incorporated  with  it,  but  retards  the  absorption  of  the 
same  into  the  circulation. — Arch.  d.  Pharra.,  April  1889,  321  :  from 
Pharra.  Centralh. 

A  New  Ointment  Base — Goose  Grease  a  Component, — Percy  VV^ells  ob- 
serves that  the  use  of  goose  grease  as  an  external  application,  though 
dating  from  a  very  remote  period  and  of  admitted  eflficiency,  has  a  draw- 
back in  its  odor.  This  is  overcome  by  combining  it  with  cacao  butter, 
an  ointment  base  being  thus  produced  which  is  easily  liquefied  on  appli- 
cation, and  which  is  more  readily  absorbed  than  anj  other  fatty  substance 
with  which  the  author  is  acquainted.  The  goose  fat  is  purified  by  melt- 
ing until  the  small  quantity  of  membrane  it  contains  collects  into  a  mass, 
then  straining  \  to  3  pounds  of  the  hot  goose  grease,  J^  pound  of  cacao 
butter  is  added.  This  melts  without  further  heat,  the  mixed  fats  being 
stirred  continuously  until  they  begin  to  solidify,  when  the  stirring  should 
be  more  vigorous  until  quite  cold,  a  wooden  stirrer  being  preferably  used 
for  this  purpose. — Pharm.  Jour,  and  Trans.,  Jan.  19,  1889,  567. 

Sapolanolin — A  New  Ointment  Base. — E.  Stern  gives  the  name  ''sapo- 
lanolin"  to  a  new  ointment  base,  which  he  prepares  by  mixing  2^  parts 
lanolin  with  2  parts  sapo  kalinus,  Ph.  Germ.  All  medicinal  agents  com- 
monly employed  in  ointments,  with  the  exception  of  salicylic  acid,  may 
be  incorporated  with  this  base.  Another  preparation,  serving  as  a  base 
for  salves  which  it  is  desirable  should  possess  adhesive  qualities,  is  called 
by  the  author 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


UNGUKNTA.  41 7 

Lanolin-Wax  Paste — This  is  prepared  by  iDcorporating  2  parts  of 
yellow  wax  and  i  part  of  olive  oil  (the  latter  benzoinated  for  summer 
use)  with  2  parts  of  lanolin.  The  light  yellow  salve  produced  has  the 
thick,  sticky  consistence  of  the  adhesive  wax  used  by  hair  dressers,  and 
may  be  mixed  with  most  medicinal  agents  without  suffering  change  in  its 
consistence.  If  tar  is  to  be  introduced,  however,  the  proportion  of 
wax  must  be  somewhat  increased. 

Lanolin  Injections  may  be  made  with  i  p.  lanolin  and  3  p.  almond  oil, 
suitable  medicinal  agents  (salicylic  acid,  sulphate  of  zinc,  etc.,)  being  in- 
corporated with  this. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  April  1889,  319:  from  Pharm. 
Centralh. 

Ointments — Incorporation  of  Tragacanth. — P.  Vigier  observes  that  in 
preparing  ointments  composed  of  vaselin,  glycerin,  oxide  of  zinc,  and 
gum  tragacanth,  it  is  indispensable  to  add  a  small  amount  of  water,  but 
this  should  be  done  with  certain  precautions.  He  advises  that  the  gum 
be  triturated  with  the  glycerin  and  a  small  quantity  of  water,  and  the 
mass  thus  obtained  mixed  with  the  oxide  of  zinc  already  made  into  an 
ointment. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  June  1889,  287:  Soc.  de  Phar.  de 
Paris,  April  3,  1889. 

Ointments^  Plasters ^  etc.  ^  for  Skin  Diseases — C/nna's  Preparation. — 
According  to  R.  Blondel,  Unna  has  been  engaged  in  perfecting  his  topi- 
cal applications  for  skin  diseases,  which  are  recommended  in  three  forms, 
viz:  ** Medicated  Paste f^'  *' Ointments^'  spread  upon  muslin,  and  ** Plas- 
ters^* similarly  prepared.  The  paste,  used  as  a  vehicle,  prolongs  the 
action  of  the  medicaments,  retains  the  secreted  water  upon  the  surface  of 
the  skin,  augments  cutaneous  respiration,  and  quiets  irritation.  The  ap- 
plications are  intended  for  prolonged  use  without  re  dressing.  The  soft 
paste  of  Unna  is  made  as  follows:  Oxide  of  zinc,  15;  glycerin,  15; 
gelatin,  25;  water,  25.  The  muslin  plasters  are  prepared  by  making  the  . 
fabric  impermeable  with  caoutchouc  dissolved  in  benzol  or  the  oleate  of 
aluminium.  M.  Vigier  in  recent  experiments  on  the  preparation  of  the 
plasters  gives  the  preference  to  a  coating  of  soft  paraffin  mixed  with 
gutta  percha  dissolved  in  bisulphide  of  carbon.  Unna's  paste,  spread  on 
these  plasters,  or  used  as  an  ointment,  is  said  to  ''  render  great  service  in 
the  treatment  of  pruritus,  eczema,  intertrigo  and  acne.** — Amer.  Jour. 
Pharm.,  Jan.  1889,  ^1\  ^O"^  J-  ^^  ^^'  ^^  ^^  C^-»  ^^'  '>  \^Z^, 

Benzoated  Lard— A  Good  Method, — John  K.  Williams  finds  the  fol- 
lowing method,  suggested  by  Holmes,  he  thinks,  very  satisfactory  for 
benzoating  lard,  far  more  so  in  fact  than  the  officinal  method.  Macerate 
2  ozs.  of  benzoin  in  4  ozs.  of  cone,  ether  sulph.  till  dissolved ;  filter 
through  paper ;  to  the  filtrate  add  2  ozs.  castor  oil ;  shake,  removing  the 
cork  frequently  to  allow  the  ether  to  pass  off.  One-half  ounce  of  this 
ethereal  benzoate  will  benzoate  one  pound  of  lard  (not  market  lard,  but 

37  Digitized  by  Google 


41 8  REPORT   ON    THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

that  rendered  anhydrous  by  yourself  from  the  leat).  Add  [the  benzoate 
when  the  lard  is  nearly  cold. — West.  Drugg.,  Feb.,  1889,  81;  from 
Pro.  Conn.  Phar.  Assoc. 

Adeps  Benzoatus — Preparation  with  True  Sublimed  Benzoic  Acid, — 
According  to  E.  Utescher,  adeps  benzoatus  is  best  prepared  by  dissolving 
one  part  true  sublimed  benzoic  acid  in  one  hundred  parts  melted  lard ; 
such  a  preparation  possesses  a  finer  appearance,  more  pleasant  odor,  less 
reducing  action  (on  salts  of  silver),  is  of  uniform  quality,  and  keeps  as 
well  as  the  preparation  made  with  benzoin. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  May, 
1889,  246  ;  from  Apoth.  Ztg.,  1889,  280. 

Petrolatum  Cerate — Preparation, — Nicot  finds  a  petrolatum  cerate, 
made  according  to  the  following  formula,  to  be  a  very  unctuous  and 
homogeneous  preparation  of  immaculate  whiteness.  He  adds  that 
petrolatum,  which  is  a  good  excipient  in  most  ointments,  need  not  be 
thought  out  of  place  for  cerate.  His  formula  is:  White  petrolatum, 
500  gm.;  oil  of  sweet  almonds,  50  gm.;  white  wax,  50  gm.  Melt  with 
gentle  heat,  and  mix  in  a  warm  mortar,  adding  slowly  50  gm.  of  rose- 
water.  For  cold  cream  the  white  wax  should  be  replaced  with  sperma- 
ceti.— Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  April,  1889,  175;  from  Bull.  gen.  Th^rap., 
Feb.,  1889. 

Lanolin  Ointments — Permeability, — A.  Ball  describes  some  tests  made 
with  a  view  to  determine  the  permeability  of  lanolin  ointments,  made 
with  and  without  water  to  permeate  animal  membrane.  The  results  in 
each  case  showed  that  the  medicinal  agent  permeated  the  septum  with 
ease,  and  he  advocates  its  use  for  making  ointments  of  various  kinds,  and 
particularly  as  a  diluent  for  oleates.  On  account  of  its  comparatively  easy 
miscibility  with  water,  salts  that  have  hitherto  not  befcn  conveniently  used 
in  ointment  form  may  be  readily  incorporated;  thus,  for  instance,  solution 
of  permanganate  of  potassium  is  not  reduced.  If  stirred  with  hot  water, 
in  a  mortar  it  readily  forms  a  cream,  which  suitably  perfumed  forms  an 
efficient  **hair  cream.'* — Pharm.  Jour,  and  Trans.,  May  25,  1889,  949. 

Lanolin  Toilet  Cream — Preparation  and  Uses. — Fassati  communicates 
the  following  formula  for  a  lanolin  toilet  cream,  which  he  declares  to  be 
*'  very  efficacious  for  tan,  pimples,  acne,  and  other  simple  affections  of 
the  skin:'*  Lan(»lin,  5  gm.,  sulphur  (precip.),  5  gm.,  oil  of  sweet  al- 
monds, 5  gm.,  oxide  of  zinc,  2.50  gm.,  ext.  violet,  50  cgm.,  ext.  alkanet, 
q.  s.  to  obtain  a  flesh  tint.  It  shculd  be  applied  as  a  very  thin  coat, 
over  which  starch  or  steatite  may  be  powdered.  The  lanolin  makes  it 
easily  absorbable,  and  its  color  renders  it  suitable  for  use  in  the  day-time. 
— Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Nov.  1888,  562;  from  Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Oct.  5, 
1888. 

Unguentum  Aqua  Roscb — Improved  Formula, — William  Stengelin 
furnishes  the    following  formula,  which  is  stated  to  yield  an  excellent 

P^*^P*'"''°"=  DigitizedbyGOOgle 


UNGUENTA.  419 

Expressed  oil  of  almond •    •  4  ounces. 

White  wax I  ounce. 

Spermaceti 6  drachms. 

Distilled  water lyi  ounces. 

Oil  of  bergamot 5  drops. 

Otto  of  rose 5  drops. 

In  order  to  obtain  it  of  a  light,  frothy  consistence,  it  is  recommended 
to  beat  it  with  a  wooden  stirrer  having  a  perforated  blade,  which  should 
be  dexterously  worked,  and  is  afterward  readily  cleaned. — Amer.  Jour. 
Pharm.,  March  1889,  128. 

Diachylon  Ointment — Selection  of  Oil  with  a  view  to  Keeping  Quali- 
ties.— With  the  view  to  ascertain  the  keeping  qualities  of  diachylon  oint- 
ment prepared  with  different  vegetable  oils,  E.  Dieterich  has  made  ex- 
periments, using  for  its  preparation  expressed  oil  of  almond,  peanut, 
cottonseed,  sunflower,  walnut,  linseed,  olive,  poppy,  rape,  sesame,  and 
castor  oil.  The  preparations  that  showed  the  least  acid  and  rancidity 
and  consequently  the  best  flavor,  after  an  exposure  of  8  weeks,  were 
those  made  with  olive  oil  (comm.)  and  with  castor  oil,  the  latter  being 
the  best.  The  author's  results  are  shown  in  a  table,  which  may  be  con- 
sulted in  Amer.  Drugg.,  July,  18S8,  133;  from  Pharm.  Post. 

Unguentum  Diachylon — Improved  Formula. — A.  Kremel  highly  recom- 
mends the  following  formula  as  producing  diachylon  ointment-  of 
superior  and  "homogeneous  consistence :  i  part  litharge  is  boiled  in  the 
usual  manner  with  2  parts  each  of  lard  and  olive  oil,  and  sufficient  water 
to  complete  saponiflcation,  and  evaporation  of  the  water ;  it  is  then 
strained,  allowed  to  cool,  stirred  gently  until  nearly  white,  and  perfumed 
with  the  necessary  quantity  of  oil  of  lavender. — Arch.  d.  Phar.,  June, 
1889,  512;  from  Phar.  Post,  22,  226. 

Unguentum  OleoReiina  Capsici — B.  P.  C  Formula, — Take  of  oleo- 
resin  of  capsicum,  i  oz. ;  yellow  wax,  J/^  oz. ;  benzoated  lard,  4  ozs. 
Melt  the  wax  and  lard  at  a  low  temperature,  add  the  oleo- resin,  mix  thor- 
oughly, and,  if  necessary,  strain  through  muslin.  Stir  until  cold. — Year- 
book of  Pharm.,  1888,  476. 

Unguentum  Boroglycerinatum — Formula, — Kohler  proposes  an  oint- 
ment of  boroglyceride  as  a  substitute  for  Lister's  boric  acid  ointment. 
10  p.  boric  acid  are  heated  for  10  minutes  with  30  p.  of  glycerin  (s.  g. 
1.23)  ar  the  boiling  point  of  the  mixture.  Water  is  added  to  make  up 
the  original  weight  to  40  p.  The  mixture  is  allowed  to  cool  to  50°  C, 
and  40  p.  of  lanolin  are  incorporated,  followed  by  20  p.  of  paraffin 
ointment.  The  product  has  the  appearance  of  cold  cream,  is  permanent, 
and  far  more  active  than  the  boric  acid  ointments  prepared  heretofore. — 
Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Oct.  1888,  899 ;  from  Schweiz.  Wochenschr.  f.  Pharm. 
26,  261. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


420  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

Ung,  Calcii  Chloridi— Formula. — Di'.  Lier  recommends  chloride  of 
calcium  ointment  in  the  treatment  of  eczema,  prepared  as  follows:  Ung. 
zinci  20,  talc  5,  ol.  cadinum  5,  calcii  chloridum  2,  and  water  10  gm. — 
Amer.  Jour.  Phar.,  November  1888,  583;  from  Monatsh.  f.  Dermat. 

Unguentum  lodi — Experiments  with  Different  Bases, — Charles  W. 
Cannon  has  experimented  with  lard,  lanolin  and  petrolatum  as  the  base 
for  iodine  ointment;  and  after  keeping  the  ointments  under  various  con- 
ditions in  the  dark,  or  exposed  to  diffused  daylight  or  to  sunlight,  de- 
termined the  amount  of  iodine  by  dissolving  it  in  alcohol  and  estimating 
it  with  volumetric  solution  of  sodium  hyposulphite.  Lanolin  and  lard 
yielded  the  iodine  to  the  solvent  quite  readily,  while  petrolatum  per- 
sistently retained  a  portion  of  it.  The  largest  amount  of  iodine  was 
invariably  recovered  from  the  lanolin,  and  this  is  recommended  as  the 
best  base  for  iodine  ointment ;  the  well  known  qualities  of  lanolin  furnish 
additional  reasons  for  its  use  in  this  connection. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm., 
March  1889,  128. 

Iodide  of  Potassium  Ointment — Cause  of  Change. — Coseera  has  made 
comprehensive  experiments  to  determine  the  cause  of  the  rapid  develop- 
ment of  yellow  color  in  iodide  of  potassium  ointment.  He  finds  that  the 
view  advanced  by  many  that  the  change  is  due  to  the  combined  influence 
of  carbonic  acid  and  water,  thereby  forming  hydriodic  acid,  which  in  its 
turn  decomposes,  is  erroneous.  He  regards  it  as  indisputable  that  the 
cause  of  change  is  the  acidity  of  the' ointment  body,  such  acidity  either 
pre-existing  or  forming  very  shortly  by  the  action  of  atmospheric  oxy- 
gen. The  correctness  of  this  view  is  supported  by  the  circumstance  that 
iodide  of  potassium  ointment  prepared  with  pure  paraffin  (petrolatum? — 
Rep.)  remains  unchanged  indefinitely. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Nov.  1888, 
1043;  from  L*Orosi,  1888,  236. 

Mercurial  Ointment — Assay, — Kremel  recommends  the  following 
method  of  assay  for  mercurial  ointment  :  Weigh  3  gm.  of  the  ointment 
into  a  small  tared  flask,  add  50  c.c.  alcoholic  potassium  hydrate  solution 
and  heat  in  a  water- bath  ;  after  a  short  time  the  fat  is  saponified  and  the 
solution  can  be  easily  poured  off"  from  the  separated  mercury,  which  is 
washed  a  few  times  with  alcohol,  finally  with  ether,  and  then  the  flask  and 
contents  are  dried  and  weighed. — Pharm.  Post,  1889,  227. 

For  the  same  purpose  E.  Dieterich  recommends  the  following :  To  one 
gram  ointment  weighed  into  a  small  beaker  are  added  60  gm.  ether,  5 
gm.  alcohol  and  6  to  8  drops  hydrochloric  acid ;  to  facilitate  solution  of 
the  fat,  slight  heat  is  applied  ;  the  beaker  is  covered  with  a  watch-crystal 
and  allowed  to  stand  until  the  liquid  becomes  clear,  when  it  is  carefully 
decanted  from  the  metallic  deposit,  the  latter  washed  by  decantation 
with  some  of  the  above  mixture,  finally  with  ether,  dried  at  30°  to  40® 
and  weighed. — (Helf.  Ann.)  Pharm.  Centralhalle,  1889,  267. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


VINA.  431 

Blue  Ointment — Use  of  Metallic  Potassium  to  Hasten  the  Extinction 
of  the  Mercury, — The  recommendation  of  L.  Jacqueraaire  to  add  o.  i  per 
cent,  of  metallic  potassium  to  the  mercury  in  order  to  facilitate  the  ex- 
tinction of  the  latter,  has  induced  E.  Bosetti  to  try  the  experiment,  both 
with  potassium  and  with  sodium.  His  results  are  not  favorable  to  the 
proposition,  the  mercury  is  divided  only  superficially,  and  the  mass  as- 
suming a  frothy  appearance,  resists  final  extinction  even  when  triturated 
during  several  days.  Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Aug.  1888,  704;  from  Phar. 
Centralh.,  1888,  335, 

Unguentum  Hydrargyri — Use  of  Oleic  Acid  to  Facilitate  the  Division  of 
Mercury. — Leo  Eliel  finds  that  instead  of  using  10  per  cent,  of  old  oint- 
ment, as  is  directed  by  the  U.  S.  Phar.,  for  the  extinction  of  the  mer- 
cury, oleic  acid  is  to  be  preferred,  and  that  it  insures  the  rapid  extinction 
of  the  mercury.  He  believes,  in  fact,  that  the  rapid  extinction  by  the 
aid  of  old  ointment  is  due  to  the  presence  of  this  acid.  The  addition  of 
I  per  cent,  only  is  necessary. — Phar.  Rec,  July  16,  1888,  213;  from 
Ind.  Phar. 

Mercurial  Ointment — Preparation  with  the  aid  of  Lanolin, — Mercurial 
ointment  is  made  by  G.  Greuel  by  triturating  100  gms.  mercury  with  15 
gros.  anhydrous  lanolin,  containing  20  per  cent,  olive  oil,  until  the  mer- 
cury is  extinguished  under  a  lens  magnifying  5  diameters,  and  incorpo- 
rating with  an  anhydrous  semi-fluid  mixture  of  115  gms.  lard  and  70  gms. 
mutton  suet.  The  success  of  the  method  depends  upon  using  material 
entirely  free  from  water;  one  kilogram  ointment  can  be  made  in  from 
one  to  one  and  a  half  hours. — Amer.  Jour.  Phar.,  May  1889,  247;  from 
Pharm.  Centralhalle,  1889,  127. 

Mercurial    Ointment — Admixture  with  Glycerite  of  Starch. — Preud- 

homme  observes  that  a  mixture  of  mercurial  ointment  and  glycerite  of 

starch  is  not  homogeneous  as  ordinarily  prepared,  but  may  be  made  so 

•  by  the  addition  of  a  small  quantity  of  lanolin. — Amer.  Jour.  Phar.,  June 

1889,  287;  from  Soc.  de  Phar.  de  Paris,  April  3,  1889. 

Unguentum  Hydrargyri  Oxidi  Flava— Satisfactory  Formula. — R. 
Wright  has  experimented  to  determine  a  formula  for  yellow  oxide  of 
mercury  ointment,  for  which  (in  Great  Britain,  Rep.)  there  is  no  author- 
itative formula.  Making  such  an  ointment  of  the  strength  of  unguentum 
hydrargyri  oxidi  rubri,  the  most  satisfactory  product  is  obtained  with  a 
base  composed  of  i  part  of  yellow  wax  and  7  to  16  parts  of  soft  paraffin, 
according  to  the  prevailing  temperature. — Yearbook  of  Pharm,  1888, 
397-398- 

VINA. 

Vinum  Chinee — Improved  Process  of  Preparation. — A.  Kremel  recom- 
mends the  following  process  and  formula  for  preparing  a  wine  of  cinchona 
that  has  the  full  activity  of  the  bark  and  remains  clear  indefinitely.}^ 

^  Digitized  ;2lC 


422  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS  OF   PHARMACY. 

500  grams  of  cinchona  bark  are  mixed  with  50  grams  of  calcium  hydrate 
and  500  grams  of  70%  alcohol.  After  macerating  2  or  3  days,  10  liters 
of  wine  are  added,  and  the  mixture  is  shaken  frequently  for  8  days.  It 
is  then  filtered  and  tartaric  acid  is  added  in  the  proportion  of  7  grams  to 
each  1000  grams  of  filtrate.  After  standing  for  8  days  it  is  again  filtered, 
and  then  retains  its  brightness  unchanged.  —Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  June  1889, 
513  ;  from  Pharm.  Post. 

Vinum  Condurango— Formula  Proposed  for  the  Germ,  Pharmacopoeia. — 
The  Pharmacopoeia  Commission  of  the  German  Apothecaries  Society, 
propose  the  preparation  of  a  condurango  wine,  by  macerating  i  part  of 
finely  cut  condurango  bark  in  10  parts  of  sherry  wine,  for  eight  days, 
expressing  and  filtering.  So  obtained  it  is  a  fluid,  having  a  yellow- red 
color,  and  the  odor — particularly  when  heated — of  the  bark. — Arch.  d. 
Pharm.,  July  1888,  651. 

Orange  Wine — Preparation. — In  the  German  colony  of  Blumenau, 
Brazil,  orange  wine  is  prepared  as  follows :  To  make  a  cask  of  wine, 
between  800  and  1000  oranges  are  strongly  expressed,  a  syrup,  made  by 
boiling  60  lbs.  of  sugar  with  5  gallons  of  water,  skimming,  and  allowing 
to  cool,  is  added,  and  the  whole  allowed  to  ferment.  When  fermenta- 
tion is  completed,  and  the  wine  has  become  clear,  it  is  bottled. — Amer. 
Drugg.,  July  1888,  132. 

MISCELLANEOUS    FORMULAS. 

Salol  Tooth  Powder — Formula. — The  following  formula  for  salol 
tooth  powder  is  given  in  *'  Dental  Reg."  :  Salol,  3  ;  powdered  sepia, 
6;  prepared  chalk,  24;  carbonate  of  magnesia,  16;  powdered  sugar,  6 
parts. — Amer.  Jour,  Pharm.,  Aug.  1888,  409. 

Odontalgic  Paste — Formula. — The  following  formula  for  a  toothache 
remedy  is  given  in  *'  Bull.  G6n.  Th6r.** :  Arsenious  acid,  2  gm.  ;  hydro- 
chlorate  of  cocaine,  2  gm. ;  crystallized  menthol,  o  5  gm.  ;  and  sufficient 
glycerin  to  make  a  paste.  Introduced  into  the  cavity  of  the  tooth,  this' 
causes  the  pain  to  rapidly  disappear. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Aug.  1888, 
409. 

Mouth  Wash — Formula. — The  following  formula  for  a  mouth  wash, 
for  shrinking  of  the  gums,  is  given  by  various  French  journals  of  phar- 
macy:  Tannic  acid,  8  gm.  ;  tr.  iodine,  5  gm.  ;  iodide  potass.,  i  gm. ; 
tr.  myrrh,  5  gm. ;  rose-water,  200  gm. ;  mix.  A  teaspoonful  in  a  third 
of  a  tumbler  of  water. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Dec.  1888,  614. 

Fragrant  Sulphur  Balsam — Modification  of  the  Common  Formula. — H. 
Borntrager  observes  that  the  medicinal  sulphur  balsam  prepared  by  heat- 
ing together  sulphur  with  Venetian  turpentine  and  oil  of  turpentine,  is  of 
a  very  disagreeable  odor  and  taste.  By  substituting  for  the  oil  of  turpen- 
tine olive  oil,  a  pleasant,  fragrant  product  results. — Chem.  techn.  Ztg., 
1888,  739. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


CEMENTS  AND   PASTES.  423 

English  Smelling  Salts — Preparation. — According  to  E.  Mylius,  Eng- 
lish smelling  salts  consist  almost  exclusively  of  ammonium  carbonate, 
leaving  only  a  slight  residue,  on  evaporation,  of  ammonium  bi-carbonate. 
A  superior  product  can  be  made  by  very  carefully  subliming  the  commer- 
cial carbonate,  so  that  only  the  carbamate  is  volatilized. — Amer.  Jour. 
Phar.,  Aug.,  1888,  403;  from  Pharm.  Ztg.,  1888,  p.  359. 

Corrosive  Sublimate  Bandages — Liability  to  Change. — These  bandages 
after  a  time  contain  the  mercuric  chloride  in  an  insoluble  form ;  from  the 
results  of  Haupt,  the.  material  used  for  the  bandage  appears  to  have  some 
effect  on  this  change.  Wadding  after  seven  months  retains  one-half  of 
the  mercuric  chloride  in  soluble  form.;  with  mull  this  point  is  reached 
after  five  months,  and  with  cambric  in  about  three  months ;  this  change 
gradually  becomes  complete,  as  specimens  (one  year  old)  contained  either 
very  small  quantities  or  none  at  all.  To  preserve  the  solubility  of  the 
HgClj ,  additions  of  ardium  chloride  or  tartaric  acid  are  made.  In  ex- 
amining bandages  which  should  contain  0.4  per  cent.  HgCIj  it  was  ob- 
served that  the  quantity  never  exceeded  0.335  percent.,  indicating  a  loss 
of  16  per  cent,  occasioned  by  drying  the  impregnated  material. — Phar. 
Centralh.,  1888,  458. 

Analgesic  Cotton — Preparation. — Eller  gives  the  following  formula  for 
analgesic  cotton  :  Solution  of  cocaine  (3  per  cent.),  30  gm.;  morphine 
sulph.,  0.8  gm.;  absorbent  cotton,  30  gm.  Dissolve  the  morphine  in  the 
cocaine  and  soak  the  cotton  in  the  solution.  It  may  be  made  into  a  small 
ball  and  introduced  into  the  cavity  of  an  aching  tooth,  or,  previously 
moistened,  may  be  used  in  like  manner  for  earache. — Amer.  Jour.  Phar., 
Dec.  1888,  615  ;  from  Union  M6d.,  Oct.  20,  1888. 

Calendulized  Lint — A  New  Antiseptic  Dressing. — Frank  G.  Mumma 
suggests  ''calendulized  lint'*  as  an  antiseptic  dressing.  Calendula  in 
coarse  powder,  12  parts,  is  percolated  with  dilute  alcohol  until  82  parts  of 
tincture  are  obtained ;  add  to  this  6  parts  of  glycerin,  saturate  with  the 
mixture  i  part  of  lint,  and  expose  to  the  air  until  the  alcohol  and  water 
have  evaporated. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Dec.  1888,  609. 

Antiseptic  Sponges — Preparation  for  Gyncecological  Operations — The 
following  method  for  preparing  antiseptic  sponges  is  given  in  *'  Pharm. 
Centralh."  (1888,  558).  The  sponges  are  placed  for  two  hours  in  a  solu- 
tion composed  of  corrosive  sublimate  i.o,  carbolic  acid  5.0,  alcohol  60.0, 
water  500.0  ;  after  expression  they  are  allowed  to  dry  in  the  air  and  may 
be  impregnated  with  one  of  the  following  solutions:  I.  Boric  acid  15.0, 
boiled  water  500.0;  II.  Tannin  30,  boiled  water  500.0;  III.  Solution 
ferric  chloride  40.0,  boiled  water  500.0. 

Cements  and  Pastes— Practical  Formulas. — Eugene  Dieterich  gives  the 
following  formulas : 

I.  Cement  for  porcelain,  marble,  alabaster,  glass,  etc. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


424  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS  OF   PHARMACY. 

a.  Caustic  lime lo  parts. 

White  of  eggs,  fresh 25     " 

Plaster  of  Paris 55     " 

Water 10    " 

Reduce  the  caustic  lime  to  powder,  and  triturate  it  with  the  white  of 
egg  to  a  uniform  paste.  Dilute  this  with  the  water,  quickly  incorporate 
the  plaster  of  Paris,  and  use  the  cement  at  once. 

[The  materials  to  be  cemented  must  be  ready  at  hand.  The  broken 
surfaces  should  be  dampened  with  water  so  that  the  cement  will  at  once 
adhere.  The  pieces  must  be  firmly  pressed  together  and  kept  in  this 
position  for  about  twelve  hours.] 

b.  Casein,  fresh 100  parts. 

Silicate  of  sodium,  syrupy q.  s. 

Mix  the  casein  in  a  mortar  with  enough  silicate  of  sodium  to  produce 
a  uniform  honey-like  mass. 

This  cement  is  transparent,  and  keeps  for  some  time.  It  is  not  water- 
proof. 

2.  Cement  for  meerschaum. 

Use  the  casein  cement  described  under  i,  b^  with  the  addition  of  five 
parts  of  calcined  magnesia  for  100  parts  of  casein. 

3.  Cement  for  paper,  woven  fabrics,  leather,  etc. 

Borax 5  parts. 

Water 95     ** 

Casein q.  s. 

Dissolve  the  borax  in  the  water,  and  incorporate  enough  casein  to  pro- 
duce a  honey-like  mass. 

4.  Cement  for  horses'  hoofs. 

Ammoniac,  purified 30  parts. 

Turpentine  (oleo-resin) 10    " 

Guttapercha 60    ** 

Melt  the  first  two  ingredients  in  a  steam-bath  and  gradually  add,  while 
stirring,  the  gutta-percha.  For  use,  soften  the  mass  in  hot  water  and 
then  press  into  the  previously  clean  hoof- fissure.  The  cement  may  be 
colored  black  by  incorporating  about  2  parts  of  lamp-black. 

5.  Cement  for  leathern  belts,  leather' upon  wood  or  metal,  etc. 

Gutta-percha 20  parts. 

Bisulphide  of  Carbon ■ 50    " 

Oil  of  Turpentine ....  10    " 

Asphalt  (Syrian),  powd 20     " 

Dissolve  the  gutta-percha  as  far  as  possible  in  the  mixed  liquids,  then 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


CEMENTS  AND   PASTES.  425 

add  the  asphalt.  After  several  days'  standing,  the  mass  will  be  homo- 
geneous. Should  it  be  too  thin,  evaporate  it  somewhat  so  that  it  may  be 
of  the  consistence  of  honey  when  cold. 

Before  applying  this  cement  to  leather,  the  latter  must  be  deprived  of 
fat  by  means  of  benzin,  upon  the  side  to  be  cemented. 

6.  Cement  for  tightening  iron  vessels. 

Iron  Filings 85  parts. 

Sublimed  Sulphur 10    ** 

Chloride  of  Ammonium,  powd 5     " 

Water q.  s. 

Mix  the  solids  and  make  a  thick  mass  with  water.  Apply  this  to  the 
fracture,  previously  cleaned  by  scraping.  After  standing  eight  days  the 
cement  will  be  as  hard  as  iron,  and  will  resist  boiling.  It  is  very  ser- 
viceable for  tightening  steam  apparatus  with  leaky  bolts. 

7.  Cement  for  coating  boiler-coverings,  etc. 

Litharge 85  parts. 

Boiled  Linseed  Oil *    ....  15     « 

Triturate  them  in  a  warmed  mortar  until  a  plastic  mass  results. 

8.  Cement  for  retorts,  etc. 

Clay/  powd.  and  sifted 60  parts. 

Rye  Flour •••...  30     " 

Bran 10    " 

Mix  them  well.  When  wanted,  take  a  sufficient  quantity  and  mix  it 
with  water  to  a  dough  to  be  applied  to  the  retort  or  flask. 

9.  Paste  for  affixing  paper  to  tin. 

Mucilage  of  Acacia 95  parts. 

Glycerin 5     " 

The  tin  must  be  cleaned  before  the  label  is  pasted  on. — Amer.  Drugg., 
Oct.  1888,  196. 

Starch  Paste — Preparation  in  Permanent  Form  for  Volume  try  ^  etc. — 
Gastine  prepares  a  permanent  starch  paste  for  volumetric  as  well  as 
technical  purposes,  by  mixing  50  parts  potato  starch  and  o.i  part  bin- 
iodide  of  mercury  with  a  little  water  and  adding  this  mixture  free  from 
lumps  to  10,000  parts  boiling  water  (for  technical  use  less  water  is  taken 
and  the  paste  boiled) ;  after  standing  the  liquid  is  decanted.  This  solu- 
tion will  not  lose  its  sensitiveness  if  kept  for  a  year. — Rdsch.,  1888,  783; 
from  Bull.  Soc.  Chim. 

Adhesive  Mixture — Formula* — Kayser  recommends  a  solution  of  30  p. 
of  rock  candy  in  100  parts  of  solution  of  silicate  of  sodium,  as  forming 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


426  REPORT  ON  THE  PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 

an  excellent  adhesive  mixture  for  paper  on  paper,  leather,  metal  (tin 
boxes),  wood,  etc. — Rundschau,  1888,  574. 

Rubber  Goods — Method  of  Mending. — The  Revue  Scieniifique  says 
that  laboratory  articles  of  rubber  may  be  repaired  by  filling  the  cracks 
or  torn  places  with  a  preparation  composed  of  16  parts  of  sulphide  of 
carbon  ;  2  of  gutta  percha  ;  4  of  India  rubber,  and  i  of  fish  glue.  Open 
places  are  filled  by  applying  successive  layers  with  a  brush.  Cut  or 
broken  places  are  filled  up  and  the  edges  held  together  with  a  moderately 
tightened  thread,  which  may  be  withdrawn  in  a  day  or  two,  when  any 
projecting  substance  may  be  removed  with  a  sharp  knife. — Amer.  Jour. 
Pharm.,  Oct.  1888,  512. 

Sealing  Wax — Formula  for  a  Compound  Indifferent  to  AlcohoL — The 
following  formula  yields  sealing  wax  that  is  not  affected  by  alcohol : 
5  parts  beeswax,  and  i  part  each  carnauba-wax  and  paraffin  are  melted 
together  and  heated  with  5  parts  red -lead  and  2  parts  prepared  chalk, 
with  constant  stirring  until  the  mixture  becomes  thick. — Rdsch.,  1889, 
176. 

Ink  for  Type-  Writer  Ribbons. — Isidore  Furst  communicates  some  in- 
teresting and  practical  information  respecting  type  writer  ribbons,  and 
the  ink  most  suitable  for  the  purpose.  The  constituents  of  an  ink  for 
type- writer  ribbons  maybe  broadly  divided  into  four  elements :  1,  the 
pigment ;  2,  the  vehicle  \  3,  the  corrigent ;  4,  the  solvent.  .  The  ele- 
ments will  differ  with  the  kind  of  ink  desired,  whether  permanent  or 
copying.     For 

Permanent  {jor  Record)  Ink^  any  finely  divided,  non-fading  color  may 
be  used  as  the  pigment,  vaseline  is  the  best  vehicle,  and  wax  the  corri- 
gent. In  order  to  make  the  ribbon  last  a  long  time  with  one  inking,  as 
much  pigment  as  feasible  should  be  used.  Suppose  we  wish  to  make 
black  record  ink.  Take  some  vaseline,  melt  it  on  a  slow  fire  or  water- 
bath,  and  incorporate  by  constant  stirring  as  much  lampblack  as  it  will 
take  up  without  becoming  granular.  Take  from  the  fire  and  allow  it 
to  cool.  The  ink  is  now  practically  finished,  except,  if  not  entirely  suit- 
able on  trial,  it  may  be  improved  by  adding  the  corrigent  wax,  in  small 
quantity.  The  ribbon  should  be  charged  with  a  very  thin,  evenly 
divided  amount  of  ink.  Hence  the  necessity  of  a  solvent,  in  this  in- 
stance a  mixture  of  equal  parts  of  petroleum  benzin  and  rectified  spirit  of 
turpentine.  In  this  mixture  dissolve  a  sufficient  amount  of  the  solid  ink 
by  vigorous  agitation  to  make  a  thin  paint.  Try  your  ink  on  one  ex- 
tremity of  the  ribbon  ;  if  too  soft,  add  a  little  wax  to  make  it  harder  ;  if 
too  pale,  add  more  coloring  matter  ;  if  too  hard,  add  more  vaseline.  If 
carefully  applied  to  the  ribbon,  and  the  excess  brushed  off,  the  result 
will  be  satisfactory.  On  the  same  principle  other  colors  may  be  made 
into  ink ;  but  for  delicate  colors,  albolin  and  bleached  wax  should  be  the 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


INKS.  427 

vehicle  and  corrigent  respectively.  The  various  printing  inks  may  be 
used  if  properly  corrected.  They  require  the  addition  of  vaseline  to 
make  them  non-drying  on  the  ribbon,  and  of  some  wax  if  found  too  soft. 
Where  printing  inks  are  available,  they  will  be  found  to  give  excellent 
results  if  thus  modified,  as  the  pigment  is  well  milled  and  finely  divided. 
Even  black  cosmetic  may  be  made  to  answer,  by  the  addition  of  some 
lampblack  to  the  solution  in  the  mixture  of  benzin  and  turpentine.     For 

Copying  Inks ^  aniline  colors  form  the  pigment ;  a  mixture  of  about  three 
parts  of  water  and  one  part  of  glycerin,  the  vehicle  ;  transparent  soap 
(about  one  fourth  part)  the  corrigent  \  stronger  alcohol  (U.  S.  P.)  (about 
six  parts),  the  solvent.  The  desired  aniline  color  will  easily  dissolve  in 
the  hot  vehicle,  soap  will  give  the  ink  the  necessary  body  and  counteract 
the  hygroscopic  tendency  of  the  glycerin,  and  in  the  stronger  alcohol  the 
ink  will  readily  dissolve  so  that  it  can  be  applied  in  a  finely  divided  state 
to  the  ribbon,  where  the  evaporation  of  the  alcohol  will  leave  it  in  a  thin 
film.  There  is  little  more  to  add.  After  your  ink  is  made  and  tried — if 
too  soft,  add  a  little  more  soap;  if  too  hard,  a  little  more  glycerin;  if 
too  pale,  a  little  more  pigment.  Probably,  printer's  copying  ink  can  be 
utilized  here  likewise,  because  every  one  now  has  the  means  to  modify 
and  correct  it  to  make  it  answer  the  purpose. — Amer  Drugg.,  Nov.  1888, 
201. 

Blue  Prints — Method  of  Changing  the  Color  to  Brown, — Gauthier-Vil- 
lars  gives  the  following  formula  for  the  conversion  of  the  blue  color  of 
cyanotypes  into  brown : 

I.  Solution  for  thi  Preparation  of  the  Paper. 

Potassium  ferritartrate 15  gm. 

Potassium  ferridcyanide 12  gm. 

Distilled  Water 250  c.c, 

2.  Solution  for  Bleaching  the  Prints. 

Ammonia  (22°) looc.c. 

Distilled,  Water 900  c.c. 

3.  Solution  for  Coloring  Brown. 

Tannin 10  gm. 

Distilled  Water 500  c.c. 

The  blue  prints  are  first  well  washed  and  then  dipped  into  solution  No. 
2,  until  the  image  is  completely  bleached.  It  is  then  washed  again  and 
immersed  in  the  tannin-bath  solution  3,  where  it  is  left  until  it  has 
assumed  the  desired  tone,  which  may  not  be  until  after  twelve  hours.  If 
at  the  end  of  this  time  the  desired  depth  shall  not  yet  be  attained,  a  few 
drops  of  ammonia  should  be  added.  Finally,  the  print  is  washed  with 
plain  water.  To  blacken  blue  prints,  Mr.  Roy's  method  is  recommended, 
bleaching  yellow  in  a  solution  of  4  gm.  caustic  soda  to  100  c.c.  water, 
then  blackening  in  a  solution  of  4  gm.  of  tannin  to  100  c.c.  water! — 
Amer.  Drugg.,  Nov.  1888,  205;  from  **Moniteur  de  la  Photoei;aphie. * ' 

Digitized  byCaOOQlC 


428  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS  OF   PHARMACY. 

MATERIA  MEDICA. 

A.  Vegetable  Drugs. 

GENERAL    SUBJECrS. 

Drugs  of  British  Sikkitn. — During  a  recent  visit  to  the  neighborhood 
of  Darjeeling,  David  Hooper  met  with  a  number  of  drugs  which  are  not 
commonly  known  in  other  parts  of  India.  The  portion  of  the  Himala* 
yan  mountain  zone  known  as  Sikkim,  in  which  the  Darjeeling  district  is 
situated,  has  a  rich  and  extensive  flora.  It  embraces  the  plains  called 
Terai  at  the  south  of  the  hills,  and  a  gradual  series  of  mountain  ranges  up 
to  10,000  feet  above  sea  level.  The  vegetation  ranges  from  the  tropical 
cotton,  banyan,  figs,  bamboo,  through  forests  of  sal,  toon,  bombax,  lau- 
rels, maples  and  oaks.  Among  such  a  variety  of  plants  it  is  not  a  matter 
of  surprise  to  find  many  of  them  yielding  products  used  in  medicine, 
cither  by  the  natives  themselves,  or  collected  for  purposes  of  trade,  and 
Mr.  Hooper  describes  quite  a  number  that  have  come  under  his  observa- 
tion, which  may  be  briefly  enumerated  as  follows: 

Tinospora  cordifolia^  Miers,  {Memspermacece.') — The  wood  and  stem 
root  are  used  to  cure  cattle  of  pains  in  the  stomach. 

Gynocurdia  odorata^  R.  Br.  {^Bixineci). — The  pulp  of  the  fruit  is 
used  td  poison  fish,  but  may  be  eaten  after  boiling  in  water.  The  seeds 
yield  chaulmugra  oil,  but  are  not  collected  here.  The  bark  is  supplied 
to  the  Mauritius  for  use  in  fever.  It  contains  starch  and  tannin,  and  its 
infusion  has  the  odor  of  essential  oil  of  bitter  almonds. 

Schima  Wa//ichii,  Choisy  ( Ternstrcsmiacfo) — The  fiber  of  the  black 
bark  of  this  large  tree  is  made  up  of  an  abundance  of  white,  needle-shaped 
cells,  which  are  easily  detached  and  act  as  cowhage  in  producing  painful 
irritation,  when  brought  in  contact  with  the  skin. 

Randia  Dumetorum,  Lam.  {Rubiacfce), — The  fruit  is  used  to  kill  fish. 

Faderia  Jcsiida,  Willd.  {Rubiacece), — The  fruit  is  Used  to  blacken  the 
teeth,  and  is  said  to  be  a  specific  Against  toothache. 

Fentapiery^ium  serpens^  Bth.  -{Vacciniaceos), — The  bulbous  root  is  used 
to  cure  cattle  of  lameness,  in  form  of  poultice. 

Teucrium  Anacrostachyum,  Wall.  {Labiata), — The  sweet  juice  which 
exudes  from  the  yellow-white  flowers  is  sucked  by  the  Paharia  herdsmen. 

CoUbrookia  oppositifolia,  Sm.  (^Labiatct), — The  down  on  the  stem  and 
leaves  is  used  to  extract  worms  from  bad  sores  on  the  leg. 

Foiygonum  molle,  Don.  {Folygonaceai), — The  shoots  are  eaten;  they 
resemble  rhubarb  in  flavor. 

Cinnamomum  Tamala^  Nees.  {Lauracea). — The  aromatic  bark  is  largely 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


USEFUL   PLANTS.  4^9 

exported  under  the  name  of  "  taj."  The  aromatic  leaves  are  also  sold  in 
the  bazaars  under  the  name  of  "  tespet." 

Macaranga  sp,  {EuphorbiacfCB). — The  leaves,  which  turn  golden  red 
before  falling,  in  December,  are  used  to  poison  fish.  The  juice  of  the 
fresh  leaves  is  said  to  blister  if  applied  to  the  skin. 

Gum  bearing  Plants, — A  large  number  of  trees  in  the  forests  of  British 
Sikkim  afford  useful  gum.  Among  them  the  author  enumerates  the 
following  :  Bauhinia  VahHi^  Albizzia  procera,  Albizzia  sttpuiata,  Croton 
obiongifolius,  Macaranga  gummiflua,  Ostodes  panicuiata,  Garcinia  siipu^ 
lata,  Bombax  malabaricum,  Stercula  viliosa^  Garuga  pinnata^  Odina 
wodier,  Spatholobus  Roxburghii^  Butea  frondosa, 

Shorea  robusia^  Gaertn.,  (JDipterocarpea), — This  is  the  sal  tree,  noted 
for  its  valuable  timber.  It  yields  a  quantity  of  resin,  found  in  large 
pieces — often  30-40  cubic  inches  in  size — in  the  ground  at  the  foot  of 
the  trees, 

Pterospermum  acerifolium,  yf\\\d.(JSUrculia€fCB,) — The  soft  tomentum 
of  the  leaves  Is  used  to  stop  bleeding  in  wounds. 

Canarium  Bengaiense,  Roxb.,  {Burseracea),'^1ht  light  yellow,  soft, 
tenacious  and  slightly  fragrant  resinous  exudation  found  on  the  bark  of 
this  huge  forest  tree  is  used  as  an  incense. 

GouarUa  ieptostachya,  D.  C,  (^Rhamnacea). — The  leaves  are  used  to 
make  poultices  for  sores. 

Millettia  pachycarpa^  Bth.,  (^Leguminosos). — The  roots  are  used  for 
killing  fish. 

Entada  scandens,  Bth.  (^Leguminosa), — The  large  seeds  of  the  long 
(often  two  feet  or  more)  fruit  are  eaten  after  long  roasting  and  soaking, 
to  extract  the  poison.     They  are  also  used  for  a  hair-wash. 

Dichroa  Jebrifuga^  Lour.  (JSaxtfragacecR). — The  root  bark  is  used  as  a 
febrifuge,  but  it  has  to  be  taken  in  very  large  doses  in  form  of  decoction. 
It  contains  starch,  but  no  tannin,  and  is  almost  tasteless. 

Terminalia  Chebula,  Retz.  {Combretacai), — The  fruits  are  used  as  a 
medicine  for  sore  throat,  and  the  kernels  are  eaten. 

Eugenia  obavatay  Wall.  {Myrtaceoe), — The  ground  bark  is  used  like 
smelling  salts  or  snufi*  for  headache. —  Pharm.  Jour,  and  Trans.,  Sept.  22, 
1888,  225-226. 

Useful  Brazilian  Plants. — Dr.  Theodor  Peckolt  describes  a  number 
of  useful  Brazilian  plants,  viz.:  Bactris  genomoides,  var.  setosa.  Dr.;  B, 
arundinacea^  Trail.;  B,  cuspidatay  Mart.,  var.  tenuis^  Wallace;  B,  cus 
pidatay  Mart.,  var.  Marajdy  Barb.  Rodrig;  B.  tomentosa^  Mart.;  B. 
Piranga,TTB,\\,;  B,  macrocarpay  Wallace;  B,  Jfar^/ii,  Wallace ;  B. 
Marajdy  Mart.,  var.  sobralensisy  Trail.;  B.  Marajdy  Mart.,  var.  Urn 
naia,  Trail.;  B.  glaucescensy  Dr.;  B.  chloracanthay  Poepp.;  B.  acantho 

Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


430  REPORT  ON  THE   PROGRESS  OF   PHARMACY. 

carpa.  Mart.;  B,  piscatorum^  Wedd.;  B,  setosa^  Mart.;  B,  major,  Jacq.. 
var.  infesta.  Mart.;  ' B,  mundata.  Mart.;  Guilielma  speciosay  Mart.;  G. 
spectosOf  Mart.,  var.  mitis.  Dr.;  G.  speciosa.  Mart.,  yzr.  flava.  Barb. 
Rodrig  ;  G.  insignis.  Mart.;  Acrocomia  scUrocarpa,  Mart.;  A .  sclerocarpa, 
Mart.,  var.  Wallaceana,  Dr.;  A.  intumescens^  Dr.;  A.  glaucophyila.  Dr.; 
Martinezia  caryoiifolia^  H.  B.  Kth.;  Glasiova  Martiana^  Glaz.  {Cocos 
Wedde liana,  H.  Wendl.);  G.  insignis,  Dr.;  Cocos  Mi^aniana,  MsiTt,; 
C.syagrus,  Dr.;  C.  inrajai,  Trl.;  C.  botryophora.  Mart.;  C  botryophora. 
Mart.,  var.  ensifolia,  Dr.;  C.  acrocomioides,  Dr.;  C  comosa,  Mart.;  C. 
jProccptana,  G\Bz.-y  C.  flexuosa.  Mart.;  Cs  campestris.  Mart.;  C  oleracea^ 
Mart.;  C  coronata,  Mart.;  C.  Martiana,  X^x,  et  Glaz.;  C,  Romanzoffiana^ 
Cham.;  C  Datil,  Or.  etDr.;  C.  ausiralis,  Mart.;  C.  Yatay,  Mart.;  C, 
schizophyiia,  Mart.;  C  Uiospatha,  Barb.  Rodr.;  C  capitata,  Mart.;  C 
eriospatha,  Mart.;  C.  Fetrece,  Mart.;  C  speciosa,  Barb.  Rodr.;  C.  pi  tyro- 
phyila,  Mart.;  Diploihemium  caudescens,  Mart.;  D,  maritimum,  Mart.; 
D,  campestre,  Mart.,  var.  genuinum,  Dr.;  Attalea  funifera.  Mart.;  A. 
compta.  Mart.;  A.  indaya.  Dr.;  A.  humiiis,  Mart.,  var.  typica,  Dr.;  A, 
spectabilis,  Mart.,  var.  polyandray  Dr.;  A»  spectabiiis,  Mart.,  var.  mono- 
sperma,  Barb.  Rodrig;  A  princeps,  Mart.;  A,  phalerata.  Mart.;  A, 
microcarpa^  Mart.;  A,  excelsa,  Mart.;  A.  speciosa.  Mart.;  A.  Htimboldti- 
ana,  Spruce;  Orbignia  racemosa,  Dr.;  O,  Eichleri,  Dr.;  Maximiliana 
Maripa,  Dr.;  M,  fegia.  Mart.  The  above  plants  are  described  in  a  series 
of  papers,  which  may  be  consulted  in  Pharm.  Rundschau,  Sept.  1888, 
202-207;  Febr.,  April,  May  and  June,  1889,  34-38,  89-92,  110-113, 
and  133-134. 

Egyptian  Drugs, — At  a  meeting  of  the  Pharmaceutical  Society  of  Great 
Britain,  William  Martindale  exhibited  some  drugs  from  the  Cairo  Bazaar, 
among  which  opium,  poppy  capsules,  soap  root,  the  root  of  Capparis 
Sodada,  styrax  bark,  pods  of  Acacia  arabica,  etc.,  etc.,  a  description  of 
which  will  be  found  in  Pharm.  Jour,  and  Trans.,  March  16,  1889, 
743-744. 

FUNGI. 

Ergot — Drying  and  Preservation, — According  to  F.  Alpen,  ergot  should 
be  dried  in  thin  layers,  the  last  portion  of  moisture  being  removed  by 
exposure  over  lime  or  sulphuric  acid  in  a  desiccator.  So  dried,  and 
stored  in  corked  yellow  bottles,  the  ergot  will  retain  its  superior  quality 
for  several  years. — Chem.  Rep.,  1888,  233. 

LVCOPODIACEiE. 

Lycopodium — Proximate  Constituents  — According  to  an  analysis  by 
Alfons  Langer,  the  sporules  of  lycopodium  clavatum  have  the  following 
components : 

I.  They  yield  1.155  per  cent,  of  neutral  mineral  constituents,  consist- 
Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


FILICES.  431 

ing  mainly  of  the  phosphates  of  potassium,  sodium,  calcium,  magnesium, 
iron  and  aluminium,  together  with  small  quantities  of  sulphate  of  calcium, 
chloride  of  potassium,  silicate  of  aluminium,  and  traces  of  manganese. 

2.  They  contain  49.34  per  cent,  of  green- yellow  fixed  oil,  having  acid 
reaction,  and  composed  of  80  to  86.67  per  cent,  of  an  oleic  acid,  variable 
quantities  of  glycerin,  and  a  mixture  of  solid  fat  acids.  The  oleic  acid 
(Ci^HjoO,)  yields  a  lead  salt  soluble  in  ether,  belongs  to  the  oleic  acid 
series,  and  a  constitution  which  may  be  designated  as  a  decyl-/?-isopropyl- 
acrylic  acid.  Myristic  acid  appears  to  be  the  principal  component  of  the 
mixtures  of  solid  fat  acids. 

3.  They  yield  monomelhylamine  by  boiling,  as  well  as  by  simply 
warming  with  potash  solution,  s.  g.  1.32. 

4.  The  dry  commercial  drug  yields  0.857  per  cent,  of  nitrogen. 

5.  Lycopodium  contains  at  least  2.12  per  cent,  of  cane  sugar. 

6.  The  sporules  have  the  property  of  condensing  oxygen  in  form  of 
ozone  upon  their  surface,  as  is  evident  from  the  fact  that  when  macerated 
with  alcohol  they  produce  acelaldehyd  from  it. 

7.  By  the  action  of  melting  caustic  potassa  the  lycopodium  sporules 
yield  : 

a,  A  brown,  resinous  body,  free  from  nitrogen,  having  a  faecal  odor 
and  acid  reaction. 

b,  A  benzolderivative,  forming  needle-shaped  crystals,  which  are  solu- 
ble in  ether  and  water,  insoluble  in  chloroform,  contain  no  nitrogen, 
and  are  closely  related  to  protocatechuic  acid. — Arch,  der  Phar.,  March 
2  and  April  i,  1889,  241-266  and  289-309. 

FILICES, 

Aspidiutn  Filix  mas,  L. — Constituents, — G.  Daccomo  obtained  by 
methods  which  he  described,  from  the  rootstock  of  Aspidium filix  mas,  L., 
besides  the  filicic  acid  of  Trommsdortf,  black  resin,  red  resin,  glucose, 
tannin,  and  an  indifferent  oily  body,  a  new  body,  having  the  composition 
CjoHj^O,  to  which  he  gave  the  name 

AspidoL — It  is  insoluble  in  alkalis,  easily  soluble  in  ether,  benzene, 
chloroform,  light  petroleum,  and  hot  alcohol.  It  is  optically  active  in 
a  3  per  cent,  chloroform  solution  \a\  =  —  24.08.  The  filtrate  from  the 
precipitate  of  aspidol  was  fractionated  into  three  parts.  The  first  fraction, 
130-190°,  was  a  yellow  oil  with  a  strong  odor  and  acid  reaction,  which 
did  not  reduce  silver  nitrate.  The  second  fraction,  220-290°,  was  a 
beautiful  green  oil,  which  gradually  became  brown ;  it  has  the  empirical 
formula  (CjTH^eOa)^.  The  third  fraction  above  3000°  (at  200  mm.  pres- 
sure) (corresponds  with  the  formula  (CMH„02)n.     The 

Filicic  Acid,  as  obtained  by  the  author,  has  the  composition  Ci4H,e08. 
It  is  a  yellowish,  odorless,  crystalline  powder,  melts  at  179-180°  (un- 
corr.),  and  is  insoluble  in  water,  almost  insoluble  in  absolute  alcohol, 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


432  REPORT  ON  THE  PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 

moderately  soluble  in  glacial  acetic  acid,  ether,  amyl  alcohol,  and  tolu- 
ene, and  readily  in  chloroform,  carbon  bisulphide,  and  benzene.  The 
^«?;7a;^j^/ derivative,  CaiHjoOe,  separates  from  dilute  alcohol  in  colorless 
crystals,  melts  at  123°,  and  is  very  readily  soluble  in  ether,  but  insolu- 
ble in  water.  The  ethyl  salt,  CieH„0, ,  prepared  by  treating  the  acid 
with  alcoholic  potash  and  ethyl  iodide,  separates  from  dilute  alcohol  in 
reddish  crystals,  melts  at  142°,  and  is  very  readily  soluble  in  ether  and 
benzene,  but  insoluble  in  water.  The  propyl  salt  melting  at  158^,  and 
the  ethylene  salt  melting  at  165^,  resemble  the  ethyl  salt  in  appearance 
and  insolubility. 

Bramofilicic  Acid,  Cj^HuBrO, ,  prepared  by  treating  the  acid  with 
bromine  in  glacial  acetic  acid  solution,  crystallizes  from  alcohol  in  red 
prisms,  melts  at  122°,  and  is  very  readily  soluble  in  absolute  alcohol  and 
ether,  but  insoluble  in  water. 

Anilidofilicic  acid,  CuH^N^OHPh,  obtained  by  boiling  a  glacial  acetic 
acid  solution  of  the  acid  with  aniline,  separates  from  alcohol  in  reddish- 
violet  crystals,  melts  at  140°,  and  is  soluble  in  alcohol  and  benzene,  but 
insoluble  in  warer. 

The  hydrazidey  CuHuO.CNaHPh)*,  prepared  by  boiling  an  ethereal 
solution  of  the  acid  with  phenylhydrazine,  crystallizes  from  ether  in  red 
needles,  melts  at  198°,  and  is  readily  soluble  in  alcohol,  but  insoluble 
in  water.  When  the  acid  (100  parts)  is  heated  above  its  melting  point 
(compare  Luck,  Annalen,  liv.  119),  or  heated  with  water,  at  170-190®, 
it  is  decomposed  into  isobutyric  acid  (32.5  parts)  and  a  compound,  the 
composition  of  which  is  C,oHi,Ot.  Hydrochloric  acid  produces  the 
same  decomposition  at  150-160°.  The  author's  results  led  him  to  the 
conclusion  that  filicic  acid  is  probably  an  isobutyric  acid  derivative  of 
hydroxynaphthaquinone. — Jour.  Chem.  Soc,  1888,  521,  and  1889,  54: 
from  Ann.  di  Ghim.  e.  Pharm. 

GRAMINACEiE. 

Stigmata  Maydis — Determination  of  Sugar, — John  Rea  determined  in 
the  cold-water  infusion  of  corn  silk  (fresh  ?)  the  sugar  by  means  of  Feh- 
ling*s  solution,  which  indicated  0.88  per  cent.;  after  boiling  the  infusion 
for  one  hour  with  hydrochloric  acid,  1.42  per  cent,  of  sugar  was  found. 
Amer.  Jour.  Phar.,  Feb.  1889,  70. 

PALMACEiE. 

Areca-nut — Alkaloidal  Constituent. — According  to  E.  Jahns,  areca-nut 
contains  three  alkaloids,  arecoline  0.07-0.1  percent.,  arecaine  o.i  per 
cent.,  and  the  third  one  in  such  small  quantity  that  it  has  not  been  pos- 
sible to  examine  it.  Arecoline,  CbHi,NOs,  identical  with  Bombelon's 
arecan,  is  an  alkaline,  colorless,  oily  liquid,  soluble  in  water,  alcohol, 
ether  and  chloroform  ;  it  is  poisonous,  and  probably  gives  the  drug  its 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


DIOSCOREACEiE.  433 

tsenifuge  properties.  Arecaine,  QHnNOa-fHjO  forms  permanent  color- 
less crystals  soluble  in  water,  insoluble  in  absolute  alcohol,  ether,  chloro- 
form, benzol,  and  appears  to  be  inactive. — Ber.  d.  D.  Chem.  Ges.,  1888, 
3404. 

RESTICACEiE 

Cay- Cay — Desctiption  and  Collection  of  Fat, — Brousmiche  and  Lane- 
san  describe  the  **caycay,**  or  the  **  fattree'*  of  Indc-China,  as  being 
plentiful  in  China,  Cambodia  and  Annam,  where  it  attains  a  height  of  4 
and  a  diameter  of  i  .  m.  20.  Its  fruit  contains  an  oily  almond,  which 
the  monkey  and  wild  boar  eat  with  avidity.    The  author  assigns  the  tree  to 

Irvingia  Harmandiana — Nat,  Ord.  Resiicacea, — The  natives  gathef, 
bruise  and  heat  the  fiuit  and  express  the  oil,  which  hardens  into  a  waxy 
mass.  The  Annamites  get  but  20  per  cent,  of  fat  from  it.  By  treating 
with  sulphide  of  carbon,  however,  52  per  cent,  of  fat  may  be  extracted. 
The  fat  is  not  a  true  wax,  but  resembles  butter  of  cacao,  for  which  it  may 
become  a  substitute.  It  melts  at  38°  and  solidifies  at  35°,  and  in  dry 
distillation  gives  acrolein. — Amer.  Jour.  Phar.,  Sept.  1888,  449-450: 
from  Rev.  Scientifique;  Nouv.  Rem.,  June  24,  1888. 

LlLIACEiE. 

Muscari  comosum — Pharmacological  Examination, — Curci  finds  the 
active  constituent  of  the  bulb  of  muscari  comosum  to  be  an  acid  closely 
related  to  quillaia  and  polyalic  acids.  The  drug  may  find  its.  most  suita- 
.  ble  application,  as  decoction,  in  the  treatment  of  catarrhal  affections  of 
the  respiratory  passages. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Aug.  1888,  750;  from  Ann. 
di  Chim.  e  di  Farm.,  1888,  314. 

DIOSCOREACEiE. 

Dioscorea  villosa — Proximate  Examination, — William  Charles  Kalteyer 
has  found  wild  yam  root  to  yield  successively:  to  petroleum  spirit,  0.208 
per  cent.;  to  ether,  0.450  per  cent.;  to  absolute  alcohol,  8.440  percent.; 
to  water,  20.16  per  cent.;  to  dilute  soda  solution,  6.65  per  cent.;  to 
dilute  hydrochloric  acid,  0.920  per  cent.;  to  boiling  dilute  sulphuric 
acid,  glucose  corresponding  to  7.425  per  cent,  of  starch.  Moisture  = 
7.25  per  cent.,  ash  =  2.38  per  cent.  The  constituents  determined  were : 
light  colored  fixed  oil,  crystalline  wax,  resins,  saccharose,  glucose,  mucil- 
age, albumen,  phlobaphene,  starch,  and  extractive. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm., 
Nov.  1888,  544-545- 

IRIDACEi<E. 

Saffron — Adulteration  with  Soluble  Salts, — Adrian  calls  attention  to  a 

new  sophistication  of  saffron,  which  appears  to  be  very  remarkable.     On 

inspection  the  saffron  did  not  show  the  least  trace  of  the  admixture  of 

foreign  substances  ;  it  had  u  remarkably  bright  color  and  a  very  aromatic 

28 


Digitized  by 


Google 


434  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS  OF   PHARMACY. 

odor.  Nevertheless,  it  presented  some  physical  peculiarities  which  at- 
tracted attention  to  it.  It  was  heavy,  though  washing  with  water  did  not 
detach  any  insoluble  matter.  It  was  also  very  hygroscopic ;  if  strongly 
rubbed  upon  white  paper,  it  colored  the  latter  yellow ;  and  if  compressed 
between  the  fingers  so  as  to  form  a  sort  of  ball,  it  retained  this  shape, 
while  genuine  saffron  is  quite  elastic,  and  returns  to  its  former  loose- 
fibred  state.  The  yellow  fibres  which  are  always  found  in  saffron,  and 
which  are  a  portion  of  the  style  adhering  to  the  stigmas,  appeared  to  be 
few  in  number,  though  they  could  be  recognized. 

Examination  showed  that  while  pure  saffron  yielded  7.145  per  cent,  of 
ash,  the  suspected  yielded  not  less  than  26.4  per  cent.  The  latter  was 
analyzed,  and  the  different  constituents  having  been  combined  in  the 
manner  usual  in  analysis,  led  the  author  to  regard  the  original  adulterant 
as  being  present  in  the  following  proportions : 

Borate  of  Sodiam,  cryst J3'990 

Sulphate  of  Sodium,  cryst ." 11.285* 

Tartrate  of  Potassium 10.096 

Chloride  of  Sodium 0.117 

Nitrate  of  Ammonium 3.142 

Allowance  was  made  for  the  salts  found  to  occur  in  the  ash  of  pure 
saffron,  and  the  tartrate  of  potassium  was  assumed  to  have  been  originally 
present,  while  of  course,  the  ash  showed  only  a  carbonate. — Amer. 
Drugg.,  April  1889,  ^9  'y  ^^om  Jour,  de  Pharm.,  Nov.  3,  1888,  98. 

Saffron — Adulteration  with  Soluble  Salts. — E.  M.  Holmes  draws  atten-* 
tion  to  saffron  adulterated  with  soluble  salts.  It  is  of  excellent  color 
and  odor,  but  is  recognized  by  giving  an  immediate  orange  yellow  color 
to  water,  while  genuine  saffron  communicates  a  lemon -yellow  color  more 
slowly  \  heated  on  platinum  it  deflagrates  on  taking  fire,  showing  the 
presence  of  nitrate ;  its  ash,  in  a  crucible,  fuses,  that  of  true  saffron  re- 
taining the  form  of  the  saffron  filaments.  The  analysis  is  not  complete. 
— Pharm.  Jour,  and  Trans.,  Feb.  23,  1889,  ^*^6- 

Saffron — Colorimetric  Test  for  the  Detection  of  Sophistications, — Bar- 
nard S.  Proctor  describes  a  colorimetric  method  for  the  estimation  of 
saffron,  which  he  believes  to  be  serviceable  for  the  detection  of  sophisti- 
cations. As  a  standard  for  the  comparison  he  uses  a  solution  of  bichro- 
mate of  potassium,  made  by  dissolving  14  grains  of  the  salt  in  2  ounces  of 
water.  This  has  a  tinctorial  power  which  the  author  has  found  to  be  ex- 
actly equal  to  the  tinctorial  power  of  an  infusion  of  i  grain  of  genuine 
saffron  in  two  ounces  of  water,  or  of  a  solution  made  by  alternately  using 
spirit  and  water ;  the  latter  alternative  being  adopted  for  the  extraction  of 
the  saffron,  according  to  the  following  method  : 

One  grain  of  saffron  is  placed  in  a  vial  with  f.sij  of  ether  \  a  yellow 
solution  of  no  great  intensity  should  be  produced,  otherwise  the  presence 

Digitized  by  VJiOOQlC 


PIPERACEA.  435 

of  some  aniline  may  \ye  suspected.  The  ether  is  decanted,  the  vial  is 
warmed  till  the  saffron  is  again  dry,  f.^ij  of  rectified  spirit  is  poured  on, 
and  heat,  short  of  ebullition,  is  applied  for  an  hour  or  so  ;  the  tincture  is 
then  decanted  into  a  2  ounce  vial.  The  saffron  is  next  treated  with  f.^ij 
of  water  and  heated  as  before,  the  infusion  being  added  to  the  previous 
liquor,  and  the  extraction  is  continued  with  alternate  portions  of  spirit 
and  of  water  till  the  solvents  cease  to  extract  color  and  the  fibres  are 
nearly  white.  Three  portions  each  of  spirit  and  water  usually  effect  a 
satisfactory  exhaustion.  The  total  liquors  being  made  up  to  exactly  2 
fluidounces  should  have  an  orange  color,  closely  resembling  the  solution 
of  bichromate,  but  the  true  value  of  the  color  cannot  be  judged  unless 
both  liquors  are  diluted  with  a  large  bulk  of  water.  The  best  results,  in 
the  author's  experience,  are  obtained  by  taking  8  minims  of  the  standard 
liquor  and  diluting  it  with  an  ounce  of  water,  half  filling  a  test  tube  of 
about  j4  inch  in  diameter  with  this  diluted  standard,  then  adding  to  an 
ounce  of  water  8  minims  of  the  liquor  obtained  from  the  sample  under 
examination;  and  having  half  filled  a  similar  test-tube  with  this,  holding 
the  two  tubes  side  by  side  against  a  sheet  of  white  paper,  standing  with 
back  to  the  window,  and  a  good  diffused  daylight  falling  upon  the  samples. 
If  the  standard  be  found  appreciably  the  darker  of  the  two,  the  value  of  the 
sample  under  examination  may  be  estimated  by  the  number  of  minims 
of  its  liquor  which  it  is  necessary  to  add  to  the  ounce  of  water  to  make 
the  tints  equal.  For  example  :  iij^  minims  are  equal  to  8  minims  of 
the  standard ;  then  11^  :  8  :  :  100:  69  —  or  the  sample  contains  69  per 
cent,  of  saffron  and  31  per  cent,  of  adulterant.  The  author  cites  a 
number  of  cases,  and  has  obtained  concordant  results  in  different  experi- 
ments with  the  same  samples.  Some  further  experiments  seem,  however, 
to  be  necessary  to  absolutely  discriminate  between  the  saffron  coloring 
matter  and  artificial  coloring  matter  that  might  be  used  in  conjunction 
with  inert  matter  to  sophisticate  genuine  saffron. — Pharm.  Jour,  and 
Trans.,  April  6,  1889,  801-802. 

ORCHIDACEiE. 

Vanilla — Detection  of  Benzoic  Acid. — Schimmel  &  Co.  observe  that 
benzoic  acid  crystals  on  vanilla  beans  may  be  distinguished  microscopi- 
cally from  vanillin  ;  the  former  are  needle-shaped,  the  latter  tabular  crys- 
tals. Dilute  sodium  carbonate  will  extract  the  former,  and  on  acidifying 
with  sulphuric  acid  and  adding  a  little  metallic  magnesium  or  zinc,  the 
odor  of  oil  of  bitter  almonds  will  be  developed. — Pharm.  Centralh.,  1888, 
537- 

PIPERACEiE. 

Pepper — Existence  of  a  Volatile  Alkaloid, — See  Piperidincy  under 
**  Organic  Chemistry." 

Black  Pepper — Commercial  Quality  and  Analysis, — Mr.  Jam^  ^^^¥ 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


43^ 


REPORT   ON   THE  PROGRESS   OF    PHARMACY. 


Stevenson  Bell  communicates  the  details  and  results  of  the  chemical  and 
physical  examination  of  twenty  samples  of  commercial  black  pepper,  pro- 
cured in  different  parts  of  the  country  so  as  to  make  the  results  as  repre- 
sentative and  reliable  as  possible.  The  results  of  the  author's  chemical 
analysis  are  given  in  the  following  table : 


Piperine 

No. 

Where  Ground  or  Obtained. 

Moisture. 

Ash. 

and 
Resin. 

,     Remarks. 

I. 

Philadelphia  Grinder, 

9.90 

4.50 

7.85 

Pure. 

2. 

London,  Eng.,  Grocery, 

9.08 

548 

6.75 

« 

3- 

Boston 

10.69 

5.02 

6.46 

it 

4- 

New  York 

10.2^ 

4.98 

6.84 

tt 

5. 

Philadelphia 

I1.81 

5-39 

6.02 

*t 

6. 

«                    (t 

"•34 

7.92 

4.27 

Adulterated. 

7- 

Baltimore               " 

12,25 

7.37 

4.1 1 

" 

8. 

i<                      ft 

11.02 

517 

5-83 

Pure. 

9- 

Pittsburgh               " 

10.78 

4.91 

5.98 

« 

lO. 

Chicago                  " 

9.46 

S.90 

6.54 

« 

II. 

San  Francisco        " 

10.12 

5.12 

6.89 

a 

12. 

(«                       ti                               u 

10.63 

4.93 

7.29 

(1 

»3. 

Los  Angeles           " 

10.86 

4.63 

6.96 

«< 

14. 

(f        «t                  t( 

9.21 

4.92 

7.18 

•* 

15. 

(t         <i                  « 

9.53 

4.65 

7.08 

f< 

16. 

Philadelphia  Drug  Store. 

10.14 

4.87 

6.98 

*€ 

17. 

C(                                  t(                   t( 

9.91 

S.37 

7.18 

« 

18. 

"            Grocery, 

9.01 

6.75 

6.45 

tt 

19. 

it                            (( 

12.60 

7.25 

3.74 

Adulterated. 

20. 

u                                tl 

"93 

8.59 

329 

« 

An  examination  of  this  table  shows : 

(a)  That  pure  pepper  may  contain  from  nine  to  twelve  per  cent,  of 
moisture. 

(^)  That  the  amount  of  ash  in  pure  pepper  ought  not  to  exceed  six 
per  cent. 

(^)  That  pure  pepper  contains  from  five  to  eight  per  cent,  of  piperine 
and  resin,  and  that  less  than  4.5  per  cent,  is  evidence  of  sophistication. 

The  author  regards  the  physical  examination  of  black  pepper  as  abso- 
lutely essential  in  connection  with  the  chemical  examination,  a  familiar- 
ity with  the  various  adulterants  used  being  necessary.  In  the  samples 
designated  as  adulterated,  the  microscope  revealed  a  number  of  abnormal 
structures,  among  which  were  detected  pepper  stems,  charcoal,  hulls  of 
mustard  seeds,  ground  corn  and  beans,  small  fragments  of  cocoanut  shells, 
and  various  unrecognizable  impurities.  The  impurities  found  were  chiefly 
inert,  and  while  objectionable  on  account  of  their  diluent  effect  as  well 
as  for  other  reasons,  were  not  specially  deleterious. 

The  author  draws  the  following  conclusions : 

1.  The  amount  of  moisture  in  pepper  is  so  variable  that  it  alone  is  no 
criterion  by  which  to  judge  of  the  quality  of  a  given  sample. 

2.  The  ash  is  also  a  variable  factor,  and  unless  quite  excessive,  is  not  a 
sufficient  indication  of  impurity. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


PIPERACEiE. 


437 


3.  Excess  of  either  ash  or  moisture,  coupled  with  a  marked  deficiency 
of  ethereal  extract  (piperine  and  resin)  is  a  good  indication  of  impurity. 

4.  The  impurities  most  likely  to  be  met  with  in  peppers  ground  in  this 
country,  are  those  mentioned  above,  which  are  either  inert  or  harmless. 

5.  Metals  and  alkaline  earths  are,  as  a  rule,  present  only  to  a  slight 
extent. 

6.  An  expertly  conducted  physical  examination  must  accompany  the 
chemical  in  order  to  tJwrovghly  test  a  sample  of  pepper. 

7.  The  popular  notion  that  ground  peppers  are  extensively  and  grossly 
adulterated,  while  partly  true,  is  mainly  a  false  one. 

8.  Consumers  who  are  willing  to  pay  a  fair  price  for  pepper  will  sel- 
dom be  imposed  upon  with  an  adulterated  article. — Amer.  Jour.  Phaim., 
Oct.  1888,  481-484. 

Black  Pepper — Examination  of  Commercial  Samples. — J.  N.  Zeitler 
obtained  the  following  results  in  the  examination  often  commercial  sam- 
ples of  black  pepper :        . 


Minimum. 

Maximum. 

Average. 

Water 

10.97 

10.41 

3.73 

2.75 

O.IO 

12.48 

1393 

7.93 

1:11 

12.00 

Extract 

12.32 
5.64 

11.80 
0.76 

Ash 

Proportion  of  ash  soluble  in  HCl 

Proportion  of  ash  insoluble  in  HCl 

— ^Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  April  1889,  323;  from  Chem.  Centralbl.  1888, 
1514. 

Pepper — Estimation  of  Piperine^  etc. — T.  Stevenson  has  estimated  the 
piperine  in  commercial  peppers  in  the  following  manner :  50  gm.  pepper 
are  extracted  with  methyl  alcohol ;  after  the  evaporation  of  the  solvent 
the  residue  is  treated  with  a  cold  solution  of  potassium  carbonate,  which 
dissolves  the  resinous  substances,  leaving  the  piperine;  this  is  washed  with 
water,  recrystallized  from  alcohol,  dried  at  100°  and  weighed.  From 
the  alkaline  solution  the  resin  can  be  precipitated  by  hydrochloric  acid. 
The  specimens  contained  approximately  14  per  cent,  moisture;  the  fig- 
ures relate  to  dry  material : 

Piperine.  Resin. 

Black  pepper 7.14  per.  cent 1.44  per  cent. 

"  "       (Trang.)   .    .  6.62        •*         0.82      " 

White     •*         6.47         "         0.69      " 

Long      "         4.24        "  1. 16      " 

— Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Oct.  1888,  513;    from   Ztschr.  f.   Nahrungsm. 
Unters.,  1888,  and  "Analyst.'* 

Cubebs — Occurrence  of  Immature  Fruits  in  the  Market, — C.  B.  Lowe  has 

Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


43^  REPORT  ON  THE  PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 

observed  the  occurrence  in  the  Philadelphia  market  of  a  drug  which  was 
represented  to  be  cubebs.  They  are  about  one- third  the  size  of  true 
cubebs,  with  a  stipe  about  one-third  longer  than  their  diameter,  are  of  a 
dark  purple  color,  quite  shrunken  in  appearance,  and  of  a  cubeb  odor,  but 
much  weaker  taste.  On  examination  with  the  microscope  they  are  seen 
to  contain  numerous  oil  cells  in  the  mesocarp,  but  the  layer  of  stone  cells 
which  forms  the  endocarp  in  the  true  cubebs  cannnot  be  discerned. 
They  contain  a  very  rudimentary  seed.  In  the  author's  opinion  they 
are  cubebs  which  have  been  picked  while  quite  immature,  the  present 
high  price  of  cubebs,  probably,  having  tempted  the  growers  to  put  them 
upon  the  market  in  this  condition. — Amer.  Jour.  Phar.,  March  1889,  117. 

ELAEAGNEiE. 

Shepherdia  argentea,  Nuttall — An  Indian  Food  Plant — Analyses  of  the 
Fruit. — Henry  Trimble  has  analyzed  the  pleasant  acidulous  fruit  o{  Shep- 
herdia argentea,  Nuttall,  which  is  known  under  the  names  of  "  buffalo 
berry,"  *'bull  berry,"  ''grains  de  Boeuf,"  etc.  It  has,  until  recently, 
constituted  one  of  the  staple  foods  of  the  Indians  of  Utah  and  Dakota, 
growing  in  great  profusion  in  the  region  of  the  upper  Missouri  and  its 
tributaries.  The  whites  make  a  very  palatable  jelly  from  this  fruit,  which 
has  some  resemblance  to  the  currant,  but  is  hardly  palatable  until  after 
one  or  two  frosts.  Both  the  fruit  and  jelly  are  very  wholesome,  and  may 
be  eaten  freely  without  discomfort.  Prof.  Trimble  has  analyzed  these 
fruits,  and  gives  the  results,  along  with  the  analysis  of  currants,  as  given 
by  Blythe  ("Composition  and  Analysis  of  Foods,"  p.  133),  as  follows: 

Buffalo  Berries.     Currants. 

Water 71.28  84.77 

Nitrogenous  substances 14  0.51 

Free  acid 2.45  2.15 

Total  sugar 5.47  6.38 

Other  nitrogenous  substances  (Pectin,  etc.) 42  0.90 

Undetermined  .    •    •    • ^9-79  4.57 

Ash 45  0.72 

100.00  100.00 

— Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Dec.  1888,  593-595. 

LAURACEyE. 

Massoi  Bark — Description  of  Three  Kinds. — E.  M.  Holmes  describes 
three  different  specimens  of  massoi  bark,  which  may  possibly  throw  some 
light  upon  a  product  concerning  which  some  confusion  still  exists  in  com- 
merce. These  specimens  were  received  from  the  Haarlem  Museum,  and, 
as  identified  by  Dr.  F.  Hekmeyer,  are  the  products  respectively  of  Cin- 
namomum  xanthoneuron^  Bl.,  Cinnamomum  Kiamis,  Nees,  and  Sassafras 
Goesianum,  T.  and  B.     The  first  of  these  barks,  ^  ^ 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


LAURACEiE.  439 

Cinnamomum  xanihoneuron^  Bl. ,  occurs  in  pieces  about  3  to  4  lines 
thick,  with  a  thin,  uneven,  outer  dark  layer,  which  is  seen  under  a  lens 
to  be  composed  of  stratified  cells ;  the  layer  beneath  this  is  granular,  the 
white  sclerenchymatous  bundles  being  irregularly  arranged  in  a  direction 
parallel  to  the  surface,  except  near  the  inner  surface,  where  they  form 
two  nearly  regular  lines.  The  portion  next  the  inner  surface  is  darker 
in  color,  forming  rather  more  than  one  third  of  the  thickness  of  the  whole 
bark,  and  shows  numerous  thin  medullary  rays.  It  is  this  portion  of  the 
bark  that  appears  to  be  most  oily  and  aromatic.  The  odor,  when  ob- 
served at  a  distance,  resembles  that  of  cocoanut  milk.  The  taste  is  pun* 
gent,  the  flavor  somewhat  resembling  the  odor,  but  also  recalling  that  of 
a  mixture  of  cinnamon  and  rue.     The  second  bark, 

Cinnamomum  Kiamis^  Nees,  is  in  quills  like  cinnamon,  but  as  thick  as 
cassia,  somewhat  wrinkled  externally,  extremely  hard  and  woody,  and  is 
almost  horny  in  consistence.  It  has  very  little  odor,  but  a  pungent  taste, 
and  a  slight  flavor  between  that  of  cinnamon  and  cassia.  The  inner 
surface  is  finely  striated,  and  the  transverse  fracture  is  dark  internally 
and  paler  towards  the  outer  surface.     The  third  of  these  barks. 

Sassafras  Goesianum^  T.  and  B.,  is  thinner  than  the  first,  but  resem- 
bles it  in  odor.  The  taste  also  is  very  similar,  but  more  pungent  and 
faintly  bitter,  causing  a  sensation  of  heat  in  the  mouth  for  some  time,  and 
an  augmented  flow  of  saliva.  The  bark  is,  however,  only  half  the  thick- 
ness, barely  attaining  two  lines.  It  is  paler  in  color  in  transverse  section, 
is  marked  externally  with  faint  longitudinal  cracks,  and  is  more  markedly 
striated  internally.  In  transverse  section  it  presents  a  short  granular 
fracture,  the  sclerenchymatous  bundles  being  arranged  at  right  angles  to 
the  surface,  but  the  middle  layer,  corresponding  to  that  of  C  xantho- 
neurony  in  which  these  bundles  are  horizontally  placed,  is  scarcely  devel- 
oped. Cinnamomum  xanthoneuron  and  Sassafras  Goesianum  are  both 
natives  of  New  Guinea,  and  C  Kiamis  of  Java,  Sumatra,  and  apparently 
also  of  Borneo.  All  of  these  barks  are  met  with  in  the  bazaars  of  Java, 
and  are  used  in  cases  of  colic  and  diarrhoea  and  in  spasmodic  affections. 
According  to  Teysmann  and  Binnendyk,  Sassafras  Goesianum  yields  the 
true  massoi  bark.  This  view  is  substantiated  by  the  opinion  of  Mr. 
Holmes,  based  upon  his  study  and  the  corroborative  observation  of 
others.  But  whether  or  no  this  be  the  massoi  bark  from  New  Guinea 
from  which  Messrs.  Schimmel  also  have  distilled  an  oil  having  an  odor 
resembling  that  of  nutmeg  and  cloves,  cannot  be  ascertained  in  the  ab- 
sence of  specimens  for  comparison,  though  their  description  points  most 
likely  to  Cortex  Cu  ilabani  Papuanus  of  Martiny's  Encyclopoedia,  i,  p. 
436. — Pharm.  Jour,  and  Trans.,  Dec.  15,  1888,  465-466. 

Massoi  Bark — Further  Notes, — E.  M.  Holmes,  since  communicating 
his  above  paper,  had  his  attention  drawn  to  the  fact  that  in  ijie  Kew 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


440  REPORT  ON  THE  PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 

Garden's  Report  for  1880,  an  aromatic  bark  is  described  under  the  name 
of  massoi  bark,  as  being  derived  from 

Massoia  aromatica^  Beccari. — From  the  evidence  before  Mr.  Holmes  it 
is  evident  that  Dr.  Beccari,  when  naming  the  bark,  in  the  belief  that  he 
had  a  plant  distinct  from  cinnamomum  or  sassafras  before  him,  really  had 
immature  or  imperfect  fruits  and  bark  under  examination.  A  micro- 
scopic examination  made  by  W.  Kirkby  for  the  author,  proves  the  identity 
of  this  bark  with  that  of  Cinnamomum  xanthoneuron,  from  the  Haarlem 
Museum.  The  bark  supposed  by  Messrs.  Schimmel  &  Co.  to  be  massoi 
bark,  has  since  been  examined  by  Mr.  Holmes,  and  agrees  fairly  well 
with  Cortex  CuUlabani  Papuanus,  as  had  been  inferred  by  the  previously 
received  imperfect  description. — Pharm.  Jour,  and  Trans.,  March  23, 
1889,  761. 

MYRISTICACEiE. 

Ucuhuba-Fat — Chemical  Examination. — E.  Valenta  has  subjected  the 
yellow- brown,  peculiarly  aromatic  fat,  introduced  into  commerce  under 
the  name  of  '*  ucuhuba-fat, * '  and  derived  according  to  Tschiret  from  the 
seeds  of  Myristica  surinamensis,  or,  according  to  Schadler,  from  M, 
Becuhiba,  to  chemical  examination.  It  contains  93  4  per  cent,  of  fatty 
acid,  of  which  8.8  per  cent,  is  in  the  free  state.  The  fatty  acid  mixture  is 
composed  of  about  90  per  cent,  of  myristic  acid  and  about  to  per  cent, 
of  oleic  acid.  The  fat  contains  also  some  resin  and  wax. — Arch.  d. 
Pharm.,  February  1889,  184;  from  Ztschr.  f.  angew.  Chem.,  1889,  3. 

POLYGONACEiE. 

Rhubarb — Insufficiency  of  the  Ash- determination  to  Characterize  Dif- 
ferent Sorts. — The  statement  of  Boni  that  the  European  varieties  of  rhu- 
barb root  may  be  distinguished  from  the  Chinese  sorts  by  their  low  ash 
percentage,  has  induced  A  Kremel  to  make  a  series  of  experiments  with 
samples  of  different  rhubarbs.  He  finds  that  the  amount  of  ash  in  the 
different  sorts  of  rhubarb  fluctuates  too  greatly  to  be  of  any  practical 
value  in  the  determination  of  the  source,  even  the  Chinese  roots  varying 
between  10  and  28  per  cent.  The  amount  of  lime  in  the  ash,  which 
Boni  had  found  to  be  very  low  in  the  case  of  the  European  varieties  of 
rhubarb,  offers  no  criterion. — Arch.  d.  Phar.,  April  1889,  320;  from 
Phar.  Post,  22,  105. 

SCROPHULARIACEiE. 

Digitalis—  Effect  of  Heat  upon  Its  Preparations, — Roger  stated  at  a  recent 
meeting  of  the  *'  Society  de  Biologie,*'  that  the  toxicity  of  digitalis  dimin- 
ishes very  notably  when  the  product  of  maceration  is  concentrated  by  the 
water-bath.  Thus,  a  5  per  cent,  maceration,  which  is  toxic  in  doses  of  2 
cgm.,  no  longer  kills  save  in  doses  of  1.8  gm.,  when  it  is  concentrated  by 
4  per  cent.     If  reduced  by  6.6  per  cent.,  3  gm.  would  be^ required  to 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


SOLANACEiE.  44 1 

produce  the  same  toxic  effect. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  April  1889,  174; 
from  Nouv.  Rem.,  Feb.  24,  1889. 

Digitalis  ambigua — Constituents, — Digitalis  ambiguay  which  in  some 
countries  is  more  common  than  D.  purpurea,  contains  according  to 
Paschkis,  the  same  constituents  found  in  D.  purpurea.  Following  the 
method  of  Schmiedeberg  he  obtained  digitonin,  digitonein,  digitogenin, 
digitalin,  digitalein  and  digitoxin.  In  an  aqueous  extract,  chrysophanic 
acid  was  detected.  The  medicinal  properties  of  the  two  drugs  are 
identical.— Apoth.  Ztg.,  1888,  869. 

SOLANACEiE 

Capsicum, — Yield,  etc.,  of  Capsaicin^  which  see  under  '*  Organic 
Chemistry." 

Cayenne  Pepper — Seat  of  the  Pungent  Constituent, — A.  Meyer  has 
proven  by  his  recent  investigations  that  the  pungent  constituent  of  cap- 
sicum— capsaicin — is  not  contained  uniformly  throughout  all  parts  of  the 
fruit,  but  exclusively  in  the  placenta.  Neither  the  walls  of  the  fruit,  nor 
the  seeds,  contain  capsaicin,  but  these  may  acquire  the  peculiar  pungency 
of  the  latter  by  coming  in  contact  with  the  light-yellow,  oily  substance 
pervading  the  placenta  in  form  of  minute  drops. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  April 
1889,  318;  from  Pharm.  Ztg.,  34,  130. 

Belladonna — Hyoscyamine  the  Primary  Constituent — Atropine  the  Pro- 
duct of  Decomposition. — The  observation  of  E.  Schmidt  that  hyoscyamine 
is  convertible  under  certain  conditions  into  atropine,  and,  that,  conse- 
quently, there  must  exist  a  certain  intimate  relation  between  the  two 
alkaloids,  has  led  the  *' Chemische  Fabrik  auf  Aktien"  (formerly  E. 
Schering),  to  undertake  experiments,  the  results  of  which  led  to  the 
announcement  that  neither  belladonna  root  nor  hyoscyamus  seeds  con- 
tain atropine  resLdy-foTmed,  but  instead  of  this  only  hyoscyamine,  the  latter 
being  converted  wholly  or  in  part  into  atropine  during  the  process  of 
extraction.  At  the  instance  of  this  establishment,  Prof.  Will  has  reviewed 
the  whole  subject,  and  finds  the  statement  to  be  correct  in  every  particular. 
The  hyoscyamine  supplied  him  was  perfectly  pure,  and  he  prepared  from 
it  well  crystallized  salts,  such  as  have  hitherto  not  been  obtainable  from 
hyoscyamine.  The  conversion  of  the  latter  into  atropine  is  easily  accom- 
plished, and  results  when  hyoscyamine  is  heated  for  several  hours  in  a 
partial  vacuum  at  109°-!  10°,  the  product  being  very  nearly  that  quantita- 
tively to  be  expected.  The  observation  is  highly  interesting,  since  it 
throws  new  light,  not  alone  upon  the  difficulties  that  have  hitherto 
attended  the  isolation  and  identification  of  these  particular  alkaloids,  but 
it  also  points  out  the  possible  reason  for  the  variation  in  the  alkaloids 
obtained  from  other  substances,  since  these,  as  in  the  case  of  the  solanea- 
alkaloid,  possibly  also  undergo  change  during  the  process  of  their  extrac- 

Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


442  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS  OF   PHARMACY. 

tion   and    preparation. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Aug.    1888,  698-699;    from 
Pharm.,  34,  No.  45  et.  seq. 

OLEACE/E. 

Manna — Determination  of  Mannit. — A.  Kremel  recommends  the  fol- 
lowing simple  method  for  the  determination  of  mannit  in  manna,  in  lieu 
of  the  more  circumstantial  process  of  the  "Pharm.  Germ.":  One  p. 
manna  is  dissolved  in  an  equal  part  of  water  on  the  water  bath,  ten  times 
as  much  (twenty  p.  ?  Rep.)  of  95  per  cent,  alcohol  is  added,  the  mixture 
heated  to  boiling,  filtered  through  a  tuft  of  absorbent  cotton,  and  the  al- 
coholic solution  evaporated.  Pure  mannit  remains  as  residue. — Arch,  de 
Phar.,  Oct.  1888,  898;  from  Phar.  Post,  21,  454. 

LABIAT/E. 

Pycnanthemum  linifoliuniy  Pursh. — Uses,  Preparation^  etc. — Howard 
T.  Painter  found  the  fresh  herb  to  lose  on  drying  from  50  to  60  per  cent, 
of  weight,  and  the  air-dry  herb  to  yield  6  to  7  per  cent,  of  ash.  The 
herb  is  known  in  some  localities  as  dysentery  weed,  and  is  used  for  dys- 
pepsia and  in  bowel  complaints,  and  in  hot  infusion  as  a  diaphoretic. 
The  author  proposes  &  fluid  extract  and  from  this  a  syrup,  which  see  under 
"Pharmacy.** — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Dec.  1888,  610. 

Lycopus  virginicus,  Lin. —  Proximate  Examination, —  Sherman  F. 
Hennessy  experimented  with  air-dry  bugle  weed,  containing  9  per  cent, 
of  moisture.  Cold  water  dissolved  10.4  per  cent,  of  constituents,  con- 
sisting of  albuminoids,  gummy  matter,  a  little  tannin,  and  extractive. 
Alcohol  now  took  up  12.8  per  cent,  of  chlorophyll,  resin,  bitter  ex- 
tractive, etc.  A  small  quantity  of  a  lemon-yellow  volatile  oil  was  ob- 
tained by  distilling  the  herb  with  water. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Feb. 
1889,  70. 

BORAGINACEiE. 

Eriodictyon  calif omicum^  Bentham. — Proximate  Examination  of  the 
Leaves, — An  analysis  of  the  leaves  yielded  to  Oliver  F.  Lenhardt,  7.6 
percent,  of  moisture,  and  4.25  percent,  (or  for  the  anhydrous  drug  5.14 
per  cent.)  of  ash.  Of  the  latter  26.66  per  cent,  was  soluble  in  HCl,  and 
3.5  per  cent,  soluble  in  solution  of  KHO.  Petroleum  benzin  extracted, 
including  volatile  oil,  2.63  per  cent.,  of  which  .39  was  wax,  which  sepa- 
rated from  hot  alcohol  amorphous  and  melted  at  61°  C.  With  ether  15.3 
per  cent,  of  extract  was  obtained,  of  which  three-fifths  (9  per  cent.)  was  a 
brittle,  fragrant,  slightly  acid  resin  soluble  in  80  per  cent,  alcohol ;  a  little 
tannin  was  also  present,  and  the  green  tenacious  residue  was  partly  soluble 
in  benzol,  and  entirely  soluble  in  carbon  disulphide,  and  in  chloroform  \ 
alkaloids  and  glucosides  were  absent.  The  exhausted  leaves  yielded  to 
absolute  alcohol  3.64  per  cent,  of  extract,  fully  one-third  of  which  was 
soluble  in  water,  among  other  constituents  tannin  and  a  glucosidal  corn- 


Digitized 


by  Google 


BIGNONIACEiG.  443 

pwund  being  dissolved.  The  watery  extract  of  the  exhausted  leaves  weighed 
22.3  per  cent.,  was  of  a  brown  color,  had  a  pleasantly  sweetish  and  some- 
what acrid  taste,  and  contained  tannin. — Amer.  Jour.  Phar.,  Feb.  1889, 
70. 

CONVOLVULACEiE. 

Jalap — Apparatus  Suitable  for  Extraction, — See  Continuous  Percolator^ 
under  "Pharmacy." 

Pharhitis  triloba — A  Substitute  for  Jalap. — M.  K.  Hyrono  discusses 
the  value  of  the  seeds  of  Pharbitis  triloba,  a  native  of  Japan,  for  medi- 
cinal purposes,  particularly  as  a  substitute  for  jalap.  He  gives  a  full  bo- 
tanical description  of  the  plant,  and  in  particular  of  the  seeds,  with 
reference  to  the  chemical  constituents  of  which  he  says : 

To  extract  the  active  principle,  400  grams  of  the  finely- powdered  seeds 
were  twice  boiled  in  alcohol  of  90  percent.,  filtered,  and  the  pure  filtrate 
decomposed  by  acetate  of  lead.  The  liquid  filtered  from  the  lead  pre- 
cipitate, after  removing  the  excess  of  lead  by  sulphuretted  hydrogen,  was 
evaporated  in  the  water-bath,  by  which  a  resinous  mass  was  obtained. 
This  was  kneaded  in  warm  water  in  order  to  rid  the  resin  from  its  solu- 
ble impurities;  and  it  was  further  purified  by  again  dissolving  in  alcohol 
and  precipitating  by  water.  The  resin  thus  finally  obtained  in  the  water- 
bath  weighed  27  grams.  It  was  a  brittle,  friable  substance;  ether  ex- 
tracted from  it  10.3  per  cent,  of  almost  pure  oil.  The  portion  remaining 
insoluble  in  ether  gave  all  the  reactions  of  convolvulin.  The  pure  resin 
was  easily  soluble  in  alcohol,  but  insoluble  in  bisulphide  of  carbon  or 
chloroform;  after  treatment  with  dilute  hydrochloric  acid  it  reduced 
alkaline  copper  solution.  Like  convolvulin,  it  exhibited  the  chemical 
properties  of  a  glucoside,  splitting  up,  under  the  action  of  mineral  acids, 
into  sugar  and  convolvulionic  acid,  CisH^Oa,  which  forms  a  crystallizable 
salt  with  barium,  soluble  with  difficulty  in  water,  but  readily  in  alcohol. 

The  author  concludes  that  the  resin  obtained  from  Pharbitis  triloba 
may  be  used  officinally  in  the  place  of  resina  jalapse. — Pharm.  Jour,  and 
Trans.,  Oct.  6,  1888,  270. 

BIGNONIACE/S. 

CatalpabignonioideSy  Walt. — Presence  of  a  Bitter  Glucoside  in  the  Fruit 
and  Bark, — Edo  Claassen  has  isolated  from  the  fruit,  as  well  as  from  the 
bark  of  the  catalpa  tree  a  crystallizable  glucoside,  for  which  he  proposes 
the  name  **  catalpin"  (see  under  "Organic  Chemistry'*).  The  bitter  prin- 
ciple seems  to  be  identical  as  obtained  from  either  source,  but  the  fruit  is 
the  most  abundant  source.  It  is  contained  to  a  moderate  extent  in 
the  pericarp,  but  the  placenta  contains  it  in  the  largest  quantity, 
while  the  seeds  are  apparently  devoid  of  it.  The  latter  contain  an 
abundance  of  a  mild,  greenish  fixed  oil. — Phar.  Rundschau,  July  1888, 
155-157-  ^  I 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


444  REPORT  ON  THE  PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 

Sesamum — Cultivation  in  China. — According  to  a  Consular  Report, 
sesamum  is  best  grown  on  high  dry  ground,  and  is  most  in  danger  from 
excess  of  moisture ;  it  does  not  require  watering,  and  dew  alone  is  suffi- 
cient moisture  to  nourish  it.  In  making  beds,  therefore,  the  centres 
should  be  higher  than  the  sides,  so  as  to  allow  the  water  to  run  off.  In 
the  first  month  of  every  year  it  is  sown  broadcast,  not  in  lines,  and 
whether  thickly  or  sparsely  is  immaterial.  In  about  ten  days  it  puts 
forth  shoots,  in  two  months  and  a  half  it  is  fit  for  harvesting.  At  harvest 
time  the  latest  seeds  are  not  yet  ripe,  but  the  harvest  cannot  wait,  or  the 
other  pods  would  fall  off,  and  the  seeds  drop  out  on  the  ground.  The 
plants,  root  and  all,  are  carefiiUy  taken  out  of  the  ground,  put  on  a  cement 
floor,  and  threshed  with  a  flail.  There  are  two  kinds,  black  and  white. 
Sesamum  does  not  require  manure  generally,  but  in  the  worst  soil  ashes 
and  ox  manure  may  be  used.  About  27  ounces  sown  to  an  acre  yield 
about  550  lbs. — Phar.  Jour,  and  Trans.,  Dec.  22,  1888,  492. 

LOGANIACEiE. 

Demerara  Pink  Root — Determination  of  Identity^  Physiological  Action^ 
etc — The  directors  of  the  Royal  Gardens,  Kew,  recently  received  from 
St.  Vincent,  West  Indies,  specimens  of  a  plant  which  was  represented 
"to  be  poisonous  to  cattle,  sheep,  and  goats,  and  to  prove  fatal  in  two 
or  three  hours."  This  plant  was  identified  by  Professor  Oliver  as  Spi- 
gelia  anthelmia,  L.,  a  member  of  the  natural  order  Loganiaceae,  commonly 
distributed  throughout  the  tropical  parts  of  continental  America  and  the 
West  Indies.  It  is  a  glabrous  annual,  with  two  pairs  of  upper  leaves  so 
closely  approximate  that  the  plant  somewhat  resembles  Paris  quadrifolia. 
The  flowers  are  small  and  tubular,  of  a  white  and  pink  color,  arranged 
in  a  unilateral  scorpoid  raceme.  The  fruit  when  ripe  is  purple./  This 
species  is  figured  in  Browne's  '*  Jamaica,"  t.  37,  f.  3  ;  in  Tussac's  "  Flora 
Antillarum,"  IV.,  t.  8,  and  in  Descourtilz*  '*  Flore  M6dicale  des  An- 
tilles," I.,  t.  61.  There  is  also  a  figure,  a  poor  one,  in  the  Botanical 
Magazine,  t.  2,359.  In  the  latter  publication  it  is  stated  that  Spigelia 
anthelmia  is  a  plant  of  considerable  efficacy  for  the  cure  of  worms,  and 
febrile  diseases  supposed  to  arise  from  the  presence  of  worms.  It  was 
first  brought  into  notice  by  Dr.  Patrick  Browne,  in  the  *'  Natural  History 
of  Jamaica."  .  .  .  *' There  can  be  no  doubt,  this  and  the  allied  S.  mari- 
landica  are  very  efficacious  remedies ;  but  whether  from  the  unpleasant 
narcotic  effects  which  they  sometimes  produce,  especially  on  the  eyes, 
or  some  other  cause,  they  seem  now  to  be  very  much  neglected."  In 
Bentley  and  Trimen's  "Med.  Plants,*'  180,  it  is  stated  that  **lhe  root 
and  herb  generally  of  Spigelian  anthelmia  is  a  popular  remedy  in  British 
Guiana  as  an  anthelmintic."  Its  effect  is  said  to  be  even  more  cer- 
tain and  marked  than  that  of  the  official  pink  root  (5.  marilandica'). 
Lunan  in  **Hortus  Jamaicensis,"  p.  306,  describes  Spigelia  anthelmia  as 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


ASCLEPIADACEiE  445 

"a  powerful  vermifuge,  which  administered  incautiously  has  proved 
fatal."— Amer  Drugg.,  Feb.  1889,  32  ;  from  Bull,  of  Kew  Gard.,  1888, 
265. 

Strychnos  Ignatii — Alkafoidal  Constituents  of  the  Wood^  etc, — Prof.  F. 
A.  Fliickiger,  after  describing  the  pharmacognostic  characters  of  an 
authentic  specimen  of  the  stem  wood  of  Strychnos  Ignatii,  which  corre- 
spond in  all  respects  with  those  of  "  Lignum  colubrinum/*  one  of  the 
"snake  woods  "  of  the  above  writer,  gives  the  methods  pursued  for  the 
determination  of  the  alkaloidal  constituents.  It  appears  to  contain  0.932 
per  cent,  of  alkaloid,  composed  mainly  of  brucine,  but  containing  also 
some  strychnine.  The  woody  portion  of  the  roots  was  also  examined, 
but  appears  to  contain  less  total  alkaloid,  mainly  of  strychnine,  while 
the  presence  of  brucine  is  somewhat  doubtful.  The  leaves  of  Ignatia  are 
devoid  of  bitterness,  and  therefore  presumably  also  of  alkaloid.  The 
fruit-hulls  contain  no  alkaloid  whatever.  The  seeds  examined  by  Bern- 
hart  Sundblom,  yielded  0.178  percent,  strychnine  and  0.278  per  cent, 
brucine.  They  were  examined  also  for  loganine,  discovered  by  Dunstan 
and  Short  in  nux  vomica,  but  this  seems  not  to  be  present. — Arch.  d. 
Phar.,  Feb.  1889,  145-15S. 

ASCLEPIADACEiE. 

Asclepias  Cornuti  and  A,  tuberosa — Giucosidal  Constituent  and  Prox- 
imate Examination, — Fred.  B.  Quackenbush  records  the  results  of  a  par- 
tial examination  of -^j^/f//Vzj  tuberosa  and  a  more  complete  examination 
of  A,  Cornuti.  The  latter  drug,  after  exhausting  with  all  the  solvents, 
was  found  to  consist  of  49.86  percent,  of  cellulin  and  lignin. 

The  results  of  the  analysis  may  be  summed  up  as  follows : 

Petroleum  ether  extracted 144 

Ether  extracted 1.30 

Absolute  alcohol  extracted 3.58 

6.32 

Saccharose 3.29 

Glucose 1.87 

Mucilage 3.60 

^  Undetermined  compounds 3.22 

fl.98 

Alkaline  solution 3.91 

Acid  solution , 4.36 

Chlorine  water 8.92 

Moisture 7.16 

Ash 5-35 

Cellulin  and  Lignin 49.86 

Loss 2.14 

Total 100.00 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


Water . 


44^ 


REPORT  ON  THE   PROGRESS   OF  PHARMACY. 


In  addition  to  the  above,  starch  was  also  found,  but  was  not  estimated. 

This  drug  contains  many  of  the  usual  plant  constituents,  also  caout- 
chouc, and  a  crystalline  glucoside  having  a  slightly  bitter  taste,  and  also 
resembling  the  taste  of  the  root.  This  principle  is  probably  identical  with 
the  bitter  principle  observed  by  Walter  L.  Hinchman  in  the  same  drug 
in  1881  (see  Proc.  1882,  178),  and  possibly  also  with  that  obtained  from 
A.  tuberosa  by  Elam  Rhoads  in  1861.  From  the  latter  drug  Mr.  Quack- 
enbush  also  obtained  a  crystalline  principle,  but  it  is  not  very  clear  from 
hi^  description  that  he  considers  this  identical  with  the  principle  from 
A,  Cornuti,  The  cuts  accompanying  the  author's  paper  are  here  repro- 
duced (see  Fig.  26,)  -/^  and  B  showing  the  character  of  the  principle  for 

Fig.  26. 


-Q- D 

Crystals  from  Asclepias  Cornuti. 

A.  tuberosa,  while  Cand  D  shows  the  crystals  obtained  from  A  Cornuti. 
The  presence  of  tannin,  announced  by  both  Rhoads  and  Hinchman, 
could  not  be  verified  by  the  author.— Amer.  Jour.  Phar.,  March  1889, 
113-116.  , 

APOCVNACEiE. 

Apocynum  cannabinum— Physiological  Action.— Bmiiry  A.  Sokoloflf 
has  made  an  experimental  inquiry  into  the  biological  action  of  apocynum 
root,  which,  while  officinal  in  the  U.  S.  Pharm.,  is  little  known  in  the  Old 
World.  The  chief  outcome  of  the  author's  researches  is  condensed  as 
follows : 

(i)  The  drug  produces  a  very  pronounced  retardation  of  the  cardiac 
action,  with  a  very  considerable  enlargement  of  the  pulse  wave  and  a 
marked  rise  of  the  blood  tension. 

(2)  The  initial  retardation  of  the  heart  is  followed  by  an  acceleration 
of  the  cardiac  action,  while  the  arterial  pressure  ascends  still  further. 

(3)  The  cardiac  retardation  (first  stage)  is  caused  by  an  irritating  ac- 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


APOCYNACEiC.  447 

tion  of  the  drug,  both  on  the  central  and  peripheral  inhibitory  appa- 
ratuses. 

(4)  The  subsequent  acceleration  (second  stage)  is  not  dependent  upon 
anything  like  paralysis  of  the  inhibitory  apparatuses,  since  the  injection 
of  another  dose  of  the  infusion  can  again  give  rise  to  a  retardation  of  the 
heart's  work. 

(5)  On  the  injeclion  of  a  very  large  dose,  the  two  stages  are  followed 
by  a  third  one,  which  is  characterized  by  cardiac  arhythmia,  the  appear- 
ance of  Traube*s  waves,  and  a  gradual  fall  of  the  blood  pressure  down  to  o. 

(6)  The  lise  of  the  blood  tension  during  the  first  and  second  stages  is 
dependent  not  only  upon  the  stimulation  of  the  vaso-motor  centres  in  the 
medulla  oblongata,  but  also  (and  that  in  a  very  considerable  degree) 
upon  the  excitation  of  the  spinal  vaso-motor  centres.  Moreover,  the 
heart  and  blood  vessels  themselves  take  a  certain  active  part  in  the  caus- 
ation of  the  rise. 

(7)  Both  the  central  and  peripheral  vaso  dilatory  apparatuses  remain 
wholly  intact. — Med.  Chronicle,  Sept.  1888;  from  Ejened.  Klin.  Gaz., 
1888,  Nos.  25,  26. 

Strophanthus — Presence  and  Isolation  of  a  Non-mtrogenous  Diuretic 
Substance, — Catillon,  after  having  separated  strophanthin  from  the  seeds, 
isolated  a  non- toxic,  nitrogenous  principle  which,  tried  first  upon  rabbits 
and  then  upon  himself,  he  found  to  be  the  diuretic  principle  of  the  plant. 
To  obtain  it,  the  author,  first  exhausting  the  seeds  with  alcohol,  treats 
them  with  distilled  water,  afterward  adding  milk  of  lime,  and  filtering. 
A  current  of  carbonic  acid  is  then  passed  through  the  filtered  liquid, 
which  combines  with  the  excess  of  lime.  The  liquid  is  then  evaporated 
to  a  syrup,  again  filtered,  and  then  evaporated  in  vacuo.  The  product 
is  soluble  in  water  and  in  alcohol  at  70^  ;  less  soluble  in  stronger  alcohol. 
The  product  is  a  sort  of  strophantate  of  lime,  which  gives  a  precipitate 
with  hydrochloric  acid. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  March  1889,  131;  from 
Soc.  de  Th^rap.,  Dec,  26;  Rupert,  de  Phar.,  Jan.  10,  1889. 

Strophanthus  glaber^  Gabon, — Presence  in  the  seeds  of  a  body  identical 
with  Ouabain  (from  Acokanthera  Ouabaio)^  which  see  under  **  Organic 
Chemistry." 

Ouabaio — Source  of  the  Somali  Arro%v  Poison, — Arnaud  states  that  the 
Somalis  on  the  east  coast  of  Africa  prepare  an  arrow-poison  from  the 
aqueous  extract  of  the  wood,  and  especially  the  root  of  Ouabaio,  a  tree 
which  is  closely  related  to,  although  not  identical  with 

Carissa  Schimperiy  a  native  of  Abyssinia.  From  a  concentrated  ex- 
tract of  the  wood  in  warm  water,  the  author  obtained  by  a  suitable 
method — briefly  described — a  crystalline  substance,  which  he  names 

Ouabain, — This  contains  no  nitrogen  and  has  the  composition 
CseH^eOj,.     It  forms  thin,  white,  nacreous  lamellae,  with  no  taste,  no 


Digitized  by 


Google 


44$  REPORT  ON  THE  PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 

smell,  and  a  neutral  reaction.  It  is  almost  insoluble  in  cold  water  but  is 
readily  soluble  in  boiling  water,  with  a  great  tendency  to  form  supersat- 
urated solutions,  and  also  dissolves  readily  in  moderately  concentrated 
alcohol ;  but  it  is  almost  insoluble  in  absolute  alcohol  and  insoluble  in 
ether  or  chloroform.  At  i8o^,  it  becomes  pasty  with  slight  decomposi- 
tion, and  at  200^  it  is  completely  melted.  A  warm  aqueous  solution  has 
a  rotatory  power  [a]  d  =  —  34°.  A  concentrated  aqueous  solution 
gives  a  precipitate  with  tannin.  When  boiled  with  dilute  acids,  it  yields  a 
reducing  sugar,  and  hence  it  would  seem  that  ouabain  is  a  glucoside. 
When  ouabain  crystallizes  from  an  aqueous  solution,  it  contains  7  moK 
H,0,  which  is  not  completely  expelled  below  130°.  When  boiled  with 
barium  hydroxide,  ouabain  yields  a  barium-derivative,  which  when  dried 
at  100^  has  the  composition  Ba  (CwH470,3)a.  Ouabain  has  no  toxic  ef- 
fect when  introduced  into  the  stomach,  but  when  introduced  by  subcuta- 
neous or  intravenous  injection,  it  acts  on  the  heart  and  produces  death. 
2  milligrams  will  kill  a  dog  of  1 2  kilos,  in  a  few  minutes. 

Condurango — Remedial  Value. — Professor  Oser,  who  has  been  making 
trials  of  condurango  bark  in  carcinoma  and  other  diseases  of  the  stomach, 
finds  that  it  has  an  excellent  effect  on  the  appetite,  and  that  it  relieves 
over- sensitiveness.  Some  patients  can  take  it  for  months  without  any  un- 
pleasant symptoms,  while  in  others  it  soon  sets  up  nausea,  which  cannot 
be  prevented  either  by  the  simultaneous  administration  of  correctives  or 
by  the  employment  of  different  preparations  of  the  bark,  such  as  the 
vinum  or  the  liquor.  Condurango  appears  to  Professor  Oser  to  deserve 
a  place  in  our  materia  medica  as  a  symptomatic  remedy;  but  as  to  its  ex- 
erting any  specific  action  on  malignant  disease,  he  still  holds  to  his  own 
dictum  that  the  only  hope  of  cure  in  cancer  of  the  stomach  by  means  of 
drugs  lies  in  the  possibility  of  a  mistaken  diagnosis. — Amcr.  Jour.  Phar., 
Sept.,  1888,  474;  from  Jour.  Am.  Med.  Assoc. 

SAPOTACEiE. 

Gutta-Percha — Search  for  New  Sources. — The  rapid  destruction  of 
the  true  guttapercha  trees  {Isonandra  GuttcC)  has  led  to  the  search  for 
other  sources — Mimmops  Schimperiy  M,  Kummel,  and  a  number  of  unde- 
termined species  oi  Fayena  having  been  prominently  proposed.  Meckel 
and  Schlagdenhauffen,  however,  find  that  the  products  of  the  milky  exuda- 
tions of  the  two  Mimusops  cannot  be  utilized  by  themselves,  but  must  be 
mixed  with  genuine  gutta-percha  before  they  can  be  used  industrially. 
The  subsance  yielded  by  the  Payenas  also  corresponds  more  nearly  to 
caoutchouc  than  to  gutta-percha,  both  in  its  elementary  composition  and 
in  its  chemical  properties.  Under  these  circumstances  it  seems  necessary 
that  attention  should  be  paid  mainly  to  the  cultivation  of  Isonandra 
Gutta, — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Nov.  1888,  1043;  ^^om  Jour,  de  Pharm.  et  de 
Chim.,  1888,  xviii,  245. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


ERlCACEiC.  449 

EBENACEiC. 

Diospyros  virgimana,  Lin. — Proximate  Examination  of  the  Bark, — 
The  bark  of  this  tree  is  of  a  tan  color,  and  has  a  mucilaginous  bitterish, 
then  sweetish  and  astringent  taste.  Experiments  made  by  Frank  £. 
Murphy  gave  the  following  results:  The  powdered  bark  yielded  to 
petroleum  benzin  0.9  per  cent,  of  an  amber-colored  extract,  free  from 
volatile  oil.  Ether  took  up  1.4  per  cent.,  the  extract  yielding  to  alcohol 
a  wine-colored  mass,  which  deposited  from  chloroform  in  stellate  or 
granular  crystals.  The  alcohol  extract  of  the  bark  amounted  to  2.5  per 
cent,  and  was  partly  soluble  in  water.  The  water  extract  weighed  12 
per  cent.,  and  contained  mucilage  and  dextrin.  The  extracts  thus  far 
obtained  yielded  a  purple  color  with  alkalies,  the  reaction  being  due  to 
yellow  coloring  matter.  On  treating  the  exhausted  bark  with  weak  solu- 
tion of  soda,  the  mixture  also  acquired  a  deep  purple  color,  and  ulti- 
mately became  gelatinous.  The  acid  infusion  of  the  residuary  bark  gave 
with  ammonia  a  purple  colored  precipitate;  calcium  oxalate  was  not 
found. — ^Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Feb.  1889,  69. 

STVRACEiE. 

Benzoin — Assay  of  Commercial  Samples, — Thos.  F.  Moody  assayed  ten 
commercial  samples  of  benzoin,  by  digesting  and  afterward  boiling  in 
each  case  20  grams  with  10  gm.  of  slaked  lime  and  200  gm.  of  distilled 
water ;  the  decoction  was  filtered,  the  residue  Well  washed  with  hot  water, 
the  filtrate  cooled  and  acidulated  with  hydrochloric  acid.  The  precipi- 
tate was  collected  on  a  filter,  washed  with  cold  water,  the  filtrate  agitated 
with  chloroform,  the  chloroform  solution  evaporated,  and  the  residue 
added  to  the  contents  on  the  filter.  After  drying,  the  benzoic  acid  thus 
obtained  was  weighed,  amounting  for  the  samples  examined  to  2. 14,  3.20, 
3.40,  3.55,  4.0,  5.02,  5.50,  9.05,  9.72,  and  10.45  P«r  c^i^^-  In  ^ach  case 
the  presence  of  cinnamic  acid  was  shown  by  the  bitter  almond  odor  pro- 
duced on  treatment  with  potassium  permanganate.  The  author  also 
states  that  he  observed  the  white  tears  to  yield  a  much  smaller  amount  of 
benzoic  acid  than  the  brown  mass,  but  analytical  figures  are  not  given. — 
Amer.  Jour.  Phar.,  Dec,  1888,  606. 

ERICACEiE. 

Ericaceous  Plants — Occurrence  and  Absence  of  Andromedotoxin, — Dr. 
P.  C.  Plugge  has  examined  a  large  number  of  ericaceous  plants  in  addition 
to  those  previously  examined,  with  a  view  to  determine  the  presence  or 
absence  of  andromedotoxin.  He  finds  this  poisonous  principle  to  be 
present  in : 

Andromeda  japonica,  Thwiih.'j  A.  polifolia^  L.;  A,  Catesbcei^  Walt.; 
A,  calyculata,  L.;  A.  polifolia  angustifolia  ;  Rhododendron ponticumy  L.; 
Ph,  chrysanthumy  L.;  Ph.  hybridum ;  Ph,  maximum^  L.;  Azalea  indica^ 
L.;  Kalmia  laHfolia,  L.  Digitized  by  GoOQk 

29  ^ 


45 O  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

Andromedotoxin  is  absent  in  : 

Rhododendron  Mr sutunty  I/.;  Ledum palustre^  L.;  Clethra  arhorea;  Cle- 
thra  alnifolia ;  Arctostaphylos  officinalis  {^Uva  6^rjx),  Wimm.;  Chimaphila 
umbeilata,  Nuttall ;  Oxydendron  arbor eum;  Gaultheria  procumbens^  L. — 
Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Feb.  1889,  164-172. 

Wintergreen  Leaves — Constituents, — Prof.  Frederick  B.  Power  and 
Norbert  C.  Werbke  have  determined  some  of  the  constituents  of  winter- 
green  leaves,  and  subjected  the  volatile  oil  to  chemical  examination.  The 

Volatile  Oil  of  Wintergreen^  which  is  generally  regarded  to  be  identical 
with  the  volatile  oil  of  sweet  bifch,  differs  from  the  latter  in  several  par- 
ticulars. The  authors  confirm  the  presence  of  the  constituents  named 
by  Cahours  gaultherilen  in  oil  of  wintergreen,  but  finds  this  to  be  entirely 
absent  in  oil  of  sweet  birch,  which  is  composed  of  methyl-salicylate  exclu- 
sively. On  this  account  the  sp.  gr.  of  the  latter  oil  is  always  somewhat 
higher  than  that  of  true  wintergreen  oil,  that  found  for  birch  oil  being 
1. 1 81 9,  while  wintergreen  oil  has  the  s.  g.  1.1759.  The  boiling  point 
of  the  two  oils  is  nearly  identical.  With  regard  to  the  amount  of  gaul- 
therilen in  wintergreen  oil,  the  authors  find  this  to  be  much  smaller  than 
was  originally  given  by  Cahours  (io?&),  the  quantity  obtained  being 
0.31%  only,  and  corresponding  to  that  obtained  by  Pettigrew  (see  Pro- 
ceedings 1884,  257-258).  In  view  of  the  otherwise  close  similarity  of  the 
two  oils,  the  fact  that  true  oil  of  wintergreen  is  produced  in  very  limited 
amount  only,  and  that  they  consist  essentially  of  methyl  salicylate,  the 
authors  suggest  that  it  be  designated  in  future  revisions  of  the  Pharma- 
copoeia as  **  methyl  salicylate,"  and  to  recognize  as  the  same  medici- 
nal agent  either  the  volatile  oils  of  Gaultheria  procumbens  dnid  Betula 
lenta,  or  the  pure  synthetical  product  which  is  now  extensively  produced. 

As  to  the  other  constituents  of  wintergreen  leaves,  the  authors  found 
gunty  coloring  matter ^  tannin^  sugar,  and  two  substances  resembling  quer- 
citrin  and  arbutin,  respectively.  In  view  of  the  isolation  of  andromedotoxin 
by  Professor  Plugge  from  the  leaves  of  various  ericaceous  plants,  the 
authors  searched  for  this  principle,  but  conclude  from  their  experiments 
that  this  poisonous  principle  is  not  a  constituent  of  wintergreen  leaves. 
They  also  failed  to  satisfactorily  isolate  ericolin  (isolated  by  Thai  from 
Ledum  palustre  and  other  ericaceous  plants — See  Proceedings  1884,  146 
and  147). — Pharm.  Era,  Jan.  1889,  ^5-^7:  ^^ova  Pharm.  Rundschau, 
Sept.  1888,  208-211. 

C1STACE.C. 

Helianthemum  canadense — Proximate  Examination, — William  Crutcher 
examined  Helianthemum  canadense.  Petroleum  benzin  extracted  1.15 
per  cent.,  containing  a  little  volatile  oil,  wax  and  saponifiable  fat.  Ether 
dissolved  1.4  per  cent.,  wax,  chlorophyll,  etc.  Alcohol  took  up  23.05 
per  cent.,  nine- tenths  of  which  was  soluble  in  water;  the  tannin  was  esti- 

Digitized  by  VaOOQlC 


COMPOSITiE.  45 1 

mated  by  precipitating  with  lead  acetate  and  cupric  acetate,  the  results  of 
both  experiments  indicating  10.8  per  cent,  of  tannin.  Water  dissolved 
from  the  powder  7  per  cent,  mucilage,  sugar,  etc. ;  and  dilute  soda  solu- 
tion took  up  a  little  over  4  per  cent,  of  pectin  and  albuminoids.  The 
presence  of  starch  was  determined,  but  its  amount  not  estimated.  The 
air-dry  powder  contained  7  per  cent,  of  moisture  and  3  per  cent,  of  ash. 
Indications  of  a  glucoside  having  been  obtained,  the  alcoholic  extract 
was  treated  with  water  and  the  solution  agitated  with  benzol ;  on  evapor- 
ating this  liquid  fine  needles  were  left,  but  not  further  examined. — Amer. 
Jour.  Pharm,,  Aug.  1888,  390. 

COMPOSITE. 

Anthemis  nobilis — Proximate  Examination  of  the  Flowers. — On  ex- 
hausting the  flower-heads  of  Anthemis  nobilis  with  petroleum  benzin,  Ella 
Amerman  obtained  a  green  wax,  which  after  six  recrystallizations  from 
alcohol  was  nearly  white,  bitter  and  crystalline,  and  melted  at  about 
i3o°C.  On  exhausting  the  drug  now  with  ether,  and  treating  this 
extract  again  with  ether,  as  recommended  by  Camboulises  in  1871, 
a  crystalline  substance,  distinctly  acid,  and  of  a  glucosidal  nature,  was 
obtained.  A  small  quantity  of  similar  crystals  was  also  obtained  by 
Werner's  process  (1867),  by  exhausting  with  dilute  acetic  acid,  con- 
centrating, precipitating  with  alcohol,  treating  with  chloroform,  evap- 
orating, exhausting  with  ether,  and  treating  this  extract  with  warm 
distilled  water.  In  a  third  experiment  the  alcoholic  tincture  of  the 
flowers  was  concentrated,  precipitated  by  water,  the  filtrate  treated  with 
chloroform,  the  solvent  evaporated,  and  the  residue  treated  with  water. 
The  aqueous  solution  of  the  crystals,  on  being  boiled  with  hydrochloric 
acid,  became  opalescent,  emitted  a  honey-like  odor,  and  with  Fehling's 
solution  now  gave  evidence  of  the  presence  of  glucose.  There  was  no 
evidence  of  the  presence  of  an  alkaloid. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Feb. 
1889,  ^9- 

Lactucarium — Examination. — Kremel  has  found  in  various  specimens 
of  lactucarium  an  adulteration  with  bread  crumbs.  Lactucarium  ex- 
tracted with  a  mixture  of  3  parts  alcohol  and  one  part  chloroform  should 
yield  from  55  to  60  per  cent,  extract  (chiefly  lactucon).  The  percentage 
of  moisture  and  ash  is  also  aflected  by  an  addition  of  bread  crumbs. 
No.  I  was  a  pure  specimen ;  2  and  3  were  adulterated,  starch  could  be 
detected  in  these  by  the  microscope  as  well  ,as  the  iodine  test  in  an  aque- 
ous decoction. 


Moisture. 

Ash. 

Chloroform- Alcohol  Extract. 

I 

5.80  per  cent. 

6.50  per  cent. 

57.46  per  cent 

2 

5.88        « 

4.51 

40.00        " 

3 

10.84        " 

1.61 

11.54        " 

—Pharm.  Centralhalle,  1888,  512. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


452  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF  PHARMACY. 

Insect  Flowers — Structural  Characteristics, — Prof.  Jos.  Schrenck  points 
out  certain  differences  which  may  be  useful  in  determining  the  origin  and 
purity  of  commercial  insect  powders.  The  stem  of  the  Dalmatian  plant 
{Chrysanthemum  cineraricefolium)  consists  in  the  ridges  of  collenchyma 
tissue,  which  is  also  found  in  the  depressions  in  the  Persian  plant  (  C^r^x. 
roseum) ;  but  in  a  good  insect  powder,  fragments  composed  of  collen- 
chyma cells  should  be  met  with  only  sparingly.  Fragments  of  the  in- 
volucral  scabies,  composed  of  sclerenchymacells,  are  much  more  numerous 
in  the  Persian  than  in  the  Dalmatian  powder.  The  outer  surface  and 
edges  of  the  scales  of  the  Dalmatian  flowers  contain  numerous  hairs,  con- 
sisting of  a  long  cell  with  attenuated  ends  placed  horizontally  upon  a  one 
to  three- celled  stalk.  The  Persian  flowers  are  almost  entirely  glabrous,  a 
white  hoariness  being  found  only  at  and  near  the  base  of  the  scales,  and 
very  few  hairs  near  the  apex ;  the  hairs  are  of  the  same  structure  as  the 
preceding,  only  the  terminal  cell  being  much  longer.  These  hairs  are 
entirely  absent  from  the  involucre  and  stem  of  the  so-called  Hungarian 
or  Russian  daisy;  but  the  scales  contain  hairs  consisting  of  from  four  to 
ten  cells  and  terminating  with  a  much  elongated,  thin-walled,  or  with  an 
inflated  cell.  Another  form  of  glandular  trichome  consists  of  ten  or 
twelve  cells,  forming  a  globular  head  supported  on  a  short  stalk.  The 
author  also  directs  attention  to  the  presence  in  the  powder  of  conspicu- 
ous fragments  consisting  of  papillae,  covering  the  upper  epidermis  of  the 
marginal  corolla.  The  petals  of  other  related  species  are  similarly  con- 
structed. The  pollen  grains  of  the  species  mentioned  are  likewise  simi- 
lar in  structure.  Moeller  {Mikroskopie ^  etc.,  1886)  stated  that  the  petals 
contain  no  stomata  \  but  the  author  found  stomata  quite  numerous  on 
the  marginal  corolla  of  Chrys,  cineraricBfolium,  especially  on  the  lower 
side. — Amer.  Drugg.,  March  1889,  42-43. 

Insect  Powder — Distinction  of  Dalmatian  from  the  Persian  Powder, — 
John  Kirkby  contributed  an  interesting  paper  on  **  Insect  Powder,**  to  the 
British  Pharmaceutical  Conference.  With  a  view  to  the  detection  of  the 
introduction  of  foreign  substances  into  insect  powder,  the  author  has  sub- 
mitted the  flower  heads  of  authentic  specimens  of  Chrysanthemum  cinera- 
ricefolium, the  reputed  source  of  Dalmatian  insect  powder,  to  a  micro- 
scopical examination,  with  a  view  to  the  detection  of  histological  elements 
characteristic  of  the  species.  These  he  believes  he  has  found  in  the  pol- 
len grains  and  the  epidermal  papillae  of  the  ligulate  florets,  cuts  of  which 
are  shown  in  the  author *s  original  paper.  The  papillae  differ  somewhat 
even  from  those  of  the  ligulate  florets  of  C  roseum,  the  source  of  Persian 
insect  powder,  and  could  be  used  as  a  means  of  detecting  that  admixture. 
—Yearbook  of  Phar.,  1888,  376-382. 

Insect  Powder — Examination  of  Commercial  Samples. — ^J.  Hart  has 
examined  commercial  samples  of  insect  powder.  The  powders  varied 
very  much  in  color,  and  may  be  described  as  yellow,  yell^wiah- brown, 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


COMPOSITiE.  453 

brownish-yellow,  and  the  cheap  powder,  yellowish-green ;  the  ash  from 
the  flowers  varied  from  5.4  to  6.1  per  cent.,  and  that  from  the  powders 
from  6. 1  to  6.4  per  cent,  (both  closed  and  open  flowers  and  powders  were 
used,  but  chemically  no  diff'erence  was  traced).  The  ash  from  peduncles 
and  receptacles  only  (to  the  exclusion  of  the  florets)  showed  5.6  per  cent. 
These  figures  agree,  so  far  as  the  powders  are  concerned,  with  Howie's 
(he  gives  ash  as  6.2),  the  difference  in  the  ash  from  the  flowers  being  evi- 
dently due  to  the  different  proportions  of  silica  that  had  been  retained, 
either  during  the  growth  or  collection,  and  which,  during  the  necessary 
manipulations  of  the  flowers,  must  vary  very  much  more  than  it  could  do 
in  the  powder.  This  was  evident  from  the  varying  proportion  of  sand 
found  in  the  ash,  but  it  may  be  safely  asserted  that  the  ash  from  a  gen- 
uine sample  ought  scarcely,  if  at  all,  to  exceed  6.5  per  cent. 

The  iron  was  also  fairly  constant  and  estimated  as  Fe,0, ;  the  flowers 
gave  1.2  per  cent,  to  the  powder  1  per  cent.  Howie's  remark  that 
yellow  ochre  was  doubtless  used  to  cover  other  adulterants  led  to  this  es- 
timation. Having  thus  got  a  very  fair  idea  of  what  is  the  structure  and 
composition  of  the  genuine  article,  he  turned  his  attention  to  the  cheap 
sample.  As  before  stated  it  was  of  a  yellowish-green  color,  and  in  very 
much  finer  powder  than  any  he  had  seen  before.  Viewed  under  the  mi- 
croscope this  was  confirmed,  while  the  large  amount  of  long  cells,  and 
the  almost  total  absence  of  pollen  showed,  at  all  events,  that  the  flowers 
did  not  predominate  (some  slides  were  destitute  of  pollen  altogether). 
Granules  were  also  noticed  similar  to  starch,  and  on  running  in  an  aque- 
ous solution  of  iodine  these  granules  assumed  the  purple-blue  color  so 
characteristic  of  that  carbo  hydrate.  This  was  present  in  such  large 
quantities  that  when  looked  at  afterward  the  slide  seemed  one  black  mass. 
After  examining  a  number  of  slides  and  noting  the  starch  present  in  each, 
he  came  to  the  conclusion  that  not  less  than  from  20  to  25  per  cent,  was 
present ;  the  size  of  the  granules  varied  from  .0005  to  .0015  inch.  The 
nucleus  and  concentric  rings  were  scarcely  visible,  and  viewed  with 
polarized  light  they  gave  the  characteristic  cross  of  wheat  starch. 

On  estimating  the  ash  it  was  found  to  yield  16.2  per  cent.,  instead  of 
6.5  ;  this  effervesced  very  strongly  on  the  addition  of  HCl ;  it  yielded 
an  insoluble  residue  equal  to  5  per  cent,  of  the  powder  ;  the  iron,  esti- 
mated as  Fe,Oj,  instead  of  i  per  cent,  was  5.3,  and  deducting  the 
Fe^Os  due  to  the  plant,  and  estimating  the  remainder  as  Fe,6H0,  the 
yield  was  equal  to  6.3  per  cent,  of  the  powder.  This  was  evidently  col- 
ored with  yellow  ochre  or  limonite  of  iron,  Fea6HO.  Various  samples 
of  limonite  were  then  examined,  but  they  varied  very  considerably;  the 
highest  yield  of  Fe,6H0  was  63.2  per  cent,  and  the  lowest  25.54. 

In  the  light  of  these  results  it  is  readily  conceivable  hpw  such  rubbish 
as  this  can  be  sold  under  the  name  of  insect  powder  at  ^  very  low  price, 
and  still  realize  a  profit  very  much  greater  than  that  obtained  irom  tha 

jitizedby  VjOOQIC 


454  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

sale  of  the  genuine  article.  This  sample  was  evidently  ground  from  the 
entire  plant,  and  contained  at  least  25  per  cent,  of  starch  and  12  per 
cent,  of  yellow  ochre. — Pharm.  Rec,  Oct.  i,  1888,  215-216:  from 
Brit,  and  Colonial  Drugg. 

Insect  Powder — Sophisiicalion  of  the  Dalmatian  Powder  by  the  Hun- 
garian Daisy. — G.  M.  Beringer  calls  attention  to  a  consignment  to  New 
York  of  Hungarian  daisies,  evidently  intended  and  used  as  a  sophistica- 
tion of  Dalmatian  insect  powder.  The  similarity  in  size  and  general 
appearance  to  the  flowers  of  the  latter,  are  calculated  to  deceive  the 
unguarded  or  careless  observer.  The  botanical  characteristics  of  the 
Hungarian  daisy  indicate  that  it  most  probably  belongs  to  the  sub-genus 
Leucanthemum.  Mr.  Beringer  gives  a  comprehensive  description  of  these 
flowers,  accompanied  by  illustrations  showing  the  distinction  between  the 
Dalmatian  and  Hungarian  drug.  The  Hungarian  daisy  is  distinguished 
from  the  true  Pyrethrum  by  the  orange-yellow  disk  florets,  by  the  de- 
pression of  the  involucre,  by  its  prominent  dark  receptacle  and  the  ab- 
sence of  pubescence  and  pappus.  The  odor  is  less  pungent  than  that  of 
the  true  insect  flower,  being  more  like  that  of  matricaria.  The  difference 
in  odor  is  more  pronounced  on  infusing  in  warm  water.  The  Hungarian 
daisy  yields  a  powder,  somewhat  darker  in  color.  This  powder  used  upon 
flies  and  cockroaches  appeared  to  have  no  value  as  an  insecticide.  Micro- 
scopically no  diff'erence  could  be  detected  between  the  two  powders. 

Time  and  the  amount  of  material  at  command  would  not  permit  of 
a  thorough  chemical  examination,  but  it  was  hoped  that  the  percent- 
age of  extractive  matter  obtained  with  various  solvents  might  furnish  a 
useful  comparison.     The  following  statement  exhibits  the  results  obtained. 

Chrysanthemum  cinerarisefolium.  Hungarian  Daisy. 

Petroleum  ether 2.49  per  cent.  3.37  per  cent. 

Ether 2.85         "  2.68         " 

Alcohol 6.57         "  9.45         " 

Water 16.70        "  13.43        " 

Ash 6.50        "  9.30        " 

— Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Jan.  1889,  1-4. 

Insect  Powder — Detection  of  Curcuma, — According  to  C.  Schwarz  and 
E.  Ritsert,  the  presence  of  curcuma  in  insect  powder  is  determined  by 
making  an  alcoholic  tincture,  concentrating  on  a  water  bath  and  impreg- 
nating strips  of  filter  paper  with  the  residue.  These  strips  with  boric 
acid  give  an  orange-red  color,  on  addition  of  NaOH  turning  green.  In- 
sect powder,  composed  of  the  flowers  only,  should  give  an  ash  of  a 
decided  green  color,  due  to  the  presence  of  manganese  compounds; 
the  stems  are  almost  free  from  manganese.  Barium  chromate  has  been 
used  to  impart  color  to  the  insect  powder. — Am.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Jan. 
1889,  22;  from  Pharm.  Ztg.,  1888,  692-715. 

Grindelia  robusta — Anatomical  Structure, — Joseph  Beauvais  gives  the 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


COMPOSITiE.  455 

following  description  of  the  anatomical  structure  of  Grindclia  robusta : 
Both  sides  of  the  leaves  have  the  epidermis  covered  with  a  thick  cuticular 
layer,  and  contain  glands  and  stomata.  The  glands  consist  of  a  one-celled 
base  bearing  the  gland-cell,  which  is  filled  with  resin.  Beneath  the  epi- 
dermis of  both  the  upper  and  lower  surface  is  found  a  layer  of  parallel 
palisade  cells  containing  chlorophyll ;  the  central  part  of  the  mesophyll 
consists  of  spongy  parenchyma,  in  which  the  vascular  bundles  are  imbed- 
ded. These  bundles  are  closed,  collateral,  and  are  surrounded  by  a  sheath 
of  thick-walled  collenchyma,  gradually  passing  into  the  hypoderma  of  the 
upper  and  lower  surface  of  the  leaf.  Rather  large  resin- ducts  are  put  with- 
in this  collenchyma  layer.  The  involucre  of  the  flower-head  consists  of 
spirally  arranged  scales.  A  transverse  section  through  the  top  portion  of 
these  scales  is  nearly  circular,  and  is  covered  with  an  epidermis,  bearing 
glands  and  stomata  upon  the  outer  surfjice,  and  covering  several  tiers  of 
palisade  cells,  both  on  the  outer  and  inner  surface.  A  vascular  bundle 
in  the  centre  of  the  scale  is  surrounded  by  a  layer  of  collenchyma  con- 
taining resin  ducts.  The  transverse  section  through  the  middle  of  the 
involucral  scale  is  elongated  in  shape,  and  is  divided  into  an  upper  and  a 
lower  part  by  a  rather  broad  zone  of  sclerenchyma.  In  the  upper  part 
beneath  the  epidermis  is  a  palisade  layer  extending  to  the  edges ;  but  the 
lower  part  has  no  palisade  cells,  but  contains  elongated,  thick-walled 
cells,  forming  large  intercellular  spaces.  Near  the  base  of  the  involucral 
scale  the  edges  are  free  from  palisade  cells,  but  contain  collenchyma. 
The  florets  are  small,  and  collected  into  many-flowered  heads  ;  those  of 
the  outer  row  are  unisexual  and  ligulate,  while  the  disc  florets  are  tubular. 
The  latter  are  on  both  sides  covered  with  a  cuticized  epidermis,  and  con- 
tain a  slightly  developed  mesophyll  with  compressed  cells,  which,  how- 
ever, are  wanting  in  some  parts  of  the  corolla.  The  ligulate  florets  have 
a  well- developed  mesophyll  consisting  of  thin-walled  cells,  and  contain- 
ing yellow  oil  in  the  intercellular  spaces.  Papillae  are  formed  on  both 
sides  of  the  epidermis.  Anthers,  gynaecium  and  the  seed  show  no  striking 
characteristics.  The  receptacle  has  rather  long  appendages  (Zotten)  which 
difler  from  those  of  most  compositae  in  not  containing  vascular  bundles. 
— Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Feb.  1889,  82-85  »  ^''O™  ^^^-  ^-  ^-  ^o^-  Ges., 
1888,  403. 

Grindelia  robusta  and  Grindelia  squarrosa — Proximate  Examination. 
— After  briefly  reviewing  the  characters  and  properties  of  these  drugs  as 
found  in  the  market,  and  giving  a  short  history  of  previous  investigations, 
William  Henry  Clark  communicates  the  details  of  a  proximate  examina- 
tion made  by  him,  the  results  of  which  are  given  in  the  following  tabu- 
lated statement : 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


45  6  REPORT   ON   THE   PROGRESS  OF   PHARMACY. 

G.  robusfa.  G.  squarrosa. 

Petroleum  ether  extract  r   Wax 0.41  1  0.36    1 

Fixed  oil.    .    .    .8.27   j.  8.87%  5.42    [■     5.94% 

Vol.  oil   .    .    .     .  0.17  J  0.16   j 


Ether  extract Resin.   ....   .  3.801    -0,%  ^'^^ 


Other  substances  .    .0.22 


}'■'''''       :::} 


6.92^ 


Alcoholic  extract .  .        2.04%  2.67% 


1.93 

12.16%  1.90 

(0.67  from  a.)  2.51 

6.54 


12.88% 


Water  extract :  a.  Mucilage  and  carbohydrate 

precip.  by  alcohol.  .    .2.17 

b.  Glucose 1.26 

r.  Ash  (0.5  from  a)   .    .    .    .  2.80 

ti.  Other  substances  .    .    .    .5.93 
Dil.  caustic  soda:  Pectin,  albuminoids.  .    .  5.68%  3-5^% 

Dil.  Hydrochlor.  ac:  Calcium  oxalate  .    .1.06  \^^~qL  1.00 1           ^ 

Oher  substances   .    .1.11  i  3-94^ 

Intercellular  substances : *.    .    .  30.24%                                  25.44% 

Sand,  cellulose,  etc : 12.53%                                  15.02% 

Moisture 11.12%                                 ii-7% 

Ash 7.77%                                    5.22% 

Though  carefully  searching  in  Grindelia  robusia  for  the  alkaloid 
previously  described  by  Dr.  Rademaker  (in  Proceedings,  1888),  the 
author  was  unable  to  confirm  its  presence.  A  neutral  principle  and  an 
acid  appear  to  be  present  in  small  quantities. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Sept. 
1888,  433-441. 

Sent  do  canicida — Physiological  Action^  dc, — Debierre  calls  attention 
to  this  plant,  which,  in  Mexico,  as  is  .indicated  by  its  name,  is  used  for 
poisoning  dogs,  but  is  also  used  medicinally  as  a  diaphoretic,  and  in  the 
treatment  of  throat  and  skin  diseases.  Gouillouet  has  determined  that 
the  poisonous  principle  is  contained  in  smaller  quantities  in  the  leaves  and 
in  larger  quantities  in  the  roots  of  the  plant.  Its  poisonous  action,  which 
is  not  confined  to  dogs,  is  characterized  by  three  stages :  the  first,  ex- 
citement ;  the  second,  palliative ;  the  third,  and  final,  convulsions.  In 
all  cases  there  is  an  increase  in  temperature,  which  manifests  itself  until 
death.  The  poison  is  more  energetic  when  injected  subcutaneously  than 
when  given  by  the  mouth. — Arch.  d.  Phar.,  Feb.  1889,  130;  from  Npu- 
veauxRem.,  1888,  8,  6. 

Semen  Cardui  Maria — Remedial  Value, —  Dr.  A.  Tripier  claims  to 
have  had  remarkable  success  with  this  drug  in  the  treatment  of  abdom- 
inal varix,  hemorrhoids,  certain  cases  of  urethral  and  uterine  engorge- 
ment, and  other  forms  dependent  upon  conditions  of  local  congestion 
with  painful  tension.  The  treatment  was  adopted  from  indications  given 
by  Rademacher,  followed  by  Worms,  who  used  a  decoction  made  from 
the  seeds.  Tripier  uses  a  tincture  (made  from  the  seeds),  in  doses  of  20 
drops  in  a  tumbler  of  water,  night  and  morning. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm., 
Oct.  1888,  511 ;  from  Bull.  G^n.  de  Th^rap.,  June  15,  1888^ 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


RUBIACEiE.  457 

Hysterionica  Baylahuen — Remedial  Value, —  Prof.  Dujardin-Beaumetz 
received  samples  of  this  plant  from  Chili,  where  it  is  thought  to  have  spe- 
cial action  in  certain  gastro  intestinal  troubles  (especially  in  chronic, 
hemorrhagic  recto-colitis),  indigestion,  flatulent  dyspepsia,  etc.  He  gave 
the  samples  to  Dr.  Bailie,  who  gives  the  results  of  his  studies  in  the  "Bull. 
G6n.  de  Th^rap.,  (Feb.  23,  1889):  A  close  analogy  was  found  to  exist 
between  this  plant  and  Grindelia  robusta^  though  Dr.  B.  writes  that  he 
has  not  been  able  to  find  the  substance  (analogous  to  saponin),  cited  by 
Mr.  Henry  Clark  in  his  paper  on  Grindelia  robusta  (which  see),  and 
called  by  him  grindelin.  Dr.  B.  made  a  tincture  of  hysterionica  by  ma- 
cerating loo  gm.  of  the  plant  in  500  %m,  of  strong  alcohol  for  10  days; 
dose  15  to  35  drops.  Doses  of  20  drops  appear  to  have  given  excellent 
results  in  two  cases  of  chronic  bronchitis.  The  action  seems  to  be  simi- 
lar to  that  of  other  balramics,  but  it  is  better  tolerated.  Its  action  was 
excellent  in  obstinate  diarrhoeas,  which  had  not  been  benefited  under 
opium  and  sub  nitrate  of  bismuth;  also  in  the  late  and  persistent  diar- 
rhoea of  phthisical  subjects.  Dr.  B.  thinks  it  acts  as  "a  kind  of  anti- 
septic dressing  upon  the  intestinal  surfaces."  It  exerted  a  notable 
amelioration  in  two  cases  of  cystitis.  It  also  gave  good  results  as  a  dress- 
ing for  open  wounds,  and  in  two  cases  of  varicose  ulcer.  The  author 
favors  the  use  of  an  infusion  of  i  part  of  the  plant  in  150  parts  of  water. 
— Amer.  Jour.  Phar.,  April,  1889,  173. 

DIPSACEvE. 

Cephalaria  sytiaca,  {Scadiosa  syriaca,  L.) — Occurrence  of  the  Seeds  in 
Admixture  with  Egyptian  Grain. — Ballaud  states  that  the  seeds  of 
Cephalaria  syriaca  are  frequently  found  in  considerable  quantities  (up  to 
2  per  cent.)  in  admixture  with  Egyptian  grain.  The  flour  produced  from 
such  grain  has  a  peculiar  bitter  taste,  and  bread  baked  from  it  a  dark 
color.  These  seeds  are  about  5  to  7  m.m.  long,  columnar,  smaller  be- 
low than  above,  eight  sided,  and  have  a  dull  appearance.  When  pressed 
between  paper  they  produce  a  permanent  fatty  stain. — Arch.  d.  Pharm., 
Oct.    1888,  900-901;  from  Jour,  de  Pharm.  et  de  Chim.,  1888,  xviii. 

156. 

RUBIACEiE. 

Cinchona — Cultivation  in  Java. — Van  Romunde  reports  that  the  out- 
put of  the  Dutdh  cinchona  plantations,  for  the  year  1887,  amounts  to 
703,313  half  kilograms  of  bark.  The  crop  of  1888,  on  the  other  hand,  is, 
in  consequence  of  the  slow  development  of  the  plants  during  the  first 
months  of  the  year,  quite  small,  amounting  only  to  about  75,000  half 
kilograms. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Oct.  1888,  902;  from  Niew.  Tijdschr. 
Pharm.  Nederl.,  1888,  283. 

Cinchona  —  A  Cancerous  Disease  Affecting  the  Cultivated  Plants  in 
Java, — Dr.  O.  Warburg  describes  the  nature  of  the  disease  known  as 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


458  REPORT   ON   THE    PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 

cancer,  which  attacks  the  cinchona  plantations  of  Java.  There  are  two 
kinds  of  cancer,  one  infecting  the  root,  the  other  the  stem.  The  for- 
mer is  found  beneath  the  bark,  immediately  below  the  ground,  in  the 
form  of  a  white  flocculent  fungus  myaelium,  from  whence  it  extends  to 
both  stem  and  root,  causing  cracking  of  the  bark.  The  fungus  appears 
to  be  a  rhirzomorph,  very  similar  to  that  of  Agaricus  meiieus.  The  can- 
cer of  the  stem  makes  its  appearance  higher  up  in  the  trunk  and  branches. 
It  is  caused  by  a  parasitic  fungus,  propagated  by  means  of  spores,  resem- 
bling that  which  causes  the  cancer  of  the  bark.  The  diseased  trees  are 
also  found  to  be  attacked  by  Pez^'za  IVilkonnaii,  but  it  is  not  evident 
that  this  fungus  is  the  cause  of  the  disease.  The  only  efficacious 
remedy  suggested  by  the  author  is  to  cut  out  the  diseased  parts  ;  also  to 
choose  those  varieties  which  seem  least  liable  to  the  disease.  He  states 
that  Cinchona  succirubra  shows  itself  in  this  respect  a  more  desirable 
variety  than  C,  Ledgeriana. — Pharm.  Jour,  and  Trans.,  Dec.  29,  1888, 
514. 

Cinchonas — Hybridization. — An  important  contribution  to  the  knowl- 
edge of  the  conditions  affecting  the  cultivation  of  cinchona  is  given  by 
David  Hooper:  In  the  cinchona  plantations  of  the  Madras  government 
there  are  two  well  defined  species  of  Cinchona — C  succirubra  and  C. 
officinalis — the  bark  from  the  former  containing  less  quinine,  with  more 
cinchonidine  and  cinchonine,  than  that  from  the  latter.  Between  these 
two  species  there  are  also  many  hybrids,  and  as  the  hybrids  frequently 
assume  the  quicker  growing  character  of  the  succirubra  parent,  it  was  in- 
teresting to  ascertain  how  far  and  in  what  direction  the  hybridization 
affected  the  production  of  alkaloid.  Fifty  samples  of  succirubra  bark 
examined  yielded  an  average  of  6.5  per  cent,  of  total  alkaloid,  and  in  100 
parts  of  this  the  quinine  ranged  from  17.6  to  26.8  parts,  the  average  be- 
ing 22.2  parts,  whilst  the  average  of  the  cinchonidine  was  36.1  parts. 
Only  five  out  of  the  fifty  samples  failed  to  comply  with  the  requirements 
of  the  British  Pharmacopoeia  for  an  official  bark,  that  it  should  yield  be- 
tween 5  and  6  per  cent,  of  total  alkaloid,  not  less  than  halfof  which  shall 
consist  of  quinine  and  cinchonidine.  From  fifty  samples  of  C  officinalis 
bark  the  average  yield  of  total  alkaloid  was  5.25  per  cent.,  but  in  100 
parts  of  this  the  quinine  ranged  from  48.2  to  62.1  parts,  average  55.9 
parts,  while  the  cinchonidine  only  averaged  26.7  parts.  The  results  ob* 
tained  in  analyses  of  twenty-five  hybrid  barks  show  morfe  total  alkaloid, 
with  proportions  somewhat  different  from  the  theoretical  quantities  cal- 
culated for  a  typical  hybrid  on  the  assumption  that  it  would  partake 
equally  of  the  character  of  the  two  parents.  The  quinine  ranged  from 
30.8  to  55.3  per  cent,  of  the  total  alkaloid,  the  figures  for  cinchonidine 
increasing  more  or  less  with  the  decrease  of  the  quinine,  and  the  two  to- 
gether constituting  four-fifths  of  the  whole  alkaloid.  The  highest  amount 
of  quinine  in  the  succirubra  barks  was  only  equal  to  the  lowest  in  the 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


RUBIACEiE.  459 

hybrid  barks,  whilst  that  of  the  highest  of  the  hybrids  merged  into  the 
lowest  of  the  official  barks. — Yearbook  of  Phar.,  1888,  430-441. 

Carihagena  Bark — History  dnd  Experiments  of  Us  Cultivation  in 
India. — David  Hooper  communicates  a  paper  to  the  Brit.  Pharm.  Con- 
ference, in  which  he  gives  a  summary  of  the  history  of  Carthagena  bark 
and  of  the  experiments  connected  with  the  introduction  of  Carthagena 
bark  trees  into  the  Nilghiri  cinchona  plantations  of  the  Madras  Presi- 
dency. The  result  of  the  experiments  has  been  to  show  that  the  bark, 
from  the  plants  now  being  cultivated  in  the  Nilghiris  as  yielding  Cartha- 
gena bark  is  commercially  valueless,  stem-bark  examined  from  two  trees, 
one  five  and  a  half  and  the  other  six  years  old,  yielding  no  quinine,  and 
the  root-bark  only  i.i  per  cent. — Yearbook  of  Pharmacy,  1888,  425-430. 

Quina  Morada — Constituents^  etc. — Under  the  desi^^nation  of  "  quina 
morada,"  a  bark  is  known  in  Bolivia  and  the  northern  part  of  the 
Argentine  Republic,  which  possesses,  in  an  inferior  degree,  the  ther- 
apeutic properties  of  cinchona  bark.  The  name  seems,  however,  to  be 
applied  to  different  barks,  and  Messrs.  Arati  and  Canzoneri  have  re- 
ceived a  false  cinchona  bark  under  the  name  of  "quina  morada/'  which 
they  have  determined  to  be  the  bark  of 

Pogonopus  febrifugus^  Benth.  and  Hook.  They  have  isolated  an  alka- 
loid, tannic  acid,  and  a  fluorescent  body  from  the  bark.  The  alkaloid, 
which  they  have  named 

Moradeine,  was  obtained  in  form  of  colorless,  opaque  prisms,  which 
were  sparingly  soluble  in  water,  easily  in  alcohol,  in  ether,  and  in  chloro- 
form, and  which  melted  at  199.5°.  The  small  quantity  at  the  command 
of  the  authors  did  not  permit  an  elementary  examination  to  be  made. 
The  fluorescent  body,  which  has  been  named 

Moradin,  appears  to  resemble  in  many  respects  the  "scopoletin,**  ob- 
tained by  Eykman  from  Scopolia  japonica.  It  differs,  however,  from 
scopoletin  in  its  elementary  composition,  which  has  been  determined  to 
be  C,eH,^Oe.  Moradin  melts  at  201.5°  C,  without  volatilizing,  and  has 
acid  characters  ;  but  the  production  of  salts  proved  quite  difficult,  and 
was  unsuccessful.  It  is  in  all  probability  an  oxyhydrochinon,  the  products 
of  its  decomposition  being:  i.  a  trioxybenzoic  acid ;  2.  a  high  atomic 
phenol  (oxyhydrochinon  ?) ;  3.  benzochinon. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  June 
1889,  521-522;  from  L'Orosi,  Feb.  1889. 

Ipecacuanha— 'Disco7>ery  of  a  Volatile  Alkaloid. — E.  M.  Amdt  in  dis- 
tilling a  mixture  of  powdered  ipecac,  potassium  carbonate,  ferric  chlo- 
ride and  water,  noticed  in  the  condenser  white  crystals  while  the  distil- 
late had  an  alkaline  reaction  and  was  fluorescent ;  the  alkaloid  was  ob- 
tained in  colorless  cross-like  crystals,  fluorescent  at  the  edges  and  deli- 
quescent. The  hydrochlorate  crystallizes  best  in  octahedral  form,  and 
can  be  obtained  in  quantity  from  0.3  to  0.5  per  cent.  The  nitrate  does 
not  crystallize  even  when  attempted  over  H^SOo  resembline^  nitrate  of 

Digitized  byCjOOQlC 


460  REPORT   ON  THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

emetine.  PtCl4HgI,2Kr,  Nessler's  reagent,  and  iodine  solution,  yield 
precipitates ;  NaOH  on  boiling  evolves  the  odor  of  trimethylamine. 
The  yield  of  emetine  by  the  ferric  chloride  and  potassium  carbonate 
method  of  estimation  is  greater  than  by  other  methods,  hence  this  pre- 
cludes the  decomposition  of  emetine. — Amer.  Jour.  Phar.,  Feb.  1889, 
78;  from  Apoth.  Ztg.,  1888,  1036. 

Ipecacuanha—Reliable  Method  of  Assay, — R.  A.  Cripps  and  A. 
.Whitby  have  made  experiments  to  determine  the  most  reliable  and  gen- 
erally available  method  for  assaying  ipecacuanha.  From  the  various  pro- 
cesses proposed  they  selected  those  of  Dragendorff  (as  modified  by  Lyons), 
Fliickiger's  ammoniated  chloroform  method,  and  Lyons'  ammoniated 
ether  method,*  and  compared  them  with  similar  processes,  using  acetic 
ether,  chloroform  acidulated  with  glacial  acetic  acid,  and  various  mixtures 
of  these  solvents.  The  results  of  seventeen  experiments  made  upon  the 
same  sample  of  root  are  given  in  the  form  of  a  table,  to  which  reference 
may  be  had  in  the  original  paper.  The  conclusions  arrived  at  by  the 
authors  are  as  follows  : 

1.  That  of  the  methods  yet  proposed,  the  process  of  Lyon's  with 
ammoniated  ether  is  to  be  recommended  as  most  fully  exhausting  the 
drug,  at  the  same  time  being  rapid  in  execution.  They,  however,  prefer 
to  conduct  the  extraction  by  cold  percolation,  thereby  avoiding  so  many 
weighings,  the  exhaustion  being  fully  as  complete. 

2.  That  the  ammoniated  chloroform  of  Fliickiger  is  decidedly  objec- 
tionable. 

3.  The  use  of  acetic  ether  alone,  acetic  ether  with  i  per  cent,  of  glacial 
acetic  acid,  or  acetic  ether,  chloroform  and  glacial  acetic  acid,  is  attended 
with  good  results ;  the  extraction  is  perhaps  rather  more  rapid  than  by 
Lyon's  .solvent,  and  throughout  the  process  works  well. 

Selecting  one  of  these  solvents,  the  process  is  carried  out  as  follows : 
2.5  grams  of  ipecacuanha  root  in  fine  powder  are  introduced  in  a  small 
glass  cylinder  aboiit  200  m.m.  long  and  11  to  12  m.m.  internal  diameter, 
very  lightly  shaken  down,  and  a  loose  plug  of  cotton  placed  on  the  sur- 
face of  the  powder.  10  c.c.  of  the  solvent  are  now  poured  on,  and  al- 
lowed to  soak  through  the  powder,  care  being  taken  to  observe  if  any  air- 
spaces or  channels  exist  in  any  portion.  When  the  fluid  begins  to  drop 
from  this  percolator,  the  upper  open  end  is  securely  corked  to  prevent  any 
further  flow  of  the  liquid,  and  the  whole  allowed  to  macerate  about  ten 
hours,  or  preferably  over  night.  Percolation  is  then  proceeded  with  until 
about  50  c.c.  of  percolate  is  obtained  or  the  root  is  exhausted;  this  is  the 
case  if  six  to  ten  drops  of  the  liquid,  when  evaporated,  and  the  residue 
dissolved  in  dilute  sulphuric  acid,  give  no  precipitate  with  Mayer's  solu- 
tion. The  solution  thus  obtained  is  introduced  into  a  separator,  and 
washed  with/(7^r  successive  quantities  (about  8  c.c.  at  a  time)  of  slightly 

*  These  methods  have  been  described  at  different  times  in  previous  reports. — Rep. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


CAPRIFOLIACEjE.  461 

acidulated  water.  The  aqueous  liquid  now  containing  the  emetine  is 
washed  once  with  ether  while  still  acid,  then  rendered  alkaline  with  am- 
monia, and  washed  three  times  with  6  c.c.  of  ether,  followed  by  two 
successive  washings  with  6  c.c.  of  chloroform.  The  mixed  ethereal  and 
chloroformic  solutions  are  washed  once  with  water,  then  evaporated  in  a 
current  of  air,  and  dried  by  exposure  over  sulphuric  acid  for  some  hours; 
it  is  then  weighed  (this  being  one  determination),  dissolved  in  20  c.c.  of 
water  acidulated  with  six  drops  of  5  percent,  (by  volume)  sulphuric  acid, 
m  which  it  should  be  entirely  soluble,  and  titrated  with  Mayer's  solution 
(half  strength)  in  the  usual  manner  (this  being  the  second  or  confirma- 
tory determination)  ;  i  c.c— 0.00945  gram  emetine.  This  method  is  to 
be  followed  when  strictly  accurate  results  are  aimed  at ;  under  other  con- 
ditions the  method  may  be  shortened,  either  by  drying  the  alkaloid  more 
rapidly,  or  by  dissolving  the  moist  alkaloid  and  titrating,  or  by  titrating 
the  aqueous  solution  shaken  out  from  the  ether  solution  direct.  Incident- 
ally the  authors  have  determined  the  amount  of  alkaloid  also  in  the  woody 
/<?r//^«  of  ipecacuanha  root.  This  portion  constituted  15  per  cent,  of 
the  total  weight,  and  yielded  0.8  per  cent,  of  emetine,  or  5  per  cent,  of 
the  total  amount  in  the  sample. — Phar.  Jour,  and  Trans.,  March  9,  1889, 
721  to  724. 

Cephalanthus  occidentalism — Isolation  of  a  Glyceride  from  the  Bark. — 
See  Cephalanthus i  under  "Organic  Chemistry." 

Coffee — Artificial  Roasted  Beans, — J.  Konig  describes  artificial  coffee 
which  he  had  an  opportunity  to  examine.  The  beans  exhibited  no 
material  external  difference  from  ordinary  roasted  coffee,  except  in  the 
great  uniformity,  but  the  microscope  revealed  that  they  were  composed 
exclusively  of  wheat  flour,  from  which  they  were  evidently  made,  being 
moulded  and  then  roasted. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Jan.  1889,  38 :  from 
Zeitschr.  f.  Angew.  Chem.,  22,  631. 

CAPRI  FOLIACEiE. 

Hedera  Helix — Examination  of  the  Constituents  of  the  Fruit  and  Leaves, 
— Hermann  Block  has  prepared  the  different  constituents  of  the  fruit  and 
leaves  of  the  ivy  that  have  hitherto  been  isolated  and  described,  and  sub- 
jected them  to  comprehensive  study  and  experiment.  From  the  fruit  he 
prepared  the  body  which  Posselt  has  designated  as 

Hederic  Acid, — Davies,  operating  after  the  directions  of  Posselt,  had 
obtained  the  same  body,  but  found  it  to  possess  properties  different  from 
those  ascribed  to  it  by  the  former.  Block's  experiments  now  confirm 
the  observations  of  Davies  that  the  so-called  hederic  acid  is  not  an  acid, 
and  that  it  is  a  perfectly  indifferent  body.  In  its  moist  condition  it  is 
perfectly  white,  but  becomes  slightly  yellowish  on  drying,  and  is  amor- 
phous. It  melts  at  223°.  With  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  it  produces 
a  fine  red  color,  which  on  standing,  or  by  heat,  changes  to  viol^.    Possplt 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


462  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

had  described  the  reaction  as  violet,  while  Davies  stated  it  to  be  red,  the 
conflicting  observations  being  explained  by  the  foregoing.     The 

Hedera-tannic  Add  described  by  Posselt,  was  obtained  by  the  author, 
and  possesses  the  characters  given  it  by  the  former.  The  existence  of 
the  two 

Fatty  bodies  observed  by  Posselt  is  also  confirmed,  but  in  addition  to 
the  constituents  of  the  seeds  hitherto  described.  Block  has  determined 
the  presence  of 

Cholesterin. — From  the  pulp  of  the  fruit  he  isolated  a  handsome  blue-red 

Coloring  mattery  which  is  soluble  both  in  water  and  alcohol.  It  has  a 
neutral  reaction,  is  changed  to  red  by  acids,  and  to  green  by  alkalies, 
affording  also  a  green  color  with  neutral  acetate  of  lead,  while  basic 
acetate  of  lead  produces  a  green  precipitate.  The  coloring  matter, 
furthermore,  may  be  separated  into  two  portions,  the  one  of  a  violet 
color,  soluble  in  water  alone  ;  the  other  red,  soluble  in  both  water  and 
alcohol.  From  the  leaves  the  author  separated  by  approximate  means — 
which  are  described — ihe 

Hedera-glucoside  of  Vernet,  and  found  this  to  correspond  in  all  of  its 
characters  with  those  given  by  the  latter.  The  products  obtained  by 
Kingzett  and  by  Harsten,  and  described  by  them  as  glucosides,  were 
doubtless  mixtures  of  this  glucoside,  of  glucose  and  chlorophyll,  as  al- 
ready pointed  out  by  Vernet.  Block  has  subjected  this  glucoside  to  ul- 
timate analysis,  and  arrived  at  results  which  lead  to  the  formula  QaHs,- 
Oio+2HaO.  By  heating  with  dilute  sulphuric  acid  it  is  split  into  glucose 
and  a  crystal lizable  body  having  the  composition  QeH^oO^.  Besides 
these  bodies  the  author  has  determined  the  presence  of  a  coloring  matter 
identical  with  carotin,  and  two  organic  acids,  oxalic  and  malic.  The 
mineral  constituents  were  likewise  determined,  comprehensive  tables  be- 
ing given  showing  the  quantitative  results  obtained  from  the  different  or- 
gans of  the  plant. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Nov.  888,  953,  984. 

UMBELLIFERiE. 

Asafastida  Plants — Review, — E.  M.  Holmes  observes  that  notwithstand- 
ing the  large  amount  of  literature  that  has  already  been  published  on  the  sub- 
ject, there  appears  to  exist  even  at  the  present  day  a  certain  amount  of  con- 
fusion concerning  the  plants  which  yield  asafoetida.  This  arises  partly 
from  the  literature  being  published  in  several  different  languages,  partly 
from  the  fact  that  the  material  existing  in  herbaria  is  comparatively  small 
and  imperfect  and  very  unequally  distributed  in  different  countries,  and 
partly  from  the  remarkable  resemblance  which  exists  between  species 
yielding  entirely  different  gums.  Under  these  circumstances,  a  review  of 
the  present  state  of  our  knowledge  of  the  plants  yielding  asafoetida  seems 
desirable,  so  that  the  distinctive  features  of  the  various  species  may  be 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


ABALIACEif:.  463 

more  readily  compared.  This  review  the  author  has  now  made  in  a 
lengthy  paper,  which  he  concludes  with  the  following  brief  enumeration 
of  the  distinctive  characters  of  the  asafoetida  plants : 

1.  Ferula  fatida^  Kegel. — Leaves  bipinnate,  ultimate  segments  Ungu- 
late, entire ;  petals  white,  remaining  after  the  formation  of  young  fruit ; 
umbels  grouped  near  the  apex  of  the  stem,  with  white,  crisped  hairs;  vit- 
tae  numerous,  minute,  not  visible  to  the  naked  eye:  fruit- wing  nearly  as 
broad  as  the  end. 

2.  Ferula  Asafoetida,  Kegel. — Leaves  similar ;  petals  yellow,  caducous  ; 
the  fruit -wing  only  slightly  broader  than  half  the  seed  ;  vittae  as  in  No.  1  ; 
peduncles  thickened  below  after  flowering;  umbels  as  in  No.  i,  and  also 
clothed  with  crisped  hairs. 

3.  Ferula  Narthexy  Boiss. — Leaves  as  in  No.  i  and  2;  rarely  serrate  at 
apices ;  petals  yellow,  caducous ;  umbels  axillary,  from  base  to  apex  of 
plant,  not  hairy ;  vittae  solitary  or  2  in  the  dorsayurrows,  distinctly  visi- 
ble, slightly  branched. 

4.  Ferula  foetidissima,  Kegel  and  Schmal.  —  Leaves,  nearly  same 
shape  as  i,  2,  3,  but  with  distinctly  cerrulate  margin;  petals  yellow; 
vittae  distinctly  visible,  1-3  in  the  dorsal  furrows,  six  on  the  commissure. 

5.  Ferula  alUacea — Boiss. — Leaves  obtusely  dentate  at  apex,  with 
spreading  segments,  cuneate  below;  fruit- wing  one-fifth  diameter  of  the 
seed  ;  stem  branches  purplish  red  ;  vittae  indistinct. 

6.  Ferula  rubricaulis,  Boiss. — Resembles  F,  alliacta^  but  the  stem  is 
terete ;  rays  of  umbel  20-30 ;  fruit-wing  only  one-half  the  width  of  the 
seed ;  stem  branches,  purplish  red  ;  vittae,  indistinct. 

7.  Ferula  teterrima^  Y^^tqX  et  Kiril. — Leaves  quadriternatisect ;  seg- 
ments oblong,  acute,  entire,  or  2-3  lobed ;  vittae  solitary  in  the  dorsal 
furrows,  distinctly  visible,  7-8  in  the  commissure. 

8.  Ferula  persica,  Willd. — Leaves  pinnately  decomposed;  segments 
linear,  small;  petals  pale  yellow;  fruit-wing  one-quarter  width  of  seed; 
vittae  in  the  dorsal  furrows  3-4,  numerous  in  the  commissure. — Pharm. 
Jour,  and  Trans.,  July  14-21;  Nov.  10,  1888;  pp.  21-44,  41-44,  and 
365-368. 

ARALIACEAE. 

Ginseng — Varieties  in  Use  in  China, — John  Henry  Wilson  states  that 
five  kinds  of  ginseng  are  known  in  Shanghai :  four  of  them  grown  in  Asia, 
and  derived  from  Panax  Ginseng,  the  fifth  being-  American  ginseng,  from 
Panax  quinquefolium.     The  most  highly  prized  of  all  is  the 

Chinese  Wild  Ginseng  ("  yah-shan-shen  "),  for  which  fabulous  prices 
are  sometimes  paid ;  as  much  as  60  taels  (a  tael  =  5s.)  is  paid  for  a  single 
root  not  larger  than  the  little  finger,  the  value  depending  in  a  great 
measure  on  the  shape  it  assumes. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


464  REPORT   ON   THE  PROGRESS   OF  PHARMACY. 

Chinese  Cultivated  Ginseng  {^^  \tzxi  tong-shen  ")  is  next  in  value,  and 
is  cultivated  in  the  northern  provinces  of  China  and  in  Manchuria.  The 
rootlets  are  cut  off  immediately  after  gathering,  a  bamboo  knife  being 
used  for  this  purpose — iron  or  steel  are  carefully  guarded  against — ^and  the 
epidermis  of  the  lower  part  is  carefully  scraped  off.  This  ginseng  has  a 
yellowish  brown  color,  and  when  the  epidermis  has  been  removed  it 
has  a  translucent  appearance  not  unlike  horn.  These  roots,  if  they  were 
not  trimmed  and  scraped,  would  differ  very  little  from  the  third  variety, 
the 

Corean  Ginsengs  which  is  of  a  light  buff  color,  due  possibly  to  less  care 
in  drying.  The  epidermis  of  Corean  ginseog  roots  is  thin  and  wrinkled, 
showing  transverse  rings,  and  the  rootlets  are  thin  and  contorted.  Its 
value,  as  in  the  other  varieties,  is  enhanced  by  size  and  shape«  The 
fourth  variety  is 

Japanese  Ginseng  (**  tong-yanshen '*),  which  is  entirely  different  in 
appearance  from  either  of  the  above.  Its  roots,  as  found  in  the  shops, 
are  fusiform,  hard,  woody,  of  a  pale  yellow  color,  deprived  of  rootlets, 
and  vary  in  size  from  2^  to  5  inches.     The 

American  Ginseng  (**mei-kwoh-shen  "),  is  now  uniformly  found  in  a 
scraped  condition.  Crude,  unscraped  ginseng  is  now  seldom  imported. 
Pharm.  Jour.  Tran.,  July  7,  1888,  2. 

RANUNCULACEiE. 

Cimicifuga  racemosa,  Elliot — Proximate  Examination  of  the  Rhizome 
and  Rootlets, — Dr.  C.  J.  Rademaker  communicates  the  result  of  a  prox- 
imate analysis  of  cimicifuga  racemosa  : 

Cimicifuga  racemosa  was  dried  and  the  loss  in  weight  was 6.23 

To  petroleum  spirit  the  drug  yielded  eight  (8)  per  cent,  of  fixed  oil  and  wax  .   .       8.00 

To  absolute  ether,  ten  (10)  per  cent,  of  resin,  crystalline  principle  and  chloro- 
phyll   10.00 

To  chloroform  the  drug  gave  three  (3)  per  cent,  of  solid  matter  composed  of  resin, 

crystalline  principle  and  chlorophyll ,   ,    ,       3.00 

The  drug  was  next  treated  with  absolute  alcohol ;  this  left  two  and  one-quarter 
(2jt()  of  fixed  residue  composed  of  resin,  an  acid,  crystalline  principle  and 
chlorophyll 2.04 

To  distilled  water  the  powdered  drug  gave  twelve  and  one  half  per  cent.  (12.50) 
solid  matter  composed  of  gum,  sugar,  tannin,  starch  and  extractive  matter,  such 
as  soluble  salts  •    •    • 12.50 

To  a  two  (2)  per  cent,  solution  of  caustic  soda,  the  drug  gave  one  and  three 
quarters  (i^)  per  cent,  of  solid  matter  composed  of  mucilage  and  albuminoids      1.75 

And  to  one  per  cent,  solution  of  hydrochloric  acid,  four  (4)  per  cent,  of  residue 

was  obtained,  composed  of  organic  compounds  and  inorganic  salts 4.00 

Cellulose  as  residue 52.48 

Total 100.00 

The  crystalline  principle  obtained  in  the  ether,  chloroform  and  alco- 

Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


RANUNCULACEiE.  465 

holic  extracts  was  insoluble  in  water,  but  soluble  in  alcohol,  chloroform, 
ether  and  dilute  hydrochloric  acid.  Its  solutions  in  alcohol,  ether  and 
chloroforn  irere  neutral  to  litmus  paper,  and  had  a  decidedly  bitter  and 
acrid  taste. 

The  constituents  of  this  drug  may  then  be  summed  up  as  follows : 

Crystalline,  neutral  or  bitter  principle,  resin,  fat,  wax,  tannin,  starch, 
gum,  sugar,  and  an  acid  of  which  he  did  not  obtain  a  sufficient  quantity 
to  give  an  opinion.  The  crystals  are  of  a  color  resembling  old  gold.  The 
author  believes  the  crystalline  principle  to  represent  the  virtues  of  the 
drug. — Phar.  Rec,  Jan.  7,  1889,  9;  from  Medical  Herald. 

A  com  turn  Napellus — Experiments  on  its  Cultivation  in  England, — E. 
M.  Holmes  reported  to  the  British  Pharmaceutical  Conference  the  pro- 
gress made  in  the  experiment  he  had  undertaken  in  the  cultivation  of  a 
definite  form  oi  A conitum  Napellus ^  with  a  view  to  furnishing  suitable 
material  for  a  more  trustworthy  chemical  investigation  of  the  root  than 
has  hitherto  been  possible.  He  described  three  forms  that  he  has  selected 
— from  Colchester,  St.  Neot's,  and  Riverhead — as  approximating  in  his 
opinion  to  typical  plants,  and  recounted  the  observations  made  during 
the  cultivation  of  specimens  in  his  own  garden.  Some  rough  experi- 
ments, in  which  the  relative  activity  of  the  plants  was  estimated  by  the 
intensity  of  the  numbing  sensation  produced  upon  the  tongue  on  chew- 
ing the  seeds,  seemed  to  indicate  the  desirability  that  a  separate  chemical 
examination  of  each  form  should  be  made.  Some  interesting  information 
was  also  given  as  to  the  probable  yield  of  root,  and  the  best  method  of 
propagation  under  the  conditions  of  cultivation. — Yearbook  of  Pharm., 
1888,  338-349- 

Aconite  Root — Proper  Time  and  Precautions  in  Collections, — P.  W. 
Squire  contributes  a  paper  in  which  he  details  his  observations  respecting 
aconite  root  at  different  stages  of  its  growth.  As  a  result  of  his  observa- 
tions he  concludes  that  the  proper  time  for  the  collection  of  medicinal 
aconite  root  would  be  in  the  autumn,  when  the  root  is  in  perfection,  and 
when  there  would  be  no  difficulty  in  separating  the  old  decayed  roots. 
But  the  roots  oi  Aconitum  Napellus  differ  in  appearance  and  microscopic 
structure  (as  shown  by  the  author  in  his  present  paper),  as  they  do  from 
Aconitum paniculatum  ;  consequently,  it  would  not  be  possible  to  distin- 
guish with  certainty,  and  separate  from  one  another,  a  mixture  of  the  two 
roots,  except  by  taste — that  of  ^.  Napellus  roots  being  quite  pronounced 
at  this  period,  producing  a  benumbing  sensation  upon  the  tongue,  while 
the  roots  of  A,  paniculatum  produce  no  such  effect — nor  would  it  be 
possible  in  digging  up  roots  in  the  autumn  to  distinguish  the  one  from  the 
other  by  their  external  characters.  It  would  be  equally  impossible  for  the 
herb-gatherers  to  taste  each  individual  root.  As,  however.  A,  Napellus 
flowers  some  time  before  A.  paniculatum ,  it  would  be  quite  easy  to  dis- 
tinguish the  plants  in  the  summer.  The  author  therefore  suggests  that 
30  o 


466  REPORT   ON   THE   PROGRESS  OF   PHARMACY. 

the  places  where  A.  Napellus  abounds  should  be  taken  note  of  and  marked 
in  summer,  when  the  plants  in  flower  can  be  recognized.  Whether  this 
plan  is  practicable  on  a  large  scale  in  the  wild  condition  of  the  plant  is 
an  open  question  ;  but  it  certainly  is  in  the  cultivated  state,  and  any 
stray  A,  paniculatum  can  be  weeded  out.  The  increased  cost  of  cultiva- 
tion would  be  fully  compensated  by  the  certainty  of  having  the  right 
plant  gathered  at  the  best  time. — Phar.  Jour,  and  Trans.,  Feb.  i6,  1889, 
645-647. 

MAGNOLIACEiC. 

Magnolia  glauca^  L. — Proximate  Examination  of  the  Leaves, — Wilbur 
Fisk  Rawlins  has  subjected  the  fresh  leaves  of  Magnolia  glauca^  L.,  to 
proximate  examination.  The  leaves,  gathered  in  September,  lost  60  per 
cent,  on  drying  in  air,  and  an  additional  lo  per  cent,  at  110°  C. 
The  air-dried  leaves  yielded  10  per  cent,  of  ash.  They  yielded  to 
petroleum  spirit  5  per  cent.,  four-fifths  of  which  was  dissipated  by  heat,  the 
remainder  being  composed  partly  of  insoluble  waxy  matter.  Ether  then 
extracted  4  per  cent.,  containing  besides  chlorophyll,  a  crystallizable 
resin.  Absolute  alcohol  dissolved  5  per  cent,  of  the  residual  drug,  the 
residue  of  evaporation  containing  tannin,  together  with  a  crystallizable 
glucoside  having  characters  distinct  from  those  ascribed  to  the  magnolin 
of  Procter.  Water  dissolved  13  per  cent. ;  caustic  soda,  4  per  cent. ; 
dilute  hydrochloric  acid,  2  per  cent. ;  chlorine  water,  6  per  cent. ;  chlo- 
rate of  potassium  and  nitric  acid,  2  per  cent. ;  representing  mucilage, 
coloring  matter,  and  lignin  principally. 

Three  pounds  of  the  fresh  drug  were  distilled  with  water.  From  the 
distillate,  by  shaking  with  ether,  was  obtained  a  volatile  oil  of  a  bright 
green  color,  with  a  penetrating  odor  resembling  that  of  fennel  or  anise, 
but  more  pleasant.  The  yield  was  very  small,  about  one  drachm  being 
obtained  from  the  three  pounds.  While  the  solution  of  oil  in  the  ether 
was  filtering,  the  rapid  evaporation  of  the  ether  caused  crystals  to  form  on 
the  edge  of  the  filter,  but  they  soon  volatilized  and  no  examination  was 
made  of  them. — Amer.  Jour.  Phar.,  Jan.,  1889,  6-8. 

Magnolia  glauca —  Use  of  the  Leaves  as  a  Substitute  for  Indelible  Ink, 
— In  connection  with  the  above  paper  Prof.  Maisch  remarks,  that  it  does 
not  appear  to  be  generally  known  that  the  fresh  leaves  of  the  magnolia 
glauca  may  be  used  in  the  place  of  indelible  ink  for  the  marking  of  linen 
and  other  fabrics,  by  placing  upon  the  latter  the  lower  surface  of  a  leaf, 
and  tracing  upon  the  upper  surface  with  a  blunt  peg,  using  some  pressure, 
the  desired  characters.  The  writing  appears  upon  the  fabric  at  first  of  a 
grayish  green  color,  which  gradually  becomes  darker,  and  does  not  dis- 
appear on  washing. — Ibid,  8. 

Star  Anise — True  Botanical  Source, — In  1880  Dr.  Bretschneider 
called  attention  to  the  fact  that  Illicium  anisatum  is  not  the  true  botani- 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


BERBERIDEACEiC.  467 

cal  source  of  star  anise,  and  that  the  plant  producing  this  article  was 
still  unknown.  Since  then  seedlings  of  the  true  plant  have  reached  the 
Kew  Gardens,  and  these  having  flowered.  Sir  Joseph  Hooker  has  been 
enabled  to  give  a  description  of  the  new  plant.  He  points  out  that  the 
plant  must  be  placed  in  quite  a  different  section  of  the  genus  from  that 
to  which  /.  anisatumy  L.,  belongs,  since  it  has  broad  obtuse  perianth 
segments,  and  the  peduncles  are  not  bracteate  at  the  base.  He  describes 
it  as  a  new  and  hitherto  undescribed  species,  as  follows : 

**  Iliidum  verum^  Hook.  f.  (Bot.  Mag.,  t.  7005,  July  1888.) — Illicium 
verutn :  foliis  elliptico  lanceolatis  v.  oblanceolatis  obtusis  v.  obtuse 
acuminatis  in  petiolum  brevem  angustatis  floribus  axillaribus  breviter 
pedunculatis  globosis,  perianthii  foliolis  ad  10  orbiculatis  concavis  cor- 
iaceis  exterioribus  majoribus  ciliolatis  intimis  rubris  staminibus  ad  10 
brevibus,  filamtnto  cum  connectivo,  in  corpus  carnosum  subovoidem 
confluente,  loculis  adnatis  parallelis  subremotis  oblongis,  carpellis  ad  8 
stigmatibus  brevibus  vix  recurvis  carpellis  maturis  ad  8  cymbiformibus 
longiuscule  rostratis. 

Mr.  £.  Mi  Holmes  observes  that  the  leading  features  in  this  plant 
appear  to  be  the  solitary  axillary  globular  flowers,  which  do  not  expand 
fully,  the  segments  remaining  convex,  the  inner  segments  being  red,  and 
the  ten  stamens,  in  which  the  filament  forms  with  the  connective  an 
ovoid  body.  The  peduncles  are  curved  and  barely  half  an  inch  in  length. 
It  may  be  here  remarked  that  a  very  similar  plant,  but  with  smaller  and 
yellowish  flowers,  has  been  grown  at  the  Botanical  Gardens  at  Regents' 
Park  for  the  last  eighteen  years  under  the  name  of  /.  anisaium,  but  the 
leaves  of  this  species  have  a  sassafras  taste.  They  diff*er  from  those  of  /. 
religiosum  in  having  the  midrib  prominent  below  and  depressed  on  the 
upper  surface  of  the  leaf,  while  in  /.  religiosum  the  midrib  is  prominent 
on  the  upper  and  not  on  the  lower  surface,  and  the  taste  is  astringent  and 
terebinthinous. — Amer.  Jour.  Phar.,  Oct.  1888,  502  ;  from  Pharm.  Jour, 
and  Trans.,  Aug.  11,  loi. 

BERBERIDEACEiE. 

Podophyllum  Emodi — Examination  of  the  Root, — W.  Dymock  and  D. 
Hooper  give  a  description  of  the  Himalayan  species  of  Podophyllum  (/*. 
Emodi^t  and  the  results  of  the  chemical  examination  of  the  root,  as  well 
as  of  its  physiological  action.  The  root  agrees  in  most  particulars  with 
that  of  P,  peltatumy  but  the  intervals  of  knots  are  more  frequent.  It 
yielded  about  12  per  cent,  of  resin,  soluble  in  alcohol,  ether  and  chloro- 
form, and  almost  entirely  so  in  ammonia  water.  It  was  found  to  be  un- 
mistakably cathartic  in  its  effect,  when  administered  in  dose  of  ^  gram 
rubbed  with  sugar,  attended  with  slight  griping,  as  is  the  case  when 
"podophyllin"  is  administered  by  itself.  The  large  yield  of  resin  is 
noteworthy. — Phar.  Jour,  and  Trans.,  Jan.  26,  1889,  585, 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


468  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

RUTACEiE. 

Guaiac  Resin — Analysis  of  Commercial  Samples, — John  Herman  Rabe- 
nau  examined  four  commercial  specimens  with  the  following  results  : 

Nos.  I.  2.  3.  4. 

Soluble  in  petroleum  ben- 

zin 006  per  cent.      .002  per  cent.      .01  per  cent. 

Soluble  in  ether 52.8  "  73.9  "   •     66.9         "         49.  percent. 

Treatment  of  ether  extract 

with  KHO,  then   HCl; 

precipitate  weighed .  .    .29.4  *'  54.7  *'         28.1         "     30.7        " 

Portion  insoluble  in  eiher, 

soluble  in   alcohol  ...    9.9  *'  6.1  "         12.2        '*  completely. 

Ash  from  original  resin  .    .    6.45         »*  4.75         "  9.75       «*  trace. 

— Amer.  Jour.  Phar.,  Dec.  1888,  606. 

*^  Amber''  Guaiac — Examination. — C.  Carroll  Meyer  calls  attention  to 
a  form  of  guaiac  resin  which  has  recently  been  introduced  into  the  market 
under  the  designation  of  **  amber  guaiac'*  and  recommended  as  perfectly 
pure.  It  is  perfectly  clear  and  free  from  pieces  of  wood  and  bark,  and 
being  so  different  from  the  ordinary  guaiac  of  the  market,  and  slightly 
resembling  pitch,  the  author  made  some  experiments  to  determine  its 
purity  and  character.  His  results  seem  to  prove  the  article  to  be  pure 
guaiac  resin.  It  is  almost  completely  soluble  in  alcohol  and  in  aromatic 
spirit  of  ammonia,  whereas  a  good  sample  of  ordinary  guaiac  leaves  a 
residue  of  about  40  per  cent.  Hence  it  becomes  a  question  whether  the 
pure  so-called  "amber* 'guaiac  should  be  used  in  place  of  the  more  im- 
pure article  contemplated  by  the  U.  S.  Pharm.,  or  whether  the  quantity 
should  not  be  decreased  when  making  the  officinal  preparation  with  it. — 
Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  June  1889,  286. 

Diosma  crenata  and  D,  betulina — Isolation  of  a  glucoside^  Diosmin^ 
which  see  under  *' Organic  Chemistry." 

GERANIACEiE. 

Geranium  maculatum  —  Proximate  Examination. — Henry  J.  Mayers 
has  subjected  geranium  root  to  proximate  examination,  with  the  following 
results.  Petroleum  ether  extracted  0.210  percent,  of  wax  and  fat  (of 
yellow  color,  solid  at  ordinary  temperatures,  melting  at  60°  C,  soluble  in 
stronger  ether,  chloroform  and  hot  95  per  cent,  alcohol),  and  a  trace  of 
volatile  oil.  Stronger  ether  extracted  0.25  per  cent,  of  a  dark-brown 
bitter  resin,  soluble  in  alcohol,  and  0.21  percent,  of  gallic  acid.  Absolute 
alcohol  extrsictcd  2.48  per  cent,  of  tannin,  8.92  per  cent,  of  phlobaphene 
(altered  tannin),  and  small  amounts  of  sugar  and  a  crystallizable  principle 
not  estimated.  To  distilled  water  the  residue  yielded  1.12  per  cent,  of 
mucilage,  2.58  per  cent,  of  dextrin,  and  5.84  per  cent,  of  sugar;  while 
dilute  alkalies  dissloved  4.64  percent,  of  mucilage  and  2.8§  per  cent,  of 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


LINACEiE.  469 

albuminoids.     The  ash  from  separate  portions  of  the  drug  was  8. 75  ;  the 
moisture  5.02  per  cent. 

The  amount  of  tannin  found  was  so  low  as  to  demand  verifying,  which 
was  undertaken  by  exhausting  10  grams  of  the  drug  with  boiling  water. 
This  decoction,  with  gelatin  and  alum  solution,  indicated  4.25  per  cent. 
This  discrepancy  not  being  satisfactory,  another  portion  of  the  whole  drug 
was  purchased  and  powdered.  In  this  lot,  by  the  gelatin  and  alum  pro- 
cess, 11.53  per  cent,  were  obtained.  These  differences  in  the  amount  of 
tannin  may  be  explained  by  supposing  that  the  two  lots  of  drug  were  col- 
lected at  different  times  in  the  year,  or  the  first  lot,  coming  from  stock 
kept  in  the  powdered  state,  had  changed ;  the  quantity  of  phlobaphene,  as 
may  be  noticed,  being  excessive. — Amer.  Jour.  Phar.,  May  1889,  238-239. 

LINACEiE. 

Flaxseed — Adulteration  of  the  Ground  Article^ — George  M.  Beringer 
slates  that  a  sample  of  ground  flaxseed,  recently  offered,  showed  upon  ex- 
amination the  following  peculiarities :  With  iodine,  the  decoction  gave  a 
copious  reaction  for  starch  ;  it  yielded  to  petroleum  ether,  20.92  per  cent, 
of  oil ;  ash  3  per  cent.  On  examining  the  sample  microscopically  the 
starch  was  identified  as  that  of  corn.  A  sample  of  pure  ground  flaxseed 
gave  no  reaction  for  starch,  and  yielded  to  petroleum  ether  32.97  per  cent, 
of  oil ;  ash,  4.5  per  cent.  The  sample  offered  was  evidently  adulterated 
with  corn  meal  to  the  extent  of  about  forty  per  cent.,  judging  from  the 
small  yield  of  oil  and  ash.  A  sample  of  corn  meal  examined  yielded  to 
petroleum  ether  only  2.65  per  cent,  of  oil ;  ash,  1.2  per  cent.  The  adul- 
teration of  ground  flaxseed  with  such  material  is  likely  quite  common,  and 
may  be  easily  detected  by  the  test  for  starch. — Amer.  Jour.  Phar.,  Apr. 
1889,  167. 

Linseed  Cake —  Cause  of  Error  in  the  Determination  of  Residual  OiL 
— R.  Klopsch  states  that  in  a  linseed  cake  containing  1 1  per  cent,  of  fat, 
two  successive  analyses  gave  only  4.5  and  4.8  per  cent.  In  searching  for 
the  cause  the  author  found  that  prolonged  desiccation  with  heat  renders 
the  fatty  matter  insoluble  in  ether.  The  author  recommends  that  the 
drying  process  should  not  be  prolonged  beyond  three  hours. — Chem. 
News,  Oct.  19,  1888,  197;  from  Zeitsch.  f.  Analyt.  Chem.,xxvii,  No.  4. 

Referring  to  Mr.  Klopsch 's  observations  on  linseed  oil  cake,  Thomas 
T.  P.  Bruce  Warren  observes  that  the  cause  of  the  change  is  quite  ea.sy 
to  understand ;  the  residual  oil  contained  in  a  cake  is  very  liable  to  oxi- 
dation, and  a  thoroughly  oxidized  oil  is  practically  insoluble  in  any  sol- 
vent. Crushed  poppy-seed  is  remarkable  in  this  respect;  and,  as  a  rule, 
the  insolubility  of  the  residual  oil  is  just  in  proportion  to  its  tendency  to 
oxidize  :  heat  invariably  facilitates  this.  In  drying  an  oil- cake  the  same 
precaution  should  be  taken  as  in  drying  an  oil  or  fat,  but  which  unfortu- 
nately seems  neglected.     The  author  makes  some  suggestions  re^pecting^ 

Digitized  by  VjjOOQIC 


470  REPORT  ON  THE  PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 

the  methods  of  examining  oil-cak^  in  general,  for  which  see  Chem.  News, 
Nov.  2,  1888,  211. 

TERNSTROEMIACEiE. 

Tea — Observation  of  a  New  Base, — The  announcement  by  A.  Kossel 
of  the  discovery  of  a  new  base — ''theophylline" — in  tea,  has  prompted 
Messrs.  B.  H.  Paul  and  A.  J.  Cownley  to  state  that  for  some  time  past 
they  have  known  of  and  determined  the  existence  of  a  second  base  in 
Himalayan  tea,  but  that  the  quantity  so  far  obtained  was  too  small  to 
admit  of  its  complete  study,  and  the  publication  of  their  discovery  had 
on  this  account  been  deferred. — Pharm.  Jour,  and  Trans.,  July  14,  1888, 
24. 

Tea — Determination  of  Tannin, — See  Tea-Tannin^  under  "Organic 
Chemistry.** 

GUTTIFERiE. 

Gamboge — Analysis  of  a  Sample, — George  H.  Hurst  has  analyzed  a 
sample  of  gamboge  with  the  following  results :  Moisture,  2.5  ;  mineral 
matter,  1.05  ;  resin  (from  ether),  66.05 »  ^^^  (from  alcohol),  4-31 ;  gum, 
26.03  P^*"  cent.     The 

Resin  of  Gamboge  was  of  a  reddish  orange  color,  transparent,  glassy- 
looking,  very  brittle,  with  conchoidal  fractures.  It  softens  easily  on  heat- 
ing, melts  at  between  75*^  and  80°  C,  and  again  solidifies  on  cooling  to 
a  glassy  mass.  It  is  readily  soluble  in  alcohol,  in  ether,  and  in  chloro- 
form, very  sparingly  soluble  in  petroleum  spirit,  dissolves  with  an  orange 
color  in  sodium  hydroxide  solution,  and  is  reprecipitated  from  such  by 
acids  in  the  form  of  gelatinous  flakes.  It  has  no  taste  or  apparent  purga- 
tive action.     The 

WoM  is  a  peculiar  looking  brownish  mass  with  a  waxy  lustre;  it  is  soft, 
melts  easily,  has  a  peculiar  but  slightly  bitter  taste,  and  leaves  a  bitter 
after-taste,  which  is  perceptible  for  some  time ;  it  has  also  a  slight  purga- 
tive action.  It  evidently  undergoes  quasi-saponification  with  caustic  soda, 
forming  a  yellow  solution.     The 

Gum  is  a  transparent  brownish  mass,  with  a  sweetish  taste  and  slightly 
adhesive  properties.  It  forms  an  opalescent  solution  with  water,  which  is 
not  precipitated  by  mercuric  chloride,  lead  acetate,  or  alcohol.  Dilute 
acids  dissolve  it,  and  strong  nitric  acid  forms  mucic — but  not  oxalic  acid. 
It  has  a  slight  reducing  action  on  Fehling's  solution,  which  is  considerably 
increased  on  boiling  with  dilute  acids,  and  it  is,  therefore,  a  glucoside. — 
Pharm.  Jour,  and  Trans.,  March  23,  1889,  761-762.  4 

VITACEiE. 

Sherry  Wine — Adulteration  in  Spain. — In  the  Consular  report  of  Ant 
J.  Bensusan,  Acting  U.  S.  Vice- Consul  at  Cadiz,  the  following,  respect- 
ing the  adulteration  and  manufacture  of  sherry  wine,  ise^ven;    It  has 

Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


VITACEiE  471 

been  considered  generally  that  low  sherries  cannot  be  fit  for  shipment 
until  the  third  year,  and  so  it  would  be  if  left  entirely  to  nature ;  but 
such  wines  in  the  hands  of  intelligent  persons  in  the  matter,  by  repeated 
fining  and  raking  off,  reinforcing  well  with  alcohol,  and  other  operations 
adopted  by  wine  merchants,  have,  in  fact,  of  late  been  shipped  within 
the  second  year.  A  great  part  of  the  wine  shipped  is  not  above  twelve 
months,  and  this  is  the  sweet  or  checked  wine,  of  which  a  good  portion 
enters  into  the  combination  of  low  sherries. 

The  sweet  wine  is  made  thus:  During  the  vintage,  and  after  the  grape 
is  pressed,  they  put  25  gallons  of  alcohol  or  spirits  of  about  66  per  cent, 
overproof  to  a  butt,  and  the  rest  is  completely  filled  with  the  must  or 
juice  of  the  grape,  and  bung  made  fast.  The  spirits  stop  the  fermenta- 
tion of  the  wine,  which  then  becomes  perfectly  sweet.  This  wine  can  be 
got  ready  for  shipment  within  twelve  months  or  less,  but  it  is  only  used 
as  an  auxiliary  for  the  preparation  of  wines. 

In  general  the  low-priced  sherries  are  blended  or  composed  of  four  or 
more  different  sorts,  viz.,  alcohol  or  spirits,  sweet  wine,  colored  wine, 
cheap  new  wines  of  different  kinds,  and  sometimes  of  a  few  gallons  of 
older  wines  to  help  the  whole  to  an  older  appearance.  Fine  sherries,  on 
the  contrary,  are  kept  in  their  natural  state  of  very  pale  and  dry  for  six  or 
seven  years,  and  sometimes  longer;  and  these  wines,  which  from  their 
first  growth  are  costly  and  become  still  more  so  by  the  length  of  time  re- 
quired, are  very  frequently  disapproved  by  such  as  find  other  sorts  of 
wine  more  to  their  taste,  and  worth  perhaps  the  tenth  part  of  the  above 
stated  varieties. 

Another  way,  and  the  best  way,  to  **  forward*'  wines  is  by  the  use  of 
'*  soleras,"  or  mother- wines.  The  said  soleras  are  a  number  of  butls  of 
old  wines,  more  or  less  good,  but  always  old;  these  butts  of  wine  to  be 
made  use  of  are  generally  half  full,  the  other  half  being  filled  with  a  new 
wine,  which,  in  the  course  of  a  very  short  time,  gets  so  forwarded  that 
it  becomes  an  **  old"  wine  under  that  treatment.  A  quantity  is  then 
taken  from  each  butt  to  be  made  use  of  in  the  preparation  of  wines,  and 
the  quantity  taken  cff  is  again  replaced  with  new  wine  to  let  it  grow 
again  in  the  same  manner.  The  same  way  of  carrying  on  the  business  is 
hardly  to  be  found  in  any  other  country,  or  even  in  any  other  part  of 
Spain. — Amer.  Drugg.,  May  1889,  86. 

Wine — Manufacture  from  Currants, — E.  Hancock,  U.  S.  Consul  at 
Patras,  Greece,  reports  as  follows  on  the  industry  of  making  wine  from 
currants,  which  is  assuming  enormous  proportions  in  France,  owing  to 
the  great  destruction  of  vines  by  the  phylloxera. 

The  process  of  wine-making  from  dried  currants  is  exceedingly  simple. 
The  fruit  is  emptied  out  of  the  barrels  or  sacks  in  which  it  arrives  into 
large  wooden  tubs,  of  a  capacity  of  several  tons,  and  twice  or  thrice 
(according  to  the  quality  and  strength  of  wine  which  it  is  intendedla 


472  REPORT   ON   THE  PROGRESS  OF   PHARMACY. 

produce)  the  amount  of  water  is  added.  During  cold  weather  it  is  neces- 
sary to  artificially  heat  the  water  to  an  average  suoiiner  temperature, 
otherwise  the  fermentation  would  be  too  long  delayed,  but  under  ordinary 
circumstances  the  fermentation  has  taken  place,  and  the  liquid  is  ready 
to  be  strained  in  a  period  from  eight  to  ten  days.  When  this  last  opera- 
tion has  taken  place,  the  liquid  is  ready  for  immediate  use,  and  can  in  no 
way  be  distinguished  from  ordinary  light  wines  ;  it  is  of  a  light-ruby  color, 
and  possesses  a  strength,  according  to  the  amount  of  water  that  has  been 
added,  of  from  9  to  13  degrees.  Wholesale  dealers  usually  sell  it  at  so 
much  per  degree  of  alcoholic  strength.  It  is  also  employed  for  the  man- 
ufacture of  superior  brands  of  wine,  and  this  is  done  by  the  admixture  of 
strong  and  colored  Spanish,  Italian,  and  Dalmatian  wines,  and  by  various 
other  processes  well  known  in  France.  This  should  not,  however,  cause 
any  prejudice  against  similar  wines,  for  they  contain  nothing  deleterious 
or  in  any  way  injurious  to  the  consumer,  for  the  currant  in  its  original 
state  is  simply  a  small  stoneless  grape,  which  produces  an  excellent,  strong, 
fruity-flowered  wine ;  the  French,  therefore,  in  adding  water  to  the  dried 
fruit,  are  merely  replacing  what  has  been  drawn  out  of  it  by  the  action  of 
the  sun  in  the  process  of  drying. — Amer.  Drugg.,  Jan.  1889,  12. 

J^aisin  Wine  —  Formula  and  Preparation.  —  Palangi6  recommends 
the  following  formula  for  making  ''  raisin  wine"  :  Corinth  raisins,  25k.; 
sugar,  4k.;  fresh  grapes,  ik.;  tartaric  acid,  25  gm.  Exhaust  the  raisins 
with  three  waters;  press  and  unite  all  the  liquors  in  a  cask.  Dissolve  the 
sugar  and  tartaric  acid  in  water,  and  boil  for  a  few  minutes ;  add  this  to 
the  other  liquors,  with  water  to  make  a  hectoliter  ;  then  add  the  grapes, 
previously  bruised,  and  keep  the  mixture  at  a  temperature  of  77°  F.  In 
48  hours  from  the  beginning  of  fermentation  the  air  in  the  cask  must  be 
renewed,  and  this  must  be  repeated  daily  until  fermentation  ceases. 
The  wine  should  stand  for  a  month  before  bottling. — Amer.  Jour. 
Pharni.,  May  1889,  245 ;  from  Jour,  de  Pharm.  et  de  Chim.,  March  15, 
1889. 

ERYTHROXYLACEiE. 

Coca  Leaves — Assay, — Van  der  Marck  proposes  the  following  method 
for  the  assay  of  coca  leaves :  50  grams  of  the  powdered  leaves  are  mixed 
with  water  and  20  grams  of  magnesia,  dried  at  60°  and  extracted  with 
ether ;  the  solvent  is  distilled  off,  the  residue  is  exhausted  with  2  per 
cent,  hydrochloric  acid  (^about  30  c.c.  are  needed),  the  acid  solution  fil- 
tered and  agitated  with  ether  until  coloring  matter  is  no  longer  extracted, 
then  rendered  alkaline  with  ammonia  and  agitated  with  three  successive 
portions  of  ether  of  25  c.c.  each ;  after  drying  the  ether  with  fused  cal- 
cium chloride,  the  ethereal  solution  is  separated,  the  ether  distilled  off, 
and  the  residue  weighed,  after  drying  in  a  desiccator. — Am.  Jour.  Phar., 
June  1889,  294;  from  Pharm.  Ztg.,  1889,  2^2, 

Erythroxylon  Novo- Granaiense — A  New  Erythroxylon^Qi^(^(^^X)\. 


POLYGALACEiE.  473 

meeting  of  the  British  Linnean  Society  a  paper  was  read  by  D.  Morris  on 
the  characteristics  of  the  plants  included  under  Erytkroxylon  Coca^  La- 
marck, with  a  description  of  a  new  variety,  which  he  proposed  to  name 
from  its  origin,  E,  Nova-Granatense.  He  pointed  out  that  the  well- 
known  coca  plant  had  been  noticed  by  botanists  and  travelers  for  the  last 
three  hundred  years,  and  that  although  Clusius  was  generally  regarded  as 
the  earliest  writer  on  it,  he  had  been  anticipated  by  Nicholas  Monardes 
in  his  '*Historia  Medicinal,"  published  at  Seville,  in  1580,  and  trans- 
lated by  Clusius,  who  printed  it  in  a  condensed  form  in  his  *'Exotirorum 
Libri  Decem,"  in  1605.  '^^^  plant  was  first  described  as  a  species  by 
Lamarck  in  the  **  Encyclop6die  M^thodique"  in  1786,  from  specimens 
brought  by  De  Jussieu  from  Peru.  Mr.  Morris  stated  that  it  occurred 
under  several  climatic  forms,  which,  however,  were  all  nearly  related 
varieties  of  the  same  species. — Drugg.  Circ,  April  1889,  81. 

POLYGALACEiE. 

Senega — Plants  Yielding  the  Commercial  Supply. — Prof.  J.  U.  Lloyd 
has  communicated  an  important  paper  on  the  commercial  sorts  of  senega 
root,  which  satisfactorily  explains  the  botanical  source  of  the  varieties  of 
the  drug  designated  respectively  as  southern  or  western  and  northern 
senega.     Respecting  the 

Southern  or  Western  Senega  he  observes  that  the  typical  species  is  Poly- 
gala  Senega,  L.,  which  is  found  in  the  northern  Atlantic  States  and  Can- 
ada, and  its  roots  are  evidently  those  originally  employed  in  medicine. 
The  plant  does  not,  however,  grow  abundantly  in  any  locality,  and  with 
the  progress  of  agriculture,  and  the  consequent  destruction  of  the  forests, 
the  localities  of  its  growth  have  gradually  been  removed  to  the  western 
and  south-western  border  States,  so  that  gradually  Virginia,  Tennessee, 
North  Carolina,  Arkansas,  Kentucky,  Ohio,  Indiana,  Illinois,  and  Mis- 
souri, became  the  main  sources  of  supply — Polygala  Senega,  L.  and  P. 
Senega,  var.  laiifolia  being  exclusively  the  plants  yielding  the  drug. 
The  roots  of  these  two  plants  are  identical  in  every  particular,  it  being 
immaterial  whether  they  have  grown  in  Vermont  and  other  New  England 
States,  or  in  the  States  mentioned,  and  they  correspond  exactly  to  the 
description  given  in  the  textbooks.  This  kind  of  senega,  which  by  the 
gatherers  is  called  "  small  senega,"  seldom  attains  at  the  base  the  size  of 
an  ordinary  lead-pencil,  about  400  of  the  larger  dried  roots  being  required 
to  make  one  pound.  In  the  author's  experience  the  characteristic  keel 
of  senega  root  is  distinct  only  in  the  young  (immature)  roots ;  it  begins 
to  diminish  with  age,  and  in  older  roots  is  frequently  distinctly  observable 
only  at  the  lower  end. 

Northern  Senega, — The  larger  roots  of  commerce,  known  now  under 
the  name  of  "northern  senega,"  made  their  appearance  in  the  begin- 
ning of  the  seventies.     They  are  collected  in  Wisconsin  and  Minnesotai 


474 


REPORT  ON  THE  PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 


and  are  gradually  replacing  the  smaller  variety,  which  is  becoming 
scarcer  in  the  market  from  year  to  year.  Its  decidedly  larger  size,  as 
well  as  Other  minor  differences,  caused  it  to  be  looked  upon  with  suspic- 
ion, but  the  investigations  of  C.  G.  Lloyd  proved  very  conclusively  that 
the  mother  plant  of  this  senega  is  a  variety  oiPolygala  Senega,  L.,  appar- 
ently intermediate  between  this  and  the  variety  latifolia.  This  plant 
has  narrower  leaves  than  the  variety  latifolia,  but  they  are  broader  than 
those  of  the  typical  plant  of  the  New  England  States.     The  **  northern  " 

Fig.  27. 


Southern  or  Western  Senega  With  Keel. 

senega  root  is  occasionally  as  much  as  an  ounce  in  weight,  though  us- 
ually they  will  average  about  80  roots  to  the  pound ;  the  knotty  head  of 
the  root  is  quite  large— from  i  to  3  inches  in  diameter;  the  root  itself, 
from  >^  to  I  inch  in  diameter,  very  sparingly  branched,  not  very 
contorted,  and  nearly  free  of  the  small  rootlets  so  characteristic  of  the 
'•southern'*  senega.  The  ligneous  portion  of  the  root  is  quite  thick, 
and  surrounded  with  a  uniform  cortical  layer.  The  taste  is  about  the 
same  as  that  of  the  '*  southern  '*  senega,  but  somewhat  morp-mucilagin- 

jitized  by  V^j 


POLYGALACEiB. 


475 


ous ;  hence  the  characteristic  acidity  does  not  manifest  itself  as  quickly. 
The  color  varies  as  it  does  in  the  "southern  "  root,  from  straw-yellow  to 
deep  brown,  and  it  is  generally  devoid  of  the  characteristic  keel.  The 
accompanying  cuts  (Figs.  27,  28  and  29)  show  the  distinctive  characters 
of  the  young  (immature)  and  older  roots,  as  well  as  of  the  larger  roots  of 
the  "  northern  '*  senega.  Regarding  the  adulterations  which  have  been 
observed  at  different  times,  the  author  is  convinced  from  his  very  ex- 
tended experience  that,  at  least  as  far  as  this  country  is  concerned,  this  is 

Fig.  28. 


Southern  or  Western  Senega  Without  Keel. 


never  intentional,  other  roots  being  possibly  admixed  by  carelessness 
during  transportation  and  packing.  Regarding  the  roots  of  Polygala 
Baykiniiy  the  only  Polygala  indigenous  to  the  southern  states,  and  which 
Maisch  had  regarded  to  be  the  source  of  the  false  white  senega  found  in 
the  market  some  years  ago,  Prof.  Lloyd  observes  that  he  has  never  ob- 
served the  root  of  this  plant  in  any  of  the  consignments  of  senega  root 
from  the  southern  states.     Indeed,  Prof.  Chas.  Mohr,  one  of  the  best  au- 

Digitized  by  VjOOQTC 


476  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS  OF   PHARMACY. 

Fig.  29. 


Northern  Sene^^a. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


POLYGALACEiE.  477 

thorities  on  the  flora  of  the  southern  states,  is  of  the  opinion  that  the  occur- 
rence and  distribution  of  Polygala  Boykinii  is  so  limited  that  it  cannot 
be  collected  in  quantities  to  compete  with  true  senega. — Pharm.  Rund- 
schau, April  1889,  86-89. 

Senega  Root — Examination  0/  Different  Commercial  Samples. — Ludwig 
Renter  communicates  a  lengthy  paper,  in  which  he  gives  in  some  detail 
the  results  of  the  proximate  examination  of  different  commercial  samples 
of  senega  root.  The  constituents  of  senega  root  so  far  determined  are : 
(i)  fixed  oil  and  resin;  (2)  traces  of  volatile  oil  (a  mixture  of  valerianic 
ether  and  methyl- salicylic  ether) ;  (3)  sugar  (7  percent.);  (4)  senegin 
(2  to  5  per  cent.,  identical  with  saponin);  (5)  yellow  coloring  matter; 
(6)  malates.  As  the  result  of  the  author's  studies  and  investigations,  he 
^  considers  it  of  primary  importance  to  determine  the  amounts  of  volatile 
oil,  of  resin  and  fixed  oil,  and  of  water,  for  the  establishment  of  the 
quality  of  a  sample  of  senega  root.  In  the  course  of  his  preliminary  ex- 
periments, which  were  quite  comprehensive,  he  examined  eight  samples 
of  senega  root,  designated  as  follows  :  1.  "southern";  IT.  "northern**; 
III.  "depurat.**;  IV.  "depurat.**;  V.  "15  years  old**;  VI.  "senega 
from  Brussels** ;  VII.  and  VIII.  not  particularly  designated.  He  ob- 
tained from  the  moist-cut  roots  the  following  percentages  of  ^//^^r  extract 
(principally  resin  and  fixed  oil)  :  I. —3  per  cent. ;  II. =3. 2  percent.;  III. 
=3.8  per  cent.;  IV.=4.7  per  cent.;  V.=4.6  per  cent.;  VI.=3  per  cent. 
VII.=4.66  percent.;  VIII.=3.25  percent.;  from  the  dry  powders  of  No.  5 
I.,  II.  and  III.,  7,  7  and  7.9  per  cent,  respectively.  The  relative  amounts 
of  fixed  oil  and  resin  seem  to  vary  with  the  age,  the  older  root  contain- 
ing a  large  proportion  of  resin ;  the  proportion  of  the  latter  in  IV.  and 
VII.,  for  instance,  being  A  and  ^\^  of  the  whole,  whereas  in  the  case 
of  the  15  years  old  sample  it  amounted  to  %  the  weight  of  the  ethereal 
extract.  The  quantity  of  methyl  salic)  lie  ether  in  the  different  samples 
was:  I.=o.28  per  cent.;  II,=o.25  percent.;  III.=o.3c  percent.;  IV.= 
0.33  per  cent,;  while  V.  and  VI.  contained  none.  T\i^ sugar  y92&  deter- 
mined in  four  samples,  and,  calculated  for  grape  sugar,  was  found  to  be 
5.5,  6.2,  6.35,  and  7.3  per  cent,  respectively.  Senegin  was  not  deter- 
mined. The  amount  of  water  in  five  samples,  was:  9.3,  10.3,  lo.o,  10.7, 
and  12.0  per  cent.,  the  latter  being  an  admirable  sample  and  highly 
odorous.  It  may  be  taken  as  a  rule  that  the  older  drug  contains  less  vol- 
atile oil  and  less  moisture  on  the  one  hand,  and  more  resin  on  the  other. 
The  author,  in  fact,  regards  the  relative  amount  of  volatile  oil  as  of  prim- 
ary importance,  and  proposes  as  a  test  for  the  good  quality  of  the  drug 
the  following,  to  be  embodied  in  the  (Germ.)  Pharmacopoeia: 

"  5  grams  of  air-dry  senega  root  macerated  for  15  minutes  with  50  c.c. 
of  water  at  60°  C.  should  yield  a  filtrate,  which,  acidulated  with  3  drops 
of  hydrochloric  acid,  and  shaken  with  50  c.c.  of  ether,  should  yield  to  the 
latter  sufficient  salicylic  acid  to  give  a  distinct  violet  color  reaclion  with 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


478  REPORT  ON  THE  PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 

one  drop  of  solution  of  ferric  chloride  in  the  aqueous  solution  obtained  by 
allowing  the  ether  to  evaporate  spontaneously  and  taking  up  the  residue  in 
20  c.c.  of  water  at  60°/' 

Further  experimental  data  must  be  gathered  to  determine  the  eventual 
value  of  the  determination  of  resin  and  fixed  oil. — Arch.  d.  Pharm., 
April  and  May,  1889,  309-31 7i  and  452-459. 

PAPAVERACEiE. 

Stylophorum  diphylluniy  Nuttall — Alkaloidal  Constituents, — According 
to  the  investigations  of  Prof.  E.  Schmidt,  the  root  of  this  American  plant 
contains  chelidonine,  with  a  second  alkaloid  closely  related  to,  if  not 
identical  with  chelerythrine. — Am.  Jour.  Phar.,  Nov.  1888,  562;  from 
Pharm.  Ztg.,  1888,  572. 

CRUCIFERiE. 

Sinapis  juncea  and  Brassica  nigra  —  Comparative  Examination  of  the 
Seeds, — Paul  Birkenwald,  in  connection  with  his  examination  of  oil  of 
mustard^  (which  see  under  **Organic  Chemistry,")  has  made  a  comparative 
examination  of  the  seeds  of  Brasscia  nigra  and  Sinapis  junceay  with  the 
following  results: 


Used  in  succession 


Brassina 

nigra. 

Sinapis  juncea. 

8.47  p.  c. 

7.63  p.  c 

5.04 

(( 

4.52     " 

1.84 

«f 

1.89     " 

f   29.37 
i     0-93 

«( 

30.10    " 

<( 

1.30    " 

1     0.80 

(« 

I.2<      *• 

I    6.77 

f( 

6.40      " 

4.50 

4.21      " 

0.61 

(( 

0.54      " 

1.89 

« 

1.67      •• 

Moisture 

Ash 

Phosphoric  Acid  .    .    . 
Soluble  in  Petrol.  Spirit 

*•  Ether  .   .   . 

"  Abs.  Alcohol 

"  75  P-  c-    " 

Nitrogen 

Sulphur , 

Vol.  Oil  (calcul.  from  amount  of  S.) 

— Schwz.  Wchnschr.  f.  Pharm.,  1888,  277. 

Mustard — Preparations^  etc, — Prof.  J.  M.  Maisch,  commenting  on  the 
Tincture  of  Mustard  ^ro^o^t^hy  J.  W.  England,  (see  under  ''Pharmacy*'), 
which  he  considers  to  be  a  preparation  deserving  the  attention  of  physi- 
cians, calls  attention  to  the  fact  that  liquid  preparations  of  mustard  for 
internal  use  were  employed  quite  commonly  until  the  beginning  of  this 
century,  but  are  at  present  used  to  a  very  limited  extent.  He  gives  for- 
mulae for  a  number  of  preparations,  taken  from  the  Pharmacopoeia 
Universelle,  by  A.  I.  L.  Jourdan  (Paris,  1828),  and  other  works  of  dif- 
ficult access  to  pharmacists  generally,  which  may  properly  find  place 
here  for  convenient  reference. 

Vinum  Sinapios;  Coilutorium  Sinapi, — This  is  made  of  two  strengths, 
respectively  gss.  and  gj  to  a  pound  of  white  wine.  After  macerating 
for  six  hours,  the  mixture  is  filtered,  and  %\\  tincture  of  cinnamon  is 
added. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


PORTULACEiE.  479 

Serum  Lactis  sinapinum  s,  cum  Sinapi^—rA,  formula  credited  to  the 
Pharmacopoeias  of  Holland,  Hessia,  Lippe  and  Sardinia,  directs  that  Jij 
of  bruised  mustard  seed  be  boiled  with  2  lbs.  of  cow's  mflk,  until  coagu- 
lated, when  filter.  An  improved  formula  is  that  of  Swediaur  (181 7.)  It 
consists  in  triturating  together  %]  mustard  seed  and  lb.  j  of  cow*s  milk,  add- 
ing a  sufficient  quantity  of  Rhenish  wine,  coagulating  by  heat,  and 
straining. 

Syrupus  Sinapis  is  prepared  by  adding  1  part  of  spirit  of  mustard  to 
100  parts  of  simple  syrup. 

Spiritus  Sinapis  of  the  German  Pharmacopoeia  is  a  solution  of  one 
part  of  volatile  oil  of  mustard  in  49  parts  of  alcohol. 

Aqua  Sinapis,  which  was  formerly  prepared  by  macerating  black  mus- 
tard in  water  and  distilling,  is  recommended  by  Hager  to  be  made  by  dis- 
solving one  drop  of  the  volatile  oil  of  mustard  in  250  gm.  of  distilled 
water. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  March  1889,  126-127. 

VIOLACEiE. 

Vioia  cucuUata — Proximate  Constituents  of  the  Rhizome , — Messrs.  F.  B. 
Power  and  Walter  M.  Carr,  in  the  course  of  their  search  for  "  violine" 
(see  under  '*  Organic  Chemistry"),  which  Boullay  had  described  as  occur- 
ring in  the  rhizomes  of  Viola  odorata,  determined  in  the  rhizomes  of  the 
American  violet — V,  cucullata — wax,  fat,  chlorophyll,  resin,  sugar,  mucil- 
age, and  starch.  They  also  searched  for  salicylic  acid,  which  Mandelin 
determined  in  the  rhizome  of  Viola  odorata,  but  failed  to  get  any  evi- 
dence of  its  presence.  The  resin,  which  was  acrid',  and  had  an  odor  re- 
minding of  that  of  podophyllin  resin,  was  found  to  possess  in  5  grain 
doses  a  gentle  purgative  action.  It  did  not  produce  any  nausea  or  other 
effect  resembling  such  as  produced  emetine.  Neither  was  the  alkaloid 
violine,  which  was  separated  in  small  quantities,  identical  with  emetine,  as 
conjectured  by  Prof.   Husemann. — Phar.  Rundschau,  Jan.  1889,  11-12. 

PORTULACEiE. 

Lewisia  rediviva,  Pursh. — Analysis  of  the  Root, — Henry  Trimble  has 
received  some  roots  oi Lewisia  rediviva,  Pursh,  used  as  food  by  the  Indians 
from  the  Rocky  mountains  westward  to  the  Pacific,  where  it  abounds. 
The  plant  is  variously  known  as  "Spathum,**  "Chita,**  and  ** bitter 
root,"  and  has  been  fully  described  by  Dr.  V.  Harvard — this  description 
being  reproduced  in  the  present  paper.  The  roots  received  by  the  author 
were  free  from  bark,  of  a  white  color,  and  ready  for  use  as  food.  No 
evidence  of  sugar  as  glucose  or  saccharose  could  be  obtained.  Tests  for 
tannin  likewise  gave  negative  results.  The  most  important  constituents 
are  starch,  gum  and  mucilage,  the  last  two  are  not  readily  precipitated  by 
alcohol.  The  following  summary  gives  the  amount  of  the  most  important 
food  constituents: 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


48o  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

Fat,  resin  and  wax 4.98 

Gum  and  mucilage 14.80 

Albuminoid^ 3.58 

Starch 8  57 

Moisture 12.17 

Ash 2.53 

Woody  fi!>re  and  undetermined 53'37 

100  00 

The  amount  of  starch  found  may  appear  small  when  we  consider  the 
uses  of  the  root,  but  the  large  amount  of  gum  and  mucilage  make  up  for 
this  deficiency. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Jan.  1889,  4-6. 

SAXIFRAGACE.^.. 

Saxifraga  ligulaia — Description  and  Proximate  Analysis  of  the  Rhi- 
zome.— David  Hooper  has  subjected  the  rhizome  of  Saxifraga  ligulata^  a 
plant  abounding  in  the  Punjab  Himalayas,  to  proximate  examination.  The 
drug,  which  is  known  in  the  bazaars  under  the  names  of  "pakh'anber," 
"jintiana,"  and  **masl6n,*'  enjoys  a  reputation  as  poultices  for  boils 
and  in  ophthalmia,  is  reckoned  absorbent,  and  is  given  in  dysentery  and 
cough.  It  occurs  in  pieces  of  one  to  two  inches  long,  and  about  a  half  to 
one  inch  in  diameter :  externally  brown,  wrinkled  and  scaly,  and  bear- 
ing numerous  scars,  rootlets  and  circular  markings ;  internally  reddish, 
dense  and  hard.  The  rhizome  appears  to  have  been  cut  up  before  drying. 
The  red  color  of  the  sections  is  evidently  developed  by  age,  as  a  fresh 
cut  shows  the  interior  to  be  much  lighter,  or  almost  white.  Under  the 
microscope  numerous  conglomerate  crystals  and  ovoid  cells  are  observed. 
The  taste  is  slightly  astringent,  and  the  odor  is  similar  to  that  of  tar,  but 
more  aromatic.  The  following  table  gives  the  quantity  of  the  different 
constituents  of  the  rhizomes,  as  determined  by  the  author's  analysis: 

Wax   and  odorous  principle 92 

Gallic  acid 1.17 

Tannic  acid 14.28 

Glucose 5.60 

Mucilage 2.78 

Metarabin,  albumen,  etc 785 

Starch 19.00 

Calcium  oxalate 11.61 

Mineral  salts 3.80 

Sand 58 

Crude  filtre 20.80 

Moisture  and  loss .    11. 61 


The  author  observes  that  the  root  of  Polygonum  Bistorta  contains 
some  of  the  same  constituents  as  those  found  in  Saxifraga  ligulaia,  a  cir- 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


MYRTACEifi.  481 

cumstance  of  some  importance  to  the  native  druggist,  as  one  of  the 
bazaar  names  of  the  latter,'*  masl6n,*'  is  applied  equally  to  bistort  root, 
and,  on  the  authority  of  Dr.  Stewart,  the  one  is  often  sold  for  the 
other — Pharm.  Jour,  and  Trans.,  Aug.  18,  1888,  123-124. 

LOASEiE. 

Eschschollzia  calif ornica — Occurrence  of  Morphine, — According  to 
Bardet  the  narcotic  power  of  Eschschollzia  calif  ornica  is  weak;  doses  of  10 
to  12  gm.  of  the  extract  were  necessary  to  kill  a  rabbit.  In  seeking  the 
active  principle,  the  author  took  up  the  extract  with  acidulated  water  and 
treated  it  with  ammonia,  which  gave  a  viscous  product  capable  of  reducing 
iodic  acid,  a  violet  precipitate  with  molybdate  of  sodium,  and  an  orange 
color  with  nitric  acid  ;  briefly,  it  offered  the  reactions  of  morphine.  This 
is  the  first  time,  so  he  believes,  that  morphine  has  been  obtained  from 
plants  other  than  papaver.  After  extracting  the  morphine,  another  sub- 
stance remained  which  gave  a  yellow  precipitate  with  phospho  molybdate. 
It  appeared  to  be  a  glucoside.     Mr.  Bardet  is  now  studying  it. 

MYRTACEiE. 

Myrtus  Cheken — Proximaie  Examination  of  the  Leaves. — Fritz  Wein 
has  subjected  cheken  leaves  to  proximate  examination,  with  the  result  of 
obtaining,  besides  unimportant  constituents,  a  volatile  oil,  three  well- 
defined  crystalline  bodies — chekenon^  chekeniny  and  chekenetin — and  an 
amorphous  bitter  principle.     The 

Volatile  Oil  of  Cheken^  which  was  obtained  to  the  amount  of  about  one 
per  cent.,  is  thin  liquid,  light  greenish-yellow,  and  has  a  pleasant  odor 
reminding  of  eucalyptus  and  sage.  Its  reaction  is  neutral;  sp.  gr.  0.8795 
at  15°  C;  miscible  in  all  proportions  with  absolute  alcohol,  ether  and 
chloroform;  soluble  in  18  to  20  parts  of  90  percent,  alcohol.  On  evap- 
oration it  leaves  a  resinous  residue  amounting  to  about  3.5  per  cent.,  but 
no  separation  of  a  solid  body  is  effected  by  refrigeration.  By  fractioning 
this  oil  it  was  found  to  be  composed  of  75  per  cent,  of  pinen  (CioHu), 
b.  p.  156^  to  157*^  C;  15  percent  of  cineol  (QoHigO),  b.  p.  176°  C;  and 
about  10  per  cent,  of  higher  boiling  (220°  to  280°  C.)  constituents,  which 
require  further  examination.  The  water  distilling  over  with  the  oil  con- 
tained certain  volatile  organic  acids,  among  which  formic,  and  particu- 
larly acetic  acid,  were  clearly  determined.  The  leaves,  deprived  of  oil, 
yielded  about  15  per  cent,  of  solid  extract,  from  which  the  other  constit- 
uents of  cheken  leaves  were  separated.     The  first  of  these, 

Chekenon,  crystallizes  from  alcohol  in  the  form  of  well- formed  six-sided 
prisms,  having  a  faint  yellowish  color,  and  being  odorless  and  tasteless; 
soluble  in  hot  alcohol,  ether,  chloroform,  benzol,  and  glacial  acetic  acid  ; 
insoluble  in  water.  The  analytical  data  obtained  by  the  author  lead  to 
the  formula  C^H^O..  ^g,.^^, .^ GoOglc 


48 1  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

ChekeniHy  which  appears  to"  be  intimately  associated  with  the  bitter 
principle,  was  obtained  pure  by  fractional  crystallization  from  alcohol. 
It  constitutes  faint  yellowish,  odorless  and  tasteless  rhombic  plates,  which 
are  readibly  soluble  in  hot  alcohol  and  ether,  but  with  difficulty  in  cold 
alcohol,  glacial  acetic  acid,  benzol,  and  petroleum  ether ;  very  sparingly 
soluble  in  hot  water,  from  which  it  separates  in  unchanged  form.  Melting 
point  224°-225°  C.j  sublimable,  unchanged  by  careful  heating  a  little 
above  the  melting  point.  The  elementary  analysis  leads  to  the  formula 
C12H11O3. 

Chekenetin  was  obtained  only  in  very  small  proportions.  As  obtained 
by  the  author,  it  cpnstitutes  well-formed  crystals,  which  are  with  difficulty 
soluble  in  alcohol  and  ether,  and  have  a  composition  corresponding  to 
the  formula  CnH^Oe+H^O. 

Cheken  bitUr  is  an  extremely  bitter  amorphous  body,  remaining  from  its 
solutions  as  a  brown,  translucent,  not  completely  dry  and  tough  mass,  and 
having  an  unpleasant  odor.  It  is  easily  soluble  in  alcohol,  ether,  chlor- 
oform, aqueous  alkaline  solutions,  but  not  in  pure  water  or  in  petroleum 
ether.  Its  condition  pointed  to  impurities,  hence  the  author  has  made  no 
elementary  analysis  of  cheken  bitter,  but  he  has  determined  the  absence  of 
nitrogen.  It  is  not  a  glucoside,  and  does  not  appear  to  be  entirely  devoid 
of  toxic  properties. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Aug.  1888,  665-682. 

LEGUMINOSiE. 

Senna — Solubiliiies  of  Different  Sorts  of  Commercial  Powder. — Charles 
Heisch  has  examined  some  samples  of  powdered  senna,  believed  to  be 
adulterated,  together  with  sample  of  known  quality.  The  result,  as  far  as 
the  solubility  of  these  samples  in  different  menstrua  is  concerned,  the 
character  of  the  ash,  etc.,  may  be  useful  for  future  reference,  and  is  given 
in  the  following  table  : 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


LEGUMINOSiE. 


483 


No. 


Kind  and  Source. 


Total. 


Sol.    in 
Water. 


Sol.    in  Insolu 


7 
8 

9 
10 


Tinnevelly,       Brown      and 

Smart 

Same  powdered 

Tinnevelly,      Apothecaries' 

Hall 

Same  powdered 

Powdered      Alexandrian, 

Brown  and  Smart    .    .    . 
Alexandrian     Apothecaries' 

Hall 

Ditto  in  powder 

Alexandrian,      Allen      and 

Hanbury 

Same  powdered 

Powder    from      Allen    and 

Hanbury,  believed  to    be 

mixed    ....... 

Powder  No.  85,  from  Hamp- 

stead 

Ditto  No.  88,  ditto  .... 
Buchu  leaves 


11.48 
11.22 

11-34 
"•39 

11.69 

11.64 
11-35 

12.36 
12.54  i 


"3.98 

19.01 

12.89 

6.06 


2.4 
2.31 

2.35 
2.67 

2.35 

2.91 
2.66 

2.96 
318 


1.22 

3.01 
2.48 
2.73 


HCl. 


8.86 
8.77 

8.72 
8.31 

7.86 

8.36 
7.98 

9.02 
9.12 


11.91 

12.86 
9.05 
325 


ble. 


.2 
.1 

.2 

.4 

1.49 

•37 
.60 

.38 
.24 


Alkal 

inily  as 

K,0. 


1.16 
1. 14 

1.16 
1.06 

.84 

1.06 
2.06 

1-54 
1.76 


Alcoholic 
Extract  of 

Ash  and 
Water   free. 


.85  I     1.69 


3-«4  : 

1.36  ' 
0.07  I 


1.22 
1.25 
1.47 


3o^ 
29.9 

33-19 
31-78 

33-3 

29.04 
30-'3 

35.5 
35-4« 


27.75 

29.55 
3000 

«7.49 


It  will  be  observed  that  the  suspected  samples  obtained  from  Messrs. 
Allen  and  Hanbury  contain  considerably  more  ash  than  the  others,  and 
with  one  exception  yield  more  extract.  The  results  obtained  with  buchu 
leaves  are  added,  because  of  the  suspicion  that  buchu  is  sometimes  used 
as  an  adulterant. — Amer.  Jour.  Phar.,  Sept.  18SS,  460-461;  from  the 
Analyst,  Aug.  f888. 

Cassia  Tor  a — Proximate  Analysis, — W.  Elborne  has  subjected  the 
seeds  of  Cassia  Tora  to  proximate  analysis.  The  seeds  and  the  leaves  of 
the  same  plant  are  used  in  India  as  a  remedy  for  ring  worm  and  other 
skin  diseases,  and  Dr.  Dymock  has  suggested  that  they  may  contain 
chrysophanic  acid.  In  Mr.  Elborne's  opinion,  their  medicinal  activity  is 
due  to  a  substance  which  he  describes  as  resembling  emodin.  From  the 
alcoholic  extract  he  states  that  he  obtained  a  glucoside,  which  he  calls 
"potential  emodin  ;'*  but  this  view  is  rather  conjectural  than  the  result 
of  satisfactory  experiment,  and  evidently  requires  further  investigation. 
—Yearbook  of  Pharm.,  1888,  383-387. 

Moussena — A  New  Tapeworm  Remedy. — The  bark  of  an  Abyssinian 
tree,  designated  by  Baillon  as 

Acacia  anihelmintica^  and  known  under  the  name  of  Moussena,  enjoys 
quite  a  reputation  in  its  native  country  as  a  tapeworm  remedy.  It  is 
given  in  doses  of  40  to  60  grams,  mixed  with  milk  or  honey,  and  is  said 
to  be  more  efficient  than  kousso,  and  also  more  pleasant  to  the  taste. 
Thiel  has  isolated  from  this  bark  a  substance  which  he  has  named30QlC 


484  REPORT   ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

Moussemity  which  appears  to  be  closely  related  to  saponin. — Arch.  d. 
Pbarm.,  May  1889,  470;  frona  Jour,  de  Pharm.  et.  de  China.,  1889, 
xix.  67. 

East  Indian  Gvm — Origin  of  the  different  Kinds. — I.  G.  Prebble 
communicates  some  information  respecting  the  origin  of  the  East  Indian 
gums  and  their  names,  recently  described  (see  Proceedings  1888,  388- 
390).  The  term  **  Ghati  '*  is  a  purely  Indian  word,  and  has  the  primary 
meaning  of  a  strait  or  a  pass  through  a  mountain.  The  term  is  some- 
times applied  to  the  local  vegetable  productions  to  distinguish  them  from 
those  obtained  from  abroad  or  from  a  distance.  The  best  picked 
**  ghati  '*  gum,  as  now  exported  from  Bombay,  is  almost  entirely  derived 
from  Anogeissus  latifolia.  The  Bombay  name  is  **daura'*  or  "dabria." 
"  Oomrawuttee  "  gum  derives  its  name  from  Oomrawuttee,  or  Amravti, 
the  chief  town  of  the  Hyderabad  assigned  districts,  known  as  the  Berars. 
It  is  considered  by  the  native  gum  dealers  in  Bombay  to  be  of  two  kinds, 
the  *'  ghati,"  and  the  "  amrad  ";  the  latter  they  consider  to  be  derived 
from  the  babool  tree,  Acacia  arabica.  This  babool  gum  is  distinguished 
from  all  other  gums  that  the  author  has  examined,  by  being  unaffected 
by  either  neutral  or  basic  acetate  of  lead,  and  by  being  more  or  less 
darkened,  but  not  gelatinized,  by  ferric  chloride.  As  to  the  name 
*'  amrad,"  the  author  considers  ir  likely  that  it  is  a  word  imported  into 
India,  possibly  a  corruption  of  the  Arabic  word  "hamra,"  red,  and  this 
is  supported  by  a  recent  statement  that  "amrad"  is  a  corruption  of 
''  amhara,"  a  name  applied  to  a  gum  derived  from  an  acacia.  Gums  are 
sent  to  Bombay  from  all  parts  of  India,  but  the  best  come  from  Amravti. 
Other  centers  are  Nagpur,  Jubbnepur  and  Cawnpur,  and  a  good  deal  is 
collected  on  the  ** ghati"  of  the  Bombay  Presidency.  On  arrival  in 
Bombay  they  are  sorted,  the  anogeissus  gum  (**  Ghati"),  possessing  well 
marked  physical  characters,  being  easily  separated  and  sent  to  the  Lon- 
don market  almost  free  from  admixture.  The  "amrad"  gums  are 
generally  a  mixture  of  various  gums,  babool  gum  predominating. — Phar. 
Jour,  and  Trans.,  July  7,  1888,  i. 

Gum  Arabic — Present  Condition  of  the  Market, — At  a  recent  meeting 
of  the  Paris  Pharmaceutical  Society,  Mr.  Petit  called  attention  to  the 
numerous  and  strange  varieties  of  gum  now  to  be  found  in  the  market. 
In  appearance  they  will  pass  and  do  sell  readily  for  gum  Arabic  or  gum 
Senegal,  and,  indeed,  they  answer  for  most  purposes.  But  when  the 
classic  tests  are  applied  to  them  they  are  quite  bewildering.  Alcohol, 
for  instance,  will  not  precipitate  them  when  added  in  the  usual  propor- 
tion, and  ferric  salts  will  fail  in  many  cases  to  produce  the  characteristic 
coagulation.  Hence  assays  of  preparations  containing  gum  have  become 
liable  to  suspicion ;  no  analyst  would  like  now  to  declare  for  certain  that 
a  specimen  of  gum  syrup,  for  example,  does  not  contain  the  quantity  of 
gum  it  should.     Gums  reaching  our  markets  at  present  hava^o  strange  a 


LEGUMINOSiE.  485 

chemical  behavior  that  new  investigations  on  the  subject  are  quite  neces- 
sary. Mr.  Bourguelot  added  that  he  had  of  late  examined  specimens  of 
gum  with  the  polariscope,  and  noticed  that  their  refractive  power  was  most 
variable  and  often  quite  different  from  what  we  were  accustomed  to  find 
it.  — Amer.  Drugg.,  Jan.  1889,  5. 

Powdered  Gum  Arabic — Adulteration  with  Rice  Starch. — John  Henry 
Wilson  having  his  attention  drawn  to  the  unusual  whiteness  of  a  lot  of 
emulsion  of  cod  liver  oil,  and  noticing  the  formation  of  a  white  precipi- 
tate, on  diluting  a  portion  of  the  emulsion,  was  led  to  subject  his  pow- 
dered gum  Arabic  to  examination.  He  found  that  it  would  not  dissolve 
in  water  completely  until  heated  to  boiling,  and  that  the  solution  then 
gave  the  characteristic  reaction  of  iodine  with  starch.  Under  the  micro- 
scope its  identification  was  attended  with  some  difficulty,  but  it  was 
finally  determined  to  be  rice  starch,  and  that  it  was  present  in  the  sample 
to  the  extent  of  15  percent. — Pharm.  Jour,  and  Trans.,  June  i,  1889, 
969-970. 

Artificial  Gum  Arabic — Preparation. — According  to  '*  Revue  Scienti- 
fique,"  an  artificial  gum  arabic  may  be  made  by  boiling  20  parts  of  sugar 
with  7  parts  of  fresh  milk,  adding  50  parts  of  a  solution  of  2fi  parts  of 
silicate  of  soda  in  100  parts  of  water,  and  heating  to  50°  C.  (122°  F.). 
The  mass  is  then  poured  into  tin  receptacles,  and  granulated  masses  re- 
sembling gum  arabic  deposit  by  degrees. —  Amer.  Jour.  Phar.,  October 
1888,  510. 

Astragalus  mollissimus — Botanical  and  Chemical  Characters^  etc. — 
James  Kennedy  contributes  an  interesting  paper  on  a  Texan  plant.  Astrag- 
alus mollissimus^  which  appears  to  be  one  of  the  poisonous  plants  popu- 
larly known  in  the  western  and  southwestern  part  of  the  United  States  as 

Loco  Weed. — The  botanical  characters  of  this  plant  are  briefly  as  fol- 
lows: An  herbaceous  perennial  from  8  to  12  inches  in  height,  its  numer- 
ous branches  being  closely  crowded  upon  exceedingly  short,  decumbent 
stems.  The  leaves  are  compound  (oddly  pinnate)  alternate,  with  long 
and  pointed  stipules.  The  leaflets  are  elliptical,  with  entire  margin, 
pubescent,  and  less  than  one  inch  in  length.  The  flowers,  which  are  of  a 
purplish  color,  are  sessile  upon  a  common  peduncle  of  considerable  length. 
The  peduncles  are  rather  large,  and  arise  from  the  axils  of  the  leaves ; 
cal)x  five-toolhed,  inferior.  Corolla  papilionaceous,  long  and  narrow. 
Stamens  10,  diadelphous  (9  and  i);  pistil  1;  ovary  1;  two-celled; 
ovules  numerous.     At  the  base  of  each  flower  is  a  small  bract. 

The  green  plant  loses  about  80  percent,  of  its  weight  in  drying; 
yields,  calculated  for  the  dry  plant,  30.6  per  cent,  to  cold  water;  the 
residue,  to  alcohol,  1.7  per  cent.,  and  to  ether,  ^09  per  cent.  It  con- 
tains a  peculiar  organic  acid,  gum,  coloring  matter,  tannic  acid,  extract- 
ive, two  resins,  and  chlorophyll ;  by  distillation  a  trace  of  volatile  oil  was 
obtained.     The  dried  plant  yields  20  per  cent,  of  ash,  consisting  of  ma«C 


486  REPORT  ON  THE   PROGRESS  OF   PHARMACY. 

nesium  sulphate,  sodium  chloride,  alutninia,  silica,  and  a  trace  of  iron. 
The  organic  acidy  which  appears  to  be  volatile,  has  been  obtained  only 
in  minute  quantities.  It  is  a  powerful  reducent  of  copper  salts,  amor- 
phous, faint  yellow  in  color,  and  almost  insoluble  in  alcohol. 

Physiological  experiments  made  by  Dr.  B.  F.  Kingsley,  which  are 
given  in  some  detail,  lead  the  author  to  the  conclusion  that  this  "  loco  " 
is  a  non -poisonous  plant.  Moreover,  there  is  no  evidence  that  it  has  ever 
caused  the  death  of  animals,  and  it  evidently  does  not  possess  the  proper- 
ties ascribed  to  it  by  local  superstition. — Pharm.  Rec,  July  2, 1888,  198- 

Caiechv — Collection^  etc.  in  Burmah. — The  **  Rangoon  Gazette,"  dis- 
cussing the  manufacture  and  trade  in  cutch  in  Burmah,  says  the  export 
of  cutch  is  the  next  most  important  to  that  of  rice,  and  it  has  been 
steadily  increasing  during  the  past  twenty  years.  The  Acacia  Catechu, 
or  cutch  tree,  is  found  in  large  forests  throughout  the  whole  country  ; 
the  core  of  the  tree  is  a  dark  red  wood  like  mahogany ;  the  wood  is 
chipped  and  boiled,  the  inspissated  extract  thus  obtained  being  the 
cutch.  In  October  the  cutch  boilers  form  themselves  into  small  compan  - 
ies,  and  select  a  spot  where  there  are  good  robust  trees.  The  boiling 
pans  are  firmly  fixed  in  holes  in  the  ground,  the  trees  are  felled,  the 
branches  lopped,  the  bark  and  outer  wood  removed,  and  the  core 
reached.  The  children  chip  the  dark  red  wood,  which  is  placed  in  the 
pans  with  a  little  water,  care  being  taken  that  it  does  not  get  overheated 
or  burnt.  When  of  the  required  consistence,  the  contents  of  the  pans  are 
spread  out  on  mats  to  evaporate,  the  woody  refuse  being  thrown  away, 
and  the  sap  alone  retained.  In  a  short  time  the  mats  can  be  manipu- 
lated into  small  blocks  of  a  regular  size.  The  colors  are  red,  dark  red, 
or  black,  the  shades  depending  principally  on  the  quality  of  the  chips 
and  the  time  taken  in  boiling.  The  light  red  and  red  cutch  is  consid- 
ered the  best,  and  with  betel  nut  and  other  ingredients,  is  chewed  by  the 
Burmese,  and  is  exported  to  India  for  the  same  purpose.  The  dark  red 
and  black  are  prepared  largely  for  the  markets  of  Europe  and  America. 
The  characteristics  of  pure,  unadulterated  cutch  areuniformity  of  appear- 
ance, bitter,  acrid  or  pungent  taste,  smell  like  opium,  and  friability.  For- 
merly the  quality  could  as  a  rule  be  relied  on,  but  of  late  years,  owing  to 
the  steady  demand,  keen  competition,  and  enhanced  prices,  a  stimulus 
has  been  given  to  the  trade,  and  great  liberties  have  been  taken  with  the 
cutch  in  mixing  and  adulterating.  A  spurious  cutch  is  used  ;  fibrous  mat- 
ter, sand,  or  earth  are  sometimes  added  to  increase  the  weight,  and  the 
Chinese  dealers  have  a  habit  of  putting  good,  bad  and  indifferent  into 
one  consignment,  which  is  then  sold  for  a  good  sample. — Amer.  Drugg., 
Dec.  1888,  227;  from  Chem.  and  Drugg. 

Catechu — Medicinal  Value  of  Commercial  Samples, — Edwin  Stanton 
Reider  records  the  results  of  the  examination  of  eighteen  commercial 
samples  of  catechu,  undertaken  with  a  view  to  ascertain  ><tke  medicinal 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


LEGUMINOSi^. 


487 


value  of  the  commercial  drug.  Summing  up  his  results,  the  author  finds 
that  the  catechu  generally  present  in  the  drug  market  contains  small  pro- 
portions of  catechin  and  correspondingly  large  amounts  of  impurities; 
almost  invariably  contains  iron,  and,  as  far  as  these  results  indicate,  none 
has  been  found  to  contain  potassium  bichromate,  as  has  been  sometimes 
alleged. 

Following  is  a  general  synopsis  of  the  results  obtained  : 

Remarks. 
Iron,  trace ;  aluminium,  trace. 
Iron,  considerable ;  aluminium,  trace. 
Iron,  trace. 
Iron,  trace. 
Iron,  trace. 
Iron,  trace. 
Iron,  trace. 
Iron,  trace. 
Iron,  considerable. 
Iron,  slight  trace.' 
Iron,  trace. 
Iron,  slight  trace. 
Iron,  slight  trace. 
Iron,  considerable. 
Iron,  trace. 
Iron,  considerable. 
Iron,  trace. 
Iron,  very  slight  trace. 

— Amer  Jour.  Phar.,  April  1889,  165-167. 
Kino  ^Examination  of  Commercial  Samples. —  Chas.  H.  Breidenbach 
has  examined  five  samples  of  Malabar  kino  and  four  samples  of  powdered 
kino,  of  which  F  and  G  were  odorless  and  had  a  red-brown  color,  while 
H  and  I  had  a  slight  aromatic  odor  and  a  very  dark-red  grayish-brown 
color,  and  yielded  a  gray- brown  ash,  that  of  the  other  samples  being 
white.     The  results  are  as  follows : 


Sample.     Moisture 

Ash. 

Catechin. 

I 

10.16  per  cent. 

3.77  percent. 

3.73  per  cent 

2 

10.30 

(( 

13.35 

it 

4.60 

(( 

3 

14.18 

« 

3-10 

it 

7.20 

(( 

4 

9.57 

<« 

2.99 

tt 

2.60 

It 

5 

1314 

it 

5.83 

tt 

1.53 

tt 

6 

12.44 

« 

4-31 

it 

4.20 

tt 

7 

14.47 

ti 

1.67 

tt 

2.40 

tt 

8 

912 

it 

2.39 

It 

5.40 

tt 

9 

I5.«3 

u 

4.88 

It 

1.20 

tt 

10 

14.14 

it 

2.18 

tt 

5.20 

it 

II 

12.15 

it 

6.82 

tt 

16.50 

tt 

12 

9-47 

it 

2.40 

it 

3.00 

It 

n 

I3«3 

it 

4.62 

it 

4.80 

tt 

?4 

7-99 

it 

19.61 

it 

2.20 

tt 

15 

8.57 

it 

3.88 

tt 

3.00 

it 

16 

12.00 

ti 

5.88 

it 

3.80 

tt 

17 

10.82 

« 

5.04 

tt 

I. GO 

tt 

18 

13.57 

tt 

3.08 

it 

2.80 

tt 

Samples. 


A 11.27 

B 12.50 

C I     10.79 


Per  cent,  of 


I 
Moisture.     Ash. 


D 
E 
F 
G 
H 
I. 


1345 
12.92 
11.25 
12.62 
16.78 
17.92 


1.37 
1.28 
1.42 
1.32 
1.20 
1.25 

1.34 
2.80 
2.50 


Ether. 


.81 

•43 
.56 
.67 
.85 
.74 
.63 
.25 
.29 


Per  cent.  Soluble  in 


'Absolute 
Alcohol. 

96.70 
97.65 
98.00 
92.56 
94.68 
96.24 
95-72 
Q9.00 
98.80 


95  p.  c. 
Alcohol. 


93.22 

9350 
94.28 
90.72 
92.16 
92.50 
91.60 
97.42 
96.00 


Digtltze'(t 


Water. 


68.20 
69.32 

67.45 
70.90 
68.85 
68.76 
72.17 
55-72 
58.16 


488  REPORT  ON  THE  PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 

The  ether  soluble  portion  dissolved  readily  in  alcohol,  and  this  solution 
gave,  wilh  ferric  chloride,  a  deep  green  color.  The  portions  insoluble  in 
absolute  alcohol  yielded  from  65  to  92  per  cent,  to  water,  except  forH  and 
I,  which  residues  were  completely  insoluble  in  water.  Of  the  same  two 
samples  the  residues  left  by  water  treatment  yielded  to  alcohol  98  per 
cent.,  while  the  corresponding  residues  of  the  remaining  seven  samples 
contained  between  77  and  90  percent,  of  alcohol -soluble  matter. — Araer. 
Jour.  Pharm.,  Feb.  1889,  70-71. 

Loco- Weeds — Revie^v  of  the  Literature  upon  Them,  etc. — Prof.  Fred'k 
B.  Power,  referring  to  Prof^  Sayre's  paper  on  **  Loco-Weed,"  commu- 
nicated to  this  Association  at  the  Detroit  meeting  (see  Proceedings  1888, 
106),  in  which  he  fails  to  find  record  of  some  of  the  earlier  observations 
on  the  plants  known  as  '*  loco,"  reviews  the  literature  upon  the  subject 
of  these  interesting  plants.  Prof.  Power  observes,  that  while  the  histo- 
logical examination  of  "loco"  plants  has  recently  been  undertaken  by  a 
very  able  botanist,  it  is  very  desirable  that  the  subject  should  be  further 
pursued  in  a  chemical  direction.  It  is  to  be  regretted  that  Prof.  Sayre, 
in  his  above-mentioned  paper,  emitted  lo  note  the  methods  of  analysis 
pursued  by  him,  since  by  this  means  the  "  importance  of  scientific  inves- 
tigation" would  have  been  much  more  clearly  demonstrated. — Pharm. 
Rundsch.,  June  1889,  135-137. 

Indigo — Manufacture  in  Manchuria. — A  correspondent  of  the  **  Chinese 
Times"  gives  the  following  account  of  the  manufacture  of  indigo  in  Man- 
churia :  The  plant,  probably  Polygonum  chinense,  flowers  in  August, 
when  it  is  cut  down  and  immediately  subjected  to  process.  The  method 
is  sometimes  extremely  simple,  the  only  thing  visible  being  a  round  pit 
dug  in  the  ground.  Generally,  however,  there  are  four  such  pits;  one 
is  simply  a  water  pond,  called  the  shui y'  ao ;  two  of  equal  size,  parallel 
to  each  other,  are  called  tien  cK  ih  ;  another  curved  tank  is  called  the 
k  ung  ehih.  In  addition  there  is  usually  a  large  wooden  trough,  called 
shui  kueiy  placed  between  the  parallel  vats.  The  latter  are  filled  with 
the  stems  and  flowers  of  the  plant,  covered  with  water  conveyed  by  aque- 
duct from  the  pond,  and  infused  for  twelve  hours.  The  liquor  is  then 
transferred  into  the  wooden  trough,  lime  is  added,  and  the  contents  are 
violently  agitated  for  some  time  by  being  beaten  with  a  shovel-shaped 
implement  called  the  indfgo-rake.  This  being  completed,  the  liquor  is 
poured  into  the  curved  tank,  which  is  faced  with  mortar,  and  is  allowed 
to  settle;  the  clear  water  is  drawn  off,  the  pulpy  sediment  carefully 
removed,  and  in  this  condition  put  into  boxes  and  sold  to  dealers  in 
Shanghai  and  other  southern  ports,  where  the  manufacture  is  completed. 
Hundreds  of  thousands  of  catties  of  indigo  are  turned  out  in  this  primi- 
tive way. — Amer.  Drugg.,  Aug.  1888,   154;  from  Br.  and  Col.  Drugg. 

Indigo — Analysis  of  Stem  Ash. — John  Tsawoo  White  reports  an  analysis 
of  the  stem  ash  of  Indigo  ferra  tinctoria.  The  ash  was  prepared  by  heat- 
Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


LEGUMINUSA.  489 

ing  the  dry  stem,  after  peeling  off  the  bark,  on  a  large  sheet  of  platinum - 

foil  over  an  argand  flame  at  as  low  a  temperature  as  possible.  The  gray 

ash  was  weighed,  powdered,  and  put  into  a  stoppered  bottle.  i6i4gms. 

of  the  stem  gave  29.4  gms.  of  ash,  equal  to  1.8  per  cent.  The  ash 
determination  is  given  below.  The  analysis  was  conducted  according 
to  Fresenius. 

I.  II. 

Charcoal 4.76  

Sand 9.99  

CO, : 8.95  io.s6 

SiO, 7.21  8.51 

SO, 5.31  6.27 

FcjO, 4.58  5.41 

PA »o-37  12.24 

CaO 16.40  19.36 

MgO 9.86  11.64 

KjO 16.12  19.03 

NajO 4.00  4.72 

NaCl 1.91  2.26 


99.46 


The  numbers  in  column  11.  are  obtained  from  those  in  I.  by  cancelling 
charcoal  and  sand,  which  are  regarded  as  unessential,  and  calculating  the 
percentage  of  the  rest. — Chem.  News,  May  24,  1889,  244. 

Coronilla  scorpioides — Isolation  of  Bitter  Principle  from  the  Leaves, — 
Schlagdenhauffen  and  Reeb  have  separated  from  the  leaves  of  Coronilla 
scorpioides  a  bitter  principle,  coronillin^  to  which  they  assign  the  formula 
C"H"0'.  It  is  a  yellowish  powder,  soluble  in  water,  acetone  and  amylic 
alcohol ;  slightly  soluble  in  chloroform  and  ether.  Heated  with  diluted 
hydrochloric  acid  an  amorphous  resin  is  separated,  to  which  the  authors 
give  the  name  of  coronillein.  This  also  occurs  as  a  yellow  powder,  but 
is  not  bitter  to  the  taste.  It  is  insoluble  in  water,  but  dissolves  in  alco- 
hol, acetone  and  chloroform.  Coronillin,  say  the  authors,  is  a  heart 
poison  ;  coronillein  has  no  perceptible  physiological  action. — Amer. 
Jour.  Pharm.,  Feb.  1889,  81  ;  from  Nouv.  Rem.,  Dec.  24,  1888. 

Vicia  Faba^  Lin. — Medicinal  Use  of  the  Flowers, — Dr.  Bouloumi^ 
draws  attention  to  the  flowers  of  the  horse  bean,  {Vicia  Faba^  L.,)  which 
constitute  a  popular  remedy  in  some  parts  of  France.  He  has  verified 
their  good  effects  in  sub-acute  nephritic  colics  with  uric  and  phosphatic 
gravel,  and  in  the  pains  symptomatic  of  renal  calculus ;  also  in  a  case  of 
urethral  pains  from  enlarged  prostate.  He  failed  to  relieve  in  a  diabetic 
case  of  acute  nephritic  colic.  The  dose  is  50  or  60  flowers  per  cup  of 
water,  two  cupfuk  to  be  taken  at  beginning  of  pain. — Amer.  Jour. 
Pharm.,  Aug,  1888,  404;  from  Bull,  de  la  Soc.  M6d.  Prat.,  May  31, 
1888.  ^  , 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


490  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

Soya  hispida — Value  as  Food-, — Lecerf  describes  this  leguminous  plant 
of  Asiatic  origin — now  cultivated  in  Austro-Hungary — which  possesses 
more  proteic  substances,  phosphoric  acid,  potash  and  fatty  matters,  than 
any  other  vegetable  growth,  and  contains  but  3.21  per  cent,  of  amyla- 
ceous and  saccharated  products.  The  analysis  gives:  Water,  9.37; 
proteids,  36.63;  fats,  17.00;  ac.  phos.,  3.16;  potash,  1.47.  The 
Asiatics  prepare  a  sort  of  milk  from  it  which  the  Chinese  make  into 
cheese.  The  Japanese  convert  it  into  an  alimentary  liquid  which  they 
call  shoyu.  Bread  made  from  it  keeps  fresh  for  several  days.  Dr. 
Dujardin-Beaumetz  exhibited  a  sample  of  the  latter  at  the  Acad,  de  M^d., 
May  29th,  and  recommended  its  use  for  diabetic  patients. — Amer.  Jour. 
Pharm.,  Aug.  1888,  405  ;  from  Arch,  de  Phar.,  July  5,  1888. 

Ground' Nuts — Cultivation  in  China. — According  to  a  Consular  report, 
ground-nuts  are  best  grown  in  a  soil  of  coarse  sand  and  mud.  They 
should  be  set  deep,  and  the  ground  pressed  down  firmly  over  them.  The 
ground  is  ploughed  about  April,  and  trenches  dug  about  10  inches  apart, 
into  which  ashes,  lime  and  rubbish  are  thrown.  The  seeds  are  sown  10 
inches  apart,  and  as  each  is  put  in,  the  sides  of  the  trench  are  turned  over 
it  with  the  foot  and  stamped  down  firm.  Every  ten  days  or  so  the  ground 
is  weeded,  and  in  about  two  months  the  sprouts  are  sufficiently  long,  and 
are  sprinkled  with  liquid  manure.  In  four  months  they  come  into  flower ; 
the  flower-stalk  then  bends  over,  and,  as  the  flower  falls  off"  the  flower- 
stalk  buries  itself  in  the  ground,  and  produces  seeds,  ground-nuts,  which 
become  ripe  about  the  Shuangchiang  festival  (October  23).  When  the 
harvest,  however,  takes  place  after  this  date,  more  oil  can  be  got,  and  a 
better  price  obtained  for  it.  Ground  nuts  are  harvested  by  ploughing 
them  up  with  an  ox-plough,  when  the  stalks  and  seeds  clinging  to  the 
plough  are  gathered  into  a  heap.  For  the  remainder,  which  are  still  left 
in  the  ground,  two  men  sift  the  earth  with  a  large  bamboo  sieve.  The 
pods  are  dried  perfectly  dry  in  the  sun,  until  the  thin  skin  which  covers 
the  seed  can  be  broken  by  rubbing,  when  they  can  be  stored.  If  they 
are  not  quite  dry,  they  shoot  again  and  are  useless.  Oil  is  pressed  from 
ground-nuts,  and  the  refuse  made  into  ground-nut  cakes ;  40  lbs.  sown 
to  an  acre  yield  about  666  lbs. — Phar.  Jour,  and  Trans.,  Dec.  22,  1888, 
492. 

TEREBINTHACEiE. 

Rhus  glabra — Proximate  Examination, — Joseph  A.  Paten  has  subjected 
leaves  oiRhus  glabra  growing  on  the  bluff's  bordering  the  Mississippi  River 
near  Dubuque,  Iowa,  to  proximate  examination,  two  lots  of  leaves,  col- 
lected in  July  and  August,  being  used.  The  object  being  mainly  to 
determine  the  tannin,  separate  estimations  were  made  by  precipitating 
the  decoction  of  the  leaves  with  gelatin,  and  multiplying  the  weight  by 
0.54.  The  July  lot  yielded  16.36  per  cent.,  the  August  lot  15.75  per 
cent.     The  tannin  strength  of  both  samples  is  practically  alik€t,  but  is  not 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


TEREBINTHACEiE. 


491 


SO  large  as  that  of  sumac  leaves  from  Virginia,  which  yield  from  20  to  25 
per  cent.     The  general  analytical  results  are  tabulated  as  follows : 


Petroleum  extract 

Volatile  oil 

Wax       

Fats 

Ether  extract 

Of  which  soluble  in  water 

Alcohol  extract 

Tannin 

Altered  tannin,  resin,  etc 

Water  extract 

Glucose 

Cane  sugar 

Other  carbohydrates 

Mucilage  .    .    .    .    ; 

Extracted  by  soda 

Albuminoids 

Extracted  by  HCl 

Calcium  oxalate 

Treatment  with  CI  (hydrocellulose)      .    .    . 
Treatment  with  HNOg  (incrusting  matter) 

Moisture , 

Ash 

Residue 


July. 


.2 
4.02 


1-3 


10.8 
3.5 

'.87 

.18 

3-04 

4.78 


6.21 


3.36 


5.72 

'    '5.6 
14.3 

10.92 


13-29 

4.72 

6.72 
1.41 
4.6 
.34 
25.2 


August. 


.1 
1.22 

3-8 

«-5S 

10. 1 

3-5 

".63 
.21 
4.2 
6.35 

'5.6 
3.87 


5.12 

'  4-85 
'  ^3.6 

12.15 

12.05 

.5.54 

9.17 

376 

4.4 

•34 

27.84 


The  coloring  matter,  which  is  present  in  small  amounts  only,  is  proba- 
bly alike  with  that  of  quercitron  bark. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharra.,  Aug. 
1888,  389-390. 

Hedwigia  balsamifera — Chemical  and  Physiological  Examination, — 
Messrs.  Gaucher,  Combemale  and  Mareslany  describe  this  plant  growing 
in  the  Antilles.  The  authors  tested  its  physiological  effects  with  extracts 
from  the  bark  of  both  roots  and  stems,  given  hypodermically  to  guinea- 
pigs.  It  caused  rapid  and  considerable  lowering  of  temperature ;  pro- 
gressive paralysis;  generalized  convulsions;  pupilar  dilation;  vaso- 
dilator phenomena;  and,  in  mortal  intoxication,  respiratory  irregularity 
and  cardiac  paresis.  They  found  it  to  be  a  nerve  poison,  hypothermic, 
paralyzing  and  spasmodic,  affecting  the  medulla.  The  extract  was  ob- 
served to  contain  an  alkaloid  and  a  resin,  the  former  being  more  especi- 
ally a  convulsivant  and  the  latter  a  paralyzing  agent.  The  resin  appears 
to  be  more  active  than  the  alkaloid.  Apart  from  its  antithermic  qualities, 
the  extract  seems  to  act  like  curare. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Nov.  1888, 
565;  from  L'Union  M6d.,  Oct.  6,  1888. 

RHAMNACEiE. 

Rhamnus  Frangula  and  R,  Purshiana — Chemical  Examination  of  their 
Barks, — Paul  Schwabe  reviews  the  results  of  the  chemical  examinations 


492  REPORT  ON  THE   PROGRESS   OF  PHARMACY, 

of  frangula  bark  by  different  experimenters,  and  enumerates  the  different 
principles  described,  viz.:  the  rhamnoxanthin  of  Biswanger  and  of  Buch- 
ner;  \\\t/ranguitn  and  niirofran^linic  acid  oi  Casselmann  ;  a  principle 
analogous  to  cathartic  acid,  a  glucoside  avorniriy  ^.nd  the  acid  and  resin- 
ous products  of  the  splitting  up  of  the  latter,  of  Kubly  ;  the  recognition 
by -Faust  of  the  avormn  of  Kubly  as  being  identical  with  \\\^  frangulin  of 
Casselmann  and  the  consequent  designation  of  the  acid  product  of  decom- 
position 2&frangulic  acid ;  the  presumption  of  Liebermann  and  Waldstein 
that  frangulic  acid  is  identical  with  emodin  (Jrioxymethylanthrachinon) ; 
and,  finally,  the  studies  of  E.  v.  Keussler,  who  disputes  the  identity  of 
frangulic  acid  with  emodin,  and  recognizes  it  to  be  trioxyethylanthra- 
chinon.  The  author  gives  the  course  of  his  experiments  in  detail,  and  es- 
tablishes beyond  dispute  the  presence  of  emodin  in  frangula  bark,  together 
with  smaller  quantity  oifrangulifiy  the  yield  being  0.04  per  cent,  of  the 
latter,  and  o.  i  per  cent,  of  emodin.  No  other  crystallizable  body  was  sep- 
arated, notwithstanding  the  author's  exhaustive  experiments  and  research 
for  such,  and  he  therefore  regards  them  as  the  exclusive  crystalline  con- 
stituents of  old  frangula  bark  ;  for  it  is  a  remarkable  observation — already 
pointed  out  by  Casselmann — \\i^\,  fresh  frangula  bark  does  not  yield  either 
of  these  crystalline  compounds,  which  therefore  appear  to  be  formed  dur- 
ing the  storage  of  the  drug.  Mr.  Srhwabe  confirms  essentially  the  char- 
acters given  by  Casselmann  and  by  Faust  to  the 

Frangulin  obtained  by  them.  It  constitutes  when  dry  a  handsome  light 
yellow,  somewhat  silky-glistening,  friable  mass,  showing  crystallinity 
under  the  microscope;  is,  when  pure,  almost  insoluble  in  water  and  in 
ether,  but  more  soluble  in  boiling  chloroform,  benzol  and  alcohol,  and 
freely  soluble  in  glacial  acetic  acid,  from  which  it  is  again  completely 
deposited  on  cooling.  It  melts  at  228°  to  230°  C.  The  elementary 
analysis  leads  to  the  formula  C^HjoOg.  By  the  action  of  alkalies,  or 
acids,  if  is  split  into  emodin  and  non- fermentable  sugar.  The  analysis  of 
the  emodin  (otherwise  known  as  frangulinic  acid),  as  well  as  of  its  bromine 
and  acetyl  compounds,  proves  its  identity  with  the  emodin  from  rhubarb 
completely.  Operating  upon  the  bark  of  Rhamnus  Purshiana  (Cascara 
sagrada)  in  the  same  manner  as  upon  R.  frangula  bark,  the  author  also 
obtained  emodin,  but  failed  to  obtain  frangulin.  It  seems  probable  that 
the  latter  body  may  also  be  formed  in  the  cascara  bark  upon  prolonged 
exposure  of  the  same,  as  appears  to  be  the  case  with  frangula  bark.  He 
regards  his  emodin  from  cascara  bark  to  be  identical  with  the  crystalline 
body  described  by  W.  T.  Wenzell,  and  erroneously  regarded  by  the  latter 
to  be  a. glucoside. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  July  1888,  569-594. 

Cascara  Sagrada — Collection  Out  of  Season, — John  Moss  draws  atten- 
tion to  cascara  bark,  forwarded  to  him  as  occurring  in  the  New  York 
markets,  which  showed  evidence  of  being  spurious,  or  as  seems  probable, 
of  being  collected  out  of  season.     Instead  of  its  constitutinff4iandsope 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


RHAMNACE^.  493 

quills,  it  was  in  irregular  pieces,  evidently  cut  from  the  tree  with  knives, 
or  scraped  from  the  twigs.  In  the  case  of  one  sample  the  larger  pieces 
were,  perhaps,  as  much  as  ten  inches  in  length,  but  generally  they  were 
much  smaller,  and  from  one-thirteenth  to  one-sixteenth  of  an  inch  thick. 
Thin  pieces  of  silvery  white  wood  are  adherent  in  places,  showing  that 
the  bark  was  incapable  of  being  stripped  at  the  time  of  collecting,  and 
had  to  be  cut  away.  The  odor  and  taste  also  were  less  strong  than  those 
of  the  ordinary  cascara  bark,  and  it  is  evident  that  this  sample,  while 
true  cascara  bark,  was  collected  out  of  season.  The  other  sample,  de- 
scribed by  the  author  as  spurious  cascara,  presented  similar  characters,  but 
consisted  of  bolder  quills  and  in  curved  pieces,  the  former  as  much  as  5 
inches  long,  the  latter  irregular  as  to  size,  but  somewhat  thicker  than  the 
quills,  which  are  not  over  one- twentieth  to  one-sixteenth  of  an  inch 
thick.  The  collective  odor  is  suggestive  of  cascara,  but  is  slightly  sharper 
and  more  aromatic.  The  author  is  inclined  to  think  that  this  kind,  also,  is 
true  cascara  bark  collected  out  of  season. — Pharm.  Jour,  and  Trans., 
Feb.  16,  1889,  649-650, 

Cascara  Sagrada — Causes  of  Unsatisfactory  Condition  of  the  Bark,  etc, 
— A  paper  by  F.  A.  Beckett  throws  some  further  light  on  the  causes 
that  have  in  the  past  few  years  determined  the  unsatisfactory  character  of 
cascara  bark  of  the  market.  He  says  that  three  species  of  this  bark  are 
found  on  the  Pacific  slope,  namely  :  Rhamnus  Purshiana,  Rhamnus  cali- 
fornicus,  and  Rhamnus  Crocca^  all  commonly  known  as  cascara  sagrada, 
sacred  bark,  and  chittem  bark.  The  first  two  are  best  known,  and  are 
gathered  indiscriminately ;  are  almost  identical  in  appearance,  and  each  is 
equally  good.  Rhamnus  Purshiana  is  found  in  Oregon  and  in  the  north- 
ern part  of  California.  Rhamnus  calif omicus  is  the  California  specieS; 
and  is  that  which  was  named  sacred  bark  by  the  old  Spanish  settlers. 
The  high  price  ruling  at  the  present  time  is  an  inducement  to  the  gather- 
ers to  furnish  an  immediate  supply,  in  response  to  the  pressing  demand ; 
and  as  nothing  better  is  to  be  had,  there  has  already  been  offered  and 
sold  large  quantities  of  old  and  inferior  bark  of  little  therapeutic  value. 
In  addition  to  this,  there  has  also  been  placed  on  the  market  as  a  substi- 
tute or  adulterant  a  quantity  of  a  species  of  alder  bark,  which,  although 
similar  in  appearance  and  taste  to  the  cascara,  is  of  no  value  whatever  as 
an  aperient.  It  has  been  suggested  that  another  substitute  is  buckthorn 
bark,  but  the  California  buckthorn  is  really  none  other  than  the  cascara. 
The  varying  differences  in  the  appearance  of  cascara  sagrada  bark  are 
due  mainly  to  the  influences  of  the  climate  of  the  locality  where  the  bark 
is  grown,  and  the  time  of  gathering;  much  of  it  coming  from  Oregon  is 
moss  covered,  while  most  of  the  California  bark — particularly  the  small 
quill — has  a  clean,  smooth  epidermis.  The  season  for  collecting  varies 
according  to  locality,  but  the  time  should  be  as  soon  after  the  rains  as 
circumstances  will  permit.    The  bark  is  then  quite  rich  in  extractive  naa4|p 


494  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF  PHARMACY. 

ter ;  it  does  not  cling  to  the  wood,  but  can  readily  be  peeled  off,  and 
curls  up  in  the  quill-form  as  commonly  found.  If  the  time  of  gathering 
is  properly  chosen,  it  is  said  that  the  large  bark  of  the  trunk,  and  that 
taken  from  the  surface  roots,  is  just  as  desirable  as  the  quill  bark  from  the 
smaller  branches.  After  the  sap  passes  out  of  the  bark  it  ceases  to  peel, 
and  in  time  becomes  old  and  clings  to  the  wood — the  technical  term  for 
which  is  that  it  becomes  **  hidebound.*'  The  knowledge  of  this  condi- 
tion is  of  considerable  value  to  purchasers,  for  when  collected  at  this  time 
the  bark  has  to  be  taken  from  the  tree  with  a  draw-knife,  portions  of  the 
wood  being  shaven  off  at  the  same  time,  and  as  found  in  the  market  it  is 
in  fiat-broken  pieces,  with  a  small  portion  of  wood  on  the  inner  surface. 
As  has  already  been  stated,  the  bark  should  be  gathered  very  soon  after 
the  cessation  of  the  rainy  season ;  the  time,  therefore,  best  suited  is  be- 
tween the  months  of  April  and  July,  according  to  locality.  The  medi- 
cinal qualities  of  the  bark  are  greatly  enhanced  by  allowing  it  to  age  after 
gathering ;  and  to  obtain  the  best  therapeutic  effect,  it  should  not  be 
used  until  it  has  become  (after  being  collected)  at  least  a  year  old.  Most 
of  this  is  now  in  the  hands  of  the  manufacturers  of  pharmaceutical  prepa- 
rations, who,  well  aware  of  the  value  of  bark  thus  matured,  will  not  be 
likely  to  offer  much  for  sale  in  its  natural  state.  It  is  difficult  to  estimate 
the  quantity  of  this  reserve  stock,  although  three  or  four  of  the  leading 
manufacturers  are  believed  to  have  on  hand  from  five  to  twenty  tons  each. 
Of  the  fresh  bark  there  is  every  probability  that  there  will  be  an  unlim- 
ited supply,  as  the  result  of  the  present  demand  and  prices. — Pharm.  Era, 
April  1889,  132. 

Rhamnus  Franguia — Use  in  Odontalgia. — Dr.  Grelchinsky  makes  a 
decoction  of  franguia  bark  by  boiling  15  to  50  gm.  in  2  tumblers  of 
water.  Patients  are  directed  to  rinse  the  moulh  with  this  every  five 
minutes  until  the  pain  ceases ;  and  then  every  two  hours.  Cavities  may 
be  filled  with  cotton  dipped  in  the  fluid. — R6pert  de  Ph.,  Nov.  1888; 
Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Jan.  1889,  16. 

CELASTRINEiE. 

Euonymus  atropurpureus — Analysis  of.  the  Root  and  Bark, — Frank  V. 
Cassaday  has  made  a  complete  proximate  analysis  of  the  root  bark  of 
wahoo,  and  gives  the  details  of  his  experiments,  and  the  following  sum- 
mary of  his  results : 

Volatile  oil  and  wax 1.30  per  cent. 

Euonic  add  and  resin 1.48      " 

Euonyrain  and  resin 2.f6       " 

Mucilage 1.50       " 

Dextrin 5.53       " 

Saccharose 1.88 

Albuminoids  and  pectin 8.34 

Digitized  by 


Coogle 


EUPHORBIACEiG.  495 

Calcium  oxalate x. 20  per  cent. 

Coloring,  etc.,  extracted  by  chlorine  water 6.66  " 

Ash 11.65  " 

Moisture 9.25  " 

Cellulose,  lignin  and  loss 49-05  *' 

Total ico.cx) 


Respecting  the  isolation  of  the  two  active  principles — euonic  acid  and 
euonymin — the  author  remarks  that  the  bark  should  first  be  exhausted 
with  ether  to  extract  euonic  acid,  and  then  with  alcohol  to  obtain  euony- 
min. The  method  used  by  Carpenter  and  Wenzell,  of  making  a  tincture 
with  diluted  alcohol  and  ap;itating  with  chloroform,  was  also  tried  on  a 
much  larger  quantity  of  the  drug,  but  in  this  way  mixtures  of  the  two 
principles  were  obtained,  which  would  account  for  Carpenter  stating  that 
the  active  constituent  was  crystalline  with  a  bitter  taste,  as  he,  no  doubt, 
had  the  crystals  of  euonic  acid  mixed  with  the  very  bitter  euonymin. — 
Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  June  1889,  284-285. 

EUPHORBIACEiE. 

Euphorbia  pilulifera — Proximate  Examination, — James  Hicks  Bunt- 
ing has  subjected  Euphorbia  pilulifera  to  proximate  examination,  with 
the  following  results : 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


496 


REPORT   ON  THE  PROGRESS   OF  PHARMACY. 


SOLVENTS   AND   PER 
CENT. 


Petroleum  spirit. 

Amount  dissolved, 

2.06  per  cent. 


Stronger  ether. 

Amount  dissolved, 

1.36  per  cent. 


Absolute  alcohol. 

Amount  dissolved, 

1. 13  per  cent. 


Distilled  water. 

Amount  dissolved, 

10.9  per  cent. 


REAGENTS,   ETC. 


CONSTITUENTS,    ETC. 


Soluble  in  absolute  alcohol. 

Soluble  in  95  per  cent,  spirit. 

Residue  from  treatment  with  alcoholic  potash. 


Non-volatile  ptinciples,  0.56  per  cent. 

Ferric  chloride. 

H CI  and  dil.  H,SO^. 

Dried  extract  treated  with  absolute  alcohol 

and  water  added, 

Reagents  for  alkaloids  and  glucosides. 

Volatile  principle,  0.80  per  cent. 


Vegetable  wax. 
Chlorophyll. 
Caoutchouc. 


Tannin. 
Chlorophyll. 

Resin. 

No  change. 

Volatile  acid- 


Gelatin. 

Dissolved  out  of  dried  extract  by  absolute 

alcohol  and  treated  with  water,  etc. 

Reagents  for  alkaloids  and  glucosides. 


Precipitated  by  alcohol,  6.13  per  cent. 
Incineration. 


Tannin. 

Resin  and 
Chlorophyll. 
No  change. 


Veg.  mucilage,  2.6. 

Sugar,  0.6. 
Other  carbohydrates, 

4.1 

Ash,    total    amount, 

4.77. 


Water  with  .2  per 
cent,  sodium  hydrate 
Amount  dissolved, 
2.6  per  cent. 


Precipitated  by  alcohol,  2  per  cent. 
By  incineration. 


Water  with  I   per, 
cent,   hydrochloric  I 
acid.  I 

Amount  dissolved, 
5.8  per  cent. 


Precipitated  by  NH^HO  as 

Ammonium  oxalate. 

By  incineration. 


Chlorine  water. 

Amount  dissolved, 

15.96  per  cent. 


Dissolved  out  by  chlorine  water. 
Residue. 


Mucilage  and 

albuminoids. 

Ash,  0.6  per  cent. 


Calcium  oxalate 

2.04  per  cent. 

Ash,  3.4  per  cent. 


Lignin. 
Cellulose,  etc. 


Undissolved  residue,  60.19  P^^  cent. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Nov. 
1888,  552-553- 

URTICACE^. 

Celtis  reticuiosa— Occurrence  of  SkatoW'  in  the  Wood.-^Vrof,  W.  R. 
Dunstan  has  isolated  from  the  wood  of  Ce/fis  reticulosa  a  crystalline  sub- 
stance which  proved  to  be  identical  with  **  skatole,"  (see  under  "Or- 
ganic Chemistry,")  the  substance  to  which  the  intolerable  odor  of  ithe 

o 


URTICACEiE.  497 

human  faeces  is  due.  Celtus  reticuhsa  is  a  tree  of  medium  size  growing 
in  Java,  Ceylon  and  Eastern  India,  and  it  is  recorded  by  Thwaites, 
that  the  freshly  cut  timber  of  this  tree  possesses  a  powerful  and  very  dis- 
gusting odor. — Pharm.  Jour,  and  Trans.,  June  15,  1889,  loio- 

Pilea  puntila — Proximate  Examination. — Frank  R.  Weiser  has  sub- 
jected Pilea  pumilay  a  plant  which  has  some  reputation  for  counteracting 
the  effect  produced  by  Rhus  Toxicodendron ^  and  which,  growing  from 
Canada  to  Florida,  is  popularly  known  as  clearweed  and  richweed,  to 
proximate  examination  with  the  following  results  : 

Extracted  by  petroleum  spirit  (volatile  oil,  .26;  fat,  .70;  wax,  .28; 

chlorophyll,  .08) 1.32 

"         by  ether  (mostly  chlorophyll) 1.52 

"        by  alcohol  (glucoside,  etc.) i.bo 

"        by  water  (mucilage,  dextrin,  sugars,  etc.) 8.89 

"         by  dilute  HKO 4.90 

"        by  dilute  HCl 9.02 

Lignin 3.25 

Wood  fibre,  ash  and  moisture 66.33 

A  substance  having  a  strong  vanilla-like  odor,  having  neither  alkaloidal 
nor  glucosidal  characters,  was  also  observed. —  Amer.  Jour.  Pharm., 
Aug.  1888,  390-391. 

Elm  Bark — Adulteratian  of  the  Powder. -^Gtorgt  M.  Beringer  calls 
attention  to  a  gross  adulteration  of  pulverized  elm  bark.  Surmising  that 
the  adulterant  was  grain  of  some  kind,  most  likely  corn,  ground  lip  with 
the  bark,  the  smallest  quantity  of  these  samples  boiled  with  distilled 
water  gave  with  iodine  an  abundant  reaction  for  starch.  Pure  elm  bark 
(Jiber  alone)  should  be  free  from  starch.  Mr.  Charles  Bullock  examined 
the  specimen  microscopically,  and  detected  both  corn  and  potato  starch. 
The  potatoes  were  likely  sliced  and  dried,  and  then  ground  up  with  the 
bark.  The  following  simple  test  would  show  the  deficiency  of  mucilage 
in  ground  elm,  and  the  likelihood  of  adulteration.  Ten  (10)  grains  of 
pure  ground  or  pulverized  elm  bark,  thoroughly  shaken  with  one  fluid- 
ounce  of  water,  will  in  fifteen  (15)  minutes  form  a  thick  jelly-like  mass 
of  a  good  fawn-color. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Nov.  1888,552. 

Shellac — Action  of  Alkalies  and  Oxidizing  Agents. — R.  Benedikt  and 
E.  Ehrlich  find  that  when  shellac,  previously  deprived  of  fat  by  boiling 
with  sodium  carbonate,  is  boiled  with  caustic  alkalis  for  two  hours,  about 
70  per  cent,  of  viscous  liquid  shellac  is  produced,  which  when  purified  by 
suitable  means  has  a  composition  leading  to  the  formula  CmHuOi^  .  The 
acid  value  of  this  liquid  shellac  is  about  three  times  that  of  ordinary 
shellac.  It  readily  forms  soluble  salts  with  the  alkalies  and  alkaline  earths, 
the  latter  being  brittle,  and,  though  transparent  at  first,  soon  becomes 
opaque.     By  the  action  of  potash  and  potassium  permanganate  the  shel-    ' 

32  Digitized  by  VaOOQ IC 


498  REPORT   ON   THE  PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

lac,  freed  from  wax,  is  completely  converted  into  azelaic  acid  and  fatty 
acids. — Jour.  Chem.  Soc,  1888,  846;  from  Monatsh.  ix,  157. 

SALICINEiC. 

Populus  tremuloides — Characters  of  Resin  from  the  Flower  Buds. — 
Robert  Glenk  has  separated  from  poplar  buds  a  yellowish-brown  resin, 
having  a  strong  hop-like  odor,  and  melting  at  51°  C.  It  is  soluble  in 
glacial  acetic  acid,  acetic  ether  and  amyl  alcohol ;  only  slightly  soluble 
in  chloroform,  ether,  carbon  disulphide,  turpentine  and  benzol.  In  al- 
coholic solution  it  has  an  acid  reaction.  It  is  completely  soluble' in  a  5 
per  cent,  solution,  but  not  entirely  in  ammonia  water.  Oxidizing  agents 
produce  a  peculiar  play  of  color  on  its  potassa  solutions. — Amer.  Jour. 
Pharm.,  May  1889,  240. 

CONIFERiE. 

Russian  Turpentine — Character  of  Acid  Constituent, — According  to 
W.  Schkatelow,  Russian  turpentine  from  Pinus  sylvestris  contains 
about  30  per  cent,  of  a  crystalline  acid,  QoHggOs,  obtainable  by  extracting 
the  turpentine  with  50-60  per  cent,  alcohol  and  treating  the  granular 
residue  with  boiling  alcohol,  which  solution  solidifies  to  a  crystalline 
mass  on  cooling.  The  acid  is  insoluble  in  water,  soluble  in  alcohol, 
glacial  acetic  acid,  ether,  and  carbon  disulphide;  it  melts  at  143°,  boib 
at  360°,  and  is  converted  by  HCl  into  a  modification  melting  at  159°- 
160**. — Am.  Jour.  Pharm.,  March  1889,  133  ;  from  Apoth.  Ztg.,  1889,  99. 


B.     Animal  Drugs. 


INSECTiE. 

Cantharides — Occurrence  of  Partially  Extracted  Z?r//^x.  — Baudin  has 
found  that  cantharides  appear  in  the  market,  partially  deprived,  of  the 
cantharidin  by  extraction  with  a  menstruum  containing  sulphuric  acid  \ 
the  ash  then  contains  an  undue  amount  of  sulphate.  In  determining  the 
cantharidin,  he  recommends  it  to  be  carried  out  in  two  stages ;  first  ex- 
hausting with  chloroform,  which  removes  the  free  cantharidin,  and  then 
with  chloroform  containing  2  per  cent.  HCl,  which  dissolves  the  com- 
bined cantharidin.  Cantharides  contain  about  i  per  cent,  total  canthar- 
idin.— 0.72  per  cent,  free,  and  about  0.3  per  cent,  combined. — Am. 
Jour.  Pharm.,  Jan,  1889,  21;  from  Apoth.  Ztg.,  1888,  921. 

Cochineal  Color — Detection  in  Foody  etc, — For  the  detection  of  cochi- 
neal color,  or  carmine,  in  foods,  E.  Lagorge  directs  to  dissolve  the  sub- 
stance in  water  or  dilute  alcohol,  and  if  not  already  slightly  acid,  to 
acidify  it  with  i  or  2  drops  of  acetic  acid,  care  being  taken  to  avoid  a 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


.PISCES.  499 

decided  excess  of  acid.  The  solution  is  then  shaken  with  amyl  alcohol, 
which  extracts  the  coloring  matter.  The  alcohol  is  poured  off  and  evap- 
orated with  sufficient  water  on  a  water- bath.  A  few  drops  of  a  3  per 
cent,  uranium  acetate  solution  are  added  to  the  water,  and  a  bluish-green 
color  or  precipitate  shows  the  presence  of  cochineal.  The  addition  of  an 
acid  gives  the  solution  an  orange  color.  To  detect  it  in  wine  the  latter 
is  shaken  with  a  mixture  of  equal  volumes  of  amyl  alcohol  and  benzene, 
or,  what  is  better,  toluene,  otherwise  normal  ingredients  of  the  wine  art 
dissolved  and  the  action  becomes  indistinct.  After  shaking,  the  alcohol 
solution  is  poured  off  into  a  test  tube,  and  2  c.c.  of  distilled  water  and  i 
drop  of  uranium  acetate  solution  are  added  and  the  contents  of  the  tube 
thoroughly  shaken.  A  bluish-green  color  in  the  water  shows  the  presence  of 
cochineal.  If  ammoniacal  cochineal  has  been  added  to  the  wine,  the 
color  of  the  lake  passes  from  a  violet  red  to  a  violet  blue.  Besides  cochi- 
neal, some  other  substances  give  lakes  with  uranium  oxide.  Natural 
wine  gives  a  yeast  color,  Campeachy  extract  gives  violet,  and  Holland 
wine  violet  blue.  The  difficulty  in  removing  the  coloring  matter  from 
these  wines  renders  the  reaction  with  uranium  acetate  useless  with  them. 
— Amer.  Drugg.,  April  1889,  73;  from  Chem.  Zeit.  and  J.  Anal.  Chem. 
Honey — Examination. — K.  Kayser  observes  that  the  residue  from  the 
fermentation  of  pure  honey  is,  as  a  rule,  optically  inactive,  and,  if  heated 
with  hydrochloric  acid,  it  contains  only  exceptionally  traces  of  reductive 
sugar.  Sieben's  first  two  methods  for  the  examination  of  honey  should 
therefore  be  modified  as  follows:  ^5  gms.  honey  are  mixed  with  12  gms. 
solid  yeast  (free  from  starch),  and  made  up  with  water,  to  200  c.c,  and 
let  ferment  for  forty-eight  hours  at  a  medium  temperature.  Aluminium 
hydroxide  is  then  added,  and  the  mixture  made  up  to  250  c.c;  200  c.c 
of  the  clear  filtrate  are  concentrated  to  50  c.c,  and  polarized  in  a  200 
m.m.  tube.  A  deflection  of  more  than  1°  (Wild)  proves  that  starcji  sugar 
has  been  added.  25  c.c  of  the  liquid  used  for  polarizing  are  then  mixed 
with  25  c.c  water  and  5  c.c  strong  hydrochloric  acid,  and  heated  for  an 
hour  in  a  boiling  water-bath,  neutralized,  made  up  to  100  c.c,  and  any 
sugar  formed  is  determined  by  Allihn's  method  in  one-quarter  of  the 
liquid.  The  sugar  thus  found,  multiplied  by  40,  gives  the  quantity  of 
sugar  which  comes  to  the  fermentation  residue  from  100  gms.  of  honey. 
If  this  exceeds  one. per  cent.,  starch  sugar  has  been  added. — Chem.  News, 
Aug.  24,  1888,  97;  from  Zeitschr.  f.  Anal.  Chem.,  xxvii.  Part  2. 

PISCES. 

Cod  Liver  Oil— Isolation  of  a  Neiv  Constituent. — H.  Marpman  has 
isolated  from  cod  liver  oil  a  new  substance,  not  hitherto  observed,  by 
washing  the  oil  with  95  per  cent,  alcohol.  The  new  substance  is  easily 
soluble  in  water,  but  insoluble  in  alcohol,  ether  and  benzene,  but  some- 
what soluble  in  hot  alcohol  (absolute?  Rep).     It  has  a  faintly  acid  re^T^ 

Digitized  xlv^ 


50O  REPORT   ON    THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

action,  rotated  polarized  light  to  the  left,  gave  with  lead  acetate  and  with 
tannic  acid  a  slight  turbidity,  and  was  not  altered  by  potassium  ferro- 
cyanide.  A  dilute  solution  gave  with  ferric  chloride  no  reaction,  but  a 
concentrated  solution  assumed  with  it  a  dark  yellow  color,  which  upon 
boiling  became  blood  red,  and  again  yellow  upon  cooling.  The  solution 
upon  boiling  was  not  changed  by  strong  nitric  acid,  ammonia,  or  potas- 
sium hydrate.  On  the  other  hand  it  reduced  alkaline  copper  solution. 
Upon  mixing  the  solution  with  orcin  and  hydrochloric  acid  in  a  porce- 
lain dish,  and  evaporating  on  a  water-bath  to  dryness,  there  remained  a 
brown  residue,  having  a  metallic  lustre.  This  dissolved  in  alcohol  with 
a  dark-brown  color,  and  the  solution  was  colored  gray-brown  by  ammonia. 
By  this  last  reaction  this  constituent  of  liver  oil  soluble  in  water  is  dis- 
tinguished from  varieties  of  gum,  since  gum  gives  with  orcin  a  green  resi- 
due, that  dissolves  in  alcohol  with  a  greenish  yellow  color,  and  this  solu- 
tion when  treated  with  ammonia  is  colored  yellow,  with  a  tinge  of  green- 
ish violet. 

The  author  states  that  he  has  found  this  new  substance  in  all  the  sam- 
ples of  liver  oil  examined,  both  in  the  white  oils  and  in  the  darkest  var- 
ieties, from  the  most  diverse  commercial  sources.  He  thinks  it  might 
be  present  in  fresh  livers  in  larger  quantity,  since  liver  oils  deposit  a  quan- 
tity of  mucus  upon  standing.  But  at  present  he  has  not  examined  any 
perfectly  fresh  oils,  and  cannot  therefore  speak  with  certainty  upon  this 
point. — Pharm.  Jour,  and  Trans.,  Oct.  13,  1888,  288 ;  from  Pharm. 
Centralh.,  Aug.  23,  1888. 

Cod-Liver  Oil — Extraction^  etCy  of  two  new  Alkaloids.— ^\^^x^,  Ar- 
mand  Gautier  and  L.  Mourgnes  announce  the  discovery,  in  cod- liver  oil, 
of  several  alkaloids,  some  of  them  of  great  activity,  which  appear  to  be- 
long to  the  class  of  leucomaines,  a  class  of  alkaloidal  bodies  which  are 
constantly  being  formed  in  the  animal  organism,  and  which  the  latter  is 
constantly  endeavoring  to  get  rid  of  through  the  secretions.  *  The  authors 
examined  both  the  colored  and  the  bleached  varieties  of  cod -liver  oil, 
but  they  extracted  the  alkaloids  which  they  studied  from  the  bleached, 
as  this  is  generally  regarded  the  most  active,  and  it  seemed  to  the  authors 
desirable  to  ascertain  the  cause  of  this  activity.  The  particular  oils  used 
by  the  authors  were  obtained  directly  from  Newfoundland  and  Norway. 
The  authors  account  for  the  presence  of  alkaloids  in  the  oil  in  the  follow- 
ing manner:  It  is  known  that  the  fish  caught  under  the  name  of  cod, 
comprise  the  great  cod  {Gadus  Morrhua)^  the  dorsh  (^Gadus  Callarias), 
and  the  small  cod  (^.  Carbonarius)  ]  also  to  a  slight  extent,  along  the 
coasts  and  bays,  the  Gadus  Pollachius  and  G,  Molva,  Their  livers,  after 
being  washed  and  placed  in  vats,  exude  spontaneously  a  pale  yellow  or 
pale  greenish  oil,  which  by  a  species  of  fermentation  or  self-digestion 
(not  putrefaction)  becomes  acid,  and  being  in  contact  with  the  hepatic 
cells,  becomes  charged  with  biliary  matters  and  acquires  a-^ellow  jcolor. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


PISCES.  501 

At  the  same  time  also,  certain  alkaloids  are  dissolved  by  the  oil,  for  that 
portion  of  the  natural  white  or  greenish  oil  which  had  previously  exuded 
contains  none  of  these  alkaloids,  or  but  traces  of  them. 

Extraction  of  the  Alkaloids, — The  process  finally  used  by  the  authors 
is  the  following  :  Treat  100  kilos  of  pale  yellow  cod-liver  oil  with  its 
own  volume  of  alcohol  (of  t^t^  V^^  cent.),  containing  4  gm.  of  oxalic  acid 
per  liter.  This  treatment  must  be  thorough.  The  alcoholic  solution  is 
then  separated,  almost  exactly  neutralized  with  chalk,  filtered,  and  the 
filtrate  freed  from  alcohol  in  a  vacuum  apparatus  at  a  temperature  of  45° 
C.  The  residue  remains  liquid.  It  is  digested  with  precipitated  car- 
bonate of  calcium,  and  the  liquid  lastly  neutralized  by  a  little  lime- water. 
The  whole  is  evaporated  to  dryness  in  the  vacuum  apparatus,  and  the  resi- 
due taken  up  by  alcohol  (90  per  cent.)  The  alcoholic  solution  is  dis- 
tilled in  a  vacuum,  the  residue  taken  up  by  a  little  water,  supersaturated 
with  potassa,  and  then  shaken  with  a  large  quantity  of  ether,  which 
takes  up  the  alkaloids.  These  are  afterwards  precipitated  by  adding  ox- 
alic acid  to  the  ethereal  solution.  From  100  kilos  of  cod-liver  oil,  be- 
tween 52  and  65  gm.  of  oxalates  of  alkaloids  were  obtained.  The  above 
method  removes  nearly  the  whole  of  the  alkaloids  from  the  oil.  On  dis- 
solving the  oxalates  of  the  latter  in  water  and  adding  potassa,  a  brown 
thick  oil  is  obtained,  of  a  strongly  alkaline  character.  The  yield  may  be 
stated  as  between  0.35  and  0.50  gm.  of  dry  alkaloids  per  kilogramme  of 
cod-liver  oil.  An  examination  of  these  alkaloids  shows  that  they  consist 
of  volatile  bases  and  of  others  which  are  scarcely  or  not  all  volatile.  The 
authors  classify  these  bases  as  follows  : 

1.  Fraction  boiling  between  87°  and  90*^  C.  (butylamine). 

2.  Fraction  boiling  between  96°  and  98°  C.  (amylamine). 

3.  Fraction  boiling  a  little  below  100°  C.  (hexylanine). 

4.  Fraction  boiling  between  198''  and  200®  C.  (hydrotoluidine  ;  a  new 
base). 

5.  Fraction  of  fixed  bases  yielding  a  hydrochlorate  which  is  immedi- 
ately precipitated  in  the  cold  (aselline;  a  new  base). 

6.  Fraction  of  fixed  bases,  yielding  a  rather  soluble  chloroplatinate, 
crystallizing  out  from  the  mother- water  of  the  preceding  (morrhuine;  a 
new  base). 

In  addition  to  these  bases,  the  authors  found  in  cod  liver  oil  a  little 
lecithine  and  a  nitrogenized  crystallizable  acid,  to  which  they  have  given 
the  name  gaduinic  acid.  Further  reports  on  all  the  above  substances  are 
promised. — Amer.  Drugg.,  Jan.  1889,  8-9;  from  Jour,  de  Pharm.  et 
Chim.,  Oct.  1888. 

Cod  Liver  Oii-^Determination  of  Iodine. — Hugo  Andres  examines 
medicinal  cod  liver  oil  for  iodine  by  mixing  three  grams  oil  with  two 
grams  dry  sodium  carbonate,  heating  to  complete  carbonization,  lixiviat- 
ing with  repeated  small  portions  of  boiling  water,  filtering,  concentratinff,!^ 


502  REPORT   ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

adding  five  to  six  drops  fuming  nitric  acid,  and  shaking  with  carbon  bi- 
sulphide. The  iodine  can  be  estimated  quantitatively  by  using  ^^  normal 
sodium  thiosulphate  solution ;  the  averages  obtained  were  for  pale  oils 
0.02  per  cent.,  for  yellow  oils  0.031  per  cent.  The  acidity  is  determined 
by  dissolving  2-5  grams  oil  in  20  c.c.  ether,  adding  15  c.  c.  alcohol  and 
a  few  drops  phenolphthalein,  and  titrating  with  tV  normal  potassium  hy- 
drate; the  acidity  of  the  ether  and  alcohol  must  also  be  determined  and 
allowed  for  in  the  test.  The  acid  present  in  one  gram  oil  neutralized 
from  0.002  to  0.0044  gram  KOH.  The  author  recommends  that  only- 
cod  liver  oil  containing  iodine,  and  whose  acidity  does  not  require  more 
than  0.004  gram  KOH  per  gram  oil  be  employed  medicinally. — Amer. 
Jour.  Pharm.,   May  1889,   249;    from  Pharm.  Ztschr.  f.  RussL,  1889, 

145. 

Cod  Liver  Oil — Causes  and  Pret^ention  of  Rancidity, — Hyerdahl  states 
that  the  rancidity  of  cod -liver  oil  does  not  depend  upon  the  presence  of 
free  fatty  acids,  as  in  the  case  of  butter,  but  is  due  to  other  causes,  possi- 
bly to  heat  and  exposure  to  air.  Oil  extracted  from  fresh  livers  con- 
tained from  0.3  to  0.4  per  cent,  free  acid  (calculated  as  oleic  acid), 
made  from  livers  seven  days  old  0.9  per  cent.  acid.  If  air  be  slowly 
drawn  through  fresh  oil  heated  on  a  water-bath,  during  the  first  half  hour 
there  is  a  slight  loss  of  acidity  ;  if  continued  longer  a  slight  increase  of 
acids  results  (to  0.7  per  cent,  in  5^^  hours).  Rancidity  was  noticeable 
in  all  samples  heated  for  more  than  30  minutes,  but  the  increase  of  acid 
being  so  slight  it  is  impossible  that  this  is  the  cause ;  fatty  acids  were 
liberated  from  a  specimen  of  fresh  oil,  and  these  added  to  the  oil  in 
smaller  and  larger  quantities;  but  in  no  case  did  it  give  the  peculiar  odor 
and  taste  of  the  rancid  oil.  Cod-liver  oil  carefully  stoppered  is  not 
prone  to  change ;  specimens  from  1884,  1885,  1886,  1887,  showed  re- 
spectively 0.37,  0.38,  0.36,  0.36  per  cent,  free  acid.  The  cruder  oils 
for  medicinal  and  technical  uses  gotten  through  fermentation  of  the 
livers  contain  from  3.79  to  28  per  cent,  free  acid,  and  still  were  free 
from  rancidity.  Fermentation  produces  the  excessive  acidity  of  the 
cruder  oils.  The  acidity  of  oils  obtained  from  the  livers  of  various 
species  varies  decidedly : 

Gadus  virens,  0.17  per  cent.;  Brosmius  brosme,  0.08  per  cent.;  Molva 
vulgaris,  4.36  per  cent.;  Raja  radiata,  4.80  per  cent.;  Lamna  cornubica, 
2.62  percent. — Am.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Dec.  1888,  613;  from  Chem.  Ztg., 
1888,  1475- 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


HYDROGEN.  503 


INORGANIC  CHEMISTRY. 

OXYGEN. 

Oxygen — Easy  Method  of  Preparation, — Dr.  G.  Denig^s  proposes  the 
following  easy  method  for  preparing  oxygen,  which  may  not  answer  for 
operations  on  the  industrial  scale,  but  will  possibly  be  found  convenient 
in  a  pharmacist's  modest  laboratory.  The  process  is  as  follows:  In  an 
8  oz-  matrass  introduce  40  c.c.  of  soap-maker's  soda-lye,  as  much  water, 
and  2  or  3  c.c.  of  concentrated  solution  of  cupric  sulphate.  The  cupric 
oxide  at  first  precipitated  is  re  dissolved  in  the  excess  of  alkali.  The 
blue  liquor  is  now  heated  to  ebullition,  and  the  matrass,  on  being  re- 
moved from  the  fire,  is  closed  with  a  cork. provided  with  two  glass  tubes. 
One  is  for  letting  out  the  gas,  and  the  other,  having  a  glass  cock,  con- 
tains 10  c.c.  of  bromine.  On  causing  the  metalloid  to  come  down  drop 
by  drop  into  the  blue  liquor,  a  continuous  stream  of  oxygen  will  be 
evolved,  easily  regulated  by  means  of  the  bromine  cock.  Near  the  end 
.  of  the  operation,  should  the  liquor  become  too  cool,  it  may  be  necessary 
to  heat  it  gently  to  60°  or  80°  C,  which  is  the  most  convenient  temper- 
ature for  the  operation.     The  following  represents  the  reaction: 

2Br  -f  2NaOH  =  2NaBr  -f-  11,0  +  O. 

The  cupric  oxide  takes  no  direct  part  in  the  chemical  changes,  but 
acts  in  the  same  way  as  cobalt  and  nickel  oxides  are  known  to  do  with 
hypochlorites,  namely,  owing  to  simple  presence.  Ten  c.c.  of  bromine, 
weighing  29  grammes,  will,  with  the  foregoing  process,  afford  about 
1800  c.c.  of  oxygen,  or  nearly  nine-tenths  of  the  theoretical  quantity. — 
Amer.  Drugg.-,  April  1889,  69;  from  Chem.  and  Drugg. 

Oxygen — Ready  Method  of  Preparation  from  Peroxide  of  Hydrogen. — 
According  to  C.  F.  Gohring,  oxygen  can  be  prepared  handily  by  the  ac- 
tion of  hydrogen  dioxide  upon  potassium  permanganate ;  100  c.c.  of  the 
commercial  hydrogen  dioxide,  3  per  cent.,  will  yield  about  one  liter 
oxygen.  A  generating  fiask  is  half  filled  with  the  HjOa,  made  alkaline 
by  a  few  drops  of  NH4OH,  and  KjMnaOg  is  slowly  added  through  the 
funnel-tube  (5  c.c.  of  a  0.3  per  cent,  solution);  when  the  reaction  ceases 
more  of  the  KjMnsOg  is  added.  All  of  the  available  oxgyen  has  been 
obtained  if  the  liquid  in  the  flask  retains  a  red  color  on  acidifying  with 
sulphuric  acid. — Am.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Feb.  1889,  79  J  ^^oxf\  Chem.  Ztg., 
1888. 

HYDROGEN. 

Hydrogen-^Ready  Production  in  a  Pure  Condition. — According  to 
Schwarz,  pure  hydrogen  is  readily  and  cheaply  made  by  mixing  together 
22  parts  of  zinc  dust  and  22.8  parts  of  dry  calcium  hydrate  (obtained  Iw 


504  REPORT  ON  THE  PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 

slaking  lime,  sifting,  and  drying  at  100®  C),  and  gently  heating  the  mix- 
ture. Hydrogen  is  given  off  in  copious  quantities  and  very  regularly. 
The  mixture  must  be  made  freshly  as  required. — Amer.  Drugg.,  Nov. 
1888,  202;  from  Dingl.  Polyt.  Jour. 

Hydrogen —  Use  of  an  Alloy  of  Zinc  and  Tin  for  its  Generation. — Haber- 
mann  recommends  to  employ  for  the  generation  of  hydrogen  gas,  partic- 
ularly when  Kipp's  apparatus  is  used,  an  alloy  of  84  parts  of  zinc  and  16 
parts  of  tin,  in  pieces  granulated  in  the  same  manner  as  zinc  alone  has 
hitherto  been  employed.  When  dilute  sulphuric  acid  acts  upon  this  alloy, 
hydrogen  gas  is  produced  in  abundance  from  the  first  moment  of  contact, 
and  when  the  zinc  has  been  dissolved  out,  the  remaining  tin,  now  a  me- 
tallic sponge,  retains  the  shape  of  the  original  piece,  and  this  prevents  the 
access  of  any  metal  to  the  globular  reservoir  at  the  bottom. — Amer.  Drugg., 
Sept.,  1888,  176;  from  Chem.  Ztg. 

Water — Purification  by  Boiling  under  Pressure. — The  boiling  of  water 
**  to  kill  the  microbes"  has  sometimes  been  recommended  by  physicians. 
Teliier  has  shown  that  this  cannot  be  effected  by  a  temperature  of  2i2°F. 
He  also  observed  that  boiled  water,  being  deprived  of  its  air,  is  heavy 
and  indigestible,  and  that  through  loss  of  the  calcareous  salts  it  becomes 
insipid,  and  is  disagreeable  to  drink.  He  prepares  water  in  a  closed 
vessel,  placed  in  a  salt  and  water  bath,  by  which  he  gets  a  temperature 
of  300°  F.  In  using,  the  water  is  drawn  from  a  filter- faucet  placed  near 
the  bottom  of  the  vessel.  A  small  faucet  at  the  top,  to  admit  the  air,  is 
kept  covered  with  cotton. — Amer.  Jour.  Phar.,  Nov.  1888,  562;  from 
Arch,  de  Phar.,  Oct.  5,  1888. 

Water — Rapid  Analysis  for  Industrial  Purposes, — L.  Vignon  describes 
a  method  which  consists  in  saturating  the  acid  carbonates  contained  in 
the  water  with  lime,  and  then  precipitating  all  the  lime  and  magnesia 
salts  still  in  solution  with  sodium  carbonate.  Phenol phthalein  is  used  as 
an  indicator,  and  decinormal  clear  lime-water  is  required.  The  titration 
is  conducted  in  two  narrow  glass  stoppered  cylinders  of  about  100  c.c. 
capacity.  Into  one,  50  c.c.  of  distilled  water  and  ten  drops  of  an  alco- 
holic solution  of  phenolphthalein  are  introduced ;  this  is  then  colored  by 
0.2-0.5  c.  c.  of  the  normal  lime  solution,  and  kept  as  standard.  The 
other  cylinder  is  filled  with  50  c.c.  of  the  water  under  examination,  10 
drops  of  phenolphthalein. solution,  and  5  c.c.  of  a  loper-cent  neutral 
calcium  chloride  solution.  The  normal  lime-water  is  then  added  until, 
on  agitating,  the  solution  remains  colored.  The  standard  is  now  diluted 
until  its  volume  corresponds  to  the  volume  of  liquid  in  the  other  cylinder, 
and  a  little  lime-water  added  to  one  cr  the  other  solution  until  the  color 
in  both  is  identical.  The  difference  in  the  quantity  of  lime-water  used 
for  the  standard  and  for  the  water  under  examination  gives  the  quantity 
of  lime  which  has  combined  with  the  free  carbonic  acid  in  the  water. — 
Amer.  Drugg.,  April,  1889.  62.  o„«.ed.y GoOgk 


HYDKOGEN.  505 

Water— Note  on  Clark's  Soap  7>j/.— Frank  L.  Tweed  observes  that 
when  a  standard  soap  solution  is  run  into  a  solution  of  a  calcium  salt  till 
a  lather  is  formed,  as  for  instance  in  determining  hardness  in  water,  it  is 
commonly  taken  for  granted  that  each  equivalent  of  lime  destroys  an 
equivalent  of  soap. 

Put  in  an  equational  form  in  the  case  of  calcium  sulphate  and  sodium 
oleate — 

CaSO,  -f  2NaC,8N«,0,  ^  Ca(C„N3,0,),  +  Na,SO, 

he  finds  that  an  equivalent  of  lime  requires  i  j4  equivalents  of  soap,  or 
CaSO,  requires  2^NaC,8H«0,. 

In  the  case  of  magnesium  salts  the  reading  is  rather  more  obscure,  but 
an  equivalent  of  magnesia  requires  rather  more  soap. 

As  the  mean  of  many  experiments  I  find  that  an  equivalent  of  mag- 
nesia requires  ij^  equivalents  of  soap,  or  MgSO^  requires  sNaCigHwOj. 

He  obtained  these  results  both  with  oleic  acid  and  with  the  solid  fatty 
acids  (commercial  stearic  acid).  / 

Mr.  Wanklyn's  statement  in  his  **  Water  Analysis,"  that  magnesium 
requires  i^^  times  as  much  soap  as  calcium,  is  well  known  to  be  incor- 
rect, but  it  is  probably  based  on  the  observation  that  magnesium  requires 
I  Yq,  times  as  much  soap  as  theory  indicates,  coupled  with  the  erroneous 
assumption  that  calcium  requires  only  its  theoretical  quantity. — Amer. 
Drugg.  June,  1889,  iiij  from  Jour.  Chem.  Med. 

Peroxide  of  Hydrogen — Manufacture  on  the  Large  Scale, — According 
to  "Neueste  Erfind.  und  Erfahr.,"  the  following  process  is  at  present  em- 
ployed for  the  manufacture  of  peroxide  of  hydrogen  on  the  large  scale. 
Of  course,  the  description  refers  only  to  one  batch  of  materials  from  the 
beginning  to  the  end.  In  large  works,  one  batch  follows  another  con- 
tinuously, the  several  ones  being  only  one  step  apart. 

A  copper  boiler  lined  with  lead  is  set  into  a  wooden  vat  so  that  it  may 
be  surrounded  by  water.  The  bottom  of  the  boiler  rests  upon  a  per- 
forated false  bottom,  below  which  ends  a  pipe  through  whfch  cold  water 
may  be  admitted,  an  outlet  being  provided  for  at  the  side,  and  another 
at  the  highest  point  of  the  vat.  The  boiler  is  charged  with  15  kilos  of 
commercial  hydrofluoric  acid  (which  is  made  on  the  large  scale  on  the 
premises),  together  with  80  kilos  of  water,  and  the  dilute  acid  then  exactly 
neutralized  with  barium  peroxide  (likewise  made  on  the  premises),  pre- 
viously ground  to  a  smooth  paste  with  about  20  liters  of  water.  About 
15  kilos  of  the  peroxide  will  be  required.  The  products  are  insoluble 
fluoride  of  barium  and  a  solution  of  peroxide  of  hydrogen.  During  the 
reaction,  the  temperature  of  the  contents  of  the  boiler  must  be  kept  as 
low  as  possible  by  means  of  a  bath  of  cold  water.  The  paste  of  barium 
peroxide  must  be  added  in  small  quantities  at  a  time,  since  each  addition 
causes  a  rise  of  temperature.  The  contents  of  the  boiler  must  be  con- 
stantly stirred.     About  12  hours  are  required  for  the  reaction  t0.be  com- 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


5o6  REPORT   ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

pleted,  which  is  indicated  by  litmus  paper  showing  a  violet-blue  tint. 
The  liquid  represents  about  loo  liters  of  commercial  peroxide  of  hydro- 
gen of  I o  to  12  volumes  of  oxygen.  The  residuary  fluoride  of  barium  is 
again  employed  in  the  manufacture  of  hydrofluoric  acid  by  decomposi- 
tion with  sulphuric  acid. — Amer.  Drugg.,  Feb.  1889,  33. 

Hydrogen  Peroxide  y  C.  P. — Preparation  from  the  Crude  Commercial  Ar- 
ticle,— Dr.  Mann  observes  that  commercial  hydrogen  peroxide  may  contain 
HCl,  HjSO^,  H3PO4,  HF,  Al.Og,  MgO,  K,0  and  Na,0,  as  prepared  for 
various  purposes ;  generally  CaO,  derived  from  water,  and,  if  carelessly 
prepared,  BaO  and  traces  of  Fe,  Cu,  Pb,  Mn,  etc.  The  following  pro- 
cess will  remove  all  of  these,  if  present :  To  the  commercial  preparation, 
containing  about  3  per  cent.  H^Oa,  ^  per  cent,  of  pure  concentrated 
HjPO^  is  added,  after  which  the  solution  is  rendered  exactly  neutral  by 
addition  of  Ba(OH)a.  This  is  the  important  step  in  the  process,  hav- 
ing for  its  object  the  precipitation  of  the  phosphates  of  the  heavy,  as  well 
as  the  alkaline- earth  metals.  The  time  required  for  the  neutralization 
should  be  at  least  15  minutes,  during  which  period  the  liquid  should  be 
stirred  continuously;  a  turbidity  will  occur,  and  on  3-5  minutes*  stand- 
ing, the  precipitate  will  deposit,  from  which  the  supernatant  clear  liquid 
is  decanted  or  separated  by  filtration.  The  filtrate  is  poured,  with  con- 
tinual agitation,  into  a  cold  saturated  solution  of  Ba(OH)2,  a  precipitate 
of  hydrated  BaOa,  in  pearly  laminae,  readily  separates;  HjOa  (the  filtrate) 
is  added  as  long  as  a  precipitate  forms ;  this,  toward  the  end  of  the  pro- 
cess, only  takes  place  on  thorough  stirring  of  the  liquid  ;  excess  of  H,0, 
should  be  avoided.  The  precipitate  is  washed  with  distilled  water  by  de- 
cantation  until  only  Ba  can  be  detected  in  the  washings.  100  parts  of 
distilled  water  are  mixed  with  10-12  parts  of  pure  concentrated  H,S04, 
and  to  this  is  added,  drop  by  drop,  the  BaOa,  mixed  with  sufficient  distilled 
water  to  form  a  thin  paste,  until  the  acid  is  almost  neutralized.  The 
BaO„  if  added  in  too  large  portions,  acts  decomposingly  on  the  H,0, 
formed.  The  last  traces  of  HaSO^  are  best  neutralized  by  the  cautious 
addition  of  Ba(0H)2 ;  after  standing  24  hours,  the  clear  liquid  is  tested 
for  Ba  and  H2SO4,  and,  if  free  from  both,  the  liquid  is  syphoned  off  and, 
if  necessary,  filtered.  Should  either  be  present,  it  would  have  to  be  re- 
moved by  addition  of  the  proper  reagent  and  the  precipitate  separated. 
The  HjOa,  thus  purified,  contains  about  3  per  cent.,  and  will  stand  the 
most  rigorous  tests  for  purity  and  stability. — Araer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Sept. 
1888,  447-448;  from  Chem.  Ztg.,  1888,  S57. 

Hydrogen  Peroxide, — Decomposition  by  Chromic  Acid^  which  see. 

Hydrogen  Peroxide — Utility  in  Analysis.  — Y,  P.  Dunnington  observes 
that  lead  peroxide  may  be  most  readily  dissolved  by  treatment  with  dilute 
nitric  acid  and  a  solution  of  hydrogen  peroxide.  Half  of  the  oxygen 
from  each  of  the  two  peroxides  unite  to  produce  an  effervescence  of  oxy- 
gen, even  when  cold,  resulting  in  the  formation  of  a  solution  of  lead 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


HYDROGEN.  507 

nitrate.  A  similar  action  of  hydrogen  peroxide,  he  has  frequently  found 
of  advantage  in  effecting  the  solution  of  a  precipitate  produced  by  am- 
monia and  consisting  mainly  of  ferric  and  alumina  hydrates,  in  which, 
however,  after  washing,  a  little  manganese  is  retained  as  MnjOj.  The 
latter  body  will  resist  solution  in  dilute  acid,  and  under  these  circum- 
stances a  drop  or  two  of  hydrogen  peroxide  will  instantly  clear  up  the 
solution.  In  the  same  manner,  ignited  oxide  of  cerium  or  oxide  of  man. 
ganese  may  be  readily  dissolved  by  cold  dilute  acids  mixed  with  hydro- 
gen j)eroxide. — Chem.  News,  Feb.  15,  1889,  76;  from  Journal  of  Ana- 
lytical Chemistry,  Vol.  ii.,  part  4. 

Peroxide  of  Hydrogen — Application  for  the  Determination  of  the  Metals 
of  the  Ferric  Group, — Adolph  Carnot  observes  that  peroxide  of  hydro- 
gen has  the  property  of  oxidizing  the  metals  of  the  iron  group  under 
certain  conditions,  and  to  reduce  them  under  others.  He  applies  this 
property  to  the  determination  of  the  metals  of  this  group.  Chromic  adid 
is  reduced  to  chromic  oxide  from  faintly  acid  solution,  while  chromic 
oxide  is  oxidized  to  chromic  acid  in  alkaline  solution.  The  titration  of 
a  chromate  is  made  by  dissolving  the  salt  in  water,  faintly  acidulated 
with  hydrochloric  or  sulphuric  acid,  in  such  proportion  that  50  c.c.  shall 
not  contain  more  than  0.2  to  0.3  gram  of  chromic  acid.  It  is  then 
titrated  with  dilute  peroxide  of  hydrogen,  which  must  be  standardized 
with  bichromate  of  potassium,  untU  the  evanescent  blue  color  produced 
on  the  addition  of  each  drop  ceases  to  be  formed.  Chromic  oxide  is 
first  oxidized  by  treating  its  ammoniacal  solution  with  peroxide  of  hydro- 
gen. The  chromic  acid,  so  produced,  may  then  be  determined  as  in  the 
first  case.  Manganese,  like  chromium,  is  reduced  by  peroxide  of  hydro- 
gen from  its  acid  solution  to  manganous  oxide^  and  this  in  alkaline  solu- 
tion is  again  converted  by  it  into  the  higher  oxide. — Arch.  d.  Pharm., 
May  1889,  472 ;  from  Jour,  de  Phar.  et  de  Chim.,  1889,  XIX,  167. 

Oxygenated  Water — Use  for  Bleaching  Wool,  Wood,  etc, — Alf.  Del- 
mart  and  P.  Ebell,  speaking  of  the  oxygenated  water  obtained  from  a 
certain  source,  and  its  application  to  the  bleaching  of  wool,  wood,  etc., 
observe  that  this  particular  product  contains  very  small  quantities  of  for- 
eign bodies,  e.  g.,  barium  phosphate,  but  these  impurities  have  a  favor- 
able action,  as  absolutely  pure  hydrogen  peroxide  has  less  bleaching 
power.  The  wool  is  treated  in  a  cold  bath,  working  in  a  wooden  tub. 
The  room  should  be  cool,  but  not  exposed  to  frost  during  the  winter. 
The  wool  must  be  perfectly  scoured.  The  oxygenated  water  may  either 
be  used  pure  or  may  be  diluted  with  five  to  six  volumes  of  rain  water.  A 
little  ammonia  is  added,  about  20  grms.  of  sp.  gr.  0.910  to  100  litres.  A 
slip  of  red  litmus  paper  should  be  turned  very  slightly  blue  in  a  few 
seconds.  The  wool  should  not  be  left  heaped  up  in  the  bath,  but  should 
be  turned  continually.  The  process  may  last  from  five  to  six  hours.  The 
coloring-matter  is  totally  destroyed,  so  that  the  wool  does  not  become 


508  REPORT   ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

yellow  in  course  of  time  like  that  which  has  been  bleached  with  sulphur- 
ous acid.  P.  Ebell  contradicts  the  assertion  of  Delmart  that  a  pure  oxy- 
genated water  is  less  effective  than  such  as  contains  barium  phosphate, 
which,  if  present,  must  be  precipitated  on  the  addition  of  ammonia.  He 
denies  also  that  a  cold  bath  is  always  necessary,  and  he  maintains  that 
dilution  is  not  advantageous,  the  liquid,  as  supplied,  containing  3  per 
cent,  of  actual  hydrogen  peroxide,  giving  the  best  results. — Chem.  News, 
Feb.  15,  1889,  84;  from  Chem.  Ztg. 

NITROGEN. 

Nitrogen — Best  Method  of  Preparation  for  Lecture  Purposes, — Charles 
R.  C.  Tich borne  states  that  the  best  method  of  preparing  nitrogen  for  lec- 
ture experiments,  or  when  required  in  pure  form,  is,  in  his  opinion,  un- 
questionably based  upon  the  decomposition  of  ammonium  nitrite.  The 
apparatus  required  is  a  retort  of  the  right  size  and  a  bent  tube,  the  process 
being  carried  out  by  the  author  as  follows:  Ten  grams  of  ammonium  sul- 
phate and  ten  grams  of  sodium  nitrite  are  mixed  in  a  capacious  retort 
{}/i  litre)  with  40  c.c.  of  glycerin  and  60  c.c.  of  water.  The  retort  is 
placed  with  the  neck  elevated  to  an  angle  of  about  40°,  so  that  the  water 
may  condense  and  fall  back  into  the  retort.  The  bent  tube,  fitted  with 
a  cork  into  the  neck,  conducts  the  gas  into  the  wash-bottle,  or  it  may  be 
collected  at  once  without  washing.  Water  alone  (100  c.c.)  may  be  used, 
but  the  process  does  not  go  on  quite  as  regularly.  Heat  is  applied  directly 
to  the  retort,  and  the  disengagement  of  free  nitrogen  begins  at  a  temper- 
ature a  few  degrees  below  the  boiling  point  of  water.  The  reaction  pro- 
ceeds steadily  but  rapidly,  the  temperature  generally  rising  a  little  above 
the  boiling  point,  then  beginning  to  fall,  making  it  necessary  to  slightly 
increase  the  heat  towards  the  end  of  the  reaction.  By  carefully  regulating 
the  temperature  almost  pure  and  neutral  nitrogen  is  evolved,  but  a  trace 
of  nitrogen  dioxide  is  ordinarily  produced,  which  may  be  removed  by 
washing. — Pharm.  Jour,  and  Trans.,  May  11,  1889,  9^5  >  ^'"o™  Chem. 
News. 

Nitrogen — Apparatus  for  Its  Convenient  Preparation  from  Air, — H. 
N.  Warren  regards  the  preparation  of  nitrogen  from  air  by  the  action  of 
burning  phosphorus  an  elegant,  and  at  the  same  time  uncostly  method, 
and  preferable  to  other  methods  proposed.  No  one  appears  hitherto  to 
have  adopted  a  plan  to  collect  the  gas,  however,  and  the  object  of  the 
author's  present  paper  is  to  call  attention  to  a  device  which  enables  the 
production  of  veiy  pure  nitrogen  in  any  desired  quantity.  The  accom- 
panying cut  (Fig  30),  which  is  intended'  to  illustrate  the  apparatus 
required,  consists  mainly  of  a  doubly  tubulated  gas  receiver  or  bell-jar 
connected  either  with  a  bladder  provided  with  a  suitable  stop  cock, 
or,  if  required  in  larger  quantities,  to  an  ordinary  gas-holder,  the 
outer  vessel  containing  a  sufficiency  of  water  to  allow  of  ><^e  cas-jar 

Digitized  by  VjOO 


NITROGEN. 


509 


at  the  termination  of  the  action  to  be  immersed  to  the  required  height. 
In  using  the  apparatus  all  that  is  necessary  is  to  apply  a  hot  wire 
to  the  pieces  of  phosphorus  contained  in  the  small  brass  dish/ the 
same  being  allowed  to  float  upon  the  surface  of  the  water.  This 
is  most  readily  accomplished    by  withdrawing  the  stopper  from   the 

Fig.  30. 


Apparatus  for  Preparing  Nitrogen  Gaa. 

side  tubule,  inserting  a  hot  wire  in  order  to  start  the  combustion  of  the 
phosphorus,  and  replacing  the  stopper.  The  apparatus  and  its  contents, 
after  the  combustion  of  the  phosphorus  has  terminated,  is  allowed  to  re- 
main a  few  moments  in  contact  with  the  water  in  order  to  allow  the 
fumes  of  phosphoric  pentoxide  occasioned  by  the  combustion  of  the 
phosphorus  to  unite  with  the  water.  The  stop-cock  in  connection  with 
the  receiver  intended  for  the  reception  of  the  gas  is  now  opened,  the 
weight  of  the  bell-jar  exerting  a  pressure  sufficient  to  allow  of  its  con- 
tents to  be  discharged  into  the  receiver.  The  tap  in  connection  with  the 
receiver  is  next  closed,  the  stopper  from  the  side  tubule  again  with- 
drawn, thus  allowing  on  raising  the  apparatus  to  the  surface  of  the  water 
to  admit  of  a  fresh  supply  of  air,  which  may  be  proceeded  with  as  before. 
By  this  method,  operating  with  a  jar  capable  of  retaining  one  cubic  foot 
of  atmosphere,  a  gas-holder  able  to  contain  six  cubic  feet  of  nitrogen 
may  be  filled  in  less  than  an  hour. — Chem.  News,  March  22,  1889,  135. 
Nitrogen  Iodide — Influence  of  Light  upon  its  Explosion, — A  recent 
statement  of  L.  Gattermann  that  the  susceptibility  to  explosion  of  nitro- 
gen chloride  is  very  much  increased  by  exposure  to  bright  light,  brings  to 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


510  REPORT  ON  THE  PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 

the  mind  of  Prof.  J.  W.  Mallet  similar  occurrences  with  nitrogen  iodide^ 
which  on  two  occasions  exploded  while  in  the  moist  condition  and  under 
water.  The  circumstance  was  referred  to  in  the  Amer.  Chem.  Jour. 
(April,  1879),  *^^  ^^  "ow  remembers  distinctly  that  he  had  just  carried 
to  a  window,  through  which  the  sun  was  shining,  a  beaker  full  of  water,  at 
the  bottom  of  which  was  the  black  sediment  of  iodide,  and  was  gently 
stirring  the  liquid  with  a  glass  rod,  holding  the 'beaker  up  so  as  to  look  at 
it  from  below,  when  the  rod  touched  the  lower  part  of  the  side  or  the 
bottom  of  the  vessel,  and  the  explosion  occurred.  In  the  other  case  the 
iodide  was  being  washed  with  ice-cold  water,  the  vessel  being  exposed  to 
the  direct  rays  of  the  sun  ;  the  explosion,  as  near  as  the  author  can  re- 
member, was  precipitated  by  pouring  some  fresh  liquid  on  the  partially 
drained  iodide.  Prof.  Mallet  considers  that  under  ordinary  circumstances 
the  iodide  may  be  safely  worked,  but  that  in  the  two  cases  mentioned  the 
direct  sunlight  doubtless  brought  about  the  explosion. — Am.  Chem.  Jour., 
Vol.  X.,  No.  4. 

Hyponitrous  Oxide — Preparation  of  the  Pure  Gas, — According  to  G. 
Campani,  hyponitrous  oxide  or  nitrogen  monoxide  can  be  obtained  per- 
fectly pure  by  heating  5  parts  crystallized  stannous  chloride,  10  parts  hy- 
drochloric acid  sp.  gr.  i. 21,  0.9  parts  nitric  acid  sp.  gr.  1.38,  until  the 
mixture  boils,  when  a  steady  evolution  takes  place  according  to  the  re- 
action : 

2  HNO5+4  SnCl2+8  HC1=^  Sna,+N,0+5  H,0. 
The  above  proportions  must   be  strictly  adhered  to. — Amer.    Jour. 
Pharm  ,  March  1889,  132;  from  Chem.  Rpt.,  1889,  5. 

Nitrous  Acid — Delicate  Method  0/ Detection, — W.  Kalmann  observes 
that  nitrous  acid  in  water,  in  quantities  not  detected  by  diphenylamine, 
is  indicated  on  addition  of  hydriodic  acid  by  the  liberation  of  iodine 
after  standing  a  short  time— -Chem.  Rpt.,  1888,  ;i69. 

Nitrites — Apparatus  for  their  Estimation. — Profs.  R.  W.  Dunstan  and 
T.  S.  Dymond  describe  a  very  simple  apparatus  for  the  estimation  of  ni- 
trites, which  see  in  Pharm.  Jour,  and  Trans.,  March  16,  1889,  74^-743- 

Nitric  Acid — Determination  in  Wine. — E.  Pollak  communicates  the 
following  method  for  determining  nitric  acid  in  wine :  One  centigram  of 
diphenylamine  is  dissolved  in  10  c.c.  of  dilute  sulphuric  acid  (i  part  pure 
monohydrated  acid  and  3  parts  water).  It  is  diluted  to  50  c.c.  with 
strong  sulphuric  acid.  For  each  assay  2  c.c.  are  poured  into  a  small  por- 
celain capsule.  Meantime,  the  wine  has  been  concentrated  and  decolor- 
ized by  evaporation  down  to  one-fifth  over  bone-black,  previously  washed 
and  ignited.  It  is  filtered  through  plugs  of  asbestos,  as  filter-paper  al- 
most always  contains  traces  of  nitric  acid.  The  author  takes  two  cap- 
sules of  porcelain,  each  containing  the  reagent,  and  pours  into  each  three 
to  six  drops  of  the  wine  prepared  as  above.     If  no  blue  coloration  ap- 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


SULPHUR.  5 1 1 

pears  in  ten  minutes  the  absence  of  nitric  acid  is  proved.  Two  out  of 
twenty-five  samples  of  pure  wine  gave  a  very  feeble  blue  tint  at  the  end 
of  ten  minutes.  It  thus  appears  that  perfectly  pure  wines  may  contain 
traces  of  nitric  acid,  but  in  wines  diluted  with  water  the  color  is  much 
more  intense  and  rapid — Chem.  News,  Sept.  14,  1888,  133;  from  Chem. 
Ztg. 

Nitrates — Estimation  in  Natural  Waters. — S.  C.  Hooker  recommends 
the  following  colorimetric  method  for  the  estimation  of  nitrates  in  water : 
2  c.  c.  of  the  water  are  mixed  with  4  c.  c.  concentrated  sulphuric  acid, 
and,  after  cooling,  a  small  quantity  of  sulphuric  acid  in  which  carbazol 
is  dissolved  is  added.  The  green  color  produced  is  compared  with  that 
produced  by  known  quantities  of  nitrate  of  potassium  under  the  same  con- 
ditions. The  process  is  expeditious,  and  a  concentration  of  the  water  is 
not  necessary  so  long  as  it  contains  ttjtjWtt  of  nitric  acid. — Arch,  d. 
Pharm.,  Feb.  1889,  179;  from  Ber.  d.  D.  Chem.  Ges.,  31,  3302. 

Nitrates — Resorcinol a  Delicate  Reagent,— %^t  Resorcinol^  under  "Or- 
ganic Chemistry." 

SULPHUR. 

Sulphur — Determination  in  Sulphides  Soluble  in  Acids. — In  1870,  Dr. 
L.  L.  de  Koninck  published  a  process  for  the  determination  of  the  sul- 
phuretted hydrogen  given  off  by  sulphuretted  irons  on  treating  them  with 
hydrochloric  acid  or  dilute  sulphuric  acid.  This  process  consists  in  con- 
densing the  sulphuretted  hydrogen  in  a  series  of  three  small  washing- 
bottles  containing  a  neutral  solution  of  silver  nitrate  at  two  per  cent.;  in 
collecting  the  precipitate  of  silver  sulphide  and  determining  the  sulphur. 
This  determination  is  effected  by  treating  the  precipitate  with  bromine 
in  presence  of  water,  filtering  off  the  silver  bromide,  and  precipitating 
the  sulphuric  acid  formed  with  barium  chloride.  The  barium  sulphate 
formed  is  very  pure,  being  produced  in  a  liquid  free  from. fixed  matters. 
Latterly  the  author  has  sought  to  simplify  the  process  by  substituting 
mercury  for  silver;  the  mercury  forming,  with  bromine  in  excess,  a 
soluble  and  volatile  product,  the  advantages  of  the  original  process  would 
be  retained,  and  the  filtration  and  washing  of  the  precipitate  of  silver 
bromide  would  be  avoided.  To  this  end  he  absorbs  the  sulphuretted 
hydrogen  in  a  mixed  solution  of  mercury  cyanide  and  ammonium  chlor- 
ide. This  mixture  readily  absorbs  the  sulphuretted  hydrogen,  giving  a 
black  flocculent  precipitate,  which  is  easily  collected  on  a  filter  and 
washed.  On  treatment  with  bromine  and  water  it  dissolves  rapidly  and 
completely,  especially  at  a  slightly  elevated  temperature,  yielding  sul- 
phuric acid  and  mercury  bromide.  This  process  has  been  carefully  veri- 
fied and  found  strictly  accurate. — Chem.  News,  Oct.  26,  1888,  ao8;  from 
Rev.  Universelle  des  Mines  et  de  la  Metall.,  1888,  No.  3. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


512  REPORT  ON  THE  PROGRESS  OP  PHARMACY. 

Metallic  Sulphides—Production  by  Carbon  Disulphide  at  High  Temper- 
atures,— Arm.  Gautier  and  L.  Hallopeau,  by  treating  iron  at  a  red  heat 
with  carbon  disulphide,  have  obtained  a  sulphide,  Fe^S,,  a  substance  of  a 
crystalline  fracture  and  of  a  yellowish  grey  color  with  bronze  reflections. 
It  can  be  filed  and  polished  like  soft  iron.  Its  sp.  gr.  is  6.975.  It  is 
rather  more  magnetic  than  iron  monosulphide.  It  undergoes  no  change 
on  exposure  to  the  air,  and  is  not  readily  oxidized,  even  at  a  red  heat. 
Weak  acids  dissolve  it  with  an  escape  of  hydrogen  sulphide  and  hydrogen. 
If  metallic  manganese  is  heated  to  1400^  in  the  dry  vapor  of  carbon  di- 
sulphide, it  becomes  covered  with  a  black  layer  of  MnS,  a  compound 
which  has  been  obtained  before  in  the  crystalline  state  by  another  method. 
No  subsulphide  is  formed.  If  manganese  silicate  (rhodonite)  is  treated 
at  white-redness  with  the  vapor  of  carbon  disulphide,  a  new  compound  is 
obtained,  MngS^.  It  decomposes  water,  evolving  HjS,  and  leaving  a  hy- 
drated  manganese  oxide. — Chem.  News,  May  10,  1889,  219;  from 
Compt.  rend.,  April  15,  1889. 

The  same  authors,  referring  to  their  above  observations,  describe  the 
action  of  carbon  disulphide  upon  nickel,  chrome  and  lead.  In  each  case 
a  sulphide  is  obtained.  The  nickel  compound  Ni,S  has  a  metallic  ap- 
pearance and  a  yellowish  lustre.  It  is  absolutely  non-magnetic.  It  does 
not  decompose  water,  either  hot  or  cold.  It  is  but  very  slowly  attacked 
by  hydrochloric  or  sulphuric  acid.  Arfvedson's  sulphide,  Ni,S,  must 
have  contained  metallic  nickel.  The  action  of  carbon  disulphide  upon 
chrome  produces  the  well  known  sesquisulphide.  The  vapors  of  carbon 
disulphide  convert  lead  into  galena,  mixed,  at  times,  with  lead  sulpho- 
carbonate. — Chem.  News,  June  21,  1889,  301;  from  Compt.  rend.,  May 
27,  1889. 

Hydrogen  Pentasulphide — Formation^  Characters^  etc, — H.  Rebs,  oper- 
ating upon  the  polysulphides  of  potassium,  so  diumand  barium,  found  that 
the  di,-tri,-tetra,-  and  pentasulphides  of  these  metals,  when  their  aqueous 
solutions  were  poured  into  excess  of  hydrochloric  acid,  uniformly  produced 
one  and  the  same  persulphide  of  hydrogen,  viz.,  H,S,.  This  penta- 
sulphide constitutes  a  light- yellow,  transparent,  mobile  oil,  having  a  pecu- 
liar odor,  and  the  s.  g.  1.71.  When  as  dry  as  possible  and  preserved  in 
closed  tubes,  it  decomposes  but  slowly,  but  rapidly  in  contact  with  water 
under  formation  of  sulphuretted  hydrogen  and  separation  of  sulphur. — 
Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Aug.  1888,  746;  from  Liebig's  Aiin.  d.  Chem.,  246, 
356. 

Sulphuretted  Hydrogen — Composition  of  the  Crystalline  Hydrate, — By 
the  aid  of  an  ingeniously  constructed  apparatus,  de  Forcrand  and  Villard 
have  succeeded  in  preparing  perfectly  dry  crystals  of  the  hydrate  of  sul- 
phuretted hydrogen,  which  they  find  has  the  composition,  H,S  4-  7H,0, 
— Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  May  1889,  ^1^>  fr<^«*  ^^^^  Soc.  Chim.,  1889. 
No.  I,  39.  ^  , 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


SULPHUR. 


513 


Sulphuretted  Hydrogen — Correction  of  Analytical  Results, — The  deter- 
mination of  sulphuretted  hydrogen,  as  well  as  of  soluble  sulphides  in  min- 
eral waters,  is  usually  accomplished  iodometrically,  and  it  is  well  known 
that  the  results  are  liable  to  vary  according  to  the  variations  in  the  tem- 
perature at  which  the  experiment  is  made,  being  smaller  as  the  tempera- 
ture approaches  0°  C.  Simair  has  studied  the  subject  and  has  constructed 
a  table  which  defines  the  correction  to  be  made  for  each  degree  between 

Fig.  31. 


z^ B 


-E 


Apparatus  for  Sulphuretted  Hydrogen. 


0°  and  50°  C.  While  the  correction  amounts  to  only  0.96  mg.  of  the 
consumed  iodine  per  i  liter  of  water  at  0°  C,  it  amounts  to  20.0  mg.  at 
50®  C— Arch.  d.  Phar.,  Aug.  1888,  752;  from  Jour,  de  Phar.  et  de 
Chim.,  1888,  xviii,  7. 

Sulphuretted  Hydrogen,  —Generation,  free  from  arsenic,  from  Barium 
sulphide^  which  see  under  **  Barium." 

Sulphuretted  Hydrogen — Cheap  Apparatus. — J.  Martin  describes  the 
apparatus  shown  in  the  accompanying  cut  (Fig.  31),  which  may  be  con- 

--  Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


514  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

structed  cheaply,  and  is  found  very  satisfactory.  ^  is  a  large  glass  cylin- 
der, such  as  is  used  for  deflagration  experiments,  tightly  fitted  with  a 
well  paraffined  cork  with  three  holes.  C  is  a  stout  glass  rod  which  passes 
through  the  centre  hole  in  the  cork  and  through  a  hole  in  the  bottom  of 
a  cylindrical  porcelain  vessel,  E,  which  is  supported  by  the  end  of  the 
rod  being  flattened.  The  bottom  of  the  porcelain  vessel  is  drilled  with 
several  small  holes.  B  is  the  delivery  tube  for  the  gas,  and  Z>  is  a  short 
wide  tube  so  placed  that  its  lower  end  is  perpendicularly  over  the  interior 
vessel,  and  closed  at  the  top  with  a  cork.  The  gas  is  of  course  generated 
by  placing  Fe  S  in  the  porcelain  vessel  and  acid  in  the  lower  part  of  the 
glass  cylinder,  and  pushing  down  the  rod.  The  strength  of  the  current 
can  be  regulated  with  considerable  nicety,  or  may  be  stopped  completely 
by  raising  the  porcelain  vessel  above  the  liquid.  The  rod  should  pass 
with  sufficient  friction  to  be  retained  in  any  position  desired,  but  as  a 
precaution  it  may  be  well  to  place  a  piece  of  caoutchouc  tubing  on  the 
rod  above  to  prevent  its  slipping  down. — Chem.  News,  Aug.  31,  1888, 
99. 

Sulphuretted  Hydrogen — Apparatus  for  Generation. — John  H.  J.  Dag- 
ger describes  an  apparatus  for  generating  H^S,  which  consists  essentially 
of  two  globular  vessels,  having  a  tubulure  above  and  below,  the  lower 
tubulure  being  in  the  one  case  elongated  so  that  a  piece  of  rubber  tubing 
may  be  slipped  over  it.  This  latter  vessel  contains  the  acid,  the  other 
one  the  ferrous  sulphite  in  lumps.  In  this,  the  lower  (short)  tubulure 
bears  a  glass  tube  extending  both  inwardly  and  outwardly  through  a  tight- 
fitting  cork,  the  outer  part  of  the  tube  being  expanded  to  an  elongated 
bulb  upon  which  the  other  end  of  the  rubber  tube  is  slipped,  the  connec- 
tion being  made  secure  by  wrapping  with  platinum  wire.  The  applica- 
tion of  this  arrangement  is  obvious.  Upon  raising  the  vessel  containing 
the  acid,  the  latter  enters  into  the  second  vessel  containing  the  ferrous  sul- 
phide, and  gas  is  generated,  the  flow  being  regulated  by  permitting  greater 
or  less  contact,  or  stopped  altogether  by  again  lowering  the  first  vessel. 
The  apparatus  is  shown  in  an  illustration  accompanying  the  original 
paper,  which  it  is  not  necessary  to  reproduce  here. — See  Chem.  News, 
Sept.  14,  1888,  127. 

Sulphuretted  Hydrogen — Detection  in  Urine.— Yox  the  detection  of 
sulphuretted  hydfogen  in  urine,  F.  Miiller  passes  through  the  sample  a  cur- 
rent of  air  which  has  been  freed  from  sulphuretted  hydrogen  by  a  pre- 
vious passage  through  potassa  lye,  and  allows  it  to  issue  through  a  nar- 
row tube,  at  the  mouth  of  which  is  a  slip  of  paper  saturated  with  an  al- 
kaline solution  of  lead  acetate,  and  which  will  turn  brown  if  sulphuretted 
hydrogen  is  present — Zeitschrift  f.  Anal.  Chem.,  xxvii.,  part  i. 

Hyposulphites — Characters ,  etc.,  of  Several  New  Salts. — K.  Kliiss 
communicates  the  results  of  comprehensive  experiments  upon  hyposul- 
phites, and  describes  several  new  compounds.     While  the  autbor  retains 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


SULPHUR. 


515 


the  dihydric  formula  for  hyposulphurous  acid  (H,S,Otf),  he  regards  it  an 
open  question  whether  the  view  of  Berzelius,  supported  by  that  of  Kolbe 
more  recently,  is  not  the  correct  one,  which  view  would  make  the  equiva- 
lent just  one-half  (=  HSO,.)  Neither  formula  has  been  thoroughly  estab- 
lished.    Mr.  Kliiss  prepared 

Hyposulphite  of  Thorium  by  digesting  an  excess  of  freshly  precipitated 
thorium  hydrate  with  aqueous  hyposulphurous  acid  for  several  weeks. 
The  salt  has  the  composition  Th.(S20fi),+4Aq.,  and  is  extremely  un- 
stable. 

Hyposulphite  of  Chromium  is  obtained  by  mixing  the  calculated  quan- 
tities of  violet  chromic  sulphate  and  hyposulphite  of  barium.  The  blue- 
violet  solution  produced  is  carefully  evaporated  at  a  moderate  tempera- 
ture, and  finally  spontaneously,  when  the  salt  separates  in  the  form  of 
small  violet  colored  octahedrons.  The  salt  has  the  composition  Cr 
(S,0«")j4-Aq.,  and  is  readily  soluble  in  water  and  in  alcohol. 

Hyposulphite  of  Ammonium  (NH4)aS,0«+J^Aq.,  separates  when  the 
solution  of  equivalents  of  hyposulphite  of  barium  and  sulphate  of  ammo- 
nium is  concentrated  at  a  moderate  temperature.  It  constitutes  felty 
masses  of  small,  shining  needles. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Aug.  1888,  745- 
746;  from  Liebig's  Ann.  d.  Chem.,  246,  179. 

Sulphurous  Acid — New  Form  of  Apparatus. — Rev.  E.  Rattenbury 
Hodges  describes  the  following  simple  arrangement,  shown  by  Fig.  32, 
for  the  preparation  of  solution  of  sulphurous  acid  :  A  Woulff's  bottle, 

Fig.  32, 


Apparatus  for  Preparing  Sulphurous  Acid. 

having  two  necks,  is  provided  with  two  bent  glass  tubes,  A  and  B,  fitted  in 
with  corks  in  the  usual  manner.  The  tube  A  reaches  nearly  to  the  bottom 
of  the  bottle,  the  other  end  being  attached  by  a  short  piece  of  India  rub- 
ber tubing  to  an  inverted  glass  funnel,  C.  Beneath  this  latter,  and  rest- 
ing on  a  wood  block  or  ring  of  a  retort  stand,  is  a  small  iron  dish,  D, 
whose  diameter  allows  about  the  eighth  of  an  inch  of  air  space^To  set] 

Digitized  by  VaOOQlC 


5l6  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

the  apparatus  in  action,  the  bottle  is  two  thirds  filled  with  water  and  the 
lubes  are  replaced.  Fragments  of  sulphur  are  now  put  in  the  dish, 
lighted,  and  placed  under  the  funnel,  and  the  tube,  B,  connected  with  a 
Geissler  filter  pump,  which  is  put  in  action.  By  this  means  the  SO, 
evolved  is  readily  drawn  into  the  water  and  dissolved.  This  method 
takes  less  time,  and  there  is  also  less  risk  of  breakage  of  apparatus  than 
by  that  usually  followed,  /.  ^.,  by  the  decomposition  of  sulphuric  acid,  a 
process  not  altogether  free  from  danger  to  the  operator. — Chem.  News, 
Oct.  19,  1888,  187. 

Sulphurous  Acid^  Caution  Respecting  its  Use  in  lodometry — J.  Volhard 
observes  that  sulphurous  acid  is  decomposed  by  hydrogen  iodide  with 
formation  of  iodine,  water,  and  sulphur  (a  little  hydrogen  sulphide). 
Sulphurous  acid  in  a  saturated  aqueous  solution  is  decomposed  by  hydro- 
gen iodide.  The  iodine  is  here  not  Fet  free,  but  re-converted  into  hy- 
drogen iodide  with  formation  of  sulphuric  acid.  Thus,  the  total  result 
of  the  reaction  is  a  catalysis  of  sulphurous  acid  into  sulphur  and  sulphuric 
acid.  This  reductive  action  of  hydrogen  iodide  is  avoided  if  a  moder- 
ately strong  solution  of  sulphurous  acid  is  poured  into  the  solution  of 
iodine.  With  this  modification  Bunsen's  iodometric  method  is  the  most 
accurate  known. —  Chem.  News,  July  27,  1888,  49;  from  Zeitbch.  f. 
Anal.  Chem.,  xxvii.,  part  i. 

Sulphurous  Acid  and  Sulphite  of  Sodium — Convenient  Method  of  Deter- 
mining the  Quality. — Barnard  S.  Proctor  observes  that,  in  view  of  the 
instability  of  sulphurous  acid  and  of  sulphite  of  sodium,  it  is  desirable 
that  pharmacists  should  have  a  more  ready  means  of  ascertaining  the  con- 
dition of  their  stock  than  the  volumetric  method  of  the  B.  P.  Such  is 
offered  by  him  in  the  following,  applicable  to  sulphurous  acid :  Put  into 
an  ounce  vial  11  grains  of  iodine  and  15  grains  of  iodide  of  potassium, 
pour  upon  them  a  fluid  drachm  of  the  acid  to  be  tested,  rinse  the  measure 
with  a  drachm  of  water,  adding  this  to  the  contents  of  the  vial,  and  shake. 
The  iodine  color  should  disappear,  if  the  acid  is  of  the  full  strength;  this, 
however,  is  not  often  the  case,  and  the  degree  of  deficiency  may  be 
roughly  estimated  by  adding  the  acid  in  successive  portions  until  the 
brown  color  disappears.  For  the  ra^id  determination  of  the  quality  of 
sulphite  of  sodium,  the  following  test  will  suffice :  Take  10  grains  of  re- 
sublimed  iodine,  rub  it  with  a  drachm  of  water,  then  weigh  10  grains  of 
the  sulphite,  and  add  the  bulk  of  it — reserving  about  yi  grain — to  the  con- 
tents of  the  mortar.  The  color  should  disappear  nearly  completely  after 
a  moment's  trituration,  and  completely  on  the  addition  of  the  reserved 
portion  of  sulphite.  The  B.  P.  statement  that  sulphite  of  sodium  is 
**  readily  soluble  in  water,  and  f/^ry  soluble  in  spirit*'  is  misleading.  While 
100  parts  of  water  at  58°  F.  will  dissolve  58.5  parts  of  the  crystallized 
sulphite,  he  finds  that  it  is  soluble  only  to  the  extent  of  i  part  in  1 00000 
(roughly  estimated)  of  rectified  spirit. — Phar.  Jour,  and  Trans.,  Jan.  19, 

1889,  555-557.  Digitized  by  Google 


SULPHUR.  5  1  7 

Sulphuric  Acid — New  Method  of  Preparation, — Carl  Polony  gives  the 
following  process  for  preparing  sulphuric  acid  from  sulphate  of  lime :  The 
sulphate  of  lime  in  small  pieces  is  placed  in  a  crucible  and  exposed  for  3 
hours  to  a  temperature  varying  between  600°  and  i5oo°C.,  and  at  the 
same  time  to  a  jet  of  superheated  steam,  when  the  sulphate  decomposes, 
forming  sulphuric  acid  and  hydrated  lime.  The  acid  vapors  are  concen- 
trated by  the  usual  methods.  According  to  the  •*  Monit.  des.  prod. 
Chim."  the  sulphates  of  sodium,  barium  and  strontium  may  be  used  in  - 
the  same  way. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Sept.,  1888,  449;  from  Nouv. 
Rem.,  Aug.  8,  1888. 

Sulphuric  Acid — Test  for  Free  Acid, — Egger  proposes  the  furfurol 
color  reaction  as  a  test  for  free  sulphuric  acid,  and  his  experiments  show 
that  I  c.c.  of  TTfW  normal  sulphuric  acid  ^containing  0.000049  g™0 
warmed  on  a  water-bath  with  a  small  particle  of  cholic  acid  and  two 
drops  of  a  furfurol  solution,  will  give  a  decided  red  coloration. — Am. 
Jour.  Phar.,  Nov.  1888,  560;  from  Chemiker  Ztg.,  1888,  1245. 

Sulphuric  Acid — Removal  of  Ammonium  Salts. — In  determining  nitro- 
gen by  means  of  Kjeldahl's  method — conversion  of  the  nitrogen  com- 
pound into  ammonia — it  is  necessary  to  employ  sulphuric  acid  absolutely 
free  from  salts  of  ammonium.  This  may  be  accomplished,  according  to 
Meldola  and  Moritz,  by  warming  the  acid  with  nitrite  of  potassium, 
about  0.05  gm.  of  the  latter  being  required  for  every  ico  c.c.  of  the  acid. 
The  warming  must  be  continued  for  about  two  and  a  half  hours.  Any 
ammonia  present  is  thereby  decomposed  into  nitrogen  and  water,  and 
the  excess  of  nitrous  acid  is  all  dissipated.  The  reaction  which  takes 
place  is  the  following  : 

NH3     +     NO.OH     =    N,    +     H,0 
ammonia       nitrous  acid     nitrogen      water 

— Amer.  Drugg.,  Jan.  1889,  13;  from  Dingl.  Pol.  Jour. 

Sulphates — Volumetric  Determination, — For  the  volumetric  determina- 
tion of  sulphates,  H.  Quantin  proposes  the  following  method:  He  dis- 
solves in  200  c.  c.  of  distilled  water  19.48  grms.  of  neutral  potassium 
chromate,  and  50  to  100  c.  c.  of  pure  hydrochloric  acid,  and  pours  in 
slowly,  stirring  to  dissolve  the  precipitate  formed,  24.35  grnis.  barium 
chloride  previously  dissolved.  He  makes  up  to  i  litre  and  filters.  Of 
this  solution  50  c.c.  precipitate  from  0.3  to  0.4  of  sulphuric  acid.  The 
excess  of  alkaline  chromate  involves  a  deduction  as  correction  in  all  the 
readings.  This  correction  is  ascertained  by  precipitating  with  ammonia, 
in  a  total  volume  equal  to  that  in  which  the  determination  is  effected,  the 
same  quantity  of  barium  chromate  as  in  the  analysis  itself.  Taking 
afterwards  an  equal  fraction  of  the  filtrate,  we  add  a  ferrous  solution  until 
a  complete  reduction  is  effected.  The  correction  should  be  about  o.  2  to 
0.5  c.c.     This  correction  may  be  determined  once  for  all  by  precipitat- 

Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


5l8  REPORT  ON  THE  PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 

lug  in  a  flask  marked  at  looo  c.c,  loo  c.c.  of  the  solution  with  an  excess 
of  ammonia,  and  reducing  with  the  ferrous  liquid  loo  c.c.  of  the  filtrate 
mixed  with  5  c.c.  of  pure  sulphuric  acid.  The  ferrous  liquid  is  prepared 
by  dissolving  20  grms.  double  iron  and  ammonium  sulphate,  and  10  c.c. 
of  pure  sulphuric  acid,  in  i  litre  of  water.  The  operation  is  conducted 
as  follows:  i  grm.  pure  dry  potassium  sulphate  is  dissolved  in  600  c.c. 
of  water  in  a  flask  marked  at  i  litre,  100  c.c.  of  the  barium  chromate  are 
added  and  shaken  up.  When  the  liquid  begins  to  grow  clear,  it  is  super- 
saturated with  ammonia;  when  the  liquid  becomes  of  a  sulphur  yellow. 
It  is  filtered,  and  100  c.c.  of  the  perfectly  clear  liquid  are  taken,  and  to 
them  are  added  5  c.c.  of  pure  sulphuric  acid.  The  solution  of  iron  is 
dropped  in  from  a  burette  holding  50  c.c.  The  liquid  turns  from  red  to 
olive-brown  green,  and  at  last  bluish-green.  At  this  moment  little  drops 
of  the  liquid  are  taken  up  with  a  glass  rod  and  placed  upon  drops  of 
ferricyanide  on  a  white  slab,  stopping  as  soon  as  there  is  a  blue  tint.  The 
solution  of  ferricyanide  must  be  fresh  and  so  dilute  as  to  appear  colorless. 
The  salt  must  not  be  used  as  a  dry^  powder.  The  actual  determination  is 
performed  in  the  same  way.  Chlorides  and  nitrates  do  not  interfere; 
chlorates  must  not  be  present,  and  phosphates  must  be  previously  elimi- 
nated. All  such  cases  may  be  previously  prepared  as  follows:  The 
organic  matter,  if  any,  is  destroyed  by  projecting  the  matter  in  small  por- 
tions into  pure  melting  sodium  nitrate.  The  mass  is  dissolved  in  boiling 
water,  and  precipitated  with  a  slight  excess  of  ammonia  along  with  cal- 
cium chloride.  La.slly  there  is  added  a  little  sodium  carbonate,  and  the 
liquid  is  filtered. — Chem.  News,  Febr.  8,  1889,  72;  from  Bull.  Soc. 
.Chim.,  1889,  No.  i. 

Mineral  A  cid —  General  Method  of  Determination. — G .  Linossier  com  - 
municates  a  new  general  method  for  the  determination  of  acids,  which  is 
applicable  to  all  the  acids  capable  of  forming  an  insoluble  compound  with 
any  of  the  metals  precipitable  by  sulphuretted  hydrogen.  The  acid  is 
separated  from  the  solution  by  causing  the  formation  of  such  an  insoluble 
compound,  which  is  then  decomposed  by  means  of  sulphuretted  hydro- 
gen, and  the  acid  thus  liberated  is  determined  directly  by  acidimetry, 
either  after  the  sulphuretted  hydrogen  has  been  eliminated  by  boiling,  or 
by  using  an  indicator  not  affected  by  that  sulphide,  such  as  Poirrier's 
orang6.  .  The  process,  in  case  of 

Sulphuric  Acid,  is  as  follows:  The  solution  of  sulphate,  containing 
preferably  from  0.05  to  o.i  gm.  of  sulphuric  acid,  is  placed  in  a  capsule, 
mixed  with  from  i  to  2  vols,  of  strong  alcohol,  heated  almost  to  a  boil, 
and  precipitated  with  a  slight  excess  of  neutral  lead  acetate.  The  lead 
sulphate  then  collects  quickly  at  the  bottom  of  the  capsule.  When  cold, 
the  clear  supernatant  liquid  is  poured  upon  a  filter,  the  precipitate  is 
washed  by  decantation  with  a  mixture  of  alcohol  with  from  J^  to  i  vol. 
of  water,  throwing  the  washings  each  time  upon  the  filterr^  It  is  impor- 


CHLORINE.  519 

tant  that  these  liquids  should  only  bring  the  smallest  possible  quantity  of 
the  precipitate.  When  the  washing  is  completed,  /.  e.y  when  a  drop  of 
the  filtered  liquid  is  no  longer  colored  by  sulphuretted  hydrogen,  the 
funnel  containing  the  filter  is  placed  above  a  clean  fiask,  and  a  saturated 
solution  of  sulphuretted  hydrogen  is  poured  into  the  filter  to  convert  any 
residual  traces  of  lead  sulphate  into  sulphide.  The  mass  of  lead  sulphate 
remaining  in  the  capsule  is  treated  in  like  manner  with  a  saturated 
solution  of  sulphuretted  hydrogen,  and  the  mixture  is  well  agitated 
to  ensure  the  complete  transformation  of  the  sulphate  into  sulphide. 
Lastly,  the  liquid  and  the  lead  sulphide  are  thrown  upon  the  filter  and 
washed  with  a  solution  of  sulphuretted  hydrogen  until  a  drop  of  the 
filtered  liquid  gives  no  reaction  with  Poirrier's  orang^.  At  this 
moment  all  the  sulphuric  acid  is  found  in  the  free  state  in  the  filtrate.  It 
is  determined  with  a  decinormal  solution  of  soda  after  the  addition  of 
Poirrier*s  orang6.  The  method  is  expeditious  and  strictly  accurate,  but 
it  is  applicable  only  in  the  absence  of  acids  capable  of  reacting  upon 
Poirrier's  orang^,  and  of  precipitating  salts  of  lead.  All  causes  which 
interfere  with  the  determination  of  lead  in  the  state  of  sulphate  (presence 
of  ixtt  nitric  acid,  ammoniacal  salts,  etc.),  interfere  with  the  accuracy  of 
the  results. — Chem.  News,  Nov.  2,  1888,  220;  from  Bull.  Soc.  Chim., 
July  1888. 

CHLORINE. 

Chlorine — Volumetric  Method  of  I>etermination, — John  Tsawoo  White 
proposes  a  method  for  determining  chlorine  in  a  mixture  of  soluble  haloid 
salts,  the  bromide,  if  any,  being  previously  separated  by  boiling  with 
aluminium  sulphate  and  potassium  permanganate.  The  solution  is 
mixed  with  i  grm.  potassium  permanganate  and  5  c.  c.  of  dilute  HjSO^  of 
equal  volumes  of  the  strong  acid  and  water,  the  total  volume  being  50  c.  c. 
This  is  gently  heated  in  a  current  of  carbon  dioxide,  the  liberated  chlor- 
ine being  absorbed  by  a  solution  of  potassium  iodide.  Active  ebullition 
is  not  necessary,  and  the  condensing  steam  will  heat  the  iodide  solution. 
Fifteen  minutes'  heating  may  be  considered  sufficient.  To  be  certain  it 
may  be  again  heated  for  another  quarter  of  an  hour,  using  fresh  iodide 
solution.  If  the  iodine  liberated  then  is  discolored  by  a  drop  of  deci- 
normal thiosulphate  it  may  be  disregarded,  for  on  heating  a  solution 
consecutively  three  times  for  a  quarter  of  an  hour  each  time  with  fresh 
iodide  solution,  a  trace  of  iodine  was  always  liberated,  and  the  blue  solu- 
tion was  decolorized  by  a  drop  of  N/io  NajSaOs,  a  quantity  representing 
less  than  0.0002  CI.  With  the  above  quantities  of  permanganate  and 
sulphuric  acid,  o.ioo  CI  may  be  distilled.  The  following  are  the  results 
obtained  by  the  method,  the  amount  taken  being  determined  by  a  silver 
solution,  and  the  liberated  iodine  titrated  by  N/io  NaaSaO,,  standard- 
ized with  KjCr.Oy. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


520  REPORT   ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

Taken.  Found. 

0.0026  CI  0.0030  CI 

0.013 1  CI  0.0140  CI 

0.0524  CI  0-0539  CI 

0.0026  Cl+0.0082  Br  0.0035  Cl-l-0.0083  Br 

0.0262  Cl-l-o  0421  Br  0.0274  CI -f  0.0429  Br 

0.0262  CI  0.0267  CI 

0013 1  CI  0.0129  CI 

The  experiments  are  given  in  the  order  that  they  were  tried.  .  In  try- 
ing the  last  three  experiments  the  carbon  dioxide  obtained  from  marble 
and  hydrochloric  acid  was  passed  through  a  solution  of  sodium  dicar- 
bonate  to  free  it  from  traces  of  acid  vapor,  the  results  in  the  previous  ex- 
periments having  been  too  high.  Methods  having  been  established  for 
the  determination  of  bromine  and  iodine  in  admixture  with  other  haloids, 
the  problem  of  the  direct  method  of  determination  of  the  three  in  their 
admixture  seems  thus  to  have  been  fairly  solved. — Chem.  News,  Nov.  9, 
1888,  229-230. 

Chlorine, — New  reaction  with  certain  alkaloids^  which  see  under  "Or- 
ganic Chemistry.'' 

Chlorine  and  Ferric  Chloride — Vapor  Density, — C.  Friedel  and  J.  M. 
Crafts  have  previously  shown  that  the  vapor-density  of  aluminium  chloride 
is  constant  between  288°  and  400°,  and  corresponds  with  the  formula 
AljClj.  Deville  and  Troost's  experiments  with  ferric  chloride  gave  results 
corresponding  with  the  formula  FcjCle,  but  the  later  determinations  of 
V.  Meyer  and  Griinewald  have  shown  that  between  440°  and  1300°  the 
vapor- density  is  always  lower  than  that  corresponding  with  Fe^Cle,  and 
agrees  more  nearly  with  the  formula  FeCl,.  There  is  always,  however, 
a  want  of  agreement  between  the  observed  and  calculated  values,  because 
at  temperatures  above  518°  the  ferric  chloride  decomposes  into  ferrous 
chloride  and  chlorine.  The  authors  poii^t  out  that  Meyer's  results  do 
not  agree  at  all  well  with  the  formula  FeCl,,  and  consider  that  above 
750°  the  ferric  chloride  dissociates  into  Fe2Cl4  and  Clj,  whilst  the  further 
reduction  of  density  observed  above  1052°  is  due  to  the  partial  dissocia- 
tion of  FejCl4  into  2FeCl2.  The  boiling  point  of  ferrous  chloride  and  its 
vapor- density  are,  however,  not  yet  known.  They  find  that,  contrary  to 
the  statement  of  Meyer  and  Griinewald,  ferric  chloride  in  an  atmosphere 
of  nitrogen  is  dissociated  into  chlorine  and  ferrous  chloride,  the  latter 
being  deposited  in  almost  colorless  crystals,  which  do  not  recombine  with 
the  liberated  chlorine  on  cooling,  nor  after  remaining  in  contact  with  it 
at  the  ordinary  temperature  for  several  days.  The  ferrous  chloride  is  not 
volatile  at  440°,  and  hence  the  volume  of  gas  in  the  apparatus  is  not 
altered  in  consequence  of  the  dissociation. 

By  methods  which  the  authors  describe,  they  have  made  the  following 
determination  of  the  vapor  densities  of  the  two  substances :  ^^ 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


CHLORINE.  521 


Chlorine  : 


Temperature  .    .   .  19.7®        21.6®        23.0°        356.9**        440° 

Sp.gr 2.479        2.458        2.475        2.451         2.448 

Ferric  Chloride: 

Temperature  .    .      321.6®     325.2°     356.9°     357.0°     442.2°     442.2° 
Vapor-density.  .        11.41       12.47       12.04      11-85      "'66        11.30 

— Jour.  Chem.  Soc,  1888,  1251;  from  Compt.  Rend.,  cvii.  301-306. 

Hydrochloric  Acid — Detenninaiion  in  the  Contents  of  the  Stomach, — J. 
Sjoqvist,  after  criticising  the  older  methods  for  the  determination  of  free 
hydrochloric  acid  in  the  contents  of  the  stomach,  recommends  the  fol- 
fowing  as  giving  absolutely  accurate  results,  and  as  sufficiently  simple  to 
use  clinically :  The  contents  of  the  stomach  are  evaporated  to  dryness 
with  barium  carbonate  and  then  incinerated ;  barium  chloride  remains 
unchanged,  and  the  salts  of  the  organic  acids  are  burnt  to  barium  car- 
bonate. The  barium  chloride  is  then  extracted  with  water,  and  the  quan- 
tity of  barium  dissolved  is  a  measure  of  the  original  amount  of  free  hy- 
drochloric acid.  The  barium  may  be  estimated  by  Mohr's  titration 
method.  In  this  method,  potassium  dichromate  is  added  to  the  barium 
solution,  by  which  means  a  precipitate  insoluble  in  water  and  acetic  acid 
is  formed ;  the  indicator  of  the  end  of  the  reaction  is  the  yellow  color 
which  the  smallest  excess  of  the  dichromate  gives  to  the  liquid  which 
floats  over  the  precipitate.  A  more  delicate  test  for  excess  of  the  dichro- 
mate is,  however,  Wurster's  tetramethylparaphenylenediamine  paper. 
Potassium  dichromate  in  an  acetic  acid  solution  acts  in  the  same  way  as 
ozone,  to  test  for  which  the  paper  was  originally  used;  it  turns  it  blue. 

The  titration  is  carried  out  as  follows :  The  solution  of  barium  chloride 
is  placed  in  a  beaker,  and  a  quarter  of  its  volume  of  alcohol  added,  then 
a  few  c.c.  of  a  10  per  cent,  solution  of  sodium  carbonate  containing  10 
per  cent,  of  acetic  acid.  A  standard  solution  of  potassium  dichromate 
is  then  added  from  a  burette  till  the  end-reaction  is  obtained.  Directions 
are  given  for  the  preparation  of  the  standard  solution ;  the  most  conve- 
nient was  found  to  be  one  of  which  each  c.c.  corresponded  to  4.05 
mgrms.  of  HCl. 

The  method  was  tested  with  known  strengths  of  hydrochloric  acid, 
and  mixtures  of  hydrochloric  and  lactic  acids,  and  with  artificial  gastric 
juice.  The  results  obtained  were  exceedingly  accurate.  The  paper 
concludes  with  the  account  of  the  results  obtained  from  actual  stomach- 
contents  by  the  use  of  the  method.  These  may  be  summarized  as  fol- 
lows : 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


522 


REPORT   ON   THE   PROGRESS  OF    PHARMACY. 


c* 

Reactions    for   HCl. 

Reactions   for   lactic 
acid. 

Percentages. 

I 

Total  acidity.     ,      HJ. 

1 

I 

2 

3 
4 
5 
6 

7 

Doubtful 

Positive 

« 
Negative 

Well  marked    .... 

Positive 

II 

Doubtful 

Positive     ..... 

Weak 

Positive 

1 

0.15 
0.29 

0.2 
0.29s 
0.189 
0.14 

0.02 

0.132 

0.076 

0.138 

0.144 

0.164 

0.03 

— Jour.  Chem.  Soc,  March  1889;  from  Zeit.  Physiol.  Chem.  xii., 
i-ii. 

Chlorinated  Lime, — Examination  of  Commercial  Samples, — Hermann 
M.  Schroeter  has  determined  the  amount  of  available  chlorine  in  eighteen 
commercial  samples  of  chlorinated  lime.  Remembering  that  the  Phar- 
macopoeia requires  at  least  25  per  cent,  of  available  chlorine,  the  results 
are  interesting,  since  they  show  the  superior  quality  of  the  commercial 
product. 


25.73  per  cent. 

37.00 

35-75 

31.9' 

24.33 

37.84 


Nos.  I,  2,  3,  4 


7. 
8. 

9- 
10. 
II. 
12. 


3 1. 1 1  per  cent. 

2573  " 
25.83  " 
22.63       " 

24.53  " 
28.17 


13. 
14. 
15. 
16. 

17. 
18. 


29. 1 7  per  cent. 
31.16       " 
30.76 
30.91 

27.92       " 
36.46       " 


14,  15,  16  and  17,  were  obtained  in  bulk. 


1 2  were  i  lb.  packages,  and  the  balance  were  smaller  parcels. 


Nos.  6  and 
The  above 

figures  give  an  average  percentage  of   29.83  per  cent,  of  chlorine. — 
Amer.  Jour.  Phar.,  Jan.  1889,  13-14. 

Chlorate  of  Potassium — Action  on  Manganese  Dioxide. — Dr.  W.  R. 
Hodgkinson  and  F.  R.  S.  Lounder  have  for  some  time  been  engaged  in 
investigating  the  reaction  between  chlorate  of  potassium  and  metallic 
oxides,  when  they  are  subjected  to  heat,  together,  for  the  purpose  of  pro- 
ducing oxygen.  As  a  result  of  their  researches  they  are  led  to  observe, 
that  it  is  usually  supposed  that  when  potassium  chlorate  (KCIO,)  and 
manganese  dioxide  (MnOa)  are  heated  together,  the  MnO,  remains  as 
such  in  the  vessel,  together  with  potassium  chloride  (KCl).  In  only  ex- 
ceptional cases  does  this  appear  to  be  the  case.  The  manganese  is  to  a 
greater  or  less  extent  in  the  form  of  lower  oxides.  Only  when  the  mix- 
ture has  been  heated  until  the  whole  of  the  oxygen  is  driven  off,  and  a 
gentle  heat  maintained  for  some  time,  is  the  manganese  completely  re- 
oxidized.  In  one  case  only  out  of  a  number  of  fourteen  or  fifteen,  the 
authors  were  able,  by  continuous  heating,  to  obtain  MnOj .  In  this  series 
of  experiments,  a  weighed  quantity  of  pure  potassium  chlorate  was  heated 


CHLORINE.  523 

with  a  weighed  amount  of  manganese  dioxide,  in  a  cleaned,  weighed  test- 
tube.  The  residue  in  the  tube  was  weighed  after  cooling.  [It  was  found 
to  correspond  in  weight  with  the  theoretical  amount  of  KCl  and  MnO„ 
within  0.0006  gm.,  a  difference  which  is  well  within  the  limits  of  analyt- 
ical errors.] — Amer.  Drugg.,  April  1889,  68;  from  Chem.  News,  Feb.  8, 
1889,  63. 

Potassium  Chlorate — Chemistry  of  its  Decomposition  in  Presence  of 
Manganic  Peroxide, — Having  observed  the  alteration  in  appearance  that 
peroxide  of  manganese  undergoes  when  heated  with  potassic  chlorate,  H. 
McLeod  of  the  British  Chemical  Society  made  a  number  of  experiments, 
using  different  kinds  of  oxide  of  manganese,  determining  the  loss  of 
weight  that  the  mixture  suffers  when  heated,  and  also  the  quantity  of 
chlorine  simultaneously  generated.  The  heating  was  generally  effected 
by  the  vapor  of  boiling  mercury,  at  which  temperature  the  potassic 
chlorate  is  not  changed.  The  more  finely  divided  the  peroxide,  the  more 
rapid  is  the  action  and  the  more  chlorine  is  evolved.  When  the  evolu- 
tion of  chlorine  is  prevented  by  the  addition  of  a  small  quantity  of  sodic 
or  potassic  carbonate,  the  decomposition  of  the  chlorate  proceeds  very 
slowly,  unless  the  temperature  be  raised  much  above  that  of  boiling  mer- 
cury. When  potassic  chlorate  is  fused  with  a  minute  quantity  of  perox- 
ide of  manganese,  the  residue  is  found  to  be  pink  on  cooling,  indicating 
the  presence  of  a  permanganate  ;  and  inasmuch  as  potassic  permanganate 
is  decomposed  at  a  temperature  of  275^,  it  is  not  improbable  that  the 
permanganate  is  decomposed  by  the  heat  as  rapidly  as  it  is  produced  into 
potassic  manganate,  manganic  peroxide,  and  oxygen ;  the  resulting  potas- 
sic manganate  is  acted  on  by  chlorine  generated  by  the  action  of  the  per- 
oxide on  some  fresh  chlorate,  forming  potassic  chloride,  manganic  perox- 
ide and  oxygen,  so  that  the  peroxide  is  being  continually  reproduced. 
The  quantity  of  chlorine  evolved  corresponds  to  only  a  very  small  pro- 
portion of  the  manganic  peroxide  present,  so  if  the  first  action  really 
takes  place,  the  chlorine  must  be  absorbed  and  employed  in  converting 
the  potassium  into  chloride. — Chem.  News,  March  i,  1889,  104. 

Chlorate  of  Potassium — Incompatibility  with  Ferrous  Iodide, — Attention 
is  again  drawn  to  the  incompatibility  of  chlorate  of  potassium  with  pre- 
parations of  ferrous  iodide.  Ferric  oxide  is  gradually  thrown  down,  and 
free  iodine  is  liberated,  according  to  the  reaction : 

2FeI,     +     KCIO,    =^     FcjO,    -f     KCl     +     2I,. 
ferrous  potass.  ferric  potass.         iodine, 

iodide  chlorate  oxide  chloride. 

The  addition  of  chlorate  of  potassium  to  syrup  of  iodide  of  iron,  there- 
fore, is  to  be  avoided. — Amer.  Drugg.,  Febr.,  1889,  36;  from  Boll. 
Farmac. 

Chlorate  of  Potassium — Danger  of  its  Administration  to  ^-^'^'^^^TfW^ 

o 


524  REPORT   ON  THE  PROGRESS   OF  PHARMACY. 

following  from  *'Bull.  Com."  (Jan.  1889),  may  serve  to  cause  further 
inquiry  respecting  the  alleged  poisonous  character  of  chlorate  of  potas- 
sium. A  pharmacist  states  that  he  often  gets  a  prescription  as  follows: 
Chlorate  of  potassium,  5  gm. ;  dist.  water,  120  gm. ;  simple  syrup,  30 
gm. ;  a  dessertspoonful  every  half  hour.  "Children  who  take  this," 
adds  the  pharmacist,  ^^ always  die.^'  M.  firouardel  cites  six  cases  of  death 
in  children  after  using  a  similar  potion. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  April, 
1889,  174. 

BROMINE. 

Bromine — New  Method  for  its  Separation  from  Iodine  and  Chlorine, — 
John  Tsawoo  White  has  found  that  bromine  may  be  liberated  from  bro- 
mides, and  estimated  even  in  the  presence  of  iodides  and  chlorides,  by  heat- 
ing the  aqueous  solution  of  the  bromide  or  mixture  with  a  solution  of  po- 
tassium permanganate  and  sulphate  of  aluminium.  Supposing  the  solution 
to  be  tested  to  contain  o.  t  gm.  of  bromine,  it  is  introduced  into  a  distilling 
flask,  10  c.c.  of  permanganate  solution  (1:25)  added,  and  the  apparatus  be- 
ing ready  for  distillation,  5  c.c.  of  an  aqueous  solution  of  sulphate  of 
aluminium,  saturated  at  the  ordinary  temperature,  is  introduced,  and  heat 
applied.  Only  bromine  will  be  given  off.  This  may  be  collected  in  a 
standard  solution  of  iodide  of  potassium,  and  the  liberated  iodine — equiv- 
alent to  the  bromine — estimated  by  hyposulphite.  There  seems  to  be, 
however,  still  more  uncertainty  whether  the  method  can  be  used  for  the 
quantitative  estimation  of  bromine.  Meanwhile  it  will  serve  as  a  qualita- 
tive test  easily  applied. — Chem.  News,  1888,  233  and  245  ;  Am.  Drugg., 
Sept.  1888,  174. 

Bromine  and  Iodine — Toxicological  Detection, — Vitali  recommends  the 
toxicological  detection  of  bromine  and  iodine  by  a  method  based  upon 
the  following  observation  :  If  i  grm.  bromine  or  iodine  is  dissolved  or 
suspended  in  water  and  brought  in  contact  with  at  least  300  grms.  finely 
minced  flesh,  every  smell  of  the  halogens  disappears  in  a  few  minutes,  and 
no  trace  of  them  is  to  be  found  in  a  free  condition,  as  they  are  princi- 
pally converted  into  halogen  hydracids,  which  exist  partly  in  a  free  state 
and  partly  in  combination  with  albumenoids.  These  compounds  are 
soluble  partly  in  alcohol,  but  partly  only  in  water.  The  halogens  can  be 
obtained  from  the  residue  of  the  extracts  by  treatment  with  caustic  alkali. 
— Chem.  News,  Oct.  26,  1888,  208  ;  from  Zeitsch.  f.  Analyt.  Chem., 
xxvii.  No.  4. 

Hydrobromic  Acid — New  Method  of  Making. — V.  Merz  and  E.  Holz- 
mann  have  studied  the  conditions  under  which  hydrobromic  and  hydri- 
odic  acids  are  generated  from  the  elements,  and  have  found,  at  least  for 
hydrobromic  acid,  a  new  practical  process  by  which  it  may  be  prepared 
on  the  large  scale.  The  process  involves  certain  features  which  will  have 
to  be  specially  provided  for,  such  as  a  constant,  and  of  course  cheap,  cur- 
rent of  hydrogen.     But  this  is  easily  provided  for.  ^  , 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


BROMINE.  525 

The  new  process  is  as  follows : 

Conduct  a  rapid  current  of  hydrogen,  impregnated  with  much  vapor 
of  bromine,  produced  by  warming  bromine  in  a  flask,  successively  through 

1.  A  combustion  tube  (of  glass,  such  as  is  used  for  ultimate  analysis), 
kept  at  a  low  red  heat  in  the  combustion  furnace. 

2.  Through  a  Woulfs  bottle  having  three  tubulures,  into  one  of  which 
an  additional  current  of  hydrogen  passes  to  help  carry  forward  the  pro- 
ducts of  combustion. 

3.  Through  a  second  short  combustion  tube,  at  a  red  heat;  and 

4.  Into  pure  water. 

The  object  of  the  interposed  Woulfs  bottle  is  to  permit  a  control  of 
the  quantity  of  bromine  vapor  produced  by  warming  the  flask  containing 
it.  Its  quantity  is  recognized  approximately  by  the  more  or  less  strong 
tint  of  the  current  of  gas.  If  the  latter  is  but  slightly  tinted,  it  will  cease 
to  contain  free  bromine  after  having  passed  the  second  combustion  tube. 
In  this  way  a  colorless  solution  of  hydrobromic  acid  gas  is  obtained, 
which  may  be  made  so  concentrated  as  to  become  fuming. 

The  authors  think  it  would  be  an  additional  advantage — in  order  to 
insure  the  entire  absence  of  free  bromine  in  the  product — to  pass  the 
mixed  current  over  metallic  antimony  before  it  is  made  to  enter  the 
water.  But,  as  Harding  has  pointed  out,  the  current  must  be  cold  when 
it  passes  the  antimony.     Suitable  provision  must  therefore  be  made  to 

cool   the   current Amer.    Drugg.,   June,    1889   ^°*i    iiom   Berichte, 

1889,  868. 

Bromide  of  Ammonium — Officinal  Characters. — According  to  different 
Pharmacopoeias  and  authorities,  bromide  of  ammonium  should  not 
react  acid  to  litmus,  and  the  salt  is  liable  to  turn  yellow  on  exposure 
to  air  for  some  time,  the  latter  eff'ect  b^ing  attributed  to  the  presence  of 
bromic  acid  (bromate)  due  to  the  method  or  process  of  preparation.  K. 
Thiimmel  has  taken  up  this  subject,  and,  after  comprehensive  and  careful 
experiments,  concludes  that  ammonium  bromide  possesses  in  itself  an  acid, 
reaction  upon  moist  litmus  paper,  just  as  does  chloride  of  ammonium, 
though  slightly  stronger.  He  prepared  the  salt  by  different  metliods — 
by  saturating  ammonia  or  ammonium  carbonate  with  hydrobromic  acid, 
as  well  as  by  saturating  bromine  direct  with  ammonia,  by  simply  evap- 
orating the  more  or  less  concentrated  acid,  alkaline,  and  neutral  solutions, 
and  drying  on  filter  paper  direct,  or  after  washing  with  alcohol.  In 
all  cases  he  found  the  salt  to  react  faintly  acid,  and  in  no  case  did  he 
observe  the  formation  of  bromate,  or  that  the  salt  became  yellow  on  ex- 
posure to  air.  In  a  salt  containing  0.02  per  cent,  of  bromic  acid,  the 
latter  is  recognized  readily  by  the  yellow  color  developed  on  the  addition 
of  sulphuric  acid.  This  test  applied  to  the  author's  products  failed  to 
reveal  its  presence. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Dec.  1888,  1124-1126. 

Referring  to  Thummel's  above  observations,  Dr.  E.  Bosetti maintains 

Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


526  REPORT  ON  THE  PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 

that  an  oxygen  compound  of  bromine  is  invariably  formed — whether  hy- 
pobromite  or  bromate  is  not  determined — when  ammonia  is  saturated 
directly  with  bromine.  A  colorless  solution  freshly  prepared  in  this 
manner,  at  once  becomes  yellow  on  addition  of  sulphuric  acid.  These 
oxygen  compounds  are,  however,  decomposed  during  the  process  oi 
evaporation,  and  when  the  process  is  carried  out  on  a  small  scale,  they 
may  disappear  altogether.  On  a  large  scale  it  is  very  different,  and  it 
may  occur  that  small  portions  of  bromate  (or  hypobromite)  may  escape 
decomposition,  and  be  retained  by  the  finished  salt.  Ibid,  Feb.  1889, 
120-121. 

In  a  second  paper  (Ibid,  March  1889,  270-271)  ThUmmel,  in  reply  to 
Bosetti,  records  the  results  of  some  further  experiments,  which  lead  him  to 
maintain  that  oxygen  compounds  of  bromine  are  not  produced  under  the 
conditions  in  controversy.  He  admits  that  the  colorless  solution  of  a  salt 
prepared  on  a  large  scale  may  give  a  yellow  color  with  sulphuric  acid, 
but  this  he  has  proven  is  due  to  the  formation  of  a  small  quantity  of 
bromo-bromide.  To  avoid  the  formation  of  the  latter,  even  on  the  most 
extended  scale,  it  is  simply  necessary  to  use  a  slight  excess  of  ammonia  in 
the  preparation. 

Hypobromite  \>f  Sodium — Action  upon  Certain  Aromatic  Derivatives. — 
According  to  a  recent  communication  to  the  "Acad,  des  Sci."  (vol. 
cvii,  662,  1888),  if  hypobromite  of  sodium  containing  an  excess  of 
alkali  be  boiled  with  hippuric  acid,  gaseous  bullae  are  disengaged,  and 
the  liquid  clouds  with  a  reddish-yellow  tint.  The  precipitate,  which 
goes  down  on  cooling,  appears  as  a  powder  of  a  kermes  red  color. 
Benzoic  acid  under  like  conditions  gives  no  reaction.  Glycocol  causes  a 
decoloration  of  the  hypobromite,  with  a  disengagement  of  azotic  gas. 
Testing  the  action  of  hypobromite  of  sodium  upon  a  large  number  of  azo- 
tized  products  of  the  aromatic  series,  the  following  results  were  obtained : 
Benzamide  and  Benzonitril  gave  nothing  when  cold  ;  on  ebullition,  gave 
a  kermes-red  precipitate.  Aniline;  the  aqueous  solution — even  when 
largely  diluted — gave  an  orange  precipitate ;  the  reaction  was  nearly  as 
sensitive  as  that  of  the  hypochlorite  of  lime.  Methylaniline ;  a  yellow 
precipitate  slightly  greenish  when  cold,  but  becoming  red  on  boiling. 
Toluidine  ;  same  results  as  for  aniline ;  the  precipitate  is  browner. 
Anilides ;  nothing  with  cold;  on  boiling  a  reddish  precipitate.  An 
odor  of  cyanide  of  methyl  is  disengaged.  Hydrochlorate  of  diamine- 
metaphenyleney  diamido-benzoic  acid,  diamine -toluilcne ;  all  gave — hot  or 
cold — a  red  maroon  precipitate.  Ferrocyanides,  ferricyanides,  nitro- 
prussiates ;  on  boiling,  all  gave  a  red  precipitate  of  ferric  hydrate. 
Pyridine  ;  no  reaction.  Quinoleine  ;  does  not  give  the  orange-red  preci- 
pitate except — which  is  frequently  the  case^ — aniline  is  present. — Amer. 
Jour.  Pharm.,  Jan.  1889,  19;  from  Jour,  de  Pharm.  et.  de  Chim., 
Dec.   I,  1888. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


IODINE.  527 

Potassium  Bromate — Preparation, — See  Bromates  of  the  Cinchona 
Alkaloids y  under  *'  Organic  Chemistry." 

Barium  Bromate — Preparation, — See  Bromates  of  the  Cinchona  -<4/>^j- 
/(j?///j,  under  **  Organic  Chemistry.*' 

IODINE. 

Iodine — Volumetric  Estimation  in  Presence  of  Chlorine  and  Bromine, — 
According  to  N.  McCulloch,  iodine  may  be  estimated  in  the  presence  of 
bromine  and  chlorine  by  the  following  method  :  The  solution  is  mixed 
with  its  own  bulk  of  strong  hydrochloric  acid,  and  20  to  30  fluid  grains 
of  chloroform.  Standardized  permanganate  is  dropped  in,  with  agita- 
tion, until  the  iodine  color  at  first  produced  in  the  chloroform  is  again 
discharged  owing  to  the  formation  of  colorless  iodine  monochloride. — 
Amer.  Drugg.,  Sept.  1888,  176;  from  Chem.  News. 

Iodides — Examination  for  Nitrate  in  Presence  of  fodate, — According 
to  C.  Schwartz  the  examination  of  the  iodides  of  potassium  or  sodium,  con- 
taining iodate,  for  nitrate,  can  be  made  in  the  usual  way,  by  use  of  FeSO* 
and  H2SO4,  after  boiling  0.5  gm.  of  the  sample  with  i  gm.  CuSO*,  0.8 
gro.  Na^SO,  and  10  c.c.  water,  until  all  of  the  iodine  is  precipitated  as 
cuprous  iodide,  and  filtering ;  the  boiling  generally  requires  about  one 
minute. — Phar.  Ztg.,  188S,  612. 

lodates — Reduction  to  Iodides, — A  very  simple  method  for  the  reduc- 
tion of  iodates  to  iodides — also  of  bromates  to  bromides,  and  chlorates  to 
chlorides — has  been  discovered  by  H.  N.  Morse  and  W.  M.  Burton. 
The  agent  by  means  of  which  the  change  is  brought  about  is  zinc  amal- 
gam, rich  in  zinc,  prepared  by  shaking  zinc  dust  with  mercury  in  pres- 
ence of  tartaric  acid,  and  washing  with  water.  The  solution  of  the  iodide 
containing  iodate  is  boiled  with  the  zinc  amalgam,  when  the  iodate  is 
reduced,  oxide  of  zinc  being  formed.  Experiments  with  pure  iodate 
showed  that  quantities  of  i  to  2  gm.  in  50  c.c.  of  water  were  completely 
reduced  in  45  to  75  minutes,  respectively.  Bromates  and  chlorates  are 
also  reduced  by  the  same  reagent,  but  with  successively  increased  diffi- 
culty.— Amer.  Drugg.,  Jan.  1889,  13;  from  Am.  Chem.  Jour. 

Iodate  of  Calcium — Antiseptic  Value, — Dr.  Klein  has  studied  the  anti- 
septic and  disinfectant  effects  of  iodate  of  calcium,  and  reports  that  it  is 
a  moderately  powerful  agent  in  many  cases,  though  it  will  not  destroy 
the  more  resistant  spores  or  bacilli,  such  as  the  bacillus  anthracis  of  the 
blood,  the  cholera  bacillus  of  Koch,  etc.,  etc.  It  has,  however,  this 
advantage  over  corrosive  sublimate,  that  it  is  not  poisonous,  at  least  in 
the  quantity  in  which  it  would  likely  be  taken  if  a  liquid  containing  it 
were  accidentally  swallowed.  A  solution  of  i  in  500  is  sufficiently  ef- 
ective  as  an  ordinary  disinfectant,  and  certainly  more  powerful  than  a 
similar  one  of  carbolic  acid. — Amer.  Drugg.,  June  1889,  102;  from 
Brit.  Med.  J. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


528  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF  PHARMACY. 

FLUORINE. 

Fluorine — Occurrence  in  the  Organism. — The  experiments  of  G. 
Tamman  seem  to  show  that  fluorine  is  of  greater  physiological  import- 
ance in  the  animal  economy  than  has  been  hitherto  considered  to  be  the 
case.  Fluorine  is  well  known  to  occur  in  ploughed  earth  and  in  wells. 
Horsford  found  weighable  quantities  in  the  human  brain,  and  Salm- 
Horstman  found  that  certain  plants  did  not  fully  develop  in  the  absence 
of  fluorine.  Mr.  Tamman  found  fluorine  in  the  different  parts  of  the 
egg,  weighable  quantities  being  found  in  the  yolk.  In  other  experiments, 
brain,  cow's  milk,  and  blood,  were  found  to  contain  small  weighable 
quantities  of  the  element. — Amer.  Drugg.,  Sept.  1888, 174;  from  Zeitsch. 
Physiol.  Chem. 

Hydrofluoric  Acid — Apparatus  for  Inhalation, — Several  apparatuses 
for  hydrofluoric  acid  inhalation,  such  as  Bardet's,  Bergeson's,  Petit  and 
Filleau's,  Dupont's,  and  others,  are  described  in  Amer.  Drugg.,  July 
1888,  126. 

PHOSPHORUS. 

Phosphorus — Improved  Process  of  Manufacture, — Nicolle  has  devised 
the  following  improved  process  for  the  manufacture  of  phosphorus :  the 
mineral  phosphate,  either  natural  or  artificial,  is  treated  with  nitric  acid, 
and  then,  on  the  addition  of  sulphate  of  potassium,  the  calcium  is  pre- 
cipitated as  sulphate,  which  is  removed  by  filtration.  A  proper  quantity 
of  mercurous  nitrate  is  now  introduced,  and  the  resulting  phosphate  of 
mercury  is  distilled  with  carbon,  when  mercury  first  distils  over,  and 
then  phosphorus. — Amer.  Drugg.,  Aug.  1888,  154. 

Hypophosphites — The  Blue  Color  Reaction  with  Molybdate  Operative 
only  in  the  Presence  of  Sulphurous  Acid, — E.  J.  Millard  observes  that,  in 
common  with  many  others,  he  has  never  been  able  to  get  a  blue  precipitate 
with  ammonium  molybdate  and  hypophosphorous  acid  or  a  hypophosphite, 
this  being  one  of  the  reactions  of  the  two  substances  given  in  several  text 
books.  Only  a  faint  coloration  appears  after  standing  considerable  time, 
nor  does  the  fact  of  the  solution  of  the  molybdate  being  acid,  neutral  or 
alkaline,  make  any  difference  in  the  result.  Whilst  experimenting  in 
this  direction,  however,  he  noticed  that  the  addition  of  a  small  quantity 
of  sulphurous  acid  rendered  the  inoperative  test  a  most  delicate  one. 
Moreover,  the  ordinary  nitric  acid  solution  of  molybdate  of  ammonium, 
used  as  a  test  for  phosphoric  acid,  answers  even  better  than  a  neutral  or 
alkaline  solution.  For,  if  to  a  solution  of  hypophosphorous  acid  or  any 
of  the  hypophosphites  the  acid  solution  of  ammonic  molybdate  be  added, 
and  then  a  few  drops  of  sulphurous  acid,  a  blue  precipitate  is  immediately 
formed,  or  if  the  solution  be  dilute,  a  blue  coloration  is  produced  which 
is  considerably  intensified  by  agitation  or  gentle  warming.  Phosphoric 
acid  and  the  phosphates,  phosphorous  acid  and  the  phosphites,  similarly 


PHOSPHORUS.  529 

treated  do  not  react,  neither  do  pyrophosphates.  The  reaction  is,  the 
author  believes,  due  to  the  partial  reduction  of  MoO,  to  Mo^Og  by  the 
hypophosphorous  acid,  which  is  completed  by  the  sulphurous  acid.  This 
blue  oxide  has  been  shown  by  Pfordten  to  exist  between  colorless 
MoO,  and  brownish  MoO,.  In  pure  solutions  the  reaction  is  very 
delicate,  it  being  possible  on  gently  warming  to  detect  i  part  of  H^PO, 
in  2000,  whilst  the  well-known  cupric  reaction  fails  completely. — Am. 
Jour.  Pharm.,  March  1889,  129;  from  Phar.  Jour,  and  Trans.,  Jan.  26, 
1889,  585-586. 

Phosphoric  Acid — Improt^d  Manipulation  for  its  Estimation, — When 
phosphoric  acid  is  determined  by  means  of  ammoniacal  solution  of  chlor- 
ide of  ammonium  and  sulphate  (or  chloride)  of  magnesium,  the  resulting 
crystalline  precipitate  of  ammonio- magnesium  phosphate  usually  adheres 
with  considerable  tenacity  to  the  sides  of  the  beaker,  etc.  Stutzer  ob- 
serves that  this  may  be  avoided  by  adding  to  the  liquid,  before  it  is 
stirred,  a  few  shreds  of  chemically  pure,  ash  free  filter  paper.  These 
shreds  are  prepared  by  agitating  pieces  of  the  filter  paper  in  a  bottle  with 
water  of  ammonia,  so  as  to  produce  a  thick  magma. — Amer.  Drugg.,  Aug. 
1888,  149;  from  Chem.  Zeit. 

Phosphoric  Acid — Volumetric  Determination, — Carl  Schindler  describes 
a  method  for  the  volumetric  determination  of  phosphoric  acid,  for  the 
execution  of  which  the  following  solutions  are  required  :  (i)  Molybdic 
acid.  To  1  litre  of  molybdic  solution  prepared  as  usual  there  are  added  30 
c.c.  of  a  solution  containing  500  grms.  citric  acid  per  litre.  (2)  Strong 
solution  of  ammonium  nitrate  containing  750  grms.  NH^NOj  per  litre. 
(3)  Dilute  solution  of  ammonium  nitrate  containing  100  grms.  NH4NO8 
per  litre  and  10  c.c.  HNOj.  (4)  Magnesia  mixture  (Fresenius).  (5) 
Solution  of  lead  of  which  1  c.c.  represents  0.04  grm.  P2O5.  It  is  pre- 
pared by  dissolving  55  grms.  lead  acetate  in  i  litre  water,  and  standard- 
izing with  any  solution  of  phosphoric  acid  of  known  strength.  (6)  Solu- 
tion of  ammonium  molybdate,  of  which  i  c.c.  corresponds  to  i  c.c.  of 
the  lead  solution.  It  is  obtained  by  dissolving  25  grms.  ammonium 
molybdate  in  i  litre  water,  and  standarizing  with  solution  5.  (7)  Solu- 
tion of  tannin.  About  o.i  grm.  tannin  is  dissolved  in  20  to  30  c.c. 
water.  This  solution  is  always  to  be  prepared  afresh  before  use.  The 
analysis  is  performed  as  follows:  50  c.c.  of  the  nitric  solution  of  phos- 
phoric acid,  representing  0.5  grm.  of  the  substance,  are  mixed  with  so 
much  of  No.  2  that  the  liquid,  after  precipitation,  contains — 

Vol.  of  phosphoric  acid-4-Vol.  of  No.  6 
Vol.  of  No.  2= -^ 

So  much  of  No.  i  is  then  added  that  100  c.c.  come  to  o.i  grm.  P^Os, 
The  whole  is  then  heated  on  the  water- bath  to  about  58°,  let  settle  for  five 
to  ten  minutes,  and  the  supernatant  liquid  is  filtered  off.  If  the  filtrate  is 
heated  to  a  higher  temperature,  there  generally  appears  a  furthp. deposit 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


530  REPORT  ON  THE  PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 

of  ammonium  phosphomolybdate,  but  so  minute  in  quantity  that  it  may 
be  neglected.  The  precipitate  is  washed  three  or  four  times  by  decanta- 
tion  with  about  50  c.c.  of  dilute  solution  of  ammonium  nitrate,  and  dis- 
solved in  a  beaker  with  liquid  ammonia  at  3  per  cent.  The  solution  is 
then  placed  in  a  ^ -litre  flask,  adding  the  rinsings  of  the  filter  (with  the 
same  solvent);  10  to  20  c.c.  of  the  magnesia  mixture  are  added,  the  flask 
is  filled  up  to  the  mark,  shaken  up,  and  the  liquid  is  filtered  through  a 
dry  filter.  Of  this  filtrate  50  c.c.  are  measured  ofl",  the  liquid  is  made  up 
to  300  or  400  c.c.  with  boiling  water,  and  so  much  of  the  lead  solution 
(No.  5)  is  then  added  from  a  burette  that  there  may  remain  in  solution  a 
small  excess  of  the  lead  (0.5  to  i  c.c),  titrating  back  with  the  ammonium 
molybdate  solution. — Chem.  News,  Aug.  3,  1888,  61 ;  from  Zeitsch.  f. 
Analyt.  Chem. ,  xxvii.  Part  2. 

Phosphoric  Acid — Determination  by  Means  of  Uranium  Nitrate.-^ 
Charles  Malot  utilizes  the  property  of  uranium  nitrate  to  form  a  lake  with 
cochineal,  to  indicate  the  end  of  the  reaction  in  determining  phosphoric 
acid.  When  the  preliminary  operations  have  been  carried  so  far  that  the 
ammonium-magnesium  phosphate  exists  dissolved  in  dilute  nitric  acid, 
some  drops  of  an  aqueous  solution  of  cochineal  are  added,  and  then  so 
much  dilute  ammonia  that  the  color  appears  just  violet.  This  color  is 
then  again  removed  by  one  ur  two  drops  of  nitric  acid.  The  liquid  is 
now  heated  to  100°  and  mixed  with  5  c.c.  of  a  solution  of  sodium  ace- 
tate, and  the  solution  of  uranium  nitrate  is  then  dropped  in  with  a  bu- 
rette. Each  drop,  on  falling,  produces  a  greenish  blue  color,  which  dis- 
appears again  on  stirring,  until  the  last  drop  turns  the  whole  mass  of  the 
fluid  a  permanent  green.  No  uranium  can  then  be  detected  in  the  solu- 
tion. The  reaction  is,  therefore,  very  distinct,  and  permits  of  the  deter- 
mination of  phosphoric  acid  in  great  dilution. — Chem.  News,  Aug.  17, 
1888,  85  ;  from  Zeitsch.  f.  Analyt.  Chem.,  xxvii,  Part  i. 

Phosphoric  Acid — Determination  in  Basic  Slags, — C.  Brunnemann  re- 
commends the  following  process  for  the  determination  of  phosphoric  acid 
in  basic  slags  :  Digest  10  grms.  slag  with  30  to  50  c.c.  of  water  in  a 
beaker  holding  400  to  500  c.c;  80  to  100  c.c  of  strong  hydrochloric 
acid  are  added,  50  c.c.  of  nitric  acid,  and  lastly  10  c.c.  of  strong  sul- 
phuric acid,  and  the  liquid  is  boiled  for  thirty  to  forty-five  minutes.  The 
hot  liquid  is  then  poured  into  a  litre  flask  containing  about  400  c.c.  of  hot 
water,  and  the  beaker  is  rinsed  out  with  hot  water.  The  solution  is  diluted 
to  about  900  c.c.  to  dissolve  any  calcium  sulphate  which  has  separated  out, 
let  cool,  filled  up  to  the  mark,  and  let  settle;  50  c.c  of  the  clear  liquid 
are  then  taken  and  evaporated  on  the  water-bath  until  the  excess  of  nitric 
and  hydrochloric  acid  is  expelled.  The  free  sulphuric  acid  is  cautiously 
neutralized  with  dilute  ammonia  until  the  residue  in  the  capsule  takes  a 
brown  color.  It  is  now  evaporated  to  dryness,  heated  in  the  air-bath  for 
half  an  hour  to  110°  to  separate  silica,  10  c.c.  strong  nitric  acid  are  poured 

Digitized  by  VaOOQlC 


PHOSPHORUS.  531 

upon  the  residue,  stirring  well  with  a  glass  rod  ;  40  to  50  c.c.  of  boiling 
water  are  added ;  the  liquid  is  filtered,  the  filter  washed,  and  in  the  solu- 
tion the  phosphoric  acid  is  determined  by  the  molybdenum  method. 
This  method  determines  both  the  phosphorus  present  as  phosphoric  acid 
and  that  existing  as  phosphide. — Chem.  News,  Aug.  31,  1888,  108; 
from  Zeitschr.  f.  Anal.  Chem.,  xxvii,  Part  II. 

Phosphoric  Acid — Separation  from  Tungstic  Acid  and  Determination, 
— F.  Kebrmann  suggests  the  following  method  for  the  separation  and  de- 
termination of  phosphoric  and  tungstic  acids :  i  J^  to  2  grms.  of  the 
compound. (free  acid  or  alkaline  salts)  are  mixed  with  double  the  volume 
of  the  calculated  quantity  of  caustic  soda  and  a  sufiliciency  of  water,  and 
boiled  for  half  an  hour  in  a  covered  porcelain  or  silver  capsule.  The 
clear  solution,  when  cold,  is  mixed  with  twice  the  quantity  of  ammon- 
ium chloride,  which  will  furnish  chlorine  to  combine  with  the  alkali  pres- 
ent, placed  in  a  beaker,  and,  after  adding  one- fourth  of  the  volume  of 
ammonia,  precipitated  with  magnesia-mixture.  After  standing  for 
twelve  hours  it  is  filtered  and  washed  with  dilute  ammonia  to  which  a 
little  ammonium  nitrate  has  been  added.  To  remove  any  traces  of  alum- 
ina and  traces  of  ferric  oxide,  the  ammonium-magnesium  phosphate  is 
again  converted  into  Sonnenschein*s  precipitate.  The  ammoniacal  fil- 
trate containing  the  tungstic  acid  is  evaporated  down  upon  the  water- 
bath  in  order  to  expel  the  free  ammonia,  and  separated  from  the  tungstic*. 
acid  by  desiccation  with  hydrochloric  acid  repeated  at  least  four  times. 
The  tungstic  acid  is  then  perfectly  washed  by  decantation  with  water 
acidified  with  a  little  nitric  acid  and  mixed  with  a  little  ammonium  ni- 
trate, ignited  at  a  dull  red  heat  until  the  weight  becomes  constant,  and 
weighed. — Chem.  News,  Oct.  12,  1888,  184;  from  Zeitschr.  f.  Anal. 
Chem.,  xxvii.,  part  3. 

Meta- Phosphoric  Acid —  Transformation  in  Presence  of  Acids  and  Al- 
kalies,— Paul  Sabatier  finds  that  the  transformation  of  meta-phosphoric 
acid  is  more  rapid  in  the  presence  of  the  strong  mineral  acids^  such  as 
the  sulphuric  and  hydrochloric,  while  organic  acids,  such  as  the  acetic, 
retard  the  phenomenon.  With  very  small  doses  of  sulphuric  acid  the 
accelerating  influence  is  apparently  null,  or  even  negative  at  low  tem- 
peratures. The  more  rapid  destruction  of  the  metaphosphoric  acid  is 
doubtless  due  to  the  temporary  formation  of  dissociable  hydrates,  pro- 
duced by  the  acids  at  the  expense  of  the  metaphosphoric  acid.  If  satura- 
ted with  an  alkali,  the  transformation  of  the  metaphosphate  into  acid 
phosphate  is  imperceptible  at  0°,  very  slow  at  43.5°  ;  prolonged  boiling 
effects  a  complete  transformation.  In  a  liquid  partially  saturated  we 
find  the  transformation  slower  than  in  the  free  acid,  but  more  rapid  than 
in  an  acid  completely  saturated.  These  results  confirm  t^e  hypothesis 
formed  as  to  the  constitution  of  vitreous  metaphosphoric  acid.  The 
chief  reaction  is  a  splitting  up,  which  is  effected  less  easily  when  the  acU ^ 


532  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF  PHARMACY. 

is  saturated  with  a  strong  base. — Chem.  News,  May  lo,  1889,  229 ;  from 
Compt.  Rend.  April  15,  1889. 

BORON. 

Boron —  Convenient  Method  of  Preparation  of  the  Element  and  its  Com- 
pounds.— Messrs.  Gattermann,  Harris  and  Maisch,  have  succeeded  in 
preparing  boron  and  some  of  its  compounds  conveniently  and  cheaply  by 
a  method  analogous  to  that  by  which  they  prepared  silicium  and  its  com- 
pounds (see  below).  An  intimate  mixture  of  i  part  of  powdered  mag- 
nesium and  2  parts  of  previously  melted  and  powdered  borax  is  placed 
into  a  hessian  crucible^  the  mixture  covered  with  a  layer  of  borax  to  ex- 
clude air,  the  crucible  sealed  with  clay,  and  heated  for  a  short  time  in  a 
coal- fire.  The  product  of  the  reaction  is  washed  with  warm  water,  then 
boiled  with  concentrated  hydrochloric  acid  to  remove  magnesium 
oxide,  the  residue  washed  on  a  filter  and  dried.  The  gray-brown  pro- 
duct of  reaction  now  contains,  besides  boron,  as  principal  constituent, 
also  some  boron  nitrogen  and  magnesium  compounds,  which  are  removed 
by  heating  in  a  charcoal  crucible  with  aluminium.  The  boron  is  then 
obtained  in  form  of  graphite-like  handsome  six-sided  plates. 

Boron  trichloride  is  obtained  from  the  powdered  crude  boron  by  pass- 
ing chlorine  through  it  at  a  gentle  heat.  Excess  of  chlorine  is  removed 
from  the  product  by  agitation  in  the  cold  with  some  mercury. — Arch.  d. 
Pharm.,  March  1889,  276;  from  Ber.  d.  D.  Chem.  Ges.,  1889,  i^^- 

Boron — Preparation  from  Boron- Fluoride, — S.  G.  Rawson  recom- 
mends the  following  method  for  the  preparation  of  boron  as  more  con- 
venient than  the  usual  method  —  fusion  of  metallic  sodium  and  boric 
anhydride.  A  mixture  of  3.5  grms.  BjO,  and  ii.o  grms.  CaF,  is  taken 
and  treated  in  a  flask  with  concentrated  sulphuric  acid.  A  continuous 
stream  of  boron  fluoride  can  be  readily  obtained  by  gently  warming  the 
flask.  The  gas  is  then  passed  through  a  piece  of  hard  glass  tubing  on 
which  three  or  four  bulbs  have  been  blown,  and  in  each  of  which  a  little 
potassium  has  been  placed.  The  bulbs  are  heated  in  turn,  decomposition 
occurring  with  the  formation  of  potassic  fluoride  and  liberation  of  boron. 
The  mass  is  then  thrown  on  to  a  filter  and  can  be  readily  and  com- 
pletely washed,  leaving  the  boron  behind.  The  experiment  is  also  an 
interesting  one  to  show  on  the  lecture  table,  from  the  easy  and  rapid 
manner  in  which  the  boron  is  set  free. 

Silicon, — The  author  observes  that  silicon  fluoride  treated  in  a  similar 
manner  also  readily  decomposes,  depositing  silicon  as  a  brown  amorphous 
powder,  from  which  the  fluoride  of  potassium  can  be  removed  by  wash- 
ing, first  with  cold  and  subsequently  with  hot  water.  Considerable 
quantities  of  boron  and  silicon  can  be  thus  obtained  in  a  very  short 
time. — Chem.  News,  Dec.  14,  iB^d^^,  28^v 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


siLiciUM.  533 

Borates  of  the  Alkaloids — Use  in  Collyria, — See  under  ''Organic 
Bases." 

SILICIUM. 

Silicium — Economical  and  Convenient  Method  of  Preparing  the  Element 
and  its  Compounds. — L.  GattermanD,  in  conjunction  with  Harris  and 
Maisch,  has  determined  a  method  whereby  silicium  and  boron  (which 
see  above),  as  well  as  their  halogen  derivatives,  are  easily  and  cheaply 
obtained  in  quantities.  The  method  depends  upon  the  use  of  powdered 
magnesium  as  reducing  agent,  quartz  sand  and  borax  being  readily  reduced 
by  it.  To  prepare  silicium,  an  intimate  mixture  of  lo  grams  powdered 
magnesium  and  40  grams  of  powdered  and  well  dried  quartz  are  heated 
strongly  in  a  thick  walled  test- tube.  The  product  of  the  reduction  is  a 
gray- black  mass  of  crude  silicium  magnesium,  which  is  readily  removed 
from  the  tube,  and  reduced  to  powder,  and  is  the  starting  point  for  the 
different  silicium  compounds. — When 

Crystallized  Silicium  is  desired,  a  quantity  of  the  grey  powder  is  placed 
into  a  crucible,  a  piece  of  zinc  is  introduced,  and,  the  crucible  be- 
ing sealed  with  clay,  it  is  heated  in  a  moderate  coal  fire  to  the  melting 
point  of  the  zinc.  On  subjecting  the  mass  to  the  action  of  dilute  hydro- 
chloric acid,  the  zinc  and  magnesium  are  dissolved,  and  the  silicium  re- 
mains in  form  of  handsome  needle  shaped  crystals. 

Silicium  chloride  is  obtained  by  passing  chlorine  gas  at  a  moderate 
heat  through  the  above  mentioned  grey  product  of  reaction. 

Silicium  bromide  is  obtained  in  the  same  way,  substituting  bromine 
vapor  for  chlorine. 

Silicium  chloroform  is  obtained  by  first  washing  the  grey  product  of 
reaction  with  dilute  hydrochloric  acid  to  remove  magnesium  oxide,  then 
washed  with  water,  dried  and  treated  with  dry  hydrochloric  acid  gas. 
The  crude  silicium  chloroform  (SiHClt)  is  purified  by  fractional  distil- 
lation. 

Silicium  bromoform  is  obtained  in  an  analogous  manner. — Arch.  d. 
Phar.,  March  1889,  275-276;  from  Ber.  d.  D.  Chem.  Ges.,  1889,  186. 

Amorphous  Silicon  and  Silicon  Hydride — Methods  of  Preparation. — 
H.  N.  Warren,  requiring  a  somewhat  large  quantity  of  amorphous  silicon, 
made  use  of  the  following  ready  method  of  preparing  the  same,  namely, 
by  the  action  of  gaseous  silicon  fluoride  upon  metallic  magnesium,  con- 
tained in  an  ordinary  combustion  tube,  and  heated  by  the  aid  of  a  gas 
flame.  The  products  being  amorphous  silicon,  magnesium  fluoride,  and 
a  small  quantity  of  a  peculiar  form  of  magnesium  silicide,  which,  when 
exposed  to  the  action  of  the  more  concentrated  acids,  and  especially 
hydrochloric,  evolved  a  most  spontaneously  inflammable  silicon  hydride ; 
this,  when  in  contact  with  th©^  atmosphere,  takes  fire  with  explosive  vio- 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


534  REPORT  ON  THE  PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 

lence,  the  nature  of  its  combustion  resembling  in  every  respect  that  of 
phosphoretted  hydrogen.  The  same  gas  may,  however,  be  obtained  free 
from  spontaneous  inflammability  by  reacting  on  the  above-mentioned 
compound  with  the  weaker  acids,  such  as  acetic  and  oxalic,  but  the  dif- 
ficulty arising  from  freeing  it  from  uncombined  hydrogen  gas  renders  it 
impossible  to  speak  definitely,  although  from  various  experiments  that 
have  been  performed  with  the  same,  it  would  appear  to  be  closely  allied 
to  hydric  phosphide,  and  to  be  a  mixture  of  silicon  hydride,  both  in  the 
gaseous,  liquid,  and  solid  form. — Chem.  News,  Nov.  2,  1888,  215-216. 

CARBON. 

Carbon — Property  Resembling  that  of  Platinum  Sponge. — G.  A.  Him 
having  blown  out  the  flame  of  a  spirit-lamp,  and  put  on  its  glass  cover, 
saw  accidentally  a  few  moments  afterwards  that  a  point  of  the  wick  still 
remained  glowing.  One  of  the  carbonized  points  was  incandescent  for 
nine  hours  over  the  extent  of  a  square  millimetre. — Chem.  News,  July  13, 
1888,  24;  from  Compt.  Rend.,  cvi.  No.  26. 

Carbon  Monoxide — Detection  in  the  Air. — C.  de  la  Harpe  and  F. 
Reverdin  determine  Ihe  presence  of  carbon  monoxide  in  the  air  by  pass- 
ing it,  previously  filtered,  through  glass-wool  or  cotton,  over  pure  dry 
iodic  acid,  heated  to  150°,  and  then  into  starch  dissolved  in  distilled 
water.  The  carbon  monoxide  passes  into  the  state  of  dioxide,  a  corres- 
ponding quantity  of  iodine  is  set  at  liberty,  and  the  solution  of  starch  is 
colored  blue.  The  operation  is  most  conveniently  conducted  by  putting 
the  iodic  acid  into  a  small  fractionation  flask,  the  delivery  tube  of  which 
has  been  bent  down  so  as  to  plunge  into  a  small  bottle  containing  the 
solution  of  starch.  The  flask  is  set  in  an  oil-bath  and  air  is  let  arrive  in 
a  moderate  current  at  the  bottom  of  the  apparatus.  Other  reductive 
bodies,  such,  e.  g.,  as  sulphuretted  hydrogen,  must  first  be  removed  by 
known  methods. — Chem.  News,  March  8,  1889,  120;  from  Bull.  Soc. 
Chim  ,  1889,  No.  3. 

Carbonic  Acid —  Volumetric  Determination, — Leo.  Vignon  observes  that 
carbonic  acid  in  an  aqueous  solution,  whether  free  or  combined  with  the 
neutral  carbonates,  rapidly  decolorizes  the  red  liquid  formed  by  mixing 
50  c  c.  of  lime  water  and  10  drops  of  a  saturated  alcoholic  solution  of 
pure  phenolphthalein.  Hence  it  results  that  carbonic  acid  dissolved  in 
water,  free  or  in  a  state  of  semi- combination,  can  be  determined  volum- 
etrically  by  means  of  a  standard  solution  of  calcium  hydroxide,  using, 
under  suitable  conditions,  phenolphthalein  as  an  indicator.  The  details 
of  the  process  are  as  follows :  50  c.c.  of  the  water  in  which  the  carbonic 
acid  is  to  be  determined  are  mixed  with  0.05  c.c.  (10  drops)  of  a  satu- 
rated alcoholic  solution  of  phenolphthalein,  and  there  is  gradually  added 
to  the  liquid  lime-water  which  has  been  previously  standardized  (by  means 
of  decinormal  sulphuric  acid  and  cochineal)  until  it  takes  an^  retains  the 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


CARBON.  535 

rose  shade  which  is  characteristic  of  phenolphthalein  in. presence  of  an 
excess  of  lime.  In  order  to  obtain  constant  results,  it  is  necessary  to 
compare  the  final  tint  with  that  of  a  liquid  of  the  same  composition  as 
the  water  to  be  examined,  but  perfectly  free  from  carbonic  acid.  As  a 
type  there  may  be  used  either  water  distilled,  or  a  portion  of  the  water 
under  examination,  which  has  been  boiled  long  enough  to  expel  all  car- 
bonic acid.  The  presence  of  calcium  and  magnesium  chlorides,  sulphates, 
and  nitrates  does  not  affect  the  results.  Calcium  carbonate,  indeed,  col- 
ors phenolphthalein  slightly,  but,  besides  that  this  coloration  is  not  com- 
parable in  intensity  to  that  yielded  by  free  lime,  it  is  not  manifested  in 
presence  of  carbonic  acid. — Chem.  News,  Dec.  21,  1888,  298;  from 
Bull.  Soc.  Chim.,  1888,  903. 

Carbonic  Acid. — Value  as  an  agent  for  sterilizing  Medicinal  Solutions, 
which  see  under  *'  Pharmacy.*' 

Carbonic  Acid — Use  in  Freezing  Mixtures. — According  to  the  experi- 
ments of  L.  Cailletet  and  E.  Colardeau,  compressed  or  porous  solid 
carbonic  anhydride  alone,  under  atmospheric  pressure,  gives  a  tempera- 
ture of  about  — 60°  ;  in  a  vacuum  maintained  by  means  of  a  pump  and 
potash  the  temperature  is  — 76°.  A  mixture  of  ether  and  solid  carbonic  an- 
hydride has  a  temperature  of — 77°  under  ordinary  pressure,  and  — 103° 
in  a  vacuum.  This  mixture  solidifies  liquid  carbonic  anhydride.  When 
solid  carbonic  anhydride  is  added  to  ether,  it  at  first  disappears  rapidly, 
not  owing  to  volatilization,  but  because  it  dissolves  in  the  ether.  The 
ether  remains  transparent,  but  after  some  time  bubbles  of  gaseous  car- 
bonic anhydride  are  given  off.  If  further  quantities  of  the  anhydride  are 
added,  the  liquid  becomes  saturated,  and  loses  its  transparency.  The 
temperature  gradually  falls  until  it  attains  a  minimum  exactly  at  the  point 
of  saturation.  Any  further  addition  of  the  anhydride  causes  no  further 
reduction  of  temperature,  but  the  liquid  becomes  more  and  more  turbid. 
It  is  evident  that  the  effect  of  the  ether  is  due  to  its  solvent  action  on  the 
carbonic  anhydride.  Other  solvents  producing  low  temperature  with 
the  anhydride  are  methyl  chloride,  — 82°  ;  sulphurous  anhydride,  — 82°; 
amyl  acetate,  — 78°  ;  phosphorus  trichloride,  — 76°;  alcohol,  — 72"^ ; 
and  ethylene  chloride,  — 60°.  The  temperature  of  mixtures  of  carbonic 
anhydride  with  methyl  chloride  or  sulphurous  anhydride  in  a  vacuum  is 
so  low  that  the  solvent  solidifies,  and  the  temperature  of  the  mass  re- 
mains constant  from  this  point.  With  methyl  chloride  the  temperature 
obtained  is  — 106°.  A  mixture  of  carbonic  anhydride  and  chloroform 
becomes  solid  under  ordinary  pressure,  and  has  a  temperature  of  — 77°. 
— Jour.  Chem.  Soc,  Oct.  1888,  1025;  from  Compt.  Rend.,  cvi,  1631- 
1634. 

Bisulphide  of  Carbon — Purification, — Ignatius  Singer,  after  describing 
the  methods  and  apparatus  used  in  making  bisulphide  of  carbon,  and 
making  some  general  remarks  respecting  its  purification,  g^v^  the^folr^ 


53^  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 

lowing  process  for  purifying  this  article:  A  cylindrical  vessel,  about 
thirty  inches  in  diameter  and  six  feet  high,  is  provided  with  a  perforated 
coil  pipe  of  lead  at  the  bottom.  Into  this  vessel  run  the  bisulphide  to 
be  purified  to  about  one-third  in  height.  Then  pump  lime  water  into  it, 
the  latter  being  introduced  into  the  vessel  by  means  of  a  force-pump, 
through  the  perforated  coil.  The  lime-water,  being  specifically  lighter 
than  the  bisulphide,  rises  to  the  surface,  and,  while  traversing  the  body 
of  the  bisulphide  in  a  finely-divided  spray,  the  lime  combines  with  the 
hydrosulphuric  acid,  etc.  Continue  this  washing  until  the  lime-water 
which  leaves  the  vessel  through  an  overflow  pipe  near  the  top,  is  per- 
fectly clear.  The  bisulphide  is  now  run  into  a  still,  about  one  per  cent, 
of  its  weight  of  a  cheap,  colorless  oil  is  added,  and  covered  with  a  layer 
of  about  one  inch  of  water,  to  which  some  acetate  of  lead  may  be 
added.  The  bisulphide  is  now  distilled  in  a  water-bath,  and  condensed 
in  the  usual  way.  A  very  pure  product  is  obtained  in  this  manner. — 
Amer.  Drugg.,  April  1889,  64;  from  Jour.  Soc.  Chem.  Ind.,  1889,  96. 
Carbon  Disulphide —  Occurrence  as  a  Normal  Constituent  of  Vol,  Oil 
Mustard,  which  see  under  "Organic  Chemistry.*' 

Oxy sulphide  of  Carbon — Preparation^  etc, — Armand  Gautier  recom- 
mends the  following  convenient  and  rapid  method  for  preparing  oxysul- 
phide  of  carbon  :  A  large  porcelain  tube,  filled  with  kaolin  that  has 
been  dried  at  an  incipient  red  heat,  is  carefully  heated  in  a  suitable  oven 
to  bright  redness.  The  air  is  first  expelled  by  dry  carbonic  acid,  and 
then  a  current  of  vaporized  dry  bisulphide  of  carbon  is  passed  through 
the  tube.  A  gaseous  mixture  is  thus  produced  containing,  besides  traces 
of  sulphuretted  hydrogen  and  carbonic  acid,  from  60  to  64  per  cent,  of 
oxysulphide  of  carbon  and  35  to  39  per  cent,  of  carbonic  oxide.  It  is 
purified  by  passing  it  successively  through  ice  water,  solution  of  potassa, 
solution  of  cuprous  chloride,  12  per  cent,  alcoholic  solution  of  anilin«,  and 
through  a  column  of  pumice  stone  fragments  saturated  with  sulphuric  acid. 
After  rapidly  passing  this  series,  the  gaseous  oxysulphide  may  still  retain 
small  quantities  of  carbonic  oxide,  alcohol  and  moisture,  from  which  it  is 
freed  over  mercury  by  cuprous  chloride,  dry  potassium  hydrate,  and 
finally  by  sulphuric  acid.  Pure  oxysulphide  of  carbon  has  a  faint  lye- 
like, ethereal  odor,  is  slowly  absorbed  by  soda  solution,  with  separation 
of  faint  yellow,  needle  shaped  and  tabular  crystals  of  sodium  thio-car- 
bonate.  These  are  partially  decomposed  by  water  according  to  the 
equation  :  2CSO,  NaH+H,0=C03Nan-hNaHS+C0,+I{,S.— Arch.  d. 
Phar.,  May  1889,  473  >  ^^oxa  Jour,  de  Phar.  et  de  Chim.,  1889,  xix, 
122. 

CYANOGEN   COMPOUNDS. 

Mercuric  Cyanide — Antiseptic  Action, — Chibret  has  made  comparative 
experiments  upon  the  antiseptic  action  of  mercuric  cyanide  aud  mercuric 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


CYANOGEN   COMPOUNDS.  537 

chloride,  and  communicates  his  results  in  a  comprehensive  report.  The 
only  practical  result  of  his  laborious  experiments  consists  in  the  observa- 
tion that  in  the  antiseptic  treatment  of  wounds  the  solution  of  the  cyan- 
ide (1:5000)  produces  a  more  complete  asepsis  than  does  a  corrosive  sub- 
limate solution  of  the  same  strength,  and  that  it  possesses  the  further  ad- 
vantage of  producing  less  irritation  of  the  tissues  — Arch.  d.  Pharm., 
Nov.  1888,  1042;  from  Jour,  de  Pharm.  et  de  Chim.,  1888,  xviii., 
265. 

Mercuric  Oxy  cyanide— ^^^tde  as  a  Substitute  for  Corrosive  Sublimate. — 
It  is  stated  in  *'  Merck's  Bull.**  that  hydroxycyanide  of  mercury  is  destined 
entirely  to  supplant  corrosive  sublimate.  In  not  attacking  the  metal  of 
surgical  instruments  when  used  for  disinfecting  them,  it  is  superior  to  that 
salt.  In  disinfecting  bacterialized  peptone  fluids,  it  shows  six  times  the 
bactericidal  power  of  corrosive  sublimate.  The  report  of  Stellden  as  to 
the  successful  use  of  the  simple  cyanide  in  diphtheritic  cases  has  already 
been  given  (see  above). — Amer.  Drugg.,  Feb.  1889,  36;  from  J.  Soc. 
Chem.  Ind. 

Sulphocyanhydric  Acid — Occurrence  in  Different  Animal  Fluids. — Al- 
though the  occurrence  of  sulphocyanhydric  acid  in  the  saliva  has  long  been 
known,  its  occurrence  in  other  animal  fluids  has  hitherto  not  been  no- 
ticed. Braylauts  has  now  determined  its  presence  in  a  number  of  ani- 
mal secretions,  such  as  milk,  gall,  blood,  and  urine.  In  the  latter,  for 
instance,  he  has  determined  the  presence  of  0.00292  grams  of  sulphocyan- 
hydric acid  per  litre. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Oct.  1888,  901-902;  from 
Jour,  de  Pharm.  et  de  Chim.,  1888,  xviii.,  153. 

Sulphocyanide  of  Potassium — Presence  and  Removal  of  Iron. — J.  Kranz- 
feld  observes  that  commercial  sulphocyanide  of  potassium  is  not  infre- 
quently contaminated  with  ferrous  oxide,  its  presence  not  becoming  evi- 
dent by  the  color  of  the  preparation  until  after  prolonged  exposure  to 
light  and  air.  To  remove  the  iron  he  recommends  the  solution  of  the 
contaminated  salt  in  dilute  alcohol,  to  add  a  few  drops  of  sulphide  of 
ammonium  to  the  solution,  to  filter,  evaporate,  and  finally  crystallize  over 
sulphuric  acid. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  April  1889,  319;  from  Pharm. 
Zeitsch.  f.  Russl.,  28,  68. 

Soluble  Blue — Preparation  of  the  Ordinary  and  the  Pure  Article. — 
Guignet  communicates  the  following  formula  for  preparing 

Ordinary  Soluble  Blue. — A  solution  of  70  grams  of  ferrous  sulphate  in 
hot  water  is  gradually  added  to  a  boiling  solution  of  no  grams  of  ferri- 
cyanide  of  potassium,  the  mixture  is  boiled  for  two  hours,  and  then  fil- 
tered. The  precipitate  is  then  washed  with  distilled  water  until  the 
washings  begin  to  assume  a  deep  blue  color,  when  it  is  dried  at  100°.  In 
this  formula  the  ferricyanide  is  nearly  twice  that  necessary  for  the  pre- 
cipitation of  the  iron ;  the  washings  are  therefore  saved,  and  will  serve  for 

Digitized  by  VjOOQ iC 


538  REPORT  ON  THE   PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 

the  precipitation  of  70  grams  more  of  ferrous  sulphate  if  55  grams  of  ferri- 
cyanide  are  first  added.  The  product  is  easily  soluble  in  water,  and  its 
deep  blue  solution  will  bear  the  admixture  of  large  quantities  of  gelatin 
without  being  precipitated. 

Pure  Soluble  Blue  is  prepared  as  follows  :  Purified  Prussian  blue 
(the  above  preparation  ?  Rep.)  is  added  in  excess  to  a  saturated  solution 
of  oxalic  acid.  The  filtered  liquid  is  allowed  to  stand  for  two  months, 
during  which  time  all  of  the  coloring  matter  is  precipitated  and  the 
supernatant  fluid  has  become  colorless.  The  precipitate  is  collected, 
washed  with  weak  alcohol  to  remove  oxalic  acid,  and  dried.  The  pro- 
duct is  easily  soluble  in  water.  The  same  may  be  obtained  more  rapidly 
by  precipitating  the  solution  in  oxalic  acid  by  95  per  cent,  alcohol,  or  by 
a  concentrated  solution  of  sodium  sulphate,  washing  the  precipitate  with 
weak  alcohol,  and  drying.  If  pure  soluble  blue  is  boiled  with  oxalic 
acid,  ordinary  insoluble  blue  is  precipitated. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  May 
1889,  476-477^  ixom  Jour,  de  Pharm.  et  de  Chim.,  1889,  xix.,  248. 

ALKALIES. 

Ammonia — Production  in  the  Course  of  Purification  of  Crude  Alkali. — 
T.  T.  Mathieson  and  Jos.  Hawlisczek  observe  that  the  compounds  of 
cyanogen  formed  in  the  fusion  of  soda  or  potassa  on  the  Leblanc  process 
are  commonly  eliminated  either  by  heat  or  by  oxidation  with  an  alkaline 
nitrate.  In  either  case  the  nitrogen  is  lost.  The  authors  instead  treat 
the  product  of  the  fusion  with  steam  at  300°  to  500°.  The  nitrogen  is 
thus  liberated  as  ammonia,  and  may  be  collected  in  the  usual  manner. 
The  crude  soda,  as  taken  from  the  revolver,  is  rapidly  broken  up  and 
placed  in  the  apparatus  where  it  is  to  be  steamed.  It  is  let  cool  down  to 
300°  to  500°,  as  at  higher  temperatures  the  ammonia  is  destroyed,  and 
superheated  steam  is  introduced.  When  the  ammonia  ceases  to  escape 
the  temperature  is  raised  to  550°  to  650°,  and  steam  is  again  introduced, 
when  the  sulphur  compounds  are  introduced  in  turn  and  the  sulphuretted 
hydrogen  evolved  is  collected  and  utilized  in  the  regeneration  of  sulphur, 
or  for  any  other  purpose. — Chem.  News,  Oct.  12,  1888,  185;  from 
Monit.  Scient.  Quesn.,  August  1888. 

Sodium — Improved  Process  of  Manufacture, — C.  Netto  describes  an 
improved  process,  which  consists  in  extracting  sodium  by  the  inti- 
mate mixture  of  charcoal  and  soda,  the  greatest  possible  surface  of  con- 
tact between  the  two  reagents  being  obtained  in  order  that  the  sodium 
shall  be  liberated.  The  apparatus  required  is  shown  by  Fig.  33.  The 
charcoal  or  coke  introduced  into  retort  B,  which  is  in  the  shape  of  a 
vertical  cylinder,  is  brought  into  a  state  of  incandescence,  and  a  spray  of 
liquid  caustic  soda  is  then  allowed  to  come  in  contact  with  it.  The  ex- 
tensive area  of  the  surface  of  the  coke  or  charcoal  induces  an  immediate 
generation  of  sodium  vapor,  which  afterward  escapes  througlv^n  opening 


s  tnrougtv^n  opemng 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


ALKALIES. 


539 


into  a  condenser.  In  the  accompanying  figure  the  charcoal  or  coke  is 
charged  into  the  retort  B,  which  is  suspended  in  the  furnace  A.  The  soda 
is  liquefied  in  the  vessel  E,  which  is  built  in  the  upper  furnace  A*,  and  is 

Fig.  33. 


Apparatus  for  Preparing  Sodium. 

heated  by  the  gaseous  products  from  the  furnace  A,  and  is  supplied  to  the 
retort  through  D.  The  sodium  vapor  escapes  through  the  opening  G, 
into  the  condenser.  Any  caustic  soda  which  may  happen  to  have  been 
unaffected  by  the  charcoal  collects  at  the  bottom  of  the  retort,  together 
with  any  carbonate  of  soda  which  may  be  formed  by  the  reaction. 
These  deposits  are  removed  after  a  time,  and  are  regenerated  for  future 
use.  No  air  is  allowed  to  enter  the  retort,  so  that  the  risk  of  an  explo- 
sion is  obviated. — West.  Drugg.,  April  1889,  118. 

Soda  Manufacture — General  Reactions  and  Quantity  of  Heat  Con- 
sumed,— G.  Lunge  finds  that  the  Leblanc  process  to  effect  the  separation 
of  hydrochloric  acid  and  sodium  hydroxide  in  an  aqueous  solution  em- 
ploys fifteen  times  the  quantity  of  heat  which  is  theoretically  neces- 
sary for  resolving  sodium  chloride  into  sodium  and  chlorine.  Apparently 
the  ammonia  process  is  more  economical  in  this  respect,  but  it  is  only  in 
appearance,  since  it  furnishes  neither  free  chlorine  nor  hydrochloric  acid, 
and  if  we  add  to  the  process  the  manufacture  of  these  latter  products, 
the  total  consumption  of  fuel  will  certainly  not  be  less  than  that  of  the 
Leblanc  process.  The  energy  required  to  effect  the  separation  of  sodium 
chloride  into  its  elements  is  only  a  fraction  of  that  which  is  consumed  in 
the  form  of  heat  in  the  two  processes  at  present  in  use.  Hence  it  might 
bie  believed  that  the  electrolytic  decomposition  might  be  effected  by  burn- 
ing a  much  smaller  quantity  of  coal,  sufficient  to  produce  the  needful  sum 
of  chemical  energy  in  the  form  of  electricity.  Unfortunately  this  is  not 
the  case  in  practice.  The  useful  work  obtained  by  the  intervention  of 
electricity  costs  at  present  much  more  than  the  indirect  means  of  decom- 
position now  in  use.    This  is  owing  to  the  losses  of  energy  in  the  boilers, 


S40 


REPORT  ON  THE  PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 


the  steam-engiae,  the  dynamo,  to  polarization,  and  other  causes  not  yet 
understood.  The  manufacture  of  soda  by  electricity,  by  the  conversion 
of  the  current  into  chemical  energy,  is  one  of  those  problems  which  the 
future  will  certainly  solve.  Neither  the  Leblanc  nor  the  Solvay  process  is 
industrially  perfect.  As  regards  the  complete  utilization  of  the  materials 
employed,  the  Solvay  process  is  certainly  more  rational  than  that  of  Le- 
blanc.— Chem.  News,  Sept.  14,  1888,  132;  from  Monit.  Sclent.  Quesn., 
July  1888. 

Sodium  Biarbonate — Interference  of  Ammonia  Salts ^  if  present^  with 
the  Mercuric  Chloride  Test  for  Normal  Carbonate, — C.  Arnold  states  that 
sodium  carbonate  of  English  manufacture  is  chiefly  made  by  the  am- 
monia-soda  process,  and  contains  ammonium  salts  in  varying  amounts ; 
attention  is  called  to  the  fact  that  ammonium  salts  interfere  seriously  with 
the  mercuric  chloride  test  for  the  normal  carbonate,  a  white  precipitate 
of  mercurammonium  chloride  appearing  first,  and  only  after  fifteen  to 
thirty  minutes  the  red  precipitate  characteristic  of  the  carbonate. — 
Amer.  Jour.  Phar.,  May  1889,  248;  from  Pharm.  Ztg.,  1889,  198. 

Sodium  Bicarbonate — Analysis  of  Commercial  Sample, — Hermann  M.  J. 
Schroeter  observes  that  the  Pharmacopoeia  directs  two  kinds  of  bicarbon- 
ate of  sodium:  ''Sodii  bicarbonas"  and  ''Sadii  bicarbonas  venalis." 
The  commercial  article,  as  produced  now  on  a  large  scale  and  found  in 
the  market,  is  believed  to  be  quite  pure  and  is  used  very  extensively.  If 
the  commercial  product  is  found  to  be  sufficiently  pure  to  be  used  for 
most  purposes,  it  would  obviate  the  direction  of  two  kinds  by  the  Phar- 
macopoeia. It  is  also  believed  that  the  commercial  article  is  in  most 
cases  used  by  the  pharmacist,  and  by  some  exclusively.  The  object  of 
his  analysis  is  to  show  the  difference  existing  between  the  commercial 
and  the  chemically  pure  article  as  now  obtainable  in  the  market. 
Whether  any  of  the  commercial  products  respond  to  the  requirements  of 
the  pure,  will  be  shown ;  and  also  whether  the  commercial  kind  is  suffi- 
ciently pure  for  most  purposes.  The  results  with  sixteen  samples  are  tab- 
ulated by  the  author  as  follows  : 


NaHCO,   .  . 

95.68 

96.30 

9269 

94.92 

95.19 

94-43 

94.92 

97-44 

95.7a 

94-43 

9565 

94-59 

96.41 

94-28 

93-44 

94.85 

Na,CO,     .   . 

2.45 

3.10 

450 

3-53 

2.00 

3.58 

2.99 

1.88 

2.98 

a-57 

^•95 

3-79 

a.37 

4-a5 

4.9» 

3.'5 

NaCl   .... 

0.50 

0-34 

0.60 

0.16 

0  19 

0.04 

0.51 

0.12 

0.33 

0.14 

0.17 

0.05 

0.20 

0.30 

0.02 

0.04 

Na,S04.    .   . 

0.40 

0.38 

0.54 

0.07 

0.05 

0,67 

0.22 

0.05 

0.12 

0.02 

O.OI 

0.03 

0.02 

0.13 

0.55 

0.57 

NH^HCO,    . 

.  .   . 

x.oo 

.  .   . 

1,70 

.  .   . 

.  .   . 

.  .   . 

.  .   . 

.  .   . 

Moisture.   .  . 

0.89 

O.S3 

'•57 

1.27 

1.55 

X.24 

1.26 

047 

0.77 

1.07 

1.X3 

1.48 

0.92 

0.99 

2.00 

1.33 

99.92 

1 
99.95  99-9° 

99.94 

99.98 

9996 

99.90 

99.96 

99.92 

99-93 

99.91 

99-94 

99.92 

99-95 

99.92 

99-94 

It  appears  from  this  that  the  commercial  bicarbonate  contains  on  an 
average  3.21  per  cent,  of  normal  carbonate.     The  Pharmacopoeia  allows 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


ALKALINE   EARTHS.  54t 

for  the  commercial  bicarbonate  about  5  per  cent,  of  carbonate,  and  for 
the  pure  a  limit  of  3  per  cent.  Accordingly  the  commercial  product  is 
almost  equal  to  the  requirements  of  the  pure,  and  the  majority  of  the 
samples  responded  to  same,  showing  the  superiority  of  the  comnoercial 
product  now  in  the  market. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Dec,  1888,  602-606. 

Sodium  DisuIphO'persulphaU — A  New  Compound, — According  to  Vil- 
liers,  the  sodium  salt  of  a  new  sulphur  acid  is  produced  when  sulphurous 
acid  is  caused  to  act  upon  hyposulphite  of  sodium.  The  new  compound 
has  the  composition  S40«Na„  and  may  be  obtained  in  crystals  free  from 
or  containing  water  of  crystallization.  The  anhydrous  salt  is  permanent, 
melts  at  1 25^  C,  and  is  decomposed  at  140°  C,  according  to  the  equation : 
S^OfiNa,  =S04Na3+S204+S.  The  hy drated  salt  is  decomposed  at  the  ordi- 
nary temperature,  more  rapidly  when  heated  with  formation  of  trithionate 
and  elimination  of  sulphurous  acid. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Sept.  1888,  798; 
from  Jour,  de  Pharm.  et  de  Chim.,  1888,  xviii,  52. 

Lithium — Determination  in  Mineral  Waters, — Carnot  recommends  the 
following  method  for  the  determination  of  lithium  in  mineral  waters : 
After  removing  all  the  components  of  the  water  with  the  exception  of 
possibly  the  three  alkali  metals,  by  well  known  methods,  fluoride  of 
ammonium  is  added,  and  the  fluoride  of  lithium  that  separates  after  sev- 
eral hours  is  collected,  dried  and  weighed,  a  compensation  of  o.ooi 
gram  of  fluoride  of  lithium  being  made  for  each  3.5  c.c.  of  filtrate.  To 
establish  the  purity  of  the  fluoride  of  lithium  produced,  it  is  heated  to 
low  redness,  whereby  the  last  traces  of  fluoride  of  ammonium  are  removed, 
and  then  converted  into  sulphate.  This  being  weighed,  it  should  amount 
to  2.115  P'  ^"^^  every  i  p.  pure  fluoride  of  lithium.  It  being  possible, 
however,  that  small  quantities  of  both  fluoride  of  sodium  and  of  fluoride 
of  potassium  havis  been  precipitated  with  the  fluoride  of  lithium,  it  may 
be  advisable  to  reprecipitate  the  lithium  as  fluoride,  and  proceed  as  be- 
fore.— Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Dec.  1888,  1131-1132;  from  Jour.  d.  Pharm. 
et  d.  Chim.,  1888,  xviii,  385. 

ALKALINE   EARTHS. 

Barium  Sulphide — Preparation  for  the  Production  of  Pure  Sulphuretted 
Hydrogen, — Clemens  Winkler  prepares  barium  sulphide  for  the  gener- 
ation of  pure  non-arseniferous  sulphuretted  hydrogen,  from  100  parts 
heavy  spar,  25  parts  of  coal  dust,  and  20  parts  of  common  salt.  The  two 
former  ingredients  are  finely  ground,  the  salt  is  added^  and  the  whole 
made  up  with  a  little  water  into  a  ball,  which  is  rammed  into  a  crucible 
of  25  c.  m.  in  height  and  10  c.  m.  in  width.  When  dry  some  coarse 
coal  is  laid  above  the  mass,  the  lid  is  put  on,  luted  down,  except  a  small 
vent-hole,  and  heated  for  some  hours  to  incipient  whiteness.  The  heat 
is  then  let  go  down,  the  crucible  taken  out  of  the  furnace,  and  let  cool 
quickly.     The  barium  sulphide  must  be  preserved  in  stoppered^bottlesiin 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


542  REPORT   ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

a  dry  place.  With  dilute  hydrochloric  acid  it  yields  a  very  regular  cur- 
rent of  sulphuretted  hydrogen,  free  from  arsenic. — Chem.  News,  July  27, 
1888,  48;  ftom  Zeitschr.  f.  Anal.  Chem.  xxvii,  No.  i. 

Barium  Sulphite — Insolubility  in  Hydrochloric  Acid. — C.  Rattenbury 
Hodges  observes  that  many  text-books  state  that  barium  sulphite  is 
soluble  in  hydrochloric  acid.  Having  occasion  recently  to  test  a  sample 
of  sodium  sulphite  for  traces  of  the  sulphate,  with  barium  chloride  in  the 
usual  way,  he  found  the  precipitate  did  not  dissolve  in  HCl.  This  result 
evidently  pointed  to  the  presence  of  a  sulphate,  but  the  following  experi- 
ments made  by  the  author  seem  to  prove  very  conclusively  that  barium 
sulphite  is  not  soluble  in  hydrochloric  acid. 

(i)  To  a  solution  of  BaCI,  he  added  a  solution  of  sulphur  dioxide 
and  obtained  a  white  precipitate,  also  insoluble  in  HCl,  whether  dilute 
or  strong.  On  boiling,  the  precipitate  remained  undissolved;  but  in 
this  case  it  seemed  likely  that  some  sulphuric  acid  had  come  over  with 
the  sulphur  dioxide  (for  the  latter  had  been  prepared  by  reducing  HjS04 
with  copper),  and  that  the  test  was  therefore  unreliable. 

(2)  Sulphur  dioxide  gas  obtained  by  warming  crystals  of  sodium 
thiosulphate  with  strong  HCl,  was  passed  into  a  fresh  solution  of  barium 
chloride,  and  the  result  was  the  same,  a  precipitate  of  barium  sulphite  in- 
soluble in  HCl. 

(3)  Another  sample  of  sodium  sulphite  in  crystals  was  warmed  with 
HCl,  and  the  gas  thus  evolved  was  passed  into  BaCl,.  In  this  case  also, 
on  addition  of  HCl,  the  precipitate  did  not  dissolve. 

The  hydrochloric  acid  in  these  experiments  was  free  from  sulphuric 
acid. — Chem.  News,  Sept.  14,  1888,  128. 

Barium  Sulphite — Solubility  in  Hydrochloric  Acid, — G.  Stillingflat 
Johnson,  doubting  the  correctness  of  Mr.  Hodges'  conclusions  drawn 
from  his  above  mentioned  experiments,  has  made  the  following  experi- 
ments which  throw  further  light  upon  the  subject : 

I.  A  clear  solution  of  barium  hydrate  (baryta  water)  is  boiled  to  expel 
dissolved  oxygen,  and  sulphur  dioxide  gas  (obtained  by  the  action  of 
hydrochloric  acid  upon  sodium  sulphite)  is  passed  into  the  solution.  A 
copious  precipitate  results.  On  adding  a  few  drops  of  hydrochloric 
acid,  free  from  H^SO*  and  HNO3,  this  precipitate  is  at  once  and  com- 
pletely dissolved. 

II.  A  solution  of  barium  chloride  is  boiled,  to  expel  dissolved  oxygen, 
and  pure  sulphur  dioxide  gas  is  passed  into  the  solution.  No  precipitate 
is  formed,  or  only  a  faint  opalescence,  which  is  not  dissolved  by  hydro- 
chloric acid.  Prolonged  boiling  is  necessary  to  ensure  complete  absence 
of  precipitate,  but  saturation  with  the  gas  produces  no  turbidity  if  this 
precaution  has  been  taken. 

III.  A  solution  of  barium  chloride,  made  with  unboiled  water,  is  sat- 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


ALKALINE   EARTHS.  543 

urated  with  sulphur  dioxide  gas.     A  precipitate  is  produced,  which  is 
quite  insoluble  in  hydrochloric  acid. 

The  conclusions  drawn  from  the  above  experiments  are  as  follows : 

1.  Pure  barium  sulphite  is  readily  and  completely  dissolved  by  hydro- 
chloric acid. 

2.  Pure  barium  chloride  in  aqueous  solution  is  not  precipitated  by 
pure  sulphur  dioxide  gas. 

3.  Barium  chloride  in  aqueous  solution  is  precipitated  by  sulphur  diox- 
ide in  presence  of  dissolved  oxygen,  the  precipitate  being  barium  sul- 
phate, not  barium  sulphite. 

BaS08-|-0=BaS04. 

It  will  be  remembered  that  oxygen  converts  13^  times  its  weight  of 
barium  sulphite  into  barium  sulphate. — Ibid,  Sept.  28,  1888,  155. 

Calcium — Separation  from  Barium  and  Strontium, —  Prof.  Kupfer- 
schlaeger,  after  criticizing  other  methods  for  the  separation  of  calcium 
from  barium  and  strontium,  describes  his  own  process  as  follows :  The 
mixture  of  calcium,  barium  and  strontium  carbonate  is  treated  with  very 
dilute  nitric  acid  and  evaporated  to  dryness.  The  residue  is  taken  up  in 
pure  water,  and  the  solution,  filtered  and  quite  neutral,  is  evaporated  to 
complete  dryness.  The  three  nitrates  which  constitute  this  product  are 
successively  exhausted  by  four  successive  small  portions  of  absolute  alco- 
hol, each  time  a  little  more  ethereal  than  the  former.  This  is  done  in  a 
small  well-stoppered  flask,  which  is  often  shaken,  the  solutions  are  filtered 
after  standing  long  enough  to  become  clear,  not  longer.  When  the  last 
portion  of  ethereal  alcohol  leaves  nothing  on  spontaneous  evaporation,  the 
calcium  nitrate  is  separated  from  the  two  others.  These,  after  being  well 
dried,  are  dissolved  in  water,  and  to  the  solution  placed  in  a  small  tall 
narrow  glass  is  added  solution  of  potassium  dichromate,  saturated  in  the 
cold :  in  this  manner  the  barium  is  thrown  down  on  chromate.  The 
precipitate,  after  washing  with  water  containing  a  little  alcohol,  is  then 
heated  with  sulphuric  acid  to  convert  it  into  barium  sulphate.  The  liquid 
containing  the  strontium  is  mixed  with  dilute  sulphuric  acid  and  heated 
moderately,  so  as  to  throw  down  the  strontium  sulphate. — Chem.  News, 
August  3,  1888,  60;  from  Bull.  Soc.  Chim.,  1888,  No.  9. 

Phosphorescent  Calcium  and  Strontium  Sulphides — Preparation. — Ed- 
mond  Becquerel  observes  that  by  the  calcination  of  pure  calcium  carbon- 
ate and  sulphur  a  calcium  sulphide  is  produced,  which  possesses  phos- 
phorescent properties  only  in  a  slight  degree  ;  but  if  traces  of  carbonate 
of  sodium  or  of  nitrate  of  sodium  are  added  to  the  calcium  carbonate 
previous  to  calcination,  the  resulting  calcium  sulphide  possesses  a  lively 
green  fluorescence.  The  addition  of  a  manganese  or  bismuth  salt  in  place 
of  the  sodium  salt  has  the  effect  of  producing  only  faintly  or  non -phos- 
phorescent products ;   but  the  addition  of  }4  to  i  per  cent,  of  sodium 

Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


544  REPORT  ON   THE  PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

carbonate  to  a  calcium  carbonate  containing  manganese  or  bismuth,  pro- 
duces yellow  or  blue  phosphorescent  calcium  sulphides.  By  the  simple 
calcination  of  oyster-shells,  strongly  red-phosphorescent  products  are  often 
obtained.  With  calcium  carbonate  containing  tuW  of  rubidium  carbon- 
ate and  not  more  than  t^W  of  soda,  a  sulphide  is  produced  which,  taken 
from  the  center  of  the  crucible,  shows  intense  fire-red  phosphorescence, 
while  that  from  the  sides  has  a  green  phosphorescence.  On  reheating  the 
whole  again,  the  compound  only  shows  green  phosphorescence. 

Sulphide  of  Strontium  exhibits  similar  properties  to  the  calcium  sulphide. 
In  its  pure  condition  it  produces  with  sulphur  non- phosphorescent,  or 
but  faintly  greenish-blue  phosphorescent  sulphides ;  but  by  the  addition 
of  soda,  or  better  of  2  per  cent,  of  lithium  carbonate,  a  bright  green-phos- 
phorescent compound  is  formed.  The  addition  of  antimonium  sulphide 
also  influences  the  formation  of  fluorescent  sulphides  of  strontium;  ru- 
bidium carbonate  determines  a  green  phosphorescence. — Arch.  d.  Pharm., 
May  1889,  473-474;  from  Jour,  de  Pharm.  et  de  Chim.,  1889,  xiv, 
118. 

Heavy  Calcined  Magnesia — Fraudulent  Compound, — Attention  is 
called  by  Messrs.  Keasby  and  Mattison  to  an  article  called  and  offered 
in  the  market  as  *'  English  Heavy  Calcined  Magnesia,'*  which  analysis 
proves  to  be  composed  almost  wholly  of  gypsum,  the  following  being 
the  analytical  result  given  : 

Calcium  sulphate 79.00 

Water 20.70 

Magnesium  oxide 30.00 

Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  March  1889,  121-122. 

Magnesium  Ammonium  Phosphate — Use  of  Alcohol  to  Facilitate  its  Sep- 
aration,— Rose  states  that  water  containing  3  per  cent,  of  ammonia  gas 
dissolves  only  traces  of  the  precipitate,  and  that  this  solubility  is  reduced 
to  less  than  half  if  to  the  dilute  solution  of  ammonia  one-fourth  of  its  vol- 
ume of  alcohol  is  added,  and,  further,  that  the  addition  of  alcohol  favors 
the  separation  of  the  precipitate.  A.  I.  Wakeman,  in  order  to  test  the 
method,  which  he  says  appears  to  have  been  neglected  by  analysts,  has 
made  a  series  of  comparative  analyses  under  identical  conditions,  with  the 
exception  that  some  of  the  precipitates  were  washed  with  ammonia  solu- 
tion, according  to  the  ordinary  method,  and  the  remainder  with  ammonia 
solution  containing  alcohol.  The  results  of  his  experiments  point  to  a 
slight  advantage  in  the  use  of  alcohol  in  diminishing  the  solubility  of 
magnesium  ammonium  phosphate  when  the  precipitate  is  somewhat 
bulky.  The  use  of  alcohol,  moreover,  appears  to  make  the  precipitate 
more  compact,  so  that  it  is  more  easily  washed,  and  is  less  liable  to  creep 
up  the  sides  of  the  funnel.  The  addition  of  alcohol  to  the  solution  in 
which  the  precipitation  takes  place  is  not  advantageous,  asi|  causes  the 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


ALUMINIUM.  545 

precipitate  to  attach  itself  more  closely  to  the  beaker,  so  as  to  be  difficult 
of  removal,  and  it  also  retards  the  filtration. — ^Jour.  Chem.  Soc.,  Oct. 
1888,  1131;  from  Techn.  Quarterly,  Boston,  I,  173-177. 

ALUMINIUM. 

Aluminium — Improved  Process. — The  process  of  H.  T.  Castner,  it  is 
claimed,  will  reduce  the  cost  of  producing  sodium  to  one-fifth  and  of 
aluminium  to  one-third  the  present  prices.  It  has  recently  been  shown 
in  full  operation  to  a  number  of  scientists.  The  manufacture  resolves 
itself  into  lour  stages  :  (i)  the  production  of  sodium  under  the  Castner 
patents;  (2)  the  production  of  the  necessary  supply  of  chlorine  by  the 
Weldon  process ;  (3)  the  manufacture  of  the  double  aluminium  and  so- 
dium chloride  by  a  new  process,  invented  and  patented  by  Mr.  Castner ; 
and  (4)  the  reduction  of  this  double  chloride  by  means  of  sodium*  The 
first  capital  improvement  is  in  the  production  of  sodium  from  caustic 
soda.  The  reduction  is  effected  by  means  of  iron  carbide  in  steel  re- 
torts, and  at  the  relatively  low  temperature  of  800**  instead  of  1500°,  as 
in  the  old  process:  i  lb.  of  sodium  is  obtained  from  6  lbs.  caustic  soda, 
and  5  lbs.  of  the  iron  carbide.  The  saving  in  fuel,  in  wear  and  tear,  and 
in  time,  is  such  that,  whilst  sodium  formerly  cost  6s.  per  lb.,  it  is  now 
produced  at  about  gd.  There  is  no  need  for  us  to  enlarge  on  the  bene- 
fits of  cheap  sodium,  irrespective  of  the  manufacture  of  aluminium. 

The  double  aluminium  and  sodium  chloride  is  formed  by  passing  chlo- 
rine gas  over  a  mixture  of  alumina,  salt  and  carbon,  placed  in  large  retorts 
of  a  peculiar  construction  and  heated  to  a  high  temperature.  The  chlo- 
ride formed  distils  over,  and  is  caught  in  special  condensers.  The  plant 
admits  of  the  daily  production  of  6000  lbs.  double  chloride,  containing 
about  12  percent,  of  aluminium,  and  yielding  in  practice  10  percent. 
Here  again  a  considerable  economy  is  effected. 

The  last  stage,  the  extraction  of  the  aluminium,  is  effected  in  furnaces, 
each  of  which  receives  a  charge  of  80  lbs.  of  the  double  chloride,  25  lbs. 
of  sodium,  and  30  lbs.  of  cryolite,  which  acts  as  a  flux.  The  charge  is 
heated  for  two  hours  to  about  1000°,  and  yields  about  8  lbs.  of  alumini- 
um, the  impurities  in  which  do  not  exceed  2  per  cent. 

The  daily  output  of  sodium  is  expected  to  reach  1500  lbs.,  that  of 
aluminium  being  500  lbs.  The  entire  daily  production  in  the  world  has 
hitherto  been  estimated  at  about  50  lbs. — Chem.  News,  Aug.  10,  1888, 
64-65. 

Alumina — Separation  of  Giucina, — A.  Zimmermann  has  examined  the 
methods  hitherto  proposed  for  the  separation  of  alumina  and  glucina,  and 
finds  the  results  partly  uncertain  and  partly  quite  useless.  The  best 
method  is  the  use  of  pure  potassium  hydroxide,  in  which,  if  in  excess, 
glucina  dissolves  in  the  cold  and  is  again  deposited  on  boiling.  A 
volume  of  300  c.c.  solution,  containing  0.3  grra.  of  substance,  allows  of 
a  perfect  reparation.     If  the  liquid  is  much  diluted,  alumina  falls  along 

35 


546  REPORT   ON   THE   PROGRESS  OF   PHARMACY. 

with  glucina.     Caustic  soda  is  not  applicable. — Chem.  News,  July  27, 

1888,  48;  from  Zeitschr.  f.  Anal.  Chem.,  xxvii,  Part  I. 

Aluminium  Sulphate — Detection  of  Free  Sulphuric  Acid  by  the  Applica- 
tion of  Petienkofer' s  Bile  Reaction. — E.  Egger  finds  that  Pettenkofer's 
bile  reaction  is  admirably  adapted  to  the  detection  of  free  sulphuric  acid 
in  aluminium  sulphate,  alum,  etc.  This  reaction  is  obtained  when  an 
aqueous  solution  of  chloic  acid  is  heated  with  sugar  and  strong  sulphuric- 
acid,  when  there  appears  a  cherry- red  solution,  becoming  purple,  and 
afterwards  bluish  red.  The  author  finds  that  i  c.c.  of  a  mille-normal 
sulphuric  acid=o. 00004  grm.  SOj,  if  heated  in  the  water-bath  with  a 
granule  of  cholic  acid  and  two  drops  solution  of  furfurol  (i  drop  furfurol 
in  10  c.c.  water)  leaves  a  distinct  red  stain  on  the  sides  of  the  porcelain 
capsule  in  which  the  solution  has  been  heated  or  evaporated.  In  apply- 
ing this  test  to  alum,  50  grms.  of  the  sample  in  fine  powder  are  put  in  a 
flask,  moistened  with  distilled  water,  let  stand  for  some  hours,  covered 
with  a  mixture  of  two  parts  alcohol  and  three  of  ether,  shaken  well,  and 
set  aside.  After  twenty- four  hours  the  liquid  is  filtered,  the  filtrate 
placed  in  a  capsule,  and  evaporated  down  to  i  c.c.  on  a  water-bath,  which 
must  be  warmed  but  not  boiling.  The  cholic  acid  and  furfurol  are  then 
added  and  the  coloration  is  then    sought  for. — Chem.  News,  April  5, 

1889,  169;  from  Zeitschr.  f.  Analyt.  Chem.,  xxvii.  Part  6. 

Alums — Quantity  of  Water  of  Crystallization. — Messrs.  Lescoeur  and 
Mathurin  remark  that  alums  are  generally  considered  as  containing 
twenty-four  equivalents  of  crystalline  water.  This  is  contested  by  Mr. 
Maumen6,  who  ascribes  to  potassium  alum  as  much  as  twenty-nine  equiv- 
alents. Mr.  de  Boissieu  has  undertaken  to  re-determine  the  crystalline 
water  of  potassium  and  chromium  alums,  and  has  obtained  results  rang- 
ing between  23.6  and  24.1  equivs.  As  the  methods  which  he  employed 
seemed  open  to  objection,  the  authors  have  taken  up  the  question  anew, 
and  conclude  that  the  products  analyzed  contain  24  equivs.  of  water. 
Further  researches  proved  that  the  specimens  analyzed  were  not  mixtures, 
but  perfectly  definite  compounds  not  altered  by  efiiorescence. — Chem. 
News,  Nov.  2,  1888,  220;  from  Bull.  Soc.  Chim.,  July  5,  1888. 

Porous  Alum  —  Preparation. — The  following  method  for  making 
"porous  alum**  is  recommended  in  "Farm.  Ital.*':  Make  a  solution 
free  from  iron,  and  concentrate  it  in  an  evaporator ;  add  minute  quanti- 
ties of  bicarbonate  of  sodium  and  stir  briskly.  The  carbonic  acid  gas 
gives  the  required  porosity  to  the  crystalline  mass. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm., 
Nov.  1888;  from  Arch,  de  Phar.,  Oct.  5,  1888. 

Aluminium  Chloride — Vapor  Density  and  Molecular  Weight — C. 
Friedel  and  J.  M.  Crafts  find  that  aluminium  chlorixle  volatilizes  without 
fusion  under  the  ordinary  atmospheric  pressure,  but  it  melts  easily  un- 
der a  higher  pressure.  The  authors  find  its  melting-point  intermediate 
between  186°  and  190°.     The  boiling-point  at  0.33  atmosphere  is  167.8°, 


YTTRIUM.  547 

but  at  3.60,  213°.  The  vapor  density  at  different  tenaperalures  ranges 
from  9.69  to  8.31,  the"  theoretical  value  being  9.24.  Thenunnbers  found 
do  not  fluctuate  greatly  over  a  range  of  more  than  200°,  and  agree  fairly 
well  with  those  obtained  by  H.  Sainte-Claire  Deville  and  Troost  (9.35 
in  the  vapor  of  mercury  and  9.349  in  tHe  vapor  of  sulphur.  MM.  Nil- 
son  and  Petterson,  who  began  their  experiments  only  at  440°,  obtain  a 
decidedly  lower  value. — Chem.  News,  July  13,  1888,  24;  from  Compt. 
Rend.,  cvi.,  No.  26. 

Green  Ultramarine — A  Distinct  Chemical  Compound. — The  investiga- 
tions of  R.  Hoffmann,  K.  Heymann  and  others,  have  conclusively  proven 
that  blue  ultramarine  is  a  single  body  of  definite  chemical  constitution. 
Not  so,  however,  with  respect  to  green  ultramarine,  the  question  whether 
it  be  a  definite  chemical  compound,  or  simply  a  mixture  of  various  ultra- 
marines, having  so  far  been  undecided.  I.  Szilasi  has  now  studied  the 
question,  and  has  determined  by  his  experiments  and  results  that  green 
ultramarine,  like  blue  ultramarine,  is  a  regular  chemical  compound.  He 
has  prepared  the  silver,  lead  and  zinc  compounds  of  green  ultramarine, 
and  found  that  the  sodium  in  the  latter  compound  is  not  alone  replaced 
by  the  respective  metals  in  equivalent  proportions,  but  that  the  new 
metallic  ultramarines  produced  may  again  be  converted  into  the  green 
(sodium")  ultramarine :  thus,  for  example,  the  silver  ultramarine  was  so 
reconverted  by  heating  it  with  iodide  of  sodium. — Arch.  d.  Phar.,  June 
1889,  554  ;  from  Liebig's  Annal.  d.  Chem.,  1889,  251,  97. 

YTTRIUM. 

Yttrium — Preparation  and  Characters  of  Some  Compounds, — A.  Duboin 
has  prepared  and  describes  several  compounds  of  yttrium. 

Yttrium  oxide ,  in  cr3stals,  is  obtained  by  melting  the  amorphous  oxide, 
obtained  from  the  oxalate,  with  chloride  of  calcium. 

Yttrium  silicate  was  obtained  by  heating  a  mixture  of  3  parts  of  pure 
yttrium-earth,  1  part  silica  and  3c  parts  of  chloride  of  calcium  for  two 
hours.  When  the  melted  mass  has  cooled  it  is  treated  with  water,  and 
monoclinic  crystals  of  SiO,  Y^O,,  analogous  to  the  natural  **gadolinit" 
are  obtained. 

Yttrium  chloride^  anhydrous  and  crystalline,  was  obtained  by  the  action 
of  a  mixture  of  chlorine  and  carbon  oxide  upon  yttrium  earth.  It  is  very 
fusible,  volatile,  and  easily  soluble  in  water,  forming  the  hydrate^YjCIe, 
i2H,0. 

Yttrium  Bromide  was  obtained  in  an  analogous' manner. 

Sodium-  Yttrium  Sulphide^  Na,S,  YgSa,  was  obtained  by  the  action  of  a 
current  of  sulphuretted  hydrogen  upon  a  mixture  of  yttrium  and  sodium 
chloride  heated  to  1000°.  It  constitutes  translucent  greenish  tabular 
crystals,  which  are  not  decomposed  by  cold  or  boiling  water. — Arch.  A 
Phar.  May  1889,  471 ;  from  Compt.  rend.,  1888,  107,  99  and  243.    o 


54i^  REPORT   ON    THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

CERIUM. 

CeriU  Metals — Separation  and  Compounds, — Ouvrard  has  endeavored 
to  obtain  new  sal(s  of  cerium,  lanthanum  and  didymium  by  acting  upon 
the  oxides  of  the  metals  with  alkaline  phosphates.  The  cerium  oxide 
was  completely  free  from  lanthanum  and  didymium  by  fusing  the  nitrates 
in  ten  times  their  weight  of  saltpetre.  Lanthanum  oxide,  separated  from 
didymium  by  Marignac's  method,  was  free  from  cerium,  and  its  concen- 
trated nitric  solution  did  not  present  the  absorption -bands  of  didymium. 
After  ignition  in  the  air  lanthanum  oxide  remained  perfectly  white. 
Cerium  and  lanthanum  yield,  by  the  reactions  employed,  products  abso- 
lutely identical  in  crystalline  form  and  chemical  composition,  differing 
merely  in  color.  The  didymium  oxide  employed  was  free  from  lantha- 
num, but  it  had  not  been  treated  for  the  separation  of  other  oxides  which 
it  might  contain,  such  as  samarium.  Its  equivalent  was  very  close  upon 
that  given  by  Cl6ve  for  pure  didymium  (71).  Didymium  behaves  with 
the  potassium  phosphates  like  those  of  cerium  and  lanthanum,  giving 
under  approximate  conditions  either  tribasic  didymium  phosphate  or  a 
double  phosphate.— Chem.  News,  July  20, 1888,  36;  from  Compt.  rend., 
July  2,  1S8&. 

MANGANUM. 

Manganese —  Volumetric  Method  of  Determination, — A.  Chilian  proposes 
the  following  volumetric  method  of  determining  manganese  :  The  hydro- 
chloric solution  of  the  substance  containing  the  manganese  in  the  man- 
ganous  state  diluted  with  boiling  water  is  poured  into  an  Erlenmeyer 
flask  holding  from  900  to  re 00  c.c,  and  mixed  with  an  excess  of  zinc 
oxide  suspended  in  water.  The  liquid  is  made  up  to  500  to  600  c.c.  by 
means  of  boiling  water,  and  the  standard  solution  of  permanganate  is 
slowly  dropped  in  from  a  Mohr's  burette,  agitating  after  each  division, 
and  causing  the  oxides  to  settle  by  slanting  the  flask.  The  color  of  the 
clear  supernatant  liquid  shows  the  precise  moment  when  it  is  colored  by 
an  excess  of  permanganate.  From  the  volume  of  permanganate  employed 
the  proportion  of  manganese  is  calculated.  In  the  treatment  of  irons, 
steels,  Bessemer  metal,  and  ores  whose  proportion  of  manganese  does  not 
exceed  3  to  4  per  cent,  the  author  uses  a  solution  containing  4  gms. 
permanganate  per  litre,  the  value  of  which  is  0.000213  per  tV  c.c.  (/.^., 
for  one  division  of  the  burette).  A  solution  of  double  the  strength  is 
employed  for  the  determination  of  spiegels,  ferro- manganeses,  and  rich 
ores.  Its  value  is  o.ooo<26.  Twenty-five  such  assays  may  be  executed 
in  half  an  hour.  The  zinc  oxide  employed  ought  to  be  the  kind  ob- 
tained by  precipitation.  During  the  operation  the  liquids  should  be 
kept  at  about  80°. — Chem.  News,  March  8,  1889,  121 ;  from  Rev.  Univ. 
des  Mines  et.  de  la  Metall.,  Sept.  1888. 

Manganese — Determination  by  Hydrogen  peroxide. — Prof:^  Jos.  Klein 

jitized  by  V^. 


-MAKGAKUH.  549 

calls  attention  to  peroxide  of  hydrogen  as  a  sensitive  reagent  for  manga- 
nese. In  alkaline  solutions  it  at  once  produces  a  precipitate  of  peroxide 
of  manganese,  evidenced  in  the  pretence  of  minute  quantities  of  a  man- 
ganese salt  (sulphate  for  instance)  by  a  dark  color.  To  the  liquid  to  be 
tested  chloride  of  ammonium  is  added  in  such  quantity  that  the  addition 
of  ammonia  shall  produce  no  precipitate.  The  latter  having  been  added, 
it  is  followed  by  peroxide  of  hydrogen,  when  precipitation  of  hydrated 
peroxide  of  manganese  immediately  follows. — Arch.  d.  Phar.,  January 
1889,  77-79. 

Manganese — Determination  in  Steel, — Frank  Julian  suggests  the  follow- 
ing method  for  determining  manganese  in  steel :  One  gm.  of  metal  is  dis- 
solved in  15  c.  c.  of  nitric  acid  (sp.  gr.  1.2),  evaporated  down  to  5  c.  c; 
20  c.  c.  of  strong  acid  are  added,  and  the  liquid  is  precipitated  in  heat  by 
potassium  chlorate,  avoiding  a  large  excess.  There  are  then  added  suc- 
cessively to  the  mixture  5  c.  c.  of  strong  nitric  acid,  60  c.  c.  hot  water, 
and  10  c.  c.  of  the  oxalic  solution.  The  liquid  is  agitated  until  it  takes 
a  light  yellow  color,  and  the  excess  of  oxalic  acid  is  titrated  by  noeans  of 
permanganate,  operating  at  a  temperature  of  about  70°.  The  manganese 
dioxide  dissolves  rapidly  under  the  influence  of  oxalic  acid  ;  the  back 
titration  is  done  quickly,  and  the  end  of  the  reaction  is  easily  found  after 
a  little  experience.  The  solutions  employed  are :  Ammonium  oxalate 
at  15  gms.  per  litre.  Potassium  permanganate  at  1.6  per  litre.  To  de- 
termine the  standard  of  the  permanganate  we  take  10  c.  c.  of  the  solution 
of  oxalate,  add  50  c.  c.  of  hot  water,  and  the  nitric  solution  of  i  gm.  of 
steel,  from  which  the  manganese  has  been  eliminated  by  precipitation 
•with  potassium  chlorate  and  separating  the  precipitate  with  an  asbestos 
filter. — Chem.  News,  Oct.  26,  1888,  207;  from  Rev.  Universelle  de 
Mines  et  de  la  Metall.,  1888,  No.  3. 

Permanganate  of  Potassium — Solubility, — Charles  M.  Bradbury  in  the 
course  of  an  investigation  of  the  constitution  of  the  permanganates,  made 
a  series  of  careful  experiments  to  redetermine  the  solubility  of  permanga- 
nate of  potassium  in  water,  and  his  results  deviate  more  or  less  from 
those  formerly  obtained.  ' 

He  finds  at  0°  C.  and  5®  C.  and  between  these  degrees,  the  results 
obtained  were  extremely  uniform,  no  matter  what  method  of  producing 
a  saturated  solution  was  employed.  Above  5°  C.  there  was  a  slowly  in- 
creasing degree  of  variation  in  the  results  according  as  the  method  of 
making  a  solution  was  changed.  Nevertheless,  below  35*^  C,  the  results 
were  not  materially  different.  Above  this  temperature,  however,  the  diffi- 
culties increased.  The  method  employed  by  the  author  to  produce  the 
saturated  solutions  upon  which  the  final  results  were  based,  was  the  fol- 
lowing : 

A  flat  porcelain  dish,  about  6  cm.  deep  and  25  cm.  in  diameter,  was 
covered  outside  with  cotton-wool  and  heavy  paper,  and   fitte4  with  a 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


5  so  REPORT  ON  THE  PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 

wooden  cover.  The  permanganate  was  placed  in  a  small  beaker,  in  suffi- 
cient quantity  to  insure  saturation  of  the  solution,  and  the  beaker  was 
immersed  in  the  bath  in  the  dish  through  an  opening  made  in  the  cover 
to  fit  it.  The  temperature  of  the  bath  was  shown  by  a  thermometer,  intro- 
duced through  the  cover,  and  that  of  the  solution  by  another  suspended  in 
it.  Starting  at  o°  C,  the  temperature  was  gradually  raised  by  removing 
the  ice  and  adding  warm  water,  till  30°  C.  was  reached ;  from  which  point 
the  increase  was  continued  by  the  aid  of  a  jet  of  steam  led  through  the 
cover  into  the  bath.  At  every  5°  rise  in  the  temperature  of  the  solution, 
5  c.c.  were  removed  to  a  weighed  vial,  which  was  then  set  in  a  steam- 
bath  to  evaporate.  The  solution  was  stirred,  and  then  given  time  for 
the  undissolved  salt  to  subside,  previous  to  the  removal  of  each  sample. 
Following  are  some  of  the  results  obtained  : 
100  C.c.  of  the  saturated  solution  of  the  salt  contain 

At  Gm.  of  salt. 

0°  C ' 3.0 

5°  C 3.3 

10°  C 4.0 

15°  c 4.9 

20°  C 5.8 

40°  C 10.6 

50°  c 13.7 

75°  C 22.8 

90°  C 28.6 

95°  C 32.8 

Amer.  Drugg.,  May  1889,  86;  from  Chem.  News,  March  29,  1889, 
149-152. 

FERRUM. 

Iron — Cobalt  Nitrate  a  Test, — F.  P.  Venable  has  noticed  that  if  to  a 
solution  of  cobalt  nitrate  in  strong  hydrochloric  acid,  which  is  blue,  a 
little  iron  is  added,  the  color  is  changed  to  green.  This  reaction  is  very 
simple,  rapid  and  delicate  for  detecting  traces  of  iron,  and  is  especially 
useful  in  testing  strong  acids  for  its  presence.  The  delicacy  of  the 
test  is  such  that  when  even  ijyo'uTy  of  a  gm.  of  ferric  salt  are  added  to 
the  blue  strongly  acid  solution  mentioned  above,  the  green  is  clearly 
given.  With  a  somewhat  larger  amount  this  green  is  quite  vivid.  If  too 
much  of  the  ferric  solution  is  used,  the  cobalt  solution  becomes  pink  from 
the  addition  of  water.  The  test  is  not  given  by  ferrous  salts,  nor  does 
the  presence  of  ferrous  salts  interfere  with  it. — Chem.  News,  Oct.  12, 
1888,  178;  from  Jour.  Analyt.  Chem.,  I,  part  3. 

Ferric  Hydrate — Insufficiency  as  an  Antidote  for  Arsenic^  which  see. 

Metaferric  Hydrate — A  New  Hydroxide  of  Iron, — According  to  Pesci 
a  new  ferric  hydroxide,  probably  metaferric  hydrate,  is  produced  when 
a  solution  of  potassium  nitrite  is  poured  into  one  of  fepic  chloride ; 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


NICKEL  AND   COBALT.  55 1 

J 

nitric  oxide  escapes,  and  a  Hocculent  red- brown  substance  is  deposited, 
which,  when  well  washed,  is  soluble  in  pure  water,  forming  yellowish-red 
solution,  transparent  by  transmitted  light,  turbid  by  reflected  light. 
This  solution  reacts  quite  different  from  solutions  of  ferric  salts.  With 
ferrocyanide  of  potassium,  and  with  tannin,  it  produces  brown  precipi- 
tate or  coloration  ;  is  not  changed  by  sulphocyanide  of  potassium,  but  is 
coagulated  by  alkalie*,  acids,  or  alkali  salts.  On  boiling  it  becomes  tur- 
bid, and  brown  flocks  are  separated  which  redissolve  on  cooling.  The 
solution  reacts  acid  with. phenolphthalei'n  and  rosolic  acid,  and  it  remains 
unchanged  for  a  long  time.  The  composition  of  the  new  compound  is 
represented  by  the  formula  FejOjCHO),, — Arch.  d.  Phar.,  August  1888, 
750-751  ;  Ann.  di  Chim.  e  di  Farm.,  1888,  305. 

Dried  Sulphate  of  Iron — Commercial  Quality  in  England. — George 
Lunan  observes  that  the  dried  sulphate  of  iron  of  commerce  does  not 
commonly  contain  the  percentage  (97.5)  of  FeSO^.H^O  required  by  the 
B.  P.  He  has  examined  nineteen  different  samples,  and  found  them  to 
vary  not  only  very  materially  in  color,  from  nearly  white,  with  greenish 
tint,  to  gray  and  dark  gray,  but  also  that  with  one  exception,  they  all 
contained  less  than  the  required  quantity  of  ferrous  sulphate,  the  aver- 
age being  about  89  per  cent. — Pharm.  Jour,  and  Trans.,  Sept.  22,  1888, 
226-227. 

NICKEL  AND    COBALT. 

Cobalt  and  Nickel — Decomposition. — In  a  communication  to  the 
Chemical  Society  of  Munich,  Dr.  Kriiss  announced  that  he  has  succeeded 
in  decomposing  the  well-known  metals  cobalt  and  nickel.  He  found  in 
each  of  these  metals  an  unknown  substance  to  the  extent  of  2-3  per  cent. 
After  this  new  body  is  eliminated,  cobalt  or  nickel — as  the  case  may  be — 
still  remains,  though  with  modified  properties.  The  salts  of  pure  cobalt, 
or  new  cobalt,  are  said  to  be  of  a  violet  color,  and  those  of  pure  nickel  of 
a  dark  green.  Dr.  Kriiss  was  occupied  with  redetermining  the  atomic 
weights  of  cobalt  and  nickel ;  to  this  end  he  treated  carefully  weighed 
portions  of  cobalt  or  of  nickel  with  a  neutral  solution  of  gold  chloride, 
and  weighed  the  gold  which  -was  eliminated.  The  results  of  these  opera- 
tions were  not  constant,  and  after  various  other  attempts  to  detect  any 
possible  source  of  error,  the  gold  deposited  was  closely  examined.  It  was 
found  that  after  having  been  dissolved  in  nitro-hydrochloric  acid  and  re- 
duced with  sulphur  dioxide  there  was  a  loss  of  weight,  and  that  the  wash- 
ing waters  had  a  green  color.  On  concentration  these  washings  gave  a 
colorless  liquid,  which  turned  greeen  on  the  addition  of  hydrochloric 
acid,  and  gave  a  white  deposit  on  the  addition  of  caustic  soda  or  am- 
monia, insoluble  in  the  former. 

As  these  reactions  could  not  belong  to  cobalt  or  nickel.  Dr.  Kriiss 
sought   to  procure  a  larger  quantity  of  the  unknown   material.     He 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


552  REPORT  ON  THE  PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 

ignited  freshly  precipitated  cobalt  or  nickel  oxide  with  caustic  alkali, 
extracted  the  melt  with  water,  and  obtained  a  solution  possessing  the 
characters  above  mentioned,  though  the  pure  nickel  oxide  or  cobalt 
oxide  was  left  undissolved.  The  solution  on  treatment  with  ammonia 
gave  a  bulky  precipitate  of  hydroxide.  On  ignition  this  yielded  a  white 
oxide,  giving  a  brown  malleable  metallic  powder  by  reduction  with  char-, 
coal.  From  the  solution  ammonium  sulphide  threw  down  a  deep  brown 
sulphide,  soluble  in  acids.  From  these  reactions  the  presence  of  a  new 
metal  was  inferred.  Dr.  Kriiss  is  engaged  with  a  further  investigation  of 
this  substance  as  well  as  with  a  re  determination  of  the  atomic  weights  of 
nickel  and  cobalt. — Chem.  News,  Jan.  i8  and  25,  1889,  29  and  39. 

Nickel  and  Cobalt — Separaiion  from  Iron  by  an  Old  Method, — J.  B. 
Mackintosh  revives  the  old  method  for  the  separation  of  nickel  and 
cobalt  from  iron,  depending  on  the  different  behavior  of  the  sulphides 
with  dilute  hydrochloric  acid.  He  throws  down  the  metals  from  a  boil- 
ing solution  with  ammonium  sulphide,  and  treats  with  dilute  hydrochloric 
acid.  In  this  manner  is  obtained  a  residue  containing  nearly  all  the 
nickel  and  cobalt,  with  mere  traces  of  iron,  and  a  solution  containing 
almost  all  the  iron,  with  but  small  quantities  of  nickel  and  cobalt.  The 
iron  is  separated  in  the  well-known  manner  as  a  b'asic  salt  both  from  the 
residue  and  the  solution,  an  operation  which  is  easier  and  more  ex{>edi- 
tious  than  the  separation  of  the  three  metals  by  direct  basic  precipitation. 
— Chem.  News,  Oct.  26,  1888,  208;  from  Zeitschr.  f.  Analyt.  Chem. 
xxvii..  No.  4. 

Nickel — Volumetric  Estimation. — Thomas  Moore  describes  a  volu- 
metric method  for  the  estimation  of  nickel  which  is  based  on  the  results 
of  a  large  number  of  experiments,  and  which  he  finds  at  once  sufficiently 
rapid  and  accurate  for  all  practical  purposes.  The  following  solutions 
are  required  for  the  process  :  Potassic  cyanide  (pure)  ;  25.5  gm.  per  litre. 
20  c.c.  of  this  are  equal  to  about  o.i  grm.  nickel.  Cupric  ferrocyanide: 
dissolve  2.25  gms.  of  cupric  sulphate  in  one  litre  of  water,  and  add  a 
solution  of  potassic  ferrocyanide  until  it  ceases  to  produce  any  further 
precipitation.  Thoroughly  agitate  before  use.  The  process  is  carried 
out  as  follows  :  If  the  solution  contains  much  free  ammonia,  as  in  the  fil- 
trate from  iron  and  nickel  separation,  neutralize  part  of  it  by  addition  of 
hydric  chloride  ;  if  acid,  add  ammonia  until  strongly  alkaline,  then  run  in 
the  potassic  cyanide  from  a  burette,  stirring  continually  until  the  blue 
color  completely  disappears  and  the  solution  takes  a  yellowish  tint; 
when  this  happens  add  a  measured  quantity  of  cupric  ferrocyanide  suffi- 
cient to  impart  a  distinct  color  to  the  solution  \  the  amount  required  for 
this  purpose  is  variable  and  depends  upon  the  free  ammonia  present ; 
now  add  the  cyanide  more  cautiously,  until  finally  one  drop  causes  a  dis- 
tinct change  of  color  in  the  solution.  A  little  practice  is  necessary  to 
recognize  the  change,  but  after  a  few  trials  no  difficulty  will  be  experienced. 


iNDixm.  553 

The  amount  of  cyanide  necessary  to  decolorize  the  copper  salt  is  so 
small  that  it  may  often  be  iieglected ;  but  if  desired,  the  error  may  be 
eliminated  by  ascertaining  how  much  cyanide  is  necessary  to  decolorize 
ICO  c.c.  of  the  copper  solution,  and  reckoning  out  the  difference  in  the 
usual  way.  Of  ^course  it  is  first  necessary  to  standardize  the  cyanide  solu- 
tion with  oneof  nickel  of  known  strength.  The  process  gives  equally  good 
results  in  the  presence  of  sulphates,  nitrates,  chlorides  or  .acetates,  also  in 
the  presence  of  large  quantities  of  ammoniacal  salts;  but  large  quantities 
of  free  ammonia  should  be  avoided,  owing  to  the  solubility  of  the  cupric 
ferrocyanide  therein^ — ^Chem.  Newgj,  April  5,,  1&89,  160. 

CobaH — Deposition  in  the  Metallic  State. — ^To  deposit  metallic  cobalt 
upon  other  metals,  H.  N.  Warren  directs  that  the  cobalt  salt,  preferably 
the  chloride,  be  dissolved  in  a  sufficiency  of  water  at  a  temperature  of 
about  100°  F.,  and  a  conGentrated  solution  of  Rochelle«alt  added  until 
the  bulky  precipitate  at  first  formed  has  almost  entirely  re- dissolved. 
The  solution,  filtered  if  necessary  from  any  insoluble  precipitate,  is  elec- 
trolysed with  the  utmost  ease  by  connecting  the  artide  intended  to 
receive  the  deposit  with  the  negative  electrode  of  any  single-cell  battery. 
The  opposite,  or  positive  electrode,  which  is  composed  of  a  zinc  rod  im- 
mersed  in  a  solution  of  either  ammonium  chloride  or  common  salt,  and 
protected  from  contaminating  the  cobalt  solution  by  the  intetvention  of 
a  porous  pot  surrounding  the  zinc.  On  completing  the  circuit  the  cobalt 
is  immediately  deposited  in  a  uniform  layer,  and  at  the  same  time  pre- 
senting a  perfectly  bright  surface.  On  substituting  nickel  chloride  in 
place  of  the  cobalt  salt,  metallic  nickel  may  be  similarly  deposited. — 
Chem.  News,  Feb.  8,  1889,  ^4- 

INDIUM. 

Chlorides  of  Indium — Preparation  and  Characters. — L.  F.  Wilson  and 
O.  Patterson  have  prepared  three  chlorides  of  indium. 

Indium  Trichloride^  InCl^,  was  obtained  by  the  action  of  chlorine 
upon  metallic  indium^  as  also  by  heating  the  bichloride  in  an  atmosphere 
of  chlorine.     Its  vapor  density  is  normal,  at  606°  to  850°. 

Indium  Bichloride,  InClj,  was  obtained  by  heating  gaseous  hydro- 
chloric acid  with  metallic  indium  as  an  amber  yellow  fluid,  which  con- 
gealed to  form  a  crystalline  mass.  It  is  split  by  water  into  indium  trir 
chloride  and  metallic  indium.  Its  vapor  density  is  normal  .at  high 
temperatures. 

Indium  Monachloride,  InCl,  is  obtained  by  carefully  heating  an  excess 
of  metallic  indium  in  gaseous  hydrochloric  acid,  a  dark-red  fluid  being 
formed.  It  may  also  be  obtained  by  heating  the  bichloride  with  metallic 
indium. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  May  1889,  472;  from  Bull.  Soc.  Chim., 
1889,  No.  I,  43-  n  \ 

Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


554  REPORT  ON   THE  PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

CHROMIUM. 

Chromic  Oxide — Detection  and  Determination, — E.  Donath  and  Rud. 
Jeller  propose  the  following  method  for  the  detection  and  determination 
of  small  quantities  of  chromic  oxide :  The  solution,  containing  small 
quantities  of  chromic  oxide  along  with  an  excess  of  ferric  oxide,  alumina, 
manganous  oxide,  and  possibly  alkaline  earths,  is  allowed  to  flow  into  a 
hot  solution  of  sodium  carbonate  mixed  with  permanganate.  After  a 
short  ebullition  the  excess  of  permanganate  is  reduced  by  the  addition  of 
a  few  drops  of  alcohol  and  filtered.  Ferric  oxide,  alumina,  manganese, 
and  the  alkaline  earths  are  precipitated,  whilst  the  chrome  remains  in  so- 
lution in  the  state  of  chromic  acid  in  the  filtrate,  which  will  have  a  yel- 
lowish color  if  the  quantity  of  chrome  is  at  all  considerable.  •  If  the  color 
is  not  perceptible  and  the  liquid  appears  colorless,  the  filtrate  is  slightly 
concentrated,  acidulated  with  dilute  hydrochloric  or  sulphuric  acid,  and 
a  drop  of  it  is  applied  to  a  fragment  of  starch  which  has  been  previouly 
moistened  with  a  fresh  prepared  solution  of  potassium  iodide.  The  ap- 
pearance of  a  violet  color  betrays  the  presence  of  chromic  acid.  If  the 
filtrate  was  perceptibly  yellow  it  gives  the  well-known  iodine  reaction  on 
acidulation  with  hydrochloric  acid  and  addition  of  potassium  iodide 
and  a  little  carbon  disulphide.  For  the  quantitative  determination 
of  very  small  quantities  of  chrome  the  authors  proceed  quite  in  the 
same  manner,  but  the  solution  is  dropped  slowly  from  a  pipette  into 
the  hot  alkaline  solution  of  permanganate,  and  the  liquid  is  heated  for  ten 
minutes.  The  filtrate,  after  acidulation  with  hydrochloric  acid  and  the 
addition  of  a  little  alcohol,  is  heated,  and  chromium  sesquioxide  is  pre- 
cipitated in  the  usual  manner  with  ammonium  sulphide. — Chem.  News, 
March  i,  1889,  109  ;  from  Zeitschrift  fiir  Analytische  Chemie,  vol.  xxviii, 
part  I. 

Chromic  Acid — Action  on  Hydrogen  Peroxide, — Eerthelot  states  that  if 
hydrogen  peroxide  is  brought  in  contact  with  chromic  acid  in  presence 
of  a  powerful  mineral  acid,  such  as  sulphuric  or  hydrochloric  acid  used 
in  excess,  there  is  first  produced  the  blue  coloration  of  perchromic  acid, 
followed  by  a  slow  escape  of  oxygen.  The  chromic  acid  is  converted 
into  chromic  sulphate.  Feebler  acids,  such  as  acetic  and  phosphoric, 
produce,  with  chromic  acid  and  oxygenated  water,  a  purple  or  violet 
coloration,  due  to  a  mixture  of  perchromic  acid  and  of  a  brown  com- 
pound. With  more  feeble  acids,  such  as  boric  and  hydrocyanic  acids, 
the  liquid  merely  turns  brown.  With  pure  potassium  dichi:omate  oxy- 
genated water  is  decomposed  to  an  indefinite  extent.  After  the  liquid, 
which  at  first  turns  brown,  has  resumed  its  original  color,  on  the  addition 
of  a  fresh  dose  of  oxygenated  water  the  brown  color  reappears.  In 
twenty- four  hours  one  equivalent  of  potkssium  dichromate  has  thus  been 
found  to  decompose  40  equivalents  of  oxygenated  water.  At  the  end  of 
the  experiment  the  solution  of  dichromate  retains  its  original  composition, 

Digitized  by  VjOOQ IC 


ziNCUM.  555 

and  contains  no  trace  either  of  perchromic  acid  or  of  chronaium  oxide. — 
Chem.  News,  Feb.  22,  1889,  97^  ^^om  Coropt.  rend.,  Jan.  28,  1889. 

In  continuation  of  his  above  experiments,  Mr.  Berthelot  finds  that  the 
unlimited  decomposition  of  oxygenated  water  by  potassium  dichromate 
is  due  to  the  formation  of  an  intermediate  compound,  which  is  inces- 
santly formed  and  reproduced.  This  intermediate  compound,  which 
turns  the  liquid  brown,  has  some  such  composition  as  nCrOs,Cr,Oa+ 
3H,0,. — Chem.  News,  March  29,  1889,  157;  from  Compt.  rend., 
March  11,  1889. 

ZINCUM. 

Zinc — Quantitative  Determination. -r-Mzx  Bragard  observes  that  in 
separating  zinc  in  the  presence  of  nickel  from  its  solution  in  formic 
acid,  the  solution  must  be  sufficiently  acid  to  prevent  the  precipitation  of 
nickel  by  sulphuretted  hydrogen,  the  addition  required  being  5  c.c. 
formic  acid  (sp.  gr.  1.1136)10  0.03  gm.  nickel.  The  free  acid  must 
not  exceed  a  certain  limit  if  the  zinc  is  to  be  thoroughly  precipitated. 
But  if  increased  acid  is  required  by  a  large  quantity  of  nickel,  the  solution 
must  be  diluted  to  500  to  600  c.c.  If  the  precipitation  is  to  be  effected 
in  heat,  more  acid  is  required  than  for  a  cold  solution.  If  the  zinc  sul- 
phide is  contaminated  with  nickel  sulphide,  the  precipitate  is  re-dissolved 
in  hydrochloric  acid,  the  sulphuretted  hydrogen  expelled,  ammonia  and 
formic  acid  are  added,  and  a  fresh  current  of  sulphuretted  hydrogen 
is  passed  through  the  liquid.  "Zinc  can  be  separated  in  the  same  manner 
from  iron,  more  free  formic  acid  being  used,  and  the  volume  of  the 
liquid  increased.  The  precipitation  of  zinc  in  a  citric  solution  presents 
no  advantage,  the  precipitate  being  exceedingly  difficult  to  filter  and  to 
wash. 

The  author  has  also  examined  Tamm's  determination  of  zinc  as  am- 
monio- phosphate.  He  finds  this  method  most  successful  if  0.2  to  0.4 
zinc  is  contained  in  400  c.c.  solution,  and  if  the  precipitate  is  allowed  to 
stand  for  twenty-four  hours.  To  prevent  the  precipitate  from  running 
through,  the  washing  water  should  have  at  first  the  same  temperature  as 
the  filtrate,  and  should  be  made  hotter  by  degrees.  He  endeavored  to 
weigh  the  precipitate  as  pyrophosphate.  He  finds  that  a  volatilization 
of  zinc  may  be  avoided  if  the  precipitate  is  heated  alone,  at  first  with  a 
small  flame,  gradually  made  stronger  so  as  to  exclude  the  reducing  action 
of  the  flame  gases.  Very  strong  heating  should  be  avoided.  To  prevent 
the  reductive  action  of  the  carbon  from  the  filter,  the  precipitate  is  filtered 
in  the  smallest  possible  filter,  from  which  it  is  carefully  separated  when  dry. 
The  paper  is  then  carefully  burnt  separately,  after  being  moistened  with 
ammonium  nitrate.  Zinc  may  be  separated  from  magnesia  by  precipita- 
tion with  sodium  phosphate  and  excess  of  ammonia,  provided  the  quan- 
tity of  magnesia  is  not  too  large.     Manganese  can  be  separated  in  this 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


55 6  REPORT  ON  THE  PROGRESS   OF  PHARMACY. 

manner  from  zinc  only  if  in  small  proportion. — Chem.  News,  Aug.  17, 
1888,  84;  from  ^eitschr.  f.  Analyt.  Chem.,  xxviu,  Part  I. 

Zinc — Separation  and  Determinaiion, — J.  Riban  overcomes  the  diffi- 
culties usually  encountered  in  the  determination  of  zinc  in  the  moist  way, 
by  a  process  which  consists  in  transferring  the  zinc  salt  into  a  solubb 
hyposulphate  by  the  addition  of  an  alkaline  or  earthy  hyposulphate  and 
treating  it  in  the  cold  with  sulphuretted  hydrogen.  There  is  formed  a 
pure  amorphous  zinc  sulphide,  so  dense  that  it  soon  collects  at  the  bottom 
of  the  liquid,  whilst  the  supernatant  liquid  remains  clear,  notwithstanding 
the  movement  produced  by  the  gaseous  current.  As  this  precipitate  is 
formed,  dithionic  acid  is  set  free,  but  its  action  upon  zinc  sulphide  is  very 
slight,  and  even  null  in  dilute  solutions,  so  that  at  certain  degrees  of 
dilution  the  process  is  at  once  expeditious  and  -very  accurate.  The  pre- 
cipitate may  \it  separated  from  the  supernatant  liquid  by  simple  decanta- 
tion,  and  can  then  be  easily  washed  by  continued  decantation  aind  filtra- 
tion. The  liquid  containing  the  salt  of  zinc  is  saturated  .with  sodium 
carbonmte  until  a  permanent  precipitate  appears,  and  is  then  re^dissolved 
by  a  few  drops  of  dilute  hydrochloric  acid.  To  this  slightly  acid  liquid 
there  is  added  an  access  of  sodium  or  barium  hyposulphate,  more  than 
sufficient  to  effect  the  double  decomposition  with  the  salt  of  zinc  and  the 
•free  acid;  an  excess  of  the  hyposulphate  dees  no  harm.  The  liquid  is 
diluted  with  ^^er  so  that  it  may  contain,  sx.  most,  0.1  gm.  zinc  in  100 
c.c.  There  ib  then  passed  iwto  it  a  current  of  sulphuretted  hydrogen  in 
the  cold-  The  precipitate  of  zinc  sulphide,  quiite  white  and  very  heavy, 
collects  quickly.  After  letting  settle  for  a  few  minutes,  the  limpid  liquid 
is  decanted  carefully  through  a  filter.  Upon  the  precipitate  is  poured 
bofling  water  and  sulphuretted  hydrogen  water,  when  the  precipitate 
soon  settles  again.  After  two  or  three  such  washings  by  a  decantation 
through  a  .filter,  the  washing  is  completed  in  the  filter,  always  with  hot 
■water  mixed  with  sulphuretted  hydrogen  water.  It  is  dried  at  100°, 
separated  as  completely  as  possible  from  the  filter,  which  is  incinerated  in 
a  porcelain  crucible,  after  moistening  the  paper  with  ammonium  nitrate. 
Lastly  there  is  added  to  the  ash  the  zinc  sulphide  and  free  sulphur,  and 
the  whole  is  ignited  in  a  current  of  hydrogen  according  to  Rose's  pro- 
<cess.     Or  the  sulphide  may  be  converted  into  oxide  by  roasting. 

This  method  allows  of  the  separation  of  zinc  from  the  alkaline- earthy 
and  alkaline  metals,  using  for  the  latter  barium  hyposulphate  in  place  of 
the  sodium  salt. 

Asiron^  manganese,  etc.,  are  not  precipitated  by  sulphuretted  hydro- 
gen in  presence  of  the  hyposulphates,  the  zinc  may  be  separated  from 
these  metals  and  determined  without  the  previous  elimination  of  iron. — 
Chem.  News,  Aug.  24,  1888,  90;   from  Gomptes  Rendus  (vol,  cviL,  341). 

Zinc — SfpcfrcFtion  as  Sulphidt  in  Presence  of  Nickel. — H.  Bauligney 
^nds  that  zinc  may  be  separated  from  nickel  by  treatment  of^the  suffici- 

DigitizecTby  VjOOQ IC 


ZINCUM'. 


5ST 


ently  dilute  solution  of  the  sulphates  in  acetic  acid  (0.3  gni.  of  the  sa- 
line mixture  in  roo  c.c.  of  liquid).  The  salts  are  dissolved  in  water 
containing  100  c.c.  of  glacial  acid  per  litre^  and  the- liquid  treated  at  the 
common- temperature  with  sulphuretted  hydrogen  is  let  stand  two  or  three 
hours  and  then  filtered.  The  deposit  is  then  complete,  and  is' perfectly 
•  white.  The  operation  is  completed  by  washing  with  w^ter  containing  ro 
percent,  of  acetic  acid  and  containing  sulphuretted  hydrogen.  The  nickel 
is  precipitated  from  the  filtrate  in  the  ordinary  manner,  raising  the  tem- 
perature to  7o°-75°,  and  then  letting  it  cool  in  presence  of  sulphuretted 
hydrogen  in  a  stoppered  flask.  The  free  acid  must  be  exclusively  acetic 
acid,  which  is  secured  by  adding  to  the  liquid  ammonium  acetate.  If 
we  filter  when  the  liquid  is  clear  and  cold,  all  the  nickel  is  separated  as  a 
dense  sulphide,  which  is  washed  with  water  charged  with  sulphuretted 
hydrogen  and  acidulated  with  one  or  two  per  cent,  of  acetic  acid.  The 
sulphides  are  then  converted  into  sulphates  and  weighed  after  drying  at. 
400°. — Chenj-  News,  Feb.  22,  18S9,  ZZ\  from  Compt.  rend.,  cviii,  236. 

Oxide  of  Zinc — Presence  of  Ar.sem'c, — Dr.  W.  Strohmeyer  calls  atten- 
tion to  the  presence  of  arsenic  in  two  specimens  of  ''pure''  oxide  of 
zinc,  neither  of  which  would  have  been  found  objectionable  by  the  tests 
of  the  Germ.  Pharm.  It  seems  probable  that  these  samples  were  not,  as 
they  should  have  been,  prepared  by  the  humid  method,  which  would 
have  excluded  arsenic,  but  that  they  were  made  by  the  industrial  method 
of  combustion.  The  test  of  the  Germ.  Pharm.  should  therefore  include 
the  determination  of  the  freedom  of  oxide  of  zinc  from  arsenic,  possibly 
by  means  of  passing  sulphuretted  hydrogen  into  the  acid  solution  of  the 
preparation,  etc. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  June  1889,  549-550. 

Oxide  of  Zinc — Examination  of  Commercial  Samples, — Mr.  Wm.  F. 
Hebsacker  examined  nine  commercial  samples  of  oxide  of  zinc,  and  com- 
pared them  with  sample  No.  i,  prepared  by  himself,  the  results  being 
given  as  follows: 


Sample. 

Effervescence 

Solution  treated  with  excess 

Acid  solution  treated  with 

with  acids. 

of  ammon.  carb. 

H,S. 

I    .    .    . 

None. 

Perfect  solution. 

No  effect. 

2  .    .    .     . 

3  .    .    .   . 

4  .    .   .   . 

5  .   .   .   . 

6  .    .    .    . 

7  .    .    .    . 

8  .   .    .    . 

None. 

Slight. 

Slight. 

Slight. 

Strong. 

None. 

Strong. 

Slight  precipitate. 
Perfect  solution. 
Slight  precipitate. 
Slight  precipitate. 
Slight  precipitate. 
Slight  precipitate. 
Perfect  solution. 

No  effect. 
Slight  precipitate. 
No  effect. 
No  effect. 
No  effect. 
Slight  precipitate. 
No  effect. 

9    .    .   . 

ID     ...    . 

Slight. 
Slight. 

Slight  precipitate. 
Perfect  solution. 

No  effect. 
Slight  precipitate. 

-Araer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  il^g®d  1888,  6o83lc 


558  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF  PHARMACY. 

Galvanized  Iron — Danger  in  the  Use  of  Vessels  made  from  it. — The 
Paris  Council  of  Hygiene  disapproves  the  use  of  galvanized  iron  vessels 
for  holding  or  measuring  liquids  intended  for  alimentary  purposes,  on 
the  ground  that  they  offer  the  danger  of  rapidly  contaminating  with  zinc 
most  liquids  happening  to  come  in  contact  with  them. — Amer.  Drugg., 
Sept.  1888,  176. 

CUPRUM. 

Copper — Determination  of  Small  Quantities  of  Bismuth  and  Antimony, 
— P.  Jungfer  determines  the  presence  of  small  quantities  of  bismuth  and 
antimony  in  commercial  copper,  as  follows :  He  dissolves  the  copper  in 
nitric  acid,  dilutes  slightly,  adds  sodium  carbonate  drop  by  drop,  stirring 
well,  until  a  slight  permanent  precipitate  has  been  produced,  stirs  further 
for  a  few  minutes,  and  lets  stand  for  an  hour  or  two  in  order  that  any 
bismuth  remaining  in  solution  may  have  time  to  undergo  double  decom- 
position with  the  basic  copper  carbonate  deposited.  The  precipitate  is 
filtered  through  a  small  filter,  dissolved  in  a  few  drops  of  hydrochloric 
acid,  and  diluted  with  water.  The  bismuth  is  then  deposited  as  basic 
bismuth  chloride,  which  is  collected  upon  a  tared  filter,  dried  at  no® 
and  weighed.  If  a  residue  appears  on  dissolving  the  copper  it  is  filtered 
off,  melted  with  sodium  carbonate  and  sulphur,  and  examined  for  bismuth. 
For  separating  small  quantities  of  arsenic  and  antimony  from  copper 
Fiajolot  proposes  a  method  based  on  the  different  behavior  of  the 
iodides  of  the  above  elements.  The  copper  iodide  is  almost  insoluble  in 
feebly  acid. solutions  in  which  arsenic  and  antimony  iodides  (the  latter  in 
the  presence  of  tartaric  acid)  are  readily  soluble.  Mr.  Jungfer  has  re-ex- 
amined this  method,  and  finds  that  along  with  copper  arsenic  remains 
entirely  in  solution,  and  that  antimony,  even  in  presence  of  tartaric  acid, 
is  partially  carried  down,  and  can  be  removed  only  by  very  protracted 
washing.  This  objection  the  author  gets  over  by  adding  to  the  solution 
a  little  potassium  fluoride  before  the  potassium  iodide;  in  this  manner  the 
copper  iodide  can  be  freed  from  antimony  by  a  short  washing,  even  if 
the  addition  of  tartaric  acid  is  omitted. 

For  determining  small  quantities  of  antimony  in  copper,  the  author 
dissolves  10  gms.  copper  in  50  c.c.  nitric  acid  of  specific  gravity  1.4, 
dilutes  the  solution  in  a  large  beaker  to  200  to  300  c.c,  and  after  adding 
150  m.  g.  of  dissolved  potassium  fiuoride,  mixes  with  potassium  iodide 
and  sulphurous  acid.  The  precipitation  of  the  copper  iodide  is  effected 
in  the  cold  by  adding  the  requisite  potassium  iodide,  not  at  once,  but  in 
successive  portions  alternately  with  sulphurous  acid,  avoiding  an  excess 
of  the  iodide.  The  beaker  is  set  on  a  boiling  water-bath  until  the  pre- 
cipitate has  deposited,  the  contents  are  then  filtered,  and  the  precipitate 
is  washed  by  decantation  three  or  four  times  with  hot  water  containing 
sulphuric  acid.     After  the  excess  of  sulphurous  acid  in  the'^filtratei  has 


CUPRUM.  559 

been  removed  by  means  of  solution  of  iodine,  sulphuretted  hydrogen  is 
introduced  for  a  long  time.  The  precipitate  produced  contains,  along 
with  arsenic  and  antimony,  a  little  copper  and  any  lead  and  bismuth 
which  may  be  present.  The  sulphides  are  filtered  off  and  dissolved  in 
hydrochloric  acid  with  a  little  potassium  chlorate.  From  the  liquid  thus 
obtained,  after  adding  tartaric  acid  and  excess  of  ammonia,  copper,  lead, 
and  bismuth  may  be  removed  by  the  cautious  addition  of  sulphuretted 
hydrogen  water.  After  the  precipitate  has  been  gently  heated  and 
stirred  for  a  short  time  it  is  rapidly  filtered,  and  arsenic  and  antimony  in 
the  filtrate  are  separated  fom  each  other  in  the  ordinary  manner. — Chem. 
News,  July  27,  1888,  49 ;  from  Zeitsch.  f.  Anal.  Chem.  xxvii.,  part  i. 

Cupric  Salts — New  Reaction. — Denigds  describes  a  new  reaction  of 
cupric  salts,  which  is  based  upon  the  easy  transformation  of  the  salts  of 
copper  to  cupric  bromide,  under  the  influence  of  bromide  of  potassium, 
and  upon  the  dehydration,  by  sulphuric  acid,  of  the  salt  produced,  this 
being  manifested — with  bromide  of  potassium  in  excess — by  a  fine  colora- 
tion of  violet  red.  The  reaction  is  very  sensitive,  and  may  also  be  pro- 
duced in  saline  solutions  of  other  metals,  such,  for  instance,  as  nickel 
and  cobalt.  To  2  c.cm.  of  -a  cold,  saturated  solution  of  bromide  of  po- 
tassium, I  c.cm.  of  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  is  added,  and  the  mixture 
is  agitated ;  the  lower  portion  becomes  yellow,  but  this  color  disappears 
on  agitation  if  the  bromide  be  free  from  bromate.  Then  two  or  three 
drops  of  the  solution  to  be  tested  for  copper  is  added.  However  small 
may  be  the  quantity  of  copper  present,  a  carmine  coloration  is  produced ; 
this  brightens  with  heat,  and  disappears  under  the  addition  of  water, 
which  hydrates  the  cupric  bromide.  The  same  action  is  produced  with 
solid  cupric  salts.  The  solution  to  be  tested  should  first  be  acidulated 
with  sulphuric  acid  so  as  to  precipitate  the  metals,  if  any,  as  insoluble 
sulphates.  The  reagent  may  be  prepared  in  advance  by  adding  to  a  sat- 
urated solution  of  bromide  of  potassium,  half  its  volume  of  pure  sul- 
phuric acid.  This  is  stirred  and  filtered  through  asbestos,  so  as  to  sep- 
arate the  sulphate  of  potash  precipitate  which  forms. — Amer.  Jour.  Phar., 
June  1889,  289-290:  from  Bull,  de  la  Soc.  de  Phar.  de  Bordeaux,  March 
1889. 

Copper  Salts — Reducing  Action  of  Saccharine  Matters, — L.  Monnet 
observes  that  the  various  sugars  have  the  property  of  reducing  the  copper 
salts  to  the  metallic  condition,  if  they  are  applied  in  concentrated  solu- 
tions. In  neutral  liquids  the  reduction  is  produced  at  all  temperatures, 
and  heat  merely  facilitates  the  operation.  The  copper  is  always  obtained 
in  a  crystalline  condition.  In  alkaline  solutions  the  reduction  is  effected 
only  at  a  boiling  heat,  and  the  deposit  is  amorphous.  Saccharose  acts 
more  easily  than  lactose  or  dextrose  in  neutral  solutions ;  in  alkaline 
liquids  the  reverse  holds  good. — Chem.  News,  Feb.  15,  1889,  85;  from 
Bull.  Soc.  Chim.,  1889,  No.  2.       '  n  \ 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


560  REPORT  ON  THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

Cuprous  Chloride — Preparation  from  Sulphate  by  Double  Decomposition. 
— For  the  preparation  of  cuprous  chloride  Deniges  heats  to  a  boil  in  a 
flask  one  part  each  of  crystalline  copper  sulphate  and  copper  turnings,  two 
parts  sodium  chloride,  and  ten  parts  of  distilled  water.  The  solution  is 
filtered  into  15  to  20  parts  of  water  acidulated  with  i  to  2  parts  of  acetic 
acid.  If  the  hot  liquid  is  collected  separately  after  filtration  and  secluded 
from  air,  it  yields  on  cooling  fine  crystals  of  cuprous  chloride. 

Cuprous  Bromide  may  be  obtained  in  a  similar  manner  by  the  aid  of 
potassium  bromide. — Chem,  News,  April  5,  1889,  168;  from  Compt. 
rend.,  March  18,  1889. 

Hydrochlorate  of  Cupric  Chloride — A  New  Compound, — Paul  Sabatier 
has  obtained  a  new  compound,  the  hydrochlorate  of  cupric  chloride 
(CuCl,HjCl2,5H,0),  in  form  of  hyacinth-red  crystals.  On  exposure  to 
air  the  crystals  promptly  lose  their  hydrochloric  acid  and  leave  green 
opaque  needles.  The  red  coloration  of  this  hydrochlorate  is  an  anomaly, 
since  the  salts  of  copper  are  blue  or  green.  An  analogous  compound  has 
been  obtained  with  cadmium  chloride. — Chem.  News,  Nov.  2,  1888, 
220  j  from  Bull.  Soc.  Chim.,  July  20,  1888. 

PLUMBUM. 

Lead —  Volumetric  Determination. — Yvon  proposes  the.  volumetric  de- 
termination by  the  aid  of  potassium  ferrocyanide.  Three  solutions  are 
required:  i.  A  normal  lead  solution  made  with  15.987  crystalline  lead 
nitrate  and  water  enough  to  make  up  1000  gms.  Each  c.c.  represents 
I  centigm.  of  metallic  lead.  2.  Seminormal  solution  of  potassium  fer- 
rocyanide made  with  10.201  gms.  of  the  crystalline  salt,  and  water  to 
make  up  1000  gms.  Each  c.c.  represents  a  centigm.  of  lead.  The 
solution  of  ferric  chloride  must  be  so  dilute  that  a  drop  when  deposited 
upon  the  porcelain  plate  is  not  perceptibly  colored.  For  titrating  the 
ferrocyanide  solution  the  author  pours  into  a  large  test-glass  10  c.c.  of 
the  normal  lead  solution,  and  drops  in  with  a  burette  the  ferrocyanide 
solution,  stirring  meanwhile  with  a  glass  rod.  The  precipitate  deposits 
rapidly ;  but  it  is  not  necessary  to  wait  until  the  liquid  is  clear.  When 
nearly  10  c.c.  of  the  ferrocyanide  solution  have  been  added,  a  series 
of  drops  of  the  ferric  solution  is  placed  upon  a  white  plate,  and  a  drop 
of  the  mixture  is  applied  to  one  of  these  with  a  glass  rod.  As 
soon  as  a  blue  color  appears  the  addition  of  the  ferrocyanide  is 
stopped,  and  the  number  of  degrees  consumed  is  noted.  Ten  more 
c.c.  of  the  lead  solution  are  then  added,  and  ferrocyanide  is  again  added 
until  the  blue  color  appears  anew.  If  the  process  has  been  properly  man- 
aged the  second  number  of  degrees  read  off  on  the  burette  will  be  ex- 
actly double  the  first,  and  the  standard  of  the  ferrocyanide  solution  is 
thus  found. — Chem.  News,  Feb.  8',  1889,  73;  from  Jour,  de  Phar.  et  de 
Chim.,  1889,  No.  i. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


PLUMBUM.  561 

Lead — Determination  in  Tin  Alloys, — G.  Schwartz  proposes  the  follow- 
ing method  for  the  determination  of  lead  in  tin  alloys :  One  gra.  of  the 
alloy  is  rolled  out  as  fine  as  possible,  covered  with  20  c.c.  of  strong  hydro- 
chloric acid  and  heated  gently.  As  a  rule,  in  half  an  hour  the  alloy  is 
dissolved,  leaving  the  antimony  behind.  To  dissolve  the  latter  bromine 
water  is  added  until  the  liquid  becomes  yellow,  the  excess  of  bromine  is 
expelled  by  boiling,  the  liquid  diluted  to  100  c.c,  let  cool,  and  poured, 
shaking  it  round,  in  a  thin  stream  into  a  solution  of  40  gms.  commer- 
cial crystalline  sodium  sulphide  in  150  c.c.  water.  After  the  lead  sulphide 
has  subsided,  the  supernatant  liquid  is  poured  through  a  filter  and  the  pre- 
cipitate is  washed  with  dilute  ammonium  sulphide  (i  vol.  ammonium  sul- 
phide prepared  with  10  per  cent,  ammonia  and  9  vols,  water).  The  filter 
and  precipitate  are  put  in  a  porcelain  capsule,  covered  with  a  funnel, 
treated  with  a  10  c.c.  nitric  acid  of  sp.  gr.  1.5,  and  as  soon  as  the  first 
violent  reaction  is  over  5  c.c.  of  strong  sulphuric  acid.  It  is  then  warmed 
upon  asbestos  paste-board  with  a  small  fiame.  or  until  the  contents  of  the 
capsule  have  become  colorless  or  pale  brownish,  let  cool,  the  funnel  is 
spirted  out  with  alcohol  at  50  per  cent.,  diluted  therewith  to  100  c.c, 
washed  as  usual,  ignited,  and  weighed.  The  lead  sulphate,  after  washing, 
is  treated  with  basic  ammonium  tartrate,  which  dissolves  everything  ex- 
cept traces  of  lead  oxide,  which  are  collected  and  deducted. — Chem. 
News,  Aug.  31,  1888,  109;  from  Chem.  Ztg.,  through  Zeitsch.  f.  Analyt. 
Chem.,  xxvii,  Part  11. 

Lead — Volumetric  Determination  as  Molybdate, — See  Molybdic  Acid, 
Lead — Simple  Method  of  Detection  in  Water, — Dr.  H.  Hager  recommends 
the  following  simple  method  for  detecting  the  presence  of  lead  in  water. 
An  ordinary  tumbler  is  filled  two-thirds  full  of  the  water  to  be  examined, 
a  teaspoonful  of  vinegar  is  added,  and  two  knitting  needles,  polished 
brightly  and  rubbed  off  with  linen — not  cotton  or  wool — are  placed  into 
the  tumbler  crosswise,  and  allowed  to  stand  6  to  7  hours  at  the  ordinary 
temperature.  In  the  presence  of  lead,  the  needles  will  be  covered  with  a 
gray,  lustreless  coating,  showing  here  and  there  black  or  brown-black 
spots.  When  kept  for  several  days  in  a  dry  place,  free  from  dust,  the 
gray  coating  changes  to  a  yellowish  or  red-yellow. — Arch.  d.  Pharm., 
Oct.  1888,  900 ;  from  Pharm.  Ztg.,  33,  372. 

Litharge — Impurities, — Th.  Sulzer  draws  attention  to  two  forms  of  im- 
purity recently  observed  by  him  in  litharge,  viz.,  basic  nitrate  of  lead  and 
gypsum.  The  former  is  probably  due  to  the  fact  that  the  litharge  was 
obtained  as  a  by-product  in  the  preparation  of  nitrites  by  the  action  of 
lead  on  nitrates.  The  probable  source  of  gypsum  is  not  mentioned. 
It  is  to  be  remarked  that  the  water  used  to  wash  the  litharge  containing 
gypsum  has  a  strong  alkaline  reaction,  due  to  the  decomposition  of  the 
lime  salt  and  formation  of  calcium  hydrate. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Feb. 
1889,  125  ;  from  Pharm.  Centralh.,  29,  645.  Digitized  by  GoOglc 


562  REPORT   ON   THE   PROGRESS  OF   PHARMACY. 

Peroxide  of  Lead— Presence  and  Detection  of  Manganese. — L.  de 
Koninck  draws  attention  to  the  occasional  presence  of  manganese  in 
peroxide  of  lead.  This  cannot  be  detected  by  the  ordinary  methods. 
It  is  necessary  to  heat  a  portion  of  the  peroxide  with  concentrated  sul- 
phuric acid  to  complete  decomposition  ;  then,  after  cooling,  to  treat  the 
substance  with  water  and  a  fresh  quantity  of  peroxide,  when,  on  heating, 
a  red  solution  of  permanganic  acid  is  produced  if  manganese  is  present. 
— Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Feb.  1889,  184;  from  Zeitschr.  f.  Angew.  Chem., 
1889,  4. 

Lead  Dioxide — Use  as  a  Test  for  Alkaloids. — According  to  Chem. 
Ztg.  (1889,  95)  acetate  of  brucine  in  dilute  solution  with  lead  di- 
oxide gives  after  a  short  time  a  red  coloration ;  acetate  and  oxalate  of 
apomorphine  in  dilute  solutions,  on  addition  of  lead  dioxide  or  hydrated 
manganese  dioxide,  a  cherry-red  color. 

Sulphide  of  Lead— Removal  from  .Vessels. — The  tenaciously  adhering 
coating  of  lead  sulphide  from  glass  or  porcelain  vessels  is  easily  removed, 
according  to  Fischer,  by  the  use  of  a  small  quantity  of  liquor  sodae  and 
some  solution  of  hydrogen  peroxide.  The  process  will  clean  off  the 
oldest  concretions  in  a  short  time,  the  sulphide  becoming  oxidized  to 
sulphate,  and  this  dissolved  by  the  solution  of  soda. — Amer.  Drugg.,  Aug. 
1888,  154;  from  Pharm.  Ztg. 

STANNUM. 

Tin — Atomic  Weight. — S.  Bongartz  and  A.  Classen  have  made  some 
new  experiments  to  redetermine  the  atomic  weight  of  tin.  The  deter- 
minations, 47  of  which  were  made,  were  partly  by  the  electrolysis  of  the 
double  chlorides  of  tin  and  potassium,  of  tin  and  ammonium,  and  of  tin 
tetrabromide,  and  partly  by  the  oxidation  of  chemically  pure  tin  to  stan- 
nic oxide.  As  a  mean  of  their  experiments  they  find  the  atomic  weight 
of  tin  tp  be  118.8  if  0=15.96,  or  119.1  if  0=16. — Arch.  d.  Pharm., 
Dec.  1888,  1129;  from  Ber.  d.  D.  Chem.  Ges.,  21,  2900. 

Tin — Ready  Oxidation  When  Finely  Divided. — According  to  Leo 
Vignon,  tin,  which  has  been  precipitated  by  means  of  zinc  from  neutral 
solutions  of  stannous  and  stannic  chlorides,  is  very  readily  oxidized.  If 
exposed  to  the  air  for  three  or  four  days,  it  contains  a  quantity  of  hy- 
drated stannous  oxide,  equal  to  the  fourth  or  third  of  its  weight.  A 
relatively  small  quantity  of  stannous  oxide  mixed  with  metallic  tin  ren- 
ders it  infusible.  If  tin  partially  oxidized  is  heated  in  contact  with  the 
air,  it  burns  without  fusing.  In  a  current  of  inert  gas,  globules  of  tin 
form  and  remain  isolated  without  coalescing  into  a  regiilus.  This 
phenomenon  is  analogous  to  that  presented  by  mercury,  which  remains 
subdivided  in  presence  of  certain  impurities. —  Chem.  News,  Nov. 
23,  1888,  251 ;  from  Comp.  Rend.,  1888,  No.  19. 

Stannous  Salts — Volumetric  Determination, — In  the  volumetric  deter- 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


VANADIUM.  563 

mination  of  stannous  salts,  Dr.  A.  Jones  titrates  with  a  solution  of  per- 
manganate made  by  dissolving  4  to  5  gms.  permanganate  and  8  to  10 
gms.  caustic  potassa  in  i  litre  of  water.  To  standardize  this  test-liquor 
he  measures  exactly  5  to  10  c.c.  and  adds  a  solution  containing  exactly 
10  gms.  of  tartar  emetic  per  litre  until  the  green  color  turns  to  a  light 
brownish  yellow.  For  the  determination  0.2  to  0.4  gm.  of  tin  crystals 
or  half  the  quantity  of  metallic  tin  is  dissolved  in  hydrochloric  acid  in  a 
current  of  carbonic  acid  gas.  The  solution  is  made  up  exactly  to  250 
c.c.  5  or  10  c.c.  of  the  permanganate  liquid  are  put  in  a  test-glass,  and 
the  solution  of  tin  is  let  flow  in  gently  until  the  change  of  color  is  ob- 
served. The  liquid  must  be  kept  alkaline,  and  in  case  of  need  a  few  c.c. 
of  caustic  potassa  must  be  added.  For  the  calculation  we  have  i  mol. 
tin  salt  =  I  mol.  permanganate  =  i  mol.  tartar  emetic. — Chem.  News, 
Feb.  15,  1889,  84;  from  Chem.  Zig 

Stannous  Chloride — Action  of  Hydrochloric  Acid, — According  to  the 
observations  of  Engel,  stannous  chloride  is  precipitated  from  its  aqueous 
solutions  by  hydrochloric  acid  in  nearly  equivalent  proportions  until  the 
acid  preponderates  sufficiently,  when  no  further  separation  takes  place. 
If  a  current  of  dry  hydrochloric  acid  i^  passed  over  crystallized  stannous 
chloride  having  the  formula  SnCla  +  2HaO,  partial  liquefaction  of  the 
crystals  results,  and  new  crystals,  having  the  formula  SnCl,+HjO,  while 
the  liquid  portion  has  a  composition  approximating  to  the  formula 
SnCl,-hHCl-f3H,0.  The  latter  may  be  regarded  as  a  liquid  compound 
of  hydrochloric  acid  and  stannous  chloride  (hydrochloride  of  stannous 
chloride)  which  melts  at — 27°  C. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Sept.  1888,  797; 
Journ.  de  Phar.  et  de  Chim.,  1888,  xviii.  76. 

VANADIUM. 

Vanadates — Salts  of  the  Heavy  Metals, — Very  little  is  known  respecting 
the  vanadates  of  the  heavy  metals.  G.  Radan  has  undertaken  the  study  of 
the  neutral  and  acid  vanadates  of  manganese,  nickel,  cobalt,  zinc,  cad- 
mium, and  copper,  preparing  them  by  double  decomposition  of  the  van- 
adates of  potassium  and  the  respective  metallic  salts. 

Normal  Potassium  Vanadate  (KVOg-hHjO)  was  prepared  for  this  pur- 
pose by  melting  pure  vanadic  acid  with  the  equivalent  quantity  of  potas- 
sium carbonate.  By  adding  to  the  solution  of  the  normal  salt  acetic 
acid  until  the  solution  becomes  permanently  red,  shining  red  crystals  of  an 

Acid  Vanadate  of  Potassium,  of  composition  sKaO.sVaOj,  are  obtained. 
This  crystallizes  in  two  forms,  with  5  and  4j^  mol.  HjO  respectively. 
If  a  larger  quantity  of  acetic  acid  is  added,  the 

Bivanadate  of  Potassium — K^O.  2^  Pi,  -f-  4H2O — is  obtained  in  form 
of  small,  red,  gold-glistening  scales.  Of  normal  vanadates^  the  author  ob- 
tained only  vanadate  of  manganese  (MnVjOe  +  4H2O)  in  a  pure  condition. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


564  REPORT   ON   THE   PROGRESS  OF   PHARMACY. 

In  the  case  of  all  of  the  other  metals,  he  obtained  either  basic  com- 
pounds, or  such  that  contained  potassium.  The  acid  vanadates  of  the 
heavy  metals,  on  the  other  hand,  were  obtained  throughout  in  well  char- 
acterized crystals,  but  the  salts  produced  were  without  exception  double 
salts.  These  all  corresponded,  moreover,  in  their  constitution,  to  the 
acid  vanadate,  in  which  the  relation  of  acid  to  base  is  5:3.  Double  salts 
containing  more  acid  could  be  obtained  only  in  a  single  case,  with  potas- 
sium and  copper  =  KCuVgOn  +  lyH^O.  This  crystallizes  in  brown 
shining  crystals.— Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  June  1889,  554-555;  from  Liebig's 
Annal.  d.  Chem..,  1889,  251,  114. 

Fluorides  of  Vanadium — Preparation  and  Characters. — Emil  Petersen 
has  prepared  several  fluorides  of  vanadium  by  dissolving  the  oxides  in  hy- 
drofluoric acid,  even  the  sesquioxide  (V2O3)  being  readily  dissolved. 
From  the  latter  he  obtained  the  compound  VaF6+6HaO,  which  consti- 
tuted large,  easily  soluble,  dark- green  rhombohedral  crystals.  He  pre- 
pared with  this  compound  several  double  salts.  The  potassium  double 
salt,  which  contains  2  mol.  of  water,  was  obtained  as  a  sparingly  soluble, 
light-green  crystalline  powder.  The  ammonium  double  salt  was  obtained 
in  the  form  of  small,  grass- green,  fegular  octahedrons.  The  cobalt  double 
salt  was  obtained  in  small,  dark- green,  monoclinic  prisms.  From  the  di- 
oxide of  vanadium  the  author  obtained  the  ammonium  double  salt  in 
small,  blue  octahedrons,  and  the  sodium  double  salt  forming  a  light-blue, 
sparingly  soluble  salt.  The  pentoxide  also  yielded  double  salts  with  po- 
tassium and  ammonium,  the  former  being  colorless,  the  latter  yellow. — 
Arch.  d.  Phar.,  Jan.  1889,  82 ;  from  Ber.  d.  D.  Chem.  Ges.,  21,  3257, 

NIOBIUM. 

Niobate  of  Ammonium  and  Potassium- Fluor- Niobate — New  Reagents 
for  Alkaloids^  which  see  under  **  Organic  Chemistry.*' 

MOLYBDENUM. 

Molybdic  Acid  —  Volumetric  Determination  as  Lead  Salt,  —  Carl 
Schindler  observes  that  if  solution  of  ammonium  molybdate  and  of  lead 
acetate  are  brought  in  contact,  there  is  found  a  white  precipitate  of  lead 
molybdate,  which  quickly  settles  if  heated.  Chatard  has  already  utilized 
this  reaction  for  the  gravimetric  determination  of  molybdic  acid.  The 
author  applies  it  for  a  volumetric  determination  of  both  bodies,  using  an 
aqueous  solution  of  tannin  as  indicator.  If  a  drop  of  this  solution  is 
allowed  to  touch  a  solution  of  ammonium  molybdate,  placed  upon  a 
white  porcelain  plate,  there  appears,  according  to  the  concentration  of 
the  molybdate  solution,  a  coloration  blood-red  to  yellowish,  distinctly 
visible  at  a  dilution  of  1:400,000,  whilst  the  insoluble  lead  molybdate 
gives  no  color,  and  lead  acetate,  if  very  strong,  gives  merely  a  faint 
greenish-yellow  color  which  cannot  be  confounded  with  that  Just  men- 


ARSENICUM.  565 

tioned.  If  we  have  a  solution  of  ammonium  molybdate  and  precipitate 
it  by  the  successive  addition  of  solution  of  lead  acetate,  a  drop  of  the 
liquid  gives  the  above  reaction  as  long  as  molybdic  acid  remains  in  solu- 
tion. Inversely  a  solution  of  lead  precipitate  in  a  corresponding  manner 
with  solution  of  molybdate  does  not  give  this  reaction  until  all  the  lead 
is  thrown  down  and  molybdic  acid  is  present  in  slight  excess.  For  the 
titration  the  following  solutions  are  required:  (i)  Solution  of  lead 
acetate,  prepared  as  follows  :  40  to  50  gms.  lead  acetate  are  dissolved  in 
water  with  the  addition  of  a  little  acetic  acid.  The  solution  is  let  down 
to  I  litre  and  standardized  with  pure  ammonium  molybdate,  which  con- 
tains 81.55  per  cent,  molybdic  acid.  (2)  A  solution  of  ammonium 
molybdate,  of  which  i  c.  c.  =  1  c.  c.  of  the  lead  solution.  20  gms.  of 
commercial  ammonium  molybdate  are  dissolved  in  700  to  800  c.  c.  of 
water.  Ammonia  is  added  until  the  slight  turbidity  disappears  and  the 
liquid  is  standardized  to  Solution  i.  (3)  Dilute  solution  of  tannic  acid 
in  water;  about  o.i  gm.  to  30  c.  c.  It  should  be  prepared  fresh  for 
every  series  of  experiments.  The  analysis  is  executed  as  follows :  The 
molybdic  solution,  slightly  acidified  with  acetic  acid,  is  placed  in  a 
beaker  and  boiling  water  is  added  until  the  liquid  reaches  the  volume  of 
300  to  400  c.  c.  Lead  solution  is  then  dropped  in  until  the  molybdic 
acid  is  entirely  precipitated  and  a  small  excess  of  lead  remains  in  solution. 
It  is  stirred  and  let  settle  for  a  moment.  Then  a  large  drop  is  taken 
from  the  upper  layer  of  the  solution  by  means  of  a  fine  dropping  tube,  and 
brought  in  contact  with  a  drop  of  the  tannin  solution  upon  a  porcelain 
plate.  If  sufficient  lead  has  been  added  there  appears  no  color.  One- 
tenth  c.  c.  of  the  titrated  molybdic  solution  is  now  added,  stirred,  let 
settle,  and  tested  again  with  the  tannin  solution.  This  is  repeated  un(il 
a  drop  produces  a  distinct  orange  color.  The  volume  of  the  molybdic 
solution  consumed  is  deducted  from  that  of  the  lead  solution,  and  the 
molybdic  acid  is  calculated  from  the  remainder.  In  determining  the 
lead  in  a  liquid  the  procedure  is  analogous.  The  liquid  containing  the 
lead  is  slightly  acidified  with  acetic  acid,  and  molybdic  solution  is  added 
until  a  drop  of  the  liquid  gives  the  molybdic  reaction.  If  the  quantity 
to  be  determined  is  not  approximately  known  it  should  be  ascertained  by 
a  preliminary  experiment.  A  small  excess  of  lead  solution  (about  0.5 
c.  c.)  is  used,  titrating  back  with  molybdic  solution.  The  tannin  drops 
are  best  placed  upon  a  porcelain  plate  with  depressions. — (I)hem.  News, 
Aug.  3,  1888,  61  ;  from  Zeitschr.  f.  Analyt.  Chem.,  xxvii,  Part  2. 

ARSENICUM. 

Arsenic — Solubility  of  its  Compottnds  with  Iron. — Experiments  made 
by  Schagdenhauffen  and  Reeb  lead  them  to  the  following  conclusions  : 
The  solubility  of  samples  of  arseniate  of  iron — obtained  from  various 
sources — is  not  the  same.     None  of  the  arsenical  compounds  with  iron 

^  oogle 


566  REPORT   ON   THE  PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 

are  so  iiisoluble  as  writers  have  supposed  them  ;  they  dissolve  in  the  pro- 
portion of  2j4  to  1000  in  water  acidulated  with  hydrochloric  acid,  and 
some  samples  dissolved  in  pure  water.  The  hydrated  sesquioxide  of  iron 
cannot,  therefore,  he/ar  excellence^  the  antidote  for  poisoning  by  arsenic. 
— Amer.  Jour.  Phar.,  Nov.  1888,  563;  from  Jour.  dePhar.  d'Als.-Lorr., 
Sept.  1888. 

Arsenic — The  Most  Suitable  Process  for  the  Detection  of  the  Smallest 
Quantities, — Prof.  F.  A.  Fliickiger,  as  the  result  of  comprehensive  ex- 
periments, which  are  given  in  detail,  concludes  that  for  the  detection  of 
the  smallest  quantities  of  arsenic  the  method  of  Gutzeit  is  far  superior  to 
any  other  as  regards  accuracy,  simplicity,  and  general  utility.  The 
method,  as  is  well  known,  is  based  upon  the  reaction  of  arsenuretted 
hydrogen  on  nitrate  of  silver,  the  yellow  compound,  As  AgsCHOjAg),  be- 
ing formed.  It  is  quite  possible  with  this  test  to  recognize  the  presence 
of  linn  milligram  of  AsjGs  (z^yiymg.  As).  Not  quite  so  sensitive,  but 
not  appreciably  less  so,  is  the  substitution  of  mercuric  chloride  for  silver 
nitrate  in  this  test,  its  advantages  being  that  neither  light  nor  water  influ- 
ences the  reaction.  The  generation  of  the  hydrogen  for  these  tests  is 
preferably  by  the  aid  of  pure  zinc  and  properly  diluted  hydrochloric  or 
sulphuric  acid,  rather  than  by  means  of  sodium  amalgam.  But  the  zinc 
must  be  carefully  tested  for  its  purity ;  not  alone  that  it  must  be  free  from 
arsenic,  but  also  from  all  traces  of  sulphide.  Zinc,  containing  traces  of 
sulphide,  eliminates  of  course  sulphuretted  hydrogen,  and  very  small 
quantities  of  this  do  not  produce  black  stains  upon  nitrate  of  silver  or 
corrosive  sublimate  paper,  but  yellow  stains  similar  to  those  produced  by 
AsHg.  Hence  it  is  necessary  to  test  the  zmc  carefully,  such  test  being 
sufficient  if  the  gas  produced  from  10  grams  of  the  metal  with  dilute  hy- 
drochloric acid,  after  being  allowed  to  act  upon  silver  nitrate  or  corro- 
sive sublimate  paper,  and  in  the  absence  of  light,  produces  no  sensible 
change  on  the  respective  papers.  The  author  considers  it  very  desirable 
that  absolutely  '  pure  zinc,  free  from  sulphur,  arsenic,  phosphorus  and 
antimony,  should  be  prepared  industrially  in  sticks  of  not  above  5  m.m. 
in  thickness.  For  the  test  about  i  gram  of  zinc — a  piece  about  4  m.m. 
long  if  of  the  above  mentioned  thickness — is  sufficient.  The  hydro- 
chloric acid  should  not  have  a  ?p.  gr.  over  1.036,  nor  if  sulphuric  acid 
above  1.055,  otherwise  the  reaction  is  too  violent.  Of  these  acids,  4  c.  c. 
are  sufficient,  a  narrow-necked  flask  of  50  c.c.  capacity,  or  a  cylinder  10 
cm.  in  height,  being  used  for  the  generation  of  the  gas.  The  orifice  in 
neither  case  should  have  a  diameter  of  more  than  ij^  cm.,  and  is  pre- 
liminarily covered  with  a  double  layer  of  filter  paper,  to  guard  against 
spurting;  then,  the  generation  of  gas  being  steady  and  continuous,  a  drop 
of  saturated  and  acidulated  solution  of  nitrate  of  silver  is  applied  to  a 
third  piece  of  filter  paper,  and  when  it  has  uniformly  penetrated  this 
paper  it  is  placed  over  the  two  previous  layers  of  paper,  the  whole|appa- 

Digitized  by  VjOOQ  IC 


ARSENICUM.  567 

ratus  being  then  protected  from  the  light  by  inverting  a  small  porcelain 
jar  over  it.  After  an  hour's  exposure  to  the  action  of  the  hydrogen  the 
paper  is  examined,  and  if  ro  yellow  stain  is  produced  on  the  outer  or 
inner  side  of  the  silver  nitrate  paper,  the  absence  of  arsenic  may  be  con- 
cluded. It  is  necessary  to  use  acidulated  solution  of  nitrate  of  silver  to 
guard  against  the  reduction  of  the  silver  salt  by  the  hydrogen  itself. 
When  corrosive  sublimate  is  substituted  for  silver  nitrate,  a  yellow  stain — 
not  as  bright  however  as  in  the  case  of  silver — changing  to  brown,  is  pro- 
duced. It  is  not  necessary  to  use  a  strong  corrosive  sublimate  solution, 
one  of  1:50  answering  perfectly. — Arch  de  Pharm.,   Jan.  1889,   1-30. 

Arsenic — Detection  of  Minute  Traces. — Schlickum  states  that,  if  a 
.minute  crystal  of  sodium  sulphite  is  placed  in  a  solution  of  0.3  to  0.4 
gramme  of  stannous  chloride  in  pure  hydrochloric  acid  (sp.  gr.  1  124), 
there  is  liberated  not  merely  sulphurous  acid,  but  sulphuretted  hydrogen, 
the  latter  owing  to  the  reducing  action  of  the  tin-salt  upon  the  sulphur- 
ous acid.  If  a  hydrochloric  acid  solution  of  white  arsenic  is  cautiously 
poured  over  it,  there  appears,  if  only  -i-^  milligramme  of  arsenious  acid  is 
present,  a  yellow  ring  of  arsenic  sulphide  at  the  line  of  junction  of  the 
two  liquids.  This  ring  gradually  increases  upwards,  and  if  ^  milli- 
gramme is  present,  it  colors  the  entire  upper  stratum  of  acid  yellow  in 
the  course  of  a  few  minutes.  With  arsenic  acid,  the  reaction  requires  a 
little  longer.  The  method  succeeds  in  the  presence  of  bismuth  and  anti- 
mony, as  the  sulphides  of  these  metals  do  not  form  in  a  strong  hydro- 
chloric solution. — Amer.  Drugg.,  Feb.  1889,  30;  from  Pharm.  Zeit. 

Arsenic — Action  of  Sulphuretted  Hydrogen. — Le  Roy  W.  McCay  ob- 
serves that  if  a  slow  current  of  sulphuretted  hydrogen  is  passed  into  the 
solution  of  an  alkaline  arseniate,  acidulated  with  sulphuric  or  hydro- 
chloric acid,  and  heated  to  70°,  there  is  formed,  along  with  some  penta- 
sulphide,  a  larger  or  smaller  quantity  of  free  sulphoxy- arsenic  acid, 
which,  under  the  influence  of  the  strong  mineral  acid,  is  split  up  into 
arsenious  acid  and  sulphur.  The  arsenious  acid  thus  formed  is  immedi- 
ately attacked  by  the  sulphuretted  hydrogen  and  thrown  down  as  arsenic 
trisulphide. — Chem.  News,  Nov.  23,  1888,  256;  from  Zeitschr.  f.  Analyt. 
Chem  ,  xxvii.  Part  5. 

Arsenic — Use  of  Aluminium  in  Preference  to  Zinc  in  Testing, — The 
following  test  for  arsenic  is  given  in  **Farm.  Ital."  :  To  the  suspected 
liquid  is  added,  in  a  test  tube,  a  solution  of  caustic  potash  or  soda,  and 
then  a  fragment  of  aluminium.  The  mouth  of  the  tube  is  then  closed 
with  paper  dipped  in  a  solution  of  nitrate  of  silver.  If  arsenic  be  present 
the  paper  turns  black.  Aluminium  is  preferable  to  zinc,  for  the  latter 
may  contain  arsenic,  while  aluminium  is  always  free  from  it. — Am.  Jour. 
Phar.,  Arch,  de  Pharm.,  Oct.  5.  1888. 

Arsenic, — Presence  in  Commercial  Glycerin,  which  see  under  **  Organic 
Chemistry." 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


568  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF  PHARMACY. 

Arsenic, — Determination  in  Golden  Sulphur et  of  Antimony^  which  sec 
under  **  Antimonium.*' 

Arsenic — Separation  from  Antimony. — O.  Koehler  describes  a  method 
for  the  separation  of  small  quantities  of  arsenic  from  large  quantities  of 
antimony,  which  is  based  upon  the  fact  that  sulphuretted  hydrogen  does 
not  precipitate  antimony  from  its  solution  in  excess  of  cone,  hydrochloric 
acid,  while  the  arsenic  under  the  same  condition  is  readily  precipitated 
as  sulphide.  At  least  two  parts  of  cone,  hydrochloric  acid  must  be  used 
for  one  part  of  SbClj. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  May  1889,  406-409. 

Arsenic,  Antimony  and  Tin — Improved  Method  of  Separation, — E.  Lesser 
prefers  the  process  of  F.  W.  Clarke  for  the  separation  and  determination 
of  arsenic,  antimony  and  tin,  but  suggests  certain  precautions,  as  follows; 
The  solution  of  the  metals  is  neutralized,  as  far  as  possible,  so  as  to  admit 
of  a  complete  precipitation  of  the  antimony.  So  much  oxalic  acid  is 
then  added  that  it  may  be  from  35  to  40  times  the  weight  of  the  tin. 
The  approximate  quantity  of  tin  is  found  by  taking  the  sulphides  thrown 
down  by  sulphuretted  hydrogen  from  a  distinct  portion  of  the  sample, 
oxidizing  with  nitric  acid,  filtering  off  the  insoluble  residue  of  stannic 
oxide  and  antimony  tetroxide,  igniting  in  a  tared  crucible,  and  weighing. 
After  the  addition  of  oxalic  acid  the  solution  is  heated,  and  sulphuretted 
hydrogen  passed  in  to  saturation,  when  the  precipitate  is  filtered  off. 
The  metallic  sulphides  are  dissolved  in  ammonium  sulphide  and,  after 
acidulation  with  oxalic  acid,  again  treated,  hot,  with  sulphuretted  hydro- 
gen, in  order  to  remove  the  small  quantity  of  tin  which  was  carried  down 
in  the  first  precipitation.  The  two  filtrates  containing  the  tin  arc  mixed, 
concentrated,  and  precipitated  according  to  Clarke's  directions  with  am- 
monia, ammonium  sulphide,  and  acetic- acid,  the  precipitate  being  then 
determined  in  the  ordinary  manner  as  tin  oxide.  For  separating  the  ar- 
senic and  antimony,  the  sulphides  are  dissolved  off  the  filter  into  a  beaker 
in  warm  ammonium  sulphide  and  then  oxidized  with  hydrochloric  acid 
and  potassium  chlorate.  The  solution  is  mixed  with  tartaric  acid  and 
ammonia  in  excess,  and  the  arsenic  acid  is  precipitated  with  magnesia 
mixture.  In  order  to  remove  basic  magnesium  tartrate  from  the  precipi- 
tate, it  is  redissolved  in  hydrochloric  acid,  and,  with  the  addition  of  a 
little  magnesia  mixture,  once  more  precipitated  with  ammonia.  The 
ammonium- magnesium  arseniate  is  then  weighed  with  the  ordinary  pre- 
cautions. The  filtrate  is  acidified,  and  the  antimony  precipitated  with 
sulphuretted  hydrogen  ;  the  antimony  sulphide  is  converted  into  tetroxide 
and  determined  as  such. — Chem.  News,  Aug.  24, 1888,  96;  from  Zeitsch, 
f.  Anal.  Chem.,  xxvii.,  Part  2. 

Arsenious  Acid— Compounds  with  Iodides  and  with  Bromide  of  So- 
dium.— F.  Riidorff  states  that  when  a  solution  of  20  grams  of  As^O^  and 
120  grams  NaBr  in  350  c.c.  of  water  is  heated  to  boiling,  filtered,  and 
allowed  to  cool  slowly,  microscopic  six-sided   tables  of  t}i$  comfiound 

Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


ANTIMONIUM.  569 

NaBr+aAsjO,  are  deposited  on  glass  plates  immersed  in  the  solution. 
The  analogous  compound,  NaI+2AFa03,  is  obtained  in  the  same  way 
from  a  solution  of  22  grams  AsjOj  and  60  grams  Nal  in  500  c.c.  of  water. 
The  iodide  and  bromide  of  sodium  must  be  in  large  excess  to  produce 
the  compounds  described.  An  analogous  compound  with  chloride  of 
sodium  could  not  be  obtained. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Jan.  1889,  79-80; 
from  Ber.  d.  D.  Chem.  Ges.,  21,  3051. 

ANTIMONIUM. 

Antimony — Amorphous  Modification. — Amorphous  antimony,  which 
has  hitherto  been  noticed  during  the  decomposition  of  haloidal  antimony 
compounds  by  the  galvanic  current,  has  been  obtained  by  simply  heating 
crystalline  antimony  at  a  red  heat  in  a  current  of  nitrogen.  It  is  de- 
posited in  form  of  a  gray  powder  in  the  colder  parts  of  the  apparatus, 
and  contains  99  per  cent,  of  antimony.  Its  sp.  gr.  is  0.5  less  than  that  of 
crystallized  antimony,  while  its  melting-point  is  174°  higher.  Since  it 
cannot  be  produced  in  a  vacuum,  nor  in  an  atmosphere  of  hydrogen,  the 
assumption  seems  justified  that  under  the  conditions  of  the  experiment  a 
compound  of  antimony  and  nitrogen  is  formed,  which  at  the  temperature 
in  the  cooler  parts  of  the  apparatus  is  again  resolved  into  its  elementary 
components — the  antimony  in  an  amorphous  condition. — Arch.  d. 
Pharm.,  Dec.  1888,  1131  ;  from  Jour,  de  Pharm.  et  de  Chim.,  1888, 
xviii.,  407. 

Antimony — Rapid  and  Sure  Detection, — By  adding  a  drop  of  ammonium 
sulphide  to  the  white  incrustation  of  Sb^Oa  obtained  by  heating  the  anti- 
moniferous  mineral  with  fusion  mixture  in  the  inner  blowpipe  flame, 
Alexander  Johnstone  has  shown  how  antimony  can  be  rapidly  and  surely 
detected.  When  the  antimony  is  present  in  very  small  quantity,  the  char- 
coal method  rnust  be  the  one  adopted.  In  other  cases^  however,  when 
the  metal  is  more  abundant,  it  can  be  quickly  and  very  satisfactorily 
identified  by  heating  the  substance,  with  the  addition  of  fusion  mixture, 
in  a  glass  tube  (having  about  ^"  bore)  open  at  both  ends,  A  little  of 
the  mixture  of  pounded  mineral  and  flux  is  placed  in  the  glass  tube  at  a 
distance  of  about  a  quarter  of  an  inch  from  the  end.  The  tube  is  inclined 
slightly,  and  heat  by  means  of  a  blowpipe  flame  is  applied.  Dense  white 
smoke  is  produced,  and  a  white  sublimate  deposits  on  the  upper  and 
sometimes  also  on  the  lower  side  of  the  tube.  Touch  this  while  sublimate 
with  a  single  drop  of  ammonium  sulphide,  and  at  once  the  highly  char- 
acteristic orange  sulphide  of  antimony  is  produced  very  distinctly.  No 
other  white  sublimate  obtained  in  the  open  tube  in  the  manner  described 
than  Sb^Os  is  converted  into  an  orange-colored  substance  on  the  appli- 
cation of  ammonium  sulphide. — Chem.  News,  Jan.  11,  1889,  15. 

Golden  Sulphur  et  of  Antimony — Insufficiency  of  the  Test  of  the  German 
Fharmacofoeia  for  the  Presence  of  Arsenic, —  The  German  Pharm.  test 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


57©  REPORT   ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

for  determining  the  presence  of  arsenic  in  golden  sulphuret  of  antimony, 
consists  in  dissolving  the  compound  in  ammonia,  reprecipitating  it  by 
hydrochloric  acid,  washing  the  precipitate  thoroughly,  and  then  shaking 
it  with  solution  of  carbonate  of  ammonium  and  filtering  immediately. 
The  filtrate,  acidulated  with  hydrochloric  acid,  should  not  produce  a 
yellow  color  with  sulphuretted  hydrogen  water.  Brenstein,  however, 
calls  attention  to  the  fact  that  the  filtrate,  even  perfectly  pure  golden  sul- 
phuret. known  to  be  free  from  arsenic,  will  produce  a  yellow  color  un- 
der this  treatment,  owing  to  the  presence  in  it  of  minute  quantities  of 
antimony.  The  filtrate  should,  therefore,  be  allowed  to  stand  several 
hours  (after  the  addition  of  sulphuretted  hydrogen  water  ?  Rep),  after 
which  it  is  passed  through  a  small  filter  ;  the  residue  in  the  filter  is  oxi- 
dized with  chlorate  of  potassium  and  hydrochloric  acid,  and  any  arsenic 
contained  in  it  is  precipitated  in  the  well-known  manner  as  ammonium 
magnesium  arseniate.  After  twenty-four  hours  the  clear  liquid  is  decanted 
from  the  precipitate  as  far  as  possible,  the  residue  is  well  stirred,  and  a 
portion  of  it  examined  under  the  microscope,  when  the  peculiar  six-sided 
prisms,  resembling  a  coffin  lid,  of  ammonium-magnesium  arseniate,  are 
easily  recognized.  The  corresponding  phosphoric  acid  compound, 
though  not  to  be  expected,  is  excluded  by  treating  the  substance  on  the 
slide  with  a  drop  of  dilute  nitric  acid  and  about  6  drops  of  solution  of 
nitrate  of  silver,  when,  upon  careful  neutralization,  a  distinct  red-brown 
turbidity  of  arseniate  of  silver  is  produced. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Feb. 
1889,  126  ;  from  Pharm.  Ztg.,  33,  751. 

BISMUTHUM. 

Bismuth — Characteristic  Reaction. — The  characteristic  reaction  of  bis- 
muth in  potassium  iodide  with  alkaloids  may  according  to  E.  L^ger  be  made 
available  inversely  for  the  detection  of  bismuth.  The  author  used  a:  re- 
agent composed  of  cinchonine,  i  gm.;  iodide  of  potassium,  2  gm.j  dis- 
tilled water,  100  gm.  The  cinchonine  is  dissolved  in  water  with  the  aid 
of  a  few  drops  of  nitric  acid ;  the  liquid  is  heated  and  the  iodide  added. 
This  solution,  added  to  one  of  nitrate  of  bismuth,  gives  an  orange-yellow 
precipitate.  It  should  be  used  in  excess,  avoiding  solutions  containing 
hydrochloric  or  sulphuric  acid ;  it  must  not  contain  too  much  nitric  acid. 
This  reagent  may  be  used  for  metals  precipitable  by  H^S,  whose  sul- 
phides are  insoluble  in  sulphydrate  of  ammonium.  It  gives  with  mini- 
mum solutions  of  mercury  greenish  yellow  precipitate,  turning  black 
with  excess ;  maximum  solutions  give  yellowish- while  ;  cadmium,  white 
or  yellowish ;  silver,  the  iodide  if  the  argentic  salt  is  in  excess,  yellow  if 
the  reagent  is  in  excess;  copper,  minimum,  precipitate  of  cupric  iodide; 
maximum,  brown  maroon,  containing  iodine,  copper  and  cinchonine; 
lead,  sulphur-yellow  precipitate,  soluble  in  an  excess  of  nitrate  of  lead, 
and  containing  iodine,  lead  and  cinchonine. — J.  de  Phar.  et  de  Chim., 
Dec.  15,  1888.  ^  I 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


.BISMUTHUM.  571 

Oxy 'Salts  of  Bismuth — Composition ,  etc, — Mr.  Frank  X.  Moerk  com- 
municates the  results  of  the  examination  of  commercial  samples  of  sub- 
nitrate  and  subcarbonate  of  bismuth,  and,  incidentally,  gives  a  process 
for  preparing  pure  oxyiodide.     In  the  case  of 

Subnitrate  of  Bismuth^  there  is  a  decided  deficiency  of  water,  the  amount 
present  being  generally  less  than  half  that  required  by  the  generally  ac- 
cepted formula,  viz.:  BiONOg  HjO.  Calculating  the  amount  of  sub- 
nitrate  from  the  N3O5  found,  the  results  were  as  follows: 


BiONOj 

BiA 

Hj,0 

BiONO,.H,0 

94.12 

5.88 

No.  I. 

85.23 

11.71 

2.95 

No.  2. 

86.40 

10.50 

3.02 

No.  3. 

8555 

10.84 

3.62 

No.  4. 

84.11 

13.51 

2.35 

The  anhydrous  compound,  produced  by  heating  at  140°  C.  for  ij^ 
hours,  during  which  no  nitric  acid  or  nitric  oxide  was  volatilized,  is  very 
hygroscopic,  regaining  during  12  hours*  exposure  almost  the  entire 
amount  present  in  the  sample  before  heating.  The  author's  experiments, 
furthermore,  seem  to  point  out  that  in  order  to  secure  a  product  of  uni- 
form composition  the  acid  solution  of  bismuth  nitrate  should  be  poured 
into  such  a  quantity  of  water  that  the  filtrate  resulting  from  the  precipi- 
tated subnitrate  shall  contain  0.15  per  cent,  of  HNO,.  The  precipitate, 
also,  should  not  be  washed,  but  the  excess  of  liquid  absorbed  by  some 
porous  material  after  thorough  draining.     Respecting 

Subcarbonate  of  Bismuth^  the  anthor  finds  that  here  also  the  amount  of 
water  present  in  the  samples  is  insufficient  to  represent  a  molecule,  and 
that  the  product  contains  some  nitric  acid  as  subnitrate,  as  well  as  more 
or  less  oxide.     The  following  represents  his  analytical  results  : 


(BiO),CO, 

H,0 

BiONOg 

Bi^Os 

(BiO)aCOaH,0 

96.60 

3.40 

No.  I. 

91.93 

1. 00 

6.35 

0.71 

No.  2. 

87.50 

0.40 

.i.'7 

1075 

No.  3. 

94.84 

0.20 

4.91 

In  consideration  of  his  results  and  the  fact  that  the  commercial  pro- 
duct contains  such  a  small  percentage  of  water,  the  recommendation  is 
thought  well-based  to  make  the  subcarbonate  by  using  a  boiling  solu- 
tion of  sodium  carbonate  and  adding  thereto  the  bismuth  nitrate  solution, 
with  the  additional  precaution  of  boiling  vigorously  for  several  minutes 
after  the  addition  of  the  latter  solution.  Although  yielding  an  anhy- 
drous product,  it  will  be  free  from  more  than  traces  of  nitrate. 

Oxyiodide  of  Bismuth,  —  In  connection  with  the  above  experiments 
the  author  draws  attention  to  the  observation  that  the  difficulti^  encoun- 

'  Digitized  by  CjOOgle 


572  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF  PHARMACY. 

tercd  by  most  writers  on  the  subject  of  oxyiodide  of  bismuth,  are  to  be 
traced  to  the  presence  of  oxide  in  the  subnitrate  used,  the  former  not  be- 
ing acted  on  by  the  KI.  He  overcomes  this  obstacle  in  the  following 
process,  in  which  sufficient  nitric  acid  is  used  to  convert  the  oxide  pres- 
ent, to  the  extent  of  i8  per  cent.,  into  true  subnitrate. 

Bismuth  subnitrate 20  gm. 

HNOj  (sp.  gr.  1.42) I  c.c. 

Water 300  c.c. 

KI 12  gm. 

Boil  the  subnitrate  with  the  nitric  acid  and  200  c.c.  water  for  10  min- 
utes, then  add  the  potassium  iodide  dissolved  in  100  c.c.  water,  boil  for 
half  hour,  filter  and  wash  thoroughly  until  washings  cease  to  give  more 
than  turbidity  with  silver  nitrate.  Dry  at  a  temperature  not  above  100°  C. 
This  furnishes  a  pure  salt,  and  although  in  an  extremely  fine  crystalline 
powder,  shows  its  crystalline  characteristic  by  a  glistening  film  on  the  in- 
terior of  the  bottle  in  which  it  is  kept. — Amer.  Jour.  Phar.,  August  1888, 
385-388- 

Subnitrate  of  Bismuth — U.  S.  P,  Formula, —  Supplementary  to  his 
above  observations  on  oxy-salts  of  bismuth,  F.  X.  Moerk  records  some 
experiments  respecting  the  influence  of  the  ammonia  used  in  theU.  S.  P. 
(1870)  process  in  increasing  the  basicity  of  the  product.  His  results 
show  that  even  in  the  presence  of  several  per  cent,  of  ammonium  nitrate, 
ammonium  hydrate  readily  unites  with  the  acid  of  the  freshly  precipitated 
salt,  giving  a  very  basic  product ;  that  BiONOj  can  only  be  obtained 
from  decidedly  acid  solutions;  that  the  product  must  be  very  sparingly 
washed  (best  by  displacement  in  a  percolator);  that  dilute  NH4NO,  solu- 
tion containing  less  than  0.5  per  cent,  will  remove  acid  from  BiONO, 
(result  of  experiments  with);  and,  lastly,  that  the  U.  S.  P.  (1870)  form- 
ula, containing  a  little  over  one  per  cent,  free  HNOj,  will  give  a  good 
product,  losing  however  a  portion  of  the  water  whilst  drying. — Amer. 
Jour.  Phar.,  Sept.  1888,  445-447. 

Bismuthyl-iodide  (^Bismuth-subiodide  or  Oxyiodide) — Preparation  and 
jEstimation—Ch2LT\es  E.  Greene  reviews  the  different  processes  for  the 
preparation  of  subiodide  of  bismuth  that  have  been  suggested  during  the 
past  few  years,  (see  the  recent  volumes  of  **  Proceedings,")  and  has 
found  the  method  of  ** precipitation*'  to  be  the  best,  though  far  from 
perfect.  He  finds  that  it  should  be  modified  as  follows :  Dissolve  409 
grs.  BiONOgHjO  in  1  fl.  oz.  HNO,  with  the  aid  of  heat,  as  is  stated  in 
Mr.  England's  formula ;  then  carefully  dilute  this  solution  with  water  as 
long  as  BiONOs  is  not  reprecipitated,  or,  at  least,  until  it  has  assumed  a 
slight  permanent  opalescence.  Add  to  this  221  grs.  of  KI,  dissolved  in 
about  16  fluid-ounces  of  r^/^/ water,  in  a  large  flask  or  some  suitable  ves- 
sel, agitate  thoroughly,  and  then  apply  heat,  but  not^  to  the  boiling  pointy 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


HYDRARGYRUM.  573 

(about  80^-85°  C).  The  mixture  at  first  assumes  a  black  color,  growing 
gradually  brownish,  becoming  still  lighter  as  it  is  agitated,  and  under 
the  influence  of  moderate  heat  and  violent  agitation  it  is  finally  changed 
from  a  light  brown  to  a  brilliant  red.  The  agitation  is  continued  for  a 
few  moments  longer,  that  the  reaction  may  be  completed.  The  precipitate 
is  washed  by  decantation^  drained  upon  a  plain  filter,  and  dried  at  loo^ 
C.  The  yield  should  be  about  470  grs.  The  whole  operation  is  com- 
pleted in  a  very  short  while.  No  iodine  is  liberated,  and  hence  the  pro- 
duct contains  a  larger  and  proper  percentage  of  it,  and  represents  a  pure 
article  of  BiOI. 

Bismuthyl  iodide  so  obtained  is  of  a  very  bright  red  color,  almost  ver- 
milion, and  has  the  additional  advantage  of  being  in  very  fine  powder, 
light  and  bulky,  admirably  adapted  for  use  as  a  dusting  powder  or  dress- 
ing, an  advantage  possessed  by  none  of  the  other  specimens.  By  analysis 
he  found  it  to  contain  35.8  per  cent,  of  iodine,  making  99.44  per  cent. 
BiOI,  with  only  0.35  per  cent.  BiONO,H,0. 

The  mode  of  analysis  which  was  pursued  in  the  author's  experiments, 
is  as  follows : 

For  Eslimation  of  Iodine. — Place  0.5  gm.  BiOI  in  a  flask  with  a  few 
pieces  of  test  zinc,  cover  with  water,  and  mix  thoroughly,  then  add  suffi- 
cient HjSo4  to  evolve  hydrogen  slowly,  at  the  same  time  decomposing 
the  BiOI.  Thus  H  combines  with  I  to  form  hydriodic  acid,  while 
ZnSo4  is  formed  and  Bi  is  precipitated  in  black  flocculent  masses.  This 
reaction  is  completed  in  two  or  three  hours.  Neutralize  the  resulting 
mixture  carefully  with  KHO,  add  a  few  drops  of  solution  KaCr04  as 
an  indicator ;  titrate  with  iV  normal  solution  of  AgNO,  until  a  red  pre- 
cipitate begins  to  form.  The  percentage  of  iodine  is  then  calculated 
as  by  U.  S.  P.  process. 

For  Estimation  of  Bismuth. — Dissolve  0.5  gm.  BiOI  in  a  small  quan- 
tity of  nitric  acid,  dilute  with  water,  boil  until  all  iodine  has  been  vapor- 
ized and  all  odor  of  HNO,  has  disappeared ;  add  to  this  KHO,  until  a 
precipitate  is  formed  which  does  not  redissolve  on  shaking.  Collect  on 
a  plain  filter,  wash  well,  ignite  and  weigh  as  Bi^O, . 

Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  April  1889,  161-165. — F.  X.  Moerk  communi- 
cates some  critical  remarks  on  the  above. — Ibid,  May  1889,  236-237. 

HYDRARGYRUM. 

Mercury — Purification. — J.  M.  Crafts  eff'ects  the  purification  of  mercury 
by  passing  air  through  the  mercury  for  forty- eight  hours.  The  impuri- 
ties, zinc,  lead,  tin,  etc.,  collect  at  the  top  of  the  tube  in  the  form  of  a 
black  powder.  The  removal  of  traces  of  silver  and  gold  is  not  necessary 
for  mercury  intended  for  filling  barometers  and  similar  instruments. 
These  impurities  do  not  affect  the  density  of  the  mercury,  nor  alter  the 
appearance  of  the  meniscus.     The  author  considers  that  if  pure  air  has 


574  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF  PHARMACY. 

any  oxidizing  action  upon  pure  mercury,  it  is  so  slight  as  to  be  scarcely 
appreciable.  Platinum  in  thin  foil  is  not  attacked  by  mercury  in  the 
cold,  but  on  prolonged  boiling  the  platinum  is  attacked,  the  greater  part 
remaining  in  suspension  as  a  black  powder. — Chem.  News,  Aug.  3,  1888, 
60;  from  Bull.  Soc.  Chim.,  1888,  No.  9. 

Mercury — Determination  as  Oxydimercuriammonium-iodide, — Professor 
Joseph  Klein  proposes  as  a  sensitive  test  for  mercury  a  reaction  which  is 
the  reverse  of  the  well-known  Nessler's  test  for  ammonia.  To  the  dilute 
aqueous  or  acidulated  solution  suspected  to  contain  a  salt  of  mercury  a 
little  iodide  of  potassium  is  added,  followed  by  solution  of  soda  and  then 
chloride  of  ammonium,  the  quantities  of  these  reagents  varying  with  the 
amount  of  mercury  supposed  to  be  in  the  solution.  A  large  excess  of 
iodide  of  potassium  must  be  avoided,  since  concentrated  solutions  of  iodide 
of  potassium  exert  solvent  action  on  the  oxydimercuriammonium-iodide. 
When  working  with  more  concentrated  solutions  the  chloride  ammonium 
solution  is  added  direct;  in  case  of  very  dilute  solutions  a  layer  of  solu- 
tion is  superimposed  over  the  liquid  to  be  tested.  In  the  first  case  a 
turbidity  is  produced  throughout  the  liquid,  in  the  second  merely  a  tur- 
bid zone  if  mercury  is  present.  The  author's  experiments,  furthermore, 
prove  that  the  presence  of  organic  matter  does  not  interfere  with  the  re- 
action, and  he  considers  it  quite  feasible  to  determine  the  presence  of 
mercury  in  urine  direct,  it  being  necessary  simply  to  oxidize  the  organic 
substances  in  it  as  far  as  possible  with  hydrochloric  acid  and  chlorate  of 
potassium. — Arch.  d.  Phar.,  Jan.  1889,  73-77. 

Mercurous  Oxide — Presence  of  Metal  and  Mercuric  Oxide, — Recent 
investigations  of  W.  Bruns  and  O.  v.  d.  Pfordten  seem  to  show  that  it  is 
impossible  to  produce  mercurous  oxide  that  is  free  from  metallic  mer- 
cury and  mercuric  oxide.  The  most  sensitive  test  is  doubtless  that  with 
metallic  gold,  which  showed  the  presence  of  metallic  mercury  in  the 
freshly  prepared  moist  article,  even  when  the  precipitation  was  conducted 
in  the  dark.  The  authors  further  found  that  dry  mercurous  oxide  gains 
weight  on  exposure  to  air.  becoming  oxidized.  Mercurous  oxide, 
therefore,  not  only  decomposes  into  metal  and  the  higher  oxide,  but  the 
latter  also  is  produced  by  the  absorption  of  oxygen  from  the  air. — Arch. 
d.  Pharm.,  Aug.  1888,  744-745  ;  from  Ber.  d.  D.  Chem.  Ges.,  21, 
2010. 

Mercuric  Oxide — Presence  of  Metallic  Mercury. — H.  C.  Vielhaber 
calls  attention  to  the  observation  which  he  has  made  in  the  course  of  his 
official  examination  of  the  stock  in  German  drug  stores,  that  the  mer- 
curic oxide  that  had  been  made  in  the  private  laboratories  of  the  apothe- 
caries was  almost  uniformly  of  unexceptional  quality,  whilst  the  purchased 
articles — made  on  a  large  scale,  and  by  some  of  the  most  renowned 
manufacturers — almost  invariably  contained  metallic  mercury,  and  fre- 
quently also  undecomposed  nitrate.     The  cause  of  this  must^  sought  in 

Digitized  by  VJ 00 


HYDRARGYRUM.  575 

the  difficulty  to  control  the  heat  on  a  large  scale  so  as  to  prevent  over- 
heating and  consequent  decomposition  of  the  oxide,  whilst  on  a  small 
scale  this  overheating  is  readily  avoided. — Arch.  d.  Phamr.,  Feb.  1889, 
1 21-124. 

Calomel — Effect  of  Sodium  Chloride, — John  L.  Morison  has  studied  the 
effect  of  sodium  chloride  upon  mercurous  chloride  in  the  following  man- 
ner :  Three  beakers  were  placed  in  a  water-bath  for  five  or  six  hours  at  a 
temperature  of  40°  C;  each  beaker  contained  a  mixture  of  2  gm.  calomel, 
6  gm.  sodium  chloride  and  30  c.c.  distilled  water;  to  one  was  added  2 
c.c.  hydrochloric  acid,  and  to  another  a  solution  of  pepsin  acidulated 
with  hydrochloric  acid.-  The  light  warcarefuUy  excluded.  On  testing 
the  liquids  no  mercuric  chloride  was  found ;  but  the  acidulated  pepsin 
solution  contained  a  small  amount  of  calomel  (?),  which  caused  a  deposit 
of  mercury  upon  bright  copper  foil,  and  this,  on  being  heated  in  a  lube, 
yielded  a  sublimate  of  metallic  mercury  which,  with  a  fragment  of  iodine, 
formed  the  red- iodide. 

A  mixture  of  calomel  and  sodium  chloride  suspended  in  milk  was  next 
introduced,  by  means  of  a  rubber  lube,  directly  into  the  stomach  of  a 
dog.  After  one  hour  the  dog  was  killed  with  chloroform  ;  the  stomach 
with  contents  was  digested  with  ether,  the  ethereal  solution  distilled,  the 
residue  freed  from  fat  by  petroleum  benzin,  and  then  exhausted  with 
boiling  distilled  water;  this  solution  was  free  from  mercury. — Amer. 
Jour.  Pharm.,  March  1889,  123. 

Corrosive  Sublimate — Volumetric  Determination  in  Bandages,-^ — Dr.  G. 
Kassner  recommends  the  following  method  for  the  volumetric  determi- 
nation of  corrosive  sublimate  in  bandages  and  the  like  :  50  grams  of  the 
bandage,  which  need  not  be  torn  or  cut  up,  are  placed  in  a  dry  strong 
porcelain  capsule,  covered  with  500  c.c.  cold  water,  and  thoroughly 
kneaded  with  a  broad  and  flat  pestle,  carefully  avoiding  the  loss  of  liquid 
during  this  operation.  A  solution  of  0.4  tartar  emetic  and  i  gram  of 
phosphate  of  sodium  (or  1-2  grams  of  acetate  of  sodium)  in  sufficient 
water  to  make  exactly  500  c.c.  is  then  added,  and  the  kneading  is  con- 
tinued with  proper  precautions.  During  this  treatment  the  corrosive  sub- 
limate is  reduced  to  calomel,  which  separates  as  a  white  powder,  and  an 
aliquot  part  of  the  oxide  of  antimony  in  the  lartar  emetic  is  converted 
into  antimonic  acid.'  The  mixture  is  filtered,  and  500  c.c.  of  the  filtrate 
are  titrated  with  to  N.  iodine  solution  after  the  addition  of  some  fresh 
starch  paste  and  a  sufficient  quantity  of  bicarbonate  of  sodium.  From  the 
quantity  of  iodine  solution  required,  the  quantity  of  unconsuroed  tartar 
emetic  (resp.  SbaO,)  is  calculated,  and  from  the  consumed  tartar  emetic 
the  quantity  of  corrosive  sublimate  in  the  sample.  The  reaction  is  shown 
by  the  following  equation  : 

4HgCl2+Sb,08+2H,Or=4HCl+SbaOj+4HgCl. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


576  REPORT  ON  THE   PROGRESS  OF   PHARMACY. 

The  method  possesses  the  advantage  of  accuracy,  combined  with  the 
avoidance  of  extracting  the  corrosive  sublimate  from  the  fabric,  which 
experience  has  shown,  is  very  difficult.  The  author  communicates  exper- 
imental data  which  substantiate  the  accuracy  of  the  method. — Arch.  d. 
Pharm.,  July  595-604. 

Corrosive  Sublimate  —  Permanent  Solution. — Professor  Krcenlein  re- 
commends the  following  solution  of  mercuric  chloride  as  being  perma- 
nent:  Mercuric  chloride,  10;  sodium  chloride,  10;  acetic  acid,  5; 
and  water,  75  parts.  This  10  per  cent,  solution  is  intended  to  be  kept 
on  hand  for  the  rapid  and  convenient  preparation  of  the  weak  antiseptic 
solutions  containing  ^jiy  hy  etc.,  per  cent,  of  mercuric  chloride. — Amer. 
Jour.  Pharm.,  Aug.  1888,  407;  from  Corr.  BI.  f.  Schw.  ^rtzte. 

Corrosive  Sublimate  —  Solubility  in  Solutions  of  Chloride  of  Sodium. — 
Dr.  Homeyer  and  E.  Ritsert  have  determined  the  solubility  of  corrosive 
sublimate  in  solutions  of  chloride  of  sodium  of  different  strengths  as  fol- 
lows: 

Percentage  of  ico  parts  Na  CI  solution  dissolve 

Na  CI  solution.  at  15**  at  6^"^  at  loo  *» 

26  percent,  (saturated).  128  gm.  HgClj  152  gm.  HgCl,  208  gm.  HgCl, 

25        ««  120    ••        ♦*  142     "        **  196    •*      " 

10        "  58     *«         •*        68    "        '*  no    «*      " 

5        »  30    "         *•  36    •«        "  64    "       " 

I         "  14    «'        ««  18    "         "  48    "      " 

0.5      •«  10     ••         "  13     ••         "  44    •* 

For  hospital  use,  instead  of  a  concentrated  alcoholic  solution,  they  re- 
commend :  Corrosive  sublimate,  50 ;  sodium  chloride,  5 ;  distilled 
water,  45. — Pharm.  Ztg.,  1888,  739. 

Corrosive  Sublimate — Action  of  Tartaric  Acid, — One  of  the  main 
objections  to  the  use  of  solutions  of  corrosive  sublimate  as  an  antiseptic 
in  surgery  is  its  power  to  coagulate  albumen.  Among  the  substances 
which  prevent  or  diminish  the  coagulating  effect  of  the  mercuric  chloride, 
tartaric  acid  holds  a  prominent  place;  but,  Mr.  D.  B.  Dott  observes, 
there  is  an  objection  to  its  use  for  this  purpose,  which  has  hitherto  not 
been  pointed  out.  He  finds  that  if  tartaric  acid  is  added  to  a  dilute 
solution  of  mercuric  chloride — such  as  is  used  for  antiseptic  purposes — a 
white  precipitate  slowly  makes  its  appearance,  and  increases  in  amount 
as  the  solution  is  allowed  to  stand.  This  precipitate  is  calomel.  While 
this  change  takes  place  slowly,  and  fresh  solutions  containing  tartaric 
acid  can  even  be  boiled  without  immediate  change,  there  is  evidently  a 
risk  of  the  solution  being  weakened  if  it  be  kept  for  any  length  of  time. — 
Pharm.  Jour,  and  Trans.,  April  20,  1889,  841. 

Corrosive  Sublimate — Necessity  of  Acid  Solution  for  Surgical  Dressings. 
— Dr.  Laplace  states  that  ordinary  solutions  of  corrosive  subliogiate  are  in- 
Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


HYDRARGYRUM.  577 

efficacious  for  fabrics  used  in  surgical  dressings,  on  account  of  the  ten- 
dency to  form  mercuric  albuminate ;  this  is  prevented  by  acidulating  the 
solution.  He  also  says  that  the  antiseptic  power  of  sublimate  solutions  is 
increased  by  such  additions,  so  that  weaker  mixtures  may  be  used  with 
equally  good  effect.  He  thinks  that  where  acids  are  thus  used  there  is  no 
need  of  iodoform.  For  lotions  he  recommends :  Corrosive  sublimate, 
1  gm.;  tartaric  acid,  5  gm.;  distilled  water,  1000  gm.  A  solution  in  which 
to  immerse  gauze,  bandages,  etc.,  is  composed  of:  sublimate,  5  gm.;  tar- 
taric acid,  20  gm.;  distilled  water,  1000  gm. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Aug. 
1888,  404;  from  Nouv.  Rem.,  May  24,  1888. 

Corrosive  Sublimate — Use  in  Place  of  Nitrate  of  Silver  in  Testing  for 
Arsenic  by  Gutzeifs  Method^  which  see  under  "Arsenic," 

Ammonium-mercuric  Chloride — Methods  of  Production. — G.  Andr6  ob- 
serves that  the  action  of  dilute  ammonia  upon  a  solution  of  mercuric 
chloride  gives  rise  either  to  mercury  chloramidide  or  dimercuriammonium 
chloride,  or  to  a  mixture  of  both  compounds.  The  reaction  is  different 
if,  along  with  the  mercuric  chloride,  there  is  added  an  equivalent  quan- 
tity of  potash,  thus  forming  yellow  mercuric  oxide,  upon  which  a  solution 
of  ammonium  chloride  is  then  poured,  or  if  a  portion  only  of  the  mer- 
curic chloride  is  decomposed  by  potash,  and  ammonia  is  poured  upon  the 
mixture  of  chloride  and  oxide.  In  these  cases  there  is  produced,  in  part 
at  least,  tetra  mercuriammonium  chloride. — Chem.  News,  Jan.  21,  i88y, 
301 ;  from  Compt.  rend..  May  27,  1889. 

Ammonium- Mercuric  Chloride — Prevention  of  Precipitate  in  Presence 
of  Ammonium  Carbonate, — G.  Stillingfieet  Johnson  has  observed  that 
ammonium  carbonate  is  far  more  powerful  in  preventing  the  precipita- 
tion of  mercuric  chloride  from  solution  of  ammonia  than  is  ammonium 
chloride.  He  finds  that  the  addition  of  ammonium  carbonate  or  its  for- 
mation in  water  of  ammonia  not  alone  causes  resolution  of  the  white  pre- 
cipitate as  fast  as  it  is  formed,  when  mercuric  chloride  is  added  little  by 
little,  but  that,  after  complete  precipitation  of  a  solution  of  mercuric 
chloride  by  ammonia  water,  the  addition  of  ammonium  carbonate  causes 
the  precipitate  to  redissolve.  The  author's  observation  points  out  the 
necessity  to  insure  the  absence  of  ammonium  carbonate  in  the  ammonia 
water  used  for  the  preparation  of  white  precipitate. — Chem.  News,  May 
17,  1889,  234. 

Iodides  of  Mercury — Preparation, — Robert  L.  Eads  recommends  for 
the  preparation  of 

Red  Iodide  of  Mercury,  to  use  the  mercuric  chloride  and  potassium 
iodide  in  exact  molecular  proportion,  whereby  loss  is  avoided.  The 
color  of  the  green  iodide  seems  to  be  affected,  aside  from  exposure  to 
light,  by  the  temperature  resulting  from  the  combination  of  the  two  ele- 

^^  Digitized  by  Google 


57S  REPORT  ON  THE  PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 

ments,  a  darker  color  with  a  brown  tint  being  produced  on  effecting  the 
combination  rapidly  with  the  development  of  heat. 

On  heating  solutions  of  mercuric  nitrate  with  excess  of  iodine,  bright 
red  scales  are  obtained  after  cooling.  A  concentrated  solution  of  raer- 
curous  nitrate  heated  with  excess  of  iodine,  acicular  crystals  of  a  yellow- 
ish color  with  a  pink  tint  were  obtained  j  dissolved  in  alcohol  and  the 
solution  evaporated  spontaneously,  scarlet  crystals  resulted. 

Yellow  Iodide  of  Mercury ,  in  crystals,  was  obtained  by  the  process  re- 
commended by  Stroman  (Berichte,  1887,  p.  2818)  by  boiling  raercurous 
nitrate  with  excess  of  iodine.  On  washing  the  crystals  with  water,  they 
are  converted  into  a  red  powder. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  March  1889,  123. 

ARGENTUM. 

Silver — Use  in  Ash  Determination. — G.  Kassne  recommends  the  addi- 
tion of  an  equal  weight  of  finely  divided  metallic  silver  to  such  organic 
substances  as  are  difficultly  incinerated.  The  use  is  based  upon  silver 
absorbing  oxygen  at  higher  temperatures,  which  is  then  readily  yielded  to 
the  carbonaceous  matter.  F.  Stolba  has  obtained  complete  incineration, 
in  J^  to  ^  hours,  of  substances  which,  without  this  addition,  required 
six  hours.  Ferric  oxide  can  be  used  in  the  same  way,  but  the  ash  is  not 
so  easily  examined.  Platinic  chloride  and  spongy  platinum  have  been 
used  with  the  same  result  as  with  metallic  silver. — Pharm.  Ztg.,  1888, 
766-781. 

Nickel  Silver — Method  of  Analysis, — Dr.  Felix  Oertel  suggests  the  fol- 
lowing method  for  the  analysis  of  **  nickel  silver;*'  The  solution  obtained 
by  dissolving  the  metal  in  nitric  acid,  and  thus,  if  needful,  freed  from  tin,  is 
evaporated  with  sulphuric  acid  (using  to  yi  gm.  metal  15  or  20  drops  of  the 
mono-hydrated  acid),  and  thus  separating  out  the  lead  as  sulphate.  To 
the  liquid  thus  freed  from  lead  and  tin,  and  amounting  to  about  100  c.c, 
there  are  added  2  c.c.  of  strong  hydrochloric  acid,  and  sulphuretted  hydro- 
gen is  passed  in.  When  the  precipitation  is  complete,  which  is  known  by 
the  rapid  subsidence  of  the  copper  sulphide,  it  is  heated  for  a  few  minutes 
to  a  boil,  cooled  again,  a  few  bubbles  of  sulphuretted  hydrogen  are  passed 
in  (which  occasion  no  turbidity  if  the  precipitation  was  complete),  and 
filtered.  The  copper  sulphide  thus  obtained,  which  is  rather  dense  and 
does  not  readily  oxidize  in  the  air,  is  washed  on  the  filter,  first  with  very 
dilute  hydrochloric  acid  containing  sulphuretted  hydrogen,  and  then  with 
water  (to  which  a  little  sulphuretted  hydrogen-water  has  been  added) 
until  the  acid  reaction  disappears.  When  dry  it  is  weighed  as  a  sulphide 
in  a  Rose  crucible.  It  is  necessary  to  add  a  little  sulphur  before  heating 
only  if  the  quantity  is  very  trifling.  As  soon  as  the  odor  of  sulphurous 
acid  has  disappeared  it  is  still  ignited  for  three  minutes  in  a  slow  current 
of  hydrogen,  and  is  then  allowed  to  cool  in  the  same  current.  W^hen 
thus  obtained  the  copper  sulphide  has  at  once  the  correct  weight.     When 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


AURUM.  579 

the  copper  has  been  removed,  the  zinc  is  separated  according  to  the 
method  of  Smith  and  Brunner,  by  passing  sulphuretted  hydrogen  into  a 
perfectly  neutral  solution.  After  some  time  a  few  drops  of  sodium  acetate 
should  be  added,  to  neutralize  the  acid  liberated  and  prevent  imperfect 
precipitation.  The  author,  however,  prefers  to  add  the  sodium  acetate 
at  once  after  neutralizing  and  before  introducing  the  sulphuretted  hydro- 
gen. White  pulverulent  zinc  sulphide  is  then  deposited,  which,  after 
standing  for  a  few  hours,  may  be  filtered  and  washed  with  sulphuretted 
hydrogen  water  without  running  through  the  filter  turbid.  The  precip- 
itate, when  dry,  is  ignited  in  a  Rose  crucible  in  a  current  of  hydrogen, 
and  weighed  as  zinc  sulphide.  The  solution  still  contains  nickel,  cobalt, 
iron,  and  generally  a  little  manganese.  The  filtrate  is  boiled  to  expel 
sulphuretted  hydrogen,  oxidized  with  bromine  water,  the  iron  precipi- 
tated with  ammonia  as  a  basic  salt,  purified  by  reprecipitation,  the  mixed 
filtrates  are  rendered  strongly  ammoniacal  and  submitted  to  electrolysis. 
Nickel  and  cobalt  separate  upon  the  platinum  cone  as  a  firmly  adhesive 
layer.  When  the  precipitation  is  complete  the  cone  is  lifted  out,  rinsed 
with  the  washing  bottle,  plunged  in  ordinary  alcohol,  and  dried  over  a 
small  gas- flame.  Any  manganese  present  is  separated  out  during  the 
electrolysis  in  brown  flakes;  it  is  filtered  off"  and  weighed  as  mangano- 
manganic  oxide. — Chem.  News,  July  27,  1888,  48;  from  Zeitschr.  f. 
Anal.  Chem.,  xxvii,  part  I. 

Silver  Iodide — Use  in  the  Nascent  State. — Dr.  Grasselli  directs  atten- 
tion to  the  successful  use  of  nascent  silver  iodide  in  certain  forms  of  con- 
junctivitis. He  employs  for  this  purpose  two  solutions,  one  containing 
3.56  gm.  of  silver  nitrate,  and  the  other  3.52  gm.  of  potassium  iodide. 
The  salts  are  dissolved  separately  each  in  3.5  gm.  of  water  and  6.5  gm. 
of  glycerin,  and  the  silver  solution  is  kept  in  a  blue  or  amber-colored 
vial.  For  use  two  drops  of  the  silver  solution  are  mixed  in  a  watch 
glass  with  three  drops  of  the  iodide  solution,  and  this  mixture  is  at  once 
applied  by  means  of  a  camel's  hair  pencil.  —  Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Aug. 
1888,  407  ;  from  Recueil  d'Ophthal. 

Silver  Nitrate — Use  as  a  Test  for  Cotton  Seed  Oil. — See  Fixed  Oils, 
under  ''Organic  Chemistry." 

AURUM. 

Gold—- Atomic  Weight. — Prof.  J.  W.  Mallet,  after  noticing  and  giving 
the  results  of  the  earlier  determinations  of  the  atomic  weight  of  gold,  and 
the  recent  researches  of  Kriiss  and  of  Thorpe  and  Laurie,  describes 
the  experiments  made  by  himself  in  the  same  direction,  which  have  oc- 
cupied much  of  his  time  and  labor  during  the  past  three  or  four  years. 
He  gives  a  detailed  account  of  the  methods  adopted  in  seven  series  of  ex- 
periments, looking  to  more  or  less  independent  determinations  of  the 
atomic  weight  sought.     The  results  obtained  are  stated  as  follows  : 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


58o 


REPORT  ON  THE  PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 


1st  series  (5  experimenls) 


2d    « 

(6 

3d    •« 

(4 

4th  " 

(5 

5th  " 

(5 

6th  " 

^^ 

7th   " 

(6 

Atomic  Weight  of  Gold. 


Average  value 

Lowest   value 

Highest  value 

from  aggre- 

from a  single 

from  a  single 

gate   weights. 

experiment. 

experiment. 

196.722 

196.688 

196,770 

196.790 

196.731 

196.843 

196.775 

196.685 

196.817 

19-.225 

«97.i3> 

197.289 

196.823 

196.709 

196.945 

197.137 

196.994 

197.283 

196897 

196.848 

196.956 

But  reasons  are  given  for  feeling  much  less  confidence  in  the  results  of 
the  fifth  and  sixth  series  of  experiments  (made  by  electrolysis)  than  in  the 
rest ;  if  these  two  series  be  excluded  the  general  mean  becomes  196.882. 

A  certain  degree  of  suspicion  as  to  possible  constant  error  having  been 
shown  to  perhaps  affect  the  results  of  the  fourth  series,  if  this  also  be  left 
out,  and  only  the  first  three  and  the  seventh  series  be  considered,  the 
general  mean  will  be  196.796. 

And  finally,  if,  for  the  sake  of  comparison  with  the  results  of  the  re- 
cent researches  of  other  chemists,  only  the  first  three  series  be  included,  in 
which  auric  chloride  and  bromide  were  examined,  the  general  mean  will 
be  196.762 — a  result  higher  than  that  of  Kriiss  and  lower  than  that  of 
.  Thorpe  and  Laurie,  but  nearer  to  the  latter  than  the  former. 

If  the  general  mean  be  taken  of  the  results  of  all  these  series  of  experi- 
ments, using  the  average  value  derived  from  each,  and  giving  all  an 
equal  weight,  the  number  196.910  is  obtained  for  the  atomic  weight  of 
gold. — Chem.  News,  May  24,  1889,  243;  from  paper  communicated  to 
"Royal  Society,"  May  9,  1889. 

Go/ii — Liviits  of  Error  in  Assay. — Paul  Carpentier  states  that  the  as- 
say of  fine  gold,  founded,  on  the  one  hand,  upon  the  cupellation  of  this 
metal  in  presence  of  silver  and  lead,  and  on  the  other  hand  upon  the 
treatment  of  the  alloy  with  nitriaacid,  is  capable  of  a  very  high  degree 
of  accuracy.  In  general  the  determination  of  gold  by  this  method  can 
be  guaranteed  to  about  luoffiy.  But  this  result  can  be  reached  only  by  adher- 
ing closely  to  certain  experimental  necessities  which  long  practice  has 
taught.  The  author  has  sought  to  determine  what  is  the  maximum  error 
which  may  ensue  if  any  one  of  these  rules  is  neglected,  whilst  the  others 
are  adhered  to.  If  the  heat  of  the  muffle  is  too  high,  there  may  be  a 
mean  loss  of  gold  of  Tifirffiy,  and  if  too  low  an  excess  of  irSirv.  If  the 
maximum  quantity  of  lead  has  been  used,  the  mean  loss  is  TTrozrir,  and  if 
it  is  too  far  reduced,  the  mean  excess  may  be  ttjScu.  Both  an  excess  and 
a  deficiency  of  silver  show  an  excess  of  gold,  in  the  latter  ca$e  to  100  per 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


AURUM.  581 

cent. — Chera.  News,  April  12,  1889,  179;  from  Compt.  Rend.,  March 
18,  1889. 

Gold— Assay  by  the  Aid  of  Bromine  instead  of  Chlorine, — W.  H.  Bur- 
field  suggests  the  use  of  bromine  as  more  convenient  in  every  respect  than 
chlorine  for  the  assay  of  gold  ores,  and  gives  the  following  directions : 
Weigh  out  the  material,  more  or  less  according  to  richness,  ros^st,  with  or 
without  salt  if  sulphides  are  present,  put  it  into  any  kind  of  a  bottle 
which  will  hold  about  one  third  more  than  the  quantity  to  be  treated  (a 
one-half  gallon  acid  bottle  will  answer  well  for  three  or  four  pounds  mate- 
rial), then  add  bromine  water  of  any  strength  so  that  it  will  stand  an  inch 
or  two  over  the  ore,  cork  the  bottle  and  shake  well  for  a  short  time,  let 
stand  about  an  hour,  giving  it  an  occasional  shake.  If  the  gold  is  not 
too  coarse  and  there  is  by  this  time  still  free  bromine  in  the  bottle,  the 
solution  is  complete ;  otherwise  more  bromine  water  must  be  added  and 
additional  time  given.  Pour  the  contents  of  the  bottle  into  a  filter,  wash 
thoroughly  with  cold  water  until  the  wash-water  is  not  any  more  darkened 
by  a  solution  of  ferrous  sulphate,  best  seen  in  a  porcelain  evaporating  dish. 
Treat  the  filtrate  in  the  same  manner  as  if  chlorine  gas  had  been  used. — 
Chem.  News,  Aug.  24,  1888,  92 ;  from  Eng.  and  Min.  Jour. 

Gold — Quantitative  Determination^  and  Separation  from  the  Platinum 
Metals, — It  is  remarked  in  the  work  of  R.  Fresenius  on  **  Quantitative 
Analysis,"  r)th  edit.,  vol.  i,  p.  623,  that  gold  can  be  separated  from  all 
the  oxides  of  the  groups  I.  to  V.  by  means  of  oxalic  acid,  with  the  excep- 
tion of  lead  oxide,  mercurous  oxide,  and  silver  oxide  in  hydrochloric 
solution.  Hoffmann  and  Krliss  remark  that  soluble  mercurous  salts  can- 
not exist  in  presence  of  auric  chloride,  as  they  become  converted  into 
mercuric  compounds,  and  reduce  the  gold  to  aurous  oxide.  If,  there- 
fore, gold  and  mercury  exist  simultaneously  in  a  solution,  both  must  be 
in  the  higher  state  of  oxidation,  and  in  this  case  oxalic  acid  is  the  only 
good  agent  for  their  separation. — Chetn.  News,  July  27,  1888,  49;  from 
Zeitsch.  f.  Anal.  Chem.,  xxvii,  part  I. 

Auric  Chloride —  Formation  by  the  Action  of  Chlorine, — G.  Kriiss  and 
F.  W.  Schmidt  have  determined  that  by  the  action  of  gaseous  chlorine 
upon  dry,  pulverized  gold,  auric  chloride  (AuCU)  and  auro  auric  chloride 
(AUJCI4),  as  observed  by  J.  Thomsen,  is  produced.  Bromine  exhibits  a 
perfectly  analogous  relation  to  the  gold,  auric  bromide  (AuBr,)  and  not 
auro  auric  bromide  (AujBr*)  being  produced.  Bromine  combines  with 
the  gold  with  great  avidity,  considerable  heat  being  produced  during 
the  violent  reaction. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Oct.  1888,  945;  from  Jour.  f. 
prakt.  Chem.,  38,  77. 

Auric  Chloride — Proposed  Use  for  the  Detection  of  Cotton-Seed  Oil  in 
other  Fixed  Oilsy  which  see  under  "  Organic  Chemistry." 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


582  REPORT  ON  THE  PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 

Bromide  of  Gold — Value  in  Therapeutics. — Dr.  Goubert  describes  his 
successful  treatment  by  bromide  of  gold  of  epilepsy  and  the  various  forms 
of  migraine.  He  says  that  bromide  of  gold  is  better  tolerated  than  are 
the  other  bromides,  though  too  high  doses  determine  "  a  not  severe  ceph- 
alalgia without  somnolence.'*  The  dose  for  adults  is  8  mgm.,  gradually 
increased  to  12  mgm.;  for  children,  3  to  6  mgm.  The  author  adminis- 
tered the  salt  in  weak  solution.  He  states  that  '*  the  action  of  this  medi- 
cament is  durable,  and  epileptics  who  have  taken  it  sometimes  remain 
for  several  years  free  from  the  attacks.'* — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  June 
1889,  290;  from  Repert.  de  Phar.,  April  10,   1889. 

PLATINUM. 

Platinum — Occurrence  in  Canada, — Platinum  has  been  found  in  the 
nickeliferous  ore  of  Sudbury,  Canada,  by  Professor  F.  W.  Clarke.  This 
discovery  was  made  accidentally  in  the  course  of  determinative  and 
analytical  work  upon  the  ore,  which  presents  other  peculiarities.  While 
the  amount  found  is  of  little  or  no  commercial  importance,  it  has  a  very 
great  scientific  significance,  and  is  certainly  something  new.  Platinum 
grains  have  been  found  in  secondary  rocks,  such  as  recent  sandstones, 
conglomerates,  etc.,  but  never  before,  so  far  as  we  are  aware,  in  vein  stuff, 
although  it  has  long  been  looked  for,  and  such  an  occurrence  was  to  be 
expected.  There  is,  therefore,  always  the  chance  that  mines  of  plati- 
num-bearing material,  so  often  falsely  reported,  may  actually  be  found,  and 
that  perhaps  some  of  them  may  be  of  a  paying  grade.  The  number  of 
localities  and  their  wide  distribution  in  this  country  point  to  such  an  out- 
come.— Amer.  Drugg.,  June  1889,  109. 

PALLADIUM. 

Palladium — Redetermination  of  Atomic  Weight. — Dr.  E.  H.  Keiser 
states  that  the  atomic  weight  of  palladium  has  not  been  determined  very 
carefully.  The  only  data  for  the  calculation  of  this  constant,  at  the 
present  time,  are  two  analyses  of  the  double  chloride  of  palladium  and 
potassium,  made  by  Berzelius  in  1828.  These  two  analyses  do  not  agree 
very  well.  The  first  one  gives  105.7  and  the  second  one  106.2  for  the 
atomic  weight  of  palladium.  The  author  describes  the  methods  employed 
by  him  for  redetermining  the  atomic  weight  of  this  metal,  and  gives  the 
results  as  follows : 

Determination  of  Atomic  Weight  of  Palladium  —  i.  By  ignition  of 
PdNjHeClj  in  current  of  hydrogen. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


RHODIUM. 


583 


No. 


I 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 

7 
8 

9 
10 
II 


Weight  of 
Substance. 


Total 


0.83260 
1.72635 
1.40280 
1.57940 
1.89895 
1.48065 
1. 56015 
1.82658 
2.40125 
1. 10400 
093310 

16.74583 


Weight  of 
Palladium. 


0.41965 
0.86992 
0.70670 
0.79562 
0.95650 

0.74570 
0.78585 
0.92003 
1.20970 
0.55629 
0.47010 

8.43606 


Atgmic  Weight. 


106.459 
106410 
106.355 
106.342 
106.321 
106.292 
106.322 
106.317 
106.355 
106.400 
106.366 

[106.3520] 


Atomic  weight=  106.35  H=.  '• 
N=i4.oi 

0=35.37  Difrerencc= 
Atomic  weight=  106.62,  when  0=16. 


Maximum==io6.459 
Minimum     106.292 


.167 


The  foregoing  table  contains  the  results  of  all  the  determinations  that 
were  made.  The  investigation  will  be  continued.  It  is  intended  to 
make  a  series  of  determinations  by  means  of  other  palladium  compounds. 
— Chem.  News,  May  31,  1889,  262-263;  from  Jour.  Franklin  Inst., 
April  1889. 


RHODIUM. 

Rhodium — Researches  Respecting  its  Position  among  Metallic  Elements, 
— E.  Leidie,  after  reviewing  former  processes  for  preparing  sesquichloride 
of  rhodium,  describes  his  method  for  preparing  the  anhydrous  sesquichlo- 
ride and  the  corresponding  hydrate,  the  double  chlorides  of  rhodium  and 
potassium,  rhodium  and  sodium,  and  rhodium  and  ammonium.  He  then 
describes  rhodium  sesquioxide,  sesquisulphide ;  the  neutral  and  basic 
rhodium  sulphates  and  the  double  oxalates.  The  author  considers  that 
although  rhodium  is  distinguished  from  such  metals  as  aluminium,  iron, 
and  chromium,  by  its  inability — as  far  as  we  can  judge  at  present — of 
forming  alums,  it  approaches  them,  nevertheless,  by  certain  common 
characters,  such  as  the  formation  of  a  sesquichloride  and  double  chlo- 
rides, a  sesquioxide  with  a  series  of  salts,  a  sesquisulphide  and  double 
sulphides,  a  regular  series  of  double  oxalates,  and  lastly  a  chloraraidide 
and  its  derivatives  which  approximate  it,  especially  to  chrome.  We  may 
therefore  consider  it  as  the  analogue  of  chrome  among  those  metals 
known  as  the  platinum  group. — Chem.  News,  Jan.  18,  1889,  37;  from 
Bull.  Soc.  Chim.,  Dec.  20,  1888. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


584  REPORT  ON   THE  PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

New  Metals, — According  to  **  CheraikerZeitung/'  K.  D.  Chrustschoff 
has  demonstrated  the  existence  of  a  new  metal,  to  which  he  has  given 
the  name — 

jRussium. — This  metal  approximates  closely  to  thorium,  and  is  one  of 
the  bodies  whose  existence  was  foreseen  by  Prof.  Mendeleef. 

Gnomium  is  the  name  which  Kruss  has  given  to  the  metal  which  he 
has  detected  along  with  nickel  and  cobalt  (which  see). — Chem.  News, 
May  17,  1889,  234. 


ORGANIC  CHEMISTRY. 

HYDROCARBONS. 

{Including  Volatile  Oils.) 

Hydrocarbons — Oxidation, — George  Wagner  has  found  that  by  the  oxi- 
dation of  olefines  (the  hydrocarbons  of  the  amylen  series  of  the  formula 
CaHjn),  they  are  hydroxylated  direct,  two  hydroxyl  atoms  uniting  with 
each  pair  of  carbon- atoms;  and  producing  polyatomic  alcohols.  The 
same  is  the  case  with  the  diallyl  class  of  hydrocarbons.  The  other  hy- 
drocarbons of  the  series  CoHin  a  appear  in  the  first  place  to  take  up  two 
hydroxyls  and  one  molecule  of  water,  and  thus  to  form  products  that 
are  afterwards  further  changed. — Arch.  d.  Phar.,  Feb.  1889,  179; 
from  Ber.  d.  D.  Chem.  Ges.,  21,  3^43- 

Solid  Hydrocarbons — Occurrence  in  Plants, — Helen  C.  DeS.  Abbott 
and  Henry  Trimble  have  made  the  interesting  observation  that  when 
certain  plants  are  exhausted  with  petroleum  ether,  crystalline  compounds 
may  be  separated  from  the  extracts  which  have  not  been  noticed  pre- 
viously to  these  investigations.  These  compounds  are  also  obtained 
when  alcohol  or  ether  is  used  as  a  solvent ;  but  it  is  preferable,  on  ac- 
count of  the  greater  number  of  constituents  extracted  by  these  menstrua, 
to  employ  petroleum  ether,  and  thus  avoid  certain  difficulties  of  separa- 
tion. Among  the  plants  in  which  up  to  this  time  these  compounds  have 
been  discovered  may  be  mentioned :  Cascara  amarga.  Phlox  Carolina 
and  the  Phlox  species,  Anlhemis  nobilis,  and  in  different  species  of  the 
following  natural  orders :  Rubiaceae,  Rhodoraceae,  Eupatorieae  and  other 
Compositse.  The  crystals  from  these  petroleum  ether  extracts  first  attracted 
attention  in  the  winter  of  1884.  Samples  of  "chichipate**  bark  which 
yielded  on  powdering  about  two  hundred  grammes,  were  then  obtained 
and  submitted  to  chemical  examination.  This  bark  was  subsequently, 
from  chemical  analysis,  identified  as   Cascara  amarga.     Recently  the 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


HYDROCARBONS.  585 

authors  have  renewed  their  studies  upon  25  kilos  of  Cascara  amarga  and 
20  kilos  of  Phlox  Carolina.  By  methods  which  are  given  in  some  detail^ 
they  have  isolated  at  least  three  substances  of  different  and  definite  crys- 
talline forms,  but  only  one  of  which  has,  up  to  the  present,  been  exam- 
ined. This  compound,  the  composition  of  which  approximates  to  the 
formula  (CiiHig)^,  is  the  one  of  the  three  that  is  least  soluble  in  alcohol, 
and  is  evidently  an  unsaturated  hydrocarbon.  It  forms  silky,  acicular 
crystals,  often  two  or  three  centimetres  in  length,  which  under  polarized 
light  give  a  play  of  colors.  It  has  decided  electrical  properties;  melt- 
ing point=i96.2°  to  196.4°  C.  Soluble  in  petroleum  ether,  ethylic  and 
acetic  ether,  benzol,  chloroform,  hot  alcohol,  glacial  acetic  acid,  acetic 
anhydride,  and  linseed  oil. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  July  1888,  321-324. 

Ozokerite — Occurrence  and  Development  of  Deposits  in  Utah. — Accord- 
ing to  **  Eng.  and  Min.  Jour.'*  a  company  has  been  formed,  under  the 
laws  of  New  York  State,  to  develop  large  deposits  of  ozokerite,  a  natural 
paraffin  wax  existing  in  the  Wasatch  Mountains  of  Utah  Territory,  about 
113  miles  east  of  Salt  Lake  City.  These  mines  are  said  to  contain  the 
only  deposits  of  this  mineral  known  to  exist  outside  of  Galicia,  Austria, 
whence  the  entire  world's  supply  of  this  product  has,  until  recently,  been 
obtained.  The  uses  of  this  mineral  are  constantly  enlarging,  and  in  this 
country  alone  the  consumption  amounts  to  500  tons  yearly.  The  price 
of  refined  ozokerite,  commercially  known  as  ceresin,  ranges  from  20c. 
per  lb.  for  chemically  pure  white  down  to  6c.  per  lb.  for  crude  black  of 
a  poor  quality.  The  first  shipment  from  the  American  mines  arrived  in 
New  York  in  January  of  this  year,  and  attracted  considerable  comment. 
— Amer.  Drugg.,  June,  1889,  109. 

Paraffin — Estimation  in  Ozokerit  and  Solubility. — B.  Pawlewski  and  J. 
Filemonowicz  find  that  the  liquid  constituents  present  in  many  products 
of  the  petroleum  or  ozokerite  industry  are  soluble  in  glacial  acetic  acid, 
whereas  vaselin,  ceresin,  ozokerit  and  paraffin  are  almost  insoluble.  To  es- 
timate the  quantity  of  solid  paraffin  in  petroleum,  lubricating  oils,  mineral 
oils,  vaselin,  etc.,  5-20  c.c.  of  the  mixture  is  well  shaken  with  100-200  c.c. 
of  glacial  acetic  acid,  the  residual  paraffin  thrown  on  to  a  weighed  filter, 
washed  two  or  three  times  with  glacial  acetic  acid,  and  then  two  or  three 
times  with  alcohol  at  75°  Tr.,  dried  and  weighed,  or  the  residual  par- 
affin is  washed,  dissolved  in  benzene  or  ether,  the  solution  evaporated, 
and  the  residue  weighed.  This  method  is  quick  and  accurate,  and  can 
be  carried  out  at  the  ordinary  temperature. 

The  following  table  gives  the  solubility  at  20°  of  ozokerit  paraffin  of 
sp.  gr.  0.9170  at  20°,  melting  at  64-65°,  and  solidifying  at  61-63°  : 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


586 


REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 


Solvent. 


Paraffin  (grams)  dis- 
solved by 

Weight  of  solvent 
requiied  to  dissolve 

completely  i    part 

loo  grams. 

100  c.c. 

of  paraffin. 

12.99 



7.6 

"73 

8.48 

8.5 

6.06 

5.2« 

16. 1 

4.28 

372 

23.4 

3.99 

3-39 

25.0 

3.95 

3.43 

25.1 

4.39 

3-77 

22.7 

3.83 

3-34 

26.1 

3-92 

341 

25.5 

2.42 

3-6i 

41.3 

1.99 

t.75 

50-3 

1          1.95 

50.8 

0.285 

0.228 

352.0 

0.262 

0.209 

378.7 

0.238 

— 

419.0 

0.219 

1      — 

453-6 

0.202 

0.164 

495-3 

0.165 

— 

595.3 

0.141 

— 

709-4 

0.071 

1     0.056 

1447-5 

0.060 

'      — 

1648.7 

0.060 

'     0.063 

1668.6 

0046 

— 

2149.5 

0.025 

— 

3856.2 

0.013 

0.015 

7689.2 

0.0003 

1   - 

330000.0 

Carbon  bisulphide 

Light  petroleum  up  to  75°  C,  sp.  gr.  0.7233.1 
Turpentine  oil,  sp.  gr.  0.857;    b.  p.  158— 

166° 

Cumene  (comm.),upto  i6o°,sp.gr.=  0.867.1 
Cumene  (Trac),  150 — 160°,  sp.  gr.  =  0.847. 
Xylene  (comm.),  135 — 143°,  sp.  gr.  =  0.866.I 
Xylene  (frac),  136—138°,  sp.  gr.  =  0.864. 
Toluene    (comm.),    108—110°,   sp.   gr. 

0.866 

Toluene  (frac),   108.5 — 109-5°»  sp.  gr.  =r 

0.866 

Chloroform 

Benzene    

Ethyl  ether 

Isobutyl  alcohol  (comm.),  sp.  gr.  =  0.804  ■ 
Acetone,  55-5—56.5°.  sp.  gr.  =-.  0.797.    .    . 

Ethyl  acetate   .    .    .  _j 

Ethyl  alcohol,  99.5°  Tr 

Amyl  alcohol,  127 — 129°,  sp.  gr.  =  0.813  ■ 

Propionic  acid 

Propyl  alcohol 

Methyl  alcohol,  65.5 — 66.5°,  sp.  gr.  =  0.798. 

Methyl  formate 

Glacial  acetic  acid 

Ethyl  alcohol,  94.5°  Tr 

Acetic  anhydride •   •    .    .    . 

Formic  acid  (cryst) 

Ethyl  alcohol,  75°  Tr 


— Jour.  Chem.  Soc,  1889,  82;  from  Ber.  d.  D.  Ch.  Ge.  xxi.,  2973. 

Ceresin — Adulteration, — W.  H.  Symons  states  that  ceresine — a  crude 
form  of  paraffin  wax  very  much  resembling  beeswax  and  sometimes  sub- 
stituted for  this — has  been  found  by  him  adulterated  to  the  extent  of  53.6 
per  cent,  with  a  substance  having  all  the  characters  of  rosin.  This  he  be- 
lieves has  been  added  for  the  purpose  of  raising  the  melting  point  of 
ceresine,  paraffins  of  high  melting  point  being  derived  by  manufacturers 
of  soft  paraffin,  and  not,  as  might  be  supposed,  the  lower  melting  par- 
affins. The  author  found  the  sp.  gr.  of  pure  ceresine  to  be  0.917,  melt- 
ing point  77°C.,  and  alcohol  extracted  from  this  0.8  per  cent.;  another 
sample  had  a  sp.  gr.  0.914,  melting  point  69° C,  and  alcohol  extracted 
1.4  per  cent.  The  adulterated  specimen  had  the  sp.  gr.  1.008,  and 
yielded  to  alcohol  53.6  percent.,  while  an  approximate  mixture,  made 
by  melting  together  4.46  grams  of  rosin  and  5.12  grams  of  pure  ceresine, 
had  the  sp.  gr.  0.982,  and  yielded  47.9  per  cent,  to  alcohol.  The  sp.  gr. 
of  the  rosin  was  1.080. — Phar.  Jour,  and  Trans.,  Sept.  15,  1888,  205. 

Viscous  Vaseline — A  New  Form  of  Petrolatum. — Dr.  G.  Vulpius  calls 
attention  to  a  viscous  vaseline,  produced  from  Galician  crucLe^  petroleum, 

jitized  by  V3 


HYDROCARBONS.  587 

which  possesses  advantages  over  the  American  vaseline  as  an  ointment 
base.  It  is  perfectly  devoid  of  acid,  odorless,  without  the  slightest  traces 
of  granular  or  crystalline  structure,  melts  at  36®  C,  and  is  exceedingly 
viscous.  It  is  readily  mixed  with  10  per  cent,  of  water,  or  15  per  cent, 
of  alcohol  or  glycerin. — Arch.  d.  Pharra.,  Dec.  1888,  1088. 

Petroleum  Oils — Compounds  Used  to  Destroy  their  Fluorescence, — E. 
Geissler  examined  a  yellow  powder  used  for  destroying  the  fluorescence 
of  petroleum  oils  in  the  proportion  of  o  2-0.3  Z^-  ^^^  ^^o  c.c.  oil;  it 
proved  to  be  nitro-naphthalin.  Nitrobenzol  also  practical  this  property, 
although  not  to  such  a  marked  degree.  The  interesting  observation  was 
made  that  the  fluorescence  of  quinine  salts  was  destroyed  by  a  little  of 
these  chemicals.  If  light  be  made  to  traverse  solutions  of  these  sub- 
stances it  will  not  produce  the  fluorescent  eff'ect  either  upon  quinine  so- 
lutions or  petroleum  oils ;  this  is  explainable  by  the  possible  absorption 
of  the  blue  rays  by  nitro-benzol  and  nitro-naphthalin. — Pharm.  Cen- 
tralh.,  1889,  II. 

Nitrobenzol — Distinction  from  Bitter  Almond  Oil — The  method  usu- 
ally employed  for  the  distinction  of  nitrobenzol  from  bitter  almond  oil  in 
confectionery,  soaps,  etc.,  is  too  circumstantial  and,  in  the  case  of  its 
presence  in  small  quantities,  too  unreliable  to  be  practically  useful.  K. 
List  recommends  a  method  which  is  easily  applied,  and  quite  reliable. 
It  is  based  upon  the  circumstances  that  when  a  liquid  containing  oil  of 
bitter  almonds  is  heated  with  soda  solution,  the  odor  of  hydrocyanic  acid 
is  destroyed  ;  if  then  an  excess  of  permanganate  is  added,  the  oil  of  bitter 
almonds  is  oxidized,  and  the  bitter  almond  odor  completely  removed. 
Nitrobenzol  is  not  affected  by  such  treatment,  its  odor  prevailing  un- 
changed.— Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Feb.  1889,  126;  from  Chem.  Ztg.,  12,  1727. 

Beta  Naphthol  Powders — Formula. — The  following  formula  is  said  to 
be  frequently  prescribed  by  Dr.  Dujardin-Bcaumetz  in  cases  of  dilatation 
of  the  stomach,  or  to  combat  secondary  fermentation  in  the  stomach  and 
intestines :  Beta  naphthol,  salicylate  of  bismuth  and  calcined  magnesia, 
aa  10  gm.j  divide  in  30  cachets;  one  before  each  of  the  two  principal 
meals. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  June  1889,  289  ;  from  Jour.  d.  M6d.,  April 
.  1889. 

Alpha-Naphthol — Antiseptic  Value. — I.  Maximovitch  has  studied  the 
antiseptic  action  of  alpha-naphthol  towards  fourteen  different  microbes, 
and  finds  that  it  acts  more  strongly  antiseptic  than  does  beta-naphthol,  as 
recorded  recently  by  Bouchard.  At  the  same  time  alpha-naphthol  is  less 
injurious  to  the  animal  organism  than  beta-naphthol.  While  insoluble 
in  cold  water,  one  litre  of  dilute  alcohol,  containing  40  per  cent,  of  ab- 
solute alcohol,  will  dissolve  10  grams  of  alpha  naphthol. — Amer.  Drugg., 
Aug.,  1888,  142;  from  Compt.  rend. 

Naphthol^-Method  for  its  Detection  in  Food. — According   to  Beebe, 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


S88  REPORT  ON  THE  PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 

naphthol  can  be  detected  in  food,  for  the  preservation  of  which  it  has 
lately  been  used,  by  extraction  with  ether,  allowing  to  evaporate  and  dis- 
solving residue  in  hot  water ;  the  solution  is  first  rendered  faintly  alka- 
line with  ammonia,  then  faintly  acid  with  nitric  acid,  after  which  a  drop 
of  fuming  nitric  acid  or  of  a  nitrite  solution  is  added,  when  a  rose-red 
color  indicates  naphthol. — Rundschau,  t888,  623;  from  Liebig's  Annalen. 

Camphorated  Naphthol — Antiseptic  Value. — D^esquelle  finds  that  a 
mixture  of  ^  naphthol  10  gm.,  and  camphor  20  gm.,  finely  pulverized, 
has  identical  properties  with  camphorated  phenol.  The  product  is  a 
colorless  syrupy  liquid,  insoluble  in  water  and  miscible  in  all  proportions 
with  fixed  oils.  Its  antiseptic  properties  are  superior  to  those  of  phenol, 
and,  according  to  Prof.  Bouchard's  experiments,  it  is  less  toxic.  Does 
it  hold  its  'antiseptic  properties  ?  If  so,  this  mixture  should,  for  surgical 
uses,  replace  the  phenol  compound. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Oct.  1888, 
510;  from  Arch,  de  Pharm.,  Sept.  5,  1888. 

Hydrargyrum  Naphtholicum  Flavum — A  New  Medicinal  Agent, — E. 
Bombelon  calls  attention  to  a  compound  of  ?  naphthol  and  mercury,  but 
withholds  the  method  for  its  preparation.  He  lauds  it  highly  as  superior 
to  all  other  mercury  compounds  hitherto  used  in  dermatology,  as  well  as 
for  internal  use  in  syphilis,  as  a  destroyer  of  the  typhus  bacillus,  etc.  It 
occurs  in  commerce  as  a  lemon  yellow  powder,  but  may  be  obtained  in 
crystals;  contains  30.8  per  cent,  of  mercury,  is  neutral,  odorless,  and  in- 
soluble in  the  usual  solvents. —  Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Jan.  1889;  from 
Pharm.  Ztg.,  33,  739. 

Thiol — Artificial  or  ** German'^  Ichthyol, — E.  Jacobsen  has  prepared 
artificially  a  substance  which  exhibits  all  the  chemical  characters  of  ich- 
thyol, and  which  he  has  named  "thiol  "  or  "German  ichthyol."  It  is 
prepared  by  heating  the  so-called  gas-oil,  a  product  of  the  distillation  of 
brown  coal -tar,  with  the  gradual  addition  of  sulphur,  to  about  215°. 
Under  copious  evolution  of  sulphuretted  hydrogen  the  oil  becomes  gradu- 
ally sulphuretted,  the  product  constituting  more  or  less  sulphuretted  hydro- 
carbons according  to  the  amount  of  sulphur  used.  The  product  is  not  of 
more  constant  composition  than  is  the  ichthyol  itself.  By  further  treat- 
ment of  the  crude  product  with  sulphuric  acid,  a  thiosulpho-acid  is 
formed,  and  by  saturating  this  with  ammonia,  thiosulphate  of  ammoni- 
um, or  thiol,  is  produced.  The  artificial  compound  not  alone  has  all 
the  chemical  characters  of  ichthyol,  but  its  physiological  action  also  ap- 
pears to  be  the  same. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Jan.  1889,  34;  from  "  Der 
Fortschritt,*'  4,  372. 

Thiol — Constant  Quality, — According  to  L.  Reeps  and  E.  Buzzi,  thiol 
is  now  prepared  industrially  in  a  condition  of  purity  and  uniformity  of 
composition,  the  acid  impurities  present  in  the  products  at  first  made 
being  now  completely  eliminated.  Thiol  as  well  as  ichthvpl  are  mix- 
Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


VOLATILE   OILS.  589 

tures  of  sulphuretted y  non  saturated  hydrocarbons,  which,  by  treatment 
with  sulphuric  acid  (sulfonation)  become  soluble  in  water ;  the  value  of 
these  preparations  being  dependent  on  the  solubility  of  their  sulphur  con- 
stituent in  water.  The  thiol  as  now  prepared  is  devoid  of  the  unpleasant 
odor  of  the  former  product,  its  odor  being  faintly  bituminous,  the  taste 
bitter  and  astringent.  Its  freedom  from  all  impurities  (particularly  sul- 
phuretted oils)  makes  it  possible  to  produce  a  dry  form  of  thiol,  it  being 
now  olTered  in  two  forms: 

1.  Thiolum  liquidunty  a  40  per  cent,  aqueous  solution,  having  the  con- 
sistence of  thick  syrup,  sp.  gr.  1.080  to  1.081  at  i5°C. 

2.  Thiolum  siccum^  constitutes  brownish-black  shining  scales,  which 
may  be  reduced  to  impalpable  powder,  and  is  useful  as  an  admixture  with 
starch,  talc,  bismuth,  zinc  oxide,  for  the  production  of  dermal  powders. 
It  is  rapidly  and  completely  soluble  in  water. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  June 
1889,  511-512;  from  Pharm.  Centralh. 

Olea  Aetherea  sine  Terpena — A  Concentrated  Form  of  Volatile  Oils, — 
Dr.  Schweisinger  speaks  highly  of  concentrated  volatile  oils,  which  he 
designates  as  **olea  aetherea  sine  terpeno,'*  and  which  are  produced  by 
the  removal  of  the  non- fragrant  hydrocarbon.  They  represent  from  two 
to  thirty  volumes  of  the  ordinary  essential  oils.  Thus  one  volume  of  the 
concentrated  oil  represents  two  volumes  of  the  oils  of  anise,  cassia,  fen- 
nel, ginger-grass,  mentha  crispa,  mentha  piperita,  cloves,  sassafras  and 
star  anise,  two  and  one- half  volumes  of  the  oils  bergamot,  caraway  and 
lavender,  four  volumes  of  cumin  and  rosemary,  five  volumes  of  thyme, 
six  volumes  of  coriander,  eight  volumes  of  calamus,  ten  volumes  of  ab- 
sinth, twenty  volumes  of  juniper,  thirty  volumes  of  angelica,  lemon  and 
orange.  They  are  more  permanent,  possess  greater  solubility  in  alcohol 
and  water,  have  a  finer  odor  rendered  prominent  only  on  great  dilution, 
and  are  of  constant  composition,  thus  enabling  the  specific  gravity  and 
boiling  point  to  be  used  as  tests  of  purity.  The  use  in  pharmacy  sug- 
gested is  for  medicated  waters  made  by  agitation  of  the  oils  with  distilled 
water  and  filtering ;  also  for  elaeosacchara,  etc.  They  should  be  kept  in 
the  dark. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Sept.,  1888,  451-452;  from  Pharm. 
Centralh.,  1888,  No.  25. 

Volatile  Oils — Essential  Conditions  to  their  Accurate  Examination, — 
After  a  comprehensive  and  critical  review  of  the  methods  that  have  here- 
tofore been  communicated  for  testing  volatile  oils,  O.  Wallach  remarks 
that  these  methods  can  never  lead  to  reliable  results,  because  the  principles 
upon  which  they  are  based  lack  scientific  support.  Really  reliable 
methods  of  examination  cannot  be  determined  until  the  following  two 
conditions  are  filled : 

I.  The  chemical  relations  of  the  substances  that  are  present  in  volatile 
oils  must  be  accurately  determined,  and  characteristic  and  easily  executed 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


59©  REPORT  ON  THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

reactions  must  be  ascertained  in  order  to  establish  the  identity  of  the  in- 
dividual constituents. 

2.  The  limit  of  variation  of  the  individual  constituents  in  reliable  oils, 
according  to  season  and  source,  must  be  established. 

Much  has  been  done  in  the  first  direction,  but  much  remains  to  be 
done,  and  when  completed,  it  will  probably  be  within  the  province  of  the 
larger  manufacturing  establishments  to  throw  accurate  light  on  the  second 
condition. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.  Jan.  1889,  3^  i    ^rom  Phar.  Ztg.,  33,  690. 

Volatile  Oils — Distinction  by  the  Aid  of  Alcoholic  Glycerin  Solution, 
— Dr.  H.  Hager  finds  that  a  mixture  of  equal  parts  of  absolute  alcohol 
and  glycerin  of  sp.  gr.  i. 259-1. 262  serves  for  the  distinction  between 
two  classes  of  volatile  oils,  as  well  as  the  detection  of  alcohol,  oil  of  tur- 
pentine, benzin,  benzol,  mineral  oils,  fixed  oils,  etc.  One  series  of  oils 
yields  clear  solutions  with  twice  the  volume  of  the  reagents,  while  another 
to  which  belong  turpentine,  petroleum,  etc.,  do  not.  The  solution  may 
be  immediate  at  16°  to  20°,  or  after  shaking  a  short  time.  The  practi- 
cal utility  of  the  observation,  however,  requires  further  investigation, — 
Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  March  1889,  ^3'  >  ^^^^  Phar.  Centralh.,  30,  65. 

Volatile  Oils — Detection  of  Alcohol. — According  to  H.  Hager,  adul- 
terations of  volatile  oils  with  alcohol  can  be  detected  and  estimated  by 
agitating  the  oils  with  twice  their  volume  of  glycerin  of  sp.  gr.  1.2 15 
(contains  about  20  per  cent,  water,  which  prevents  the  glycerin  from 
dissolving  a  portion  of  the  volatile  oil)  in  a  graduated  tube  or  cylinder 
for  5  minutes,  and  allowing  to  stand  until  the  mixture  separates  into  two 
layers  ;  the  increase  of  the  glycerin  layer  is  due  to  the  alcohol.  If  the 
rate  of  the  cylinder  be  taken  and  the  oil  and  glycerin  weighed,  the  oil 
after  separating  can  be  removed  by  a  pipette  (the  last  drops  are  best  ab- 
sorbed by  a  piece  of  filter-paper).  The  increase  in  weight  of  the  glycerin 
is  directly  due  to  the  alcohol  present  in  the  oil. — ^Am.  Jour.  Phar., 
Dec.  1888,  613;  from  Pharm.  Ztg.,  1888,  650. 

Volatile  Oils — Color  Reactions, — A.  Ihl  calls  attention  to  the  color  re- 
actions of  some  volatile  oils. 

Oil  of  Peppermint  dissolved  in  alcohol  after  addition  of  a  little  finely 
powdered  sugar,  gives  on  heating  with  HCl  or  dilute  H1SO4  an  intense 
blue-green  color.     Menthol  does  not  give  this  reaction. 

Oil  of  Cloves i  Oil  of  Cassia^  and  Oil  of  Pimenta^  with  an  alcoholic 
phloroglucin  solution  and  HCl  give  intense  red  colors ;  with  resorcin  in 
the  same  way  oil  of  cloves  yields  a  red  violet  color,  oil  of  cassia  a  vermil- 
ion red  color,  oil  of  pimenta  a  dirty  red  color. — Am.  Jour.  Phar.,  April 
1889,  180;  from  Chem.  Ztg.,  1889,  264. 

Essential  Oils — Tincture  of  Iodine  a  Test, — *'Eck'*  proposes  a  method 
for  testing  essential  oils,  which  is  based  upon  the  property  of  certain  oils 
to  decolorize  tincture  of  iodine,  whilst  many  essential  oils  jdo  not  show 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


VOLATILE  OILS.  59 1 

this  reaction.  The  method  of  applying  the  test  is  to  dissolve  a  drop  of 
the  oil  in  question  in  3  c.c.  of  alcohol  at  not  less  than  90  per  cent.,  and 
to  add  a  drop  of  the  tincture  of  iodine.  In  a  check  experiment,  in  which 
he  added  directly  oil  of  turpentine  to  oil  of  juniper,  and  applied  the 
iodine  test  as  above  described,  the  iodine  was  nevertheless  decolorized. 
In  consequence,  he  distils  the  oil  on  the  water- bath  and  applies  the  test 
to  the  first  drop  which  comes  over.  Iodine  is  instantly  decolorized  by 
oil  of  peppermint  (Mitcham);  in  a  minute  by  the  oils  of  ginger  and 
juniper;  in  two  minutes  by  oils  of  pepper  and  cardamom;  in  three  to 
eight  minutes  by  oil  of  mace.  The  oils  of  coriander,  caraway,  turpen- 
tine, rue,  sassafras,  roses,  rosemary,  orange,  aniseed,  fennel,  angelica,  and 
wormwood  do  not  decolorize  iodine. — Chem.  News,  Jan.  11,  1889,  25  ; 
from  Monit.  Scient.  Quesn.,  Nov.  1888. 

Volatile  Oils — Iodine  Absorption- Equivalents, — R.  H.  Davies,  having 
observed  that  some  eucalyptus  oil,  which  had  been  in  contact  with  iodine 
solution  in  iodide  of  potassium,  absorbed  iodine  to  such  an  extent  as  to 
become  heavier  and  finally  to  sink  in  the  liquid,  conceived  the  idea  that 
the  iodine  absorption-power  of  essential  oils  might,  similarly  to  that  of 
fixed  oils,  as  applied  by  Von  HUbl,  yield  results  of  some  value  in  their 
determination.  Von  Hiibrs  method  of  working  is  the  following:  25 
grams  of  iodine  and  30  grams  of  mercuric  chloride  are  dissolved  in  abso- 
lute alcohol,  and  the  solution  made  up  to  i  litre.  Twenty  c.c.  of  this 
solution  are  then  added  to  a  known  weight  (0.4  gram)  of  the  oil  to  be 
examined,  which  has  been  dissolved  in  10  c.c.  of  chloroform,  and  the 
mixture  is  allowed  to  stand  some  hours,  afler  which  it  is  diluted  with  15 
c.c.  of  a  10  per  cent,  solution  of  potassium  iodide,  then  with  150  c.c.  of 
water,  and  the  iodine  remaining  in  the  free  condition  is  estimated  by 
titration  with  standard  sodium  hyposulphite  solution.  As  the  strength  of 
the  alcoholic  solution  varies  somewhat  with  its  age,  it  is  necessary  to  per- 
form a  blank  experiment  with  each  determination  of  one  or  of  a  series 
of  samples  of  oil,  and  from  the  difference  between  the  amount  of  hypo 
solution  required  for  the  blank  experiment  (^when  no  oil  is  present)  and 
that  required  for  the  liquids  containing  oil,  but  otherwise  exactly  similar  to 
the  blank  experiment,  the  amount  of  iodine  that  has  gone  from  the  free 
to  the  combined  condition  through  the  agency  of  the  oil  can  easily  be 
calculated.  This  amount  is  usually  expressed  as  proportional  to  100 
parts  by  weight  of  oil,  and  constitutes  the  *•  iodine  absorption  equiva- 
lent"  of  the  oil.  It  is  not  to  be  assumed  that  the  number  represents  the 
amount  of  iodine  actually  absorbed  by  the  oil,  since,  without  doubt,  the 
process  is  usually,  if  not  invariably,  a  substitution  process,  in  which,  for 
each  iodine  atom  entering  into  the  composition  of  the  oil,  a  second  com- 
bines with  the  hydrogen  thus  displaced,  and  this  ultimately  forms  the 
familiar  mercuric  iodide,  which  can  be  obtained  in  crystals  upon  evap- 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


592 


REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 


oration  of  the  aqueous  liquid.     The  results  obtained  with  essential  oils 
are  given  in  the  following  table : 


Iodine 

Name  of  Oil. 

Whence  Obtained. 

Absorption 
per  cent. 

Estimations  Made. 

I. 

Oil  of  almonds,  essential 

EsglUhdistiller. 

No  absorp. 

Mean  of  a  results. 

a. 

"           "      jprussic  acid  removed  .  .  . 
"    aniseed,  Russian,  1888 

a 

3. 

«( 

189. 7 

"        3        " 

4- 
5. 

**    bergaroot,  1888 

Purchased. 
English  distiller. 

270.x 

««        2        " 

"    chamomile,  1887 

It        a        «« 

6. 

1888 

" 

72.x 

I: 

**           **             i886  or  earlier 

Purchased. 

65.5 

a          3          *i 

"    caraway,  English    .   .   .  ". 

English  distiller. 

Purchased. 
English  distiller. 

Purchased. 
English  distiller. 

254.9 

2 

9- 
10. 

**    cassia 

159.5 
31X.6 

"        a        ', 

"    celery 

<(          ,          n 

11. 

**    cinnamon 

189.5 
362.5 

<<          J          $t 

la. 

"    clove  (a)  1887 

'*       a        " 

i^ 

"        '*    (b),  half  from  clove  stems,  1885, 

*      I* 

i66.6 

One  result. 

»4- 

•'        "     (cj.  1885 

" 

3551 

** 

\l- 

"       *'    (d)    1889 

u 

Mean  of  3  results. 
One  result. 

"    cubebs  (a),  x888 .*   .* 

*7- 

(b),  1885 

18. 

"     "     (cJ;  x84 

•« 

Mean  of  6  results. 

19. 

"    cardamoms 

*' 

'm 

*'        3        *' 

20. 

"    cummin.  1877  or  earlier 

Unknown. 

«        I       " 

31. 

"    dill,  1888 

English  distiller. 

Unknown. 
Enslish  distiller. 

Purchased. 

Distiller. 

337.3 
363.9 

a65.5 

"        5        " 

32. 

**    fennel,  1877  or  earlier 

One  result. 

23. 

a4. 

as- 

"    juniper.  1889 

Mean  of  3  results. 

"        foreign 

i.       \       " 

*'    lavender,  English,  x886 

Mftcham,  1888 

One  result. 

26. 

" 

274.9 

•* 

27. 

"           "         (Mitcham  grown)  French 
variety 

« 

«73.9 

f( 

28. 
39. 

Oil  of  lavender  (French  grown) 

"       French  (best) 

Purchased. 

262  7 

(( 

30. 

**           "       mixed  equal  parts,   French 
and  English 

286.2 

•< 

31- 

Oil  of  lemon,  special  from  agent  (a)  .   .   .   . 

3a8.3 
340.3 

«« 

"        *'        (b},i883.  .   .  f  .   //.  .  .  . 

Purchased. 

•• 

"Il- 

'•         "         c,i888 

348.9 
348.0 

•• 

34- 
3S- 

'•       "       (d),  1888 

Sample  submitted. 

«« 

"       (c).  1888 

(f 

36. 

"       (f),  1888 

" 

345.fi 

" 

ll: 

**        "       (g).  1888 

English  distiller. 
Purchased. 

308.3 

f( 

"    nutmeg,  iinglish,  1889 

Mean  of  3  resulu. 

W" 

•*          "        foreign,  1888 

321.5 

'*        2        " 

40- 

"    parsley,  English,  1889 

**    peach  kernel,  English 

Distiller. 

255.0 

..        3        <. 

4»- 

•* 

No  absorp. 

42. 

**    pennyroyal,  foreign,  1887 

Purchased. 

X88.9 

"        3        " 

4V 

**     peppermint,  English  (a  ,  1887  .... 

Distiller. 

5X.2 

2        " 

44- 

••        (b),i887.   .   .   . 
"        (c).  1888  ... 

ti 

49.6 
57.7 

"        2        •• 
a 

"              "           American  (a),  1887  .  .   . 
(b),  1888.  .   . 

Purchased. 

X3a.2 

2 

47- 

Sample  from  importer. 

143.9 

X2X.8 

'*        a       •* 

48. 

"        (c),  «888.   .   . 

<« 

49- 

"  Mitch,  (d),  1888. 

♦* 

81.9 

u           ,           c. 

SO. 

"             •*           Japanese  (a),  1887.  .   . 
(bj,     (English 

Purchased. 

48.X 

2 

SI. 

grown),  1888  .  .   . 

From  distiller. 

43.5 

One  result. 

S2- 

Oil  of  rosemary,  foreign,  1887 

Purchased. 

Vdt 

Mean  of  2  results. 

S3. 

"    sandal  wood,  English  (a),  1888   .   .   . 

From  distiller. 

•<        a        *t 

S4- 

(b),  1888    .   .   . 

«( 

933.9 

"        3        - 

55. 

"    savin,  foreign,  1881 

Purchased. 

279.5 

.»       a 

56. 

'*    turpentine  ...       

** 

3770 

"       IS         •' 

^si: 

**    spearmint,  English 

207.3 
X8X.4 

"        a        " 

•*    calamus,  1888 

** 

"        a        •' 

In  addition  to  these  oils,   the    following  solid    derivatives  of  essential  oib  have  been 


examined : — 

59.  Anethol  from  English  oil  of  aniseed,  old  . 

60.  **  "  **  " 

61.  Anethol  from  Englbh  star-anise  oil  .  .   . 

62.  Camphor 

63.  Menthol 

64.  Thymol 


Prepared. 


Purchased. 
Prepared. 
Purchased. 


177.4 
xBa.Q 
177.B 
0.46 

O.I9 
X7I.5 


One  result. 
Mean  of  2  results. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


VOLATILE   OILS.  593 

Mr.  Davies  gives  a  number  of  details  of  his  experiments,  for  which 
reference  must  be  had  to  the  original.  It  may  be  stated,  however,  that 
he  has  been  enabled  to  divide  essential  oils  roughly  into  four  classes:  (i) 
those  in  which  the  absorption  of  iodine  was  very  little  or  none;  (2)  those 
in  which  the  reaction  was  slow  in  starting,  but  afterwards  considerable ; 
(3)  those  in  which  the  absorption  was  moderate  only ;  (4)  those  in  which 
the  absorption  was  rapid  and  abundant. — Pharm.  Jour,  and  Trans.,  April 
13,  1889,  821-824. 

TerpiUn — Conversion  into  Menthen, — G.  Bouchardat  and  J.  Lafont, 
by  acting  upon  terpin  at  100°  C.  for  15  hours  with  cone,  aqueous  hydri- 
odic  acid,  obtained  terpilen-diiodhydrate  (C,eH„,2HI)  in  crystals.  On 
increasing  the  heat  this  is  decomposed,  and  an  oily  layer  separates,  which 
when  purified  by  suitable  means,  is  found  to  be  composed  of  diterpilen 
(C^Hs,),  and  menthen  (C,oH,g),  which  are  separable  by  fractional  distil- 
lation. Menthen  has  the  s.  g.  at  0°  of  .837,  boils  under  normal  pressure  at 
167°  to  170®,  and  combines  very  slowly  with  hydrochloric  acid,  forming 
the  monochlorhydrate  (C,oH,gCl),  whereas  terpilen  combines  very  rapidly 
at  the  ordinary  temperature  with  HCl.  The  menthen  so  obtained  ap- 
pears to  be  identical  with  Oppenheim's  menthen. — Arch.  d.  Pharra.,  May 
1889,  476;  from  Jour,  de  Pharm.  et  de  Chim.,  1889,  xix,  145. 

Oil  of  Mentha  arvensis — Character  of  the  Product  from  Plants  Grown 
in  England. — John  Moss  found  the  oil  of  Mentha  arvensis  (Japan  pepper- 
mint), distilled  by  himself  from  plants  grown  in  England,  to  have  a  de- 
cidedly yellow  color;  the  specific  gravity  at  62®  F.  was  0.9107  ;  it  com- 
menced to  boil  at  339°  F.,  the  temperature  rising  402°  F.  The  specific 
gravity  of  the  redistilled  oil  was  0.91 17. — Yearbook  of  Pharm.,  1888, 
407-409. 

Oil  of  Bergamot — Source  of  Green  Color, — Some  question  having  been 
raised  recently  as  to  the  natural  color  of  bergamot  oil,  Messrs.  Schimmel 
publish  some  information  on  the  subject,  obtained  from  two  of  the  largest 
producers  in  Reggia.  One  of  them  says:  **  This  essence  occurs  for  the 
most  part  of  a  brown-yellow  color.  A  certain  quantity  approximates 
more  to  green,  but  this  is  an  essence  prepared  only  from  unripe  fruit. 
In  commerce  it  seldom  occurs  pure,  since  it  is  ordinarily  mixed  with 
the  essence  prepared  later  from  ripe  fruit.  Carefully  examined  in  a  glass 
tube  it  cannot  properly  be  called  *  green,*  but  there  is  always  a  yellow 
color  perceptible.  The  emerald  green  essences  which  have  been  exported 
from  Messina  are  such  as  have  been  allowed  to  stand  for  a  long  time  in. 
badly-tinned  vessels,  and  the  color  is  due  to  oxide  of  copper."  The 
second  <:orrespondent  says :  **  After  the  working  of  the  bergamot  fruit 
the  essence  obtained  is  honey-colored,  and  it  is  usually  put  forward  and 
sought  for  of  this  color.  The  green  color  is  acquired  when  the  oil  is  al- 
lowed 10  stand  a  certain  time — about  seven  or  eight  ^lonths — in  the  ves- 

^^  Digitized  by  Google 


594  REPORT  ON  THE  PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 

sels ;  it  attacks  the  tinning,  and  becomes  green  through  contact  with  the 
copper.  This  is  the  correct  explanation  of  the  two  colors ;  any  other  is 
false.*' — Pharm.  Jour,  and  Trans.,  April  i,  1889,  803;  from  **Berichte,** 
April  1889. 

Oil  of  Rose — DistiUaiion  in  Bulgaria, — An  Austrian  pharmacist  who 
recently  travelled  in  Bulgaria  communicates  the  following  particulars 
concerning  the  distillation  and  adulteration  of  otto  of  roses.  The  dis- 
tilling apparatus  generally  used  in  the  country  consists  of  a  copper  con- 
tainer, and  the  distillation  product  is  cooled  in  large  wooden  vats.  One 
of  the  largest  firms  in  Kezanlik  once  tried  to  introduce  modern  distill- 
ing apparatus,  such  as  is  employed  in  large  distilleries  in  Germany  and 
elsewhere,  but  it  was  found  impracticable  in  use.  Red  roses  are  used  al- 
most exclusively  for  distilling,  because  they  yield  an  oil  of  sweeter 
aroma,  being  richer  in  the  aromatic  principle  of  essential  oils.  But  in 
order  to  obtain  a  more  easily  solidifiable  oil,  freezing  at  i4^C.,  a  certain 
percentage  of  white  roses  is  added  to  the  red  ones,  such  a  mixture  yield- 
ing a  product  richer  in  stearopten  than  the  other.  For  adulteration, 
geranium  oil,  procured  from  Constantinople,  is  most  frequently  used. 
The  oils  are  not  mixed  directly,  but  the  rose  flowers  are  sprinkled  with 
geranium  oil  before  distillation,  and  the  adulterant  is  thus  more  inti- 
mately mixed  with  the  genuine  oil  than  could  be  the  case  otherwise.  To 
make  this  manipulation  successful,  a  majority  of  white  flowers  must  be 
used.  The  distillers  are  exclusively  Bulgarians,  mostly  small  men^  al- 
though they  count  among  their  number  a  few  large  wholesale  dealers. — 
Amer.  Drugg.,  Nov.  1888,  212;  from  Chem.  and  Drugg. 

Oleum  Rosce — Yield  from  Rosei  in  Turkey. — The  Sultan's  chemist, 
Bowkouski  Bey,  gives  the  percentage  of  the  product  obtained  from  a 
given  number  of  roses.  It  has  been  hitherto  considered  a  manufacturer's 
secret.  The  number  of  roses  required  for  one  ocque  (1284  gm.)  of  dis- 
tilled rose-water  of  good  quality  is  given  at  700.  About  3000  kilogm.  of 
roses  are  required  to  make  one  kilogm.  of  the  oil.  By  hurrying  the  dis- 
tillation, I  kilogm.  of  oil  may  be  had  from  2,500  kilogm.  of  flowers,  but 
the  oil  is  not  so  fine  as  the  first. — Rev.  Med.  Phar.,  Constantinople; 
Arch,  de  Phar.,  June  5,  1888;  Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  July  1888,  347. 

Thymol— A  New  Reaction. — According  to  L.  van  Itallie,  if  a  few 
drops  of  solution  of  potassium  hydrate  are  added  to  a  liquid  containing 
thymol,  followed  by  sufficient  solution  of  iodine  in  iodide  of  potassium 
to  produce  a  faint  yellow  color,  and  the  liquid  is  then  gently  heated,  a 
handsome  red  color  is  produced,  which  increases  slowly  in  intensity,  but 
disappears  on  prolonged  standing,  or  when  the  liquid  is  heated  strongly, 
a  colorless  precipitate  being  produced.  The  reaction  is  quite  sensitive, 
a  distinct  red  color  being  produced  in  solutions  containing  ^hfz  of  thy- 
mol. Other  phenq)s,  examined  by  the  author,  do  not  appear  to  give 
this  reaction. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  March  i,  1889,  228. 


Digitized 


by  Google 


VOLATILE   OILS.  595 

Oil  of  Calamus — Distinction  of  the  Japanese  from  the  European  Oil, — 
Messrs.  Schimmel  and  Co.  state  that  the  Japanese  calamus  roots  do  not 
differ  externally  from  European  calamus  roots,  and  are  no  doubt  derived 
from  the  same  species.  They  contain  5  per  cent,  of  a  highly  aromatic 
essential  oil,  which  is  considerably  heavier  than  the  German  calamus  oil, 
having  a  specific  gravity  of  0.991  at  16°  C.  It  boils  between  210°  and 
290°  C  ;  if  the  distillate  be  collected  in  two  fractions,  the  lower  portion 
has  the  characteristic  calamus  odor,  while  the  higher  boiling  portion  gives 
off  the  pecdliar  sesquiterpene  odor.  Japanese  calamus  oil  also  differs 
from  the  European  in  solubility,  1  part  dissolving  in  500  parts  of  50  per 
cent,  spirit,  the  German  oil  requiring  1000  parts  of  spirit. — Pharm.  Jour, 
and  Trans.,  April  6,  1889,  ^^4^  ^'^om  ''Berichte,"  April  1889. 

Volatile  Oil  of  Chamomile — Preservation  of  Blue  Color, — Messrs. 
Schimmel  and  Co.  stale  that  in  order  to  prevent  as  much  as  possible  the 
original  blue  color  of  this  oil  from  changing  to  green,  it  is  recommended 
that  it  should  be  protected  carefully  from  the  influence  of  light  and  heat. 
— Pharm.  Jour,  and  Trans .,  April  6,  1889,  804 ;  from  *'  Berichte,*'  April 
1889. 

Oh  urn  Eucalypti  globuli — Composition. — Voiry  has  subjected  the  vola- 
tile oil  of  eucalyptus  globulus  to  fractional  examination,  and  has  deter- 
mined several  new  constituents,  fiy  fraction ing  the  oil  in  a  partial 
vacuum,  an  acid  aqueous  liquid  was  first  obtained,  containing  formic 
and  acetic  acids;  between  70°  and  100°  C.  unpleasantly  odorous  liquids 
were  obtained,  possessing  in  general  the  characters  of  aldehyde,  and 
forming  solid  substances  with  bisulphite  of  sodium.  Both  valerianic  and 
butyric  acids  were  isolated  from  these  fractions.  Between  100°  and  150® 
C.  a  mixture  of  various  hydrocarbons  distilled  over,  but  the  main  por- 
tion of  the  oil  (about  two-thirds  of  the  whole  quantity)  distilled  over  be- 
tween 150°  and  175°  C.  By  refrigeration  in  appropriate  apparatus  he 
obtained  crystalline  eucalyptoiy  which  by  remelting  and  congealing  a 
number  of  times,  to  secure  the  complete  removal  of  the  liquid  portion, 
was  perfectly  pure.  Pure  eucalyptol  melts  at  +1°  C,  has  the  composi- 
tion CaoHi«0„  and  is  optically  inactive.  Above  175°  C.  the  author  ob- 
tained ethers  of  butyric,  acetic,  and  valerianic  acid,  as  well  as  resinous 
substances,  and,  finally,  he  has^determined  the  presence  of  a  body  con- 
taining sulphur,  which  is  readily  decomposed  by  heat  with  elimination 
of  sulphuretted  hydrogen. — Arch.  d.  Pharm,,  Sept.  1888,  799;  from 
Jour,  de  Pharm.  et  de  Chim.,  1888,  xviii,  49. 

Cajeput  Oil^  Constituents, — By  fractioning  oil  of  cajeput  under  ordi- 
nary pressure,  Voiry  obtained,  besides  small  quantities  of  dextro-rotatory 
terebinthin,  and  some  benzaldehyd,  at  a  temperature  below  i6o°C.,  caje- 
putol  (identical  with  eucalyptol)  as  principal  product.  Under  diminished 
pressure,  between  130*^  and  i4o°C.,  he  then  obtained  a  liquid  which, 
when  properly  purified,  was  found  to  be  terpilenol.     Terpilenol  is  identi- 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


596  REPORT   ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF    PHARMACY. 

cal  with  the  alcohols  that  are  isomeric  with  borneol.  It  congeals  at 
— 15°  C,  has  the  s.  g.  0.947,  the  composition  CnHigO,  and  forms,  like 
the  borneols,  a  dichlorhydrate  of  the  composition  CioH„.2HCI.  It  is  in- 
different to  polarized  light. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Sept-  1888,  852;  from 
Jour.  d.  Pharm.  etd.  Chim.,  1888,  xviii,  149. 

Oil  of  Cajeput— Examination  of  Commercial  Samples. — William  West 
communicates  the  results  obtained  in  the  examination  of  fourteen  samples 
of  commercial  oil  of  cajeput.  The  color  of  these  samples  ranged  from 
"  pale  bluish  green/'  which  is  the  character  given  in  the  British  Pharma- 
copoeia, to  "full  bluish  green;**  the  specific  gravity  at  15.5**  C.  from 
0.9226  to  0.9240;  and  the  boiling  point  from  174°  to  174.5°  C.  No 
difference  in  odor  could  be  detected  between  the  samples,  even  on  boil- 
ing. It  would  therefore  appear  that  the  article  at  present  supplied  as 
cajeput  oil  is  fairly  uniform  in  character.  Copper  was  found  in  every 
sample,  which  agrees  with  Mr.  Histed's  experience  in  1872.  Another 
sample  that  had  been  kept  in  stock  for  a  long  time  was  pale- brown,  and 
the  specific  gravity  only  0.9194.  Guibourt  says  that  an  oil  distilled  by 
himself  from  Melaleuca  leaves  had  a  fine  green  color ;  but  Histed  says 
that  ordinary  cajeput  oil  after  being  re-distilled  is  white,  though  it  be- 
comes again  green  if  placed  in  contact  with  copper  turnings.  Mr.  West 
incidentally  called  attention  to  the  fact  that  for  histological  purposes  this 
oil  is  to  be  preferred  to  oil  of  cloves  in  transferring  sections  from  alcohol 
to  Canada  turpentine,  as  it  penetrates  more  quickly  than  oil  of  cloves, 
and  is  expelled  more  readily  from  the  turpentine  afterwards. — Yearbook 
of  Phar.,  1888,  363-368. 

Oil  of  Cajeput — Purity  of  the  Direct  Imported  OiL — Referring  to  a 
large  consignment  of  cajeput  oil  from  Macassar,  Messrs.  Schimmel  state 
that  according  to  their  experience  cajeput  oil  directly  imported  is  always 
genuine  and  trustworthy,  but  that  in  intervening  commerce,  and,  as  they 
hear,  especially  in  America,  it  gets  adulterated  with  camphor  oil.  On 
practical  grounds  an  adulteration  with  eucalyptus  oil  is  not  to  be  feared, 
as  that  oil  is  more  costly. — Phar.  Jour,  and  Trans.,  April  6,  1889,  804; 
from  **  Berichte,'*  April  1889. 

Oil  of  Camphor — Components^  etc, — Henry  Trimble  and  Herman  J. 
M.  Schroeter,  have  made  a  comprehensive  examination  of  oil  of  cam- 
phor. They  give  a  brief  description  of  eight  commercial  samples,  but 
selected  two  of  them,  both  of  undoubted  purity,  the  one  obtained  in  quan- 
tities from  Mr.  Samuel  F.  Simes,  of  Philadelphia;  the  other  from 
Fritzsche  Brothers,  of  New  York,  for  their  present  examination.  They 
describe  the  method  and  character  of  their  experiments — which  were 
made  principally  with  the  sample  from  Mr.  Simes — and  conclude  that  oil 
of  camphor,  as  represented  by  these  characteristic  samples,  contains  the 
following  distinct  and  definite  compounds,  with  a  close  approxiitiation  to 
the  percentage  named:     ^  Digitized  by  GoOgk 


VOLATILE  OILS. 

I 


597 


(I)  From   I45°-'55°C 


(2 
C3) 
(4) 

(6) 
(7) 
(8) 
(9) 

(lO) 

00 


i58°-i6i°C 
i67°-i69°C 
170^-171°^ 
I7S°-I77°C 
i8o°-i82°C 

202°-2060C 
2I2°-2I4°C 

230°-235°C 
245°-248°C 
250°-28o°C 


Boiling  point. 


150° 
159° 
168° 
171** 
176° 
t8o° 
204° 
213° 
232° 
247° 


Per  cent. 


0.40 

12.00 

13.00 

5.00 

15.00 

4.00 

10.00 

30.00 

7.00 

2.00 

1.60 


Formula. 


^o"l6 

c::h::o 


Green 


n  oil. 


The  authors  do  not  consider  that  the  above  lighter  fractions  have  been 
so  satisfactorily  identified,  as  to  warrant  naming  them.  The  others  have 
already  been  named  by  previous  investigators,  and  were  fully  identified 
by  the  authors.  It  is  possible  that  (6)  consists  of  dipentene,  since  Wallach 
discovered  considerable  quantities  of  it  in  the  camphor  oil.  (5)  may  be 
cineol,  but  they  have  been  unable  to  get  all  the  reactions  necessary  for 
its  identification.  The  odor,  however,  is  characteristic,  and  strongly 
points  to  the  possibility  of  cineol  being  present,  but  the  polarization  is 
decidedly  difierent  from  that  obtained  from  wormseed  oil,  which  is  inac- 
tive. Since  it  has  become  known  that  the  high  boiling  fractions  of  the 
oil  are  so  valuable,  it  will  be  safe  to  conclude  that  the  colorless  rectified 
oils  of  low  specific  gravity  do  not  contain  all  the  compounds  which 
naturally  belong  in  this  complex  substance — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  June 
1889,  273-283. 

Volatile  Oil  of  Camphor — Composition  and  Use  of  the  Light- boiling  Por- 
tion,— Messrs.  Schimmel  &  Co.  state  that,  under  the  name  of  "  camphor 
oil,"  the  light-boiling  portion  of  the  crude  camphor  oil  appears  to  find 
enormously  increasing  industrial  application  as  a  substitute  for  turpentine 
oil.  More  detailed  information  is  now  given  concerning  its  characters 
and  composition.  It  is  stated  that  after  the  preliminary  runnings,  smell- 
ing disagreeably  of  aldehydes  and  acids,  the  oil  begins  to  boil  at  about 
158°  C.  The  first  fraction,  boiling  between  158°  and  162°  C,  consists 
of  right-handed  pinene,  identified  by  the  formation  of  the  hydrochlorate, 
C,oH,«HCl,  as  well  as  of  nitrosoterpene,  melting  at  130^,  obtained  by 
treatment  of  pinene  nitrosochloride  with  alcoholic  potash.  In  the  por- 
tion boiling  between  169°  and  171°  phellandrene  was  detected,  but  in 
very  small  quantity;  it  was  identified  by  its  nitrite,  melting  at  102°. 
Dipentene  was  found  in  camphor  oil  by  Wallach,  and  the  tetrabromide 
and  nitrosylchloride  compound  may  be  easily  obtained  from  the  fraction 
boiling  at  180°.  The  occurrence  of  terpineol  in  camphor  oil  has  not 
been  determined  with  certainty.  Whilst  the  formation  of  a  compound 
having  the  composition  CioHie2HI,  as  well  as  of  terpin  hydrate,  dipep^ 


598  REPORT  ON  THE  PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 

tene  and  terpinene,  rendered  its  presence  highly  probable,  it  was,  on  the 
other  hand,  rendered  doubtful  by  repeated  failures  to  obtain  the  dipentene 
dihydrochlorate  and  tetrabromide.  There  is  also  in  camphor  oil  a  con- 
siderable quantity  of  a  hydrocarbon,  boiling  at  260°  to  270**,  from  which 
was  obtained  the  hydrochloric  acid  compound,  melting  at  117°,  charac- 
teristic of  the  sesquiterpene  cubebene.  In  the  highest  boiling  fractions 
of  camphor  oil  occurs  an  intensely  blue  colored  oil,  which  is  probably 
identical  with  the  constituent  boiling  at  about  the  same  temperature, 
occurring  in  chamomile,  millefolium,  wormwood  and  other  oils.  The 
constituents  of  camphor  oil  found  up  to  the  present  are : 

Boiling  Point,  Constituent.  Formula, 

i58°-i62<» Pinene C^Hj,. 

170° PhcUandrenc ^lo^^w 

176° Cineol Q^fi^fi. 

180° Dipentene ^lo^ir 

204° Camphor Cj^Hj^O. 

215*^-218** Terpineol 

232° 

248® Eugenol C,oH„0^ 

274*^ Sesquiterpene .    .  Cj^Hj^. 

— Phar.  Jour,  and  Trans.,  April  6,  1889,  804;  from  '•  Berichte," 
April  1889. 

Camphoric  Acid — Medicinal  Application, — Camphoric  acid  was  first 
recommended  by  Reichert  as  a  remedy  in  affections  of  the  mucous  mem- 
brane of  the  respiratory  passages.  Lately  it  has  been  thoroughly  tested 
by  Niesel  in  the  medical  clinic  at  Griefswald.  It  was  found  that  a  i  per 
cent,  solution  of  it,  effected  by  means  of  an  alkali,  when  used  by  way  of 
inhalation  upon  consumptives,  almost  always  produced  a  diminution  of 
expectoration  and  of  a  desire  to  cough.  The  same  solution  was  found 
useful  in  chronic  cystitis,  being  used  as  injection.  Its  greatest  useful- 
ness, however,  was  found  to  be  the  reducing  effect  it  had  upon  the  night 
sweats  of  consumptives.  For  this  purpose  it  was  given  in  doses  of  i  gm. 
(15  grains),  or  even  2  gm.  (30  grains);  or  r  Gm.  (15  grains)  three 
times  daily. — Amer.  Drugg.,  Dec.  1888,  226;  from  Deutsch.  Med. 
Wochensch. 

Borneol — Physiological  Action, — Dr.  Ralph  Stockmann  communicates 
the  results  of  a  very  complete  investigation  of  the  pharmacology  of  three 
substances,  viz.:  **Borneo  Camphor,"  *' Ngai  Camphor,"  and  a  body 
prepared  artificially  from  oil  of  turpentine.  These  are  identical  in  chem- 
ical composition,  and  possess  the  formula  C^HigO;  they  differ,  however, 
in  their  action  on  polarized  light.  For  comparison  the  pharmacology  of 
ordinary  laurel  camphor  (CieHi,0)  and  menthol  (Ci^HaoO)  was  also  in- 
vestigated. The  result  shows  a  general  similarity  of  action  in  the  differ- 
ent members  of  this  ''  camphor  group,"  agreeing  in  all  essential  points 

Digitized  by  VjOO 


VOLATILE   OILS.  599 

with  our  previous  knowledge  of  camphor,  but  by  placing  that  knowledge 
on  an  experimental  basis,  Dr.  Stockmann's  researches  may  do  something 
towards  increasing  the  usefulness  of  a  drug  possessing  valuable  therapyeutic 
properties,  but  which  is  apt  to  be  looked  upon  as  obsolete  for  any  active 
purpose.     From  his  experiments  Dr.  Stockmann  concludes: 

(i)  That  the  camphor  group  is  closely  allied  to  the  alcohol  group  in 
physiological  action — menthol  approaching  it  most  nearly;  as  the  number 
of  H  atoms  diminishes  in  the  different  camphors,  we  get  an  increased  ten- 
dency to  produce  convulsions  of  cerebral  origin. 

(2)  That  pharmacological  investigation  confirms  the  value  of  these 
drugs  in  cases  of  increased  spinal  excitability. 

(3)  As  cardiac  stimulants  they  are  closely  allied  to  alcohol,  but,  in  ad- 
dition, they  directly  dilate  the  peripheral  vessels — an  action  which  Ro- 
bert has  shown  not  to  be  produced  by  ethyl  alcohol. 

(4)  Borneol  is  less  irritating  locally  than  common  laurel  camphor,  and 
could  be  given  in  much  larger  doses  without  causing  untoward  cerebral 
symptoms. — Jour.  Physiol.,  Aug.  t88S;  Med.  Chron.,  Nov.    1888,  145. 

Oil 0/ Bay  {Oieum  MyrcicB  acris) — Constitution. — Otto  Millmann  has 
subjected  the  volatile  oil  of  Myrcia  acris  to  comprehensive  chemical  ex- 
amination and  study,  as  the  result  of  which  he  has  established  the  presence 
in  this  oil  of  the  following  bodies : 

1.  Three  terpeneSy  viz.,/i«^«,  dipenten  (not  certain  but  probable),  and 
2l  poly  terpen  f  probably  diterpeii), 

2.  Eugenol,  the  principal  constituent. 

3.  The  methyl  ether  of  eugenol  in  smaller  quantities. 

The  oil  examined  had  a  dark- yellow  to  brown  color,  a  peculiar  spicy 
odor,  reminding  of  cloves,  and  an  acrid  taste — s.  g.  0.970  at  15°.  No 
separation  of  solids  resulted  on  exposure  to  a  freezing  mixture.  Readily 
soluble  in  ether,  petroleum  ether,  bisulphide  of  carbon  and  chloroform, 
but  it  formed  a  turbid  mixture  with  alcohol. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  June 
1889,  529-548. 

Oil  of  Bay — Incorrect  Pharmacopceial  Description. — Geo.  M.  Beringer 
calls  attention  to  the  fact  that  the  description  of  oil  of  bay  given  in  the 
U.  S.  Pharmacopoeia  is  incorrect  in  several  particulars.  The  sp.  gr.  is 
not  1.040,  but,  in  conformity  with  previous  experiments  of  Prof.  Maisch, 
it  is  lighter  than  water.  Seven  authentic  samples  were  examined,  and 
found  to  have  the  following  sp.  gr. :  0.970,  0.9716,  0.9672,  0.9696, 
0.9765,  0.9810,  and  0.9828.  As  to  its  solubility  in  alcohol,  also,  the 
statement  of  complete  must  be  modified,  since  the  oil  does  not  form  a 
clear  solution  in  alcohol  of  any  strength  or  proportion.  Oil  of  bay  is 
frequently  adulterated  with  such  oils  as  oil  of  pimenta,  cloves  and  co- 
paiba. The  author  made  some  experiments  to  determine  whether  the  ad- 
dition of  the  oils  of  pimenta  or  of  cloves  has  any  influence  on  its  solu- 
bility.    He  finds  that  by  the  addition  of  20  per  cent,  of  oil  ^^^^BWfAfe^ 


6oo  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS  OF   PHARMACY. 

the  turbidity  of  a  solution  in  alcohol  is  very  much  lessened,  and  practic- 
ally obliterated  in  the  case  of  an  oil  containing  50  per  cent,  of  oil  of 
pimenta.  The  following  tests  for  the  presence  of  oil  of  pimenta  or  cloves 
in  oil  of  bay  are  considered  of  value  by  the  author :  To  three  drops  of 
oil  of  bay,  in  a  small  test  tube,  add  three  drops  of  pure  sulphuric  acid 
(1.84).  Tightly  cork  the  test  tube  and  stand  aside  for  half  an  hour  until 
the  reaction  is  complete  and  the  oil  is  resinified.  Add  60  minims  of  50 
per  cent,  alcohol  and  shake  vigorously,  gradually  warm  the  mixture,  agi- 
tating it  continuously  until  the  alcohol  boils.  With  pure  oil  of  bay,  the 
resin  will  form  an  insoluble  mass,  the  alcohol  remaining  almost  colorless, 
or  acquiring  a  pale,  brownish- yellow  color,  not  red  or  purplish  red. 

Oil  of  pimenta,  similarly  treated,  will  yield  a  resinous  mass,  considera- 
ble of  which  dissolves  in  the  dilute  alcohol,  yielding  a  bright  red  or  red- 
brown  solution. 

Oil  of  cloves  similarly  treated  yields  a  resinous  mass,  which  almost  en- 
tirely dissolves  in  the  dilute  alcohol,  yielding  a  bright  red  solution,  soon 
acquiring  a  purplish-red  fluorescent  color. 

Oil  of  bay,  adulterated  with  ten  per  cent,  of  pimenta,  will  give  a  dis- 
tinct red-brown  solution,  and  five  per  cent,  of  oil  of  cloves  can  be  easily 
detected  by  the  purplish-red  fluorescence. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Sept. 
1888,  441-445- 

Bay  Oil— Uncertainty  as  to  Specific  Gravity. — F.  H.  Alcock  observes 
that  there  exists  much  uncertainty  about  the  character  of  bay  oil,  more 
especially  with  regard  to  its  specific  gravity.  The  U.  S.  P.  says  the  sp. 
gr.  should  be  1.040;  but  it  has  been  shown  that  oil  of  this  gravity  can  be 
obtained  only  by  fractional  distillation,  and  that  the  true  figure  is  less 
than  1.000.  In  the  English  market  there  is  the  same  uncertainty.  The 
author  obtained  three  samples  from  difl'erent  English  wholesale  houses,  and 
found  them  to  be**  dark  brown,"  **much  darker'*  and  •*  light  straw 
color"  respectively,  and  to  have  the  sp.  gr.  in  the  same  order,  0.9813, 
0.9827  and  0.9289.  The  odors  were  markedly  different. — Pharm.  Jour, 
and  Trans.,  Nov.  24,  1888,  409. 

Oil  of  Bay — Use  to  Keep  Away  Flies, — It  is  stated  that  the  expressed 
oil  of  bay  is  eff*ectually  used  by  butchers  in  .Switzerland  to  keep  their 
shops  free  from  flies,  a  coating  of  the  oil  being  applied  to  the  walls.  In 
France  the  oil  has  been  used  with  equal  success  to  keep  the  flies  away 
from  picture  frames,  chandeliers,  etc.,  by  coating  these  objects  with  the 
oil. — Amer.  Drugg.,  Sept.  1888,  176. 

Oil  0/  Anise — Distinction  of  the  Product  from  Star  Anise  from  tliat  of 
Fimpinella  Anisum, — John  C.  Umney  observes  that  inasmuch  as  the 
greater  portion  of  the  oil  of  anise  of  trade  is  that  of  star-anise — according 
to  his  information  a  thousand  pounds  for  every  pound  of  oil  o{ pimpinella 
anisum — it  is  desirable  to  have  some  reliable  and  easily  distinguishing 
test  between  the  two  oils.     He  finds  such,  not  in  the  congealing  point  of 

Digitized 


VOLATILE   OILS. 


60 1 


the  two  oils,  as  usually  given,  but  in  the  difference  in  their  behavior  to 
an  alcoholic  solution  of  hydrochloric  acid,  as  proposed  by  Eykman.  The 
latter  consists  in  treating  the  oil  with  a  saturated  solution  of  hydrochloric 
acid  gas  in  absolute  alcohol,  which  reagent  affords  with  "pimpinella*' 
oil  a  beautiful  manganese  pink,  whilst  with  '*  illicium  "  oil  only  a  pale 
brown  color  is  shown,  as  will  be  seen  by  reference  to  the  table.  The 
test  is  more  strikingly  apparent  with  the  "natural"  oils,  than  with  oils 
that  have  been  subjected  to  rectification ;  but  even  in  the  latter  case,  it  is 
still  sufficiently  delicate  to  admit  of  no  confusion.  The  test  of  the  con- 
gealing point  is  incorrect  and  unreliable,  because  oil  of  star  anise  has  a 
/ruf  congealing  point  considerably  above  that  which  is  usually  given,  and 
which  latter  may  be  termed  its  abnormal  congealing  point.  When  a  liquid 
solidifies  after  being  cooled  below  its  normal  freezing  point,  the  solidifi- 
cation is  accompanied  by  a  disengagement  of  heat,  which  is  sufficient  to 
raise  its  temperature  from  the  point  at  which  solidification  begins  up  to 
its  ordinary  or  true  congealing  point.  This  physical  law  and  its  applica- 
tion to  anise  oils  is  the  key-note  to  the  author's  objection  to  the  usual 
test  of  distinction.  The  solidifying  points  of  star  anise  oil  hitherto  quoted 
have  been  abnormal  ones,  due  to  their  determination  whilst  the  fluid  was 
at  rest.  The  true  congealing  point  is  the  temperature  to  which  the  ther- 
mometer immediately  ris/;s,  on  this  solidification  taking  place.  The  oil 
of  pimpinella  does  not  present  such  a  marked  difference  in  respect  of  its 
abnormal  and  true  congealing  points,  but  it  is  shown  in  the  following 
table  that  these  present  strange  dissimilarity  in  the  case  of  star  anise  oil. 


Abnormal 

True 

Color  reaction 

Source  of  Oil. 

solidifying 

solidifying 

with  alcoholic 

point. 

point. 
Fahr. 

HCl. 

Fahr. 

Star  anise  (German")    .... 

31 

52 

Yellowish  brown. 

Star  anise  (own  distillation)   . 

24 

49 

Yellowish  brown. 

Star  anise  (direct  import  from 
Macao,  China) 

34 

56 

Pale  brown. 

Star  anise  (broker's  sample)  . 

36 

54 

Brown. 

Anise  fruit  (German)  .... 

50 

59 

Manganese  pink. 

Anise  fruit  (own  distillation). 

50 

59 

Manganese  pink 

(fading  quickly). 

The  table  shows  satisfactorily  that  the  margin  allowed  by  the  British, 
the  United  States,  and  other  Pharmacopoeias,  for  the  pimpinella  oil,  viz.: 
from  50°  to  60°  F.,  is  practically  the  difference  between  the  abnormal 
and  normal  solidifying  points,  and  is  therefore  correct,  but  that  the  con- 
gealing point  quoted  for  star-anise  oil  is  its  abnormal  one,  and  is  there- 
fore, the  author  considers,  incorrect.  Moreover,  that  between  the  true 
or  normal  %o\\^\i^m%  points  of  pimpinella  and  illicium  oils  there  is  prac- 

Digitized  by  VjOOQ iC 


6o2  REPORT  ON  THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

tically  no  difference,  and  it  is  only  between  their  abnormal  congealing 

points  that  a  wide  divergence  exists. — Pharm.  Jour,  and  Trans.,  Feb.  16. 

1889,  647-649. 

Anisic  Acid — Use  as  an  Anti-rheumatic. — It  is  observed  by  "Chem.  and 

I^rugg."  that  though  anisic  acid  is  not  a  new  substance,  it  is  now  about 

to  be  introduced  into  therapeutics  for  use  in  diseases  similar  to  those  for 

which  sodium  salicylate  has  been  employed.     It  may  be  prepared  in  at 

least  two  ways :   First,  by  the  oxidation  of  anise  oil  or  anethol  with  nitric 

acid  or  chromic  acid.     The  reaction  is  represented  as  follows . 

rCCH,  (-OCH,+C-H.O, 

c^hJ  +20,=C,hJ 

(  CH  :  CH.CH3  t  COaH 

Anethol  Anisic  acid        Acetic  acid. 

It  is  also  produced  by  the  oxidation  of  para-cresolmethyl  ether : 

^  ^   f  OCH, 

It  crystallizes  from  hot  water  in  needles,  and  from  alcohol  in  rhombic 
prisms,  melting  at  185°  C,  boiling  at  280°  C,  and  subliming  undecom- 
posed.  Its  salts  are  readily  crystallizable  and  very  soluble.  The  acid 
will  be  introduced  into  commerce  chiefly  as  the^sodium  and  phenol  com- 
pounds represented  as  follows : 

P  „   f  OCH,  p  „  /  OCH, 

^«"*  t  CO,Na  ^'«"*  \  C0,C,H5 

Sodium  anisaie  Phenol  anisate. 

The  latter  melts  at  75°  or  76°  C.  Therapeutically,  it  will,  as  already 
indicated,  be  introduced  as  an  antirheumatic,  antineuralgic,  etc.  Curci 
recommends  it  to  be  given  in  the  same  doses  as  sodium  salicylate.  It  is 
said  to  be  well  tolerated,  to  be  equal  in  medicinal  virtue  to  the  salicylate 
mentioned,  but  destitute  of  the  sometimes  unpleasant  effects  of  the  lat- 
ter.— Amer.  Drugg.,  Jan.  1888,  10. 

Oil  of  Sassafras— Poisonous  Effect, — Dr.  L.  M.  Albright  states  a  case 
in  which  a  teaspoon ful  of  oil  of  sassafras  was  taken  by  a  young  man, 
producing  hallucinations,  vomiting,  prostration,  cold  extremities,  low 
pulse,  somewhat  dilated  pupils  and  stupor.  The  treatment  commenced 
two  hours  after  taking  the  oil,  and  consisted  in  rest,  heat  to  the  extremities, 
and  egg-nog.  The  patient  soon  regained  consciousness,  and  was  ready 
for  breakfast  the  next  morning. — Amer.  Jour.  Phar.,  March  1889,  116; 
from  Cine.  Lancet-Clinic,  Dec,  1888. 

Volatile  Oil  of  Betel  Leaves — Re- examination. — In  a  previous  report 
Messrs.  Schimmel  &  Co.  had  made  the  statement  that  the  essential  oil  of 
betel  leaves  contained  eugenol.  This  being  in  contradiction  to  the  re- 
sults obtained  by  Professor  Eykman  with  a  sample  of  betel  oil  examined 
by  him,  a  fresh  investigation  was  made  with  the  following  j:^sult.  ^The 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


VOLATILE   OILS.  603 

sample  of  betel  oil  examined  was  a  slightly  brown  colored  liquid,  sp.  gr. 
1.024  at  15®  C.  It  consisted  up  to  about  two-thirds  or  three-fourths  of  a 
phenol,  the  boiling  point  of  which  in  partial  vacuum,  under  a  pressure 
of  12  mm.,  lay  at  1 31-132®  C. ;  under  ordinary  atmospheric  pressure  it 
underwent  decomposition  on  boiling.  The  specific  gravity  of  the  phenol 
was  1.067  ^t  ^5°  C.  Examination  of  the  oxidation  products,  acetyl 
compound  and  methyl  ether,  showed  that  this  compound  was  not  euge- 
nol,  but  an  isomer,  the  composition  of  the  new  compound  and  of  eugenol 
being  represented  as  follows : 

New  Compound.  Eugenol. 

rMC,H,  [ijCjH, 

C,H3[«]0H  C^HgnOCH, 

[^lOCHj.  [*]0H. 

The  second  constituent  of  betel  oil  boiled  practically  between  250° 
and  275°  C,  had  a  very  agreeable  tea  like  odor,  and  consisted  for  the 
greater  part  of  a  sesquiterpene  (CijHj^),  cubebene,  which  is  characterized 
by  its  dihydrochlorate  melting  at  117-118°  C.  This  composition  differs 
considerably  from  that  given  by  Professor  Eykman,  but  how  far  the  dif- 
ference may  depend  upon  the  oil  examined  by  Professor  Eykman  having 
been  distilled  from  fresh  leaves,  whilst  that  examined  by  Messrs.  Schim- 
mel  was  distilled  from  dried  leaves,  has  not  been  determined. — Pharm. 
Jour,  and  Trans.,  April  6,  1889,  803;  from  "Bericht,"  April,  1889. 

Oil  of  Cassia — Shameful  Sophistication — Messrs.  Schimmel  &  Co. 
state  that  the  greater  part  of  the  oil  of  cassia  found  at  present  in  com- 
merce is  sophisticated  in  the  most  shameful  manner.  The  oil  appears  to 
be  obtained  by  the  dealers  in  Hong  Kong,  Macao  and  Canton  through 
native  agents,  who  get  it  direct  from  the  Chinese  who  produce  it.  As  to 
the  particular  place  from  which  it  comes  no  information  is  available ;  only 
this  is  certain,  that  it  is  not  manufactured  in  Macao,  the  place  designated 
on  all  the  labels.  It  is  therefore  thought  most  probable  that  it  is  sophis- 
ticated by  the  producer,  and  sent  in  this  condition  into  the  market.  In 
Hong  Kong  it  is  the  custom  among  the  dealers  to  have  the  oil  examined 
in  a  "medical  hall,''  and  its  genuineness  certified.  The  value  of  this 
guarantee  may  be  judged  from  the  fact  that  a  sample  certified  to  be  un- 
adulterated oil  of  cassia,  1.060  sp.  gr.,  dissolving  readily  in  alcohol  of 
80®  Tr.  and  perfectly  volatile,  proved  to  contain  20  per  cent,  of  solid 
resin — colophony  or  pitch — and  a  corresponding  quantity  of  petroleum, 
probably  added  to  regulate  the  specific  gravity  and  consistence.  The 
three  following  brands  are  mentioned  as  having  been  found  grossly  adul- 
terated :  yellow  label  with  the  American  eagle,  Yan  Loong,  Macao ;  yellow 
label  with  sailing-vessel,  Cheong  Loong,  Macao  ;  rose-colored  label  with 
wreath  of  flowers,  Luen  Tai,  Macao.  The  oil  was  noticeable  superficially 
for  its  dark  brown  color  and  consistency.     Upon  shaking  it  ii)  a  flask  it 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


6o4  REPORT   ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF  PHARMACY. 

remained  adherent  to  the  sides  for  a  long  time.  The  specific  gravity  cor- 
responded tolerably  well  with  the  statement  in  the  certificate,  varying 
between  1.052  and  1.065.  The  boiling-point  lay  between  200^  and 
265®  C.  As  a  residue  after  distillation  there  remained  in  the  retort  from 
23  to  26  per  cent,  of  a  solid  brittle  resin.  In  order  to  exclude  any  doubt 
as  to  whether  this  resin  might  possibly  have  resulted  through  heating  over 
an  open  fire,  several  canisters  of  each  o(  these  brands  of  oil  were  sub- 
mitted to  distillation  in  a  current  of  steam.  The  greater  part  of  the  dis- 
tilhte  sank  in  the  water,  but  a  portion  collected  on  the  surface,  and  this 
lighter  portion  was  identified  as  petroleum.  In  the  residue  after  distilla- 
tion there  was  found  from  19  to  26  per  cent,  of  the  same  solid  brittle 
resin.  On  the  other  hand,  a  brand  bearing  a  red  label,  with  the  words, 
"  Best  Cassia  Oil,  Ying  Chong,  Macao,"  has  been  found  to  be  of  good 
quality,  the  loss  on  rectification  being  only  7  per  cent.,  and  the  residue 
being  liquid.  The  rectified  oil  should  have  a  specific  gravity  of  1.055  to 
1.065. — Pharm.  Jour,  and  Trans.,  April  20,  1889,  842;  from  **Be- 
richte,"  April  1889. 

Oil  of  Cinnamon  Leaf— Question  of  Profitable  Production.- — A  Cinga- 
lese paper,  the  "  Sandaresa,**  strongly  advises  the  natives  of  Ceylon  to 
give  up  the  distilling  of  cinnamon  leaf  oil,  which  they  now  manufacture 
in  large  quantities,  and  distil  bark  oil  instead.  Several  persons,  the 
journal  in  question  observes,  manufacture  and  export  cinnamon  leaf  oil 
in  spite  of  the  small  remuneration  they  get  through  it.  In  the  Negombo 
district  the  distillation  is  not  done  by  the  proprietors,  but  by  outsiders, 
who  pay  a  small  sum  in  consideration  of  the  leaves  they  get.  If  a  dis- 
tiller were  to  produce  100  bottles  per  month  (^ which  is  the  highest  aver- 
age he  could  attain),  and  sell  these  at  the  rate  of  i  rupee  per  bottle,  he 
would  get  barely  15  rupees  profit.  On  large  estates  leaves  are  obtainable 
during  eight  months  of  the  year,  and  if  the  distiller  is  very  active  he  will 
be  able  to  earn  120  rupees  per  annum.  The  sum  paid  to  the  estate 
owner  for  the  leaves  and  fuel  is  only  5  rupees  per  month.  But  it  is  clear 
that  the  cinnamon  estates  must  lose  by  the  carrying  away  of  the  leaves  in 
consideration  of  such  a  small  sum  as  5  rupees,  the  leaves  being  a  valua- 
ble fertilizer.  Ceylon  exports  annually  about  10,000  bottles  of  cinna- 
mon oil,  which,  on  account  of  its  low  price,  is  used  in  the  manufacture 
of  soap  and  perfumery.  If  there  were  no  leaf  oil  the  manufacturers 
would  have  to  use  oil  made  of  bark,  and  thereby  cause  a  good  demand 
for  low  quality  bark.  To  make  up  for  10,000  bottles  leaf  oil,  they  would 
at  least  require  5,000  bottles  of  bark  oil,  and  to  manufacture  this  quan- 
tity, 2,500,000  lbs.  of  coarse  bark,  at  the  rate  of  500  lbs.  per  bottle, 
would  be  wanted.  Therefore,  it  is  advisable  to  leave  off  the  small  profits 
obtained  through  the  distillation  of  leaves,  in  consideration  of  the  higher 
demand  arising  in  the  market  for  the  bark. — Amer.  Drugg.,  Dec.  1888, 
222  ;  from  Chem.  and  Drugg. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


VOLATILE  OILS.  605 

Oil  of  Mustard — Presence  and  Detection  of  Carbon  Disulphide, — It 
having  been  determined  by  Hoffman  that  carbon  disulphide  may  be  a 
natural  constituent  of  the  volatile  oils  of  Sinapis  juncea  and  of  Brassica 
nigra,  as  well  as  of  ihe  artificially  prepared  oil  of  mustard,  Paul  Birken- 
wald  has  tested  different  specimens  of  volatile  oil  of  mustard  by  the  fol- 
lowing method  : 

I  c.c.  of  the  oil  is  measured  into  a  tared  stoppered  flask,  the  weight  of 
the  oil  ascf  rtained,  lo  c.c.  absolute  alcohol  added  to  dissolve  the  oil  and 
agitated  after  addition  of  20  drops  of  an  alcoholic  potassium  hydrate 
solution  until  the  odor  of  the  oil  has  entirely  disappeared.  The  contents 
of  the  flask  are  then  dissolved  in  water,  acidulated  with  acetic  acid,  and 
titrated  with  xVn.  copper  sulphate  solution  (12.47  g™-  per  liter).  The 
end  of  the  reaction  is  ascertained  by  obtaining  a  red  coloration  or  pre- 
cipitate if  a  drop  of  solution  is  placed  on  blotting  paper  and  a  drop  of 
potassium  ferrocyanide  solution  added.  Each  c.c.  of  the  copper  solution 
represents  0.0086  gm.  carbon  disulphide. 

According  10  age  and  quality  of  the  oil,  from  8.14  per  cent,  to  4103 
per  cent,  of  CS,  were  found  ;  self-prepared  oil  of  mustard  contained  from 
9.82  per  cent,  to  10.82  per  cent.,  diminishing  in  a  year's  time  to  2.03 
per  cent,  (one  specimen  to  0.91  per  cent.)  of  CS,;  the  artificial  oil 
averaged  10.78  per  cent.  The  origin  of  the  CSj  is  not  definitely  made 
out,  but  the  decomposing  effect  of  steam  and  the  presence  of  KHSO4  in- 
fluence its  formation  ;  by  heating  oil  of  mustard  with  KHSO4  an  increase 
of  CS3  from  0.45  to  2.29  per  cent,  was  observed.  The  oil  obstinately 
retains  the  carbon  disulphide,  and  they  can  not  be  separated  completely 
by  distillation. — Am.  Jour.  Phar.,  Nov.  1888,  556;  from  Schwz. 
Wochenschr.  f.  Phar.,  1888,  277. 

Oil  of  Mustard — Determination  in  the  Seeds  of  Cruciferous  Plants, — 
For  the  determination  of  oil  of  mustard  in  the  seeds  of  cruciferous  plants, 
O.  Foerster  places  in  a  retort  25  gms.  of  the  substance,  previously  pulver- 
ized and  triturated  with  water.  A  current  of  steam  is  caused  to  traverse 
the  retort  and  condense  in  a  descending  refrigerator,  the  end  of  which 
plunges  for  some  centimetres  below  the  surface  of  50  c.c.  of  alcohol  sat- 
urated with  ammonia  and  placed  in  a  ^  litre  flask.  The  distillation  is 
stopped  when  the  volume  of  the  condensed  liquid  amounts  to  200  c.c. 
This  liquid  contains  the  thiosinnamine,  and  it  is  left  for  12  hours  in  the 
stoppered  flask.  It  is  then  heated  in  a  beaker  with  an  excess  of  mercuric 
oxide  (freshly  prepared  by  precipitating  mercuric  chloride  with  potassa), 
and  heated  with  constant  stirring.  Before  cooling  a  sufficiency  of  potas- 
sium cyanide  is  added,  and  the  liquid  is  stirred  until  the  precipitate  of 
sulphur  is  freed  from  all  foreign  matters.  It  is  then  filtered,  washed, 
dried,  and  weighed.  The  weight  multiplied  by  0.4266  gives  the  weight 
of  thiosinnamine. — Chem.  News,  Febr.  15,  1889,  85;  from  Jour,  de 
Pharm.  et  de  Chim.,  1889   No.  3.  r^  1 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


6o6  REPORT   ON  THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

Oils  of  Lavender  and  Rosemary — Tests  of  Quality. — H.  Eckenroth 
recommends  the  following  tests  for  the  oils  of  lavender  and  of  rosemary: 

1.  Lavender  Oil. — It  should  be  colorless  or  very  slightly  yellow,  and 
have  a  specific  gravity  of  0.885  ^^  0-895.  It  must  be  miscible  with  90 
per  cent,  alcohol  in  any  proportion.  10  c.c.  of  the  oil  and  10  c.c.  of 
alcohol  of  0.895  sp.  gr.  should  give  a  turbid  mixture,  whereas  the  mix- 
ture with  30  c.c.  should  be  clear.  5  c.c.  of  the  oil,  shaken  with  a  few 
grains  of  magenta,  should  remain  uncolored.  90  per  cent.^  of  the  oil 
must  distil  below  210°  C. 

2.  Rosemary  Oil.— The  oil  must  be  colorless  or  slightly  yellow.  10 
c.c.  of  it  mixed  with  15  c.c.  of  90  per  cent,  alcohol,  should  give  a  clear 
solution.  5  c.c.  shaken  with  a  few  grains  of  magenta,  should  remain  un- 
colored. 90  per  cent,  of  the  oil  must  distil  below  175°  C. — Chem.  Zeit. 
and  Journ.  S.  Chem.  Ind.,  Amer.  Drugg.,  Jan.  1889,  10. 

Angelica  Oil— Distinctive  Characters  of  the  Japanese  and  German 
Oils. — Messrs.  Schimmel  and  Co.  report  that  the  results  obtained  from  a 
parcel  of  angelica  root  imported  from  Japan  differ  essentially  from  those 
experienced  with  the  German  drug.  The  Japanese  roots  have  the  same 
tufted  form  as  the  German,  but  are  lighter  and  nearly  white,  and  are  pro- 
vided with  stronger  rootlets.  They  are  referred  to  one  of  two  species, 
Angelica  refracta^  Fr.  Schmidt  (Jap.  **Senkiyu'*)^  or  A.  anomala^  Lall. 
(Jap.  ^*Biyakushi'^)y  both  of  which,  according  to  Rein,  are  cultivated 
in  the  open  fields  of  Japan.  This  Japan  angelica  root  proved  to  be  com- 
paratively very  poor  in  essential  oil,  the  yield  being  only  one-tenth  per 
cent.,  the  oil  also  being  essentially  different  from  commercial  angelica 
oil.  Whilst  the  German  distillate  has  a  specific  gravity  of  0.853  at  20° 
C,  that  of  the  Japanese  is  0.912  at  the  same  temperature.  At  10°  it 
gives  a  separation  of  crystals,  and  at  0°  it  solidifies  to  a  paste.  The 
crystalline  mass  obtained  by  rooling  and  draining  had  the  properties  of  a 
fatty  acid  melting  at  62^-63*'  C.  The  oil  boils  between  170°  and  310^ 
C,  the  last  portion  that  passes  over  having  a  beautiful  blue-green  color. 
The  residue  solidifies  upon  cooling  and  consists  principally  of  the  non- 
volatile fatty  acid.  The  odor  of  the  oil  is  unusually  intense  and  persist- 
ent, more  acrid  than  that  of  the  German  angelica  oil,  possessing  but  the 
characteristic  suggestion  of  musk.  The  cost  of  this  oil  deprives  it  of 
any  industrial  importance. — Phar.  Jour,  and  Trans.,  April  6,  1889,  803; 
from  "Berichte,**  April  1889. 

Myrtle  Oil  and  Myrtol — Characters y  etc. — Prompted  by  the  increased 
use  of  myrtle  oil  and  myrtol  in  affections  of  the  respiratory  organs  and 
of  the  bladder,  £.  Jahns  has  subjected  them  to  chemical  examination. 
The  myrtle  oil  of  Spanish  origin  (in  contra-distinction  from  a  Corsican  oil 
which  is  also  found  in  commerce  distinguishable  by  a  finer  odor)  is  of  a 
light  yellow  color,  is  dextrogyre  and  has,  at  10°  C,  the  specific  gravity 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


VOLATILE   OILS.  607 

0.910.  It  commences  to  boil  at  i6o°,  and  fractioned,  eighty  per  cent, 
distil  over  below  240°  ;  the  residue  is  stated  to  consist  of  resin ified  and 
polymerized  terpenes.  From  the  different  fractions  between  160°  and 
240°  were  isolated  i,  a  terpene,  very  probably  dextrogyre-pinene,  boil- 
ing at  158 — 160° ;  2,  Cineol,  Ci^HigO,  boiling  at  176° — this  could  not  be 
obtained  pure  simply  by  fractional  distillation  but  by  application  of  Wal- 
lach*s  method  (passing  dry  HCl  through  the  chilled  fraction,  draining 
the  crystalline  magma,  decomposing  this  with  water,  warming  with  dilute 
KOH,  washing  the  separated  oil  with  water,  drying  and  distilling  over 
metallic  sodium)  it  was  obtained ;  3,  a  camphor  like  body  boiling  be- 
tween 195  and  200°,  which  could  not  be  isolated  perfectly  pure,  but  its 
behavior  towards  metallic  sodium  and  the  results  of  an  ultimate  analysis 
point  towards  the  formula  CigHieO.  The  so-called  myrtol  was  found  to 
be  a  mixture  of  dextrogyre  pitiene  and  cineol,  and  is  more  appropriately 
called  rectified  myrtle  oil.  The  use  of  myrtol  is  recommended  to  be  dis- 
continued, giving  way  to  eucalyptol,  identical  with  cineol ;  the  presence 
of  the  terpene  and  the  irritating  effect  of  this  substance  on  the  respiratory 
organs  being  the  cause  for  the  alwvtf  suggestion. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Feb. 
1889,  174-177- 

Oil  of  Citronella — Source^  Characters^  etc. — Charles  Ault,  in  view  of 
the  meagre  information  contained  in  authoritative  works  upon  the  subject 
of  oil  of  citronella,  has  collected  information  from  various  parties  inter- 
ested in  the  essential  oil  trade,  among  these  Messrs.  Winter  and  Son,  of 
Boddagana,  Ceylon,  and  communicated  the  results  of  his  inquiries  to  the 
Missouri  Pharm.  Association  (1888).  It  appears  from  these  inquiries 
that  the  plant  from  which  oil  of  citronella  is  obtained  is  known  botani- 
cal! y  as 

Andropogon  Nardus,  L.,  or  A,  Martini y  Roxb.,  being  known  under  the 
latter  name  in  Ceylon.  The  plant  has  broad,  bright,  green  blades  from 
three- fourths  to  one  inch  wide,  in  length  averaging  four  feet,  and  has 
roots  growing  very  near  the  surface  of  the  soil.  It  flowers  annually,  and 
is  easily  propagated  by  dividing  up  the  roots.  It  can  be  cut  every  four 
years,  according  to  the  nature  of  the  soil.  An  acre  of  A.  Martini  yields 
about  thirty-six  bottles  of  twenty-two  ozs.  each  of  the  oil — 792  ozs.  an- 
nually per  acre.  The  outfit  required  for  distilling  the  oil  consists  of  a 
boiler,  two  cylindrical  stills,  condensing  worm,  cold  water  tank,  and  a 
receiver.  The  grass  is  packed  as  tightly  as  possible  into  a  still,  which 
has  a  perforated  false  bottom  with  an  egg-shaped  outside  bottom,  and  has 
a  condensed-water  cock ;  the  cover  and  goose-neck  are  fixed  on  and 
connected  with  the  condenser,  steam  is  turned  on  at  40  lbs.  pressure. 
The  condensed  steam  and  oil  are  caught  in  the  receiver,  the  floating  oil 
is  skimmed  off  into  bottles,  which  are  allowed  to  stand  to  clear  for  a  few 
days,  and  is  then  filtered,  corked  and  packed  for  shipment.  Only  one 
still  is  in  use  at  a  time,  the  other  being  meanwhile  filled  andgot  ready. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


6o8  REPORT   ON   THE  PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 

The  lids  and  goose-necks  are  interchangeable.  The  oil  should  be  almost 
colorless,  with  a  slight  yellowish  tinge,  bright  and  clear.  If  has  been 
known  to  European  commerce  since  1835,  as  near  as  can  be  definitely 
ascertained,  but  has  been  used  undoubtedly  by  Oriental  nations  for  cen- 
turies. It  is  extensively  used  in  Ceylon,  near  Singapore,  in  the  Straits 
settlement,  and  on  the  Malabar  coast.  Ceylon  produces  the  bulk  of  it, 
exporting  about  five  million  ounces  annually,  whilst  the  aggregate  supply 
from  other  sources  amounts  to  nearly  as  much. — West.  Drugg.,  July 
1888,  243. 

Cananga  Oil — Identity  of  Source  with  YlangYlang  Oil, —  Messrs- 
Schimmel  &  Co.  state  that  the  opinion  is  expressed  that  the  finer  sorts 
of  Java  cananga  oil  can  be  used  for  all  purposes  for  which  the  ordinary 
qualities  of  ylang-ylang  oil  suffice,  since  both  oils  are  derived  from  the 
same  plant,  and  the  extraordinary  differences  in  quality  are  due  to  the 
more  or  less  perfect  methods  of  preparation. — Pharm.  Jour,  and  Trans., 
April  6,  1889,  804;  from  Berichte,  April  1889. 

Rosin — Liability  of  the  Powder  tQ  Spontaneous  Combustion, — Dr.  H. 
Hager  calls  attention  to  the  liability  to  spontaneous  combustion  of  this 
article.  In  the  case  mentioned  sufficient  heat  had  been  generated  to 
cause  the  greater  part  of  the  powder  to  reform  a  solid  mass,  although  the 
temperature  of  the  room  was  only  i8°-i9®  C. 

A.  Reinhardt  records  a  similar  case.  It  is  advisable  to  keep  the  pow- 
der in  tin  boxes  with  tight  fitting  covers,  so  as  to  prevent  as  much  as 
possible  ':ontact  with  the  air,  oxidation  being  the  cause  of  the  rise  in 
temperature. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Sept.  1888,  455  \  from  Pharm. 
Ztg.,  1888,  420-437. 

Colophonium — Detection  in  Soaps, — Th.  Morawski  observes  that  a  so- 
lution of  colophonium  in  glacial  acetic  acid,  on  addition  of  a  drop  of 
concentrated  sulphuric  acid,  assumes  an  intense  red  to  blue- violet  color, 
soon  changing  to  yellowish  brown,  having  decided  fluorescence.  In  the 
examination  of  soaps,  the  separated  fatty  acids  are  dissolved  in  glacial 
acetic  acid  by  application  of  heat,  allowed  to  cool,  and  then  the  sulphuric 
acid  (sp.  gT,  J. 53)  added.  Serviceable  for  the  detection  of  rosin  in 
beeswax. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Dec.  1S88,  6ii;  from  Chem.  Rpt., 
1888,  270. 

Damar  Resin — Constituents, — B.  Graf  has  made  a  comprehensive  ser- 
ies of  experiments  upon  the  composition  of  damar  resin,  which  he  finds 
to  contain  :  i  per  cent,  of  a  dibasic  acid,  formula  C,aH„0, ;  40  per  cent, 
insoluble  in  alcohol,  which  is  not  a  hydrocarbon  as  has  been  announced, 
but  which  still  contains  some  2  per  cent,  oxygen,  melts  at  i4o**-i45*'  ; 
and  about  60  per  cent,  soluble  in  alcohol  of  formula  CmH^O,,  containing 
one  alcoholic  hydroxyl  group,  does  not  possess  acid  properties,  melts  at 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


RESINS   AKD   GUMS.  609 

61°. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  April  1889,   176;  from  Arch.  d.  Pharm., 
Feb.  1889^97-111. 

Two  Resins  Used  by  the  Ancient  Egyptians, — E.  M.  Holmes  has  ex- 
amined two  resins  found  among  Egyptian  ruins.  The  one,  contained  in 
a  jar  and  in  a  good  state  of  preservation,  was  found  among  the  ruins  of 
Naucratis,  and  dates  from  the  sixth  century  B.  C.  It  possesses  all  the 
characters  of  Chian  Turpentine,  The  other  was  found  on  a  mummy 
•  cloth  from  the  Hawara  Cemetery  (Lower  Egypt).  Its  characters  are  such 
as  to  lead  the  author  to  believe  it  to  be  Siam  Benzoin^  notwithstanding 
that  the  authors  of  **  Pharmacographia  "  state  that  there  is  no  evidence 
that  benzoin  was  known.  He  suggests  that  Siam  benzoin  may  have  been 
the  Indian  frankincense  described  by  Dioscorides. — Pharm.  Jour,  and 
Trans.,  Nov.  17,  1888,  388-389. 

Resins  and  Gums — Chemical  Examination. — Rowland  Williams  has 
examined  a  large  number  of  gums  and  resins,  determining  the  total 
potash  absorption,  the  percentage  of  potash  required  to  neutralize  the 
"free  acid,"  the  iodine  absorption,  ash,  and  loss  on  drying  at  212°  F. 
The  total  amount  of  potash  absorbed  was  found  by  boiling  a  weighed 
quantity  of  the  powdered  resin  with  an  excess  of  semi-normal  alcoholic 
potash  for  half  an  hour,  adding  a  few  drops  of  phenolphthalein  solution, 
and  titrating  back  with  semi-normal  hydrochloric  acid.  The  acidity  of 
the  resins  was  determined  by  boiling  weighed  quantities  of  the  samples 
with  strong  alcohol,  and  titrating  with  semi-normal  caustic  potash  after 
addition  of  phenolphthalein  solution.  The  iodine  absorptions  were 
ascertained  in  the  well-known  manner  by  means  of  Hiibrs  reagent.  Ash 
was  estimated  by  ignition  in  platinum  crucibles,  and  loss  on  drying  at 
212°  F.  by  exposing  weighed  amounts  of  the  samples  to  the  heat  o*f  a 
boiling  water-bath  until  they  ceased  to  lose  weight.  All  the  estimations 
were  performed  in  duplicate,  and  the  means  of  the  figures  obtained  are 
given  iu  the  accompanying  table : 

39 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


MO 


REPORT   ON  THE    PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 


Name  of  Gum. 


Amber.  .  . 
ADimi  .   .   . 

Arabic.    .   . 

Asphaltum. 
Bensoin  .  . 
Bone  Pitch. 
Copal  .   .   . 


Variety. 


Unknown 

Rough  Demerara  . 
Fire  Zanzlbai  .  .  . 
Unknown.    .  •    .   . 


Unknown  . 


Syrian  .  . 
Unknown. 
Unknown. 


Damar.'     .   .   . 

Dragon's  Blood. 
Elimi  .  .  .  . 
Gamboge  .  .  . 
Kourie 

Mastic 

Rosin 

Sandarac    .  .   . 

Senegal  .... 
Shellac 


Tragacanth 


Soft  Manilla  .... 
Borneo  Manilla  .  .  . 
Singapore  Manilla  .  . 
Cleaned  Sierra  Leone. 
Rough  Sierra  Leone  . 
Rough  Accra  .... 
Rough  white  Angola. 
Fine  clean  red  Angola 
Unknown 


Batavia 
Unknown . 


Unknown 

Unknown 

Unknown 

Medium    . 
Fine  .   .   . 


Unknown 


Refined,  ist  sample. 

2d  " 

Ordinary  ist       "    . 
**        2d        " 

Unknown 


Unknown     .   . 

Medium  Button 
Garnet  .... 
F'ine  Orange    . 
Good  2d  Orange. 
Fair  2d      *' 
Inferior  ad'* 


Unknown 


Percentages. 


Total 

Potash 

absorption. 


8.68 

7.36 
8-75 

8.40 

8.97 

3.37 

14.84 

2.50 

18.41 
17.67 
19.41 
12.00 
13-85 
13.16 

«3-30 
13.62 

X3.S3 

3.64 
311 
4.07 

15.34 

2.86 
14.78 


15-54 
15-70 

10.42 

30.33 
21.26 
20.64 
21.07 
21.14 
19.41 

11.05 
IX. 98 


Saponifica- 
tion 
equivalent. 


Potash  re- 
quired to 
neutralize 
free  acid. 


646 

762 
641 

668 

989 
625 

3367 

378 

3244 

305 

289 
435 

436 

423 
413 

459 

1804 
1378 

366 

1962 

379 


9-93 
7-74 

565 

735 

7.34 
7.91 

764 
709 

18.74 
1957 
17.64 
19.01 

398 

386 
318 
294 

361 
357 

538 

276 
263 
271 
266 
265 
289 

508 
468 


1.54 

3.66 
1.82 
a. 52 

0.84 
0.28 

0.33 
0.89 
9.80 

«39 

13.16 
14.14 
13.88 
8.40 
7.38 
4.63 

6.02 

5.74 

3.34 

2.66 

3.XO 


'•57 
8.06 

6.30 
5.18 

504 
5.60 

17.93 
17.78 
16.94 
16.66 

15-40 
14. 56 

0.28 

It 
6.44 

5.60 
5.74 

0.14 
0.14 


Iodine 
absorbed 

Loss  on 
drying  at 
2iaO  F. 

Mineral 
matter. 

6a.  10 

1.05 

0.28 

137.88 
135.25 
137-54 

o.xo 
0.48 
0.31 

0.05 

O.II 

0.07 

0.51 
None. 
None. 

8.13 
11.33 
13.44 

0.22 
3.45 
2.39 

54.08 

2.34 

6.55 

76-45 

4.66 

1.33 

66.04 

0.44 

0.36 

137-79 
138.04 
133.31 
138.04 

\IIM 

139.66 
136.90 
143.94 

0.79 
3.34 
2.4X 
0.91 

\7 

0.57 
0.40 
0.98 

0.31 
0.08 

a. 06 
0.07 
0.07 
1.03 
0.37 
0.0a 
trace. 

117.67 
142.24 
130.24 

0.33 
0.85 
0.71 

0.0Z 
0.07 
0.03 

98.4a 

9-34 

3.58 

175.39 

3-50 

0.04 

115.8a 

3-70 

0.48 

151.13 
164.31 

4-63 
3.69 

0.1a 
0.08 

158.6a 
159.00 

0.97 
1.46 

0.30 
0.14 

115.31 
114.80 
xia.oi 
113.38 

0.13 
0.14 
0.33 
034 

0.05 

o.oa 
0.08 

X.30 

134.30 

1.88 
1.44 

0.04 
0.17 

5.59 

23.70 

3.59 

34.63 

38.70 
17-52 
30.40 
19.81 
19.05 

1.06 
0.72 

o:y 

l.OI 

1.41 

0.28 
0.37 
0.31 
0.4a 
0.63 
0.94 

None. 
i.i6 

16.86 
13.52 

2.69 

*  Owing  to  an  accident  there  was  not  enough  of  this  sample  left  for  the  iodine  absorption  lest. 

The  author  draws  attention  to  the  following  interesting  points  brought 
out  by  his  above  examinations : 

Animi, — The  figures  obtained  from  the  three  samples  examined  are,  on 
the  whole,  fairly  concordant — sufficiently  so,  at  any  rate,  to  indicate  the 
ease  with  which  any  attempt  at  sophistication  could  be  detected  by  an 
experienced  analyst. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


RESINS  AND   GUMS.  6ll 

Arabic. — These  three  samples  show  a  considerable  difference  in  many 
respects,  this  being  most  probably  due  to  the  gums  being  of  distinct 
varieties,  but,  unfortunately,  he  was  unable  to  ascertain  their  exact  com- 
mercial grades.  Again,  ihe  gum  Senegal  differed  entirely  from  the  gum 
arabic. 

CopaL — It  will  be  noticed  that  nine  samples  of  gum  copal  were  exam- 
ined. These  may  conveniently  be  divided  into  two  classes  :  the  Manilla, 
with  saponification  equivalents  lying  between  289  and  318,  and  the  re- 
maining six  samples,  with  saponification  equivalents  varying  from  405  to 
459.  Omitting  the  last  figure  (which  was  obtained  from  a  sample  the  his- 
tory of  which  was  unknown),  it  will  be  seen  that  the  Sierra  Leone,  Angola 
and  Accra  varieties  have  saponification  equivalents  lying  between  405  and 
435.  These  remarkably  constant  results,  in  conjunction  with  certain 
other  data,  prove  the  impossibility  of  successfully  adulterating  gum  copal, 
when  this  article  is  submitted  to  chemical  analysis,  and  at  the  same  time 
show  the  readiness  with  which  the  analyst  can  distinguish  the  different 
varieties  of  copal  from  each  other. 

Damar, — These  three  samples  show  rather  wide  discrepancies,  but  even 
here  the  saponification  equivalents  are  so  extremely  high  that  the  appli- 
cation of  Koetstorffer's  test  alone  is  sufficient  to  prove  the  genuineness  or 
otherwise  of  a  specimen  of  damar. 

Elimi —  It  will  be  noticed  that  this  gum  has  by  far  the  highest  saponi- 
fication equivalent  and  iodine  absorption  of  any  of  the  samples  examined, 
this  again  rendering  any  attempt  at  adulteration  difficult,  if  not  indeed 
impossible. 

Kowrie — The  results  obtained  from  the  two  samples  agree  moderately 
well,  the  slight  variance  between  the  respective  figures  being  probably 
due  to  the  difference  in  quality  of  the  gums,  one  being  termed  **  me- 
dium,*' the  other  '^fine.*' 

Mastic — All  the  figures  obtained  in  the  case  of  the  two  specimens  of 
mastic  are  remarkably  close,  again  rendering  futile  any  attempt  at 
fraudulent  admixture  with  inferior  gums. 

Rosins — Perhaps  the  most  notable  feature  in  connection  with  the 
rosins  is  the  increase  of  **  free  acid  **  in  the  refined  samples. 

Sandarac — With  reference  to  these  samples,  the  main  point  of  interest 
is  the  large  amount  of  '*  free  acid  "  present,  this  constituting,  in  fact,  al- 
most the  whole  of  the  matter  acted  upon  by  caustic  potash.  This  point 
at  once  distinguishes  sandarac  from  any  other  gum  which  he  has  exam- 
ined, and  is  sufficient  to  prevent  the  possibility  of  fraud. 

Shellac — All  the  samples  gave  very  similar  results,  the  chief  point  of 
interest  being  that  "  fine  orange  **  absorbed  the  smallest  percentage  of 
iodine,  while  *'  garnet  '*  and  **  button  **  had  considerably  higher  iodine 
absorptions  than  any  of  the  grades  of  "  orange." 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


6l2  REPORT  ON  THE  PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 

Tragacanth — The  figures  obtained  were  fairly  concordant,  the  greatest 
discrepancy  being  in  the  percentage  of  water,  the  proportion  of  which  is 
known  to  vary  in  different  samples  to  a  moderate  extent. — Chem. 
News,'  Nov.  9,  1888,  224-225. 

Refined  Tar — Preparation  and  C/iarac/ers.—Chmeni  B.  Lowe  describes 
a  refined  tar  that  has  recently  been  introduced  under  the  name  of 
*'  Steam  Refined  Tar.*'  The  tar  comes  in  cans,  flows  quite  freely,  being 
less  viscous  than  that  formerly  on  the  market,  and  also  of  a  lighter  brown 
color,  not  granular,  but  transparent  in  small  quantities,  and  soluble  in 
alcohol  with  but  little  residue,  thus  excluding  the  presence  of  coal  tar  in 
any  large  amount.  The  cans  sometimes  contain  considerable  water, 
which  the  author  at  first  thought  might  be  derived  from  the  steam  em- 
ployed in  its  purification.  But  on  inquiry  he  learns  that  steam  was  not 
applied  directly,  but  simply  as  a  source  of  heat  through  coils  in  order  to 
liquefy  the  crude  tar,  which  comes  from  North  Carolina  in  barrels ;  when 
it  reaches  the  factory  it  is  strained  through  two  sieves  of  different  fineness 
to  remove  the  pine  cones,  sticks,  dirt,  etc.,  which  are  always  present, 
owing  to  the  carelessness  of  manufacture ;  occasionally  a  barrel  will  be 
half  filled  with  a  tarry  clay.  The  tar  is  received  into  a  wooden  vat  which 
contains  a  coil  of  steam  pipe.  After  running  from  100  to  150  barrels  of 
tar  through  the  sieve,  about  a  barrel  of  sand,  etc.,  will  accumulate  at  the 
bottom  of  the  vat  and  will  have  to  be  removed. 

Regarding  the  quality  of  the  refined  tar,  it  has  been  stated  that  it  did 
not  make  as  satisfactory  an  ointment  as  the  tar  formerly  in  the  market. 
However  that  may  be,  it  is  evident  from  the  author's  paper  that  the 
refined  tar  is  simply  the  ordinary  pine  tar  from  which  extraneous  matter 
has  been  removed  as  described.  The  presence  of  water  is  due  to  the  fact 
that  the  crude  tar  is  exposed  to  the  weather,  and  no  care  is  taken  to  re- 
move the  water  when  it  is  originally  placed  in  barrels.  The  difference 
in  color,  viscosity,  etc.,  is  doubtless  due  to  the  degree  of  care  taken  in 
its  manufacture,  slow  combustion  producing  light  colored,  free- flowing 
tar,  while  when  the  combustion  is  forced  the  product  is  darker  and 
more  viscous. — Amer.  Jour.  Phar.,  May  1889,  234-235. 

ALCOHOLS. 

Absolute  Alcohol — Preparation  on  a  Small  Scale, — To  obtain  absolute 
alcohol  on  a  small  scale,  J.  Habermann  introduces  caustic  lime,  in  small 
fragments,  into  a  glass  tube,  about  28"  long  and  ij^"  to  2"  wide,  which 
is  connected,  in  an  upright  position,  with  the  distilling  flask.  The  lime 
is,  however,  not  poured  into  the  tube  directly,  but  is  made  to  fill  the 
space  between  the  walls  of  the  tube  and  a  narrow  roll  of  iron- wire  gauze 
occupying  the  centre  of  the  tube,  the  object  of  which  is  to  permit  the 
passage  of  alcohol  vapors  upward,  when  the  lower  layers  of  Jime  begin 
to  become  semi-liquid.     To  completely  dehydrate  4  c.c.  or_^5  per xent. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


ALCOHOLS.  613 

alcohol,  I  gram  of  lime  is  required.  At  first  the  contents  of  the  flask 
must  be  heated  very  slowly  and  gently  on  a  water-bath,  so  that  but  little 
distils  over  during  the  first  two  hours.  Then  the  receiver  is  changed, 
and  the  distillation  is  made  to  proceed  more  rapidly.  As  soon  as  the 
lime  has  become  semi-liquid,  the  tube  is  exchanged  for  another. — Amer. 
I^nigg.,  Sept.  1888,  169;  from  Chem.  Centralbl.,  1888,  No.  24. 

Alcohol — New  Process  of  Estimation. — According  to  B.  Roese,  if 
potassic  permanganate  is  added  to  alcohol,  mixed  with  dilute  sulphuric 
acid,  an  imperfect  oxidation  takes  place,  even  if  the  mixture  be  heated. 
If,  however,  very  dilute  alcohol  is  first  mixed  with  large  excess  of  per- 
manganate, and  then  suddenly  with  about  one-third  of  its  volume  of  sul- 
phuric acid,  the  alcohol  instantly  and  completely  changes  into  carbonic 
anhydride  and  water.  Water  may  now  be  added,  and  the  excess  of  per- 
manganate titrated  back  with  potassic  tetraoxalate.  From  the  amount 
of  permanganate  decomposed,  the  alcohol  can  be  readily  calculated, 
8.244  grams  of  permanganate  being  equal  to  1  gram  of  alcohol. — Amer. 
Drugg.,  July  1888,  133;  from  Zeitschr.  f.  angew.  Chem. 

Alcohol — Indirect  Determination  in  Beer. — D.  Sidersky  gives  a  method 
of  determining  the  alcohol  in  beer,  based  upon  the  difference  of  density 
before  and  after  the  expulsion  of  the  alcohol.  On  expelling  the  alcohol 
from  beer  by  boiling  until  it  is  reduced  to  half  its  volume,  and  then  mak- 
ing it  up  to  its  original  volume  with  distilled  water,  we  have  a  liquid  of 
greater  density  than  the  sample  of  beer.  If  we  call  d  the  density  of  the 
beer  not  boiled  and  D  that  of  the  beer  freed  from  alcohol,  the  difference, 
D — dy  will  express  the  increase  of  the  specific  gravity  of  the  beer  in  con- 
sequence of  the  replacem'ent  of  a  certain  volume  of  alcohol  by  distilled 
water.  If  we  execute  the  same  operation  with  a  mixture  of  water  and 
alcohol  containing  the  same  proportion  of  alcohol  as  the  sample  in  ques- 
tion, we  shall  evidently  have  the  same  increase  of  density  due  to  the  re- 
placement of  the  same  quantity  of  alcohol  by  water.  If  we  take  distilled 
water  at  15®  as  the  unit  of  density  and  calculate  the  proportion  of  alco- 
hol per  cent.,  we  have  the  equation — 

D^dr=  I— X, 

in  which  X  expresses  the  density  of  a  mixture  of  water  and  alcohol  of 
the  same  proportion  as  the  beer  in  question.  Hence  we  deduce  X=  i 
-\-d — D,  and  find  in  Gay  Lussac's  alcoholometric  tables  the  degrees  cor- 
responding to  the  density  X,  represented  by  the  value  1+// — D,  D  and  d 
having  been  determined  by  direct  experiment. — Chem.  News,  Oct.  12, 
1888,  184;  from  Monit.  Scient.  Quesn.,  Aug.  1888. 

Alcohol — Determination  of  Impurities. — According  to  Godefrey,  im- 
purities in  alcohol  may  be  determined  in  the  following  simple  manner : 
6  c.c.  of  the  alcohol  are  mixed  in  an  ordinary  test-tube  with  one  drop 
of  the  purest  benzol,  and,  after  solution  of  this,  6  c.c.  of  5ulph( 


6l4  REPORT  ON  THE   PROGRESS   Of   PHARMACY. 

are  added  and  the  mixtnre  well  shaken.  In  the  case  of  pure  alcohol  no 
immediate  coloration  is  produced,  but  a  faint  rose  color  develops  after  lo 
minutes.  In  the  presence  of  foreign  reducing  agents,  however,  /.  ^.,  al- 
dehydes, an  immediate  more  or  less  daik  brown  color  is  produced,  and 
this  increases  in  intensity  during  a  short  time.  The  reaction  is  so  sensi- 
tive that  I  part  of  aldehyde  is  indicated  readily  in  one  million  parts  of 
alcohol.  The  method  is  even  applicable  quantitatively  by  colorimetric 
comparison  with  alcohol  containing  known  quantities  of  aldehyde.  After 
determining  the  absence  of  aldehyde,  the  mixture  is  boiled  for  a  short 
time,  when,  in  the  presence  of  higher  boiling  a];<ohols — the  so-called 
fusel  oils — a  brown  coloration  with  green  fluorescence  is  produced.  With 
pure  alcohol,  the  mixture  only  assumes  a  faint  ochre-yellow  color.  The 
sensitiveness  of  the  test  for  fusel  oils  is  only  one- tenth  that  for  aldehydes. 
— Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Aug.  1888,  751-752;  from  Jour,  de  Pharm.  et  de 
Chim.,  1888,  xvii,  613. 

Ethyl  Bromide  and  EthyUn  Bromide — Caution. — In  "Therap.  Mon- 
atsh."  it  is  recorded  that  a  substitution  of  ethylen  bromide  for  ethyl 
bromide  has  recently  occasioned  unpleasant,  though  fortunately  not 
dangerous  effects.  Attention  is  therefore  drawn  to  the  distinct  characters, 
both  chemical  and  physiological,  of  the  two  compounds,  the  simi- 
larity of  their  titles  being  likely  to  lead  to  confusion.  Ethyl  bromide 
being  the  agent  exclusively  used  as  an  anaesthetic,  it  is  suggested  that  it 
should  be  designated  in  prescriptions  as  '^bromic  ether,"  and  that  under 
all  conditions  an  abbreviation  of  the  name  should  be  avoided. — Arch.  d. 
Pharm.,  March  1889,  228-229;  from  Pharm.  Centralh. 

Dimolecular  Cyanide  of  Ethyl — Formation  and  Characters — E.  von 
Meyer  obtained  dimolecular  cyanide  of  ethyl  (C,H,eN=(C,H5.CN),) 
by  adding  metallic  sodium  in  small  pieces  to  a  solution  of  cyanide  of 
ethyl  in  alcohol  and  decomposing  the  sodium  derivative  of  cyanide  of 
ethyl  that  is  separated  out  by  means  of  water,  which  separates  the  di- 
molecular compound  as  an  oily  fluid  congealing  shortly  to  form  a  crys- 
talline mass.  The  polymeric  compound,  C.Hi.Na,  melts  at  47°-48*'  C, 
and  may  be  distilled  nearly  unchanged ;  but  by  heating  strongly  above 
the  boiling  point  (258°  C.)  it  is  decomposed  almost  completely  into  two 
molecules  of  cyanide  of  ethyl. 

Dimolecular  Cyanide  of  Methyl  {C^U^^^  =  (CH,.C)N,)  was  obtained 
by  R.  Holtzwart  in  an  analogous  manner  to  the  above.  It  is  obtained 
in  form  of  snow-white  needles  by  crystallization  from  a  mixture  of  ether 
and  ligroin,  is  easily  soluble  in  ether,  in  alcohol,  and  in  chloroform, 
moderately  soluble  in  water,  and  melts  at  52^-53°  C. — Arch.  d.  Pharm., 
Dec,  1888,  1127;  from  Jour,  f.  prakt.  Chem.,  38,  336  and  343. 

Ethyl  Fluoride — Some  New  Properties. — H.  Moissan  observes  that 
ethyl  fluoride  can  be  prepared  in  a  state  of  purity  by  the  reaction  of 


ALCOHOLS.  615 

ethyl  iodide  and  anhydrous  silver  fluoride.  If  heated  for  several  hours  to 
a  dull  redness  in  a  glass  bell  it  yields  a  complex  mixture  of  carbides  con- 
taining mere  traces  of  silicon  fluoride.  Under  the  action  of  a  weak  in- 
duction spark  it  expands  greatly,  yielding  hydrofluoric  acid,  a  small 
quantity  of  acetylene,  and  especially  ethylene,  without  any  deposit  of 
carbon.  The  action  of  ethyl  fluoride  upon  animals  is  different  from  that 
of  ethyl  chloride.  It  produces  at  first,  not  anaesthesia,  but  excitement 
quickly  followed  by  death. — Chem.  News,  Jan.  4,  1889,  11 ;  from  Compt. 
rend.,  Dec.  17,  1888. 

Chloroform — Mat^acture  from  Acetone, — G.  Rumpp  has  invented  a 
process  whereby  the  yield  of  chloroform  is  very  much  greater  than  by  the 
ordinary  method.  The  process  consists  substantially  in  introducing 
acetone  diluted  with  its  own  weight  or  more  of  water,  and  contained  in  a 
reservoir,  through  a  pipe  into  a  mixture  of  chlorinated  lime  and  ^ater, 
contained  in  a  distillatory  apparatus.  In  order  that  a  perfect  comming- 
ling of  the  acetone  with  the  chlorine  may  result,  the  acetone  should  be 
introduced  at  or  near  the  bottom  of  the  vessel,  so  that  by  its  lesser  specific 
gravity  it  may  ascend  through  the  watery  liquid  contained  in  the  still.  It 
has  also  been  found  that  without  previous  admixture  with  water  the  re- 
action of  the  acetone  and  the  chlorine  is  far  less  complete,  and  that  the 
greater  yield  resulting  is  substantially  due  to  the  application  of  this  prin- 
ciple, which,  with  other  important  details,  constitute  the  basis  of  the 
patent  grant.  The  distillery  apparatus  is  furnished  with  a  vertical  shaft, 
to  which  are  attached  several  paddles,  which  in  revolving  sets  the  mass  in 
motion,  and  thus  aids  in  keeping  up  the  reaction  and  insuring  an  even 
generation  of  the  chloroform.  The  chloroform  by  the  heat  generated  in 
the  reaction,  is  volatilized,  and  is  carried  through  the  condenser  into  the 
receiver.  At  the  close  of  the  reaction  the  heat  generated  is  not  sufficient 
to  volatilize  the  chloroform,  and  steam  is  then  introduced  in  the  bottom 
of  the  apparatus  until  the  temperature  of  the  liquid  is  raised  to  a  point 
sufficient  to  cause  the  remaining  chloroform  to  distill  over.  To  better 
control  the  inflow  of  the  acetone,  the  reservoir  in  which  it  is  contained 
is  furnished  with  a  cock  and  a  pump,  by  which  it  may  be  supplied  from 
the  vessel  on  the  same  level  with  the  still,  if  the  reservoir  be  placed  at 
a  sufficient  height  above  the  still,  this  can  equally  well  be  eff*ected  by 
means  of  a  siphon. — Western  Drugg.,  Aug.  1888,  186. 

Chloroform — Causes  of  Alteration  and  Method  of  Preservation — Marty 
has  investigated  the  causes  of  the  alteration  of  chloroform.  His  conclu- 
sions are  :  (i)  Contact  with  air  and  light  exercises  a  decomposing  action 
upon  even  the  purest  chloroform.  (2)  It  is  always  possible  to  restore, 
by  well-known  methods,  the  purity  and  activity  of  decomposed  chloro- 
form, but  this  can  only  be  effected  by  a  loss  of  substance  of  about  18  per 
cent.  (3)  To  keep  chloroform  for  a  lopg  time,  the  best  way  is  to  place 
it  in  yellow,  glass-stoppered  bottles,  made  perfectly  clean  and  ^ry^thesft 


6l6  REPORT   ON   THE  PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

to  hold  no  more  than  500  c.c.  of  the  substance,  and  to  add  to  the  pure 
chloroform,  before  putting  it  away,  an  amount  of  pure,  absolute,  ethylic 
alcohol  equal  to  a  thousandth  part  of  its  weight. — Drugg.  Circ,  Feb. 
1889,  29;  from  Arch,  de  Med.  et  de  Pharm. 

Chloroform — Tests  of  Quality. — Franz  Roessler,  commenting  upon  the 
recent  discussion  in  European  journals  respecting  the  sufficiency  of  the 
tests  for  the  purity  of  chloroform,  observes  that  the  purified  chloroform 
of  the  American  market  is  uniformly  of  such  good  character  that  the  tests 
of  the  present  German  Pharmacopoeia,  as  well  as  the  U.  S.  and  Brit. 
Pharmacopoeias,  are  sufficient.  A  chloroform  that  #ill  leave  a  pure  odor 
after  evaporation  on  filter  paper,  and  that  will  stand  the  sulphuric  acid 
test  for  12  to  24  hours,  is  all  sufficient;  indeed  the  latter  test,  if  the  con- 
tact is  allowed  to  remain  over  the  specified  time,  may  lead  to  the  rejec- 
tion of  pure  chloroform,  since  there  is  danger  of  decomposition  of  the 
chloroform  by  prolonged  action.  Furthermore,  the  author  cautions 
against  the  use  of  sulphuric  acid,  the  purity  of  which  has  not  been  pre- 
viously ascertained.  Particles  of  wax  introduced  into  the  sulphuric  acid 
immediately  after  opening  the  bottle,  may  give  rise  to  discoloration. 
The  nitrate  of  silver  test  proposed,  and  the  further  test  with  iodide  of 
zinc-starch,  the  author  regards  as  superfluous.  On  the  other  hand,  the 
author  regards  the  description  of  the  quality  of  commercial  chloroform 
in  the  U.  S.  P.  insufficient ;  in  fact,  he  considers  it  an  error  that  such 
chloroform  should  be  admitted  in  the  Pharmacopoeia,  since  it  may,  and 
doubtless  does  occur  that  commercial  chloroform  is  dispensed  for  inhala- 
tion. To  such  substitution,  whether  by  accident  or  intent,  the  author 
ascribes  one  of  the  main  causes  for  the  preference  by  American  physi- 
cians for  ether-ansesthesia  to  that  by  chloroform. — Pharm.  Rundschau, 
Feb.  1889,  33-34. 

Chloroform — Estimation, — L.  de  St.  Martin  recommends  a  method  for 
the  estimation  of  chloroform  which  is  based  upon  the  observation  that  a 
solution  of  caustic  potassa  in  alcohol  of  60  per  cent,  decomposes  chloro- 
form slowly,  but  almost  completely,  at  the  ordinary  temperature,  and 
rapidly  (and  completely?  Rep.)  at  100"  C.  If  the  strength  of  the  potash 
solution  is  known,  the  excess  may  be  determined  by  titration,  using 
phenolphthalein  as  indicator,  and  after  the  liquid  has  been  carefully 
cooled,  the  amount  of  potassium  chloride  formed  may  be  estimated  by 
silver  nitrate,  using  potassium  chromate  as  indicator.  In  the  cold  solu- 
tion the  alcohol  and  potassium  formate  have  no  effect  on  the  titration. 
In  employing  this  method  the  chloroform  and  alcoholic  potash  are  heated 
in  sealed  tubes. — Amer.  Drugg.,  Sept.  1888,  174}  from  Compt.  rend. 

Chloral  and  Chloroform — Resorcin  a  New  Test, — A  new  test  for  either 
chloral  or  chloroform,  which  is  said  to  exceed  every  other  in  delicacy, 
has  been  based  by  C.  Schwarz  upon  the  previously  announced  color  reac- 


ALCOHOLS.  6t7 

tion  of  chloroform  with  resorcin  and  potassa.  If  a  solution  of  resorcin  is 
heated  to  boiling  with  chloral  hydrate  or  chloroform,  in  presence  of  an 
excess  of  caustic  soda,  a  red  coloring  matter  is  produced,  even  if  only 
the  least  traces  of  chloral  or  chloroform  are  present.  This  color  disap- 
pears on  supersaturating  with  acid,  and  reappears  on  addition  of  alkali. 

On  the  other  hand,  if  chloral  hydrate  (o.i  gm.)  or  chloroform  are 
heated  to  a  brisk  boil  with  an  excess  of  resorcin  (0.3  gm.),  and  only  a 
little  soda  solution  (3  c.c.  of  water  and  3  drops  of  10  per  cent,  soda  so- 
lution), a  yellowish-red  liquid  is  produced,  which  shows  a  magnificent 
yellowish-green  fluorescence  even  in  the  greatest  dilution.  The  red  col- 
oring matter  appears  to  be  rosolate  of  sodium,  while  the  fluorescence  is  due 
to  the  formation  of  fluoresceine.  The  author  has  obtained  this  color  reac- 
tion with  as  little  as  i  c.c.  of  a  solution  of  o.i  gm.  of  chloral  hydrate  in  i 
liter  of  water,  if  the  following  method  be  adopted  :  In  i  c.c.  of  the  so- 
lution just  mentioned,  0.05  gram  of  resorcin  are  dissolved,  and  the  whole 
heated  to  brisk  boiling.  Colorless  solutions  may  at  once  be  subjected  to 
the  test  with  resorcin  and  soda.  Colored  ones,  however,  such  as  red 
wine,  liquorice  mixtures,  etc.,  must  first  be  decolorized. — Amer.  Drugg., 
Jan.  1889,  13;  from  Zeitsch.  f.  Anal.  Chem.,  1888,  668. 

Choral  Cyanhydrin — Characters y  etc.- — E.  Utescher  describes  chloral 
cyanhydrin  (see  Proceedings  188S,  493),  which  like  benzaldehyde-cyan- 
hydrin,  has  recently  been  proposed  as  a  substitute  for  hydrocyanic  acid 
and  bitter  almond  water.  Chloral  cyanhydrin  constitutes  white,  some- 
what hygroscopic  crystals,  having  the  peculiar  odor  of  chloral.  It  con- 
tains 15.7  per  cent,  of  hydrocyanic  acid,  the  sample  examined  by  the 
author  containing  95  per  cent,  of  this  theoretical  quantity.  When 
shaken  with  water  (1:60)  it  apparently  enters  into  solution,  but 
closer  examination  makes  it  evident  that  the  crystals  have  simply  been 
disintegrated.  Complete  solution  is  eff'ected  on  heating,  but  the  com- 
pound is  partially  decomposed,  the  solution  having  the  odor  and  reaction 
of  hydrocyanic  acid,  which  before  heating  could  not  be  obtained.  The 
compound  dissolves  in  alcohol  without  being  decomposed,  and  this 
points  out  the  proper  method  for  dispensing  it ;  solution  in  alcohol,  and 
dilution  of  this  solution  in  water.  Mr.  Utescher,  however,  does  not 
find  that  either  chloral  cyanhydrin  or  benzaldehyde-cyandrin  are  necessary 
or  desirable  as  substitutes  for  bitter  almond  water,  for  which  they  have 
been  proposed.  He  advises  the  addition  of  more  alcohol  to  render  the 
bitter  almond  water  more  stable,  and  to  increase  the  delicacy  of  the  tests 
of  its  quality  and  composition. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Aug.  1888,  713-719. 

Chloral  Ammonium — Dose,  etc. — According  to  Nestbit,  chloral  ammo- 
nium (see  Proceedings  1888,  494),  has  the  odor  and  taste  of  chloral,  but 
the  taste  is  less  persistent.  Used  in  i  to  2  gm.  doses  it  gives  the  thera- 
peutic effects  of  urethan  and  chloral,  being  both  hypnotic  and  analgesic. 
Its  action  upon  the  heart  and  respiratory  centres  is  less  strong  than  that 


6l8  REPORT  ON   THE  PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

of  chloral. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Dec,  1888,  615;  from  Nouv.  Rem., 
Nov.  8,  1888. 

Uralium — A  New  Hypnotic, — Gustavo  Poppi  has  recently  described  to 
the  Medico-Chirurgical  Society  of  Bologna  the  effects  of  a  new  hypnotic, 
produced  by  the  combination  of  chloral  hydrate  with  urethan.  From 
experiments  on  animals  and  on  the  human  subject  he  concludes  that  this 
substance — uralium — induces  sleep  more  quickly  and  more  certainly  than 
any  other  known  hypnotic.  It  causes  no  bad  effects  of  any  kind.  It 
has  been  given  in  cases  of  heart  disease  and  nervous  complaints  with  the 
best  results,  even  when  other  hypnotics  had  failed. — Amer.  Drugg.,  May 
1889,  86;  from  Chem.  and  Drugg. 

Paraldehyde — Danger  Attending  its  Use. — According  to  Dr.  Froehner, 
paraldehyde  is  by  no  means  so  innocent  a  hypnotic  as  it  has  been  fre- 
quently reported.  On  the  contrary,  it  should  be  used  with  great  care. 
In  animals  living  chiefly  upon  vegetable  diet,  it  attacks  particularly  the 
red  blood- corpuscles.  Under  its  reducing  action,  the  blood  becomes  as 
seriously  affected  (by  methaemoglobin-anaemia)  as  by  chlorate  of  potassium, 
pyrogallic  acid,  or  nitrobenzol.  In  addition,  it  has  a  poisonous  effect 
upon  the  nervous  centres. — Amer.  Drugg.,  Oct.  1888,  197;  from  Rund- 
schau (Prag.) 

Sulfonal — Avoidance  of  Disagreeable  Odor  in  its  Manufacture. — The 
preparation  of  sulfonal  has  hitherto  involved  the  formation  of  ethyl  mer- 
captan  by  distillation  of  ethyl-sulphuric  acid  and  potassium  sulphhydrate, 
condensing  this  with  acetone  to  form  mercaptol,  which  in  oxidation 
with  potassium  permanganate  yields  sulfonal.  The  manufacture  is  accom- 
panied by  such  disagreeable  odor  that  factories  had  to  be  erected  distant 
from  inhabitation.  A  process  has  now  been  determined  which  admits  of 
its  manufacture  without  the  isolation  of  mercaptan  and  consequent  odor ; 
ethyl  chloride  or  bromide  acting  upon  f  odium  thiosulphate  forms  sodium 
ethyl  thiosulphate  which  when  treated  with  HCl  by  addition  of  H,0 splits 
into  ethyl  mercaptan  and  acid  Fodium  sulphate  ;  the  ethyl  mercaptan  in 
the  nascent  state  and  presence  of  HCl  condenses  with  acetone  to  form 
mercaptol  (yield  about  70  percent.)  which  by  dilution  with  water  is  sepa- 
rated, then  removed  and  oxidized  by  KaMnjOg. — Am.  Jour.  Phar.,  April 
1889,  178;  from  Pharm.  Ztg.,  1889,  98. 

Sulfonal— Standard  of  Purity  Adopted  by  the  Manufacturers. — The  four 
German  manufacturers  of  sulfonal  have  agreed  to  the  following  tests  of 
purity  of  the  sulfonal  manufactured  by  them :  The  product  must  be  per- 
fectly white,  absolutely  inodorous,  must  be  free  from  pronounced  bitter 
taste,  must  melt  at  125.5°,  ^^^^  ^  \\ai\\.  of  0.2°  either  way,  and  a  watery 
solution  saturated  at  15°  must  remain  unchanged  for  one  hour  when 
mixed  with  a  iV  per  cent,  aqueous  solution  of  permanganate.  The  test 
of  taste  is  conducted  twice  in  the  course  of  an  hour,  the  ^t  time  the 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


ALCOHOLS.  619 

typical  sample  and  then  the  sample  under  examination  being  tasted, 
while  the  second  time  the  sample  is  tasted  first  and  the  type  afterwards. 
The  test  of  odor  is  best  made  by  boiling  0.5  to  i  gram  of  the  sulfonal 
with  about  10  grams  of  water  in  a  test  tube ;  the  slightest  odor  adhering 
to  the  sample  would  thus  become  evidenced  (the  mercaptol  odor)  in  the 
water  vapors  thus  developed. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Jan.  1889,  33-34;  from 
Pharm.  Centralh.,  29,  614. 

Sulpkonal — Test  for  its  Presence. — According  to  G.  Vulpius,  if  equal 
quantities  of  sulphonal  and  potassium  cyanide  are  triturated  together, 
and  the  mixture  is  heated  in  a  dry  test  tube,  dense  vapors  are  quickly 
given  off  having  the  odor  of  mercaptan.  If  the  melted  mass  is  dissolved 
in  hot  water,  the  solution  produces  a  blood-red  color,  identical  with  the 
reaction  between  sulpho-cyanide  of  potassium  and  ferric  salts. — Apoth. 
Ztg.,  1888,  247. 

Sulphonal — Doses, — As  the  result  of  a  long  study  of  sulphonal,  Egasse 
gives  the  doses  as  follows:  For  children,  15  to  25  cgm.,  two  hours  before 
bed  time;  for  women,  i  to  2  gm.;  and  for  men,  2  to  5  gm.,  daily, 
either  fractionally,  or,  as  seems  preferable,  in  massive  doses,  given  during 
a  meal,  or  two  hours  before  the  hour  for  sleep.  It  is  best  given,  finely 
pulverized,  in  capsules,  but  may  be  held  for  some  time  in  suspension  in 
dense  mucilaginous  mixtures.  It  may  also  be  given  in  wine  or  milk. — 
Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  May  1889,  ^43;  fro™  ^mW.  g6n.  de.  Therap.,  March 
15,  1889. 

Iodoform — Manufacture  from  Kelp-ash  direct, — H.  Suilliot  and  H. 
Raynaud  give  the  following  formula  for  the  preparation  of  iodoform : 

To  a  solution  of  50  p.  iodide  of  potassium,  6  p.  acetone  and  2  p.  caustic 
soda  in  i  to  2,000  parts  of  water,  a  dilute  solution  of  hypochloride  of 
sodium  is  added  by  drops  until  iodoform  ceases  to  be  produced.  The 
yield  corresponds  approximately  to  the  calculated  quantity,  according  to 
the  following  equation :  KI+KC10=KI0+KC1.— (CH,),CO+3KIO= 
CHI,-f  CaH,K0,+2K0H.  The  authors  have  used  this  method  during  the 
past  six  months  for  the  industrial  preparation  of  iodoform  direct  from 
kelp-ash.  The  ash  is  lixiviated,  and  the  sulphides  and  sulphites  that 
enter  into  solution  are  removed ;  the  iodine  is  then  determined,  and  the 
calculated  qiiantities  of  the  other  ingredients  are  added  and  used  as  in  the 
above  method. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  May  1889,  475-476  ;  from  Bull.  Soc. 
Chim.,  1889,  No.  i,  3. 

Iodoform — Determination. — M.  Greshoff  has  found  that  iodoform  reacts 
with  silver  nitrate  according  to  the  following  equation:  CHI,+3Ag 
NO;+HaO=3AgI+3HN08+CO.  The  reaction  serves  for  the  estimation 
of  iodoform  in  medicaments.  A  small  quantity  of  the  preparation — for 
instance  a  salve — containing  possibly  o.i  to  0.5  grams  of  iodoform,  is 
melted  on  the  water  bath  with  addition  of  10  grams  of  a  io4)er  cent. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


620  REPORT   ON   THE   PROGRESS    OF  PHARMACY. 

solution  of  silver  nitrate.  The  fatty  body  is  removed,  after  cooling,  by 
shaking  repeatedly  with  ether,  the  residue  is  diluted  with  twice  its  volume 
of  warm  water,  and  the  silver  iodide  collected  on  a  filter,  washed,  dried 
and  weighed.  If  the  determination  is  to  be  made  in  bandages,  these  are 
extracted  with  ether,  the  ethereal  solution  is  treated  with  the  silver  solu- 
tion, and  the  iodide  of  silver  separated  and  determined  as  in  the  previous 
case.      The  results  are  exceedingly  accurate. — Arch.   d.   Pharm.,  Dec. 

1888,  1128;  from  Nieuw.  Tijdschr.  Pharm.  Nederl.,  1888,  349. 

Iodoform — Impurities, — C.  Neuss  has  found  certain  brands  of  iodoform, 
among  them  a  few  which  are  reputed  to  be  the  purest,  to  yield  with  10 
parts  of  ether  immediately  a  red  solution,  while  other  brands  furnished 
a  yellow  solution  retaining  its  tint  for  at  least  10  minutes.  In  all  other 
respects,  the  former  responded  to  the  requirements  of  the  Germ.  Phar- 
macopoeia. The  samples  which  produced  the  red  solution  were  also 
found  to  impart  to  pure  gauze  (free  from  chlorine)  at  once  a  green  color, 
even  when  light  was  excluded.  Curiously  enough,  this  green  color  re- 
turned again  to  normal  yellow  when  the  gauze  was  kept  in  the  dark  for 
some  days  or  weeks.  Iodoform  which  behaves  as  above  stated,  exercises 
a  caustic  effect  upon  the  skin.  A  person  who  manufactured  prepared 
gauze  with  this  kind  of  iodoform,  suffered  from  eczema  for  several  days. 
It  is  not  impossible  that  the  secondary  effects  of  the  drug  reported  by 
numerous  observers  are  due  to  the  same  impurity  as  that  which  causes 
the  above-mentioned  color  reactions.  The  quality  of  ether  used  for  the 
first  experiment  has  only  a  slight  influence  upon  the  reaction,  since 
chemically  pure  ether  can  retard  it  only  for  i  or  2  minutes. 

The  chemical  nature  of  the  secondary  body  which  yields  up  its  iodine 
so  readily  has  not  yet  been  made  out.  That  the  iodine  must  be  origi- 
nally in  combination  is  shown  by  the  fact  that  alcohol  fails  to  remove  it 
from  the  iodoform,  while  the  red  ethereal  solution  undoubtedly  contains 
free  iodine.  The  author  is  convinced  that  neither  free  iodine  nor  hydri- 
odic  acid  are  present  previous  to  the  solution  in  ether,  also  that  the  sec- 
ondary body  is  more  easily  soluble  in  ether  than  iodoform  itself. — Amer. 
Drugg.,  Nov.  1888,  207;  from  Pharm.  Centralh.,  No.  39. 

Iodoform — Decomposition  of  its  Solutions, — It  is  stated  in  **  Jour,  de 
M6d.  de  Bordeaux"  that  ethereal  solutions  of  iodoform  become  very  un- 
stable as  they  approach  saturation.  In  solutions  of  alcoholized  ether,  de- 
composition is  retarded,  but  it  occurs — setting  free  iodine — even  when 
the  solution  is  kept  from  the  action  of  light.  The  altex:ed  solution  may 
be  agitated  with  a  globule  of  mercury  which  unites  with  the  free  iodine, 
and  the  ethereal  solution,  no  longer  saturated,  becomes  more  stable. 
Chloroformic  solutions  act  in  the  same  way. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  June 

1889,  288  j  from  R6p.  de  Pharm.,  May  10,  1889. 

Iodoform — Stability  of  Solutions, — B.  Fischer  in  studying  tjie  action  of 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


ALCOHOLS.  621 

solvents  upon  iodoform  finds  that,  if  pure  iodoform  be  dissolved  in  sol- 
vents free  from  dissolved  air  and  without  access  of  air,  the  solution  will 
keep  of  a  light  yellow  color  so  long  as  air  be  excluded;  if  air  be  admitted 
decomposition  takes  place  in  a  few  minutes,  attended  by  liberation  of  io- 
dine. The  presence  of  certain  substances  retards  this  decomposition ; 
these  substances  (impurities)  may  be  present  in  the  solvents  from  which 
iodoform  is  recrystallized,  thus  contaminating  the  crystals,  or  they  may 
be  present  in  the  solvents;  such  substances  as  retard  the  change,  if  pres- 
ent in  minute  quantity,  are  hydroquinone,  pyrogallic  acid,  aniline,  pyri- 
dine bases  and  aldehyde. — Pharm.  Ztg.,  1889,  31. 

Iodoform —  Value  and  Use  as  a  Hemostatic. — Drs.  Chauvin  and  Joris- 
sene  report  great  success  with  iodoform  in  hemorrhages  from  the  lungs 
and  other  serious  haemoptyses;  relapses  were  rare  and  of  lessened  se- 
verity ;  it  succeeded  where  ergotin  was  inert.  In  a  majority  of  cases  the 
iodoform  was  associated  with  tannin  in  small  doses,  but  the  authors  re- 
gard iodoform  as  the  active  agent.  The  formulae  used  are  as  follows :  i. 
Iodoform,  5  cgm.,  ext.  gentian,  or  quinine,  q.  s.  for  one  pill.  2.  Iodo- 
form, 5  cgm.,  tannin,  10  cgm..,  any  suitable  excipient,  for  one  pill. 
Dose,  3  to  5  pills  daily.  In  six  months  of  successful  treatment  it  was 
rarely  necessary  to  give  more  than  8  or  9  pills  daily. — ^Amer.  Jour. 
Pharm.,  Nov.  1888,  563;  from  Revue  M^d.;  Monit.  Th6rap. ,  "Oct.  i, 
1888. 

Iodoform — Foisoning  of  Children. — Dr.  Cazin  reports  two  cases  of 
children  who  had  toxic  symptoms  after  application  of  'iodoform  dressings 
following  surgical  operations.  In  one  of  them  "the  symptoms  took  a 
comatose  and  in  the  other  a  meningitic  form."  After  a  modification  of 
the  dressings  the  symptoms  disappeared.  Dr.  Cazin  thinks  that  iodoform 
should  be  used  with  the  greatest  caution  in  dressing  open  wounds  of 
children. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  June  1889,  289  ;  from  R6pert.  de  Phar., 
April  10,  1889. 

lodoformium  bituminosum — A  New  Medicament. — According  to  "Rund- 
schau" (1888,  640),  the  new  remedial  agent  introduced  under  the  name 
of  "  iodoformium  bituminosum"  is  made  by  incorporating  iodoform  with 
tar  in  such  a  manner  that  an  almost  odorless  preparation  results;  the 
process  remains  a  secret.  In  larger  quantities  the  odor  of  tar  is  percepti- 
ble; if  the  preparation  is  mixed  with  a  large  quantity  of  water  the  iodo- 
form odor  becomes  prominent. 

Methylic  Alcohol^ Detection  in  Ethylic  Alcohol. — J.  Habermann  de- 
scribes a  process  for  the  detection  of  methyl  in  ethyl  alcohol,  which  is  a 
modification  of  the  Cazeneuve-Cotton  permanganate  process.  In  order 
to  eliminate  from  commercial  alcohol  or  brandy  certain  impurities  which, 
though  not  identical  with  methylic  alcohol,  have  a  similar  reducing  ac- 
tion, Habermann  shakes  up  30  to  40  c.c.  of  the  sample  with  20  c.c.  of 
the  purest  olive  oil  in  a  parting-funnel.     The  shaking  must  not  be  vio- 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


622  REPORT  ON  THE   PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 

lent,  but  protracted.  It  is  then  let  stand  quietly  until  the  fatty  oil  has 
separated  from  the  alcoholic  aqueous  liquid.  The  oil  is  poured  off,  and 
the  alcoholic  aqueous  liquid,  with  20  c.c.  more  oil,  are  again  put  in  the 
funnel,  and  the  process  of  shaking  and  separation  is  repeated,  as  above, 
and  the  alcohol  freed  from  the  oil  is  then  passed  through  a  double  filter, 
well  wetted.  The  clear  filtrate  has  no  smell  of  an  ethereal  oil,  and,  if  no 
sugar  is  present,  it  can  be  at  once  examined  for  methyl ic  alcohol  by  the 
process  of  Cazeneuve  and  Cotton.  If  sugar  is  present  it  is  got  rid  of 
by  means  of  distillation,  the  distillate  being  taken  for  examination. — 
Chem.  News,  Nov.  23,  1888,  256;  from  Zeitschr.  f.  Analyt.  Chem., 
xxvii,  Part  5. 

Methyl  Alcohol — Determination  of  Acetone  — J.  Messinger  proposes  a 
method  for  the  determination  of  the  acetone  in  methyl  alcohol,  which  is 
based  upon  the  following  reactions :  By  the  addition  of  an  excess  of 
standard  iodine  solution  in  presence  of  potassium  hydrate  the  acetone  is 
converted  into  idoform  ;  the  excess  of  iodine  is  present  as  iodide  and  hy- 
poiodite  of  potassium,  which  react,  on  acidifying  with  hydrochloric  acid, 
with  each  other  to  liberate  iodine,  which  is  then  titrated  with  standard 
sodium  hyposulphite.  Every  759.6  parts  iodine  used  represent  58  parts 
acetone. — Am.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Feb.  1889,  76;  from  Ber.  d.  D.  Chem. 
Ges.,  1888,  3366. 

Amylic  Alcohol — Removal  of  FurfuroL — Dr.  L.  v.  Udransky,  after 
various  experiments  to  obtain  pure  amylic  alcohol,  and  particularly  to 
remove  furfurol,  the  most  objectionable  impurity,  finds  that  the  latter  is 
best  removed  in  the  following  manner : 

Prepare  amylosulphate  (sulphamylate)  of  potassium  in  the  same  man- 
ner as  sulphethylates  (sulphovinates)  are  obtained.  Dissolve  the  salt  in  a 
small  quantity  of  warm,  pure  alcohol,  and  precipitate  it  with  a  large  ex- 
cess of  pure  ether.  It  is  thus  obtained  in  form  of  crystalline  laminae. 
Repeat  this  process  three  or  four  times.  Then  place  the  salt  into  a  flask, 
cover  it  with  a  10  per  cent,  sulphuric  acid,  and  heat  under  an  upright 
condenser  during  five  hours  on  a  steam  bath.  Remove  the  separated 
amylic  alcohol,  shake  it  with  calcium  carbonate,  separate  it  again,  and 
distil  it  with  steam.  Amylic  akohol  thus  prepared  is  perfectly  free  from 
furfurol.  The  latter  would  be  readily  detected  by  adding  a  little  of  it  to 
concentrated  sulphuric  acid  containing  alpha-naphthol  in  solution,  which 
assumes  a  more  or  less  colored  (red)  tint  if  furfurol  is  present.  While 
ordinary  amylic  alcohol,  when  shaken  with  cold  and  concentrated,  or 
hot  and  diluted  solution  of  soda,  acquires  a  tint  itself  and  causes  the  alkali 
solution  to  become  likewise  colored,  no  such  coloration  is  produced  if  the 
purified  alcohol  is  employed.  If  the  latter  is  free  from  furfurol,  it  may 
be  boiled  for  any  length  of  time  with  concentrated  solution  of  soda  with- 
out showing  any  change  of  color.  It  may  also  be  left  in  contact  with 
acids,  and  exposed  to  the  light. — Amer.  Driigg,,  April  188^,  70;  from 
Zeitsch,  f.  Phys.  Chem.,  xiii,  248.  Digitized  by  GoOQiC 


ALCOHOLS.  623 

Fusel  Oil— -Detection  in  Spirits, — Uffelmann  determines  fusel  oil  in 
spirits  by  the  following  method :  He  pours  250  c.c.  of  the  spirit  into  a 
^  litre  flask,  adds  100  c.c.  of  ether,  shakes  up  well,  adds  sufficient  water 
to  separate  the  ether,  draws  off  the  ethereal  liquid,  shakes  up  afresh  with 
100  c.c.  ether,  unites  the  ethereal  extracts,  lets  evaporate,  dissolves  the  resi- 
due in  40  c.c.  ether,  adds  a  few  c.c.  of  fresh  green  solution  of  methyl  violet 
(dissolve  i  part  methyl  violet  in  100  water  and  add  hydrochloric  acid  at 
2  per  cent,  until  the  liquid  turns  green),  shakes,  and  pours  into  a  grad- 
uated tube,  2.5  cm.  in  diameter.  The  ether  evaporates.  As  soon  as  a 
blue  color  is  perceived  and  the  first  indication  of  the  methyl-violet  ab- 
sorption at  D  is  detected  with  the  spectroscope,  he  reads  off  the  quantity 
of  ether  still  remaining.  Each  10  c.c.  of  the  liquid  contain  o.a  c.c.  amy- 
lie  alcohol,  which  occasions  the  blue  color. — Chem.  News,  Aug.  3,  1888, 
60;  from  Zeitsch.  f.  Analyt.  Chem.,  xxvii,  part  i. 

Amyl  Nitrite — A  Mixture  of  Metameric  Nitrites. — Professor  Dunstan 
and  W.  Lloyd  Williams  observe  that  the  liquid  which  has  hitherto  been 
known  to  scientific  chemists  as  pure  am)l  nitrite  is  a  mixture  of  metame- 
ric nitrites,  corresponding  to  <i  amyl  alcohol  or  iso-butyl  carbinol  (CH 
(CH,),CH2CH,NOj)  and  /?  amyl  alcohol  or  secondary  butyl  carbinol 
(CH(C,H6)CHaCH,NO,).  The  relative  proportions  of  these  two  nitrites 
in  the  mixture  are  dependent  on  the  composition  of  the  **amyl  alcohol" 
from  which  they  have  been  prepared.  The  respective  quantities  of  these 
two  metameric  alcohols  contained  in  different  specimens  of  fusel  oil  are 
subject  to  variation.  The  quantity  of  the  a-amyl  alcohol,  which  is 
optically  inactive,  is  always  much  larger  than  that  of  /3-amyl  alcohol, 
which  is  laevorotatory.  In  the  portion  of  fusel  oil  which  has  been  repeat- 
edly fractionated  between  127^-132°,  there  is  said  to  be  usually  about  13 
per  cent,  of  the  active  alcohol.  These  alcohols  cannot  be  separated  by 
fractional  distillation,  since  the  aamyl  alcohol  boils  at  128°  C.  and  the 
)3-am>l  alcohol  at  131°  C.  Their  separation  is  a  matter  of  very  great 
difficulty,  and  it  has  seldom  been  accomplished.  In  order  to  separate  the 
two  metameric  nitrites,  it  was  necessary  first  to  obtain  the  corresponding 
alcohols.  The  separation  of  the  two  alcohols  was  first  effected  by  Pasteur 
(Compt.  Rend.,  xli.,  296),  by  converting  them  into  two  barium  amyl- 
sulphates,  and  repeatedly  recry stall izing  these  salts  from  water,  by  which 
means  it  is  possible  to  obtain  the  pure  salt  corresponding  to  the  inactive 
alcohol,  and  after  several  further  series  of  recrystallizations  of  the  residual 
salts,  that  corresponding  to  the  active  alcohol;  the  barium  salt  of /3  amyl- 
sulphuric  acid  being  about  two  and  a  half  times  more  soluble  than  the 
barium  salt  of  a-amyl- sulphuric  acid.  This  process  of  isolation  is  very 
laborious,  and  was  accomplished  by  the  author  as  follows : 

Fusel  oil,  which  had  been  distilled  with  steam,  was  dried  and  fraction- 
ated. The  fraction  obtained  between  i27°-i32°,  after  having  been  sev- 
eral times  redistilled,  exercised  a  rotation  of  — 1°  (for  the  D  ray),  in  a 

Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


624  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 

tube  200  mm.  long,  at  15^  C,  the  determination  being  made  in  Laurent's 
instrument.  If  we  take  — 8.8°  (Ley)  as  the  rotatory  power  of  the  active 
alcohol  under  the  same  conditions,  then  this  liquid  was  constituted  of 
88.64  per  cent,  of  a-amyl  alcohol  and  11.36  per  cent,  of  ^-amyl  alcohol. 
About  i^  litre  was  warmed  for  one  week  with  an  equal  weight  of  sul- 
phuric acid,  the  mixture  was  largely  diluted  with  water,  neutralized  with 
barium  carbonate,  and  filtered.  The  solution  was  concentrated  and 
fractionally  crystallized,  the  fractions,  which  were  early  obtained,  were 
isolated  and  separately  recrystallized  about  twenty-three  times.  From 
some  of  the  salt  thus  purified  the  alcohol  was  regenerated,  dried  and  dis- 
tilled. It  boiled  at  129°-!  30®  C,  and  at  15°  C.  its  specific  gravity  was 
.813.  The  liquid  was  found  still  to  possess  rotatory  power.  At  15**  C. 
in  a  tube  200  mm.  long  the  rotation  was  observed  to  be  — 0.45°,  so  that 
the  repeated  recrystallization  of  the  barium  salts  had  only  removed  two- 
thirds  of  the  active  alcohbl  which  the  liquid  originally  contained.  The 
regenerated  liquid  still  contained  5.1  per  cent,  of  the  active  alcohol. 
Since  a  comparison  of  the  physiological  effects  of  several  specimens  of 
a-amyl  nitrite,  associated  with  different  amounts  of  /3  amy  I  nitrite,  with 
the  physiological  effect  of  pure  a-amyl  nitrite,  would  enable  the  action 
of  /3-amyl  nitrite  to  be  inferred,  the  above-mentioned  alcohols  were  con- 
verted into  the  nitrites,  and  their  action  is  being  physiologically  examined 
by  Professor  Cash.  The  nitrites  boiled  at  96°-97°,  and  the  specific 
gravity  of  the  liquid  was  0.874  at  15°  (water  at  15°=!). 

The  remainder  of  the  barium  salts  was  now  dissolved  in  a  large  quan- 
tity of  water,  and  the  dilute  solution  allowed  to  crystallize  slowly.  The 
salt  obtained  was  separated  from  the  mother-liquid  and  again  recrys- 
tallized twelve  times.  The  barium  salt  had  now  been  recrystallized 
thirty- five  times.  On  regenerating  the  alcohol  and  drying  it,  the  boiling 
point  was  found  to  be  131°  C.  (bar.  759  mm.),  the  whole  of  the  thermo- 
metric  column  being  immersed  in  the  vapor.  The  specific  gravity  of  the 
liquid  at  15°  C.  was  0.8140  (water  at  15^=1).  The  alcohol  was  now 
practically  inactive,  the  rotation  effected  in  a  column  200  mm.  long  being 
only  one-tenth  of  a  degree.  The  nitrite  was  now  prepared  from  this 
alcohol  by  the  method  which  has  been  previously  described,  and  its  char- 
acters have  been  carefully  examined.  Ii  was  shown  to  be  pure  by  the 
method  which  has  already  been  alluded  to.  (Weight  of  liquid  taken, 
0.1787  gram;  pure  amyl  nitrite  found,  0.1797  gram).  The  boiling 
point,  determined  with  a  standard  thermometer,  is  97°  C.  (bar.  758.5 
mm.)  Its  specific  gravity  at  15°  is  0.880  (water  at  15*^=1).  The  liquid 
was  virtually  inactive,  showing  a  dextro-rotation  in  a  tube  200  mm.  long 
of  only  one-twentieth  of  a  degree,  aamyl  nitrite  is  a  pale  yellow 
liquid  having  a  not  disagreeable  odor,  and  producing  when  inhaled  the 
characteristic  nitrite  effect.  Its  physiological  action  is  being  investigated 
by  Professor  Cash.     The  authors  have,  furthermore,  subjected  the 

Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


ALCOHOLS.  625 

Amy  I  Nitrite  Used  in  Medicine  to  examination. — Two  samples,  desig- 
nated as  officinal  (B.  P.)  by  reputable  manufacturers  were  subjected  to 
fractional  distillation.  The  first  of  these  was  fractioned  five  times,  and 
two  fractions  were  finally  obtained  that  boiled  at  67°  and  96°  respectively. 
The  specific  gravity  of  the  liquid  boiling  at  67°  ^as  ascertained  to  be 
0-8755  at  15°  (water  at  i5°=:i).  The  nitrite  was  estimated  in  the 
compound,  and  it  was  found  to  correspond  almost  exactly  with  that  con- 
tained in  iso-butyl  nitrite  (0.1756  gram  of  liquid  yielded  an  amount  of 
nitric  oxide  corresponding  to  0.17-46  gram  C4H^N02).  The  physical 
and  chemical  properties  of  the  liquid  were  thus  shown  to  be  identical 
with  those  of  pure  iso-butyl  nitrite.  This  compound  constituted  about 
10  per  cent,  of  the  original  **amyl  nitrite.'*  The  liquid  which  boiled 
nearly  constantly  at  96°  was  next  examined.  Its  specific  gravity  was 
0.878  at  15®  (water  at  15°:=!).  The  amount  of  nitrite  contained  in  it 
was  almost  the  same  as  that  contained  in  amyl  nitrite  (0.21 1  gram  yielded 
an  amount  of  nitric  oxide  corresponding  to  0.2099  gram  of  CgHnNOa). 
This  liquid  was  evidently  a  mixture  of  tf-amyl  nitrite  (b.  p.  97°;  and 
/3-amyl  nitrite  (b.  p.  94°  circa).  The  presence  of  the  /'amyl  nitrite  was 
proved  by  the  dextro-rotation  exercised  by  the  liquid.  The  quantity  of 
the  amyl  nitrites  contained  in  the  original  substance  was  about  50  per  cent. 
The  second  sample  was  evidently  prepared  from  imperfectly  rectified 
fusel  oil.  It  contained  some  nitrite  of  ethyl,  and  altogether  but  40  per 
cent,  of  nitrites  of  amyl.  It  also  contained  unaltered  amyl  and  other 
homologous  alcohols. — Pharm.  Jour,  and  Trans.,  Dec.  22,  1888,  485-490. 

Tertian  Nitrite  of  Amyl — Physiological  Properties, — Bals  and  Broglio 
describe  tertian  nitrite  of  amyl  (CsHhNOj)  as  possessing  the  physiologi- 
cal and  therapeutic  properties  of  the  primal  nitrite,  but  without  giving 
rise  to  the  well-known  toxic  symptoms  of  the  latter.  The  authors  state 
also  that  its  action  is  more  strongly  marked  and' of  longer  continuance, 
and  that  it  does  not  produce  the  sensation  of  heat  and  tension  in  the 
face  or  throbbing  in  the  temples  usually  caused  by  the  nitrite  now  in  use. 
It  may  be  inhaled  in  quantities  of  80  to  100  drops  a  day  without  danger 
or  inconvenience,  even  in  cases  of  weak  heart.  It  has  a  slight  hypnotic 
action,  usually  producing  a  half  hour's  calm  sleep  after  each  inhalation. 
— Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Aug.  1888,  406 ;  from  Gior.  della  Acad,  di  Med. 
di  Torino;  Nouv.  Rem.,  June  8,  1888. 

Amylene  Hydrate — Characters  and  Tests  of  Purity, — The  Pharma- 
copoeia Commission  of  the  German  Apothecaries'  Society  gives  the  fol- 
lowing characters  and  tests  of  purity  of  am)lene  hydrate.  Clear,  color- 
less, volatile  liquid  having  a  peculiar,  spicy- ethereal  odor,  burning  taste, 
neutral  reaction ;  soluble  in  8  parts  of  water,  miscible  with  alcohol,  ether, 
chloroform,  benzin,  glycerin,  and  fixed  oils  to  clear  solutions ;  boiling  at 
95°  to  103°  ;  sp.  gr.  0.815  ^o  0.820.  20  c.c.  of  the  aqueous  solution 
(i  =  20)  to  which  2  drops  solution  of  permanganate  of  potassHim  have 

40  Digitized  by  ^ 


626  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

been  added,  should  not  become  decolorized  within  lo  minutes.  When 
heated  for  lo  minutes  with  ammoniacal  silver  solution,  the  aqueous  solu- 
tion (i  :=  20)  must  not  exert  a  reducing  action.  Amylen  hydrate  should 
be  preserved  carefully  and  protected  from  light. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  July 

1888,  645.  • 

Amylene  Hydfate — Hypnotic  Action. — Dr.  Lares  presents  the  following 
conclusions  on  the  results  of  his  experience  with  amylene  hydrate : 

1.  Amylene  hydrate  is  a  very  useful  hypnotic,  which  may  be  given  in 
two  or  three  times  as  large  a  dose  as  chloral  hydrate. 

2.  It  operates  somewhat  less  certainly  than  chloral  hydrate  and  mor- 
phine. 

3.  Unpleasant  accidents  (excitement,  slight  drunken- like  stupor)  were 
very  seldom  observed.     Grave  accidents  were  never  observed. 

4.  A  tolerance,  relative  to  diminution  in  efficiency,  was  not  noticed 
within  three  months. 

5.  The  deep  and  refreshing  nature  of  the  sleep  obtained  was  praised 
oftener  than  in  the  case  of  any  other  sleep  producing  means. — Amer. 
Jour.  Pharm.,  Nov.  1888,  584;  from  Berl.  Klin.  Woch. 

Carbolic  Acid — Effect  of  Loiv  Temperature  on  its  Solutions. — E.  Hous- 
saye  observes  that  5  per  cent,  solutions  of  carbolic  acid  become  turbid 
when  exposed  to  a  temperature  of  -f  4°,  and  even  when  containing  10  per 
cent,  of  alcohol,  the  solution  becomes  turbid  at  +2°.  The  addition  of 
5  per  cent,  glycerin,  however,  prevents  the  turbidity  even  on  freezing. — 
Arch.   d.   Phar.,  May  1889,  475;  from  Jour,    de  Phar.  et  de  Chim., 

1889,  *i*»  236. 

Carbolic  Acid — Use  as  a  Cure  for  Corns, — Gubler  states  that  carbolic 
acid  is  a  much  more  powerful  escharotic  than  creasote,  and  that,  in  a 
concentrated  state,  it  has  the  effect  of  tanning  and  corroding  the  skin. 
Dr.  Salemi,  of  Nice,  has  taken  advantage  of  this  property  for  the  purpose 
of  curing*  a  corn  which  several  other  remedies  had  failed  to  remove.  He 
gives  the  following  directions:  After  bathing  the  feet  in  soapy  water,  dry 
the  affected  part.  Melt  the  carbolic  crystals  by  a  gentle  heat,  and  apply 
a  thickish  layer  over  the  softened  surface  of  the  corn,  taking  care  not  to 
touch  the  surrounding  sound  skin.  After  a  few  minutes,  apply  to  the 
layer  of  acid  a  piece  of  wadding,  or  blotting  paper,  to  absorb  the  excess 
of  the  acid.  Before  applying  the  acid  surround  the  corn  with  a  stout 
layer  of  collodion.  Repeated  at  intervals  of  three  or  four  days,  this  sim- 
ple remedy  is  stated  to  effect  a  complete  cure. — Amer.  Drugg.,  Feb, 
1889,  27  j  from  Chem.  and  Drugg. 

Carbolic  Acid — Use  for  the  Removal  of  Warts, — Prof.  B.  Frankel  in  the 
Wiener  Medizinische  Presse^  Oct.  1888,  recommends  the  following 
method  for  the  removal  of  warts :  The  skin  surrounding  the  wart  should 
be  covered  with  cotton,  and  thus  protected.     Then,  by  means  of  a  glass 

Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


ALCOHOLS.  627 

rod,  apply  the  liquid  carbolic  acid  to  the  wart  and  allow  it  to  dry.  No 
pain  is  perceptible.  In  the  course  of  two  or  three  days  a  part  of  the  wart 
will  fall  off.  Renew  the  application  until  all  has  been  removed. — Med. 
News,  Dec.  i. 

Sulpho-carbolates — Preparation  and  Characters, — Prof.  F.  B.  Power 
and  Edward  G.  Raeuber  have  made  comprehensive  experiments  to  de- 
termine the  chemical  constitution  and  method  of  preparation  of  the 
officinal  sulpho-carbolates.  The  sulpho-carbolates  seem  to  have  been 
introduced  into  medicine  about  the  year  1868,  but  none  were  included 
in  the  U.  S.  Pharm.  until  1880,  when  the  sodium  and  zinc  salts  were 
adopted.  In  view  of  the  fact  that  three  isomeric  sulpho-carbolic  acids 
are  known  to  exist,  viz.:  ortho^  meta,  and  para  sulpha- carbolic  acid,  that 
the  Pharmacopoeia  does  not  give  a  method  for  the  preparation  of  the 
sulpho-carbolates,  and  that  confusing  statements  exist  in  the  text-books 
respecting  the  constitution  of  the  officinal  salts,  the  ^r/A^-salt  being  as- 
sumed by  one,  the  para-sdXi  by  the  other,  the  experiments  made  by  the 
authors  seemed  necessary.  The  metasa.\t  is  excluded  from  consideration, 
since  the  metaaicid  is  formed  only  by  special  treatment,  whereas  the 
artho  and  para  Sicids  are  obtained  by  the  direct  action  of  sulphuric  acid 
upon  carbolic  acid,  the  former  without  heat,  the  latter  under  the  in- 
fluence of  heat.  From  the  results  of  their  investigation  the  authors  draw 
the  following  practical  conclusions  ; 

1 .  The  sulphocarbolates  of  the  Pharmacopoeias,  as  also  those  supplied 
by  the  manufacturing  chemists,  are  the  para  and  not  the  ortho  com- 
pounds. They  should  therefore  be  prepared  by  digesting  the  mixture  of 
phenol  and  sulphuric  acid  at  the  temperature  of  a  water-bath  for  about 
six  hours,  instead  of  limiting  the  temperature  to  about  55°  or  60®  C,  for 
several  days,  as  directed  in  the  Dispensatories.  At  the  latter  tempera- 
ture mixtures  of  ortho  SLudpara  compounds  are  obtained. 

2.  The  chemical  formula  and  the  description  of  sodium  sulphocarbolate, 
as  given  in  the  U.  S.  Pharmacopoeia,  pertain  to  ihe para  compound,  and 
are  correctly  expressed,  with  the  following  exceptions:  The  crystals  are 
not  absolutely  "  permanent  in  the  air,"  but  effloresce  slightly  on  expos- 
ure. The  solubility  is  more  exactly  i  part  in  4.8  parts  of  water,  instead 
of  5  parts,  but  the  latter  statement  is  sufficiently  correct  for  practical 
purposes.  The  amount  of  residue  left  by  the  ignition  of  the  sodium  salt 
is  not  "  36  per  cent.,*  ■  but  30.6  per  cent. 

3.  The  difference  in  the  solubilities  of  the  ortho  and  para  sodium  and 
zinc  sulphocarbolates  in  water  is  not  very  great. — Pharm.  Rundschau, 
May  1889,  103-110. 

Camphorated  Phenols — Composition,  etc, — The  liquefying  influence  of 
camphor  upon  naphthol  (see  camphorated  naphthol)  observed  by  D^ses- 
quelle,  has  prompted  Audoncet  to  experiment  in  the  same  direction  upon 
other  phenols  with  the  following  results,  the  quantities  of  camphor  cited 


628  REPORT   ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

representing  the  amounts  strictly  necessary  to  reduce  the  preparations  to 
the  condition  of  a  soft  paste:  Resorcin,  2.50  gm.,  camphor,  5  cgm.  ; 
pyrogallol,  2.50  gm.,  camphor,  10  cgm.;  thymol,  5  gm.,  camphor,  i 
gm. ;  salol,  5  gm.,  camphor,  50  cgm.  An  increased  amount  of  cam- 
phor gives  syrupy  liquids  miscible  in  all  proportions  with  oils,  lard  and 
petrolatum,  and  which  are  soluble  in  alcohol  and  ether,  and  insoluble  in 
water.  Similar  results  were  obtained  with  menthol. — Amer.  Jour.  Phar., 
March  1889,  136;  from  Rupert,  de  Phar.,  Jan.  10,  1889. 

PhenolaU  of  Macury — Preparation. — Hugo  Andres  observes  that 
phenolate  of  mercury  of  the  market  is  quite  variable  in  composition,  and 
proposes  a  method  by  which  a  definite  product  is  uniformly  obtained. 
It  is  necessary  first  to  prepare 

Phenolate  of  Pol  as  sium  by  dissolving  in  alcohol  of  90  per  cent.,  94  parts 
of  crystallized  phenol  and  56  parts  of  h}drated  potash.  Evaporate  to  a 
syrupy  consistency  in  the  water- bath,  and  place  under  a  bell-glass  with 
sulphuric  acid  until  desiccation  is  effected.  Then  dissolve  100  parts  of 
phenate  of  potassium  in  alcohol,  filter,  and  precipitate  the  filtrate  with  an 
alcoholic  solution  of  1 12  parts  of  corrosive  sublimate  ;  an  orange  precipi- 
tate is  thus  obtained,  which  should  first  be  washed  with  alcohol  of  60  per 
cent.,  and  then  with  absolute  alcohol,  until  the  filtrate  gives  no  precipi- 
tate with  sulphuretted  hydrogen.  I'he  dried  product  is  an  amorphous 
powder  of  a  brick  red  color  with  a  faint  odor  of  phenol.  It  is  insoluble 
in  water,  chloroform,  sulphide  of  carbon,  ether  and  alcohol.  With  heat 
it  dissolves  easily  in  hydrochloric  acid  ;  with  potash,  the  solution  gives  a 
precipitate  of  yellow  oxide  of  mercury.  It  is  also  dissolved  by  nitric 
acid.  The  preparation  contains  51.68  per  cent,  of  mercury;  theoreti- 
cally it  should  have  51.81  per  cent  — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  March  1889, 
135  >  ^^oxa  J.  de  Phar.  et  d.  Chim.,  through  Bull.  Com.,  January  1889. 

Betol — Characters  and  Relations  to  Salol. — Betol  has  recently  been 
highly  recommended  by  Robert  as  a  substitute  for  salol  in  rheumatism 
and  other  affections.  The  two  agents  are  closely  related,  both  being  deri- 
vatives of  salicylic  acid,  salol  being  regarded  as salicyl-phenylic  ether,  while 
betol  may  be  regarded  as  salicyl-napththylic  ether.  Betol  constitutes 
pure  white,  shining  crystals,  is  odorless  and  tasteless,  melts  at  95"^,  and  is 
insoluble  in  cold  or  hot  water,  with  difficulty  soluble  in  cold  alcohol, 
but  readily  dissolved  by  hot  alcohol  (1:3),  in  ether  and  in  benzol.  It  is 
not  decomposed  by  acids  or  alkalies  in  the  cold,  but  the  alkiline  pancrea- 
tic fluid  has  the  power  to  decompose  it — as  it  does  salol — and  it  is  this 
reaction  that  renders  the  two  substances  valuable  as  remedies  in  intesti- 
nal affections.  While,  however,  salol  is  by  this  reaction  split  up  so  as  to 
form  phenol — which  is  highly  poisonous — betol  splits  up,  so  as  to  form 
naphthol,  which  is  non-poisonous  and  equally  effective  in  the  treatment 
of  intestinal  troubles. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Aug.  1888,  703-704;  from 
Pharm.  Centralh.,  1888,  319-  .^g,,,, byGoOgk 


ALCOHOLS.  629 

Creolin — Composition. — Th.  Weyd  gives  analyses  of  the  two  brands  of 
creolin  found  in  the  market  at  the  present  time ;  it  will  be  seen  that  they 
only  have  the  name  in  common.  Pearson's  article  is  quite  soluble  in 
ether,  which  is  a  simple  distinctive  test. 

Pearson's.  Artmann's, 

Hydrocarbons •    •    .    .    .  56.9  84.9 

Phenols 22.6  3.4 

Acids 04  1.5 

Sodium 2.4  0.8 

— Amer.  Jour.  Phar.,  April,  1889,  176;  from  Ber.  d.  D.  Chem.  Ges., 
1889,  138. 

Creoiin — Composition ,  Cause  of  Emulsifying  Property ^  etc, — According 
to  B.  Fischer,  creoline  (see  Proceedings  1888),  contains  hydrocarbons, 
66;  phenols,  27.4;  organic  bases,  2.2;  ash,  4.4,  composed  of  NajSO^, 
NaCl  and  NajCOj.  It  is  made  by  freeing  that  portion  of  coal-tar  boil- 
irig  between  180  and  220°  from  carbolic  acid.  According  to  R.  Otto, 
the  property  of  emulsifying  with  water  is  probably  due  to  the  presence 
of  small  quantities  of  phenol  sulphonates  and  pyridine  sulphonates. — 
Phar.  Centralhalle,   1888,  467. 

Creolin — Characters^  etc. — According  to  a  thorough  examination  by 
Otto  and  Beckurts,  Jeye's  creolin  contains  hydrocarbons  (boiling  point, 
i90-359°)>  59-6;  phenols  (boiling  point,  200-310°),  10.4;  pyridine 
bases,  0.8;  abielic  acid,  23;  soda,  2.8;  water,  3.4.  The  miscibility  of 
this  creolin  with  water  is  due  to  the  presence  of  the  resin  soap ;  that 
there  must  be  other  substances  producing  the  same  results  is  evident  from 
the  fact  that  Artmann*s  creolin  is  free  from  resin  or  fat  soap,  and  still 
possesses  this  property. — Pharm.  Centralhalle,  1889,  227. 

Creolin  iodoform — Superiority  as  an  Antiseptic, — Creolin-iodoform,  a 
mixture  of  iodoform  with  one  or  two  per  cent,  creolin,  is  considered  by 
Dr.  Jaksch  to  be  the  best  antiseptic  and  deodorized  preparation  of  iodo- 
form yet  offered.  It  is  of  faint  aromatic  odor,  soluble  in  alcohol  and 
ether;  water  removes  the  creolin,  leaving  the  iodoform. — Pharm.  Post, 
1888,  630.     See  also  "  Creolin.*' 

Creasote — Tests  of  Purity  and  Identity, — W.  Brandos  communicates 
the  following  tests  for  establishing  the  purity  and  identity  of  creasote : 
(i)  Specific  gravity  1.070-1.080  (xylenol  and  phloroj  have  specific  gravity 
1.036;  guaiacol,  1.T17;  rreasol,  i.o8g);  (2)  the  presence  of  guaiacol  and 
creasol,  indicated  by  formation  of  potassium  salts  insoluble  in  alcohol,  is 
ascertained  approximately  quantitatively  by  thoroughly  shaking  i  c.c. 
creasote  and  10  c.  c.  of  a  solution  containing  50  gms.  potassium  hydrate 
dissolved  in  200  c.c.  96  per  cent,  alcohol ;  the  test  after  a  short  time 
should  yield  a  solid  mass  not  disturbed  by  brisk  agitation  ;  (3)  4  c.c.  water, 
4  c.c.  sodium  hydrate  solution,  and  2  c.c.  creasote,  should  produce  a  perT 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


630  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

fectly  clear  light-yellow  solution,  a  turbidity  indicating  indifferent  oils, 
a  darkening  other  constituents  of  the  wood-tar;  (4)  the  glycerin  test  for 
carbolic  acid. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Feb.  1889,  111-115. 

Cresylic  Acid — Superiority  as  an  Antiseptic  oi>er  PhenoL — According 
to  the  studies  of  Dr.  Henri  Deplangue,  cresylic  acid,  or  cresylol,  is  supe- 
rior to  phenol  as  an  antiseptic,  while  it  is  75  per  cent,  less  toxic  to  ani- 
mals. The  author's  experinaents  were  made  by  means  of  cultures  of  the 
bacilli  of  the  principal  zymotic  diseases. — Bull.  G^n.  de  Th^rap.,  Aug. 
15,  1888;  Amer.  Jour.  Phar.,  Oct.  1888,  510. 

Guaiacol — Characters. — A  writer  in  **  Pharm.  Weekbl.**  states  that 
guaiacol  should  constitute  an  oily,  refractive,  when  freshly  distilled  col- 
orless liquid,  of  pleasant  aromatic  odor,  sp.  gr.  1.117,  slightly  soluble  in 
water  t:iooo,  easily  soluble  in  alcohol  and  ether.  2  c.c.  each  of  guaiacol 
and  solution  of  soda  (sp.  gr.  1.30)  evolve  considerable  heat  when  mixed, 
and  on  cooling  form  a  white  crystalline  solid  mass.  5  c.c.  guaiacol^  agi- 
tated with  10  c.c.  glycerin  (sp.  gr.  1.19),  should  not  be  decreased  in 
volume.  2  c.c.  guaiacol,  4  c.c.  benzin,  and  a  few  drops  of  water,  cause 
an  immediate  separation  of  the  guaiacol.  An  aqueous  solution  with 
Fe,CI,  gives  first  a  yellowish,  afterwards  a  pure  brown  color.  Three  drops 
of  guaiacol,  dissolved  in  5  c.c.  absolute  alcohol,  with  a  very  dilute  Fe,Cl« 
solution,  gives  first  a  blue  solution,  changing  at  once  to  green. — Apoth. 
Ztg.,  1889,  324. 

Guaiacol — Remedial  Value, — D.  I.  Leech  reviews  the  results  that  have 
been  obtained  with  guaiacol  as  a  remedy  in  phthisis  by  different  practi- 
tioners, such  as  Sommerbrodt  and  Frankel,  H.  Sali,  M.  Schueller, 
Fraentzel,  and  J.  Horner.  These  results  are  in  the  main  favorable,  and 
point  out  that  its  application  deserves  further  trial  and  study.  Incident- 
ally the  author  draws  attention  to  the  distinction  from  "creasote"  as 
follows :  Creasote  is  a  composite  substance  containing  various  constitu- 
ents, of  which  guaiacol,  or  catechol  (pyrocatechin)  monomethyl  ether 

f  OH 
C«^4  \  OCH    ^^  ^^^  TdO'sX.  important,  60  to  9c  per  cent,  of  beech- wood 

creasote  consisting  of  this  ether.  The  specimens  of  creasote  sold  for 
medicinal  purposes  are  by  no  means  uniform  as  regards  their  composi- 
tion, and,  not  unfrequently,  so- called  creasote  consists  chiefly  of  carbolic 
acid. 

Guaiacol  is  a  highly  refractive  colorless  liquid,  with  an  aromatic  smell, 
slightly  soluble  in  water,  readily  so  in  alcohol  and  fixed  oils. — Amer. 
Jour.  Pharm.,  Nov.  1888,  578-579;  from  Med.  Chronicle,  Sept.  1888. 

Sozoiodol — Compounds f  Properties  and  ^j^j. -^Leopold  Larmuth  com- 
municates the  results  of  his  experience  with  sozoiodol  (see  Proceedings 
1888,  502),  a  compound  which  was  introduced  by  the  firm  of  H.  Troms- 
dorff  as  a  substitute  for  iodoform.  It  is  chemically  an  iodated  phenyl 
sulphonic  acid,  more  exactly  diiodoparaphenolsulphonic  aci4.     It  is  pre- 

itizedbyGOOgM 


ALCOHOLS.  631 

pared  in  the  following  manner :  By  the  action  of  concentrated  sulphuric 

acid  on  phenol,  one  of  the  H  atoms  of  the  benzol  ring  is  replaced  by  the 

OH 
group  SO3H.     The  body  C6H4<cq  tt    being  obtained,  potassium  salt  01 

this  acid  is  prepared,  dissolved  in  water,  and  treated  with  iodine  chloride. 
By  this- means  two  hydrogen  atoms  of  the  benzol  ring  are  replaced 
by  iodine,  and  the  potassium  salt  of  the  iodated  acid  separates  out 

/OH 
C5H,=  I, ;  it  is  purified  by  repeated  crystallization  from  water  and  dried. 

NSO.K 

It  occurs  in  the  form  of  regular,  well-formed,  colorless  and  odorless  crys- 
tals, which  are  slightly  soluble  in  cold  water,  1.8  parts  being  dissolved  in 
100  parts  of  water  at  17°  C. :  it  is  much  more  soluble  in  warm  water, 
and  slightly  soluble  in  glycerin  and  alcohol.  From  this  body  sozoiodolic 
acid  and  all  the  other  salts  are  prepared.  The  free  acid  crystallizes  from 
water  in  the  form  of  needle  shaped  prisms ;  it  is  freely  soluble  in  water, 
alcohol,  and  glycerin.  With  regard  to  the  position  of  the  iodine  atoms, 
Herr  Ostermeyer,  the  discoverer  of  the  body,  considers  that  they  are  in 
close  proximity  to  the  hydroxyl  group.  Various  salts  have  been  pre- 
pared ;  the  chief  which  have,  however,  been  therapeutically  investigated, 
are  those  of  sodium,  potassium,  zinc,  and  mercury.  The  sodium  salt  is 
much  more  soluble  than  that  of  potassium ;  it  contains  two  molecules  of 
water,  and  is  soluble  in  cold  water  and  glycerin  to  the  extent  of  6  per 
cent.  The  zinc  salt  is  somewhat  more  soluble.  The  mercury  salt  occurs 
in  the  form  of  a  fine  yellow  powder  ;  it  is  almost  insoluble  in  water,  but 
pretty  freely  soluble  in  sodium  chloride  solution.  -  Besides  these  com- 
pounds, salts  of  aluminium,  magnesium,  lead,  barium,  silver,  and  ammo- 
nium have  been  prepared.  Sozoiodolic  acid  and  its  salts  are  effective 
antiseptics.  The  author  has  used  sozoiodol  compounds  for  some  time, 
and  reports  most  favorably  on  the  results  obtained  ;  especially  in  rhino- 
pharyngitis and  rhinitis  is  this  the  case ;  the  surfaces  clean  under  the  in- 
fluence of  the  drug,  and  show  a  decided  tendency  to  heal.  In  chronic 
purulent  otitis  the  drugs  have  rendered  very  good  service  both  in  solu- 
tions and  in  insufflations. 

With  respect  to  the  doses  of  the  several- salts,  the  sodium  compound  is 
used  pure,  or  dissolved  in  water  3  to  10  per  cent. :  gauze  and  wool  im- 
pregnated with  this  salt  are  now  prepared,  and  are  most  convenient  for 
wound  dressings.  If  a  prolonged  action  is  wanted,  the  less  soluble 
potassium  salt  is  used,  either  pure  or  mixed  with  talc  or  milk  sugar, 
f.ve  to  ten  per  cent.;  as  ointments,  all  the  salts  are  used  made  up  with 
lanolin  as  base  in  the  strength  of  five  to  ten  per  cent.;  as  pastes  they  may  be 
used  in  like  concentration  with  zinc,  starch,  and  lanolin  or  vaselin  bases. 
For  insufflations  the  sodium  and  potassium  salts  are  used  undiluted ;  the 
zinc  with  milk  sugar,  ten  percent.;  the  mercury  salt,  five  to  ten  per 
cent,  with  milk  sugar.— The  Medical  Chronicle,  October,  iSSS.OOqIc 


632  REPORT  ON  THE  PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 

Sozoiodol — Preparation. — The  following  preparations  of  sozoiodol  are 
given  in  **  Nouv.  Rem.'*  (Nov.  24,  1888),:  A  five  to  ten  per  cent,  solu- 
tion retards  the  development  of  pyogenous  cocci ;  10  per  cent,  solutions 
prevent  the  development  of  microbes ;  20  per  cent,  solutions  render  gel- 
atin sterile.  In  doses  of  i  gm.  sozoiodol  is  not  toxic  to  rabbits.  For 
open  wounds,  2  or  3  per  cent,  solutions  of  the  acid  (diiodoparaphenoU 
sulphonic)  with  the  salts  of  sodium  or  aluminium  are  used.  For  a  pro- 
longed action  the  sozoiodol  of  potassium  is  mixed  dry  with  powdered  talc 
or  milk  sugar  in  quantities  of  5  to  10  per  cent.  For  ointments,  sozoio- 
dol of  potassium,  sodium,  aluminium  or  lead  may  be  used  in  the  propor- 
tion of  5  to  10  per  cent.,  with  lanolin.  For  insufflations,  the  sodic  or 
potassic  salt  is  mixed  with  sugar  of  milk.  The  same  is  true  of  the  zinc 
salt  which  may  contain  1  to  10  per  cent.;  and  the  mercury  salt,  which 
should  be  made  with  5  to  10  of  the  latter  to  90  or  95  of  sugar  of  milk. — 
Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Jan.  1889,  17. 

Resorcin — A  new  test  for  chloral  and  chloroform,  which  see. 

Resorcinol — Use  as  a  Test /or  Nitrates. — David  Lind  finds  that  resor- 
cinol  is  a  very  delicate  reagent  for  nitrates.     The  reagents  required  are: 

An  aqueous  solution  of  resorcinol  100  c.c.  containing  10  grammes  of 
the  phenol. 

Solution  of  hydrochloric  acid,  about  15  per  cent. 

Pure  concentrated  sulphuric  acid. 

o  5  c.c.  of  nitrate  solution,  taken  for  each  test.  I  drop  of  hydro- 
chloric acid,  I  drop  resorcinol  solution,  and  2  c.c.  sulphuric  acid.  Test- 
tubes  S/^  inch  in  diameter.  White  background.  Three  or  four  tests 
made  together  at  each  dilution  of  nitrate. 

NjOj  dilution.  Reaction. 

1,000,000.     Faint  purple,  not  sufficiently  definite  to  be  reliable,  even  after  long  standing. 
500,000.     After  some  time  a  definite  purple.     Color  permanent. 
100,000.     At  first  purple-red  ;  after  an  hour  pronounced  purple.     Takes  several  hours 

to  develop  fully.     A  beautiful  color  and  very  permanent. 
50,000.     After  some  time  purple  color  very  intense.     Lower  portion  of  band  fine 

purple- red. 
20,000.     After  some  time  color  so  intense  that  it  can  only  be  distinctly  seen  in  the 

upper  portion  of  band  ty  transmitted  light. 
10,000.     Color  so  intense  can  only  be  seen  distinctly  in  the  lower  portion  of  band. 
Vivid  purple-red. 

Without  hydrochloric  acid,  resorcinol  is  not  of  the  least  value  as  a  test 
for  nitrates;  with  the  addition  of  the  acid,  it  is  perhaps  one  of  the  best 
reagents  we  possess  for  the  purpose.  It  is  fully  five  times  more  delicate 
than  carbolic  acid,  and  the  final  purple  color  which  the  bands  acquire  is 
very  permanent.  The  blank  tests  with  distilled  water,  hydrochloric  acid, 
etc.,  show  a  faint  compound  band,  pink  above,  yellow  below;  this  can- 
not possibly  be  mistaken  for  the  definite  purple  band  which  the  test  aives 

Digitized  by  VjOO^C 


ALCOHOLS.  633 

with  NjOft,  even  at  a  dilution  of  500,000.  One  drop  copper  solution 
(two  per  cent,  sulphate)  added  to  the  test  was  found  to  increase  the 
intensity  of  the  band,  but  not  to  a  very  remarkable  extent ;  the  metal 
may  therefore  be  dispensed  with  when  this  phenol  is  employed. — Chem. 
News,  Oct.  12,  1888,  176-177. 

Skatol— Occurrence  in  the  Vegetable  Kingdom, — Professor  W.  R. 
Dunstan  has  subjected  a  specimen  of  wood  from  the  '*  Han  bury  Collec- 
tion,*' labeled  **Celtis  reticulosa,''  and  characterized  by  an  intolerable 
odor,  to  chemical  investigation.  From  about  200  grams  of  the  wood  he 
obtained  by  distillation  a  minute  quantity  of  a  crystalline  body,  possess- 
ing the  odor  of  faecal  matter,  which  proved  on  further  investigation  to  be 
**skatol,*'  which  Brieger  isolated  in  1877  from  human  faeces,  and  Sal- 
kowski  soon  afterward  from  among  the  putrefaction  products  of  animal 
proteid.  The  substance  has  hitherto  not  been  observed  in  the  vege- 
table kingdom.  Chemically  it  is  Pr.  3  methyl-indol.  Indol,  which  is 
associated  with  the  human  faeces,  was  not  found  in  the  wood  of  Celtis 
reticulosa. — Pharm.  Jour,  and  Trans.,  June  15,  1889,  loio. 

Phloroglucine — Nitrite  of  Potassium,  —  Test  not  Characteristic, — 
Messrs.  Cazeneuve  and  Hugouneng  find  that  Werelky's  reaction  for 
phloroglucine  (the  yellow  and  then  orange  coloration  followed  by  a  ver- 
milion-red precipitate  given  by  potassium  nitrite)  may  also  be  produced 
by  phenol,  resorcin,  orcine,  naphthol  a  and  /?,  in  aqueous  solutions  at  i 
part  in  2000. — Chem.  News,  July  13,  1888,  24;  from  Bull.  Soc.  Chira., 
xlix.  No.  5. 

Ergosterin — A  Body  Resembling  Cholesterin  from  Ergot, — C.  Tan  ret  has 
obtained  from  ergot  a  cholesterin-like  body,  which  is,  however,  distinct 
from  the  latter  in  its  chemical  composition,  and  for  which  he,  therefore, 
proposes  the  name  of  '*  Ergosterin.*'  To  obtain  the  new  body,  ergot  is 
extracted  with  alcohol,  the  alcohol  is  evaporated,  the  residue  taken  up  by 
ether,  and  the  ethereal  solution  evaporated.  An  oily  mass  of  crystals  re- 
mains, from  which  the  oil  is  separated  by  recrystallizations  from  alcohol. 
The  yield  was  0.2  from  loco.  The  new  substance  is  nearly  insoluble  in 
water,  requires  500  parts  of  cold  or  32  parts  of  boiling  alcohol  for  solu- 
tion, is  soluble  in  80  parts  of  alcohol,  and  in  45  parts  of  chloroform.  It 
melts  at  154°,  and  boils  under  a  pressure  of  2  cm.  at  185°.  It  contains 
water  of  crystallization,  which  it  loses  at  about  110°,  the  composition  of 
crystallized  ergosterin  being  CjeH^oO+HaO.  The  crystals  are  slowly  oxi- 
dized on  exposure  to  air,  acquire  color,  and  a  pleasant  odor  ;  the  oxida- 
tion being  rapid  at  100°.  The  author  has  prepared  and  describes  the 
ethers  of  acetic,  formic  and  butyric  acid,  ergosterin,  like  cholesterin,  hav- 
ing the  properties  of  a  monatomic  alcohol. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  May 
1889,  468-469;  from  Jour,  de  Pharm.  et  de  Chim.,  1889,  xix,  225. 

Cholesterin — Composition. — The  formula  for  cholesterin  hitherto  ac- 
cepted is  CaeHuO.     Frederick  Reinitzer  has  now  completed  ^series  jof 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


634  REPORT  ON  THE   PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 

experiments  which  prove  the  formula  to  be  undoubtedly  C^H^gO.  This 
formula  is  proven  by  numerous  compounds  made  by  the  author.  By 
treating  cholesterin  with  anhydrous  acetic  acid  he  obtained 

ChoUsieryl  Acetate — C^His.CjHgOj. — This,  when  melted  on  an  object 
glass  and  covered  with  a  cover-glass,  shows  under  the  microscope  a  pecu- 
liar play  of  color.  By  reflected  light  a  lively  emerald-green  color  is  first 
observed,  which  rapidly  spreads  over  the  entire  surface  of  the  substance, 
then  changes  to  blue- green,  partially  also  to  deep  blue,  then  to  green -yel- 
low, yellow,  orange-red,  and  finally  deep  red.  The  cooler  points  then 
congeal  to  a  mass  of  spheroid  crystals,  which,  spreading  rapidly,  obliter- 
ate the  color  reaction. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Aug.  1888,  747;  from 
Monatsh.  f.  Chem.,  9,  421. 

Glycerin — Determination  in  the  Crude  Article, — A  rapid  and  conven- 
ient method  for  determining  the  value  of  crude  glycerin  has  been  devised 
by  R.  Benedikt  and  M.  Cantor.  It  is  based  upon  the  observation  that 
when  glycerin  is  boiled  with  anhydrous  acetic  acid  it  is  converted  quan- 
titatively into  triacetin.  The  mixture  being  then  dissolved  in  water,  the 
excess  of  acetic  acid  is  neutralized  accurately  with  soda  solution.  The 
trinitrin  is  then  determined  by  saponifying  with  solution  of  soda,  and  the 
excess  of  the  latter  determined  by  titration.  The  test  solutions  necessary 
are:  i.  ^ — »/i  normal  hydrochloric  acid,  the  titre  of  which  must  be  ab- 
solutely accurate.;  2.  dilute  soda  solution  containing  not  more  than  2  per 
cent.  NaOH;  3.  ^^«r^w/'rd;/<f//soda  solution,  containing  10  per  cent.  NaOH. 
Into  a  wide-necked  flask,  with  rounded  bottom,  having  a  capacity  of 
about  100  c.c,  I  to  1.5  gram* of  the  crude  glycerin  are  placed  ;  then  7  to  8 
grams  anhydrous  acetic  acid  and  about  3  grams  of  anhydrous  acetate  of 
sodium  are  added,  and  the  mixture  is  boiled  with  the  aid  of  a  reverse  con- 
denser from  I  to  i^  hours.  After  cooling  somewhat,  the  mixture  is  diluted 
with  50  c.c.  water,  and  again  heated  until  it  commences  to  boil,  using 
the  reverse  condenser  as  before.  When  the  oil  in  the  bottom 
of  the  flask  is  dissolved,  the  liquid  is  filtered  into  a  wide  necked  flask  of 
400  to  600  c.c.  capacity,  the  filter  is  well  washed,  and  the  filtrate  allowed 
to  cool  completely.  A  little  phenolphthalein  is  added,  and  the  liquid  ac- 
curately neutralized  with  the  dilute  soda  solution,  neutrality  being  indicated 
when  the  faint  yellowish  color  of  the  solution  changes  to  reddish- yellow, 
Now  25  c.c.  of  the  concentrated  soda  solution  are  added,  the  mixture  is 
boiled  for  a  quarter  of  an  hour,  and  the  excess  of  the  soda  solution  is 
then  determined  by  titration  with  the  above  mentioned  hydrochloric 
acid.  The  amount  of  soda  in  25  c.c.  of  the  concentrated  soda  solution 
having  been  determined  by  titration,  the  difference  between  the  two  ti- 
trations gives  figures  from  which  the  amount  of  triacetin  (and  conse- 
quently glycerin)  is  readily  calculated. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Oct.  1888, 
946  ;  from  Monatsh.  f.  Chem.,  9,  521. 

Commercial  Glycerin — Presence  of  Arsenic. — E.  Ritsert  in  examining 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


ALCOHOLS.  635 

commercial  glycerin  finds  all  specimens  to  contain  arsenic  if  examined 
by  Gutzeit's  test  (which  see  under  "Arsenic").  After  testing  the 
reagents  the  procedure  is  to  place  i  c.c.  glycerin,  i  c.c.  water,  15  drops 
hydrochloric  acid  and  0.6  zinc  in  a  long  test  tube  and  allow  t\\e  gas  to 
act  upon  filter  paper  moistened  with  a  strong  solution  of  silver  nitrate. 
The  reaction  was  not  due  to  HjS  or  H,P,  as  the  addition  of  iodine 
solution  did  not  prevent  the  reaction.  The  presence  of  the  arsenic  is 
traceable  to  the  sulphuric  acid  used  in  decomposing  the  fat.  Ammonia- 
cal  silver  solution  is  a  good  test  for  arsenic.  Dependent  upon  the  quan- 
tity present,  there  is  produced  a  mirror,  gray  deposit  or  an  opalescence. 
— Pharm.  Ztg.,  1889,  104. 

Glycerin — Tests  of  Purity, — According  to  E.  Ritsert,  pure  glycerin 
should  conform  to  the  following  tests:  1.  Neutrality  towards  litmus 
paper  ;  2.  Complete  volatility  between  150°  and  200*^,  one  drop  heated 
on  an  object-glass  over  a  moderate  flame  should  leave  no  residue;  3.  Non- 
reducibility  of  ammoniacal  silver  nitrate — i  c.  c.  of  the  sample  heated  to 
the  boiling  point  with  i  c.  c.  ammonium  hydrate  and  five  drops  of  silver 
nitrate  solution  added  $hould  not  become  colored  nor  deposit  a  precipi- 
tate within  five  minutes. — Pharm.  Ztg.,  1888,  715. 

Glycerin — Borax  a  Test. — A  writer  in  "Pharm.  Post"  (1888,  487) 
states  that  the  property  of  glycerin  to  displace  boric  acid  in  borax  may 
be  used  in  the  following  manner :  The  solution  to  be  tested  and  a  solu- 
tion of  borax  are  slightly  colored  by  addition  of  a  few  drops  of  litmus 
solution  and  the  two  blue  liquids  mixed ;  in  presence  of  glycerin  the 
liquid  is  reddened,  owing  to  the  liberation  of  boric  acid.  The  red  color 
on  heating  becomes  blue,  but  on  cooling  reappears. 

Glycerin — Action  upon  Vulcanized  Rubber. — Morelet  states  that  vulcan- 
ized rubber  dipped  suddenly  into  boiling  glycerin  takes  the  characters  of 
non-vulcanized  rubber,  /'.  ^.,  that  its  parts  can  readily  be  joined  and  that 
it  dissolves  in  the  usual  solvents  of  caoutchouc.  The  glycerin  must  be 
boiling  at  the  time  of  first  contact. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  June  1889, 
287;  from  Soc.  de  Phar.  de  Paris,  April  3,  1889. 

Boroglycerides — Preparations  of  Various  Compounds, — E.  Hirschsohn 
has  studied  the  products  obtainable  by  using  various  molecular  ratios,  and 
finds  the  following  to  give  most  satisfactory  results: 

Boroglyceridcy  distinguishable  by  its  solubility  in  two  parts  95  per  cent, 
alcohol  and  in  twelve  parts  water,  is  made  by  heating  on  a  sand-bath  62 
parts  boric  acid  (i  mol.)  and  95  parts  glycerin  (i  mol.)  until  a  portion 
removed  becomes  solid  on  cooling. 

Sodium  boroglyceridcy  ^%  parts  powdered  borax  (i  mol.)  and  38  parts 
glycerin  (4  mol.)  gave  a  pale  yellow  vitreous  mass,  completely  soluble  in 
two  parts  alcohol  and  also  in  two  parts  water. 

Calcium  boroglyceridcy  made,  owing  to  the  variable  nature  of^commer- 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


636  REPORT   ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

cial  calcium  borate,  by  taking  freshly  slaked  lime  7.4  parts  (i  mol.)  and 
boric  acid  24.8  parts  (4  mol.),  mixing  intimately  and  heating  with  76 
parts  glycerin  (8  mol.) ;  solubility  same  as  Na  compound. 

Magnesium  boroglyceridg,  made  in  the  same  manner  as  the  preceding, 
magnesia  4  parts  (i  mol.),  boric  acid  24.8  parts  (4  mol.),  glycerin  76 
parts  (8  mol.).  This  compound,  very  soluble  in  alcohol  and  water, 
appears  under  the  name  of  '*  Antifungin/*  as  an  aqueous  solution  of  some 
merit  in  throat  affertions. 

The  use  of  more  glycerin  in  these  preparations  yields  hygroscopic  pro- 
ducts, more  boric  acid  or  borate,  less  soluble  products.  If  the  metallic 
compounds  be  treated  with  ether  or  acetic  ether,  they  are  decomposed 
into  boric  acid,  soluble  in  the  menstruum,  and  a  compound  of  the  base 
with  glycerin  which  is  insoluble  in  the  ethers,  but  afterwards  is  readily 
soluble  in  water,  the  solution  possessing  an  alkaline  reaction. — Pharro. 
Ztschr.  f.  Russl.,  1889,  i,  17. 

Glyceric  Aldehyde — A  Synthetic  Fermentible  Sugar. — According  to  the 
investigations  of  E.  Griniaux,  oxidized  glycerin  yields  "glyceric  aldehyde" 
(CgHgO,)  which  is  capable  of  alcoholic  fermentation.  **  This  is  the  first 
time  that  a  fermentible  sugar,  possessing  the  same  reactions  as  the  glucoses, 
has  been  obtained  synthetically.  The  definition  of  fermentible  sugars 
should  be  modified,  as  they  are  not  necessarily  carbohydrates,  contain- 
ing Cj  or  C„,  since  their  characteristic  properties  appear  also  in  glyceric 
aldehyde. — Chem.  News,  July  6,  1888,  13;  from  Bull.  Soc.  Chim.,  xlix, 
No.  4. 

FIXED    OILS. 

Fixed  Oils — Determination  of  Quality  and  Adulterants, — For  years 
chemists  have  endeavored  to  devise  a  convenient  as  well  as  accurate 
method,  or  methods,  for  determining  the  quality  and  purity  of  fixed  oils. 
Their  close  relationship  and  their  almost  identical  qualitative  composi- 
tion have,  however,  hitherto  been  a  serious  obstacle  ;  and  notwithstanding 
that  innumerable  methods  have  been  proposed,  such  being  based  on  the 
physical  as  well  as  chemical  relations  of  the  oils,  the  difficulties  that  pre- 
sent themselves  are  yet  far  from  being  overcome,  though  good  results 
have  here  and  there  been  obtained.  W.  Peters  has  now  subjected  the 
different  methods  that  have  been  proposed  to  critical  examination  and 
comprehensive  experiment,  and  has  arrived  at  conclusions  which,  if  found 
correct,  will  tend  greatly  towards  simplifying  the  examination  of  fixed 
oils.  He  concludes  that  the  following  work  is  necessary  for  the  recogni- 
tion of  adulterations  in  fixed  oils: 

I.  The  determination  of  the  melting  points  of  the  acid  mixtures^  insoluble 
in  water y  obtained  after  saponification  by  the  addition  of  hydrochloric  or  sul- 
phuric acid. — In  the  case  of  pure  olive  oil  the  melting  point  will  be  found 
to  fluctuate  between  24°  and  29°C.     If  the  melting  point  of  such  acid 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


FIXED   OILS.  637 

mixtures  is  above  29°C.,  it  may  be  accepted  as  certain  evidence  that  the 
sample  is  adulterated  with  cotton  seed  oil;  if  below  24°C.,  an  admixture 
of  linseed,  ricinus,  or  poppy-oil  may  be  looked  for. 

2.  Sesame  oil  in  olive  or  almond  oil  is  readily  recognized  by  the  colora- 
tions that  are  produced  when  the  oils  are  mixed  with  nitric  and  sulphuric 
acidy  with  hydrochloric  acid  containing  sugar ,  or  with  nitric  acid  alone, — 
Cotton  seed  oil  is  determined  by  the  color  produced  by  the  admixture  of 
the  oil  with  nitric  acid  or  with  a  concentrated  solution  of  antimonious 
chloride.  The  oils  of  cruciferous  seeds  are  recognized  by  their  property 
of  reducing  an  alcoholic  solution  of  silver  nitrate.  Groundnut  oil,  on 
the  other  hand,  cannot  be  determined  by  the  color-reaction  with  acids. 

3.  The  Color  Reactions  Produced  by  the  Elaidin  Reaction  reveal  the  pres- 
ence of  cotton — sesame — and  peach  kernel  oil ;  the  greater  or  less,  the 
more  rapid  or  the  slower  congealing  of  the  oil  by  this  test  is  a  less  cer- 
tain criterion. 

4.  The  difference  in  the  solubility  in  go  per  cent,  alcohol  of  the  fatty 
acids  separated  by  acids  after  the  saponification  of  the  oils  may  enable  the 
determination  of  the  presence  of  cotton  and  ground-nut  oil  in  olive  and 
almond  oil,  the  alcohlic  solutions  of  the  former  becoming  turbid  at  15° 
C,  whilst  those  of  the  latter  remain  clear. 

5.  The  determination  of  the  iodine-number  according  to  the  method  of 
Hiibl  is  useful. — According  to  the  experiments  so  far  made,  the  limit  for 
olive  oil  lies  between  80.2  and  85  ;  if  the  iodine  number  exceeds  85,  the 
olive  oil  may  be  regarded  as  adulterated  ;  nevertheless,  if  the  number 
found  is  between  80. 2  and  85  it  is  necessary  to  make  other  determina- 
tions of  purity. 

The  author's  paper  will  be  found  useful  to  students  of  this  subject,  since 
it  appears  to  give  a  succinct  review  of  all  the  methods  that  have  hitherto 
been  proposed  and  applied  for  the  examination  of  fixed  oils.  See  Arch, 
d.  Pharm.,  Oct.  1888,  pp.  857-893  and  905-918. 

Fixed  Oils — Solubility  in  Phenol  as  a  Means  of  Detecting  Paraffin  and 
Other  Oils  in  Admixture. — Theodore  Salzer  has  made  experiments  with 
a  view  to  determine  a  convenient  method  for  detecting  an  admixture  of 
paraffin  oils,  and  certain  others,  in  the  fixed  oils  of  the  Pharm.  Germ. 
It  occurred  to  him  that  paraffin  oil  might  be  used  as  an  adulterant  of  the 
vegetable  oils,  and  that  such  might  be  detected  by  its  sparing  solubility 
in  liquid  phenol,  such  oils  as  almond,  olive,  etc.,  being  comparatively 
soluble  in  the  officinal  liquid  carbolic  acid.  While  the  results  of  his  ex- 
periments as  yet  do  not  seem  to  admit  of  practical  application,  they 
nevertheless  point  out  possibilities,  and  if  they  are  followed  up  may  be 
found  useful.  It  may  be  briefly  stated  that  the  author  has  found  carbolic 
acid  useful  in  three  strengths:  i.  An  acid  containing  91  per  cent,  pure 
crystallized  phenol,  obtained  by  liquefying  i  kilogram  of  pure  acid  and 

Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


638  REPORT   ON   THE   PROGRESS  OF   PHARMACY. 

adding  100  c.c.  of  water  ;  2.  An  acid  containing  87  per  cent.,  obtained 
by  diluting  no  grams  of  the  91  per  cent,  acid  with  5  c.c.  of  water;  and 
3.  An  acid  containing  83.3  per  cent.,  obtained  by  diluting  no  grams  of 
the  91  per  cent,  acid  with  10  c.c.  of  water.  When  the  carbolic  acid  is 
stronger  than  91  per  cent.,  it  appears  to  dissolve  increased  quantities  of 
fixed  oil,  in  about  the  same  quantities,  there  being  no  distinction  until  a 
dilution  to  91  per  cent,  is  reached ;  whilst  when  of  less  strength  than  83 
per  cent.,  the  solubility  of  oils  is  reduced  to  a  minimum.  The  following 
examples  will  illustrate  the  difference  in  the  solvent  effect  of  liquid  car- 
bolic acid  of  different  strengths : 

10  c.c.  of  91  per  cent,  carbolic  acid  will  dissolve  12  c.c.  pure  almond 
oil  or  II  c.c.  containing  5  per  cent,  of  paraffin  oil,  or  5  c.c.  containing  10 
per  cent,  of  paraffin  oil.  The  same  quantity  of  87  per  cent,  carbolic  acid, 
however,  will  dissolve  only  3  c.c.  of  pure  almond  oil,  only  i  c.c.  of  al- 
mond oil  containing  5  per  cent,  of  paraffin  oil  and  only  0.3  c.c.  of  such 
containing  10  per  cent,  of  paraffin  oil.  Again,  10  c.c.  of  the  91  percent, 
phenol  will  dissolve  12.5  c.c.  of  pure  olive  oil,  10.5  c.c.  of  olive  oil  con- 
taining 10  per  cent,  paraffin  oil,  and  12  c.c  containing  5  percent,  paraffin 
oil;  the  87  per  cent,  phenol  will  dissolve  2.5.  o.i  and  0.8  c.c.  under  the 
same  conditions,  while  the  83  per  cent,  phenol  will  dissolve  only  0.6  c.c. 
of  the  pure  oil,  and  none  of  either  of  that  mixed  with  5  per  cent,  or  10 
per  cent,  of  paraffin  oil.  The  author  gives  in  the  form  of  tables  the  re- 
sults obtained  under  similar  conditions  with  almond  oil,  olive  oil,  rape  oil, 
linseed  oil,  fish  oil,  poppy  oil,  and  variable  mixtures  of  the  one  with  the 
other,  for  which,  as  well  as  the  details  of  his  method  and  experiments, 
reference  may  be  had  in  Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  May  1889,  433-448. 

Fixed  Oils — Rate  of  Iodine  Absorption. — J.  A.  Wilson,  in  connection 
with  a  paper  on  the  detection  of  cotton  seed  oil  and  beef  fat  in  lard, 
remarks  that  somewhat  discrepant  statements  exist  as  to  the  iodinic  ab- 
sorption of  cotton  seed  oil  and  lard,  as  well  as  of  beef  fat.  He  consid- 
ers it  desirable  that  chemists  should  state  their  experience  with  this  most 
excellent  test,  and  he  gives  the  maximum  and  minimum  absorptions  of 
iodine  as  found  by  him  for  common  fixed  oils,  as  follows: 

Name  of  Oil  or  Fat.  Maximum  Absorption.  Minimum  Absorption. 

Per  cent.  Per  cent. 

Cottonseed  oil no.  11  106.0 

Linseed  oil 149.10  148.07 

Rape  oil  (Stettin) 102.76  100.43 

Castor  oil 83.40  .   .    . 

Palm  oil 52.40  51.01 

Olive  oil 84.00  78.50 

Neatsfoot  oil 70.70  70.00 

Cocoanut  oil 9.35  8.97 

Lard 60.00  57-IO 

Beef  fat 44-00  43-26 

Mutton  fat 46.19  45-i8 

Bone  fat 49-58  46.27 

Tallow 41.98  40.01 

Digitized  by  VJiOOQlC 


FIXED   OILS.  639  . 

For  the  detection  of 

Cotton  Seed  Oil  and  Beef  Fat  in  Lard, — The  author  finds  the  iodo- 
mercuric  chloride  test  of  Hiibl  to  be  one  of  the  most  delicate  and  best 
in  the  chemistry  of  oils  and  fats.  The  surface  tension  test  of  Mr.  War- 
ren, which  depends  on  the  assumption  that  pure  dry  melted  lard,  dropped 
on  water  of  100°  F.,  does  not  extend  or  increase  in  size,  while  beef  fat  or 
mutton  fat  extends  over  the  surface  of  the  basin  in  proportion  to  the 
amount  present — cannot  be  used,  because  in  his  experience  old  lard  will 
behave  precisely  like  beef  fat. — Chem.  News,  March  1889,  99. 

Fixed  Oils— 'Detection  of  Cotton  Seed  OiL — E.  Hirschsohn  has  found 
that  a  chloroformic  solution  of  auric  chloride  (i  gm.  in  200  c.  c.)  gives 
on  warming  with  cotton-seed  oil  an  intense  raspberry-red  color,  while 
pure  olive  oil  with  the  same  reagent  gave  no  reaction.  To  apply  the  test, 
3  to  5  c.  c.  of  the  oil  with  6-10  drops  of  the  auric  chloride  solution  are 
placed  in  a  water-bath  and  heated  to  100°  for  twenty  minutes.  Cotton- 
seed oil  develops  the  color  in  a  few  minutes ;  of  other  oils  tested  hemp^ 
linseed^  poppy^  almond ^  olive,  rape,  turnip ,  mustard ,  sesamum,  sunflower y 
peach-kernel  and  grape-seed  oils  gave  no  reaction  ;  peanut  and  castor  oils 
gave  a  slight  deposit  of  metallic  gold  without  imparting  any  color  to  the 
oils.  The  addition  of  20  per  cent,  cotton-seed  oil  to  the  drying  oils 
could  not  be  detected,  while  the  addition  of  10  per  cent,  could  be  de- 
tected in  peanuty  poppy,  turnipy  castor,  olive,  sesamum,  almond  and  sun- 
flower oils.  The  prettiest  tests  were  gotten  with  olive,  sesamum,  and 
almond  oils.  Further  experiments  with  olive  oil  proved  that  the  addi- 
tion of  one  per  cent,  of  cotton-seed  oil  could  certainly  be  detected  by  the 
method  given  above.  By  noticing  the  depth  of  color  and  the  time  re- 
quired to  produce  it,  approximate  results  can  be  obtained. — Pharm. 
Ztschr.  f.  Russl.,  1888,  721. 

Fixed  Oils — Application  of  Gold  Chloride  and  Silver  Nitrate  as  Tests. 
— The  above  statements  of  Mr.  Hirschsohn  have  induced  Frank  X. 
Moerk  to  repeat  the  test  upon  different  oils,  comparing  the  results  at  the 
same  time  with  those  obtained  by  the  nitrate  of  silver  method  of  O.  Heh- 
ner,  which  consists  in  mixing  the  suspected  oil  with  half  its  volume  of  a 
test  solution  (composed  of  i  gm.  silver  nitrate,  200  c.c.  alcohol,  40  c.c. 
ether,  and  o.i  gm.  nitric  acid),  and  exposing  the  mixture  on  a  water 
bath,  at  100°  C.  for  fifteen  minutes,  noticing  the  effect  produced.  The 
oils  examined  by  the  author  were  divided  into  three  groups :  (i)  oils  of 
undoubted  purity  and  reliability  as  to  source;  (2)  commercial  oils  cor- 
responding to  those  of  group  i ;  (3)  commercial  oils  of  which  no  reliable 
specimens  were  examined,  and  hence  cannot  be  commented  upon. 

In  giving  the  results  of  the  reagents  with  AuCIg,  the  time  of  observa- 
tion was  twenty  minutes  ;  if  a  color  appeared  sooner,  the  time  is  given  ; 
with  silver  nitrate,  a  indicates  the  effect  in  fifteen  minutes,  d  in  one 
hour :  ^  I 

Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


640 


REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 
I.  PURE  OILS. 


I 


I.  Pure  Oils. 


AuCl,. 


Almond No  change. 

Arachis Red  in  3  minutes. 


Ben 

Burdock  fruit  . 


Precipitate  of  met.  gold 


AgNO,. 


Corn I         "  " 

Cotton -seed  i Red  in  5  minutes. 

•«      "     2 I      •*      3      •• 

"      •'     3 i      "      5      " 


Hemp- seed  (dark)  .   . 

Lard 

Mustard 

Olive,  Mottet,  (4  yrs  old) 

"        "         (6mos.  "J 

"      Lucca   

"     Kimball    .... 
Peaclrkeruel  .... 
Poppy-seed  (imported) 

••         "      2  (fresh) 
"     3  (old)    . 


"      4      " 

"      3       " 
Indistinct  dark  color. 
No  change. 


Rape  . 
Sesame 
Sophora 


Slight  precipitate  of  Au. 
No  change. 
Red  in  3  minutes. 
Precipitate  of  met.  gold. 


No  change. 


Sunflower    .    . 

Walnut  kernel,  American  Red  in  2  minutes. 


(7,  light  brown ;  b,  red  color. 

dark    red    color;    b,   dark    gray 

green,  almost  solid. 

no  change;  ^,  brownish* 
/I,  green  brown,  precipitate;  b,  very 

dark  brown. 
«,  dark  red  color ;  b^  precipitate. 
«»  gray  green,  ppt.;  b  \ 
a,     «•         "         "      b 
a,    *'        "        "      ^    '  no  change. 

dark      ««         "      b 

gray      "        "     ^  . 
(Tf  dark  green  color ;  b,  no  change. 

no  change ;  b,  gray  black,  ppt. 

green  black,  ppt.;  b,  no  change* 

a,    greenish,    slight    ppt.;     b,    no 
change. 
<7,  greenish ;  b,  solid. 
a,  light  brown  ;  b,  gray  black,  ppt. 
rt,  light  brown ;  b^  solid. 

dark   brown ;  b,  ppt.  ^  jgn^^in 
a,  black,   ppt.;   b,  dark  V  |j     .  . 

brown,  ppt.  J    ^ 

/J,  dark  green ;  b^  ppt. 
a,  green  black,  ppt.;  b,  no  change, 
light  brown,  ppt.;  b,  dark  green 

ppt. 
a,  greenish ;  b,  dark  red  brown. 
a,  brown  color;  b,  green,  black,  ppt. 


2.  COMMERCIAL  OILS. 


2.  Commercial  Oils. 


Almond  I    .    . 
"       2    .    . 

Arachis    .    . 

Lard   I    .    .    . 

*'     2    .    .    . 

Mustard  .    .    . 

Olive  I  (green) 

•♦     2     ... 

"  3  .  •  . 
Poppy-seed  .  . 
Rape  .... 
Salad    .... 


AgNO,. 


Red  in  5  minutes. 

No  change. 

Red  in  3  minutes. 

No  chai^ge. 


Red  in  3  minutes. 

No  change. 

Red  in  3  minutes. 

"     3 
No  change. 
Red  in  3  minutes. 


Red  color,  a,  dark ;  b,  very  thick. 
V7,  pale  brownish  ;  b^  gray  black,  ppt. 
Red    color,   ^,  dark  ;  b,  brown  black 

solid. 
a,   no   change;    b,  brownish   black, 

precipitate. 
n,  no  change ;  ^,  gray  black,  ppt. 
a,  dark,  ppt.;  b,  dark  tureen,  ppt. 
at  pale  brown  ;  ^,  dark  red  brown. 
^,  greenish ;  bt  solid, 
rt,  gray  green,  ppt.;  b,  no  change, 
rt,  pale  brown ;  ^,  pale  yellow,  solid. 
/7,  dark  green,  ppt.;  b,  no  change, 
^ed   color,    a,  green,  ppt.;  b,  gray 

black,  thick. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


FIXED   OILS. 


641 


3.   COMMERCIAL  OILS. 


3.  Commercial  Oils. 


Castor  I 
Castor  2 


AuCL 


Slight  precipitate  of  gold. 
No  change. 


Croton No  change. 

Cod  liver  i Red  m  4  minutes. 

Cod  liver  2 i Slight  precipitate  of  gold. 

Fish  (good  sample) .  .    .    Dark  red  in  20  minutes. 
Neatsfoot  i Red  in   12  minutes. 


AgNOj. 


Neatsfoot  2 

Linseed  i  (cold  pressed) 


Linseed  2. 
Linseed  3. 
Linseed  4 . 
Sperm  i  . 
Sperm  2  . 


No  change. 
No  change. 

Red  in  3  minutes. 
No  change. 
No  change. 
Red  in  5  minutes. 
No  change. 


a,  reddish;  b,  fluorescent,  dark-red, 
thick. 

tf,  reddish;  ^,  fluorescent,  dark-red, 
thick. 

<7,  no  change  ;  b,  dark- green,  solid. 

a,  dark -brown  ;  ^,  no  change. 

/I,  pale  red;  ^,  gray-brown. 

Ot  dark -red  ;  b,  no  change. 

a,  greenish ;  ^,  solid. 

/?,  yellowish ;  b,  brownish,  solid. 

a,  brown  color ;  b,  gray-black,  preci- 
pitate, thick. 

ff,  red-brown  ;  ^,  dark  brown,  thick. 

a,  no  change;  /»,  yel.  green,  ppt.  " 

a,  no  change ;  ^,  greenish,  ppt.  ** 

a,  brown ;  ^,  no  change. 

rt.  light  brown;  6,  green  black,  ppt. 


Finally  a  few  mixtures  of  olive  and  cotton  seed  oils  were  made,  con- 
taining one,  five  and  ten  per  cent,  of  the  latter  oil,  and  subjected  to  the 
gold  chloride  test :  the  ten  per  cent,  mixture  gave  on  warming  for  1 2 
minutes  a  red  color,  very  distinctly;  the  five  per  cent,  mixture  did  not 
react  in  twenty  minutes,  but  if  heated  for  one-half  hour  slowly  giving  a 
precipitate  of  metallic  gold  ;  the  one  per  cent,  mixture  showed  no  color 
whatever  with  gold  chloride,  but  with  silver  nitrate  gave  a  slight  deposit 
on  the  sides  of  the  test  tube.  The  separation  of  metallic  gold  by  a  num- 
ber of  the  oils  is  probably  traceable  to  the  amount  of  reducing  acid  pres- 
ent being  insufficient  to  give  the  red  color.  It  seems  evident  from  the 
author's  results  that  neither  of  the  methods  is  absolutely  and  uniformly 
available  for  the  purposes  intended. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Feb.  1889, 
65-68. 

Fixed  Otis — Removal  of  Rancidity. — For  the  removal  of  rancidity  in 
oils  Dr.  H.  Hager  uses  alcohol  of  85-87  per  cent.,  which  by  dissolving 
the  free  fatty  acids  renders  the  oil  again  sweet  and  fit  for  use;  one  volume 
of  the  oil  warmed  to  35°C.  is  thoroughly  and  repeatedly  agitated  during 
twelve  hours  with  one  to  one  and  a  quarter  volumes  of  alcohol,  allowed 
to  separate  and  the  upper  (alcoholic)  layer  removed.  The  oil  is  shaken 
a  second  and,  if  necessary,  a  third  time  with  half  a  volume  alcohol.  Pro- 
ceeding as  above  from  a  rancid  olive  oil  (six  to  eight  years  old),  0.86  per 
cent,  free  fatty  acids  were  obtained;  the  alcohol  can  be  recovered  by  dis- 
tillation, making  the  process  a  cheap  one.  f)f  a  large  number  of  oils 
examined,  castor  oil  alone  could  not  be  purified  in  this  manner,  owing 
to  its  affinity  for  alcohol ;  with  alcohol  of  more  than  50  per  cent,  this  oil 
increases  in  volume,  and  the  alcohol  dissolved  is  removed  with  consider- 
able difficulty.  There  are  some  oils  in  which  the  free  fatty  acids  are 
desirable,  as  cod  liver  oil,  croton  oil,  and  the  fixed  oil  of  laurel,  to  which 
the  process  is  not  applicable. — Pharm.  Ztg.,  1889,  192.  ^  I 

41  Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


642  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

Fat — New  Method  for  its  Determination  in  Milky  etc, — Dr.  Werner 
Schmid  proposes  the  following  new  method  for  the  estimation  of  fat  in 
milk,  cream,  etc.,  which  is  expeditious,  and,  in  his  opinion,  perfectly  ac- 
curate; Take  a  graduated  test-tube,  having  a  capacity  of  about  50  c.c, 
and  divided  intoi^^  c.c,  introduce  into  it  10  c.c.  of  the  milk  (or  5  c.c. 
of  cream),  then  add  10  c.c.  of  concentrated  hydrochloric  acid,  and  boil 
the  mixture,  while  moving  the  test-tube  to  and  fro,  until  the  contents  as- 
sume a  dark-brown  color.  Then  cool  the  tube  by  immersing  it  in  cool 
water,  add  30  c.c.  of  ether,  shake,  and  set  it  aside  until  the  ether-layer  has 
separated  (the  separation  being  sharp  and  clear).  Having  observed  the 
volume  of  the  ethereal  layer,  measure  10  c.c.  of  it  into  a  tared  porcelain 
capsule,  and  evaporate  it  on  a  water  bath,  aiding  the  evaporation  by 
blowing  air  over  it.  Finally,  dry  at  100°  C.  in  a  hot-air  bath,  weigh, 
and  calculate  the  result  for  the  total  ethereal  layer.  The  execution  of  the 
assay  in  this  manner  need  not  consume  more  than  15  minutes. — Zeitsch. 
f.  Anal.  Chem.,  1888,  488. 

Fats — Determination  of  Melting  Points  by  the  Aid  of  a  New  Form  of 
Apparatus,  which  see  under  *'  Pharmacy." 

Olein — Proper  Characters  of  a  Good  Commercial  Article, — Dr.  H. 
Hager  gives  the  following  as  the  proper  characters  of  commercial  olein 
suitablefor  pharmaceutical  use:  It  may  be  yellowish,  yellow,  yellowish- 
red  or  brownish- yellow;  must  remain  liquid  at  20°,  form  a  butter- like 
deposit  at  15°,  and  congeal  completely  at  5° ;  the  sp,  gr.  at  15°  to  20° 
may  fluctuate  between  0.912  and  0.916.  It  should  be  dissolved  in  all 
proportions  by  alcohol  of  85  per  cent.,  mineral  oils,  resin  oil,  as  well  as 
neutral  vegetable  oils  and  fats,  being  insoluble  in  alcohol  of  that  strength. 
It  is  also  perfectly  soluble  in  petroleum  benzin,  such  showing  the  absence 
of  saponified  oil,  as  well  as  of  water  and  alcohol.  With  i  J4  to  2  times  its 
volume  of  ammonia  water  it  produces  a  firm,  gelatinous  mass. — Arch.  d. 
Pharm.,  April  1889,  319-320  ;  from  Pharm.  Centralh.,  30,  130. 

Oleic  Acid — Transformation  into  Stearic  Acid, — P.  de  Wilde  and  A. 
Reychler  find  that  on  heating  for  some  hours  to  2  7o°-28o°  oleic  acid 
with  I  per  cent,  of  iodine,  there  is  formed  a  mixture  of  fatty  products 
which  after  cooling  congeal  into  a  solid  mass,  melting  at  5o°-55°. 
From  this  mixture  the  authors  obtain  washings  containing  about  one- 
third  of  the  iodine  used  and  a  watery  distillate  very  poor  in  hydriodic 
acid,  a  distillate  of  tar  insoluble  in  alcohol,  liquid  fatty  products,  gener- 
ally very  blue,  not  golidifiable  by  iodine,  and  saturating  on  acidimetric 
titration  only  50  to  60  per  cent,  of  the  quantity  of  normal  soda  calculated 
for  pure  oleic  acid.  A  maximum  yield  of  70  per  cent,  of  a  solid  white 
acid  with  a  high  melting  point.  After  crystallization  from  alcohol  this 
product  presents  the  chemical  composition,  the  melting-point,  and  all 
the  characteristics  of  stearic  acid.  In  subsequent  operations  bromine 
was  substituted  for  iodine  as  being  more  easy  of  recovery. — Chem|  News, 
April  5,  1889,  168;  from  Bull.  Soc  Chim.,  March  5,  i889.^^gl^ 


FIXED   OILS.  643 

Oleic  Acid — Adulteration  with  Linoleic  Acid. — According  to  Granval 
and  Valser  linoleic  acid  is  used  commercially  for  adulterating  oleic  acid. 
The  author  states  that  if  a  thin  coating  of  the  sophisticated  oil  be  applied 
to  a  smoothly  scraped  lead  plate,  and  exposed  for  twelve  hours  to  the  air, 
it  will  become  gummified,  while  pure  oleic  acid  remains,  under  like  cir- 
cumstances, nearly  unchanged.  Or,  a  small  quantity  of  the  suspected 
oil  may  be  mixed  with  an  equal  amount  of  soda- lye.  If  linoleic  acid  be 
present  an  intense  yellow  color  is  produced;  if  the  oleic  acid  be  pure, 
the  reaction  is  of  a  gray  color. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  May  1889,  244; 
from  Jour,  de  Ph.  et  de  Chim.,  March  i,  1889. 

Oleate  of  Mercury — Improved  Process, — A.  P.  Brown  finds  that  in  pre- 
paring oleate  of  mercury  by  decomposing  Castile  soap,  as  recommended 
by  Dr.  Wolff  (see  Proceedings  1882,  359-360),  the  continued  boiling 
will  decompose  the  oleate  and  a  black  precipitate  will  also  form,  and  in- 
stead of  being  of  a  beautiful  yellow  color,  a  dark  mixture  resembling  mer- 
curial ointment  would  be  the  result,  consisting  of  a  mixture  of  oleate  and 
oxide  of  mercury.  He  finds  the  following  an  improvement  on  Dr. 
Wolff's  process : 

Take  of  white  Castile  soap,  in  fine  powder,  gviii ;  bichloride  of  mer- 
cury, in  fine  powder,  Siij+gij.  Mix  them  carefully  together  in  a  mortar 
and  add  distilled  water  sufficient  to  form  a  pasty  mass ;  throw  this  imme- 
diately into  boiling  water,  and  boil  carefully  until  a  yellow  oily  liquid  is 
formed ;  allow  to  cool,  pour  off  the  water,  and  wash  the  resulting  oleate 
with  distilled  water  until  tasteless ;  place  it  in  an  evaporating  dish  and 
heat  on  a  water  bath  until  all  the  water  is  driven  off.  By  following  this 
process  an  oleate  of  mercury  will  be  obtained  resembling  very  much 
recently  prepared  citrine  ointment.  This  can  be  diluted  with  lard  or 
lanolin  to  any  desired  strength  ;  lanolin  being  niore  suitable  as  a  diluent 
than  lard,  and  particularly,  vaselin  or  cosmolin. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm., 
April  1889,  168-169. 

Drying  Oils  —  Preparation  with  Manganese  Oxalate,  —  J.  Castelhaz 
states  that  oils  prepared  with  manganese  oxalate  may  be  advantageously 
substituted  for  drying  oils  in  all  their  applications  by  reason  of  beauty 
and  other  properties.  From  2  to  5  per  cent,  of  manganese  is  sufficient 
for  boiling  oils.  The  manganese  salt  is  first  ground  up  with  i  or  2  parts 
of  the  oil  to  be  boiled,  and  this  mixture  is  added  very  gradually  to  the 
bulk  of  the  oil,  stirring  well.  The  oil  is  heated  very  gradually  at  first, 
but  after  the  escape  of  the  gases  it  may  be  boiled  in  the  ordinary  manner. 
— Chem.  News,  Jan.  18,  1889,  36;  from  Bull.  Soc.  Chim.,  1888,  No.  11. 

Linseed  Oil — Industrial  and  Analytical  Importance  of  Its  Oxidation, — 
A.  Chenevier  considers  that  the  oxidation  of  linseed  oil  by  the  method 
proposed  by  Livache  may  constitute  an  industrial  procedure  capable, 
in  certain  cases,  of  superseding  the  boiling  oils  with  litharge.  It  may 
also  furnish  indications  on  the  drying  quality  of  any  oil  by  an  observal^ 


644  REPORT   ON   THE  PROGRESS   OF  PHARMACY. 

tion  of  the  time  which  it  requires,  when  once  prepared,  to  dry  upon  a 
plate  of  glass.  We  have  thus  the  advantage  of  knowing  the  drying  proper- 
ties of  the  oil,  independently  of  substances  which  may  be  mixed  with  it 
afterwards.  But  it  is  inaccurate  to  rely  upon  the  increase  of  weight  of 
the  oil,  for  it  is  too  variable  according  to  circumstances  which  are  inde- 
pendent of  its  quality.  For  a  linseed  oil  the  best  index  of  quality  is  still 
the  specific  gravity.  The  higher  the  gravity  of  an  oil  the  better  it  dries. 
This  is  the  difference  between  oils  from  French  and  from  foreign  seeds. 
(Bombay,  Calcutta,  La  Plata,  etc.)  *  The  specific  gravity  of  the  former  is 
always  at  least  o  9325,  whilst  the  oils  from  foreign  seeds  are  often  below 
0.932. — Chem.  News,  Jan.  4,  1889,  12;  from  Mon.  Scient.  Quesn., 
Oct.  1888. 

Walnut  Oil — Characters, — In  the  course  of  examining  fixed  oils, 
Thomas  T.  P.  Bruce  Warren  had  occasion  to  prepare  and  examine  also 
walnut  oil.  The  walnuts  were  harvested  in  the  autumn  of  1887,  and  kept 
in  a  dry,  airy  room  until  the  following  March.  The  kernels  had  shrunk 
up  and  contracted  a  disagreeable  acrid  taste,  so  familiar  with  old  olive  oil 
in  which  this  has  been  used  as  an  adulterant.  Most  oxidized  oils,  espec- 
ially cottonseed  oil,  reveal  a  similar  acrid  taste,  but  walnut  oil  has,  in 
addition,  an  unmistakable  increase  in  viscosity.  The  nuts  were  opened  and 
the  kernels  thrown  into  warm  water,  so  as  to  loosen  the  epidermis ;  they 
were  then  rubbed  in  a  coarse  towel,  so  as  to  blanch  them.  The  decorti- 
cated nuts  were  wiped  dry  and  rubbed  to  a  smooth  paste  in  a  marble 
mortar.  The  paste  was  first  digested  in  CSj,  then  placed  in  a  percolator 
and  exhausted  with  the  same  solvent,  which  was  evaporated  off.  The 
yield  of  oil  was  small,  but  probably,  if  the  nuts  had  been  left  to  fully 
ripen  on  the  trees  without  knocking  them  off,  the  yield  might  have  been 
greater.  It  is  by  no  means  improbable  that  oxidation  may  have  rendered 
a  portion  of  the  oil  insoluble.  The  decorticated  kernels  gave  a  perfectly 
sweet,  inodorous,  and  almost  colorless  oil,  which  rapidly  thickens  to  an 
almost  colorless,  transparent,  and  perfectly  elastic  skin  or  film,  which 
does  not  darken  or  crack  easily  by  age.  These  are  properties  which,  for 
fine  art  painting,  might  be  of  great  value  in  preserving  the  tinctorial 
purity  and  freshness  of  pigments. 

Sulphur  chloride  gives  a  perfectly  white  product  with  the  fresh  oil,  but 
when  oxidized  the  product  is  very  dark,  almost  'black.  The  iodine  ab- 
sorption of  the  fresh  oil  thus  obtained  is  very  high,  but  falls  rapidly  by 
oxidation  or  blowing.  A  curious  fact  has  been  disclosed  with  reference 
to  the  oxidation  of  this  and  similar  oils.  If  such  an  oil  be  mixed  with 
lard  oil,  olive  oil,  or  sperm  oil,  it  thickens  by  oxidation,  but  is  perfectly 
soluble.  Such  a  mixture  is  largely  used  in  weaving  or  spinning:  Com- 
mercial samples  of  linseed  oil,  when  cold  drawn,  have  a  much  higher 
iodine  absorption,  probably  due  to  the  same  cause.  Oils  extracted  by 
CS,  are  very  much  higher  than  the  same  oils,  especially  if /hot  pressed. — 
Chem.  News,  June  14,  1889,  279-280.  itizedbyV^OX)^ 


FIXED    OILS.  645 

Cotton  Seed  Oil— Purification,— (^.  Tall  and  W.  P.  Thompson,  pro- 
pose normal  carbonate  of  sodium  as  a  substitute  for  caustic  soda,  usually 
employed  for  the  purification  of  cotton  seed  oil,  being  without  action  on 
the  oil  itself,  though  capable  of  extracting  the  coloring  matter.  When 
the  bulk  of  the  coloring  matter  has  been  dissolved  out  by  this  means, 
any  remaining  traces,  together  with  a  disagreeable  taste  which  is  apt  to 
cling  to  the  oil,  are  removed  by  treatment  with  Fuller's  earth  at  300°- 
350°  F.  The  coloring  matter  can  afterwards  be  used  as  a  dye,  either  in  the 
alkaline  solution  or  after  precipitation,  preferably  with  hydrochloric 
acid,  and  resolution  in  an  alkaline  menstruum.  When  exhaustedf  the  Ful- 
ler's earth  can  be  regenerated  by  boiling  with  sodium  carbonate,  wash- 
ing, and  drying  at  about  30o°-<oo°  F. — Amer.  Drugg.,  Feb.  1889,  27  ; 
from  J.  Soc.  Chem. 

Olive  Oil — Distinction  of  California  Oil  from  European, — Frank  X. 
Moerk  records  the  results  of  tests  made  upon  two  samples  of  Lucca  oil  and 
several  samples  of  California  oil,  all  of  them  being  olive  oils  of  undoubted 
purity.  He  found  the  California  oils  to  differ  decidedly  from  the  foreign 
oils  in  some  of  the  accepted  tests  of  purity,  these  differences  being  men* 
tioned  as  follows: 

1.  A  high  specific  gravity  :  L.  Archbutt,  in  89  samples  examined,  found 
few  oils  to  reach  0.917,  his  variations  are  stated  between  0.9136  and 
0.917;  the  U.  S.  P.  and  Pharm.  Germ,  adopted  0.915  to  .918;  if  the 
presence  of  free  acid  is  considered  in  the  California  oils,  the  specific  gravi- 
ties found  are  exceptionally  high,  the  presence  of  free  acid  reducing  the 
specific  gravity  considerably. 

2.  Intenser  reactions  with  the  acids  :  these  tests  should  not  be  relied 
upon  too  implicitly,  for  two  reasons :  firstly,  pure  oils  when  fresh  may  be 
affected  but  little  by  acids,  but  after  a  time  may  be  affected  considerably ; 
secondly,  the  oils  used  as  adulterants,  which  at  one  time  gave  unmistakable 
color  reactions,  are  now  so  fully  purified  as  to  give  little  reaction  with 
these  same  tests ;  of  eight  samples  of  cotton-seed  oil  examined,  no  two 
gave  like  reactions  with  the  acids. 

3.  The  elaidin-reaction  requires  a  longer  time  than  with  the  European 
oils. 

4.  A  higher  percentage  of  free  acid ;  to  this  are  due  the  discordant  fig- 
ures gotten  for  the  temperature- turbidity,  but  by  an  examination  of  these 
figures  it  appears  that  every  per  cent,  of  free  acid  in  the  oil  reduces  the 
temperature  about  3^  C;  if  such  a  correction  be  made,  figures  near  85 
are  gotten. 

5.  A  higher  iodine-absorption  for  the  native  oil;  this  is  very  probably 
due  to  the  presence  of  more  olein  than  in  the  European  oils,  the  melting 
point  of  the  fatty  acids  also  indicating  this.  There  is  another  instance 
known,  similar  to  this  one,  in  which  it  has  been  proven  that  American 
fats  differ  in  important  respects  from  the  same  European  fats  ;  reference 
is  made  to  lard.     American  lard  has  an  iodine-absorption  of  from  60^^ 


046  REPORT  ON  THE  PROGRESS   OF  PHARMACY. 

62  per  cent.,  English  lard  from  51.5  to  62  per  cent.  (See  under  *'  Lard".) 
From  such  results  it  would  appear  that  climate  and  soil  modify  consider- 
ably the  composition  of  the  fats  and  oils,  and  for  such  variations  due 
allowance  must  be  made. 

For  the  examination  of  olive  oil,  the  specific  gravity,  elaid  in -reaction, 
iodine-absorption  and  fusing  point  of  the  fatty  acids  should  be  consid- 
ered ;  in  an  adulterated  oil  all  of  these  tests  will  tend  to  confirm  the 
adulteration,  and  will  give  valuable  clues  to  the  nature  of  the  adulterant. 

6.  The  fatty  acids  of  the  American  oils  at  a  temperature  of  20°  C.  are 
viscid  fluids  containing  suspended  the  higher  melting  acids ;  the  European 
oils  are  solid  at  this  temperature.  Under  the  microscope,  the  former 
show  the  same  structure,  long  prisms,  but  the  European  oils  differ  con- 
siderably in  appearance — a  globular  form  predominating;  they  all  polar- 
ize light.  The  author's  paper  is  accompanied  by  a  comprehensive  table 
giving  the  reactions  in  detail. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  May  1889,  225-230. 

Olive  Oil — Method  of  Refining  without  Chemicals, — G.  Seidel  describes 
the  following  method  of  refining  olive  oil :  The  oil  is  put  into  a  conical 
tub  provided  with  a  steam  coil,  and  having  a  faucet  inserted  about  J^ 
inch  above  the  bottom,  and  another  about  4  inches  above  this,  for  drain- 
ing off  the  oil.  Alongside  of  this  tub,  which  is  placed  on  a  stone  floor, 
5  or  6  clarifying  tanks  are  arranged  at  different  levels  and  resting  upon 
strong  wooden  frames.  They  have  a  cylindrical  form,  and  are  provided 
with  a  perforated  diaphragm  about  i  to  ij^  inches  above  the  bottom, 
and  a  stop  cock  at  the  side  between  the  two.  A  layer  of  cotton,  or 
preferably  glass  wool,  is  placed  on  the  diaphragm.  For  every  100  lbs.  of 
olive  oil  to  be  clarified,  10  to  15  lbs.  of  water  are  added.  The  mixture 
is  then  brought  to  a  boil,  by  means  of  steam,  and  kept  so  for  2  or  3  hours. 
It  is  then  allowed  to  rest  for  24  hours,  during  which  time  the  water  will 
separate.  On  opening  the  stop  cock  the  partially  clarified  oil  is  allowed 
to  flow  into  the  first  clarifying  tank.  When  this  is  full,  its  contents  are 
allowed  to  flow  into  the  second  tank,  and  so  on,  the  first  tank  being  re- 
filled from  the  steam  tank  as  soon  as  a  new  lot  of  oil  has  been  treated  as 
described. — Amer.  Drugg.,  Aug.  1888,  145;  from  Industriebl. 

Olive  Oil — New  Method  of  Examination  for  Admixtures, — Thomas  T. 
P.  Bruce  Warren  observes  that,  inasmuch  as  lard  oil  is  frequently  met 
with  in  samples  of  olive  oil,  he  has  slightly  modified  the  procedure  for  its 
separation.  As  poppy  oil  is  almost  invariably  present  in  this  mixture, 
the  quantity  of  lard  oil  removed  from  the  coagulum  by  CS,  would  not 
account  satisfactorily  for  the  low  iodine  absorption,  considering  the  quan- 
tity of  poppy  oil  which  apparently  was  present.  The  presence  of  poppy 
oil  is  easily  confirmed  by  passing  ozone  into  the  mixture  for  a  short  time, 
when  a  black  product  will  be  obtained  by  SC1„  and  the  viscosity  will  be 
considerably  increased.  The  lard  oil  is  imprisoned  in  the  altered  oils 
and  is  difficult  to  remove  entirely,  but  by  boiling  the  coagulum  in  a 
moderately  strong  alkaline  solution,  almost  the  whole  of  the  lard  oil  is 


FIXED   OILS. 


647 


removed  ;  the  remaining  mass  is  well  washed  with  water,  dried,  and  any 
adhering  nonsaponifiable  oil  removed  by  means  of  ether.  If  too  strong 
an  alkaline  solution  be  used,  it  will  partly  decompose  the  altered  oils, 
which  will  then  be  removed  with  the  adherent  lard  oil  when  treated  with 
ether.  The  dried  mass  is  first  weighed  and  placed  in  a  filter- tube 
plugged  with  asbestos,  ether  is  poured  on,  and  the  oily  solution  received 
in  a  tared  flask ;  the  residuum,  after  evaporation  of  the  ether,  is  de- 
ducted from  the  weight  of  the  mass.  If  the  coagulum  is  first  treated 
with  CS3,  it  is  necessary  to  remove  all  traces  of  it  before  boiling  with 
alkali.  Knowing  the  iodine  absorption  of  the  mixture  and  the  propor- 
tion of  this  absorption  due  to  the  recovered  lard  oil,  we  have  the  differ- 
ence corresponding  to  the  olive  and  poppy  oils.  If  we  know  that  two 
oils  only  are  present,  and  we  know  the  iodine  absorption  of  each,  we 
have  no  difficulty  in  fixing  on  the  quantities  of  each  necessary  to  give  the 
required  iodine  absorption.  The  only  uncertainty  likely  to  arise  is 
caused  by  the  variation  in  poppy-seed  oil  from  oxidation  ;  when  oxidized 
by  age  or  exposure  its  iodine  absorption  will  fall  from  135  per  cent,  to 
90  per  cent.  If  we  can  feel  sure  of  oxidizing  the  oil  so  as  to  obtain  the 
minimum  absorption,  we  could  increase  the  certainty  of  the  analytical 
result. — Chem.  News,  July  13,  1888,  15. 

Olive  Oil— Presence  of  Linolein  as  a  Natural  Constituent, — K.  Ha- 
zura  and  A.  Grussner  find  that  the  liquid  fatty  acid  of  olive  oil  is  com- 
posed of  about  93  per  cent,  oleic  acid  (CigHwOa)  and  about  7  per  cent, 
linoleic  acid  (CjgHaaO,).  According  to  the  author's  views,  in  most  non- 
drying  oils,  in  which  oleic  acid  has  hitherto  been  considered  the  only  liquid 
fatty  acid,  linoleic  acid  is  also  present.— Arch.  d.  Phar.,  Feb.  1889,  i77- 

Expressed  Oil  of  Almond — Reactions  and  Commercial  Quality, — 
George  M.  Beringer  has  examined  different  samples  of  expressed  oil  of 
almond.     His  results  are  given  in  comprehensive  tables,  as  follows : 

I.  Gravities  and  Physical  Characters. 


Sp.  Gr. 


.9172 

.9195 

.91855 

.9191 

.92195 
.9165 


7  9207 

8  .9198 


Color. 


10 
II 


13 
14 


.9220 
.9186 

.9181 

.9167 
.9169 


Pale  yellow,  nearly  colorless  . 

Bright  yellow 

Very  light  yellow 

Light  yellow 

Light  yellow 

Pale  yellow 

Light  yellow    .... 

Bright  yellow 

Pale  yellow 

Light  yellow 

Pale  yellow,  nearly  colorless  . 

Light  yellow        -j 


Odor  and  Taste. 


Yellow  . 
Yellow  . 


Bland,  mild  nutty. 

Very  marked  nutty  flavor. 

Bland,  mild  nutty. 

Bland,  mild  nutty. 

Decidedly  nutty. 

Bland,  mild  nutty. 

Mild  nutty. 

Decidedly  nutty. 

Bland,  faint  nutty. 

Faint  nutty,  bland. 

Bland,  hardly  nutty. 

Slight    nutty,    evidently    expressed     from 

I     moist  almonds,  as  the  odor  of  vol.  oil  is 

perceptible. 
Extracted  from  bitter  almonds  by  petroleum 
I     ether,  hardly  nutty. 
Extracted  from  sweet  almonds  by  petroleumi 

ether,  hardly  nutty. i 


648 


REPORT   ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 


.    o  o 
< 


v8 


85   -§ 


t   ^ 


00       q\     00 

d^        ^O        vo 

o      o\     o 


C3    On 


o> 


N  r>,  00  vO  00 

»^  O  OvvO  SO  • 

»^oo  06  vo  r^  j 

On  0\  On  On  On 


d 

i 

c 

rt 

JC 

0 

C 

u 

0       : 

E 

0 

1 

1 

U3 

0 

u 

0 

•o 

4^ 

X 

:z 

!^             5 

OCO§  ^^S^bfli 

_"oOoo^O'^o•^^-^3 

m     pQ        Q     >     >     t>« 


3  w)  Sift  g  ja  I 


=  r 


00      o^     o 


'  Digitized  by  VjOOQ IC 


FIXED   OILS.  649 

As  from  the  tests,  numbers  i,  3  and  12  of  the  commercial  samples 
are  believed  to  be  pure,  and  with  numbers  13  and  14  prepared  by  the 
author  showing  a  range  of  gravity  from  .9167  to  .9185,  it  is  believed 
that  the  officinal  limit  might  be  still  further  narrowed  by  fixing  the  gravity 
at  .916  to  .919  and  usually  about  .918.  Of  the  twelve  commercial  sam- 
ples examined,  three  are  believed  to  be  pure,  as  already  stated,  three  are 
apparently  peach  kernel  oil,  four  are  mixtures  of  sesame  and  arachis  oils, 
one  a  mixture  of  almond  and  lard  oils,  and  one  a  purified  arachis  oil. — 
Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  May  1889,  230-234. 

Expressed  Oil  of  Almonds — Improvement  of  Color. — Messrs.  Schimmel 
&  Co.  call  attention  to  the  advantage  that  would  result  in  the  improved 
color  of  almond  oil  if  a  practical  method  of  blanching  the  almonds 
could  be  introduced.  It  would  be  an  indispensable  condition  that  the 
almonds  should  not  require  to  be  moistened,  because  otherwise  the 
formation  of  the  essential  oil  of  bitter  almonds  would  be  induced,  and  the 
fixed  oil  would  acquire  a  strong  bitter  taste  and  contain  a  trace  of  hydro- 
cyanic acid. — Pharm.  Jour,  and  Trans.,  April  20,  1889,  842. 

Castor  Oil — Presence  of  Two  Liquid  Acid  Constituents. — K.  Hazura 
and  A.  Griissner  infer  from  their  experiments  that  the  liquid  acid  of  cas- 
tor oil  is  not  a  single  compound  as  it  has  been  hitherto  supposed,  but  a 
mixture  of  two  isomeric  acids  of  the  composition  CisHgiOs,  one  of  which, 
ricinoleic  acid,  yields  on  oxidation  trioxystearic  acid,  whilst  the  other, 
ricinisoleic  acid,  yields  isotrioxystearic  acid.  The  proportion  of  these 
acids  is  about  i  of  the  former  to  2  of  the  latter.  As  no  dioxystearic  acid 
has  been  obtained  from  the  oxidation  of  the  liquid  acids  of  castor  oil,  it 
may  be  concluded  that  of  all  the  fatty  oils  hitherto  examined  castor  oil  is 
the  only  one  which  contains  no  oleine. — Chem.  News,  April  12,  1889, 
180;  from  Monit.  Scient.  Quesn.,  April  1889. 

Croton  Oil — Opinion  that  Buchheim^s  Crotonolic  Acid  is  the  Active 
Constituent.  —  Kobert  attacks  Senier's  theory  (see  Proceedings  1884, 
195-196)  that  there  are  two  principles  in  croton  oil — one  a  cathartic^ 
and  the  other  a  vesicating  body.  He  believes  that  both  effects  are  due 
to  Buchheim's  "crotonolic  acid"  which  exists  in  the  oil  partly  as  a 
glucoside,  and  may  be  prepared  by  treating  the  oil  with  a  hot  saturated 
aqueous  solution  of  barium  hydrate,  whereby  the  fatty  acids  are  precipi- 
tated. They  are  collected,  well  washed,  dried,  and  the  oleic  and  cro- 
tonolic salts  dissolved  out  by  ether.  After  evaporation  the  residue  is 
treated  with  absolute  alcohol,  which  dissolves  out  the  barium  crotono- 
late,  and  this  is  decomposed  by  sulphuric  acid.  The  author  denies  that 
croton  oil  is  separable  by  means  of  alcohol  into  the  two  portions  men- 
tioned by  Senier,  and  states  that  the  solubility  of  the  oil  depends  mainly 
on  its  age,  while  some  varieties  are  soluble  in  all  proportions.  Though 
crotonic  acid  itself  is  freely  soluble  in  alcohol,  the  solubilitv  of  the  oil 

Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


650  REPORT   ON  THE   PROGRESS   OF  PHARMACY. 

bears  no  relation  to  the  quantity  of  free  crotonolic  acid  present. — Amer. 
Drugg.,  Aug.  1888,  143;  from  Chem.  Ztg. 

Laurel  Nut  Oil — Chemical  Examination. — David  Hooper  corntnuni- 
cates  the  results  of  a  chemical  examination  of  the  fixed  oil  of  the  seeds  of 
Calophyllum  Inophyllum,  L.,  known  commercially  as  "  laurel-nut  oil/' 
which  has  hitherto  not  been  investigated  chemically.  The  oil  has  a 
greenish- yellow  color,  thick  consistence,  fragrant  odor  and  bitter  taste ; 
begins  to  congeal  at  19°  C,  is  quite  solid  at  16°,  and  has  the  s.  g.  0.9315. 
It  has  an  acid  reaction,  100  grams  requiring  1.89  grams  of  caustic  potash 
to  neutralize.  100  grams  of  the  oil  required  19.6  grams  of  KHO  to  con- 
vert into  soap,  the  saponification  equivalent  being  285.6.  The  volatile 
fatty  acids  obtained  by  Reichert's  distillation  process  required  0.23  per 
cent,  of  KHO,  calculated  for  the  original  oil.  The  insoluble  fatty  acids 
amounted  to  90.85  per  cent.  Alcohol  of  85  per  cent,  removed  green 
coloring  matter  and  odorous  extract,  having  a  bitter  taste,  and  amount- 
ing to  7  per  cent.  The  conclusion  arrived  at  from  the  examination  of 
the  laurel-nut  oil  is  that  it  cannot  be  regarded  as  a  drying  oil,  nor  alto- 
gether as  non-drying,  but  must  take  up  an  intermediate  position  between 
the  two.  In  endeavoring  to  classify  this  oil  with  those  that  have  already 
been  investigated,  the  task  is  not  difficult.  Most  of  the  experiments  ex- 
hibit in  a  very  striking  manner  a  strong  relationship  to  those  of  the  cot- 
ton-seed oil  group.  The  saponification  equivalent,  the  high  melting 
point  of  the  fatty  acids  and  the  free  acids  are  very  remarkable,  and  the 
sulphuric  and  nitric  acid  tests  are  particularly  allied  to  those  performed 
upon  cotton-seed  oil. — Pharm.  Jour,  and  Trans,  Jan.  5,  1889,  525-526. 

Margosa  Oil — Characters  and  Constituents, — C.  J.  H.  Warden  has  pre- 
pared the  fixed  oil  from  the  seeds  of  Melia  Azadirachta  (the  *'  Nim  "  tree 
of  India)  as  follows : 

The  fruit  was  washed  to  separate  pulp,  the  stones  dried,  cracked,  and 
the  almonds  exposed  to  a  gentle  heat  for  some  time  to  remove  moisture. 
The  dried  almonds  were  then  crushed,  placed  in  a  cloth  bag,  and  the  oil 
expressed.  It  was  found  very  necessary  to  Arst  dry  the  almonds  before 
subjecting  them  to  pressure ;  without  adopting  this  precaution  a  white, 
creamy  fluid  was  obtained,  instead  of  clear  oil,  from  which  it  was  subse- 
quently impossible  to  separate  the  oil,  except  by  ether  or  other  solvent. 
The  oil  thus  obtained  was  filtered  through  filter  paper  before  it  was  ex- 
amined. Directly  after  filtration  the  oil,  when  viewed  in  bulk,  had  a 
slight  greenish  coloration  by  transmitted  light,  owing  to  some  of  the 
almonds  not  having  been  quite  ripe,  and  to  solution  of  traces  of  chloro- 
phyll in  the  oil.  Viewed  in  a  thin  stratum,  the  color  of  the  oil  was 
yellowish.  The  oil  possessed  a  powerful  garlic-like  odor,  and  was  very 
bitter.  The  specific  gravity  at  15.5^0.  was  .9235  ;  at  about  10°  to  7°C. 
the  oil  congeals,  without  losing  its  transparency.  After  standing  for 
about  tl)irty-six  hours,  the  recently  expressed  oil  deposited  a-^rhite  sedi- 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


FIXED   OILS.  651 

ment,  which  examined  microscopically  was  found  to  be  amorphous.  The 
color  reactions  of  margosa  oil  were  not  characteristic.  With  concen- 
trated sulphuric  acid  a  rich  brown  color  was  yielded,  and  a  strong  garlic 
odor  evolved.  By  Massie's  test  with  nitric  acid  the  oil  became  almost 
immediately  of  a  reddish  color  ;  after  standing  about  one  hour  and  thirty 
minutes,  the  color  was  pale  yellow.  The  elaidin  reaction,  conducted 
according  to  Pontet's  directions,  yielded  a  solid,  firm  yellowish  product 
after  eighteen  hours,  the  temperature  in  the  laboratory  varying  between 
89°  and  93^F.  Exposed  in  a  thin  layer  on  a  glass  plate  to  a  temperature 
of  ioo°C.  for  some  days,  the  oil  did  not  dry  or  become  tacky.  The  oil 
was  easily  soluble  in  ether,  chloroform,  carbon  bisulphide,  benzol,  etc. 
Absolute  alcohol  agitated  with  it  was  colored  greenish  ;  on  separating  the 
alcohol,  and  evaporating  off  the  spirit,  an  extract  was  obtained,  which 
consisted  of  oil,  from  which  a  small  residue,  whitish  in  color,  separated 
on  standing.  The  alcoholic  extract  was  very  bitter,  and  possessed  in  a 
marked  degree  the  peculiar  odor  of  the  oil.  The  whitish  residue  depos- 
ited from  the  oil,  separated  by  alcohol  and  examined  microscopically,  did 
not  appear  crystalline.  Margosa  oil  after  repeated  agitation  with  alcohol 
was  found  to  have  lost  its  bitterness  and  almost  wholly  its  alliaceous  odor. 
By  suitable  treatment,  which  is  described  by  the  author,  the  following 
constituents  of  the  oil  were  determined:  soluble  fatty  acids,  3.519  per 
cent. ;  insoluble  fatty  acids,  89.128  per  cent. ;  sulphur,  0.427  per  cent. ; 
a  viscid,  pale  amber-colored,  very  bitter  substance,  containing  sulphur, 
and  having  the  properties  of  a  neutral  resin ;  a  white  alkaloidal  substance, 
a  neutral  principle,  and  two  acid  resins.  The  oil  yielded  an  acid  distil- 
late, which,  when  freed  from  lauric  acid,  required  for  saturation  4.6  c.c 
of  decinormal  soda  solution  for  each  2.5  grams  of  oil  employed.  The 
percentage  of  caustic  potash  required  for  saponification  was  19.72,  the 
saponification  equivalent  being  284  by  Koettslorfer's  method. — Pharm. 
Jour,  and  Trans.,  Oct.  27,  1888,  325-326. 

Chaulmugra  Oil — Value  as  an  External  Remedy. — Th.  Christy  draws 
attention  to  the  great  strides  that  have  been  made  with  chaulmugra  oil  in 
England  in  regard  to  its  application  to  open  sores,  wounds,  sprains,  and 
rheumatic  complaints.  It  is  now  being  extensively  used  in  veterinary 
cases  in  some  of  the  largest  stables  throughout  the  country,  being  espe- 
cially useful  in  sores  resulting  from  friction  of  the  harness  or  from  bruises, 
which  horses  traveling  in  the  metropolis  (London)  are  all  more  or  less 
subject  to.  Following  up  the  results  obtained  on  horses,  the  oil  has  been 
successfully  introduced  as  an  ointment  to  be  applied  to  open  sores  on 
cattle,  dogs,  cats,  and  other  animals.  It  would  seem  to  act  by  causing 
the  wound  to  heal  with  great  rapidity  and  cleanliness  ;  furthermore,  its 
use  appears  to  keep  off  the  flies  that  cause  so  much  worry  and  damage. 
The  properties  of  chaulmugra  oil  applied  externally  in  bruises,  sprains 
and  stiffness,  are  well  known  to  sportsmen  and  cyclists,  whUe  sufferers 

itizedbyCjOOgie 


652  REPORT  ON   THE  PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 

from  rheumatism,  and  stiffness  of  the  joints  attendant  upon  it,  derive  un- 
doubted benefit  from  a  good  rubbing  with  it.  Thanks  to  the  demand 
now  ruling  for  the  oil,  the  pressers  in  India  have  been  enabled  to  take 
steps  to  ship  it  in  ton  lots  at  about  one -third  the  price  which  it  used  to 
cost.  The  English  government  has  adopted  it,  and  uses  it  in  cavalry 
and  artillery  regiments.  The  German  government  has  not  yet  decided 
to  make  trials,  but  it  is  largely  used  by  the  officers. — Amer.  Drugg., 
April  1889,  66. 

Lane  sin — A  New  Product. — Under  the  name  of  lanesin  a  product 
analogous  to  **  lanolin"  has  been  patented  in  Germany.  The  bleaching 
waters  from  wool  are  treated  with  lime,  and  the  product  with  alkalies. 
The  dried  product  is  then  treated  with  •*  appropriate  solvents  "  which  are 
evaporated,  when  the  residuum  is  treated  with  the  ethylic  and  raethylic 
ethers  of  oleic  or  ricinic  acid.  A  soft,  smooth  product  is  obtained,  which 
does  not  become  rancid,  and  is  "  applicable  to  pharmaceutic  and  cos- 
metic uses." — Arch,  de  Ph.,  September  5,  1888;  Amer.  Jour.  Pharm., 
Oct.  1888,  512. 

Lard— Adulteration  with  Cotton  Seed  Oi/.— The  September  (1888) 
number  of  the  ** Analyst"  contains  communications  on  the  above  subject 
by  A.  H.  Allen,  Otto  Hehner,  Rowland  Williams,  E.  W.  T.  Jones,  W. 
F.  K.  Stock  and  Prof.  J.  Campbell  Brown,  which  are  condensed  into 
one  article  in  Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  (Nov.  1888,  573-578),  by  F.  X. 
Moerk. 

Lard — Detection  of  Cotton  Seed  Oil. — The  practice  of  adulterating  lard 
with  cotton  seed  oil,  which  appears  to  have  developed  in  the  United 
States  to  an  enormous  extent,  has  elicited  a  paper  from  Michael  Conroy, 
in  which  he  communicates  the  result  of  experiments  made  with  a  view  to 
determining  a  good  test  for  its  detection.  The  nitric  acid  test  proposed 
some  years  since  by  Mr.  Conroy  for  the  detection  of  cotton  seed  oil  in 
olive  oil  proved  not  quite  satisfactory  when  applied  to  lard,  and  he  pre- 
fers a  modification  of  Milliau's  test,  dependent  upon  the  reduction  of 
silver  nitrate.  This  consists  in  adding  twenty  grain  measures  of  a  test 
solution,  containing  five  parts  of  silver  nitrate  and  one  part  of  nitric 
acid  (sp.  gr.  1.42)  in  one  hundred  parts  of  rectified  spirit,  to  about  one 
hundred  grains  of  the  lard  previously  melted  at  a  water-bath  temperature 
in  a  test-tube,  and  keeping  the  mixture  in  boiling  water  for  five  minutes. 
Pure  lard  remains  perfectly  white,  but  if  adulterated  with  cotton  seed  oil 
the  lard  assumes  a  more  or  less  olive-brown  color,  according  to  the 
amount  of  adulterant  present,  1  per  cent,  causing  a  distinctly  perceptible 
change. — Yearbook  of  Pharm.,  1888,  368-376. 

Butter — Method  of  Detecting  Falsifications. — P.  Bockainy  proposes  the 
following  method  for  the  detection  of  falsifications  in  butter.  He  melts 
the  fatty  matters  to  separate  the  water,  decants  upon  a  filter  to  remove 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


FIXED   OILS.  653 

impurities,  and  pours  10  c.  c.  of  the  fatty  matter  kept  dissolved  on  the 
water-bath  into  20  c.  c.  of  crystallizable  benzene,  adding  then  alcohol  at 
96.7°  Gay  Lussac,  until  a  turbidity  appears  in  the  test-tube  at  the 
temperature  of  18®.  When  the  turbidity  is  very  distinct  the  test  tube  is 
immersed  in  water  at  12^.  After  the  lapse  of  an  hour  the  precipitate  is 
formed  and  does  not  increase  perceptibly.  The  test-tube  is  then  taken 
out  of  the  liquid  and  we  note  the  number  of  c.  c.  of  the  lower  stratum, 
observing  also  if  this  stratum  is  liquid,  if  it  contains  flocks  of  fatty 
matter,  or  if  it  is  entirely  flocculent.  A  pure  butter  never  deposits  more 
than  10  c.  c.  of  the  lower  liquid  stratum,  and  there  are  always,  at  the 
bottom  and  on  the  sides  of  the  lower  stratum,  a  few  flocks.  A  butter 
which  immediately  deposits  at  18^  on  the  addition  of  at  least  35  c.  c.  of 
alcohol,  and  yields  a  lower  stratum  at  12^  of  more  than  10  c.  c,  is  at 
once  to  be  regarded  as  suspicious. — Chem.  News,  July  6,  1888,  12; 
from  Bull.  Soc.  Chim.,  xlix.  No.  4. 

Oleum  Theobroma-^  Composition. — Paul  Graf  has  determined  the  com- 
position of  oleum  theobromse.  He  finds  it  to  contain  small  quantities  of 
free  fatty  acids  and  cholesterin.  The  liberated  fatty  acids  on  distillation 
gave  evidence  of  formic,  acetic  and  butyric  acids;  oleic  acid  is  present, 
and  after  its  separation,  arachic,  stearic  and  lauric  acids  were  isolated  by 
fractional  precipitations  with  magnesium  and  barium  acetates.  The 
determinations  of  glycerin  gave  as  a  mean  9.59  percent.  Melting-point 
determinations,  made  in  an  open  tube,  gave  for  specimens  of  various 
sources  figures  varying  from  29.4  to  33.4°  C.,  while  those  made  in  a 
closed  tube  gave,  with  one  exception,  a  uniform  melting  point  at  34.3®. 
Amr.  Jour.  Phar.— Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Sept.  1888,  830-846. 

Wax — Examination,  etc. — According  to  Hiibl  white  wax  obtained  from 
yellow  wax  by  sun  bleaching  does  not  diff*er  from  this  in  composition; 
if,  however,  yellow  wax  be  bleached  by  use  of  chemicals  the  product  is 
altered  considerably,  so  that  it  may  even  be  pronounced  adulterated  by 
the  analyst.  Hiibl  finds  that  the  ratio  of  acidity  to  the  compound  ether  is 
as  1:3.7,  and  this  has  been  confirmed  by  other  investigators.  The  acidity 
represents  the  number  of  milligrams  of  KOH  required  to  neutralize  a 
warmed  alcohol  mixture  containing  i  gm.  wax;  this  figure  should  be 
between  19  and  21.  The  compound  ether  figure  is  obtained  by  boiling 
for  one  hour  the  above  neutralized  wax  with  excess  of  alcoholic  KOH ; 
the  neutralized  KOH,  in  milligrams,  furnishes  the  figures,  varying  between 
73  and  76.  The  saponification  figure  is  the  sum  of  the  acid  and  compound 
ether  figures,  and  should  be  between  92  and  97. 

The  following  figures  have  been  ascertained  by  Hiibl  for  wax  and  some 
of  the  possible  adulterants: 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


654  REPORT  ON   THE  PROGRESS  OF   PHARMACY. 

Acidity.     Compound  Ether.     Saponification.     Ratio. 

Yellow  wax 2000                   73.8o  93.88  i-S-^f 

White      "    sun  bleached ....    19.87                    74-95  94.82  1:3.77 

**          "     chemically,"!.  .    .    22.02                    76.15  98.17  1:3-45 

"          "             **           "  II.  .    .    24.00                    74.56  98.56  1:3.10 

Japan       "      20.  200.  220.  i:io 

Carnauba  wax 4.                         75.  79.  1:19 

Tallow 4.  176.  180.  1:44 

Stearic  acid 195.  195.  

Rosin no.                           1.6  112.6  i:.oi5 

Paraffin 

Ceresin 

»— Chem.  Ztg.,  iSSB,  1277;  from  Pharm.  Ztsch.  f.  Russl.,  1888,  579. 
Japan  Wax — Composition, — According  to  Eberhard,  Japan  wax  is  com- 
posed chiefly  of  palmitin,  containing  also  small  quantities  of  isobutyric 
and  palmitic  acids.     The  white  coating  which  appears  with  age  consists 
of  palmitic  acid. — Rdsch.,  1888,  844. 

CARBOHYDRATES. 

Carbohydrates — Delicacy  and  Value  of  the  Furfurol  Reaction, — Dr.  L. 
V.  Udranszky  considers  the  furfurol  reactions  the  most  delicate  tests  for  the 
carbohydrates.  H.  Schipf  uses  a  test  paper  made  by  immersing  paper  in 
a  mixture  of  equal  volumes  of  xylidin  and  glacial  acetic  acid  diluted  with 
alcohol,  and  drying.  A  small  quantity  of  the  substance  to  be  tested  is 
heated  with  a  slight  excess  of  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  and  the  test 
paper  held  in  the  evolved  vapors ;  a  beautiful  red  color  is  produced  owing 
to  the  formation  of  the  furoxylidin.  It  will  detect  as  little  as  0.00007 
gm.  glucose  in  an  aqueous  solution.  The  author  uses  a  furfurol  reaction^ 
even  more  delicate  than  the  above,  detecting  0.000028  gm.  glucose  in 
solution.  One  drop  of  a  dilute  solution  to  be  tested  is  mixed  with  two 
drops  of  a  15  per  cent,  alcoholic  solution  of  a-naphthol  in  a  test  tube,  and 
y^  c.c.  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  is  carefully  poured  in  to  form  a  dis- 
tinct layer.  If  at  the  line  of  contact  a  violet  color  above  a  green  layer  is 
produced,  carbohydrates  are  present.  Urine  is  diluted  with  9  volumes  of 
water  and  one  drop  proceeded  with  as  above  If  the  violet  color  is  not 
produced,  the  urine  is  considered  normal ;  if  the  color  is  produced,  the 
urine  may  be  considered  abnormal,  because  it  yields  a  quantity  of  furfurol 
which  is  also  obtained  from  a  glucose  solution  containing  at  least  0.5  per 
cent.  By  means  of  these  two  tests  carbohydrates  were  detected  in  all 
urines  examined  ;  albumen  perfectly  free  from  carbohydrates  heated  with 
concentrated  acids  formed  furfurol  which  was  recognized  in  the  distil- 
lates, establishing  for  the  first  time  by  chemical  reactions  a  close  relation- 
ship between  the  albuminoids  and  the  carbohydrates.  In  testing  urine 
for  carbohydrates,  if  albumen  be  present  in  larger  quantities  it  must  first 
be  removed ;  small  quantities  do  not  introduce  appreciable  wors,  owing 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


CARBOHYDRATES.  655 

to  the  small  quantity  of  uiine  taken.  Fehling's  solution  under  the  most 
favorable  conditions  failed  to  detect  less  than  0.00012  gm.  glucose  in 
aqueous  solution ;  testing  urine  by  the  three  tests,  the  bodies  other  than 
carbohydrates  decrease  the  delicacy  of  Fehling's  test  to  a  greater  degree 
than  the  first  two  tests. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Sept.  1888,  456-457; 
from  Zeitschr.  f.  Phys.  Chera.,  1888. 

Carbohydrates — Presence  in  Urine, — N.  Wedenski,  by  precipitation 
with  benzoyl  chloride  in  the  presence  of  NaOH,  obtained  the  compound 
ethers  of  two  carbohydrates,  of  which  one  was  decomposed  by  boiling 
with  excess  of  NaOH  ;  the  other  was  not  acted  upon  by  this  reagent,  but 
was  afterward  easily  decomposed  by  boiling  with  dilute  HaS04.  The 
former  corresponds  to  the  compound  ether  of  the  starch  group,  the  latter 
to  the  glucose  group.  Fehling's  solution  is  reduced  by  the  latter,  but 
only  after  treatment  with  dilute  acids  by  the  former  \  this  also  answers  to 
the  test  for  animal  gum  found  by  Landwehr  in  urine  by  precipitating 
with  copper  sulphate,  washing,  drying,  dissolving  in  HCl,  adding  alco- 
hol when  the  substance  is  reprecipitated,  especially  on  warming  to  60°. 
— Ztschr.  f.  Physiol.  Chemie,  xiii,  122. 

Lignin — Determination  in  ^/iwr.— Balland  recommends  the  following 
method  for  determining  lignin  in  flour :  25  grams  of  the  flour  are  mixed 
in  a  porcelain  capsule  with  150  grams  of  a  mixture  of  i  p.  fuming  nitric 
acid  and  19  p.  of  water,  avoiding  the  formation  of  lumps  as  far  as  possi- 
ble. After  boiling  for  20  minutes,  during  which  the  starch  is  completely 
converted,  the  mixture  is  thrown  upon  a  plain  filter,  the  residue  on  the 
filter  well  washed,  carefully  returned  to  the  capsule,  and  boiled  for  20 
minutes  with  100  grams  of  10  per  cent,  solution  of  potassa.  Filtration  is 
again  resorted  to,  and  the  residue  on  the  filter — consisting  of  the  insolu- 
ble lignin — is  washed  successively  with  hot  water,  strong  alcohol  and 
ether,  then  transferred  and  spread  on  a  glass  plate,  dried  and  weighed. 
— Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Aug.  1888,  751  ;  from  Jour,  de  Pharm.  el  de 
Chim.,  1888,  xvii,  600. 

Starch — Selection  of  Kind  for  the  Enemata  and  Svppositoria  of  the  B. 
P, — Joseph  Ince  observes  that  the  B.  P.  in  directing  starch  for  the 
preparation  of  enemata,  suppositories,  etc,  the  choice  as  to  kind  is  left 
free  to  the  dispenser.  Three  kinds  of  starch  being  at  command,  viz: 
wheat,  maize,  and  rice  starch,  it  is  by  no  means  indifl'erent  which  is  em- 
ployed. For  making  the  mucilage  entering  the  composition  of  enemata 
the  rice  starch  is  unsuitable;  either  wheat  or  maize  starch,  however,  will 
make  an  excellent  mucilage.  On  the  other  hand,  in  making  the  class  of 
suppositories  containing  curd  soap,  the  best  starch  to  give  them  the 
proper  consistence  is  rice  starch,  its  firm  granular  texture  rendering  its  use 
especially  advantageous. — Pharm.  Jour,  and  Trans.,  June  i,  1889,  969. 

Potato  Starch — Preparation  and  Comparative  Examination, — Wm.  A 
S.  Johnson  communicates  an  interesting  account  of  the  manufacture  of 

Digitized 


656  REPORT  ON  THE  PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 

potato  Starch  on  Prince  Edward  Island,  where  there  are  ten  factories 
with  an  annual  output  of  about  2500  tons. 

The  potatoes,  after  being  weighed,  are  dumped  into  a  cellar,  which  is 
connected  by  means  of  a  shoot  with  a  revolving  cylinder  having  a  stream 
of  water  running  through  it.  The  bottom  of  this  shoot,  instead  of  being 
solid,  consists  of  a  number  of  small  iron  rods  placed  longitudinally, 
and  about  an  inch  apart,  which  allows  the  dirt,  etc.,  to  fall  through. 
From  the  cylinder,  the  potatoes  fall  into  a  long  inclined  trough,  full  of 
water,  which  has  beaters  or  paddles  revolving  in  it.  The  last  two  of  these 
are  broad  and  fiat,  and  after  the  potatoes  have  gone  the  full  length  of  the 
trough  and  have  been  thoroughly  washed,  they  are  thrown  by  the  flat 
paddles  into  a  box  having  a  cylinder  about  six  feet  long  and  twenty- two 
inches  in  diameter,  covered  with  iron  like  a  nutmeg  grater,  and  turning 
at  the  rate  of  700  revolutions  a  minute.  This  grates  the  potatoes,  mak- 
ing them  into  a  pulp,  which  is  washed  by  a  stream  of  water  onto  long 
sieves  made  of  number  70  brass  wire,  which  are  kept  in  rapid  motion. 
Over  these  is  placed  a  long  box  with  a  bottom  of  zinc  having  three  longi- 
tudinal lines  of  perforations,  through  which  steady  streams  of  water  pour 
on  the  sieves,  washing  all  the  starch  through,  while  the  fibre,  etc.,  is 
shaken  off  and  washed  away.  The  starch  water  is  cairied  into  a  series  of 
tanks  about  10x12  feet,  and  6  feet  deep,  where  it  is  allowed  to  settle, 
which  takes  from  seven  to  eight  hours.  The  water  is  then  drawn  off,  and 
the  tanks  are  filled  again.  After  the  starch  has  all  settled  and  the  water 
run  off  a  second  time,  the  combined  contents  of  the  several  tanks  are 
shovelled  into  a  larger  one,  which  is  about  28x15  feet,  and  6  feet  deep. 
This  is  then  filled  with  clean  water,  and  by  means  of  a  large  beater  the 
starch  is  stirred  up  and  suspended  in  the  liquid,  giving  it  the  appearance 
of  milk,  which  is  then  pumped  into  tanks  24x12  feet,  and  about  5  feet 
deep,  where  it  is  again  allowed  to  settle,  taking  about  15  hours.  After 
the  water  has  been  drawn  off,  there  is  generally  a  superficial  layer  of  about 
two  inches,  consisting  of  fibre,  dirt,  etc.,  which  is  shovelled  out  and 
thrown  into  a  tank,  to  go  through  the  process  again,  while  the  clear  starch 
is  thrown  into  a  mill  and  ground  to  a  fine  powder,  which  is  then  put 
upon  racks  to  dry.  These  drying  racks  consist  of  a  number  of  layers 
(about  16)  of  narrow  strips  of  wood  about  an  inch  wide,  which  are  ar- 
ranged in  such  a  way  that  the  starch  in  falling  through  is  distributed 
equally  over  them.  They  are  kept  at  a  temperature  of  about  120®  Fahr. 
by  means  of  steam,  and  it  takes  about  20  hours  to  dry  eight  tons.  When 
perfectly  dry,  the  racks  are  tipped,  and  the  starch  falls  into  bags  placed 
in  suitable  positions. 

A  comparative  examination  of  this  starch  with  six  samples  of  com- 
mercial varieties  purchased  in  the  Philadelphia  market,  led  to  the  follow- 
ing results : 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


CARBOHYDRATES. 


657 


Ash. 

Mosture. 

Soluble 
Matter. 

Reaction. 

Variety  of 
Starch. 

I 

2 

3 

4 
5 
6 

.275  per  cent. 
.432  per  cent. 
.439  per  cent. 
.64.1  per  cent. 
.060  per  cent. 
.553  per  cent. 
.386  per  cent. 

15.225  per  cent. 
> 3-347  percent. 
10.907  per  cent. 
1 1.4 1 3  per  cent. 
12.452  per  cent. 

.200  per  cent. 
.380  per  cent. 
.560  per  cent. 
.560  per  cent. 
.200  per  cent. 

Neutral. 

Neutral. 

Neutral. 

Alkaline. 

Alkaline. 

Potato. 

Corn. 

Corn. 

Corn. 

Wheat. 

Corn. 

7 

Corn. 

— Amer.  Jour.  Pharra.,  Dec.  1888,  595-598. 

Dextrin — Process  of  Preparation, — According  to  Klepotschewsky,  the 
best  process  for  preparing  dextrin  is  the  following : 

Parts. 

Potato   Starch 400 

Water 200 

♦      Hydrochloric  Acid,  sp.  gr.  1.14      ...      5 

Mix  them  thoroughly,  dry  the  mixture,  by  exposure  to  the  air,  during 
about  two  days,  at  a  moderate  temperature,  then  heat  the  mass,  lirst  on  a 
water  or  steain-bath,  and  lastly  for  about  half  an  hour  in  an  oven  at  a 
temperature  of  110°  C. 

Dextrin  thus  prepared  leaves  a  slight  residue  behind;  when  it  is  dis- 
solved in  water,  it  slightly  reduces  Fehling*s  solution.  But  the  same  is 
the  case  also  with  dextrins  made  by  other  processes. — Amer.  Drugg., 
May  1889,  86;  from  Chem.  Zeit. 

Tragacanth — Characters  of  the  Water- soluble  Portion, — The  atten- 
tion of  Prof.  John  M.  Maisch  having  been  called  to  conflicting  state- 
ments, in  the  "  U.  S.  Pharm."  and  in  the  **  Manual  of  Organic  Materia 
Medica,''  respecting  the  precipitability  of  the  soluble  gum  of  tragacanth 
by  alcohol,  he  has  repeated  an  experiment  made  in  fornier  years,  as  fol- 
lows: Some  thin  flakes  of  white  tragacanth  were  washed  with  cold 
water,  and  then  soaked  in  sufficient  water  without  applying  heat;  cold 
water  was  then  added  from  time  to  time  with  agitation,  until  the  gelatin- 
ous mass  remained  sufficiently  thin  after  standing  for  some  time  to  permit 
the  fluid  portion  to  be  separated  by  means  of  a  wetted  filter.  On  pouring 
some  alcohol  upon  the  clear  filtrate,  both  layers  remained  clear  also  at 
the  point  of  contact,  and  on  mixing  the  two  liquids,  the  transparency  of 
the  mixture  was  apparently  not  disturbed  immediately ;  but  on  close  ex- 
amination the  formation  of  a  transparent  jelly  could  easily  be  dis- 
tinguished, and  this  separated  after  a  while  in  the  form  of  whitish  flocks 
rising  to  the  surface.  The  result  corroborates  that  of  experiments  pre- 
viously placed  on  record  by  others,  and  proves  that  a  portion  of  traga- 
canth is  soluble  in  cold  water,  and  that  this  solution  is  precipitated  by 
alcohol.     In  performing  this  experiment,  it  is  necessary  to  avoW  the  use 

42  Digitized  by  VaOOQ iC 


658  REPORT  ON  THE  PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

of  heat,  since  tragacanth  always  contains  starch,  which  would  be  dissolved 
by  hot  water.  The  statement  in  the  U.  S.  Pharm.  that  the  water 
soluble  portion  of  gum  tragacanth  is  not  precipi table  by  alcohol  must 
therefore  be  corrected,  this  erroneous  statement  being  also  made  in  the 
Br.  Pharm.  of  1867. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Feb.  1889,  72-74. 

Sugars— Fermentabilify  of  Different  Kinds,— ^.  E.  Stone  and  B.  Tol- 
lens  have  made  experiments  upon  the  relative  fermentability  of  the  vari- 
ous sugars.  The  power  to  undergo  alcoholic  fermentation  is  generally 
regarded  to  be  characteristic  of  the  true  sugars,  more  particularly  the 
glucoses,  although  this  question  has  not  yet  been  decided  in  several  points. 
Dextrose  and  levulose  are,  as  is  well-known,  readily  fermentable,  whilst 
galactose  and  sorbose  are  generally  regarded  as  non- fermentable.  The 
authors  have  now  found  \\\2X  galactose  will  ferment  in  the  presence  of  beer 
yeast  and  nutritive  fluid  almost  as  completely  as  dextrose,  though  slower. 
Sorbose,  also,  will  undergo  fermentation  in  the  presence  of  beer  yeast, 
though  still  slower  and  less  completely  ;  arabinose  undergoes  fermentation 
very  slowly  and  incompletely,  while  milk-sugar  undergoes  such  to  a  still 
less  degree.  The  facility  to  undergo  fermentation  places  these  several 
sugars  in  the  following  order :  dextrose,  levulose,  galactose,  sorbose, 
arabinose,  milk-sugar. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  March  1889,  277  ;  from  Liebig's 
Annal.  d.  Chem.,  vol.  249,  257. 

Sugar — Determination  in  Liqueurs,  Confectionery,  etc, — F.  Rathgen  ob- 
serves that  the  first  test  to  be  applied  to  a  liqueur  or  an  article  of  confec- 
tionery is  to  heat  the  aqueous  solution  with  a  little  copper  sulphate  and 
soda-lye.  If  there  is  no  precipitate  or  cuprous  oxide,  or  but  a  slight  one, 
we  may  polarize  at  once.  In  the  presence  of  appreciable  quantities  of 
inverted  sugar  or  glucose  the  inversion  process  of  Clerget  is  recommended. 
Many  kinds  of  confectionery  require  special  procedures.  The  solutions 
must  generally  be  decolorized  with  aluminium  hydroxide  and  charred 
blood.  In  gum  lozenges  the  sugar  cannot  be  determined  by  a  polaris- 
trombometric  process,  since  the  optically  active  gum  cannot  be  com- 
pletely separated  by  means  of  alcohol.  In  *'  caramels"  an  accurate  deter- 
mination of  saccharose  is  not  practicable,  as  glucose  is  present  to  the 
extent  of  about  16  percent. — Chem.  News,  Oct.  19,  1888,  197;  from 
Zeitsch.  f.  Analyt.  Chem.,  xxvii.  No.  4. 

Sugar — Simple  Method  of  Detection  in  Urine. — Dr.  Hager  describes  the 
following  simple  method  for  the  detection  of  sugar  in  urine,  which  is 
particularly  adapted  for  the  use  of  physicians  : 

Take  a  strip  of  filter  paper  or  of  blotting  paper  about  3  cm.  wide  and 
of  moderate  thickness,  and  with  a  piece  of  wood  or  glass  rod  place  a 
drop  of  urine  on  the  paper.  Then  heat  this  over  a  kerosene,  lamp  for  a 
few  minutes,  so  that  neither  the  paper  nor  the  spot  of  urine  are  changed 
by  the  heat,  and  that  the  paper  does  not  get  brown.     This  can  beac- 

Digitized  by  VjOOQ IC 


CARBOHYDRATES.  659 

complished  with  certainty  by  having  the  flame  not  more  than  3  mm. 
high,  while  the  narrowest  part  of  the  chimney  should  be  about  18  or  20 
cm.  above  the  flame,  or  project  above  it  about  a  hand's  span.  The 
paper  with  the  spot  of  urine  should  then  be  held  about  2.5  cm.  above  the 
opening  of  the  chimney,  the  side  on  which  the  spot  is,  being  held  to- 
ward the  lamp.  If  the  chimney  is  shorter,  reaching  only  about  15  cm. 
above  the  flame,  the  paper  should  be  held  about  3.5  to  4  cm.  above  the 
mouth  of  the  chimney.  If  the  urine  contains  no  sugar  it  leaves  on  dry- 
ing either  a  scarcely  perceptible  or  faintly  yellowish  spot.  If  it  contains 
albumen  the  spot  left  is  from  a  yellowish  to  a  pronounced  yellow  color, 
and  in  the  latter  case  frequently  with  a  reddish  tinge.  If  the  urine  con- 
tains sugar  (dextrose)  the  spot  is  a  brownish  yellow,  yellowish  brown,  or 
a  brown  color,  according  to  the  quantity  of  sugar  present.  On  observing 
the  spot  through  a  magnifying  glass  by  transmitted  light  (either  sun  or 
lamp  light)  it  will  be  seen  that  the  edge  of  the  spot  is  darker  with  dark 
spots,  while  normal  urine  or  urine  containing  only  albumen  is  either  free 
from  these  dark  spots,  or  they  are  scarcely  discernible.  It  is  necessary 
for  one  to  carry  out  this  process  several  times  in  order  to  obtain  the 
requisite  practice.  If  no  diabetic  urine  is  obtainable,  a  substitute  may 
be  prepared  by  adding  to  about  12  c.c.  of  normal  urine,  5  to  7  drops  of 
syrup  of  dextrose,  or  i  c.c.  of  honey  which  has  been  previously  washed 
with  absolute  alcohol. — Drugg.  Circ,  April  1889,  78;  from  Pharm.  Ztg. 

Sugar — Detection  in  Urine. — Marson  determines  sugar  in  urine  as  fol- 
lows: He  adds  to  8  c.c.  of  the  sample  o.i  gm.  ferrous  sulphate,  heats, 
adds  o.  25  gm.  potassa,  and  goes  on  heating  for  some  minutes.  If  sugar 
is  present  the  precipitate  varies  from  dark  green  to  black,  and  the  super- 
natant liquid  is  more  or  less  colored.  In  a  normal  sample  the  precipi- 
tate is  a  greenish  brown  and  the  supernatant  liquid  is  colorless. — Chem. 
News,  Aug.  31,  1888,  109;  frqm  Zeitschr.  f.  Anal.  Chem.,  xxvii,  Part  2. 

Sugars  Contained  in  Quince  and  Salep  Mucilage. — R.  Gans  and  B. 
Tollens  have  found  quince  mucilage  to  contain  arabinose  or  wood  sugar, 
or  bodies  closely  allied  to  these,  but  neither  dextrose  nor  levulose.  In 
salep  mucilage  they  found  dextrose  and  probably  also  mannose,  but  neither 
galactose  nor  arabinose. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  March  1889,  277;  from 
Liebig's  Annal.  d.  Chem.,  vol.  249. 

Sugar— Nylander' s  7>j/.— According  to  "Pharm.  Post'*  (1888,  427), 
Nylander's  sugar  test,  which  is  composed  of  2  gm.  bismuth  subnitrate, 
4  gm.  rochelle  salt,  and  100  gm.  of  an  8  per  cent,  solution  of  soda, 
possesses  the  advantages  of  easy  preparation,  of  stability,  and  of  delicacy, 
0.025  per  cent,  of  sugar  being  still  detected. 

Glucose — Improvement  in  the  Manufacture  of  High  Grades. — Com- 
mercial glucose  usually  consists  of  about  66  per  cent,  of  fermentable 
sugar,  18  to  20  per  cent,  of  unfermentable  organic  constituents,  the  rest 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


66o  REPORT   ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

being  water.  The  low  percentage  of  dextrose  has  hitherto  prevented  its 
practical  employment  in  many  branches  of  industry.  This  drawback  is 
likely  to  be  overcome  by  the  improved  process  for  preparing  grape-sugar, 
devised  by  Alfred  Seyberlich,  of  Riga.  One  of  the  main  improvements 
in  this  process  is  the  use  of  nitric  in  place  of  sulphuric  or  other  acids. 
Nitric  acid  had,  indeed,  been  already  recommended  by  others,  but  no 
practical  results  appear  to  have  been  attained  by  them.  The  new  pro- 
cess is  carried  on  in  open  boilers  without  pressure.  The  relative  pro- 
portions of  ingredients  are : 

Starch loo  parts 

Water 200    " 

Nitric  Acid >i  per  cent. 

of  the  Starch  (from  rice,  Indian  corn,  etc.,  etc.)  calculated  as  airdry. 
These  ingredients  are  boiled  in  the  usual  manner,  the  liquid  then  neutral- 
ized, rendered  faintly  alkaline,  and  filtered  by  means  of  a  filter-press. 
The  resulting  filtrate  is  evaporated  to  a  density  of  35°  B.  (taken  while 
hot),  and  transferred  at  a  temperature  of  18°  C.  (65®  F.)  to  copper  pans, 
where  it  is  frequently  stirred  and  allowed  to  crystallize.  The  crystalline 
mass  is  pressed  in  coarse  linen  bags,  yielding  cakes  which  contain  about 
88  per  cent,  of  pure  sugar,  10  p.  c.  of  water,  and  2  p.  c.  of  impurities. 
This  is  *'raw  sugar.**  The  clear  syrup,  which  has  been  removed  by 
pressing,  is  repeatedly  concentrated,  so  as  to  obtain  more  crystals,  and 
the  final  molasses  freed  from  nitric  acid  and  salts  by  means  of  sulphurous 
acid.  For  the  purpose  of  refining  the  raw  sugar,  the  cakes  are  melted  in 
a  copper  bbiler,  with  the  addition  of  enough  water  to  make  a  solution  of 
the  density  of  32®  B.  (while  hot).  For  every  100  parts  of  sugar  10  parts 
of  animal  charcoal  are  then  added,  the  whole  well  stirred  and  heated  to 
80°  or  90°  C,  and  afterwards  passed  through  the  filter-press.  The  re- 
sulting colorless  syrup  is  set  aside  to  crystallize,  yielding  a  brilliant  white 
crystalline  mass,  which  is  freed  from  mother-water  by  pressure.  The 
latter  is  again  concentrated  and  a  fresh  crop  of  crystals  obtained.  If 
the  sugar  thus  refined  and  pressed  is  crushed  or  ground,  the  product  will 
form  a  salable,  white,  crystalline  "  farina-sugar.'*  To  obtain  larger  and 
belter  developed  crystals,  the  cakes  are  melted  on  a  water- bath  at  80°  to 
90°  C,  the  melted  mass  poured  into  the  usual  foims,  and  allowed  to 
crystallize  during  48  hours  at  18°  C.  When  the  mass  is  dry  it  repre- 
sents pure  hydrous  glucose,  containing  90  per  cent,  of  dextrose  and  10 
per  cent,  of  water.  Anhydrous,  or  practically  anhydrous  glucose  is  pre- 
pared by  melting  the  hydrous  cakes  over  an  open  fire  to  boiling,  cooling, 
adding  a  few  crystals  of  anhydrous  grape  sugar,  and  allowing  to  stand  24 
hours.  The  resulting  crystals  contain  98  per  cent,  of  glucose  and  2  per 
cent,  of  water.  By  crushing  and  sifting  this,  a  product  is  obtained 
which  is  very  similar  to  cane-sugar.     The  author  states  tlpt  jloo  parts  of 


CARBOHYDRATES.  66 1 

anhydrous  starch  will  yield  from  95  to  100  parts  of  glucose. — Amer. 
Drugg.,  May  1S89,  88;  from  Dingler's  Pol.  J.,  vol.  271,  512. 

Glucose — Review  of  Processes  of  Determination, — Dr.  Charles  O. 
Curtman  critically  reviews  the  different  processes  that  have  been  pro- 
posed and  are  in  use  for  the  determination  of  glucose,  which  may  be 
consulted  in  Pharm.  Rundschau,  Feb.  1889,  29-33. 

.  Glucose — Detection  in  Urine,  etc.,  by  Safranin. — L.  Crismer  finds 
that  a  solution  of  safranin  (1:1000)  serves  an  excellent  purpose  for  the 
detection  of  glucose  in  urine,  in  foods,  and  of  glucosides  (after  boiling 
with  mineral  acids).  The  manner  of  testing  urine  is  to  take  i  c.c.  urine, 
5  c.c.  safranin  solution,  2  c.c.  solution  of  soda,  and  heat  to  the  boil- 
ing point ;  if  decolorization  takes  place  the  urine  is  abnormal.  From  a 
number  of  experiments  the  author  comes  to  the  conclusion  that  all  nor- 
mal urine  contains  small  quantities  of  carbohydrates,  but  the  amount 
is  not  sufficient  to  decolorize  the  above  quantity  of  safranin  solution. 
Uric  acid,  kreatin,  chloral,  chloroform,  hydrogen  peroxide,  and  hydroxy- 
laniin  salts,  which  reduce  Fehling's  solution,  will  not  decolorize  this  test 
solution.  Albumen,  however,  decolorizes  it  completely,  but  very  slowly. 
—Pharm.  Ztg.,  1888,  651. 

Glucose  —  Value  of  the  Safranin-  Test  for  Its  Presence  in  Urine,  — 
Prof.  Chas.  O.  Curtman  has  found  the  safranin -test,  proposed  by  Louis 
Crismer,  to  be  very  reliable  for  the  detection  of  abnormal  glucose  in 
urine.  He  has  never  found  a  normal  urine  of  which  i  c.c.  discolors 
more  than  2  c.c.  of  the  test  solution.  The  latter  consists  of  a  o.i  per 
cent,  solution  of  safranin  in  water,  and  the  test  is  made  by  heating  5  c.c. 
of  this  liquid  and  2  c.c.  caustic  scda  solution  with  i  c.c.  of  urine.  If 
the  mixture  is  decolorized,  glucose  is  present  in  abnormal  quantities. — 
Pharm.  Rundschau,  June  1889,  132. 

Glucose — Modification  of  Its  Determination  by  Fehling's  Solution. — H. 
Causse  observes  that  the  separation  of  cuprous  oxide  in  the  course  of  the 
determination  of  glucose  by  Fehling's  solution  causes  considerable  an- 
noyance during  the  latter  stage  of  the  process,  and  also  obscures  the  final 
disappearance  of  the  blue  color  of  the  liquid.  The  author  finds  a  remedy 
for  this  in  the  addition  of  ferrocyanide  of  potassium  to  the  alkaline  copper 
solution,  this  substance  having  no  effect  upon  the  solution  either  in  the 
cold  or  when  boiled.  The  modified  Fehling's  solution  is  made  by  adding 
to  10  c.c.  of  that  prepared  as  advised  by  M^hn,  20  c.c.  distilled  water  and 
4  c.c.  of  solution  of  ferrocyanide  of  potassium  (1:20).  When  this  is 
heated  to  boiling,  each  drop  of  sugar  solution  added  at  once  produces  a 
distinct  precipitate  of  cuprous  oxide,  which  in  its  turn  is  immediately 
redissolved,  the  blue  color  being  decreased  in  proportion  to  the  addition 
of  the  sugar  solution,  until  eventually  it  disappears  entirely.  Upon  re- 
moving the  now  clear,  colorless  solution  from  the  fire,  it  becomes  browned. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


662  REPORT  ON  THE  PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 

and   colorless  crystals  are  deposited. — Arch.    d.    Pharm.,  May    1889, 
475  ;  from  Jour,  de  Pharm.  et  de  Chim.,  1889,  xix,  171. 

Glucose — Preliminary  Determination  in  Urin^, — Dr.  H.  Hager  finds 
that  for  the  preliminary  determination  of  sugar  in  urine  the  use  of  the 
alkaline  bismuth  solution  is  the  most  reliable.  Having  removed  any  al- 
bumen that  may  be  present,  by  acidulating  the  urine  with  acetic  acid, 
boiling,  and  filtering,  i  c.c.  of  the  reagent  is  added  to  6  c.c.  of  the 
urine,  and  the  mixture  \&  boiled,  when,  in  the  presence  of  sugar,  a  black 
color  is  produced,  due  to  the  reduction  of  the  bismuth.  The  reagent  is 
made  by  dissolving  10  p.  subnitrate  of  bismuth  and  10  p.  tartaric 
acid  in  50  parts  of  water,  with  the  aid  of  sufficient  potassa  solution  to 
effect  a  clear  solution,  then  diluting  this  with  an  equal  volume  of  water. 
In  the  absence  of  this  reagent,  R.  Bottger's  method  may  be  substituted — 
6  to  8  c.c.  of  the  urine  being  shaken  with  2  c.c.  of  sodium  carbonate  so- 
lution and  a  very  small  quantity  of  subnitrate  of  bismuth,  and  the  mix- 
ture boiled. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Feb.  1889,  127;  from  Pharm.  Ztg., 
33»  744. 

Glycogen — Occurrence  in  Diabetic  Urine. — Prof.  I^ube,  while  unable 
to  detect  glycogen  in  healthy  urine,  or  in  urine  from  persons  suffering 
with  diabetes  insipidus^  detected  this  substance  in  a  case  of  diabetes  melli- 
tus,  as  follows :  The  urine  was  passed  direct  into  absolute  alcohol,  the 
precipitate  collected,  dried,  dissolved  in  water,  reprecipitated  in  alcohol, 
and  this  repeated  until  the  aqueous  extract  was  free  from  sugar.  The 
glycogen  was  then  determined  as  such  by  iodide  of  potassium,  as  well  as 
by  its  conversion  into  sugar  by  boiling  with  sulphuric  acid,  etc. — 
Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Feb.  1889,  130;  from  Munch.  Med.  Wochensch., 
1888,  24. 

Levulose — Preparation, — M.  Konig  and  L.  Jesse  have  obtained  levu- 
lose  in  quantities  by  the  following  method :  From  a  weighed  quantity  of 
pure  inulin  an  18  to  20  per  cent,  solution  was  prepared  by  the  aid  of  a 
^  per  cent,  sulphuric  acid  \  the  solution  was  digested  on  a  water-bath  at 
a  boiling  temperature  for  one  hour,  filtered,  and  the  filtrate  concentrated 
to  syrup  at  a  moderate  temperature  on  the  water- bath.  The  faintly  yel- 
low syrup  so  obtained,  was  placed  over  sulphuric  acid  in  a  vacuum  for 
two  or  three  days,  when,  on  addition  of  a  few  crystals  of  pure  levulose, 
the  viscid  syrup  soon  congealed  to  a  solid  crystalline  mass.  The  levulose 
so  obtained  is  not  anhydrous,  its  composition  being  2C«H„Oe+HaOv  To 
obtain  anhydrous  levulose,  the  viscid  syrup,  or  the  mass  of  crystals,  is 
dissolved  in  commercial  absolute  alcohol  by  heat,  M'ith  a  reverse  con- 
denser, the  solution  is  allowed  to  stand  24  hours,  decanted  clear,  and  a 
few  crystals  of  pure  fruit  sugar  are  added,  when  anhydrous  levulose  will 
crystallize  out  after  a  few  days*  standing.  Its  s.  g.  is  1.6691  at  17.5°  C. 
— Arch.  d.  Phar.,  Oct.  1888,  947;  from  Monatsh.  f.  Chera.,  9,  562. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


CARBOHYDRATES.  663 

Levulose — Superficial  Absorption  of  Water  by  the  Anhydrous  Sugar. — 
Messrs.  Jungfleisch  and  Grimbert  have  observed  that  perfectly  anhydrous 
levulose,  crystallized  from  absolute  alcohol,  becomes  superficially  coated 
when  exposed  to  air  with  microcrystalline  levulose  containing  one  equiv- 
alent of  water,  and  that  this  coating  protects  the  interior  anhydrous  por- 
tion from  further  hydration,  the  total  absorption  of  water  being  quite 
insignificant.  If,  on  the  other  hand,  the  anhydrous  levulose  is  mois- 
tened direct  with  a  suitable  quantity  of  water,  the  entire  substance  is 
converted  into  the  crystallized  hydrate,  but  even' after  continuous  expo- 
sure under  the  air  pump  the  amount  of  water  absorbed  is  no  more  and  no 
less  than  i  equivalent.  With  this  it  does  not  again  part  at  the  ordinary 
temperature,  and  even  at  ioo°  it  parts  with  water  very  slowly — about  0.2 
per  cent,  per  hour — the  substance  itself  being  at  the  same  time  decom- 
posed, as  is  evidenced  by  its  becoming  darker,  and  losing  its  rotatory 
power. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Nov.  1888,  1038 ;  from  Jour,  de  Pharm.  et  de 
Chim.,  1888,  xviii,  193. 

Dextrose — Identification  by  its  Conversion  into  Saccharic  Acid. — R. 
Gans  and  B.  Tollens  have  determined  that  saccharic  acid  is  the  specific 
product  of  the  oxidation  of  dextrose,  and  that  the  formation  of  this  acid 
is  necessary  for  its  absolute  identification.  Formerly  the  production  of 
cuprous  oxide  by  the  application  of  Fehling's  test  was  deemed  sufficient 
to  establish  the  presence  of  **  grape-sugar"  in  a  vegetable  substance.  It 
has  now,  however,  become  necessary  to  determine  absolutely  the  presence 
of  a  true  carbohydrate,  since  Tollens  has  shown  that  all  true  carbohydrates 
form  levulinic  acid  by  heating  with  hydrochloric  acid.  In  a  similar  man- 
ner, by  oxidation  with  nitric  acid,  galactose  yields  mucic  acid  as  charac- 
teristic product.    iThe  authors  have,  furthermore,  found  that  by  oxidizing 

Raffinose  some  saccharic  acid  is  produced,  thus  proving  the  presence 
in  raffinose  of  dextrose.  Raffinose  they  find  to  be  composed  of  galactose, 
levulose  and  dextrose. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  March  1889,  277;  from  Lie- 
big's  Annal.  d.  Chem.,  vol.  249,  p.  215. 

Milk  Sugar — Method  of  Effecting  Solutions, — G.  B.  Schmidt  finds  that 
a  saturated  aqueous  solution  of  milk-sugar  in  water  of  15°  C.  (59°  F.) 
cannot  be  produced  by  agitation  or  trituration  of  the  solid  and  liquid 
during  a  short  time,  as  is  the  case  with  many  other  soluble  solids.  Dur- 
ing the  first  half-hour,  the  solubility  will  be  only  i  in  11.8;  after  four 
hours,  it  will  be  i  in  8.6;  after  eight  hours,  i  in  7.5  ;  and  after  twenty- 
four  hours,  I  in  6  3.  The  author  recommends  to  use  this  length  of  time 
and  water  at  15°  C.  to  prepare  normal  solution  of  milk  sugar,  when  no 
other  directions  are  given.  By  continuing  the  maceration  and  shaking 
longer,  the  rate  of  solubility  increases,  so  that  after  1 2  days  it  becomes  i 
in  5.  But  for  uniformity's  sake,  the  author  prefers  24  hours  and  15°  C. 
— Amer.  Drugg.,  Feb.  1889,  36;  from   Maandblad  voor  ApopK,  1888, 

l5y^  Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


664  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS  OF   PHARMACY. 

Milk  Sugar — Products  of  Oxidation. — The  oxidation  products  of  milk 
sugar  that  have  hitherto  been  obtained  by  the  action  of  nitric  acid,  of 
halogens  and  other  agents,  contain  at  the  most  six  atoms  of  carbon.  Emil 
Fischer  and  J.  Meyer  have  now  found  that  when  milk  sugar  is  carefully 
oxidized  by  means  of  bromine  water,  a  new  acid — 

Laciobionic  Add  (CjaHwOjs),  is  obtained,  this  containing  all  of  the 
carbon  contained  in  the  milk  sugar.  Lactobionic  acid  constitutes  a  col- 
orless, strongly  acfd  J^yrup,  which  readily  decomposes  carbonates,  is  easily 
soluble  in  water,  difficultly  soluble  in  alcohol  and  glacial  acetic  acid,  and 
insoluble  in  ether.  The  pure  acid  does  not  reduce  alkaline  copper  solu- 
tions \  but  if  heated  for  a  short  time  with  dilute  mineral  acids,  it  acquires 
strong  reducing  power,  owing  to  its  being  split  up  into  galactose  and 
gluconic  acid. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  April  1889,  368;  from  Ber.  d.  D. 
Chem.  Ges.,  1889,  361. 

Milk  Sugar — Detection  of  Traces  of  Glucose, — H.  Will;  to  detect 
even  traces  of  glucose  in  milk  sugar,  agitates  for  one  minute  10  grams 
powdered  milk  sugar  with  20  c.c.  dilute  alcohol,  filters  and  heats  to  the 
boiling  point,  for  a  few  seconds,  5  c.c.  of  the  filtrate  with  5  c.c.  of  a  so- 
lution made  from  7  grams  cupric  acetate,  87  c.c.  water,  and  3.2  c.c. 
dilute  acetic  acid  ;  the  test  in  absence  of  glucose  remains  clear  on  cool- 
ing, and  after  one  hour's  standing  should  show  no  deposit  of  cuprous 
oxide. — Apoth.  Ztg.,  1889,  324. 

Galactose — Action  of  Ferments. — There  being  considerable  diver- 
sity of  opinion  as  to  the  ferment  ability  of  galactose,  which  is,  as  is 
known,  produced  from  milk  sugar  by  boiling  with  dilute  acids,  Bour- 
quelot  has  made  systematic  experiments  with  a  view  to  deciding  the 
question.  He  finds  that  when  pure  galactose  is  subjected  to  the  ac- 
tion of  beer  yeast  at  15°  not  a  trare  of  fermentive  action  results;  but  if 
to  the  galactose  solution  small  quantities  of  glucose,  levulose  or  maltose 
are  added,  the  fermentation  not  alone  extends  to  these,  but  the  galactose 
also  undergoes  fermentation.  The  influence  of  their  presence  is,  how- 
ever, not  identical,  the  presence  of  glucose  inciting  fermentation  more 
rapidly  in  galactose  solutions  than  either  of  the  others ;  maltose  having 
the  weakest  effect.  It  is  established  by  the  author's  experiments,  also, 
that  in  the  presence  of  glucose,  etc.,  the  fermentation  does  not  begin 
with  the  glucose,  and  when  established  carries  it  over  to  the  galactose. 
On  the  contrary  the  two  substances  undergo  fermentation  simultaneously 
from  the  beginning.  The  author's  observations  explain  why  galactose 
has  hitherto  been  regarded  as  directly  fermentable,  since  during  its  prep- 
aration from  milk  sugar  by  dilute  acids  a  certain  proportion  of  glucose  is 
always  produced. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Dec.  1888,  1132;  fromJour.de 
Pharm.  et  de  Chim.,  1888,  xviii,  337. 

Seininose — A  New  Sugar, — R.  Reiss  describes  under  the^iame  of|Serai- 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


ORGANIC   ACIDS.  665 

Dose  a  new  sugar  obtained  from  the  layers  of  cellulose  deposited  as  reserve 
material  in  different  seeds.  While  the  new  sugar  has  not  yet  been  obtained 
in  crystalline  condition,  the  author  has  obtained  several  crystallized  and 
characteristic  compounds,  which  leave  no  doubt  that  the  substance  is  a 
new  kind  of  sugar  not  hitherto  described.  As  obtained  it  constitutes  a 
perfectly  clear,  faint  yellow,  sweet  syrup,  having  a  pleasant  bitter  after- 
taste. It  has  been  obtained  from  seeds  of  the  Palmacese,  Liliaceae,  Iri- 
daceae,  Loganiacese,  and  Rubiaceae.  —  Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  May  1889, 
462;  from  Ber.  d.  D.  Chem.  Ges.,  1889,  609. 

Manjwse — Formation  and  Characters, — According  to  E.  Fischer  and 
J.  Hirschberger,  raannose  (CeHjoOc)  is  produced  by  oxidizing  mannit 
with  dilute  nitric  acid,  and  by  the  action  of  nascent  hydrogen  it  is  again 
converted  into  mannit.  Mannose  is  precipitated  by  ether  in  the  form  of 
white  flakes,  which  when  allowed  to  stand  for  some  time  in  contact  with 
absolute  alcohol  are  converted  into  a  colorless  friable  mass,  which  keeps 
well  in  the  exsiccator,  but,  being  very  hygroscopic,  soon  liquefies  on  ex- 
posure to  air. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  April  1889,  369;  from  Ber.  d.  D. 
Chem.  Gcs.,  1889,  3^5- 

Mannit  an hytf ride —  Compound  with  Oil  of  Bitter  Almonds.  — Accord  ing 
to  Meunier,  mannit-anhydride  has  the  property  of  forming  a  solid  com- 
pound with  oil  of  bitter  almond,  as  well  as  with  the  aldehydes  in  general. 
To  prepare  the  mannit-anhydride,  10  grams  of  mannit  are  heated  in  a 
current  of  hydrochloric  acid  gas  with  20  grams  of  absolute  alcohol  and  5 
grams  of  fused  chloride  of  zinc.  The  gas  is  abundantly  absorbed  under 
evolution  of  considerable  heat.  After  allowing  the  mixture  to  stand  sev- 
eral days,  the  liquid,  containing  the  mannit  anhydride,  is  decanted  from 
any  unchanged  mannit,  and  yields,  on  addition  of  one-fifth  oil  of  bitter 
almond,  an  abundance  of  needle-shaped  crystals.  Tliese,  when  recrys- 
tallized  from  benzin  and  washed  with  alcohol,  are  colorless,  melt  at 
207°,  are  readily  decomposed  at  a  higher  temperature.  They  have  the 
composition  CeHjOaCQHflO), — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Nov.  1888,  1043; 
from  Jour,  de  Pharm.  et  de  Chim.,  1888,  xviii.,  220. 

ORGANIC  ACIDS. 

Vegetable  Acids — Reactions  with  Chromic  Acid  and  Permanganate, — 
Th.  Salzer  finds  that  while  the  oxidation  of  citric  and  tartaric  acids  by 
chromic  acid  takes  place  easily,  as  is  stated  in  text-books,  the  reaction  at 
ordinary  temperatures  differs  so  greatly  that  it  affords  a  ready  means  of 
distinguishing  between  the  two  acids.  In  the  case  of  citric  acid  it  is  ex- 
tremely slow,  while  in  the  presence  of  tartaric  acid  a  solution  of  chromic 
acid  is  discolored  very  rapidly,  so  that  if  the  reaction  is  extended  to  sev- 
eral hours  the  presence  or  absence  of  0.5  per  cent,  tartaric  in  citric  acid 
may  be  determined.  Formic,  acetic,  benzoic  and  succinic  acid  have  no 
action  on  chromic  acid.     Alkaline  permanganate  solution  is^so  discol- 

^  Digitized  by  CjOOgle 


666  REPORT  ON  THE  PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 

ored  by  tartaric  acid  far  more  rapidly  than  by  citric. — Arch.  d.  Pharm., 
Aug.  1888,  744;  from  Ber.  d.  D.  Chem.  Ges.,  21,  19 10. 

Oxalic  Acid — A  By-product  in  Aniline  Manufacture. — Dr.  R.  Hirsch 
states  that  the  acid  which  has  served  for  the  nitration  of  benzenes  and 
toluenes  contains  from  J^  to  ij^  per  cent,  of  nitric  acid.  If  allowed  to 
stand  for  some  time  it  deposits  crystals  of  oxalic  acid,  formed  at  the  ex- 
pense of  the  carbide  nitrated  and  of  the  nitrous  zcid.  Hence  it  is  neces- 
sary, in  producing  aniline,  to  use  benzenes  as  free  as  ppssible  from  thio- 
phenes,  and  nitric  acid  free  from  nitrous  vapors. — Chem.  News,  Feb.  15, 
1889.  84;  from  Chem.  Ztg. 

Oxalic  Acid — Estimation  in  Plants, — Berthelot  and  Andr6  have  re- 
cently shown  that  the  precipitates  which  are  obtained  in  vegetable  ex- 
tracts acidulated  with  acetic  acid,  by  means  of  calcium  salts,  are  not 
necessarily  oxalate  of  calcium,  but  may  contain  tartrate,  urate,  citrate 
and  sulphate  of  calcium,  as  also  coagulated  nitrogenous  substances,  and 
may  not  contain  any  oxalate  at  all.  The  separation  of  oxalic  acid  to  the 
exclusion  of  these  substances,  is  accomplished  by  the  authors  as  follows : 
The  vegetable  extract  or  solution,  either  purely  aqueous  or  prepared  with 
addition  of  hydrochloric  acid,  and  free  from  any  particles  of  the  plant, 
is  raised  to  boiling,  and. the  liquid  then  filtered.  The  filtrate  is  mixed 
with  excess  of  ammonia,  which  causes  a  precipitate  of  impure  oxalate  of 
calcium,  more  or  less  colored,  and  mixed  with  flocculent  substances. 
Next  an  excess  of  boric  acid  is  added,  which  causes,  if  chloride  of  am- 
monium is  present  at  the  same  time  (and  this  should  be  added,  if  none 
is  present),  the  resolution  of  other  calcium  salts  except  the  oxalate,  or  pre- 
vents their  precipitation.  The  mixture  is  now  strongly  acidulated  with 
acetic  acid,  whereby  carbonates  and  certain  other  salts  are  dissolved, 
and  acetate  of  calcium  is  then  added.  The  whole  is  heated  during  one 
hour,  but  not  boiled,  the  object  being  to  cause  the  precipitate  to  settle 
more  compactly.  It  is  then  collected  on  a  filter,  washed  and  purified 
by  resolution  in  hydrochloric  acid,  precipitation  with  ammonia,  and 
acidulation  of  the  liquid  with  acetic  acid  ;  this  process  of  purification  be- 
ing repeated  several  limes  if  necessary.  The  oxalate  of  calcium  is  thus 
obtained  pure,  and  may  be  weighed  as  such. — Amer.  Drugg.,  July  1888, 
124;  from  Zeitschr.  Anal.  Chem.,  1888,  403. 

Succinimide  of  Mercury — A  New  Compound. — This  new  mercurial  has 
the  formula  CaH4,C0,C0,NH,  and  it  may  be  formed  by  healing  together 
succinic  acid,  carbonic  anhydride  and  ammonia.  It  furnishes  with  mer- 
curic oxide  a  compound  which  occurs  as  a  white  silky  powder,  soluble  in 
water.  This  solution  remains  quite  unchanged  when  kept.  Dr.  VoUert 
publishes  some  account  of  the  agent  in  the  Therapeut,  Monatshe/te.  He 
prepared  a  solution  of  1.3  grams  of  the  mercuric  salt  in  100  of  water,  and 
used  it  in  a  large  number  of  cases  in  the  form  of  a  hypodermic  injection. 
He  found  that  its  action  was  satisfactory,  fre^  from  pain  andHfrom  unde- 

^  jitizedbyL-OOgle 


ORGANIC   ACIDS.  667 

sirable  secondary  symptoms.  Over  some  similar  compounds  it  exhibits 
the  advantage  of  giving  a  permanent  solution  which  may  be  kept  without 
decomposition  for  weeks.  Moreover,  it  is  cheap ;  it  contains  about  half 
its  weight  of  mercury  in  a  combined  condition.— Amer.  Drugg,,  Jan. 
1889,  13;  from  Chem.  and  Drugg. 

Lactic  Acid — Value  in  Diarrhcsa  of  Tuberculous  Patients. — Drs.  Sugary 
and  Aune  have  successfully  used  lactic  acid  against  the  diarrhoea  of  tuber- 
culous patients,  the  stools  becoming  natural  in  a  few  days.  They  com- 
menced with  2  gm.  in  a  glassful  of  water,  giving  frequently  in  small 
doses  during  24  hours ;  if  necessary  the  quantity  is  increased  to  6  or  8 
gm.  a  day,  and  a  little  chlorodyne  may  be  added. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm., 
April  1889,  183;  from  *' Lyon  M^d.'* 

Formate  of  Soda — Use  as  a  Reducing  Agent, — According  to  F.  Nelissen, 
formate  of  soda  constitutes  a  very  useful  reagent  in  blow-pipe  analyses. 
At  a  high  temperature  this  salt  is  decomposed  with  elimination  of  gaseous 
products  which  are  powerful  reducing  agents,  so  that  lead,  copper,  bis- 
muth, silver  and  antimony,  are  reduced  to  metallic  globules  even  in  the 
oxidation  flame  of  the  blow-pipe.  The  reduction  of  tin  is  also  accom- 
plished with  advantage  by  this  salt ;  the  sample  is  mixed  with  a  larger 
quantity  of  the  formate,  heated  to  melting  at  first  in  the  reduction  flame, 
and  then  strongly  in  the  oxidation  flame. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Jan. 
1889,  34;  from  Zeitschr.  f.  Anal.  Chem. 

Acetone — Detection  in  Urine, — The  following  method  for  the  detec- 
tion of  acetone  in  urine  is  given  in  "  Bull,  de  la  Soc.  de  Pharm.  de  Bor- 
deaux :"  Add  to  the  urine  a  few  drops  of  a  concentrated  solution  of  nitro- 
prussiate  of  soda,  and  make  the  solution  alkaline  by  adding  potash.  A 
red  coloration  appears  and  then  goes  off;  add  acetic  acid,  and,  if  acetone 
be  present,  we  get  a  dark  violet  color.  To  find  diacetic  acid,  perchlo- 
ride  of  iron  is  used  ;  it  gives  a  dark-red  color.  Urine  containing  thai- 
line,  antipyrine  and  salicylic  or  phenic  acid  gives  the  same  reaction  with 
perchloiide  of  iron,  but  with  diacetic  acid  the  color  disappears  on  boil- 
ing. If  urine  be  boiled  before  adding  the  perchloride  of  iron,  the  reac- 
tion does  not  take  place  in  the  case  of  diacetic  acid,  but  occurs  as  usual 
with  the  other  substances.  Urine  should  be  subjected  to  analysis  as  soon 
as  possible,  lest  the  diacetic  acid  decompose  into  acetone  and  carbonic 
acid. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  April  1889,  175;  from  Nouv.  Rem.,  Feb. 
1889. 

Dioxyethylic  Acetone — Characters, — E.  Grimaux  and  L.  Leffevre  have 
studied  the  character  of  dioxyethylic  acetone,  CtH^Os  .  It  is  a  colorless 
liquid  of  an  aromatic  odor,  which  distils  at  195°.  Its  specific  density  is 
0.980  at  17.8°.  Its  vapor  density  is  4.95,  the  theoretic  figure  being  5.05. 
It  is  soluble  in  alcohol  and  ether,  moderately  soluble  in  water,  and  vola- 
tilizes along  with  watery  vapor.     It  reduces   the  cupro-potassic   liquor 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


668  REPORT   ON   THE   PROGRESS  OF   PHARMACY. 

energetically,  and  in  heat  it  reduces  ammoniacal  silver  nitrate,  yielding 
a  mirror.  It  restores  the  color  of  magenta  which  has  been  decolorized 
by  sulphurous  acid.  It  represents  a  mixed  function,  which  has  no  ana- 
logues, being  at  once  an  acetone  and  the  ethyl-ether  of  a  biprimary  gly- 
col.— Chero.  News,  Feb.  1889,  72  ;  from  Bull.  Soc.  Chim  ,  1889, 
No.  I. 

Acetic  Acid — Quick  Method  for  its  Determinaiion  in  Acetates, — A.  Son- 
nenschein  recommends  the  following  quick  method  for  determining  the 
acetic  acid  in  acetates.  He  takes  5  grams  of  the  sample,  dissolves  in  water 
in  a  beaker  with  the  aid  of  heat,  and  makes  up  in  a  flask  to  250  c.c.  If 
carbonaceous  matter  is  present,  it  is  filtered  off  before  making  up ;  50  c.c. 
of  the  clear  liquid  are  mixed  with  three  drops  of  phenacetoline  in  a  por- 
celain capsule.  If  a  red  color  is  produced,  it  is  titrated  with  hydrochloric 
acid  until  it  turns  to  a  yellow.  The  acid  consumed  is  calculated  as 
sodium  carbonate.  Two  drops  of  methyl-orange  are  next  added,  titrating 
until  redness  appears.  The  acid  consumed  is  calculated  as  acetic  acid  or 
sodium  acetate.  Acetate  of  lime  gives  a  colored  solution,  and  must  be 
treated  with  carbonic  acid,  boiled  with  animal  charcoal,  filtered,  and 
made  up  to  a  known  volume. — Chem.  News,  Aug.  3,  1888,  60;  from 
Zeitschr.  f.  Analyt.  Chem.,  xxvii,  part  i. 

Wine  Vinegar — Characters  that  may  serve  for  its  Identification. — As 
the  result  of  comprehensive  experiments,  H.  Eckenroth  concludes  that 
there  exist  no  absolute  characteristics  by  which  wine-vinegar  may  be 
identified  as  such,  any  more  than  such  exist  for  the  identification  of  true 
grape- wine.  Nevertheless,  if  a  vinegar  corresponds  to  the  following  char- 
acters, contains  besides  some  tartar  and  phosphates,  and  has  an  odor  and 
taste  resembling  that  of  wine,  there  exists  no  reason  why  it  should  not  be 
accepted  to  be  wine-vinegar.  The  author  found  the  s.  g.  of  pure  wine- 
vinegar  to  fluctuate  between  1.0116  and  1.0147  ;  it  generally  contains  no 
alcohol,  or  only  traces;  the  amount  of  extract  fluctuates  between  0.35 
and  1. 51  percent.,  and  it  has  a  pleasant,  aromatic  odor,  reminding  of 
the  extract  from  wine,  and  a  sweetish-acidulous  taste.  It  contains  only 
traces  of  glycerin,  a  constant  quantity  not  being  present  as  maintained  by 
some  experimentei*s.  Good  wine-vinegar  will  contain  about  6  per  cent, 
of  acetic  acid ;  the  total  ash  rarely  amounts  to  more  than  0.25  per  cent., 
and  always  contains  phosphoric  acid.  To  determine  the  cream  of  tartar 
which  wine-vinegar  invariably  contains,  it  is  necessary  to  evaporate  at 
least  J4  to  I  litre  of  the  vinegar.  Besides  the  phosphoric  acid,  the  ash 
contains  chlorine,  sulphuric  acid,  potassa,  soda,  lime,  magnesia,  etc. — 
Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Feb.  1889,  127-128;  from  Pharm.  Ztg.,  34,  14. 

Aiumifiium  Acetate — Resolvent  Poivers, — According   to    Dr.   Grosch 
aluminium  acetate,  in  addition  to  its  antiseptic  property,  has  also  resol- 
vent powers,  and  has  been  used  by  him  in  the  abortive  treatment  of  fur- 
Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


ORGANIC  ACIDS.  669 

uncles,  the  irrigation  being  made  with  a  20  per  cent,  solution — Amer. 
Jour.  Pharm.,  March  1889,  125;  from  Berl.  Klin.  Woch.,  1888. 

Aluminium  Acetate — Use  as  a  precipitant  of  Tea  Tannin^  which  see. 

Hippurlc  and  Benzoic  Acids — Differential  reactions  with  Hypobromite 
of  Sodium  y  which  see  under  **  Inorganic  Chemistry." 

Benzoic  Acid—  Convenient  Method  and  Apparatus  for  Its  Sublimation 
from  Benzoin, — A.  Starting  observes  that  much  of  the  so  called  benzoic 
acid  from  Siam  benioin  of  commerce  is  really  the  artificial  acid,  which 
has  been  sublimed  with  Siam  benzoin,  and  therefore,  recommends  that 
the  true  sublimed  benzoic  acid  be  prepared  by  pharmacists.  A  conveni- 
ent apparatus,  such  as  is  used  by  the  author,  is  constructed  as  follows : 
A  box  2j^  feet  in  length,  1  foot  wide  and  i  foot  deep,  is  coated  on  its  in- 
ner surface  with  glazed  paper,  while  the  cover  and  joints  are  also  care- 
fully covered  with  paper.  It  is  provided  on  the  bottom  with  a  circular 
opening  into  which  a  small  brass  or  copper  subliming  vessel  fits  accur- 
ately, such  vessel  being  conveniently  about  3  inches  in  diameter  and  2 
inches  deep.  A  circular  sheet  of  pasteboard  is  suspended  inside  of  box, 
about  2  to  3  inches  above  the  subliming  vessel,  to  prevent  any  of  the 
sublimed  benzoic  acid  from  falling  back  into  the  subliming  vessel. 
Then,  about  35  grams  of  Siam  benzoin,  in  powder,  having  been  placed 
into  the  subliming  vessel,  this  is  pressed  to  the  depth  of  about  ^  inch 
into  the  opening  of  the  box,  and  heat  is  applied  by  means  of  a  small  al- 
cohol lamp  during  4  hours,  when  it  is  removed,  the  black  porous  residue 
scraped  out,  and  a  fresh  quantity  of  benzoin  subjected  to. sublimation  as 
before.  The  process  may  be  repeated  quite  often  (14  repetitions  were 
made  by  the  author)  before  the  acid  need  be  removed.  Each  sublima- 
tion requires  about  70  grams  of  alcohol  for  the  healing.  The  author  thus 
obtained  about  25  per  cent,  of  pure  sublimed  benzoic  acid,  which  was 
nearly  white,  having  but  a  faint  tinge  of  yellow. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  May, 
1889,  410-411. 

Mercuric  Benzoate — A  New  Medicinal  Compound. — Stukowenkow 
warmly  recommends  mercuric  benzoate  (Hg(CeHjC00),+H20),  ob- 
tained by  double  decomposition  between  an  alkaline  benzoate  and  a 
mercuric  salt,  for  the  treatment  of  syphilitic  diseases.  It  constitutes  a 
white,  crystalline,  odorless  and  tasteless  powder,  which  is  sparingly  solu- 
ble in  water,  but  easily  in  alcohol  as  well  as  in  aqueous  solutions  of  chlor- 
ide of  sodium,  the  latter  effect  being  due  to  its  property  of  forming 
easily  soluble  double  salts,  with  halloid  salts.  It  is  used  for  urethral  in- 
jections in  solutions  of  iricoo  to  2000,  an  equal  quantity  of  chloride  of 
sodium.  For  subcutaneous  injections  it  is  employed  in  conjunction 
with  cocaine,  the  following  being  the  proportions :  Hydrargyri  benzoici, 
0.2  to  03;  aquae  dest.,  40.0;  natrii  chlor.,  o.i;  cocaini  hydrochlor., 
0.15. — Arch.  d.   Pharm.,   April    1889,   318;  from  Pharm.,  Zeitschr.  f. 

RUSSI.,  28,  90.  Digitized  by  Google 


670  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS  OF   PHARMACY. 

Saccharin — Review  of  its  Source y  Character  and  Uses. — Oscar  T.owman 
contributes  a  paper  on  saccharin  in  which  he  reviews  the  nnethod  of  its 
production,  chemical  constitution  and  character,  and  the  uses  to  which 
it  has  been  or  may  be  applied. — See  Pharm.  Era,  Dec.  1888,  462,  463. 

Saccharin — Soluble  Modification, — P.  Mercier  recommends  the  follow- 
ing method  for  obtaining  a  soluble  modification  of  saccharin,  the  sparing 
solubility  of  the  normal  compound  being  a  great  objection  to  its  use:  10 
parts  of  saccharin,  mixed  with  water,  are  treated  with  4  to  5  parts  of  bi- 
carbonate of  sodium  in  small  portions  at  a  time,  about  half  an  hour  being 
allowed  to  pass  between  each  addition,  and  the  mixture  being  stirred  oc- 
casionally to  hasten  the  combination  and  the  evolution  of  carbonic  acid. 
It  is  important  to  cease  adding  bicarbonate  before  the  saccharin  is  com- 
pletely saturated.  This  operation  requires  10  to  15  hours.  Next  20 
parts  of  95  per  cent,  alcohol  are  added  to  the  mixture,  whereby  most  of 
the  sodium  saccharinate  is  precipitated,  the  excess  of  saccharin  and  im- 
purities remaining  in  solution.  The  magma  is  collected  on  a  vacuum 
filter  and  completely  washed,  first  with  more  alcohol,  and  finally  with 
sulphuric  ether.  On  drying  in  the  air,  a  white,  exceedingly  s^eet,  and 
soluble  crystalline  powder  is  obtained,  which  possesses  all  the  properties 
of  saccharin. — Amer.  Drugg.,  July  1888,  124;    from  Chem.  and  Drugg. 

Saccharin — A  New  Closely  Allied  Compound, — Another  compound , 
closely  allied  to  saccharin,  having  an  intensely  sweet  taste,  is  described 
by  Dr.  Noyes.     This  compound  is 

Para  amidobenzolsulphinid,  having  the  constitution  that  may  be  repre- 
sented by  the  formula : 


•Ha  I 


NH5, 


The  compound  may  also  be  described  as  being  a  "saccharin"  in 
which  an  atom  of  hydrogen  is  replaced  by  NH,.  It  is  difficultly  soluble 
in  water,  and  a  hot  saturated  solution  shows  a  deep  fluorescence. — 
Amer.  Drugg.,  Feb.  1889,  36  ;  from  Amer.  Chem.  Jour.,  viii,  167. 

Saccharin — Test-, — In  a  former  paper  David  Linde  had  communicated 
a  test  for  Fahlberg's  saccharin,  which  he  has  since  found  can  be  modi- 
fied to  advantage  as  follows :  After  placing  the  saccharin  with  concen- 
trated nitric  acid  in  a  small  porcelain  dish,  evaporate  to  dryness  on  the 
water-bath,  or  by  moving  the  flame  of  a  spirit-lamp  to  and  fro  under 
the  dish,  blowing  on  the  surface  occasionally  to  facilitate  evaporation, 
and  taking  care  that  the  heat  does  not  rise  too  high.  If  the  dish  is  al- 
lowed to  cool  and  a  few  drops  of  strong  solution  of  potash  in  50  per 
cent,  alcohol  are  added  to  the  residue,  a  faint  yellow  color  only  will  be 
developed.  Spread  the  liquid  over  the  surface  of  the  dish,  and  before  it 
has  settled  to  the  bottom,  apply  heat  with  the  lamp,  as  above,  quickly 


ORGANIC  ACIDS.  67 1 

all  over  the  under  surface  of  the  dish.  If  the  vapor  of  alcohol  hap- 
pens to  ignite  it  must  at  once  be  extinguished.  A  greater  variety  of 
colors  will  develop  in  this  way  than  by  following  the  directions  formerly 
given.  As  the  dish  cools  and  moisture  is  absorbed,  the  colors  fade  ;  by 
heating  they  can  be  reproduced,  but  not.  in  the  same  perfection  as  at 
first.— Chem.  News,  Sept.  28,  1888,  155. 

Saccharin — Presence  in  Glucose. — Lepine  stated  at  the  Paris  Conseil 
de  Hygiine  that  certain  manufacturers  have  placed  upon  the  market  solid 
glucose  and  glucose  syrups,  containing  from  i  to  2  grams  of  saccharin 
to  the  kilo.  A  committee  was  appointed  to  investigate  the  sanitary  as- 
pects of  the  mat.ter.  In  the  meeting  of  June  22d,  Dr.  Dujardin-Beau- 
metz  reported  that  the  use  of  saccharin  in  aliments  presented  danger  to 
the  public  health ;  saccharin  was  not*an  aliment  but  a  medicament ;  if  its 
use  outside  of  therapeutics  is  not  prohibited,  it  will  **  augment  the  already 
too  numerous  falsifications  of  food  products." — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm., 
Aug.  1888,  406;  from  Le  Prog.  M6d.,  July  7,  1888. 

Saccharin — Condemnation  of  its  Use  as  an  Aliment. — A  committee  of 
the  Seine  Council  of  Hygiene,  composed  of  Messrs.  P61igot,  Gautier, 
Jungfleisch,  Proust  and  Riche,  declare  saccharin  not  to  be  an  aliment, 
but  a  medicament,  and  express  the  conviction  that  this  substance  will 
find  its  chief  use  as  an  adulterant  of  alimentary  substances. — Amer.  Drugg., 
Sept.  1888,175. 

Salicylic  Acid — Distinction  from  Carbolic  Acid  and  Resorcin, — L. 
V.  Itallie  observes  that  salicylic  acid  may  be  distinguished  from  carbolic 
acid  and  resorcin  by  adding  to  an  aqueous  solution  a  few  drops  of  a  ferric 
solution  and  then  lactic  acid  ;  the  addition  of  a  single  drop  of  this  last 
reagent  changes  the  violet  color,  due  to  carbolic  acid  and  resorcin,  to  a 
yellowish- green,  while  that  due  to  salicylic  acid  is  not  affected  until  more 
than  ten  drops  have  been  added. — Apoth.  Ztg.,  1889,  100. 

Salicylic  Acid — Detection  in  Beverages  and  Food. — Dr.  Ripper  offers 
the  following,  based  on  the  Solubility  of  the  acid  in  a  mixture  of  equal 
volumes  of  ether  and  petroleum-ether,  in  which  extractive  and  tannin  are 
almost  insoluble.  50  c.c.  of  the  liquid,  or  if  a  solid  a  definite  quantity 
mixed  with  water,  are  acidulated  with  5  c.c.  of  dilute  H,S04,  and  agi- 
tated with  50  c.c.  mixed  ether  and  petroleum-ether  in  a  separating  funnel; 
should  the  liquids  not  separate  readily,  addition  of  a  little  alcohol  will 
assist.  The  ethereal  solution  is  removed  and  agitated  with  50  c.c.  of 
ether-saturated  water,  to  extract  acetic  acid,  which  is  present  especially 
in  beverages,  the  ethereal  layer  filtered,  the  solvent  evaporated  and  the 
residue  dissolved  in  20  c.c.  water.  If  a  qualitative  test  is  all  that  is 
required,  a  drop  of  FcjCle  is  added  ;  for  a  quantitative  test,  a  few  drops  of 
phenolphthalein  solution  are  added  and  the  liquid  titrated  with  h  normal 
KOH.— Pharm.  Ztg.,  1888,  317. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


672  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS  OF   PHARMACY. 

Salicylic  Acid — Use  for  the  Preservation  of  Volumetric  Solutions. — 
Hugo  Borntrager  finds  salicylic  acid,  recommended  by  F.  Mohr  some 
thirteen  years  ago  for  the  same  purpose,  to  be  very  serviceable  for  pre- 
serving volumetric  solutions,  which  often  owe  their  decomposition  to 
micrococci  existing  in  the  water.  As  an  example,  the  author  mentions 
volumetric  solution  of  hyposulphite  of  sodium,  which  is  known  to  be  one 
of  the  most  unstable  solutions,  and  which  had  been  treated  with  a  small 
quantity  of  salicylic  acid  (**asmuch  as  the  point  of  a  knife  will  hold,  for 
every  liter'*).  In  the  course  of  six  weeks  it  was  frequently  tested  and 
found  to  have  preserved  its  titer  decidedly  better  than  without  the  pre- 
servative.— Amer.  Drugg.,  Nov.  1888,  213;  fromZeitsch.  f.  Anal.  Chem., 
1888,  641. 

Salicylic  Acid—Use  for  Preserving  Eggs. — According  to  the  Bull.de 
Pharm.  de  Lyon,  the  merchants  of  that  city  are  now  preserving  eggs  in 
salicylated  water  instead  of  lime  water.  The  merchants  claimed  that  the 
preservation  was  due  to  the  fact  that  the  water  was  kept  purified  by  the 
acid,  which  latter  could  not,  however,  penetrate  to  the  substance  of  the 
egg.  Mr.  Lambert,  a  local  pharmacist,  finds  nevertheless  that  the  sali- 
cylic acid  passes  through  the  membrane  by  endosmosis  and  becomes  dif- 
fused into  the  yelk.  His  tests  were  as  follows  :  Beat  up  the  white  with 
a  little  acidulated  water  and  agitate  with  ether,  which,  on  evaporation, 
leaves  the  salicylic  acid,  characterized  by  its  reaction  with  weak  perchlo- 
ride  of  iron.  The  same  method  is  used  for  the  yelk,  whose  albumen 
should  first  be  coagulated  by  heat  in  order  to  keep  the  oil  from  emulsify- 
ing.— Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Nov.  18S8,  565. 

Cresol'Salicylates — Ne7v  Substitutes  for  Salol, —  Salicylates  may  be 
prepared  from  ortho,  meta  or  para  cresol  by  a  process  similar  to  that 
used  in  the  making  of  salol.  They  are  insoluble  in  water,  slightly  solu- 
ble in  cold  alcohol,  and  are  easily  crystallized.  Mr.  Nencki  states  that 
they  decompose  in  the  economy,  where  they  exert  an  antiseptic  power 
equal  to  that  of  salol,  without  producing  toxic  effects.  Mr.  Sahli  is 
quoted  as  saying :  ''  When  a  considerable  dose  of  antiseptic  substance  is 
to  be  introduced  into  the  digestive  tract,  the  salicylates  of  ortho  or  para 
cresol  should  h^ve  the  preference  over  salol."  The  same  writer  prefers 
these  salts  to  salol  in  articular  rheumatism  and  vesical  maladies. — Amer. 
Jour.  Pharm.,  May  1889,  243;  from  Rupert,  de  Phar.,  March  10,  1889, 
and  Compt.  Rend.,  Feb.  4,  1889. 

Sodium  Salicylate — Preparation  of  Stable  Solutions. — S.  Demant  ob- 
serves that  solutions  of  salicylate  of  sodium  after  a  short  time  develop  a 
red  color,  rendering  them  unfit  for  use.  This  decomposition  takes  place 
.  especially  in  alkaline  solutions ;  a  fresh  solution  of  sodium  salicylate  has  a 
slightly  acid  reaction,  but  this  reaction,  especially  in  concentrated  solu- 
tions, is  destroyed,  and  instead  an  alkaline  uiction  appears,  dependent 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


ORGANIC  ACIDS.  673 

upon  which  is  the  depth  of  color  of  the  solution.  The  author  gives  the 
following  formula  for  a  20  per  cent,  solution,  which  remains  unchanged 
for  months  ;  its  stability  is  due  to  a  slight  excess  of  salicylic  acid>  which 
in  no  way  interferes  with  its  action  :  400  parts  distilled  water  are  heated 
to  the  boiling  point,  allowed  to  cool  to  30°  C,  100  parts  salicylic  acid 
added,  and  then  60  parts  bicarbonate  of  sodium  introduced  in  small 
portions,  with  constant  stirring ;  the  solution  is  filtered  through  absor- 
bent cotton,  and  diluted  with  sufficient  distilled  water  to  make  600 
parts. — Oesterr.  Ztsch.  f.  Pharm.,  1889,  171. 

Salicylate  of  Zinc — Convenient  Preparation, — According  to  L.  v.  Itallie, 
salicylate  of  zinc  is  made  rapidly  and  cheaply  by  boiling  for  several  min- 
utes 34  parts  sodium  salicylate,  29  parts  zinc  sulphate,  and  125  parts 
water  j  after  cooling  the  mass  of  crystals  is  collected  on  a  filter,  washed 
several  times  with  small  portions  of  water,  and  finally  recrystallized  from 
boiling  water.  The  salt  has  the  formula  Zn(C,H,Os)j2HaO  ;  i  part  dis- 
solves in  25.2  parts  water  and  in  3.5  parts  alcohol ;  the  anhydrous  salt 
dissolves  in  36  parts  ether  and  450  parts  chloroform.  For  external  use  it 
can  be  applied  as  a  fine  powder  or  salve,  also  as  a  solution  in  collodium. 
— Pharm.  Ztg.,  1889,  131. 

Bismuth  Salicylate — Preparation. — R.  Rother  communicates  the  follow- 
ing formula  for  the  preparation  of  salicylate  of  bismuth  : 

Bismuth  subnitrate 306  grs. 

Salicylic  acid 138  grs. 

Nitric  acid 300  grs. 

Ammonia  water 600  grs. 

Water  sufficient. 

Mix  the  nitric  acid  with  100  grains  of  water,  add  the  subnitrate  of  bis- 
muth, and  stir  the  mixture  until  a  clear  solution  is  obtained,  To  this 
gradually  add  water,  meanwhile  stirring  the  mixture,  until  it  measures 
one  and  a  half  fluid  ounces.  Now  dilute  the  ammonia  with  water  to  the 
measure  of  half  a  pint,  and  then  pour  the  bismuth  solution  into  it  with 
constant  stirring  of  the  tpixture.  Collect  the  precipitate  on  a  filter  and 
wash  it  thoroughly  with  water.  Mix  the  washed  precipitate  with  half  a 
pint  of  water  and  add  the  salicylic  acid.  Place  the  mixture  where  it  may 
become  lukewarm  and  stir  it  occasionally  during  twenty-four  hours* 
digestion.  Decant  the  violet-tinted  liquor  (the  color  being  due  to  the 
presence  of  a  trace  of  iron  in  the  condition  of  ferric  salicylate),  rinse  the 
precipitate  into  a  suitable  filter,  and  after  appropriate  washing  and  drain- 
ing expose  it  to  the  open  air  to  dry. — Pharm.  Era,  Dec.  1888,  468-469. 

Salicylate  of  Mercury — Preparation  and  Characters. — Dr.  E.  Pieszczek 
observes  that  salicylate  of  mercury  is  readily  obtained  by  the  action  of 
salicylic  acid  upon  yellow  oxide  of  mercury,  as  proposed  by  J.  Kranzfeld. 
But  the  dry  oxide  resists  the  action  of  the  acid,  and  he,  therefpi;e,  pro-, 

^^  Digitized  by  VjOOQ IC 


674  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

poses  the  recently  precipitated  oxide,  as  follows:  27  p.  of  mercuric  chlo- 
ride are  dissolved  in  20  times  the  weight  of  lukewarm  water,  the  solution 
is  allowed  to  cool  to  about  15°  C,  filtered,  and  slowly  stirred  into  a  cold 
mixture  of  80  parts  of  officinal  (P.  G.)  solution  of  soda  and  200  p.  water. 
After  subsidence,  the  clear  liquid  is  decanted,  the  residue  washed,  first 
by  decantation,  then  on  a  filter,  until  the  reaction  for  chlorine  ceases, 
and  is  then  transferred  to  a  flask,  water  being  added  to  make  a  thin,  per- 
fectly smooth  tadLgma.,  and  heated  on  a  hot  steam-bath  with  15  p.  of  salicylic 
acid.  By  agitating  the  contents  of  the  flask  occasionally  the  yellow  color 
of  the  mixture  soon  changes  to  a  snow-white,  and  is  completely  converted 
into  salicylate.  This,  containing  a  slight  excess  of  salicylic  acid,  is 
washed  with  warm  water  until  the  washings  no  longer  react  acid.  Dried 
at  a  moderate  heat,  salicylate  of  mercury  so  obtained  constitutes  a  light, 
amorphous  powder,  which  when  suspended  in  a  little  water  forms  a  per- 
fectly clear  solution  on  the  addition  of  a  few  drops  of  soda  solution. 
Hydrochloric  acid  occasions  in  such  solution  a  gelatinous  precipitate. 
The  salt  contains  59.16  per  cent,  of  salicylic  acid,  and  corresponds  to  the 
formula  QH^HgOa . — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Feb.  1889,  172-174. 

Salicylate  of  Mercury — Preparation  by  Precipitation, — According  to 
C.  Goepel  mercuric  salicylate  can  be  made  by  precipitation  as  follows : 
Dissolve  two  grams  mercuric  oxide  in  acetic  acid  diluted  with  a  little 
water  by  application  of  heat,  dilute  to  200  c.c,  add  a  solution  of  sodium 
salicylate  (about  3.13  grams)  until  precipitation  ceases,  filter,  wash  pre- 
cipitate with  water  until  washings  are  no  longer  affected  by  H,S  or 
FeaClg ;  yield  three  grams.  The  product  is  a  white  amorphous  powder, 
soluble  in  solution  of  sodium  chloride. — Pharm.  Ztg.,  1889,  206. 

Salicylate  of  Mercury — Variation  According  to  Process  of  Preparation, 
— J.  J.  Kranzfeld  observes  that  the  reactions  of  salicylate  of  mercury, 
solubility  in  solutions  of  NaOH  and  NaCl,  are  not  gotten  with  the  product 
obtained  by  the  precipitation  of  HgCIj  with  sodium  salicylate  ;  the  for- 
mula for  this  salt  is  (C7HB08)2Hg.  The  process,  if  modified,  so  as  to  pre- 
cipitate first  the  mercuric  oxide  from  271  parts  HgCl,  with  NaOH, 
washing,  transferring  to  a  vessel,  covering  with  water,  adding  138  parts 
salicylic  acid,  and  warming  for  a  few  hours,  with  frequent  stirrings,  un- 
til the  yellow  color  of  the  oxide  is  changed  to  the  white  color  of  mercuric 
salicylate,  will  yield  a  product  which  should  be  entirely  soluble  in  Na- 
OH ;  should  this  not  be  the  case,  an  additional  quantity  of  salicylic  acid 
should  be  added.  The  precipitate  is  washed  and  dried  at  a  moderate 
temperature ;  it  possesses  the  formula 

—Pharm.  Ztschr.  f.  Russl.,  1888,  641. 
Dinitroisophtalic  Acid— Preparation  and  Characters, — A4^  Glaus  and  S. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


ORGAMC  ACIDS.  675 

Wyndham  obtained  dinitroisophtalic  acid  (CeHa.(N03)2(COOH)a  by 
acting  upon  isophtalic  acid  with  fuming  nitric  acid  in  a  sealed  tube.  The 
new  acid  is  very  sparingly  soluble  in  cold  water,  more  readily  in  hot  water, 
in  alcohol  and  in  ether,  and  crystallizes  from  water  with  5  mol.  of  water 
of  crystallization.  The  sodium  salt  (QH, .  (NO0.eCCOONa),-f2H,O)  is 
readily  soluble  in  water,  and  forms  indistinctly  crystalline  crusts.  The 
potassium  salt  has  an  analogous  constitution.  The  barium  ja// contains  7 
mol.  of  water,  and  crystallizes  in  characteristic  aggregations  of  crystalline 
scales,  grouped  in  the  form  of  rosettes.  The  calcium  salt  and  the  mag- 
nesium salt  both  contain  2  mol.  H,0. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Dec.  1888, 
1 1 26;  from  Jour.  f.  Prakt.  Chem.,  38,  313. 

Citric  Acid — A  Natural  Constituent  of  Cow*s  Milk. — Experiments 
made  by  G.  T.  Hackel  have  confirmed  the  presence  of  citric  acid  as  a 
normal  constituent  of  cows'  milk.  The  examination  of  a  great  number 
of  samples  show  that  they  contain  from  1.8  to  2.2  gms.  of  calcium  citrate, 
and  from  0.9  to  i.i  gms.  of  citric  acid  per  liter,  or  about  o.i  per  cent, 
of  citric  acid ;  so  that  the  quantity  of  citric  acid  yielded  by  a  good  milk- 
ing cow  in  a  day  amounts  to  as  much  as  that  contained  in  two  or  three 
lemons.  The  lime  found  in  milk  serum  generally  exceeds  that  combined 
with  the  mineral  acids ;  the  presence  of  citric  acid  will  now  explain  this 
apparent  anomaly.  This  acid  is  supposed  to  be  derived  either  from  citric 
acid  in  the  hay  or  green  fodder,  or  to  be  formed  from  the  decomposition 
of  cellulose.  The  concretions  frequently  found  in  condensed  milk  con- 
sist of  pure  calcium  citrate,  and  as  human  milk  contains  no  citric  acid,  it 
is  perhaps  characteristic  of  milk  from  herbivora. — Amer.  Drugg.,  Feb. 
1889,  25  ;  from  Biederm.  Centralh. 

Citric  Acid — Distinction  from  Tartaric  Acid, — Saltzer  states  that  if 
solution  of  citric  acid  be  colored  by  the  addition  of  one  drop  of  potassium 
chromate  solution,  the  color,  even  after  addition  of  a  few  drops  of  sul- 
phuric acid,  does  not  change  on  several  days'  standing.  Tartaric  acid  ' 
under  similar  conditions,  especially  on  addition  of  sulphuric  acid,  more 
or  less  rapidly  according  to  quantity  present,  changes  to  the  violet  color 
of  the  sesqui  salts  of  chromium,  and  it  is  possible  to  positively  detect  J^ 
per  cent,  tartaric  acid  in  citric  acid  by  allowing  the  time  of  observation 
to  extend  to  a  few  hours. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Sept.  1888,  452;  from 
Ber.  d.  D.  Chem.  Ges.,  1888,  19 10. 

Citric  and  Tartaric  Acid — Preservation  of  Aqueous  Solutions  by  Salicy- 
lic Acid. — C.  Reinhardt  reports  a  method  for  preserving  solutions  of 
citric  and  tartaric  acids,  which  is  not  at  all  new,  but  deserves  to  be  re- 
called to  memory,  for  the  benefit  of  those  who  have  to  keep  solutions  on 
hand.  A  10  per  cent,  solution  of  either  acid  in  water  will  keep  for 
years  without  the  formation  of  fungi,  if  about  4  grains  of  salicylic  acid  are 
added  for  each  quart  of  solution.     In  the  case  of  tartaric  acui>  even  ^ 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


676  REPORT  ON  THE  PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 

grains  will  answer. — Amer.   Drugg.,   Feb.    1889,  36;  from  Zeitschr.  f. 
Angew.  Chem. 

Citrates  and  Tartrates — Estimation  in  Admixture. — J.  S.  Ward  em- 
ployed two  methods  for  the  estimation  of  mixtures  of  citrates  and  tar- 
trates ;  the  one  depending  on  the  solubility  of  potassium  citrate  in  a  mix- 
ture of  2  parts  of  methylated  spirit  and  i  of  water,  to  the  exclusion  of  the 
acid  tartrate,  and  the  subsequent  conversion  of  the  potassium  citrate  into 
the  calcium  salt ;  the  other  depending  on  the  precipitability  of  tartaric 
acid  as  calcium  salt  in  the  cold,  calcium  citrate  remaining  in  solu- 
tion, the  latter  being  subsequently  rendered  insoluble  by  evaporation  to 
dryness,  etc.  He  found  both  methods  to  give  results  that  were  in  each 
case  too  low.  Calcic  citrate  is  apparently  slightly  soluble  in  boiling  water  ; 
acid  tartrate  of  potassium  in  the  presence  of  citrate  is  evidently  slightly 
soluble  in  dilute  methylated  spirit  of  the  strength  above  mentioned  ;  and 
calcium  tartrate  in  the  presence  of  citrate  is  not  completely  precipitated 
in  twelve  hours,  although  when  alone  it  is — Pharm.  Jour,  and  Trans., 
Nov.  10,  1888,  380-381. 

Tartaric  Acid — Improved  Process  of  Assay. —yitssrs.  Golden  berg,  Gero- 
mont  &  Co.  communicate  the  following  impoved  process  for  determining 
tartaric  acid  in  argols,  etc.:  Six  grams  of  the  finely  powdered  substance 
are  stirred  with  9  c.c.  of  HCl  (s.  g.  i.io),  a  like  volume  of  water  is 
added,  and  the  mixture  is  digested  with  frequent  stirring  for  1-2  hours  at 
the  ordinary  temperature.  The  liquid  is  made  up  to  100  c.c.  with  water, 
and  passed  through  a  dry  filter.  50  c  c.  of  the  filtrate  are  now  placed  in 
a  beaker,  which  must  be  kept  well  covered,  10  c.c  of  KjCO,  solution 
(containing  3  grams  KjCOj)  are  added,  and  the  mixture  is  boiled  for  some 
time,  whereby  the  COj  is  expelled,  and  the  CaCO,  contained  in  the  sam- 
ple is  completely  separated  in  a  crystalline  condition  ;  after  filtering  off 
and  washing  the  latter,  the  solution  is  evaporated  to  about  loc.c,  acidi- 
fied with  2-2  5  C'C.  of  glacial  acetic  acid,  gradually  introduced  with  con- 
stant stirring  \  100  c.c.  of  pure  alcohol  of  9o°-96®  Tr.  are  added,  and  the 
whole  stirred  until  the  precipitate  is  distinctly  crystalline.  After  frequent 
washings  (with  alcohol,  ?Rep.)  by  decantation  the  precipitate  is  collected 
on  a  9  cm.  filter,  which,  with  precipitate  and  dish,  must  be  washed  free 
from  acetic  acid  by  means  of  alcohol.  The  filter,  with  the  precipitate^ 
is  now  transferred  into  a  beaker,  the  dish  is  washed  with  boiling  water^ 
which  is  added  to  the  contents  of  the  beaker,  and  the  whole  is  titrated 
by  normal  alkali.  The  number  of  c.c.  of  alkali  used,  multiplied  by  five, 
gives  the  percentage  of  tartaric  acid  in  the  lees  or  argols. — Amer.  Drugg., 
Aug.  1888,  143;  from  Chem.  Ztg.  through  Jour.  Soc.  Chem.  Ind. 

Tartaric  Acid — improved  Method  of  Estimation, — Dr.  N.  v.  Lorenz 
suggests  the  following  improvement  in  the  Goldberg  method  for  the  analy- 
sis of  materials  containing  tartaric  acid :  Fifteen  gms.  tartar  or  lees  of 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


ORGANIC  ACIDS.  677 

wine  (7.5  gms.  tartrate  of  lime)  are  comminuted  as  finely  as  possible  and 
mixed  with  250  c.c.  (or  respectively  150  c.c.)  of  water  and  6  gms.  of 
dry  potassium  chlorate  in  a  porcelain  capsule,  holding  at  least  700  c.c, 
and  boiled  for  twenty  minutes  over  an  open  fire,  stirring  well  and  re- 
placing the  water  lost  by  evaporation.  When  cold,  the  entire  contents 
of  the  capsule  are  rinsed  into  a  flask  holding  500  c.c.  (respectively  250 
c.c),  and  filled  up  to  the  mark.  After  it  has  been  well  shaken  up  it  is 
filtered  through  a  dry  folded  filter  into  a  dry  glass  ;  100  c.c  of  the  fil- 
trate is  then  evaporated  in  a  porcelain  capsule  of  the  size  above  men- 
tioned on  the  water  bath  until  saline  matter  is  just  on  the  point  of  being 
deposited.  The  contents  of  the  capsule,  while  still  warm,  are  mixed 
with  5  c.c  glacial  acetic  acid,  stirred  until  all  the  carbonic  acid  is  ex- 
pelled, after  the  lapse  of  five  minutes  mixed  with  100  c.c.  absolute  alco- 
hol, and  stirred  for  two  minutes.  After  fifteen  minutes  it  is  filtered 
through  a  filter  holding  50  c.c,  using,  in  preference,  the  filter-pump. 
The  capsule  is  then  washed  with  absolute  alcohol  until  the  filter  is  filled 
with  the  rinsings,  using  about  50  c.c  of  alcohol.  The  margin  of  the  fil- 
ter is  then  twice  washed  with  absolute  alcohol,  using  each  time  25  c.c, 
and  letting  the  liquid  drain  thoroughly  away.  The  filter  with  its  con- 
tents is  then  returned  to  the  precipitation-capsule,  covered  with  200  c.c. 
of  water,  heated  to  a  boil,  and  titrated  as  follows  with  sodalye,  which 
must  not  be  stronger  than  0.3  normal.  The  hot  liquid  is  mixed  with 
neutral  tincture  of  litmus,  and  the  lye  is  then  let  run  in  until  the  bright 
red  becomes  decidedly  dark  red.  It  is  then  boiled  for  five  minutes  until 
the  margin  of  the  liquid  has  lost  its  violet  cast,  and  become  a  dead  blue. 
The  lye  consumed  is  calculated  for  3  gms.  of  the  original  substance.  The 
alkaline  lye  is  standardized  by  means  of  a  tartar  obtained  from  Seignette's 
salt  and  hydrochloric  acid,  after  repeated  crystallization  from  hot  water. 
— Chem.  News,  July  20,  188S,  37 ;  from  Zeitschr.  f.  Anal.  Chem., 
xxvii.  Part  i. 

Tartaric  Acid — Reduction  by  Ferrous  Sulphate. — The  theory  of  Liebig, 
that  the  formation  of  sugar  in  plants  is  dependent  on  the  preliminary  for- 
mation of  simply  constituted  organic  acids — the  so  called  vegetable  acids 
— has  now  received  further  support  by  the  studies  and  experiments  of  M. 
Ballo  upon  the  action  of  iron  upon  vegetable  acids.  He  was  induced  to 
make  these  experiments  in  order  to  determine  the  function  of  the  iron 
in  chlorophyll,  which  remained  unexplained  by  the  theories  opposed  to 
Liebig's — by  Bayer,  and  by  Loew  and  Bokorny — that  the  formation  of 
sugar  in  plants  was  due  to  the  direct  action  of  carbonic  acid,  or  formal- 
dehyd,  upon  sugar.  Ballo  has  found  that  when  iron — as  ferrous  sulphate 
— is  caused  to  act  upon  tartaric  acid,  the  latter  is  very  readily  reduced  to 
bodies  which  are  more  nearly  related  to  carbohydrates  than  any  other 
vegetable  acid.     He  obtained  a  new  acid 

Isoarabinic  Acid,  QHioOj,  together  with  small  QU^^VJJfigfb^CjOogl^ 


678  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

Isoarabinic  Acid  Hydrate,  C«Hi,Og,  and  therefore  an  isomer  of  dextrose. 
Isoarabinic  acid  constitutes  a  thick,  nearly  colorless  syrup,  which  does 
not  reduce  Fehling's  solution,  is  miscible  in  all  proportions  with  water, 
and  when  incinerated  gives  off  a  caramel  odor. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  June 
1889,  55 '>  from  Ber.  d.  D.  Chem.  Ges.,  1889,  750. 

Tartar  Emetic — Desirable  Character  of  the  Salt  and  Methods  of  Esti- 
mation,— Prof.  Dunstan  and  Miss  L.  E.  Boole  have  made  some  comprehen- 
sive experiments  with  a  view  to  determining  a  more  reliable  method  for 
the  estimation  of  antimony  in  tartar  emetic  than  that  of  the  British  Pharm. 
This  directs  that  **  twenty-nine  grains  dissolve  slowly  but  without  residue 
in  a  fluidounce  of  distilled  water  at  60°  F.  (15.5°  C.)  and  the  solution  gives 
with  sulphuretted  hydrogen  an  orange  precipitate  which  when  washed  and 
dried  at  212°  F.  (100°  C.)  weighs  15.  i  grains."  These  instructions  stand 
in  need  of  considerable  amendment  to  render  them  of  any  service  in  prac- 
tice. Unless  the  solution  is  first  acidified,  oxy  salt  is  invariably  carried 
down  with  the  sulphide,  and  this,  together  with  free  sulphur,  will  cause 
the  result  to  be  higher  than  that  which  is  demanded  by  the  known  com- 
position of  the  salt.  Acid  tartrate  of  potassium  is  also  precipitated,  and 
it  is  difficult  to  remove  the  whole  of  this  salt  from  the  precipitate  unless 
it  is  washed  w  ith  an  unusually  large  quantity  of  water.  Further,  it  is 
extremely  difficult  to  filter  the  finely  divided  sulphide,  in  fact,  it  is  almost 
impossible  to  do  so,  unless  the  liquid  containing  the  precipitate  is  boiled 
for  some  lime;  but  this  generally  leads,  when  free  acid  is  present,  to  the 
decomposition  of  some  of  the  sulphide,  and  in  this  way  error  is  introduced. 
Again,  antimony  sulphide  cannot  be  completely  dried  at  100°  C.  A 
small  quantity  of  water,  about  two  per  cent.,  is  obstinately  retained,  and 
is  only  lost  with  difficulty  at  a  higher  temperature;  indeed,  according  to 
Fresenius,  even  at  a  higher  temperature  a  current  of  carbon  dioxide  is  ne- 
cessary to  effect  its  entire  expulsion.  It  is  chiefly  for  these  reasons  that 
chemists  in  general  have  long  since  abondoned  the  method  of  directly 
weighing  the  antimony  sulphide,  and  yet  the  process  is  adopted,  as  a  test 
of  purity,  in  the  British  Pharmacopoeia,  without  any  allusion  to  these  va- 
rious sources  of  inaccuracy.  Lastly  it  should  be  observed  that  the  amount 
of  antimony  sulphide  represented  by  the  Pharmacopoeia  as  obtainable 
from  29  grains  of  tartar  emetic  is  15.1  grains,  whereas  the  quantity  de- 
manded by  the  formula  of  the  salt  (SbOKC4H<Oc,  >^HjO)  is  only  14.67 
grains.  Looking  for  available  methods  for  the  estimation  of  the  tartar 
emetic,  the  authors  find  that  a 

Volumetric  Method  of  Estimation  is  quite  accurate.  It  depends  on  the 
reaction  occurring  between  solutions  of  tartar  emetic  and  iodine  in  the 
presence  of  sodium  bicarbonate.  When  bicarbonate  of  sodium  is  dis- 
solved in  a  solution  of  tartar  emetic,  no  visible  change  is  observed  at  first, 
but  after  the  lapse  of  a  few  minutes   the  liquid   becomes-Jturbid,  and 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


ORGANIC   ACIDS.  679 

gradually  nearly  the  whole  of  the  antimony  falls  as  a  white  precipitate  of 
antimonious  hydrate. 

NaHCOs+Sb.OK.C^Hp,+H,0= 
KNaCJip,+Sb(  OH),+CO,. 

If  a  solution  of  iodine  is  added  to  the  liquid  before  the  precipitation  has 
commenced,  it  is  immediately  decolorized,  and  a  sharp  termination  of  the 
reaction  is  observed.  If,  however,  the  solution  of  iodine  is  not  added  un- 
til precipitation  has  commenced,  then  wholly  incorrect  results  will  be 
obtained,  since  the  precipitated  hydrate  is  hardly  attacked  by  the 
iodine.     The 

Action  of  Alcohol  on  an  Aqueous  Solution  af  Tartar  Emetic  can  also  be 
utilized  for  the  estimation  of  that  salt,  the  precipitate  produced  being 
entirely  constituted  of  an  anhydrous  tartar  emetic  ^(SbOKC^H^Og). 
Furthermore,  the 

Specific  Rotation  of  Aqueous  Solutions  of  Tartar  Emetic  may  be  util- 
ized to  distinguish  this  salt  from  any  of  the  double  oxalates  of  antimony 
and  potassium,  which  are  used  in  dyeing  as  substitutes  for  tartar  emetic, 
since  solutions  of  these  salts  are  devoid  of  action  on  polarized  light. 
The  authors  have  examined  twelve  commercial  samples  of  tartar  emetic, 
and  found  many  of  the  specimens  as  pure  as  might  be  reasonably  ex-: 
pected.  They  noticed,  however,  in  several  specimens,  that  they  con- 
tained more  antimony  than  the  formula  SbOKQH^Oj.^HjO  calls  for, 
this  being  accounted  for  by  the  loss  of  water  by  efflorescence.  On  this 
and  other  grounds  it  would  be  a  distinct  advantage  if  it  were  required 
that  the 

Anhydrous  Tartar  Emetic  should  alone  be  used  in  medicine.  It  is 
easily  prepared  pure,  and  when  once  prepared  it  is  not,  as  the  hydrous 
crystals  are,  liable  to  spontaneous  change,  and  in  addition  it  is  more 
readily  soluble  in  water.  To  prepare  the  anhydrous  salt  a  strong  aque- 
ous solution  of  tartar  emetic  is  precipitated  by  a  large  excess  of  methyl- 
ated spirit,  the  precipitate  is  decanted  or  filtered,  washed  with  methyl- 
ated spirit,  and  quickly  dried  over  a  water-bath.  The  specific  rotation  of 
aqueous  solutions  of  this  salt  has  been  mentioned  in  a  previous  part  of  this 
paper.  The  solubility  in  water  was  determined  at  15°.  It  was  found 
that  one  part  of  the  salt  dissolved  in  14.53  parts  by  weight  of  water. — 
Pharm.  Jour,  and  Trans.,  Nov.  17,  1888,  385-387. 

Malic  Acid — Occurrence  in,  and  Separation  from  Suint. — Buisine  has 
found  considerable  quantities  of  malic  acid  in  the  washings  of  sheep 
wool.  The  washings  were  acidulated  with  phosphoric  acid,  distilled  to 
remove  the  volatile  acids,  concentrated,  the  fatty  matters  removed,  and 
the  residual  watery  solution  extracted  with  hot  alcohol.  The  alcohol  be- 
ing distilled  off,  the  residue  was  shaken  with  ether,  the  ethereal  solution 

Digitized  -V^ 


68o  REPORT  ON  THE  PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 

evaporated,  and  the  acid  residue — composed  of  succinic,  benzoic,  lactic, 
and  malic  acid — converted  into  barium  salts,  which  were  easily  separated 
by  their  different  solubilities.  Wool- washings,  containing  20  per  cent, 
of  solid  substance,  yielded  about  2.5  per  cent,  of  malic  acid,  and  nearly 
as  much  succinic  acid.  The  presence  of  malic  acid  in  animal  secretions 
has  hitherto  not  been  observed,  it  being  regarded  exclusively  as  a  pro- 
duct of  vegetable  tissues.  The  author's  experiments  exclude  the  proba- 
bility that  these  acids  are  the  product  of  the  decomposition  of  other  sub- 
stances contained  in  the  suint. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Aug.  1888,  749;  from 
Jour,  de  Pharm.  et  de  Chim.,  1888,  xviii,  28. 

Gymnemic  Acid — Characters, — Several  years  ago  David  Hooper  com- 
municated the  results  of  a  chemical  examination  of  the  leaves  of  Gym- 
nema  sylvestre  (see  Proceedings  1887,  124),  which  possess  the  singular 
property  of  destroying  the  power  of  the  tongue  to  appreciate  the  taste  of 
sweet  substances*.  This  property  appears  to  be  due  to  gymnemic  acid^ 
which  the  author  describes  in  the  present  paper.  He  finds  that  gymnemic 
acid  exists  in  the  leaves  in  the  form  of  a  potassium  salt,  and  is  best  pre- 
pared by  treating  the  aqueous  solution  of  the  alcoholic  extract  with  a 
mineral  acid,  washing  the  precipitate,  and  drying  in  a  current  of  hot  air 
or  over  a  desiccator. 

The  acid  is  a  brittle  black  resinous  substance,  of  a  greenish  color  when 
reduced  to  powder.  It  is  insoluble  in  water,  soluble  in  alcohol  (with  an 
acid  reaction),  ether,  benzol,  and  chloroform,  and  slightly  in  amylic 
alcohol  and  carbon  bisulphide.  With  potash,  soda,  and  ammonia  it 
affords  fine  red  solutions  with  an  orange  colored  froth,  and  precipitated 
on  the  addition  of  acids.  It  dissolves  in  concentrated  sulphuric  and  ni- 
tric acids  with  intense  red  color,  and  in  both  mixtures  it  is  destroyed  and 
precipitated  by  water.  Prolonged  contact  with  nitric  acid  forms  a  solu- 
ble nitrocompound  or  product  soluble  in  water.  It  fuses  at  about  60°  C. 
into  a  black  liquid  of  thick  consistence ;  above  100°  it  gives  off  creasotic 
fumes,  and,  at  a  higher  temperature,  burns  with  a  bright  smoky  flame, 
leaving  no  ash.  It  is  thrown  down  as  a  bulky  grey  mass  with  plumbic 
acetate,  and  the  lead  salt  may  be  decomposed  by  hydrogen  sulphide  in 
the  presence  of  spirit.  It  is  also  precipitated  by  ferric  chloride,  silver 
nitrate,  barium  and  calcium  salts,  but  not  by  tannin,  picric  acid,  and 
gelatin  solution.  It  forms  insoluble  salts  with  alkaloids,  and  this  accounts 
for  its  masking  the  taste  of  quinine  and  other  bitter  substances.  Its  em- 
pyrical  formula  is  CaaHjaOia .  Gymnemic  acid  is  evidently  a  monatomic 
acid  from  the  compositions  of  its  silver  and  lead  salts,  and  its  molecular 
weight,  631,  agrees  with  its  power  of  saturating  alkali.  It  was  found  by 
experiment  that  0.631  grm.  of  the  acid,  treated  with  centinormal  solution 
of  causticsoda,  did  not  strike  a  red  color  with  phenolphihale  in  until  suffi- 
cient solution,  equivalent  to  about  0.040  grm.  of  NaHO,  had  been  added. 
The  acid  is  a  glucoside.    After  boiling  for  about  an  hour 

Digitized  by  ^ 


.t^ol^gfe'^- 


ORGANIC  ACIDS.  68 1 

drochloric  acid,  a  dark  resinous  mass,  devoid  of  the  peculiar  property  of 
gymnema  leaves,  remains,  and  the  liquor  contains  a  body  which  readily 
reduces  Fehling's  solution. 

Gyranemic  acid  occurs  in  other  species  of  Gymnema  besides  sylvestre, 
G.  hirsute  contains  a  considerable  quantity,  and  G,  montanum  leaves 
contain  it  in  a  smaller  proportion. — Chem.  News,  April  5,  1889,  159- 
160. 

Agaric  Acid—  Physiolcgical  Action,  etc. — Dr.  Hofmeister  describes 
the  physiological  action  of  agaric  acid,  which,  when  pure,  is  a  bibasic 
triatomic   homologue   of    the   malic   acid    series,   having  the   formula 

CO  OH 
Ci^H27(OH)<p.^  QTT*     Its  solubility  is  but  slight  in  cold,  and  fair  in 

boiling  water.  The  neutral  alkaline  salts  dissolve  readily,  and,  like  the 
salts  of  the  higher  fatty  acids,  easily  break  up  in  solution  into  free  acid 
and  basic  salt.  Locally  its  action  is  that  of  an  irritant.  When  swallowed, 
large  doses  produce  vomiting  and  diarrhoea.  The  general  action  on 
cold- blooded  animals  is  a  gradually  progressive  central  paralysis,  weak- 
ening of  the  heart,  and  suppression,  or  marked  depression  of  the  cutane- 
ous secretion.  The  only  symptoms  produced  in  dogs  by  large  doses  ad- 
ministered by  the  mouth  were  vomiting  and  diarrhoea.  By  subcutaneous 
and  intravenous  injections  in  rabbits,  it  was  found  that  the  vaso-motor 
and  vagus  centres  were  first  stimulated  and  finally  paralyzed.  Death  was 
caused  by  failure  of  respiration,  and  in  animals  subjected  to  artificial  res- 
piration, by  failure  of  the  heart.  The  action  of  agaric  acid  on  the  secre- 
tion of  sweat  proves  it  to  be  decidedly  anti-h}  drotic.  Owing  to  the  local 
irritant  action  of  the  drug  and  its  salts,  the  subcutaneous  administra- 
tion is  forbidden.  On  the  other  hand,  vomiting  and  diarrhoea  need  not 
be  so  dreaded  when  the  pure  drug  is  used,  as  the  experience  of  those  who 
have  tried  the  commercial  agaricin  might  lead  us  to  do.  As  to  the  dose 
of  the  pure  acid,  0.05,  and  in  one  case  a.  i,  given  to  phthisical  patients, 
caused  slight  temporary  nausea  and  signs  of  intoxication.  Doses  of  0.02 
and  0.03  were,  without  exception,  well  borne.  The  anhydrotic  effect 
became  first  manifest  hours  after  the  drug  was  taken,  and  lasted  for  over 
twenty-four  hours.  Hence  it  is  possible  to  get  the  full  benefit  of  a  large 
dose,  and  at  the  same  time  avoid  the  unpleasant  effects,  by  repeating 
small  doses  at  short  intervals.  The  large  doses  should  not  be  ventured 
on  unless  it  is  quite  certain  that  we  are  dealing  with  pure,  white,  well- 
crystallized  agaric  acid,  which  does  not  taste  bitter  when  dissolved  in 
weak  alcohol,  and  forms  a  colorless  solution  in  boiling  water. — Amer. 
Jour.  Pharm.,  May  1889,  253-254;  from  Arch.  f.  Exper.  Pharmakologie, 
XXV ;  through  the  Med.  Chron.,  March  1889. 

Strophantate  of  Lime — Characters,  etc, — The  diuretic  properties  of 
'*strophantate  of  lime  ''  having  been  pointed  out.  by  Catillon,  its  char- 
acter is  described  as  follows  in  a  report  to  the  Soc.  de  Th^^rap.:  This 

Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


682  REPORT  ON  THE  PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 

compound  is  tasteless,  deliquescent  and  of  an  alkaline  reaction ;  sul- 
phuric acid  gives  with  it  an  abundant  precipitate  of  sulphate  of  lime ; 
carbonic  acid  does  not  disturb  it ;  with  oxalate  of  ammonia  it  gives  oxa- 
late of  lime;  solutions  acidulated  with  hydrochloric  acid  are  precipitated 
by  iodohydrargyrate  of  potash  and  phosphomolybdate  of  soda.  "  It  is  this 
reaction — common  to  alkaloids  —  which  led  certain  authors  to  believe 
that  strophanthus  contained  an  alkaloid.''  In  treating  a  concentrated  so- 
lution of  strophantate  of  lime  with  sulphuric  acid  until  a  cessation  of  pre- 
cipitate, filtering,  then  precipitating  with  a  large  excess  of  alcohol,  and 
in  again  taking  up  the  precipitate  with  alcohol  of  70  per  cent.,  Mr. 
Catillon  obtained  the  azotized  substance  which  was  combined  with  lime. 
— Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  June  1889,  287;  from  Rupert,  de  Pharm.,  April 
10,  1889. 

Azalatc  Acid, — Production  by  oxidizing  agents  from  shellac^  which  see 
under  "Materia  Medica." 

Uric  Acid — Occurrence  in  the  Urine  of  Herbivorous  Animals, — In 
view  of  the  fact  that  hitherto  there  have  been  no  definite  statements  made 
in  literature  as  to  the  occurrence  of  uric  acid  in  the  urine  of  herbivo- 
rous animals,  F.  Mittlebach  has  examined  the  urine  of  42  animals,  and 
found  the  presence  of  uric  acid  in  each  instance. — Arch,  d   Pharm. 

Morrhuic  Acid — A  New  Principle  from  Cod-liver  Oil, — MM.  Gau- 
tierand  Mourgues  find  in  cod-liver  oil  an  acid,  relatively  abundant,  hav- 
ing "  the  double  function  of  an  acid  and  an  alkali.'*  It  is  found,  like  the 
ordinary  lecithins,  in  unstable  and  complex  combinations,  /.  ^.,  it  changes 
with  acids  or  alkalies,  setting  free  glycerin  and  phosphoric  acid.  It  sepa- 
rates slowly  and  continuously  from  alcoholic  or  aqueous  acidulated 
extracts  of  cod- liver  oil,  even  when  brought  together  cold.  Morrhuic 
acid,  recently  precipitated,  is  oleaginous  and  viscous,  but  may  be  crys- 
tallized in  square,  flat  prisms,  or  in  lanceolate  forms.  It  dissolves  in  hot 
water,  and  precipitates  on  cooling.  It  is,  soluble  in  alcohol ;  sparingly 
so  in  ether.  It  reddens  litmus,  decomposes  the  carbonates,  unites  with 
alkalies,  and  gives  salts  which  precipitate  the  acetates  of  lead  and  the 
nitrate  of  silver,  but  not  the  acetate  of  copper,  even  with  heat.  It  com- 
bines with  acids  and  with  bases.  On  submitting  it  to  distillation  with 
alkalies,  and  to  oxidation,  we  became  assured  that  it  belongs  to  the  pyri- 
dine series.  Its  formula  is  QHi,NOj,  thus  differing  from  tyrosin  only  by 
having  2H  more.  To  separate  morrhuic  acid,  it  is  only  necessary  to  ex- 
haust the  oils  methodically  with  alcohol  at  35°  C.  (95°  F.),  acidulated 
with  5  per  cent,  of  hydrochloric  acid.  The  alcoholic  liquors  are  satu- 
rated with  carbonate  of  potash  and  distilled  in  vacuo  at  45°  C.  (113°  F.). 
The  residuum  is  again  acidulated,  carried  for  an  instant  to  100°  C.  (212° 
F.),  and  again  taken  up  by  alcohol  at  85°  C.  (185°  F.).  Evaporation 
leaves  the  thick,  viscous  oil,  which  constitutes  morrhuic  acidp^-Comptes 

jitized  by  Vj 00 


ORGANIC   ACIDS.  683 

rendus;  L*Union  Phar.,  Dec.  1888;  Amer.  Jour.  Phar.,  March  1889, 
137. 

Filicic  Acid — Preparation  and  Characters. — G.  Daccomo  prepared  fil- 
icic  acid  by  agitating  the  oleo-resin  of  male  fern  with  a  mixture  of  two 
volumes  95  per  cent,  alcohol  and  one  volume  ether,  which  precipitated 
the  acid  as  a  brown  resinous  mass.  After  purification  a  glistening,  odor- 
less pale-yellow  crystalline  powder  was  obtained,  melting  at  179-180°. 
Heated  above  100°,  it  assumes  a  golden  color,  taking  the  original  color 
again  on  cooling.  Insoluble  in  water,  sparingly  soluble  in  absolute  alco- 
hol ;  more  soluble  in  glacial  acetic  acid,  ether,  amylic  alcohol  and  toluol ; 
easily  soluble  in  chloroform,  carbon  disulphide  and  benzol.  Its  formula 
is  Cj^HijOb  .  Heated  in  a  sealed  tube  to  170-190°,  it  is  decomposed  into 
isobutyric  acid,  and  a  red  substance,  having  the  formula : 

C,oH,80,.C,,H,A-hH,0=C,H30,+CioH,oO,. 

Two  molecules  of  the  last  substance,  by  loss  of  one  molecule  of  H,0, 
give  the  compound  C„H,g07.  By  oxidation  with  KjMnjOg,  and  also 
with  HNOa,  butyric  and  oxalic  acids  are  formed.  If  the  compound 
C^HigO,  be  allowed  to  stand  several  days  with  HNO, ,  from  the  solution 
can  be  obtained  pearly  scales,  melting  between  198°  and  202°,  sublimable, 
the  sublimate  melting  at  127-129°  ;  by  analysis  found  to  be  phthalic  acid  ; 
oxalic  acid  is  also  formed  by  this  oxidation.  These  reactions  indicate 
that  filicic  acid  is  the  isobutyrate  of  oxynaphthoquinone. — Ber.  d.  D. 
Chem.  Ges.,  1888,  2962. 

Tannin, — Percentage  Present  in  Sumach  Leaves, — See  Rhus  glabra y 
under  "Materia  Medica.'* 

Tannin — Colorimetric  Estimation  in  Teas^  Nutgalls,  etc, — Dr.  S.  J. 
Hinsdale  proposes  the  following  as  convenient  for  the  determination 
of  tannin  in  teas,  nutgalls,  and  other  vegetable  substances  :  i.  Dissolve 
I  grain  of  potassic  ferrocyanide  in  16  fluidounces  of  water,  and  add  to  it 
20  drops  of  liquor  ferri  chloridi.  2.  Dissolve  i  grain  of  gallo- tannic  acid, 
dried  at  212°  F.,  in  32  fluidounces  of  water.  3.  Exhaust  10  grains  of 
powdered  tea  with  boiling  water,  and  make  the  infusion  to  16  fluidounces 
with  boiling  water.  Place  8  wine-glasses  on  a  white  surface,  in  each  of 
which  place  100  minims  of  the  iron  solution  (i);  then,  with  a  pipette, 
add  to  the  contents  of  one  of  the  glasses  5  drops  of  the  filtered  tea  solu- 
tion (3),  and  to  the  contents  of  the  other  glasses  10,  11,  12,  13,  14,  15 
and  16  drops  of  the  tannin  solution  (2),  using  the  same  pipette  through- 
out, and  observe  the  shades  of  color.  After  about  one  minute  fill  the 
glasses  with  water.  The  number  of  drops  of  solution  of  tannin  used  in  the 
glass,  which  corresponds  in  shade  of  color  with  the  glass  containing  the 
tea,  indicates  the  percentage  of  tannin  in  the  tea;  thus,  if  16  drops  are 
used,  the  tea  contains  16  per  cent,  of  tannin.     The  tannin  of  mjtgalls^^s^ 

Digitized  by' 


mjtgalls  JLs 

/Google 


684  REPORT   ON  THE  PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 

estimated  in  the  same  way,  using,  however,  only  i  drop  of  the  nutgall 
infbsion  instead  of  5  drops  as  in  the  case  of  tea — each  drop  of  the  tannin 
solution  required  to  secure  the  necessary  shade  of  color  indicating  5  per 
cent,  of  tannin.  For  drugs  containing  less  than  10  per  cent,  of  tannin 
proceed  as  in  the  case  of  tea. — Amer.  Drugg.,  Sept.  1888,  161;  from 
Proc.  N.  C.  Pharm.  Assoc,  Aug.  9,  1888. 

Tea  Tannin — Estimation  by  Acetate  of  Aluminium, —  John  Tsawoo 
White,  in  search  of  a  more  perfect  precipitant  for  tannin,  after  experi- 
menting with  different  ones,  finds  aluminium  acetate  to  be  admirably 
adapted,  at  least  for  the  tannin  of  tea.  A  solution  of  aluminium  acetate 
was  prepared  by  digesting  the  hydroxide  in  1  litre  of  water  containing 
100  c.c.  acetic  acid  for  a  week,  then  diluting  to  4  litres  and  filtering. 
The  solution  contains  2.7  grms.  AljO,  per  litre.  100  c.c.  of  the  tea  so- 
lution are  precipitated  with  50  c.c.  of  the  aluminium  solution,  filtered 
after  an  hour ;  the  supernatant  liquid  is  not  always  clear.  It  is  washed 
with  hot  water ;  the  precipitate  washes  easily.  The  tannin  is  then  calcu- 
lated from  the  loss  on  ignition  after  having  dried  and  weighed  it,  the 
drying  being  done  at  100°  C.  Three  experiments  gave  16.9  per  cent., 
15.3  per  cent.,  and  16.4  per  cent,  tannin,  the  tannate  containing  re- 
spectively 23.79  per  cent.,  26.57  percent.,  and  20.17  per  cent.  AljOj. 
Gallic  acid  is  not  at  first  precipitated  by  aluminium  acetate  solution, 
but  gives  a  blue  color  due  to  traces  of  iron  in  the  reagent.  After 
some  hours,  however,  a  precipitate  falls.  Only  77  percent,  of  the  gallic 
acid  is  precipitated,  the  gallate  containing  33.2  per  cent.  Al,Os.  The 
filtrate  gave  an  intense  blue  coloration  with  feiric  chloride.  A  trial  with 
a  sample  of  tannin,  obtained  from  the  Rangoon  Medical  Hall,  with  alu- 
minium acetate,  gave  the  amount  of  tannin  as  96.6  per  cent.,  the  tannate 
containing  25.07  per  cent.  AlaO,.  Aluminium  gallate  dissolves  easily  in 
acetic  acid.  A  solution  of  gallic  acid,  4  grms.  per  litre,  gave  no  precipi- 
tate with  aluminium  acetate  containing  additional  acid  of  50  c.c.  per  litre, 
even  after  standing  over  night — over  fifteen  hours.  Tannin  solution  of 
the  same  strength  is  immediately  precipitated.  The  tannate,  however, 
dissolves  when  strongly  acidified.  100  c.c.  tea  solution  treated  with  50 
c.c.  of  aluminium  acetate  containing  50  c.c.  additional  acetic  acid  per 
litre,  gave  a  slightly  different  result.  The  supernatant  solution  was  clear, 
and  it  gave  13.5  per  cent,  tannin,  the  tannate  containing  14.5  per  cent. 
AljOa  •  The  author  will  continue  his  experiments  on  other  tannic  acids, 
and  tannin-containing  bodies. — Chem.  News,  May  31,  1889,  261-262. 

lodotannate  of  Mercury — Preparation  and  Use. — According  to  J. 
Nourry  iodotannate  of  mercury  is  a  soluble  compound  and  does  not  pos- 
sess any  appreciable  metallic  taste.  For  hypodermic  use  a  solution  is 
prepared  from  mercury,  0.008  gm.;  iodine,  0.0^,  gm.;  kramerotannic 
acid,  0.04  gm.;  and  glycerin,  i  c.c. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Aug.  1888, 
407  ;  from  Bull.  G6a.  Th6rap.  ^.^.^.^^^  ^^  GoOgk 


ORGANIC  ACID,S.  685 

Tannic  and  Gallic  Acids  -  New  Tests, — S.  G.  Rawson  observes  that  if 
a  solution  of  tannic  acid  be  treated  with  ammonium  chloride  alone  a  pre- 
cipitate falls,  but  only  with  extreme  slowness ;  whereas  on  the  addition 
of  ammonia  a  beautiful  white  precipitate  instantly  appears,  but  this, 
probably  by  oxidation,  becomes  rapidly  of  a  reddish  brown  color.  With 
gallic  acid  no  precipitate  falls  in  either  a  strong  or  a  weak  solution,  but 
the  liquid  becomes  of  a  red  color,  and  a  ring,  usually  of  a  greenish  color 
on  its  lower  surface,  is  produced,  this  being  recognizable  in  solutions 
containing  i  part  of  gallic  acid  in  100,000  of  water.  In  a  solution  of 
tannic  acid  containing  i  part  of  tannic  acid  in  5,000  of  water  a  precipi- 
tate falls,  but  slowly,  and  with  more  dilute  solutions,  therefore,  it  is  bet- 
ter to  drop  the  mixture  of  ammonic  hydrate  and  chloride  very  cautiously 
onto  the  top  of  the  tannic  acid  solution.  Where  the  two  liquids  come  in 
contact  with  one  another  the  white  precipitate  makes  its  appearance  at 
once  in  a  well- marked  line.  This  white  line  is  distinctly  visible  in  a  so- 
lution of  tannic  acid  containing  i  part  in  20,000  of  water.  If,  however, 
a  piece  of  black  paper  be  held  behind  the  tube,  the  delicacy  of  the  test  is 
increased,  and  i  part  in  50,000  parts  of  water  may  now  be  detected. 

Another  delicate  test  for  both  tannic  and  gallic  acids  is  to  add  to  the 
solution  containing  one  of  them,  chlorine  water,  then  ammonia,  a  beauti- 
ful red  color  being  at  once  prcduced.  With  tannic  acid  the  color  is  very 
well-marked  and  distinct,  but  it  is  not  quite  so  noticeable  with  gallic 
acid,  for  with  this  acid,  as  is  known,  ammonia  alone  gives  a  red  color. 
With  a  mixture  of  potassic  ferricyanide  and  ammonia,  both  acids  also 
give  a  dark  red  colored  solution.  In  the  case  of  tannic  acid  i  part  in 
10,000  of  water  gives  a  distinct  red  color  to  the  whole  of  the  solution. 
In  a  weaker  solution,  say  i  part  in  30,000  of  water,  the  red  color  is  best 
seen  by  looking  down  the  test  tube  through  the  whole  column  of  the 
liquid.  In  still  more  dilute  solutions,  containing  only  i  part  tannic  acid 
in  100,000  of  water,  it  is  better  to  compare  the  tint,  which  is  now  more 
of  a  yellowish  brown,  with  the  tint  of  a  blank  experiment,  1.  e,,  one  con- 
taining the  same  amount  of  ammonia  and  of  potassic  ferricyanide  in  the 
same  volume  of  water,  but  with  no  tannic  acid  present.  Under  these 
conditions  the  change  in  color  will  be  perfectly  apparent,  and  the  deli- 
cacy of  the  reaction  may  be  carried  considerably  further.— Chem.  News, 
Feb.  I,  1889,  52. 

Gallic  Acid — Examination  of  Commercial  Specimens, — Fred.  Wm, 
Meissner,  Jr. ,  has  subjected  commercial  specimens  of  gallic  acid  to  the 
pharmacopoeial  tests.  The  saturated  aqueous  solutions  yielded  no  precip- 
itates with  an  alkaloidal  salt,  albumen  or  gelatinized  starch,  but  produced 
heavy  white  precipitates  with  a  solution  of  tartar  emetic  and  ammonium 
chloride.  Even  in  very  dilute  solutions  of  gallic  acid  a  distinct  precipi- 
tate was  obtained  by  this  test,  and  previous  continued  washing  with  cold 
water  did  not  prevent  the  precipitation.     Gallic  acid  was  theQ4>repaied 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


6S6  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

by  Liebig's  process  from  tannin  by  boiling  with  sulphuric  acid,  recrys- 
tallizing  and  decolorizing  with  animal  charcoal,  remaining  traces  of 
tannin  being  removed  by  solution  of  lead  acetate,  as  suggested  by  Watt. 
The  crystals  thus  obtained  answered  all  the  pharmacopoeial  requirements; 
the  result  may,  perhaps,  have  been  caused  by  the  presence  of  a  slight 
amount  of  acetic  acid.  The  albumen  and  alkaloid  tests  are  regarded  as 
sufficiently  delicate  for  the  detection  of  tannin  in  gallic  acid,  one  part 
in  thirty  being  easily  indicated.  Five  samples  of  gallic  acid  on  being 
heated  to  ioo°  C.  lost  respectively  9.5,  9.6,  9.75,  9.75  and  10.5  percent, 
of  water. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Jan.  1889,  9* 

ORGANIC   BASES. 

Alkaloids — Value  and  Application  of  Mayer's  Reagent. — Mr.  H.  W. 
Snow  read  a  highly  interesting  paper  on  "  Mayer's  reagent  for  the 
estimation  of  alkaloids  '*  before  the  Michigan  State  Pharmaceutical  Asso- 
ciation (Sept.  1888),  in  which  he  aims  more  particularly  to  draw  atten- 
tion to  a  method  of  interpreting  the  results  of  titrations.  The  author's 
paper,  which  cannot  be  given  here  in  abstract,  will  prove  valuable  in 
further  elucidation  of  the  experiments  of  Dr.  A.  B.  Lyons  (see  Proceed- 
ings 1887,  303-308),  and  of  his  own  (Ibid.,  1888,  133).  Briefly  it 
may  be  stated  that  the  method  of  interpreting  the  results  of  titrations  is 
very  simple,  and  consists,  first,  in  determining  the  titration  equivalents 
for  alkaloids  in  different  degrees  of  dilution.  Then,  when  working  on 
unknown  material,  by  holding  the  dilution  of  the  initial  fluid  always  con- 
stant, the  number  of  cubic  centimeters  of  reagent  required  to  precipitate 
the  alkaloid  becomes  an  index  to  the  degree  of  dilution  of  the  alkaloid,  and 
thus  enables  the  analyst  to  select  the  true  experimental  equivalent  for 
calculating  the  weight,  and,  finally,  the  percentage  of  alkaloid.  The  pres- 
ent experiments  embrace  the  alkaloids  aconitine,  berberine^  emetine^  gel- 
semine,  hydrastine,  sangunarine,  strychnine,  and  brucine.  The  tables 
given  by  the  author  exhibit  the  number  of  c.c.  of  reagent  required  for 
the  same  quantity  of  alkaloid  in  different  degrees  of  dilution,  and  the 
equivalent  corresponding  to  such  dilution. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Oct. 
1888,  487-497  ;  Proc.  Mich.  St.  Pharm.  Assoc,  1888. 

Alkaloid — Method  of  Determination  in  Pharmaceutical  Preparations, — 
Cavendoni  proposes  the  following  method  for  the  determination  of  the 
alkaloid  in  pharmaceutical  preparations,  or  in  the  drug,  believing  it  to 
give  better  results  than  the  methods  of  Dunstan,  Ransom,  Coblentz,  Kunz, 
and  others.  The  substance  or  extract  is  exhausted  with  60  per  cent,  al- 
cohol acidulated  with  dilute  sulphuric  acid,  the  liquid  is  precipitated  with 
a  10  per  cent,  solution  of  acetate  of  lead,  the  filtrate  and  wash-water 
treated  with  sulphuretted  hydrogen  to  remove  lead,  and  the  sulphuretted 
hydrogen  removed  by  heat.  The  cold  filtrate  is  then  treated  with  a  so- 
lution of  1.35  gram  mercuric  chloride  and  5  grams  of  iodide  of  potassium 

Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


ORGANIC   BASES.  687 

in  100  grams  of  water,  drop  by  drop,  as  long  as  a  precipitate  is  produced ; 
the  precipitate  is  allowed  to  subside,  collected  on  a  filter,  washed,  dried 
at  40°,  and  weighed.  The  author  requires  that  100  grams  belladonna 
leaves  should  yield  1.20  to  1.60  gram  of  precipitate,  corresponding  to 
0.48  to  0.64  of  atropine;  100  grams  hyoscyamus  leaves  should  yield 
0.42  to  0.80  gram  of  precipitate,  corresponding  to  0.16  to  0.32  gram  of 
hyoscyamine  ;  100  grams  conium  herb  should  yield  0.25  to  0.40  gram  of 
precipitate,  corresponding  to  o.io  to  0.16  gram  of  coniine ;  100  gram?  of 
aconite  (part  not  stated)  should  yield  0.20  to  0.40  gram  of  precipitate, 
corresponding  to  0.06  to  0.12  gram  of  aconitine,  etc.,  etc. — Arch.  d. 
Pharm.,  Dec.  1888,  1 1 33-1 135 ;  from  L'Orosi,  Sept.  1888,  301. 

Alkaloids — New  Reagents. — Brociner  finds  that  a  solution  of  i  gram 
niobate  of  ammonium,  or  better  of  potassium  fluorniobate,  in  40  c.c.  of 
concentrated  sulphuric  acid,  gives  with  apomorphine  an  intense  brown- 
red  color,  which  changes  to  orhre-yellow  on  addition  of  water.  Mor- 
phine has  a  similar  reaction,  but  the  colors  are  not  so  pronounced.  No 
other  alkaloid  gives  these  reactions. 

A  solution  of  chlorine  in  concentrated  sulphuric  acid,  obtained  by 
passing  the  gaseous  body  into  the  acid  to  saturation,  also  gives  character- 
istic color-reactions  with  certain  alkaloids.  With  natcotine  it  produces 
a  violet  color,  which  rapidly  becomes  wine- red  and  yellow,  and  then  on 
heating  gently  again  becoming  red.  With  narceinezn  olive-green  color  is 
produced,  changing  to  blue  with  red  streaks.  Brucin  produces  a  red 
color,  as  it  does  with  nitric  acid. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Nov.  1888,  1040; 
»from  Jour,  de  Pharm.  et  de  Chim,,  1888,  xviii,  204. 

Alkaloids — Detection  after  Death, — Dr.  Pellacani  gives  an  account  of 
some  experiments  which  he  made  for  the  purpose  of  determining  how 
long  various  poisonous  substances  resist  putrefaction.  A  fixed  quantity 
of  the  poison  having  been  introduced  into  a  definite  quantity  of  blood, 
the  mixture  was  allowed  to  putrefy  under  favorable  conditions  of  temper- 
ature. From  time  to  time  it  was  tested  for  the  poison,  the  same  method 
being  carefully  employed  in  each  case.  Physiological  tests  were  used  in 
the  case  of  such  substances  as  atropine,  physostigmine,  curarine,  etc., 
and  in  other  cases  methods  giving  characteristic  reactions  were  employed. 
The  poisons  experimented  with  were  for  the  most  part  vegetable  alkaloids, 
which  were  introduced  in  a  free  state  in  the  following  proportions  rela- 
tively to  the  blood  : — o.io  in  the  case  of  physostigmine,  atropine,  pilo- 
carpine, daturine,  and  digitalin,  and  0.50  in  the  case  of  all  other  sub-. 
stances.  In  this  way  Dr.  Pellacani  found  that  no  trace  of  digitalin  or 
santonin  could  be  found  in  the  putrid  liquid  after  four  months,  while 
atropine,  daturine,  and  physostigmine  took  thirteen  months  to  disappear ; 
at  the  end  of  that  time  there  was  still  a  trace  of  codeine.  Morphine  and 
picrotoxin  gave  signs  of  their  presence  after  twenty-seven  months ;  aconi- 
tine and  cicutine  were  still  present  in  considerable  quantities  after  thirty- 
Digitized  by  vaOOQiC 


688  REPORT  ON   THE  PROGRESS  OF   PHARMACY. 

four  months,  and  veratrine  was  found  at  the  end  of  thirty  nine  months. 
As  regards  curarine  it  remained  unaltered  for  twenty-eight  months;  but 
after  thirty-nine  months  the  physiological  test  gave  a  negative  result,  al- 
though the  characteristic  reaction  still  persisted,  except  with  the  sulphuric 
acid  test.  Dr.  Pellacani  considers  that  these  experiments  prove  that  pu- 
trefaction is  not  so  rapidly  destructive  of  vegetable  poisons  as  has  hitherto 
been  believed.  This  is  particularly  the  case  with  alkaloids. — Brit.  Med. 
Jour.,  July  21,  1888,  p.  152;  from  Rivista  Sperim.  di  Fren.  e  di  Med. 
Legale. 

Alkaloidal  Borates — Advantage  in  Collyria, —  Petit  and  Galezowski 
find  the  compounds  of  boric  acid  with  alkaloids  useful  as  preventing  the 
local  irritation  often  caused  by  the  use  of  alkaloidal  acid  salts.  The  al- 
kaloid, such  as  eserine,  pilocarpine,  atropine,  hyoscyamine  and  cocaine, 
is  first  dissolved  in  a  small  quantity  of  alcohol.  Then  a  quantity  of  boric 
acid  equal  to  twice  the  weight  of  the  alkaloid  is  dissolved  in  alcohol  and 
the  solutions  are  united.  The  mixture  is  then  evaporated  to  dryness. 
An  excess  of  boric  acid  is  not  injurious. — Amer.  Jour.  Phar.,  May  1889, 
244;  from  Nouv.  Rem.,  March  24,  1889. 

Morphine — Chemistry  and  Pharmacology  of  some  of  Its  Derivatives. — 
In  continuation  of  their  previous  studies  upon  the  chemistry  and  pharma- 
cology of  some  morphine  derivatives  (see  Proceedings  i888,  543)1 
Messrs.  D.  B.  Dott  and  Ralph  Stockman  communicate  the  results  since 
obtained.  The  first  portion  of  the  present  paper  discussed  the  composi- 
tion of  the  compound  that  was  obtained  in  the  artificial  production  of 
codeine  from  morphine,  and  was  first  described  as  dimeihylmorphine, 
the  correctness  of  which  name  is  disputed.  Apart  from  chemical  consid- 
erations the  authors  consider  that  its  physiological  action  is  so  different 
from  that  of  methylmorphine  or  codeine,  as  to  render  the  constitution 
represented  by  that  name  improbable,  and  the  authors  appear  to  look 
upon  it  as  methocodeine.  They  also  refer  to  certain  acetyl  and  benzoyl 
derivatives,  methyl-sulphurio-acid-ether  and  chlorocodide.  The  topics 
of  the  report  were  necessarily  somewhat  recondite,  but  testimony  to  the 
value  of  the  research  as  helping  to  place  medicine  on  a  scientific  basis 
was  borne  by  Dr.  Thresh  and  Mr.  Plowman.  Incidentally  Dr.  Dott  re- 
marked that  the  opium  alkaloids  do  not  differ  from  one  another  in  their 
physiological  action  so  much  as  is  generally  supposed,  but  might  be  said 
to  form  groups  differing  rather  in  the  intensity  than  in  the  quality  of 
their  action. — Yearbook  of  Pharni.,  1888,  349-355. 

Morphine — Alteration  in  Aqueous  Solution. — Dr.  Lamal  finds  that  pure 
salts  of  morphine  in  distilled  water  are  unalterable  if  kept  from  the  action 
of  light  and  dust.  Cloudy  solutions  arise  from  the  development  of  micro- 
organisms. The  yellow  coloration,  acid  reaction  and  formation  of  crys- 
tals, are  due  to  the  action  of  light  and  of  organic  ferments.     The  color 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


ORGANIC   BASES.  689 

arises  from  the  transformation  of  morphine  into  an  amorphous  substance 
which  appears  to  be  morphetine.  The  crystals  are  caused  by  oxidation 
of  the  salt.  The  acid  reaction  is  due  to  morphetine  and  the  salts  of  oxy- 
morphine.  Apomorphine  is  not  formed  in  aqueous  solutions  of  morphine. 
In  the  blood  and  tissues,  morphine  is  partly  transformed  into  oxymorphine, 
which  is  eliminated  by  the  urine;  but  morphine,  as  such,  may  be  found 
there.  In  organic  researches  for  morphine,  oxymorphine  should  be 
sought  for  as  a  first  product  of  oxidation. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  May 
1889,  244;  from  Bull,  de  T  Acad,  de  Belg.  in  J.  de  Ph.  et  de  Ch.,  Feb. 
15,   1889. 

Morphine  Muriate — Decomposition  of  its  Solution  by  the  Alkali  Contained 
in  the  Glass  Container, — Some  time  ago,  C.  Neuss  called  attention  to  the 
observation  that  a  precipitate  frequently  forms  on  standing  in  solutions 
of  muriate  of  morphine  in  bitter  almond  water,  as  also  in  cherry-laurel 
water.  He  attributed  this  precipitate  to  the  formation  of  hydrocyanide 
of  morphine,  but  the  existence  of  this  compound  was  denied  by  Fliickiger, 
who  expressed  the  opinion  that  the  precipitate  would  be  found  to  consist 
of  alkaloidal  morphine,  while  Denner,  on  the  other  hand,  regarded  the 
precipitate  to  consist  of  oxymorphine.  This  latter  view  is  now  confirmed 
by  H.  Warnecke,  the  cause  of  its  precipitation  being  the  alkalinity  of  the 
glass  container,  such  being  now  made  from  a  very  soft  soda-glass. 
Green-glass  vessels  do  not  give  off  a  portion  of  their  alkali,  and  are  there- 
fore to  be  preferred  as  containers  for  solutions  of  morphine,  and  other 
alkaloids. 

Oxymorphine  is  recognized  by  ihe  color  reaction  with  Frohde's  re- 
agent (sulphomolybdic  acid),  which  at  first  produces  an  intense  blue 
color,  which  passes  into  the  violet  color  produced  immediately  by  mor- 
phine. A  solution  of  oxymorphine  in  5  to  10  drops  of  concentrated 
sulphuric  acid  is  colored  intensely  green  when  heated  on  the  steam-bath  ; 
morphine,  under  the  same  conditions,  rose  red.  If  the  green  oxymor- 
phine solution  is  allowed  to  cool,  and  diluted  with  about  3  c.c.  of  water, 
the  color  changes  to  red,  then  disappears,  and  at  the  same  time  a  white 
precipitate  of  sulphate  of  oxymorphine  separates  from  the  solution. — 
Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Feb.  1889,  125;  from  Pharm.  Ztg.,  34,  5. 

In  reply  to  Warnecke's  observations,  Neuss  maintains  that  the  separation 
of  oxymorphine  is  independent  of  the  quality  of  the  glass  composing  the 
container,  and  that  it  occurs  in  glass  containers  of  whatever  quality  un- 
der the  influence  of  light.  He  therefore  earnestly  recommends  that  mor- 
phine solutions  be  dispensed  in  dark  glass  vessels,  so  that  light  may  be 
excluded  as  far  as  is  practicable. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  March  1889,  230; 
from  Piiarm.  Ztg.,  34,  66,  81  and  105. 

Morphine — Solubility  in  Different  Solvents, — A.  H.  Allen  throws  doubt 
on  Dieterich's  statement  that  morphine  is  soluble  in  amyl  alcohol  in  the 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


690  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

proportion  of  t  part  in  1,300,  in  acetic  ether  i  in  1,665,  *^^  ^^  ordinary 
ether  i  in  1,250.  These  figures  do  not  at  all  agree  with  ordinarily 
accepted  statements,  for  they  show  that  morphine  is  more  soluble  in  ordi- 
nary ether  than  in  acetic  ether  or  amyl  alcohol,  which  are  solvents  largely 
employed  in  preference  to  ether  for  extracting  morphine  from  its  solu- 
tions. Dieterich  further  states  that  morphine  is  soluble  in  7,000  parts  of 
cold  methyl  alcohol,  and  in  1,660  parts  of  ethyl  alcohol.  This  great 
difference  of  sblvent  power  suggested  to  Mr.  Allen  the  possibility  of 
using  methyl  alcohol  in  opium  assay  according  to  the  process  of  the 
German  Pharmacopoeia,  as  this  alteration  might  materially  diminish  the 
error  due  to  solubility  of  morphine.  But  on  putting  the  matter  to  test, 
Mr.  Allen  found  that  morphine  was  very  readily  soluble  in  methyl  alcohol, 
so  that  it  would  be  hopeless  to  make  the  substitution  suggested.  Dieter- 
ich also  states  that  morphine  sulphate  is  **  very  foluble'*  in  ether,  whereas 
Mr.  Allen  finds  the  solubility  to  be  i  in  82,000,  and  when  the  ether  has 
been  previously  washed  free  from  traces  of  alcohol,  and  then  dehydrated 
by  means  of  potassium  carbonate  followed  by  distillation,  the  solubility  of 
morphine  sulphate  is  almost  infinitesimal.  Thus  the  residue  of  morphine 
sulphate  from  50  c.c.  of  dry  ether  free  from  alcohol  was  only  0.0002 
gram,  corresponding  to  a  solubility. of  i  gram  of  the  salt  in  162,000 
grams,  or  225,000  c.c. — Amer.  Drugg.,  Oct.  1888,  195. 

Adorphine — Value  of  Picrotoxin  as  an  Antidote, — See  ^^  Picrotoxin^^ 
under  Glucosides^  etc. 

Morphine — Determination  in  Opium, — Dr.  H.  Endemann  having  for 
some  time  past  found  himself  in  opposition  to  a  firm  of  chemists  who  had 
reported  on  the  same  samples  of  opium,  always  with  the  result  that  they 
found  one  or  more  per  cent,  less  of  morphine  than  he  had  obtained, 
came  to  the  conclusion  that  this  difference  in  results  was  not  due  to 
greater  or  less  care,  but  to  the  method  of  analysis  employed  by  himself  op 
by  the  other  chemists.  The  process  of  assay  employed  by  the  author  is  the 
well-known  one  of  Dr.  Squibb,  while  in  the  other  laboratory  the  method 
of  Chas.  M.  Stillwell  was  employed.  In  examining  this  method,  and 
comparing  it  with  other  methods,  he  finds  that  it  is  original  only  in  the 
following  three  points:  "Stillwell  states,  first,  that  he  can  exhaust  the 
opium-with  far  less  water  than  any  one  else ;  second,  he  claims  that  it  is 
not  necessary  to  use  such  a  concentrated  solution  to  precipitate  the  mor- 
phine completely;  and,  third,  he  uses  an  inferior,  less  pure  ether  for  the 
purification  of  his  morphine."  Dr.  Endemann  has  examined  these  three 
points,  compared  the  results  with  those  obtainable  under  like  conditions 
of  care  by  the  process  of  Squibb,  and  has  arrived  at  the  conclusion,  that : 
**  The  difference  in  the  analyses  is  due  mainly  to  impurities  in  the  com- 
mercial ether  as  used  according  to  Stillwell,  tlien,  however,  also  to  the 
incomplete  extraction  of  the  opium  when  extracted  by  the  Stillwell  pro- 
cess.    The  precipitation  of  the  morphine  from  a  more  dilute  solution 

Digitized  by  VjOO 


ORGANTC   BASES.  69I 

does  not  seem  to  affect  the  result  seriously. — Pharm.  Rundschau,  Aug. 
1888,  181-182. 

Morphine — Colorimetric  Test  for  Its  Determination  in  Laudanum. — 
S.  J.  Hinsdale  proposes  the  following  colorimetric  test  for  indicating  the 
morphine  strength  of  laudanum  :  Dissolve  one  grain  of  potassic  ferricy- 
anide  in  sixteen  ounces  of  water,  and  add  twenty  drops  of  liquor  ferri 
chloridi.  To  two  drachms  of  this  solution,  in  a  5  or  0  ounce  tumbler, 
add  one  drop  of  tincture  of  opium,  U.  S.  P.,  allow  the  mixture  to  stand 
one  minute,  add  three  ounces  of  water,  and  observe  the  shade  of  the  blue 
color  developed.  By  comparing  the  color  produced  in  this  reaction 
with  the  color  produced  by  morphine  solutions  of  known  strength,  the 
morphine  strength  of  a  tincture  of  opium  may  be  estimated.  The  inten- 
sity or  shade  of  color  produced  by  officinal  tincture  of  opium  is  the  same 
as  that  produced  by  a  drop  of  a  solution  of  seven  grains  of  sulphate  of  mor- 
phine in  one  ounce  of  diluted  alcohol  under  the  above  conditions.  It  is 
important  that  tht  test  solution  should  be  freshly  made,  and  that  the  drops 
should  be  uniform  in  size.  Tannin  interferes  with  this  test,  since  it  pro- 
duces an  intensely  deeper  shade  of  color. — Amer.  Drugg  ,  July  1888, 
121. 

Codeine — New  Synthetical  Method, — A.  Knoll  proposes  to  use  for  the 
methylation  of  morphine  (conversion  into  codeine),  methylsulphate  in  place 
of  methyliodide  or  methylchloride  hithei  to  proposed  by  Dott.  The  product 
of  reaction  is  treated  with  dilute  sulphuric  acid,  ammonia  is  added  to  re- 
move unchanged  morphine,  and  the  codeine  is  extracted  from  the  some- 
what dilute  solution  by  means  of  ether,  benzol,  or  chloroform.  Codeine 
obtained  in  this  way  is  chemically  pure,  and  corresponds  in  all  its  chemical 
as  well  as  physiological  characters  with  natural  codeine.  The  author 
expresses  the  opinion  that  this  alkaloid  deserves  the  consideration  of 
practitioners,  inasmuch  as  its  effects  are  fully  as  certain  as  those  of  mor- 
phine, and  far  less  dangerous. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  March.  1889,  229; 
from  Pharm.  Central h.,  30,  39. 

Narceine — Close  Relationship  with  Naphthalin, — Messrs.  Claus  and 
Meissner  have  made  careful  studies  of  narceine,  in  the  course  of  which  a 
close  relationship  to  naphthalin  was  disclosed.  By  oxidation  of  pure  nar- 
ceine, CgsH^NOg,  with  permanganate  in  dilute  sulphuric  acid  solution,  a 
tri-basic  acid,  narceinic  acid,  Ci5Hi5N08+3HaO,  was  gotten,  which  on 
heating  to  i8o°-2oo°  decomposed  into  carbonic  oxide,  dimethylamine 
and  dioxynaphthalic  acid,  CuHgOe. — Rdsch.,  1888,  700. 

Narceine — Characters  of  the  Chemically  Pure  Base. — The  contradict- 
ory statements  respecting  the  characters  of  narceine,  led  E .  Merck  to 
determine  a  method  for  securing  an  absolutely  pure  base.  He  found  the 
hydrochlorate  of  narceine  to  be  the  most  suitable  for  the  preparation  of 
chemically  pure  narceine,  since  this  salt  is  readily  obtained  pure  from 
commercial  narceine.    The  hydrochlorate  forms  short,  stout,  white  prisms,! 


692  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

which  are  soluble  in  boiling  water  in  all  proportions,  and  contain  no 
water  of  crystallization.  It  is  a  neutral  salt,  chemically  speaking,  having 
the  composition  CmH-^NOj-HCI,  but  has  a  strong  acid  reaction,  and 
splits  up  in  presence  of  water  into  a  basic  salt  and  hydrochloric  acid. 
The  pure  narceine  prepared  from  the  hydrochlorate  is  uniform  in  quality. 
It  melts  at  170°-!  71°  with  evolution  of  gas,  commencing  to  cake  two  or 
three  degrees  lower.  Contrary  to  previous  statements,  it  possesses  a 
faintly  alkaline  reaction,  and  shows  great  affinity  for  acids,  withdrawing 
traces  of  hydrochloric  acid  from  the  air,  when  exposed  in  a  moist  condi- 
tion.— Pharm.  Jour,  and  Trans.,  June  22,  1889,  1034-1035. 

Meconarceine — An  Impure  Form  of  Narceine, — Dr.  Laborde,  who  is 
noted  for  his  investigations  into  the  physiological  actions  of  remedies,  has 
recently  (Rev.  de  Th6rap.,  May  15,  1888)  reported  on  the  actions  and 
uses  of  impure  narceine,  which  he  designates  by  the  name  of  **  meco- 
narceine." He  states  that  this  substance  is  the  alkaloid  narceine,  to 
which  some  other  unknown  alkaloid  adheres,  and  that  the  combination 
constitutes  a  useful  remedy.  He  has  ascertained  that  it  possesses  hyp- 
notic properties,  and  moderates  the  activity  of  the  respiratory  and  cardiac 
excito-motor  or  reflex  functions.  Given  in  doses  of  one-twelfth  to  one- 
sixth  of  a  grain,  it  produces  tranquil  sleep,  and  is  not  followed  by  un- 
pleasant effects.  It  may  be  given  in  pill  form  or  in  a  mixture  with  syrup. 
He  has  prescribed  it  successfully  in  insomnia  due  to  nervousness  or  oc- 
curring as  incident  to  chronic  diseases,  and  in  bronchial  aflections  to 
relieve  cough  and  to  diminish  the  expectoration.  It  has  proved  useful 
also  as  a  remedy  for  recent  neuralgia. — Amer.  Jour.  Med.  Science,  July 
1888,  66. 

Meconarceine — Composition^  etc. — According  to  E.  Merck,  the  French 
preparation  introduced  under  the  name  of  **  meconarceine*'  appears  as 
a  neutral  yellow  solution,  odor  of  camphor,  containing  0.5  per  cent, 
alkaloid,  composed  chiefly  of  codeine,  with  some  narceine,  combined 
with  an  ether-soluble  acid.  A  German  firm  has  introduced  a  white  pow- 
der sold  indiscriminately  under  the  name  of  **  meconarceine*'  and 

Meconate  of  Narceine^  which  is  a  mechanical  mixture  of  n?irceine  and 
meconic  acid,  melting  at  iio°j  in  dissolving  this  powder  a  chemical 
reaction  takes  place- and  the  recrystallized  product  melts  at  126°.  Pure 
"meconate  of  narceine"  was  obtained  by  uniting  equal  molecules  of 
narceine  and  meconic  acid;  it  is  of  a  lemon-yellow  color,  soluble  in 
boiling  water,  the  solution  possessing  an  acid  reaction  ;  difficultly  soluble 
in  alcohol,  the  best  solvent  is  50  per  cent,  alcohol;  melts  at  126°. — 
Pharm.  Ztg.,  1889,  9o- 

Chelidonine — Occurrence  in  the  root  of  Stylophorum  diphyllum^  Nuttall, 
which  see  under  "  Materia  Medica." 

Chelidonine — Characters  of  the  Alkaloid  and  Its  Compounds. — Dr.  Al- 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


ORGANIC   BASES.  693 

fred  Henscbke  has'  prepared  chelidonine  from  the  roots  of  Chelidonium 
majus  by  the  process  of  Probst  (Annal.  d.  Pharm.,  29,  123),  and  de- 
scribes it  as  constituting  tolerably  large,  colorless,  glassy- glistening  tabu- 
lar crystals,  belonging  to  the  monoclinic  system,  which  are  insoluble  in 
water,  but  soluble  in  alcohol,  amyl-alcohol,  elher  and  chloroform,  form- 
ing very  bitter  solutions.  It  gives  reactions  with  most  of  the  alkaloid 
reagents,  the  degree  and  intensity  being  described.  The  analytical  data 
obtained  lead  to  the  formula  C„H,9N05»  the  crystallized  and  air-dry  base 
containing  also  one  mol.  H,0.     The 

Hydrochlorate  of  Chelidonine  constitutes  fine,  colorless  crystals,  sepa- 
rating from  their  solutions  in  delicate  crystalline  crusts.  It  is  sparingly 
soluble  in  water,  more  soluble  in  alcohol,  and  its  solutions  react  acid. 
Its  composition  rrrCjoHj^NOftHCl. 

Nitrate  of  Chelidonine  (CjoHi.NOs.HNOj).— This  salt  was  obtained  in 
form  of  large,  colorless,  columnar  crystals,  which  are  sparingly  soluble 
in  water. 

Sulphate  of  Chelidonine  (CjoH„N05H,S04+2H,0)  is  very  soluble  in 
water.  It  crystallizes  from  absolute  alcohol,  but  the  crystals  are  not 
very  permanent,  and  in  moist  air  are  soon  converted  into  a  gum-like 
mass. 

The  author  also  describes  the  platinochloride ^  the  aurochloride^  and 
the  compounds  resulting  from  the  action  of  iodide  of  ethyl,  of  various 
oxidizing  agents,  and  of  acetic  anhydride. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  July  1888, 
624-644. 

Cinchona  Alkaloids — Oxidation  Products  and  Constitution. — Compre- 
hensive experiments  made  by  H.  Z.  Skraup,  H.  Schniderschitz  and  J. 
Wiirstl  prove  that  by  the  oxidation  of 

Cinchonine  yr\\h  chromic  acid,  the  cinchonine  molecule  is  split  into  two 
halves,  the  first  half  being  converted  into  cinchonic  acid,  the  second  into 
cincholoipon^  and  into  cincholoiponic  acid.  The  two  latter  substances  are 
derivatives  of  piperidine,  and  it  has  therefore  been  established  that  the 
second  half  of  the  cinchonine  molecule  contains  a  piperidine  groupe.  By 
the  oxidation  of 

Quinine^  Skraup  obtained  quinic  acid  (CnH^NO,)  from  the  first  half 
of  the  quinine  molecule,  and  from  the  second  half  cincholoipon  and  cin- 
choloiponic acidy  showing  the  constitution  of  the  second  half  of  the  qui- 
nine molecule  to  be  the  stn.e  as  that  of  the  icccrd  half  of  the  cinchonine 
molecule. 

Cinchonidine  yielded  by  oxidation  with  chromic  acid,  like  cinchonine, 
also  cinchonic  acid  and  cincholoiponic  acid,  but  no  cincholoipon.  Never- 
theless the  constitution  of  the  cinchonine  and  cinchonidine  molecule  pos- 
sesses great  resemblance.     The  oxidation  of 

Quinidine  leads  to  very  similar  results,  the  first  half  of  the  quinidinc] 

Digitized  -V^ 


694  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

molecule  yielding  quinic  acid,  the  second  half  cincholoiponic  acid,  but  no 
cincholoipon. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  May  1889,  464;  from  Monatsh.  f.  Chem., 
1889*  39»  51  and  65. 

Cinchona  Alkaloids — Use  of  Bromine  for  their  Estimation. — W.  T. 
Fawssett  has  made  comprehensive  experiments  to  determine  the  availa- 
bility of  bromine  for  the  estimation  of  cinchona  alkaloids.  The  obser- 
vation that  a  solution  of  sulphate  of  quinine  required  considerably  more 
bromine  water  to  produce  in  it  a  permanent  yellow  tint  than  a  similar 
solution  of  sulphate  of  cinchonidine,  suggested  the  employment  of  this 
reaction  as  a  means  for  estimating  the  cinchona  alkaloids.  The  investi- 
gations of  Lauren ty  Anderson,  Cahours  and  Etard,  Bloram,  Jackson,  and 
Eiloart  have  shown:  (i)  That  bromine  is  capable  of  combining  with 
alkaloids  to  form  bromoderivatives ;  (2)  That  the  alkaloids  differ  in  the 
amount  of  bromine  with  which  they  can  combine:  (3)  That  the  amount 
of  bromine  absorbed  depends  on  the  physical  conditions  (temperature, 
solution,  etc.)  of  the  substances.  With  a  view  to  insuring  the  constancy 
of  these  conditions,  the  author  devised  the  following  process :  One  gra. 
of  the  alkaloid  or  alkaloid al  salt  is  dissolved  in  just  sufficient  dilute  sul- 
phuric acid,  and  the  solution  is  diluted  with  water  to  600  cubic  centi- 
meters, in  a  cylindrical  vessel.  The  temperature  of  the  solution  must  not 
be  much  below  60°  F.  It  is  now  titrated  with  bromine  water,  contained 
in  a  burette  provided  with  a  well-fitting  float,  the  first  10  c.c.  of  which 
have  immediately  before  been  estimated  in  the  usual  way.  The  bromine 
water  is  run  in,  in  quantities  of  5  c.c.  (the  color  being  allowed  to  disap- 
pear after  each  addition)  until  a  permanent  yellow  tint  is  produced.  The 
excess  of  bromine  is  estimated  colorimetrically  by  running  the  bromine 
into  a  vessel  of  the  same  dimensions  and  containing  an  equal  quantity  of 
pure  water  till  an  identical  tint  is  obtained.  From  this  the  actual 
amount  of  bromine  decolorized  by  the  alkaloid  is  readily  calculated. 
From  a  series  of  experiments  made  to  ascertain  the  number  of  atoms  of 
bromine  absorbed  by  a  molecule  of  each  alkaloid,  it  was  found  that 
a  molecule  of  quinine,  quinidine,  and  cupreine  each  absorbed  ap- 
proximately 6  atoms  of  bromine;  hydroquinine,  4  atoms;  cinchon- 
idine,  cinchonine,  and  amorphous  quinine,  each  2  atoms.  The  figures 
obtained  were  only  approximately  correct,  commercial  alkaloids  hav- 
ing been  employed.  In  order  to  confirm  the  results  with  pure  alka- 
loids, the  quinine  and  cinchonine  were  submitted  to  a  process  of  purifi- 
cation, and  it  was  found  that  their  bromine  absorption  equivalents  ex- 
actly corresponded  with  those  given  above.  A  correction  was  made  for 
the  impurities  found  in  the  hydroquinine,  with  the  result  that  the  bromine 
absorption  equivalent  of  that  alkaloid  was  also  considered  to  be  correct. 

The  behavior  of  bromine  water  on  mixtures  of  quinine  and  cinchoni- 
dine,  and  of  quinine  and  hydroquinine,  was  next  observed.  It  was 
found  that  the  bromine  absorption  equivalent  of  the  mixture  was  the  sum 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


ORGANIC   BASES.  695 

of  the  bromine  absorption  equivalents  of  the  constituents.  It  is  therefore 
possible  to  estimate  the  amount  of  an  impurity  in  an  alkaloid  by  this  pro- 
cess, at  any  rate  when  the  quantity  of  an  impurity  is  not  very  minute. 
It  was  found  that  the  double  compound  of  quinine  and  cinchonidine 
described  by  Kerner  and  Weller  as  "latent  cinchonidine  "  has  a  differ- 
ent bromine  absorption  equivalent  from  a  mixture  of  the  alkaloids.  It  is 
therefore  necessary,  in  estimating  by  this  process  quinine  or  cinchonidine 
containing  the  double  compound,  to  decompose  it  by  heating  previously 
to  248°  F. 

A  specimen  of  commercial  sulphate  of  quinine  was  now  completely 
analyzed,  the  bromine  absorption  equivalent  being  estimated  at  each  stage 
of  the  operation.  It  was  found  that  after  drying,  after  removing  the 
cinchonidine,  and  after  removing  the  hydroquinine,  the  alkaloid  required 
precisely  the  amount  of  bromine  that  quinine,  in  these  various  degrees  of 
purity,  was  calculated  to  require.  When,  however,  an  impure  quinine 
sulphate  of  a  similar  composition  was  artificially  prepared,  the  bromine 
absorption  equivalent  was  found  to  be  lower  than  that  given  by  the  orig- 
inal specimen.  This  was  probably  due  to  the  cinchonidine  in  the  latter 
being  in  the  form  of  the  double  compound.  A  number  of  essential  ex- 
periments showed  that  the  process  gives  constant  results,  the  maximum 
error  when  i  gm.  of  alkaloid  is  used  being  .008  gm.  of  bromine. 

Specimens  of  English,  French,  German,  and  Italian  quinine  were  esti- 
mated by  the  process,  with  the  result  that  1.029  g™-  of  bromine  was 
found  to  be  the  average  absorption  equivalent  of  i  gm.  of  commercial 
sulphate  of  quinine. 

If  the  usual  qualitative  tests  for  impurities  be  first  applied  and  the 
water  removed,  and  the  double  compound  of  quinine  and  cinchonidine 
decomposed  by  heating  to  248°  F.,  the  author  considers  that  the  process 
gives  a  ready  and  reliable  means  of  estimating  the  value  of  commercial 
sulphate  of  quinine. — Amer.  Drugg.,  June  1889,  111-112;  from  Pharm. 
Jour. 

Bramates  of  the  Cinchona  Alkaloids — Preparation^  etc. — Claude  Grant 
Johnson  calls  attention  to  the  bromates  of  the  cinchona  alkaloids,  which 
have  of  late  received  some  altention  as  therapeutic  agents.  The  author 
describes  the  preparation  of  the  bromates  of  quinine,  cinchonidine,  cin- 
chonine  and  quinidine,  by  double  decomposition  between  equivalents  of 
the  respective  alkaloidal  sulphate  and  bromate  of  barium.  He  also  gives 
the  following  method,  which  he  has  found  useful  for  preparing 

Barium  Bromate. — To  a  boiling  solution  of  potassium  bromate  suffi- 
cient anhydrous  acetate  of  barium  is  added  to  saturate  it,  and  the  liquor  is 
then  allowed  to  cool  slowly.  Barium  bromate  crystallizes  out,  while  ace- 
tate of  potassium  remains  in  solution.     To  obtain  the 

Potassium  Bromate ^  the  author  had  recourse  to  the  following  method : 

Bromine  was  added  to  a  solution  of  potassium  hydrate,  forming-the  bra- 
Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


696  REPORT   ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

mide  and  bromate  of  potassium,  the  bromate  crystallizing  from  the  solu- 
tion because  of  its  inferior  solubility  (*' KBr  is  soluble  in  1.6  parts  of 
water,  KBrOs  in  16.2  parts'' — Walker).  The  bromide  remaining  in 
solution  was  procured  as  bromate  by  adding  the  requisite  quantity  (cal- 
culated from  the  molecular  weights)  of  potassium  hydrate,  and  passing  a 
stream  of  chlorine  gas  through  the  solution  until  saturated,  when  the 
bromate  separated  in  small,  irregular- shaped  crystals,  the  reaction  being 
as  follows : 

KBr-f6KOH+3a2r=KBr03-f6KCl+3HjO. 

The  product  was  purified  by  recrystallization.  The  shape  of  the  crys- 
tals depends  upon  the  way  in  which  they  are  made:  from  hot  solution 
they  separate  as  needles,  but  by  slow  cooling  are  obtained  as  four  and  six- 
sided  plates,  colorless  and  anhydrous. 

Quinine  Bromate  was  obtained  in  form  of  stellate  clusters  of  long 
acicular  needles,  which  did  not  effloresce  or  change  after  a  month's 
exposure.  The  salt  requires  a  single  recrystallization,  is  sparingly  sol- 
uble in  cold  water,  bitter,  and  has  a  slight  acid  reaction. 

Cinchonidine  Bromate  is  not  so  readily  obtained  in  crystals,  on  account 
of  its  more  ready  solubility  in  cold  water.  The  crystals  are  white  and  in 
clusters,  but  are  much  smaller  than  those  of  quinine  bromate,  and  the 
separate  crystals  are  broader  and  flatter.  Care  must  be  exercised  in 
evaporation,  decomposition  being  liable  to  occur. 

Cinchonine  Bromate^  while  more  soluble  than  the  quinine  compound, 
is  less  so  than  the  cinchonidine  salt ;  hence  is  more  readily  obtained  in 
crystals.  They  are  of  a  yellow  color,  the  groiip  being  smaller  than  those 
of  quinine  bromate,  but  larger  than  those  of  the  cinchonidine  compound, 
and  neutral  to  test  paper. 

Quinidine  Bromate  also  forms  clusters  of  needle-shaped  crystals,  which 
are  difficult  to  obtain  on  account  of  the  easy  solubility  of  the  salt.  The 
salt  is  neutral. — Amer.  Jour.  Phar.,  March  1889,  119-121. 

Quinine — Manufacture  in  Inaia. — Grammie's  process  for  the  extraction 
of  quinine,  as  practised  in  India,  is  essentially  as  follows:  The  bark  is 
first  reduced  to  powder  by  means  of  a  Carter's  disintegrator,  and  this 
powder  is  pa&sed  through  a  scalper,  the  sieves  of  which  are  made  of  silk, 
and  have  120  meshes  to  the  linear  inch.  This  extremely  fine  powder  in 
the  proportion  of  100  parts  is  mixed  with  8  parts  of  commercial  caustic 
soda  dissolved  in  500  parts  of  water,  and  there  is  then  added  600  parts  of 
a  mixture  of  i  part  of  fu^el  oil  and  4  parts  of  kerosene  oil.  Slaked  lime 
may  be  used  in  place  of  caustic  soda,  15  parts  of  it  being  mixed  intimately 
with  the  powdered  bark  before  the  water.  The  whole  mixture — bark, 
alkali,  water  and  oils — is  next  thoroughly  agitated  in  barrels  for  four 
hours,  then  allowed  to  rest,  and  the  oily  layer  drawn  off  itpm  the  top. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


ORGANIC   BASES.  697 

This  oil  is  now  agitated  for  5  or  lo  minutes  with  water  acidulated  with 
hydrochloric  or  sulphuric  acid,  whereby  the  alkaloids  are  dissolved  out 
of  the  oil.  Separation  being  effected,  the  oil  is  again  transferred  to  the 
bark  mixture,  and  agitated  for  two  or  three  hours ;  again  drawn  off  and 
washed  as  before  in  the  same  acidulated  liquor.  This  process  is  repeated 
a  third  or  fourth  time,  or  until  it  is  found  by  testing  a  small  quantity  of 
the  oil  that  the  bark  has  been  thoroughly  exhausted  of  its  alkaloids.  The 
quantity  of  acid  required  to  take  up  the  alkaloids  is  dependent  upon  the 
quality  of  the  bark,  and  determined  by  preliminary  assay.  The  after- 
treatment  of  the  acidulated  solution  of  the  alkaloids  is  quite  simple.  It 
consists  in  neutralizing  the  liquor  with  ammonia  or  soda,  and  setting  aside 
to  crystallize.  The  crystals  are  collected,  drained,  dissolved  in  fifty  times 
their  weight  of  boiling  water,  and  filtered  hot  through  a  little  animal  char- 
coal. The  crystals  formed  on  cooling  are  collected  as  before,  drained, 
placed  in  small  lumps  on  sheets  of  filter  paper  stretched  on  slabs  of  plas- 
ter of  Paris,  and  finally  are  thoroughly  dried  in  a  room  heated  about  10° 
above  the  temperature  of  the  open  air.  The  resulting  product  contains 
other  alkaloids  than  quinine,  but  in  what  proportion  there  is  nothing  to 
indicate. — Amer.  Drugg.,  Sept.  1888,  173;  from  Chem.  and  Drugg. 

Quinine  Salts — Increase  of  Solubility  in  Presence  of  Antipyrine. — An 
increased  solubility  of  quinine  salts  in  presence  of  antipyrine  was  noticed 
by  Triulzi  and  communicated  to  **Boll.  Farm.*'  J.  Blalol  has  experi- 
mented, and  finds  that  if  i  gm.  hydrochlorate  of  quinine  be  heated  with 
0.4-0.5  gm.  antipyrine  and  2  gm.  water,  solution  takes  place  at  25-30° 
C;  with  0.2-0.25  gni.  antipyrine,  at  44-50° ;  i  gm.  hydrochlorate  of 
quinine  with  2  gm.  water  dissolves  at  52  to  56°;  on  cooling  only  the 
last  solution  deposits  the  quinine  salt.  Similar  results  were  obtained 
with  valerianate  of  quinine.  This  observation  may  be  of  value  in  pre- 
paring neutral  quinine  solutions  for  subcutaneous  injections. — Rdsch, 

i889»  303- 

Sulphate  of  Quinine — Commercial  Quality, — The  abnormally  low  value 
of  cinchona  bark,  and  consequently  of  quinine,  during  the  past  three  or 
four  years,  might  be  regarded  as  reducing  very  considerably  the  proba- 
bility of  impurity  in  the  quinine  salts  of  commerce.  Messrs.  B.  H.  Paul 
and  A.  J.  Cownly,  who  have  examined  23  commercial  samples  from  dif- 
ferent makers  from  time  to  time  as  opportunity  offered,  using  the  crystal- 
lization process  proposed  by  one  of  them  some  ten  years  ago,  find  that  a 
large  proportion  of  the  sulphate  of  quinine  of  the  market  contains  sul- 
phate of  cinchonidine  within  the  limit  of  the  quantity  permitted  by  the 
B.  P.  requirement.  Three  samples  were  absolutely  free  from  cinchoni- 
dine salt,  but  nine  contained  amounts  ranging  from  6.08  to  12.34  per 
cent.,  and  most  of  these  might  reasonably  be  held  to  exceed  the  limits  of 
impurity  allowed  by  the  standard  of  the  B.  P.  As  regards  the  method  of 
testing,  the  authors  observe  that  the  ^  , 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


6gS  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS  OF   PHARMACY. 

RecrystalHzation  Test^  as  given  by  the  B.  P.,  is  liable  to  lead  to  falla- 
cious results,  and  if  the  directions  there  given  be  followed,  very  im- 
pure quinine  sulphate  might  be  passed  as  satisfactory.  In  carrying  out 
this  test  it  is  important  that  the  solution  of  the  quinine  sulphate  under 
examination  should  be  made  without  the  addition  of  acid.  It  is  equally 
important  that  the  mother  liquor  from  a  recrystallization  should  be  evap- 
orated to  a  small  volume — when  operating  upon  loo  grains  of  the  salt,  to 
about  one  fluid  drachm — and  to  separate  the  crystals  deposited  before 
testing  with  ether  and  ammonia. — Pharm.  Jour,  and  Trans.,  Feb.  23, 
1889,  665. 

Quinine —  Criticism  of  Recent  Tests, — W.  Lenz  criticizes  the  four 
principal  tests  for  the  presence  of  cinchonidine  in  quinine  (which  will  be 
found  in  the  more  recent  volumes  of  these  Proceedings).  He  finds  that 
the  chromate  process  gives  very  varying  results,  but  on  the  average  gives 
the  highest  yield  of  cinchonidine,  especially  with  the  purer  samples. 
The  oxalate  test  gives  the  lowest  numbers,  but  they  are  more  concordant 
than  those  of  the  chromate  process.  The  composition  of  the  bye-product 
is,  however,  variable.  The  bisulphate  test  gives  results  varying  consider- 
ably. The  alkaloids  in  the  ethereal  solution  ought  to  be  submitted  to 
the  process  a  second  and  even  a  third  time,  but  even  with  this  improve- 
ment the  whole  of  the  cinchonidine  is  not  obtained,  and  the  results  vary 
much,  but  the  composition  of  the  bye-product  is  more  uniform  than  in 
the  other  processes.  The  crystallization  test  has  the  same  advantages  as 
the  bisulphate  test  if  the  crystallization  is  repeated  often  enough,  and  is 
the  process  which  is  least  influenced  by  the  presence  of  hydro-bases.  It 
is,  however,  tedious.  The  process  of  the  German  Fharmacopaia  depends 
on  the  fact  that  the  precipitate  produced  by  ammonia  in  solutions  of  the 
alkaloids  is  soluble  in  excess  of  ammonia,  but  that  much  less  ammonia  is 
required  for  quinine  than  for  the  other  alkaloids.  The  excess  of  am- 
monia required  varies,  however,  very  considerably  with  the  temperature. 
— Jour.  Chem.  Soc.,  1889,  86;  from  Zeit.  Anal.  Chem.,  xxvii,  549- 
631. 

Quinine  Sulphate — Efficiency  of  the  Oxalate  Test. — B.  H.  Snow  con- 
tributes a  paper  giving  a  series  of  experiments  made  by  him,  mainly  with 
the  view  to  establishing  the  efficiency  of  Schafer*s  **  Oxalate  Test"  (see 
Proceedings  1887,  321-322).  As  a  result  he  finds  that  of  the  various 
tests  proposed,  the  oxalate  test  is  to  be  preferred.  At  the  same  time  the 
test  cannot  be  regarded  as  perfect,  since  it  is  efficient  only  by  compari- 
son with  the  others.  There  is  good  proof  in  his  experiments  that  the 
separation  by  oxalate  is  not  a  single  precipitation. — Pharm.  Era,  Feb. 
1889,  48-5^- 

Quinine  Sulphate  and  Hydrochlorate — Systematic  Examination. — C. 
Hiebig  observes  that  the  examination  of  these  quinine  salts  has  caused 
quite  a  number  of  processes  to  be  devised,  but  not  one  of  these  can  be 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


ORGANIC   BASKS.  699 

relied  upon  in  furnishing  a  positive  answer  regarding  the  purity  of  these 
salts.  To  frame  a  method  which  allowed  the  presence  or  absence  of  the 
more  frequently  occurring  impurities,  such  as  quinidine,  cinchonine,  and 
cinchonidine,  to  be  proven  in  a  simple  and  comparatively  rapid  manner, 
the  majority  of  the  published  processes  were  carried  out  and  their  merits 
and  defects  ascertained  ;  as  the  result,  the  following  compilation  has  been 
found  to  work  successfully. 

A.  For  Sulphate.  For  Hydrochloratc. 

I  gm.  with  15  c.c.  I  gm.  a»d  a  solution  of  0.4  gm.  sodium  sul- 

phate in  I  c.c.  water,  with  30  c.c. 

of  distilled  water  are  agitated  for  five  minutes,  and  filtered.  To  the  fil- 
trate is  added  0.5  gm.  Rochelle  salt,  agitated  for  five  minutes,  allowed  to 
stand  five  minutes  and  filtered ;  the  precipitate  of  tartrates  is  collected  on 
a  small  filter  and  reserved,  the  filtrate  for  the 

B.  Detection  of  quinidine  and  cinchonine  is  divided  into  two  portions, 
one  of  which  is  reserved ;  to  the  other  add  one  drop  of  water  of  am- 
monia, and  allow  to  stand  for  a  few  moments. 

1.  The  solution  remains  clear;  absence  of  quinidine  and  cinchonine; 
proceed  E, 

2.  The  solution  becomes  turbid  ;  presence  of  quinidine  and  cincho- 
nine, or  both  ;  proceed  C, 

C.  Detection  of  Quinidine.  To  the  reserved  portion  (see  B)^  add  0.5 
gm.  KI,  shake  for  five  minutes,  allow  to  stand  for  some  time.     Result : 

1.  The  solution  remains  clear,  if  quinidine  is  absent ;  proceed  D, 

2.  The  solution  becomes  turbid  or  deposits  resinous  precipitate.  In 
this  case  cinchonine  must  first  be  tested  for,  according  to  ZP,  and  then 

a.  In  absence  of  cinchonine,  the  turbidity  with  KI  indicates  the  pres- 
ence of  quinidine;   proceed  E. 

b.  In  presence  of  cinchonine,  the  ammoniacal  solution  in  B  is  filtered, 
the  precipitate  washed  with  distilled  water,  and  the  thalleioquin  reaction 
carried  out  with  the  precipitate.  If  the  intense  green  color  is  produced, 
there  is  quinidine  present ;  if  the  green  color  is  not  produced,  quinidine 
is  absent.     Proceed  E, 

D.  Detection  of  Cinchonine.  The  liquid  after  addition  of  KI  is 
filtered,  and  one  drop  of  water  of  ammonia  added;  set  aside  for  a  few 
minutes;   there  results : 

1.  Perfectly  clear  solution,  in  absence  of  cinchonine.     Proceed  E. 

2.  Turbid  solution,  if  cinchonine  is  present.     Proceed  E, 

E.  Detection  of  Cinchonidine.  If  in  the  foregoing  examination  cin- 
chonine or  quinidine  is  found,  the  precipitate  of  tartrates  (see  A)  is  care- 
fully washed  with  15  to  20  c.c.  Rochelle  salt  solution  (i  to  20);  were 
these  alkaloids  not  found  this  washing  is  superfluous.  The  precipitate  is 
dissolved  off  the  filter  by  use  of  3  c.c.  dilute  HjSO*  (i  to  20) ;  to  the 

Digitized  by  VJiOOQlC 


700  REPORT   ON   THE  PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

solution  2  c.  c.  of  ether  and  i  c.  c.  water  of  ammonia  are  added  ;  the 
mixture  is  well  shaken  for  one  minute  and  allowed  to  stand  at  rest  five 
minutes.  This  shaking  and  allowing  to  stand  is  repeated  several  times 
(the  time  allowed  not  to  exceed  a  half- hour).     Notice: 

1.  The  ethereal  layer  and  the  sides  of  the  test  tube  remain  perfectly 
clear  in  absence  of  cinchonidine. 

2.  The  ethereal  layer  and  the  sides  of  the  test  tube  become  cloudy  if 
cinchonidine  is  present, — Amer.  Drugg.,  March  1889,  54;  from  Pharm. 
Zeitschr.  f.  Russl. 

Lactate  of  Quinine — Preparation  for  Hypodermic  Use. — Vigier  com- 
municates the  following  formula  for  making  lactate  of  quinine  : 

Grammes 
or  parts. 

Sulphate  of  quinine 21.35 

Water 400.00 

Sulphuric  acid  (10  per  cent.) 25.00 

Ammonia 15  to  20.00 

Lactic  acid sufficient  or  5.00 

Dissolve  the  sulphate  of  quinine  in  the  sulphuric  acid  and  water,  pre- 
cipitate with  the  ammonia,  wash,  collect  the  alkaloid  magma  in  the  usual 
manner,  and,  while  it  is  still  moist,  place  it  in  a  porcelain  dish  with 
about  100  grammes  of  water  heated  to  80°  C.  Now  saturate  it  with  suffi- 
cient lactic  acid,  evaporate  the  liquor  to  100  grammes,  and  filter.  Keep 
for  use  in  a  vial  closed  with  a  glass  stopper  dipped  in  paraffin. 

The  solution  contains  for  each  5  grammes  (or  parts),  1  gramme  (or 
part)  of  lactate  of  quinine,  and  will  keep  unaltered  for  years.  The  au- 
thor observes  that  the  combination  is  an  excellent  one  for  the  purpose, 
but  seems  to  have  fallen  into  discredit  because  the  chemical  supplied  by 
dealers  is  not  soluble  in  three  times  its  weight  of  water,  but  requires  ten 
times  its  weight.  The  sparing  solubility  is  owing  to  the  use  of  crystal- 
lized lactate.  A  good  plan  is  therefore  for  the  pharmacist  to  prepare  his 
solution  according  to  the  above  formula. — Amer.  Drugg.,  May  1889, 
88 ;  from  Chem.  and  Drugg. 

Quinine  Tannate — Formula  of  the  New  Hungarian  Pharmacopoeia  for  a 
Tasteless  Preparation. — The  following  formula,  evidently  based  on  Rozs- 
nay's  original  formula,  is  given  in  the  new  Hungarian  Pharmacopoeia : 
40  g.  sulphate  of  quinine  are  dissolved  in  1200  g.  water  with  the  quantity 
of  dilute  sulphuric  acid  exactly  necessary  to  effect  solution.  To  the 
filtered  solution  a  solution  of  80  g.  tannic  acid  in  560  g.  water  is  added, 
and  this  is  followed  by  the  addition  of  a  solution  of  20  g.  tannic  acid  and 
20  g.  solution  of  ammonia  in  320  g.  water,  the  mixture  being  constantly 
stirred  during  these  additions.  After  allowing  the  precipitate  to  subside 
for  24  hours,  it  is  transferred  to  a  filter,  washed  with  400  g.  water,  and 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


ORGANIC   BASES.  70I 

pressed  lightly  to  remove  surplus  water.  The  pressed  precipitate  is  then 
heated  with  200  g.  water,  until  it  melts  to  a  transparent,  yellowish,  resin - 
like  mass,  which  is  dried  and  reduced  to  powder.  It  constitutes  a  yel- 
lowish, nearly  tasteless  powder,  and  contains  from  30  to  32  per  cent,  of 
quinine. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Oct.  1888,  898;  from  Pharm.  Centralh. 

Citrate  of  Iron  and  Quinine — Alkaloid  in  Commercial  Samples, — R.  H. 
Davies  gives  the  result  of  twenty-one  experiments  undertaken  to  ascertain 
the  amount  and  precise  nature  of  the  alkaloid  present  in  commercial 
samples  of  this  preparation.  The  total  alkaloid  varied  from  11.42  to  19 
per  cent.  Upon  the  basis  oif  the  precipitated  tartrates  obtained  it  was 
inferred  that  some  of  these  samples  contained  considerable  quantities  of 
amorphous  alkaloid,  and  these  were  cases  in  which  the  preparation  had 
been  obtained  from  foreign  sources. — Yearbook  of  Pharm.,  1888,  410- 

417. 

Hydroquinone — Action  and  Administration. — It  is  said  (in  Med.-Ch. 
Rund.)  that  hydroquinone  acts  best  in  moderate  doses  (30  to  50  cgm.  for 
an  adult),  as  it  sometimes  produces  gastrointestinal  troubles,  which  ob- 
struct its  action.  It  acts  rapidly  in  ileo-typhus,  acute  rheumatism  and 
erysipelas,  and  is  an  antiseptic  and  an  anti- ferment.  It  lowers  both  the 
pulse  ard  the  temperature,  and  acts  upon  the  respiration  ^nd  the  arterial 
pressure;  it  also  causes  diuresis  and  diaphoresis. — Am.  Jour.  Pharm., 
Oct.  1888,  511 ;  from  Nouv.  Rem.,  Aug.  8,  1888. 

Cinchonine — Action  of  Oxalic  Acid  in  Presence  of  Sulphuric  Acid, — Ac- 
cording to  E.  Carentau  and  Ch.  Girard,  by  the  action  of  oxalic  acid 
upon  cinchonine  in  presence  of  sulphuric  acid,  new  bases  are  formed 
which  are  separated  by  treating  the  crude  product  with  a  large  volume  of 
water,  precipitating  with  ammonia,  collecting  and  drying  the  precipitates, 
and  treating  them  with  ether,  in  which  a  part  only  is  soluble.  The  mass 
insoluble  in  ether  is  chiefly  cinchonine  not  attacked  during  the  operation. 
The  ethereal  solution  is  agitated  with  water  acidulated  with  hydrochloric 
acid,  which  seizes  the  bases.  The  aqueous  portion  is  separated,  precipi- 
tated with  ammonia,  and  the  precipitate,  previously  drained,  is  treated 
with  benzene.  There  exist  two  bases,  the  one  soluble  in  ether  and  ben- 
zene, the  other  soluble  in  ether  but  insoluble  in  benzene. — Chem.  News, 
July  6,  1888,  12;  from  Bull.  Soc.  Chim.,  xlix.,  No.  2. 

Salicylate  of  Cinchonidine — Preparation, — Sherman  L.  Carroll  prepared 
salicylate  of  cinchonidine  by  precipitating  the  alkaloid  from  its  sulphate, 
dissolving  it  in  a  hydro  alcoholic  solution  of  salicylic  acid,  and  evaporat- 
ing. The  solution  had  a  strong  tendency  to  creep  over  the  sides  of  the 
dish,  and  the  salt  had  a  reddish  color.  Satisfactory  results  were  obtained 
on  precipitating  solutions  of  cinchonidine  hydrochlorate  and  sodium 
salicylate,  drying  the  precipitate,  dissolving  in  alcohol,  filtering  through 
animal  charcoal,  and  crystallizing. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  March  1889, 

^24-  Digitized  by  Google 


702  REPORT   ON   THE  PROGRESS  OF  PHARBIACY. 

Strychnine — Color  Reactions. — Professor  Fliickiger  refers  the  colors 
which  strychnine  produces  with  sulphuric  acid  and  oxidizing  agents  (lead 
peroxide,  potassium  chromate,  ammonium  yanadiate,  ceri  cerous  oxide, 
potassium  ferricyanide,  and  permanganates)  to  the  formation  of  one  and 
the  same  lilac  or  violet  product,  which  is  very  unstable.  A  permanent 
and  certain  color  is  obtained  with  the  following  solution  :  o.oi  gm.  po- 
tassium dichromate  is  dissolved  in  5  c.c.  of  water,  and  mixed  with  15 
gms.  (8.15  c.c.)  sulphuric  acid  of  sp.  gr.  1.84  at  15°.  When  cold  the 
reagent  is  ready  for  use.  A  solid  body  to  be  tested  for  strychnine  is 
moistened  with  a  single  drop  of  this  liquid,  or  the  powdered  solid  is 
scattered  upon  the  liquid  on  a  porcelain  slab,  or  a  saturated  solution  of 
the  strychnine  salt  is  let  flow  slowly  over  the  acid,  shaking  very  gently,  so 
as  to  obtain  a  distinct  zone.  Certain  substances,  such  as  brucine,  give  a 
fine  red  color  with  the  chromiferous  sulphuric  acid,  and  mask  the  reac- 
tion of  strychnine.  In  case  of  a  mixture  of  brucine  and  strychnine 
which  does  not  at  once  give  the  strychnine  reaction,  the  substance  is 
placed  upon  a  small  moistened  filter,  and  chlorine- water  is  dropped  upon 
it  as  long  as  a  red  color  is  thus  produced.  Dichlorbrucine  is  thus  formed 
as  an  amorphous,  easily  soluble  body,  which  passes  rapidly  into  solution. 
The  undissolved  alkaloidal  residue  gives  the  reaction  of  pure  strychnine. 
— Chem.  News,  March  8,  1889,  121 ;  from  Pharm.  Ztg. 

Strychnine — Products  of  Distillation  with  Soda  Lime. — Lobisch  and 
Malfatti  obtained,  by  the  distillation  of  strychnine  with  soda  lime,  besides 
the  skatol  and  p  methylpiridin  originally  obtained  by  C.  Stoehr,  a  small 
quantity  of  carbazol.  The  quantity  of  the  latter  was,  however,  quite 
small,  amounting  only  to  0.5  per  cent,  of  the  strychnine  employed. — 
Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Dec.  1888,  1127;  from  Monatsh.  f.  Chem.,  9,  626. 

Strychnol  (Strychnine  Hydrate) — Preparation, — According  to  "  Le 
Monde  Phar.**  (Sept.  5,  1888),  this  modification  of  strychnine  is  obtained 
as  a  white  precipitate  by  boiling  strychnine  in  a  solution  of  caustic  soda 
with  alcohol,  evaporating,  and  directing  a  jet  of  carbonic  acid  gas  upon 
the  residuum  after  dissolving  it  in  water.  The  reaction  of  strychnine 
with  chromate  of  potassium  is  not  obtained  with  strychmol.  With  sul- 
phuric and  nitric  acids,  strychmol  gives  a  bright,  carmine  color.  Boiled 
in  dilute  acids  it  decomposes  into  strychnine  and  water.  Its  formula  is 
C„H„N,0-hHaO.— Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Nov.  1888,  564. 

Strychnine  and  Brucine — Quantitative  Separation. — I.  E.  Gerock  has 
formulated  a  method  for  the  separation  of  brucine  from  strychnine,  which 
is  dependent  on  the  difference  of  their  behavior  towards  oxidizing 
agents,  the  products  of  the  decomposition  of  brucine  by  dilute  nitric  acid 
not  possessing  alkaloidal  properties.  The  picrates  of  these  alkaloids 
acting  like  the  alkaloids  themselves  when  treated  with  nitric  acid,  the 
mixed  alkaloids  are  converted  into  picrates  by  adding  picric  acid  to  the 
neutral  solution  at  the  temperature  of  the  water  bath  ;  the  precipitate  is 


ORGANIC   BASES.  703 

collected,  after  standing  for  a  short  time,  on  a  weighed  filter,  washed 
with  cold  water  until  the  washings  are  colorless,  dried  at  105°  and 
weighed.  The  precipitate  is  then  transferred,  as  completely  as  possible, 
to  a  beaker,  and  nitric  acid  sp.  gr.  1.056,  warmed  on  a  water  bath,  is  re- 
peatedly passed  through  the  filter  to  decompose  any  unremoved  brucine 
picrate ;  the  nitric  acid  is  then  added  to  the  precipitate  in  the  beaker  and 
this  placed  on  a  water  bath  for  some  time ;  by  carefully  neutralizing, 
adding  a  trace  of  acetic  acid  and  allowing  to  cool,  the  strychnine  pi- 
crate  is  reprecipitated,  collected  on  the  previously  used  filter,  washed, 
dried,  and  weighed.  The  difference  between  the  two  weighings  repre- 
sents the  brucine  picrate  (anhydrous).  Control  experiments  agree  very 
well. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Feb.  1889,  158-162. 

Hyoscyamine — Conversion  into  Atropine. — The  investigations  of  A. 
Ladenburg  having  shown  that  the  products  of  the  splitting  up  of  atropine 
and  of  its  isomer,  hyoscyamine,  are  the  same,  viz.,  tropin  and  atropic  or 
tropic  acid  ;  and,  furthermore,  that  by  heating  these  produc  ,  with  dilute 
hydrochloric  acid,  atropine  was  regenerated  from  these  products  of  de- 
composition, it  being  indifferent  whether  they  were  obtained  from  atro- 
pine or  from  hyoscyamine.  Prof.  Ernst  Schmidt  was  led  to  the  belief 
that  hyoscyamine  was  capable  of  being  directly  converted  into  atropine. 
Experiments,  which  he  now  records,  prove  this  to  be  a  fact.  By  heat- 
ing hyoscyamine  for  six  hours  at  a  temperature  of  115°  to  120°  C,  it  is 
completely  converted  into  atropine.  The  author  had  communicated  this 
observation  before  the  Convention  of  Naturalists  at  Wiesbaden  in  1877, 
and  now  again  draws  attention  to  it  to  establish  his  claim  to  priority; 
W.  Will  (Ber.  d.  D.  Chem.  Ges.,  21,  171 7)  and  Chemische  Fabrik  auf 
Aktien  (Pharm.  Zeit.,  June  6,  1888),  having  also  succeeded  in  converting 
hyoscyamine  into  atropine  (the  first  named  by  heating  hyoscyamine  to 
109°-!  10°  C.  in  a  partial  vacuum,  the  latter  by  the  addition  of  a  drop  of 
alcoholic  soda  solution  to  a  solution  of  hyoscyamine  in  alcohol),  but 
failed  to  give  credit  to  the  previous  observation. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  July 
1888,617-621. 

Hyoscine — Physiological  Action. — According  to  Gl^y  and  Rondeau, 
hyoscine  causes  dilatation  of  the  pupil,  nerve  paralysis,  arrestation  of  the 
heart,  suppression  of  the  salivary  secretion,  paralysis  of  the  cord  of  the 
tympanum  and  of  the  excito-secretory  nerve.  Sleep  caused  by  hyoscine 
is  accompanied  with  great  muscular  agitation.  The  experiments  were 
made  on  dogs  and  rabbits. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Feb.  1889,  81 ;  from 
L'Union  M6d.,  Oct.  4,  1888. 

Coca  Bases — Chemistry. — Dr.  O.  Hesse  communicates  the  results  of  his 
observations  on  the  chemistry  of  the  coca  bases.  He  mentions  that  two 
sorts  of  coca  leaves  are  now  met  with  in  commerce.  The  one  sort  is  de- 
rived from  Erythroxylon  Coca;  it  was  formerly  investigated  by  Erdmann 
and  Lossen,  and  was  for  some  time  the  only  material  emplo^etLin  abe 


704  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS  OF   PHARMACY. 

preparation  of  cocaine.  Subsequently  a  second  sort  came  into  the  mar- 
ket, originating  from  a  variety  of  Erythroxylon  growing  in  Jamaica  and 
St.  Lucia,  which  has  been  regarded,  though  perhaps  incorrectly,  as  a 
variety  of  the  well-known  coca  plant,  and  termed  Novagranatense.  It  is 
chiefly  this  latter  kind  of  coca  that  has  hitherto  been  used  in  North  Ger- 
many for  making  cocaine,  this  kind  being  that  designated  by  the  author 
as  "Truxillo*'  evidently.  From  his  investigations  he  considers  himself 
justified  in  concluding  that  the  **  amorphous  "  bases  from  true  coca  con- 
sist chiefly  of  benzoyl  compounds  of  an  oily  non-volatile  base,  together 
with  some  cocamine,  while  on  the  contrary,  those  obtained  from  the 
other  kind  of  coca — the  so-called  "Truxillo*'  consist  essentially  of 
cocamine  and  the  cinnamyl  compounds  of  that  oily  base;  also  that  coca- 
mine  is  in  both  cases  accompanied  by  another  base  containing  two  atoms 
less  hydrogen,  which  he  has  named  cocrylamine.  In  both  cases  the 
amorphous  bases  yield  som«  hygrine,  but  whether  it  be  a  product  or  an 
educt  he  has  not  been  able  to  decide. — Pharm.  Jour,  and  Trans.,  April 
27,  1889,  866-867;  from  Ber.  d.  D.  Chem.  Ges.,  xxii,  665. 

A  New  Coca  Alkaloid — Characters ^  etc. — A.  Einhorn  mentions  that  the 
observation  recently  made  by  Liebermann  and  Giesel,  that  all  of  the  ac- 
companying alkaloids  of  cocaine  are  easily  converted  into  ecgonine  (see 
below),  had  been  known  before  by  manufacturers,  but  had  been  kept  secret 
for  obvious  reasons.  The  purpose  of  his  present  communication,  how- 
ever, is  to  call  attention  to  a  new  alkaloid  of  coca,  which  he  has  obtained 
from  the  mother-liquors  of  a  portion  of  crude  alkaloids  that  had  been  con- 
verted into  ecgonine  by  treatment  with  hydrochloric  acid.  The  new  al- 
kaloid, which  the  author  does  not  appear  to  have  named,  constituted 
small  colorless  crystalline  needles,  which  melt  at  220.5°,  *"^  ^^^^  ^^^ 
composition  C^HaaNgO ;  being  thus  one  of  the  rarer  alkaloids  that  con- 
tain 3  nitrogen  atoms.  Its  chloride  retains  the  chlorine  with  great  power, 
failing  even  to  react  with  silver  nitrate.  The  hydrobromate  of  the  new 
alkaloid  (C2flHs,N3Ci0.3Br.)  crystallizes  Irom  methyl  alcohol  in  white  star- 
shaped  groups  of  prisms.  It  is  intensely  bitter. — Arch.  d.  Pharm., 
April  1889,  370-371  ;  from  Ber.  d.  D.  Chem.  Ges.,  1889,  399. 

Cocaine — Partial  Synthesis. — Among  the  alkaloids  associated  with 
cocaine,  C.  Liebermann  has  described  one  under  the  name  of 

IsatropylcocainCf  so- called  because  it  has  the  structure  of  cocaine  in 
which  benzoic  acid  is  replaced  by  isatropic  acid.  C.  Liebermann  and 
F.  Giesel  have  now  found  that  all  of  the  alkaloids  associated  with  cocaine 
will  easily  yield  as  a  product  of  splitting  up  by  boiling  with  hydro- 
chloric acid  and  pure 

Ecgonine.  This,  in  its  turn,  is  easily  converted  into  benzoylecgonine^ 
which  is  then  transformed  into  cocaine  by  the  method  of  A.  Einhorn. 
To  convert  the  ecgonine,  1  molecule  in  hot  saturated  solution  with 
about  half  its  weight  of  water  is  digested  for  about  one  hoi^Qot)^  "^^^^ 


ORGANIC  BASES.  705 

anhydrous  benzoic  acid  gradually  added.  The  mass  is  allowed  to  cool, 
shaken  with  ether,  and  the  residue,  which  is  composed  of  benzoylecgonine 
and  unchanged  ecgonine,  is  then  triturated  with  a  little  water  and  sub- 
jected to  the  action  of  the  filter  pump,  which  removes  the  ecgonine. 
Cocaine  prepared  thus  synthetically  is  characterized  by  perfect  purity 
and  firm,  splendid  crystals.  It  possesses  the  local  anaesthetic  power  of 
natural  cocaine,  without  manifesting  any  irritant  effect. — Arch.  d.  Pharm., 
Jan.  1889,  80-81 ;  from  Ber.  d.  D.  Chem.  Ges.,  21,  3x96. 

Cinnamylcocaine — Synthetical  Preparation^  etc, — C.  Liebermann  has 
succeeded  in  the  synthetical  addition  of  the  acid  radical  "  cinnamyl "  to 
ecgonine  by  a  method  identical  with  that  .pursued  in  the  synthesis  of 
benzoylecgonine.  It  may  be  mentioned  in  this  connection  that  the 
author  proposes  for  the  process  of  synthetically  adding  acid-radicals  the 
expression  of  '^  acylating''  just  as  in  the  introduction  of  alcohol-radicals 
the  designation  **  alkylating  ^^  is  generally  used. 

Cinnamylecgonine  (C,Hu(C9H70)N03)  is  readily  soluble  in  alcohol, 
and  is  precipitated  from  its  solution  by  ether.  When  the  latter  is  added 
in  large  quantities,  the  base  crystallizes  out  in  form  of  handsome,  glassy 
needles,  which  melt  ajt^  216°.  By  passing  gaseous  hydrochloric  acid  into 
a  concentrated  solution  of  cinnamylecgonine  in  methyl  alcohol,  cinnamyl- 
cocaine (QH,3(CbH70)(CH3)N08)  is  produced.  It  is  soluble  in  alcohol, 
in  ether,  in  chloroform  and  in  benzol,  and  crystallizes  from  hot  petro- 
leum ether  in  rosette  shaped  groups  of  colorless  needles,  which  melt  at 
121°.  It  is  highly  probable  that  cinnamylcocaine  constitutes  one  of  the 
alkaloids  that  naturally  accompany  crude  cocaine,  the  production  of  a 
bitter-almond  odor  on  oxidizing  crude  cocaine  speaking  for  this  view. 
Physiological  experiments  are  being  made  with  the  new  substance. — Arch, 
d.  Pharm.,  Feb.  1889,  179-180;  from  Ber.  d.  D.  Chem.  Ges.,  21, 
3372. 

Anisy I  cocaine  was  also  obtained  by  the  author,  anisy I  ecgonine  being 
first  produced  from  ecgonine  and  anisic  acid  anhydride. — Arch.  d. 
Pharm.,  March  1889,  275;  from  Ber.  d.  D.  Chem.  Ges.,  r889,  U3- 

Cocaine — Forensic  Determination. — Mussi  has  experimented  with  a 
view  to  establishing  a  method  for  the  forensic  determination  of  cocaine, 
without,  however,  arriving  at  satisfactory  results.  Operating  by  the 
method  of  Stass-Otto  upon  the  liver,  kidneys,  heart,  blood  and  lungs  of 
animals  poisoned  with  cocaine,  he  could  establish  its  presence  only  in  the 
three  latter,  and  not  always  in  these.  The  cocaine  appears  to  be  decom- 
posed rapidly  in  the  animal  organism,'  and  even  when  not  decomposed  it 
is  difficult  to  establish  its  identity,  a  conclusive  and  characteristic  reac- 
tion of  the  alkaloid  being  at  present  unknown. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Nov. 
1888,  1042;  from  L'Orosi,  1888,  270. 

Cocaine — Oxidation  Products, — A.   Einhorn  had   in  a  former^ paper, 

^r  Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


7o6  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

shown  that  by  the  oxidation  of  cocaine  with  permanganate  of  potassium 
and  heat  this  alkaloid  yields  succinic  acid,  together  with  intermediate  ni- 
trogenous oxidation  products.  The  latter  have  been  the  subject  of  further 
study.  One  of  these  is  Cocayl-benzoyloxy-acetic  actd,  which  crystallizes 
in  large  prisms  and  melts  at  230^.  By  heating  this  in  a  sealed  tube,  with 
concentrated  hydrochloric  acid,  the  benzoyl  group  is  split  off  as  benzoic 
acid,  and  cocayloxy- acetic  acid  is  formed,  which  is  extremely  soluble  in 
water,  crystallizes  in  long  needles,  and  melts  at  233°.  The  name  cocayl 
is  given  by  the  author  to  the  group  C5H7N(CHs).  Cocayl  oxy -acetic  acid 
was  also  obtained  by  the  oxidation  of  ecgonine.  The  author  regards  co- 
caine to  be  a  pyridin  derivative. — Arch.  d.  ^Pharm.,  Jan.  1889,  ^^  > 
from  Eer.  d.  D.  Chem.  Ges.,  21,  3029. 

Cocaine — Incompatibility  with  Borate  of  Sodium, — Levaillant  has  ob- 
served that  in  mixing  cocaine  and  borate  of  sodium  for  collyria  or  gar- 
garisma  he  had  found  a  precipitate  of  cocaine.  This  will  disappear  on 
the  addition  of  a  few  drops  of  glycerin. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Jan. 
1889,  18;  from  Arch,  de  Ph.,  Nov.  5,  1888. 

Cocaine — Toxic  Effects. — Dr.  Moizard  reports  that  a  child  cet.  four 
years  took  by  accident  25  cgm.  of  cocaine.  There  was  no  immediate 
effect;  the  child  went  quietly  to  sleep.  One  houf  afterward  he  awoke  in 
frightful  agony.  The  face  was  pale,  respiration  difl&cult,  nausea,  pains 
in  the  upper  portion  of  the  chest,  formications,  cramps  of  the  limbs,  and 
great  muscular  agitation.  The  child  could  get  no  rest,  and  was  a  prey 
to  terrifying  hallucinations.  An  enema  with  50  cgm.  of  chloral,  followed 
two  hours  later  by  one  of  30  cgm.,  was  given.  The  child  began  to  get 
quiet.  During  the  night  it  slept,  but  was  frequently  awakened  by  con- 
vulsive movements.  On  the  fpllowing  day  it  was  perfectly  well. — Amer. 
Jour.  Pharm.,  Feb.  1889,  81 ;  from  Jour,  de  M6d.,  Dec.  1888. 

Cocaine — Application  to  Burns  in  Admixture  with  Lanolin, — Dr. 
Wende  recommends  a  mixture  of  cocaine  and  lanolin  for  burns.  It  ex- 
cludes the  air  and  quiets  the  pain.  The  cocaine  should  be  pure  and  the 
mixture  freshly  prepared. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  March  1889,  137;  from 
J.  de  M6d.  de  Paris. 

Hygrine — Complex  Characters. — According  to  O.  Hesse,  the  hygrine 
of  coca  leaves  is  an  individual  alkaloid,  having  the  composition  CiaHi,N,  • 
and  may  be  regarded  as  trimethylchinolin.  C.  Liebermann,  however, 
finds  that  it  is  not  a  single  substance,  but  that  it  is  composed  of  an  entire 
series  of  liquid  alkaloids.  Two  of  these  have  so  far  been  studied,  the  one 
being  that  having  the  lowest,  the  other  the  base  having  the  highest  boil- 
ing point,  and  both  of  them  containing  oxygen. 

The  first  of  these  bases  has  the  composition  CsHi^NO,  and  the  sp.  g.  at 
19°  is  0.940.  The  picrate  of  this  base  is  precipitated  in  form  of  hand- 
some  yellow  needles,  when  the  base  is  mixed  with  a  cold  saturated 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


ORGANIC   BASES.  707 

aqueous  or  alcoholic  solution  of  picric  acid.  It  is  quite  distinct  from 
tropin,  with  which  it  has  identical  composition. 

The  higher  boiling  base  may  be  distilled  under  ordinary  pressure  with- 
out decomposition.  It  has  the  sp.  gr.  0.982  at  18^.  From  its  solution 
in  absolute  ether  the  hydrochlorate  (CUHJ4N2O.2CI)  is  precipitated  by 
alcoholic  solution  of  hydrochloric  acid  in  form  of  white  crystalline  Aakes. 
— Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  May  1889,  462;  from  Ber.  d.  D.  Chem.  Ges.,  1889, 
675- 

Caffeine — Incompatibility  with  Acid  Fruit  Syrups  in  Connection  with 
Benzoate  of  Soda. — Raynaud,  wishing  to  obtain  a  preparation  of  caffeine 
made  soluble  by  benzoate  of  soda  in  gooseberry  syrup,  found  the  mix- 
ture at  first  clear ;  but  long,  needle  crystals  were  soon  deposited  upon 
the  sides  of  the  container,  and  these  he  found  to  be  of  benzoic  acid. 
The  remedy  consists  in  adding  a  small  quantity  of  bicarbonate  of  soda  to 
solutions  of  caffeine  previously  made  soluble  by  the  addition  of  benzoate 
of  soda. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  June  1889,  288;  from  Bull,  de  Ph.  de 
Lyon  ;  Rupert,  de  Phar.,  April  10,  1889. 

Caffeine — Examination  of  Granular  Salts, — Wm.  Kuder  procured  a 
sample  of  crystallized  citrate  of  caffeine,  which  was  of  neutral  reaction, 
and  volatilized  completely  when  heated  on  platinum  foil.  A  solution  of 
0.50  gm.  of  this  sample  in  distilled  water  was  made  alkaline  with  sodium 
hydrate,  repeatedly  agitated  with  chloroform,  the  chloroform  solution 
evaporated  spontaneously,  and  the  crystals  thoroughly  dried  j  the  weight 
of  caffeine  was  0.427  gm.,  corresponding  to  0.466  gm.  of  crystallized  al- 
kaloid.    Citric  acid  was  absent. 

Some  of  the  commercial  granular  effervescing  salts  were  examined  in 
the  same  manner,  except  that  one  or  two  gm.  was  used  for  each  assay, 
which  gave  for 

I.  1.9     %  dry  alkaloid,  corresponding  to  2.061  %  crystallized  alkaloid. 
II.  4.84  "         "  "  5.28      "  " 

III.  1.5     "         "  "  1.628     "  " 

Nos.  I  and  II  were  granular  citrates;  No.  Ill  contained  bromides. — 
Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Jan.  1889,  9-10. 

Citrate  of  Caffeine — Solubility, — A.  W.  Gerrard  having  experienced  a 
frequent  demand  for  citrate  of  caffeine  in  the  practice  of  dispensing,  en- 
deavored to  make  a  ten  per  cent,  solution  for  convenience,  but  found 
that  out  of  five  samples  purchased  not  one  was  sufficiently  soluble,  and 
none  of  them  corresponded  to  the  official  statement  that  the  preparation 
should  form  a  syrupy  solution  with  a  little  water.  Using  a  sample  pre- 
pared by  himself,  Mr.  Gerrard  met  with  the  same  difficulty.  His  experi- 
ments led  him  to  the  conclusion  that  citrate  of  caffeine  has  a  mean  solu- 
bility of  about  I  in  30.     He  is  therefore  of  opinion  that  the  statepient  in 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


7o8  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS  OF   PHARMACY. 

the  British  Pharmacopoeia  is  a  mistake  that  has  also  found  its  way  into 
other  works. — Yearbook  of  Pharm.,  1888,  387-389. 

Citrate  of  Caffeine  ''Old  B,  P^  f—A  Substance  Composed  Simply  of 
Caffeine, —  In  a  paper  communicated  to  the  Br.  Pharm.  Conference 
(1888),  John  Moss  called  attention  to  an  article  represented  to  be  *'  Ci- 
trate of  Caffeine,  old  B.  P.",  which  on  examination  proved  to  consist 
simply  of  caffeine,  without  a  trace  of  citric  acid.  No  explanation  could 
be  qbtained  of  the  designation,  and  evidently  in  dispensing  such  an  arti- 
cle for  citrate  of  caffeine,  as  nearly  as  possible  twice  the  dose  of  caffeine 
intended  would  be  given. — Yearbook  of  Pharm.,  1888,  389-393. 

Citrate  of  Caffeine — Poisonous  Effects  of  a  Large  Dose, — T.  Geraty 
describes  a  case  of  poisoning  by  caffeine,  the  sufferer  being  a  lady,  who 
took  a  dessertspoonful  (equal  to  200  grains)  of  pure  citrate  of  caffeine  in 
mistake  for  the  granular  effervescent  form  of  the  drug.  A  quarter  of  an 
hour  after  the  reception  of  the  poison  there  was  semi -unconsciousness, 
grave  depression,  extreme  pallor,  all  the  muscles  completely  relaxed,  and  a 
decided  inclination  to  sleep;  pulse  slow,  soft,  and  very  compressible ;  respi- 
ration slow  and  sighing.  Emesis  was  induced  by  apomorphine  and  stimu- 
lants administered,  but  it  was  more  than  one  hour  before  consciousness 
was  recovered  and  the  faintness  passed  away. — Amer.  Drugg.,  April, 
1889,  74;  from  Chem.  and  Drugg. 

Phenate  of  Caffeine — Preparation ,  Uses,  etc, — According  to  A.  Petit 
the  admixture  of  equivalents  of  pure  phenol  and  crystallized  caffeine 
gives  a  true  crystalline  combination,  which  is  very  soluble  in  water. 
Concentrated  solulions  of  this  produce  no  irritation  when  applied  to  mu- 
cous membranes.  For  hypodermic  injections  a  solution  of  10  per  cent, 
phenic  acid,  with  q.  s.  of  caffeine,  may  be  used. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm., 
June,  1889,  288;  from  Jour,  de  Pharm.  et  de  Chim.,  April  i,  1889. 

Theine — Subcutaneous  Use. — Dr.  F.  J.  Mays  recommends  the  subcuta- 
neous injection  of  theine  in  the  treatment  of  chronic  neuralgia  and  rheu- 
matism. He  administered  it  in  doses  of  0.02  to  0.06  gram,  using  the  fol- 
lowing formula  for  the  hypodermic  solution :  Theine,  benzoate  of  so- 
dium, aa  3.75  ;  chloride  of  sodium,  0.5;  aq.  destill.,  30.0.  0.36  gram 
of  this  solution  contains  0.03  gram  of  theine. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  May 
1889,  470;  from  Jour,  de  Pharm.  et  de  Chim.,  1889,  xix,  113. 

Theophylline — A  New  Alkaloid  from  Tea, — A.  Kossel  has  determined 
in  tea,  besides  caffeine,  a  new  alkaloid,  existing  in  small  quantities,  to 
which  he  has  given  the  name  ''theophylline."  Its  composition  corres- 
ponds to  the  formula  CTHgN^Oa+HjO,  and  it  is  therefore  isomeric  with 
"theobromine,"  except  that  the  latter  contains  no  water  of  crystalliza- 
tion— and  also  with  the  **  paraxanthine"  found  in  urine.  Theophylline 
loses  its  water  of  crystallization  at  iio^  C,  melts  at  264°,  and  sublimes 
at  a  higher  temperature.     It  forms,  like  theobromine,  an  amorphous  sil- 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


ORGANIC   BASES.  709 

ver  compound  upon  the  addition  of  silver  nitrate  to  an  aqueous  solution 
of  the  base.  Upon  heating  this  compound  with  iodide  of  methyl  and  a 
little  methyl  alcohol  in  a  sealed  tube,  monoraethyl  theophylline,  CgHioN^O,, 
corresponding  in  all  of  its  characters,  with  "caflfeine,"  was  obtained. — 
Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Sept.  1888,  847;  trom  Ber.  d.  D.  Chem.  Ges.,  21, 
2164. 

Veratrum  Alkaloids — Estimation. — According  to  Kremel  the  veratrum 
alkaloids  can  be  estimated  by  extracting  5  grams  of  the  root  with  a  mix- 
ture of  equal  volumes  of  chloroform  and  absolute  alcohol ;  the  solution  is 
agitated  several  times  in  a  separating  funnel  with  water  acidified  with  hy- 
drochloric acid,  the  acid  solution  filtered,  rendered  alkaline  with  solu- 
tion of  potassa,  and  shaken  in  a  separating  funnel  with  three  successive 
portions  of  chloroform  3  the  chloroformic  solution  is  evaporated  in  a 
tared  beaker,  dried  at  100°,  and  weighed.  From  1.3  to  1.5  per  cent,  al- 
kaloids are  obtained,  consisting  of  jervine  and  veratroidine;  white  scales 
and  microscopic  prisms  make  up  the  crystalline  forms. — Pharm.  Post, 
1889,  227. 

Colchicine — Use  in  the  Treatment  of  Certain  Eye  Affections. — Dr. 
Darnier  recommends  colchicine  in  certain  eye  affections.  It  is  adminis- 
tered in  pill  form,  each  pill  containing  Vt  grain  of  the  drug,  of  which 
from  I  to  2  or  4,  or  even  6  pills,  can  be  taken  daily.  Care  must  be 
taken  to  instruct  patients  to  reduce  the  dose  as  soon  as  intestinal  derange- 
ments manifest  themselves.  Some  patients  have  taken  as  many  as  200 
pills,  without  complaining  of  unfavorable  symptoms. — Med.  News,  March 
3,  1889. 

Hydrastis  Alkaloids — Purification,  etc. — Ernst.  G.  Eberhardt  com- 
municates some  interesting  observations  respecting  certain  hydrastis 
alkaloids. 

Berbetine  Acetate,  which  is  readily  soluble  in  water  and  alcohol,  has 
hitherto  been  completely  neglected.  It  is  best  obtained  by  double  de- 
composition between  sulphate  of  berberine  and  acetate  of  potassium. 
13.6  gm.  acetate  of  potassium  are  dissolved  in  120  c.c.  alcohol  sp.  gr. 
0.820,  30.0  gm.  of  sulphate  of  berberine  added,  and  the  mixture  gently 
heated  until  the  latter  is  discolored  ;  the  liquid  is  filtered  after  cooling, 
the  filtrate  evaporated  at  a  gentle  heat  to  syrupy  consistence,  and  the 
syrup  shaken  with  100  c.c.  of  ether,  which  precipitates  the  berberine 
acetate.  This  is  washed  with  ether  and  dried  by  exposure  to  air.  So 
obtained,  berberine  acetate  constitutes  an  orange-yellow  crystalline  pow- 
der, having  the  odor  of  acetic  acid,  and  possibly  the  formula  CjoH^NO* 
(CjH40j),.  It  loses  acetic  acid  on  exposure  to  air,  forming  less  soluble 
basic  acetates. 

Berberine  Sulphate. — The  pure  crystallized  salt  may  be  readily  pre- 
pared from  the  amorphous  commercial  salt  as  follows:   15.0  gjHh  of  the 

Digitized  byVjOOQlC 


7IO  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF  PHARMACY. 

sulphate  are  mixed  with  120  c.c.  of  a  mixture  of  ^qual  volumes  of  water 
and  alcohol,  solution  is  effected  by  the  addition  of  4.0  c.c.  of  ammonia 
solution  (sp.  gr.  0.933),  ^^^  ^^^  solution  is  filtered;  7.0  gm.  of  acetic 
acid  (of  36  per  cent.)  are  added  to  the  filtrate,  which  is  heated  to  the 
boiling  point,  8.0  gm.  of  diluted  sulphuric  acid  (of  10  per  cent.)  are 
added,  and  the  mixture  is  set  aside,  when  gradually  the  sulphate  will 
crystallize  out  in  tufts  of  needle- shaped,  deep  orange  colored  crystals, 
which  are  collected,  washed  with  alcohol,  and  dried  at  a  gentle  heat. 
The  presence  of  acetic  acid  retards  crystallization,  and  consequently 
secures  the  formation  of  larger  and  more  perfect  crystals. 

Hydrastine. — In  place  of  the  more  circumstantial  methods  usually  re- 
commended for  obtaining  hydrastin  in  a  pure  crystalline  condition,  the 
author  recommends  the  following  :  The  product,  obtained  by  dissolving 
the  crude  hydrastin  in  dilute  hydrochloric  acid,  and  precipitating  the 
cold  dilute  solution  with  ammonia,  is  dissolved  in  the  smallest  possible 
quantity  of  hot  chloroform,  the  solution  is  filtered  through  glass  wool  or 
asbestos,  and  mixed  with  an  excess  of  cold  alcohol.  The  mixture  of  the 
two  liquids  at  first  remains  perfectly  clear ;  but  when  violently  shaken  or 
stirred  with  a  glass  rod,  nearly  pure  hydrastin  crystallizes  out.  By  reso- 
lution in  chloroform,  precipitation  by  alcohol,  and  recrystallization  from 
boiling  alcohol,  the  hydrastine  is  obtained,  with  very  small  loss  of  alka- 
loid, and  in  a  condition  of  sufficient  purity  for  all  practical  purposes. — 
Pharm.  Rundschau,  Dec.  1888,  285-286. 

Berberine — Products  of  Decomposition^  etc. — Marfori  has  made  a  series 
of  experiments  mainly  with  the  view  of  establishing  the  correctness  of  the 
statements  of  previous  experimenters.  He  finds  that  the  nitrate  of  berberine 
does  not  melt  at  155°  with  evolution  of  red  vapors,  but  that  it  remains 
perfectly  unchanged  until  the  temperature  of  180°  is  reached,  when  on 
carefully  increasing  the  heat,  it  carbonizes  without  previously  melting. 
Berberine  does  not,  as  is  stated,  yield  chinolin  when  heated  with  milk  of 
lime.  By  the  oxidation  of  berberine  with  dilute  nitric  acid,  three  pro- 
ducts may  be  formed,  either  berberinic  acid,  or  bioxynitroberberine,  or 
WeideVs  berberonic  acid,  identical  with  pyridinic  acid. — Arch.  d.  Pharm., 
D?c.   1888,    1 1 34;  from  Annal.  di  Chim.  e   de  Farmacol.,  Sept.  1888, 

153- 
Berberine  Sulphate — Presence  of  Chlorine  in  the   Commercial  Salt, — 

Prof.  E.  Schmidt  states  that  the  berberine  sulphate  of  the  market,  even 
when  marked  chemically  pure^  was  found  to  contain  chlorine.  The  alka- 
loid berberine  can  be  obtained  pure  by  dissolving  the  salt  in  acetone  and 
crystallizing  ;  the  resultant  acetone  berberine  is  dissolved  in  alcohol  and 
decomposed  by  passing  COj  through  the  solution ;  the  precipitate  formed 
consists  of  pure  berberine  carbonate^  which  if  warmed  in  a  current  of 
hydrogen,  yields  the  pure  alkaloid. — Pharm.  Ztg.,  1888,  572. 

Emetine — Estimation, — Lignon  gives  the  following  proces^© Slices- 


ORGANIC   BASES.  71I 

timation  of  emetine :  Rub  together  25  grams  of  the  powdered  ipecacuanha 
root,  25  c.c.  of  water,  and  20  grams  of  slaked  lime;  then  add  30  grams 
more  of  slaked  lime,  and  treat  the  mixture  in  an  exhaustion  apparatus  with 
300  c.c.  of  ether.  Make  the  clear  ethereal  solution  up  to  200-250  c.c, 
place  50  c.c.  of  this  into  a  100  c.c.  flask,  add  10  c.c.  of  semi-normal  sul- 
phuric acid,  and  4  to  5  drops  of  freshly  prepared  and  concentrated  extract 
of  logwood,  and  shake  the  mixture  thoroughly.  The  yellow-colored  acid 
layer  is  separated  from  the  colorless  ethereal  layer,  and  titrated  with  deci- 
normal  ammonia  solution,  drop  by  drop,  until  it  is  colored  red.  The 
difference  between  the  amount  of  ammonia  solution  consumed  and  that 
necessary  for  the  sulphuric  acid  originally  used,  gives  the  data  from  which 
the  amount  of  emetine  is  easily  calculated. — Amer.  Drugg.,  Aug.  1888, 
143;  from  Chem.  Ztg. 

Physostigmine — Delicate  Test, — In  a  paper  on  physostigmine,  Eber 
states  that  chloride  of  gold,  or  the  double  iodide  of  potassium  and  bis- 
muth, or  the  double  iodide  of  potassium  and  zinc,  precipitate  this  alka- 
loid even  from  an  extremely  dilute  solution  of  the  sulphate.  If  the 
precipitation  is  effected  on  a  white  plate  pr  capsule,  and  only  o.oooooi 
gm.  (^Ti^nr  grain)  of  the  salt  is  present,  the  precipitate  may  still  be  recog- 
nized. This  chemical  test  is,  therefore,  much  more  delicate  than  a  phy- 
siological test.  On  placing  in  contact  with  one  drop  of  a  solution  of  the 
salt,  containing  the  before-mentioned  minute  quantity,  a  drop  of  a  5 -per- 
cent, solution  of  potassa  or  soda,  a  red  color  will  be  noticed  at  the  point 
of  contact,  due  to  the  formation  of  rubreserine.  When  the  drop  dries,  a 
yellow  film  is  left,  which  dissolves  again  with  a  red  color  in  water.  If 
baryta  water  is  used  instead  of  potassa  or  soda,  a  carmine  color  will  first 
be  produced,  and  this  will  afterwards  change  to  blue. — Amer.  Drugg., 
Nov.  1888,  212;  from  Pharm.  Ztg.,  Aug.  15,  1888. 

Eseridine — A  New  Alkaloid  from  Calabar  Beans, — C.  F.  Boehringer 
&  Sons  have  determined  in  Calabar  beans  a  new  alkaloid,  which  they  have 
named  "Eseridine,"  and  which  appears  to  be  closely  related  to  physostig- 
mine (eserine),  being  converted  into  the  latter  by  heating  with  diluted 
acids.  On  this  ground  it  is  advisable  to  effect  its  solutions  without  the 
aid  of  heat,  the  more  particularly  since  its  toxic  effect  is  only  one-sixth 
that  of  physostigmine.  It  crystallizes  in  large  tetrahedral  crystals,  but  is 
supplied  also  in  powder.  It  is  a  powerful  laxative,  with  but  slight  action 
upon  the  central  organs. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Feb.  1889,  ^35- 

Sulphate  of  Sparteine — Physiological  Action. — Dr.  Pawinsky,  in  an 
elaborate  study  of  this  drug  (Gaz.  Lekars,  1888),  arrives  at  the  following 
conclusions,  based  (clinically)  upon  experiments  in  33  cases.  In  small 
doses  of  2  or  3  cgm.  or  6  to  8  cgm.  daily,  it  slows  and  strengthens  the 
cardiac  contractions,  Doses  of  8  to  12  cgm.  or  i  gm.  daily  paralyze  the 
heart-action ;  the  pulse  becomes  slow,  weak  and  arhythmic.  Small  doses 
irritate  the  pneumo-gastric,  large  ones  paralyze  it.     Small  doses  augmefilC 


712  REPORT   ON   THE   PROGRESS  OF   PHARBIACY. 

the  tonicity  of  the  vessels ;  the  effect  is  observed  in  40  minutes  after  in- 
gestion. No  cumulative  action  was  observed,  or  gastric  disturbance. 
The  author  cannot  say  that  sparteine  has  a  direct  diuretic  action,  but  it 
favors  diuresis  and  dissipates  oedema  and  sanguineous  stasis. — Amer. 
Jour.  Pharm.,  Sept.  1888,  451 ;  from  Bull.  G^n.  de  Th^rap  ,  July  15, 
1888. 

UUxine — Physical  and  Chemical  Characters, — In  a  previous  pap)er  (see 
Proceedings  1887,  344-345),  Messrs.  A.  W.  Gerrard  and  W.  H.  Symons 
described  the  methods  by  which  ulexine  was  obtained  from  Ulex  euro- 
pceusy  or  common  furze,  and  pointed  out  its  chief  characters  and  tests. 
They  have  now  made  a  further  study  of  this  alkaloid,  and  describe  it  as 
follows :  Ulexine  is  freely  soluble  in  chloroform,  and  can  be  best  obtained 
in  colorless,  odorless  crystals  by  evaporating  its  chloroformic  solution. 
The  crystals  are  anhydrous  and  remarkably  soluble  in  water,  readily  de- 
liquescing when  exposed  to  moist  air.  It  is  insoluble  in  absolute  ether, 
is  a  strong  base,  precipitating  quinine,  cocaine  and  strychnine  from  solu- 
tions of  their  salts,  and  even  liberating  ammonia  from  its  compounds. 
It  dissolves  in  nitric  acid,  sp.  gr.  1.42,  and  in  sulphuric  acid  without  col- 
oration ;  but  if  to  a  drop  of  a  solution  of  ulexine  in  such  nitric  acid, 
spread  out  on  a  white  tile,  a  drop  of  strong  sulphuric  acid  be  added,  a 
yellow  or  red  ring  appears  round  the  sulphuric  acid.  With  ferric  chlor- 
ide, ulexine  or  its  salts  give  a  red  coloration,  which  disappears  on  dilu- 
tion with  water.  If  to  a  solution  of  ulexine  in  chloroform  bromine  be 
added  drop  by  drop,  a  nearly  while  precipitate,  probably  ''monobromo- 
ulexine,'*  falls.  On  further  addition  of  bromine  this  is  converted  into 
an  orange- colored  body,  which  subsequent  analysis  leads  the  author  to 
think  may  be  **  tribromo- ulexine.'*  The  analytical  data  obtained  by  the 
author  lead  to  the  formula  CnHuNaO  for  the  new  alkaloid. — Pharm. 
Jour,  and  Trans.,  June  22,  1889,  1029-1030. 

Farthenicine — A  New  Alkaloid, — C.  Ulrici  has  discovered  in  a  native 
Cuban  plant, 

Pafihenium  hysterophorusy  a  new  alkaloid,  which  he  has  named  par- 
thenicine.  It  forms  large  rectangular  prisms  with  pyramids  on  the  four 
lateral  sides.  It  is  odorless,  very  bitter,  readily  soluble  in  water,  and 
still  more  so  in  hot  water,  alcohol,  ether,  and  chloroform.  It  gives 
color- reactions  with  sulphuric  acid  and  potassium  bichromate,  which  dis- 
tinguish it.  It  has  the  power,  administered  in  doses  of  0.05  Gm.  (^ 
grain),  of  assuaging  neuralgia ;  it  has  also  proved  useful  in  intermittent 
fever. — Amer.  Drugg.,  Feb.  1889,  36;  from  Merck's  Bull. 

Violine — Occurrence  in  the  Rhizome  of  Viola  cucullata, — In  1828 
Boullay  isolated  from  the  rhizome  of  Viola  odorata,  L.,  a  substance  which 
he  named  *' violine,"  and  which  he  assumed  to  be  an  alkaloid.  Follow- 
ing the  process  of  Boullay,  with  some  modifications,   M^rs.   Fr.  B. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


ORGANIC   BASES.  713 

Power  and  Walter  M.  Carr  have  now  obtained  from  the  rhizome  of  Vioia 
cucullaia  traces  of  an  alkaloid.  The  authors  regard  the  product  of 
Boullay  to  have  been  quite  impure. — Pharm.  Rundschau,  Jan.,  1889, 
11-12. 

Arecaine^  Arecoline,  etc. — Alkaloidal  constituents  of  Areca  nut,  which 
see  under  **  Materia  Medica." 

Arganine — A  New  Alkaloid  from  Argan-nuts, — S.  Cotton  has  com- 
pleted a  study  of  the  Argan  tree,  indigenous  to  Madagascar^  and  known 
to  Europe  through  its  wood,  which  is  used  by  cabinet-makers.  From  the 
argan-nut  the  natives  express  ah  oil  which  they  use  for  culinary  purposes; 
the  cake  is  fed  to  cattle.  This  oil,  treated  with  Poutet's  reagent  (mer- 
cury and  nitric  acid)  thickens  in  about  twelve  hours,  but  does  not  solidify 
like  olive  oil.  The  nut  contains  about  2  per  cent,  of  vegetable  albumin  ; 
the  quantity  of  oil  in  it  varies  from  66  to  77  per  cent.  Its  bitter  prin- 
ciple, though  insoluble  in  ether,  chloroform,  sulphide  of  carbon  and 
mineral  oils,  dissolves  readily  in  alcohol  of  90  per  cent,  and  in  water.  It 
crystallizes  from  alcohol  in  small,  short,  brilliant  prisms.  With  sulphuric 
acid  it  forms  a  definite  combination,  appearing  in  beautiful  elongated 
prisms.  Mr.  Cotton  has  given  the  alkaloid  the  name  *' arganine." — 
Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Nov.,  1888,  564;  from  Jour,  de  Pharm.  et  de  Chim., 
Oct.  I,  1888. 

Kavaine — An  Alkaloid  from  Kava-Kava, — Lavialle  has  separated  from 
kava  an  alkaloid  which  he  has  named  kavaine.  He  exhausted  pulverized 
kava  root  with  alcohol  of  60  per  cent.,  and  distilled  to  the  density  of  a 
fluid  extract.  He  added  distilled  water  to  precipitate  the  resin,  filtered 
the  liquor,  and  neutralized  it  with  ammonia.  He  then  agitated  it  with 
ether,  adding  sulphuric  acid,  drop  by  drop,  until  he  obtained  a  slightly 
acid  reaction.  The  liquor,  on  standing  24  hours,  deposited  crystals 
which  were  washed  several  times  with  95  per  cent,  alcohol.  The  sul- 
phate of  kava'ine  is  soluble  in  an  equal  part  of  water  at  15^  [59°  F.], 
sparingly  soluble  in  alcohol,  and  insoluble  in  ether.  It  appears  in  pris- 
matic crystals  which  deliquesce  slightly  on  exposure  to  the  air. — Amer. 
Jour.  Pharm.,  March  1889,  *3^>    iiom  L'Union  Pharm.,  Jan.  1889. 

Jmperialine — A  New  Alkaloid, — K.  Fragner  has  isolated  from  the 
bulbs  of  Fritillaria  imperialis  an  alkaloid  to  which  he  has  given  the  name 
**  imperialine."  The  pure  base  crystallizes  in  short,  colorless  needles,  is 
sparingly  soluble  in  cold  water,  soluble  in  cold  alcohol,  more  so  in  hot 
alcohol,  and  particularly  soluble  in  chloroform.  Heated  it  becomes 
yellow  at  240°  and  melts  perfectly  at  254°.  Its  composition  corresponds 
to  the  formula  CjiHg^NO*.  The  hydrochloride  is  very  soluble  in  water 
and  very  bitter.  The  sulphate  is  very  hygroscopic,  and  was  not  obtain- 
able in  crystals.  Triturated  with  sulphuric  acid,  imperialine  produces  an 
orange- yellow  color  on  addition  of  a  fragment  of  nitre  or  of  potassium 
chlorate,  and  if  previously  heated  it  produces  a  dark  red-yellow  color ; 

Digitized  by  V^OOQlC 


714  REPORT  ON  THE   PROGRESS   OP  PHARMACY. 

with  hydrochloric  acid  the  alkaloid  produces  strong  fluorescence^  and 
when  heated  a  brown -green  color,  changing  after  a  time  to  brown-red. 
Physiologically  imperialine  exercises  action  upon  the  heart.  Arch.  d. 
Pharm.,  Feb.  1889,  178-179;  from  Ber.  d.  D-  Chem.  Ges.,  21,  3284. 

Alkaloids  from  Cod  Liver  Oil — Characters, — Messrs.  Gautier  and 
Mourgner  have  continued  their  investigation  of  the  alkaloidal  constituents 
found  by  them  in  cod  liver  oil  (which  see  under  "Materia  Medica"). 
They  state  that,  after  having  separated,  by  distillation,  the  volatile  alka- 
loids from  the  mixture  of  the  crude  bases  liberated  from  their  oxalates  by 
an  excess  of  potassa,  there  remains  a  brown  matter  which  yields  to  ether 
fatty  matter,  etc.,  and  the  fixed  alkaloids.  The  ethereal  extract  is  slowly 
but  almost  completely  soluble  in  weak  hydrochloric  acid>  The  resulting 
solution  containing  two  hydrochlorates  is  treated  with  platinic  chloride, 
which  throws  down  an  orange-yellow  precipitate,  only  soluble  with  heat, 
while  the  chloroplatinate  of  the  other  base  remains  in  solution. 

Aselline,  (C„H3,N4),  in  its  free  state,  is  a  nearly  colorless  amorphous 
mass  when  kept  in  the  dark,  acquiring  a  greenish  tint  on  exposure  to 
light,  not  hygroscopic,  and  about  the  spec.  grav.  1.050.  It  melts  to  a 
yellowish  viscid  liquid  of  an  aromatic  odor  '*  resembling  that  of  the 
ptomaines."  It  is  almost  insoluble  in  water,  but  imparts  to  it  a  slight 
bitterness  and  feeble  alkaline  reaction.  It  is  soluble  in  ether,  and  still 
more  so  in  alcohol.  With  acids  it  forms  crystallizable  salts,  which  are 
partially  dissociated  by  hot  water.  This  alkaloid  exists  in  cod  liver  oil 
only  in  very  minute  proportion.  It  is  a  very  active  substance,  however ;  3 
milligrammes  of  its  hydrochlorate  causing  the  death  of  a  greenfinch 
(^verdier)  in  14  minutes. 

Morrhuine  (CiaHtyN,). — This  alkaloid  is  extracted  from  the  mother- 
liquid  remaining  after  the  preceding  one  has  been  precipitated  with  plati- 
nic chloride.  In  its  free  state  it  is  a  very  thick,  oily  liquid,  of  an  amber 
color,  and  an  agreeable  odor,  recalling  that  of  lilacs.  It  is  lighter  than 
water  and  easily  soluble  therein.  Its  best  solvents  are  alcohol  and  ether. 
It  has  a  strongly  alkaline  reaction,  and  leaves  a  caustic  impression  upon 
the  tongue.  On  exposure  to  air  it  absorbs  carbonic  acid.  Morrhuine 
constitutes  one-third  of  all  the  basic  principles  contained  in  cod  liver  oil. 
A  tablespoonful  of  the  latter  contains  abDut  2  milligrammes  of  morrhuine, 
which  is  a  quantity  not  without  effect.  Morrhuine  has  the  power  to  excite 
the  appetite,  and  is  also  a  diaphoretic  and  powerful  diuretic. — Amer. 
Drugg.,  Feb.  1889,  32  ;  from  Jour,  de  Pharm.  et  Chim.,  Dec.  1888,  535. 

Alkaloids  of  Urine — Characters^  etc. — J.  L.  W.  Thudicum  describes  the 
method  by  which  he  obtained  the  following  constituents  of  human  urine. 

Omicholin  has  approximately  the  composition  C24H,8N05 ,  and  is  a  red, 
resinous  substance,  insoluble  in  ammonia,  but  soluble  in  ether  and  alcohol. 
Its  solution  shows  a  bright  green  fluorescence,  and  gives  an  absorption- 
spectrum  consisting  of  a  band  between  D  and  E.       Digitized  by  GoOqIc 


ORGANIC   BASES.  715 

Omicholic  acid  has  the  composition  QHj^NO^ ,  and  is  also  a  resinous, 
red  substance  soluble  in  ether  or  alcohol,  forming  a  solution  which  shows 
a  green  fluorescence  and  gives  an  absorption -band  between  D  and  E. 
This  band  is,  however,  narrower  than  the  band  given  by  omicholin. 
Omicholic  acid  is  soluble  in  ammonia,  and  is  reprecipitated  by  acids. 

Uropittin  was  not  obtained  pure.  It  is  always  mixed  with  one  or  other 
of  its  modifications,  meta  uropittin  and  uro-rubiity  and  is  partially  altered 
by  contact  with  the  oxygen  of  the  air.  It  contains  1 1  per  cent,  of  nitro- 
gen.    Its  alcoholic  solution  is  red,  and  gives  an  absorption -band  at  F. 

Uromelanin  has  the  composition  CjcH^sN^Oio ,  and  is  insoluble  in  alco- 
hol or  ether,  but  dissolves  in  dilute  solutions  of  the  alkalis,  from  which 
It  is  precipitated  by  acids.  With  silver,  barium,  calcium,  lead,  and  zinc, 
it  forms  basic  and  acid  salts.  The  silver  salt  has  the  composition 
CaeH4<»AgN,0, .  Uromelanin  is  a  very  stable  substance;  the  quantity  ex- 
creted by  an  adult  is  0.3  to  0.5  gram  per  day. 

Neither  urochrome  nor  any  of  the  other  products  can  be  obtained 
crystallized.  Urochrome  is  an  alkaloid,  the  function  of  which  is  as  yet 
unknown.  The  products  of  its  decomposition  are  not  related  to  the 
coloring  matters  of  the  blood  or  of  the  bile. 

If  the  filtrate  from  the  urochrome  iron  precipitate  is  concentrated,  it 
yields  bulky  crystals,  which  may  be  purified  by  recrystallization  from 
alcohol.  These  consist  of  an  alkaloid,  uro-iheobrotnine,  isomeric  with 
ordinary  theobromine.  It  sublimes  without  change,  forms  no  crystalline 
precipitate  with  silver  nitrate,  and  displaces  acetic  acid  from  cupric 
acetate,  forming  an  insoluble  compound. 

Creatinine  is  also  present,  and  the  mother-liquor  from  the  creatinine 
contains  three  alkaloids.  Reducine^  CuH^NjO*  or  CeHnN.O*,  forms  a 
barium  compound  which  is  almost  insoluble  in  alcohol.  Neutral  or  acid 
solutions  of  reducine  reduce  ferric,  cupric,  or  mercuric  salts  to  ferrous, 
cuprous,  or  mercurous  salts  respectively,  and  silver  salts  to  metallic  silver. 
Para  reducine  unites  with  zinc  oxide  to  form  a  compound,  QHjNaO.ZnO 
or  CjHjZnNgO,.  Aromine  could  not  be  isolated  in  a  pure  condition. 
When  heated  it  gives  off  an  aromatic  odor  resembling  that  obtained 
from  tyrosine  under  similar  conditions. — Jour.  Chem.  Soc,  Oct.  1888, 
1119 ;  from  Compt.  rend.,  cvi,  1003-1006. 

Fiperidine — Existence  in  Pepper, — William  Johnston  announces  the 
discovery  of  a  volatile  alkaloid  in  pepper  possessing  strong  alkaline  prop- 
erties. The  analysis  of  its  platinum  salt  leads  to  the  formula  2(C5HnN 
HCl)PtCl4.  These  results  agree  with  the  formula  of  piperidine,  which 
he  thinks  he  is  justified  to  announce  as  existing  in  pepper.  The  author 
has  made  several  estimations  of  this  volatile  alkaloid  in  various  peppers, 
and  finds  that  nine  samples  of  black  pepper  gave  an  average  of  0.56  per 
cent.,  with  a  minimum  of  0.39  per  cent,  and  maximum  of  0.77  per  cent, 
calculated  as  piperidine.     Long  pepper  contains  o.3||j^|jgg5y@(t^0©][(i^ 


7l6  REPORT  ON  THE  PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 

pepper  refuse  composed  principally  of  the  husks,  o.  74  per  cent.  Three 
samples  of  white  pepper  gave  respectively  0.34,  0.21,  and  0.42  per  cent., 
showing  that  the  alkaloid  is  contained  principally  in  the  husk,  and  which 
naturally  accounts  for  the  greater  pungency  of  black  pepper  over  that  of 
white  pepper. 

The  same  samples  of  black  pepper  were  examined  for  piperine  and  the 
amount  estimated,  giving  a  maximum  of  13.03  per  cent.,  a  minimum  of 
5.21  per  cent.,  and  a  mean  of  8.25  percent. — Chem.  News,  Nov.  16, 
1888,  235. 

Fiperidine — Formation  of  Coloring  Compounds. — B.  Lackowicz  has 
found  that  all  quinones,  such  as  benzo-,  tolu-,  naphtho-  and  phenan- 
thren-quinone  react  upon  piperidine  with  the  production  of  coloring  mat-* 
ters.  Upon  the  addition  of  an  excess  of  piperidine  to  an  alcoholic  solu- 
tion of  benzo  quinone,  an  immediate  reaction  occurs.  The  product  of 
the  reaction  separates  from  the  reddish -brown  fluid  in  form  of  reddish- 
violet  columnar  crystals,  having  a  strong  blue  metallic  lustre.  The  color- 
ing compound  is  insoluble  in  water,  but  readily  dissolved  by  cold  con- 
centrated hydrochloric  acid.  Recrystallized  from  alcohol — in  which  it 
dissolves  with  a  blood-red  color,  while  its  acid  solution  has  a  carmine  red 
color — the  new  coloring  melts  at  178°  C. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Oct.  1888, 
946;  from  Monatsh.  f.  Chemie,  9,  505. 

Nicotine — Quantitative  Determination  by  the  Polariscope. — Max.  Po- 
povici  describes  a  method  for  the  determination  of  nicotine  from  tobacco, 
which  is  dependent  upon  its  relation  to  polarized  light.  The  results  are 
claimed  to  be  as  accurate  as  those  obtained  by  Kimling*s  method,  and 
more  expeditious.  The  author's  paper  is  communicated  to  Zeitsch.  f. 
Physiol.  Chem.,  xiii,  5,  and  an  abstract  is  given  in  Arch.  d.  Pharm., 
June  1889,  558-559. 

Acid  Tartrate  of  Nicotine — Advantages,  etc,  over  the  Free  Alkaloid, — 
Dr.  H.  Dresser  has  found  the  acid  tartrate  of  nicotine  to  be  preferable 
for  physiological  experiments  to  the  free  alkaloid,  whose  solutions  easily 
resinify  and  decompose.  The  acid  tartrate  was,  moreover,  selected  be- 
cause of  the  difficulty  to  obtain  the  better  known  nicotine  salts  in  crystal- 
line form,  a  matter  which  is  comparatively  easy  in  the  case  of  the  salt 
under  consideration.  It  was  prepared  from  the  pure  alkaloid  and  a  con- 
centrated solution  of  tartaric  acid  in  alcohol,  precipitating  the  salt  com- 
pletely with  ether,  dissolving  the  precipitate  in  a  little  boiling  alcohol, 
and  allowing  the  filtrate  to  cool  slowly,  by  which  means  the  impurities 
separate  out  first  and  are  removed ;  the  separation  of  the  alkaloidal  salt  is 
made  complete  by  the  cautious  addition  of  ether.  The  salt  has  the 
formula  CioHuN2(C4HgOe)22HaO,  forms  white  crystalline  needles,  easily 
soluble  in  water,  the  solution  possessing  an  acid  reaction. — Arch.  d. 
Pharm.,  March  1889,  266-270. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


ORGANIC  BASES.  717 

Hydroxylamine — Possible  Utility  in  Medicine. — Therapeutic  experi- 
ments have  been  made  with  the  hydrochlorate  and  ammonium  hydro- 
chlorate  of  hydroxylamine — used  as  reducing  agents  in  photography — 
which  point  to  the  possible  usefulness  of  these  compounds  as  substitutes 
for  pyrogallic  acid  and  for  chrysarobin  in  dermatology.  While  having  as 
strong  reducing  properties  as  these,  it  possesses  the  advantage  of  not 
staining  the  skin,  the  linen  and  the  bandages. 

C.  Schwarz  observes  that  hydrochlorate  of  hydroxylamine  may  contain 
as  impurities,  resulting  from  the  method  of  its  preparation,  free  hydro- 
chloric acid,  iron,  chloride  of  ammonium,  and  chloride  of  barium.  The 
last  three  are  determinable  in  the  usual  manner,  but  free  hydrochloric 
acid  cannot  be  determined  with  litmus,  because  the  salt  itself  has  an  acid 
reaction.  It  is  therefore  to  be  tested  with  normal  alkali,  using  phenol- 
phthalein  as  indicator.  The  determination  of  hydrochlorate  of  hydroxyl- 
amine itself  depends  upon  its  reaction  with  iodine,  which  under  formation 
of  hydriodic  acid,  resolves  this  salt  into  nitrous  oxide,  water  and  hydro- 
chloric acid  in  equivalent  proportions. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Dec.  1888, 
1086;  from  Pharm.  Ztg.,  1888,  659. 

Hydrochlorate  of  Hydroxylamine — Application  in  Quantitative  Analy- 
tical Work. — Alexander  Lainer  recommends  this  salt,  which  is  now  ob- 
tainable at  reasonable  prices,  for  the  separation  and  determination  of 
silver  from  its  different  combinations.  It  produces  in  a  solution  of  silver 
nitrate  a  white  precipitate,  which,  on  the  addition  of  caustic  potassa  or 
soda,  is  decomposed  under  lively  disengagement  of  gas,  and  metallic 
silver  is  formed.  This  is  collected,  dried,  heated  to  redness  and  weighed. 
Similarly  the  hydroxylamine  salt  may  be  employed  for  the  separation  of 
silver  from  its  compounds  with  chlorine,  bromine,  iodine,  the  cyanide, 
etc. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Oct.  1888,946-947. 

Isochinoline — Products  of  Oxidation. — G.  Goldschmidt  has  subjected 
isochinoline,  as  well  as  its  addition  products  with  ethyl  bromide,  benzyl 
chloride  and  phenacyl  bromide,  to  oxidation  with  permanganate  of  potas- 
sium, and  found  that  under  these  conditions  imides  of  phtalic  acid  are 
formed.  The  reaction  is  typical  for  isochinoline,  and  may  therefore  serve 
for  the  identification  of  the  isochinolin  radical  in  alkaloids.  Experi- 
ments with  different  alkaloids  are  now  being  made  by  the  author,  with 
a  view  to  establishing  their  exact  chemical  relations. — Arch.  d.  Pharm., 
Dec.  1888,  1 1 28. 

Acet-ortho-amido-chinoline — Characters. — G.  M.  Kyritz  has  succeeded 
in  obtaining  '' acet-ortho-amido-chinoline  after  an  extended  series  of  ex- 
periments. As  a  preliminary  to  a  lengthy  paper  to  be  communicated 
hereafter,  the  author  states  that  this  body  possesses  in  respect  to  its  melt- 
ing point  (102.5°  ^0  ^^^  boiling  point  (300*  C.)  as  well  as  in  its  relation 
to  solvents,  the  greatest  analogy  to  antifebrin.  It  may  be  distilled  un- 
changed,  and   has  an   elementary  composition    corresponding  to  the 


71 8  REPORT  ON  THE  PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 

formula :  C,iHioN,0.  It  may  be  resolved  into  its  components  both  by 
the  action  of  concentrated  potassa  solution  and  by  concentrated  acids. — 
Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  June  1889,  548. 

Antipyrine — Reactions, — Yacoubian  observes  that  antipyrine  produces 
a  red  color  with  a  mixture  of  nitric  and  sulphuric  acids.  The  same 
reaction  is  produced  if  this  acid  mixture  is  added  to  an  alcoholic  solution 
of  the  base.  If  then  a  few  drops  of  water  are  added,  a  green  precipitate, 
insoluble  in  water,  is  produced.  In  a  solution  of  antipyrine  in  ether- 
alcohol,  these  reactions  do  not  occur  until  the  ether  has  evaporated. — 
Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Sept.  1888,  851 ;  from  Jour,  de  Pharm.  et  de  Chim., 
1888,  xviii,  152. 

Antipyrine — Characteristic  Test. — A.  Campbell  Hark  suggests  that  the 
well-known  reaction  between  nitrous  acid  and  antipyrine  can  be  utilized 
as  a  test  for  the  latter,  as  follows :  Place  in  a  test-tube  a  few  grains  of  po- 
tassium nitrate  (nitrite  ?  Rep.),  add  a  little  water,  then  an  excess  of 
strong  sulphuric  acid^  and  fill  the  tube  with  the  suspected  liquid.'  A 
green  coloration  is  immediately  produced  if  antipyrine  is  present.  This 
test  is  delicate  and  reliable,  and  has  the  advantage  of  being  specifically 
characteristic  of  antipyrine. — Pharm.  Jour,  and  Trans.,  May  25, 1889, 949- 

Antipyrine — Incompatibility  with  Salicylate  of  Soda, — P.  Vigier  finds 
that  if  antipyrine  and  salicylate  of  soda  are  mixed  dry,  as  for  cachets,  an 
oily  body  forms  within  a  few  hours,  thus  injuring  the  powder  or  cachet, 
and  showing  in  fact  an  undesirable  decomposition.  The  reaction  of  the 
formed  substance  is  alkaline.  The  reaction  of  aqueous  solutions  of  these 
bodies  is,  when  united,  slightly  acid.  Mixed  solutions  of  antipyrine  and 
salicylate  of  soda  remain  limpid  indefinitely  and  without  apparent 
change. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  June,  1889,  288;  from  Rupert,  de  Phar., 
May  10,  1889. 

Antipyrine, — Influence  to  increase  the  solubility  of  ^tt/«/«^  j<7//x,  which 
see. 

Exalgine  (  Orthomethylacetanilide) — A  New  Substitute  for  Antipyrine, 
— Dujardin-Beaumetz  and  Bardet  call  attention  to  exalgine,  the  effects  of 
which  they  find  to  bear  a  strong  resemblance  to  those  obtained  from  an- 
tipyrine ;  but  exalgine  acts  more  decidedly  upon  the  sensibility  and  less 
upon  the  nervous  centres.  Therapeutically,  the  analgesic  effects  of  exal- 
gine may  be  obtained  in  single  doses  of  25  cgm.  to  40  cgm.;  or,  from 
40  cgm.  to  75  cgm.  may  be  taken  daily  in  two  doses.  The  analgesic  ac- 
tion appears  to  be  superior  to  that  obtained  from  antipyrine,  even  in  all 
forms  of  neuralgia,  visceral  neuralgia  included.  Exalgine  is  eliminated 
by  the  kidneys  and  diminishes  the  amount  of  sugar  in  the  urine.  It  is 
antiseptic,  antithermic  and  analgesic,  the  latter  action  predominating. — 
Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  May  1889,  243;  from  Nouv.  Rem.,  March  24,  1889. 

Diphenylmethylpyrazol — A  New  Substitute  for  Antipyrine, — According 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


ORGANIC   BASES.  719 

to**Ztschr.  f.  Angew.  Chem./*  diphenylmethylpyrazol,  analogous  in 
composition  with  antipyrine,  and  used  for  the  same  purpose,  is  made  by 
the  action  of  benzoyl -acetic  ether  upon  phenyl-hydrazine  and  then  intro- 
ducing the  methyl  group.  It  forms  white  needles  melting  at  150°,  is  dif- 
ficultly soluble  in  water  and  ether,  easily  soluble  in  alcohol  and  glacial 
acetic  acid,  and  differs  from  antipyrine  in  being  a  strong  base ;  also  in 
the  reactions  with  nitric  acid  and  with  ferric  chloride,  these  not  being  so 
characteristic — Pharm.  Centralh.,  1888,  463. 

Acetanilid, —  Determination  in  Phenacetin, —  According  to  Schroeder 
the  presence  of  acetanilid  in  phenacetin  to  the  extent  of  two  per  cent, 
may  be  proven  by  boiling  0.5  gm.  in  5-8  c.c.  water,  allowing  to  cool, 
filtering,  adding  to  the  filtrate  dilute  nitric  acid  and  a  little  potassium 
nitrite,  boiling,  adding  several  drops  nitroso-nitric  acid  and  again  boil- 
ing; a  distinct  red  color  appears  in  presence  of  acetanilid. — Pharm. 
Ztg.,  1889,  57  i  fro"^  Ned.  Tydschr.  Pharm. 

Phenacetin — Various  Products  Introduced  Under  This  Name. — Ac- 
cording to  Dujardin-Beaumetz  several  entirely  different  bodies  have 
been  introduced  into  commerce  under  the  name  of  phenacetin  : 

1.  Meta- aceiphenetidin^  described  by  Wagner,  melting  at  97°  C. 

2.  Para-acetphenetidiny  melting  at  130^-135^0. 

3.  Orthoacetphenetidiny  melting  at  79°  C. 

The  last  named  is  the  most  soluble  in  alcohol,  the  second  less  solu- 
ble. The  para  and  ortho-compounds  are  physiologically  active  in  doses 
of  0.5  gram,  while  the  meta-compound  is  nearly  inactive. — Arch,  d. 
Pharm.,  Aug.  1888,  751;  from  Jour,  de  Pharm.  et.  de  Chim.,  1888, 
xvii,  634. 

Phenacetin — Detection  of  the  Presence  of  Antifebrin. — E.  Hirschsohn 
finds  that  antifebrin,  if  present  in  phenacetin  to  the  extent  of  five  per  cent, 
or  more  (see  also  Proceedings  1888,  578)  can  readily  be  identified  by 
making  a  saturated  aqueous  solution,  and  adding  to  this  half  a  volume  of 
bromine  water.  Antifebrin  decolorizes  the  bromine  water  immediately, 
and  in  a  few  moments  a  crystalline  precipitate  appears.  Phenacetin 
neither  decolorizes  the  bromine  water  nor  gives  the  precipitate,  which  is 
supposed  to  be  acet-parabromanilide,  and  is  almost  insoluble  in  water. — 
Pharm.  Ztschr.  f.  Russl.,  1888,  794. 

Phenacetin — Color — Reaction  with  Chlorine, — A  writer  in  "Arch,  de 
Pharm.'*  (Dec.  5,  1888)  states  that  chlorine  water  gives  the  aqueous 
solution  a  red- violet  color  which  soon  passes  to  ruby  red.  A  solution  of 
chloride  of  lime  will  give  the  same  reaction. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Jan. 
1889,  18. 

Methacetin — A  New  Antipyretic. — F.  Mahnert  calls  attention  to 
"methacetin,**  a  new  antipyretic,  which  is  a  lower  homologue  of  phen- 

{OCH 
NHc'h  O  ^^^    ^    prepared    in    an 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


720  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS  OF   PHARMACY. 

analogous  manner.  Para-nitrophenol  is  first  prepared  by  action  of  nitric 
acid  upon  phenol ;  the  sodium  salt  reacting  with  methyl  chloride  forms 
sodium  chloride  and  nitranisol ;  by  treatment  with  nascent  hydrogen  the 
nitranisol  is  reduced  to  anisidin  (para-amidoanisol),  which  by  boiling 
with  glacial  acetic  acid  is  converted  into  acetyl-anisidin  or  methacetin. 
It  forms  a  faint  reddish  crystalline  powder,  is  odorless,  has  a  saline  bitter 
taste,  is  easily  soluble  in  water  and  alcohol,  and  melts  at  127°.  Metha- 
cetin possesses  preservative  and  antipyretic  properties.  The  dose  for 
children  should  not  exceed  0.3  gm.,  the  smaller  dose  compared  with 
phenaceiin  is  due  to  its  solubility,  and  hence  easier  absorption ;  after  its 
use  the  urine  gives  the  para  amidophenol  reaction  {in  HCl  solution  with 
calcium  hypochlorite  a  violet  color,  on  agitation  changing  to  green)  and 
has  reducing  action  which  is  not  due  to  the  presence  of  sugar. — Pharm. 
Ztg.,  1889,  228. 

Hydracine — Preparation  and  Characters, — According  to  I'h.  Curlius 
and  R.  Jay,  tri  azoacetic  acid,  when  heated  with  water  or  a  mineral  acid, 
is  split  under  assimilation  of  6  mol.  of  water  into  the  diamide  "hydra- 
cine*'  and  oxalic  acid,  the  latter  again  being  split  more  or  less  com- 
pletely into  carbonic  and  formic  acid.  When  water  alone  is  used  for  the 
decomposition,  formate  of  hydracine  is  formed,  while  when  a  mineral  acid 
is  used  a  salt  of  that  acid  results.  By  suitable  agents,  described  by  the 
author,  hydracine  may  also  be  produced  from  di-azoacetic  ether.  Hy- 
dracine has  a  strong  afHnity  for  water,  forming 

Hydracine  hydrate  {^fi.^^^fy)y  and  this  hydrate  is  produced  direct 
on  precipitating  one  of  its  salts  by  an  alkali.  It  constitutes  a  strongly 
refractory,  fuming  liquid,  which  boils  at  119°  without  being  changed, 
and  from  which  the  water  may  be  removed  by  fractional  distillation.  It 
exercises  strong  poisonous  action  upon  the  lower  animals.  With  acids  it 
readily  forms  very  stable  salts,  which  may  contain  one  or  two  molecules 
of  monobasic  acids.  These  are  powerful  reducing  agents,  nitrogen  and 
water  being  formed.  When  heated  by  themselves  they  are  decomposed 
with  formation  of  ammonium  salts,  nitrogen  and  hydrogen.  They  are 
almost  insoluble  in  alcohol.     The 

Hydrochlorate  of  Hydracine '\&  obtained  in  form  of  large,  shining  octa- 
hedrons, readily  soluble  in  water,  which  melt  at  198°,  giving  off  i  mol. 
hydrochloric  acid,  and  forming  hydracine  monohydrochlorate.  By 
prolonged  heating  to  240°,  it  is  decomposed  into  chloride  of  ammonium, 
nitrogen  and  hydrogen.     The 

Sulphate  of  Hydracine  (N2H4.H2SO4)  crystallizes  in  thick,  glassy,  glist- 
ening anhydrous  plates,  or  long,  thin  prisms,  which  are  difficultly  solu- 
ble in  cold  water,  easily  in  hot  water,  insoluble  in  alcohol. 

Formate  of  Hydracine  (N2H4.2CHa02),  obtained  by  heating  tri-azo- 
acetic  acid  with  water,  is  formed  in  form  of  small  white  needle  shaped 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


ORGANIC  BASES.  721 

crystals  by  adding  alcohol  to  the  aqueous  solution.  The  author  also  pre- 
prepared  the  carbonate^  oxalate  and  nitrate  of  hydracine, — Arch.  d. 
Pharm.,  March  1889,  272-273;  from.  Jour.  f.  prakt.  Chera.,  1889, 
39»  27. 

Acetylphenylhydrazide — Dose,  etc, — According  to  Prof.  O.  Licbreich, 
pure  acetylphenylhydrazide  is  reported  by  Prof.  Dreschfeld  to  have  an 
antipyretic  power  four  times  as  great  as  that  of  pyrodine.  Consequently 
the  doses  which  Dreschfeld  has  indicated  for  pyrodine  (2  to  4  grains  for 
children,  and  8  to  ii  grains  for  adults)  would  be  too  large  for  acetyl- 
phenylhydrazide. 

Liebreich  gives  the  doses  of  the  last-named  substance  as  follows : 

For  children ^  to  I  grain. 

For  adults 2  to  3  grains. 

Highest  dose  for  adults  and  per  day 4  grains. 

It  follows  from  this,  that  pyrodine  and  acetylphenylhydrazide  are  not 
identical,  and  that  the  latter  may  only  be  dispensed,  if  it  is  prescribed 
under  this  name. — Pharm.  Zeit. 

Acetfhenyihydrazin — Difference  from  Pyrodine, — According  to  the  in- 
vestigations of  Prof.  Dreschfeld,  acetphenylhydrazin  if  pure  is  four  times 
as  active  as  pyrodine,  the  dose  being,  for  adults,  0.12-0. 18  gm.  (2  to  3 
grains).  These  two  substances,  hence,  are  not,  as  generally  believed, 
identical,  pyrodine  being  a  crude  product  containing  acetphenylhydra- 
zide. — Pharm.  Ztg.,  1889,  ^5>  from  Therap.  Monatsh. 

Pyrodine — A  New  Antipyretic. — Under  the  name  of  "pyrodine,**  a 
new  antipyretic  is  introduced  by  Ad.  Liebmann,  which  as  its  active  in- 
gredient contains 

Acetylphenylhydrazine  (CeHft.N,H,.C,H,0). — It  is  a  white,  tasteless 
substance,  a  crystalline  powder,  very  sparingly  soluble  in  cold  water,  pos- 
sessing very  little  taste,  and  thus  easily  administered  in  powder  form. 
J.  Dreschfeld  has  made  experiments  upon  the  physiological  effects  of  the 
new  substance,  which  are  briefly  summed  up  as  follows  : 

1.  Pyrodine  is  a  powerful  antipyretic. 

2.  It  reduces  fever  temperature  quickly,  and  maintains  the  temperature 
at  a  low  level  for  some  hours. 

3.  It  is  easily  taken,  and  produces  marked  perspiration,  but  not  nausea, 
vomiting  or  collapse. 

4.  It  is  especially  applicable  in  cases  of  pneumonia,  scarlet  fever,  and 
typhus.  Given  in  small  doses  in  the  latter  disease,  it  enables  the  patient 
to  pass  through  the  fever  at  a  low  temperature  range  without  delaying  the 
crisis,  and  it  seems  also  to  shorten  the  period  of  convalescence. 

5.  It  is  less  applicable  in  cases  of  typhoid,  owing  to  the  early  exhibi- 
tion of  toxic  symptoms.  ^^  I 

£^  Digitized  by  VjOOQ IC 


72  2  REPORT   ON  THE  PROGRESS  OF  PHARMACY. 

6.  It  appears  to  act  equally  well  in  migraine  and  neuralgia,  but  obser- 
vations are  not  extensive  enough  yet. 

7.  Given  in  often  repeated  doses  at  short  intervals,  it  easily  shows  toxic 
properties,  and  these  depend  on  the  action  of  the  blood,  producing 
haemoglobinaemia.  It  should  not  be  given  (unless  the  temperature  be 
very  high)  oftener  than  once  in  18  or  24  hours,  and  it  is  not  safe  to  con- 
tinue its  use  for  more  than  a  few  days. 

8.  It  is  found  to  act  in  cases  where  the  other  antipyretics  have  failed. 

9.  The  dose  for  children  is  2-4  grains ;  for  adults,  8-1 2  grains. 

10.  It  is  much  more  antipyretic  than  either  antipyrin,  antifebrin,  or 
phenacetin,  but  it  is  also  much  more  toxic  than  these  bodies. 

This  disadvantage  is  reduced  by  the  fact  that  it  is  rarely  necessary  to 
give  more  than  one  dose  in  12  to  18  hours,  as  the  temperature  is  kept 
low  for  a  longer  period  than  if  any  of  the  other  antipyretics  are  used. 

11.  It  reduces  the  pulse  a&  well  as  the  temperature,  and  often  causes 
diuresis. — Amer  Drugg.,  Feb.  1889,  33;  from  Med.  Chron.,  9,  89. 

Pyrodine — Proper  Dose. — The  proper  dose  of  the  new  antipyretic, 
pyrodine,  which  is  said  to  be  useful  in  pneumonia,  scarlatina,  typhoid 
fever,  migraine  and  the  neuralgias,  is  given  by  the  Bull.  M6d.  as  fol- 
lows :  For  children,  the  quantity  to  be  given  daily  should  be  from  10  to 
20  cgm.  ;  for  adults,  40  to  60  cgm.  It  should  not  be  given  oftener  than 
every  18  or  24  hours.  Administered  repeatedly  at  short  intervals,  it  gives 
rise  to  toxic  symptoms.  It  is  said  to  be  a  powerful  antiseptic  as  well  as 
an  antipyretic.  Dr.  Lepine  proposes  to  call  it  phenacethydrazine,  as, 
under  its  present  name,  it  is  likely  to  be  confounded  with  pyridine. — 
Rupert,  de  Phar.,  January  10,  1889. 

Aniline — Compounds  with  Chloric  and  Perchloric  Acids, — Ch.  Girard 
and  L.  L*Hote  describe  the  compounds  obtained  by  the  action  of 
chloric  and  of  perchloric  acid  upon  aniline.     The 

Aniline  Chlorate  may  be  obtained  by  the  direct  action  of  chloric  acid 
upon  aniline,  but  on  a  large  scale  is  made  by  double  decomposition  be- 
tween hydrochlorate  of  aniline  and  chlorate  of  sodium.  To  %  solution  of 
100  grams  of  the  aniline  salt  in  200  grams  of  water,  pure  aniline  is  care- 
fully added,  drop  by  drop,  until  completely  neutral  to  test-paper,  and  a 
solution  of  82  grams  of  chlorate  of  sodium  in  125  grams  of  water  is 
then  added.  A  crystalline  mass  is  thus  produced,  which  is  collected  in 
a  funnel  kept  ice  cold,  and  washed  with  a  little  distilled  water  until  the 
drippings  no  longer  give  a  reaction  with  silver  nitrate.  The  salt  is  rap- 
idly dried,  is  easily  soluble  in  water,  and  is  decomposed  with  flame  on 
addition  of  fuming  nitric  or  sulphuric  acid,  while  ordinary  nitric  or  hydro- 
chloric acid  simply  decomposes  it  with  formation  of  brown  products  and 
no  flame. 

Perchlorate  of  Aniline  can  also  be  obtained  by  the  direct  action  of  per- 
chloric acid  upon  the  base,  but  better  by  double  decomposition  between 


ORGANIC   BASES.  723 

a  solution  of  30  grams  of  sodium  perchlorate  in  15  grams  of  water,  and 
of  30  grams  of  hydrochlorate  of  aniline,  neutralized  with  aniline  accur- 
ately, in  60  grams  of  water.  The  salt  is  obtained  in  form  of  glistening 
scales,  which  are  not  changed  in  air  at  the  ordinary  temperature. 
When  heated  it  undergoes  combustion  and  leaves  a  carbonaceous  residue. 
Ordinary  concentrated  nitric  or  sulphuric  acid  does  not  act  upon  this  salt 
in  the  cold  ;  fuming  nitric  acid  decomposes  it  with  inflammation  ;  at  100° 
colored  products  of  decomposition  are  formed  by  ordinary  nitric  acid,  and 
by  the  action  of  ordinary  sulphuric  acid,  at  that  temperature,  perchloric 
acid  vapors  are  given  off.  —  Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  May  1889,  417  >  from 
Jour,  de  Pharm.  et  de  Chim.,  1889,  xix,  250. 

Aniline — Poisonous  Action. — Dr.  Dehio  describes  a  case  of  poisoning  by 
a  10  gram  dose  of  aniline  taken  by  a  young  woman.  The  symptoms 
quickly  manifested  were  cyanosis,  acceleration  of  pulse,  dilation  of  the  pu- 
pils and  aniline  odor  of  breath.  The  immediate  effects  on  the  nervous  sys- 
tem were  shown  in  24  hours  by  coma,  absence  of  cutaneous  reflexes  and 
voluntary  motion,  quick  pulse  (132),  increased  respiration  (25"),  and  pro- 
fuse transpiration,  the  latter  occuring  30  hours  after  ingesting  the  poison. 
Besides  the  purely  nervous  symptoms  there  was  an  abnormal  coloration 
of  the  skin.  Twenty-one  hours  after  ingestion  the  urine  contained 
traces  of  the  colorants  of  the  bile  (haemaglobinuria),  and  the  serum  was 
yellowish-red ;  from  the  second  to  the  fifth  day  the  urine  contained  more 
and  more  biliary  pigment ;  on  the  third  day  an  icterus  appeared,  which 
lasted  until  the  ninth.  Convalescence  returned  with  the  disappearance 
of  haemoglobinuria.  Aniline  may  be  classed  with  those  poisons  which 
produce  the  latter  condition  simultaneously  with  icterus. — Amer.  Jour. 
Pharm.,  Nov.,  1888,  363;  from  Bull.  Com.,  Sept.  1888. 

Diamidophenylacridin  nitrate  {Crysanilin  nitrate y  ^^Phosphin^^^ — Phys- 
iological action, — Dr.  Dujardin-Beaumetz  has  subjected  this  compound, 
known  commercially  under  the  misleading  name  of  "  phosphin  **  to  physi- 
ological experiment.  Given  to  rabbits  internally  it  produces  no  material 
effect;  but  when  administered  hypodermically  (0.5  gram,  for  i  kg.  of 
the  weight  of  the  animal)  it  rapidly  produces  death.  On  man,  it  pro- 
duces in  small  doses  a  certain  excitement,  followed  by  depression, 
analgesy  and  reduction  of  temperature,  and  in  doses  over  i  gram  it  pro- 
duces eraesis.  Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Aug.  1888,  751 ;  from  Jour,  de  Pharm. 
et  de  Chim.,  1888,  xviii,  41. 

Phenolphthalein — Necessity  to  Neutralize  its  faint  Acidity. — A.  Gawa- 
lowski  has  made  the  observation  that  phenolphthalein  usually  has  a  very 
faint  acid  reaction.  This  is  shown  by  the  fact  that  if  it  is  dissolved  in 
alcohol  absolutely  free  from  any  acid  trace,  it  will  bear  the  addition  of 
several  drops  of  normal  potassa  solution  per  gram  of  phenolphthalein. 
Only  when  the  faint  acid  trace  has  been  completely  neutralizedrwill  the 

jitizedbyVjOOQlC 


724  REPORT   ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

red  color  make  its  appearance  upon  adding  more  of  the  alkali. — Amer. 
Drugg.,  July  1888,  127;   from  Zeitschr.  Anal.  Chem. 

Sofranin — Use  as  a  Reagent  for  G/ucose,  which  see  under  *'  Carbohy- 
drates." 

Vermillionette — A  New  Coloring  Matter  from  Eosine. — The  following 
method  of  obtaining  a  new  coloring  matter  from  eosine  is  given  in  "Monit. 
Sci.:''  In  an  aqueous  solution  of  eosine,  minium  is  placed  in  suspension 
and  briskly  agitated,  while  adding  a  solution  of  acetate  or  nitrate  of  lead 
until  the  color  is  wholly  precipitated.  Wash,  press,  and  bolt.  The 
color  is  very  brilliant,  but,  like  all  eosine  colors,  it  fades  under  the  in- 
fluence of  light. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  June  1889,  17;  from  Jour,  de 
Phar.  et  de  Chim.,  Nov.  i,  1888. 

Aldehyd'Blue — A  Ne7v  Coloring  Matter, — By  the  action  of  paraldehyd 
upon  pararosanilin  in  the  cold,  L.  Gattermann  and  G.  Wichmann  have 
obtained  a  new  blue  coloring  matter,  which  separates  as  a  dark  blue 
powder,  acquiring  a  handsome  bronze  tinge  when  triturated.  It  is  easily 
soluble  in  water  and  in  alcohol,  but  insoluble  in  ether,  benzol,  lignin, 
etc.,  and  has  not  been  obtamed  in  crystals.  In  its  empirical  formula  it 
corresponds  to  a  chinaldin  (CjoHgN),  but  its  picric  acid  compound  leads 
to  the  assumption  that  it  is  a  poly- chinaldin,  i.  e.,  trichinaldin  (Ci,H,N),. 
The  aldehydblue  shows  throughout  the  characters  of  the  fuchsin  coloring 
matter. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  April  1889,  366;  from  Ber.  d.  D.  Chem. 
Ges.,  1889,  227. 

Methyl-  Orange —  Variability  and  Consequent  Unsatisfactory  Application 
as  an  Indicator, — D.  B.  Dolt  observes  that  methyl  orange  (dimethyl- 
aniline-orange),  which  seems  to  have  taken  a  permanent  place  among 
indicators  in  alkali  metrical  processes  because  it  is  not  affected  like  litmus 
and  phenolphthalein  by  carbonic  acid,  is  a  poor  indicator  for  organic  acids 
and  not  very  satisfactory  for  phosphoric  acid  ;  but  in  addition  to  these 
defects  it  occurs  of  variable  quality  in  commerce,  from  which  cause  the 
end-reaction  may  be  quite  obscure  or  indistinct,  even  in  the  case  of  the 
other  mineral  acids.  He  prefers  to  use  litmus. — Pharm.  Jour,  and  Trans. , 
April  20,  1889,  849. 

Methyl' Orange — Characters  and  Special  Value  as  an  Indicator, — Alfred 
H.  Allen,  referring  to  Mr.  Dott*s  strictures  upon  the  value  of  methyl- 
orange  as  an  indicator,  observes  that,  like  phenolphthalein,  methyl-orange 
has  its  own  particular  uses,  and  for  some  of  these  cannot  be  replaced  by 
litmus.  That  the  methyl-orange  of  commerce  should  be  of  variable 
quality  is  a  very  serious  disadvantage,  but  he  has  personally  never  met 
with  faulty  specimens,  having  used  from  the  original  stock  for  years  past; 
but  in  order  that  the  genuine  or  defective  nature  of  specimens  of  methyl- 
orange  may  be  recognized,  he  gives  the  following  description  of  the 
coloring  matter  in  question  : 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ORGANIC  BASES.  725 

Methyl  Orange,  or  Helianthitiy  Poirrier*s  Orange  III,  Tropopaolin  D, 
Gold- Orange  and  Mandarin- Orange,  is  the  sodium  or.  ammonium  salt  of 
dimethyl-amido-azobenzenesul phonic  acid,  a  body  produced  by  the  ac- 
tion of  dimethyl- aniline  on  diazobenzene-sulphonic  acid,  and  having  the 

C  H      )  f  CH 

formula    oq  n    [  N:  N.CeHiN    -j  prj*.     It  constitutes  an  orange-yellow 

powder,  which  is  readily  soluble  in  hot  water,  but  sparingly  in  alcohol, 
its  aqueous  solution  being  orange-yellow,  and  not  precipitated  by  alkalies. 
On  adding  hydrochloric  acid  to  a  hot  concentrated  aqueous  solution,  the 
free  sulphonic  acid  is  precipitated  in  microscopic  needles,  which  soon 
change  to  small,  strongly  lustrous  plates  or  prisms  having  a  violet  reflec- 
tion. Concentrated  sulphuric  acid  dissolves  it  with  a  reddish  or  yellow- 
ish-brown color,  the  solution  appearing  yellow  in  thin  layers.  On  co- 
pious dilution  the  liquid  becomes  a  splendid  red.  The  solution  is 
precipitated  by  barium  chloride,  but  not  by  calcium  chloride.  Basic 
acetate  of  lead  throws  down  the  whole  of  the  coloring  matter  as  an 
orange-yellow  precipitate.  Magnesium  sulphate  added  to  a  dilute  solu- 
tion of  methyl-orange  (helianthin)  precipitates  the  coloring  matter  in 
microscopic  crystals.  Silk  and  wool  when  immersed  in  the  acid  solution 
of  this  coloring  matter  are  dyed  a  fiery  orange.  The  dyed  fibre  is  turned 
red  by  hydrochloric  acid,  and  yellow  by  strong  sulphuric  acid,  but  alka- 
lies produce  no  change.  The  yellow  color  which  methyl-orange  imparts 
to  aqueous  and  alcoholic  liquids  is  changed  to  red  by  a  powerful  acid,  but 
k  wholly  unaffected  bv  weak  acids,  among  which  the  following,  carbonic, 
hydrocyanic,  hydrosulphuric,  arsenious,  silicic,  boric,  oleic,  stearic,  pal- 
mitic, carbolic,  etc. ;  with  oxalic,  acetic,  butyric,  succinic,  lactic,  tartaric, 
and  citric  acids,  inaccurate  results  are  obtained.  Of  the  powerful  acids, 
hydrochloric,  sulphuric,  and  nitric  acids  give  sharp  end-reactions,  but 
in  the  presence  of  nitrous  acid,  or  of  a  nitrite,  it  is  not  applicable  as  an 
indicator,  these  compounds  decomposing  it.  The  following  salts  are 
neutral  to  methyl- orange,  and  hence  their  formation  is  an  end-point  of 
titration  in  which  they  are  produced :  Na^SjO,,  KaHSO,,  NaH^POi, 
CaH4(P04\,  NaH-AsOo  KjCraOr.  It  can  be  used  to  detect  free  acid  in 
alum,  ferrous  sulphate,  cupric  chloride,  etc.  The  earthy  carbonates  in 
hard  water  may  be  at  once  determined  by  titrating  the  filtrate  with  a 
mineral  acid  and  methyl-orange.  The  acid  radical  (and  consequently 
the  metal  equivalent  thereto)  in  copper  sulphate  and  similar  salts  can  be 
determined  with  great  accuracy  by  precipitating  the  soluiion  with  sul- 
phuretted hydrogen,  filtering,  and  titrating  the  filtrate  with  standard  al- 
kali and  methyl-orange.  The  author  evidently  prefers  to  call  this  color- 
ing matter  by  the  alternative  name 

Helianthin,  because  of  the  existence  of  the  allied  dyes  named  * 'Orange 
I,*'  "  Orange  II,*'  "  Orange  IV,'*  etc.,  and  it  is  possible  that  these  may 
have  been  supplied  instead  of  helianthin.     Thus,  ^g.^.^^^  by GoOqIc 


726  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

Orange  I y  or  "a-naphthol  yellow,*'  gives  a  yellowish  brown  coloration 
or  flocculent  precipitate  with  hydrochloric  acid,  and  is  changed  to  red- 
brown  by  caustic  alkalies. 

Orange  II,  or  '*/5-naphthol-orange,''  gives  a  brownish-yellow  precipi- 
tate with  hydrochloric  acid,  and  the  solution  is  changed  to  brownish-red 
by  alkalies. 

Orange  Illy' zs  previously  mentioned,  is  one  of  the  synonyms  applied 
to  methyl- orange,  and  patented  under  that  name  by  Roussin  and  Poirrier. 

Orange IV,  or  "diphenylamine  yellow,"  behaves  much  like  helianthin, 
but  is  far  less  sensitive  to  acids.  It  may,  according  to  Engel,  be  distin- 
guished from  helianthin  by  gold  chloride,  which  is  turned  violet  and  then 
green  by  Orange  IV,  but  becomes  red  by  helianthin. 

If  any  doubt  be  entertained  respecting  the  purity  of  methyl-orange,  or 
helianthin,  it  may  be  purified  by  precipitating  the  hot  concentrated  solu- 
tion with  hydrochloric  acid.  The  dimelhyl-amido-azobenzene-sulphonic 
acid,  after  being  washed,  can  then  be  dissolved  in  ammonia.  Possibly 
its  purification  might  be  accomplished  by  taking  advantage  of  its  precipi- 
tation with  magnesium  sulphate. 

The  author  makes  some  remarks  respecting  the  value  of  the  special  ap- 
plication of  helianthin,  as  well  as  oi  phenoiphihaleine,  as  indicator,  for 
which  reference  must  be  had  to  the  original  paper  as  communicated  to 
Pharm.  Jour,  and  Trans.,  May  11,  1889,  902-904. 

GLUCOSIDES    AND    NEUTRAL   PRINCIPLES. 

Salicin — Proper  Doses  in  the  Treatment  of  I^Aeumatism.-r— According 
to  Dr.  McLagan,  salicin  must  be  given  in  large  doses  in  rheumatism, 
from  20  to  40  grains  every  hour,  until  there  is  decided  evidence  of  its 
action.  Generally  before  an  ounce  is  given  improvement  has  taken 
place,  and  as  the  symptoms  decline  the  dose  may  be  diminished. — Amer. 
Jour.  Pharm.,  Nov.  1888,  546;  from  **The  Lancet.'* 

Helleborein — Local  Anaesthetic  Action. — Messrs.  Venturini  and  Gas- 
parini  refer  to  helleborein  as  having  a  very  energetic  cardo- toxic  action. 
Experiments  made  with  animals  lead  them  to  the  conclusion  that  greatly 
diluted  solutions  of  helleborein  induce  complete  corneal  anaesthesia  with- 
out irritations  of  any  kind.  The  effect  of  a  single  application  continued 
undiminished  for  half  an  hour ;  three  light  applications  produced  anaes- 
thesia lasting  for  twenty-four  hours;  three  or  four  drops  of  a  solution 
containing  J^  mgm.  to  each  drop,  caused  corneal  anaesthesia  in  dogs  to 
such  a  degree  that  perforation  with  pins  was  made  within  fifteen  minutes 
and  caused  no  expression  of  pain. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  July  1888,  346; 
from  Le  Progr.  Med.,  June  2,  1888. 

Santonin — Active  Solution  in  Castor  OiL — Dr.  Bayon  recommends  the 
following  method  for  obtaining  a  very  active  preparation  of  santonin 
which  is  clear,  and  which  he  has  long  administered  with  the  best  results. 


GLUCOSIDES   AND   NEUTRAL   PRINCIPLES.  727 

Take  of  crystallized  santonin  i  gm.;  strong  alcohol,  i2ogm.;  ol.  ricini, 
240  gm.  Dissolve  the  santonin  in  the  alcohol,  mix  with  the  oil,  and  re- 
move 80  gm.  of  the  alcohol  by  distillation. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Oct. 
1888,  511  :  from  Monit.  Th^rap.,  Aug.  6,  1888. 

Quillajic  Acid— Preparation ^  Characters^  ^/r.— According  to  R.  Kobert, 
the  saponin  of  commerce,  as  all  other  specimens  of  saponin,  is  an  almost 
inactive,  non-poisonous  modification  of  quillajic  acid.  The  author  pre- 
cipitated the  acid  from  the  aqueous  extract  of  the  bark  of  Quillaja  Sap- 
onaria  with  neutral  lead  acetate ;  the  precipitate  was  freed  from  lead,  the 
solution  of  the  acid  evaporated  almost  to  dryness,  and  then  taken  up 
with  hot  absolute  alcohol.  The  coloring  matter  was  precipitated  with 
chloroform ;  the  quillajic  acid  eventually  crystallized  out  in  pure  white 
flakes.  It  is  insoluble  in  ether,  soluble  in  water  and  alcohol.  On  treat- 
ment with  concentrated  sulphuric  acid,  it  becomes  dark  red.  By  boiling 
with  dilute  mineral  acids,  it  is  split  up  into  an  unfermentable  glucose  and 
sapogenin;  this  solution  reduces  Fehling's  solution.  Quillajic  acid  has 
the  formula  Ci^HjoOio  The  sodium  salt  acts  as  a  very  severe  caustic  on 
the  tongue  and  throat,  and  the  smallest  particles  coming  in  contact  with 
the  nose  or  throat  cause  violent  sneezing  and  coughing.  Brought  on  to 
the  eye,  it  causes  severe  pain,  flow  of  tears,  and  swelling  of  the  lids.  In- 
jected into  the  blood,  sodium  salt  proves  fatal,  causing  cramp  and  paraly- 
sis of  the  respiratory  organs  and  brain.  On  the  other  hand,  it  may  be 
imbibed  into  the  stomach  without  injury  to  the  extent  of  500  times  the 
quantity  which  proves  fgital  when  injected  into  the  blood. — Jour.  Chem. 
Soc,  1889,  55;  from  Arch.  Exp.  Path.  Pharm.,  xxiii.,  233.  ? 

Strophanthin — Preparation  by  Arnaud. — The  very  active  strophanthin 
(strophantin)  of  Arnaud  is  obtained  by  him  as  follows  :  The  crushed  seeds 
of  Strophantus  KombS  are  treated  with  boiling  alcohol  of  70°  for  several 
hours,  and  the  solution  distilled  to  a  small  bulk  on  a  water- bath  ;  the  dis- 
tillation is  finished  in  a  vacuum,  care  being  taken  that  the  extract  remains 
liquid.  The  residue  is  cooled,  the  supernatant  oil  and  resin  separated, 
the  liquid  filtered  and  heated  with  a  small  quantity  of  basic  lead  acetate 
and  some  finely  powdered  litharge.  The  liquid  is  again  filtered,  the  lead 
removed  by  means  of  hydrogen  sulphide,  and  the  filtrate  concentrated  at 
50°  to  a  thick  syrup,  from  which  the  strophantin  slowly  crystallizes. 
The  crystals  may  be  purified  by  recrystallization  from  boiling  water ;  the 
yield  is  4.5  grams  per  kilo. 

Arnaud's  strophantin  is  a  white  bitter  substance,  which  crystallizes  in 
micaceous  plates,  grouped  round  a  nucleus.  It  readily  retains  water 
mechanically,  and  also  forms  a  hydrate,  which  loses  its  water  in  a 
vacuum  or  in  dry  air.  The  hydrate  melts  below  100°,  and  the  residual 
strophantin  is  uncrystallizable.  If,  however,  strophantin  is  carefully 
dried  in  a  vacuum,  it  may  be  heated  at  110°  without  alteration.  Anhy- 
drous strophantin  becomes  pasty  at  165°,  and  partially  decompo|5^g}^ 


728  REPORT   ON   THE  PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

acts  on  polarized  light :  the  rotatory  power  of  a  2.3  per  cent,  aqueous 
solmion  \_a]D  :=  +30°.  It  is  only  slightly  soluble  in  water,  and  some- 
what soluble  in  alcohol,  but  is  insoluble  in  ether,  carbon  bisulphide  and 
benzene.  It  is  precipitated  from  its  aqueous  solutions  by  tannin.  Its 
composition  corresponds  to  the  formula  CjiH^O,,.  and  it  seems  to  be  an 
immediate  higher  homologue  of  ouabain  (which  see),  which  it  resembles 
closely  in  properties. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Feb.  1889,  ^5  >  ^^oia 
Compt.  Rend.,  tvii,  179-182. 

Strophanthin — Extreme  Toxic  Foiver. — Prof.  S6e,  in  a  communication 
to  the  Academy  of  Medicine  (Nov.  13),  said  that  the  strophanthus  plant 
or  its  extracts  only,  should  be  used  in  medicine;  strophanthin,  he  said, 
had  so  high  a  toxicity  that  it  **must  not  be  employed  clinically."  At 
the  same  meeting  Dr.  Dujardin-Beaumetz  also  recommended  that  stro- 
phanthin be  prescribed  in  no  case,  **as  the  quantity  of  strophanthidin 
contained  in  it  must,  for  the  present,  be  more  or  less  conjectural."  The 
samples  of  strophanthin  having  this  powerful  action  seem  to  have  been 
made  by  Arnaud,  chief  of  Chcvreul's  laboratory. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharin., 
Jan.  1889,  18;  from  Un.  M6d.,  Nov.  15,  1888. 

Ouabain — A  Toxic  Principle  from  Ouabaio,  which  see  under  '*  Materia 
Medica." 

Ouabain — Production  of  an  Identical  Body  from  Strophanthus  glaber^ 
Gabon. — Some  time  ago,  Arnaud  had  obtained  from  Acokanihera  Oua- 
baia  a  glucoside  (see  above),  **Ouabain"  (C5oH460,2),  which  corresponded 
very  closely  with  the  glucoside  **  Strophanthin**  (CgiH^^Oj),  from  Stro- 
phanthus Kombi,  both  in  its  chemical  character,  and  in  its  physiological 
characters,  the  similarity  being  explainable  by  the  circumstance  that  th« 
plants  are  closely  allied  members  of  the  Apocynaceae.  Hardy  and  Galois 
have  since  obtained  a  crystalline  body  from  Strophanthus  giaber,  which 
from  the  scarcity  of  material  at  command  they  were  unable  to  identify 
completely.  Arnaud  has  now  subjected  this  body  to  further  study.  The 
finely  powdered  seeds,  after  being  freed  as  far  as  possible  from  fixed  oil 
by  pressure  between  bibulous  paper,  were  macerated  for  several  days  in 
alcohol  of  70  per  cent.,  with  the  addition  of  a  little  calcium  carbonate, 
at  a  temperature  not  exceeding  60°.  The  alcoholic  filtrate  was  evapo- 
rated in  vacuo  to  syrupy  consistence,  this  residue  was  dissolved  in  water 
at  50°,  filtered,  the  filtrate  evaporated  to  dryness  in  vacuo,  and  the  faintly 
colored  crystalline  mass  purified  by  several  crystallizations  from  water. 
The  yield  was  4.7  per  cent,  of  the  weight  of  seeds  used.  The  crystalline 
substance  so  obtained  constituted  small,  transparent,  six-sided  plates; 
but  if  obtained  by  slow  crystallization  they  are  thicker  and  opaque.  They 
melt  at  185°,  are  soluble  in  150  parts  of  water  at  8°  C.,  and  the  solution 
deflects  polarized  light  to  the  left.  They  have  the  composition  of  the 
ouabain  from  Acokanthera  Ouabaio  (C^jHigOu.  H,0),  as  well  as  the  proper- 
Digitized  by  vjOOQ  iC 


GLUCOSIDES   AND   NEUTRAL  PRINCIPLES.  729 

ties  of  this  substance  completely. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  May  1889,  469-370; 
from  Jour,  de  Pharm.  et  de  Chim.,  1889,  xix,  245. 

Andfomedotoxin, — Occurrence  and  absence  in  plants  belonging  to  the 
Ericacea,  which  see  under  **  Materia  Medica.*' 

Oleandrine  and  Nereine — Uncertainty  as  to  their  Existence, — Dr.  Bar- 
det  expresses  surprise  that  Prof.  S6e  should  consider  as  settled  the  ques- 
tion of  the  similarity  of  oleandrine  to  digitale'in  and  of  nereine  to  digita- 
lin.  He  has  sought  in  vain  for  these  substances  in  the  market,  has,  with 
Mr.  Adrian,  tried  to  isolate  them,  and  believes  that  practically  they  have 
no  existence,  regarding  them,  like  many  of  the  alkaloids,  as  purely  scien- 
tific products,  found  once,  and  sometimes  sought  for  afterwards  in  vain. 
Druggists  will  perhaps  dispense  a  substance  obtained  by  an  indicated  pro- 
cess for  oleandrine,  but  it  will  be  no  more  than  an  unknown  residuum. 
— Amer.  Jour.  Phar.,  1889,  174;  Nouv.  Rem.,  Feb.  8. 

Methysticin — Preparation  and  Characters. — Robert  Glenk  observes 
that  on  evaporating  an  alcoholic  tincture  of  the  root  of  Piper  Methysticum 
to  a  small  bulk,  a  crystalline  precipitate  forms,  which  is  obtained  snow- 
white  on  dissolving  in  boiling  water  (to  separate  resin)  and  allowing  to 
cool.  This  principle  is  the  methysticin  first  observed  by  Morton,  in 
1844,  and  further  examined,  in  i860,  by  Cuzent,  Gobley  and  O'Rorke. 
Crystallized  from  alcohol,  it  forms  fine  needles,  which  are  odorless  and 
tasteless,  and  freely  soluble  in  ether,  benzol  and  benzin ;  very  soluble  in 
boiling  alcohol,  slightly  soluble  in  the  cold,  soluble  in  about  60  parts  of 
boiling  water,  but  sparingly  soluble  in  the  cold ;  separating  as  a  crystalline 
feathery  precipitate.  Its  solution  in  hot  water  is  of  a  neutral  reaction,  and 
is  not  precipitated  by  alkaloidal  reagents.  When  placed  in  a  test  tube  kept 
in  mercury,  the  principle  melts  at  133^0.;  by  heating  on  platinum  foil  it 
burns  with  a  smoky  fiame,  and  is  finally  consumed  without  residue.  It 
does  not  reduce  an  alkaline  solution  of  copper.  Concentrated  sulphuric 
acid  forms  immediately  an  intense  carmine  color,  which  changes  to  a 
brown  in  one  or  two  hours.  Concentrated  nitric  acid  dissolves  it  with  a 
reddish- brown  color.  Concentrated  hydrochloric  acid  gives  an  orange 
red  color.  With  oxidizing  agents,  like  permanganate  of  potassium, 
chromic  acid  (KaCra07+HaS04  ,  or  nitric  acid,  it  is  decomposed,  with 
the  production  of  a  strong  heliotropin-like  odor,  which  is  quite  charac- 
teristic, being  produced  even  in  very  dilute  solutions.  A  cold  solution 
of  methysticin  in  diluted  alcohol,  on  being  boiled  for  a  few  seconds  with 
dilute  nitric  acid,  gives  a  decided  odor  of  heliotrope.  This  does  not 
occur  with  other  oxidizing  agents  in  such  dilute  solutions.  The  color, 
with  concentrated  sulphuric  acid,  is  also  quite  characteristic,  a  bright 
carmine  red  being  produced,  in  rather  dilute  solutions,  on  adding  to  four 
or  five  drops  of  the  latter  about  ten  drops  of  the  acid. — Amer.  Jour. 
Pharm.,  Jan.  1889,  8-9. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


730  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF  PHARMACY. 

Methysiicin — Characters^  etc. — C.  Pomeranz  has  recently  subjected 
**  methysticin '*  or  '*kawahin,**  originally  isolated  by  Cuzent  (i860) 
from  the  root  of  Macropiper  Methysticuniy  to  comprehensive  investigation. 
The  substance  is  readily  obtained  pure  by  extracting  the  powdered  root 
with  alcohol,  concentrating  the  tincture,  and  several  times  recrystalliziDg 
the  crystals  that  separate  on  standing:  Methysticin  constitutes  white, 
silky-glistening  needles,  which  melt  at  131  °C.  It  is  not  volatile,  readily 
dissolved  by  hot  alcohol,  by  chloroform  and  by  benzol ;  less  readily  dis- 
solved by  cold  alcohol  and  by  ether.  Hot  water  and  petroleum  ether 
only  dissolve  small  quantities.  When  melted  with  caustic  potassa  and  a 
little  water,  it  is  decomposed  with  the  production  of  pyrocatechuic  acid 
mainly,  together  with  carbonic  and  acetic  acid.  By  heating  methysticin 
with  thirty  times  its  weight  of  a  10  per  cent,  solution  of  potassa  in  a  flask 
with  a  reverse  condenser  for  several  hours,  it  furnishes  a  yellowish  crys- 
talline body  which,  when  purified  by  the  aid  of  alcohol  and  animal  char- 
coal, forms  delicate,  silky-glistening  crystals,  melting  at  180°.  These 
yield  on  oxidation  piperonylic  acid.  The  author  regards  methysticin  to 
be  a  derivative  of  the  methylen  ether  of  pyrocatechin. — Arch.  d.  Pharm., 
Oct.  1888,  898-899;  from  Pharm.  Post.,  21,  485. 

Cephalanthin — A  New  Glucoside. — Edo  Claassen  has  isolated  from  the 
bark  of  Cephalanthus  occidentalis  (button  bush,  swamp  dogwood),  by  a 
process  which  he  gives  in  some  detail,  a  new  glucoside,  which  he  has 
named  cephalanthin.  It  is  a  white,  amorphous,  pulverulent  substance, 
tasteless  at  first,  but  gradually  developing  a  bitter  taste,  its  solutions  in 
alcohol  or  in  watery  solutions  of  ammonia,  lime  or  magnesia,  being  quite 
bitter.  It  is  sparingly  soluble  in  cold  or  hot  water,  but  very  readily  in 
alcohol,  readily  soluble  in  ether,  with  difficulty  in  chloroform,  and  in- 
soluble in  benzol  and  petroleum  ether.  It  is  particularly  readily  soluble 
in  solutions  of  alkalies,  and  also  in  water  containing  alkaline  earths  in 
suspension,  even  in  the  carbonates  of  the  latter  disengaging  carbonic 
acid.  It  is  therefore  an  acid,  as  is  also  shown  by  its  reaction  upon  lit- 
mus, but  is  precipitated  from  its  alkaline  solutions  by  oxalic,  tartaric, 
acetic,  and  the  mineral  acids,  forming  gelatinous  precipitates  resembling 
hydrate  of  aluminium.  While  cephalanthin,  which  may  also  be  called 
cephalanthic  acid^  does  not  reduce  alkaline  copper  solutions  at  the  ordin- 
ary temperature,  it  does  so  slowly  when  heated  with  such,  and  particu- 
larly after  having  previously  been  boiled  with  dilute  sulphuric  acid.  It 
must  therefore  be  regarded  a  glucoside. — Pharm.  Rundsch.,  June  1889, 
131-132. — See  also  Proceedings,  1875,  p.  176. 

Hydrangin —  Ultimate  Coynposition — In  continuation  of  the  experi- 
ments of  C.  S.  Bondurant  (see  Proceedings  1887,  i59)>  who  isolated  the 
glucoside  "hydrangin"  from  Hydrangea  arborescens^  and  gave  the 
method  for  its  preparation  and  a  comprehensive  description  of  the  new 
substance,  Hermann  J.  Schroeter  has  determined  the  ultmiate  compo- 

Digitized  by  VjOO 


GLUCOSIDES  AND   NEUTRAL   PRINCIPLES.  73 1 

sition  of  hydrangin.  Making  four  combustions  with  calcic  oxide,  he  ob- 
tained figures  which  lead  him  to  the  formula  (Cj^HasOiOX. 

Experiments  on  the  physical  and  chemical  properties  of  hydrangin 
compared  well  with  those  stated  by  Mr.  Bondurant,  with  but  few  excep- 
tions. Its  melting  point  was  found  to  be  228*^  C,  instead  of  235°  C, 
and  the  solidifying  point  at  217°  C.  Mention  was  also  made  that  hy- 
drangin dissolves  in  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  without  color.  On 
dissolving  a  portion  in  concentrated  H2SO4,  a  distinct  violet-red  fluores- 
cence was  observed,  although  not  quite  as  strong  as  that  produced  by  an 
alkali,  which  is  intense  opal  blue.  On  addition  of  5  volumes  of  water  to 
the  solution  in  HaS04,  the  fluorescence  was  destroyed ;  the  addition  of  am- 
monia to  the  same  solution  destroyed  the  color  also,  but  on  neutralizing 
the  solution,  the  characteristic  opal  blue  fluorescence  reappeared.  The 
substance  was  also  found  to  be  soluble  in  80  per  cent,  acetic  acid  with  slight 
fluorescence,  which  became  more  decided  on  dilution  with  5  to  10  vol- 
umes of  water. 

The  decomposition  product  of  hydrangin,  obtained  by  boiling  with  a 
dilute  acid,  was  found  to  be  soluble  in  chloroform,  which  deposited  it  as 
a  brownish  resin-like  body. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm  ,  March  1889,  11 7-1 18. 

Cubebin-^ Chemical  Constitution. — C.  Pomeranz,  in  continuation  of 
his  studies  on  the  chemical  constitution  of  cubebin  (see  Proceedings  1888, 
581),  has  determined  it  to  be  an  alcohol.  By  treating  cubebin  with  ben- 
zoyl chloride  he  obtained  the  benzoic-ether  of  cubebin — QHj.CioHgOj.O,. 
This  forms  fine,  white,  silky- glistening  crystals.  In  an  experiment  to 
acetylize  cubebin  by  the  method  of  Liebermann,  the  author  obtained 
cubebin-ether  which  is  produced  according  to  the  following  equation  : 

2C,oH,oO,-H,0=C,oH,30,. 

It  melts  at  78°. — Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Aug.  1888,  746-747;  from 
Monatsh.  f.  Chem.,  9,  323. 

Vanillin — Detection  of  Benzoic  Acid, — Vanillin  has  been  adulterated 
with  benzoic  acid.  According  to  Gehe  (Handelsbericht)  the  adultera- 
tion is  readily  detected  under  the  microscope,  vanillin  crystallizing  in 
needles,  while  benzoic  acid  crystallizes  in  plates.  The  benzoic  acid  is 
readily  extracted  by  treating  the  suspected  article  with  dilute  solution  of 
sodium  carbonate.  The  filtrate  after  neutralization  gives  a  brown  precip- 
itate of  ferric  benzoate  on  addition  of  ferric  chloride.  Excess  of  hydro- 
chloric acid  precipitates  the  benzoic  acid  in  substance.  Either  precipitate 
will  yield  benzaldehyd,  recognized  by  its  bitter  almond  odor,  by  subject- 
ing it  to  the  reducing  action  of  magnesium  foil  and  dilute  sulphuric 
acid.— Arch.  d.  Pharm.,  Dec.  1888,  1088. 

Diosmin — Isolation^  Characters ^  and  Possible  Identity  with  Hesperidin, 
— In  a  former  examination  of  the  leaves  of  Diosma  crenulata  and  D,  bet- 
ulina  (see  Proceedings  1886,  542-543),  P.  Spica  had  found  that  after Jjh^ 


732  REPORT  ON  THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

essential  oil  had  been  removed,  alcohol  extracted  from  the  leaves  a  crys- 
talline substance,  which  he  called  diosmin.  The  amount  present  in  the 
leaves  varies  very  much,  not  only  with  the  season  when  they  are  gathered, 
but  also  with  the  age  of  the  plant ;  at  no  time,  however,  is  it  large.  The 
best  way  of  extracting  it  is  first  to  treat  the  leaves  with  light  petroleum  to 
remove  the  essential  oil  and  waxy  resinous  matters,  then  with  cold  alco- 
hol of  85  per  cent.,  which  removes  the  chlorophyll  and  acid  extractive 
substances,  and  finally  to  treat  it  with  boiling  alcohol  of  80  to  85  per  cent., 
which  is  the  best  solvent  for  the  diosmin.  It  is  very  troublesome  to  pu- 
rify. But  this  may  be  effected  by  treating  the  residue  left  on  evaporation 
of  the  alcoholic  solution  successively  with  a  solution  of  ammonium  car- 
bonate, cold  alcohol,  and  ether,  and  then  recrystallizing  repeatedly  from 
alcohol  of  80-85  per  cent.  When  pure,  diosmin  is  a  white,  crystalline 
powder,  consisting  of  very  slender  microscopic  needles,  odorless,  taste- 
less, and  insoluble  in  most  solvents.  Its  best  solvent  is  boiling  alcohol  of 
80-85  per  cent.  It  melts  at  243-244°,  with  decomposition  and  evolution 
of  gas.  If  cautiously  melted  on  platinum  foil,  it  emits  a  pleasant  odor 
resembling  that  of  orange  peel  when  it  begins  to  burn  ;  subsequently  the 
odor  is  like  that  of  caramel.  Diosmin  does  not  reduce  Fehling's  solution- 
It  dissolves  in  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  and  in  solutions  of  the  alka- 
lies with  yellow  coloration,  but  at  the  same  time  undergoes  alteration. 
By  boiling  diosmin  with  dilute  hydrochloric  acid,  it  splits  into  a  yel- 
low crystalline  compound,  and  a  substance  capable  of  reducing  Fehling's 
solution.  By  the  ultimate  analysis  of  diosmin,  figures  are  obtained  which 
closely  agree  with  the  numbers  obtained  by  Paterno  and  Briosi  for  hes- 
peridin,  namely  53.44  and  5.92  ;  but  E.  Hoffman,  taking  the  formula  as 
QsHjcOieC 0=54.7 7  and  H==:5.39),  considers  that  the  sample  analyzed 
by  Paternd  and  Briosi  was  incompletely  dried,  and  that  a  temperature  of 
150°  is  necessary  to  remove  all  the  water. — Jour.  Chem.  Soc,  1888, 
1310;  from  Gaz.  Chim.  Ital.,  xviii,  1-9. 

Acorin — Constitution,  etc. — In  a  former  paper  (see  Proceedings  1886, 
376)  H.  Thoms  had  reported  that  acorin  as  obtained  by  him  from 
calamus  root  is  not,  as  reported  by  Faust,  a  nitrogenous  alkaloidal  body, 
but  that  it  is  a  non -nitrogenous,  perfectly  neutral  body,  which  when 
heated  with  dilute  acid,  is  split  into  volatile  oil  and  a  body  reducing 
Fehling's  solution.  This  statement  has  since  been  contradicted  by 
Genther,  who  maintains  that  the  bitter  principle  of  calamus  is  a  nitro- 
genous body,  having  a  strong  acid  reaction,  and  that  no  sugar  is  found  in 
the  products  of  the  splitting  up  of  the  substance  by  acids.  Genther's 
observations  being  diametrically  opposed  to  those  of  Thoms,  the  latter 
has  again  gone  over  the  entire  ground.  His  present  results  completely 
confirm  those  at  first  obtained,  the  only  doubt  being  as  to  the  character 
of  the  product  that  has  the  power  of  reducing  Fehling's  solution,  its 
identity  with  sugar  not  being  determinable  by  solution  of  phenylhydrazin. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


GLUCOSIDES  AND   NEUTRAL  PRINCIPLES.  733 

It  is  evident  also  from  the  process  pursued  by  Genther,  that  the  principle 
obtained  by  him  as  acorin  was  partially  changed  during  the  process  of  its 
extraction,  since  it  is  subjected  to  the  action  of  water  vapor  for  10  hours, 
instead  of  being  at  once  separated  by  shaking  out  with  ether.  Acorin 
as  now  obtained  by  Thorns  is  a  golden,  transparent,  bitter  substance, 
having  an  aromatic  odor,  neutral  reaction,  and  contains  no  nitrogen. 
By  boiling  with  dilute  acids,  it  is  split  into  a  volatile,  acid  resin,  and  a 
body  having  the  power  to  reduce  Fehling's  solution. — ^Arch.  d.  Pharm., 
Aug.  1888,  701-702;  from  Pharm.  Centralh.,  1888,  290. 

Rhinanthin — Occurrence  in  Aniirrhinum  majus. — Dr.  T.  L.  Phipson 
had  some  time  ago  noted  the  discovery  in  the  leaves  of  snap-dragon 
{Antirrhinum  majus)  of  a  glucoside  similar  to  digitalin.  Recent  experi- 
ments prove  it  to  be  identical  with  rhinanthin^  the  glucoside  which  H. 
Ludwig  some  twenty  years  ago  extracted  from  the  seeds  of  Rhinanthus 
hirsutus  and  R,  Crista  gatliy  Reichenb.  Dr.  Phipson  finds  that  rinanthin 
exists  rather  plentifully  in  the  leaves  and  stalks  oi  Antirrhinum  majus^ 
and  that  it  shows  a  reaction  by  which  it  can  be  recognized,  even  when 
present  in  very  minute  quantity  in  an  aqueous  solution.  According  to 
the  author's  experiments  it  can  be  extracted  from  the  plant  either  by 
means  of  methylic  alcohol  or  by  cold  water.  The  former  process  gives 
the  larger  yield,  but  the  latter  gives  a  purer  product,  and  is  in  every  re- 
spect easier  and  more  economical.  The  plant,  M'hen  fresh,  is  very  brittle, 
and  can  be  easily  broken  up  or  cut  into  small  fragments,  which,  with  the 
leaves  and  stalks,  are  allowed  to  remain  in  water  in  a  closed  vessel  for  a 
few  days.  The  liquid  is  then  filtered,  treated  with  a  small  quantity  of 
sub-acetate  of  lead  (which  does  not  precipitate  rhinanthin),  filtered  again, 
and  the  slight  excess  of  lead  having  been  separated  from  the  filtrate,  the 
latter  is  evaporated  carefully  (on  a  water- bath)  almost  to  syrupy  consis- 
tence, and  then  the  vessel  is  allowed  to  remain  in  a  warm  dry  place  for 
a  few  days.  In  these  circumstances  rhinanthin  forms  transparent  color- 
less rhombic  crystals,  which  are  very  brilliant ;  it  can  be  purified  by  a 
second  crystallization  from  water.  It  has  a  peculiar  sweetish  acrid  taste, 
and  is  very  soluble  in  water  and  in  alcohol.  The  aqueous  solution  of 
rhinanthin,  to  which  a  few  drops  of  hydrochloric  acid  are  added,  and 
then  heated,  gradually  turns  brown,  finally  deposits  an  amorphous  dark- 
brown  precipitate  (rhinothogen^,  and  the  supernatant  solution  contains 
glucose.  This  reaction  is  very  sensitive,  and  precisely  similar  in  appear- 
ance to  the  brown  tint  developed  in  solutions  of  glucose  heated  with  soda 
(for  instance,  diabetic  urine),  only  in  the  present  case  the  color  is  pro- 
duced by  acid.  A  perfectly  clear  colorless  solution  of  rhinanthin  in 
water,  placed  in  a  test-tube  with  a  few  drops  of  HCl  and  heated,  turns 
gradually  brown,  and  in  a  few  moments,  just  after  the  solution  has 
reached  its  boiling  point,  it  is  quite  dark  and  opaque.  A  copious  pre- 
cipitate of  thinanthogen  results  in  the  form  of  a  dark  reddish-l>rown 


734  REPORT  ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARldACY. 

amorphous  powder,  which  can  be  filtered  off  and  washed.  The  filtrate 
contains  glucose.  This  rhinanthogen  dissolves  in  hot  concentrated  sul- 
phuric acid,  forming  a  greenish  black  solution.  It  is  also  attacked 
easily  by  nitric  acid. — Chem.  News,  Aug.  31,  1888,  99. 

Catalpin  —  A  Bitter  Glucoside  from  Catalpa  bignonioides, — Edo 
Claassen  describes  the  method  pursued  by  him  for  isolating  the  bitter 
constituent  of  the  fruit  and  bark  of  the  catalpa  tree,  which  he  finds  to  be 
a  glucoside,  and  which  he  has  named  "catalpin."  As  obtained  it  con- 
stitutes warty-stellate  aggregations  of  colorless,  needle-shaped  crystals,  or 
very  delicate  thread-like  crystals,  united  in  form  of  concentrically- arranged 
bundles.  The  glucoside  melts  on  heating,  forming  a  colorless  fiuid, 
which  on  cooling  congeals  to  a  glassy,  fissured  mass,  which,  on  applica- 
tion of  higher  heat,  puffs  up,  and  finally  burns  without  residue.  It  is 
readily  soluble  in  cold  water,  very  readily  in  hot  water,  and  the  same  is 
the  case  in  cold  and  hot  alcohol,  but  in  ether  it  is  very  sparingly  soluble, 
while  it  is  insoluble  in  benzol,  nearly  insoluble  in  chloroform,  and  sol- 
uble in  amyl  alcohol. — Pharm.  Rundschau,  July  1888,  155-157. 

Picrotoxin — Value  as  an  Antidote  for  Morphine, — According  to  Bokai, 
picrotoxin  is  the  most  rational  antidote  for  morphine,  it  having  been 
experimentally  demonstrated  to  possess  properties  directly  antagonistic 
to  those  of  morphine. — Apoth.  Zig.,  1889,  '39- 

Capsaicin — Preparation  and  Yield. — According  to  A.  Meyer,  capsaicin 
is  present  exclusively  in  the  placenta  of  Capsicum  annum,  the  other  por- 
tions of  the  fruit  being  entirely  free  from  it.  The  placenta  of  5000  gm. 
red  pepper  weighed  no  gm.  which  contained  0.9  per  cent,  capsaicin,  or 
for  the  whole  fruit  0.02  per  cent.  The  isolation  was  effected  by  extract- 
ing with  boiling  ether,  evaporating,  mixing  with  oil  of  sweet  almonds 
(to  retain  the  red  coloring  matter),  extracting  with  70  per  cent,  alcohol, 
evaporating,  dissolving  in  solution  of  potassium  hydrate  free  from  car- 
bonate, filtering,  and  passing  into  the  filtrate  CO,  to  saturation;  after 
standing  some  days  the  capsaicin  crystallizes  out  and  is  purified  by  wash- 
ing with  water  and  cold  benzin. — Pharm.  Ztg.,  1889,  '3°- 

Frangulin  and  Emodin, — Occurrence  in  Rhamnus  Frangula,  etc., 
which  see  under  "  Materia  Medica." 

Coronillin. — A  bitter  principle  from  Coronilla  scorpioides,  which  see 
under  "  Materia  Medica." 

Fhytosterin, — Occurrence  in  the  precipitate  from  Fluid  Extract  of  Hy- 
drastis and  Fluid  Extract  of  Berberis  aquifoUum^  which  see  under 
''Pharmacy." 

COLORING   MATTERS. 

Blue  Coloring  Matter  of  Flowers— A  Neglected  Study,— ^xoi.  J.  M. 
Maisch,  referring  to  the  experiments  of  Wm.  G.  Greenawalt  upon  the 
blue  coloring  matter  of  the  blue  flag  flowers,  (see  Iris  Test  Paper,  under 

Digitized  by  V: 


COLORING   MATTERS.  735 

"  Pharmacy'*),  observes  that  the  principles  to  which  flowers  owe  their  char- 
acteristic colors  do  not  appear  to  have  been  the  subject  of  recent  re- 
searches, and  the  results  obtained  by  older  investigations  have  been  more 
or  less  forgotten,  and  are  not  referred  to  in  many  chemical  text- books  in 
which  some  information  on  such  an  interesting  subject  would  naturally 
be  sought  for ;  even  Fownes*  manual  is  entirely  silent  on  the  coloring 
matter  of  flowers,  carmin  and  carthamin  excepted,  though  a  number  of 
other  vegetable  coloring  matters  have  been  described.  The  cause  for 
this  disregard  is  evidently  to  be  looked  for  in  the  unsatisfactory  results 
thus  far  obtained,  and  these  are  very  easily  explained  by  the  difficulties 
surrounding  an  investigation  of  substances  which  are  apparently  not 
crystallizable,  and  are  known  to  be  very  readily  altered  under  the  in- 
fluence of  various  physical  and  chemical  agencies.  The  principal  inves- 
tigations, embracing  blue  flowers  of  difl'erent  orders,  were  published  by 
Marquardt  in  1835,  and  by  Fr^my  and  Cloez  in  1854,  in  addition  to 
which  a  large  number  of  observations  on  the  coloring  matter  of  certain 
flowers  might  be  mentioned.  Marquardt  named  the  blue  coloring  mat- 
ter anthocyatiy  the  cyanin  of  Fr6my  and  Cloez,  the  latter  name  having 
been  more  recently  appropriated  for  a  blue  dye-stuff"  derived  from  chino- 
line.  The  chemists  named  regard  the  coloring  principles  of  all  blue 
flowers  as  identical,  the  blue  compound  being  amorphous,  soluble  in  water 
and  alcohol,  but  insoluble  in  absolute  alcohol,  ether,  volatile  oils,  etc. 
Its  solution  is  sometimes  rapidly  decolorized  on  exposure,  also  by  reduc- 
ing agents ;  it  is  colored  red  by  acids,  and  green  by  alkalies,  and  yields 
with  lead  acetate  a  green  precipitate.  The  coloring  matter  of  red  flowers 
is  regarded  as  antho-cyan  (cyanin)  colored  red  by  acids.  Even  white 
flowers  often  contain  the  same  coloring  matter,  and  hence  are  colored 
green  by  alkalies.  The  coloring  matter  of  various  berries  is  changed  to 
green  by  alkalies,  and  to  red  by  acids,  and  has  been  regarded  as  identical 
with  that  of  blue  flowers,  but  derivatives  of  quercitrin  and  rutin  are  like- 
wise known,  having  similar  reactions.  The  identity  of  the  blue  coloring 
matters  of  difl'erent  flowers  has  as  yet  not  been  proven,  and  it  is  not  im- 
probable that  a  number  of  difl'erent  compounds  may  ultimately  be  iso- 
lated, having  similar  yet  not  identical  properties;  in  other  words,  that 
the  coloring  matters  of  flowers  diff'er  to  a  greater  extent  than  the  earlier 
investigations  seemed  to  indicate. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Dec.  1888,  599- 
602. 

Nitroalginic  Acid — A  New  Dye  from  Sea-weed, — F.  Nettlegood,  while 
experimenting  on  the  production  of  gelatinous  gun  cotton,  decided  to  ni- 
trate alginic  acid.  This  formed  a  low  nitrated  body,  which  was  not  ana- 
lyzed ;  it  was  sufficiently  elastic  on  compression,  but  not  explosive.  In 
alkaline  solution,  it  gave  a  brown  color.  The  original  color  of  the  nitro- 
^Iginic  acid  was  bright  yellow,  and  the  principle  was  insoluble  in  water. 
Unmordanted  cotton  dyed  a  fine  Bismarck  brown  color,  which  w^s  fast  to 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


736  REPORT  ON  THE   PROGRESS   OF  PHARMACY. 

soap  more  than  many  aniline  colors,  equalling  chrysoidine.  Mordanting 
with  alumina  or  tartar  emetic  did  not  increase  the  fastness  or  the  depth 
of  the  color.  The  depth  of  shade  was  considerable,  and  could  be  worked 
to  a  great  intensity.  In  an  acid  solution  the  dye  failed  to  attach  itself  to 
the  fibre,  ammonia  baing  the  best  alkali.  For  wool,  the  brown  dye  ap- 
peared to  have  little  power  of  attraction.  Mordanting  did  not  increase 
the  depth  of  the  dye. — Chem.  News,  July  13,  1888,  15. 

ALBUMINOIDS 

Albumen — New  Method  for  its  Estimation  in  Urine, — A.  Christensen 
recommends  the  following  method  for  the  estimation  of  albumen  in  urine, 
which  is  considered  more  accurate  than  Esbach's.  It  consists  in  the  use 
of  tannic  acid  as  the  precipitant,  and  the  suspension  of  the  precipitate  in 
the  urine  by  means  of  mucilage.  This  mixture  is  then,  after  being  di- 
luted with  water,  poured  into  a  vessel  of  certain  capacity,  which  is  placed 
over  a  white  surface  on  which  black  lines  are  drawn.  The  amount  of  the 
"emulsified '*  urine  necessary  to  obscure  the  lines  will  be  in  the  inverse 
ratio  to  the  quantity  of  albumen  in  the  urine — a  quantity  easily  estimated 
by  the  employment  of  a  suitably  graduated  burette.  The  principle  is  the 
same  as  that  introduced  by  Panum  for  the  determination  of  the  quantity 
of  cream  in  milk,  and  can  no  doubt  be  made  available  for  clincal  work. 
The  results  obtained  are  given  in  tables,  but  so  far  as  can  be  gathered 
from  these,  the  advantage  of  the  plan  over  that  of  Esbach  (a  far  simpler 
method)  does  not  seem  very  great ;  neither  plan  is  quite  accurate. — 
Amer.  Drugg.,  June  1889,  11 1 ;  from  Jour.  Chem.  Soc. 

Albumen — Determination  in  Urine. — Dr.  H.  Schauman  proposes  a 
modification  of  the  gravimetric  method  for  the  determination  of  albumen 
in  urine.  Instead  of  the  ordinary  paper  filter  he  uses  a  plug  of  cotton- 
wool freed  from  fatty  matter,  and  pressed  firmly  into  a  glass  tube  drawn 
out  to  a  narrow  point.  For  this  purpose  a  filter-tube  is  adapted,  as  intro- 
duced by  Allihn  for  the  determination  of  sugar.  This  tube,  with  its 
cotton  plug,  is  dried  at  110°  and  weighed.  It  is  then  fixed  firmly,  by 
means  of  a  cork,  in  a  filter-support,  which  is  then,  in  turn,  connected 
with  a  filter-pump.  The  albumen  in  a  weighed  quantity  of  urine  is  pre- 
cipitated in  a  beaker  by  the  addition  of  a  small  quantity  of  acetic  acid, 
and  heating  for  half  an  hour  on  the  water-bath.  The  clear  supernatant 
liquid  is  first  poured  into  the  tube.  The  coagulura  which  adheres  rather 
firmly  to  the  bottom  of  the  beaker  is  repeatedly  washed  with  hot  water, 
and  the  washings  carefully  poured  upon  the  cotton  before  the  precipi- 
tated albumen  is  introduced.  This  is  then  washed  with  hot  water  with 
the  aid  of  the  lilter-pump,  until  the  liquid  running  out  no  longer  gives  a 
chlorine  reaction  with  silver  nitrate.  The  tube  is  then  closed  at  the 
wider  end  with  a  cork,  perforated  to  admit  a  glass  tube.  It  is  then  placed 
in  a  small  rectangular  drying- box  of  sheet  iron,  provided  on-^ach  of  its 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


ALBUMINOIDS.  737 

opposite  sides  with  a  circular  aperture,  into  which  the  filter  tube  is 
inserted.  The  end  having  the  perforated  cork  is  connected  with  a  cal- 
cium chloride  tube  and  a  washing- bottle  charged  with  sulphuric  acid, 
whilst  the  drawn-out  end  is  connected  with  an  aspirator.  For  an  hour 
a  moderately  rapid  stream  of  dried  air  is  drawn  through  the  filter- tube. 
The  temperature  in  the  drying-box  is  gradually  raised  to  ioo°,  and,  after 
heating  to  this  point  for  an  hour,  it  is  raised  further  to  i  io°,  dried  air 
being  still  drawn  through  in  a  moderately  strong  current.  After  heating 
for  two  hours  at  iio°,  the  tube  is  weighed  and  re  weighed  every  half 
hour,  until  the  weight  is  constant. — Chem.  News,  Nov.  i6,  1888,  245  ; 
from  Zeitschrift  fur  Analytische  Chemie,  Vol.  xxvii,  Part  5. 

Albumin — Densimetric  Estimation  in  Urine. — H.  Tahor  recommends 
the  following  densimetric  method  for  the  estimation  of  albumen  in  urine 
as  being  both  simple  and  reliable :  The  filtered  urine  is  mixed  with  just 
so  much  dilute  acetic  acid  that,  when  it  is  boiled,  all  the  albumin  is  coag- 
ulated; the  right  proportion  may  be  ascertained  with  a  small  quantity  of 
the  urine  in  a  test-tube  beforehand.  On  being  filtered  from  the  coagu- 
lum,  the  filtrate  should  give  no  cloudiness  with  acetic  acid  and  potassium 
ferrocyanide.  A  quantity  of  the  urine  is  then  placed  in  a  flask,  and  the 
latter  firmly  closed  with  a  clean  caoutchouc  stopper.  The  flask  is  hung 
for  ten  to  fifteen  minutes  on  a  large  bath,  filled  with  water  kept  boiling. 
By  this  means  the  albumen  is  precipitated.  It  is  then  filtered  off",  the 
funnel  leading  through  a  cork  with  a  hole  in  it  into  a  flask,  and  being 
covered  with  a  glass  plate.  The  density  of  the  urine  and  of  the  filtrate 
is  then  estimated,  not  with  a  pycnometer  (that  is  unnecessary  for  clinical 
work),  but  with  an  hydrometer  marked  to  four  places  of  decimals.  Both 
fluids  must  be  kept  at  the  same  temperature.  This  is  best  done  by  placing 
them  in  two  cylinders,  both  immersed  in  a  large  vessel  of  water,  which 
should  be  kept  at  the  same  temperature  if  a  series  of  observations  are  to 
be  made.  The  temperature  of  17.5°  will  be  found  most  convenient. 
The  difference  between  the  two  specific  gravities  is  then  multiplied  by 
400,  and  the  product  gives  the  number  of  grains  of  albumen  in  100  c.c. 
of  urine. 

A  large  number  of  illustrative  experiments  are  quoted  in  the  original 

paper,  in  which   the  approximate  accuracy  of  this  simple   process   is 

demonstrated.     The  number  400  is  the  mean  in  round  numbers  of  the 

ICO  Vj 
factor  ^.^  "  v~V     '^^^  question  naturally  arises  why  a  constant  factor 

should  give  such  good  results  in  albuminous  urine,  when  not  only  theo- 
retically, but  also  in  practice,  it  yields  fallacious  results  in  other  albumin- 
ous fluids,  such  as  the  blood,  transudations,  white  of  tg%^  etc.  The 
rea.son  is  that  the  factor  must  be  multiplied  by  the  difference  in  the 
specific  gravities.  In  proteid  solutions  (other  than  albuminous  urine) 
this  diff'erence  varies  from  0.0016  to  0.0128,  whilst  in  album pous  urine 

47  Digitized  by  g 


738  REPORT   ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF  PHARMACY. 

this  difference  is  much  smaller,  varying  between  0.00012  and  0.0020; 
that  is,  in  the  former  case,  the  difference  is  from  six  to  thirteen  times 
greater  than  in  the  latter,  and  therefore  so  many  times  greater  will  be  the 
error  introduced  by  the  use  of  a  constant  factor.  In  the  case  of  urine, 
this  error  may  be  neglected. — Amer.  Drugg.,.  Feb.  1889,  38;  from 
Zeitschr.  Phys.  Chem. 

Albumin^  Peptones ,  etc, —  Value  of  Tanref  s  Reagent. — Brasse  draws 
attention  to  the  value  of  Tan  ret' s  reagent — the  double  iodide  of  potas- 
sium and  mercury — for  determining  the  presence  of  albumin,  peptones, 
and  alkaloids  in  urine,  which  substances  it  precipitates  without  the  use  of 
heat.  If  the  precipitate  does  not  red issolve  with  heat,  the  substance  is 
albuminous  ;  if  it  dissolves,  it  is  a  peptone  or  an  alkaloid.  In  the  latter 
cases  the  cooled  precipitate  should  be  treated  with  ether,  which  dissolves 
an  alkaloidal  precipitate.  It  has  been  stated  that  this  reagent  gives  in- 
soluble combinations  with  certain  normal  elements  of  urine.  The  author 
finds  that  allantoine,  alloxane,  creatinine,  hypoxanthine,  leucine,  tyro- 
sine, xanthine,  etc. ,  do  not  form  such  compounds.  When  the  urine  con- 
tains biliary  salts,  the  precipitate  does  not  redissolve  with  heat,  thus  lead- 
ing to  a  supposition  that  albumin  is  present;  agitation  with  ether, 
however,  redissolves  the  precipitate  if  in  reality  the  urine  is  free  from 
albumin. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Aug.,  1888,  405  ;  from  Arch,  de  Phar., 
July  5,  1888. 

Ferric  Albuminate  with  Citrate  of  Sodium — A  New  Scale  Preparation, 
— E.  Dieterich  suggests  a  ferric  albuminate  with  citrate  of  sodium  in 
scales,  from  which  a  solution  can  be  made  without  the  use  of  acids  or  al- 
kalies. To  prepare  the  salt,  40  liters  distilled  water  are  heated  to  the 
boiling  point  and  allowed  to  cool  to  50°;  to  20  litres  are  added  i2oogm. 
solution  of  oxychloride  of  iron  (dialyzed  iron);  in  the  other  20  liters 
300  gm.  coarsely  powdered  dried  egg  albumen  are  dissolved  by  stirring, 
the  solution  strained  and  added  to  the  iron  solution  ;  40  gm.  solution  of 
soda  are  diluted  with  300  gm.  distilled  water,  and  with  this  the  above 
mixture  is  very  carefully  neutralized  (requires  about  300  gm.).  The  pre- 
cipitated ferric  albuminate  is  washed  by  decantation  with  water  which  had 
been  heated  to  100°  and  cooled  to  50°  until  the  washings  are  free  from 
chlorine,  collected  on  a  wet  linen  strainer  and  allowed  to  drain.  30  gm. 
citric  acid  are  dissolved  in  120  gm.  distilled  water  and  neutralized,  ap- 
plying heat,  with  crystallized  sodium  carbonate  (60-65  g"^-)^  ^^^^'^  cool- 
ing, this  solution  is  added  to  the  precipitate,  which  has  been  removed  to 
a  porcelain  capsule,  and  after  solution  results  this  is  strained  and  evapo- 
rated at  a  temperature  not  exceeding  40°,  best  in  a  vacuum,  to  a  syrupy 
consistence,  poured  upon  glass  plates,  and,  after  drying,  the  scales  re- 
moved. (If  the  syrupy  liquid  be  spread  upon  the  glass  plates,  the  scales 
will  become  opaque,  due  to  small  air-bubbles  which  coat  the  surface  and 
cannot  escape.)     The  scales  are  lustrous,  dark  garnet  in  colof>  permanent 

Digitized  by  VTj 


ALBUMINOIDS.  739 

in  air ;  soluble  in  half  their  weight  of  water  to  form  an  odorless,  neutral 
solution  with  a  slightly  saline  and  only  a  faintly  ferruginous  taste.  Con- 
tain 15  per  cent.  iron.  A  neutral  solution  containing  0.42  per  cent,  iron 
is  made  by  dissolving  28  gm.  of  the  scales  in  770  gm.  distilled  water, 
adding  100  gm.  alcohol,  100  gm.  spirit  of  cognac,  1.5  gm.  each  of  the 
tinctures  of  ginger,  galangal  and  Ceylon  cinnamon,  filtering  after  stand- 
ing for  24  hours,  and  washing  the  filter  with  sufficient  water  to  make  the 
filtrate  weigh  1000  gm. 

Mr.  Dieterich  also  suggests  sc^le  preparations  of  ferric  peptonate  and 
of  dialyzed  iron.  The  ferric  peptonate  with  sodium  citrate,  containing 
15  per  cent,  of  iron,  is  made  by  dissolving  the  ferric  peptonate  (See  Liq. 
Ferri  Peptonatum,  page  745)  in  a  cold  solution  made  by  neutralizing 
3.5  gm.  citric  acid,  dissolved  in  12  gm.  distilled  water,  with  crystallized 
sodium  carbonate  (7  to  8  gm.);  the  solution  is  evaporated  in  a  steam - 
bath  to  a  syrupy  consistence,  and  is  spread  upon  glass  plates.  The 
scales  are  of  a  chocolate  brown  color,  friable,  odorless,  easily  soluble  in 
water,  the  solution  having  a  mildly  saline,  slightly  ferruginous  taste.  To 
make  the  solution  containing  0.42  per  cent,  iron,  28  gm.  of  the  scales 
are  dissolved  by  heating  with  870  gm.  distilled  water,  100  spirit  of  cognac 
added,  the  solution  filtered,  and  the  filter  washed  with  sufficient  water  to 
make  the  filtrate  weigh  1000  gm. 

Dialyzed  Iron  with  Sodium  Citrate. — 30  gm.  citric  acid  are  dissolved 
in  120  gm.  distilled  water  and  neutralized,  applying  heat,  with  60-65 
gm.  crystallized  sodium  carbonate;  to  this  solution  add  1000  gm.  solu- 
tion oxychloride  of  iron  (dialyzed  iron),  containing  3^^  per  cent,  of 
iron,  evaporate  in  a  steam-bath  to  a  syrupy  consistence  and  spread  upon 
glass  plates  ;  after  drying  at  a  temperature  of  40°  the  scales  are  preserved 
in  well -stoppered  vessels.  The  compound  contains  31-33  per  cent,  of 
iron,  and  forms  dark  red  brown  hygroscopic  scales,  easily  soluble  in 
water,  yielding  a  neutralj^  mildly  saline  solution  almost  free  from  ferrugi- 
nous taste. — Pharm.  Centralhalle,  1889,  234. 

Milk — Constitution. — B^champ  is  convinced  that  in  milk  the  fat  glo- 
bules are  not  suspended  as  in  a  mechanical  emulsion,  but  held  in  separate 
cells  possessing  a  distinct  pellicle.  This  is  clearly  proved  by  separating 
the  cells  and  isolating  the  teguments,  which  he  exhibited  on  a  paper  fil- 
ter. To  effect  this  he  removed  the  casein  with  sesquicarbonate  of  am- 
monia, and  gathered  the  fat-cells  on  a  filter,  where  they  were  thoroughly 
washed  and  dried.  Next,  with  a  gentle  heat,  the  fatty  matter  was  melted 
out,  and  the  cell  epidermoids  remained  on  the  filter.  The  pellicles 
could  easily  be  freed  from  all  fat  and  examined.  That  they  do  not  con- 
sist of  casein  is  proved  by  the  fact  that  they  are  soluble  in  alkalies,  even 
caustic  potash.  The  professor  also  held  that  casein  is  not  coagulated  by 
heat  when  freed  from  its  combination  with  milk  albumen,  and  it  is  to  the 
latter  substance  that  coagulation  is  due  when  it  d^f§ze@^f(l^O^^(€ 
Drugg.,  Jan.  1889,  13;  from  Chem.  and  Drugg. 


740  REPORT   ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

Milk^  Standards  of  Different  Localities  and  Assays  of  Samples, — Albert 
Ja,mes  Lynch  states  that  the  standard  for  pure  milk,  adopted  in  different 
localities,  is  as  follows  : 

France.         England.         N.  York.         N.  Jersey.         Mass. 

Fat 2.70  2.50  3.0  3.0  3.6s 

Other  solids 8.80  9.0  9.0  9.0  9.35 

Total  solids 11.50  11.50  12.0  12.0  1300 

During  the  winter  of  1887-88,  the  author  examined  a  number  of 
samples  of  milk  procured  in  the  Philadelphia  market,  with  the  following 
results : 

I.        II.       III.       IV.       V.        VI.      VII.    VIII. 

Fat 5.21      3.63      2.61      2.70      3.51      2.65      5.04      3.75 

Other  solids 15.60      9.26      9.01       9.22       9.08      9.18     10.46       9.21 

Total  solids    ....     20.81     12.89     11.62     11  92     12.59     11.88     15.50     12.96 

No.  I.  was  Alderney  milk  ;  the  solids  consisted  of  fat  5.21,  sugar  4.20, 
casein  and  albumen  5.69,  ash  0.71.  No.  VII.  was  also  sold  as  Alderney 
milk. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Jan.  1889,  10. 

Cow's  Milk — Substitute, — Dr.  Ledentes  recommends  artificial  cow's 
milk,  which  consists  of  white  of  egg,  16  gm. ;  almond  oil,  35  gm.  ; 
sugar  of  milk,  40  gm.  ;  sodium  carbonate,  0.4  gm. ;  calcium  phosphate, 
0-5  gni-  \  and  sodium  chloride,  0.2  gm.,  and  sufficient  water  for  one  liter 
of  emulsion. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Aug.  1889,  409;  from  Concours 
M6d.,  1888. 

Koumiss — Cause  of  its  Retention  by  the  Stomach. — T.  R.  Powell,  in 
view  of  the  fact  that  no  suggestion  has  hitherto  been  offered  which  ex- 
plains the  retention  of  fermented  milk  or  koumiss  by  the  stomach  when 
all  other  nourishment  has  been  rejected,  has  made  some  experiments, 
which  lead  to  the  conclusion,  that  koumiss  is  retained  by  the  stomach  in 
.  preference  to  milk  for  the  following  reasons : 

1.  That  coagulation  has  already  taken  place. 

2.  That  the  precipitated  casein,  the  nourishing  constituent,  is  in  a  very 
fine,  almost  gelatinous,  condition. 

3.  That  carbonic  acid  is  present  in  the  free  state,  and  exerts  a  sedative 
action. 

4.  That  free  lactic  acid  still  further  stimulates  and  aids  di/2:estion. 
His  experiments  and  observations  seem  to  prove  that  the  indigestion 

and  nausea,  so  often  produced  when  a  milk  diet  is  desirable,  are  the  re- 
sult of  the  coagulation  of  the  milk,  a  coagulation  which  may  be  delayed 
by  the  addition  of  alkalies. — Pharm.  Jour.  Trans.,  Aug.  25,  1888,  143- 
144- 

Carbonated  Milk — A  Substitute  for  Kefir  and  Koumy5,-f?2\m  states 

^  -'  Digitized  by  V" 


ALBUMINOIDS.  74 1 

that  carbonated  milk,  used  in  dyspepsia,  lung  troubles,  etc.,  as  a  substi- 
tute for  kefir  and  koumys,  is  made  by  charging  in  a  soda  water  apparatus 
fresh  milk  with  2  or  2j^  volumes  of  COg.  To  render  it  more  palatable 
1.5 — I  gm.NaCl  and  0.5  NaH CO,  are  added  to  each  quart ;  these  ad- 
ditions also  prevent  change  for  a  time. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Aug.,  1888, 
400;  from  Rundschau,  1888,  376. 

Gastric  Juice — Character  of  Acid  Present, — According  to  Dr.  Poulet's 
comprehensive  researches  the  acid  present  in  the  stomach  of  man  or  the 
pig  is  "  hippuric  acid.'*  In  that  of  all  carnivorous  animals  it  is  tartaric 
acid,  which  is  also  separable  from  the  intestines.  The  author's  method 
of  obtaining  the  acid  principle  of  the  stomach  and  intestine  consists  in 
dialyzing  either  the  contents  of  the  stomach  or  intestine  obtained  from 
an  animal  in  full  gastric  or  intestinal  digestion,  or  the  scrapings  of  the 
gastric  or  intestinal  mucous  membrane.  After  dialyzing  for  twenty-four 
hours,  the  resulting  liquid  is  evaporated  at  a  gentle  heat  down  to  about 
thirty  grams,  and  then  treated  in  a  wine-glass  with  sulphuric  acid.  The 
gastric  juice  of  omnivorous  adults,  and  notably  of  healthy  men,  contains, 
in  the  first  stage  of  digestion,  hippuric  acid  alone.  Towards  the  end  of  the 
digestive  act,  a  mixture  of  hippuric  and 'tartaric  acids  is  found.  The  lat- 
ter is  alone  found  in  the  secretion  of  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  empty 
stomach.  Before  weaning,  tartaric  acid  is  the  chief  acid  found.  Since 
tartaric  acid  has  been  found  to  be  the  acid  secreted  by  all  carnivora,  re- 
course must  be  had  to  the  pig,  which  in  its  dental  and  digestive  system 
corresponds  with  man,  in  future  experiments. — Med.  Chronicle,  Dec, 
1888;  from  Arch,  de  Physiol.  Norm,  et  Pathol.,  Oct.  i,  1888. 

Vegetable  Pepsins — Distribution  in  Plants. — Dr.  Frederick  Hoffmann 
reviews  the  distribution  of  vegetable  pepsins,  of  which  the  ferment  in 
Carica  Papaya  is  the  type.  Vegetable  pepsins  have  so  far  been  found  in 
a  number  of  plants  belonging  to  different  natural  orders,  such  as  the 
Cucurbitacece,  Droseracecs,  Panunculacece,  Solan acece,  Galiacece,  and  Com- 
positcBj  but  the  individual  plants  have  been  identified  only  in  a  limited 
number  of  instances.  To  this  list  additions  are  continually  being  made, 
particularly  in  the  descriptions  of  travel  in  the  western  and  interior  coun- 
tries of  Africa,  where  the  natives  appear  to  be  familiar  with  the  fermen- 
tive  action  incited  by  the  fruits  and  seeds  of  many  plants. — Pharm.  Rund- 
schau, Sept.  1888,  206-208. 

Vegetable  Rennet — Use  in  the  Kalahari  Desert. — G.  A.  Farini,  while 
on  a  journey  through  the  Kalahari  Desert,  had  his  attention  drawn  to  a 
small  berry,  the  size  of  a  red  currant,  the  expressed  juice  of  which — two 
were  sufficient — curdled  newly  drawn  milk  within  half  a  minute,  leaving  it 
sweet  and  pleasant  to  the  taste.  It  grew  on  a  prickly  bush,  not  unlike  a 
rose  bush,  but  the  plant'  has  not  been  identified.  It  seems  likely  that  this 
kefir  substitute  for  rennet  may  find  useful  application  in  Europe  and 
this  country.— Amer.  Drugg.,  Aug.  1888,  146.  Digitized  by  GoOglc 


742  REPORT   ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

Papayotin — Usefulness  in  the  Treatment  of  Fissures  of  the  Tongue, — 
Dr.  Schwimraer  has  used  papayotin  successfully  in  cases  of  fissures  of 
the  tongue  which  had  resisted  the  action  of  chromic  acid,  iodoform,  and 
nitrate  of  silver.  He  employed  the  following  formula :  Papayotin,  i  to 
2  parts;  glycerin  and  distilled  water,  of  each  lo  parts.  Five  or  six  ap- 
plications should  be  made  daily,  after  drying  the  fissures. — Araer.  Jour. 
Pharm.,  Jan.  1889,  ^^' 

Chymosin  —  Preparation  from  Rennet. — Dr.  L.  H.  Friedburg,  in  a 
paper  on  the  active  principle  of  rennet— the  so-called  '*  chymosin  " — re- 
fers to  pepsin,  and  shows  that  the  latter  when  freed  from  chymosin  will 
not  coagulate  milk,  but  will  retain  its  full  digestive  power.  Both  sub- 
stances are  obtainable  from  the  stomach  of  ruminants  generally,  chymosin 
preponderating  in  the  stomach  of  the  calf,  while  pepsin  preponderates  in 
the  stomach  of  the  sheep  and  also  in  the  stomach  of  the  pig.  The  treat- 
ment for  obtaining  these  principles  separately  and  in  a  pure  condition  is 
the  same  in  all  cases,  that  for  the  treatment  'of  calf  s  stomach  being 
described  as  follows :  The  stomach  of  the  calf  is  cut  into  small  pieces, 
and  macerated  or  digested  for  about  twenty-four  hours  in  a  solution, 
preferably  of  common  cooking-salt,  containing  about  0.5  per  cent,  of 
salt,  kept  at  a  temperature  of  30°  C,  more  or  less.  The  solution  is  then 
filtered,  and  a  small  amount  of  mineral  acid — ^such  as  hydrochloric,  sul- 
phuric, or  phosphoric  acid — is  mixed  therewith,  in  the  proportion  of 
about  0.1  per  cent.  The  reaction  of  the  acid  on  the  saline  solution  gives 
rise  to  a  thick  precipitate  of  mucous  matter,  which  contains  but  traces  of 
chymosin  and  no  pepsin,  the  solution  during  the  acidulation  being 
preferably  kept  at  a  temperature  of  about  20°  to  30°  C,  as  at  that  tem- 
perature the  mucous  matter  agglomerates  more  rapidly  or  readily,  and 
may,  in  this  condition,  be  easily  separated  from  the  solution,  which  is 
effected  only  with  the  greatest  difiiculty  otherwise.  The  filtered  solution 
is  again  acidulated,  to  the  extent  of  about  0.5  per  cent,  of  acid,  and 
pulverized  cooking  salt  is  added  until  a  precipitate  of  the  latter  is  formed. 
This  supersaturated,  acidulated  salt  solution  is  now  brought  to  a  tempera- 
ture of  25^  to  30^  C,  and  kept  at  this  temperature  for  two  or  three  days 
under  constant  agitation,  and  then  allowed  to  rest  for  a  day  or  so,  the 
temperature  being  increased  to  30°  to  35°  C.  A  separation  then  takes 
place  in  the  form  of  a  white,  fiocculent  substance,  which  floats  on  or  in 
the  solution,  and  may  be  readily  collected  on  a  filter,  and  then  dried  at 
a  temperature  of  about  28°  C.  The  substance  separated  from  the  solu- 
tion is  the  pure  zymotic  product  called 

Chymosin, — It  is  an  amorphous,  white,  gelatinous  substance,  greatly 
resembling  aluminium  hydrate,  is  without  taste  or  smell,  and  soluble  in 
water,  forming  a  limpid  or  clear  solution.  It  may  be  kept  for  years  with- 
out deterioration,  and  is  not  injured  by  temperatures  reaching  as  high  as 
35°  C.     The   remaining  saline,  supersaturated,  acid  liquof^or pother 


ALBUMINOIDS.  743 

liquor,  free  from  chymosin,  does  not  cause  milk  to  curdle  when  mixed 
therewith;  the  active  agent,  chymosin,  which  alone  produces  this  reac- 
tion in  milk,  having  been  eliminated  from  the  mother  liquor. 

Pure  Pepsin  may  now  be  obtained  by  neutralizing  the  liquor  with  an 
alkali,  and  agitating  the  same  for  some  time,  the  pepsin  being  obtained 
as  a  gelatinous  precipitate,  insoluble  in  the  concentrated  neutral  salt  so- 
lution, but  soluble  in  the  acid  salt  solution.  "Pure  pepsin  may  be  ob- 
tained from  the  so-called  '  impure  pepsin  essence  '  or  '  extracts  of  rennet 
of  commerce,'  by  acidulating  these  extracts  or  the  solution  of  the  dry 
rennet  with  one  of  the  mineral  acids  above  referred  to,  in  the  proportion 
of  about  0.2  per  cent,  of  the  acid,  whereby  the  impurities  are  precipitated. 
These  are  removed  by  filtration,  an  excess  of  cooking-salt  added,  as  de- 
scribed, to  separate  the  chymosin,  which  is  collected,  and  the  remaining 
solution  is  neutralized  to  precipitate  therefrom  the  pepsin.  In  this  case, 
also,  chymosin  and  pepsin  are  separately  obtained,  free  from  any  album- 
inous, mucous,  or  other  impure  matter.'* — Amer.  Drugg.,  Feb.  1889, 
26;  from  Jour.  Amer.  Chem.  Soc,  x,  98. 

Pepsin — Value  of  Different  Tests. — James  H.  Stebbins,  Jr.,  discusses 
the  relative  value  of  the  "  U.  S.  P.,"  the  '*  Manwaring,"  and  the 
"Kremel"  test  for  estimating  the  digestive  power  of  pepsin.  The  es- 
sential difference  between  the  **U.  S.  P.,'*  and  "  Manwaring's"  test 
consists  in  the  dilution  of  the  so-called /2^r^  pepsins  with  sugar  of  milk  so 
as  to  correspond  to  saccharated  pepsin.  The  author  enumerates  his  ob- 
jections to  both  tests,  and  finds  **  Kremers"  test  to  be  most  reliable  of 
any  that  have  come  to  his  notice.     This  test  is  made  as  follows : 

One  gm.  of  t%%  albumen  (soluble)  dried  at  40°  C,  and  pulverized,  and 
0.1  gm.  of  the  pepsin  to  be  tested,  are  placed  into  a  100  c.c.  flask,  and 
dissolved  in  50  c.c.  of  0.2  per  cent,  hydrochloric  acid.  The  solution  is 
heated  to  38-40°  C.  for  three  hours,  and  then  exactly  neutralized  with 
sodium  carbonate  ;  it  is  then  heated  on  a  water  bath  to  90°  C. ,  and  cooled 
after  coagulation  has  taken  place.  The  flask  is  then  filled  to  the  mark  with 
distilled  water,  and  50  c.c.  are  filtered  off"  and  evaporated  to  dryness  in  a 
platinum  dish  on  a  water  bath. 

The  residue  is  dissolved  in  hot  distilled  water,  filtered  through  a  moist 
filter  into  a  platinum  dish,  and  the  filter  carefully  washed.  The  solution 
is  again  evaporated  to  dryness  and  weighed.  The  peptone  is  then  incin- 
erated with  ammonium  carbonate,  and  the  weight  of  the  ash  deducted 
leaves  the  weight  of  the  pure  peptone,  or  the  representative  of  the  diges- 
tive power  of  the  pepsin. 

The  good  qualities  of  the  above  test  are  the  following  : 

1.  Simplicity. 

2.  No  guesswork,  troublesome  calculations  or  the  use  of  questionable 
factors, 

3.  No  weighing  of  albumen  dissolved  in  hydrocliloric  acid,  undigested 


744  REPORT   ON   THE   PROGRESS   OF   PHARMACY. 

albumen  and  intermediary  products  along  with  the  peptone.  This  is  all 
obviated  by  the  use  of  soluble  egg  albumen,  coagulation  and  filtration,  or 
removal  of  the  undigested  portion  as  detailed  above. 

4.  The  ease  with  which  it  is  possible  to  duplicate  and  still  obtain  con- 
cordant results. 

The  objections  to  this  process  are  trifling  as  compared  to  the  objections 
to  the  above-mentioned  processes. — Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Sept.  1888, 
466-474 ;  from  Jour.  Amer.  Chem.  Soc. 

Pepsin — Method  of  Estimaiing  Peptonizittg  Power. — A.  Percy  Smith 
discusses  the  various  methods  of  estimating  the  peptonizing  power  of 
pepsin,  all  of  which  he  finds  faulty  in  one  respect  or  another.  After 
various  trials  he  discarded  the  use  of  fresh  egg  albumen  altogether,  and 
had  recourse  to  dry  powdered  albumen,  prepared  by  drying  in  a  steam 
oven  and  levigation  in  a  mortar.  With  this  he  succeeded  in  getting 
accurate  comparisons  between  the  digestive  powers  of  various  pepsins. 
Albumen  in  this  form  dissolves  with  rapidity,  owing  to  its  state  of  fine 
division.  Any  remaining  undissolved  can  be  filtered  off  on  a  counter- 
poised filter  paper,  and  healed  in  a  water  oven  until  absolutely  dry.  It 
is,  however,  unnecessary  to  do  this  when  two  samples  only  are  compared 
against  each  other,  nor  is  it  essential  to  know  the  actual  weight  of  albu- 
men employed,  provided  it  be  the  same  in  each  experiment.  This  is  en- 
sured by  placing  some  on  the  naked  pan  of  the  balance  (there  is  no 
objection  to  so  doing,  as  it  is  a  dry,  gritty  powder,  and  does  not  adhere 
to  the  metal),  and  counterpoising  by  a  similar  addition  to  the  other  pan. 
Let  the  albumen  fall  on  the  centre  of  the  filtered  liquid,  avoiding,  if  pos- 
sible, contact  with  the  glass  of  the  beaker.  It  soon  sinks,  and  after  the 
lapse  of  some  time,  a  simple  inspection  will  sho<v  which  is  dissolving 
with  the  greater  rapidity.  Agitation  assists  solution,  therefore  take  the 
two  beakers,  one  in  each  hand,  and  rotate  the  contents  equally.  When 
one  sample  has  dissolved  all  the  albumen  it  is  manifestly  superior  to  the 
other,  which  has  failed  to  do  so  in  the  given  time.  If  many  samples 
have  to  be  compared,  it  will  be  necessary  to  start  with  known  quantities 
of  albumen,  and  weigh  the  undissolved  residues  in  the  manner  above 
indicated. — The  Analyst,  Aug.  1888. 

Peptone — Composition^  Character,  etc. — According  to  Palm,  peptone  is 
a  solution  of  albumen  in  acids.  The  action  of  lactic  acid  upon  various 
albumens  is  to  form  peptone.  This  is  also  produced  by  the  action  of  the 
same  acid  upon  glue,  chondrin  and  fibrin.  By  adding  ether  to  an  alco- 
holic peptone  solution,  a  peptone  of  constant  composition  is  separated  as 
an  oily  mass,  which  contains  the  lactic  acid  and  protein  in  stoechiomet- 
rical  proportions.  Albumen  may  be  reprecipitated  from  peptone  solu- 
tions by  neutralizing  the  acid  and  adding  95  per  cent,  alcohol ;  alcohol 
acidulated  with  sulphuric  acid  will  likewise  precipitate  the  albumen,  if 
too  much  acid  be  not  present.     The  non- coagulation  of  tl(e,  peptone  is 


ALBUMINOIDS.  745 

due  to  the  solubility  of  coagulated  albumen  in  lactic  acid  ;  but  on  first 
neutralizing  with  ammonia  boiling  will  coagulate  peptone  solutions.  The 
explanation  of  the  same  composition  of  albumen  and  peptone  is  found  in 
the  fact  that  in  the  so-called  purification  of  the  peptone  the  albumen  was 
always  re-obtained.  Peptone  will  reduce  Fehling*s  solution,  which  is  of 
importance  in  milk  analysis.  A  distinctive  test  is  the  addition  of  potas- 
sium xanthogenate  ;  with  albumen  solutions,  a  precipitate  is  only  obtained 
on  addition  of  acid,  while  peptone  solutions,  being  acid,  give  a  precipi- 
tate at  once. — Pharm.  Centrlh.,  1888,  395  ;  from  Zeitsch.  Anal.  Chem. 

Ferrum  Peptonatum — Preparation, — According  to  E.  Dieterich,  ferrum 
peptonatum  is  prepared  as  follows:  75.0  fresh  egg-albumen  (lo.o  dried) 
are  dissolved  in  looo.o  distilled  water;  to  this  is  added  18.0  hydrochloric 
acid  and  0.5  pepsin,  and  digested  at  40°  until  a  portion  produces  only  a 
faint  turbidity  with  nitric  acid;  allow  to  cool,  neutralize  with  soda  solu- 
tion, strain  and  mix  the  liquid  with  120.0  solution  of  oxychloride  of  iron 
and  1000.0  distilled  water.  The  fluid  is  now  exactly  neutralized  with 
diluted  soda  solution,  and  the  precipitate  washed  by  decantation  with 
distilled  water  until  the  washings  produce  no  turbidity  with  silver 
nitrate.  The  precipitate  is  collected  on  a  wet  linen  strainer,  drained, 
placed  in  a  porcelain  capsule,  1.5  hydrochloric  acid  added  and  heated, 
with  stirring,  on  a  water- bath  until  a  clear  solution  results,  which  is  con- 
centrated, spread  upon  glass  plates  and  dried  at  20°  to  30°,  to  yield  a 
scale  preparation,  or  from  which  is  made 

Liquor  Ferri  Peptonatihy  6\\\iX\i\g  with  distilled  water  to  900.0  and 
adding  100. o  spirit  of  cognac. 

The  so-called  "Indifferent  Iron -preparations,"  to  which  class  the  above 
belongs,  are  very  sensitive  towards  carbonic  acid  and  sodium  chloride, 
and  in  their  manufacture  it  is  essential  to  work  as  rapidly  as  possible,  and 
to  use  distilled  water,  which  has  been  heated,  to  expel  GOa,  and  again 
allowed  to  cool. — Pharm.  Centrlh.,  1888,  316. 

Isinglass  and  Gelatin — Comparative  Examination  of  Commercial  Speci- 
mens,— Robert  Baird  examined  commercial  samples  of  isinglass  and  gela- 
tin. Nos.  1,  2,  and  3  were  Russian  isinglass;  Nos.  4  and  5,  American 
isinglass;  No.  6  French  gelatin,  gold  label;  No.  7,  French  gelatin, 
bronze  label ;  No.  8,  Cooper's  gelatin. 

No.    123  45678 

Ash 0.4     0.643     0.527  2.407      2.17      1. 14     2.66     4.775 

Moisture 12.1      12.8         12.5  13.0         12.3       12.8       13.4       13.0 

Insoluble  in  hot  water.  6.0  5.2  5.5  lo.o  18.5  Completely  soluble. 
Jelly  with  24  parts  of              Slightly 

hot  water     ....  None,  opalescent.  None.  Opalescent.  None.         Transparent. 

Parts  of  water  for  jelly       18         24             21  24             19         24         24         24 

— Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  Dec".  1888,  607-608. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


APPENDIX. 


LIST  OF  LIFE  MEMBERS 

(Names  of  life  members  under  old  constitution  in  Italics^  under  present  by-laws  in 

SMALL  CAPITALS.) 


Ash,  Matthiw  F. 
Baxiey,J.  Brown. 
Berrian,  George  W. 
BiROTH,  Henry. 
B  latch  ford,  Eben. 
Bullocky  Charles. 
Burnett,  Joseph. 
Canning,  Henry. 
Chamberlain^  Guilford  T. 
Colcord,  Samuel  M. 
Cummings,  Henry  T. 
Cutler,  Edward  Waldo. 
Dearborn,  George  Z. 
Doliber,  Thomas. 
DRUR.Y,  Linus  D. 
Du  Puy,  Eugene. 
Ebert,  Albert  E. 
Ellis,  Evan  T. 
Fuller,  Oliveiw  W. 
Gale,  Edwin  O. 
Gale,  William  H. 
Gallagher,  Charles  K. 
Goodivin,  Wm.    W. 
Gordon,  Wm,J.  M. 
Grahame,  Israel  J. 
Hale,  Frederick. 
Haviland,  Henry. 
Hay,  Henry  H. 
Heinitsh,  Charles  A. 
Heintzelma  n ,  Joseph  A . 
Heyl,  James  B. 
Holzhauer,  Charles. 
Hud  nut,  Alexander. 
Jacques,  George  W. 
Jenks,   Wm.J. 
Jones,  Edward  C. 


Judge,  John  F. 

Kent,  Robert  R. 

Kidder,  Samuel. 

King,  James  T. 

Klussmann,  Hermann. 

Leitch,  Arthur. 

Lemberger,  Joseph  L. 

Maisch,  John  M. 

McConville,  Thomas  A. 

McPherson,  George. 

Mellor,  Alfred. 

Melvin,  fames  S. 

Metcalf,  Theodore. 

MiLBURN,  John  A. 

MiLHAU,  Edward  L. 

Moffit,  Thomas  S. 

Moith,  Augustus  T, 

Molwitz,  Ernest. 

Newman,  George  A. 

Niebrugge,  John  A, 

Ollif,  James  H. 

Paine,  James  D. 

Parr,  John  C. 

Patten,  I.  Bartlett. 

Peabody,  William  H. 

Perkins,  Elisha  H 

Perot,  T.  Morris. 

Pfingst,  Ferdinand  J. 

Rano,  Charles  O. 

Remington,  Joseph  P. 

Rittenhouse,  Henry  N. 

Rollins,  John  F. 

Russell,  Eugene  J. 

Sander,  Enno. 
I  Saunders,  Richard  B. 
I  Seabury,  George  J.        ^^  j 

(^^6)  Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


APPENDIX. 


747 


Sharpy  Alpheus  P. 
Sheppard,  Samuel  A.  D. 
Snyder^  Ambrose  C. 
Steele^  Henry, 
Sweeny^  Robert  O. 
Taylor,  Alfred  B. 
Thompson,  William  B, 
Tufts,  Charles  A. 
Turner,  T.  Lariin, 
Vernor,  James, 


Warden,  Robert  C. 
Warfier,  Wm.  R. 
Wheeler,  Lucien  F. 
White,  Aaron  S. 
Whitfield,  Thomas. 
Wiegand,  Thos.  S. 
Winklemann,  John  H. 
W^oltersdorf,  Louis. 
Woodbridge,  George  W. 
Zeilin,  John  H. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


74S 


APPENDIX. 


ALPHABETICAL  LIST  OF  THE  NAMES  OF  MEMBERS  FROM  WHOM  MOSEY 

HAS  BEEN  RECEIVED  FOR  ANNUAL  DIES  OR  CERTIFICATES 

FROM  JULY  1, 1888,  TO  JULY  1, 1889. 


Aberneihy,  Maxwell .....  '88. 

Ahlbrandt,  Henry  E '89; 

Aimar.  Charles  P 'SB-'Sq, 

Aird,  William  ...;....  '8q| 

Alhro,  Willis  H '88 1 

Alexander,  Maurice  W.   .    .    .  '89! 

Alfreds,  Henry  I '86-'87 

Allen,  Albert  W '88, 

Allen,  E.  Floyd *88' 

Anderson,  Samuel '89I 

Andrews,  Josiah  H '89  j 

Angney,  John  R '88 

Appleton,  Henry  K.,  Jr  .  '88-'89 
Armor,  Alpheus  ....  '88-89! 
Armstronu.G.R. '84-85-86-87-88-89 

Arnold,  Robt.  B '.    .  '881 

Ashbrook.  Chas.  S '88 

Aspi nail,  Walter  A '89 

Asplin,  John  H '87-'88 

Atwood,  Herman  W '88 

Aubley,  Samuel *88 

Ault,  Charles  H '88 

Averill,  William  H '88 

Bacon,  Gaston  E '88 

Baler,  Chas.  G *88 

Bailey,  Frederick '89 

Baker,  T.  Roberts '89 

Baker,  Walter  T '88 

Ball.  Charles  E '89 


Ballard,  John  W. 
Balluff,  Paul 


.  *88-'89l 
'88-'89 


Balser,  Gustavus '83 1 

Bartells,  Geo.  C '88' 

Bartlctt,  N.  Gray    .   .  '86-'87-'88 

Bas»ett,  Arthur '881 

Bassfttt,  Chas.  H '89I 

Basseti,  Joseph '89 

Bauer,  Louis  G. " '881 

Baur,  Jacob '89 

Bayley,  Augustus  R  .   .   .  '68-'89! 

Bayliss,  Lewis  F '89 1 

Bechmann,  Chas.  R '89 

Beck  man  n,  Oscar  A '881 

Beckwith.  Edmund  R  .   .    .    .  '88' 

Beetcm,  Jacob  S '88 

Behrens,  Paul  J '881 

Beitenman,  William  W.    .  •88-'89l 

Belt,  Z.  James        '8q 

Bendincr,  Samuel  J  . 
Benjamin,  James  H  . 
Benton,  Wilbcr  M  .  , 
Bernhard,  Chas.  H,  , 

BcrrinKcr,  Will  J '88 

Best,  John '"  ' 

Betzler,  Jacob '87- 

Beyschlag,  Chas 

Biddle,  Herbert  G 


^5  00 
3  00 

10  00 
5  oo| 
5  00 
5  ooj 

lo  00' 
5  oc^ 
5  oo| 

5  00| 

5  00 
5  ool 

10  00. 

10  00 

30  ool 
5  00! 
5  oo' 
5  00 

lo  00 
5  00! 
5  oo| 
5  ool 
5  ool 
5  ool 
5  00 1 
5  ooj 
5  ool 
.>  00 
5  ooj 
500 
5  ool 
5  00 
5  ool 

15  oo| 
5  ooj 
5  00 
5  00 
5  ool 
5  00 

10  00 
5  oo| 
S  00, 
5  oo| 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 

10  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 

10  00 

10  00 
5  ooj 
5  00 

10   OD| 

5  00; 
5  00! 


Is  00 


Amount  brought  forwarc 
Billings,  Henry  M.    ... 

' '  -'rr! 

$370  00 
500 
5  00 
5  CO 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 
500 
5  00 

ao  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 
S  00 
5  00 
5  00 

10  00 
5  00 

10  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 

5   CO 

5  00 
10  00 

5  00 
10  00 

5  00 

Bingham,  Chas.  C.    .    .   . 
1  Bishop,  Francis  M.   . 
Bisscll,  Emery  G 

.    .'88, 
.   .'89, 
.    .  '80 

Bissell.  John  G 

% 

.   .'8? 

Blake.  James  E 

Blanding.  William  B     .    . 
'Blank,  Alois 

■'■% 

.    .   89' 

' Block i,  William  F.  '86-'87 
,  Horking,  Edmund  .... 

-'88-'89, 
.    .  '88 

Bodemann,  Wilhelm  .   .    . 

.    .  '88 

Boerner,  Emit  L 

.   .  '881 

iBoggs.  Edwin  L 

.   .  '89 

Bohl,  Conrad 

'^ 

Bond, John  B  

.    .  '88 

Bondurant,  Chas.  S  .   .   . 

BorcU,  Henry  A 

'  Boring    Edwin  M      ... 

.    .  '88 
'88-;89| 

,Bostick.  Elmer  E 

Bower   Henry  A 

•88-'89i 

iBoycc,  Samuel  F 

.    .  '88, 

Boyd,  Geo.  W 

.    .  '88 

iBoyer,  Harry 

.    .  '88 

Boynton,  Herschell  .   .    . 

.   .  '88 

Brand,  Erich 

.    .  '88 

Brew.«iter,  Wadsworth  J.  . 
Bristol,  Chas.  E.   ... 
Brooks,  Francis  M.   .  .   . 
Brooks,  Geo.  W  .   .   .  . 

•88-;8,l 

Brown,  Albert  E    .   .    .   . 

'38 

5  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 

Brown,  Albert  P.   .    .   •    * 
1  Brown  James     .       .   •  . 

•   .  '881 
.    .  '88' 

Brown,  Robert  J .          .   . 

.  .  '88: 

Bruce,  James 

Bruck,  Philip  H 

.  .  '88: 
.  .  '89 

,  Hruguier,  Francis   .... 
.Brundage,  Fred 

■^'-•??i 

10  00 
5  00 

10  00. 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 

15  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 

10  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5  o^ 

10  00 

10  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 

'Brunner,  Norman  I.   .   . 
Brunswig,  Lucien  W.    .   . 

■'"•ir 

1  Bryant,  Randolph  F.    .   . 

.   .  '88| 

'  Bryant,  William  C.   .   .    . 

.    .  'Rnl 

Buck,  George  ,    .   .   . '86-' 8 7-' 88, 
Buck,  John ..'88 

Buck,  John  L 

.   .  '88 

Bunker,  Elihu 

.   .  '80 

Buntin,  William  C.    .   .    . 

.    .'88 

1  Bunting,  Samuel  S.    .   .   . 
Burg,  John  D.        .... 

'88-'89 
.   .  '88| 

Burge,  James  0 

.    .  '88i 

Burkhardt,  Mark  A  .   .    . 

.    .  '88i 

!  Burley,  Edwin  P.   .    .    .   • 
Burnham,  Edward  S.    .    . 
Burns,  J.  Kellar 

•88-'89 

Burrough,  Horace  .... 

Burroughs,  Silas  M.  .   .   . 

.    .  '88 

$S  00 


Amount  carried  forward 


I370  ool      J5  00!  I     Amount  carried  forward.  ...  1  I730  ooi    $17  50 


Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


APPENDIX. 


749 


Amount  brought  forward  . 

Bush,  William '89 

Butler,  Chas.  H '89 

Builer,  Freeman  H '891 

Button,  Chas.  E '87-'88| 

Caffec,  Amos  H '881 

Calder,  Albert  L '89' 

Caldwell,  James  W.  .  .   . '8S-'89 

Campbell,  Samuel '88 1 

Candidus,  Philip  C '88l 

Carrell,  Eugene  A '88| 

Carter,  Solomon '89 

Caspari,  Chas.,  Jr '891 

Casper,  Thomas  J '89 

Cates,  Wm.  E '88-'89[ 

Catlin,  Ephron '89' 

Chalin.  Louis  F '88 1 

Chandler,  I.  Eugene '88l 

Chapin,  Fred.  H. '89, 

Chapin,  William  A '89I 

Chapman,  Isaac  C '88. 

Choate,  John '89I 

Christiani,  Charles '88 

Church,  Howard  M '88! 

Clark,  Frank  P »88, 

Clarke,  Wm.  B '89I 

Clement,  Henry  B '89 

Close,  George  C '88 

Cobb,  Ralph  L '87-88 1 

Colcord,  Jos.  W '88' 

Cole, Chas.  M '88l 

Cole,  Howson  W '89 

Colgan,  John '88 

Collins,  Albert  B '89' 

Colton,  James  B '88| 

Commings,  Chas.  S.   .   .   .  '88-'89 

Cone,  John  W. '89I 

Conger,  Frederic  A '88 

Conrad,  John '88 1 

Conraih,  Adam '89! 

Cook,  Geo.  E '88-'89 

Cook,  Gilbert  S '88, 

Cook,  Harry  C '89I 

Cook,  Thomas  P '88-'89| 

Coon.  James  V.  D  .   .   .   . '88-'89! 

Copeland,  John  W '88 

Cornell,  Edw!  A '88| 

Cotton,  Wm.  H '89 

Coumbe,  Oscar  H '87 1 

Cowdin,  Geo,  H '891 

Craighill,  Ed.  A '88-'39l 

Cramer,  Max '89 

Crawford,  Thos.  A '88 

Cresslcr,  Chas.  H   .    .    .    .  '88-'89 

Crolius,  Frank  M 89 

Crona,  Sixtus  E.  S '88 

Grossman,  Geo.  A  .    .    .    .  '88-'89 


Crowther,  Frederick  A. 
Cummings,  Theo  F.  .  . 
Curtiss,  Chas.  G.  .  , 
Curtman,  Chas.  O  .  ,  . 
Cushman,  Henry  C.  .  . 
Cutis,  Foxwell  C.,  Jr. 


I 
'88 
'88l 

;8^i 
'891 

Dadd,  John  A '89I 

Dale,  Wm.  M '87I 

Dana,  Edmund,  Jr '891 

Danforth,  Edmund  C '89 1 

Darrough,  Chas.  H '88 

Davenport,  Bennett  F  .    .    .    .  '88 
D' Avignon,  J.  Eugene  .    .  '88-'89 

Davis,  Edw.  H '89' 

Davis,  Geo.  R '88-'89 

Davis,  Wm.  M '89: 

Davison,  John  T '88-'89 

Dawson,  Edw.  S.,  Jr '89 

Day,  Carlos  E '89, 

Day,  Chas.  W '88 


$720  00| 

5  001 

5  00' 
5  ooi 

10  CO| 

5  oO| 

5  00 

zo  ool 
5  ool 
5  oo| 
500 
5  ool 

5  o©; 

5  CO, 

10  00 1 
5  00, 

5  ool 

5001 
5  col 
5  00, 
5  ool 
5  ool 
5  ool 
5  ool 
5  00 
5  oo| 
5  cO| 
500 

10  00 
5  ool 
.S  ooj 
5  ool 
5  oo| 
5001 
5  oo| 

zo  ou 
5  00 
5  ool 
5  001 
5  oo' 

xo  001 
5  ool 
5  ooi 

10  ool 

10  00, 
5  oo| 
5  oO| 

5  OOi 

5  001 
5  ool 
zo  00' 

500' 

5  00 

lo  00 
5  00' 
5  ool 

zo  00 
5  00! 
5  oo| 
5  CO. 
5  00 
5  001 
5  oc' 
5  001 
5  ool 
5  00, 
5  ool 
5  001 
5  ooj 

zo  ooi 
5  oo' 

zo  coi 
5  oo| 

10  00| 

5  oo' 

5  COI 

5  ool 


$17  50 


j    .Amount  brought  forward  . 

'  DeCou,  James  C 

DeGraff,  David wi 

Dedrick,  Wm.  F '88| 

Deibert.  Thos.  J '88; 

Deitz,  Chas.  J '88' 

Denham,  Chas.  S *89| 

Detinin,  Chas '80! 

iDeutsch,  Julius  W '88| 

Dewoody,  Wm.  L '89 

'  Diehl,  C.  Lewis *88 

I Dikeman,  Nathan '88 

! Dill,  J.  Byron 'SS-'Soi 

Dillv,  Oscar  C '88| 

Dobbins,  Edw.  T  .   .   .   .  »88-'89l 

jUodd.Simon  W '87-'8«; 

JDohmc,  Chas,  E '89I 

Dohme,  Louis '89' 

jDolan,  Frank  L '88, 

polioff,  Albert  S '88l 

I  Dougherty,  Samuel  E  .   .   .   .  '88' 

Drake,  Chas.  W '88 

Drake,  Jonathan  B '87' 

I  Drake,  John  R '89 

Urcfs,  Chas.  A '88 

Dreher,.Louis '88, 

Drcschcr,  August '88-'8q 

I  Dresser,  Geo.  E '88 

Duble,  Jesse  B '83 

Dubois,  Wm.  L '88-'89 

Duckett,  Walter  G 'bS 

Dudley,  Oscar  E '881 

Dufour,  Clarence  R  .    .  •    .    .  '88 

Duncan,  Thurston  B '88' 

Dunn,  John  A '89 

Dupont,Wm '88 -'89! 

Durban,  Sebastian  C '85! 

Durkec.Wm.  C '89^ 

Ebcrbach,  Oitmar '89, 

Ebcrhardt,  Ernest  G  .    .    .  '88-'89' 

Eberle,  Ghas.  L '88, 

Eccles,  Robert  G '89' 

Eckels.  Augustus  W   .   .   . '88-'89, 

lEckford.  Joseph  W.  .   .    . '87-'88 

'Eddy,  Henry  C '88 

Edwards,  Nathan  W '88; 

Eggers,  Frederick  H '88 

jEkstrand,  John  P '88; 

'Elbe,  Consiantine  B  .       .  '88-89' 

Eliel,  Leo '88 

Elliott,  Henry  A '89' 

Emanuel,  Louis  .  .  .  86-'87'-8a 
Emich,  Columbus  V '89 

;  England,  Robert '88 

Erwin,  James  J '88 

.Eschmann,  F.  W.  R '88, 

'Eslabrook,  Henry  A.    .       .    .'88 

lEsies,  Joseph  J   ......   .'89; 

Evans,  Joseph  S '8&-'89 

!  Evans,  Samuel  B 'Bo, 

'Fcil,  Joseph '&8| 

Fennel,  Chas.  T.  P '89 

Fenner,  Alex.  W •88-'89i 

I  Field,  Amos '88-'89 

Fink,  Fred.  W '88l 

Finlay,  Alex.  K '88 

I  Fischer,  Em il  A '88i 

Fischer,  Henry  J '88 

I  Fischer,  Phil '88 1 

Fish,  Chas.  F '87-88, 

|Fisher,Wm '88| 

Flanagan,  Lewis  C,   .   .   .  •88-'89 

Fleck,  Jacob  J '89! 

Fleischer,  Adolph  T '88| 

Fleischmann,  Augustus  T.  .  .  '88, 
Ford,  W.  Thomas.'85-'86-'87--88 
Foster,  Wm.  O '89J 


$17  50 


5 

5 
15  < 

5  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 
zo  < 
5  « 
5  < 
5  < 


ooj 


5  «>, 


Amount  carried  forward.  . 


$zz7o  00'    $Z7  50  •     Amount  carried  forward.  . 


Digitized  by 


.  '|t6sQ  00'    $z7^5o 

by  Google 


750 


APPENDIX. 


I 

8 

8 

l1l 

1 
t 

ii 

1 

1  < 

U 

< 

u 

Amount  brought  forward  . 

Fougera,  Chas.  E 'W\ 

Foufice.  Jas 'Sj-'gsl 

Fox,  Peter  P '87' 

Frames,  j  atnes  P '89' 

Francis,  Walter  R '891 

Fraser,  Horatio  N '88 

Frascr,  Robci  I  P '88 

Frauer,  Herman  E  .    .    .    .  '88-'89 

French,  WiUiam  B '881 

Frere,  Alex  G '88l 

Frerksen,  Richard  C '88 

Frizclle,  Seymour  F '88 

Frohwcin,  Richard '88 

Frijh,  Carl  D.  S '88 

Fuller,  Henry  W.'.   .   .    . '87-'88 

Fuller,  Oliver  F '87-'88 

Gallagher,  John  A  .   .  '86-87-88. 

Gait,  Edw.  P '88' 

Gardner.  Robt.  W '88 

Garrison,  Herod  D.   .  '86-'87-'88| 

Gates,  Araasa  O '881 

Gates,  Howard  E  ......  '88 

Gaus,  Chas.  H '89 

Gaus,  Louis  H '89 

Gaylord,  Henry  C '88 

Gegelein,  Frederick  L  .   .   .    .  '88 

Geier,  Oscar  W '88 

George,  Charles  T.    .   .   .  '88-'89 

Gessner,  Emil  A '89 

Gibson,  Charles '8q 

Giles,  Wm.M '88l 

Gill,  Geo '89! 

GHmes,  Geo.  W '88, 

Godbold,  Fabius  C.    .   .   .  '88-'89 

Godding,  Edw.  R '881 

Godding,  John  G.  ......  '89 

Gocbcl,  Edward '88 

Good,  James  M '89 

Goodale,  Harvey  C.  .   .    .  '88-'89 
Goodman,  Chas.  F.    .   .   .  '88-'89 

Goodman,  Emanuel '89 

Goodrich,  Stephen 89 

Goodwin,  Eugene  R '89 

Goodwin.  Lester  H '89 

Gorgas,  Geo.  A *88-'89 

Gosman,  Adam  J '89 

Graham,  Willis  H '89 

Grandjean,  Charles '89 

Grandjean.  Eugene '89 

Grassly,  Chas.  W   .       .    .  '87-'88 

Gray,  Gilbert  D '88 

Gray,  Wm.  H '88 

Green,  Arthur  L '88 

Green,  Benjamin '88 

Greene,  Wm    R '88-'89 

Gregory,  Edmund '89 

Gregory,  Willis  G '88 

Greve,  Chas.  M •88-'89 

Greve,  Theo.  L.  A '89 

Greyer,  Julius .  '89 

Griffith,  Albert  R  .   .   .   .  '87-'88 

Gross,  Edw.  Z '88-'89 

Grosse,  Gotileib  M '88 

Grossklauss,  John  F  .   .   .  'SS-'So 

Grosvenor,  Daniel  P '88 

Grove,  John  E •87-'88 

Gundrum,  George '88 

Haass,  G.  Herman '89 

Haber.  Louis  A      '88 

Haenchen,  Chas.  E '88 

Haensgcn,  H.  Otto '88 

Hahn,  Sigisraund  J.  F  .   .   .   .  '88 

Haigh,  De  Lagnel '88 

Haight,  Wm.  B.   ..••..  '88 

Hall,  Chas.  E '88 

Hall,  Chas.  K '88-'89 


'$1650  oo|    J17  50 

5  00' 
10  00 

5  00 

5  00 

5  00 

5  00 

5  00 
10  00 

500 

500 

5  ool 

5  oO| 

5  00, 

5  00 


Amount  carried  forward 


15  « 
5  ' 
5  ' 

15  ' 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  * 
5  ' 
5  " 
5  ' 

10  ( 
5  ' 
5  < 
5  * 
5  < 
5  < 

10  I 
5  < 
5  < 
5  * 
5  ' 


Amouut  brought  forward     .   .   ^2135  00;    $ij  50 

r_ii     irj...:_  i>  »o^'  .   


Hall.  Edwin  B '89I 

Hall.  Marshall  C '89, 

Hall,  Wm.  A '88 

Hallberg,  Carl  S.  N '87 

Hance,  Edw.  H '88-'89 

Hancock,  Chas.  W  .  .  .  . '88 
Hancock,  Franklin  W  .  .  .  .  '88! 
Hancock,  J.  F  .  '8s-'86-'87-'88-'89i 

Hanson,  Arthur  E. '88, 

Hanson,  Willis  T   .   .   .   . '88-'89 

Hardigg.  Wm.  L '88 

Hardin,  John  H '8S 

H ariose,  Noah  S '89 

Harper,  Harry  W      .    .   .  '88-'89' 

Harrington,  Frank '88 1 

Harthhorn,  Fred.  A.  .  .  .  •88-'89 
H  art  wig,  Chas.  F  .  .  .  . '87-'88 
Hassebrock,  Henry  F  ....  '89 
Hassineer,  Samuel  E.  R.  .  .  '881 
Haitenhauer,  Robt.  C  .  .  .  . '89I 
Hauenstein,  Wm.  .  .  '86-'87- 88 
Haussamen,  Henry  L  .   .    .   .  '88 

Hawkins,  Henry '88 

Hawkins,  M.  Smith '89 1 

Hays,  Horace  P '88 

Hechler,  Geo.  L '88 

Hcgeman,  J.  Niven '88 

Hcincmann,  Otto '89 

Heller,  M.  M '88! 

Hemm,  Francis '89 

Henderson,  Archibald  R.  .  .  '88 
Henes,  Wm.  F.    .    .   .  '86-'87-'88 

Hening,  James  C '88 

Henry,  Charles '89: 

Hepburn,  John '88 

Herbst,  Frederick  W '89! 

Hermann,  Frederiek  F.  .  .  .  '881 
Hermann,  John  G  .   .    .   .  '88-'89l 

I  Heun,  Emil '88: 

!  Hildreth,  Newton  G '89 

Hill,  Justin  L '88 

!  Hilt,  David '88 

Hinsdale,  Samuel  J '88 

Hodgkins,  Bert  W.  .  .  .  '88-'89 
Hogcy,  Julius  H  .  .  .  '87-'88-'89 
Hohenthal,  Chas.  F.  L.  .  .  .  '88 
Hohley,  Chas.  .  . 
Holland,  Saml.  S.  .  '86-'87-'88-'89! 
Hollister,  Albert  H.   .   .   .  '88-'89 

Holmes,  ClavtonW '89 

Holmes,  Heiiry  E  .    .    .   . '88-'89 

Holt,  Alvin  E '88-'89 

Homer,  John '88 

Hood,  Chas.  1 '89 

Hopp,  Lewis  C '88 

Horn,  Wilbur  F '88-'89 

Hoskinson.  J .  Thomas  .      '87-'88 

Howson,  Arthur  B '89 

Howson,  Waher  H '89 

Hoyt,  Geo.  M '88! 

I  Hubbard,  John  H '89 

Huesied,  Alfred  B '89 

,  Hughes,  Albert  E '88 

Hugh<:s,  Geo '88 

Huhn,  Geo '88-'89 

Hunt,  I.eonard  W  .   .    .    .  '88-'89 

Huriy,  JohnN '88-'89 

Huston,  Chas '89' 

Hulchiiis,  Isaiah '89 

Hyler,  Wm.  H.   • '88 

Ihlefeld.  Conrad  H '88 

I  Ingalls,  Albert  O '87-  88 

Ingalls,  John '88-'8o 

Inglis,  Frank '88: 

Ink,  Charles  E '88; 

Ink,  Parker  P. 


5  < 
5  < 
5  « 
5  < 

10  < 
5  * 
5  • 

25  < 
5  « 

zo  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 


5  < 
5  < 
5  < 

15  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 

15  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 

xo  ( 
5  < 
5  < 


5 

00' 

5 

OO' 

5 

OO' 

10 

00| 

«5 

001 

5 

00 

5 

00 

|ai35  ool 


^1750''     Amount  carried  forward    .   . 

Digitized  by 


xo  oo| 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00, 


n<yglf^' 


APPENDIX. 


751 


Amount  brought  forward  . 

Irvin.Wm.  A bq; 

Jacobs,  Joseph '88-891 

jacoLiis,  ludsonS.   .   .   , '67-'88' 

Jackson,  tdw.  C '851 

James,  Frank  L '88| 

James,  Wm    T '88 

Jamicson.  Thos.  N '881 

Jenkins,  Luther  L  .   .   .   .  'SS-'SqI 

lesson,  Jacob '88, 

Johnson,  Chas.  B '89! 

Johnson,  John '88-'89l 

Johnston,  Harry  A '88 

Johnston,  Wm.,  Jr '88; 

])ones,  James  T '89I 

fonts,  Simon  N '88 

Jordan,  F.  Francis '88 

Jordan,  Wm.  H '88 

Joy,  Edwin  W '89 

Jungkind,  John  A '88 

Jungmann,  Julius '88 

iCddlcc.  Uiwrence  W.   '87-88-  '89 

Karb,  Geo.  J '89 

Kauffman,  Geo.  B '89 

Kcelcr,  Wm.  H '881 

Kccne,  Thos.  R '88 

Keller,  Fred.  P.  P '88i 

Kclley,  fcdv/.  S '891 

Kellogg,  Gardner •88. 

Kelly,  Geo.  A.  .    .  •86-'87-'88-'89| 

Kemp,  tdw '88. 

Kennard,  Frank  B. .  .   .      '88-89 
Kennedy,  Ewen  C.    .   .    .    .      '88 

Kennedy,  Ezra  J '88 

Kennedy,  Geo.  W '88' 

Kent,  Henry  A.,  Jr '881 

Kepharl,  Henry '881 

Keppler,  Chri.siian  L '88 

Kerr,  Wm.  W '88, 

Kessler,  Edw.  F 'Bi\ 

Kienth.  Hans  ....;..  '89, 

Kilmer,  Frederic  B '88: 

King,  W.  B.    .  '84-'8s-'86-'87-'88' 
Kirchgasscr,  Wm.  C'.    .    . '88-' 89 1 

Kirchhofer,  P.  Paul '88 

Kitchen,  Lhas.  W '881 

Klayer,  Louis '89 1 

Klic,  G   H.  Chas '89 

Kline,  Mahloa  N '88-'89, 

Knabe,  Gustavus  A.  .  '86-'87-'88 

Knock,  Thos.  F '89' 

Knotfel,  August      '88 

Kochan,  John '88 

Krche,  J.Theo '89 

Krcwson,  Wm,  E 'Sj-na 

Krieger,  Philip '89 

Krosekop,  Wm    B  .    .    .    . '88-'P9 

Kuhlmeier,  Henry '88 

Kuhn,  Norman  A  .    .    .   .  '88-89 

Kurfurst,  Henry  F '89 

Labold,  Jos.  M '88l 

Lachance,  Seraphin   .    .    .  'SS-'Sg 
Lahmc,  Chas.  A  .    .    .  '86-'87-'88, 

Laing,  Alfred  A '88-'89 

Lambert,  John  A '88-'89, 

Lammert,  C.  Jos '88 

Land,  Robt.  H '88 

Lander,  John  C.  .   .    .  '86-'87-'88 

Last,  Louis  C.  A '88 

Lauer,  Michael  J '88 

Laurent,  h  ugene  L    .    .    .  '88-'89 

Lawion,  Cha.s.  H '89 

Law  ton,  Horace  A '89 

Lehn,  Louis '87-'88 

Lchr,  Philip '88 

Lcih,  Geo '88 

Lcisi,  Jacob  L '88-'89 


$2665  < 
5  < 


5  < 

5  < 
5  < 
5  « 

10  < 
5  < 
5  < 

10  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  * 
5  < 
5  * 
5  < 

15  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  * 
5  < 


$27  50 


5  < 
5  < 

5  « 
5  < 
5  « 
5  « 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 
25  « 
10  < 
5  « 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 
10  ( 
15  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5 
5 


00, 


Amount  earned  forward 


5  < 
5  < 

15  < 
5  < 
5  < 

zo  < 

5  < 

5  < 

10  < 

5  < 

5  < 


£3300  00 


j     Amount  brought  forward  .   . 

Leiih,  Harvey  1 '89  ' 

Levy,  Adolph '88, 

Lilly,  Eli '88-'89| 

Livingston,  Barent  V.  B  .   .   .  '89 

I  Llewellyn,  John  F '88! 

i  Lloyd,  John  U '89I 

Lockhart,  Geo   B '881 

I  Loehr,  Theo  C '88l 

,  Loomis,  JohnC '88-'89| 

I  Lord,  Ihos '87-'88-'89' 

Lowd,  JohnC '891 

I  Ludlow,  Chas '891 

'  Lyman,  Asahel  H '88 

Lyons,  Isaac  L.  .  .  '86-'87-'88-'89| 

j  Macdoiiald,  Daniel  T '891 

I  Maclagan,  H.    .    .  '83-'86-'87-'88, 

,  Macmahan,  Thos.  J '88, 

;  Mam,  Thos.  F '88-'89i 

'  Maisch,  Henry  C.  C '89 

I  Major,  John  R.  .   .» '8S| 

,  Mallinckiodt,  Edw '89 

Markoc,  Geo.  F.  H '89 

I  Marquardi,  Jacob  F.  .  '86-'87-'88| 
I  Marshall,  Ernest  C.    .    .    .  'SS-'Sg 

MarsteJler,  Geo.  L      ...  '88-'89 

Martin,  Hugo  W.  C.  .  '86-'87-'88i 
I  Martin,  John  C.  .   .    . '86-'87-'88' 

Mahi,  Frederick  H '08 

'  Mason,  Alfred  H '891 

Mason,  Norman  N.  .  '86-'87-"88 
I  Massey,  Wm.  N.  .  .    .  '86-'87-'b8 

May,  Arthur  F '88| 

I  May.  James  O '88-89 

Mayell,  Alfred '88, 

||Maynard,  Henry  S.    .  '86-'87-'b8; 

McCarthy,  Cornelius  J.    .    .      '88' 

,  McClure,  Wm.  H '89 

'McDonald,  Geo '88 

McElhcnie,  Thos.  D.    .   .    .      '89I 

I  McElwee,  Emer  J '88 

'  McFarland,  Thad.  D '88, 

Mclntyre,  Byron  F.       .    .  '87-'88 

7  50'  Mclntyre,  Wm '89I 

I  McKesson.  G.  Clinton  ....  '88 

|,McKcsson,  John,  Jr '88 

I  Mchringer,  Joseph  A '86; 

I  Meininger,  Albert '89 

'  Meis?ner,  Paul  E.  .    .    .      '88-'89l 

.Melchers.  Henry '8a 

;  Mellon,  John  J.  .  .  .  '86-'87-'88 
I  Mcnkemeller,  Chas '88l 

Mennen,  Gerhard '88^ 

JiMenningcr,  Henry  J.  .  .  . '88| 
1  Merrell,  Ashbcl  H  .    . '88-'89-'9o' 

I  Merrell,  Chas.  G '88-'89 

I  Merrell,  George '88-'8g| 

Mclz,  Abraham  L      '88' 

I  Meytr,  Christian  F.  G.    ...  '89 

Michaelis,  Chas.  O '881 

.Michaelis,  Gustavus '89 

Milburn,  John  A '881 

I  Milburn,  Washington  C.  .   .    .  '88 

7  50,  Mitler,  Jacob  A '68-'89l 

I  Miller,  Jason  A '89I 

I  Miller,  Otho  F.  S.  .  .  .  .  '88, 
I  Milligan,  Dertitur '8&I 

Miner,  Maurice  A '861 

7  col  Mingay,  James '87-'88 

Mivillc,  Francis  C '88 

I'Mohr,  Chas '88 

I 'Moore,  George '88-'89 

I  Moore,  Joachim  B '88 

Moore,  John  T '88-'89 

I 'Moore,  Silas  H '88-'89 

'  Moore,  Thos.  F.  .  .  .  '86-'87-'88 
I  Moore,  Arthur  J '88 


I 


^50  00' I 


5  < 
5  < 
10  ( 
5  < 
5  * 
5  * 
5  ' 
S  < 
xo  < 
IS  < 
5  < 
5  ' 
5  ' 


5  « 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 
>5  < 


15  < 

J5  ' 
5  < 
5  < 

15  < 

IS  < 
5  « 

10  < 
5  < 

15  <■ 
5  « 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  « 
5  < 

10  < 
5  ' 
3  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 

xo  « 
5  ' 

15  < 
5  « 
5  < 
5  « 

15  < 


5  <■ 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 

10  ( 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 

10  < 
5  < 
5  < 


15  « 
5  < 


>  00      ^50  00 


Amount  carried  forward    .  .   .   ^37] 

Digitized  by 


'et)(*?§fe 


752 


APPENDIX. 


Amount  brought  forward  .   .    . 

Morgan,  Benj.  G '36 

Morris,  Lemuel  I '88 

Morrison,  Jos.  E '88 

Morse,  C.  Milan  .       ...  '8&-»8o 

Moshcr,  Rosa  B '88 

Mowry,  Albert  D '89 

Mueller,  Adolphus '89 

Mueller,  Louis  H '88 

Mueller.  Otto  E '88 

Munson,  Luzerne  I '88 

Murray,  Bernard  J.   ,    .    .  '87-'88 

Musler,  Abram '88 

Myers,  Daniel '89 

Nattans,  Arthur '88 

Newbcld,  Thos.  M.   .   .   .  '88-'8o 

Newman,  George  A '88' 

Nichols,  John  C '88' 

Nichols,  Thos.  B '88 

Nicot,  Louis  E '88; 

Nipgen,  John  A 'Soj 

Nisbei,  Wm.  W.  .   .   .  '86-'87-'88 

Noble,  John  J '88-'8o 

Norton,  Edw.  B '38 

O'Brien.  James  J '88 

O'Hare,  James '88-'89 

O'Ncil,  Henry  M.   .       .    .  '87-'88 

Ohliger,  Lewis  P '88 

Oldberg,  Oscar  .    .  '85-'86-'87-'88 

Oleson,  Olaf  M '88 

Oliver.  Wm.  M '87 

Orne,  Joel  S '89 

•  'sgood,  Hugh  H '88 

Osmur.,Chas.  A '88 

Otis.  Clarke  Z '88 

Otiinger,  Jas.  J '89 

Owens,  James  A '89I 

Owens,  Richard  J '89 1 

Padley,  Wm.  A '88| 

Paine,  Milton  K '88! 

Palmer,  J.  Dabney,    .    .    .  '88-891 

Panknin,  Chas.  F '88-'89i 

Piircher,  Geo.  A '89 

Parker,  Geo.  H '89 

Parker,  John  H '88: 

Parkhill,  .Stanley  E '88; 

Parsons,  John '87-'88: 

Partridge.  Chas.  K  .    .    .    . '88-'89 

Patch,  Edgar  L '89I 

Patton,  John  F '89I 

Patterson.  Theo.  H   .    .    .  '87-'88j 

Pauley.  Frank  C '89 

Pirase,  Francis  M '89 

Peck,  Geo.  L '89 

Pennington,  T.  H.  Sands.  '87-88 

Perkins,  Benj.  A '89 

Perkins,  Wm.  A '89 

Perry,  Fred.  W.  R '88 

Pettengill,  Edw.  T '88 

Peyion,  Robert  D '88| 

Pfingst,  Edw.C '88j 

Pfingst,  Henry  A '88 

Pfingstcn,  Gustavus '88| 

Phelps,  D wight     ......  '881 

Phillips.  Kdwin  F '88-'89i 

Physick,  Henry  S '88; 

Pieck.  Edw.  L •88-'89p 

Pilsbury,  Frank  O '89 

Pitt,  John  R.,  Jfr '88 

Plummer,  David  G '88 

Porier,  Chilton  S '88 

Porter,  Henry  C '89 

Post,  Kli.sha '88-'89 

Powell,  Thos.  W  .   .    . '86-'87-'88 

Power.  Frederick  B '89 

Prall,  Delbcrt  E '88 

Prentice,  Fred.  F '88 


Amount  carried  forward  , 


•3785  00 
5  00 
5  00 

5  00 
xo  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5 

10  00 

5  00 

5  001 

5  00. 

10  00 

5  00. 

5  ooi 

5  001 

5  00. 

500 

15  ool 

10  oo| 

5  ool 

5  00' 

zo  00 

10  00 

5  ool 

20  ooj 

5  «>| 

5  ool 

5  ooj 
5  00 
500 

5  oO| 
5  00' 
5  ool 
5  oo| 
5  00 
5  00 
xo  00' 
xo  00' 
5  ool 
5  00 
5  00, 
5  00 
10  ooj 
xo  00 

500 

5  00! 
xo  00' 
5  00 

5   OOJ 

5  ool 

xo  ooj 
5  00 
5  ool 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 

zo  00 
5  00 
'  10  00 
5  00 
5  ool 
5  00. 
5  00 
5  00' 

zo  00, 

xs  ocl 
5  ool 
5  oo| 
5  001 


J55  00'      Amount  brought  forward  .   .   . 

Prescott,  Albert  B '89 

I  Picsion,  Andrew  P 'SSi 

Price,  Chas  H 

7  50I  Price,  Joseph 

,  Puchncr.  Wm.  A '88 

Pursell,  Howard '88-'8o 

Radcm.iker,  Herman  H  .    .    .  *88, 

Ramsperger,  Gustavus  .    .  '88-'89 

5  00    Rankin,  Jesse  W  .  '85-'86-'87-'88j 

Rapelye,  Chas.  A '89I 

Rascoe,  Lucius '881 

Redsecker,  Jacob  H '88) 

Reed,  Isaac  N '89 

Rcichardt,  F.  Alfred '881 

,Reinhold,Wm  .   .    ,    . '86-'87-'88 

Rendigs,  Chas.  P  ." '89 

Renz,  Fred.  J '88 

Reusch,  Ernst '89 

iReynolds,  Chas.  E '88 

I  Reynolds,  Howard  P '89 

I  Reynolds,  Wm   K '89 

Rhoades,  Stephen  H  .....  '89 
I  Rhode,  Rudolph  E.   .    .   . '88-'89 

Rice,  Charles '89 

Rich,  Willis  S '88-'89 

; ,  Richardson,  James '89 

Richardson,  J.  Cliflford.  ...  '89 

Rickey,  Chas.  F " 

Ricksecker,  Theodore  .   .   . 
Ridgway,  Lemuel  A.   .   .  '87-'88 

I Riesenman,  Joseph '88 

'Riley,  Charles  W '88 

{ Robbins,  Alonzo '89 

!  Robertson,  A.  C  .  '85-'86-"87'-88 

Robin,  Oscar '88 

Robinson,  Edward  A.    .    .  '8S-'89, 


Robinson,  James  S. 
.Wi 


I  Robinson,  William  S  .  '86-'87-'88| 
[Rockefeller,  Lucius.  .  .  . '88-'89 
,Rogers,  Arthur  H  .    .    .  ".    .    .'881 

I.Rogers,  Wiley '88! 

Rogers,  William  H '89 

Rohlfing,  C.  H.  F '88 

Rosengartcn,  Mitchell  G  .   .   .  '89 

Ross,  Ellison  H •.  '88 

!  Ross,  Wm.  H '88 

I  Rudolph,  Eliza '88 

'  Rueie,  Theo.  W '88 

Ruppert,  John '89 

Russell,  Elias  S '87 

Ryerson,  Henry  O '89 

Sanderson,  Stephen  F. '86-'87- 88| 

Sands,  Geo.  G '88 

Sargent,  Ezekiel  H.    •  .    .  '87-'88 
Sauerhcring,  Rudolph  A  .    .    .  '89 

Sautter,  Louis '89 

Sayre,  Ed  war.  I  A '87-'88 

Sayre,  Lucius  E '88-'89 

Sayre,  Wm.  H 'd7-'88 

Scnaaf,  Justus  H "By 

'Schafer,  Geo.  H '88 

ISchafhiri,  Adolph  J  .       ...  '88i 

Schambs,  Geo.  M '88l 

7  50,  Scheffer,  Emil '88| 

7  50;  Scheffer,  Henry  W '881 

jSchellentrager,  E.  A '881 

I  Scherer,  Andrew •87-'88 

I  Scherff,  John  P '89 

jScherling,  Gustav '88 

iSchenncrhorn,  Winfield  S.  .    .  '89 

Schiemann,  Edw.  B '88i 

Schlaepfer,  Henry  J '89 

Schley,  Steiner.  .  .  .  '86-'87-'88 
Schloiierbeck,  Julias  O.  .   .   .  '88 

Schmid,  Henry '87-88 

Schmidt,  Ferdinand  T  .   .   .   .  '88 


I4275  oo-    |83  so  I 


Amount  carried  Corward. 

Digitized  by 


f4375    OO; 

5  00 
5  00' 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 

xo  00, 
5  ool 

xo  00 

30  00' 
S  00 
5  OO, 
5  00; 
5  00 
5  00 

X5  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5  oo| 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 

xo  CO, 

5  oo| 

lo  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 
500 

xo  00, 
5  00; 
5  00, 
5  ool 

30  00 
5  ooj 

lO  ooj 

x5  ooj 
lO  00 
5  00 

5  00 
5  OO* 
5  ool 
5  ooj 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5  ool 
5  00 
5  00, 
5  00] 

i5  00 
5  00, 

zo  00' 
5  oo' 
5  00 

xo  00 

lO  00 

lO  00| 

5  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00, 
5  00 
5  ool 

TO  00' 

5  00' 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 

15  «"*o 
5  ooj 

xo  oo| 
S  ool 


$33  50 


cm?!^' 


fSa  50 


APPENDIX. 


753 


S  3 

go 


Amount  brought  forward  . 

Schmidt,  Florian  C aoi 

Schmidt,  Frederick  M.    ...  '88' 

Schmidt,  Joseph  M '89 

Schoenhut,  Christian  H.  .   .    .  '88| 

Schoetllin,  Albert  J '88 

Scholti,  Edmund  L.  .   .   .  '87^'88'. 

Schrader,  Henry '88^*89 ' 

Schranck,  C.  Henry '89 

Schueller,  Emitt '80 1 

Schuellcr,  Frederick  W.  .   .   .  'Sgl 

Schumann,  Theo '861 

Scofield,  James  S.  .   .   .  '88 j 

Scott.  Wn.  J.,'84-'85-'86-'87-'&8' 

Scoville,  Chas.  E '881 

Searby,  Wm.  M '88| 

Seitz,Oiicar     '881 

Sennewald,  Ferdinand  W.  .   .  '89 

Seykora,  Edwin  J »88| 

Sha.rplesR,  Stephen  P '89' 

Shaw,  Robt.  J '80 

Sheffield.  Wm.E '87 

Shiels,  Geo.  E '88 

Sherwood,  Louis  W '89 

Shinn,  James  T '89 

Shivers,  Chas .'88 

Shoemaker,  Richard  M.  .   .   .  '89 

Shorb,  J,  Eagan '86! 

Shradcr,  John  L '88 

Shriver,  Henry *88' 

Shryer,  Thomas  W.  .   .   .  •88-'89| 

ShurUeff,  Israel  H '89 

Siegcnihaler,  Harvey  N.     .   .  '89 
Simmon,  Karl  ....  •86-'87-'88 

Simms,  Giles  G.  C '88 

Simon,  Wra '89 

Simonson,  Wm '89 

Simpson,  Wm '88 

Simsop,  Francis  C '88-89 

Sitton,  Chas.  E r 

Skelly,  James  T k^ 

Slater,  Frank  H '88-'89 

Sloan,  Geo.  W ,'88-' 

Sloctim,  Frank  L ' 

Slosson,  Frank  W '88 

Slosson,  George '88 

Smith,  Chas.  B '87-'88J 

Smith,  Henry      '88 

Smith,  Israel  P •87-'88 

Smith,  T.  Hungerford  .   .   .   .  '88| 

Smith,  Linton '89' 

Smith,  Willard '881 

Smith,  Willard  A ..'88' 

Smithnight,  Albert,'85-'86-'87-'88 1 

Snively,  Andrew  J '88' 

Snow,  Chas.  W '89 

Snow,  Herbert  W '88 

Snyder,  Alva  L *88r-'89 

Snyder,  Robt.  J '88 

Soetje,  Edw.  C. 

Sohn,  Frank       

Sohrbeck,  G.  Henry '88! 

Spalding,  Warren  A '89' 

Spangler,  H.  W '88| 

Spannagel,  Chas.C '88; 

Spengler,  }ohn  G '87-'88i 

Spenzer,  Peter  I '88, 

Spcrry,  Herman  J '89 1 

Spitzer,  Geo '881 

SpofFord,  Chas.  B '88, 

Squibb,  Edw.  H '89I 

Squibb,  Edw.  R '89I 


Stacey,  Benj.  F.  .   . 

Stohler,  Wm 

Stam,  Colin  F.        .   , 
Stamford.  Wm.  H., 
Sunley,  E.  C.  .   .   . 


♦88-"'89 


'87-'88 


54790  00 
5  00 
5  co| 
5  oo, 
5  00 
5  00 

10  00 

lO  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 

25  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5  CO 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 

10  00 
5  00 
5  00 

15  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 

xo  00 
5  00 
5  00 

10  00 

zo  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 

lo  00 
5  00 

zo  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 

ao  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 

10  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5 

5  00 
5  00 
5  00 

10  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5  <-o 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 

xo  00 
5  00 
500 

10  oo< 
5  ool 


Amount  carried  forward 


8 

5 

'I 


182  50  I     Amount  brought  forward  .  .   . 

Starr,  Thomas '88 

{Stearns.  Henry  A '88 

Stein,  Jacob  H '89 

.Steinhauer. Frederick  .  '86-87-88 

Stevens,  Aionzo  B '89 

;Stevens,  Fred,  D '88 

[Stevens,  S.  Henrv '88 

'Stevens,  Luther  F '88 

Stewart,  Francis  E '88 

jSiierle,  Adolph.  .  .  .  '87-'88-'89 
Stollenwerk,  Alphonse  L.  .  .  '88 
.Stone,  Clarence  G.  .   .   •   • '87-'88 

IStone.  Maurice  L '88-'89 

Strassel.  Wm '88 

Straihman,  Chas.  A.  .   .   .  '88-'89 

jStryker,  Cornelius  W '88 

iTartiss,  Alfred  J '89 

Taylor,  Celia  W.     .   .   .    . '88-'89 

Taylor,  John  P '89 

Test.  Alfred  W '88 

Thatcher,  Joseph  H '88 

Thatcher,  Hervey  D  .  .   .  '88- '89 
Thomas,  fames,  Jr. 
Thomas,  Oscar  E. 


500, 


Thomas,  Robt.,  Tr. 
Thompson,  Frank  A. 


'88 


Thompson,  Umes  L 
Thompson,  Wm.  Scott. 

Thompson,  Wm.  S '89 

Thomsen,  John  J '89 

Thomsen,  John  |.,  Jr.     .   .   . '89 

Thorn,  Henry  P '89 

Thurber,  Almon  R.   .   .  •  •86-'87 

Thurston,  Azor '88-'89 

Tibbs,  Wm.  H '87-88 

Ticrnan,  Frank  M.     .  '85-'86-'87 

Tobey,  Chas.  W 'Sf 

Todd,  Albert  M •8< 

Todd,  Wm.  J.     ...  'd6-'87-'8i 

Tomfohrde,  John  W '89 

Toplcy,  James    .   .   *       .   .   . '89 

'Torbert,  Willard  H '89 

Tower,  Levi '88 

Tra.'tk,Chas.  M '89 

Travis,  J.  Walton '88 

Treat,  Jos  A '89 

Trimble.  Henry *8y 

Tniax,  Chas '87-'88 

Tschepp,  Adolph '88 

Tucker,  Mosely  F '88 

Turner,  Geo.  H '89 

Turner,  Isaac  W '88 

Ude,  George '89 

Uhlich,  Ferdinand  G '8< 

Upson,  Rosa 'oi 

Urban,  Jacob  P '81 

Van  Antwerp,  Caret '88 

Van  Auken,  Jerric  A 
Vandergrift,  John  A. 
Van  Winkle,  Abraham  W.'87-'88 

Vaughan,  Perry  W '38 

Vennard,  Wm.  L '88 

Viallon,  Paul  L '88 

Vilter,  Herman '89 

Vordick.  August  H '89 

Voss.Geo.  W '89 

Wackerbarth,  John '88 

Wagner,  Geo.  W.,  Jr '88 

Wagner,  Henry  .  .  . 
WahmhoflF,  Julius  H. 
Walbrack,  Arthur.  '86-'87-'88-'89 

Walch,  Robi.  H '88 

Walker,  Anselle '89 

Walker,  John  P '89 

Walker,  Wm.  J '89 

I  Walling,  Walter  A '88-89 


55275  00'     587  501 


< 


$5975  * 
5  < 
5  * 
5  « 

J5  < 
5  < 
5  « 
5  < 
5  ' 
5  < 

15  < 
5  < 


15  < 

5  < 
5  < 

15  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  ' 

10  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 

xo  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 

20  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 


$87  50 


48 


Amount  c?rried  forward    .   .   .  $^67$. 

Digitized  by  *  -' 


500 
5  00 


le 


754 


APPENDIX. 


< 


Amount  brought  forward  .  .   . 

Walton,  Joseph  R '88 

Wangler,  Conrad  D  ...    *   •  '89 

Ward,  Benjamin *88 

Warn,  Wm.  E '89! 

Warnc,  Henry  L '86-'87l 

Warren,  Edwin  A '88l 

Watson,  Herbert  K '88' 

Watson,  Sidney  P  .   .   .   ,  '88-*89; 

Watson,  Wm.  H '88 

Waugh,  Geo.  7 '88 

Wcarn,Wm.  ft '88-'89 

Weaver,  John  A '80 

Webb,  Wm.  H 'Sol 

Webber.  1.  Le  Loy '89 

Weber,  Wm '88 

Wehrly,  Thomas  M '88. 

Weidemann,  Chas.  A   .   .   . 
Weills,  Wm.  M.  L  .  .       .  '88-'89 
Weimnan,  Oscar  C  .   .  '8C-'87-'88 

Weiser,  Emihus  I '89 

Wellington,  Arthur  W.    .   .   .  '88 

Wells,  EbcneaerM '88 

Wells,  Tacob  D '89 

Wells,  Romanta '89 

Wendell,  Henry  E '88 

Westm<(nn,  F.  H '891 

Wetterstroem,  Albert  ....  '881 

Weusthoff,  Otto  S '89 1 

Weyer,  Jottn '89 

Whall,  Jos.  S '88 

Wharton,  John  C '88-'89 

Wharton,  Wm.H  .   .  .   . '85-'86 

Wheeler,  Leonard  H '89 

Whitcomb,  Frederick  E.  .  .  .  '88 

White,  Geo.  H '89 

Whiting,  Frederick  T  ....  '89 
Whitman,  Nelson  S  .   .   .  '88-*89 

Whiiney,  Henry  M '89 

Wickham,Wm.  H '88 


Amount  carried  forward 


$5675  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 

10  00 
5  00 
5  00 

xo  00 
5  00 
5  ooi 

10  001 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 

10  00 

15  00 

5  CO 

5  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 

5  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5  «> 
10  00 
10  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 
5  00 
xo  00 
5  <^o 
5  00 


,   ^6005  00 


S 
I 


fgj  5c  :     Amount  brought  forward 

iWienges,  Conrad   .   . 

Wight,  Oscar  M.   .   . 

Wilcox,  Frederick.    . 

i  Wiley,  Goodwin  R.  . 

Wilkes,  Arthur  P  .   . 

iWilliams,  Chas,  F.    . 

Williams,  Geo.  G  .   . 

Williams,  Tohn  K  .   . 

Williams,  "Richard  W 

,  Williams,  Seward  W. 

7  50'  Williams.  Wm.  H.   . 

I  i Wilson,  Albert  H    .  . 

I  Wilson,  Bcnj.  O.    .   . 

I  Wilson,  Frank  M  .   . 

I  Wilson,  Julius  H.  .   . 

Winslow,  Edwin  C    . 

Winters,  John  H.  .   . 

'Wolfe,  Nathaniel  .   . 

Wood,  Edw.  S    .  .  . 

IWood,  Mason  B  .   .   . 

Woodruff.  Roderick  S 

Wooldridge,  Napoleon 

Woolley,  Stephen  D. 

iWray,  Geo.  B.    .    .   . 

Wright,  Archibald  W 

Wright,  Edw.  E. 

'Wynn,  Wm  .   .    . 

Yeager,  Alvin  A 


$105   CO 


I  Young,  John  K  .  . 
,  Young.  William  .  . 
iZahn,  Emil  A  .  .  . 
IZeller,  Wm.  S  .  .  . 
jZicgler,  Philio  M  . 
I  Zimmerman,  Chas. 
IZinck,  Chas.  M  .  . 

Zoeller,  Edw.  V  .   . 

Zuenkeler,  John  F. 

Zwrick,  Geo.  A.  .  . 


'88-'89l 
'87-'88, 


.'88 


1§ 


.'88 
.'88 

•:?9| 


87-'88 
•88 


'88" 
'88 
'H8. 

'S8| 

''"-■Hi 

'88-'89' 

»87--88 
.'88' 

•  :?9 


^6005  < 
5  < 

5  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 
5  < 

xo  ( 
5  < 
5  < 

10  ( 
5  « 
5  « 
5  < 
5  « 

10  c 
5  « 
5  « 
5  « 
5  < 
5  « 
5  « 


'88-'89 
.'89 


I    Total ^330  CO   $105 


<3 


$105  00 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


APPENDIX. 


755 


LIST  OF  NEW  MEMBERS. 


1.  Delegates  becoming  members, 
J'.  N.  Anderson,  Conway,  Mo. 

C.  A.  Bayley,  San  Francisco,  Cal. 
Chas.  F.  Dare,  Bridgcton,  N.  J. 
Chas.  J.  Daubach,  Lincoln,  Neb. 

F.  A.  Dniehl,  Chicago,  111. 

G.  Eyssell,  Kansas  Qty,  Mo. 
J.  H.  Flint,  Marysville,  Cal. 

2.  Members  by  proposition  and  election. 
Philip  Acker,  Cleveland,  O. 

A.  A.  W.  Bley,  Pasadena,  Cal. 
Louis  Blumauer,  Portland,  Ore. 
Barth.  Bossidy,  Waterbury,  Conn. 
Jas.  W.  Bradley,  Yreka,  Cal. 
John  J.  Buehler,  Los  Angeles,  Cal. 
Geo.  H.  Clapp,  East  Oakland,  Cal. 
Louis  G.  Clarke,  Portland,  Ore. 
N.  Dixon  Dietrick,  Portland,  Ore. 
Robert  H.  Dimock,  New  Haven,  Conn. 
J.  S.  Drury,  Bakersfield,  Cal. 
Jesse  J.  Dunagan,  Denver,  Col. 
Wm.  H.  Ebbitt,  New  York,  N.  Y. 
Adolf  Ekman,  Oroville,  Cal. 
Clarence  L.  Eschman,  Phoenix,  Arizona. 
Fred.  C.  Ewing,  Glenwood  Springs,  Col. 
Julius  Fahlen,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 
John  B.  Farlow,  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah. 
Hamilton  Fay,  Santa  Cruz,  Cal. 
N.  H.  Finlcy,  Rochester,  Pa. 
Geo.  B.  Flint,  Oakland,  Cal. 
David  H.  Galloway,  Chicago,  111. 
Jos.  F.  Geisler,  New  York,  N.  Y. 
Henry  B.  Gilpin,  Baltimore,  Md. 
Albert  W.  Grant,  San  Francisco,  Cal. 
Robert  M.  Green,  Oroville,  Cal. 
A.  G.  Gutierrez,  Santa  Barbara,  Cal. 
Ben  Hastings,  San  Francisco,  Cal. 
Edward  A.  Hay,  Portland,  Me. 
Sigmund  W.  Heinitsh,  Lancaster,  Pa. 
Wm.  L.  Helke,  San  Francisco,  Cal. 
Francis  M.  Hilby,  Monterey,  Cal. 


Jas.  Forsyth,  Omaha,  Neb. 
H.  M.  Griffin,  Fort  Dodge,  la. 
A.  Mann,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich. 
S.  Oberdeener,  Santa  Clara,  Cal. 
F.  E.  Ray,  Sacramento,  Cal. 
C.  Weschcke,  New  Ulm,  Minn. 


Isaac  D.  Holden,  Stockton,  Cal. 

Fred.  B.  Hulting,  San  Francisco,  Cal. 

D.  D.  Hunt,  San  Francisco,  Cal.' 

G.  J.  C.  S.  Joergensen,  La  Conner,  Wash. 

Territory. 
Arthur  S.  Johnson,  Charlottetown,  P.  E.  I. 
John  Jones,  Jr.,  Gold  Hill,  Nev. 
Fred.  C.  Keil,  San  Francisco,  Cal. 
Derwentwater  Kirkland,  Oakland,  Cal. 
A.  A.  Kleinschmidt,  Memphis,  Tenn. 
S.  T.  Kostitch,  Leadville,  Col. 
Bruno  O.  Kostka,  Lincoln,  Neb. 
Jno.  M.  A.  Laue,  Portland,  Ore. 
Aug.  Lernhart,  Centreville,  Cal. 
Frank  J.  Lord,  Denver,  Col. 
Jas.  Maclise,  Oakland,  Cal. 
John  H.  Manning,  Pittsfield,  Mass. 
Robert  S.  Martin,  San  Francisco,  Cal. 
Winfield  S.  McCartney,  Selma,  Cal. 
Chas.  G.  Miller,  Greenville,  Tenn. 
James  M.  Miller,  Vacaville,  Cal. 
Wm.  Miller,  Santa  Monica,  Cal. 
J.  H.  Munson,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Stephen  A.  Neppach,  Portland,  Ore. 
Lewis  E.  Norton,  Oroville,  Cal. 
William  Pfunder,  Portland,  Ore. 
Edward  Plummer,  New  York  City. 
Adolph  A.  Poehner,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Chas.  A.  Price,  Denver,  Col. 
Victor  A.  (^uabe,  St.  Paul,  Minn. 
Ed.  B.  Rives,  Los  Angeles,  Cal. 
Ernert  F.  Robinson,pT<>n|^tg.^@^Qg|e 


75^ 

John  C.  Scribner,  AngePs  Camp,  Cal. 
Eugene  A.  Sherwin,  Wallace,  Ihaho. 
A.  D.  Smith,  Manchester,  N.  H. 
Samuel  W.  Smith,  Ansonia,  Conn^. 
Wm.  C.  Smith,  Oakland,  Cal. 
John  G.  Tanner,  Santa  Cruz,  Cal. 
Miles  B.  Travis,  Saybrook,  111. 


APPENDIX. 


Wm.  A.  Viall,  Ithaca,  N.  Y. 
Diedrich  Vogt,  Charleston,  S.  C. 
Willard  C.  Welch,  San  Francisco,  Cal. 
Richard  £.  White,  San  Francisco,  Cal. 
Frank  M.  Wilkins,  Eugene,  Ore. 
C.  H.  Woodard,  Portland,  Ore. 
Wm.  F.  Woodward,  Portland,  Ore. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


APPENDIX. 


757 


LIST  OF  MEMBERS  AND  DELEGATES  IN   ATTEND- 
ANCE AT  SAN  FRANCISCO. 


Names  of  delegates  indicated  by  * ;  delegates  not  members  ^. 


*  Alexander,  M.  W.,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

*  Andrews,  J.  H.,  Seymour,  Ind. 
Armstrong,  C.  W.,  Calistoga,  Cal. 

*  Bartclls,  Geo.  C,  Camp  Point,  111. 
Bartlett,  Smith,  New  York. 

*  Bayley,  A.  R.,  Cambridge,  Mass. 

*  Bayley,  C.  A.,  San  Francisco,  Cal. 
Beckett,  Fred.  A.,  San  Francisco,  Cal. 

*  Bedford,  P.  W.,  New  York  City. 
Benjamin,  Jas.  H.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 
Buehler,  J.  J.,  Los  Angeles,  Cal. 

*  Calvert,  Jno.,  San  Francisco,  Cal. 
Chapman,  P.  F.,  Porierville,  Cal. 
Clapp,  Geo.  H.,  E.  Oakland,  Cal. 

*  Dare,  Chas.  F.,  Bridgeton,  N.  J. 

*  Daubach,  Chas.  J.,  Lincoln,  Neb. 
Dawson,  J.  H.,  San  Francisco,  Cal. 

*  Dcvine,  Jno.,  San  Francisco,  Cal. 

*  Dewoody,  Wm.  L.,  Pine  Bluff,  Ark. 

*  Dobme,  Chas.  £.,  Baltimore,  Md. 
»  Druehl,  F.  A.,  Chicago,  111. 

*  Ebert,  Albert  E.,  Chicago,  111. 
Eckford,  J.  W.,  Aberdeen,  Miss. 
Ekman,  Adolf,  Oroville,  Cal. 
Elbe,  C.  B.,  Alameda,  Cal. 

*  Eliel,  Leo,  South  Bend,  Ind. 
Eschman,  C,  Phoenix,  Arizona. 

*  Eyssell,  Geo.,  Kansas  City,  Mo. 

*  Field,  Amos,  Omaha,  Neb. 

*  Fleischer,  A.  T.,  Chicago,  111. 

*  Fleischman,  A.  T.,  Sedalia,  Mo. 
Flint,  Geo.  B.,  Oakland,  Cal. 

*  Flint,  J.  H.,  Marysville,  Cal. 

*  Forsyth,  Jas.,  Omaha,  Neb. 

*  Goodman,  C.  F.,  Omaha,  Neb. 
Grant,  A.  W.,  San  Francisco,  Cal. 
Green,  R.  M.,  Oroville,  Cal. 


*  Griffin,  H.  M.,  Fort  Dodge,  la. 
*t  Griffin,  L.  W.,  Boston,  Mass. 
Haber,  L.  A.,  Cleveland,  O. 

*  Hallberg.  C.  S.,  Chicago,  111. 
Hastings,  Ben,  San  Francisco,  Cal. 
Hattenhaucr,  Rob.  C,  Peru,  111. 

*  Hechlcr,  G.  L.,  Cleveland,  O. 
Heilman,  R.  P.,  Emporium,  Pa. 

*  Heinitsh,  Chas.  A.,  Lancaster,  Pa. 
Helke,  W.  L.,  San  Francisco,  Cal. 
Hilby,  F.  M.,  Monterey,  Cal. 
Holden,  I.  D.,  Stockton,  Cal. 

*  Hopp,  Lewis  C,  Cleveland,  O. 
Hulting,  F.  B.,  San  Francisco,  Cal, 
Hunt,  D.  D.,  San  Francisco,  CaL 
James,  Frank  L.,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 
♦Johnson,  C.  B.,  Middletown,  O. 
Keil,  Fred.  C,  San  Franci-^co,  Cal. 

*  Kennedy.  G,  W.,  Poltsville,  Pa. 

*  Kilmer,  F.  B.,  New  Brunswick,  N.  J. 
Kirkland,  D.,  Oakland,  Cal. 
Kitchen,  C.  W.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 
*Kuhn,  N.  A.,  Omaha,  Neb. 

Laue,  J.  M.  A.,  Portland,  Ore. 
Loomis,  Jno.  C,  Jefferson ville,  Ind. 
Maclise,  Jas.,  Oakland,  Cal. 

*  Main,  Thos.  F.,  New  York  City. 

*  Maisch,  J.  M.,  Philadelphia. 

*  Mann,  Albert,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich. 
Manning,  J.  H.,  PittsBeld,  Mass. 
Martin,  Rob.  S.,  San  Francisco. 
Mayer,  Bernard,  MayBeld,  Cal. 
McCartney,  W.  S.,  Selma,  Cal. 

*t  McKenney,  J.  F.,  Shelbyville,  Ky. 

*  McNeil,  J.  M.,  Scolldale,  Pa. 

*t  Mclvin,  S.  H.,  E.  Oakland,  Cal. 

*  Mennen,  Gerhard,  Newark,^.^^g|^ 


758 


APPENDIX. 


*  Moore,  Silas  H.,  Sioux  City,  la. 

*  Oberdeener,  S.,  Santa  Clara,  Cal. 

*  Painter,  Emlen,  New  York  City. 
*t  Parsons,  C.  W.,  Detroit,  Mich. 
Peyton,  R.  D.,  Louisville,  Ky. 
Pfunder,  Wm.,  Portland,  Ore. 
Phelan,  C.  E.,  Lakeport,  Cal. 

*  Pieck,  E.  L.,  Covington,  Ky. 
Plummer,  Edw.,  New  York  City. 
Potter,  S.,  San  Francisco,  Cal. 

*  Ramsperger,  G.,  New  York  City. 

*  Ray,  Fred.  E.,  Sacramento,  Cal. 
Redsecker,  J.  H.,  Lebanon,  Pa. 
Rives,  £.  B.,  Los  Angeles,  Cal. 

*f  Robinson,  H.,  Jacksonville,  Fla. 
♦Runyon,  E.  W.,  San  Francisco. 

*  Ruppert,  John,  Cincinnati,  O. 
♦'Schmidt,  Val.,  San  Francisco,  Cal. 
*tSchuh,  P.O.,  Cairo,  111. 

*  Searby,  W.  M.,  San  Francisco. 

*  Simmon,  Karl,  St.  Paul,  Minn. 


I  Smith,  R.  B.,  Lawrence,  Mass. 
Smith,  W.  C,  Oakland,  Cal. 

*  Steele,  Jas.  G.,  San  Francisco. 

*  Stein,  Jac.  H.,  Reading,  Pa. 
Stevens,  A.  B.,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich. 
Tieman,  F.  M.,  Roselle,  N.  J. 
Topley,  Jas.,  Vallcjo,  Cal. 

*  Uhlich,  F.  G.,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 
Week,  C.  E.,  Pasadena,  Cal. 
Welch,  W.  C,  San  Francisco,  Cal. 

*  Wenrell,  W.  T.,  San  Francisco,  Cal. 

*  Weschcke,  C,  New  Ulm,  Minn. 

*  Whelpley,  H.  M.,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 
White,  R.  E.,  San  Francisco,  Cal. 
Whitney,  H.  M.,  Lawrence,  Mass. 

*  Wilcox,  Fred.,  Waterbury,  Conn. 
Wilkins,  Frank  M.,  Eugene,  Ore. 
Winter,  Jonas,  Hagerstown,  Md. 

*  Youngs,  Wm.,  Rich  Hill,  Mo. 
Zeilin,  J.  H.,  Philadelphia. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


APPENDIX.  759 


ENTERTAINMENTS. 


The  journey  to  and  from  San  Francisco  and  the  entertainments  were 
of  the  most  enjoyable  nature,  and  will  long  be  remembered  by  those  who 
were  present.  As  previously  announced,  two  excursion  parties  from  the 
East  had  been  arranged  for,  one  starting  from  St.  Louis  by  way  of  Kansas 
City  and  through  Kansas,  reaching  Denver  Sunday  morning,  June  i6. 
The  other  party  left  Chicago  somewhat  later  than  contemplated,  md 
passing  through  Iowa  and  Nebraska,  arrived  at  Denver  on  Sunday  after- 
noon. The  druggists  of  Denver  and  of  adjacent  parts  of  Colorado  met 
the  visitors  on  Sunday  evening  at  the  St.  James  Hotel,  where  an  informal 
reception  was  held,  and  conducted  them  afterward  to  Trinity  Methodist 
Church,  where  a  recital  on  the  grand  organ  was  given  for  their  entertain- 
ment. On  Monday  a  complimentary  excursion  was  tendered  to  the 
visitors  up  Clear  Creek  Cafion  to  Silver  Plume,  and  was  thoroughly  en- 
joyed by  all. 

On  Tuesday  the  two  excursion  parties  separated  again,  one  going  by  way 
of  Cheyenne  and  Ogden  directly  to  Salt  Lake  City,  and  after  spending 
there  a  couple  of  days,  to  San  Francisco.  The  other  party  tarried  until 
Thursday  morning  at  Man i ton  and  Colorado  Springs,  visiting  the  differ- 
ent springs,  falls,  cafions  and  caves.  Immediately  after  arrival  at  "  The. 
Mansions"  at  Manitou,  a  meeting  was  held,  Mr.  Painter  presiding  and 
Mr.  Kennedy  acting  as  Secretary.  A  committee  consisting  of  Messrs. 
Whitney,  Main  and  Kennedy  was  appointed  to  draft  resolutions  of  thanks 
to  the  Denver  Pharmaceutical  Association  for  the  unbounded  hospitality 
and  unremitting  kindness  extended  to  the  visitors.  On  motion  of  Mr. 
Manning,  contributions  were  received  from  the  visiting  members  present, 
for  the  purpose  of  presenting  some  testimonial  to  Mr.  £.  L.  Scholtz,  the 
Secretary  of  the  Denver  Association.  Mr.  Scholtz  urgently  requested, 
in  case  a  token  be  procured,  that  it  be  presented  to  the  Denver  Pharma- 
ceutical Association,  all  of  whose  members  had  united  to  make  the  stay 
of  the  visitors  as  pleasant  as  possible.  A  committee  consisting  of  Messrs. 
Kennedy,  Druehl  and  Bedford  was  appointed  to  carry  out  the  views  of 
the  party. 

The  subsequent  journey  was  over  the  picturesque  Denver  and  Rio 
Grande  road,  through  the  Royal  Gorge  of  the  Arkansas,  over  Marshall 
pass  (10,850  feet  altitude),  the  cafion  of  the  Gunnison,  the  plains  of 
Western  Colorado  and  the  desert  of  Eastern  Utah  to  Salt  Lake,  thence 
westward  through  Nevada,  crossing  the  Sierra  Nevada,  to  San  Frand^. 


760  APPENDIX. 

The  entertainments  planned  at  the  place  of  meeting  by  the  druggists 
of  San  Francisco  and  of  the  Pacific  Coast,  commenced  on  Monday  even- 
ing, June  24,  with  a  grand  reception  and  promenade  concert  at  the 
Palace  Hotel,  which  was  the  head  quarters  of  the  Association  during  the 
week.  The  parlor  floor  of  this  mammoth  structure  was  especially  reserved 
for  this  occasion. 

On  Tuesday  afternoon  the  resident  ladies  met  in  the  reception  parlors 
of  the  Pacific  Hotel  to  act  as  escorts  to  the  visiting  ladies  to  the  Pano- 
rama of  the  Battle  of  Vicksburg  and  through  Chinatown.  Wednesday 
morning  was  again  set  aside  for  the  enjoyment  of  the  ladies;  the  route  of 
the  carriage  drive  was  through  the  U.  S.  Reservation  and  Presidio,  and 
through  Golden  Gate  Park  to  the  Cliff  House,  where  the  famous  Seal 
Rocks  were  viewed,  the  return  trip  being  through  the  park.  Thursday 
morning  Sutro  Heights  were  visited,  via  the  scenic  route  of  the  Park  and 
Ocean  Railroad,  a  magnificent  view  being  afforded  of  the  Pacific  Ocean. 

A  banquet  was  given  at  the  Palace  Hotel  on  Wednesday  evening,  the 
hall  and  the  tables  being  elegantly  decorated.  Dr.  S.  H.  Melvin,  presi- 
dent of  the  California  College  of  Pharmacy,  presided.  A  number  of 
toasts  were  proposed  and  responded  to,  and  a  surprise  was  in  store  for 
the  hosts  when  President  Alexander  presented  to  the  College,  on  behalf 
of  Prof.  Run) on,  a  well  executed  portrait  of  Emlcn  Painter,  formerly  one 
of  the  professors  of  the  College,  and  now  a  visitor  to  the  city  and  the 
president-elect  of  the  National  Association.  The  evening's  entertainment 
closed  with  dancing  in  the  parlors  of  the  hotel  and  promenading  in  the 
corridors. 

Thursday  evening  was  devoted  to  a  visit  to  Chinatown.  Theatres, 
bazaars,  restaurants,  private  houses,  etc.,  were  inspected  under  the  guid- 
ance of  trusted  and  experienced  leaders. 

After  adjournment,  on  Friday  afternoon,  a  visit  was  paid  to  Oakland, 
where  the  local  druggists  took  charge  of  the  visitors^  and  showed  them 
the  city  and  its  surroundings.  Lake  Merritt,  Pleasant  Valley,  the  Sul- 
phur Springs,  and  many  other  places  of  interest  were  visited,  the  day 
closing  with  a  banquet  at  Tubbs  Hotel,  where  brief  speeches  were  made 
by  a  number  of  members  previous  to  final  adjournment. 

Saturday  morning  closed  the  week's  entertainments  with  an  excursion 
around  the  Bay  of  San  Francisco,  on  board  the  steamer  James  M.  Dono- 
hue.  The  route  was  around  Alcatrez  Island  to  the  Presidio,  Fort  Point, 
the  Golden  Gate,  Saucelito,  Raccoon  Straits,  Red  Rock,  and  past  Oak- 
land, Alameda  and  Hunter's  Point.  Shortly  after  two  o'clock  the  land- 
ing was  effected,  and  after  bidding  their  hosts  good-bye  the  visitors  re- 
turned to  the  hotel,  and  a  large  number  of  them  took  the  afternoon  train 
for  San  Jos^  and  for  the  Hotel  del  Monte,  on  the  Bay  of  Monterey, 
where  the  Sunday  was  spent.  The  stately  palms  and  cacti,  the  large 
live  oaks  and  coniferous  trees,  the  ancient  town  of  MonteriM^with  its 

Digitized  by  VjOv) 


APPENDIX.  761 

relics,  the  drive  along  the  beaches,  through  Cypress  Grove,  etc.,  formed 
novel  attractions  for  the  visitors. 

Monday,  July  ist,  was  the  day  which  found  most  of  the  visiting  mem- 
bers engaged  in  making  preparations  for  leaving  hospitable  San  Francisco. 
A  party  of  about  fifteen  made  the  journey  to  the  famous  Yosemite  Valley 
with  its  towering  rocks  and  grand  waterfalls,  took  a  look  at  the  peaks  of 
the  Lyell  group  of  the  Sierra,  and  paid  a  visit  to  the  big  trees  {Sequoia 
gigantea)  in  the  Mariposa  grove,  where  the  famous  ** grizzly  giant,"  the 
**wawona"  (through  which  the  stage  passes),  and  many  other  forest 
giants  have  their  home.  Most  of  the  members  on  their  homeward  jour- 
ney went  northward,  passing  Mount  Shasta  and  through  Willamette 
valley,  to  Portland,  Ore.,  and  Tacoma,  Wash.  Excursions  were  made 
up  the  Columbia  river,  and  on  Puget  Sound  to  Seattle  and  Victoria;  and 
on  the  line  of  the  Northern  Pacific  Railroad  some  stopped  at  Spokane 
Falls,  Helena  and  other  places,  and  then  visited  the  Yellowstone  National 
Park,  with  its  numerous  hot  springs,  active  geysers,  and  grand  waterfalls, 
and  the  magnificent  and  picturesque  grand  caflon. 

Most  of  the  eastern  members  stopped  for  a  day  or  iwo  in  Minneapolis, 
St.  Paul  and  Chicago,  and  then  returned  to  their  homes,  some  having 
journeyed  over  8,800  miles  by  railroad  and  about  300  miles  by  stage.  It 
was  a  memorable  trip  for  each  one.  Aside  from  the  works  erected  by 
human  hands,  the  varied  scenery,  the  changes  in  climate,  the  strange 
flora,  the  native  forests,  the  groves  of  tropical  trees  planted  for  timber  or 
fruit,  the  extensive  deserts,  the  broad  and  fertile  valleys,  the  wild  caftons, 
the  snow-capped  mountains  and  the  natural  wonders  of  Yosemite  and 
of  Yellowstone  Park,  made  impressions  which  can  never  be  effaced  from 
memory. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


762  APPENDIX. 


LIST  OF  COLLEGES  AND  ASSOCIATIONS 

HAVING  ACCREDITED  DELEGATES  TO  THE  THIRTY- SEVENTH   ANNUAL  MEETING,  WITH 
THE  ADDRESSES  OF  THEIR  PRESIDENTS  AND  SECRETARIES. 


COLLEGES  OF  PHARMACY. 

Coileges,  Presidents.  Secretaries, 

California S.  H.  Melvin,  East  Oakland  .  F.  A.  Beckett,  San  Francisco. 

Chicago George  Buck D.  H.  Galloway. 

Cincinnati A.  W.  Bain C.  T.  P.  Fennel. 

Illinois  (Chicago) T.  H.  Patterson. 

Louisville :   •  I-  W.  Fowler Fred.  C.  Miller. 

Maryland  (Baltimore)  ,    .  Edwin  Eareckson John  W.  Geiger. 

Massachusetts  (Boston)     .  Henry  Canning C.  C.  Williams. 

National  (Washington)  .  .  H.  E.  Kalusowski Chas.  Becker. 

New  York Ewen  Mclntyre. J.  N.  Hegeman. 

Philadelphia Chas.  Bullock Wm.  B.  Thompson. 

St.  Louis F.  W.  Sennewald Chas.  Gietner. 

STATE  PHARMACEUTICAL  ASSOCIATIONS. 

Presidents.  Secretaries, 

Alabama G.  W.  Bains,  Birmingham  .    .    .    .  P.  C.  Candidus,  Mobile. 

Arkansas W.  W.  Kerr,  Batesville   .    .        .    .  J.  W.  Beidelman,  Little  Rock. 

California    .    .    .    .  S.  H.  Melvin,  East  Oakland  .    .    .  F.  A.  Beckett,  San  Francisco. 
Connecticut ....  Dwight  G.  Stoughton,  Hartford  ..  .  Frederick  Wilcox,  Waterbury. 

Florida H.  C.  Cushman,  Pensacola  .  .    .    .  S.  P.  Watson,  Jacksonville. 

Georgia Wm.  S.  Parks,  Atlanta H.  R.  Slack,  Jr.,  La  Grange. 

Illinois Henry  Smith,  Decatur L.  C.  Hogan,  Englewood, 

Indiana Albert  Allen,  Greencastle    ....  Jos.  R.  Perry,  Indianapolis. 

Iowa .  .    . , .    .    .    .  W.  H.  Torbert,  Dubuque Rosa  Upson,  Marshalltown. 

Kansas P.  P.  Allen,  Wichita John  T.  Moore,  Lawrence. 

Kentucky    ....  Edward  C.  Pfingst,  Louisville  .   .    .  J.  W.  Gayle,  Frankfort. 
Louisiana    .    .    .   .  F.  M.  Brooks,  Baton  Rouge.  .    .    .  L.  F.  Chalin,  New  Orleans. 
Massachusetts.   .    .  B.  F.  Stacey,  Charlestown  .    .    .    .  J.  W.  Colcord,  Lynn. 

Minnesota   .    .    .    .  E.  F.  Allen,  Minneapolis Karl  Simmon,  St.  Paul. 

Missouri J.  M.  Good,  St.  Louis G.  H.  C.  Klie,  St.  Louis. 

Nebraska  .....  Chas.  F.  Goodman,  Omaha ....  Chas.  J.  Daubach,  Lincoln. 
New  Hampshire  .  .  Geo.  F.  Underbill,  Concord .  .   .   .  C.  B.  Spofford,  Claremont. 

New  Jersey  .  .    .    .  H.  P.  Thorn,  Medford Chas.  F.  Dare,  Bridgeton. 

North  Carolina  .    .  J.  D.  Croom,  Maxton E.  V.  Zoeller,  Tarboro. 

Ohio L.  W.  Sherwood,  Columbus.  .   .    .  Lewis  C.  Hopp,  Cleveland. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


APPENDIX.  763 

Presidents,  Secretaries, 

Pennsylvania  .       .  John  W.  Miller,  Allegheny  .  .   .    .  J.  A.  Miller,  Harrisburg. 
Rhode  Island  .   .    .  Frank  A.  Jackson,  Woonsocket .   .  Wm.  E.  Gates,  Providence. 

South  Dakota. .  .   .  W.  S.  Branch,  Parker I.  A.  Keith,  Lake  Preston. 

Virginia E.  A.  Craighill,  Lynchburg  .  .    .    .  C.  B.  Fleet,  Lynchburg. 

Wisconsin  .    .   .   .  J.  C.  Huber,  Fond  du  Lac  .    .   .   .  E.  B.  Heimstreet,  Janesville. 


LOCAL  ASSOCIATIONS. 

Presidents.  Secretaries. 

Dauphin  Co.,  Pa John  W.  Hay,  Harrisburg  .   .    .  J.  A.  Miller,  Harrisburg. 

Detroit,  Mich  ........  Jas.  W.  Caldwell.  ......  B.  M.  Patterson. 

St.  Louis  Microscopists  .   .   .  H.  M.  Whelpley F.  Davis,  Belleville,  111. 

ALUMNI  ASSOCIATIONS  OF  COLLEGES  OF  PHARMACY. 

Presidents.  Secretaries. 

California F.  A.  Beckett,  San  Francisco J.  G.  Munson,  San  Jos^. 

Chicago Geo.  R.  Baker J.  T.  Delfosse. 

Cincinnati Julius  Eichberg Victor  C.  Muehlberg. 

Philadelphia  .    .   .   .  B.  Frank  SchoU Wm.  E.  Krewson. 

St  Louis W.  C.  Bolm H.  M.  Whelpley. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


764  APPENDIX. 


LIST  OF  PUBLICATIONS  RECEIVED 

FOR   THE  AMERICAN   PHARMACEUTICAL  ASSOCIATION. 


Societies  and  editors  are  respectfully  requested  to  forward  all  publications  intended  for  the  American 
Pharmaceutical  Association  to  the  Permanent  Secretary.  European  exchanges,  if  not  sent  by  mail,  wil| 
reach  us  through  the  Smithsonian  Institution  at  Washington.  John  M.  Maisch, 

X43  North  Tenth  Street,  Philadelphia. 

4^  Proceedings  of  State  Pharmaceutical  Associations  should  be  sent  to  the  Rbpcrtbr  on  thb  Pro- 
gress op  Pharmacy,  C.  Lbwis  Dibhl,  Louisville,  Ky. 

American  Druggist,  New  York,  1889. 
American  Pharmacist,  Detroit,  1889. 

Deutsch-Amerikanische  Apotheker  Zeitung,  New  York,  1889. 
Pharmaceutical  Record,  1889. 
Pharmaceutische  Rundschau,  1889. 
The  Druggists'  Circular,  1889. 

Annual  Report  of  the  State  Librarian  of  New  Jersey,  1888. 
Annual  Report  of  the  Trustees  of  the  New  York  State  Library,  1888. 
Reports  (100,  loi,  102)  of  the  Regents  of  the  University  of  the  State  of  New  York. 
American  Journal  of  Medical  Sciences,  Philadelphia,  1889. 
American  Journal  of  Pharmacy,  Philadelphia,  1889. 
Transactions  of  the  College  of  Physicians,  3d  Series,  X. 
The  Western  Druggist,  Chicago,  1889. 
The  National  Druggist,  St.  Louis,  1889. 
Transactions  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society,  1889. 
Transactions  of  the  South  Carolina  Medical  Association,  1889. 
12  Theses;  l^cole  Sup^rieure  de  Pharmacie  de  Paris. 
Bolletino  delle  Pubblicazioni  Italiane  ricevute  per  diritto  di  stampa. 
Victoria  Pharmaceutical  Register  for  1888. 
The  Canadian  Pharmaceutical  Journal,  Toronto,  1889. 
Pharmaceutical  Journal  and  Transactions,  London,  1889. 

Yearbook  of  Pharmacy  and  Transactions  of  the  British  Pharmaceutical  Conference, 
1888. 
Calendar  of  the  Pharmaceutical  Society  of  Great  Britain,  1889. 
The  Chemist  and  Druggist,  London,  1889. 
The  Chemists'  and  Druggists'  Diary,  1S89,  1890. 
Calendar  of  the  Pharmaceutical  Society  of  Ireland,  1889. 
Proceedings  of  the  Philosophical  Society  of  Glasgow,  1887-88  vol.  xix. 
Zeitschrift  des  Allgemeinen  Oesterreichischen  Apotheker-Vereins.     Wien,  1889. 
Anzeiger  der  K.  K.  Akademie  der  Wissenschaften.     Wien,  1889. 
Nachrichten  von  der  K.  Gesellschaft  der  Wissenschaften  zu  G5ttingen,  1888. 
Sitzungsberichte  der  K.  B.  Akademie  der  Wissenschaften,  1887,  II,  III,  1888,  I,  II. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


APPENDIX.  765 


LIST  OF  SOCIETIES,  LIBRARIES,  JOURNALS,  AND 
INDIVIDUALS, 

TO  WHOM  COMPLIMENTARY  COPIES   OF  THE   PROCEEDINGS   OF  THIS   ASSOCIATION 

ARE  FORWARDED. 


The  State  Libraries  of  all  the  States  of  the  Union  except  Connecticut.     (At  the  request 
of  the  State  Librarian  of  Connecticut,  a  copy  of  the  Proceedings  is  sent  to  Trinity 
College,  Hartford,  Conn.) 
Alabama. — Alabama  Pharmaceutical  Association,  P.  C.  Candidus,  Secretary,  Mobile. 

"  State  Library  of  Alabama,  Montgomery. 

Arkansas. — Arkansas  Association  of  Pharmacists,  J.  W.  Beidelman,  Secretary,  Little 
Rock. 
"  State  Library  of  Arkansas,  Little  Rock. 

California — California  College  of  Pharmacy,  San  Francisco. 

"  State  Library  of  California,  Sacramento. 

Colorado, — State  Library  of  Colorado,  Denver. 

Connecticut, — Connecticut  Pharmaceutical  Association,  F.  Wilcox,  Secretary,  Waterbury. 
"  Medical  Journal  and  Library  Association,  Hartford. 

"  Trinity  College,  Hartford. 

"  Silas  Bronson  Library,  Waterbury. 

•*  Yale  College,  New  Haven. 

Delaware, — Delaware  Pharmaceutical  Association,  J.  M.  Harvey,  Secretary,  Wilmington. 

"  State  Library  of  Delaware,  Dover. 

District  of  Columbia, — National  College  of  Pharmacy,  Washington. 
"  Bureau  of  Education,  Washington. 

"  Congressional  Library,  Washington. 

"  Department  of  Agriculture,  Washington. 

*'  Library  of  the  American  Medical  Association,  Washington. 

"  Smithsonian  Institution,  Washington. 

"  Surgeon-General  United  States  Army,  Washington. 

"  Suigeon- General  United  States  Marine  Hospital  Service,  Wash- 

ington. 
"  Surgeon- General  United  States  Navy,  Washington. 

"  United  States  Patent  Office,  Washington. 

Florida, — Florida  State  Pharmaceutical  Association,  J.  P.  Watson,  Secretary,  Jacksonville. 

"  State  Library  of  Florida,  Tallahassee. 

Georgia, — ^Georgia  Pharmaceutical  Association,  H.  R.  Slack,  Jr.,  Secretary,  La  Grange. 

'<  State  Library  of  Georgia,  Atlanta. 

Illinois. — Illinois  Pharmaceutical  Association,  L.  C.  Hogan,  Secretary,  Englewood. 
"  Chicago  College  of  Pharmacy,  Chicago. 

"  Illinois  College  of  Pharmacy,  Chicago. 

"  The  Western  Druggist,  Chicago.  • 

"  State  Library  of  Illinois,  Springfield. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


766  APPENDIX. 

Indiana. — Indiana  Pharmaceutical  Association,  J.  R.  Perry,  Secretary,  Indianapolis. 
"  Purdue  University,  Lafayette. 

"  State  Library  of  Indiana,  Indianapolis. 

Iowa. — Iowa  State  Pharmaceutical  Association,  Rosa  Upson,  Secretary,  Marshalltown. 

"        State  Library  of  Iowa,  Des  Moines. 
Kansas. — Kansas  Pharmaceutical  Association,  J.  T.  Moore,  Secretary,  Lawrence. 
"        Kansas  State  University,  Lawrence. 
"         State  Library  of  Kansas,  Topeka. 
/Kentucky. — Kentucky  Pharmaceutical  Association,  J.  W.  Gayle,  Secretary,  Frankfort. 
"  Louisville  College  of  Pharmacy,  Louisville. 

"  State  Library  of  Kentucky,  Frankfort. 

Louisiana. — Louisiana  State  Pharmaceutical  Association,  L.  F.  Chalin,  Secretary,  New 
Orleans. 
"  State  Library  of  Louisiana,  Baton  Rouge. 

Maine. — Maine  Insane  Asylum,  Augusta. 
"         Bowdoin  College,  Brunswick. 
"  State  Library  of  Maine,  Augusta. 

Maryland. — Maryland  Pharmaceutical  Association,  M.  L.  Byers,  Secretary,  Hagerstown. 
"  Maryland  College  of  Pharmacy,  Baltimore. 

"  Maryland  Academy  of  Sciences,  Baltimore. 

"  Medical  and  Chirurgical  Faculty  of  Maryland,  Dr.  G.  L.  Taneyhill,  Secre- 

tary, Baltimore. 
"  University  of  Maryland,  Baltimore. 

**  State  Library  of  Maryland,  Annapolis. 

Massachusetts. — Massachusetts  State  Pharmaceutical  Association,  J.  W.  Colcord,  Secre- 
tary, Lynn. 
Amherst  College,  Amherst. 
American  Academy  of  Arts  and  Sciences,  Boston. 
Boston  Athenaeum,  Boston. 
City  Library,  Boston. 
City  Hospital,  Boston. 
Harvard  University,  Cambridge. 
Massachusetts  College  of  Pharmacy,  Boston. 
Massachusetts  General  Hospital,  Boston. 
Medical  Library  Association,  Boston. 
State  Library  of  Massachusetts,  Boston. 
Michigan, — Michigan   State    Pharmaceutical    Association,   S.   E.   Parkill,  Secretary, 
Owosso. 
"  Michigan  State  Medical  Society,  Dr.  G.  Duffield,  Detroit. 

"  American  Pharmacist,  Detroit. 

"  The  Pharmaceutical  Era,  Detroit. 

"  University  of  Michigan,  Ann  Arbor. 

**  State  Library  of  Michigan,  Lansing. 

Minnesota. — Minnesota  State  Pharmaceutical  Association,  K.  Simmon,  Secretary,  St.  Paul. 

"  State  Library  of  Minnesota,  St.  Paul. 

Mississippi. — Mississippi    State    Pharmaceutical    Association,  H.  F.  West,  Secretary, 
Fayette. 
<'  State  Library  of  Mississippi,  Jackson. 

Missouri. — Missouri  State  Pharmaceutical  Association,  G.  H.  C.  Klie,  Secretary,  St. 
Louis. 
"  Academy  of  Science  of  St.  Louis,  St.  Louis. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


APPENDIX. 


767 


Missouri, — National  Druggist,  St.  Louis. 
The  Druggist,  St.  Louis. 
"  St.  Louis  College  of  Pharmacy,  St.  Louis. 

'*  St.  Louis  Mercantile  Library,  St.  Louis. 

"  St.  Louis  Public  School  Library,  St.  Louis. 

"    ■       State  Library  of  Missouri,  Jefferson  City. 
Montana. — State  Library  of  Montana,  Helena. 

Nebraska, — Nebraska  State   Pharmaceutical   Association,   C.   J.   Daubach,  Secretary, 
Lincoln. 
"  State  Library  of  Nebraska,  Lincoln. 

Nevada. — State  Library  of  Nevada,  Carson  City. 

New  Hampshire. — New  Hampshire  Pharmaceutical  Association,  C.  B.  Spofford,  Secre- 
tary, Clare  mont. 
"  Dartmouth  College,  Hanover. 

"  State  Library  of  New  Hampshire,  Concord. 

New  Jersey. — New  Jersey  Pharmaceutical  Association,  C.  F.  Dare,  Secretary,  Bridgeton. 
"  New  Jersey  State  Lunatic  Asylum,  Trenton. 

"  State  Library  of  New  Jersey,  Trenton. 

New  York, — New  York  State  Pharmaceutical  Association,  C.  W.  Holmes,  Secretary. 
Elniira. 
Albany  College  of  Pharmacy,  Albany. 
Cornell  University  Library,  Ithaca. 
American  Druggist,  New  York. 
Astor  Library,  New  York. 

College  of  Pharmacy  of  the  City  of  New  York,  New  York. 
Deutsch-Amerikanische  Apotheker  Zeitung,  New  York. 
Druggists'  Circular,  New  York. 

Literary  and  Scientific  Society  of  German  Apothecaries,  New  York. 
Mercantile  Library,  New  York. 

New  York  Academy  of  Medicine,  12  West  31st  Street,  New  York. 
Pharmaceutical  Record,  New  York. 
Phaimaceutische  Rundschau,  New  York. 
Long  Island  Historical  Society,  Brooklyn. 
State  Library  of  New  York,  Albany. 
North  Carolina. — North  Carolina  Pharmaceutical  Association,  E.  V.  Zoeller,  Secretary, 
Tarboro. 
"  State  library  of  North  Carolina,  Raleigh. 

North  Dakota. — North  Dakota  Pharmaceutical  Association,  H.  L.  Haussamen,  Secre- 
tary, Grafton. 
**  State  Library  of  North  Dakota,  Bismarck. 

Ohio.  — Ohio  State  Pharmaceutical  Association,  L.  C.  Hopp,  Secretary,  Cleveland. 
"         Cincinnati  Academy  of  Medicine,  Cincinnati. 
"         Cincinnati  College  of  Pharmacy,  Cincinnati. 
"         Mussey  Medical  Library,  Cincinnati. 
'*         Cincinnati  Hospital  Library,  Cincinnati. 
"         Longview  Asylum,  Carthage,  Hamilton  county. 
"         State  Library  of  Ohio,  Columbus. 
Oregon, — State  Library  of  Oregon,  Salem. 

/Pennsylvania, — Pennsylvania   Pharmaceutical   Association,   J.   A.    Miller,    Secretary, 
Harrisburg. 
*'  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences,  Philadelphia. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


768  APPENDIX. 

Pennsyhania, — American  Journal  of  Medical  Sciences,  Philadelphia. 
**  American  Journal  of  Pharmacy,  Philadelphia. 

"  American  Philosophical  Society,  Philadelphia. 

"  College  of  Physicians,  Philadelphia. 

**  Franklin  Institute,  Philadelphia. 

'*  Mercantile  Library,  Philadelphia. 

"  Pennsylvania  Hospital,  Philadelphia. 

'*  Philadelphia  College  of  Pharmacy,  Philadelphia. 

"  Philadelphia  Library,  Philadelphia. 

"  Pittsburgh  College  of  Pharmacy,  Pittsburgh. 

"  State  Library  of  Pennsylvania,  Harrisburg. 

Rhode  /s/and,— Rhode   Island    Pharmaceutical   Association,  W.   E.  Cates,  Secretary, 
Providence. 
"  State  Library  of  Rhode  Island,  Providence. 

Sou/ A  Carolina. — South  Carolina  Pharmaceutical  Association, Secretary. 

"  South  Carolina  Medical   Association,  Dr.  J.  L.  Dawson,  Secretary, 

Charleston. 
*<  State  Library  of  South  Carolina,  Columbia. 

South  Dakota, — South  Dakota  Pharmaceutical  Association,  I.  A.  Keith,  Lake  Preston. 

"  State  Library  of  South  Dakota,  Pierre. 

Tennessee. — Tennessee  Druggists*  Association,  J.  L.  Thompson,  Secretary,  Nashville. 

"  State  Library  of  Tennessee,  Nashville. 

Texas, — Texas  Stele  Pharmaceutical  Association,  E.  D.  Oesch,  Secretary,  Fort  Worth. 

"  State  Library  of  Texas,  Austin. 

Vermont. — University  of  Vermont,  Burlington. 

"  State  Library  of  Vermont,  Montpelier. 

Virginia. — Virginia  Pharmaceutical  Association,  C.  B.  Fleet,  Secretary,  Lynchburg. 

"  State  Library  of  Virginia,  Richmond. 

Washington. — State  Library  of  Washington,  Olympia. 

West  Virginia, — West  Virginia  Pharmaceutical  Association,  C.  Menkemellcr,  Secretary, 
Wheeling. 
"  State  Library  of  West  Virginia,  Charleston.  v 

Wisconsin, — Wisconsin  Pharmaceutical  Association,  E.  B.  Heimstreet,  Secretary,  Janes- 
ville. 
"  University  of  Wisconsin,  Madison. 

"  State  Library  of  Wisconsin,  Madison. 

Canada, — Halifax  Pharmaceutical  Society,  Nova  Scotia. 
"         Ontario  College  of  Pharmacy,  Toronto. 

"         Pharmaceutical  Association  of  the  Province  of  Quebec,.  E.  Muir,  Secretary, 
Montreal. 
Mexico. — Escuela  de  Farmacia,  Mexico. 

Argentine  Republic. — Sociedad  de  Farmacia  Argentina,  Buenos  Ayres. 
y^ttj/na.— Zeitschrift  d.  AUg.  Oesterreichischen  Apolheker-Vereines,  Wien. 
"        K.  K.  Gesellschaft  der  Aerzte,  Wien. 
"        K.  Akademie  der  Wissenschaftcn,  Wien. 
Belgium, — Acadimie  Royale  de  M6decinc  de  Belgique,  Bruxelles. 
"  Soci6t6  de  Pharmacie  Royale  de  Bruxelles. 

"      .   Soci^td  Royale  des  Sciences  M^dicales  et  Naturelles,  Bruxelles. 
«*  Soci6t6  de  Pharmacie  d'Anvers. 

Denmark.— KxMs  for  Pharmacie,  S.  M.  Trier,  Kjobenhavn. 

"  Denmark's  Apotheker  Forening,  Gust  Lotze,  President,  Odensc. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


APPENDIX.  769 

France, — Biblioth^que  de  T  £}cole  sup6rieure  de  Pharmacie,  Paris. 
Germany. — Archiv  der  Pharmacie,  Waisenhausbuchhandlung,  Halle. 
''  K.  Akademie  der  Wissenschaften,  Gdltingen. 

"  K.  Bayer.  Akademie  der  Wissenschaftcn,  Milnchcn. 

"  K.  Bibliothek  der  Universitat  Strassburg. 

"  Pharmaceutisches  Tnstitut,  Universilftt  Erlangen. 

Great  Britain, — British  Pharmaceutical  Conference,  17  Bloomsbury  Square,  London. 

"  Pharmaceutical   Society   of    Great   Britain,   17   Bloomsbury   Square, 

London. 
"  Pharmaceutical  Journal   and   Transactions,   17   Bloomsbury   Square, 

London. 
"  Chemical  News,  Boy  Court,  Ludgate  Hill,  London,  E.  C. 

'*  Chemist  and  Druggist,  44  Cannon  Street,  London. 

**  British  Museum,  London. 

"  Association  of  Chemists  and  Druggists,  Wolverhampton. 

"  Coventry  and  Warwickshire  Pharmaceutical  Association,  Coventry. 

*'  Liverpool  Chemists'  Association,  Liverpool. 

"        •        Pharmaceutical  Society  at  Edinburgh,  36  York  Place. 
"  Pharmaceutical  Society  of  Ireland,  Dublin. 

*'  Philosophical  Society,  Glasgow. 

Italy. — R.  Biblioteca  Nazionale,  Firenze. 

"         Arcbivio  di  Farmazia,  Roma. 
Netherlands. — Nederlandsche   Maatschappij   ter  bevordering  der   Pharmacie,  Jacobus 

Polak,  Secretary,  Amsterdam. 
Norway, — Kongelige  Norske  Universitet  i  Christiani. 
Russia, — Pharmaceutische  Gesellschaft  in  St.  Petersburg,  St.  Petersburg. 

**        Pharmaceutisches  Institut,  Dorpat,  Russia. 
Sweden. — Pharmaceutical  Institution,  Stockholm,  Sweden. 

Switzerland. — Schweizerische  Wochenschrift  fiir  Pharmacie,  A.  Klunge,  Aubonne. 
Australia. — Pharmaceutical  Society  of  Victoria,  Melbourne. 
"  Australasian  Journal  of  Pharmacy,  Melbourne. 

**  Pharmaceutical  Society  of  New  South  Wales,  Sydney. 

"  Pharmaceutical  Society  of  New  Zealand,  Auckland. 

49 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


77©  APPENDIX. 


GENERAL  INCORPORATION  LAW  FOR  THE  DISTRICT 

OF  COLUMBIA. 

Sections  Applicable  to  the  American  Pharmaceutical  Association. 
Class  3,  Societies,  Benevolent,  Educational,  etc. 

Sec.  545.  Any  three  or  more  persons  of  full  age,  citizens  of  the  United  States,  a 
majority  of  whom  shall  be  citizens  of  the  District,  who  desire  to  associate  themselves 
for  benevolent,  charitable,  educational,  literary,  musical,  scientific,  religious,  or  mission- 
ary purposes,  including  societies  formed  for  mutual  improvement,  or  for  the  promotion 
of  the  arts,  may  make,  sign,  and  acknowledge  before  any  officer  authorized  to  take  ac- 
knowledgment of  deeds  in  the  District,  and  file  in  the  office  of  the  Recorder  of  Deeds, 
to  be  recorded  by  him,  a  certificate  in  writing,  in  which  shall  be  stated : 

First.  The  name  or  title  by  which  such  society  shall  be  known  in  law. 

Second.  The  term  for  which  it  is  organized,  not  exceeding  twenty  years. 

Third.  The  particular  business  and  objects  of  the  society. 

Fourth.  The  number  of  its  trustees,  directors,  or  managers  for  the  first  year  of  its  ex- 
istence. 

Sec.  546.  Upon  filing  their  certificate,  the  persons  who  shall  have  signed  and  ac- 
knowledged the  same,  and  their  associates  and  successors,  shall  be  a  body  politic  and 
corporate,  by  the  name  stated  in  such  certificate ;  and  by  that  name  they  and  their  suc- 
cessors may  have  and  use  a  common  seal,  and  may  alter  and  change  the  same  at  pleas- 
ure, and  may  make  by-laws  and  elect  officers  and  agents ;  and  may  take,  receive,  hold 
and  convey  real  and  personal  estate  necessary  for  the  purposes  of  the  society  as  stated  in 
their  certificate. 

Sec.  547.  Such  incorporated  society  may  annually,  or  oftener,  elect  from  its  members 
its  trustees,  directors,  or  managers,  at  such  time  and  place,  and  in  such  manner  as  may 
be  specified  in  its  by-laws,  who  shall  have  the  control  and  management  of  the  affairs 
and  funds  of  the  society,  and  a  majority  of  whom  shall  be  a  quorum  for  the  transaction 
of  business,  and  whenever  any  vacancy  shall  happen  among  such  trustees,  directors,  or 
managers,  the  vacancy  shall  be  filled  in  such  manner  as  shall  be  provided  by  the  by-laws 
of  the  society. 

Sec.  548.  The  trustees,  directors,  or  stockholders  of  any  existing  benevolent,  charita- 
ble, educational,  musical,  literary,  scientific,  religious,  or  missionary  corporation,  includ- 
ing societies  formed  for  mutual  improvement,  may,  by  conforming  to  the  requirements 
herein,  re  incorporate  themselves,  or  continue  their  existing  corporate  powers  under  this 
chapter,  or  may  change  their  name,  stating  in  their  certificate  the  original  name  of  such 
corporation  as  well  as  their  new  name  assumed  :  and  all  the  property  and  effects  of  such 
existing  corporation  shall  vest  in  and  belong  to  the  corporation  so  reincorporated  or 
continued. 

Sec.  549.  Such  corporations  may  sell  and  dispose  of  any  real  estate  they  may  acquire 
by  purchase,  gift,  or  devise,  as  follows  ;  whenever  any  lot  purchased  for  the  use  of  the 
corporation,  or  any  building  erected  thereon,  shall  become  ineligible  for  the  uses  for 
which  the  lot  was  purchased  or  the  building  erected,  to  be  determined  by  a  vote  of  two- 
thirds  of  the  shares  of  the  stock  of  the  corporation  or  the  members  of  the  corporation, 
at  a  meeting  of  the  stockholders,  or  corporators,  or  members  specially><called  fov  that 

Digitized  by  VjQOQlC 


APPENDIX.  771 

purpose,  the  proceedings  of  which  meeting  shall  be  duly  entered  in  the  records  of  the 
corporation,  said  lot  or  building  may  be  sold,  and  the  proceeds  thereof  may  be  vested 
in  another  lot,  or  in  the  erection  of  another  building,  or  both. 

Sec.  550.  When  any  real  estate  shall  have  been  devised  or  given  to  any  such  cor- 
poration for  any  specified  benevolent  purpose,  and  where,  by  a  vote  of  three  fourths  of 
the  stock  held  by  the  stockholders,  or  three-  fourths  of  the  corporators,  if  no  shares  of 
stock  have  been  created,  at  a  meeting  called  for  the  purpose,  of  which  such  stockholders 
or  corporators  or  members  shall  have  at  least  ten  days'  notice,  the  corporation  shall  de- 
termine to  surrender  their  corporate  powers  and  cease  to  act  under  the  same,  said  real 
and  personal  estate  so  acquired  shall  be  sold  at  public  auction,  proper  notice  of  the  time 
and  place  of  sale  having  been  given,  and  the  proceeds  of  the  sale  equitably  distributed 
among  the  stockholders  or  corporators,  or  disposed  of  for  the  promotion  and  advance- 
ment of  the  objects  for  which  such  corporation  was  originally  organized. 

Sec.  551.  No  corporation  acting  under  the  six  preceding  sections  shall  hold  real 
estate  more  than  five  years,  except  so  much  as  shall  be  necessary  for  the  purposes  named 
in  its  certificate. 

Sec.  552.  The  provisions  of  this  chapter  shall  not  extend  or  apply  to  any  association 
or  individual  who  shall,  in  the  certificate  filed  with  the  Recorder  of  Deeds,  use  or  Specify 
a  name  or  style  the  same  as  that  of  any  previously  existing  incorporated  body  in  the 
District. 

Approved^  Alay,  iSyOy  c.  80,  v.  r6tPp.g8-ii6 — Revised  Statutes  0/  the  United  States 
retating  to  the  District  of  Columbia, 


CERTIFICATE  OF   INCORPORATION   OF  THE  AMERI- 
CAN PHARMACEUTICAL  ASSOCIATION. 

Whereas,  We,  the  undersigned,  desire  to  form  an  association  having  for  its  object  to 
unite  the  educated  and  reputable  Pharmacists  and  Druggists  of  America,  as  will  more 
fully  hereinafter  appear ; 

Now,  therefore,  we  do  hereby  certify  as  follows : 

Firsts  The  corporate  name  of  the  association  is  the  American  Pharmaceutical  Associ- 
ation. 

Second,  TTiis  association  shall  continue  until  dissolved  by  the  action  of  its  members, 
or  by  the  operation  of  law. 

Thirds  The  objects  and  business  of  said  association  are  as  follows : 

a.  To  improve  and  regulate  the  drug  market,  by  preventing  the  importation  of  inferior, 
adulterated  or  deteriorated  drugs,  and  by  detecting  and  exposing  home  adulterations. 

b.  To  encourage  proper  relations  between  Druggists,  Pharmacists,  Physicians,  and  the 
people  at  large,  which  shall  promote  the  public  welfare,  and  tend  to  mutual  strength  and 
advantage. 

c.  To  improve  the  science  and  art  of  Pharmacy  by  diffusing  scientific  knowledge 
among  Apothecaries  and  Druggists,  fostering  pharmaceutical  literature,  developing  tal- 
ent, stimulating  discovery  and  invention,  and  in  encouraging  home  production  and  man- 
ufacture in  the  several  departments  of  the  drug  business. 

d.  To  regulate  the  system  of  apprenticeship  and  employment,  so  as  to  prevent^  so  far 
as  possible,  the  evils  flowing  from  deficient  training  in  the  responsible  duties  of  prepar- 
ing.  dispensing  and  selling  medicines.  ^,^,^^^^  ^^  GoOgle 


772 


APPENDIX. 


e.  To  suppress  empiricism,  and  to  restrict  the  dispensing  and  sale  of  medicines  to 
regularly  educated  Druggists  and  Apothecaries. 

/.  To  uphold  standards  of  authority  in  the  education,  theory  and  practice  of  Pharm- 
acy. 

g.  To  create  and  maintain  a  standard  of  professional  honesty  equal  to  the  amount  of 
our  professional  knowledge,  with  a  view  to  the  highest  good  and  the  greatest  protection 
to  the  public. 

Fourth.  The  concerns  and  affairs  of  the  Association  shall  be  managed  by  a  Council, 
which  shall  consist  for  the  first  year  of  John  U.  Lloyd,  Maurice  W.  Alexander,  Alexan- 
der K.  Finlay,  Karl  Simmon,  Samuel  A.  D.  Sheppard,  John  M.  Maisch,  James  Vernor, 
C.  Lewis  Diehl,  William  H.  Rogers,  William  Saunders,  Albert  E.  Ebert,  Philip  C.Can- 
didus,  George  W.  Kennedy,  Albert  H.  Hollister,  James  M.  Good,  Lewis  C.  Hopp  and 
William  Dupont. 

Given  under  our  respective  hands  and  seals  this  12th  day  of  December,  A.  D.  1887. 


Signed  : 


John  U.  Lloyd, 
Alex.  K.  Finlay, 
Samuel  A.  D.  Sheppard, 
James  Vernor, 
William  H.  Rogers, 
Albert  E.  Ebert, 
Geo.  W.  Kennedy, 
James  M.Good, 


Maurice  \^^  Alexander, 
Karl  Simmon. 
John  M.  Maisch, 
C.  Lewis  Diehl, 
Wm.  Saunders, 
Philip  C.  Candidus, 
Albert  H.  Hollister, 
Lewis  C.  Hopp, 
William  Dupont, 


Members  of  the  Council, 
And 


G.  G.  C.  SIMMS, 
Z.  W.  Cromwell, 
John  R.  Major, 
w.  g.  duckett, 
Geo.  W.  Boyd, 
Henry  A.  Johnston, 

W.  C.  MiLBURN, 

Arthur  Nattans, 
Thomas  M.  Wehrly, 


John  A.  Milburn, 
E.  B.  Bury, 
W.  S.  Thompson, 
Charles  Christiani, 
a.  j.  schafhirt, 
O.  H.  Coumbe, 
Geo.  B.  Lock  HART, 
T.  C  Murray, 
Joseph  R.  Walton, 
of  the  District  of  Columbia. 

(Notaries'  certificates  attached  to  the  original  document  attest  the  genuineness  of  each 
and  every  signature.) 

Received  for  Record  February  21st,  1888,  at  1:05  P.  M.,  and 
recorded  in  Liber  No.  4,  fol.  302,  Acts  of  Incorporation,  District 
of  Columbia,  and  examined. 
Signed  :  J  as.  M.  Trotter,  Recorder. 

r  Seal : 

I  Office  of  Recorder  of  Deeds, 
]       District   of   Columbia, 
[  Washington,  D.  C, 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


CONSTITUTION  AND  BY-LAWS 


CONSTITUTION. 

Article  I.  This  Association  shall  be.  called  the  "American  Pharmaceutical  Associa- 
tion." Its  aim  shall  be  to  unite  the  educated  and  reputable  Pharmacists  and  Druggists 
of  America  in  the  following  objects; 

1.  To  improve  and  regulate  the  drug  market,  by  preventing  the  importation  of  inferior, 
•  adulterated,  or  deteriorated  drugs,  and  by  detecting  and  exposing  home  adulteration. 

2.  To  encourage  proper  relations  between  Druggists,  Pharmacists,  Physicians,  and 
the  people  at  large,  which  shall  promote  the  public  welfare,  and  tend  to  mutual  strength 
and  advantage. 

3.  To  improve  the  science  and  art  of  Pharmacy  by  diffusing  scientific  knowledge 
among  Apothecaries  and  Druggists,  fostering  pharmaceutical  literature,  developing 
talent,  stimulating  discovery  and  invention,  and  encouraging  home  production  and  man- 
ufacture in  the  several  departments  of  the  drug  business. 

4.  To  regulate  the  system  of  apprenticeship  and  employment,  so  as  to  prevent,  as  far 
as  practicable,  the  evils  flowing  from  deficient  training  in  the  responsible  duties  of  pre- 
paring, dispensing  and  selling  medicines. 

5.  To  suppress  empiricism,  and  to  restrict  the  dispensing  and  sale  of  medicines  to 
regularly  educated  Druggists  and  Apothecaries. 

6.  To  uphold  standards  of  authority  in  the  Education,  Theory  and  Practice  of  Phar- 
macy. 

7.  To  create  and  maintain  a  standard  of  professional  honesty  equal  to  the  amount  of 
our  professional  knowledge,  with  a  view  to  the  highest  good  and  greatest  protection  to 
the  public. 

Article  II.  This  Association  shall  consist  of  active,  life,  and  honorary  members, 
and  shall  hold  its  meetings  annually. 

Article  III.  The  officers  of  the  Association  shall  be  a  President,  three  Vice-Presi- 
dents, a  Permanent  Secretary,  a  Local  Secretary,  a  Treasurer,  and  a  Reporter  on  the 
Progress  of  Pharmacy,  all  of  whom,  with  the  exception  of  the  Permanent  Secretary,  shall 
be  elected  annually,  and  shall  hold  office  until  an  election  of  successors. 

Article  IV.  All  moneys  received  from  life  membership,  together  with  such  funds  as 
may  be  bequeathed,  or  otherwise  donated  to  the  Association,  shall  be  invested  by  the 
Treasurer  in  United  States  Government  or  State  securities,  the  annual  interest  of  which 
only  shall  be  used  by  the  Association  for  its  current  expenses. 

Article  V.  Every  proposition  to  alter  or  amend  this  Constitution  shall  be  submitted 

(773) 


774  BY-LAWS. 

in  writing,  and  may  be  balloted  for  at  the  next  Annual  Meeting,  when  upon  receiving 
the  votes  of  three -fourths  of  the  members  present,  it  shall  become  a  part  of  this  Consti- 
tution. 


BY-LAWS, 

CHAPTER  I. 

Of  the  President  and  Vice  Presidents, 


Article  L  The  President  shall  preside  at  all  meetings  of  the  Association,  except 
those  of  the  special  Sections,  as  hereinafter  provided.  In  his  absence  or  inability,  one 
of  the  Vice  Presidents,  or  in  the  absence  of  all,  a  President  pro  tempore,  shall  perform 
the  duties  of  President. 

Article  II.  In  the  absence  of  the  Permanent  Secretary,  the  President  shall  appoint 
a  Recording  Secretary  pro  tempore. 

Article  III.  In  meetings,  the  President  shall  take  the  chair  at  the  proper  time ;  an-  ' 
nounce  all  business ;  receive  all  proper  motions,  resolutions,  reports,  and  communica- 
tions, and  order  the  vote  upon  all  proper  questions  at  the  proper  time. 

Article  IV.  In  all  ballotings,  and  on  questions  upon  which  the  ayes  and  nays  are 
taken,  the  President  is  required  to  vote,  but  his  name  shall  be  called  last;  in  other  cases 
he  shall  not  vote,  unless  the  members  be  equally  divided,  or  unless  his  vote,  if  given  to 
the  minority,  will  make  the  decision  equal,  and  in  case  of  such  equal  division,  the  mo- 
tion is  lost. 

Article  V.  He  shall  enforce  order  and  decorum ;  it  is  his  duty  to  hear  all  that  is 
spoken  in  debate,  and  in  cases  of  personality  or  impropriety,  he  shall  promptly  call  the 
speaker  to  order.  He  shall  decide  all  questions  of  order,  subject  to  the  right  of  appeal, 
unless  in  cases  where  he  prefers  to  submit  the  matter  to  the  meeting;  decide  promptly 
who  is  to  speak  when  two  or  more  members  rise  at  the  same  moment,  and  be  careful  to 
see  that  business  is  brought  forward  in  proper  order. 

Article  VI.  He  shall  have  the  right  to  call  a  member  to  the  chair,  in  order  that  he 
may  take  the  floor  in  debate.  He  shall  see  that  the  Constitution  and  By-laws  are  prop- 
erly enforced. 

Article  VII.  He  shall  appoint  all  committees,  unless  provided  for  in  the  By-laws, 
or  otherwise  directed  by  the  Association. 

Article  VIII.  He  shall  sign  the  certificates  of  membership,  and  countersign  all  orders 
on  the  Treasury.  He  shall  obey  the  instructions  of  the  Association,  and  authenticate 
by  his  signature,  when  necessary,  its  proceedings. 

Article  IX.  He  shall  present  at  each  annual  meeting  an  address,  embodying  general 
scientific  facts  and  events  of  the  year,  or  discuss  such  scientiBc  questions  as  may  to  him 
seem  suitable  to  the  occasion. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


BY-LAWS.  775 

CHAPTER  II. 

Of  the  Permanent  Secretary, 

Article  I.  The  Permanent  Secretary  shall  be  elected  to  hold  office  permanently  dur- 
ing the  pleasure  of  the  Association.  He  shall  receive  from  the  Treasurer  an  annual 
salary  of  I750,  and  the  amount  of  his  expenses  incident  to  the  meeting,  in  addition  to 
his  salary. 

Article  II.  He  shall  keep  fair  and  correct  minutes  of  the  proceedings  of  the  meet- 
ings, and  carefully  preserve,  on  file,  all  reports,  essays,  and  papers  of  every  description 
received  by  the  Association,  and  shall  be  charged  with  the  necessary  foreign  and  scien- 
tific correspondence,  and  with  editing,  publishing,  and  distributing  the  Proceedings  of 
the  Association,  under  the  direction  of  the  Council. 

Article  III.  He  shall  read  all  papers  handed  him  by  the  President  for  that  purpose ; 
shall  call  and  record  the  ayes  and  nays,  whenever  they  are  required  to  be  called ;  shall 
notify  the  chairman  of  every  special  committee  of  his  ap[x>intment,  giving  him  a  list  of 
his  colleagues,  and  stating  the  business  upon  which  the  committee  is  to  act;  and  shall 
notify  every  member  of  the  time  and  place  of  each  annual  meeting. 

CHAPTER  III. 
Of  the  Local  Secretary. 

Article  I.  The  Ix)cal  Secretary  shall  be  elected  annually,  near  the  close  of  the  an- 
nual meeting,  and  shall  reside  at  or  near  the  place  where  the  next  annual  meeting  of  the 
Association  is  to  be  held. 

Article  II.  He  shall  assist  the  Permanent  Secretary  in  his  duties;  shall  cooperate 
with  the  Council  and  any  Local  Committee  in  making  arrangements  for  the  annual 
meeting;  shall  correspond  with  the  chairmen  of  the  several  committees,  and  with  other 
members,  in  advance  of  the  meeting,  for  the  promotion  of  its  objects,  and  shall  have 
the  custody  of  specimens,  papers,  and  apparatus  destined  for  use  or  exhibition  at  the 
meetings. 

Article  III.  An  exhibition  of  objects  interesting  to  pharmacists  shall  be  held  each 
year,  under  the  direction  of  the  Local  Secretary  and  the  Committee  on  Commercial 
Interests. 

CHAPTER  IV. 

Of  the  Treasurer, 

Article  I.  The  Treasurer  shall  collect  and  take  charge  of  the  funds  of  the  Associa- 
tion, and  shall  hold,  sign,  and  issue  the  certiBcates  of  membership. 

Article  IT.  He  shall  pay  no  money  except  on  the  order  of  the  Secretary,  counter- 
signed by  the  President,  and  accompanied  by  the  proper  vouchers. 

Article  III.  He  shall  report  to  the  Council,  previous  to  each  annual  meeting,  the 
names  of  such  members  as  have  failed  to  pay  their  annual  contributions  for  three  years. 

Article  IV.  He  shall  present  a  statement  of  his  accounts  at  i^a^^^jimt^  meeting  of 


776  BYLAWS. 

the  Council,  that  they  may  be  audited ;  he  shall  receive  an  annual  salary  of  ;^6oo,  and  the 
amount  of  his  expenses  incident  to  the  meeting,  in  addition  to  his  salary. 

Article  V.  The  Treasurer,  in  order  that  he  may  qualify  for  the  office  to  which  he 
has  been  elected,  shall  file  a  good  and  sufficient  bond  or  bonds  to  the  amount  of  ^10,000 
with  the  Chairman  of  the  Council  for  the  faithful  performance  of  his  duties  as  Treasurer, 
this  bond  or  bonds  to  be  signed  and  executed  by  two  sureties  or  Trust  Company  accept- 
able to  the  Council. 


CHAPTER  V. 

Ofihe  Reporter  on  the  Progress  of  Pharmacy. 

Article  I.  The  Reporter  on  the  Progress  of  Pharmacy  shall  be  elected  annually,  and 
shall  receive  from  Ihe  Treasurer  for  his  services  an  annual  sum  of  ^750. 

Article  II.  All  journals  and  volumes  received  in  exchange  for  the  Proceedings  by 
the  Permanent  Secretary,  and  such  other  journals  as  shall  be  deemed  necessary,  shall  be 
sent  to  him  by  that  officer  for  use  in  the  compilation  of  his  report ;  for  all  of  which  he 
shall  be  held  responsible  until  returned  to  the  Permanent  Secretary  for  preservation. 

Article  III.  From  these  and  other  available  sources,  he  shall  prepare  a  comprehen- 
sive report  on  the  improvements  and  discoveries  in  Pharmacy,  Chemistry,  and  Materia 
Medica,  and  the  collateral  branches  of  knowledge ;  on  the  changes  in  conditions  of 
Pharmaceutical  Institutions ;  together  with  such  statistical,  biographical,  and  obituary 
notices  as  will  furnish  an  epitome  of  the  progress  and  changes  in  the  science  and  prac- 
tice of  Pharmacy,  and  of  its  votaries,  at  home  and  abroad. 

Article  IV.  The  Rppoit  on  the  Progress  of  Pharmacy  shall  commence  with  July  1st 
of  the  preceding  year,  and  end  with  June  30th  of  the  year  in  which  it  is  submitted,  shall 
be  written  in  a  form  fitted  for  the  printer,  and  shall  be  presented  completed  at  the  annual 
meeting. 

Article  V.  In  case  of  the  illness  or  other  inability  of  the  Reporter  to  carry  on  the 
work  of  the  report,  the  Permanent  Secretary  and  the  Chairman  of  the  Council  shall  be 
required  to  make  the  best  arrangements  they  can  command  to  continue  the  work  to  its 
completion. 

CHAPTER  VI. 

Of  the  Council. 

Article  I.  The  business  of  the  Association  which  is  not  of  a  scientific  character  shall 
be  in  charge  of  a  Council,  which  shall  be  empowered  to  transact  business  for  the  Asso- 
ciation between  the  times  of  meeting,  and  to  perform  such  duties  as  may  from  time  to 
time  be  committed  to  them  by  the  Association  ;  their  acts,  however,  being  subject  to  re- 
vision by  the  Association.  Any  member  of  the  Association  may  attend  the  meetings  of 
the  Council,  and  may,  by  a  special  vote  of  the  Council,  be  invited  to  speak  on  any  sub- 
ject under  discussion. 

Article  II.  The  Council  shall  consist  of  seventeen  members,  nine  of  whom  shall  be 
elected  by  ballot  by  the  Association  in  the  following  manner :  Three  of  them  to  serve 
for  one  year,  three  for  two  years,  three  for  three  years.  At  each  subsequent  annual 
meeting,  three  members  shall  be  elected  to  take  the  places  ot  those  .w^^^yi^m^^ill 


BY-LAWS.  777 

then  expire,  to^erve  for  the  term  of  three  years.  No  elected  member  of  the  Coancil, 
after  having  served  one  term,  shall  be  eligible  for  re-election  to  the  Council  to  serve  the 
next  .succeeding  term. 

Article  III.  The  President,  Vice-Presidents,  Secretary,  Local  Secretary,  Treasurer, 
and  Reporter  on  the  Progress  of  Pharmacy  of  the  Association,  shall  be  ex-officio  mem- 
bers of  the  Council. 

Article  IV.  Vacancies  which  may  occur  in  the  Council  shall  be  filled  for  the  unex- 
pired term  or  terms  by  the  Association  at  its  next  annual  meeting. 

Article  \^.  The  officers  of  the  Council  shall  consist  of  a  Chairman,  Vice-Chairman, 
and  Secretary,  to  be  elected  by  ballot  annually  by  the  Council.  The  Secretary  may  or 
may  not  be  a  member  of  the  Council. 

Article  VI.  The  Council  shall  be  charged  with  the  examination  of  the  credentials 
of  delegates,  and  tbe  transaction  of  unfinished  business  of  the  Association  from  one 
annual  meeting  to  another,  and  with  collecting,  arranging,  and  expediting  the  business 
of  the  Association  during  the  sessions  of  the  annual  meeting. 

Article  VII.  There  shall  be  elected  annually  by  ballot,  by  the  Council,  three  stand- 
ing committees  of  the  Council — a  Committee  on  Membership,  a  Committee  on  Publica- 
tion, and  a  Committee  on  Finance — to  whom  shall  be  referred  such  duties  as  are  appro- 
priate to  their  respective  (unctions,  as  the  Council  shall  direct ;  they  shall  report  annually 
to  the  Council,  and  at  such  other  times  as  the  Council  may  direct. 

Article  VIII.  Secthn  i.  The  Council  shall  have  charge  of  the  revision  of  the  roll 
and  the  publication  of  the  Proceedings. 

Section  2.  The  Secretary  of  the  Council  shall  read  at  each  of  its  sessions  the  names  of 
those  candidates  for  membership  which  have  been  proposed,  when  a  vote  of  two  thirds 
shall  be  sufficient  to  recommend  them  to  the  Association. 

Section'^.  The  Council  shall  decide  upon  any  objections  which  may  be  presented  to 
them  (which  must  be  in  writing,  with  the  member's  name  attached),  referring  to  the  fit- 
ness of  the  candidates  for  membership;  and  no  name  shall  be  voted  on  by  the  Associa- 
tion without  first  receiving  the  approval  of  the  Council. 

Section  4.  The  Committee  on  Membership  shall  report  at  each  annual  meeting  of  the 
Council  a  revised  roll  of  members,  with  appropriate  notices  of  deceased  members. 

Article  IX.  The  Council  shall  furnish  to  each  member  of  the  Association  not  in 
arrears,  one  copy  of  the  annual  publication  of  the  Proceedings,  which  publication  shall 
contain  the  correct  roll  of  members,  full  minutes  of  the  several  sittings  of  the  Associa- 
tion, a  complete  synopsis  of  the  minutes  of  the  Council,  the  reports  of  the  President  and 
Committees,  together  with  such  addresses,  scientific  papers,  discussions,  notices  of  new 
processes  and  preparations,  as  they  may  deem  worthy  of  insertion,  and  shall  fix  the 
price  at  which  the  Proceedings  shall  be  sold. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


778  BY-LAWS. 

CHAPTER  VII. 
Of  Committees, 

Article  I.  There  shall  be  six  standing  committees :  A  Committee  on  Commercial 
Interests,  and  on  the  Revision  of  the  U.  S.  Pharmacopoeia,  each  to  consist  of  five  mem- 
bers ;  a  Committee  on  Scientific  Papers,  a  Committee  on  Prize  Essays,  a  Committee  on 
Legislation,  and  a  Committee  on  Pharmaceutical  Education,  each  to  consist  of  three 
members. 

Article  II.  The  Committee  on  Commercial  Interests  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Sec- 
tion on  Commercial  Interests.  Thjey  shall  be  charged  with  the  work  of  arranging  in 
advance  the  business  to  come  before  the  Section  at  the  next  annual  meeting.  They 
shall  propose  each  year  a  subject  for  discussion  at  the  meetings  of  the  State  Associations, 
and  at  the  following  annual  meeting  of  this  Association  they  shall  present  a  report  of 
the  action  of  the  State  Associations  upon  the  subject  proposed. 

Article  III.  The  Committee  on  Scientific  Papers  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Section 
on  Scientific  Papers.  They  shall  arrange  the  business  of  the  Section,  and  shall  report, 
near  the  close  of  each  annual  meeting,  a  proper  number  of  questions  of  scientific  and 
practical  interest,  the  answers  to  which  may  advance  the  interests  of  Pharmacy,  and  shall 
procure  the  acceptance  of  as  many  such  questions  for  investigation  as  may  be  practicable. 

Article  IV.  Any  person  writing  a  paper  for  the  Association  must,  to'  insure  its  pub- 
lication in  the  Proceedings,  refer  the  same,  with  a  synopsis  of  its  contents,  to  the  Com- 
mittee on  Scientific  Papers  previous  to  the  first  session. 

Article  V.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  every  Standing  Committee  making  a  report  an- 
nually to  the  Association,  in  like  manner  to  furnish  a  copy  of  the  same,  together  with  a 
synopsis  of  its  contents,  to  the  Committee  on  Scientific  Papers  before  the  first  annaal 
session  of  the  Association. 

Article  VI.  The  Committee  on  Prize  Essays,  which  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Chair- 
man of  the  Section  on  Scientific  Papers,  shall,  within  six  months  after  the  annual  meet- 
ing at  which  the  essays  are  presented,  determine  which,  if  any  of  them,  has  met  the 
requirements  of  the  founder  of  the  prize.  In  all  other  respects  they  shall  be  governed 
by  the  stipulations  expressed  by  the  donor.  The  decision  of  the  Committee,  with  such 
comments  upon  the  successful  essay  only  as  they  may  deem  proper,  may  be  published  in 
the  Journals  of  Pharmacy. 

Article  VII.  The  Committee  on  Legislation,  which  shall  be  elected  by  the  Section 
on  Legislation,  shall  keep  a  record  of,  and  compile  for  reference,  the  enactments  of  the 
different  States  regulating  the  practice  of  Pharmacy  and  the  sale  of  medicines.  They 
shall  report  to  each  stated  meeting  of  the  Association  what  legislation  on  the  subject  has 
occurred  during  the  year.  They  shall  arrange  the  business  of  the  Section  in  advance  of 
its  meetings,  and  propose  suitable  subjects  for  discussion. 

Article  VIII.  The  Committee  on  Revision  of  the  United  States  Pharmacopoeia 
shall  be  appointed  by  the  President  of  the  Association.  It  shall  be  their  duty  to  collect 
and  codify  such  facts  as  may  serve  as  a  basis  of  the  report  to  be  presented  by  this  Asso- 
ciation to  the  National  Convention  for  revising  the  Pharmacopoeia.  It  shall  collect 
statistics  regarding  the  frequency  with  which  ofiicinal  and  non-officinal  remedies  are  used 
in  legitimate  practice,  and  shall  endeavor  to  ascertain  the  general  wishes  and  feelings  of 


BYLAWS.  779 

the  profession  throughout  the  country  in  regard  to  any  desired  changes  or  improvements 
in  the  Pharmacopoeia. 

Article  IX.  The  Committee  on  Pharmaceutical  Education  shall  be  appointed  by 
the  Section  on  Pharmaceutical  Education,  and  it  shall  be  their  duty  to  arrange  the  busi- 
ness of  the  Section  in  advance  of  its  meetings,  to  propose  suitable  subjects  for  discussion, 
and  to  attend  to  such  duties  of  the  Section  as  may  be  delegated  to  them. 


CHAPTER  VIII. 
Of  Membership. 

Article  I.  Every  Pharmacist  and  druggist  of  good  moral  and  professional  standing, 
whether  in  business  on  his  own  account,  retired  from  business,  or  employed  by  another, 
and  those  teachers  of  Pharmacy,  Chemistry,  and  Botany,  who  may  be  especially  inter- 
ested in  Pharmacy  and  Materia  Medica,  who,  after  duly  considering  the  objects  of  the 
Association  and  the  obligations  of  the  Constitution  and  By-laws,  are  willing  to  subscribe 
to  them,  are  eligible  to  membership. 

Article  II.  Any  two  members  of  the  Association  may  propose  to  the  Council  the 
name  of  any  person  eligible  to  membership,  and  if  approved,  the  Council  shall  recom- 
mend the  person  named  to  the  Association,  and  if  the  Association  shall  by  vote  invite 
said  person  to  become  a  member,  his  membership  shall  be  completed  by  his  signing  the 
Constitution  and  By-laws,  and  paying  the  annual  contribution  for  the  current  year. 

Article  III.  Every  member  shall  pay  in  advance  to  the  Treasury  the  sum  of  Five 
Dollars  as  his  yearly  contribution,  and  is  liable  to  lose  his  membership  by  neglecting  to 
pay  said  contribution  for  three  successive  years. 

Article  IV.  Any  member  not  in  arrears  to  the  Association,  who  shall  pay  to  the 
Treasurer  the  sum  of  ^75  during  the  first  year  of  his  connection  therewith,  or  after  five 
years  $70,  or  after  ten  years  |6o,  or  after  fifteen  years  $50,  or  after  twenty  years  $40,  or 
after  twenty-five  years  ^^30,  or  after  thirty  years  $20,  or  after  thirty-five  years  %\o^  shall 
become  a  life  member,  and  shall  be  exempt  from  all  future  annual  contributions. 

Article  V.  All  local  organizations  of  Pharmacists  shall  be  entitled  to  five  delegates, 
as  their  representatives  in  the  annual  meetings,  who,  if  present ^  become  members  of  the 
Association  on  signing  the  Constitution  and  paying  the  annual  contribution  for  the  cur- 
rent year :  Provided,  that  the  provisions  of  tliis  article  shall  not  be  so  construed  as  to 
reinstate  any  member  whose  name  shall  have  been  dropped  from  the  roll  for  non  pay- 
ment of  dues ;  nor  shall  any  one  who  has  been  expelled  from  the  Association  be  received 
as  a  delegate.  All  credentials  should  be  sent  to  the  Permanent  Secretary  at  least  two 
weeks  in  advance  of  the  annual  meeting. 

Article  VI.  Members  shall  be  entitled,  on  the  payment  of  Five  Dollars^  to  receive 
from  the  Treasurer  a  certificate  of  membership  signed  by  the  President,  one  Vice-Presi- 
dent, Permanent  Secretary,  and  Treasurer. 

Article  VII.  Persons  constitutionally  elected  to  membership  become  permanent 
members,  and  their  membership  can  cease  only  by  resignation,  non-payment  of  dues,  or 
by  expulsion,  as  provided  in  these  By-laws. 

Article  VIII.  Resignations  of  membership  shall  be  made  in  writing  to  the  Pentl^ 


78o  BY-LAWS. 

nent  Secretary  or  Treasurer,  but  no  resignation  shall  be  accepted  from  any  one  who  is  in 
arrears  to  the  Treasury. 

All  resignations  shall  be  acknowledged  in  writing  by  the  officer  who  receives  them, 
and  shall  be  reported  to  the  Council. 

Article  IX.  Any  member  may  be  expelled  for  improper  conduct,  or  the  violation  of 
the  Constitution,  By  laws,  or  Ethics,  adopted  by  the  Association,  but  no  person  shall  be 
expelled  unless  he  shall  receive  for  expulsion  two-thirds  of  all  the  votes  cast  at  some 
regular  session. 

Article  X.  Pharmacists,  chemists,  and  other  scientific  men  who  may  be  thought 
worthy  the  distinction,  may  be  elected  honorary  members.  They  shall  not,  however,  be 
required  to  contribute  to  the  funds,  nor  shall  they  be  eligible  to  hold  office  or  vote  at 
the  meetings. 


CHAPTER  IX. 
Of  Meetings  and  Sections. 

Article  I.  The  meetings  shall  be  held  annually :  Provided,  that  in  ca.se  of  failure  of 
this,  from  any  cause,  the  duty  of  calling  the  Association  together  shall  devolve  upon  the 
President,  or  one  of  the  Vice-Presidents,  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Council. 

Article  II.  To  expedite  and  render  more  efficient  the  work  of  the  Association,  four 
Sections  shall  be  formed,  as  follows:  I.  Scientific  Papers;  2.  Commercial  Interests;  3. 
Pharmaceutical  Education ;  4.  Legislation. 

Article  III.  The  business  of  the  Association  shall  be  arranged  so  that  the  labors  of 
each  Section  shall  be  considered  only  at  the  session  or  sessions  to  which  they  are  especi- 
ally assigned. 

Article  IV.  The  first,  second  and  last  sessions  of  the  annual  meeting  shall  be  de- 
voted to  the  general  business  of  the  Association,  and  sufficient  time  shall  be  assigned  to 
the  Association  at  the  beginning  of  all  other  sessions  to  read  its  minutes  and  act  on  the 
report  of  Council  on  membership. 

Article  V.  At  the  third  and  fourth  sessions  the  business  of  the  Section  on  Commer- 
cial  Interests  shall  be  considered. 

Article  VI.  The  fifth,  sixth,  and  seventh  sessions  shall  be  devoted  to  the  reading  of 
Scientific  Papers  and  the  discussions  thereof. 

Article  VII.  The  Sections  on  Legislation  and  Pharmaceutical  Education  shall  hold 
their  meetings  at  the  eighth  session,  either  at  the  same  time  or  one  after  the  other,  as  may 
be  determined  by  the  Association. 

Article  VIII.  A  Chairman  and  Secretary  shall  be  elected  by  ballot  by  each  Section 
to  serve  at  the  special  meetings  of  said  Section.  And  the  minutes  of  each  meeting, 
together  with  all  documents  and  papers  which  belong  to  each  Section,  must  be  placed  as 
soon  as  possible  in  the  hands  of  the  Permanent  Secretary  for  publication  or  safe  keeping. 

Article  IX.  The  Chairman  of  each  Section  shall  preside  at  each  of  its  meetings,  and 
shall  prepare  a  short  address  treating  upon  the  subjects  connected  with  h^^ection^foj>c 
read  before  the  Section  at  the  next  annual  meeting.  '  '^^     ^  o 


.     BY-LAWS.  781 

Article  X.  There  shall  be  elected  by  each  Section  a  Committee,  of  which  the  Chair- 
man of  the  Section  shall  be  Chairman,  to  whom  shall  be  delegated  the  duly  of  arranging 
in  advance  the  business  to  come  before  the  Section  at  the  next  annual  meeting ;  these 
committees  in  each  case  becoming  Standing  Committees  of  the  Association. 

Article  XI.  The  order  of  business  at  the  first  session  of  each  annual  meeting  shall 
be  as  follows : 

Section  I.  Promptly  at  the  time  named  in  the  notice  issued  for  the  meeting,  the  Presi- 
dent, or  in  his  absence  one  of  the  Vice-Presidents,  or,  in  their  absence,  a  President /r<> 
tempoi  /•,  shall  officiate. 

Section  2.  In  the  absence  of  the  Permanent  Secretary,  the  President  shall  appoint  a 
Recording  Secretary  pro  tempore^  who  shall  perform  the  duties  of  the  Permanent  Secre- 
tary until  his  arrival. 

Section  3.  Nineteen  members  shall  constitute  a  quorum  for  the  transaction  of  business. 

Section  4.  The  President's  address  may  then  be  read,  after  which  the  Council  shall 
report  the  list  of  properly  accredited  delegates. 

Section  5.  The  Council  shall  read  the  names  of  the  candidates  for  membership,  as 
provided  in  Section  2,  Article  VIII.,  Chapter  VI. 

Section  6.  Reports  of  Committees  shall  be  presented,  read  by  their  titles,  the  synopsis 
or  in  full,  and  laid  on  the  table  for  future  consideration. 

Section  7.  The  President  shall  call  the  roll  of  States  represented,  requesting  each  State 
in  turn  to  appoint  two  members,  the  persons  so  selected  to  act  as  a  Committee  to  nomi- 
nate officers  for  the  Association  and  members  of  the  Council  for  the  ensuing  year;  in 
addition  to  which  he  shall  appoint  five  members  who  are  not  delegates,  to  act  with  the 
Committee. 

Section  8.  The  minutes  of  the  Council  shall  be  read  in  full  at  the  annual  meeting  of 
the  Association,  and  its  acts,  if  approved,  shall  be  sustained  by  a  vote  of  the  majority  of 
the  members  present ;  or,  if  disapproved  by  a  majority  of  the  members  present,  their 
acts  shall  be  revised,  so  as  to  be  acceptable  to  the  Association. 

Section  9.  Incidental  business  may  be  called  up. 

Article  XII.  The  order  of  business  at  the  second  session  at  each  annual  meeting 
shall  be  as  follows : 

Section  i.  The  President  shall  call  the  Association  to  order. 

Section  2.  The  Secretary  shall  read  the  minutes  of  the  preceding  session,  which  may 
be  amended,  if  necessary,  and  shall  then  be  approved. 

Section  3.  The  report  of  the  Committee  on  Nominations  shall  be  read;  when  the 
President  shall  appoint  tellers,  and  the  officers  nominated  shall  be  balloted  fur. 

Section  4.  The  Council  shall  present  names  recommended  for  membership. 

Section  5.  Reports  of  Standing  Committees  shall  be  read. 

Section  6.  Reports  of  Special  Committees  shall  be  read. 

Article  XIII.  The  order  of  business  for  the  meetings  of  the  Sections  shall  be  deter- 
mined by  each  Section  for  itself. 

Article  XIV.  No  money  shall  be  appropriated  from  the  Treasury  by  any  of  the 
Sections. 

Article  XV.  At  the  last  session  of  the  Association  the  newly-elected  officers  of  the 
Association  shall  take  their  respective  places. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


782  BY-LAWS  , 

CHAPTER   X. 
Of  Rules  of  Order  and  Debate. 

Article  I.  The  ordinary  rules  of  parliamentary  bodies  shall  be  enforced  by  the  pre- 
siding officer,  from  whose  decision,  however,  appeals  may  be  takeni  if  required  by  two 
members,  and  the  meeting  shall  thereupon  decide  without  debate. 

Article  II.  When  a  question  is  regularly  before  the  meeting,  and  under  discussion, 
no  motion  shall  be  received  but  to  adjourn,  to  lay  on  the  table,  for  the  previous  question, 
to  postpone  to  a  certain  day,  to  commit  or  amend,  to  postpone  indefinitely;  which  sev- 
eral motions  have  precedence  in  the  order  in  which  they  are  arranged.  A  motion  to 
adjourn  shall  be  decided  without  debate. 

Article  III.  No  member  may  speak  twice  on  the  same  subject,  except  by  permis- 
sipn,  until  every  member  wishing  to  speak  has  spokeni. 

Article  IV.  On  the  call  of  any  two  members,  the  yeas  and  nays  shall  be  ordered, 
when  every  member  shall  vote,  unless  excused  by  a  majority  of  those  present,  and  the 
names  and  manner  of  voting  shall  be  entered  on  the  minutes. 

CHAPTER    XI. 
Miscellaneous, 

Article  I.  In  all  such  points  of  order  as  are  not  noticed  in  these  By-Laws,  the 
Association  shall  be  governed  by  the  established  usages  in  all  assemblies  governed  by 
parliamentary  rales. 

Article  II.  Every  proposition  to  alter  or  amend  these  By-Laws  shall  be  submitted 
in  writing,  and  may  be  balloted  for  at  any  subsequent  session,  when,  upon  receiving  the 
votes  of  three  fourths  of  the  members  present,  it  shall  become  a  part  of  the  By-Laws. 

Article  III.  No  one  or  more  of  these  By-Laws  shall  be  suspended. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


SECTION   ON   SCIENTIFIC  PAPERS.  783 


SECTION  ON  SCIENTIFIC  PAPERS. 


ORDER  OF  BUSINESS. 
FIRST  SESSION  OF  THE  SECTION  (Fifth  of  the  Association). 

1st;  The  Chairman  and  Secretary  assume  their  respective  places. 

2d.  Reading  of  the  Chairman's  address. 

3d.  Report  of  Committees,  if  there  be  any  to  make,  and  appointment  of  such  new 


Committees  as  may  appear  desirable. 

4th.  Nominations  (but  not  elections  at  this  sitting)  for  the  new  Committee  on  Scien-  | 

tific  Papers.     The  names  of  members  nominated  to  be  posted  in  the  hall  on  the  ad-  , 

journment  of  this  session.     The  election  not  to  take  place  until  after  the  opening  of  the 

next  session,  when  further  nominations  may  also  be  made  if  it  is  deemed  desirable.  I 

5th.  Reading  of  Papers  and  discussions  on  the  subjects  brought  up.  j 

6th.  Adjournment.  ! 

SECOND  SESSION  OF  THE  SECTION  (Sixth  of  the  Association). 

1st.  Reading  of  minutes  of  the  preirious  session. 
2d.  Election  of  New  Committee  on  Scientific  Papers. 
3d.  Reports  of  Committees — Incidental  business. 
4th.  Reading  of  Papers. 
5th.  Adjournment. 

THIRD  SESSION  OF  THE  SECTION  (Seventh  of  the  Association). 

1st.  Reading  of  Minutes  of  the  previous  session. 

2d.  Reading  of  Papers. 

3d.  Installation  of  New  Officers. 

4th.  Reports  of  Committees. 

5th.  New  business. 

6th.  Reading  of  Minutes. 

7th.  Final  adjournment. 


Digitized  by  VjiOOQIC 


784  BY-LAWS   OF   THE   COUNCIL. 


BY-LAWS  OF  THE  COUNCIL. 


CHAPTER  I. 

Article  L  The  Officers  of  the  Council  shall  consist  of  a  Chairman,  Vice-Chairman, 
and  Secretary,  who  shall  be  elected  by  ballot  by  the  Council,  to  serve  one  year. 

Article  II.  They  shall  be  elected  and  shall  assume  the  duties  of  their  respective 
offices  immediately  after  the  election  of  the  new  members  of  the  Council  by  the  Asso- 
ciation. 

CHAPTER   II. 
Of  the  Chairman  and  Vice- Chairman. 

Article  I.  The  Chairman  shall  preside  at  all  meetings  of  the  Council ;  in  his  absence 
or  on  account  of  inability  from  any  cause,  the  Vice-Chairman,  or,  in  the  absence  of  both, 
a  Chairman  pro  tempore ^  shall  perform  the  duties  of  Chairman. 

Article  II.  The  Chairman  of  the  Council  shall  confer  with  the  chairmen  of  the  va- 
rious special  and  standing  committees  of  the  Association,  during  its  sessions,  in  order  to 
arrange  and  expedite  the  business  of  the  Association. 

CHAPTER   III. 
Of  the  Secretary. 

Article  I.  The  Secretary  shall  keep  fair  and  correct  minutes  of  the  proceedings  of 
the  meetings,  and  carefully  preserve  all  reports  and  papers  of  every  description  received 
by  the  Council.     He  shall  receive  an  annual  salary  of  I50. 

Article  II.  He  shall  post  in  a  conspicuous  place  in  the  meeting  room  the  names  of 
the  applicants  for  membership. 

Article  III.  He  shall  read  all  the  papers  handed  him  by  the  Chairman  for  that  pur- 
pose, shall  call  and  record  the  yeas  and  nays  whenever  they  are  required  to  be  called ; 
he  shall  notify  the  Chairman  of  every  special  committee  of  his  appointment,  giving  him 
a  list  of  his  colleagues  and  stating  the  business  upon  which  the  committee  is  to  act,  and 
shall  notify  every  member  of  the  time  and  place  of  each  meeting. 

CHAPTER   IV. 
Committee  on  Membership, 

Article  I.  The  Committee  on  Membership  shall  consist  of  five  members  of  the 
Council,  to  be  elected  annually  by  ballot.  The  Permanent  Secretary  and  the  Treasurer 
of  the  Association  shall  be  ex-officio  members  of  this  committee.  The  q6mmittee  shall 
elect  their  chairman  immediately  after  their  election  by  the  Council. 


BY-LAWS  OF  THE  COUNCIL.  785 

Article  IL  The  Committee  on  Membership  shall  be  charged  with  the  duty  of  keep- 
ing a  correct  list  of  the  members  of  the  Association,  and  shall  present  the  list  of  appli- 
cants for  membership  who  have  complied  with  the  requirements  of  the  By-Laws  of  the 
Association,  to  the  Council. 

Article  III.  They  shall  furnish  appropriate  obituary  notices  of  deceased  members 
for  publication  in  the  Proceedings. 

Article  IV.  The  Secretary  of  the  Committee  shall  receive  an  annual  salary  of  ^150. 


CHAPTER  V. 
On  CommiiUe  on  Publication. 

Article  I.  The  Committee  on  Publication  shall  consist  of  five  members,  to  be  elected 
by  ballot  by  the  Council,  who  shall  elect  their  chairman  immediately  after  their  own 
election  by  the  Council. 

Article  II.  The  Committee  on  Publication  shall  have  chaise  of  the  publication  and 
distribution  of  the  Proceedings. 

CHAPTER  VI. 
On  Comtniitee  on  Finance. 

Article  I.  The  Committee  on  Finance  shall  consist  of  three  members.  They  shall 
audit  all  bills  of  the  Association,  and  orders  on  the  Treasurer  for  the  payment  of  bills 
shall  not  be  issued  without  the  consent  of  the  Finance  Committee. 

CHAPTER  VII. 
Of  the  Centennial  Fund. 

Article  I.  A  Committee  on  the  Centennial  Fund  shall  be  formed,  consisting  of  the 
President  or  one  of  the  Vice-Presidents  of  the  Association,  of  the  Chairman  of  the  Com- 
mittee on  Finance,  and  of  the  Permanent  Secretary.  They  shall  annually,  at  the  meet- 
ings, and  after  due  notice  through  the  Pharmaceutical  journals,  receive  applications  in 
writing  from  members  for  grants  ftx)m  the  interest  derived  from  the  Centennial  Fund,  the 
Applications  to  be  accompanied  by  a  statement  of  the  investigation  to  be  made,  and  of 
the  amount  of  material  required — it  being  understood  that  the  results  of  the  investigation, 
together  with  a  full  report  thereon,  be  laid  before  the  annual  meeting  of  the  Association. 

Article  II.  After  considering  these  applications,  the  Committee  shall,  at  as  early  a 
date  as  possible,  report  to  the  Council,  recommending  such  grants  from  the  available 
funds  as  they  may  deem  proper. 

Article  III.  The  Council  shall  decide  upon  these  recommendations,  and  shall  direct 
orders  to  be  drawn  upon  the  Treasurer  in  favor  of  those  members  to  whom  grants  have 
been  made. 

50 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


786  BY-LAWS   OF   THE   COUNCIL. 

CHAPTER  VIIL 
On  Meetings, 

Article  I.  The  Council  shall  meet  previous  to  the  assembling  of  the  Association 
and  at  such  other  times  as  they  may  adjourn  lo,  or  at  the  call  of  the  Chairman. 

Article  II.  On  the  written  application  of  three  members  to  the  Chairman  of  the 
Council,  a  special  meeting  shall  be  called. 

Article  III.  Five  members  of  the  Council  shall  constitute  a  quorum. 

Article  IV.  The  order  of  business  at  the  first  session  of  the  Council  shall  be  as 
follows : 

1.  Organization  by  the  election  of  the  Chairman,  Vice- Chairman,  and  Secretary. 

2.  Election  of  the  Standing  Committees  of  Council,  as  follows : 

a.  Committee  on  Membership,  consisting  of  five  members  of  the  Council,  the  Perma- 
nent Secretary,  and  Treasurer. 

b.  Committee  on  Finance,  three  members. 

c.  Committee  on  Publication,  five  members. 

//.  Committee  on  Centennial  Fund,  three  members. 

3.  Unfinished  and  deferred  business  from  the  meeting  of  the  last  Council,  or  such 
business  as  is  especially  referred  to  the  Council  from  the  Association. 

4.  The  reading  of  the  names  of  new  members  as  provided  in  the  By-Laws. 

5.  Reading  of  reports  and  appointment  of  committees. 

6.  New  business. 

7.  Adjournment— and  before  the  final  adjournment,  the  minutes  of  the  last  session 
shall  be  read  and  approved. 

CHAPTER  IX. 

Miscellaneous, 

Article  I.  Three  members  of  any  of  the  Standing  Committees  shall  constitute  a 
quorum  for  the  transaction  of  business. 

Article  II.  In  all  questions  arising  before  the  Council  or  its  Committees,  and  which 
can  be  disposed  of  by  a  positive  or  a  negative  vote,  the  Chairman  of  the  Council,  or  the 
Chairman  of  the  Committee,  may  take  the  vote  of  their  respective  bodies  in  writing,  and 
the  same  shall  have  the  same  force  and  effect  as  if  the  members  had  been  personally 
present. 

Article  III.  Every  proposition  to  alter  or  amend  these  By-laws  shall  be  submitted 
in  writing,  and  may  be  balloted  for  at  the  next  session  of  the  Council,  when,  upon  re- 
ceiving the  votes  of  three-fourths  of  the  members  present,  it  shall  become  a  part  of  these 
By-Laws. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


FORM  OF  PROPOSITIONS  FOR  MEMBERSHIP.  787 


FORM    OF    PROPOSITIONS    FOR    MEMBERSHIP. 


The  undersigned  members  in  good  standing,  being  personally  acquainted  with  the 
following  persons  eligible  to  membership  in  accordance  with  Chapter  VIII.  Article  I.  of 
the  By-Laws,  testify  to  their  moral  character,  their  skill  as  practical  druggists  and  phar- 
macists, and  their  professional  probity  and  good  standing,  and  they  recommend  them  for 
membership  in  the  American  Pharmaceutical  Association. 

Names.  Address. 


FORM   FOR  COMPLETING   MEMBERSHIP  IN 

ACCORDANCE  WITH  CHAPTER  VIII. 

ARTICLE  II.  OF  THE  BY-LAWS. 


Approving  of  the  objects  of  the  American  Phannaceutical  Association,  and  having 
read  its  G)nstitulion  and  By-Laws,  I  hereby  signify  my  approval  of  the  same,  and  sub- 
scribe to  them,  and  enclose  the  annual  contribution,  five  dollars,  for  the  current  year. 

Name  in  full, - - 

Date,  - _ _ 

Address, 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


7S8  GENERAL  RULES   ON   HNANCE. 

GENERAL  RULES  ON  FINANCE. 

ADOPTED  1883,  AMENDED  1885,  1887,  1888. 


Firstt  The  Treasurer  shall  deposit  all  moneys  received  by  him,  except  those  belong- 
ing to  tbe  various  "  Funds/'  with  some  reliable  banking  company,  where  said  money 
may  be  drawing  interest  for  the  benefit  of  the  Association,  said  banking  company  to  be 
designated  by  the  Finance  Committee,  and  approved  by  the  Council. 

Second,  Said  money  shall  be  deposited  in  the  name  of  the  American  Pharmaceutical 
Association,  and  all  checks  shall  be  drawn  by  the  Treasurer,  and  shall  be  countersigned 
by  the  Chairman  of  th^  Council. 

Thirdy  All  bills  due  by  the  Association  shall  be  paid  by  numbered  checks  on  said 
banking  company,  the  checks,  when  returned  to  the  Treasurer,  to  be  attached  to  the  sev- 
eral vouchers. 

Fourthy  The  Treasurer  shall  make  a  deposit  in  the  bank  whenever  the  money  in  his 
hands  shall  amount  to  fifty  dollars. 

Fifthy  The  Chairman  of  the  Council  shall  be  the  custodian  of  the  bonds  and  saving- 
bank  books,  representing  the  several  Funds  belonging  to  the  Association  ;  and  bonds  and 
bank-books  shall  be  in  the  name  of  the  Treasurer,  and  the  acconnts  of  the  same  shall  be 
kept  by  him  ;  duplicate  accounts  to  be  kept  by  the  Chairman  of  the  Council,  who  shall 
make  an  annual  report  of  the  same  to  the  Association. 

Sixth y  There  shall  be  annually  appointed,  by  the  Council,  an  Examining  Committee, 
this  Committee  to  consist  of  three  members  residing  in  or  near  the  same  city  or  town,  the 
chairman  to  be  a  member  of  the  Finance  Committee. 

Seventh^  The  Treasurer  shall  balance  his  books  July  1st  of  each  year,  and  shall  make 
out,  previous  to  the  fifteenth  day  of  July  following,  his  annual  report  for  the  financial 
year  just  closed. 

Eighth  y  The  Treasurer  having  thus  balanced  his  books  and  made  out  his  report  shall 
forward  all  his  books,  accounts,  vouchers,  etc.,  with  the  report,  to  the  Chairman  of  the 
Examining  Committee,  at  such  time  and  place  in  July  of  each  year  as  said  Chairman 
may  direct. 

The  Chairman  of  the  Council  shall  forward  to  the  Chairman  of  the  Examining  Com- 
mittee, at  the  same  time  and  place,  the  bonds,  saving- bank  books,  and  accounts  of  the 
same  that  may  be  in  his  hands. 

Ninth,  Said  books,  accounts,  vouchers,  etc.,  shall  be  returned  to  the  Treasurer,  and 
said  bonds,  savings  bank  books  and  accounts  of  the  same  to  the  Chairman  of  the  Coun- 
cil, all  within  two  weeks  of  the  date  of  their  reception  by  the  Chairman  of  the  Exam- 
ining Committee. 

Tenthy  There  shall  be  a  meeting  of  the  Examining  Committee  in  July  of  each  year, 
and  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  said  Committee,  at  such  meeting,  to  carefully  examine  all  the 
books,  accounts,  vouchers,  funds,  etc.,  etc.,  received  by  them ;  and,  previous  to  the  1st 
day  of  August  following,  to  make  a  report  thereon,  in  writing,  to  the  Chairman  of  the 
Council. 

Eleventh^  The  expense  of  the  bond  of  the  Treasurer  given  by  a  Trust  Company 
shall  be  paid  for  from  the  Treasury. 

Twelfth,  The  Treasurer  shall  furnish  with  his  annual  report  an  alphabetical  list  of  the 
names  of  the  members  from  whom  he  has  received  money  for  dues  and  certificates  dur- 
ing the  financial  year,  for  publication  in  the  Proceedings.  C^ CsC\o\c^ 

igi  ize      y  g 


ROLL  OF  MEMBERS. 


HONORARY  MEMBERS. 

FOREIGN  COUNTRIES. 

AUSTRIA. 

Anton  von  Waldheim,  Vitnna,  1871. 

BELGIUM. 

A.  T.  De  Meyer,  Brussels,  1868.  Norbert  Gille,  Brussels^  1868. 

ENGLAND. 

1>T.  John  Attfield,  London,  187 1.  Joseph  Ince,  London,  1882. 

Dr.  Robert  Bentley,  London,  1872.  Dr.  J.  Redwood,  London,  187 1. 

Henry  B.  BxtAy,  Nrwcastle-onTyne,  187 1.  Richard  Reynolds,  Leeds,  1882. 
Michael  Carteighe,  London,  1882.  George  W.  Sandford,  London,  1882. 

Thomas  Greenish,  London,  1882.  Geo.  F.  Schacht,  Ciifion,  Bristol,  1882. 

FRANCE. 

Dr.  G.  Planchon,  Paris,  1877.  Dr.  J.  L^on  Soubeiran,  Montpellier,  187 1. 

GERMANY. 

Dr.    Christian    Brunnengraebcr,    Hostock,  Dr.    Hermann     Hager,    Pufvermiikle   M 

1882.  FUrstenberg,  1868. 

Dr.  F.  A.  Fiackiger,  Strassburg,  1868.         Dr.  Carl  Schacht,  BerHn,  1882. 

NETHERLANDS. 

Dr.  J.  E.  De  Vrij,  Hague,  1871. 

RUSSIA. 
Dr.  G.  Dragendorff,  Dorpat,  1868.  J.  von  Martcnson,  St.  Petersburg,  1882. 

SWITZERLAND. 

Dr.  Edward  Schaer,  Zurich,  1877.  ^  , 

(  y3^  )  Digitized  by  VjOOglC 


790 


ROLL  OF   MEMBERS. 


ACTIVE  MEMBERS. 

Members  are  requested  to  report  any  inaccuracies  in  these  lists,  and  to  notify  the  Secre- 
tary  and  Treasurer  of  all  changes  of  address. 

(The  names  of  Life  Members  in  small  capitals.     Names  of  Life  Members 
under  the  old  Constitution  in  italics,) 

UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA. 

ALABAMA. 


CALIFORNIA. 

Alameda^  Alameda  Co. 

Elbe,  Constantine  Berthold 1877 

Anger s  Camp^  Calaveras  Co. 
Scribner,  John  Caimes 1889 

Bakersfield,  Kern  Of. 

Hawkh^s';  Joseph  TT^^^^^^  \   .\   .   .  ^878    I>n"7,  John  Stimson 1889 


Birmingham. 

Norton,  Edward  Benjamin 1888 

StoUenwerck,  Alphonse  Leander   .    .  1887 

Mobile. 

Brown,  Albert  Edward 1887 

Candidus,  Philip  Charles 1857 


Mohr,  Charles 1871 

Punch,  William  Francis 1874 

Tucker,  Mosely  Fleming 1888 

Van  Antwerp,  Caret 1880 

Montgomery. 
Knabe,  Gustavus  Alexander  ....  1876 

Selma. 
Gait,  Edward  Pegram 1883 

ARIZONA. 

Phoenix,  Maricopa  Co. 

Eschman,  Clemens  Louis 1889 

ARKANSAS. 
BatesvillCy  Independence  Co, 

Goodwin,  Eugene  Richard 1887 

Kerr,  William  Whitman 1887 

LiltU  Roch. 

Bond,  John  Bamitz 1883 

Bond,  Sterling  Price 1887 

Gibson,  James  Edwin 1887 

Jungkind,  John  August 1887 

Pine  Bluff. 
Dewoody,  William  Lawrence  ....  1887 


Cehtreville,  Alameda  Co. 
Lemhart,  August 1889 

Eureka,  Humboldt  Bay. 
Powell,  Robert  Baldwin 1880 

Los  Angeles. 

Buehler,  John  Jacob 1889 

Rives,  Edward  B 1889 

MarysvillCf  Yuba  Co. 

Flint,  John  Henry 1889 

Monterey. 
Hilby,  Francis  Martin      1889 

Oakland. 

Clapp,  George  Henry 1889 

Flint,  George  Benjamin 1889 

Kirkland,  Derwentwater 1889 

Maclise^  James 1889 

Smith,  William  Clay 1889 

Oroville,  Butte  Co. 

Ekman,  Nils  Adolf 1889 

Green,  Robert  Moore 1889 

Norton,  Lewis  Elliott .......  1889 

Pasadena. 
Bley,  Alphonso  Albert  WillettOOQli^89 


ROLL  OF  MEMBERS. 


791 


Red  Bluff, 
Darrough,  Charles  Henry    . 


....  1884 
Sacramento, 
Ray,  Frederick  Edwards 1889 

San  Francisco* 

Bacon,  Gaston  Ernest 1887 

Bayly,  Charles  Alfred 1889 

Beckett,  Frederick  Arthur 1885 

Brack ett,  Aurick  Smith 1868 

Calvert,  John 1870 

Dawson,  John  Henry 1882 

Devine,  John 1887 

Grant,  Albert  Warren 1889 

Hastings,  Benjamin 1889 

Heike,  William  Ludwig 1889 

Hulting,  Frederick  Benjamin  ....  1889 

Hunt,  Denis  Denvin 1889 

Joy,  Edwin  Wolcott 1882 

Keil,  Fred.  C 1889 

Lengfeld,  Abraham  Louis 1879 

Martin,  Samuel  Robert 1889 

Moffit,  Thomas  Sabaiier 1861 

Runyon,  Edward  Wheelock   ....  1875 

Schmidt,  Valentine 1887 

Searby,  William  Martin 1882 

Steele,  Henry 1859 

Steele,  James  Gurden 1859 

Welch,  Willard  Choate,  Jr 1889 

Wenzell,  William  Theodore   ....  1870 
White,  Richard  Edward 1889 

Santa  Barbara,  Santa  Barbara  Co. 
Gutierrez,  Antonio  Grabirl 1889 

Santa  Clara, 
Oberdeener,  Samuel 1889 

Santa  Cruz. 

Fay,  Hamilton 1889 

Rumsey,  Samuel  Louis 1876 

Tanner,  John  George 1S89 

Santa  Monica,  Los  Angeles  Co. 

MUler,  William 1889 

Selma,  Fresno  Co. 

McCartney,  Winfield  Scott 1889 

Stockton. 

Holden,  Isaac  Dana 1889 

Vacaville. 
Miller,  James  Monroe 1889 


Vallejo,  Solano  Co. 

Topley,  James 1869 

Yreka. 
Bradley,  James  Walter  ..... 


1889 


COLORADO. 


Central  City. 

Best,  John 1866 

Denver. 
Beitenman,  William  Wallace  ....  1888 

Chandler,  Isaac  Eugene 1888 

Dunagan,  Jesse  Jackson 1889 

Ford,  Charles  Mangan 1887 

Kochan,  John 1888 

Kostitch,  Stephen  Theodore   ....  1889 

Lord,  Frank  Jotham 1889 

Price,  Charles  Asbury 1889 

Scholtz,  Edmund  Louis 1881 

Steinhauer,  Frederick 188 1 

Thurber,  Almon  Russell 1880 

Walbrach,  Arthur 1881 

Glenwood  Springs,  Garfield  Co. 
Ewing,  Frederic  Charles 1889 

Lyons. 
Crona,  Sixtus  Ewald  Seine 1885 

Sopris. 
Davison,  John  Thome '  .  1888 

COLUMBIA,  DISTRICT  OF. 
IVashington. 

Boyd,  George  Washington 1883 

Bury,  Edward  Berkley 1870 

Christiani,  Charles 1874 

Coumbe,  Oscar  Henry 1883 

Cromwell,  Zachariah  William.    .    .    .  1870 

Duckett,  Walter  G 1876 

Dufour,  Clarence  Reuter 1876 

Johnston,  Henry  Augustus 1883 

Lockhart,  George  Bradfield 1883 

Major,  John  Richards 1873 

Martin,  John  Charles 1883 

MiLBURN,  John  Alexander  .  .   .   .1858 

Milbum,  Washington  Coad 1883 

Nattans,  Arthur 1883 

Pettingill,  Edward  True 1880 

Schafhirt,  Adolph  Julian      .    .^         1816 
Simms,  Giles  Green  Craycroft.^  OQgJ^ 


79*  ROLL  OF 

Thompson,  William  Scott 187 1 

Walton,  Joseph  Richardson 1883 

Wchrly,  Thomas  McAleer 1883 

CONNECTICUT. 

Ansonia. 

Bristol,  Charles  Edward 1880 

Smith,  Samuel  Wheeler 1889 

Hartford, 
Chapin,  Frederick  Hastings    ....  1880 

Goodrich,  Stephen 1875 

Goodwin,  Lester  Henry 1875 

Rapelye,  Charles  Andrew 1876 

Williams,  John  Kirby  .   .    .    ,   .       .  1875 

Litchfield, 
Gates,  Howard  Eugene 1873 

Meriden, 
Parker,  John  Herbert 1880 

Middlettntm. 
Pitt,  John  Richard,  Jr 1872 

Naugatuck, 
May,  James  Oscar 1875 

New  Haven, 

Dimock,  Robert  Hemphill 1889 

Francis,  Walter  Russell 1882 

Gessner,  Emil  Adolph 1878 

Spalding,  Warren  Alphonso    .   .    .   .1876 

Sperry,  Herman  Jay 1880 

Wells,  Romania 1877 

New  London, 
Nichols,  John  Cutter 1886 

Norwich, 

Osgood,  Hugh  Henry 1875 

Sevin,  Nathan  Douglas 1875 

Putnam. 
Dresser,  George  Edward 1886 

Stamford. 
Haight,  William  Bogardus 1872 

Thorn  aston. 
Williams,  Charles  Fish 1888 

Thompsonville,  Hartford  Co. 
Smith,  Edward  Newton 1^85 


MEMBERS. 

Waterbury. 

Bossidy,  Bartholomew 1889 

Dikeman,  Nathan.  . 1859 

Munson,  Luzerne  Ithiel 1872 

Wilcox,  Frederick 1878 

Woodruff,  Roderick  Samvel   ....  1876 

West  Winsted, 
Phelps,  Dwight 1873 

Willimaniic. 
Wilson,  Frank  Milton 1883 

DAKOTA. 
DeviFs  Lake, 

Labold,  Joseph  M 1888 

Grafton, 
Haussamen,  Henry  Louis 1888 

MiichelL 
Wame,  Henry  Lee 1881 

DELAWARE. 
Wilmington, 

Beetem,  Jacob  Samuel 1888 

Belt,  Zedekiah  James 1876 

Smith,  Linton 1870 

Stewart,  Francis  Edward 1884 

Watson,  Herbert  Kennedy 1888 

FLORIDA. 
Apopka,  Orange  Co. 

Kent,  Robert  Restieaux 1855 

Cedar  Kejf, 
Wooldridge,  Napoleon 1883 

Fofi  George, 
Rollins  J  John  Francis 1859 

Jacksonville, 

Aird,  William 1887 

Hughes,  George    .........  1887 

Watson,  Sidney  Powell 1887 

ITissimmee, 
Spears,  Jacob  Vumon 1887 

Montieello. 
Palmer,  John  Dabney 1888 

Pensacola. 
Cushman,  Henry  Cli^d  tiyGtQQQl^7 


ROLL  OF  MBMBKRS. 


793 


IValdo, 
Wheeler,  Lucien  Fitch,   • 


1858 


GEORGIA. 


Atlanta, 
Behre,  Charles  Henry  Ernst  .   .    .    .1882 

Rankin,  Jesse  Willis 1877 

Renouff,  James  Tberon 1877 

Schumann,  Theodore i860 

Augusta. 

Durban,  Sebastian  Charles 1883 

Land,  Robert  Henry 1859 

Mac(m, 

Bninner,  Norman  Isaac 1878 

Hunt,  Leonard  Washington    ....  1878 

Ingalls,  John 1876 

MeConville,  Thomas  Aloysms,   .   .    .  1864 

Thomasville, 

Bondurant,  Chailes  Scott 1888 

Thomas,  Robert,  Jr 1888 

IDAHO  TERRITORY. 
Murray^  Shoshone  Co. 

Ingalls,  Albert  Orfila 1885 

Wallace, 
Sherwin,  Eugene  Alonzo 1889 

ILLINOIS. 
Altenheim,  Cook  Co, 

McPherson,  George 1 865 

Bradford,  Stark  Co, 

Flummer,  David  Gorham 1869 

*  Camp  Point,  Adams  Co. 
Bartells,  George  Case 1881 

Carlinville,  Macoupin  Co. 

Loehr,  Theodore  Christian 1888 

Chicago, 

Bartlett,  Nicholas  Gray 1864 

Behrens,  Paul  Johannes  Heinrich  .    .  1888 

BiROTH,  Henry 1865 

Blocki,  William  Frederick 1863 

Bodcmann,  Wilhelm 1887 

Butler,  George  Frank 1883 

Button,  Charles  Edwin 1881 

Conrad,  John 1887 


Druehl,  Frank  August 1889 

Ebert,  Albert  Ethelbert.  .  .  .  1864 
Fleischer,  Adolph  Theodore  ....  1888 
Frerkson,  Richard  Christopher  •  .  .  1888 
Fuller,  Oliver  Franklin  .  .   .   .1869 

GaUy  Edwin  Oscar 1857 

Gale,  William  Henry 1857 

Galloway,  David  Henry 1889 

Garrison,  Herod  Daily 1869 

Crassly,  Charles  William 1884 

Hallberg,  Carl  Swante  Nicanor  .  .  .1879 
Hartwig,  Charles  Ferdinand   .    .    .   .1881 

Hogey,  Julius  Henry 1880 

Jacobus,  Judson  Schradlow 1870 

Jaroieson,  Thomas  Nevin 1888 

Kadlec,  Lawrence  Wesley 1880 

Kirchgasser,  William  Charles.    .   .    .  1888 

Lord,  Thoqtias 1882 

Martin,  Hugo  William  Conrad  .    .    .  1881 

Maynard,  Henry  Shennan 1880 

Miner,  Maurice  Ashbel k88o 

Oldberg,  Oscar 1873 

Parsons,  John 1865 

Patterson,  Theodore  Henry 1869 

Puchner,  William  August 1888 

Rhode,  Rudolph  Ernst 1887 

Sargent,  EzeViel  Herbert 1864 

Scherer,  Andrew 1884 

Schmidt,  Frederick  Michael  ....  1887 
Senier,  Frederick  Sutherland  .    .    .   .1874 

Truax,  Charles 1882 

Whitfield,  Thomas 1865 

Wilson,  Julius  Henry 1869 

Woltersdorf,  Louis 1865 

Zahn,  Emil  Augustus 1881 

Danville. 

Winslow,  Edwin  Cook 1879 

Decatur, 

Smith,  Alexander  Henry 1888 

El  Paso,  Woodford  Co, 
Strathman,  Charles  August 1888 

Highland. 

Mueller,  Adolphus 1 871 

Moline, 
Sohrbeck,  George  Henry 1888 

Mount  Sterling. 
Rickey,  Charles  FranijfeefJ  by  GoOgfe 


794 


ROLL   OF   MEMBERS. 


Peoria. 

Benton,  Wilbcr  Mcrritt 1888 

Zimmermann,  Charles 1881 

Peru,  La  Salle  Co, 
Hattenbauer,  Robert  Christopher  .    .1881 

Saybrook, 

Travis,  Miles  Beaty 1889 

Springfield, 
Day,  Charles  Wesley 1873 

INDIANA. 

Bluffton, 

Spitzer,  George 1888 

Columhus. 

Stahlhuth,  Ernst  Henry  William  .  .   .  1887 

Evansville. 

Schmidt,  Horian  Charles 1882 

Schlaepfer,  Henry  John 1879 

Fairmount, 
Edwards,  Nathan  Wilson 1879 

Indianapolis. 

Dill,  John  Byron 1878 

Eberhardt,  Ernest  Godlove 1887 

Frauer,  Herman  Emanuel 1881 

Hurty,  John  Newell 1882 

Lambert,  John  Albert 1879 

Leist,  Jacob  Lawrence 1881 

LUly,  Eli 1878 

Sloan,  George  White 1857 

Jasper ^  Dubois  Co, 
Mehringer,  Joseph  Andrew 1882 

Jeffersonville, 

Loomis,  John  Clarence 1876 

Lafayette, 

Green,  Arthur  Lawrence 1884 

Hilt,  David 1879 

Michigan  City, 

Shrader,  John  L 1880 

New  Albany, 

Knoefel,  August 1879 

Seymour, 
Andrews,  Josiah  Harding 1879 


South  Bend. 
Eliel,  Leo 1882 

Terre  Haute, 
Baur,  Jacob 1879 

IOWA. 
Anamosa, 

Soetje,  Edward  Conrad 1888 

Cedar  FallSy  Blach  Hawk  Co, 
Bryant,  William  CuUen 1881 

Clinton, 

Majer,  Oscar 1880 

Davenport, 

Ballard,  John  Winthrop 1 87 1 

Harrison,  Jacob  Hugh  , 1883 

Decorah, 
Weiser,  Emilius  Ileenfritz 1880 

Dubuque. 

Ruete,  Theodore  William 1870 

Torbert,  Willard  Horatio 1887 

Fort  Dodge. 

GrifEn,  Horace  Monroe 1889 

Oleson,  Olaf  Martin 1877 

Fort  Madison, 

Schafer,  Geoiige  Henry 1871 

Iowa  City, 

Boemer,  Emil  Louis 1877 

Marshalltown, 

Upson,  Rosa 1887 

Monticello, 
Tiarks,  Hermann 1876 

Muscatine. 
Krehe,  John  Theodor 1884 

Oskaloosa. 

Pickett,  John  Harvey 1887 

PleasantvUle. 
Berringer,  Will  Jay 1888 

Sioux  City, 

Moore,  Silas  Harwood 1880 

More,  Arthur  James 1881 

ScherUng.  G«sUv^-,;,-,  j^GoOgl^ 


ROLL  OF  MEMBERS. 


795 


Stuari. 
Treat,  Joseph  Augustus 1885 

Washington, 
Ink,  Parker  Peter 1888 

Waterloo. 
Wanglcr,  Conrad  David 1876 

KANSAS. 

Bridgeport^  Saline  Co. 

Ekstrand,  John  Peter 1888 

Coldwater, 

Sombart,  John  Edward 1881 

Lawrence, 

Leis,  Geoiige 1869 

Moore,  John  Thomas 1888 

Sayre,  Lucius  Elmer 1883 

Leavenworth, 

Brown,  Robert  J 1862 

Lincoln, 
Bryant,  Randolph  Foster  ......  1887 

Peabody, 

Roberts,  Daniel  John 1881 

Perry y  Jefferson  Co, 

Spangler,  Henry  William 1888 

Salina. 
Seitz,  Oscar 1881 

Topeka. 
Merrell,  Ashbel  Hill 1884 

Watnego. 
Stone,  Maurice  Lewis 1888 

KENTUCKY. 
Carrollton, 

Geier,  Oscar  William 1880 

Covington, 

Pieck,  Edward  Ludwig 1887 

Zwick,  George  Albert 1874 

Crittenden^  Grant  Co. 

Collins,  Richard  Durbin 1887 

Ftemingsburg. 
Reynolds,  John  Jefferson 1876 


Frankfort, 
Averill,  William  Henry  .   , 


1874 


Louisville, 


Bamum,  Joseph  Powers 1887 

Beckmann,  Oscar  Albert 1879 

Colgan,  John 1867 

Diehl,  Conrad  Lewis 1863 

Dilly,  Oscar  Charles 1888 

Fischer,  Phil 1883 

Goebel,  Edward 1884 

Haeusgen,  Henry  Otto 1888 

Jones,  Simon  Newton 1870 

Kessler,  Edward  Frederick 1879 

Mueller,  Otto  Edward 1888 

Newman,  Geoige  Abner 1866 

Peyton,  Robert  Docker 1887 

Pfingst,  Edward  Charles 1874 

Pfingst,  Ferdinand  John  .   .•  .   .1867 

Pfingst,  Henry  Adolph 1874 

Rademaker,  Hermann  Henry  ....  1879 

Renz,  Frederick  Jacob 1883 

Rogers,  Wiley 1874 

Scheffer,  Emil 1872 

Schiemann,  Edward  Bernard  .   .    .    .1880 

Schoettlin,  Albert  John 1882 

Snyder,  Robert  Johnson 1887 

Strassel,  William 1870 

Somerset. 

Porter,  Chilton  Scott 1882 

Uniontovm, 
Hardigg,  William  Leopold 1881 

LOUISIANA. 

Neia  Orleans. 

Brand,  Erich 1888 

Brunswig,  Lucien  Napoleon   ....  1887 

Chalin,  Louis  Fisk 1887 

Dellavallade,  Jean  Michel  .....  1873 
Finlay,  Alexander  Kirk  wood  ....  1883 

Godbold,  Fabius  Chapman 1887 

Hall,  Charies  Knap 1887 

Johnson,  John 1887 

Keppler,  Christian  Lewis 1882 

Lyons,  Isaac  Luria 1875 

Mellon,  John  Joseph 1883 

Metz,  Abraham  Louis 1887 

Moore,  Thomas  Ferguson 1878 

Robin,  Oscar 1887 

Rudolf,  Mrs.  Eliza 1887 

Shorb,  Joshua  Eagan  ^^^  by  Go0^ 


79^ 


R0U4  OF  MEMBERS, 


Bat<m  Rouge, 

Brooks,  Francis  Marion 1879 

Bayou  GquUl. 

Viallon,  Paul  Louis 1870 

Franklin, 

Frere,  Alexander  Gabriel 1882 

New  Iberia, 
Lee,  James  Augustin 1856 

MAINE. 

Augusta, 
Partridge,  Charles  Kimball 1867 

Bangor, 

Harlow,  Noah  S}>arhawk 1859 

Sweet,  Caldwell 1881 

Bath, 
Anderson,  Samuel 1876 

Belfast, 
Moody,  Richard  Henry 1876 

Bethel. 
Wiley,  Goodwin  Robert 188$ 

Biddeford, 
Boynton,  Herschel 1875 

Ellsworth. 
Parcher,  George  Asa 1875 

Pittsfield, 
Libby,  Henry  Fitigeinld 1882 

Portland, 
CummingSt  Henry  Thornton  ....  1 853 

Dana,  Edmund,  Jr 1877 

Frye,  George  Carlton 1879 

Hay,  Edward  AUston 1889 

Hayy  Henry  Homer 1867 

Perkins,  Benjamin  Abbott 1878 

MARYLAND. 

Baltimore, 

Baxley,  Jackson  Brawn 1 856 

Brack,  Charles 1876 

Burrough,  Horace 1883 

(::aspari,  Charles,  Jr 1883 

Culbreth,  David  Marvel  Reynolds  .   .  1883 
Dohme,  Charles  Emile 1863 


Dohme,  Louis 1859 

Edwards,  William  Fletcher 1 883 

Elliott,  Henry  Alexander 1859 

Emich,  Columbus  Valentine   ....  1863 

Frames,  James  Parker 1868 

Gilpin,  Henry  Brooke 1889 

Gosman,  Adam  John 1870 

Hancock,  John  Francis 1863 

Jennings,  Nathaniel  Hynson  ....  1857 

Lauer,  Michael  John 1865 

Perkins,  Elisha  Henry 1857 

Russell,  Eugene  Janus       .    .    ,    .    .  1856 

Sharpy  Alpheus  Phineas 1855 

Simon,  William 1885 

Thompson,  William  Silver 1856 

Thomsen,  John  Jacob 1856 

Thomsen,  John  Jacob,  Jr 1883 

Tilyard,  Charies  Slade 1867 

WiNKELMANN,JoHN  Henry  .   .   .    .1864 

Chestertorwn, 
Stam,  Colin  Ferguson 1882 

Cumberland. 

Hcnnan,  John  George 1878 

Shriver,  Henry 1876 

Shryer,  Thomas  Wilson 1875 

Frederick  City, 
Schley,  Steiner 1878 

Hagerstown. 
Winters,  Jonas 1863 

MASSACHUSETTS. 
Boston, 

Appleton,  Henry  Knox,  Jr 1887 

Babo,  Leopold 1859 

Bartlet,  William  Williams 1875 

Bassett,  Charles  Harrison 1867 

Boyden,  Edward  Cleveland    ....  1874 

Burley,  Edwin  Porter 1877 

Burnett,  Joseph 1852 

Canning,  Henry 1865 

Carter,  Solomon 1865 

Cbapin,  William  Arms 1880 

Colton,  James  Byers 1865 

Cramer,  Max 1881 

Cutler,  Edward  Waldo  ....  1859 
Davenport,  Bennett  Franklin  ....  1879 
Doliber,  7^^«^D^iti^e(lb7G00gl€859 


ROLL  OF  MEMBERS. 


797 


Drury,  Linus  Dana  '. 1871 

Durkee,  William  Carley 1885 

Godding,  John  Granville 1875 

Hoyt,  George  Melvin 1875 

Jenkins,  Luther  Lincoln 1867 

Jones,  James  Taber 1875 

Jordan,  William  Henry 1 87 1 

Kelly,  Edward  Samuel 1 87 1 

Lowd,  John  Colby 1871 

Markoe,  George  Frederic  Holmes  .    .  1863 

Melvin^  James  Samuel 1853 

Metcalfe  Theodore 1857 

Mowry,  Albert  Daniel 1884 

O'Brien,  James  John 1875 

Patch,  Edgar  Leonard 1872 

Patten^  Ichabod  Bartlett 1858 

Pierce,  William  Herbert 1879 

Prescott,  Horace  Augustus 1875 

Richardson,  William  Allen 1887 

Sawyer,  William  Frederick  .....  1885 

Sharpies,  Stephen  Paschell 1875 

Sheppard,  Samurl  Airus  Darling- 
ton   1865 

Siegemund,  Charles  Augustus  ....  1882 

Stowell,  Daniel 1875 

Tower,  Levi,  Jr i860 

Turner f  Thomas  Larkin 1853  I 

Williams,  George  Gorham 1888 

Wilson,  Benjamin  Osgood 1859 

Woodbridgey  George  Washington   .    ,  1859 

Andover. 

Parker,  George  Hawkins 1874 

Cambridge, 

Hubbard,  John  Henry 1866 

Wood,  Edward  Stickney 1879 

Cambridgeport, 

Bayley,  Augustus  Ramsey 1859 

Laing.  Alfred  Allen 1888 

Ome,  Joel  Stone 1859 

Charlestown. 

Marshall,  Ernest  Clifton 1875 

Stacey,  Benjamin  Franklin i860 

Chelsea, 

Buck,  John 1855 

Buck,  John  Lynian 1883 

Dover, 
Colcordf  Samuel  Marshall .    .    .    •    .1852 


East  Pepperell. 

Denham,  Charles  Sumner 1875 

Pitehbmrg, 

Choate,  John 1877 

Estabrook,  Henry  Arthur 1886 

Great  Barrington, 

Whiting,  Frederick  Theodore  .  .    .    .1863 

Holyoke, 

Ball,  Charles  Ely 1885 

Lawrence, 

Whitney,  Henry  Martin  ......  1859 

Lee, 

Pease,  Francis  Merrick 1880 

Lotvell, 

Bailey,  Frederick 1869 

Butler,  Freeman  Hall 1874 

Hood,  Charles  Ira 187 1 

Kidder,  Samuel 1859 

Robinson,  Edward  Augustus  ....  1888 

Lynn. 

Colcord,  Joseph  Webster 1882 

Marlborough, 
Hartshorn,  Frederick  Arthur  ....  1 880 

Middleboro, 

Drake,  Charles  William 1873 

New  Bedford, 

Blake,  James  Edwin 1866 

Bunker,  Elihu 1885 

Hadley,  Frank  Rufus 1872 

Lawton,  Charles  Henry 1873 

Lawton,  Horace  Allen 1873 

Shurtleff,  Israel  Hammond 1875 

Taylor,  John  Pitman 1875 

Wright,  Edward  Ellsworth 1886 

Newburyport. 

Goodwin,  William  W. 1853 

Homer,  John 1887 

Newton, 

Hudson,  Arthur 1882 

Newton  Centre. 

Noble,  John  Joseph 1875 

North  Andover, 
Bernan,  George  Washingtof^OO^iQ 


M 


798 


ROLL  OF  MEMBERS. 


Peahody, 
Grosvenor,  Daniel  Prescott .   .    .    .   .1881 

Pittsfield, 

Manning,  John  Henry 1889 

Quincy, 
Whall,  Joseph  Stokes 1873 

Rockland. 

Easton,  Luther  Waite 1875 

Estes,  Joseph  Joslyn 1870 

.  Rockport, 

Blaichford,  Eben 1857 

Salem, 
Luscomb,  William  Edmund    .    .   •   .1881 

Nichols,  Thomas  Boyden 1876 

Price,  Charles  Henry 1882 

Price,  Joseph 1888 

Shelboume  Falls, 

Baker,  Edwin 1875 

Somerville. 

Cowdin,  George  Henry 1875 

Flanagan,  Lewis  Cass 1875 

Stockbridge. 

Clark,  William  Bills 1880 

Walpole, 
Pilsbury,  Frank  Otis 188 1 

West  Acton, 

Hutchins,  Isaiah 1880 

Worcester. 

Bush,  William 1875 

Maisch,  Henry  Charles  Christian   .    .  1885 

Scott,  George  Theodore 1883 

Williams,  Duane  Burnett 1881 

MICHIGAN. 
Ann  Arbor. 

Brown,  Henry  Jefferson  ......  1882 

Eberbach,  Ottmar 1869 

Mann,  Albert 1889 

Prcscott,  Albert  Benjamin 1871 

Schlotterbeck,  Julius  Otto 1888 

Stevens,  Alonzo  Burdette 1885 

Armada,  Macombe  Co. 
Phillips,  Edwin  Freeman 1888 


BaHle  Creek, 

Warden,  Robert  C. i860 

Bay  City. 
Henes,  William  Frederick 1876 

Benton  Harbor, 
Sheffield,  William  Edwin 1887 

Berrien  Springs, 

Kephart,  Henry 1887 

Detroit, 

Allen,  Albert  William 1885 

Allen,  William  Humphries 1887 

Baier,  Charles  George  .......  1887 

Bassett,  Arthur 1888 

Caldwell,  James  William 1875 

Dupont,  William 1887 

Frizelle,  Seymour  Fuller 1888 

Hawkins,  Henry 1880 

Haynes,  David  Oliphant  •   .....  1887 

Holt,  Alvin  Everett 1888 

Inglis,  Frank 1887 

Johnston,  William,  Jr 1888 

Kennedy,  Ezra  Joseph 1887 

Lyons,  Albert  Byron 1885 

Perry,  Frederick  William  Riley  .    .    .  1885 

Snow,  Herbert  Waldemar 1887 

Steams,  Henry  Albyn 1888 

Stevens,  Fred.  D 1888 

Stone,  Clarence  George 1884 

Thompson,  Frank  Augustus    .   ,    .    .  1S88 

Vernor,  James 1866 

Wagner,  George  William,  Jr 1888 

Webber,  Joseph  Le  Roy 1886 

East  Saginaw. 
Prall,  Delbert  Elwyn 1876 

Grand  Rapids, 

Tibbs,  William  Henry 1 87 1 

Greenville, 

Hall,  William  Alanson 1888 

Holly. 
Church,  Howard  Montague 1887 

Ionia, 

Gundrum,  George 1882 

Kalamazoo, 
McDonald.  Georg^,^.^^^y<3oog[^87l 


ROLL  OF  MEMBERS. 


799 


LoomiSf  Isabella  Co. 

Taylor,  Celia  Williams 1888 

Manistee, 
Lyman,  Asahel  Hubert 1884 

Muskegim. 

Brundage,  Fred 1888 

Jesson,  Jacob 1872 

Padley,  William  Alfred 1888 

Nottawa^  St.  Joseph  Co, 
Todd,  Albert  May .      1885 

Owosso. 
Parkin,  Stanley  E 1887 

Red  Jacket,  Boughton  Co. 
Macdonald,  Daniel  Turner 1884 

Saginaw  City. 
Keeler,  William  Henry 1872 

MINNESOTA. 

Duluth. 

Boyce,  Samuel  F 1871 

Minneapolis. 

Allen,  E.  Floyd 1885 

Huhn,  George 1884 

Sanderson,  Stephen  Francis 1880 

New  Ulm, 
Weschcke,  Carl 1889 

St,  Paul. 

Conger,  Frederic  Albert 1887 

Qvale,  Victor  A 1889 

Simmon,  Karl 1880 

Stierle,  Adolph 1882 

Sweeny ,  Robert  Ormsby 1866 

Warren,  Edwin  Alonzo 1887 

Wilkes,  Arthur  Perry 1887 

Stillwater. 
Hening,  James  Courtenay 1887 

Waseca. 
Rohde,  Qaus  Frederick 1885 

MISSISSIPPI. 

Aberdeen,  Monroe  Co. 

Eckford,  Joseph  William 1883 


yackson. 

Ash,  Matthew  Franklin 1856 

Port  Gibson. 
Shreve,  John  Alexander 1880 

MISSOURI. 
St.  Louis, 

Ahlbrandt,  Henry  Ernst  ......  1877 

Alexander,  Maurice  William  .    .   .    .1871 

Ault,  Charles  Henry 1887 

Blank,  Alois 1881 

Boehm,  Solomon 187 1 

Catlin,  Ephron 1871 

Chamberlain,  Guilford  Tracy    .   .    ,  1853 

Curtman,  Charles  Otto 1871 

Fahlen,  Julius 1889 

Good,  James  Michener.  .        ....  187 1 

Grandjean,  Charles 1871 

Grandjean,  Eugene 187 1 

Haigh,  De  Lagnel 1887 

Hassebrock,  Henry  Fred 1884 

Hemm,  Francis 1881 

James,  Frank  Lowber 1888 

Klie,  George  Henry  Charles       .    .    .  1878 

Leitch,  Arthur i860 

Mallinckrodt,  Edward 1869 

Meyer,  Christian  Fred.  Gottlieb  .   .   .  i860 

Morley,  William  Jarman 1876 

Pauley,  Frank  Charles 1879 

Physick,  Henry  Sandford    .    .        .    .  1870 

Richardson,  James 1882 

Richardson,  Joseph  Clifford 1871 

Rohlfing,  Charles  Henry  Ferdinand  .  1888 

Sander,  Enno 1858 

Scheffer,  Henry  William 1863 

Sennewald,  Ferdinand  William  .   .    .  1865 

Sohn,  Frank 1888 

Tomfohrde,  John  William 1878 

Ude,  George 1871 

Uhlich,  Ferdinand  G 1881 

Vordick,  August  Henry 1874 

Wall,  Otto  Augustus 1884 

Westmann,  Frank  Henry 1882 

Whelpley,  Henry  Milton .  .    .    .    .    .1887 

Whitcomb,  Frederick  Ezekiel .  .    .    .1888 

Carrollton. 
Pettit,  Henry  McEwen.  .    .    . 

Conway,  Laclede  Co. 
Anderson,  Jesse  Nelspi^^g^by 


i860 


8oo 


ROLL  OF  MEMBERS. 


NEVADA. 

Gold  HUl. 

Jones,  John,  Jr 1889 

Virginia  City, 
Perkins,  William  Alexander  ....  1869 

NEW  HAMPSHIRE. 
Clarenioni, 

Eyssell,  George 1889   Spofford,  Charles  Byron 1884 

Ford,  William  Thomas 1878  ^ 

Gallagher,  John  Anthony 1881 


Frieman, 
Dolan,  Frank  Linley 1888 

GlfHwood, 
Gray,  Gilbert  Dillon i88x 

Independence, 
Wight,  Oscar  Martin.   .......  1887 

Kansas  City, 


Graham,  Willis  Hamm 1881 

Lahme,  Charles  Adolph 1881 

Marshall, 
Franklin,  Hiilip  Henry 1881 

Mexico,  Atedrain  Co, 

Duncan,  Thurston  Baskett 1887 

Llewellyn,  John  Frederick 1867 

Moberly,  Randolph  Co, 
Last,  Louis  Christopher  August .   .   .  1888 

Pierce  City,  Lawrence  Co, 
Armstrong,  George  Revington  .   .    .  1877 

Rich  Hill, 
Youngs,  William 1883 

Sedalia, 
Fleischmann,  Augustus  Theodore  .   .  1885 


Tufts,  Charles  Augustus  ....  1856 

Greenville, 
Hall,  Charles  Edwin 1884 

Keene, 

Hodgkins,  Bert  Willis 1888 

Lake  Village, 

Dolloff,  Albert  Simeon 1888 

Manchester, 

Miville,  Francis  Charles 1877 

Smith,  Amasa  Daniel 1889 

Nashua. 

Morse,  Charles  Milan 1888 

Russell,  Elias  Smith 1875 

Whitman,  Nelson  Samuel 1875 

New  Market, 

Dearborn,  George  Luther 1853 

Portsmouth, 


Weston, 

Parr,  John  Conrad 1856    ^^*^°'  ^°>'"^'* ^^^ 

\  Preston,  Andrew  Peabody 1881 


NEBRASKA. 

Lincoln. 

Daubach,  Charles  Joseph 1889 

Kostka,  Bruno  Otto 1889 

North  Bend, 
Seykora,  Edward  Joseph 1887 

Omaha, 

Field,  Amos 1871 

Forsyth,  James 1889 

Goodman,  Charles  Frederick  .   .   .   .1871 

Kennard,  Frank  Bartlett 1883 

Ktthn,  Norman  Archibald 1878 


Somersworth, 

t 

Moore,  George 1859 

NEW  JERSEY. 
Asbury  Park. 

Woolley,  Stephen  Disbrow 1888 

Bloomfield, 
Scherff,  John  Philip 1877 

Bordeniown, 
Carslake,  George  Middleton   ....  1880 

Bridgetoe^ 
D«^,  Cluule.  Yo^^  ^^  Google 


ROLL  OP  MEMBERS. 


80 1 


Burlington^ 

Vandegrift,  John  A 1867 

Camden. 

Brown,  Albert  Polls 1870 

Test,  Alfred  William 1870 

East  Orange. 

Davis,  George  Randolph 1 883 

Niblo,  William  Henry 1887 

Williams,  Seward  Whiting 1887 

Elizabeth. 

Brant,  Edmund  Wade 1882 

Drake,  Jonathan  Baker 1875 

Kent,  Henry  Avery,  Jr 1880 

Loveland,  William  F 1882 

Oliver,  William  Murray 1875 

Elizabethport. 
Frohwein,  Richard 1867 

Englewood, 
Rockefeller,  Lucius  .......  1880 

Freehold, 

Walker,Ansell 1880 

Walker,  John  Putnam 1881 

Hoboken. 

Klussman,  Hermann.   ...'...  1876 

jeriey  City. 

Abernethy,  Maxwell 1865 

Brown,  James 1888 

Dougherty,  Samuel  Edward   .    .    .    .1875 

Kennedy,  Ewen  Chisholm 1888 

White,  George  Henderson 1868 

Wiengcs,  Conrad 1875 

Keyport. 
Warn,  William  Edgar 1886 

MatawaHy  Monmouth  Co, 
Slater,  Frank  Hovey 1882 

Medford. 
Thorn,  Henry  Prickett 1879 

Montclair. 
Tobin,  James  Martin 1887 

Morristown, 
Carrell,  Eugene  Ayres 1875 

Alt.  Holly. 

White,  Aaron  Smith i860 

51 


Newark. 

Betzler,  Jacob 1880 

Bruguier,  Francis 1876 

Drescher,  August . 1886 

HoLZHAUER,  Charles 1873 

Mennen,  Gerhard 1888 

Say  re,  Edward  Augustus 1877 

Say  re,  William  Henry 1877 

Smith,  Charles  Bradley 1868 

Smith,  Israel  Preston 1876 

Stamford,  William  Harrison   ....  1876 
Van  Winkle,  Abraham 1871 

New  Brunswick. 

Kilmer,  Frederick  Barnett 1886 

Rnst,  William 1870 

Neioton. 
Ryerson,  Henry  Ogden 1882 

Orange  Valley,  Essex  Co. 
Yatman,  John  Lewis 1880 

Plainfield. 

Miller,  Joseph  Gilbert 1886 

Reynolds,  Howard  Prescott 1875 

Shaw,  Robert  Johnston 1875 

Roselle. 
Tieman,  Frank  Mottimer 1880 

Salem. 

Bassett,  Joseph 1880 

Somerville. 

Cook,  Gilbert  Snowden 1886 

South  Amboy. 
Jacques,  George  Washington  .  .  1869 

Trenton. 
DeCou,  James  Clarke 1880 

NEW  YORK.        , 

New  York  City. 

Atwood,  Herman  White 1873 

Balluff,  Paul i860 

Balser,  Gustavus.  .  1875 

Bedford,  Peter  Wendover 1859 

Bendiner,  Samuel  Julius 1882 

Billings,  Henry  Merry 1869 

Chandler,  Charles  Frederic  .  ,   ,^    .  1867 
Davis,  Benjamin  .   .   .    itizgd  t^y  N-^    .  1869 


8o2 


ROLL  OF  MEMBERS. 


Dick,  Dundas 1879 

Ditman,  Andrew  Jackson 1868 

Dudley,  Oscar  Earle 1877 

Ebbitt,  William  Henry  .......  1889 

Eimer,  Charles 1872 

Fairchild,  Benjamin  Thomas  ....  1875 
Fairchild,  Samuel  William  ....  1887 

Fink,  Frederick  William 1886 

Fisher,  William 1862 

Foulke,  James 1881 

Eraser,  Horatio  Nelson 1888 

Gardner,  Robert  Winslow 1867 

Geisler,  Joseph  Frank 1889 

Giles,  William  Michael 1888 

Gilmore,  John  Wesley 1872 

Griffith,  Albert  Richard 1870 

Hauenstein,  William A83 

Hays,  Benjamin  Franklin 1886 

Hays,  David 1867 

Hegeman,  Johnson  Niven 1880 

Herzfeld,  Herman 1885 

Higgins,  James  Starkey 1862 

Hoffmann,  Frederick 1867 

Hohenthal,  Charles   Frederick  Lebe 

recht 1865 

Hudnut,  Alexander 1857 

Hughes,  Albert  Ernest 1888 

Ihlefeld,  Conrad  Heinrich i88i 

Jungmann,  Julius 1879 

Kalish,  Julius 1875 

Kemp,  Edward 1888 

Knapp,  Frank  Fiero 1 880 

Lazell,  Lewis  Thurber 1858 

Maclagan,  Henry 1883 

Macmahan,  Thomas  Jackson  .    .    .    .1871 
Main,  Thomas  Francis  ......  1872 

Massey,  William  Morton 1885 

Mclntyre,  Byron  Floyd 1876 

Mclntyre,  Ewen 1873 

McKesson,  George  Clinton  .   .        .    .  1888 

McKesson,  John,  Jr 1867 

MiLHAU,  Edward  Leon 1858 

Molwiiz,  Ernest 1867 

O'Neil,  Henry  Maurice 1879 

Osmun,  Charles  Alvin 1868 

Painter,  Emlen 1870 

Peixotto,  Moses  Levi  Maduro  ....  1869 

Pfingsten,  Gustavus 1873 

Plummer,  Edward 1889 

Quackinbush,  Benjamin  Franklin  .    .  1886 

Ramsperger,  Gustavus i860 

Reichardt,  Frederick  Alfred 1871 


Rice,  Charles 1870 

Ricksecker,  Theodore 1870 

Sands,  George  Gedney 1867 

Schmid,  Henry 1886 

Schmidt,  Ferdinand  Traugott  ....  1887 

Scofield,  James  Stephen 1867 

Seabury,  George  John 1876 

Shiels,  George  Emanuel i860 

Skelly,  James  Joseph 1866 

Starr,  Thomas 1870 

Tscheppe,  Adolph 1876 

Turner,  Isaac  Worlhington .....  1882 
Vennard,  William  Lawrence  ....  1888 

Weinman,  Oscar  Christian 1873 

Wichelus,  Frederick 1881 

Wickham,  William  Hull 1870 

Wilson,  William 1876 

Winters,  John  Henry 1888 

Wohlfarth,  Justin 1879 

Brooklyn, 

Aspinall,  Walter  Albert 1880 

Benjamin,  James  Henry 1878 

Brooks,  George  Washington 1879 

Close,  George  Cassidy 1858 

Curtiss,  Charles  (Irenville 1866 

Cutts,  Foxwell  Curtiss,  Jr 1875 

Davis,  William  Mortimer 1879 

Day,  Carlos  Erastus 1870 

De Forest,  William  Pendleton  ....  1879 

Dennin,  Charles 1875 

Douglas,  Henry,  Jr 1875 

Dunn,  John  Augustus 1867 

Du  Puy^  Eugene 1852 

Eccles,  Robert  Gibson 1885 

HavilanJ,  Henry 1857 

Heydenreich,  Emile 1867 

Krieger,  Philip 1876 

Lehn,  Louis 1874 

Levy,  Adolph 1877 

Livingston,  Barent  Van  Buren    .    .    .  1872 
McElhenie,  Thomas  Diamond    .    .    .  1872 

Newman^  George  Anthony 1 865 

Niebrugge^  John  August .    •   .    .    .    .  1 861 

Ollif,  James  Henry 1867 

Owens,  Richard  John i860 

Pyle,  Cyrus 1859 

Reusch,  Ernst 1882 

Reynolds,  Charles  Edward 1882 

Snyder ^  Ambrose  Chancellor  ....  1867 

Squibb,  Edward  Hamilton 1882 

Squibb,  Edward  Robinson  QQqI^.  1858 


^  ROLL  OF 

Stevens,  Luther  Fuller 1879 

Strachan,  William  Edward 1880 

Wynn,  William 1867 

ZcUhoefer,  George 1876 

Albany. 

Clement,  Henry  Bratt 1880 

French,  William  Barker 1880 

Gaus,  Charles  Henry 1879 

Gaus,  Louis  Henry 1880 

Gibson,  Charles .  1880 

Huested,  Alfred  Birch 1879 

McClure,  William  Henry 1880 

Michaelis,  Gustavus 1882 

Sauter,  Louis 1879 

Turner,  George  Heather 1880 

Walker,  William  John 1880 

Wheeler,  Leonard  Hiram 1883 

Auburn. 
Stanley,  Edgar  Clarke 1880 

Binghamton. 

Otis,  Clark  Zelotes 1886 

Buffalo. 

Drefs,  Charles  Adams 1882 

Gregory,  Willis  George 1886 

Hayes,  Horace  Phillips 1880 

Mosher,  Rosa  Belle 1888 

Peabody,  William  Huntington  .        .  1857 
RanOi  Charles  Orlando 1866 

Catskill. 

Du  Bois,  William  Laneman 1880 

CohoeSf .  Albany  Co. 
Travis,  J.  Wahon 1888 

Croton  Lanaing. 
Henry,  Charles  (Dworniczak)  .  .    .    .1881 

Elmira. 
Holmes,  Clayton  Wood 1873 

Fairport. 
Rich,  Willis  Simmons 1882 

Fishkillon  Hudscn. 

Moith,  Augustus  Theodore i860 

Flushing. 

Hepburn,  John 1873 

James,  William  Teflft 1882 


MEMBERS. 


803 


Geneseoy  Livingston  Co. 
Rogers,  Arthur  Henry* 1882 

Gloversville,  Fulton  Co, 

Miller,  Jason  Albert 1879 

Van  Auken,  Jerrie  A 1880 

Hannibal. 
Brewster,  Wads  worth  J 1880 

Hollfy,  Orleans  Co. 

Bishop,  Francis  Myron 1882 

Ithaca,  Tompkins  Co. 
Viall,  William  Angell 1889 

Jamaica,  Queens  Co. 

Baylis,  Lewis  Fosdick 1880 

Goodale,  Harvey  Galusha 1879 

Peck,  George  Lyman 1883 

Kingston. 

Dedrick,  William  Frederick    ....  1884 

Middletown. 

King,  James  Theodore 1859 

Rogers,  William  Henry 1869 

Mount  Vernon. 
Gill,  George 1872 

Newburgh. 

Chapman,  Isaac  Close 1887 

Tartiss,  Alfred  Joseph 1867 

Nyacky  Rockland  Co. 

De  Graff,  David 1879 

Clean. 

Coon,  James  Van  De  venter 1880 

Oswego. 

Butler,  Charles  Henry 1887 

Flattsburgh. 
Smith,  Jay  Hungerford 1883 

Port  Chester. 

Hyler,  William  Henry 1875 

Potsdam. 

Thatcher,  Hervey  Dexter 1865 

Richfield  Springs. 

Smith,  Willard  Alfred 1880 

Rochester. 
Am.n.  Henry    .   .   .,.g,.,5,.Godffe 


8o4 


ROLL  OF  MEMBERS. 


Davis,  Edward  Hatch 1880 

Haas,  George  Herman 1872 

Paine y  James  Dixon 1857 

Schmitt,  Joseph  Max 1882 

Smith,  Willard 1880 

Rome. 

Bissell,  John  Gordon 1875 

Owens,  James  Alanson 1882 

Saratoga  Springs. 

Fish,  Charles  Frederick 1866 

Mingay,  James 1 873 

Pennington,  Thomas  Henry  Sands.    .  1877 

Schenectady, 

Hanson,  Willis  Tracy 1880 

Stillwater y  Saratoga  Co. 
Schermcrhorn,  Winfield  Scott ....  1880 

Syracuse. 
Dawson j  Edward  Seymour,  Jr.   .    .    .  1876 
Snow,  Charles  Wesley  .......  1876 

Tonawanda^  Erie  Co. 

Scoville,  Charles  Henry 1882 

Utica. 

Blaikie.  William 1879 

Cone,  John  Wright 1876 

Waterville,  Oneida  Co. 
Bissell,  Emery  Gilbert 1879 

Wellsville,  Allegheny  Co. 
Hall,  Edwin  Bradford 1879 

Yonkers. 
Eschman,  Frederick  William  Rudolf.  1880 

Fuller,  Henry  Weld 1865 

Wray,  George  Brown 1888 

NORTH  CAROLINA. 

Chapel  Htll. 

Saunders y  Richard  Banlniry  ,    .    .    .1858 

Charlotte. 
Weam,  William  Henry 1888 

Durham^  Orange  Co. 

Vaughan,  Parry  Wyche 1882 

Fayetttville. 
Sedberry,  Bond  English 1882 


New  Berne. 

Hancock,  Franklin  Wills x888 

Oxford. 

Crawford,  Thomas  Dalzell 1888 

Raleigh. 

Simpson,  William 1873 

Tarboro. 

Zoellcr,  Edward  Victor 1878 

Washington. 

Gallagher,  Charles  Kewell 1 857 

Wilmington. 

Hardin,  John  Haywood 1881 

Munds,  James  Cassidy 1878 

OHIO. 

Cincinnati. 

Bain,  Andrew  Watson 1874 

Betz,  Otto  Edward 1887 

Crowther,  Frederick  Augustine  .   .    .  1887 

Dc  Lang,  Alfred 1887 

Eger,  George 1864 

Fennel,  Charles  Theodore  Pidciit  .    .  1886 

Goodman,  Emanuel 1879 

Gordon,  William  John  Maclester  .    .  1854 
Greve,  Theodore  Lund  August  .    .    .  1864 

Greyer,  Julius 1880 

Heineman,  Otto 1864 

Heun,  Emil 1881 

Hildreth,  Newton  Gough 1879 

Hoffman,  Julius 1887 

Judge,  John  French 1866 

Karmann,  William 1864 

Klayer,  Louis 1884 

Koehnken,  Herman  Henry 1875 

Lammert,  Cyrus  Joseph 1881 

Lloyd,  John  Uri 1870 

Meininger,  Albert 1881 

Merrell,  Charles  George 1888 

Merrell,  George 1879 

Norwood,  Theodore  Franklin.    .    .    ,  1 887 

Phillips,  Charles  Wilson 1881 

Rendigs,  Charles  Peter 1876 

Ruppcrt,  John 1880 

Sauer,  Louis  Wendlin 1882 

Schreck,  Leocadio  Santos 1 881 

Serodino.  Herman 1880 

Simonson,  William 1887 

Vilter,  Herman  T.    .    .    ^  .    .   .  t.  1881 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


ROLL  OF  MEMBERS. 


805 


Wagner,  Henry 1876 

Walton,  Harry  Clifford 1881 

Wells,  Jacob  David 1864 

Wclterstroem.Albert  Frederick  Charlesi888 

Yorston,  Matthew  Mackey 1864 

Zuenkcler,  John  Ferdinand 1887 

Ada,  Hardin  Co. 
Ashbrook,  Charles  Shaw 1887 

Akron. 
Armstrong,  Andrew  Moorehouse   .    .  1876 

Inman,  Charles  Trask 1885 

Smith,  Joseph  Stable 1878 

Br}'an. 
Snyder,  Alva  Leach 1873 

Canion. 

McFarland,  Thaddeus  Day 1887 

ChilHcotke. 

Howson,  Arthur  Bayshawe 1886 

Howson,  Walter  Henry 1875 

Nipgen,  John  Alvin 1879 

Circieville, 
Evans,  Samuel  Barlow 1881 

Cleveland. 

Acker,  Philip 1889 

Asplin,John  Harding 1882 

Biddle,  Herbert  George 1888 

Bruce,  James 1882 

Cobb,  Ralph  Lathrop 1883 

Deutsch,  Julius  William 1888 

Dreher,  Louis 1881 

Feil,  Joseph 1885 

Fischer,  Henry  John 1888 

Gaylord,  Henry  Cleveland 1869 

Gegelein,  Frederick  Leonhardt  .    .   .1881 

Glines,  George  Walter 1881 

Grosse,  Gottlieb  Matthew 1888 

Haber,  Louis  Anthony 1 881 

Hahn,  Sigismund  Joseph  Frederick.  .  1887 

Hechler,  George  Louis 1882 

Heller,  Marx  Mier 1888 

Hopp,  Lewis  Christopher    .       ...  1876 

Kuhlmeier,  Henry 1888 

Lehr,  Philip 1885 

May,  Arthur  Ferdinand 1881 

Mayell,  Alfred 1872 

Myers,  Daniel 1882 

Rosewater,  Nathan 1880 


Schambs,  George  Matthias 1882 

Schellentrager,  Ernst  August ....  1882 
Schoenhut,  Christian  Henry    ....  1888 

Scott,  William  Johnson 1872 

Slosson,  Frank  West 1882 

Smithnight,  Albert 1882 

Spenzer,  Peter  Ignatius 1872 

Urban,  Jacob  Philip 1881 

Voss,  George  William 1885 

Columbiana, 

Ink,  Charles  Elliott 1885 

Columbus. 

Brack,  Philip  Henry 1884 

Cook,  Hairy  Clifford 1887 

Herbst,  Frederick  William 1882 

Hoffman,  Otto  Louis 1883 

Huston,  Charles c    .    .  1872 

Karb,  George  James 1883 

Kauffman,  George  Beecher 1882 

Schueller,  Ernst 1881 

Schueller,  Frederick  William  .    .    .    .1880 
Sherwood,  Louis  Walker 1882 

Dayton. 

Burkhardt,  Mark  Anthony 1887 

Kurfurst,  Henry  Ferdinand 1881 

Spengler,  John  George 1887 

Weusthoff,  Otto  Sittel 1879 

Delhi y  Hamilton  Co. 

Carpenter,  Samuel  William 1883 

Callipolis. 

Schaf,  Justus  Henry 1875 

Glendale,  Hamilton  Co, 
Feemster,  Joseph  Hall.    ......  1873 

Grand  Rapids,  Wood  Co. 
Thurston,  Azor 1886 

Haselton,  Mahoning  Co, 

Erwin,  James  Jay 1888 

Logan, 
Harrington,  Frank 1869 

Massillon,  Stark  Co. 

Baltzly,  Zachariah  Taylor 1876 

Kirchhofer,  Peter  Paul 1881 

Middletown,       ^  , 

Johnson,  Charles  Braytorf'^^.^  ^^>^PSW^ 


8o6 


ROLL   OF  MEMBERS. 


Navarre, 

Grossklaus,  John  Ferdinand    ....  1859 

North  Baltimore,  Wood  Co. 

Clark,  Frank  P 1882 

Norwood,  Hamilton  Co. 

Weyer,  John 1887 

Salem,  Columbiana  Co, 

Hawkins,  Michael  Smith 1870 

Springfield, 

Casper,  Thomas  Jefferson 1867 

Ludlow,  Charles 1872 

Siegenthaler,  Harvey  N 1882 

Tiffin. 

Fleck,  Jacob  J 1883 

Marquardt,  Jacob  Frederick   .    .    .    .1881 

Toledo, 

Deitz,  Charles  Jacob 1888 

Hohley,  Charles 1872 

Ree.d,  Isaac  Newton 1881 

Troy, 

Tobcy,  Charles  William 1879 

IVasAineton  Court  House, 

Boyer^  Harry 1887 

Waiertoum. 

Bohl,  Conrad 1881 

Wooster, 

Ohliger,  Lewis  Philip 1 87 1 

Youngstoibn,  Mahoning  Co. 

Fischer,  Emil  A 1887 

Zanesville. 
Hatton,  Edgar  Melville 1878 

OREGON. 

Eugene. 

Wilkins,  Frank  Marion    .    .    .  •    .    .  1889 

Portland. 

Blumauer,  Louis 1889 

Clarke,  Louis  Gay  lord i8«9 

Dietrick,  H.  Dixon 1889 

Laue,  John  Max  Alfred 1889 

Neppach,  Stephen  Albert 1889 

Pfunder,  William 1889 

6itton,  Charles  Edward 1878 


Woodard,  Charles  Henry 1889 

Woodward,  William  Finch     ....  1889 

PENNSYLVANIA. 

Philadelphia, 

Angney,  John  R 1867 

Baker,  Walter  Theron 1885 

Bauer,  Louis  Gustavus 1867 

Blair,  Henry  Cowen 1868 

Borell,  Henry  Augustus 1874 

Boring,  Edward  McCurdy  .....  1867 

Bostick,  Elmer  Ellsworth 1888 

Bower,  Henry i860 

Bower,  Henry  Albert 1868 

Bullock,  Charles 1857 

Bunting,  Samuel  Sellers 1857 

Burg,  John  Deliinger 1888 

Campbell.  Samuel 1864 

Cook,  Thomas  Penrose 1877 

Dobbins,  Edward  Tompkins  ....  1867 

Eberle,  Charles  Louis 1865 

Eddy,  Henry  Clay 1869 

Ellis,  Evan  Tyson 1 857 

England,  Robert 1868 

Finnerty,  Edward  John,  Jr 1887 

Fox,"  Peter  Paul 1869 

Frilh,  Carl  Daniel  Stephan 1876 

Gerhard,  Samuel 1873 

Grahame,  Israel  yanney 1856 

Grove,  John  Eberly 1868 

Haenchen,  Charles  Eugene 1865 

Hance,  Edward  Hance 1857 

Hancock,  Charles  West 1868 

Hanson,  Arthur  Edward 1888 

Hassinger,  Samuel  Ellphat  Reed   .   .  1880 
Heintzelman,  Joseph  Augustus   .    .    .  1 858 

Hoskinson,  John  Thomas,  Jr 1881 

Jenks,  William  Jenks 1858 

Jones,  Alexander  Henry '.  1874 

Jones,  Daniel  Sexton 1859 

JoNKS,  Edward  Charlks 1864 

Keeney,  Caleb  Reynolds 1868 

Keys,  Roger  • 1868 

Kline,  Mahlon  Norwood 1876 

Koch,  Louis ....  1872 

Krewson,  William  Egbert 1875 

Maisch,  John  M 1856 

Mclntyre,  William •   1868 

McKelway,  George  Irwin 1874 

Miller,  Adolph  William.  •    .    .O  .  1868 


ROLL  OF  MEMBERS. 


807 


Milligan,  Decatur 1867 

Moore,  Juachim  Bonaparte i860 

Morris,  Lemuel  lorwcrth 1880 

Munson,  James  Harry 1889 

Murray,  Bernard  James 1882 

Newbold,  Thomas  Mitchell 1876 

Ottinger,  James  Jeremiah 1876 

Perot t  Thomas  Morris 1857 

Pile,  Gustavus 1881 

Poehner,  Adolph  Adam 1889 

Post,  Elisha 1876 

Preston,  David 186S 

Procter,  Wallace 1874 

Remington,  Joseph  Price    .   .   .   .1867 

Riley,  Charles  William 1868 

RUtenhouse^  Henry  Norman  .    %    .    .1857 

Robbins,  Alonzo 1865 

Rosengarten,  Mitchell  George.   .    .    .  1869 

Shinn,  James  Thornton i860 

Shivers,  Charles i860 

Shoemaker,  Richard  Martin  ....  1869 
Spannagel,  Charles  Christian  ....  1874 
Slryker,  Cornelius  Whiteuack  ....  1886 

Taylor^  Alfred  Bower 1852 

Thompson,  William  Beatty 1858 

Trimble,  Henry 1876 

Walch,  Robert  Henry 1879 

Warner,  William  Richard,    .    .    .    .1857 

Webb,  William  Henry 1867 

Weber,  William 1872 

Weidemann,  Charles  Alexander.    .    .  1868 

Wendel,  Henry  Ed waid 1873 

Wiegandf  Thomas  Snowdon    .    .    .    .1857 

Wright,  Archibald  Wesley 1868 

Zeilin,  John  Henry 1859 

Allegheny  City, 

Armor,  Alpheus '  1882 

Eggers,  Frederick  Hermann 1872 

Slocum,  Frank  Leroy 1880 

AlUntown, 
Klump,  Charles  Christian 1880 

Beaver^  Beaver  Co. 

Andriessen,  Hugo 1875 

Bellefonte,  Centre  Co, 

Zeller,  William  Samuel 1881 

Bristol. 

Pursell,  Howard 1880 

Young,  John  Kroesen  ....••.  1887 


Carlisle. 

Horn,  Wilbur  Fisk 1876 

Chambersburg. 
Cressler,  Charies  Henry  .    .    .    .    .    .1868 

F.aston. 

Weaver,  John  Archibald 1873 

Franklin. 
Riesenman,  Joseph 1883 

Hanover,  York  Co. 

Sniveley,  Andrew  Jackson 1883 

Harrisburg. 

George,  Charles  Theodore 1873 

Gorgas,  Geoi-ge  Albert 1884 

Gross,  Edward  Ziegler 1883 

Miller,  Jacob  Augustus 1873 

Weills,  William  Melanchthon  Luther.  1885 

Hyde  Parke,  Scranton,  Luzerne  Co. 

Morgan,  Benjamin  George 1876 

Lancaster, 

Heinitsh,  Charles  Augustus    .   .  1857 
Heinitsh,  Sigmund  William    ....  1889 

Lebanon, 

Lemberger,  Joseph  Lyon 1858 

Rcdsecker,  Jacob  Henry 1 88 1 

Lock  Havtn. 
Prieson,  Adolph 1880 

Mansfield,  Tioga  Co. 
Ridg way,  Lemuel  Augustus 1882 

Meadville. 

Zinck,  Charles  Morris 1888 

Minersville 

Bums,  John  Kellar 1876 

Ml.  Pleasant,  Westmoreland  Co. 

McElwee,  Emer  Judson 1888 

Norristown, 

Stabler,  William 1880 

Oil  City. 

Krbsskop,  William  Burton   .        .    .      1 887 

Pittsburgh, 

Beach,  Clifton  Hilliard  .... 
Emanuel,  Louis  .  .    .    w*tized^by 


;G^^& 


8o8 


ROLL  OF   MEMBERS. 


Henderson,  Archibald  Keys    ....  i888 

Holland,  Samuel  Smith   ......  1876 

Kelly,  George  Armstrong  .  .   .    .    .   .  1882 

Nisbet,  William  Washington  .    .    .    .1883 

Robertson,  Archibald  Craig 1882 

Stevens,  Salmon  Henry 1885 

Wilson,  Albert  Hemphill 1883 

Pittston, 
Rhoades,  Stephen  Howard 1876 

Pottsville. 

Deibert,  Thomas  Irvin 1882 

Kennedy,  George  Washington    .    .    .  1869 

Reading, 

Fox,  Daniel  Soder 1872 

Stein,  Jacob  Henry 1869 

Ziegler,  Philip  Milton 1867 

Rochester^  Beaver  Co, 

Finley,  Norval  Howard 1889 

Schuylkill  Haven, 
Commings,  Charles  Samuel 1888 

Scotfdale,  Westmoreland  Co. 

Aubley,  Samuel 1888 

Cummings,  Theodore  Foster   ....  1882 

Hodgkins,  Israel  Marion 1887 

McNeil,  John  Murray 1882 

Shamokin, 

Smink,  William  Henry  R 1885 

Shenandoah^  Schuylkill  Co. 
McCarthy,  Cornelius  Joseph 1886 

Towanda. 
Porter,  Henry  Carroll 1880 

West  Chester, 
Evans,  Joseph  Spragg 1877 

White  Haven. 
Driggs,  Charles  M 1 881 

Wilkes-Barre, 

Jones,  Samuel  Stephen 1887 

Wolfe,  Nathaniel 1878 

Williamsport, 
Cornell,  Edward  Augustus  .    .    •    .    .  1873 

Duble,  Jesse  BalJerston 1870 

Hill,  Justin  Luther 1887 


York, 
Palton,  John  Franklin  .   . 


1880 


RHODE  ISLAND. 


Newport. 

Cole,  Charles  Mowry 1888 

Cotton,  William  Henry 1885 

Downing,  Benjamin  Franklin,  Jr.  .    .  1886 

Taylor,  James  Henry 1875 

Wellington,  Arthur  Wellesley  ....  1886 

Pawtucket. 

Jillson,  Frederick  Winfield 1887 

Providence, 

Alfreds,  Henry  James 1883 

Blanding,  William  Bullock 1875 

Calder,  Albert  Layton 1859 

Gates,  William  Everett 1888 

Danforth,  Edmund  Culver 1878 

Fenner,  Alexander  Wilson 1888 

Greene,  William  Ray 1883 

Mason,  Norman  Nelson 1875 

O'Hare,  James 1888 

Reynolds,  William  Keyes   .....  1876 

Walling,  Walter  Augustus 1886 

Wood,  Mason  Bowen 1882 

Westerley, 

Collins,  Albert  Burlingame 1882 

SOUTH  CAROLINA. 
Charleston, 

Aimar,  Charles  Pons 1879 

Burnham,  Edward  Steinmcyer   .    .    .  1874 

Eckel,  Augustus  William 1874 

Marsteller,  George  Ludwig 1883 

Michaelis,  Charles  Otto 1874 

Panknin,  Charles  Frederick.    ....  1874 

Vogt,  Diedrich 1889 

Columbia, 
Thomas,  Oscar  Ernest ..... 


1882 


TENNESSEE. 
Chattanooga, 

Greve,  Charles  Mathias 1887 

Greenville,  Green  Co, 

Miller,  Charles  Gough 1889 

Knoxville, 
Yeager,  Alvin  Adams  .  y.G00glQ888 


ROLL  OF 

Memphis, 
Kleinschmidt,  Anton  August  ....  1S89 
Robinson,  James  Scott 1869 

Nashville, 

Burge,  James  Oscar 1878 

Laurent,  Eugene  Leonard 1872 

Rascoe,  Lucius 1887 

Thomas,  James,  Jr 1875 

Thompson,  James  Ligon 1888 

Wharton,  John  Criddle 1872 

Wharton,  William  Henry 1876 

TEXAS. 

Chillicothe,  Hardeman  Co, 

Keller,  Frederick  Philander  Peter.    .  1888 

Dallas, 

Keene,  Thomas  Rucker 1888 

Weichsel,  Francis 1 881 

El  Paso, 

Irvin,  William  Armstrong 1879 

Fort  Worth, 

Harper,  Harry  Winston 1 881 

Powell,  Thomas  Wallace 1874 

WeUs,  Ebenezer  Miller 1878 

Galveston, 

Preston,  Calvin  Walbridge 1884 

Laredo. 
Wame,  Henry  Lee 1881 

Marshall, 
Lancaster,  Edwin  Walter 1884 

San  Antonio. 
Kennedy,  James 1887 

Waco. 
King,  Walter  Blackburn 1883 

UTAH. 

Salt  Lake  City. 

Farlow,  John  Boylan 1889 

VERMONT. 

Brandon. 

Grossman,  George  Alvin 1872 

Morrisville. 
Gates,  Amasa  Oscar 1876 


MEMBERS. 


809 


St,  Johnshury. 

Bingham,  Charles  Calvin 1875 

White  River  Junction, 

Trask,  Charles  Mitchell 1875 

Windsor. 
Paine,  Milton  Kendall 1875 

VIRGINIA. 
Danville. 

Cole,  Howson  White 1882 

Fredericksburg, 

Hall,  Marshall  Carter      1870 

Lynchburg. 
Craighill,  Edward  Addison 1888 

Norfolk, 
Jackson,  Edward  Calvert 1883 

Petersburg, 

Beckwith,  Edmund  Ruffin 1886 

Knock,  Thomas  Franklin 1882 

Richmond, 

Baker,  Thomas  Roberts 1873 

Scott,  William  Henry 1873 

WASHINGTON. 

La  Conner^  Skagit  Co, 

Joergensen,Gerhard  Johan  Carl  Sophus.  1 889 

Seattle. 

Kellogg,  Gardner 1882 

Walla  Walla. 
Holmes,  Henry  Elliott 1880 

WEST  VIRGINIA. 
Charlestony  Kanawha  Co, 

Boggs,  Edwin  Leslie 1872 

Potterfield,  Clarence  Asbury   ....  1882 

Wheeling. 

Bocking,  Edmund 1874 

Gray,  William  Howlett 1880 

Menkemeller,  Charles •  .  1880 

Williams,  William  Hudson 1880 

WISCONSIN. 
£au  Claire. 
Godding,  Edward  Robert   ^^ 


8io 


ROLL  OF   MEMBERS. 


Fountain  City. 
Bechman,  Charles  Richard 1882 


yanesville. 
Prentice,  Fred.  F 


.  1876 


La  Crosse, 
Beyschlag,  Charles 1880 

Madison, 

Bernhardt  Charles  Henry 1888 

Hollister,  Albert  Henry 1884 

Power,  Frederick  fielding 1872 


MayvilU^  Dodge  Co. 

Sauerhering,  Rudolph  Aurelius  .    .    .  1884 

Milwaukee, 

Conrath,  Adam 1881 

Crolius,  Frank  Marcelous 1884 

Dadd,  John  Alfred 1880 

Drake,  John  Ransom i860 

Kienth,  Hans 1884 

Meissner,  Paul  Ernest 1888 

Schrank,  Charles  Henry 1876 

Neillsville. 
Sniteman,  Charles  Clarence 1881 


BERMUDA. 

Hamilton. 


ffeyl,  James  Bell . 


1863 


COSTA  RICA. 


San  Josi, 
Hermann,  Frederick  Francis 1888 

DOMINION  OF  CANADA. 


NOVA  SCOTIA. 
Halifax, 

Simson,  Francis  Cook 1876 

JCentville. 

Masters,  Robert  Silas 1883 

Pictou. 
Fraser,  Robert  Peden 1885 

ONTARIO. 

Goderich. 

Jordan,  Frederick  Francis 1877 

Lindsay. 

Gregory,  Edmund 1875 

Ottawa. 

Saunders,  William i860 

St.  Thomas. 
Foster,  William  Orrville 1881 

Stratford. 
Waugh,  George  James 1862 


Toronto. 

Lander,  John  Cambridge 1877 

Lowden,  John 1875 

Robinson  Ernest  Frankish 1889 

Windsor. 
D' Avignon,  John  Eugene 1 888 

PRINCE  EDWARD  ISLAND. 
Charlottetown. 

Dodd,  Simon  Walker 1884 

Johnson,  Arthur  Sterling 1889 

QUEfiEC. 

Montreal. 

Gray,  Henry  Robert 1867 

Lachance,  Seraphin 1888 

Quebec, 
Morrison,  Joseph  Edward 1888 

Three  Rivers. 
Williams,  Richard  Wellingtoi^QoJ  {883 


ROLL  OF   MEMBERS.  8ll 

MEMBERS  RESIDING  IN  EUROPE. 

Burroughs,  Silas  Mainvielle,  London,  England 1876 

Coblentz,  Virgil,  Berlin,  Germany 1882 

Kremers,  Edward,  Bonn,  Germany 1887 

Mason,  Alfred  Henry,  London,  England 1884 

Wellcome,  Henry  Solomon,  London,  England 1875 

MEMBERS  WHOSE  RESIDENCE  IS  UNKNOWN. 

Carraway,  Davis  Stephens 1887 

Hahf  Frederick 1855 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


ALPHABETICAL  LIST  OF  MEMBERS. 


HONORARY  MEMBERS. 


Attfield,  Dr.  John,  Professor  of  Practical  Chemistry  to  the  Pharmaceutical  Society  of 
Great  Britain,  17  Bloomsbury  Square,  London,  W.  C,  England. 

Bentley,  Dr.  Robert,  Emeritus  Professor  of  Materia  Medica  and  Botany  to  the  Pharma- 
ceutical Society  of  Great  Britain,  17  Bloomsbury  Square,  London,  W.  C;  England. 

Brady,  Henry  B.,  F.  R.  S.,  29  Mosley  Street,  Newcastle-upon-Tyne,  England. 

Brunnengraeber,  Dr.  Christian,  Rostock,  Germany. 

Carteighe,  Michael,  F.  I.  C,  180  New  Bond  Street,  London,  W.,  England. 

De  Meyer,  A.  T.,  Bruxelles,  Belgium. 

De  Vrij,  Dr.  J.  E.,  54  Heerengracht,  the  Hague,  Netherlands. 

DragendorfF,  Dr.  G.,  professor  of  Pharmacy  at  the  University  of  Dorpat,  Russia. 

Fliickiger,  Dr.  Frederick  A.,  Professor  in  the  University  of  Strassburg,  Germany. 

Gille,  Norbert,  Professor  in  the  6cole  V6t6rinaire  de  TEtat,  Bruxelles,  Belgium. 

Greenish,  Thomas,  F.  C.  S.,  20  New  Street,  Dorset  Square,  London,  N.  W.,  England. 

Hager,  Dr.  Hermann,  Pulvermiihle  bei  Filrstenberg,  Germany. 

Ince,  Joseph,  F.  L.  S.,  1 1  St.  Stephen's  Avenue,  Shepherd's  Bush,  W.,  London,  England. 

Martenson,  Magister,  J.  von,  Kinderhospital  des  Prinzen  von  Oldenburg,  St.  Petersburg, 
Russia. 

Planchon,  Dr.  G.,  Professor,  fecole  supirieure  de  Pharmacie,  Paris,  France. 

Redwood,  Dr.  Theophilus,  Professor  of  Pharmacy  to  the  Pharmaceutical  Society  of 
Great  Britain,  17  Bloomsbury  Square,  London,  W.  C,  England. 

Reynolds,  Richard,  F.  C.  S.,  Cliff  Lodge,  Hyde  Park,  Leeds,  England. 

Sanford,  George  W.,  47  Piccadilly,  London,  W.,  Engknd. 

Schacht,  Dr.  Karl,  56  Mittelstrasse,  Berlin,  N.  W.,  Germany. 

Schacht,  George  F.,  F.  C.  S.,  52  Royal  York  Cresct.,  Clifton,  Bristol,  England. 

Schaer,  Dr.  Edward,  Professor  of  Pharmacy,  Zurich,  Switzerland. 

Soubeiran,  Dr.  J.  L6on,  Professor  of  Pharmacy,  6cole  sup^rieure  de  Pharmacie 
Montpellier,  France. 

Waldheim,  Anton  von,  17  Himmelpfortgasse,  Wien,  I.,  Austria. 

(812) 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


ALPHABETICAL  LIST  OF  MEMBERS. 


813 


ACTIVE  MEMBERS. 


Members  are  requested  to  notify  the  Permanent  Secretary  of  errors  or  inaccuracies  in 
the  following  list.  The  Association  will  not  replace  volumes  of  Proceedings  lost  through 
change  of  residence,  of  which  the  Pemianent  Secretary  has  not  been  notified.  See 
Proceedings  1866,  p.  66. 


Abemethy,  Maxwell,  No.  188  Newark  ave- 
nue, Jersey  City,  N.  J. 

Acker,  Philip,  No.  252  Pearl  street,  Cleve- 
land, O. 

Ahlbrandt,  Henry  E.,  Fifteenth  and  Carr 
streets,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

Aimar,  Charles  P.,  No.  411  King  street, 
Charleston,  S.  C. 

Aird,  William,  Maggie  and  East  Brough 
streets,  Jacksonville,  Fla. 

Alexander,  Maurice  W.,  Broadway  and 
Olive  streets,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

Alfreds,  Henry  J.,  No.  311  Eddy  street, 
Providence,  R.  I. 

Allen,  Albert  W.,  Detroit,  Mich. 

Allen,  E.  Floyd,  No.  1020  Hennepin  ave- 
nue, Minneapolis,  Minn. 

Allen,  Wm.  H.,  Ii8  West  Congress  street, 
Detroit,  Mich. 

Aman^  Heniy,  No.  167  North  Clinton 
street,  Rochester,  N.  Y. 

Anderson,  Jesse  N.,  Conway,  Laclede 
county.  Mo. 

Anderson,  Samuel,  48  Front  street,  Bath, 
Me. 

Andrews,  Josiah  H.,  Chestnut  and  Second 
streets,  Seymour,  Ind. 

Andriessen,  Hugo,  P.  O.  Box  39,  Beaver, 
Beaver  county.  Pa. 

Angney,  John  R.,  Fifth  and  Spruce  streets, 
Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Appleton,  Henry  K.,  Jr.,  257  Columbus 
avenue,  Boston,  Mass. 

Armor,  Alpheus,  No.  57  Taylor  avenue, 
Allegheny  City,  Pa. 

Armstrong,  Andrew  M.,  No.  151  South 
Howard  street,  Akron,  O. 

Armstrong,  George  R.,  Pierce  City,  Law- 
rence county,  Mo. 


Ash^  Matthew  F.,  P.  O.  Box  129,  Jackson, 

Miss. 
Ashbrook,  Charles  S.,  Main  street,  Ada, 

Hardin  county,  O. 
Aspinall,  Walter  A.,  Nos.  1 147  and  1 149 

Fulton  street,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 
Asplin,  John  H.,  No.  227  Prospect  street, 

Cleveland,  O. 
Atwood,  Herman  W.,  No.  846  Broadway, 

New  York,  N.  Y. 
Aubley,  Samuel,  413  Broadway,  Scottdale, 

Westmoreland  county,  Pa. 
Ault,  Charles  H.,  3710  Morgan  street,  St. 

Louis,  Mo. 
Averill,  William  H.,  No.  435  Main  street, 

Frankfort,  Ky. 
Babo,  Leopold,  No.  4  Columbus  avenue, 

Boston,  Mass. 
Bacon,  Gaston  E.,  26-28  Main  street,  San 

Francisco,  Cal. 
Baier,  Charles  G.,  326  Gratiot  avenue,  De- 
troit, Mich. 
Bailey,  Frederick,  P.  O.  Box  314,  Lowell, 

Mass. 
Bain,  Andrew  W.,  City  Hospital,  Cincin- 
nati, O. 
Baker,   Edwin,   Bridge  street,   Shelburne 

Falls,  Mass. 
Baker,  T.  Roberts,  No.  919  East  Main 

street,  Richmond,  Va. 
Baker,  Walter  T.,  No.  1900  Oxford  street, 

Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Ball,   Charles  E.,    No.    221   High  street, 

Holyoke,  Mass. 
Ballard,  John  W.,  No.  106  West  Second 

street,  Davenport,  Iowa. 
Ballutr,  Paul,  No.  632  Sixth  avenue,  New 

York,  N.  Y. 
Balser,  Gustavui,  137  Avenue  B,  New  Yj^ 


8i4 


ALPHABETICAL  LIST  OF   MEMBERS. 


Baltzley,  Zacharias  T.,  Opera  Block,  Mas- 

sillon,  O. 
Barnum,  Joseph  P.,  543   Fourth-  avenue, 

Louisville,  Ky. 
Bartells,  George  C,  130  East  State  street, 

Camp  Point,  III. 
Bartlett,  N.  Gray,  Twenty- second  street  and 

Indiana  avenue,  Chicago,  III. 
Bartlet,    William  W.,  No.  675   Shawmut 

avenue,  Boston,  Mass. 
Bassett,  Arthur,  97  Woodward  avenue,  De- 
troit, Mich. 
Bassett,  Charles  H.,  No.  504  Washington 

street,  Boston,  Mass. 
Bassett,  Joseph,  No.  iSi  Broadway,  Salem, 

N.J. 
Bauer,  Louis  G.,  635  N.  Fifth  street,  Phila 

delphia,  Pa. 
Baur,  Jacob,  701  and  703  Wahash  avenue, 

Terre  Haute,  Ind. 
Baxley^J.  Brown y  Howard  and  Franklin 

streets,  Baltimore,  Md. 
Bayley,  Augustus  R.,  No.  607  Main  street, 

Cambridgeport,  Mass. 
Bayly,  Charles  A.,  Grant  ave.,  and  Sutter 

street,  San  Francisco.  Cal. 
Bayliss,  Lewis  F.,  P.  O.  Box  34,  Jamaica, 

Queens  county,  I^.  I.,  N.  Y. 
Beach,  Clifton  H.,  Shiloh  and  Sycamore 

streets,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 
Bechmann,  Charles  R.,  Fountain  City,  Wis. 
Beckett,  Frederick  A.,  No.  55  First  street, 

San  Francisco,  Cal. 
Beckmann,  Oscar  A.,  No.  1244  East  Broad- 
way, Louisville,  Ky. 
Beckwith,    Edmund  R.,  Sycamore   street, 

Petersburg,  Va. 
Bedford,  P.  Wendover,  66  Duane   Street, 

New  York,  N.  Y. 
Beet  em,  Jacob  S.,  701  Market  street,  Wil- 
mington, Del. 
Behre,  Charles  H.  £.,  63  Whitehall  street, 

Atlanta,  Ga. 
Behrens,  Paul  J.,  727  Indiana  street,  Chi- 
cago, 111. 
Beitenman,  William  W.,  22d  and  Larimer 

streets,  Denver,  Col. 
Belt,   Z.  James,  No.  601    Market  street, 

Wilmington,  Del. 
Bendiner,  Samuel  J.,  No.  47  Third  avenue, 

New  York,  N.  Y. 
Benjamin,  James  H.,  Hopkinson   avenue 

and  Herkimer  street,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 


Benton,  Wilber  M.,  205  N.  Madison  street, 

Peoria,  Jll. 
Bernhard,  Charles  H.,  25  Pinckney  street, 

Madison,  Wis. 
Berrian,  George  W.y  N.  Andover,  Mass. 
Berringer,  Will,  J.,  N.  S.  Court  avenue, 

Pleasantville,  la. 
Best,  John,  No.   i   German  Block,  Central 

City,  CoL 
Betz,  Otto  E.,  36  Eastern  avenue,  Cincin- 
nati, O. 
Betzler,  Jacob,   No.   593    Orange    street, 

Newark,  N.  J. 
Beyschlag,  Charles,  503   Main  street,  La 

Crosse,  Wis. 
Biddle,  Herbert  G.,  2358  Broadway,  Cleve- 
land, O. 
Billings.  Henry  M.,  No.  28  West  Fiftieth 

street.  New  York,  N.  Y. 
Bingham,  Charles  C,  No.  37  Main  street, 

St.  Johnsbury,  Vt. 
BiROTH,  Henry,  No.  iii  Archer  avenue, 

Chicago,  111. 
Bisliop,  Francis  M.,  Public  Square,  HoUey, 

Orleans  county,  N.  Y. 
Bisscll,  Emery  G.,  Main  street,  Watervillc, 

Oneida  county,  N.  Y. 
Bissell,  John  G.,  No.  45  Dominick  street, 

Rome,  N.  Y. 
Blaikie,  William,  No.  202  Genesee  street, 

Utica,  N.  Y. 
Blair,  Henry  C,  Eighth  and  Walnut  streets, 

Philadelphia,  Pa.  , 

Blake,  James  E.,  No.  64  North   Second 

street,  New  Bedford,  Mass. 
Blanding,  William  B.,Nos.54and  sSWey- 

bosset  street.  Providence,  R.  I. 
Blank,  Alois,  No.  1353  South  Fifth  street, 

St.  Louis,  Mo. 
Blatchford^   Eben,   No.   32   Main    street, 

Rockport,  Mass. 
Bley,   Alphonso   A.  W.,  P.  O.  Box   623, 

Pasadena,  Cal. 
Blocki,  William  F.,  No.  85  South  Clark 

street,  Chicago,  111. 
Blumauer,  Louis,  4th  and  Morrison  streets, 

Portland,  Oregon. 
Bocking,  Edmund,  No.    i    Odd   Fellows' 

Hall,  Wheeling,  W.  Va. 
Bodemann,  Wilhelm,  239  State  street,  Chi- 
cago, 111. 
Boehm,  Solomon,  No.  800  Morgan  street, 

St.  Louis,  Mo. 


ALPHABETICAL   LIST  OF   MEMBERS. 


815 


Boemer,  Emil  L.,  Clinton  street,  Iowa 
City,  la. 

Boggs,  Edwin  L.,  Kanawha  Bank  Building, 
Charleston,  Kanawha  county,  W.  Va. 

Bohl,  Conrad,  Watcrtown,  O. 

Bond,  John  P.,  Main  and  Fifth  streets.  Lit- 
tle Rock.  Ark. 

Bond,  Sterling  P.,  Main  and  Fifth  streets, 
Little  Rock,  Ark. 

Bondurant,  Charles  S.,  Broad  street,  Thom- 
asville,  Ga. 

Borell,  Henry  A.,  No.  2043  Chestnut  street, 
Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Boring,  Edwin  M.,  Tenth  street  and  Fair- 
mount  avenue,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Bossidy,  Bartholomew,  No.  41  E.  Main 
street,  Waterbury,  Conn. 

Bostick,  Elmer  E.,  No,  2047  E.  Cumber- 
land street,  Philadelphia,- Pa. 

Bower,  Henry,  Gray's  Ferry  road  and 
Twenty-ninth  street,  Pniladelphia,  Pa. 

Bower,  Henry  A.,  Sixth  and  Green  streets, 
Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Boyce,  Samuel  F.,  Duluth,  Minn. 

Boyd,  George  W.,  C  street,  N.  E.,  between 
Second  and  Third  sts.,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Boyden,  Edward  C,  Joy  and  Myrtle  streets, 
Boston,  Mass. 

Boyer,  Harry,  Washington  Court  House,  O. 

Boynton,  Herschell,  No.  74  Main  street, 
Biddeford,  Maine. 

Brack,  Charles,  Ensor  and  Forrest  streets, 
Baltimore,  Md. 

Brackett,  Aurick  S.,  No.  142  Montgomery 
street,  San  Francisco,  Cal. 

Brand,  Erich,  Magazine  and  Jackson  streets, 
New  Orleans,  La. 

Brant,  Edmund  W.,  No.  292  Broad  street, 
Elizabeth,  N.  J. 

Brewster,  Wadsworth  J.,  Hannibal,  N.  Y. 

Bristol,  Charles  E.,  No.  48  Main  street, 
Ansonia,  Conn. 

Brooks,  Francis  M.,  Main  street,  Baton 
Rouge,  La. 

Brooks,  George  W.,  No.  Ii6i  Myrtle  ave- 
nue, Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

Brown,  Albert  E.,  Conception  and  Canal 
stretls,  Mobile,  Ala. 

Brown,  Albert  P.,  Fifth  and  Federal  streets, 
Camden,  N.  J. 

Brown,  Henry  J.,  No.  2  Main  street,  Ann 
Arbor,  Mich. 


Brown,  James,  Wayne  and  Varick  streets, 

Jersey  City,  N.  J. 
Brown,  Robert  J.,  No.  113  Delaware  street, 

Leavenworth,  Kan. 
Bruce,  James,  No.   544    Prospect   street, 

Cleveland,  O. 
Bruck,  Philip  H.,  No.  961    South   High 

street,  Columbus,  O. 
Bruguier,  Francis,  junction  Hamburg  Place 

and  Lafayette  street,  Newark,  N.  J. 
Brundage,  Fred.,  No.  29  W.  Western  ave- 
nue, Muskegon,  Mich. 
Brunner,  Norman  L,  Fourth  and  Arch  sts., 

Macon,  Ga. 
Brunswig,  Lucien  N.,  Magazine  and  Gra- 

vier  streets.  New  Orleans,  La. 
Bryant,  Randolph  F.,  Lincoln,  Kan. 
Bryant,  William  C,  No.  123  Main  street. 

Cedar  Falls,  Black  Hawk  county,  la. 
Buck,  John,  267  Broadway,  Chelsea,  Mass. 
Buck,  John  L.,  No.  267  Broadway,  Chelsea, 

Mass. 
Buehler,  John  J.,  143  E.  First  street,  Los 

Angeles,  Cal. 
BuUock,    Charles,   No.    528    Arch    street, 

Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Bunker,  Elihu,   No.  403  Purchase  street. 

New  Bedford,  Mass. 
;  Bunting,  Samuel  S.,  145  N.  Tenth  street, 

Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Burg,  John  D.,  Third  and  George  streets, 
I      Philadelphia,  Pa. 
I  Burge,  James  O.,  Broad  and  Market  streets,  * 

Nashville,  Tenn. 
Burkhardt,  Mark  A.,  Third  and  St.  Clair 

streets,  Dayton,  O. 
Burley,  Edwin  P.,  No.  43  Temple  Place, 

Boston,  Mass. 
Burnett,  Joseph ,  27  Central  street,  Boston, 

Mass. 
Bumham,   Edward   S.,   369   King    street, 

Charleston,  S.  C. 
Burns,   J.    Kellar,   Sunbury    and    Lecona 

streets,  Minersville,  Pa. 
Burrough,  Horace,  92  Camden  street,  Bal- 
timore, Md. 
Burroughs,  Silas  M.,  8  Snow  Hill,  London, 
.  England.. 
Bury,  Edward  B.,  No.  412  Eighth  street, 

S.  E.,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Bush,  William,  No.  56  Front  street,  Wor- 
cester, Mass.       Digitized  by  QjOO^Z 


8i6 


ALPHABETICAL  LIST  OF   MEMBERS. 


Butler,  Charles  H..  182  W.  First  street,  Os- 
wego, N.  Y. 

Butler,  Freeman  H.,  No.  141  Central  street, 
Lowell,  Mass. 

Butler,  George  F.,  193  South  Wood  street, 
Chicago,  111. 

Button,  Charles   E.,  No.  744  West  Van 
Buren  street,  Chicago,  111. 

Calder,  Albert  L.,  No.   183   North  Main 
street,  Providence,  R.  I. 

Caldwell,  James  W.,  No.  242  Grand  River 
avenue,  Detroit,  Mich. 

Calvert,  John,  Kearney  and  Clay  streets, 
San  Francisco,  Cal. 

Campbell,  Samuel,  No.  1416  Walnut  street, 
Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Candidus,  Philip  C,  Mobile,  Ala. 

Canning,  Henry,  No.  109  Green  street, 
Boston,  Mass. 

Carpenter,  Samuel  W., Washington  and  Lin- 
coln streets,  Delhi,  Hamilton  county,  O. 

Carraway,  Davis  S.,  residence  unknown. 

Carrell,  Eugene  A.,  South  street,  Morris- 
town,  N.  J. 

Carslake,  George  M.,  Famsworth  avenue 
and  Church  street,  Bordentown,  N.  J. 

Carter,    Solomon,    No.    356    Washington 
street,  Boston,  Mass. 

Caspari,  Charles,  Jr.,  Fremont  and  Balti- 
more streets,  Baltimore,  Md. 

Casper,  Thomas  J.,  No.  41  East  Main  street, 
Springfield,  O. 

Gates,  Wm.  E.,   145  Prairie  Ave.,  Provi- 
dence, R.  I. 

Catlin,  Ephron,  Sixth  street  and  Washing- 
ton avenue,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

Chalin,  Louis  F.,  Carrolton  and  St.  Charles 
avenues.  New  Orleans,  La. 

Chamberlain,  Guilford  T.,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

Chandler,  Chailes  F.,  Fourth  avenue  and 
E.  49th  street.  New  York,  N.  Y. 

Chandler,  I.  Eugene,   15th   and   Larimer 
streets,  Denver,  Col. 

Chapin,  Fred.    H.,  No.  259  Main  street, 
Hartford,  Conn. 

Chapin,  William  A.,  Beach  and  Lincoln 
streets,  Boston,  Mass. 

Chapman,  Isaac  C,  No.  Ill  Water  street, 
Newburgh,  N.  Y. 

Choate,  John,  208  Main  St.,  Fitchburg,  Mass. 

Christiani,  Charles,  No.  484  Pennsylvania 
avenue,  Washington,  D.  C. 


Church,  Howard  M.,  Saginaw  street.  Holly, 

Mich. 
Clapp,  Geo.  H.,  cor.  12th  street  and  13th 

avenue,  East  Oakland,  Cal. 
Clark,  Frank  P.,  North  Baltimore,  Wood 

county,  O. 
Clarke,  Louis  G.,  No.  141  First  street,  Port- 
land, Oregon. 
Clarke,  William  B.,  Main  street,  Clarke's 

Block,  Stockbridge,  Mass. 
Clement,   Henry   B.,   Nos.   684  and   686 

Broadway,  Albany,  N.  Y. 
Close,  George  C,  67   Cumberland  street, 

Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 
Cobb,  Ralph  L.,  No.  112  Superior  street, 

Cleveland,  O. 
Coblentz,  Virgil,  Markthallen  Strasse,  E  I. 

III.,  Berlin,  Germany. 
Colcord,  Joseph  W.,  342  Washington  street, 

Boston,  Mass. 
Colcord,  Samuel  J/.,  Dover,  Mass. 
Cole,  Charles  M.,  No.  302  Thames  street, 

Newport,  R.  I. 
Cole,  Howson    W.,   No.  66   Main   street, 

Danville,  Va. 
Colgan,  John,  Tenth  and  Walnut  streets, 

Louisville,  Ky. 
Collins,  Albert   B.,   No.   48   Main   street. 

Westerly,  R.  I. 
Collins,    Richard    D.,    Crittenden,   Grant 

couQty,  Ky, 
Colton,  James  B.,  No.  766  Tremont  street, 

Boston,  Mass. 
Commings,  Charles  S.,  Main  and  St.  Peter 

streets,  Schuylkill  Haven,  Pa. 
Cone,  John  W.,  No.   205  Genesee  street, 

Ulica,  N.  Y. 
Conger,  Frederic  A.,  497  Laurel  avenue, 

St.  Paul,  Minn. 
Conrad,  John,  Lake  avenue  and  Fiftieth 

street,  Chicago,  111. 
Conrath,  Adam,  No.  630  Chestnut  street, 

Milwaukee,  Wis. 
Cook,  Gilbert  S.,  Somerville,  N.  J. 
Cook,  Harry  C,  1165  North  High  street, 

Columbus,  O. 
Cook,  Thomas  P.,  No,  838  North  Ninth 

street,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Coon,  James  V.  D.,  81  Union  street,  Olean, 

N.  Y. 
Cornell,   Edward    A.,   Pine    and    Fourth 

streets,  Williamsport,  PayGoOQlc 


ALPHABETICAL  LIST  OF  MEMBERS. 


817 


Cotton,  William  H.,  No.  226  Thames  street, 
Newport,  R.  I. 


Davenport,  Bennett  F.,  No.  161  Tremont 
street,  Boston,  Mass. 


Coumbe,  Oscar  H.,  Tenth  and  E  streets,  \  D'Avignon,  J.  Eugene,  55  Sandwich  street, 


N.  W.,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Cowdin,  George  H.,  No.  25  Union  Square, 
Somerville,  Mass. 

Craighil),  Ed.  A.,  1000  Main  street,  Lynch- 
burg, Va. 

Cramer,  Max,  No.  1350  Tremont  street, 
Boston,  Mass. 

Crawford,  Thomas  D.,  College  street,  Ox- 
ford, N.  C. 

Cressler,  Charles  H.,  Front  and  Main 
streets,  Chambersburg,  Pa. 

Crolius,  Frank  M.,  No.  10 1  Grand  avenue, 
Milwaukee,  Wis. 

Cromwell,  Zachariah  W.,  No.  109  D  street, 
N.  W.,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Crona,  Sixtus  £.  S.,  Lyons,  Boulder  county. 
Col. 

Crossman,  George  A.,  No.  2  Simond's 
Block,  Brandon,  Vt. 

Crowther,  Frederick  A.,  7th  and  Mound 
streets,  Cincinnati,  O. 

Culbreth,  David  M.  R.,  Charles  and  Eager 
streets,  Baltimore,  Md. 

Cumniings,  Henry  71,  No.  696  Congress 
street,  Portland,  Me. 

Cummings,  Theodore  F.,  107  Pittsburgh 
street,  Scottdale,  Westmoreland  co..  Pa. 

Curtiss,  Charles  G.,  No.  833  De  Kalb  ave- 
nue, Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

Curiman,  Charles  O.,  No.  3718  North  Ninth 
street,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

Cushnnan,  Henry  C,  Government  street, 
Pensacola,  Fla. 

Cutler,  Edward  Waldo,  No.  89  Broad 
street,  Boston,  Mass. 

Cutts,  Foxwell  C,  Jr.,  No.  965  Fulton 
street,  Brooklyn,  N.  V. 

Dadd,  John  A.,  No.  221  Grand  avenue, 
Milwaukee,  Wis. 

Dana,  Edmund,  Jr.,  No.  589  Congress 
street,  Portland,  Me. 

Danforlh,  Edmund  C,  No.  163  Westmin- 
ster street,  Providence,  R.  I. 

Dare,  Charles  F.,  94  E.  Commerce  street, 
Bridgeton,  N.  J. 


Windsor,  Ontario,  Can. 
Davis,  Benjamin,  No.  466   Grand   street. 

New  York,  N.  Y. 
Davis,  Edward  H.,  No.  1 01   State  street, 

Rochester,  N.  Y. 
Davis,  George  R.,  No.  545   Main  street. 

East  Orange,  N.  J. 
Davis,  William  M.,  No.  689  De  Kalb  ave- 
nue, Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 
Davison,  John  T.,  Sopris,  Col. 
I  Dawson,    Edward  S.,  Jr.,  No.    13   South 

Salina  street,  Syracuse,  N.  Y. 
Dawson,  John  H.,  Twenty-third  and  Valen- 
cia streets,  San  Francisco,  Cal. 
Day,    Carlos    E ,    No.    1002    Broadway, 

Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 
Day,  Charles  W.,  Springfield,  111. 
De  Cou,  James  C,  No.  44  E.  State  street, 

Trenton,  N.  J. 
De  Forest,  William  P.,  397  Classon  ave- 
nue, Brooklyn,  N.  Y., 
De  Graff,  David,  No.  3  Broadway,  Nyack, 

Rockland  county,  N.  Y. 
De  Lang,  Alfred,  Broadway  and  Fourth 

street,  Cincinnati,  O, 
Dearborn^  George  Z.,  No  156  Main  street. 

New  Market,  N.  H. 
Dedrick,  Wm.   Fred.,  No.  28  Wall  street, 

Kingston,  N.  Y. 
Dcibert,  Thomas  L,  No.  103  North  Centre 

street,  Pottsville,  Pa. 
Deitz,  Charles   J.,  Heron  street,  Toledo, 

O. 
Delavallade,  Jean    M.,    208    St.   Charles 

street,  New  Orleans,  La. 
Denham,   Charles   S.,   Main    street,   East 

Pepperell,  Mass. 
Dennin,  Charles,   No.   383   Court    street, 

Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 
Deutsch,    Julius     W.,    2728     Broadway, 

Cleveland,  O. 
Devine,  John,  Kearney  and  Clay  streets, 

San  Francisco,  Cal. 
Dewoody,  William  L.,  Pine  Bluff,  Jefferson 

county,  Ark. 


Darrough,  Charles  H.,  Main  nreet.  Red  ;  Dick,  Dundas,  No.  112  White  street.  New 


Bluff,  Cal. 
Daubach,  Charles  J.,  1520  U  street,  Lincoln, 
Neb. 

52 


York,  N.  Y. 
Diehl,   C.   Lewis,   Third   an< 
Louisville,  Ky.      ^'9'^'^^^  ^^ 


w 


8l8  ALPHABETICAL   LIST  OF   MEMBERS. 

Dietrick,  H.  Dixon,  P.  O.  Box  62,  Portland,  [  Duble,  Jesse  B.,  Pine  and  Fourth  streets, 

Oregon.  j      Williamsport,  Pa. 

Dikenian,   Nathan,   No.   40   Bank   street,  •  Dubois,  William  L.,  No.  281  Main  street, 

Waterbury,  Ct.  i      Catskill,  N.  Y. 

Dill,  J.  Byron,  Indianapolis,  Ind.  (  Duckett,  Walter  G.,  Twenty-second  street 

Dilly,  Oscar   C,  2101    West   Walnut   St.,  i      and    Pennsylvania  avenue,  Washington, 

Louisville,  Ky.  D.  C. 

Dimock,  Robert  H.,  No.  303  Congress  St.,  |  Dudley,  Oscar  E.,  No.  62  E.  One  Hun- 
New  Haven,  Conn.  '      dred  and  Twenty-fifth  street,  New  York, 
Ditman,  Andrew  J.,  No.  10  Astor  House,        N.  Y. 

New  York,  N.  Y.  I  Dufour,  Clarence  R.,  19th  and  N  streets, 

Dobbins,   Edward   T.,   No.   1416  Walnut  1      Washington,  D.  C. 

street,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  I  Dunagan,   Jesse   J.,   1 30 1    Larimer   street, 

Dodd,  bimon  W.,  10 1  Queen  street,  Char-        Denver,  Col. 

lottetown,  P.  E.  L,  Canada.  Duncan,  Thurston  B.,  Public  Square,  Mcx- 

Dohme,  Charles  E.,  Pratt  and  Howard  sts., ,      ico,  Audrain  county,  Mo. 

Baltimore,  Md.  Dunn,  John  A.,  No.  56  Dougheny  street, 

Dohme,  Louis,  Pratt  and  Howard  streets,  |      Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

Baltimore,  Md.  Dupont,  William,  182   Michigan   avenue, 

Dolan,  Frank  L.,  Freeman,  Cass  Co.,  Mo.    |      Detroit,  Michigan. 
Doliber,   1homa$,  No.  41  Central  Wharf,    Qu  Puy,  Eugene,  No.  487  Hancock  street, 

Boston,  Mass.  j      Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

DolloflF,  Albert  S.,  P.   O.  Box  216,  Lake    Durban,   Sebastian    C,    No.    708    Broad 

Village,  N.  H.  |      street,  Augusta,  Ga. 

Dougherty,  Samuel   E.,  No.  581    Bergen  -  Durkee,  William  C,  Boylston  and  Berkeley 

avenue,  Jersey  City,  N.  J.  ,      streets,  Boston,  Mass. 

Douglas,  Henry,  Jr.,  No.  68  Wythe  avenue,  '  Ebbilt,  Wm.  H.,  170  William  street,  New 

Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  j      York,  N.  Y. 

Downing,  Benjamin  F.,  Jr.,  Nos.,  42  and  44  I  Eberbach,   Ottmar,   No.    12    South    Main 

Broadway,  Newport,  R.  I.  I      street,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich. 

Drake,  Charles  W.,  No.  275  Main  street,  ^  Eberhardt,  Ernest  G.,  518  South  New  Jcr- 

Middleboro,  Mass.  1      sey  street,  Indianapolis,  Ind. 

Drake,  Jonathan  B.,  No.  132  Broad  street,  \  Eberle,  Charles  L..  No.  4779  Germantowo 

Elizabeth,  N.  J.  avenue.  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Drake,  John  R.,  No.  365  East  Water  street,    Ebert,  Albert  E.,  No.  426  State  street, 

Milwaukee,  Wis.  .      Chicago,  111. 

Drefs,  Charles  A.,  No.  166  Broadway,  Buf-  ,  Eccles.    Robert   G.,  No,  94   Smith   street. 

falo,  N.  Y.  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

Dreher,   Louis,  No.   302   Euclid   avenue,    Eckel,  Augustus  W.,  No.  231  King  street, 

Cleveland,  O.  |      Charleston,  S.  C. 

Drescher,  August,  No.  108  Bowery  street,  '  Eckford,  Joseph   Wm.,   Commerce  street, 

Newark,  N.  J.  1      Aberdeen,  Miss. 

Dresser,  George  E.,  Main  street,  Putnam,    Eddy,  Henry  C,  Eighteenth  and  Lombard 

Conn.  I      streets,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Driggs,  Charles  M.,  Railroad  and  Berwick  ■  Edwards,   Nathan  W.,  Main  street.  Fair- 

streets.  White  Haven,  Pa.  |      mount,  Ind. 

Druehl,  Frank  A.,  802  South  Halsted  street, !  Edwards,  William  F.,  No.  1800  East  Bald- 


1 


Chicago,  111. 

Drury,  John  S.,  Chester  avenue.  Bakers- 
field,  Kern  county,  Cal. 

Drury,  Linus  D.,  Warren  and  Dudley 
streets,  Boston  Mass. 


\ 


more  street,  Baltimore,  Md. 
Eger,   George,  Nos.  839  and  841  Central 

avenue,  Cincinnati,  O. 
Eggers,  Frederick  H.,  No.  '^f^^^^^^^^o 

street,  Allegheny  City,  Pa.        O 


ALPHABETICAL  LIST  OF   MEMBERS.  819 

Eimer,  Charles,  No.  130  East  Eighteenth  |  Field,  Amos,  Richardson  Drug  Co.,  Omaha, 

street,  New  York,  N.  Y.  |      Neb. 

Ekman,  N.  Adolf,  Oroville,  Cal.  Fink,  Frederick  Wm  ,   No.   128  William 

Ekstrand,    John     P.,    Bridgeport,    Saline  :      street.  New  York,  N.  Y. 

county,  Kan.  ,  Finlay,   Alexander    K.,    No.    186    Camp 

Elbe,  Consiantinc  B.,Park  street,  Alameda,  I      street,  New  Orleans,  La. 

Cal.  Finley,  Nerval  H.,  Lock  Box  29,  Roches- 

Eliel,   Leo,  No.    loi    Main   street,   South  |      ter,  Beaver  county,  Pa. 

Bend,  Ind.  Finnerty,  Edward  J.,  Jr.,  106  Market  street, 

Elliott,  Henry  A.,  No.  286  Lexington  street, ;      Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Baltimore,  Md.  1  Fischer,  Emil  A.,  20Q  West  Federal  street, 

Eiiis,    Evan     T.y   No.    145   South   Front       Youngslown,  O. 

street,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  ;  Fischer,  Henry  J.,  No,  439  Pearl  street, 

Emanuel,  Louis,  Second  and  Grant  streets,  I      Cleveland,  O. 


Pittsburgh,  Pa. 
Emich,  Columbus  V.,  No.  423  North  How- 


Fischer,  Phil.,  No.  848  West  Market  street, 
Louisville,  Ky. 


ard  street,  Baltimore,  Md.  i  Fish,  Charles  F.,  No.  104  Broadway,  Sara- 

England,  Robert,  No.  800  South    Tenth        toga  Springs,  N.  Y. 

street,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  I  Fisher,  William,  No.  327  Blcecker  street, 

Erwin,  James  J.,  Center  and  Montgomery        New  York,  N.  Y. 

avenues,  Haselton,  Mahoning  co.,  Ohio.    Flanagan,  Lewis  C,  No.  589  Somerville 
Eschman,  Clemens  L.,  Phcenix,  Maricopa  ,      avenue,  Somerville,  Mass. 

county,  Arizona.  Fleck,   Jacob  J.,   Washington   and    Perry 

Eschmann,  F.  W.  R.,  P.  O.  Box  875,  Yon- 1      streets.  Tiffin,  O. 

kers,  N.  Y.  |  Fleischer,  Adolph  T.,  296  N.  Market  street, 

Estabrook,  Henry  A.,  Fitchburg,  Mass.        .      Chicago,  111. 
Estes,  Joseph  J.,  Cnion  and  Church  streets, ,  Fleischmann,  Augustus  T.,  Sedalia,  Mo. 

Rockland,  Mass.  I  Flint,  Geo.  B..  1 201  Broadway,  Oakland, 

Evans,  Joseph  S.,  P.  O.  Box  657,  West  i      Cal. 

Chester,  Pa.  '  Flint,  John  PL,  Marysvillc,  Yuba  co.,  Cal. 

Evans,  Samuel   B.,  No.  275  Main  street,  j  Ford,  Charles  M.,  No.  700  Fifteenth  street, 

Circle ville,  O.  1      Denver,  Col. 

Ewing,  Frederic   C,   Grand  avenue   and  j  Ford,  W.  Thomas,  No.  1305  Cherry  street* 

Eighth  street,  Glenwood   Springs,  Gar- ;      Kansas  City,  Mo. 

field  county,  Col.  1  Forsyth,  James,  126  S.  Twenty-sixth  street, 

Eyssell,  George,  Kansas  City,  Mo.  I      Omaha,  Neb. 

Fahlen,  Julius,  Fourth  and  Walnut  streets,  j  Foster,  William  O.,  No.  221  Talbot  street, 

St.  I^uis,  Mo.  !      St.  Thomas,  Ontario,  Can. 

Fairchild,   Benjamin   T.,   No.   84    Fulton  ,  Foulke,  James,  91  Fulton  street,  New  York, 

street.  New  York,  N.  Y.  I      N.  Y, 

Fairchild,   Samuel   W.,  84    Fulton  street, '  Fox,  Daniel  S.,  No.  323  Franklin  street, 

New  York,  N.  Y.  i      Reading,  Pa. 

Farlow,  John  B.,  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah.         '  Fox,  Peter  P.,  Woodland  avenue  and  Sev- 


Fay,     Hamilton,    Pacific     avenue,    Santa 

Cruz,  Cal. 
Feemster,  Joseph  H.,  Glendale,  Hamilton 

county,  O. 


enty  third  street,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Frames,    James    P.,    Gray   and    Aisquilh 

streets,  Baltimore,  Md. 
Francis,  Walter  R.,  No.  170  Orange  street, 


Feil,  Joseph,  Cleveland,  O.  j      New  Haven,  Conn. 

Fennel,  Charles  T.  P.,  Eighth  and  Vine 
streets,  Cincinnati,  O. 

Fenner,  Alexander  W.,  No.  351  Westmin- 
ster street,  Providence,  R.  I. 


Franklin,  Philip  H.,  N.  side  Public  Square, 

Marshall,  Mo. 
Eraser,  Horatio  N.,  2p8  Fifth  avenue,  ^^t^ 

York,  N.  Y.  '^'  "^  o 


8:o 


ALPHABETICAL   LIST   OF   MEMBERS. 


Fraser,   Robert   P.,  Water  street,  Pictou,  ] 

Nova  Scotia.  I 

Frauer,  Herman  E.,  No.  246  E.  Washing-  ' 

ton  street,  Indianapolis,  Ind.  | 

French,  William   B.,  No.   10  State  street,  I 

Albany,  N.  Y.  j 

Frere,  Alexander  G.,  Main  street,  St.  Mary's  j 

Parish,  Franklin,  La.  I 

Frerksen,  Richard  C,  North  and  California  I 

avenues,  Chicago,  111. 
Frizelle,  Seymour  F.,  26  Michigan  avenue, 

Detroit,  Mich. 
Frohwein,  Richard,  No.  122   First  street, 

Elizabethport,  N.  J. 
Frfih,  Carl  D.  S.,  No.  2445  Ridge  avenue, 

Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Frye,  George  C,  No.  320  Congress  street, 

Portland,  Me. 
Fuller,  Heniy  W.,  P.  a  Box  2955,  New 

York,  N.  Y. 
Fuller,  Oliver  F.,  No.  220  Randolph 

street,  Chicago,  111. 
Gale,  Edwin  O.,  No.  85  South  Clark  street, 

Chicago,  111. 
Gale,   William   H.,  No.  ^y  South   Clark 

street,  Chicago,  111. 
Gallagher,    Charles    K ,    Second     street, 

Washington,  N.  C. 
Gallagher,  John  A.,  Kansas  City,  Mo. 
Galloway,  David  H.,  No.  465  State  street, 

Chicago,-  III. 
Gait,   Edward^  P.,   No.    34   Bond    street, 

Selma,  Ala. 
Gardner,   Robert    W.,   No.    158    William 

street.  New  York,  N.  Y. 
Garrison,    Herod    D.,    465    State    street, 

Chicago,  111. 
Gates,  Amasa  O.,  MorriSvillc,  Vt. 
Gates,   Howard    E.,   care   of  Wessslls   & 

Gates,  Litchfield,  Conn. 
Gaus,   Charles   H.,   No.  202  *  Washington 

avenue,  Albany,  N.  Y. 
Gaus,  Louis  H.,  No.  254  South  Pearl  street, 

Albany,  N.  Y. 
Gaylord,  Henry  C,  No.   no   Monument 

Square,  Cleveland,  O.  ] 

Gegelein,  Frederick   L.,  Payne  and  Case 

avenues,  Cleveland,  0.\ 
Geier,   Oscar  W.,   No.    \%^    Main  street, 

Carrollton,  Ky. 
Geisler,  Jos.   F.,   No.   6   Harrison  street, 

New  York,  N.  Y. 


George,  Charies  T.,  No.  1306  North  Third 

street,  Harrisburg,  Pa. 
Gerhard,  Samuel,  Hanover  and  Belgrade 

streets,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Gessner,  Emil  A.,  No.  301   Chapel  street, 

New  Haven,  Conn. 
Gibson,  Charles,  74   State  street,  Albany, 

N.Y. 
Gibson,   James   E.,    Main   and    Markham 

streets,  Little  Rock,  Ark. 
Giles,  William  M.,  West  Broadway,  Rcadc 

and  Hudson  streets.  New  York,  N.  Y. 
Gill,  George,  P.  O.  Box  17,  Mount  Vernon, 

N.Y. 
Gilmore,  John  W.,  138th  street  and  3d  ave- 
nue, New  York,  N.  Y. 
Gilpin,    Henry    B.,   Light   and    Lombard 

streets,  Baltimore,  Md. 
Glines,  George  W.,  No.  147  Franklin  ave- 
nue, Cleveland,  O. 
Godbold,    Fabius  C,  No.   361    Magazine 

street,  New  Orleans,  La. 
Godding,    Edward  R.,  443    Union  Street, 

Eau  Claire,  Wis. 
Godding,    John  G.,   No.    278  Dartmouth 

street,  Boston,  Mass. 
Goebel,   Edward,   No.   530     Main   street, 

Louisville,  Ky. 
Good,  James   M..  No.   2348  Olive  street, 

St.  Louis,  Mo. 
Goodale,  Harvey  G.,  P.  O.  box  29,  Jamaica, 

Queens  Co.,  N.  Y. 
Goodman,  Charles  F.,  No.  iiioFamham 

street,  Omaha,  Neb. 
Goodman,  Emanuel,  13th  and  Vine  streets, 

Cincinnati,  O. 
Goodrich,  Stephen,  care  of  L.  G.  Moses  & 

Co.,  Hartford,  Conn. 
Goodwin,  Eugene  R.,  Batesville,  Indepen- 
dence Co.,  Ark. 
Goodwin,  Lester  H.,  Stale  and  Main  streets, 

Hartford,  Conn.       ^ 
Goodwin,      William     M^,,    Newburyport, 

Mass. 
Gordon,  William  J.  M,,  No.    142  Walnut 

street,  Cincinnati,  O. 
Gorgas,  George  A.,  No.  6  Market  Square, 

Harrisburg,  Pa. 
Gosman,  Adam  J.,  Charles  and   Mulberry 

streets,  Baltimore,  Md. 
Graham,   Willis  H.,   cor.  i2tiL  andlMain 

streets,  Kansas  City,  Mo.      C)OglC 


ALPHABETICAL   LIST   OF   MEMBERS. 


821 


Grahame,  Israel  J.^  No.  35  North  Twelfth 

street,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Grandjean,  Charles,  No.  2828  North  Four- 
teenth street,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 
Grandjean,  Eugene,  No.  2828  North  Four 

teenth  street,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 
Grant,  Albert  W.,  635   Market  street,  San 

Francisco,  Cal. 
Grassly,  Charles  W.,  No.  287  West  Twelfth 

street,  Chicago,  111. 
Gray,  Gilbert    D.,    Main    street,   between 

Fourth  and  Fifth,  Glen  wood,  Mo. 
Gray,    Henry    R.,  No.    144   St.  Lawrence 

Main  street,  Montreal,  Quebec,  Can. 
Gray,   William    H.,No.    I    Odd   Fellows' 

Hall,  Wheeling,  W.  Va. 
Green,  Arthur  L.,  Lafayette,  Ind. 
Green,  Benjamin,  12  Market  Square,  Ports 

mouth,  N.  H. 
Green,  Robert  M.,  Oroville,  Butte  co.,  Cal. 
Greene,  William  R.,   No.    I  Westminster 

street,  Providence,  R.  I. 
Gregory,   Edmund,   Kent  street,  Lindsay, 

Ontario,  Canada. 
Gregory,  Willis  G.,  No.  112  Niagara  street, 

Buffalo,  N.  Y. 
Greve,  Charles  M.,  6th  and  Market  streets, 

Chattanooga,  Tenn. 
Greve,  Theodore  L.  A.,  cor.  John  and  Sixth 

streets,  Cincinnati,  O. 
Greyer,  Julius,  Vine   and    Findlay   streets, 

Cincinnati,  O. 
Griffin,  Horace  M.,  Fort  Dodge,  Iowa. 
Griffith,  Albert  R.,  2241    3d  avenue.  New 

York,  N.  Y. 
Gross,  Edward  Z.,  No.  119  Market  street, 

Harrisburg,  Pa. 
Gross,    Gottlieb   M.,   1038   Lorain   street, 

Cleveland,  O. 
Grossklaus,  John  F.,  High  street  and  Pub- 
lic Square,  Navarre,  O. 
Grosvenor,   Daniel    P.,  Jr.,  No.  35    Main 

street,  Peabody,  Mass. 
Grove,  John   E.,    17th   and  Reed   streets. 

Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Gundrum,  George,  Ionia,  Mich. 
Gutierrez,  Antonio   G.,  State   and  Ortega 

streets,  Santa  Barbara,  Cal. 
Haass,   G.   Herman,  No.  105    East   Main 

street,  Rochester,  N.  Y. 
Haber,  Louis  A.,  No.  283  St.  Clair   street, 

Cleveland,  O. 


Hadley,  Frank  R.,  No.  64  North  Second 

street,  New  Bedford,  Mass. 
Haenchen,  Charles  £.,  No.  3844  Haverford 

avenue,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Haensgen,  H.  Otto,  528  West  Main  street, 

Louisville,  Ky. 
Hahn,  Sigismund  J.  F.,  No.  483   Scovillc 

avenue,  Cleveland,  O. 
Haigh,  De  Lagnel,  No.   6   North  Second 

Street,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 
Haight,  William  B.,    care    Lockwood    & 

Haight,  Stamford,  Conn. 
UaUt  Frederick^  residence  unknown. 
Hall,  Charles  E.,  Main   street,  Greenville, 

N.  H. 
Hall,  Charles  K.,  77  Tchoupitoulas  street. 

New  Orleans,  La. 
Hall,   ^dwin   B.,   No.   173    Main    street, 

Wtllsville,  Allegany  county,  N.  Y. 
Hall,   Marshall   C,   care    Hall    Brothers, 

Fredericksburg,  Va. 
Hall,   William    A.,    Cass    and    Lafayette 

streets,    Greenville,    Montcalm    county, 

Mich. 
Hallberg.  Carl   S.    N.,  No.  69   Dearborn 

street,  Chicago,  111. 
Hance,  Edward   H.,  Callowhill  and   Mar- 
shall streets,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Hancock,   Charles  W.,  No.  3421    Spring 

Garden  street,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Hancock,   Franklin    W.,   P.  O.   Box  437, 

New  Berne,  N.  C. 
Hancock,  John   F,,  cor.   Baltimore   street 

and  Broadway,  Baltimore,  Md. 
Hanson,  Arthur  E.,  2 131    Delancy  Place, 

Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Hanson,  Willis  T.,  No.  195  State  street, 

Schenectady,  N.  Y. 
Hardigg,  William   L.,  Second  near  Main 

street,  Uniontown,  Ky. 
Hardin,  John  H.,  No.   124   Front   street, 

Wilmington,  N,  C. 
Harlow,  Noah   S.,  No.  4   Smith's   Block, 

Bangor,  Me. 
Harper,  Harry  W.,  No.  514  Main  street, 
'      Fort  Worth,  Tex. 

;  Harrington,    Frank,     Main    and     Market 
j      streets,  Logan,  O. 

j  Harrison,  Jacob  H.,  No.  305  Brady  street, 
I      Davenport,  la. 
Hartshorn,    Frederick    A.,   No.    15     Me- 
1      chanics'  street,  Marlborough,  Mass^lC 


822  ALPHABETICAL   LIST  OF   MEMBERS. 

Hart  wig,  Charles  F.,  No.  476  Milwaukee  1  Hemm,  Francis,  3907  South  Broadway,  St. 
avenue,  Chicago,  111.  Louis,  Mo. 

Hassebrock,  Henry  F.,  No.  1901  Wright ;  Henderson,  Archibald  K,,  No.  300  Franks- 
street,  St.  Louis,  Mo.  town  avenue,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 

Hassinger,  Samuel  E.  R.,  Fairmount  avc.  I  Henes,  William  F.,  No.  301  Centre  ave- 
and  Twenty-third  st.,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  nue,  Bay  City,  Mich. 

Hastings,  Benj.  Geary  and  Fillmore  streets,  Hening,  James  C,  No.  226  Chestnut  street, 
San  Francisco,  Cal.  Stillwater,  Minn. 

HattenhaUer,  Robert   C,  No.   163  Water    Henry,     Charles     (Dwomiczak),     Croton 


street,  Peru,  III. 
Hatton,  Edgar  M.,  Main  and  Fifth  streets, 
Zanesville,  O. 


Landing,  N.  Y. 
Hepburn,  John,  No.  103  Main  street,  Flush- 
ing, N.  Y.     . 


Hauenstein,    William,   No.   44   West    3d    Herbst,  Frederick  W.,  No.  446  South  High 

street,  New  York,  N.  Y.  street,  Columbus,  O. 

Haussamen,   Henry   L.,  Grafton,  N.   Da-    Hermann,  Frederick  F.,  P.  O.  Box  50,  San 

kota.  Jos6,  Ccsta  Rica,  C.  A. 

Haviland,  Henry ^  127  Fark  Place,  Brook-     Hermann.   John   G.,    Baltimore    and   Me- 

lyn,  N.  Y.  i      chanic  streets,  Cumberland,  Md. 

Hawkins,  Henry,  Hastings   and   Brewster  .  Herzfeld,  Herman,  No.  19  Dey  street.  New 

streets,  Detroit.  Mich.  I      York,  N.  Y. 

Hawkins,  Joseph  T.,  Dearborn  and  Minor    Heun,  Emil,  Elm  wood  Place,  Cincinnati, 

streets,  Mobile,  Ala.  j      Ohio. 

Hawkins,  M.  Smith,  No.  84  Main  street,    Heydenreich,  Erailc,  No.  169  Atlantic  ave- 

Salem,  Columbiana  county,  O.  \      nue,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

Hay,  Edward  A.,  Middle  and  Free  streets,    Heyly  James   B.,  Vice    Consul,  Hamilton, 

Portland,  Me.  I      Bermuda. 

Bay,  Ilemy  H.,  Free  and   Middle  streets,    Hipgins,  James  S.,  No.  214  Delancy  street, 

Portland.  Me.  I      New  York,  N.  Y. 

Hayes,   Horace   P.,   No.    312    Elk   street,  1  Hilby,    Francis   M.,  Monterey   Pharmacy, 

Buffalo,  N.  Y.  '      Monterey,  Cal. 

Haynes,  David  O.,  835  Jefferson  avenue,    Hildrcih,  Newton  G.,  Cheviot,  Cincinnati, 

Detroit,  Mich.  Ohio. 

Hays,  B.   Frank,  No.  543   Fifth   avenue.    Hill,  Justin  L.,  Third  and  Mulberry  strccis. 

New  York,  N.  Y.  I      Williamsport,  Pa. 

Hays,  David,  No.  207  Division  street,  New  1  Hilt,   David,   84   Main    street,   Lafayette, 

York,  N.  Y.  I      Ind. 

Hechler,  George  L.,  No.  1099  Broadway,    Hodglcins,  Bert  W.,  No.  39  Central  Square, 

Cleveland,  O.  Keene,  N.  H. 

Hegeman,  J.   Niven,  No.   756  Broadway,    Hodgkins,    Israel    M.,    Pittsburgh    street. 

New  York,  N.  Y.  Scottdale,  Westmoreland  county.  Pa. 

Heinemann,  Olto,  Laurel  and  Lynn  streets,  ,  Hoffman,  Julius,  No.  429  Central  avenue, 

Cincinnati,  O.  I      Cincinnati,  O. 

Heinitsh,  Charles  A.,  No.  16  East  King  >  Hoffman,  Olto  L.,  Fourth  and  Town  streets, 

street,  Lancaster,  Pa.  I      Columbus,  O. 

Heinitsh,  Sigmund  W.,  No.  120  S.  Prince  ■  Hoffmann,   Frederick,  No.  183  Broadway, 

street,  Lancaster,  Pa.    •  New  York,  N.  Y. 

Heintzelm an,  Joseph  A.,  Ridge  avenue  and    Hogey,  Julius  H.,  No.  3038  Cottage  Grove 


Master  street,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Hclke,  William  L.,  953  Mission  street,  San 
Francisco,  Cal. 


avenue,  Chicago,  111. 
Hohenthal,  Charles  F.  L.,  No.  857  Third 
avenue,  New  York,  N.  Y. 


Heller,   Marx     M.,    193    Superior    street,    Hohley,  Charles,  No.  602  South  St.  Clair 
Cleveland,  O.  j      street,  Toledo,  O^tized  by  GoOQIc 


ALPHABETICAL   LIST  OF   MEMBERS. 


8*3 


HoIJen,   Isaac   D., .  Main    and    Eldorado 

streets,  Stockton,  Cal. 
Holland,  Samuel  S.,  Smithfield  and  Liberty 

streets,  Pittsburgh,*  Pa. 
Hollister,  Albert  H.,  No.  25  Pinckney  St.. 

Madison,  Wis. 
Holmes,  Clayton  W.,  No.  410  West  Gray 

street,  Elmira,  N.  Y. 
Holmes,  Henry   E.,   No.  19  Main  street, 

Walla  Walla,  Wash. 
Holt,  Alvin  E.,  No.  67  Cass  street,  Detroit, 

Mich. 
HoLZHAUER,  Charles,   No.   787   Broad 

street,  Newark,  N.  J. 
Homer,  John,  No.  156  High  street,  New- 

buryport,  Mass. 
Hood,  Charles  I.,  Merrimac  and   Central 

streets,  Lowell,  Mass. 
Hopp,  Lewis  C,  No.   198  Euclid  avenue, 

Cleveland,  O. 
Horn,  Wilbur  F.,  No.  32  West  Main  street, 

Carlisle,  Pa. 
Hoskinson,  J.  Thomas,  Jr.,  Front  and  Nor- 

ris  streets,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Howson,  Arthur  B.,  Paint  and  Main  streets, 

ChiHicothe,  O. 
Howson,  Waller  H.,  cor.  Water  arid  Wal- 
nut streets,  ChiHicothe,  O. 
Hoyt,  George  M.,  No.  210  Columbus  ave- 
nue, Boston,  Mass. 
Hubbard,  John  H.,  No.  468  Harvard  street, 

Cambridge,  Mass. 
Hudnuiy  Alexander^  No.    218   Broadway, 

New  York,  N.  Y. 
Hudson,    Arthur,   Centre  street,   Newton, 

Mass. 
Huested,  Alfred  B.,  No.  77  Eagle  street, 

Albany,  N.  Y. 
Hughes,   Albert   E.,  430   Hudson   street. 

New  York,  N.  Y. 
Hughes,  George,  No.  I  West  Bay  street, 

Jacksonville,  Fla. 
Huhn,   George,  No.   123    Nicollet   street, 

Minneapolis,  Minn. 
Hulting,    Fred.    B.,   Third   and    Howard  i 

streets,  San  Francisco,  Cal. 
Hunt,  Denis  D.,  No.  301  Fifth  street,  San 

Francisco,  Cal. 
Hunt,  Leonard  W.,  cor.  Second  and  Cherry 

streets,  Macon,  Ga,  ' 
Hurty,  John  N.,  No.  104  North  Penn  street, 

Indianapolis,  Ind. 


Huston,  Charles,  No.  47  South  High  street, 
Columbus,  O. 

Hutchins,  Isaiah,  West  Acton,  Mass. 

Hyler,  William  H.,  Port  Chester,  N.  Y. 

Ihlefeld,  Conrad  H.,  No.  715  Eighth  ave- 
nue. New  York,  N.  Y. 

Tngalls,  Albert  O.,  Murray,  Shoshone  co., 
Idaho. 

Ingalls,  John,  Fourth  and  Poplar  streets, 
Macon,  Ga. 

Inglis,  Frank,  No.  177  Griswold  street, 
Detroit,  Mich. 

Ink,  Charles  E.,  Columbiana,  O. 

Ink,  Parker  P.,  Washington,  la. 

Inman,  Charles  T.,  No.  1 184  East  Market 
street,  Akron,  O. 

Irvin,  William  A.,  El  Paso,  Texas. 

Jackson,  Edward  C,  No.  140  Freemason 
street,  Norfolk,  Va. 

Jacobus,  Judson  S.,  Thirty- first  street  and 
Indiana  avenue,  Chicago,  111. 

Jacques  George  W.,  Broadway  and  Au- 
gusta street,  S.  Amboy,  N.  J. 

James,  Frank  L.,  No.  615  Locust  street,  St. 
Louis,  Mo. 

James,  William  T.,  No.  103  Main  street. 
Flushing,  N.  Y. 

Jamieson,  Thomas  N.,  No.  3900  Cottage 
Grove  avenue,  Chicago,  111. 

Jenkins,  Luther  L.,  No.  119  Leverett  street, 
Boston,  Mass. 

Jenks^  William  y.,  No.  4043  Market  St., 
Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Jennings,  N.  Hynson,  No.  336  North  Charles 
street,  Baltimore,  Md. 

Jesson,  Jacob,  Western  avenue  and  Jeffer- 
son street,  Muskegon,  Mich. 

Jillson,  Fred.  W.,  No.  8  Gooding  street, 
Pawlucket,  R.  I. 

Joergensen,  G.  J.  C.  Sophus,  Commercial 
street.  La  Conner,  Skagit  co..  Wash. 

Johnson,  Arthur  S.,  Kent  and  Prince 
streets,  Charlottetown,  Prince  Edward 
Island. 

Johnson,  Chas.  B.,  Third  street.  Middle- 
town,  O. 

Johnson,  John,  Charity  Hospital,  New  Or- 
leans, La. 

Johnston,  Hairy  A.,  No.  100 1  O  street,  N. 
W.,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Johnston,  William,  Jr.,  No^^T2i  Jefferson 
avenue,  Detroit,  Mich.    y^C)0^ 


824 


ALPHABETICAL   LIST  OF   M£MB£RS. 


Jones,  Alexander  H.,  Ninth  and  Parrish  |  Kennard,   Frank    B.,   No.    1312    Harney 

streets,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  I      street,  Omaha,  Neb. 

Jones,  Daniels.,  Twelfth  and  Spruce  streets,  '  Kennedy,    Ewen    C,   466    Grove    street, 


Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Jones,  Edward  C,  Fifteenth  and  Market 
streets,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 


Jersey  City.  N.  J. 
Kennedy,   Ezra  J.,   No.   709    Woodward 
avenue,  Detroit,  Mich. 


Jones,   James  T.,   No.   855    East   Fourth  1  Kennedy,  George  W.,  No.  103  North  Cen- 

street,  Boston,  Mass.  I      tre  street,  Pottsville,  Pa. 

Jones,  John,  Jr.,  194  Main  street,  Gold  Hill,    Kennedy,  James,  No.  83  Commerce  street. 


Nevada. 
Jones,  Samuel  S.,  54  Market  street,  Wilkes- 

Barre,  Pa. 
Jones,  Simon  N.,  First  and  Jefferson  streets, 

Louisville,  Ky. 
Jordan,   F.    Francis,  Court  house   Square, 

Goderich,  Ontario,  Can. 


San  Antonio,  Tex. 

Kent,  Henry  A.,  Jr.,  Park  Drug  Store,  Eliz- 
abeth, N.  J. 

Ktnt^  Robert  R.,  Apopka,  Orange  co.,  Fla. 

Kephart,  Henry,  Berrien  Springs,  Mich. 

Keppler,  Christian  L.,  No.  461  Dryades 
street.  New  Orleans,  La. 


Jordan,  William    H.,  No.   135   Columbus    Kerr,   William    W.,   Batesville,    Indepen- 


avenue,  Boston,  Mass. 


dence  co.,  Ark. 


Joy,  Edwin  W.,  No.  109  Front  street,  San    Kessler,  Edward  F.,  Twentieth  and  Market 


Francisco,  Cal. 


streets,  Louisville,  Ky. 


JuDGf,,    John    F.,    Fifth    and    Sycamore  1  Keys,    Roger,   Twelfth   and   Pine   streets, 


streets,  Cincinnati,  O. 


Philadelphia,  Pa. 


Jungkind,  John  A.,  No.  806  Main  street,  I  Kidder^  Samuel,  No.  35    Nesmith   street. 


Little  Rock,  Ark. 


Lowell,  Mass. 


Jungmann,  Julius,  No.  1047  Thiid  avenue,    Kienth,   Hans,   No.   608    Mitchell   street, 


New  York,  N.  Y. 


Milwaukee,  Wis. 


Kadlec,  Lawrence  W.,  No.  179  W.  Twelfth  !  Kilmer,  Frederick  B.,  Opera  House,  New 

street,  Chicago,  111.  |      Brunswick,  N.  J. 

Kalish,  Julius,  No.  413  Grand  street.  New    King,  James  T.,  Main  and  South  streets. 


York,  N.  Y. 
Karb,  Geo.  J.,  Fourth   and  Main  streets, 

Columbus,  O. 
Karrmann,  William,  No.  579  Freeman  ave- 
nue, Cincinnati,  O. 
Kauffman,  George  B.,  No.  235  Noith  High 

street,  Columbus,  O. 
Keeler,  William  H.,  No.  422  Court  street, 

Saginaw  City,  Mich. 
Keene,  Thomas  R.,  Dallas,  Texas. 
Keeney,   Caleb   R.,   Sixteenth   and   Arch 

streets,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Keil,  Fred.  C,  2000  Market   street,  San 

Francisco,  Cal. 
Keller,  Fred.  P.  P.,  Chillicothe,  Hardeman 

county,  Texas. 


Middletown,  N.  Y. 
King,  Walter  B.,  513  Austin  Ave.,  Waco, 

Texas. 
Kirchgasser,   Wm.   C,   5347    S.    Halsted 

street,  Chicago,  111. 
Kirchhofer,  Paul,  Massillon,  Stark  county* 

O. 
Kirkland,   Derwentwater,  973   Broadway, 

Oakland,  Cal. 
Klayer,  Louis,  Ninth  and  Elm  streets,  Cin- 
cinnati, O. 
Kleinschmidt,   Anton  A.,  54  Beal  street, 

street,  Memphis,  Tenn. 
Klie,    G.    H.   Charles,   No.    5100    North 

Broadway,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 
Kline,  Mahlon  N.,  No.  427   Arch  street, 


Kelley,  Edward  S.,  Boylston  and  Berkeley  |      Philadelphia,  Pa. 


streets,  Boston,  Mass. 


Klump,  Charles    C,   No.   537    Hamilton 


Kellogg,  Gardner,  City  Drug  Store,  Seattle,  1      street,  Allentown,  Lehigh  county.  Pa. 

Wash.  !  Klussmann,  Hermann,  Fourth  street  and 

Kelly,  George  A.,  loi  Wood  street,  Pitts-  I      Lafayette  avenue;  Hoboken,  N.  J. 

burgh.  Pa.  ,  Knabe,   Gustavus   A.,   Court   Square  and 

Kemp,  Edward,  68  William  st..  New  York.  I      Dexter  avenue,  Montgomery,  Ala. 


ALPHABETICAL  LIST  OP  MEBIBBRS. 


82s 


Knapp,  Frank  F.,  No.  362  Hudson  street, 

New  York,  N.  Y. 
Knock,  Thomas  F.,  No.  130  South  avenue, 

Petersburg,  Va. 
Knoefel,  August,  No.  19  W.  Market  street, 

New  Albany,  Ind. 
Koch,    Louis,   329  North    Fourth    street, 

Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Kochan,     John,     1463     Larimer     street, 

Denver,  Col. 
Koehnken,  Herman  H.,  Third  and   Mill 

streets,  Cincinnati,  O. 


Laue,  John  M.  A.,  Washington  and  Second 

streets,  Portland,  Ore. 
Lauer,  Michael  J.,  No.  614  W.   Franklin 

street,  Baltimore,  Md. 
Laurent,  Eugene  L.,  No.  27  Cedar  street, 

Nashville,  Tenn. 
Lawton,  Charles  H.,  No.  91  Union  street. 

New  Bedford,  Mass. 
Lawton,  Horace  A.,  No.  91  Union  street. 

New  Bedford,  Mass. 
Lazell,  Lewis  T.,  No.  92   Maiden  Lane, 

New  York,  N.  Y. 


Kostitch,  Stephen  T.,  Box  2861,  Denver,;  Lee,  James  A.,  Main  street.  New  Iberia,  La. 

Lehn,  Louis,  No.  45  Strong  Place,  Brook- 
lyn, N.  Y. 

Lehr,  Philip,  No.  1145  Lorain  street, 
Cleveland,  O. 

Leis,  George,  No.  90  Massachusetts  street, 
Lawrence,  Kan. 

Leist,  Jacob  L.,  No.  100  E^t  Washington 
street,  Indianapolis,  Ind. 

Leitch,  Arthur^  No.  2348  Olive  street,  ^t. 
Louis,  Mo. 

Lemberger,  Joseph  L.,  No.  5  North 
Ninth  street,  Lebanon,  Pa. 

Lengfeld,  Abraham  L.,  Geary  and  Stock- 
ton streets,  San  Francisco,  Cal. 

Tjernhart,    August,    Centreville,  Alameda 


Col. 
Kostka,  Bruno  O.,  1224  O.  street,  Lincoln, 

Neb. 
Krehe,  J.  Theodor,  No.  314  East  Second 

street,  Muscatine,  Iowa. 
Kremers,  Edward,  No.  554  Fourth  street, 

Milwaukee,  Wis. 
Krewson,  William  E.,  1829  North  Eighth 

street,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Krieger,  Philip,  Myrtle  and  Marcy  streets, 

Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 
Krosskop,  William  B.,  Oil  City,  Venango 

county,  Pa. 
Kuhlmeier,  Henry,  No.  523  Pearl   street, 

Cleveland,  O. 


Kuhn,  Norman  A.,  No.  124  South  Fifteenth        county,  Cal. 

street,  Omaha,  Neb.  I  Levy,  Adolph,  No.    125  Grand  street,  E. 

Kurfurst,  Henry  F.,  No.  502  Xenia  avenue,        D.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 


Dayton,  O. 
Labold,   Joseph    M.,   Devil's    Lake,   Da- 
kota. 


Libby,  Henry  F.,  Main  St.,  Pittsfield,  Me. 
Lilly,  Eli,  care  of  Eli  Lilly  &  Co.,  Indian- 
apolis, Ind. 


Lachance,  Seraphin,  No.  1538  st.  Cathe-  '  Livingston,  Barent  V.  B.,  No.  306  Broad- 


rine  street,  Montreal,  Can. 
Lahme,  Charles  A.,  No.  428  Main  street, 

Kansas  City,  Mo. 
Laing,  Alfred  A.,  273  Pearl  street.  Cam 

bridgeport,  Mass. 


way,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

Llewellyn,  John  F.,  Public  Square,  Mex- 
ico, Audrain  county.  Mo. 

Lloyd,  John  U.,  Court  and  Plum  streets, 
Cincinnati,  O. 


Lambert,  John    A.,  No.   378  West   New  '  Lockhart,  George  B.,  Thirty-second  and  O 

York  street,  Indianapolis,  Ind.  streets,  West  Washington,  D.  C. 

.Lammert,   C.   Joseph,  Fourth   and   Smith    Loehr,  Theodore  C,  Carlinville,  Macoupin 

streets,  Cincinnati,  O.  county.  111. 

Lancaster,  Edwin  W.,  Public  Square,  Mar-    Ixx>mis,    John    C,    Chestnut    and     Wall 

shall,  Texas.  streets,  Jeffersonville,  Ind. 

Land,  Robert  H.,  No.  812  Broad  street,    Lord,    Frank    J.,    iioi    Larimer    street, 

Augusta,  Ga.  |      Denver,  Col. 

Lander,    John     C,    Yorkville,     Toronto,    Lord,   Thomas,  No.    72   Wabash   avenue* 


Can. 
Last,  Louis  C.  A.,  P.  O.  Box  555,  Moberly, 
Randolph  county,  Mo. 


Chicago,  111. 
Loveland,   William    F.,   No^^->2 13    Bread 
street,  Elizabeth,  W^  by  V^OD^ 


826 


ALPHABETICAL   LIST  OF   MEMBERS. 


Lowd,  John   C,  No.  43    Temple    Place, 

Boston  y  Mass. 
Lowden,  John,   No.    53   Colbome    street, 

Toronto,  Can. 


Mason,  Alfred  H.,  46  Jewin  street,  E.  C, 

London,  England. 
Mason,  Norman  N.,  No.  129  North   Main 

street,  Providence,  R.  I. 


Ludlow,  Charles,  No.  55  East  Main  street,  1  Massey,  William  M.,  No.  1129  Broadway, 


Springfield,  O. 


New  York,  N.  Y. 


Luscomb,  William  E.,  No.  289  Essex  street.    Masters,  Robert  S.,  Main  street,  Kentville, 

Salem,  Mass.  '      Nova' Scotia. 

Lyman,   Asahel  H.,  No.  427  West   River    May,  Arthur  F.,  No.  227  Garden  street, 


street,  Manistee,  Mich. 
Lyons,  Albert  B.,  P.  O.  Box  583,  Detroit, 
Mich. 


Cleveland,  O. 
May,  James  O.,  Water  street,  Naugatuck, 
Conn. 


Lyons,  Isaac  L.,  Nos.  42  and  44  Camp    Mayell,  Alfred,  Euclid   avenue   and  Erie 

street.  New  Orleans,  La.  street,  Cleveland,  O. 

Macdonald,  Daniel  T.,  Red  Jacket,  Hough-    Maynard,  Henry  S.,  No.  626  West  Lake 


ton  county,  Mich. 


street,  Chicago,  Ilh 


Maclagan,   Henry,  No.   91    Fulton  street,  j  McCarthy,  Cornelius  J.,  Main  and  Centre 


New  York,  N.  Y. 


Maclise,   James,   San    Pablo   avenue  and  1      Pa. 


streets,  Shenandoah,  Schuylkill  county. 


Seventeenth  street,  Oakland,  Cal. 
Macmahan,   Thomas  J.,   No.    142    Sixth 

avenue,  New  York,  N.  Y. 
Main,   Thomas    F.,   No.   278    Greenwich 

street,  New  York,  N.  Y. 
Maisch,  Henry  C.  C,  Polytechnic  Institute, 

Worcester,  Mass. 


McCartney,   Win  field    S.,   Selma,   Fresno 

county,  Cal. 
McClure,  William  H.,  Nos.  74  and  76  Sute 

street,  Albany,  N.  Y. 
McConvilie^  Thomas  A.,  Macon,  Ga. 
McDonald    George,    Main    and    Burdick 

streets,  Kalamazoo,  Mich. 


Maisch,  John  M.,  No.  143  North  Tenth    McElhenic,  Thomas  D.,  No.  259  Ryerson 

street,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  •'   I      street,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

Majer,  Oscar,  No.  400  South  Second  street,  1  McElwee,Emer  J.,  517  Main  street,  Mount 


Clinton  la. 

Major,  John  R.,  No.  800  Seventh  street, 
Washington,  D.  C. 

Mallinckrodt,  Edward,  Mallinckrodt  and 
Main  streets,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

Mann,  Albert,  39  South  Main  street,  Ann 
Arbor,  Mich. 

Manning,  John  H.,  51  North  street,  Pitts- 
field,  Mass. 


Pleasant,  Westmoreland  county.  Pa. 
McFarland,   Thad.   D.,   3   South    Market 

street.  Canton,  O. 
Mclntyre,  Byron  F.,  No.  99  North  Moore 

street,  New  York,  N.  Y. 
Mclntyre,  Ewen,  No.  874  Broadway,  New 

York,  N.  Y. 
Mclntyre,   William,   No.  2429   Frankford 

avenue,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 


Markoe,  George  F.  H.,  Warren  and  Dudley  I  McKelway,  George  I.,  No.  255  South  17th 


streets,  Boston,  Mass. 


street,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 


Marquardt,  Jacob  F.,  No.  60  Washington  |  McKesson,  G.  Clinton,  No.  91  Fulton  street, 

street,  Tiffin,  O.  j      New  York.  N.  Y. 

Marshall,  Ernest  C,  No.  157  Bunker  Hill    McKesson,  John,  Jr.,  No.  91  Fulton  street,. 

street,  Charlestown  District,  Boston,  Mass.  1      New  York,  N.  Y. 
Marsteller,  George  L.,  No.  231  King  street,  1  McNeil,   John   M.,   Broadway,  Scottdale, 

Charleston,  S.  C.  Westmoreland  county.  Pa. 

Martin,  Hugo  W.  C,  358  State  street,  Chi-  :  McPhenon,     George^    Altenheim,     Cook 

cago,  111.  '      county,  111. 

Martin,  John  C,  U.  S.  Naval  Dispensary,  1  Mehringer,  Joseph  A.,  North   Main  street. 


Washington,  D.  C. 


Jasper,  Dubois  county,  Ind. 


Martin,  Robert  S.  859  Market   street,   San  ]  Meininger,  Albert,  Vine  andTwelfth  streets, 
Francisco,  Cal.  1      Cincinnati,  O.      itized  by  vjOOQIC 


ALPHABETICAL  LIST   OF   MEMBERS. 


8J7 


Meissner,  Paul  E.,  519  Aslor  street,  Mil- 
waukee, "Wis. 

Mellon,  JoKn  J.,  No.  42  Camp  street,  New 
Orleans,  La. 

Mellor,  Alfred,  No.  2i8  North  Twenty- 
second  street,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

MehiHy  James  S,,  No.  43  Temple  Place, 
Boston,  Mass. 

Melvin,  Samuel  H.,  Sixth  ave.  and  14th 
street,  East  Oakland,  Cal. 

Menkemeller,  Charles,  Twenty  second  and 
Market  streets.  Wheeling,  W.  Va. 

Mennen,  Gerhard,  577  Broad  street,  New- 
ark, N.  J. 

Merrell,  Ashbel  H.,  S.  E.  cor.  6th  avenue 
and  Clay  street,  Topeka,  Kan. 

Merrell,  Chas.  G.,  6th  street  and  Eggleston 
avenue,  Cincinnati,  O. 

Merrell,  George,  6th  street  and  Eggleston 
avenue,  Cincinnati,  O. 

Metcalfe  Theodore,  No.  39  Tremont  street, 
Boston,  Mass. 

Metz,  Abraham  L.,  Prytania  street,  New 
Orleans,  La. 

Meyer,  Christian  F.  G.,  No.  8  North  Sec- 
ond street,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

Michaelis,  Charles  O.,  King  and  Cannon 
streets,  Charleston,  S.  C. 

Michaelis,  Gustavus,  No.  i  Myrtle  avenue, 
Albany,  N.  Y. 

MiLBURN,  John  A.,  No.  1120  Thirteenth 
street,  N.  W.,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Milbum,  Washington  C,  No.  1507  Colum- 
bia street,  Washington,  D.  C. 

MiLHAU,  Edward  L.,  No.  183  Broadway, 
New  York,  N.  Y. 

Miller,  Adolph  W.,  Third  and  CallowhiU 
streets,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Miller,  Chas.  G,  Greeneville,Green  co,Tenn. 

Miller,  Jacob  A.,  Second  and  Chestnut 
streets,  Harrisburg,  Pa. 

Miller,  James  M.,  Vacaville,  Cal. 

Miller,  Jason  A.,  No.  7  North  Main  street, 
Gloversville,  N.  Y. 

Miller,  Joseph  G.,  No.  10  East  Front  street, 
Plainfield,  N.  J. 

Miller,  William,  Santa  Monica,  Los  An- 
geles  county,  Cal. 

Milligan,  Decatur,  No.  509  North  Second 
street,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Miner,  Maurice  A.,  40  Dearborn  street,  Chi- 
cago, 111. 


Mingay,  James,  N0.472  Broadway,  Saratoga 

Springs,  N.  Y. 
Miville,  Francis  C,  No.  1023  Elm  street, 

Manchester,  N.  H.  | 

Aloffit,  7 homos  S.,  No.  210  Davis  street, 

San  Francisco,  Cal. 
Mohr,  Charles,  No.   177  Dauphin   street. 

Mobile,  Ala. 
Moith,  j^i4gtistus   71,  No.  1   Ferry  street, 

Fishkill,  N.  Y. 
Molwiiz,  Ernest,  No.  2707  Eighth  avenue, 

New  York,  N.  Y. 
Moody,  Richard  H.,MAin  and  High  streets, 

Belfast,  Maine. 
Moore,    George,   No.   26    Market    street, 

Somersworth,  N.  H. 
Moore,  Joachim   B.,  Thirteenth  and  Lom- 
bard streets,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Moore,  John  T.,  No.  1012  Rhode  Island 

street,  Lawrence,  Kan. 
Moore,  Silas   H..   No.   80  Fourth  street, 

Sioux  City,  Iowa. 
Moore,  Thomas  F.,  No.  21  Canal  street. 

New  Orleans,  La. 
More,  Arthur  J.,  No.  304  Pearl  street,  Sioux 

City,  Iowa. 
Morgan,  Benjamin  G.,  loi  N.  Main  avenue, 

Hyde  Park,  Scranton,  Pa. 
Morley,  William  J.,  No.  109  South  Second 

street,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 
Morris,   Lemuel   I.,  2733   N.   6th    street, 

Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Morrison,  Joseph  E.,  31  Buade  street,  Que- 
bec, Canada. 
Morse,  C.  Milan,  No.  13  Prospect  street, 

Nashua,  N.  H. 
Mosher,  Rosa  B.,  598  Main  St.,  Buffalo,  N.  Y. 
Mowry,  Albert  D.,  No.  365  Warren  street, 

Boston,  Mass. 
Mueller,  Adolphus,  Cherry  St.,  Highland,  111. 
Mueller,   Otto   E.,   No.  801    E.   Madison 

street,  Louisville,  Ky. 
Munds,  James  C,  Wilmington,  N.  C. 
Munson,  Jas.  H.,  24th  and  Lombard  streets, 

Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Munson,  Luzerne   I.,  Apothecaries'  Hall, 

Waterbury,  Conn. 
Murray,  Bernard  J.,  No.  32S6  Ridge  ave- 
nue, Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Myers,  Daniel,  Cleveland,  O. 
Nattans,  Arthur,  Second  and^  streets^  N. 

W.,Washington,  D.  C.    yVjOOglC 


828 


ALPHABETICAL  LIST  OF   MEMBERS. 


Ncppach,  Stephen  A.,  65  B  street,  Port- 
land, Ore. 

Newbold,  Thomas  M.,  No.  608  vS.  Forty- 

t   second  street,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Newman,  George  A.,  Fifth  and  Walnut 
streets,  Louisville,  Ky. 

Newman,  George  A.j  No.  380  Myrtle  ave- 
nue, Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

Niblo,  William  H.,  No.  387  William  street, 
East  Orange,  N.  J. 

Nichols,  John  C,  No.  55  State  street,  New 
London,  Conn.,  P.  O.  Box  846. 

Nichols,  Thomas  B.,  No.  178  Essex  street, 
Salem,  Mass. 

Niebrugge,  John  ^.,No.  506  Bedford  ave- 
nue, Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

Nipgen,  John  A.,  Paint  and  Second  streets, 
Chillicothe,  O. 

Nisbet,  William  W.,  Washington  avenue, 
Pittsburgh,  Pa. 

Noble,  John  J.,  Centre  and  Pelham  streets, 
Newton  Centre,  Mass. 

Norton,  Edward  B.,  care  of  Amzi  Godden, 
Birmingham,  Ala. 

Norton,  Lenis  E.,  Oroville,  Butte  co.,  Cal. 

Norwood,  Theodore  F.,  Lincoln  and  Gil- 
bert avenues,  Walnut  Hills,  Cincinnati,  O. 

O'Brien,  James  J.,  No.  53  Kneeland  street, 
Boston,  Mass. 

O'Hare,  James,  6  Benefit  street.  Provi- 
dence, R.  I. 

O'Neil,  Henry  M.,  No.  463  Hudson  street. 
New  York,  N.  Y. 

Oberdeener,  Samuel,  Franklin  street,  Santa 
Clara,  Cal. 

Ohliger,  Lewis  P.,  No.  23  West  Liberty 
street,  Wooster,  O. 

Oldberg,  Oscar,  No.  40  Dearborn  street, 
Chicago,  111. 

Oleson,  Olaf  M.,  Fort  Dodge,  Iowa. 

Oliver,  William  M.,  No.  32  Broad  street, 
Elizabeth,  N.  J. 

Ollify  James  H.,  No.  855  Fulton  street, 
Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

Orne,  Joel  S.,  No.  493  Main  street,  Cam- 
bridgeport,  Mass. 

Osgood,  Hugh  H.,  No.  148  Main  street, 
Norwich,  Conn. 

Osmun,  Charles  A.,  No.  13  Seventh  ave- 
nue, New  York,  N.  Y. 

Otis,  Clark  Z.,  No.  84  Court  street,  Bing- 
hamton,  N.  Y. 


Ottinger,  James  J.,  Twentieth  and  Spruce 
streets,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Owens.  James  A.,  No.  45  Dominick  street, 
Rome,  N.  Y. 

Owens,  Richard  J.,  Myrtle   and   Spencer 
streets,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

Padley,  William  A.,  Muskegon,  Mich. 
'  Paine y  James  /?.,  P.  O.  box  64,  Rochester, 
N.  Y. 

Paine,  Milton  K.,  Maine  and  State  streets, 
Windsor,  Vt 

Painter,   Emlen,   Broadway    and    Thirty- 
fourth  streets.  New  York,  N.  Y. 

Palmer,  J.  Dabney,  Public  Square,  Monti- 
cello,  Fla. 

Panknin,   Charles    F.,   No.    181    Meeting 
street,  Charleston,  S.  C. 

Parcher,  George  A.,  Main  street,  Ellsworth, 
Me. 

Parker,  George  H.,  Draper's  Block,  Main 
street,  Andover,  Mass. 

Parker,  John  H.,  No.  68  West  Main  street, 
Meriden,  Conn. 

Parkin,  Stanley  E.,  Owosso,  Mich. 

Parry  John  C,  Main  street,  Weston,  Mo. 

Parsons,  John,  No.  194  31st  street,  Chicago, 
111. 

Partridge,  Charles  K.,  Granite  Block,  Au- 
gusta, Me. 

Patch,  Edgar  L.,  No.  109  Green    street, 
Boston,  Mass. 

Patteny  I.  Bartleit,  No.  39  Harrison  ave- 
nue, Boston,  Mass. 

Patton,  John  F.,  No.  237   West  Market 
street,  York,  Pa. 

Patterson,  Theodore  H.,  No.  3640  Cottage 
Grove  avenue,  Chicago,  111. 

Pauley,  Frank  C,  Eastern  street  and  Comp- 
ton  avenue,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

Peabodyy  William  H.,  No.  8  South  Divis- 
ion street,  Buffalo,  N.  Y. 

Pease,  Francis  M.,  Main  street,  Lee,  Mass. 

Peck,  George   L.,  Hall   of  Pharmacy,  Ja- 
maica, N.  Y. 

Peixolto,  Moses  L.  M.,  No.  340  E.  Seventy- 
seventh  street,  New  York,  N.  Y. 

Pennington,  T.  H.  Sands,  No.  400   Broad- 
way, Saratoga,  N.  Y. 

Perkins,  Benjamin  A.,  No.  16  Pine  street, 
Portland,  Me. 

Perkins y  Elisha  H.y  Green  and  Baltimore 
streets,  Baltimore,  Md,yGoOQlc 


AI.PHABETICAL  LIST  OF   MEMBERS. 


829 


Perkins,  William  A.,  No.  84  South  C  street, 

Virginia  City,  Nev. 
Perot,    T.  Morris,   No.    1810  Pine  street, 

Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Perry,  Frederick  W.   R.,  709  Woodward 

avenue,  Detroit,  Mich. 
Pettengill,  Edward  T.,  No.  1713  New  York 

avenue,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Pettit,  Henry  M.,  CarroUton,  Mo. 
Peyton,   Robert   D.,  1 31 7  Fourth  avenue, 

Louisville,  Ky. 
Pfingst,  Edward  C,  Third    and    Brecken- 

ridge  streets,  Louisville,  Ky. 
Pfingst,  Ferdinand  J.,  Eighteenth  and 

Main  streets,  Louisville,  Ky. 
Pfingst,  Henry  A.,  Eleventh  and  Market 

streets,  Louisville,  Ky. 
Pfingsten,  Gustavus,  No.  6  Whitehall  street. 

New  York,  N.  Y. 
Pfunder,   William,  First  and  Ash  streets. 

Portland,  Oregon. 
Phelps,   Dwight,   337   Main   street,  West 

Winsted,  Conn. 
Phillips,  Charles  W.,  No.  484  Eastern  ave- 
nue, Cincinnati,  O. 
Phillips,  Edwin  F.,  4  East  Main  street.  Ar- 
mada, Mich. 
Physick,  Henry  S.,  No.  3104  Easton  ave- 
nue, St.  Louis,  Mo. 
Pickett,  John  H.,  Oskaloosa,  Iowa. 
Pieck,  Edward  L.,  Sixth  and  Main  streets, 

Covington,  Ky. 
Pierce,  William  IL,  No.  1067  Washington 

street,  Boston,  Mass. 
Pile,  Gustavus,  No.  770  Passyunk  avenue, 

Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Pilsbury,  Frank  O.,  Walpole,  Mass. 
Pitt,   John  R.,  Jr.,  No.   218   Main  street, 

Middletown,  Conn. 
Plummer,    David  G.,  No.  6  Main  street, 

Bradford,  Stark  county,  111. 
Plummer,  Edward,   1300  Broadway,  New 

York,  N.  Y. 
Poehner,   Adolph    A.,  Twenty-ninth   and 

Herman  streets,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Porter,  Chilton  S.,  Somerset,  Ky. 
Porter,  Henry  C,  Main  and  Pine  streets, 

Towanda,  Pa. 
Post,  Elisha,  care  of  John  Wyeth  &  Bro., 

Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Potterfield,  Clarence  A.,  Charleston,  Kana- 

wha  county,  W.  Va. 


Powell,  Robert  B.,  Second  and  G  streets, 

Eureka,  Humboldt  Bay,  Cal. 
Powell,  Thomas  W.,  No.  10  Houston  street, 

Fort  Worth,  Tex. 
Power,  Frederick  B.,  University  of  Wis- 
consin, Madison,  Wis. 
Prall,  Delbert  E.,  No.  in  South  Jefferson 

street.  East  Saginaw,  Mich. 
Prentice,  Fred.    F.,  opposite    Post  Office, 

Janesville,  Wis. 
Prescott,  Albert  B.,  University  of  Michigan, 

Ann  Arbor,  Mich. 
Prescott,  Horace  A.,  No.  360  Washington 

street,  Boston,  Mass. 
Preston,  Andrew  P.,  No.  2  Congress  Block, 

Portsmouth,  N.  H. 
Preston,  Calvin^W.,  22d  and  Market  streets, 

Galveston,  Tex. 
Preston,  David,  Ninth  and  Lombard  streets, 

Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Price,  Charles  A.,  Welton  street  and  Wash- 
ington avenue,  Denver,  Col. 
Price,  Charles  H.,  No.    226  Essex  street, 

Salem,  Mass. 
Price,   Joseph,   226    Essex    street,  Salem, 

Mass. 
Prieson,  Adolph,  Main  and  Vesper  streets, 

Lock  Haven,  Pa. 
Procter,    Wallace,    Ninth    and    Lombard 

streets,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Puchner,  William   A.,  465    State    street, 

Chicago,  111. 
Punch,  William  F.,  No.  71  Dauphin  street. 

Mobile,  Ala.' 
Pursell,  Howard,  Mill  and  Cedar  streets, 

Bristol,  Pa. 
Pyle,  Cyrus,  88  Warren  street,  New  York, 

N.  Y. 
Quackinbush,  Benjamin  F.,  703  Greenwich 

street.  New  York,  N.  Y. 
Qvalc,  Victor  A.,  828  East  Seventh  street, 

St.  Paul,  Minn. 
Rademaker,  Herman  H.,  801  E.  Madison 

street,  Louisville,  Ky. 
Ramsperger,     Gustavus,    No.     232     East 

Thirty-second  street.  New  York,  N.  Y. 
Rankin,  Jesse    W.,    Decatur    and    Pryor 

streets,  Atlanta,  Ga. 
Rano,  Charles  O,,  No.  1872  Niagara  street, 

Buffalo,  N.  Y. 
Rapclye,   Charles  A^fee^^g^Q^'O  »^r««t, 

Hartford,  Conn.  ^ 


830 


ALPHABETICAL  LIST  OF   MEMBERS. 


Rascoe,  Lucius,  Broad  and  Market  streets, 

Nashville,  Tenn. 
Ray,  Frederick  E.,  901   K  street,  Sacra- 
mento, Cal. 
Redsecker,  Jacob  H.,  No.  810  Cumberland 

street,  Lebanon,  Pa. 
Reed,  Isaac  N.,  139  Summit  St.,  Toledo,  O. 
Reichardt,  F.  Alfred,  No.  45  Maiden  Lane, 

New  York,  N.  Y. 
Remington,  Joseph   P.,   No.  1832  Pine 

street,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Rendigs,  Charles   P.,  Spring  and   Abigail 

streets,  Cincinnati,  O. 
Renouff,  James  T.,  Atlanta,  Ga. 
Renz,   Frederick   J.,   Market    and    Floyd 

streets,  Louisville,  Ky. 
Reusch,   Ernst,   No.    164    Nevins    street, 

Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 
Reynolds,   Charles    E.,    U.    S.    Receiving 

Ship  Vermont,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 
Reynolds,   Howard   P.,   Park   and   North 

avenues,  PlainBeld,  N.  J. 
Reynolds,  John  J.,  Water  and  Main  Cross 

streets,  Flemingsburg,  Ky. 
Reynolds,  William  K.,  No.  354  Friendship 

street.  Providence,  R.  I. 
Rhoades,  Stephen  H.,  No.  23  North  Main 

street,  Piltston,  Pa. 
Rhode,    Rudolph    E.,   504    North    Clark 

street,  Chicago,  111. 
Rice,   Charles,    Bellevue    Hospital,    New 

York.  N.  Y. 
Rich,  Willis  S.,  Fairport,  N.  Y. 
Richardson,  James,  No.  2827  Locust  street, 

St.  Louis,  Mo. 
Richaidson,   J.   Clifford,   No.    704   North 

Main  street,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 
Richardson,  WilHam  A.,  43  Temple  Place, 

Boston,  Mass. 
Rickey,  Charles  F.,  Mount  Sterling,  111. 
Ricksecker,  Theodore,   No.    146  William 

street,  New  York,  N.  Y. 
Ridgway,  Lemuel  A.,  No.  2  Sullivan  street, 

MansBeld,  Tioga  county,  Pa. 
Riesenman,  Joseph,    1266   Liberty   street, 

Franklin,  Pa. 
Riley,  Charles  W.,  11 15  Race  street,  Phil- 

adelphia.  Pa. 
Riitenhoust,   Henry  N,,   No.   2i8   North 

Twenty-second  street,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Rives,    Edward   B.,   56    N.    Main   street, 

Los  Angeles,  Cal. 


Robbins,  AIodzo,  Eleventh  and  Vine  streets, 

Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Roberts,  Daniel  J.,  Peabody,  Kan. 
Robertson,  Archibald  C,  loi  Wood  street, 

Pittsburgh,  Pa. 
Robin,   Oscar,   249  St.   Ann  street,  New 

Orleans,  La. 
Robinson,  Edward  A.,  151  School  street, 

Lowell,  Mass. 
Robinson,    Ernest   F.,   832   Yonge   street, 

Toronto,  Ont.,  Can. 
Robinson,  James  S.,  Second  and  Madison 

streets,  Memphis,  Tenn. 
Rockefeller,  Lucius,  Palisade  avenue,  En- 

glewood,  N.  J. 
Rogers,  Arthur  H.,  Genesco,  N.  Y. 
Rogers,    Wiley,    Fifteenth    and    Chestnut 

streets,  Louisville,  Ky. 
Rogers,  William  H.,  North  street,  Middle- 
town,  N.  Y. 
Rohde,  Claus  F.,  Second  and  Elm  streets, 

Waseca,  Minn. 
Rohlfing,  Charles    H.  F.,    4th  street  and 

Clark  avenue,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 
Rollins,  John  /;,  Fort  George,  Fla. 
Rosengarten,  Mitchell  G.,  Seventeenth  and 

Fitzwater  streets,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Rosewater,  Nathan,  No.  11 1   Water  street, 

Cleveland,  O. 
Rudolf,  Eliza,  Dryades  and  Second  streets. 

New  Orleans,  La. 
Ruete,  Theodore  W.,  No.  563  Main  street, 

Dubuque,  Iowa. 
Rumsey,  Samuel  L.,  Santa  Ciuz,  Cal. 
Runyon,  Edward   W.,  No.  535  Stevenson 

street,  San  Francisco,  Cal. 
Ruppert,  John,   Fifth   and   Smith   streets* 

Cincinnati,  O. 
Russell,   Elias    S.,   No.   69    Main   street, 

Nashua,  N.  H. 
Russell,  Eugene  J. ^  Army  street  and  Canton 

avenue,  Baltimore,  Md. 
Rust,  William,  No.  7   Peace  street,  New 

Brunswick,  N.  J. 
Ryerson,   Henry   O.,  No.  5    Main   street, 

Newton,  N.  J. 
Sander,  Enno,  129  South  Eleventh  street, 

St.  Louis,  Mo. 
Sanderson,  Stephen  F.  828  Nicollet  avenue, 

Minneapolis,  Minn. 
Sands,  George  G.,  No.  4  Vanderbilt  Jifre- 

nue,  New  York,  N.  Y.  5 


ALPHABETICAL  LIST   OF  MEMBERS. 


831 


Sargent,  Ezekiel  H.,  No.  125  State  street, 
Chicago,  111. 

Sauer,  Louis  W.,  Central  avenue  and  Bay- 
miller  street,  Cincinnati,  O. 

Sauerhering,  Rudolph  A.,  Main  street, 
Mayville,  Dodge  county,  Wis. 


Schmidt,  Ferdinand  T.,  467  Ninth  avenue, 

New  York,  N.  Y. 
Schmidt,  Florian   C,  Fulton   avenue   and 

Franklin  street,  Evansville,  Ind. 
Schmidt,  Frederick  M.,  No.  1558  Wabash 

avenue,  Chicago,  111. 


Saunders,  Richard  £.,  Chapel    Hill,   N.  Schmidt,  Valentine,  1300  Polk  street,  San 

C.  Francisco,  Cal. 

Saunders,  William,  Central  Experimental  Schmitt,  Joseph  M.,  No.  ji 2  North  avenue. 

Farm,  Ottawa,  Ontario,  Can.  Rochester,  N.  Y. 

Sautter,    Louis,    South    Pearl    and    Plain  Schoenhut,    Christian    H.,    199    Superior 

streets,  Albany,  N.  Y.  street,  Cleveland,  O. 


Sawyer,  William  F.,  1 152  Tremont  street, 

Boston,  Mass. 
Sayre,  Edward  A.,  No.  370  Bank  street, 

Newark,  N.  J. 
Sayre,   Lucius   E.,  University  of  Kansas, 

Lawrence,  Kan. 
Sayre,  William   H.,  Warner   and   Orange 

streets,  Newark,  N.  J. 
Schaaf,  Justus  H.,  No.  442  Second  street, 

Gallipolis,  O. 
Schafer,  George  H.,  No.  713  Front  street. 

Fort  Madison,  Iowa. 
Schafhirt,  Adolph  J.,  First  and  H  streets, 

Washington,  D.  C. 
Schambs,    George    M.,    Park    Pharmacy, 

Cleveland,  O. 


Schoettlin,   Albert    J.,  4th    and   Chestnut 

streets,  Louisville,  Ky. 
Scholtz,  Edmund  L.,  Sixteenth  and  Stout 

streets,  Denver,  Col. 
Schrank,    C.   Henry,   Nos.   437   and   439 

East  Water  street,  Milwaukee,  Wis. 
Schreck,  Leo  S.,  Liberty  and  John  streets, 

Cincinnati,  O. 
Schueller,   Ernst,   No.    281    South    High 

street,  Columbus,  O. 
Schueller,  Frederick  W.,  Nos.  232  and  234 

South  High  street,  Columbus,  O. 
Schumann,  Theodore,  Whitehall  and  Hun- 
ter streets,  Atlanta,  Ga. 
Scofield,    James    S.,    Ninth    avenue    and 

Fifty-seventh  street.  New  York,  N.  Y. 


Scheffer,   Emil,    No.    173    Shelby   street,  |  Scott,  George  T.,  Franklin   Square,  Wor- 

Louisville,  Ky.  I      cester,  Mass. 

Scheflfer,   Henry    W.,   care   of    Larkin    &[  Scott,  William   H.,  No.  1617   Seventeenth 

Scheffer,  St.  Louis,  Mo.  I      street,  Richmond,  Va. 

Schellentrager,  E.  A.,  No.  725   St.   Clair  ,  Scott,  Wm.  J,,  257  Prospect  street.  Cleve- 

street,  Cleveland,  O.  |      land,  O. 

Scherer,  Andrew,  No.  381   East  Division    Scoville,  Charies   H.,  opposite  the  Lock, 

street,  Chicago,  111.  |      Tonawanda,  Erie  county,  N.  Y. 

Scherff,  John  P.,  Gienwood  and  Washing-  '  Scribner,   John    C,   Main    street.   Angels 

ton  avenues,  Bloomfield,  N.  J.  I      Camp,  Calaveras  county,  Cal. 

Scherimg,  Gustav,  Fourth  and  Iowa  streets, '  Seabury,  George  J.,  No.  21  Plait  street, 

Sioux  City,  la.  I      New  York,  N.  Y. 

Schermerhorn,   Winfield   S.,   Main   street,  !  Searby,  William  M.,  No.  859  Market  street, 

Stillwater,  Saratoga  county,  N.  Y.  San  Francisco,  Cal. 

Schiemann,  Edward    B.,  M   and   Walnut    Sedberry,  Bond  E.,  Market  Square,  Fay- 
streets,  Louisville,  Ky.  j      eiteville,  N.  C. 
Schlaepfer,  Henry  J.,   Main   and   Second  I  Seitz,  Oscar,   No.    107   Santa  Fe  avenue, 

streets,  Evansville,  Ind.  1      Salina,  Kan. 

Schley,  Steiner,  No.   16  W.  Patrick  street,  |  Senier,  Frederick  S.,  No.  245  Lincoln  ave- 

Frederick  City,  Md.  I      nue,  Chicago,  111. 

Schlotterbeck,  Julius  O.,  13  Forest  avenue,  1  Sennewald,  Ferdinand  W.,  No.  800  Hickory 


Ann  Arbor,  Mich. 
Schmid,  Henry,  38   Ave.  A,  New   York, 

N.Y. 


street,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 
Serodino,  Herman,  53  Observatory  street, 
Cincinnati,  O.     Digitized 


832 


ALPHABETICAL  LIST  OF  MEMBERS. 


Sevin,  N.  Douglas,  No.   141  Main  street,  I 

Norwich,  Conn.  *       1 

Seykora,  Edward  J.,  North  Bend,  Neb.        I 
Sharp,   Alpheus   P.,   Pratt    and    Howard 

streets,  Baltimore,  Md. 
Sharpies,  Stephen  P.,  No.  13  Broad  street, 

Boston,  Mass. 
Shaw,  Robert  J.,  No.  3  East  Front  street, 

Plainfield,  N.  J. 
Sheffield,  Wm.  E.,  P.  O.  Box  291,  Benton 

Harbor,  Mich. 
Sheppard,  Samuel  A.  D.,  No.  1 129  Wash- 
ington street,  Boston,  Mass. 
Sherwin,  Eugene,  A.  6th  st.,  Wallace,  Idaho. 
Sherwood.  Louis  W.,  No.  45  West  Broad 

street,  Columbus,  O. 
Shiels,  George  E.,  No.  821  Broadway,  New 

York,  N.  Y. 
Shinn,  James  T.,  Broad  and  Spruce  streets, 

Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Shivers,  Charles,  Seventh  and  Spruce  sts., 

Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Shoemaker,  Richard  M.,  Fourth  and  Race 

streets,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Shorb,  J.  Eagan,  191  Canal  street,  New 

Orleans,  La. 
Shrader,  John  L.,  Michigan  City,  Ind. 
Shreve,  John  A.,  Main  street,  Port  Gibson, 

Miss. 
Shriver,  Henry,  No.  53  Baltimore  street, 

Cumberland,  Md. 
Shryer,  Thomas  W.,  No.    103   Baltimore 

street.  Cumberland,  Md. 
ShurtleflF,  Israel   H.,  No.  39   Elm  street. 

New  Bedford,  Mass. 
Siegemund,  Charles  A.,  No.  1553  Wash- 
ington street,  Boston,  Mass. 
Sicgenthaler,  Harvey  N.,  Kezar  and  Clif- 
ton streets,  Springfield,  O. 
Simmon,  Karl,  Seventh  and  Sibley  streets, 

St.  Paul,  Minn. 
Simms,  Giles  G.  C,  No.  1344  New  York 

avenue,  Washington,  D.  C.  1 

Simon,  William,  1348  Block  street,  Balti-  \ 

more,  Md. 
Simonson,    William,     Seventh    and    Elm  I 

streets,  Cincinnati,  O.  1 

Simpson,  William,  No.  33  Fayettcville  St., 

Raleigh,  N.  C.  | 

Simson,  Francis  C,  Halifax,  Nova  Scotia. 
Sitton,   Charles   E.,   No.  151    First  street, 

Portland,  Oregon. 


Skelly,  James  J.,  No.  339  East  Four- 
teenth street.  New  York,  N.  Y. 

Slater,  Frank  H.,  Main  street,  Mattawan, 
Monmouth  county,  N.  J. 

Sloan,  George  L.,  No.  22  West  Washing- 
ton street,  Indianapolis,  Ind. 

Slocum,  Frank  W„  No.  170  Rebecca  street, 
Allegheny,  Pa. 

Slosson,  Frank  W.,  No.  223  Superior  street, 
Cleveland,  O. 

Smink,  William  H.  R.,  33  Market  street, 
Shamokin,  Pa. 

Smith,  Amasa  D.,  142  Merrimack  street, 
Manchester,  N.  H. 

Smith,  Charles  B.,  No.  861  Broad  street, 
Newark,  N.  J. 

Smith,  Edward  N.,  No.  95  Main  street' 
Thompson ville,  Hartford  county.  Conn. 

Smith,  Henry,  Decatur,  111. 

Smith,  Israel  P.,  No.  324  Bank  street,  New- 
ark, N.  J. 

Smith,  J.  Hungerford,  P.  O.  Box  490, 
Pittsburgh,  N.  Y. 

Smith,  Joseph  S.,  No.  193  S.  Howard 
street,  Akron,  O. 

Smith,  Linton,  Eleventh,  Church  and  Ben- 
nett streets,  Wilmington,  Del. 

Smith,  Samuel  W.,  Ansonia,  Conn. 

Smith,  Willard,  No.  20  W.  Main  street, 
Rochester,  N.  Y. 

Smith,  Willard  A.,  Main  street,  Richfield 
Springs,  N.  Y. 

Smith,  William  C,  14th  and  Market  streets, 
Oakland,  Alameda  county,  Cal. 

Smithnight,  Albert,  No.  135  Woodland 
avenue,  Cleveland,  O. 

Sniteman,  Charles  C,  Neillsville,  Wis. 

Snively,  Andrew  J.,  Fountain  Square,  Han- 
over, York  county,  Pa. 

Snow,  Charles  W.,  No.  61  Warren  street, 
Syracuse,  N.  Y. 

Snow,  Herbert  W.,  care  of  Fred.  Stearus 
&  Co.,  Detroit,  Mich. 

Snyder,  Alva  L.,  No.  33  Court  Square, 
Bryan,  O. 

Snyder,  Ambrose  C,  No.  13>i  St.  Felix 
street,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

Snyder,  Robert  J.,  Second  and  Market  sts., 
Louisville,  Ky. 

Soetje,  Edward  C,  Anamosa,  la. 

Sohn,  Frank,  Grand  and  Easton  avenues, 
St.  Louis,  Mo. 


ALPHABETICAL  LIST  OF  MEMBERS. 


833 


Sohrbeck,  G.  Hemy,    Third   avenue  and 

Sixteenth  street,  Moline,  111. 
Sombart,  John  E.,  Cold  water,  Kan. 
Spalding,  Warren  A.,  No.  19  Church  street, 

New  Haven,  Conn. 
Spangler,  H.  W.,  Perry,  Jefferson  county, 

K&nsas. 
Spannagel',  Charles   C,   No.    1607   Ridge 

avenue,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Spears,  Jacob  V.,  Kissimmee,  Fla. 
Spengler,  John  G.,   Second   and  Webster 

streets,  Dayton,  O. 
Spcnzer,  Peter  I.,  No.  88  Garden  street, 

Cleveland,  O. 
Sperry,  Herman  J.,  No.  151  Chapel  street. 

New  Haven,  Conn. 
Spitzer,  George,  Bluffton,  Ind. 
Spofford,  Charles  B.,  No.  12  Tremont  street, 

Claremont,  N.  H. 
Squibb,  Edward  H.,  No.  36  Doughty  street, 

Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 
Squibb,  Edward  R.,  No.  36  Doughty  street, 

Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 
Stacey,  Benjamin   F.,  Thompson  Square, 

Charlestown,  Mass. 
Stabler,  William,  Main  and  Swede  streets, 

Norristown,  Pa. 
Stahlhuth,  Ernst  H.  W.,  Fifth  and  Chest- 
nut streets,  Columbus,  Ind. 
Stam,  Colin  F.,  Chesterlown,  Md. 
Stamford,  William  II.,  No.  256  Mulberry 

street,  Newark,  N.  J. 
Stanley,  E.  C,  97  Franklin  street.  Auburn, 

N.  Y. 
Starr,  Thomas,  No.  313  Ninth  avenue,  New 

York,  N.  Y. 
Stearns,  Henry  A.,  care  of  Fred.  Stearns  & 

Co.,  Detroit,  Mich. 
Steele,   Henry,   Turk   and  Taylor  streets, 

San  Francisco,  Cal. 
Steele,  James  G.,  No.  635   Market  street, 

San  Francisco,  Cal. 
Stein,  Jacob   H.,   No.   801    Penn    street, 

Reading,  Pa. 
Steinhauer,   Frederick,   No.  381    Lorimer 

street,  Denver,  Col. 
Stevens,  Alonzo  B.,   15   Church  St.,  Uni- 
versity of  Michigan,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich. 
Stevens,  Fred.   D.,   133  Woodward   Ave., 

Detroit,  Mich. 
Stevens,  S.  Henry,  No.  627  Copeland  street, 

Pittsburgh,  Pa. 

53 


Stevens,  Luther  F.,  No.  169  Fifth  avenue, 

Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 
Stewart,  Francis  E.,  No.  1204  Delaware 

avenue,  Wilmington,  Del. 
Stierle,   Adolph,   No.   302    East    Seventh 

street,  St.  Paul,  Minn. 
StoUenwerck,  Alphonse  L.,  2018  Second 

ave.,  Birmingham,  Ala. 
Stone,  Clarence  G.,  No.  580  Lafayette  ave- 
nue, Detroit,  Michigan. 
Stone,  Maurice  L.,  No.  109  South  Lincoln 

street,  Warn  ego,  Kan. 
Stowell,   Daniel,    No.    1045    Washington 

street,  Boston,  Mass. 
Strachan,  William  E.,  No.  619  Third  ave- 

nue,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 
Strassel,  William,  cor.   Shelby  street  and  • 

Broadway,  Louisville,  Ky. 
Strathman,  Charles  A.,  El  Paso,  Woodford 

county,  111. 
Stryker,  Cornelius  W.,  No.  1233  Walnut 

street,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Sweeny,  Robert  O.,  St.  Paul,  Minn. 
Sweet,  Caldwell,  No.  22  W.  Market  Square, 

Bangor,  Me. 
Tanner,   John   G.,  31   Pacific  ave.,  Santa 

Cruz,  Cal. 
Tartiss,  Alfred  J.,  No,  39  Johnston  street, 

Newburgh,  N.  Y. 
Taylor,  Alped  B.,  No.  262  South  Twelfth 

street,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Taylor,  Celia  W.,  Main  and  Center  streets, 

Loomis,  Isabella  county,  Mich. 
Taylor,  James  H.,  No.  104  Thames  street, 

Newport,  R.  I. 
Taylor,  John  P.,  No.  99  Third  street,  New 

Bedford,  Mass. 
Test,  Alfred  W.,  Second  and  Federal  sts., 

Camden,  N.  J. 
Thatcher,    Hervey     D.,    No.    12    Market 

Square,  Potsdam,  N.  Y. 
Thomas,    James,    Jr.,    opposite     Maxwell 

House,  Nashville,  Tenn. 
Thomas,  O.  E.,  154  Main  St.,  Columbia,  S.C. 
Thomas,  Robert,  Jr.,  Broad  street,  Thomas- 

ville,  Ga. 
Thompson,  Frank  A.,  care  of  Parke,  Davis 

&  Co..  Detroit,  Mich. 
Thompson,  James  L.,  901    South  Cherry 

street,  Nashville,  Tenn. 
Thompson,    H^ill/am  B.,  No.   1700  Mount 

Vernon  street,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 


834 


ALPHABETICAL   LIST   OF   MEMBERS. 


Thompson,  William  S.,  No.  703  Fifteenth 

street,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Thompson,  William  S.,  No.  717  East  Bal- 
timore street,  Baltimore,  Md. 
Thomscn,  John  J.,  No.  16  German  street, 

Baltimore,  Md. 
Thomsen,  John  J.,  Jr.,  No.   iS   McColloh 

street,  Baltimore,  Md. 
Thorn,    Henry   P.,  Main  street,  Medford, 

N.  J. 
Thurber,  Almon  R.,  No.  1361   Broadway, 

Denver,  Col. 
Thurston,    Azor,     Grand    Rapids,    Wood 

county,  O. 
Tiarks,  Hermann,  First  St.,  Monticello,  la. 
Tibbs,  William  H.,  Grand  Rapids,  Mich. 
Tiernan,  Frank  M.,  Mansion  House,  Ro- 

selle,N.  J. 
Tilyard,  Charles    S.,  Green  and  Franklin  ; 

streets,  Baltimore,  Md.  | 

Tobey,  Charles  W.,  No.  302  Market  street,  | 

Troy,  O. 
Tobin,  James  M.,  Montclair,  N.  J. 
Todd,    Albert   M.,    Noltawa,    St.    Joseph  ' 

county,  Mich. 
Tomfohrde,  John  W.,  Benton  and  Twenty 

second  streets,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 
Topi ey,  James,  No.  166  Georgia  street,  Val- 

lejo,  Solano  county,  Cal. 
Torbert,  Willard   H.,  No.  756  Main  street, 

Dubuque,  la. 
Tower,  Levi,  Jr.,  Boylston  and  Clarendon 

streets,  Boston,  Mass. 
Trask,  Charles  M.,  White  River  Junction, 

Vt. 
Travis,  J.  Walton,  302  Saratoga  street,  Co- 

hoes,  Albany,  county,  N.  Y. 
Travis,     Miles     B..     Say  brook,     McLean 

county,  HI. 
Treat,  Joseph  A.,  Stuart,  la. 
Trimble,  Henry,  No.  145  North  Tenth  street, 

Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Truax,  Charles,  No.  81  Randolph  street, 

Chicago,  111. 
Tscheppe,  Adolph,  No.  loio  Third  avenue, 

New  York,  N.  Y. 
Tucker,  Mosely  F.,  Dauphin  and  Hamilton 

streets,  Mobile,  Ala. 
Tufts,  Charles  A.,  No.  85   Washington 

street,  Dover,  N.  H. 
Turner,  George  H.,  No.  296  South  Pearl 

street,  Albany,  N.  Y. 


Turner,  Isaac  W.,  No.  92  Bowery,  Palma 

House,  New  York,  N.  Y. 
Turner^     T.     Larkin^   No.   3    Ashburton 

Place,  Boston,  Mass. 
Ude,  George,  No.  3610  N.  Tenth  street,  St. 

Louis,  Mo. 
Uhlich,  Ferdinand  G.,  No.  1401  Salisbury 

street,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 
Upson,  Rosa,  Marshalltown,  la. 
Urban,  Jacob  P.,  No.  336  Ontario  street, 

Cleveland,  O. 
Van    Antwerp,   Garet,   No.    71    Dauphin 

street,  Mobile,  Ala. 
Van   Auken,   Jerrie    A.,    No.    125    Main 

street,  Gloversville,  N.  Y. 
Vandegrift,  John  A.,  No.  320  High  street, 

Burlington,  N.  J. 
Van  Winkle,  Abraham  W.,  No.  35  Clinton 

avenue,  Newark,  N.  J. 
Vaughan,  Perry  W.,  Main  street,  Durham, 

Orange  county,  N.  C. 
Vennard,  William  L.,  No.  91  Fulton  street. 

New  York,  N.  Y. 
Vemor,  James,  No.   235   Woodward  av- 
enue, Detroit,  Mich. 
Viall,  Wm.  A.,  Cornell  University,  Ithaca, 

Tompkins  Co.,  N.  Y. 
Vial  Ion,  Paul  L.,  Park  and  Front   streets, 

Bayou  Goula,  La. 
Viltcr,  Herman  T.,  McMicken  avenue  and 

Locust  street,  Cincinnati,  O. 
Vogt,  Diedrich,  261  King  street,  Charles- 
ton, S.  C. 
Vordick,  August  H.,  Jefferson  avenue  and 

Benton  street,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 
Voss,  George  W.,  680  Woodland  avenue, 

Cleveland,  O. 
Wagner,  George  W.,  Jr.,  No.  26  Michigan 

avenue,  Detroit,  Mich. 
Wagner,  Henry,  Ninth  and  Linne  streets, 

Cincinnati,  O. 
Walbrach,  Arthur,  No.  230  Fifteenth  street, 

Denver,  Col. 
Walch,  Robert  H.,No.  1412  Walnut  street, 

Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Walker,  Anselle,   Main    street.   Freehold, 

N.J. 
Walker,  John  P.,  Main  St.,  Freehold,  N.  J. 
Walker,  William  J.,  No.  74  State  street, 

Albany,  N.  Y. 
Wall,  Otto  A.,  No.  21 1 1  Coliimbus  street, 

St.  Louis.  Mo.  Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


ALPUABETICAF.   LIST   OF   MEMBERS. 


835 


Walling,  Walter  A.,  No.  180  Charles 
street,  Providence,  R.  I. 

Walton,  Harry  C,  Laurel  and  Cutter 
streets,  Cincinnati,  O. 

Walton,  Joseph  R.,  1921  Pennsylvania  ave- 
nue, Washington,  D.  C. 

Wangler,  Conrad  D.,  61  and  6^  East  Fourth 
street,  Eastside,  Waterloo,  la. 

Wanifil,  Robert  C,  Battle  Creek,  Mich. 

Warn,  William  E.,  First  street,  Keyport, 

N.J. 
Warne,  Henry  L.,  care  of  Laredo  Imp.  Co., 

Laredo,  Texas. 
Warntr,    William  R.,  No.  1228    Market 

steet,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Warren,  Edwin  A.,  No.  360  Sibley  street, 

St.  Paul,  Minn. 
Watson,   Herbert   K.,  803   Market   street, 

Wilmington,  Del. 
Watson,  Sidney  P.,  Jacksonville,  Fla. 
Waugh,  George  J.,  Ontario  street,  Stratford, 

Ont.,  Can. 
Wearn,   William    H.,   Trade  and    Tryon 

streets,  Charlotte,  N.  C. 
Weaver,  John  A.,  No,   334  Northampton 

street,  Easton,  Pa. 
Webb,   William  H.,  No.  556  North   Six- 
teenth street,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Webber,  J.   Le  Roy,  care  of  Parke,  Davis 

&  Co.,  Detroit,  Mich. 
Weber,  William,  Fifteenth  and  Thompson 

streets,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Wehrly,  Thomas  M.,  3d  and  H  streets,  N. 

E.,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Weichsel,  Francis,  816  Main  street,  Dallas, 

Texas. 
Weidemann,  Charles  A.,  No.  2148  Green 

street,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Weills,  William    M.   L.,   No.   332   Broad 

street,  Harrisburg,  Pa. 
Weinman,  Oscar  C,  No.  173  Seventh  ave- 
nue, New  York,  N.  Y. 
Weiser,    Emilius  L,  No.   5  Water   street, 

Decorah,  la. 
Welch,  Willard  C,  Jr.,  631  Sutter  street, 

San  Francisco,  Cal. 
Wellcome,  Henry  S.,   No.  8  Snow   Hill, 

London,  England. 
Wellington,  Arthur  W.,  Newport,  R.  L 
Wells,  Ebenezer  M.,  509  Houston  street, 

Fort  Woith,  Texas. 
Wells,  Jacob  D.,  Fourth  street  and  Central 

avenue,  Cincinnati,  O. 


Wells,  Romanta,  No.  297  State  street,  New 

Haven,  Conn. 
Wendel,   Henry    E.,   Third    and   George 

streets,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Wcnzell,    William     T.,     No.    153    Grove 

street,  San  Francisco,  Cal. 
Wescheke,  Carl,  New   Ulm,  Minn. 
Wcstmann,  F.  H.,  No.  2744  Cass  avenue, 

St.  Louis,  Mo. 
Wetterstrosm,   Albert,   435    Colerain   ave- 
nue, Cincinnati,  O, 
Weusthoff,  Otto  S..  No.  218   East  Third 

street,  Dayton,  O. 
Weyer,  John,  Norwood,  Hamilton  co.,  O. 
Whall,  Joseph  S.,  No.  82  Hancock  street, 

Quincy,  Mass. 
Wharton,  John  C,  No.  38  Union  street, 

Nashville,  1  enn. 
Wharton,  William  H.,  No.  38  Union  street, 

Nashville,  Tenn. 
Wheeler,  Leonard  H.,  No.  78  State  street, 

Albany,  N.  Y. 
Wheeler ,  Lucien  /'.,  Waldo,  Fla. 
Whelpley,    Henry    M.,   No.    113    Market 

street,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 
Whitcomb,   Frederick   E.,   No.   117  Olive 

street,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 
White,  Aaron  S.,   No.  59  High  street, 

Mt.  Holly,  N.  J. 
While,   George    H.,    Newark   and    Jersey 

avenues,  Jersey  City,  N.  J. 
While,  Richard  K.,  No.  400  Hayes  street, 

San  Fraucisco,  Cal. 
Whitfield,  Thomas,    No.  240  Wabash 

avenue,  Chicago,  ill. 
Whiting,  Frederick  T.,  Main  street,  Great 

Harrington,  Mass. 
Whitman,  Nelson  S.,  No.  175  Main  street, 

Nashua,  N.  H. 
Whitney,  Henry  M.,  No.  297  Essex  street, 

Lawrence,  Mass. 
Wichelus,  Frederick,  No.   192  Greenwich 

street.  New  York,  N.  Y. 
Wickham,   William    H.,   No.   91    Fulton 

street.  New  York,  N.  Y. 
Wie^andy  Thomas  6.,  No.  4  South  Thirty- 

eighih  street,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Wienges,  Conrad,  No.  649  Jersey  avenue, 

Jersey  City,  N.  J. 
Wight,  Oscar  M.,  Lexington  street,  Inde- 
pendence, Mo. 
Wilcox,  Frederick,  Apothecaries*  Hall,  Ex- 
change Place,  Waterbury,  Conn. 


836 


ALPHABICTICAL   LIST   OF   MEMBERS. 


Wiley,  Goodwin  R.,  Main  street,  Bethel, 

Me. 
Wilkei,    Arthur    P.,   Seven    Corners,   St. 

Paul,  Minn. 
Wilkins,  Frank  M.,  Eugene,  Oregon. 
Williams,  Charles  F.,  Main  street,  Thomas 

ton.  Conn. 
Williams,  Duane  B.,  No.  16  Lincoln  Square, 

Worcester,  Mass. 
Williams,  George  G.,  No.  89  Broad  street, 

Boston,  Mass. 
Williams,  John  K.,  No.  391    Main   street, 

Hartford,  Conn. 
Williams,  Richard  W.,  Notre  Dame  street, 

Three  Rivers,  Quebec,  Can. 
Williams,  Seward  W.,  No.   358   Williams 

street.  East  Orange,  N.  J. 
Williams,  William  H.,  No.  659  Main  street, 

Wheeling,  W.  Va. 
Wilson,  Albert  H.,  Penn  street  arid  Franks- 
town  avenue,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 
Wilson,  Benjamin  O.,  No.  28  Merchants' 

Row,  Boston,  Mass. 
Wilson,  Frank  M.,  No.   133  Main  street, 

Willimantic,  Conn. 
Wilson,  Julius  H.,  No.  125  Twenty- second 

street,  Chicago,  111. 
Wilson,  William,  No.  106  Broadway,  cor. 

Pine  street.  New  York,  N.  Y. 
WiNKELMANN,  JoHN  H.,  Liberty  and  Ger- 
man streets,  Baltimore,  Md. 
Winslow,  Edwin  C,  No.  107  Main   street, 

Danville,  111. 
Winter,  Jonas,  No.  202  Prospect  street.  Ha- 

gerstown,  Md. 
Winters,  John  H.,  2238   Seventh   avenue. 

New  York,  N.  Y. 
Wohlfarih,  Justin,  No.  36  Gold  street.  New 

York,  N.  Y. 
Wolfe,  Nathaniel,  Wilkesbarre,  Pa. 
WoLTERSDORF,  Louis,  No.  171  Blue  Island 

avenue,  Chicago,  III. 
Wood,  Edward  S.,  No.  14  Chauncey  street, 

Cambridge,  Mass. 
Wood,  Mason  B.,  P.  O.  Box  58,  East  Prov- 
idence, R.  I. 


Woodard,  Charles  H.,  No.  92  Front  street, 
Portland,  Oregon. 

Woodbridge,    G forge    W.,  No.    160   State 
street,  Boston,  Mass. 

Woodruff,  Roderick  S.,  No.  91  Blank  street, 
Watcrbury,  Conn. 

Woodward,  Wm.  F.,  141  First  street,  Port- 
land, Oregon. 

Wooldridge,  Napoleon,  Cedar  Key,  Fla. 

Woolley,  Stephen  D.,  Asbury  Park,  N.  J. 

Wray,  George  B.,  P.  O.  Box  721,  V^onkers, 
N.  Y. 

Wright,  Archibald  W.,  Front  and  Market 
streets,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Wright,   Edward    E.,    No.    24    Sycamore 
street,  New  Bedford,  Mass. 

Wynn,   William,   No.  496   Fulton  street, 
Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

Yatman,  John  L.,  Orange  Valley,  N.  J. 

Yeager,  Alvin   A.,  134  Gay  street,  Knox- 
ville,  Tenn. 

Yorston,   Matthew    M.,  No.   429  Central 
avenue,  Cincinnati,  O. 

Young,  John  K.,  P.  O.  Box  235,  Bristol,  Pa. 

Youngs,  William,  1 14  Park   avenue.  Rich 
Hill,  Mo. 

Zahn,  Emil  A.,  No.  1801  State  street,  Chi- 
cago, III. 

Zeilin,  J.  Henry,  No.  306  Cherry  street, 
Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Zeller,  William  S.,  No.  14  Brinkcrhoff  Row, 
Bellefonte,  Centre  county.  Pa. 

Zellhoefer,   George,   cor.    Broadway    and 
Hart  street,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

Ziegler,   Philip  M.,  No.  526  Penn  street, 
Reading,  Pa. 

Zimmerman,  Charles,  No.  423   S.  Adams 
street,  Peoria,  111. 

Zinck,  Charles  M.,  cor.  Water  and  Chest- 
nut streets,  Meadville,  Pa. 

Zoeller,  Edward  V.,  Main  street,  Tarboro, 
N.  C. 

Zuenkeler,  J.  Ferd.,  686  Vine  street,  Cin- 
cinnati, O. 

Zwick,  George  A.,  Eleventh    street  and 
Madison  avenue,  Covington,  Ky. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


LIST  OF  RESIGNATIONS. 


Albro,  Willis  H. 
Atwood,  Lulher  L.f 
Blair,  Andrew.* 
Bolles,  Wm.  P.J 
Buntin,  Wm.  C.f 
Caffee,  Amos  H.f 
Copeland,  John  W. 
Dalr>'mple,  Chas.  H.J 
Easton,  Luther  W.f 
Elfers,  Jos.  CJ 
Fraser,  Edward  A. J 
Goodale,  Thomas  W. 
Jacobs,  Joseph. f 
Keasbey,  Henry  G.f 
Kitchen,  Chas.  W.|| 
Leith,  Harvey  I.f 


Maltison,  Rich.  V.f 
Melchers,  Henry. { 
Miller,  Olho  F.  S.* 
Miller,  Rob.  M.f 
Musler,  Abram.f 
Reinhold.  WilliRm.f 
Ross,  Ellison  H.* 
Ross.  Wm.  H.* 
Slosson,  George.f 
Staley,  Michael  C.f 
Thompson,  Edward.f 
Todd,  Wm.  J.J 
Wackerbarth,  John.f 
Wahmhoff,  Julius  H.f 
Watson,  William  H.f 
Welch,  Leonard  E.J 


*  InabiUty  to  attend  the  meetings.        f  No  reason  given.        X  Left  the  business.        ||  Failing  health. 


LIST  OF  DECEASED  MEMBERS. 

Since  the  last  meeting,  notice  of  the  death  of  the  following  members  has  been  received: 


Willis  Benedict, 

New  Haven,  Conn.                            Elected  1882. 

George  Buck, 

Chicago,  111. 

•       i860. 

George  E.  Cook, 

Port  Jervis,  N.  Y. 

1872. 

Adolph  Duflos, 

Annaberg,  Germany.                                * 

1871. 

Edmund  Knoebel, 

Highland,  111. 

•       188^. 

Frederick  H.  Masi, 

Norfolk,  Va. 

'       1873 

Henry  J.  Menninger, 

Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

'       1866, 

Louis  E.  Nicot, 

Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

'       1875. 

Henry  Schrader, 

Indianapolis,  Ind.                                      * 

•       1869. 

Abel  S.  Sweet,  Jr., 

Bangor,  Me.                                               * 

*       1883 

Joseph  G.  Thibodcaux, 

Thibodeaux,  La. 
(837) 

*       1870. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


INDEX 


A. 

Abstractum  Rhamni  Purshiana,  preparation,  366 
Acacia,  anthelmintica,  source  of  moussena,  483 
Acetanilid,  determination  in  phenacetin,  719 
Acetone,  detection  in  urine,  667 

dioxycihylic,  characters,  667 
Acet-ortho-amido-chinoline,  characters  of,  717 
Acelphenylhydrazide,  dose,  etc.,  721 
Acetphenylhydrazin,  difference  from  pyrodine,  721 
Acetum  ipecacuanha:,  B.  P.  C.  formula,  366 
Acetylphenylhydrazin,  ingredient  of  pyrodinc,  731 
Acid,  acetic,  method  of  determination  in  acetates, 
668 
agaric,  physiological  action,  etc.,  681 
anilfdofilicic,  composition   and   preparation, 

432 
anisic,  us*?  as  an  antirheumatic,  602 
arsenious,  compounds  with  iodides  and  with 

sodium  bromide,  568 
azalaic,  production  ifrom  shellac,  497.  682 
benzoic,method  and  apparatus  for  sublimation 
of,  669 
reactions  with  sodium  hypobromite, 
526,  669 
bromofilicic.composition  and  preparation,432 
camphoric,  medicinal,  application,  598 
carbolic,effect  of  low  temperature  on  solutions 
of,  626 
use  as  a  cure  for  corns,  626 
use  for  the  removal  of  warts,  626 
carbonic,  use  in  freezing  mixtures.  535 

value  for  sterilizing  medicinal  solu- 
tions, •^86.  S35 
volumetric  determination.  534 
chromic,  action  on  hydrogen  peroxide,  554 
citric,  distinction  from  tartaric  ncid,  675 

natural  constituent  of  cow's  milk,  675 
preservation  by  salicylic  acid,  675 
cresylic.   superiority  as    an    antiseptic   over 

phenol.  630 
dinitroisophtalic,  preparation  and  characters, 

^74 
filicic,  composition  and  properties,  431 
preparation  and  char.icters,  683 
hydrazide,  composition  and  prepara- 
tion, 432 
gallic,  examination  of  commercial,  685 

new  tests,  685 
gymnemic,  characters  of,  680 
nedera-tinnic,  preparation  and  characters,462 
hederic,  preparation  and  properiie«;,  461 
hippuric,  reactions  with  sodium  hypobromite, 

526,  669 
hvpobromic,  new  method  of  making,  ^24 
hydrochloric,   determination  in    contents    of 

stomach,  521 
hydrofluoric,  apparatus  for  inhalation,  ^28 
hypophosphorous,  action  on  ferrous  solutions 

(Devine),  124 
isoarabinic,  composition,  677 

hydrate,  composition,  678 
lactic,  value  in  diarrhoea,  ^67 
lactobionic,  from  milk  sugar,  664 
malic,   occurrence   in  and    separation    from 

suinte,  67-) 
meta-phosphoric.  transformation  in  presence 

of  acids  and  alkalies,  531 
molybdic,  volumetric  determination  as   lead 

salt,  564 
morrhuic,  new  principle  from   cod-liver  oil, 
682 


Aoid,  nitric,  determination  in  wine,  510 

nitro-alginic,  new  dye  from  sea-weed,  735 
nitrous,  delicate  method  of  detection,  510 
oleic,  adulteration  with  linoleic  acid,  643 
transformation  into  stearic  acid,  642 
omicholic,  composition  and  characteis,  715 
oxalic,  by-product  in  aniline  manufacture,  666 

estimation  in  plants,  666 
phosphoric,  determination  in  basic  slags,  530 
determination  with  uranium   ni- 
trate, 530 
improved  process  for  estimation, 

529 
separation  from  tungstic  acid,  531 
volumetric  determination,  529 
quillaj'<;,  preparation,  characters,  etc.,  727 
salicylic,  detection  in  beverages  and  food,  671 
distinction  from  carbolic  acid   and 

resorcin,  671 
for  preserving  eggs,  672 
for  preserving  volumetric  solutions, 

672 
its  isomers  and  homologues  (Hesse) , 
265 
sulphocyanhydiic,     occurrence     in     animal 

fluids,  537 
suIphuric,'dctermination,  518 

new  method  of  preparation,  517 
removal  of  ammonium  salts,  517 
test  for  Irce  acid.  517 
sulphurous,  caution  in  use  in  iodometry,  516 
method  of  determining  quality, 

new  apparatus,  513 
tannic,  new  tests,  685 

tartaric,  improved  method  of  estimation,  6;6 
preservation  by  salicylic  acid,  675 
process  of  assay,  676 
reduction  by  ferrous  sulphate,  677 
uric,  occurrence  in  urine,  682 
Acids,  mineral,  general  method  of  determination, 
518 
vegetable,  action  with    chromic  acid    and 
permanga'ate,  665 
Aconite  root,  time  fur  and  precautions  in  collecting, 

46s 
Aconitum  Napellus,  experiments  on  cultivation, 463 
Adeps  benzoatus,  preparation  with  true  sublimed 

benzoic  acid,  418 
Albumen,  determination  in  urine,  73C 

new  method  for  estimation  in  urine,  736 
Albumin,  densimeiric  estimation  in  urine,  737 

value  of  Tanrei's  reagent,  738 
Alcohol,  absolute,  preparation  on  small  scale,  612 
amylic,  removal  of  fiirfurol,  622 
determination  of  impurities,  613 
indirect  determination  In  beer,  613 
methylic,  detection  in  ethylic  alcohol,  621 

determination  of  acetone,  62a 
new  process  of  estimation,  613 
Aldehyd-blu"*,  a  rew  colorii  g  matter,  724 
Aldehyde,  glyceric,  svnthetic  fermentible  sugar,  636 
Alexander ^  Af.  W^.,  President's  address,  3 
Alkaloid, determination  in  pharmaceutical  prepara- 
tions, 686 
Alkaloids,  borates  of,  use  in  collyri.^,  533,  688 
change  of,  during  extraction,  319 
detection  after  dei<th,  687 
new  reagents  for,  687 
value  and    application  ot    Mayer's  le- 
agent,  686 
Alpha-i 


(S39) 


»•"»''"'""• '""^fz'y=d'Efy'<5e>ogle 


8^o 


INDEX. 


Alum,  porou<;,  preparation,  546 
Alumina,  separation  of  ^lucina,  545 
Aluminium,  improved  process,  545 

acetate,  precipitant  of  tea  tannin,  669, 

684 
acciaite.  resolvent  powers,  668 
chloride,  vapor  density  and  molecular 

weight,  546 
sulphate,    detection   of   free  sulphuric 
acid  in,  546 
Alums,  quantity  of  water  of  crystallization,  S46 
Ammonia,  production  during  purification  of  alkali,' 

538 
Ammonium  bromide,  oflficinal  characters,  525 
hyposulphiie,  characters,  etc..  515 
mercuric-chloride,  methods  of  produc- 
tion, 577 

prevention    of   pre- 
cipitate, 577 
niohate.  new    reagents    for  alkaloids, 
564.  687 
Amyl  nitrite,  examination  of,  625 

mixture  of  metamcric  nitrites,  625 
tertian,  physiological  action,  623 
Amylene  hydrate,  characters  and  tests  of  purity, 
625 

hypnotic  action,  626 
Analgesmc,  properties,  composition  and  name,  320 
Andromedotoxin,  presence  in  Ericacea:,  449,  729 
Andropogon  Nardus,  source  of  citronella  oil,  607 
Aniline,  chlorate,  preparation  of,  722 

compounds  with   chloric    and    perchloric 

acids,  722 
perchlorate,  preparation  of,  722 
poi<ionous  action.  723 
Anise,  star,  true  botanical  source,  466 
Anisylcocaine.  preparation  of,  70s 
Anthemis  nobilis,  proximate  examination  of  flowers. 

Antimony,  amorphous  modification.  569 

golden  sulphuret,  insufficiency  of  test 

rapid  and  sure  detection,  569 
separ.ition  from  arsenic  and  tin,  568 
Anlipyrine,  characteristic  test,  718 

incompatibility    with   soda    salicylate, 

718 
influence  to  increase  solubility  of  qui- 
nine salts,  697,  7x8 
reactions  of,  718 
Apocynum  cannabinum,  phy<iiological  action^  446 
Apparatus,  hot-air.  for  pharmaccuiical  work,  348 
Aqua  sinapis.  modification  of  process,  479 
Areca-nui,  alknloidal  constituents,  432 
Arecaine,  alkaloid  of  areca-nul,  432,  713 
Arecoline,  alkaloid  of  arccn  nut,  432,  713 
Arganine,  new  alkaloid  from  argan-nuts,  711 
Arsenic,  action  of  sulphuretted  hydrogen,  5^7 
deteciion  of  minute  traces,  567 
deteimination  m  golden  sulphuret  of  anti- 
mony. 563,  ti,6g 
in  wall  paper  (Galloway),  75 
preference  rf  aluminium  in  testing,  567 
presence  in  commercial  glycerin,  567.  634 
process  for  detection  of  smallest  quantities, 

566 
separation  from  antimony,  568 

and  tin,  568 
solubility  of  compounds  with  iron,  565 
Asafcetida  plants,  review,  462 

Asclepias  Cornuii,  eluco»-idal  constituent  and  ex- 
amination, 445 
tuberosa,  glucosidal  constituent  and  ex- 
aminaiinn,  445 
Asclline,  character  of,  7x4 
Aspidium  Filix  mas.  constituents.  4'^t 
Aspidol.  constituent  of  A«5pidium  Filix  mas,  431 
Astragalus    mollissimus,    botanical    and    chemical 

characters.  48*; 
Auric  chloride,  detection  of  cotton-seed  oil,  581,  639 
formation  by  action  of  chlorme,  581 

B. 
Balsam,  sulphur,  fragrant,  modification  of  formula, 

422 
Bandages,  corrosive  sublimate,  liability  to  change, 

4aj 


Barium  bromate,  preparation,  527,  695 

sulphide,  production   of  sulphuretted     hy- 
drogen, 541 
sulphite,  insolubility  in  hydrochloric  slcmcJ, 
542 

solubility  in  hydrochloric  acid,5w4.3 
Bay  rum,  formulas,  400 
Bedford t  P.  W.^  on  pharmacopceial  weights  and 

measures,  40 
Bedford,    P.     JV.,    chairman's    address.    Section 

Pharmaceutical  Education,  279 
Beef  fat,  detection  in  lard,  639 

UeAr,  H.  H.,  poisonous  plants  indigenous  to  Cali- 
fornia, 221 
Belladonna,  hyoscyaminc  and  atropine  present  in, 

441 
Belladonna  root,   commercial,   quality  of  (Simon- 
son),  120 
Benzoin,  assay  of  commercial  samples,  449 
Berberine  acetate,  prepaiatlon  of,  709 

products  of  decomposition,  710 
sulphate,  preparation  of.  709 

presence   of  chlorine  in  com- 
mercial, 710 
Retol,  characters  and  ra|ations  to  salol,  628 
Bismuth,  characteristic  reaction,  570 
Bismuth,  estimation  of,  573 

oxyiodide,  purification  of  bismuth  subni- 

trate  for  test,  572 
oxy-salis,  composition,  etc.,  571 
Bismuth  salicylate,  preparation  of,  673 
subniirate,  composition,  571 
•subnitrate,  U.  S.  P.  formula,  572 
suhcarbonate,  composition,  571 
Bismuthyl  iodide,  preparation  and  estimation,  57* 
Blahnik,  Lorenz,  deceased,  10 
Blue,  soluble,  ordinary,  formula,  537 
Blue,  soluble,  preparation,  f^37 

pure,  preparation,  538 
Boroglycerides,  preparation  of  various  compounds 

635 
Borneol,  physiological  action,  598 
Boron,  convenient  preparation  of,  and  of  its  com- 
pounds, 532 
Boron,  preparation  from  boron  fluoride,  53a 
Boron  trichloride,  preparation,  532 
Botanical  garden,  establishment  in  New  York,  332 
Mottle,  wash,  automatic  arrangement,  348 
Rrassica  nigra,  comparison  of  seeds  with  Sinapis 

juncea,  478 
Bromine,  separag'on  from  chlorine  and  iodine,  524 

toxicological  detection,  524 
Brucine,  quantitative  separation  from  strychnine, 

702 
Business,  discussion  on  order  of,  276 
Butter,  cacao,  as  base  for  medicated  pencils,  402 
detection  of  falsifications,  652 


Caffeine,  examination  of  granular  salts,  707 

incompatibility  with  acid  fruit  syrups,  707 
citrate,  absence  of  citric  acid,  708 

poisonous  effects  of  large  dose,  708 
solubility  of,  707 
phenate,  preparation,  uses,  etc.,  708 
Calcium  .boroglyceride,  preparation  of,  635 
iodate,  antiseptic  value,  527 
separation  from  barium  and  strontium,  543 
phosphorescent,  preparation,  543 
Calomel,  effect  of  sodium  chloride,  575 
Calvert,  Jno.,  extract  of  opium,  156 
I  Camphor,  powdered,  production  of  permanent  prc- 
I       paration,  395 

,  Canarium  Bengalense,  use  ofresinous  exudation,  429 
!  Cantharides,  partially  extracted  drugs,  498 
I  Cantharidin  in  pharmacy  (Grarer),  104 
I  Capsaicin,  preparation  and  yield,  734 

Carbohydrates,  delicacy  and  value  of  furfurol  reac- 
'      tion,  654 

'  Capsicum,  yield  of  capsaicin,  441,  734 
I  presence  in  urine,  655 

Carbon,  property  resembling  platinum  sponge,  534 
j  bisulphfde  constituent  of  oil  ol  mustard, 

I  s'^e,  6-15 

I  purification,  5355 

monoxide,  detection  in  air,  534 
I  oxysulphide,  preparation,  536 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


INDEX. 


841 


Caris.«a  Schlmperi,  close  relation  to  Ouabaio,  447 
Carle,  John,  Jr.,  deceased,  10 
Carthagena  bark^  hi&tory  and  experiments  of  culti- 
vation, 459 
Cascara  Sagrada,  collection  out  of  Reason,  499 

causes  of  unsatisfactory  condition 
of  barlr.  493 
Cascara,  spurious,  piobable  source,  conditions  of 

growth,  etc.,  322 
Cassia  Tora,  proximate  analysis,  483 
Catalpa  bignonioides,  bitter  glucoside  in  fruit  and 

bark.  443 
Catalpin,  bitter  glucoside  from  Catalpa  bignonioides, 

734 
Catechu,  collection,  etc.,  in  Burmah,  486 

medicinal  value  of  commercial,  486 
Cay-cay,  description  and  collection  o(  fat,  433 
Celt  is  reticulosa,  occurrence  of  skatole  in   wood, 

496 
Cement  for  coating  boiler-coverings,  formula,  425 
horses'  hoofs,  formula,  424 
leathern  belts,  etc.,  formula,  424 
meerschaum,  formula,  424 
paper,  woven  fabrics,  etc.,  formula.  424 
porcelain,  marble,  etc.,  formula,  423 
retorts,  etc.,  425 

tightening  iron  vessels,  formula,  425 
Cements,  practical  formulas,  423 
Cephalantnus  Occidentalis,  isolation  of  glyceride, 

461 
Cephalaria  syriaca,  seeds  admixed  with  Egyptian 

grain,  457 
Cerate,  petroleum,  preparation,  4x8 
Ceresine,  adulteration  of,  586 
Cerite  metals,  separation  and  compounds,  548 
Chekcn,  bitter  substance  from  cheken  leaves,  482 
Chekcneiin,  cr>'stalline  body  from  cheken  leaves, 

482 
Chekenin.  crystalline  body  from  cheken  leaves,  482 
Chekenon,  crystalline  body  from  cheken  leaves.  481 
Chelidonine,  occurrence  in  Stylophorum  diphyljum, 
478,  692 
characters  of,  and  of  compounds,  692 
hvdrochloraie,  characters  of,  693 
nitrate,  characters  of,  693 
sulphate,  properties  of,  693 
Chemicals,  medicinal,  discussion  on  admission  into 

the  U.S.  P.,  47 
Chloral,  resorcin  a  new  test  for,  616 
ammonium,  dose,  etc.,  617^ 
cyanhydrin,  characters,  etc.,  617 
Chlorine,  volumetric  determination.  519 

new  reaction  with  alkaloids,  520,  687 
vapor  density,  520 
Chloroform,  causes  of  alteration  and  preservation, 
615 
estimation  of,  6t6 
mar ufaciure  from  acetone.  615 
resorcin  a  new  test  for,  6x6 
tests  of  quality,  616 
Cholesterin,  composition  of,  633 

presence  in  Hedera  Helix,  469 
Cholestcryl  acetate,  prepanition  of,  6^4 
Chromic  oxide,  detection  and  determination,  554 
Chromium  hyposulphite,  characters,  etc.,  515 
Chymosin,  preparation  from  rennet,  742 

properties  of,  742 
Cimicifug.1  Racemosa,  examination  of  rhizom^  and 

rootlet,  464 
Cinchona,  cultivation  in  Japan,  457 

alkaloids,  estimation  by  bromine,  694 

oxidation  products,  and  con- 
stitution, 693 
bromates,  preparation,  695 
cancerous    disease    affecting   cultivated 
plants,  457 
Cinchonas,  hybridization,  458 
Cinchonidine,  oxidation  of,  693 

bromate,  characters  of,  696 
salicylate,  preparation  of^  70X 
Cinchonine,  action  of  oxalic  acid,  7or 

oxidation  with  chromic  acid,  693 
bromate,  characters  of,  696 
Cinnamomum  Kiamis,  description  of,  439 
Tamala,  export  of  bark,  428 
xanihoneuron,  description  of,  439 
Cinnamylcocaine,  synthetical  preparation,  703 


'  Cinnamylecgonine,  properties  of,  703 
Citrates,  estimation  in  admixture  with  tartrates,  676 

I  Clarification,  practical  observations,  346 

I  Cobalt,  decomposition,  551 

deposition  in  metallic  state,  553 
separation  from  iron,  old  method,  552 

'  Coca  alkaloid,  new,  characters,  etc  ,  704 

.  amorphou.s  bases,  convertibility  into  cocaine, 

I  3«9 

ba.ses,  chemistry  of,  703 
,  leaves,  assay,  472 
Cocaine,  application  to  burns  with  lanolin,  706 
I  forensic  determination  of,  703 

incompatibility  with  sodium  borate,  706 
I  oxidation  product,  703 

partial  synihe«>i«>   704 
I  toxic  effects  of,  706 

Cochineal  color,  detection  in  food,  etc.,  498 
Codeine,  new  synthetical  method.  691 
Coffee,  artificial  roasted  beans,  461 
Colchicine,  use  in  certain  eye  affections,  709 
Colebrookia  oppositi folia,  use  of  down  on  stem  and 
I      leaves,  428 
College  courses,  discussion  on  time  of,  293 
College  training  of  students  in  pharmacy  (Reming- 
ton), 285 
'  Collodion,  ichthyol,  formula,  370 
Colophonium.  detection  in  soaps,  638 
Coloring  matter,  blue,  of  flowers,  a  neglected  study, 

I  isolation  from  Hedera  Helix,  46a 

Coloring  principle  of  flowers  (Wenzell),  244 
I  Committee,  examining,  appointment,  7 
'  .  report,  14      .         t 

I  nominating,  appointment,  28 

I  report,  28 

on  arrangements,  v 
on  Centennial  Fund,  vi 

appointment,  51 
I  on   Chairman's  address,  appointment, 

■  ^^ 

J  on  commercial  interests,  iv 

appointment, 

.  "^^ 

on  expenditures,  vi,  5a 

on  finance,  appointment,  30 

report,  23 
on  membership,  vi 
1  appointment,  51 

report,  9 
'  on  National  Formulary,  v 

on  pharmaceutical  education,  iv 
'  legi*iIation,  iv 

on  preliminary  examination,  repori,  281 
on  President's  address,  appointment, 
28 
1  report,  51 

op  prize  essays,  iv,  31 
I  on  publication,  vi 

appointment,  50 
I  report,  7 

on  revision  of  Pharmacopoeia,  iv 

report,  39 
on  scientific  papers,  iv,  104 
'  on  time  and  place  of  next  meeting,  ap- 

'  pointment,  30 

I  report,  37 

I  to  visit  American  Medical  Assoc,  iv 

'  to  visit  Wholesale  Dmg  Assoc,  v 

I    ^  report,  26 

Condenser,  new,  construction  of,  335 
Condurango,  remedial  value,  448 
Copper,  determination  of  bismuth  and  antimony, 
I    .558 
Coronilla  scorpioides,  isolation  of  bitter  principle 
from  leaves,  489 
I  Coronillin,  bitter  principle  from  Coronilla  scorpio* 
I      ides,  489,  734 
Corrosive   sublimate,    acid    solution    for    surgical 
dressings,  576 
action  of  tartaric  acid,  376 
I  as  a  test  for  arsenic,  56i5, 377 

'  permanent  soluti(m,  375 

solubility     in    solutions    of 
'  sodium  chloride,  376 

I  pj  volumetric  determination  in 

'  bandages,  373 


842 


INDEX. 


Cotton,  anatj^esic,  preparation,  433  | 

Cream,  lanolin  toilet,  preparation  and  tises,  418 
Creasote,  tests  of  purity  and  identity,  629 
Creatinine,  constituent  of  urine,  715  I 

Creoiin,  cnuse  of  emulsifying  property^  etc.  679 

characters,  etc.,  629  [ 

composition  of,  629  1 

Cresol  salicylates,  new  substitutes  forsaIol,673         I 
Crucibles,  platinum,  removal  of  fused  masses,  361      ' 
Crvsanilin  nitrate,  physjoloeical  action,  723 
Cuoebs,  occurrence  of  immature  fruits,  437       •  j 

Cupric  chloride,  hydrochlorate  of,  a  new  compound,  1 
560 
salts,  new  reaction,  559  ' 

reducing  action  of  saccharine  matter, 

S59  1 

Cuprous  bromide,  preparation,  sCo 

chloride,  preparation  from  sulphate,  560      ] 


Dale,  Wm..  M.,  deceased,  ti 

Z>ay,    C.    IV.,  letter    to    Section    Pharmaceutical 

Legislation.  296 
Demerara  pink    root,   determination   of  identity, 

action,  etc.,  444 
Deinne,  yno.,  hypophosphorous  acid  and  ferrous 

solutions,  124 
Dextrin,  process  of  preparation,  637 
Dextrose,   identification   by   conversion   into    sac- 
charic acid,  663 
Diamidophenylacridin    nitrate,    physiological     ac- 
tion, 723 
Dichroa  fcbrifuga,  use  of  root-bark.  429 
Diehl,  C*!  L.,  report  on  Progress  of  Pharmrfcy,  313 
Digitalis  ambigua.  constituents,  441 
Digitalis,  effect  of  heat  upon  preparations  of,  440 
Dinscorea  villosa,  proximate  examination,  433 
Diosma  bctulina.  isolation  of  glucoside,  468 
crenata.  isolation  of  glucoside,  468 
Diospyros    virginiana,  proximate    examination  of 

bark,  449 
Diphenylamine  yellow,  reactions  of,  726 
Diphenylmeihylpyrazol,   new  substitute    for  anti- 

pyrine,  718 
Discu'**-ion  on  reduction  of  tax  on  liquors,  60 
Draining -board,  improved  construction,  362 
Drug  stores,  decorative  treatment,  326 
Drugs,  Egyptian,  exhibited  at   Pharm.  Society  of 
(Jr.  Brit,,  430 
influence  of  heat  and  moisture  upon,  79 
of  British  Sikkim,  descriptions  and  uses, 
428 


Ebullition,  prevention  of  bumping  by  means   of 
charcoal.  358 

EccUs,  R.  G.,  examinations  by  Boards  of  Pharm- 
acy, 300 

Ecgonine,  preparation  of,  704 

Elixir  pho«phori,  B.  P.  C.  formula,  370 

Elixir  saccharini,  B.  P.  C.  formula,  370 

Elm  bark,  adulteration  of  powder,  497 

Emetine,  estimation,  710 

Emodin,  occurrence  in  Rhamnus  frangula,  491,  734 

Emulsion  ot  oil  of  chenopodium,  a  palatable  prepa- 
ration, 392 

Emulsions,  practical  and  expeditious  method,  391 
prepariion,  391 

Emulsions,  use  of  cherry  gum  and  glue,  391 

Enema  magncsii  sulphatis,  manipulation,  371 

Entada  scandens,  use  of  seeds,  429 

EntertiiinmeiU,  discussion  on  arrangements  for,  57 

Ergosterin,  resembling  cholesterin,  from  ergot,  633 

Ergot,  drying  and  preservation,  430 

Ericaceous  plants,  occurrence  and  absence  of  an- 
dromedotoxin,  449 

Eriodictyon  californicum,  proximate  examination 
of  leaves,  442 

Eryihroxylon  Nova-Granatense,  a  new  variety,  472 

Eschscholtzia  californica,  occurrence  of  morphine, 
481 

Eseridinc,  new  alkaloid  firom  calabar  beans,  711 

Essence  ginger,  soluble,    improved    manipulation, 
415 
lemon,  preparation  of,  soluble,  415 
toki,  preparation  of,  soluble,  415 

Essences,  soluble,  preparation,  414 


Ether  extraction  app?ratus  practical  construction. 

Ethyl  bromide,  danger  in  substitution  of  ethylen 
bromide  for,  614 

cyanide,  dimolecular,  formation  and   char^ 
acters,  614 
Ethyl  fluoride,  new  properties  of,  614 
Eugenia  obovata.  use  of  bark,  429 
Euonymin,  examination,  397 

green,  adulteration,  398 
Euonymus  atropurpureus,  analysis  of  root  and  bark, 

494 
Euphorbia  pilulifera,  proximate  examination,  495 
Exalgine,  new  substitute  for  antipyrine,  718 
Examinations, discus«5ion  on  national  uniformity, 297 
by  Boards  of  Pharmacy   (Eccles) 
300 
Extract,  belladonna,  examination  of  pharm  acopoeial 
methods,  373 
hyoscyamus,   examination  ol    pharmaco- 

pocial  methcds,  373 
licorice,  adulteration,  378 
licorice,  examination  and  process  of  assay, 
377 

solubility  not    a  sufficient  test  of 
puriiy,  379 
nux  vomica,  standardized    preparations, 

.377 
opium,  Chinese  method  of  preparing  (Cal- 
vert), 156 
stramonium,    examination    of  pharmaco- 

poeial  methods,  373 
fluid,  apocynum,  experiments  with  differ- 
ent menstrua.  382 
berberis  aquifoHum,  composition  of 

deposit,  381 
cascara  sagrada,  tasteless  prepara- 
tion, 181 
hydrastis,  composition  of  deposit,  381 
pycnanihemum,  preparation,  381 
staphisagria,  preparation,  3S2 
Extraction  apparatus,  for  hot  solvents,  339 

improved  construction,  336 
by  pressure,  superiority  over  percola- 
tion, 342 
Extracts,  aconite,  alkaloidal  determinations,  373 

conium   fruit,    alkaloidal    dctecminaiion, 

narcotic,  new  method  of  assay,  372 

preparation  by  ftcering,  371 

strychnos,  examination,  375 

fluid,  causes  of  change  on  keeping,  379 
objection  to  detannaiion,  380 
preparation  bv  retail  dniggi>t,  318 

of^  half  strength,  317 
standardization  of,  318 

f. 
Fabiana  imbricata,  examination  of  (Rockwell),  188 
Fat,  new  method  for  determination  in  milk,  64a 
Fats,  determination  of  melting  points,  359,  642 
Ferric  albuminate  with  sodium  citrate,  a  new  scale 
preparation,  738 
chloride,  vapor  density,  520 
hydrate,  insufficiency  as  antidote  for  arsenic, 

5SO,  565 
pcptonate,  with  sodium  citrate,  preparation, 

739 
Ferrous  sulphate,  dried,  commercial  quality,  551 
Fcrrum  peptonatum,  preparation  of,  745 
Fcrub  alliacea,  description,  463 

Asafreiida,  description,  463 
foetida,  description,  463 
foetidissima,  description.  463 
Narthex,  description,  463 
persica,  description,  463 
rubricaulis,  description,  463 
teicrrima,  description,  463 
Filter  paper,  linen  lininKi  34S 

stock,  powdered,  utility,  345 
Filters,  avoidance  of  analytical  weighings,  345 

economical  construction,  344 
Filtration,  use  of  asbestos,  344 

cotton   in  analytical    operations. 

Flaxseed,  adulteration  of  ground ,  460      Q  O  Q IC 
ground,  oil  contained  in  (Puckner),(x&a 


INDEX. 


843 


Flowers,  insect,  structural  characteristics,  45a 
Fluorine,  occurrence  in  the  organism,  528 
Formulary,  u*  officinal  of  Am.  Phar  Ai^oc,  323 

Br.  Phar.  Conf.,  323 
Fougera,  Chas.  E.,  decea.sed,  11 
Frangulin,  characters  of,  492 

occurrence  in  Rharonus  Frangula,  491, 
734 
Funds,  permanent,  history  of,  xrv 
Funnel,  improved  construction  for  filtering,  346 

suction  filtering, 

separating,  cheap  construction,  347 
improvement  in  tap,  348 

G. 
Galactose,  action  of  ferments,  664 
Galloway t  D.  H. ,  arsenic  in  wall  paper,  75 
Gamboge,  analysis  of,  470 

gum  of,  properties  of.  470 
resin  of,  characters  of,  470 
wax  of,  properties  of,  470 
Garri((ues,  S.  S.,  deceased,  la 
Gelatin,  comparative  examination  of  commercial, 
745 
mass,  for  medicated  pencils,  40a 
Geraniunr  maculaium,  proximate  examination,  468 
Ginseng,  American,  commercial  condition,  464 

Chinese  cultivated,  gathering  and    value 

of,  464 
Chinese  wild,  value  of,  463 
Corean,  description  of,  464 
Japanese,  description  of,  464 
varieties  in  use  in  China.  463 
Glucose,  commercial,  use  in  pharmacy  (Rometch), 
108 
detection  in  urine  by  safranin,  661 
improvement  in  roanutacture,  659 
mcdification  of  determination,  661 
preliminary  determination  in  urine,  662 
review  of  process  of  determination,  661 
value  of  safrann  test,  661 
Glycerin,  action  upon  vulcanized  rubber,  635 
borax  as  a  test  for,  635 
determination  in  crude  article,  6^4 
commercial  presence  of  arsenic,  634 
tests  of  purity,  635 
Glycerite  of  calendula,  preparation,  383 

ferrous  iodide,  preparation,  383 
bromide,  preparation,  383 
Glycerites  of  ferrous  salts,  preparation  andf  advan- 
tage, 383 
Glycogen,  occurrence  in  diabetic  urine,  66a 
Gnomium,  new  metal  wiih  nickel  and  cobalt,  584 
Gold^  at>say  by  aid  of  bromine,  581 
atomic  weight,  579 
bromide,  value  in  therapeutics,  58a 
determination  and  separation  from  platinum 

meials,  581 
limits  of  error  in  assay,  580 
Gold-orange,  synonym  of  methyl  orange,  735 
CoodmaHt  E.,  Donovan's  solution,  100 
Gouania,  Icptosiachva,  u.se  of  leaves,  4a9 
Grazer,  F.  A.,  caniharidin  in  pharmacy, 
Griffith.  H.  E.,  deceased,  ii 
Grindelia  robusta,  anatomical  structure.  454 

proximate  examination,  45s 
sqtiarrosa,  proximate  examination,  455 
Ground-nuts,  cultivation  in  (^hina,  490 
Guaiac,  amber,  examination,  468 

resin,  analysis  of  commercial,  468 
Guaiacol,  characters  of,  630 

remedial  value  of,  630 
Gum,  animi,  chemical  examination,  610 
Arabic,  artificial,  preparation,  485 

condition  of  the  market,  484 
examination,  611 
powdered,  adulteration,  485 
copal,  examination,  61  z 
Damar,  examination,  611 
East  Indian,  oriuin  of  different  kinds,  484 
elimi,  examination,  611 
kowric,  examination,  611 
mastic,  examination,  611 
sandarac,  examination,  6ix 
tr;)gacanth,  examination  of,  6ia 
Gums,  chemical  examination  of,  609 


,104 


Gutta-percha,  search  for  new  sources,  448 
Gynocardia  odorata,  use  of,  428 

H. 
Hallbergy  C.  S.,  on  wool-fat  or  lanoleum,  95 
Hartung,  Hugo,  deceased,  10 
Hedera-ffliicoside,  isolation,  463 
Hedera  Helix,  examination  of  constituents,  461 
Hedwigia  balsamifera,  chemical  and  physiological 

examination,  491 
Heimtsh,  C.  A.,  maize  oil,  175 
Helianthemuin  canadense,  proximate  examination, 

450 
Hclianthin,  synonym  of  methyl-orangc,  735 
Helleborein,  local  anaesthetic  action,  726 
Hesity  B.  C,  salicylic  acid,  its  isomers  and  homo- 

logues,  265 
Honey,  examination  of,  499 
Hughes y  S.  F.,  picrotoxin  in  beer,  255 
Hydracinc,  prepanuion  and  characters,  720 
formate,  characters  of,  720 
hydrate,  preparation  of,  720 
hydrochlorate,  characters  of,  720 
sulphate,  characters  of,  720 
I  Hydrargyrum  naphtholicum  flavum,  a  new  medici- 
I      nal  agent,  588 

Hydrastin,  examination,  306  ' 

I  Hydrastine,  preparation  of,  710 
I  Hydrastis  alkaloids,  purification,  etc.,  709 
I  Hydrocarbons,  oxi<iation,  584 

solid,  occurrence  in  plants,  584 
I  Hydrogen,  production  in  pure  condition,  503 
j  use  of  alloy  of  zinc  and  tin,  504 

i  sulphuretted,  apparatus  for  generation, 

5»4 
cheap  apparatus,  513 
composition  of  crystalline 

hydrate,  512 
correction    of   analytical 

results,  513 
detection  in  urine,  514 
generation    from    barium 
sulphide,  513,  541 
pentasulphide,    formation,    characters, 

etc.,  51a 
peroxide,    decomposition    by    chromic 
acid,  506,  554 
determination  of  metals  of 

ferric  group,  507 
manufacture  on  large  scale,  . 

5°5       .      ^ 
preparation  from  crude  com. 

mercial  article,  506 
utility  in  analysis,  506 
Hydroquinone,  action  and  administration,  701 
Hydroxylamine,  possible  utility  in  medicine,  717 

hydrochlorate,       application       in 
analytical  work,  717 
Hygrine,  characters  and  composition,  706 
Hyoscine,  physiological  action  of,  703 
Hyoscyamine,  conversion  into  atropine,  703 
I  Hyponiirou<i  oxide,  preparation  cf  pure  ga»,  510 
Hypophosphites,   color  reaction   with   molybdate, 
528 
I  Hyposulphites,  characters  of  new  salts,  514 
I  Hysierionica  Baylahuen,  remedial  value,  457 

I  ^- 

lllicium  verum,  source  of  star  anise,  467 
I  Imperialine,  a  new  alkaloid,  713 
,  Incineration,  manipulation  for  ash  determination, 
I  361 

I  method  applicable  to  organic  matter, 

'  360 

I  Indigo,  analysis  of  stem  ash,  488 

manufacture  in  Manchuria,  488 

Indium  bichloride,  preparation,  553 
'  chlorides,  preparation  and  characters,  553 

I  monochUride,  preparation,  553 

trichloride,  preparation,  553 
I  Infusion  of  digitalis,  improved  manipulation,  384 
1  Infusions  and  decoctions,  remonstrance  against  sub- 
I      siitution  by  alcoholic  preparations,  383 

Ink,  copying,  preparation,  427 
I  for  type-writer  ribbons,  preparation,  426 

j         ^  permanent,  for  type-writer  preparation,  426 
I  Invitations,  6,  29,  30,  68 


844 


INDEX. 


lodates,  reduction  to  iodide*:,  527 

Iodides,  examination  for  nitrate  in  presence  of  iodate, 

527 
Iodine,  estimation  of,  573 

estimation  of  in  presence  of  chlorine  and 

bromine,  527 
toxicological  detection,  524 
Iodoform,  creolin,  siipeiiority  as  an  antiseptic,  629 
decomposition  of  solutions,  6»o 
deiermination,  619 
impurities,  620 

manufacture  from  kelp-ash,  619 
poisoning  of  children,  621 
stability  of  solutions,  620 
_  value  and  use  as  a  haemostatic.  621 
lodoformiiim  biiuminosum,  new  medicament,  621 
Ipecacuanha,  discovery  of  volatile  alkaloid,  459 

reliable  method  of  assay,  460 
Iridin,  examination,  397 
Iron,  carbonate,  effervescent,  formula,  396 

citrate  and  quinine,  alkaloid  in  commercial 

sample,  701 
cobalt  nitrate  a  test.  550 

dialyzed  with  sodium  citrate,  preparation,  739 
(galvanized,  danger  in  use  of  vessels  of,  558 
Irvingia  Harmandiana,  source  of  cay-cay,  433 
Isatropylcocaine,  characters  compared  to  cocaitfe, 

704 
Ihinglass,  comparative  examination  of  commercial, 

74S^ 
Isochinoline,  products  of  oxidation,  717 

J. 
Jalap,  apparatus  for  extraction,  340,  443 
Jellies,  fruit,  examination  of  commercial,  404 
Jones,  Thos.,  deceased,  32 
Juice,  gastric,  character  of  acid  present,  741 

K. 

Kavaine,  alkaloid  from  kava,  713 

Kentt'dy,  G.  /f..  on  maize  oil,  169 

Kiimer^  F.  i?.,  pharmacy  as  applied  to  preparations 
for  the  skin,  210 

Kilogramme,  standard,  dif&culty   in   constructing, 

,,334 

Kino,  exammation  of  commercial,  487 

Koumiss,  cause  of  retention  by  the  stomach,  740 

Krug,  \V.  //.,  and  A.  B.  Stevens ^  photo-micro- 
graphy, 84 

L. 
Labeling  of  chemical  and  pharmaceutical  products, 
3^6 
prescription,  reform  in,  327 
Laboratory  notes  (Patch),  73 
Laclucarium,  examination,  451 
Lauesin,  a  new  product,  652 

Lanoleum,  history  and  preparation  (Hallberg),  95 
Lanolin,  formula  for  injections,  417 
Lard,  adulteration  with  cotton-s^ed  oil,  65a 
benzoated,  a  good  method,  417 
detection  of  coiton-.seed  oil,  65a 
Latin  training  for  students  in  pharmacy  (Sayre),  290 
Law,  pharmacy,  discussion  on  scope  of,  298 
of  Florida,  306 
Louisiana  309 
New  York,  amended,  311 
proposed,  relating  to  apothecaries  of  U.  S. 
N.,  38 
Laws,  patent  and  trademark  (Stewart),  132 
Lead,  method  of  detecting  in  water,  561 

volumetric  determination  as  molybdate,  561, 
564. 
determination  of,  560 
dioxide,  use  as  test  for  alkaloids,  562 
peroxide,  presence  and  detection  in  manga- 
nese, 562 
sulphide,  removal  from  vessels,  562 
Leptandrin,  examination,  397 
Letter  relating  to  apothecaries  U.  S.  N.,  304 
Levulose,  preparation  of,  662 

superficial  absorption  of  water,  663 
Lewisia  rediviva,  analysis  of  root,  479  I 

Lignin,  determination  in  flour,  655 
Lime,  chlorinated,  examination  of  commercial,  52a 

strophantate,  characters,  etc.,  681 
Liniment,  antineuralgic,  formula,  385  ' 


Liniment,  chloroform,  B.   P.,  improved  formula, 
384 
for  burns,  formula,  383 
soap,  satisfactory  preparation,  384 
Linseed  cake,  error  in  determination  of  residual  <m1, 

469 
Lint,  calendulized,  new  antiseptic  dressing,  423 
Liquid,  blistering,  Boni's  formula,  389 
embalming,  good  formula,  39J 
Liquor  ammonii   acetatis,  convenience  of  concen- 
trated solution,  386 
antisepticus,  formula,  390 
cinchonse,  preparation,  370 
ferri  albuminati,  formula  for  Germ.  Pharm., 
388 
chloridi,  comparative  examination   of 

commercial,  387 
dialysati,  superiority  over  liquor  ferri 

oxychlorati,  388 
hypophosphitis,  B.  P.  C.  formula,  387 
peptonati,  formula  for  Germ.  Pharm., 
388 
preparation,  389,  745 
saccharini,  formula,  389 
List,  alphabetical,  of  members,  813 
ot  authorized  agents,  xt 

colleges  and  associations  having  accredited 

delegates,  ^6a 
committees,  iv 
Council,  vi 
delegations,  6 
life  members,  746 
members,  active,  790 

deceased,  10,  S37 
honorary,  789 
new,  755 
present,  757 
resigned,  837 
officers,  iii 

since  organization,  vii 
payments,  748 
publications  received,  764 
societies  etc.,  receiving  proceedings,  765 
Litharge,  impurities,  561 
Liihium,  determination  in  mineral  water,  541 
IJoyd,  y.  U.,  influence  of  heat  and  moisture  upon 

drugs,  79 
Loco  weed,  botanical  characters,  485 
weeds,  review  of  literature,  488 
Lozenges,  voice,  formula,  415 
Lycopodium,  proximate  constituents,  430 
Lycopus  virginicus,  proximate  examination,  442 

M. 

Macaranga,  u.se  of  leaves,  429 

Machine,  kneading,  apparatus  for  pill  masses,  plas- 
ters, etc.,  362 
Magnesia,  calcined,  heavy,  fraudulent  compound, 

544 
Magnesium  ammonium  phosphate,  use  of  alcohol 
for  separation ,  544 
boroglyceride,  preparation  of,  636 
Magnolia  glauca,  examination  of  leaves,  466 

leaves  as  substitute  for  indelible 
ink, 466 
Mandarin  orange,  svnonym  of  meihyI*orange,  735 
Manganese,  determination  in  steel,  549 

determination  of  hydrogen  peroxide' 

548 
volumetric  method  of  determination,  548 
Manna,  determination  of  mannit,  44a 
Mannit  anhydride,  compound  with  bitter  almond 

oil,  665 
Mannose,  formation  and  characters,  665 
Martin,  William  J.,  deceased,  12 
Massoi  bark,  description  of  three  kinds,  438,  439 
Masscia  aromatica,  description  of,  440 
McClure,  A  ,  deceased,  13 

M'Donnell,  S.  A.,  behavior  of  some  new  remedies, 
)8o 
extemporaneous  preparation   of 

i)leaie  of  morphine,  179 
morrhuol,  178 
Mcco-narceine,  composition,  etc.,  692 

impure  form  of  narceine,  692 
Medicinal  agents,  statistics  respecting  consumi| 
of.  313 


INDEX. 


845 


Medicines,  patent,  sale  of,  335  I 

Mel  depuratum,  preparation  with  aid  of  alcohol,  390  , 
rosntum,  process  for  stable  preparation,  390       1 
Melting-point,  apparatus  for  determining,  359 
Melvin,  Dr,^  address  of  welcome,  2  ' 

Mercuric  benzoate,  new  medicinal  compound,  669     1 
cyanide,  antiseptic  action,  536 
oxide,  presence  of  metallic  mercury,  574    I 
oxycyanide,  substitute  for  coirosive  subli-  . 
mate,  537  ^    . 

Mercurous  oxide,  presence  of  metal  and  mercuric  1 
oxide,  574  I 

Mercury,  determination  as  oxydimercurammonium 
iodide,  574 
purification,  573 


iodide,  red,  preparation  of,  577 

yellow,  preparation  of,  s^ 
iodides  of,  preparation,  577 


iodotannate,  preparation  and  use,  684 
oleate,  improved  process,  643 
phenolate,  preparation  of,  628 
salicylate,  preparation    and    characters, 
^73   .  .      . 
by  precipitation, 

variation  according  to  process 
of  preparation,  674 
succinimide,  a  new  compound,  666 
Meta-acetphenetidin,  introduced  under  the  name 

phenacetin,  719 
Metaferric  hydrate,  new  hydroxide  of  iron,  550 
Metallic  sulphides,  production  by  carbon  disulphide, 

51a 
Metals,  two  new,  584  ^ 
Methacetin,  a  new  antipyretic,  719 
Methyl  cyanide,  dimolecular,  formation  and  char- 
acters, 614 

orange,  character  and  special  value  as  an 
indicator,  724 

composition  of,  725 
unsatisfactory  application  as  an  in- 
dicator, 724 
Methysticin,  preparation  and  characters,  739 
Milk,  carbonated,  substitute  for  kefir  and  koumyi, 
740 
constitution  of,  730 
cow's,  substitute  for,  740 
standards  and  assays  of  samples,  740 
Millettia  pachycarpa,  use  of  root,  429 
Minutes  of  Coimcil,  7,  28,  50 

geneialsesbions,  x-57 
Section  on  Commercial  Interests,  58*70 
Pharmaceutical    Education, 
279-295 
Legislation. 
296-312 
Scientific  Papers,  71-378 
Mixture,  adhesive  formula,  425 

Brown,  modification  of  officinal  formula, 

39a 
emulsifying,  formula,  392 
linseed  oil,  value  as  an  expectorant,  393 
terpin,  formula  employed  in  bronchiti:i,  393 
Mcradeine,   alkaloid   from   Pogonopus  febrifugus, 

«  459 

Moradin,  fluorescent  body  from  Pogonopus  febrifu- 
gus, 459 
Morphine,  alteration  in  aqueous  solution,  638 

chemistry  and  pharmacology  of  deriva- 
tives, 688 
determination  in  laudanum,  691 

opium,  690 
picrotoxin  as  an  antidote,  690,  734 
solubility  in  different  solvents,  689 
muriate,    decomposition    by    alkali    of 

glass  containers,  689 
oleate,     extemporaneous    preparation, 
(M'Donnell)  179 
Morrhuin,  extraction  and  characters,  714 
Morrhuol.  preparation  and  experiments,  (M'Don- 
nell) 178 
Mortars  and  graduates,  cleaning,  362 
Moussena,  a  new  tape-worm  remedy,  483 
Moussenin,  constituent  of  bark  of  Acacia  antheU 

mintica,  484 
Mucilage  ol  acacia,  benzoic  acid,  etc.,  as  preserva- 
tives, 386 


Muscari  comosum,  pharmacologica    e  aniination. 

Mustard,  preparation  of,  478 
Myrtol,  characters,  etc.,  606 
Myrtus  Cheken,  examination  of  leaves,  481 

N. 
<*•  Naphthol  yellow,  color  reactions,  726 
P-  Naphthol-yellow,  color  reactions,  726 
Naphthol,  camphorated,  antiseptic  value,  588 
I  method  for  detection  in  food,  587 

Narceine,  characters  of  chemically  pure,  691 
I  relationsihip  with  naphthalin,  691 

I  meconate,    mixtur<:     of    narceine     and 

meconic  acid,  692 
I  National  Formulary,  cost  and  expenses,  15 
'  Nereine,  uncertainty  as  to  existence,  729 
I  Nickel,  decomposition,  551 
!  separation  from  iron,  old  method,  533 

I  volumetric  estimation,  55a 

Nicotine,  acid  tartrate,  advantages  over  free  alka- 
loid, 7x6 
quantitative  determination  by  polariscope, 
716 
Nitrates,  estimation  in  natural  waters,  511 

resorcinol  a  delicate  reagent,  511,  633 
Nitrites,  apparatus  for  estimation,  510 
Niirobenzol,  distinction  from  bitter  almond  oil,  587 
Nitrogen,  apparatus  for  convenient  preparation,  508 
iodide,  influence  of  light  upon  explosion, 

509 
preparation  for  lecture  purposes,  508 

O. 
Officers  elected,  50,  69,  104,  293,  306 
Oil,  almond,  expressed,  improvement  of  color,  649 

reactions  and  commercial 


quality,  647 
of  Tapani 


angelica,  distinction  of  Japanese  and  German 

oils,  606 
anise,  distinction  of  star  anise  from  Pimpinella 
anisum,  600 
uncertainty  as  to  .^pecific  gravity,  600 
use  to  keep  away  flies,  600 
bay,  constitution  of,  599 

incorrect  pharmacopoeial  description,  599 
benzoiiiated  gray,  preparation,  385 
bergamot,  source  of  green  color,  593 
betel  leaves,  volatile,  re-examination,  6o3 
cajeput,  constituents,  595 

examination  of  commercial,  596 
purity  of  imported,  596 
calamus,  distinction  of  Japane&e  from  European 

oils,  595 
camphor,  components,  etc.,  596 

volatile,  compo:«iiion  and  use  of  light* 
boiling  portion,  597 
cananga,  identity  of  source  with  ylang-ylang 

oil.  608 
cas&ia,  color  reactions,  590 

shameful  adulteration,  603 
castor,  presence  of  two  liquid  acid  constituents, 

649 
chamomile,  volatile,  preservation  of  blue  color, 

595 
chaulmugra,  value  as  an  external  remedy,  651 
cheken,  volatile,  properties  of,  481 
cinnamon  leaf,  profitable  production,  604 
citronella,  source,  characters,  etc.,  607 
cloves,  color  reactions,  590 
cod  liver,  alkaloids  from,  characters,  7x4 

causes  and  prevention  of  rancidity, 

5C3 

determination  of  iodine,  501 
extraction  of  new  alkaloids,  500,  50X 
isolation  of  new  constituent,  499 

cotton-seed,  detection  in  lard,  639 
purification  of,  645 

croton,  crotonoleic  acid  the  active  constituent, 

eucalyptus  globulus,  composition,  595 
ftisel,  detection  in  spirits,  635 
laurel  nut,  chemical  examination,  650 
lavender,  tests  of  quality,  606 
linseed,  importance  of  oxidation,  64^ 
maize,  extraction,  properties,  etc.  (Kennedy), 
Z69 


846 


INDEX. 


Oil,   maize,  preparation    and    use  in    pharmacy 
(Heiniish),  175 
margosa,  characters  and  constituents,  650 
Mentha  arvensis,  character  from  plants  grown 

in  England,  59^ 
mustard,  determination  in  seeds  of  cruciferous 
plants,  605 
presence  and  detection  of  carbon  di- 
sulphide,  605 
myrtle,  characters,  etc.,  606^ 
olive,  di'>iinction  of  California  from  European, 

examination  for  admixture,  646 
linolein  a  natural  constituent,  647 
method  of  refining  without  chemicaU,  646 
peppermint,  color  reaction,  590 
^imenta,  color  reactions,  590 
rose,  distillation  in  Bulgaria,  594 

yield  (rom  roses  in  Turlcey,  594 
rosemary,  tests  o(  quality,  606 
sassafras,  poisonous  effect,  60a 
walnut,  characters  of,  644 
wintergtecn,  volatile,  chemical    examination, 
450 
Oils,  drying,  preparations  with  manganese  oxalate, 

essential,  specific  gravity,  320 

tincture  of  iodine  a  test,  590 
fixed,  application  of  gold  chloride  and  silver 
nitrate  tests,  639 
detection  of  cotton  seed  oil,  639 

paraffin  and  other  oils  in 
admixture,  637 
determination  of  quality  and  adulter- 
ants, 636 

rale  of  iodine  absorption,  638 
removal  of  rancidity,  641 
petroleum,  compounds  for  destroying  fluores* 

ccnce  of,  587 
volatile  color  reactions,  590 

detection  of  alcohul.  59^ 

distinction  by  aid  of  alcoholic  glycerin 

soliuinn,  590 
essential  conditions  to  accurate  exam- 
ination, 589 
iodine  absorpiion-equivalents,  591 
Ointment  base,  goose  grease  a  component,  416 

bases,  comparative  and  special  values,  416 
Oldherg^  Oscar,  pharmacopceial  momenclature,  86 
Olea  ztheraea  sine  terpeno,  concentrated  volatile 

oils,  589 
Oleandrinc,  uncertainly  as  to  existence,  729 
Olcin,  proper  character  of  g«iod  commercial,  643 
Oleoresln  of  male  fern,  activity  of  sedimentary  and 

oily  portions,  379 
Oleum  caniharidum,  preparation  from  cantharidin, 
385 
cinereum, preparations  of  difTerent strengths, 

fortius,  preparation,  385 
mite,  preparation,  38s 
bcnzoaium,  improved  formula,  385 
theobromx,  composition  of,  653 
Omicholin,  constituent  of  urine,  714 
Orange  1.,  color  reactions,  726 
II.  color  reactions,  796 
HI.,  synonym  of  methyl-orange,  725,  726 
IV.,  color  reactions,  726 
Ortho-acetphenetidin,  introduced  under  the  name 

phenacetin,  719 
Orihomethylacetanilide,  new  substitute  for  antipy- 

rine,  718 
Ouabain,  production  of  identical  body  from  Stro- 
phanthus  glaber,  728 

Somali  arrow-poison,  447 
toxic  principle  from  ouabaTo,  447,  728 
OuabaTo,  source  of  Somali  arrow-poison,  447 
Oven,  drving,  combination  with  water-still,  353 
laooratory  drying,  new  consiruclioii,  351 
Oxygen,  easy  method  of  preparation,  503 

preparation  from  hydrogen  peroxide,  503 
Oxymorphine,  color  reactions,  689 
Ozokerite,  deposits  in  Utah,  585 

P. 
Painter,  E.^  address.  Chairman  Section  on  Sclen* 
tific  Papers,  71 


\  Palladium,  redetermination  of  atomic  weight,  583 
Papayotin,  usefulness  in  treatment  of  fissures  of  the 

tongue,  743 
Paper,  blue  litmus,  preparation  of  sensitive,  36a 
I  iris  test,  preparation,  363 

I  pulp,  pharmaceutical  uses,  345 

'  Papers,  printing  of,  discussion  on,  52 
!  test,  tor  urine,  convenience  and  uses,  363 

Para-acetphenetidin,  introduced  under  the  name 

phenacetin,  719 
Para-amidobenzolsulphinid,  compound  closely  al- 
lied to  saccharin,  670 
Paraffin,  occurrence  in  ozokerite  and  solubility,  585 
Paraldehyde,  danger  attending  use  of,  618 
Parthenicine,  a  new  alkaloid,  712 
Parthenium  hysterophoru*,  presence  of  a  new  alka- 
loid, 713 
>  Paste  (or  affixing  paper  to  tin,  formula,  435 
.  lanolin- wax,  preparation,  417 

odontalgic,  formula,  422 
j  starch,  preparation  for  volumetry,  435 

Pastes,  practical  formulas,  423 
'  Patchy  L.  E.,  laboratory  notes,  73 

Psderia  foeiida,  use  of  fruit,  428 
,  Pencils,  caustic,  formula,  403 
[  cocaine,  formula,  402 

I  iodoform,  formula,  402,  403 

medicated,  various  formulas,  402 
mercurial,  formula,  403 
opium ,  formula^  403 
salicylic  acid,  formula,  403 
salol.  formula,  403 
thallin,  formula,  403 
urethral,  formula,  403 
Pentaptervgtum  serpens,  use  of  root,  428 
Pepper,  black,  commercial  quality  and  analysis,  435 
examination  of  commercial,  437 
cayenne,  scat  of  pungent  constituent,  441 
estimation  of  piperidine,  437 
existence  of  volatile  alkaloid,  435,  715 
Pepsin,  estimation  of  peptonizing  power,  744 
pure,  preparation  of,  74 j 
tests,  relative  value  of  (Thompson),  iia 
value  of  different  tests,  743 
Pepsins,  vegetable,  distribution  in  pl.ints,  741 
Peptone,  composition,  characters,  etc.,  744 
Peptones,  value  of  Tanret's  reagent,  738 
Percolation  as  practiced  in  Europe,  316 

necessity  of  preliminary  maceration,  336 
review  of  process  of,  336 
unsatisfactory  directions  of  B.  P.,  336 
Percolator,  continuous,  for  extractions  with  alcohol, 
340 
new  pressure,  construction,  343 
Pharbiti^  triloba,  a  substitute  for  jalap,  443 
Pharmacists  as  experts,  328 
Pharmacopoeia,  U.S.,  delegates  to  convention  for 

revision,  56 
Pharmacopoeial  authority,  324 

compound,    galenical  preparatioftt 

(Remington),  155 
method  of  determining  quantities  in 

its  formulas,  324 
nomenclature  (Old berg),  86 
Pharmacy,  colleges  of,  preliminary  education  for 
admission  to,  331 
practical  experience  in,  for  graduation, 
329 
Phenacetin,  color-reaction  with  chlorine,  7x9 
detection  of  antifebrin,  719 
products  introduced  under  the  name  of, 

Phenolphthalein,    necessity    to     neutralize     faxnt 

acidity,  723 
Phenols,  camphorated,  composition,  etc.,  627 
Phil  apt,  C.  IV.  t  the  nature  of  precipitate  found  in 
tincture  of  Boletus  laricis,  194 
i  Phloro^lucine,  nitrate  of  potassium  test  not  charac- 
teristic, 633 
Phosphorus,  improved  process  of  manufacture,  528 
Photo  micrography  (Kriig  and  Stevens),  84 
Physician  and  pharmacist,  relation  between,  331 
Physostigmine,  delicate  test,  711 
Phytosterin,  occurrence  in  fluid  extracts  of  Hydras- 
tis and  Berberis  aquitolium,  381,  734  1 
Picrotoxin  in  beer  (Hughes),  955               OOQ IC 
value  as  an  antidote  for  morphine,  939 


INDEX. 


847 


Pilca  pumila,  proximate  examination,  497 

Pill,  cxcipienl,  a  new,  394 

Pills,  agaricin,  remedy  against  night  sweats,  395 
creasoie,  method  of  making,  394 
creolin,  prcparati:>n,  395 

iodolorm,  in  treatment  of  hemorrhage,  395, 621 
purgative.  Dr.  Ball's  formula,  395 
quinine,  excipieni  for,  formula,  394 
uniformity  in  minimum  size,  393 

Pinesot  California  (Steele).  226 

Piperidine,  existence  in  ptppcr,  715 

formation  of  coloring  compounds,  716 

Plants,  Brazilian,  useful,  429  ^ 

gum-bearing,  of  Sikkim,  429 

poisonous,  indigenous  to  California  (Behr), 

221 

Plasters  for  skin  disease*;,  Unna's  preparation,  417 
Platinum,  occurrence  in  Canada,  582 
Podophyllin,  estimation  of  podophyllotoxin,  398 

examination,  396 
Podophyllum  Emodi,  examination  of  root,  467 
Pogonopus  tcbrifugus,  presence  ot  alkaloid,  450 
Polygonunt  niolle,  use  and  flavor  of  shoots,  428 
Fond,  Hon.  Mr.,  address  of  welcome,  i 
Populus  tremuloides,  characters  of  resin,  498 
Potassium  bivanadate,  preparation,  563 

bromate,  preparation,  527,     695 
chlorate,  action  on  manganese  dioxide, 
522 
chemistry    of   decomposition, 

523  ' 
danger    of   administration    to 
children,  523 
fluor-niobate,  new  reagent  for  alkaloids, 
564,  687 
incompatibility    with    fer- 
rous iodide,  523 
permanganate,  solubility  of,  549 
phcnolate,  preparation  of,  628 
sulphocyanide,  presence  and  removal  o\ 

iron,  537 
vanadate,  acid,  preparation,  563 

normal,  composition,  563 
Powder,  clarifying  for  alcoholic  liquids,  346' 
insect,  dettction  of  curcuma,  454 

distinction  of  Dalmatian  from  Per- 
sian, 451 
examination  of  commercial,  452 
sophisiicition  of  Dalmatian,  454 
licorice,  compound,  improved  formula,  395 
salol  tooih,  formula,  422 
Powders,  bcta-naphthol,  formula.  587 
I  division  of  (Stuart  and  TainterJ,  183 

Preparations  for  the  skin,  pharmacy  of,  (Kilmer), 
aio 
new  class,  discussion  on,  49 
pharmacopoeial.  standardized,  365 
unofhcinal,  use  of,  325 
Prescribing,  Latin  m,  328 
Prescription  file,  new  construction,  364 

numbering,  systemaiic  method,  364 
Prices,  discussion  on  cutting  of,  65 
Prints,  blue,  method  of  changing  color  to  brown, 

427 
Pterospermum  acerifolium,  use  of  leaves,  429 
Puckner,  W.  A.,  notes  on  oil  contained  in  ground 

flaxseed,  182 
Pycnanthemum  linifolium,  uses,  preparation,  etc., 
_44a 

Pyrodine,  a  new  antipyretic,  72X 
proper  dose,  722 


Queries  of  Section  on  Commercial  Interests,  59 
Quina  morada,  constituents,  459 
Quinidine,  oxidation  of,  693 

bromate,  characters  of,  696 
Quinine,  criticism  of  recent  tests,  698 

manufacture  in  India,  696 

oxidation  of,  693 

bromate,  preparation  of,  696 

hydrochlorate,  systematic  examination  of, 
698 

lactate,  preparation  for  hypodermic  use, 

salts,  solubility  in  presence  of  antipyrin, 
697 


Quinine,  sulphate,  commercial  quality  ot,  697 
efficiency  nf  oxalate  test,  698 
rc'crystailization  test,  698 
systematic  examination  of,  698 
tannate,  formula  for  tasteless  preparation, 
700 
Quiz  class,  how  to  conduct  (Whelpley),  161 

R. 

Raflinose,  composition,  663 
Raiidia  dumetoruni,  use  ot  fruit,  428 
Katafla    of    cacao,    modification    of    Guibourt's 

formula,  371 
Remington  6r»  Co.,  letter,  5 
Remedies,  new,  behavior  of  some,  (M'Donnell)  iBo 

maximum  doses,  365 
Remington,  Jos.  P.,  on  college  training  of  students 
in  pharmacy,  285 
pharmacopoeial  compound  ga- 
lenical preparations,  155 
Rennet,  vegetable,  use  in  Kalahari  Desert,  741 
Report  of  Chairman  ol  Council,  17 
Reports  of  Committees — 
examining,  14 
nominating,  28 
on  finance,  23 
on  membership,  9 
on  preliminary  examinations,  aSx 
on  President's  address,  51 
on  prize  essays,  31 
on  publication,  7 
on  rebate  plan,  70 

on  time  and  place  of  next  meeting,  7 
to  visit  National  Wholesale  Drug  Associ- 
ation, 26 
Report  of  Committee  to  watch  working  of  Scien- 
tific Section,  276 
of  Secretary  of  Section  on  Commercial  In- 
terests, 58 
of  Treasurer,  19,  25 
on  invested  funds,  18 
on  National  Formulary,  costs  and  expenses, 

15 
on  progress  of  Pharmacy,  313 
Resin,  damar,  constituents,  608 
Resinoids,  adulteration  with  barium  carbonate,  397 
examination  of  commercial  specimens, 

396 
Resins,  chemical  examination,  609 

two,  ustd  by  ancient  Egyptians,  608 
Kesorcin.  test  for  chloral  and  chloroform,  616,  632 
Resorcinol,  use  as  test  for  nitrates,  632 
Retort,  -safety,  for  generating  gases,  356 
Reynoldi,  C.  £.,  letter  relating  to  apothecaries  U. 

S.  N.,  304 
Rhamnus  Frangula,  chemical  examination  of  bark, 

491,734 
use  in  odontalgia,  494 
Purshiana,  active  constituents  of,  (Zeig), 
261 
chemical  examination  of  bark, 

491 
Rhodium,  position  among  metallic  elements,  583 
Rhubarb,  insufficiency  of  ash  determination,  440 
Rhus  glabra,  proximate  examination,  490 
Rinantfiin,  occurrence  in  Antirrhinum  majus,  733 
Rnbbtns,  Chas  A.,  deceased,  13 
Robinson,  Wm.  S.,  deceased,  13 
Rockwell,  i)/.,  examination  of  Fabiana  imbricata,  188 
Rometck,  P.  A.,  use  of  commercial  glucose  in  phar- 
macy, 108 
Rosin,  liability  to  spontaneous  combustion,  608 
Rosins,  examination  of,  611 
Rubber  goods,  method  of  mending,  426 
Russium,  a  new  metal,  584 

S. 
Saccharine,  a  new  closely  allied  compound,  670 

condemnation  of  use  as  an  aliment,  671 

presence  in  glucose,  671 
Saccharin,  review  of  source,  ctiaracters.  etc.,  670 

soluble  modification  of,  670 

test  for,  670 
Saffron,  adulteration  with  soluble  salts,  433,  434 
colorimetric  lest  for  sophistications,  434 
Safranin,  use  as  a  reagent  for  glucose,  66x,  724 
Salicin,  dose  in  treatment  of  rheumatism,  726 


848 


INDEX. 


Salts,  smelling,  English,  preparation,  423 
Sander^  E.,  on  bitter  waters,  250 
Santonin,  active  solution  in  castor  oil,  726 
Sapolanolin,  a  new  ointmc.nt  base,  416 
Sassafras  Goesianum,  description  of,  439 
Saxifraga  ligulats,  description  and  analysis  of  rhi- 
zome, 480 
Sayre,  /,.  ^.,  a  simple  ureameter,  loi 

Latin  training  for  students  in  phar- 
macy, 2()0 
Schima  Wallichii,  description  and  action  of  bark, 

428 
Semen  cardui  marix,  remedial  value,  456 
Seminosc,  a  new  sugar,  664 
Senecio  Canicida,  physiological  action,  456 
Senega  northern,  description  of  473 

plants  yielding  commercial,  473 
southern,  description  of,  473 
root,  examination  of  commercial  samples,477 
Senna,  sohiljilities  of  commercial  powders,  482 
Serum  lactis  sinapinum,  formula,  479 
Sesamum,  cultivation  in  China,  444 
Sewail,  D.  J.,  deceased,  i^ 

Shellac,  action  of  ajlcalies  and  oxidizing  agents,  497 
Shellac,  examination  of,  611 
Shepherdia  argeniea,  analysis  of  fruit,  438 
Shorea  robusta,  yield  of  resin,  429 
Silicium,  crystallized,  preparation,  533 
preparation  of,  532,  533 
bromide,  preparation,  533 
bromoform,  preparation,  533 
chloride,  preparation,  533 
chloroform,  preparation,  533 
Silicon,  amorphous,  preparation  of,  533 

hydride,  method  of  preparation,  533 
Silver,  use  in  ash  determinations,  578 
iodide,  use  in  nascent  state,  579 
nickel,  method  of  analysis,  57S 
nitrate,  used  as  test  for  cottonseed  oil,  57p, 

639 
Simnnson,  IV.,  on  the  quality  of  commercial  bella- 
donna root,  120 
Sinapis  juncea,  comparison  of  seeds  with  Brassica 

nigra,  478 
Skatole.  occurrence  in  vegetable  kingdom,  633 
Smith,  S.  D.,  deceased,  14 
Soap,  disinfectant,  preparation,  399 
petroleum,  preparation,  399 
stearine,  dialyzed,  formula,  399 
Soda,  formate,  use  as  a  reducmg  agent,  667 

manufacture,  reactions  and  heat  consumed, 

539 
Sodium,  improved  process  of  manufacture,  538 
bicarbonate,  analysis  of  commercial,  540 
influence    of    ammonia   salt 
upon  test,  540 
boroglyceride,  preparation  of,  635 
disulpho-persulphate,  a    new  compotind, 

S4» 
hypobromite,  action  upon  aromatic  deriva- 
tives, 526  ■' 
salicylate,  preparation  of  stable  solutions,  I 

672 
sulphite,  method  of  determining  quality, 
516 
Sodium-yttrium  sulphide,  prepar;ition,  547 
Solution,  corrosive  sublimate,  objection  to  addition 
of  tartaric  acid,  389,  576 
Donovan's  (Goodman),  100 
ferrous    iodide,  formula    for    unalterable 

preparation,  388 
santonin,  preparation  with  castor  oil,  389, 

726 

spray,  biniodide  of  mercury,  preparation  , 

and  use,  ^90  i 

Solutions,  beta-naphtnol,  formula  for  dressings,  389  ' 

ferric,  action  of  cold,  386  1 

medicinal,  use  of  carbolic  acid  for  steriti-  . 

zaiion,  386 

Soya  hispida,  value  as  food,  490  | 

Sozoiodol,  compounds,  properties  and  uses,  630        j 

preparation  of,  632 
Sparteine  sulphate,  physiological  action,  711 
Specific  gravity,  simple  method  for  insoluble  sub-  . 
stances,  334  j 

Spiritus  chloroformi,  B.  P.  modification,  400 

saponatus,  improved  formulas,  403  1 


Spiritus  sinapis,  preparation,  479 

Sponges,  antiseptic,  preparation  for  gynzcological 

operations,  423 
Stannous  chloride,  action  of  hydrochloric  acid,  563 

salts,  volumetric  determination,  562 
Starch,  potato,  preparation  and  comparative  exam- 
ination, 655 
selection  forenemata  and  suppositories,  655 
Steele^  yias.  G.,  the  pines  of  California.  226 
Stevefu,  A.  B.,  and   fV.  H.   Krttg,  photomicro- 
graphy, 84 
Stewart,  F.  E.,  on  patent  and  trade-mark  laws,  132 
Stigmata  maydis,  determination  of  water,  432 
Still,  pharmaceutical,  new  construction,  353 
Strontium  sulphide, production  of  phosphorescence, 

Strophanthin,  extreme  toxic  power,  728 

preparation  by  Arnaud,  727 
Strophanthus  glaber,  presence  in  seeds  ot  a  body 
identical  with  ouabain,  447,  728 
presence  and  isolation  of  non-nitro- 
genous diuretic  substance,  447 
Strychmol,  preparation  of,  709 
Strychnine,  color  reactions  of,  702 

product  of  distillation  with  soda  lime, 

702 
quantitative  separation  from  brucine, 

702 
hydrate,  preparation  of,  703 
Strychnos  Ignatii,  aikaloidal  constituents  of  wood, 

etc.,  445 
Stuart f  E.  B.,  and  E.  B,  Tainter,  the  division  of 

powders,  i8? 
Styiophorum  diphy Hum,  aikaloidal  constituents,  478 
Sugar,  determination  of  liqueurs,  confectionery,  658 
method  of  detection  in  urine,  6|8,  639 
milk,  method  ot  effecting  solutions,  663 
products  of  oxidation,  664 
detection  of  glucose,  664 
Nylandcr's  test,  659 
Sugars^  contained  in  quince  and  salep  mucilage,  659 

ferment! billty  of  different  kinds,  658 
Sulfonal,  avoidance  of  disagreeable  odor  in  manu- 
faciure,  618 
standard  of  purity,  618 
Sulphates,  volumetric  determination,  517 
Sulpho-carbolate,  preparation  and  charac  ers,  627 
Sulphoual,  doses  of,  619 

tests  for  presence  of,  619 
Sulphur,    determination    in    sulphides    soluble    in 

acids,  51 1 
Suppositories,  glycerin,  convenient  substitute  for 
injections,  40X 
formula,  401 
lanolin,  preparation,  40a 
soap,  kind  of  starch  to  use  for,  401 
with  lanolin,  advanuges,  401 
Sweet,  Wm.  S.,  deceased,  14 
Syrup,  codeine,  B.  P.  C.  formula,  406 
crocus,  formula,  406 

ferrous  and  quinine  hydrobromates,  B.  P.  C. 
formula,  409 
bromide,  B,  P.  C.  formula,  409 
iodide,  modification  of  manipulation, 
408 
ferric  phosphate,  improved  formula,  409 
ferrous  quinine  and  strychnine  hydrobro- 
mates, B.  P.  C.  formula,  409 
iodide,  causes  and  prevention  of  de- 
composition, 408 
formula  for  permanent  preparation, 
408 
hydriodic  acid,  improved  formula,  407 

modification  of  Nat.  Form, 
formula,  406 
i.  ecac,  preparation,  404 
ipecacuanha,  acetic.  B.  P.  C.  formula,  40^ 
variation    in    pharmacopoeial 
strengths,  405 
iron  albuminate  and  soda,  preparation,  406 
orange,  process  of  preparation,  403 
Prunus  virgin'ana,  B.  P.  C.  formula,  405 
pycnanihemum,  formula,  406 
raspberry,  distinction  of  genuine  from  arti- 
ficial, 405 
rhubarb,  aromatic,  addition 
clear  preparation,  405  y  ^ 


,Gt5&§le 


INDEX. 


849 


Syrup,  sinapift,  preparation,  479 
tar,  formulas,  406 

wild  cherry,  process  of  preparation,  404 
Syrups,  fruit,  preparation,  404 

improved  methods  and  suggestions,  403 
preparation  by  percolation,  403 

T. 

Tainfer,  E.  B.,  and  E.  B.  Stuart,  the  division  of 

powders,  18^ 
Tannin,  colonmetric  estimation  in  teas,  etc.,  683 
percentaj^e  in  sumach  leaves.  490,  683 
tea,    estimation    by    aluminium    acetate, 
684 
Tar,  refined,  preparation  and  characters,  6xa 
Tartar  emetic,  action  of  alcohol,  679 

anhydrous,  preparation  of,  679 
character  and  estimation,  678 
distinction    from    oxalates  of   anti-  ' 
mony  and  potassium.  679 
Tartrates,  estimation  in  admixture  with  citrates, 

676 
Tea,  determination  of  tannin,  470,  684 

observation  of  a  new  ba.se,  470 
Terminalia  Chebula.  use  of  fruit,  439 
Terpenes,  free  volatile  oils,  330 
Terpilen,  conversion  into  menthen,  593 
Teucrium  anacrostachyuni,  u«e  of  flower-juice,  428 
Theine,  subcutaneous  use  of,  708 
Theophylline,  a  new  alkaloid  from  tea,  708 
Thermo-reeulator,  new  form  and  construction,  358 
Thiol,  arlincial  or  German  ichthyol,  588 

constant  quality,  586 
Thiolum  Itquidum,  characters,  58^ 

siccum,  use  and  properties,  58^ 
Thompson,  F.  A.,  relative  value  of  various  pepsin 

tests,  zia 
Thorium  hyposulphite,  characters,  etc.,  515 
Thymol,  a  new  reaction,  594 
Tin,  atomic  weight  of,  562 

ready  oxidation  when  finely  divided,  563 
separation  from  arsenic  and  antimony,  568 
Tincture     Boletus    laricis.    nature    of   precipitate 
found  in  (Phillips),  194 
calendula,  characters  of  different  pre- 
parations, 41a 
florum,  B.  P.  C.  formula,  4x2 
cantharldes,  preparations  by  maceration, 

41a 
capsicum,  strong,  B.  P.  C.  formula,  413 
catechu,  compound,  precautions  to  in- 
sure percolation,  411 
euonymus,  B.  P.  C.  formula,  413 
ferric  chloride,  commercial  qualitv,  414 
reducing  action  01  alco- 
hol, 4x4 
guaiac,  sensitive  reagent  for  pus,  4x2 
kino,  advantage  of  prolonged  macera-  1 
tion,  41 X 
experiments    with    different   men- 
strua, 411  I 
litmus,  cause  of  bleaching,  etc.,  4x3  I 
mustard,  preparation,  etc.,  413  ! 
nux  vomica,  examination  of  commercial,  , 
410  i 
opium,  deodorized, ethereal  odor  in  com-  • 
mercial,  4x0  1 
modification  of  pro- 
cess, 410                     I 
examination  of  commercial,  410     J 
improved  m.inipulation,  410 
influence    of    alcoholic    strength 
upon  morphine  percentage,  409 
phosphorus,  compound,   B.   P.  C.  for- 
mula, 4x4                                                     I 
quillaya,  modification   of  strength  and 

manipulation,  411  | 

strophanthus,    formula     proposed     for  > 

Germ.  Pharm.,  473 

vanilla,  advantage  of  maceration,  413        | 

Tinospora  cordifolia,  use  of,  428 

Tragacanth,   characters  of  water-soluble  portion,  ' 

657  I 

Tropopceolin,  synonym  of  methyl-orange,  735  r 

Turpentine,  Russian,  character  of  acid  constituent,  I 

498  I 


U. 
Ucuhuba-fat,  chemical  examination,  440 
Ulexine,  physical  and  chemical  characters,  7x2 
Ultramarine,  green,  a  distinct  chemical  compound, 

547 
Unguenta, for  skin  diseases,  Unna*s  preparation,  4x7 
incorporation  of  tragacanth,  417 
lanolin,  permeability,  418 
Unguenturo  aquae  rosae,  improved  formula,  418 

blue,  metallic  potassium  for  extinction 

of  mercury,  4a x 
boro^lycerinatum,  formula,  4x9 
calcii  chloridi,  formula,  420 
diachylon,  keeping  qualities  with  dif- 
ferent oils,  419 
improved  formula,  419 
hydrargyri,  admixture  with  glycerite 
of  starch,  4a x 
assay,  420 
oleic  acid  for  diffusion  of 

mercury,  421 
oxidi    flava,    satisfactory 

formula,  42 x 
preparation  with  lanolin, 
42t 
iodi,  experiments  with  different  bases, 

420 
olco-resinae  capsici,  B.  P.  C  formula, 

4»9 
potassil  iodidt,  cause  of  change,  420 
Uralium,  a  new  hypnotic,  618 
Urcamcter,  simple  (Sayre),  loi 
Urine,  alkaloids  of,  characters,  etc.,  7x4 
Uromelanin,  constituent  of  urine,  7x5 
Uropittin,  constituent  of  urine,  7x5 

V. 
Vacuum,  partial,  practical  arrangement,  350 
Vanadates,  salts  oif  heavy  metals,  563 
Vanadium  fluorides,  preparation  and  characters. 

Vanilla,  detection  of  benzoic  acid,  435 

Vanillin,  consumption  and  use  of,  331 

Vaseline,  viscou«,  new  foxm  of  petrolatum,  586 

Veratrum  alkaloids,  estimation  of,  709 

Vermillioneite,  coloring  matter  from  eosine,  734 

Vinegar,  wine,  identification  of,  668 

Viola  cucuUata,  proximate  coxistituents  of  rhizome, 

479 
Violine,  occurrence  in  rhizome  of  Viola  cucuUata, 

7x3 
Vicia  Faba,  medicinal  use  of  flowers,  489 

W. 
Ward,  Benj..  deceased,  X4 
Wash,  mouth,  formula,  433 
Water,  Clark's  soap  test,  505 

purification  by  boiling  under  pressure,  504 

rapid  analysis,  504 

capsicum,  preparation.  370 

chloroform,  vehicle  for  hypodermic  solu- 
tions, 370 

Ems,  formula,  369 

Friedrichshall  bitter,  formula,  369 

Hunyadi  janos,  formula,  369 

lime,  preparation  with  lime-magma.  386 

oxygenated,  use  for  bleaching  wool,  wood, 
etc.,  507 

Pullna  bitter,  formula,  369 

Pyrmont,  formula,  369 

soda,  369 

tar,  haemostatic  effect,  ^70 
Water-bath,  method  of  maintaining  constant  level, 

new,  356 
Waters,  aromatic,  preparation  from  essences,  368 
bitter  (Sander),  350 

medicated,  new  method  of  preparation,  367 
simple  method  of  preparation, 
167 
mineral,  artificial,  formubs,  369 
Wax,  examination'  of,  653 

Japan,  composition,  654 
sealing,  indifferent  to  alcohol  formula,  426 
Weights  and  measures,  pharmacopoeial  (Bedford), 
40 


850 


INDEX. 


Wenzefl,  IV.  T.,9,  contribution  to  the  knowledge 

of  coloring  principle  of  flowers,  244 
IVhelple^f  H.  M.^  now  to  conduct  a  quiz  class,  161 
Wine,  cinchona,  improved  process  ot  preparation, 

431 

condurango,  formula   for   Germ.    Pbarm., 

43a 
manufacture  from  currants,  471 
orange,  preparation,  433 
raisin,  formula  and  preparation,  471 
sherry,  adulteration  in  Spain,  470 
mustard,  formula,  478 
Wintergrecn  leaves,  constituents,  450 
Wool-fat,  history  and  preparation  of  (Hallberg),  95 

Y. 
Yttrium,  preparation  and  characters  of  some  com- 
pounds, 547 


Yttrium,  chloride,  preparation  and  characters,  547 
bromide,  preparation,  547 
oxide,  preparation,  547 
silicate,  preparation,  547 


Zeig^  A.  C,  active  constituents  of  Rhamnus  Pursh- 

iana,  261 
Zinc,  quantitative  determination,  335 
separation  and  determination,  356 

as  sulphide  in  presence  of  nickel, 

oxide,  presence  of  arsenic,  537 

examination  of  commercial,  537 
salicylate,  convenient  preparation,  673 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


i 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


n 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


I 

J